This is a modern-English version of The Yoga-Vasishtha Maharamayana of Valmiki, Vol. 3 (of 4), Part 2 (of 2), originally written by Valmiki.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
THE
YOGA-VASISHTHA
MAHARAMAYANA
OF
VALMIKI
in 4 vols. in 7 pts.
(Bound in 4.)
in 4 volumes. in 7 parts.
(Bound in 4.)
Vol. 3 (In 2 pts.)
Bound in one.
Vol. 3 (In 2 parts.)
Bound together.
Containing
Upasama Khanda and Nirvána Khanda
Containing
Upasama Khanda and Nirvana Khanda
Translated from the original Sanskrit
By
VIHARI-LALA MITRA
Translated from the original Sanskrit
By
VIHARI-LALA MITRA
CONTENTS
OF
NIRVÁNA-PRAKARANA.
BOOK VI.
BOOK 6.
(ON ULTIMATE EXTINCTION.)
(ON FINAL EXTINCTION.)
PAGE. | |
CHAPTER I. | |
Description of the Evening and Breaking of the assembly | 1 |
CHAPTER II. | |
On the perfect calm and composure of the mind | 7 |
CHAPTER III. | |
On the unity and Universality of Brahma | 15 |
CHAPTER IV. | |
Want of anxiety in the way of Salvation | 18 |
CHAPTER V. | |
The narration of Ráma's perfect rest | 20 |
CHAPTER VI. | |
The narration of Delirium (moha) | 22 |
CHAPTER VII. | |
Magnitude or preponderance of ignorance | 29 |
CHAPTER VIII. | |
Allegory of the spreading arbour of Ignorance | 39 |
CHAPTER IX. | |
Ascertainment of True knowledge | 44 |
CHAPTER X. | |
Removal of Ignorance | 50 |
CHAPTER XI. | |
Ascertainment of Living Liberation | 58 |
CHAPTER XII. | |
Reasoning on the doubts of the living liberation | 69 |
CHAPTER XIII. | |
The Two Yogas of Knowledge and Reasoning | 73 |
CHAPTER XIV. | |
Narration of Bhusunda and description of Mount Meru | 75 |
CHAPTER XV. | |
Vasishtha's visit to Bhusunda | 79 |
CHAPTER XVI. | |
Conversation of Vasishtha and Bhusunda | 84 |
CHAPTER XVII. | |
Description of Bhusunda's Person | 87 |
CHAPTER XVIII. | |
Manners of the Mátrika Goddesses | 88 |
CHAPTER XIX. | |
Bhusunda's nativity and habitation | 93 |
CHAPTER XX. | |
Explication of the mysterious character of Bhusunda | 99 |
CHAPTER XXI. | |
Explanation of the cause of the crow's longevity | 105 |
CHAPTER XXII. | |
Account of past ages | 112 |
CHAPTER XXIII. | |
Desire of Tranquillity and Quiescence of the Mindn | 119 |
CHAPTER XXIV. | |
Investigation of the Living Principle | 124 |
CHAPTER XXV. | |
On Samádhi | 129 |
CHAPTER XXVI. | |
Relation of the cause of Longevity | 69 |
CHAPTER XXVII. | |
Conclusion of the narrative of Bhusunda | 143 |
CHAPTER XXVIII. | |
Lecture on Theopathy or spiritual meditation | 146 |
CHAPTER XXIX. | |
Pantheism or Description of the world as full with the Supreme Soul | 158 |
CHAPTER XXX. | |
Inquiry into the nature of the Intellect | 176 |
CHAPTER XXXI | |
Identity of the mind and living soul | 189 |
CHAPTER XXXII | |
On the sustentation and dissolution of the body | 197 |
CHAPTER XXXIII. | |
Resolution of duality into unity | 204 |
CHAPTER XXXIV. | |
Sermon of Siva on the same subject | 211 |
CHAPTER XXXV. | |
Adoration of the great god Mahádeva | 216 |
CHAPTER XXXVI. | |
Description of the supreme Deity Parameswara | 220 |
CHAPTER XXXVII. | |
The stage play and dance of destiny | 223 |
CHAPTER XXXVIII. | |
On the external worship of the Deity | 227 |
CHAPTER XXXIX. | |
Mode of the Internal worship of the Deity | 231 |
CHAPTER XXXX. | |
Inquiry into the nature of the Deity | 238 |
CHAPTER XXXXI. | |
Vanity of world and worldly things | 240 |
CHAPTER XXXXII. | |
The supreme soul and its phases and names | 247 |
CHAPTER XXXXIII. | |
On rest and Tranquillity | 251 |
CHAPTER XXXXIV. | |
Inquiry into the essence of the mind | 256 |
CHAPTER XXXXV. | |
Story of the vilva or Belfruit | 261 |
CHAPTER XXXXVI. | |
Parable of the stony sheath of the soul | 266 |
CHAPTER XXXXVII. | |
Lecture on the density of the Intellect | 272 |
CHAPTER XXXXVIII. | |
On the Unity and Identity of Brahmá and the world | 277 |
CHAPTER XXXXIX. | |
Contemplation of the course of the world | 280 |
CHAPTER L. | |
On sensation and the objects of senses | 285 |
CHAPTER LI. | |
On the perception of the sensible objects | 291 |
CHAPTER LII. | |
Story of Arjuna, as the Incarnation of Nara-Naráyana | 299 |
CHAPTER LIII. | |
Admonition of Arjuna | 304 |
CHAPTER LIV. | |
Admonition of Arjuna in the spiritual knowledge | 313 |
CHAPTER LV. | |
Lecture on the Living soul or Jívatatwa | 316 |
CHAPTER LVI. | |
Description of the mind | 324 |
CHAPTER LVII. | |
On Abandonment of desire and its result of Tranquillity | 329 |
CHAPTER LVIII. | |
Arjuna's satisfaction at the sermon | 331 |
CHAPTER LIX. | |
Knowledge of the latent and inscrutable soul | 334 |
CHAPTER LX. | |
Knowledge of the majesty and grandeur of God | 340 |
CHAPTER LXI. | |
Description of the world as a passing dream | 343 |
CHAPTER LXII. | |
In the narration of Jívata an example of domestic and mendicant life | 344 |
CHAPTER LXIII. | |
Dream of Jívata | 349 |
CHAPTER LXIV. | |
On the attainment of attendantship on the God Rudra | 359 |
CHAPTER LXV. | |
Ráma's wonder at the error of men | 364 |
CHAPTER LXVI. | |
The wonderings of the mendicant | 367 |
CHAPTER LXVII. | |
Unity of God | 371 |
CHAPTER LXVIII. | |
On the virtue of Taciturnity | 376 |
CHAPTER LXIX. | |
Union of the mind with the breath of life | 380 |
CHAPTER LXX. | |
Interrogatories of Vitála | 388 |
CHAPTER LXXI. | |
The prince's reply to the first question of the Vitála | 391 |
CHAPTER LXXII. | |
Answers to the remaining questions | 394 |
CHAPTER LXXIII. | |
End of the story of the Vitála Demon | 396 |
CHAPTER LXXIV. | |
Account and admonition of Bhagíratha | 398 |
CHAPTER LXXV. | |
Supineness of Bhagíratha | 403 |
CHAPTER LXXVI | |
The Descent of Gangá on earth | 406 |
CHAPTER LXXVII. | |
Narrative of Chúdálá and Sikhidhwaja | 409 |
CHAPTER LXXVIII. | |
Beautification of Chúdálá | 416 |
CHAPTER LXXIX. | |
Princess coming to the sight of the supreme soul | 423 |
CHAPTER LXXX. | |
Display of the quintuple Elements | 427 |
CHAPTER LXXXI. | |
Inquiry into Agni, Soma or fire and moon | 438 |
CHAPTER LXXXII. | |
Yoga instructions for acquirement of the supernatural powers of Animá-minuteness &c. | 454 |
CHAPTER LXXXIII. | |
Story of the miserly Kiráta | 455 |
CHAPTER LXXXIV. | |
Pilgrimage of prince Sikhidhwaja | 463 |
CHAPTER LXXXV | |
Investigation into true happiness | 471 |
CHAPTER LXXXVI. | |
The production of the Pot (or the embryonic cell) | 488 |
CHAPTER LXXXVII. | |
Continuation of the same and enlightenment of Sikhidhwaja | 492 |
CHAPTER LXXXVIII. | |
The tale of the Crystal gem | 498 |
CHAPTER LXXXIX. | |
The Parable of an Elephant | 502 |
CHAPTER LXXXX. | |
Way to obtain the Philosopher's stone | 506 |
CHAPTER LXXXXI. | |
Interpretation of the parable of the Elephant | 510 |
CHAPTER LXXXXII. | |
The Prince's Abjuration of his Asceticism | 513 |
CHAPTER LXXXXIII. | |
Admonition of Sikhidhwaja | 518 |
CHAPTER LXXXXIV. | |
Enlightenment of Sikhidhwaja | 526 |
CHAPTER LXXXXV. | |
The anaesthetic Platonism of Sikhidhwaja | 534 |
CHAPTER LXXXXVI. | |
Enlightenment of Sikhidhwaja | 537 |
CHAPTER LXXXXVII. | |
Enlightenment of the prince in Theosophy | 544 |
CHAPTER LXXXXVIII. | |
Admonition of Sikhidhwaja continued | 547 |
CHAPTER LXXXXIX. | |
Remonstration of Sikhidhwaja | 551 |
CHAPTER C. | |
Continuation of the same subject | 555 |
CHAPTER CI. | |
Admonition of Chúdálá | 559 |
CHAPTER CII. | |
Repose of Sikhidhwaja in the divine spirit | 566 |
CHAPTER CIII. | |
Return of Kumbha to the Hermitage of Sikhidhwaja | 568 |
CHAPTER CIV. | |
On the conduct of living-liberated men | 575 |
CHAPTER CV. | |
Metamorphoses of Kumbha to a female form | 580 |
CHAPTER CVI. | |
Marriage of Chúdálá with Sikhidhwaja | 586 |
CHAPTER CVII. | |
The advent of false Indra in the cottage of the happy pair | 593 |
CHAPTER CVIII. | |
Manifestation of Chúdálá in her own form | 597 |
CHAPTER CIX. | |
Appearance of Chúdálá in her presence of her Lord | 601 |
CHAPTER CX. | |
Final extinction of Sikhidhwaja | 610 |
CHAPTER CXI. | |
Story of Kacha and his enlightment by the Brihaspati | 614 |
CHAPTER CXII. | |
A fanciful Being and his occupation of air drawn and air-built abodes | 619 |
CHAPTER CXIII. | |
The parable of the vain man continued | 623 |
CHAPTER CXIV. | |
Sermon on Divine and Holy knowledge | 626 |
CHAPTER CXV. | |
Description of the triple conduct of men | 630 |
CHAPTER CXVI. | |
Melting down of the mind | 636 |
CHAPTER CXVII. | |
Dialogue between Manu and Ikshaku | 638 |
CHAPTER CXVIII. | |
Continuation of the same | 640 |
CHAPTER CXIX. | |
The same subject continued | 643 |
CHAPTER CXX. | |
Continuation of the same. On the seven stages of Edification | 645 |
CHAPTER CXXI. | |
Continuation of the same | 649 |
CHAPTER CXXII. | |
The same. Manu's admonition to Ikshaku | 652 |
CHAPTER CXXIII. | |
On the difference between the knowing and unknowing | 655 |
CHAPTER CXXIV. | |
The story of the stag and the huntsman | 656 |
CHAPTER CXXV. | |
The means of attaining the steadiness of the Turya state | 661 |
CHAPTER CXXVI. | |
Description of the spiritual state | 663 |
CHAPTER CXXVII. | |
Admonition to Bharadwája | 676 |
CHAPTER CXXVIII. | |
Resuscitation of Ráma | 683 |
YOGA VASISHTHA
BOOK VI.
NIRVÁNA-PRAKARANA.
ON ULTIMATE EXTINCTION.
PÚRVÁRDHA.
OR THE FORMER OR FIRST HALF.
PART I.
Yoga Vasistha
BOOK VI.
NIRVÁNA-PRAKARANA.
ON ULTIMATE EXTINCTION.
PÚRVÁRDHA.
OR THE FIRST HALF.
PART I.
CHAPTER I.
Description of the evening and Breaking of the Assembly.
Description of the evening and Dissolution of the Assembly.
Argument.—The close of the day, its announcement, the court breaks for Evening service, and the effect of the Sage's sermon on the Audience.
Argument.—At the end of the day, when it's announced, the court breaks for evening services, and the effect of the Sage's sermon on the audience.
VÁLMIKI says:—You have heard the relation of the subject of Stoicism or composure of the soul; attend now to that of Nirvána, which will teach you how to attain the final liberation of yourselves[1].
VÁLMIKI says:—You have heard about Stoicism or the calmness of the soul; now listen to the discussion on Nirvána, which will show you how to achieve your ultimate liberation[1].
2. As the chief of Sages was saying his magniloquent speech in this manner, and the princes remained mute with their intense attention to the ravishing oration of the Sage:
2. While the chief of Sages was delivering his grand speech, the princes stayed silent, captivated by the enchanting words of the Sage:
3. The assembled chiefs remained there as silent and motionless portraits, and forgot their devotions and duties, by being impressed in their minds with the sense and words of the Sage's speech.
3. The gathered chiefs stood there like silent and still paintings, forgetting their prayers and responsibilities, absorbed in the message and words of the Sage's speech.
4. The assemblage of Saints, was reverently pondering upon the deep sense of the words of the Sage, with their curled brows and signs of their index fingers (indicating their wonder).
4. The group of Saints was thoughtfully reflecting on the profound meaning of the Sage's words, their brows furrowed and index fingers raised in surprise.
5. The ladies in the Seraglio were lost in wonder, and turned upward their wondering eyes, resembling a cluster of black bees, sucking intently the nectarious honey of the new blown flowers (of the Sage's speech).
5. The women in the Seraglio were filled with amazement, and they looked up with curious eyes, resembling a swarm of black bees, eagerly sipping the sweet nectar from the newly bloomed flowers (of the Sage's words).
6. The glorious sun sank down in the sky, at the fourth or last watch of the day; and was shorn of his radiant beams as he was setting in the west (as a man becomes mild with his knowledge, of truth at the end of his journey through life).
6. The glorious sun dipped below the horizon during the last watch of the day, losing its brilliant rays as it set in the west (just like a person becomes gentle with the knowledge of truth at the end of their life's journey).
7. The winds blew softly at the eve of the day, as if to listen to the sermon of the Sage, and wafted about the sweets of his moving speech, like the fragrance of the gently shaking mandara flowers.
7. The winds blew softly at the end of the day, as if to listen to the Sage's sermon, carrying the sweetness of his moving words, like the scent of the gently swaying mandara flowers.
8. All other sounds were drowned in the deep meditation of the audience, as when the humming of the bumble bees, is pushed in their repose, amidst the cell of blooming flowers at night.
8. All other sounds faded away in the deep focus of the audience, like the buzzing of bumblebees that is hushed during their rest among the blooming flowers at night.
9. The bubbling waters of the pearly lakes, sparkled unmoved amidst their embordered beds; as if they were intently attentive to listen to the words of the Sage, which dropped as strings of pearls from his flippant lips. (So the verse of Hafiz affixed to the title page of Sir William Jones' Persian grammar: "Thou hast spoken thy verse, and strung a string of pearls").
9. The bubbling waters of the shimmering lakes sparkled without moving in their bordered beds, as if they were completely focused on listening to the words of the Sage, which fell like strings of pearls from his playful lips. (So the verse of Hafiz attached to the title page of Sir William Jones' Persian grammar: "You have spoken your verse and strung a string of pearls").
10. The pencil of the declining ray penetrating the windows of the palace, bespoke the halting of the departing sun, under the cooling shade of the royal canopy, after his weary journey all along the livelong day.
10. The beam of light coming through the palace windows signaled the setting of the sun, resting now under the cool shade of the royal canopy after its long journey throughout the day.
11. The pearly rays (or bright beams) of the parting day, being covered by the dust and mist of the dusk, it seemed to be besmeared as the body of a dervish with dust and ashes; and had gained its coolness after its journey under the burning sun (The cool and dusky eve of the day is compared with the dust-sprinkled body of the ascetic approaching to his cell).
11. The glowing rays of the setting sun, covered by the dust and haze of dusk, looked like a dervish’s body, smeared with dust and ashes; and it had found its coolness after traveling under the scorching sun (The cool and dusky evening is compared to the dust-covered body of the ascetic heading to his cell).
12. The chiefs of men with their heads and hands decorated with flowers, were so regaled with the sweet speech of the Sage, that they altogether remained enrapt in their senses and minds.
12. The leaders of the people, with flowers adorning their heads and hands, were so captivated by the Sage's sweet words that they were completely entranced, both in their senses and minds.
13. The ladies listening to the sage, were now roused by the cries of their infants and the birds in their cages, to get up from the place and to give them their suck and food. (It means that the birds and boys, were alone insensible of the Sage's discourse).
13. The women listening to the wise man were now disturbed by the cries of their babies and the birds in their cages, prompting them to get up and feed them. (This means that the birds and the children were the only ones unaware of the wise man’s speech).
14. Now the dust flung by the pinions of fluttering bees, covered the petals of the night blooming kumuda flowers; and the flapping chouries were now at rest, with the tremulous eyelids of the princes.
14. Now the dust kicked up by the wings of busy bees covered the petals of the night-blooming kumuda flowers; and the flapping chouries were now still, along with the fluttering eyelids of the princes.
15. The rays of the sun, fearing to be waylaid by the dark night shade, which had now got loose from the dark mountain caves, fled through the windows to the inner apartment of the palace (which was already lighted with lamps).
15. The sun's rays, afraid of being caught by the dark night that had now escaped from the shadowy mountain caves, rushed through the windows into the inner room of the palace (which was already lit with lamps).
16. The time watches of the royal palace, knowing it to be passed the fourth watch of the day, sounded aloud their drums and trumpets, mingled with the sound of conch-shells, loudly resounding on all sides.
16. The palace clocks, aware that it was past the fourth watch of the day, sounded their drums and trumpets, blending with the loud echoes of conch shells all around.
17. The high-sounding speech of the sage, was drowned under the loud peal of the jarring instruments; as the sonorous sound of the peacock, is hushed under the uproar of roaring clouds.
17. The sage's grand speech was drowned out by the loud clash of the jarring instruments, just like the clear call of the peacock is silenced by the noise of roaring thunderclouds.
18. The birds in the cages, began to quake and shake their wings with fear; and the leaves and branches of the lofty palm trees, shook in the gardens, as by a tremendous earthquake.
18. The birds in the cages started to tremble and flap their wings in fear; and the leaves and branches of the tall palm trees shook in the gardens, as if there was a huge earthquake.
19. The babes sleeping on the breasts of their nurses, trembled with fear at the loud uproar; and they cried as the smoking clouds of the rainy season, resounding between the two mountain craigs resembling the breasts. (It is common in Indian poetry to compare the swelling breasts to rising hills, and say Kucha giri).
19. The babies sleeping on their nurses' chests trembled with fear at the loud noise; and they cried as the stormy clouds of the rainy season rumbled between the two mountain peaks that looked like breasts. (It's common in Indian poetry to compare the swelling breasts to rising hills, and say Kucha giri).
20. This noise made the helmets of the chieftains, shed the dust of their decorating flowers all about the hall; as the moving waves of the lake, sprinkle the drops of water upon the land.[2]
20. This noise caused the chieftains' helmets to shake off the dust from their decorative flowers all over the hall, just like the waves of the lake splash water onto the land.[2]
21. Thus the palace of Dasharatha being full of trepidation at the close of the day, regained its quiet at the gradual fall of the fanfare of sounding conch shells, and the hubbub of drum beatings at the advance of night.
21. So, the palace of Dasharatha, filled with anxiety as the day ended, returned to its calm as the loud fanfare of conch shells and the noise of drums faded with the arrival of night.
22. The Sage put a stop to his present discourse, and addressed Ráma then sitting in the midst of the assembly, in a sweet voice and graceful language. (Mudhura-Vritti is the middle or graceful style between the high and low).
22. The Sage finished his current speech and spoke to Ráma, who was sitting in the center of the gathering, using a soothing voice and elegant language. (Mudhura-Vritti is the graceful style that falls between the high and low.)
23. Vasishtha said:—O Rághava! I have already spread before you the long net of my verbosity; do you entrap your flying mind in the same way, and bring it to your bosom and under your subjection.
23. Vasishtha said:—O Rághava! I have already laid out the lengthy web of my words for you; now you should catch your wandering thoughts in the same way and bring them close to you and under your control.
24. Take the purport of my discourse in such manner, as to leave out what is unintelligible, and lay hold on its substance; as the swan separates and sucks the milk which is mixed with water.
24. Understand my discussion in a way that ignores what doesn't make sense and focuses on its core message; like the swan that separates and takes the milk from the water.
25. Ponder upon it repeatedly, and consider it well in thy mind, and go on in this way to conduct yourself in life (viz by suppression of your desires, weakening the mind, restraining the breathing, and acquiring of knowledge).
25. Think about it often, really reflect on it, and continue to live your life this way (i.e. by controlling your desires, calming your mind, regulating your breathing, and gaining knowledge).
26. By going on in this manner, you are sure to evade all dangers; or else you must fall ere long like the heavy elephant, in some pitfall of the Vindhya mountain. (Pitfalls are the only means of catching elephants).
26. By continuing like this, you will definitely avoid all dangers; otherwise, you will soon fall like a heavy elephant into a pitfall in the Vindhya mountains. (Pitfalls are the only way to catch elephants).
27. If you do not receive my words with attention, and act accordingly, you are sure to fall into the pit like a blind man left to go alone in the dark; and to be blown away like a lighted lamp, exposed in the open air.
27. If you don’t pay attention to my words and act on them, you’re definitely going to stumble into trouble like a blind person wandering alone in the dark; and you’ll be blown away like a lit lamp left outside in the wind.
28. In order to derive the benefit of my lectures, you must continue in the discharge of your usual duties with indifference, and knowing insouciance to be the right dictum of the sástras, be you regardless of everything besides.
28. To get the most out of my lectures, you need to continue doing your usual tasks without caring much about them, and knowing that insouciance is the proper teaching of the sástras, be indifferent to everything else.
29. Now I bid you, O mighty monarch, and ye, princes and chiefs, and all ye present in this place, to get up and attend to the evening services of your daily ritual. (Abnika).
29. Now I ask you, O powerful king, and you, princes and leaders, and everyone else here, to rise and take part in the evening services of your daily ritual. (Abnika).
30. Let all attend to this much at present, as the day is drawing to its close; and we shall consider the rest, on our meeting in the next morning.
30. Let everyone focus on this for now, since the day is ending; we'll discuss the rest when we meet tomorrow morning.
31. Válmíki related:—After the Sage had said so far, the assembly broke, off; and the assembled chiefs and princes rose up, with their faces blooming as the full blown lotuses at the end of the day.
31. Válmíki said:—After the Sage finished speaking, the gathering broke up; and the gathered leaders and princes stood up, their faces radiant like fully bloomed lotuses at the end of the day.
32. The Chiefs having paid their obeisance to the monarch, and made their salutation to Ráma, they did their reverence to the sage, and departed to their respective abodes.
32. The chiefs paid their respects to the king and greeted Ráma, then they honored the sage and returned to their homes.
33. Vasishtha rose up from his seat with the royal sage Viswámitra, and they were saluted on their departure by the aerial spirits, who had attended the audience all along.
33. Vasishtha stood up from his seat with the royal sage Viswámitra, and as they left, they were greeted by the aerial spirits who had been present throughout the audience.
34. The Sages were followed closely, by the king and chieftains a long way, and they parted after accosting them, according to their rank and dignity on the way;
34. The Sages were closely followed by the king and chieftains for quite a distance, and they separated after greeting them, according to their rank and status along the way;
35. The celestials took their leave of the sage, and betook to their heavenward journey; and the munis repaired to their hermitages in the woods, when some of the saints turned about the palace, like bees flying in about the lotus bush (different directions).
35. The celestial beings said goodbye to the sage and headed back to their heavenly abode; the munis returned to their hermitages in the woods, while some of the saints flew around the palace like bees buzzing around a lotus bush (in different directions).
36. The king having offered handfuls of fresh flowers at the feet of Vasishtha, entered the royal seraglio with his royal consorts.
36. The king, having offered handfuls of fresh flowers at the feet of Vasishtha, entered the royal palace with his queens.
37. But Ráma and his brother princes, kept company with the sage to his hermitage; and having prostrated themselves at his feet, they returned to their princely mansions.
37. But Rama and his brother princes accompanied the sage to his hermitage; and after bowing down at his feet, they went back to their royal residences.
38. The hearers of the sage having arrived at their houses made their ablutions; then worshipped the gods, and offered their offerings to the manes of their ancestors. They then treated their guests and gave alms to beggars.
38. The listeners of the wise person returned to their homes, washed themselves, then worshipped the gods and made offerings to honor their ancestors. After that, they hosted their guests and gave money to the beggars.
39. Then they took their meals with their Brahman guests, and members of the family; and their dependants and servants were fed one after the other, according to the rules and customs of their order and caste.
39. Then they shared their meals with their Brahman guests, family members, and fed their dependents and servants one by one, following the rules and customs of their class and caste.
40. After the sun had set down, with the diurnal duties of men, there rose the bright moon on high, with impositions of many nocturnal duties on mankind.
40. After the sun had set and people finished their daily tasks, the bright moon rose high in the sky, bringing with it a whole new set of nighttime responsibilities for humanity.
41. At last the great king and the princes, and chiefs of men and the munis, together with the sages and saints, and all[Pg 6] other terrestrial beings, betook themselves to their several beds, with silken coverlets and bed cloths of various kinds.
41. Finally, the great king, the princes, the leaders, the munis, along with the sages, saints, and all the other earthly beings, went to their different beds, which were adorned with silk covers and various types of bedding.
42. They lay thinking intensely in themselves, on the admonitions of the sage Vasishtha; on the mode of their passing over the boisterous gulf of this world, by means of this spiritual knowledge.
42. They lay there, deeply considering the teachings of the wise Vasishtha; reflecting on how to navigate the tumultuous sea of this world through this spiritual knowledge.
43. Then they slept and lay with their closed eyelids, for one watch of the night only; and then opened their eyes, like the opening buds of lotuses, to see the light of the day.
43. Then they slept with their eyes closed for just one watch of the night; and then opened their eyes, like the buds of lotuses, to see the light of day.
44. Ráma and his brother princes, passed full three watches of the night in waking; and pondering over the deep sense of the lectures, of their spiritual guide—Vasishtha. (The present ritual allots three watches of the night to sleep, while formerly they gave but one watch to it).
44. Rama and his brother princes spent three full watches of the night awake, reflecting on the profound teachings of their spiritual guide, Vasishtha. (The current ritual allocates three watches of the night for sleep, whereas in the past, only one watch was designated for it).
45. They slept only one and a half watch of the night, with their closed eye lids; and then they shook off the dullness of their sleep, after driving the lassitude of their bodies by a short nap.
45. They slept for just one and a half watches of the night, with their eyes closed; then they shook off the heaviness of their sleep after refreshing their bodies with a short nap.
46. Now the minds of these, being full of good will, raised by the rising reason in their souls, and knowledge of truth; they felt the crescent of spiritual light lightening their dark bosoms, as the sextant of the moon, illumes the gloom of night; which afterwards disappeared at the approach of daylight, and the gathering broils of daytime.
46. Now, these people, filled with goodwill and uplifted by the reason within them and their understanding of the truth, sensed a wave of spiritual light brightening their dark hearts, just like the crescent moon lights up the night sky; which later faded as daylight approached and the conflicts of the day began.
CHAPTER II.
On the Perfect Calm and Composure of the Mind.
On the Perfect Peace and Calmness of the Mind.
Argument.—The sages joining the assembly the next morning, and preaching of Divine knowledge to it.
Argument.—The wise men came together for the meeting the following morning, sharing their insights about Divine knowledge with everyone.
VÁLMIKI related: Then the shade of night, with her face as dark as that of the darkened moon, began to waste and wane away; as the darkness of ignorance and the mists of human wishes, vanish before the light of reason.
VÁLMIKI related: Then the night creeped in, her face as dark as the new moon, and started to fade away; just as the darkness of ignorance and the fog of human desires disappear in the light of reason.
2. Now the rising sun showed his crown of golden rays, on the top of the eastern mountain, by leaving his rival darkness to take its rest, beyond the western or his setting mount of astáchala (the two mountains mean the eastern and western horizons).
2. Now the rising sun displayed his crown of golden rays on the top of the eastern mountain, leaving his rival darkness to rest beyond the western or setting mountain of astáchala (the two mountains represent the eastern and western horizons).
3. Now the morning breeze began to blow, being moistened by the moon-beams, and bearing the particles of ice, as if to wash the face and eyes of the rising sun.
3. Now the morning breeze started to blow, moistened by the moonlight and carrying tiny ice particles, as if to refresh the face and eyes of the rising sun.
4. Now rose Ráma and Lakshmana, with their attendants also, from their beds and couches; and after discharging their morning services, they repaired to the holy hermitage of Vasishtha.
4. Now Ráma and Lakshmana, along with their attendants, got up from their beds and couches. After attending to their morning rituals, they headed to the sacred hermitage of Vasishtha.
5. There they saw the Sage coming out of his closet, after discharge of his morning devotion; and worshipped his feet with offerings of arghya (or flowers and presents worthy of him).
5. There they saw the Sage coming out of his room after finishing his morning prayers, and they worshipped his feet with offerings of arghya (or flowers and gifts worthy of him).
6. In a moment afterwards, the hermitage of the Sage was thronged by munis and Bráhmans, and the other princes and chiefs, whose vehicles and cars and horses and elephants, blocked the pathways altogether.
6. A little later, the Sage's hermitage was crowded with munis and Bráhmans, along with other princes and leaders, whose vehicles, carts, horses, and elephants completely blocked the paths.
7. Then the Sage being accompanied by these, and attended by their suite and armies; and followed by Ráma and his brothers, was escorted to the palace of the Sovereign King Dasaratha.
7. Then the Sage, along with them and their entourage and armies, and followed by Ráma and his brothers, was taken to the palace of King Dasaratha.
8. The king who had discharged his morning service, hastened[Pg 8] to receive the Sage before hand; and walked a great way to welcome him, and do him honour and pay his homage.
8. The king, having completed his morning duties, rushed[Pg 8] to greet the Sage first; he walked a long distance to welcome him, show his respect, and pay his tribute.
9. They entered the court hall, which was adorned with flowers and strings of gems and pearls; and there they seated themselves on the rich sofas and seats, which were set in rows for their reception.
9. They walked into the courtroom, decorated with flowers and strands of jewels and pearls; then they took their places on the luxurious sofas and seats arranged in rows for them.
10. In a short time the whole audience of the last day, composed both of the terrestrial men and celestial spirits, were all assembled at the spot, and seated in their respective seats of honor.
10. Before long, the entire audience from the last day, made up of both earthly beings and heavenly spirits, gathered at the location and took their seats of honor.
11. All these entered that graceful hall, and saluted one another with respect; and then the royal court shone as brilliant as a bed of blooming lotuses, gently moved by the fanning breeze.
11. All of them entered that elegant hall and greeted each other with respect; then the royal court shone as brightly as a patch of blooming lotuses, gently swaying in the breeze.
12. The mixed assemblage of the munis and rishis or the saints and Sages, and the Vipras and Rájas or the Bráhmans and Kshatriyas, sat in proper order, on seats appropriated for all of them.
12. The diverse group of the munis and rishis or the saints and sages, along with the Vipras and Rájas or the Brahmins and Kshatriyas, sat in their designated seats, arranged properly for all of them.
13. The soft sounds of their mutual greetings and welcomes, gradually faded away; and the sweet voice of the panegyrists and encomiasts, sitting in a corner of the hall, was all hushed and lulled to silence.
13. The gentle sounds of their greetings and welcomes slowly faded away; and the lovely voices of the praise-givers and admirers, sitting in a corner of the hall, fell silent.
14. The sun-beams appearing through the chinks in the windows, seemed to be waiting in order to join the audience, and to listen to the lectures of the Sage. (Another translation has it thus:—The audience crept in the hall, no sooner the sun-beams peeped through the windows).
14. The sunlight shining through the cracks in the windows seemed to be waiting to join the audience and listen to the Sage's lectures. (Another translation has it this way:—The audience settled in the hall as soon as the sunlight peeked through the windows).
15. The jingling sound of bracelets, caused by the shaking of hands of the visitors in the hall; was likely to lull to sleep the hearers of the sage. (It was a custom in olden times, to make a tinkling sound to ear, in order to lull one to sleep, as by a kind of mesmerism).
15. The jingling sound of bracelets from the shaking hands of the visitors in the hall was likely to put the listeners of the sage to sleep. (In ancient times, it was a custom to create a tinkling sound to help someone relax and fall asleep, almost like a form of mesmerism).
16. Then as Kumára looked reverently on the countenance of his sire Siva, and as Kacha looked with veneration upon the face of the preceptor of the God or Brihaspati; and as Prahlada gazed upon the face of Shukra—the preceptor of demons, and as Suparna viewed the visage of Krishna.
16. Then, as Kumára gazed respectfully at the face of his father Siva, and as Kacha looked up with admiration at the face of Brihaspati, the teacher of the gods; and as Prahlada stared at the face of Shukra—the teacher of demons, and as Suparna observed the features of Krishna.
17. So did Ráma gloat upon the countenance of Vasishtha, and his eye-balls rolled upon it, like the black bees fluttering about a full blown lotus.
17. So Ráma looked triumphantly at Vasishtha, and his eyes moved over him like black bees buzzing around a fully bloomed lotus.
18. The sage resumed the link of his last lecture, and delivered his eloquent speech to Ráma, who was well versed in eloquence also.
18. The sage continued from his previous lecture and delivered his eloquent speech to Ráma, who was also skilled in eloquence.
19. Vasishtha said:—Do you remember Ráma! the lecture that I gave yesterday, which was fraught with deep sense and knowledge of transcendental truth?
19. Vasishtha said:—Do you remember Ráma! the lecture I gave yesterday, which was full of deep meaning and understanding of transcendental truth?
20. I will now tell you of some other things for your instruction, and you shall have to hear it with attention, for consummation of your spiritual wisdom.
20. I’m going to share some other things for your learning, and you need to listen carefully, as it’s crucial for deepening your spiritual understanding.
21. Whereas it is the habit of dispassionateness, and the knowledge of truth; whereby we are enabled to ford over the boisterous ocean of the world, you must learn therefore, O Ráma! to practice and gain these betimes.
21. It’s the practice of being objective and knowing the truth that helps us navigate the turbulent waters of life. So, you need to learn to develop these skills early on, O Ráma!
22. Your full knowledge of all truth, will drive away your bias in untruth; and your riddance from all desire, will save you from all sorrow. (Desire is a burning fire, but want of yearning is want of pain and sorrowing).
22. Your complete understanding of the truth will eliminate your bias towards falsehood, and freeing yourself from all desire will protect you from all sorrow. (Desire is a burning fire, but lacking yearning means lacking pain and sorrow).
23. There exists but one Brahma, unbounded by space and time; He is never limited by either of them; and is the world himself, though it appears to be a distinct duality beside Him.
23. There is only one Brahma, who is limitless in space and time; He is never restricted by either; and He is the universe itself, even though it seems to be a separate duality alongside Him.
24. Brahma abides in all infinity and eternity, and is not limited in any thing; He is tranquil and shines with equal effulgence on all bodies; He cannot be any particular thing, beside his nature of universality.
24. Brahma exists in all infinity and eternity, and is not limited by anything; He is peaceful and radiates equally on all beings; He cannot be any specific thing, apart from His nature of universality.
25. Knowing the nature of Brahma as such, be you freed from the knowledge of your egoism (personality); and knowing yourself as the same with him, think yourself as bodiless and as great as he; and thus enjoy the tranquillity and felicity of your soul.
25. Understanding the true nature of Brahma, free yourself from the attachment to your ego; recognize that you are one with him, see yourself as without a body and as vast as he is; and in doing so, experience the peace and happiness of your soul.
26. There is neither the mind nor the avidyá (or ignorance), nor the living principle, as distinct things in reality; they are all fictitious terms (for the one and same nameless Brahma himself).
26. There is no separate mind or avidyá (or ignorance), nor is there a distinct living principle; these are all just made-up terms for the one and only nameless Brahma himself.
27. It is the self-same Brahma, that exhibits himself in the[Pg 10] forms of our enjoyments, in the faculties of enjoying them, in our desires and appetites for the same, and in the mind also for their perception. The great Brahma that is without beginning and end, underlies them all, as the great ocean surrounds the earth (and supplies its moisture to every thing upon it).
27. It’s the same Brahma who shows up in the[Pg 10] forms of our pleasures, in our abilities to enjoy them, in our desires and cravings for them, and in our minds for perceiving them. The great Brahma, who has no beginning or end, lies beneath all of this, just like the vast ocean surrounds the earth and supplies its moisture to everything on it.
28. The same Brahma is seen in the form of his intellect (or wisdom) in heavens, on earth and in the infernal regions, as also in the vegetable and animal creations; and there is nothing else beside him.
28. The same Brahma is present as intellect (or wisdom) in the heavens, on earth, and in the underworld, as well as in plants and animals; and there is nothing else besides him.
29. The same Brahma, who has no beginning nor end, spreads himself like the boundless and unfathomable ocean, under all bodies and things; and in whatever we deem as favourable and unfavourable to us, as our friends and our enemies.
29. The same Brahma, who has neither a beginning nor an end, expands like the endless and deep ocean, beneath all bodies and things; and in whatever we consider as good or bad for us, as our friends or our foes.
30. The fiction of the mind, like that of a dragon, continues so long, as we are subject to the error and ignorance of taking these words for real things; and are unacquainted with the knowledge of Brahma (as pervading all existence).
30. The imagination, much like a dragon, persists as long as we fall into the mistake and ignorance of believing these words are actual things; and remain unaware of the knowledge of Brahma that permeates all existence.
31. The error of the mind and its perceptibles, continues as long as one believes his personality to consist in his body; and understands the phenomenal world as a reality; and has the selfishness to think such and such things to be his (since there is nothing which actually belongs to any body, besides its temporary use).
31. The mistake of the mind and its perceptions continues as long as someone believes their identity is tied to their body; sees the physical world as something real; and has the selfishness to think that certain things belong to them (since nothing truly belongs to anyone, except for its temporary use).
32. So long as you do not raise yourself, by the counsel and in the society of the wise and good; and as long as you do not get rid of your ignorance; you cannot escape from the meanness of your belief in the mind.
32. As long as you don't elevate yourself through the advice and company of the wise and good, and as long as you don't let go of your ignorance, you won't be able to escape the trivial nature of your beliefs.
33. So long as you do not get loose of your worldly thoughts, and have the light of the universal spirit before your view; you cannot get rid of the contracted thoughts of your mind, yourself and the world.
33. As long as you hold onto your worldly thoughts and keep the light of the universal spirit in sight, you won't be able to free yourself from the limited thoughts of your mind, yourself, and the world.
34. As long as there is the blindness of ignorance, and one's subjection to worldly desires; so long there is the delusion of falsehood also, and the fictions of the fallacious mind.
34. As long as people are blind to ignorance and stuck in their worldly desires, they will also be trapped in the delusion of falsehood and the illusions created by a deceptive mind.
35. As long as the exhalation of yearnings infest the forest of the heart, the chakora or parrot of reason will never resort to it; but fly far away from the infected air.
35. As long as the outpouring of desires fills the forest of the heart, the chakora or parrot of reason will never seek it; instead, it will fly far away from the contaminated air.
36. The errors of thought disappear from that mind, which is unattached to sensual enjoyments; which is cool with its pure inappetency, and which has broken loose from its net of avarice.
36. The mistakes in thinking fade away from a mind that isn't attached to sensual pleasures; that remains calm with its pure lack of desire, and that has freed itself from the trap of greed.
37. He who has got rid of his thirst and delusion of wealth, and who is conscious of the inward coolness of his soul, and who possesses the tranquillity of his mind; such a person is said to have fled from the province of his anxious thought.
37. Someone who has let go of their thirst and desire for wealth, who feels a sense of calm in their soul, and who maintains peace of mind; such a person is said to have escaped from the realm of their anxious thoughts.
38. He who looks upon unsubstantial things, as unworthy of his regard and reliance; and who looks upon his body as extraneous to himself; is never misled by the thoughts of his mind.
38. Someone who sees insubstantial things as unworthy of his attention and trust; and who views his body as separate from himself; is never misled by his thoughts.
39. He who meditates on the infinite mind, and sees all forms of things as ectypes of the universal soul; and who views the world absorbed in himself; is never misled by the erroneous conception of the living principle.
39. The person who reflects on the limitless mind and perceives all forms of things as reflections of the universal soul, and who sees the world as part of himself, is never confused by the mistaken idea of the living principle.
40. The partial view of a distinct mind and a living principle, serves but to mislead a man (to the knowledge of erroneous particulars); all which vanish away, at the sight of the rising sun of the one universal soul.
40. A limited perspective on an individual mind and a living principle only confuses a person (leading them to false details); all of this fades away when faced with the rising sun of the one universal soul.
41. Want of the partial view of the mind, gives the full view of one undivided soul; which consumes the particulars, as the vivid fire burns away the dry leaves of trees, and as the sacrificial fire consumes the oblations of ghee or clarified butter.
41. Lacking a partial view of the mind provides a complete view of one united soul; it consumes the specifics just like a bright fire burns away the dry leaves of trees and like the sacrificial fire devours the offerings of ghee or clarified butter.
42. Those men of great souls, who have known the supreme one, and are self-liberated in their lifetime; have their minds without their essences, and which are therefore called asatwas or nonentities. (These minds, says the gloss, are as the watermarks on the sand, after a channel is dried up (or its waters have receded); meaning that the mind remains in its print but not in its substance).
42. Those noble individuals who have experienced the ultimate reality and are free from attachment in their lifetime have minds that lack true essence, which is why they are referred to as asatwas or nonentities. (The gloss explains that these minds are like watermarks on sand after a river has dried up; this means that the mind leaves an impression but lacks any real substance).
43. The body of the living liberated man, has a mind employed in its duties, but freed from its desires; such minds are not chittas or active agents, but mere sattwas or passive objects. They are no more self-volitive free agents, but are acted upon by their paramount duties. (Free will is responsible for its acts, but compulsion has no responsibility).
43. The body of a liberated person is a mind focused on its responsibilities, but free from personal desires; such minds are not chittas or active agents, but simply sattwas or passive beings. They are no longer self-directed free agents; instead, they are guided by their essential duties. (Free will is accountable for its actions, while compulsion carries no responsibility).
44. They that know the truth, are mindless and unmindful of[Pg 12] everything save their duty; they rove about at pleasure and discharge their duties by rote and practice, in order any object to gain.
44. Those who know the truth are careless and unaware of[Pg 12] everything except their responsibilities; they wander around freely and perform their duties by habit and routine, aiming to achieve any goal.
45. They are calm and cold with all their actions and in all their dealings; they have the members of their bodies and their senses under full control, and know no desire nor duality.
45. They are composed and detached in everything they do; they have complete control over their body and senses, and feel neither desire nor conflict.
46. The saint having his sight fixed upon his inner soul, sees the world burnt down as straws by the fire of his intellect; and finds his erroneous conceptions of the mind, to fly far away from it, like flitting flies from a conflagration.
46. The saint, focusing on his inner self, sees the world burned away like straw by the fire of his intellect; and he finds his mistaken beliefs fading far from it, like flies darting away from a blaze.
47. The mind which is purified by reason, is called the sattwa as said above, and does not give rise to error; as the fried paddy seed, is not productive of the plant (The sattwa mind is spiritless and dead in itself).
47. The mind that is cleared by reason is called sattwa, as mentioned earlier, and it doesn’t lead to mistakes; just like fried paddy seeds, it doesn’t grow into a plant (The sattwa mind is lifeless and inert on its own).
48. The word Sattwa means the contrary of Chitta, which latter is used in lexicons to mean the mind, that has the quality of being reborn on account of its actions and desires. (The chitta is defined as the living seed of the mind, and productive of acts and future regenerations, which the Sattwa or deadened mind cannot do).
48. The word Sattwa means the opposite of Chitta, which is defined in dictionaries as the mind that has the ability to be reborn because of its actions and desires. (Chitta is described as the active seed of the mind, responsible for actions and future rebirths, which the Sattwa or inactive mind cannot achieve).
49. You have to attain the attainable Sattwa or torpid state of your mind, and to have the seed of your active mind or chitta, singed by the blaze of your spiritual mind or sattwa.
49. You need to reach the achievable Sattwa or calm state of your mind, and have the seed of your active mind or chitta, burned by the fire of your spiritual mind or sattwa.
50. The minds of the learned, which are lighted by reason, are melted down at once to liquidity; but those of the ignorant which are hardened by their worldly desires, will not yield to the force of fire and steel; but continue still to sprout up as the grass, the more they are mowed and put on fire. (The over-growing grass in the fields, though set on fire, will grow again from their unburnt roots, and became as rank as before).
50. The minds of the educated, illuminated by reason, become fluid instantly; but those of the uninformed, hardened by their material desires, resist the effects of fire and steel; they keep sprouting up like grass, even more so when they're cut down or burned. (The overgrown grass in the fields, though set on fire, will regrow from their unburned roots and become just as thick as before).
51. Brahma is vast expanse, and such being the vastness of the universe too there is no difference between them; and the intellect of Brahma is as full as the fulness of his essence.
51. Brahma is a vast expanse, and since the universe is also vast, there is no difference between them; the intellect of Brahma is as complete as the fullness of his essence.
52. The Divine Intellect contains the three worlds, as the pepper has its pungency within itself. Therefore the triple world is not a distinct thing from Brahma, and its existence and[Pg 13] inexistence (i.e., its creation and dissolution), are mere fictions of human mind. (It is ever existent in the eternal mind).
52. The Divine Intellect includes the three worlds, just like pepper has its spiciness within itself. So, the triple world isn't separate from Brahma, and its existence and non-existence (i.e., its creation and destruction) are just illusions of the human mind. (It always exists in the eternal mind).
53. It is the use of popular language, to speak of existence and non-existence as different things; but they are never so in reality to the right understanding. Since whatever is or is not in being, is ever present in the Divine Mind.
53. People often use everyday language to discuss existence and non-existence as if they are separate concepts; however, in reality, they are not, according to true understanding. Everything that exists or doesn’t exists is always present in the Divine Mind.
53a. This being a vacuity, contains all things in their vacuous state (which is neither the state of sensible existence, nor that of intellectual inexistence either). God as the Absolute, Eternal, and Spiritual substance, is as void as Thought. (The universe is a thought in the mind of God, and existence is thought and activity in the Divine Mind. Aristotle).
53a. This is an emptiness that holds everything in a state of emptiness (which is neither a state of physical existence nor a state of intellectual non-existence). God, as the Absolute, Eternal, and Spiritual substance, is as empty as Thought. (The universe is a thought in the mind of God, and existence is thought and activity in the Divine Mind. Aristotle).
54. If you disbelieve in the intellectual, you can have no belief in your spirituality also; then why fear to die for fear of future retribution, when you leave your body behind to turn to dust. Tell me Ráma! how can you imagine the existence of the world in absence of the intellectual principle. (There can be no material world, without the immaterial mind; nor can you think of it, if you have no mind in you).
54. If you don't believe in intellect, you can't believe in your spirituality either; so why be afraid of dying out of fear of future punishment when you're just leaving your body behind to turn to dust? Tell me, Ráma! How can you picture the existence of the world without the intellectual principle? (There can't be a material world without the immaterial mind; nor can you conceive of it if you don't have a mind within you).
55. But if you find by the reasoning of your mind, all things to be mere intellections of the intellect at all times; then say why do you rely on the substantiality of your body.
55. But if you discover, through your own reasoning, that everything is just concepts of the mind all the time, then tell me why you trust in the reality of your body.
56. Remember Ráma, your pellucid intellectual and spiritual form, which has no limit nor part of it, but is an unlimited and undivided whole; and mistake not yourself for a limited being by forgetting your true nature.
56. Remember Ráma, your clear intellectual and spiritual form, which has no limits or parts, but is an unlimited and indivisible whole; and don’t confuse yourself with a limited being by forgetting your true nature.
57. Thinking yourself as such, take all the discreet parts of the universe as forming one concrete whole; and this is the substantial intellect of Brahma.
57. As you see yourself in this way, consider all the distinct parts of the universe as making up one complete entity; and this is the essential intelligence of Brahma.
58. Thou abidest in the womb of thy intellect, and art neither this nor that nor any of the many discrete things interspersed in the universe. Thou art as thou art and last as the End and Nil in thy obvious and yet thy hidden appearances.
58. You exist in the depths of your mind and are neither this nor that nor any of the many separate things scattered throughout the universe. You are who you are and remain as the End and Nil in both your obvious and hidden forms.
59. Thou art contained under no particular category, nor is there any predicable which may be predicated of thee. Yet thou art the substance of every predicament in thy form of the[Pg 14] solid, ponderous and calm intellect; and I salute thee in that form of thine.
59. You don't belong to any specific category, and there’s nothing that can be said about you. Yet, you are the essence of every situation in your form of the[Pg 14] solid, heavy, and serene mind; and I acknowledge you in that form of yours.
60. Thou art without beginning and end, and abidest with thy body of solid intellect, amidst the crystal sphere of thy creation, and shining as the pure and transparent sky. Thou art calm and quiet, and yet displayest the wondrous world, as the seed vessel shows the wooden of vegetation.
60. You are without beginning and end, and you exist with your solid intellect, surrounded by the crystal sphere of your creation, shining like the clear and transparent sky. You are calm and peaceful, yet you reveal the amazing world, just as a seed pod shows the wood of plants.
CHAPTER III.
On the Unity and Universality of Brahma.
On the Unity and Universality of Brahma.
Argument.—Showing the identity of Brahma with the Mind, Living Soul, the body and the world and all things and extirpation of all dualisms, by the establishment of one universality.
Argument.—Showing that Brahma is the same as the Mind, the Living Soul, the body, the world, and everything else, while removing all dualities by establishing a single universal principle.
VASISHTHA continued:—As the countless waves, which are continually rising and falling in the Sea, are no other than its water assuming temporary forms to view; so the intellect exhibits the forms of endless worlds heaving in itself; and know, O sinless Ráma! this intellect to be thy very self or soul. (All personal souls are selfsame with the impersonal Self; because it is in the power of both the finite and infinite souls to produce and reduce the appearance of the worlds in them, which proves them beyond any doubt as the Chidátmá or the Intellectual soul).
VASISHTHA continued:—Just like the countless waves that keep rising and falling in the sea are simply the water taking on temporary shapes to be seen, the intellect shows the forms of countless worlds within itself. Know this, O sinless Ráma! that this intellect is your true self or soul. (All individual souls are the same as the impersonal Self; because both finite and infinite souls have the ability to create and dissolve the appearance of worlds within them, which undeniably identifies them as the Chidátmá or the Intellectual soul).
2. Say thou that hast the intellectual soul, what relation doth thy immaterial soul bear to the material world, and being freed from thy earthly cares, how canst thou entertain any earthly desire or affection in it. (The spiritual soul has no concern with the material world).
2. Tell me, you who have an intellectual soul, what connection does your immaterial soul have with the material world? And when you are free from your earthly worries, how can you still have any earthly desires or affections? (The spiritual soul has no connection to the material world).
3. It is the Intellect which manifests itself in the forms of living soul or jíva, mind and its desires, and the world and all things; say then what else can it be, to which all these properties are to be attributed (if not to the eternal intellect).
3. It’s the Intellect that shows up as living beings or jíva, thoughts and their desires, and the world along with everything in it; so tell me, what else could it be that all these traits are connected to (if not to the eternal intellect)?
4. The intellect of the Supreme Spirit, is as a profound sea with its huge surges; and yet, O Ráma! it is as calm and cool as thy soul, and as bright and clear, as the transparent firmament.
4. The mind of the Supreme Spirit is like a deep ocean with its massive waves; and yet, O Ráma! it is as calm and cool as your soul, and as bright and clear as the open sky.
5. As the heat is not separate from fire, and the fragrance not apart from the flower; and as blackness is inseparable from collyrium, and whiteness from the ice; and as sweet is inborn in the sugarcane, so is intellection inherent in, and unseparated from the intellect.
5. Just as heat is part of fire, and fragrance is part of a flower; and just as darkness is tied to soot, and brightness to ice; and as sweetness is natural to sugarcane, so is understanding an inherent and inseparable part of the intellect.
6. As the light is nothing distinct from the sun-beams, so[Pg 16] is intellection no other than the intellect itself; and as the waves are no way distinct from the water; so the universe is in no ways different or disjoined from the nature of the intellect, which contains the universe. (The noumenon contains the phenomenon, and become manifest as the world).
6. Just as light is nothing separate from sunlight, so[Pg 16] thinking is no different from the mind itself; and just as waves are not separate from water, the universe is in no way different or disconnected from the nature of the intellect, which encompasses the universe. (The thing-in-itself contains the observable world and manifests as reality).
7. The ideas are not apart from the intellect, nor is the ego distinct from the idea of it; the mind is not different from the ego, nor is the living soul any other than the mind.
7. The ideas are not separate from the intellect, nor is the self different from its concept; the mind is not separate from the self, nor is the living soul anything other than the mind.
8. The senses are not separate from the mind, and the body is not unconnected with the senses; the world is the same as the body, and there is nothing apart from the world. (The body is the microcosm of the cosmos [Sanskrit: shuddhabrahmánanda]).
8. The senses are connected to the mind, and the body is linked to the senses; the world is the same as the body, and nothing exists outside of the world. (The body is the microcosm of the cosmos [Sanskrit: shuddhabrahmánanda]).
9. Thus the great sphere of universe, is no other than the unbounded sphere of intellect; and they are nothing now done or made, or ever created before (for whatever there is or comes to pass, continues forever in the presence of the intellect).
9. So, the vast universe is just the limitless sphere of the mind; everything that happens or has ever been created is always present in the mind.
10. Our knowledge of every thing, is but our reminiscence of the same; and this is to continue for evermore, in the manner of all partial spaces, being contained in infinity, without distinction of their particular localities. (All spaces of place occupied by bodies, are contained in the infinite and unoccupied vacuity of Mind).
10. Everything we know is just a memory of it; and this will go on forever, like all limited spaces, existing within infinity, without any distinction between their specific locations. (All spaces occupied by objects are included in the infinite and empty void of the Mind).
11. As all spaces are contained in the endless vacuity, so the vastness of Brahma is contained in the immensity of Brahma; and as truth resides in verity, so in this plenum contained, is the plenitude of Divine mind. (Here Brahma the great means by figure of metonymy, the Brahmánda or vastness of his creation).
11. Just as all spaces exist within the infinite void, the greatness of Brahma exists within the vastness of Brahma; and just as truth lives in reality, the fullness of the Divine mind is contained within this fullness. (Here, the great Brahma refers, through metonymy, to the Brahmánda or the expanse of his creation).
12. Seeing the forms of outward things, the intelligent man never takes them to his mind; it is the ignorant only, that set their minds to the worthless things of this world.
12. Noticing the appearances of external things, a wise person doesn't let them occupy their thoughts; it's only the ignorant who focus their minds on the meaningless things of this world.
13. They are glad to long after what they approve of, for their trouble only in this world; but he who takes these things as nothing, remains free from the pleasure and pain of having or not having them. (So said the wise Socrates:—How many things are here, which I do not want).
13. They are happy to desire the things they like, as it's the only trouble they face in this world; but someone who views these things as insignificant stays free from the joy and sorrow of having or not having them. (As the wise Socrates said:—How many things are here that I don't want).
14. The apparent difference of the world and the soul of the[Pg 17] world, is as false in reality, as the meaning of the words sky and skies, which though taken in their singular and plural senses, still denote the same uniform vacuity. (So the one soul is viewed as many in appearance only).
14. The apparent difference between the world and the soul of the[Pg 17] world is just as false as the meanings of the words sky and skies, which, even when taken in their singular and plural forms, still refer to the same empty space. (So, the one soul is seen as many only in appearance).
15. He who remains with the internal purity of his vacant mind, although he observes the customary differences of external things, remains yet as unaffected by the feelings of pain and pleasure, as the insensible block of wood and stone (with his stoical indifference in joy and grief).
15. Someone who keeps their mind clear and pure, even though they notice the usual differences in the outside world, stays untouched by feelings of pain and pleasure, just like a cold piece of wood or stone, remaining indifferent to both joy and sorrow.
16. He who sees his blood-thirsty enemy in the light of a true friend, is the person that sees rightly into the nature of things. (Because the killers of our lives, are the givers of our immortality).
16. The person who views their bloodthirsty enemy as a true friend is the one who truly understands the nature of things. (Because those who threaten our lives also grant us our immortality).
17. As the river uproots the big trees on both its sides, by its rapid currents and deluge; so doth the dispassionate man destroys the feelings of his joy and grief to their very roots.
17. Just like the river pulls out the big trees on its banks with its swift currents and flood, a dispassionate person destroys their feelings of joy and grief down to the core.
18. The sage that knows not the nature of the passions and affections, and does not guard himself from their impulse and emotions, is unworthy of the veneration, which awaits upon the character of saints and sages.
18. The wise person who doesn't understand the nature of desires and feelings, and who doesn't protect themselves from their urges and emotions, isn't deserving of the respect that comes with being like saints and sages.
19. He who has not the sense of his egoism, and whose mind is not attached to this world; saves his soul from death and confinement, after his departure from this world. (There is a similar text in the Bhagavadgítá, and it is hard to say which is the original one and which is the copy).
19. The person who doesn't recognize their own selfishness and isn't tied to this world saves their soul from death and imprisonment after leaving this world. (There's a similar passage in the Bhagavadgítá, and it's hard to determine which one is the original and which is the copy).
20. The belief in one's personality, is as false as one's faith in an unreality, which does not exist; and this wrong notion of its existence, is removed only by one's knowledge of the error, and his riddance from it.
20. Believing in one's personality is just as misguided as believing in something that isn't real; this false idea of its existence can only be eliminated through recognizing the mistake and freeing oneself from it.
21. He who has extinguished the ardent desire of his mind, like the flame of an oilless lamp; and who remains unshaken under all circumstances, stands as the image of a mighty conqueror of his enemies in painting or statue.
21. The person who has put out the intense desires of their mind, like the flame of a lamp without oil; and who stays steady in all situations, is a true picture of a powerful victor over their foes, whether in a painting or a statue.
22. O Ráma! that man is said to be truly liberated, who is unmoved under all circumstances, and has nothing to gain or lose in his prosperity or adversity, nor any thing to elate or depress him in either state.
22. Oh Rama! That person is said to be truly free, who remains unaffected in all situations, and has nothing to gain or lose in their success or failure, nor anything that can lift them up or bring them down in either state.
CHAPTER IV.
Argument.—Vasishtha exposes the evils of selfish views parág-drishti, and exalts the merit of elevated views pratyag-drishti.
Argument.—Vasishtha points out the issues created by selfish viewpoints parág-drishti and emphasizes the importance of broader perspectives pratyag-drishti.
VASISHTHA continued:—Ráma! knowing your mind, understanding, egoism and all your senses, to be insensible of themselves, and deriving their sensibility from the intellect; say how can your living soul and the vital breaths, have any sensation of their own.
VASISHTHA continued:—Ráma! Now that I understand your mindset, recognizing that your ego and all your senses are unaware of themselves and that they gain their awareness from the intellect; tell me, how can your living soul and vital breaths have any sensations of their own?
2. It is the one great soul, that infuses its power to those different organs; as the one bright sun dispenses his light, to all the various objects in their diverse colours.
2. It’s the one great soul that gives its power to those different organs; just as the one bright sun spreads its light to all the different objects in their various colors.
3. As the pangs of the poisonous thirst after worldly enjoyments, come to an end; so the insensibility of ignorance, flies away like darkness at the end of the night.
3. Just as the intense craving for worldly pleasures fades away, the numbness of ignorance disappears like darkness at the break of dawn.
4. It is the incantation of spiritual knowledge only, that is able to heal the pain of baneful avarice; as it is in the power of autumn only, to dispel the clouds of the rainy-season.
4. It's only the magic of spiritual wisdom that can heal the hurt caused by harmful greed; just like only autumn can clear away the clouds of the rainy season.
5. It is the dissipation of ignorance, which washes the mind of its attendant desires; as it is the disappearance of the rainy weather, which scatters the clouds in the sky.
5. It is the elimination of ignorance, which cleanses the mind of its accompanying desires; just as it is the end of the rainy weather, which clears the clouds from the sky.
6. The mind being weakened to unmindfulness, loses the chain of its desires from it; as a necklace of pearls being loosened from its broken string, tosses the precious gems all about the ground.
6. When the mind becomes distracted, it loses its grip on its desires; just like a string of pearls that has come undone, scattering the valuable gems all over the ground.
7. Ráma! they that are unmindful of the sástras, and mind to undermine them; resemble the worms and insects, that mine the ground wherein they remain.
7. Rama! Those who forget the scriptures and aim to undermine them are like the worms and insects that burrow into the ground where they live.
8. The fickle eye-sight of the idle and curious gazer on all things, becomes motionless after their ignorant curiosity is over and has ceased to stir; as the shaking lotus of the lake becomes steady, after the gusts of wind have passed away and stopped.
8. The changing gaze of the idle and curious observer on everything becomes still once their mindless curiosity fades and stops stirring; just like the trembling lotus in the lake settles down after the wind gusts have died down and ceased.
9. You have got rid, O Ráma! of your thought of all entities and non-entities, and found your steadiness in the ever-steady[Pg 19] unity of God; as the restless winds mix at last with the calm vacuum (after their blowing and breathing over the solid earth, and in the hollow sky).
9. You, Ráma, have let go of your thoughts about all things and nothingness, and you have found your stability in the constant unity of God; just as the restless winds eventually merge into the still vacuum after blowing and moving over the solid ground and in the empty sky.[Pg 19]
10. I ween you have been awakened to sense, by these series of my sermons to you; as kings are awakened from their nightly sleep, by the sound of their eulogists and the music of timbrels.
10. I believe you have been brought to awareness by these series of my talks to you; just as kings are roused from their nightly slumber by the praise of their admirers and the sound of tambourines.
11. Seeing that common people of low understandings, are impressed by the preachings of their parish parsons; I have every reason to believe that my sermons must make their impression, upon the good understanding of Ráma.
11. Knowing that ordinary people with limited understanding are influenced by the teachings of their local pastors, I have every reason to believe that my sermons will leave an impression on the good sense of Ráma.
12. As you are in the habit of considering well, the good counsel of others in your mind; so I doubt not, that my counsel will penetrate your mind, as the cool rain-water enters into the parched ground of the earth.
12. Just as you usually take the time to thoughtfully consider the good advice of others, I have no doubt that my advice will soak into your mind just like cool rainwater seeps into dry soil.
13. Knowing me as your family priest, and my family as the spiritual guides of Raghus race for ever; you must receive with regard my good advices to you, and set my words as a neck-chain to your heart.
13. Knowing me as your family priest, and my family as the spiritual guides of the Raghu lineage forever, you should take my good advice to heart and keep my words close like a necklace around your neck.
CHAPTER V.
Argument.—Ráma's relation to Vasishtha, of his perfect rest in godliness.
Argument.—Ráma's relationship with Vasishtha, showing his total tranquility in divine essence.
RÁMA said:—O my venerable guide! My retrospection of your sermons, has set my mind to perfect rest, and I see the traps and turmoils of this world before me, with a quite indifferent and phlegmatic mind.
RÁMA said:—Oh my respected mentor! Reflecting on your teachings has brought me complete peace of mind, and I see the challenges and chaos of this world around me with a calm and unbothered attitude.
2. My soul has found its perfect tranquillity in the Supreme Spirit, is as the parched ground is cooled by a snow or of rainfall after a long and painful drought.
2. My soul has found its perfect peace in the Supreme Spirit, just like the dry ground is refreshed by snow or rain after a long and painful drought.
3. I am as cool as coldness itself, and feel the felicity of an entire unity in myself; and my mind has become as tranquil and transparent, as the limpid lake that is undisturbed by elephants.
3. I am as cool as cold can be and feel a complete sense of unity within myself; my mind has become as calm and clear as a still lake untouched by elephants.
4. I see the whole plenum of the universe, O sage! in its pristine pure light; and as clear as the face of the wide extended firmament, without the dimness of frost or mist.
4. I see the entire universe, O wise one! in its original pure light; and as clear as the face of the vast sky, free from the dullness of frost or fog.
5. I am now freed from my doubts, and exempted from the mirage of the world; I am equally aloof from affections, and have become as pure and serene, as the lake and sky in autumn.
5. I am now free from my doubts and unaffected by the illusions of the world; I am detached from emotions and have become as pure and calm as the lake and sky in autumn.
6. I have found that transport in my inmost soul, which knows no bound nor decay; and have the enjoyment of that gusto, which defies the taste of the ambrosial draught of gods.
6. I have discovered a deep connection in my soul that knows no limits or end; and I experience a joy that surpasses the divine pleasure of the gods.
7. I am now set in the truth of actual existence, and my repose in the joyous rest of my soul. I have become the delight of mankind and my own joy in myself, which makes me thank my felicitous self, and you also for giving me this blessing. (The Sruti says, Heavenly bliss is the delight of men, and the heartfelt joy of every body).
7. I am now grounded in the reality of my existence, finding peace in the joyful resting of my soul. I have become the joy of humanity and have found happiness within myself, for which I am grateful to my fortunate self, and to you as well for this blessing. (The Sruti says, Heavenly bliss is the joy of people, and the sincere happiness of everyone).
8. My heart has become as expanded and pure, as the expanse of limpid lakes in autumn; and my mind hath become as cold and serene, as the clear and humid sky in the season of autumn.
8. My heart has become as open and pure as the clear lakes in autumn, and my mind has become as cool and calm as the clear, moist sky during the autumn season.
9. Those doubts and coinings of imagination, which mislead the blind, have now fled afar from me; as the fear of ghosts appearing in the dark, disappear at the light of day-break.
9. Those doubts and wild ideas that mislead the blind have now gone far away from me; just like the fear of ghosts in the dark disappears with the light of dawn.
10. How can there be the speck or spot of impurity, in the pure and enlightened soul; and how can the doubts of the objective nature, arise in the subjective mind? All these errors vanish to naught, like darkness before moon light.
10. How can there be a speck or spot of impurity in a pure and enlightened soul? And how can doubts about the objective world arise in a subjective mind? All these errors fade away like darkness before moonlight.
11. All these appearances appearing in various forms, are but the diverse manifestations of the self-same soul; it is therefore a fallacy to suppose, this is one thing and that another, by our misjudgment of them.
11. All these appearances in different forms are just the various ways the same soul shows itself; it's a mistake to think this is one thing and that is something else, based on our misunderstanding of them.
12. I smile to think in myself, the miserable slave of my desires that I had been before; that am now so well satisfied without them. (The privation of desire gives greater satisfaction than its fulfilment).
12. I smile at the thought of how miserable I used to be, a slave to my desires; now I’m so much happier without them. (The absence of desire brings more satisfaction than getting what you want).
13. I remember now how my single and solitary self, is one and all with the universal soul of the world; since I received my baptism with the ambrosial fluid of thy words.
13. I realize now how my individual self is connected to the universal soul of the world, ever since I was awakened by the divine essence of your words.
14. O the highest and holiest station, which I have now attained to; and from where I behold the sphere of the sun, to be situated as low as the infernal region.
14. Oh, the highest and holiest position that I have reached; from here, I see the sun's sphere being situated as low as the underworld.
15. I have arrived at the world of sober reality and existence, from that of unreality and seeming existence. I therefore thank my soul, that has became so elevated and adorable with its fulness of the Deity.
15. I have come to the world of clear reality and existence, leaving behind the world of illusion and false existence. I am grateful to my soul, which has become so elevated and wonderful with its fullness of the divine.
16. O venerable Sage:—I am now situated in everlasting joy, and far removed from the region of sorrow; by the sweet sound of the honeyed words, which have crept like humming bees, into the pericarp of my lotus-like heart.
16. O wise Sage:—I am now in a state of eternal joy, completely away from the realm of sadness; enchanted by the soothing sound of sweet words, which have settled like humming bees into the core of my lotus-like heart.
CHAPTER VI.
Argument:—Prevalence and influence of delirium (moha).
Argument:—The prevalence and impact of delirium (confusion).
VASISHTHA Continued—Hear me moreover to tell you, my dear Ráma, some excellent sayings for your good, and also for the benefit of every one of my audience here.
VASISHTHA Continued—Listen to me, my dear Ráma, as I share some great wisdom for your benefit and for the benefit of everyone here in the audience.
2. Though you are unlike others, in the greater enlightenment of your understanding; yet my lecture will equally edify your knowledge, as that of the less enlightened men than yourself.
2. Even though you are different from others in your deeper understanding, my lecture will still enhance your knowledge just as it will for those who are less informed than you.
3. He who is so senseless as to take his body for the soul, is soon found to be upset by his unruly senses; as a charioteer is thrown down by his head-strong and restive horses. (So says the Sruti also. "The soul is the charioteer of the vehicle of the body, and the senses are as its horses").
3. Someone who is foolish enough to confuse their body with their soul will soon find themselves overwhelmed by their wild senses, just like a charioteer gets thrown off by unruly and stubborn horses. (This is also mentioned in the Sruti: "The soul is the charioteer of the vehicle of the body, and the senses are like its horses.")
4. But the Sapient man who knows the bodiless soul and relies therein, has all his senses under the subjection of his soul; and they do not overthrow him, as obstinate horses do their riders.
4. But the wise person who understands the immaterial soul and trusts in it has all their senses under the control of their soul; they do not let them throw them off like stubborn horses do to their riders.
5. He who praises no object of enjoyment, but rather finds fault with all of them, and discerns well their evils; enjoys the health of his body without any complaint. (The voluptuary is subject to diseases, but the abstinent is free from them; for in the midst of pleasure there is pain).
5. The person who doesn’t appreciate anything enjoyable, but instead criticizes everything and notices their flaws, maintains good health without any complaints. (The person who seeks pleasure is prone to illness, but the one who practices restraint is free from it; because pleasure often comes with pain).
6. The soul has no relation with the body, nor is the body related with the soul; they are as unrelated to each other as the light and shade. (And are opposed to one another as sun-light and darkness).
6. The soul has no connection to the body, nor is the body connected to the soul; they are as unrelated to each other as light and shadow. (And they oppose each other like sunlight and darkness).
7. The discrete soul is distinct from concrete matter, and free from material properties and accidents; the soul is ever shining and does not rise or set as the material sun and moon (and it never changes as the everchanging objects of changeful nature and mind).
7. The separate soul is different from physical matter and free from material traits and accidents; the soul is always shining and doesn't rise or set like the physical sun and moon (and it never changes like the constantly changing objects of an unpredictable nature and mind).
8. The body is a dull mass of vile matter, it is ignorant of itself and its own welfare; it is quite ungrateful to the soul, that[Pg 23] makes it sensible; therefore it well deserves its fate of diseases and final dissolution. (The body is frail, and is at best but a fading flower).
8. The body is a dull mass of disgusting matter, unaware of itself and its own health; it shows no gratitude to the soul that gives it awareness; so it rightfully faces its fate of illness and ultimate decay. (The body is weak and is at best just a wilting flower).
9. How can the body be deemed an intelligent thing, when the knowledge of the one (i.e., the soul) as intelligence, proves the other (i.e., the body) to be but a dull mass. They cannot both be intelligent, when the nature of the one is opposite to that of the other; and if there is no difference between them, they would become one and the same thing (i.e. the soul equal with the body, which is impossible).
9. How can the body be considered intelligent when the knowledge of one (i.e., the soul) as intelligence shows that the other (i.e., the body) is just a lifeless mass? They can't both be intelligent because their natures are completely different. If there were no difference between them, they would be the same thing (i.e., the soul would be equal to the body, which is impossible).
10. But how is it then, that they mutually reciprocate their feelings of pain and pleasure to one another, unless they are the one and the same thing, and participating of the same properties? (This is a presumptive objection of the antagonistic doctrine, touching the co-relation of the mind and body).
10. But how is it that they share their feelings of pain and pleasure with each other, unless they are essentially the same thing and share the same characteristics? (This is a common objection to the opposing theory regarding the relationship between the mind and body).
11. It is impossible, Ráma, for the reciprocation of their feelings, that never agree in their natures; the gross body has no connection with the subtile soul, nor has the rarefied soul any relation with the solid body. (It is the gross mind that sympathises with the body, and not the unconnected spirit or soul).
11. It’s impossible, Ráma, for their feelings to match because their natures are so different; the physical body has no connection with the subtle soul, and the refined soul has no relationship with the solid body. (It’s the physical mind that resonates with the body, not the separate spirit or soul).
12. The presence of the one, nullifies the existence of the opposite other; as in the cases of day and night, of darkness and light, and of knowledge and ignorance (which are destructive of their opposites).
12. The presence of one thing negates the existence of its opposite; like in the cases of day and night, darkness and light, and knowledge and ignorance (which destroy their opposites).
13. The unbodied soul presides over all bodies, without its adherence to any; as the omnipresent spirit of Brahma, pervades throughout all nature, without coalescing with any visible object. (The spirit of God resides in all, and is yet quite detached from everything).
13. The disembodied soul oversees all bodies without being attached to any; like the omnipresent spirit of Brahma, it permeates all of nature without merging with any visible object. (The spirit of God exists in all, yet remains completely separate from everything).
14. The embodied soul is as unattached to the body, as the dew drop on the lotus leaf is disjoined with the leaf; and as the divine spirit is quite unconnected with everything, which it fills and supports.
14. The soul in the body is as detached from it as a dew drop is from a lotus leaf; and just like the divine spirit is completely unconnected to everything it fills and supports.
15. The Soul residing in the body, is as unaffected by its affections, as the sky remains unmoved, by the motion of the winds raging in its bosom. It is figuratively said, that tempests[Pg 24] rend the skies, and the passions rend their recipient bosom; but nothing can disturb the empty vacuity of the sky or soul.
15. The soul living in the body is just as unaffected by its feelings as the sky is unmoved by the winds that rage within it. It's often said that storms tear through the sky, just like emotions tear through their host; but nothing can disturb the emptiness of the sky or the soul.
16. Knowing your soul to be no part of your body, rest quietly in it to eternity; but believing yourself as the body, be subject to repeated transmigrations of it in endless forms.
16. If you understand that your soul is not part of your body, find peace in it for eternity; but if you think of yourself as just the body, you will be subject to endless cycles of rebirth in various forms.
17. The visibles are viewed as the rising and falling waves, in the boundless ocean of the Divine soul; but reliance in the supreme soul, will show the light of the soul only.
17. The visible things are seen as the rising and falling waves in the endless ocean of the Divine soul; but trust in the supreme soul will reveal only the light of the soul.
18. This bodily frame is the product of the Divine soul, as the wave is produced of the water of the sea; and though the bodies are seen to move about as waves, yet their receptacle the soul is ever as steady as the sea;—the reservoir of the moving waves.
18. This physical body is created by the Divine soul, just like a wave is formed from the ocean; and even though bodies appear to move like waves, their source, the soul, remains as constant as the sea—the source of the moving waves.
19. The body is the image of the soul, as the sun seen in the waves is the reflection of that luminary; and though the body like the reflected sun, is seen to be moving and waving, yet its archetype—the soul, is ever as steady as the fixed and unfluctuating sun in the sky.
19. The body represents the soul, just like the sun is reflected in the waves; and although the body, like the reflected sun, appears to be in motion and shifting, its true source—the soul—remains as constant as the unchanging sun in the sky.
20. The error of the substantiality and stability of the body is put to flight, no sooner the light of the permanent and spiritual Substratum of the soul, comes to shine over our inward sight. (Knowledge of the immaterial and immortal soul, removes the blunder of the material and mortal body).
20. The mistake about the body being substantial and stable disappears as soon as the light of the permanent and spiritual foundation of the soul shines upon our inner vision. (Understanding the immaterial and immortal soul clears up the confusion about the material and mortal body).
21. The body appears to be in the act of constant motion and rotation like a wheel, to the partial and unspiritual observers of materialism; and it is believed by them to be perpetually subject to birth and death, like the succession of light and darkness. (Lit.:—As candle light and darkness follow each other, so is the body produced and dissolved by turns).
21. The body seems to be in a constant state of movement and spinning like a wheel, according to those who only see things from a materialistic viewpoint; they believe it is always going through birth and death, just like the cycles of light and darkness. (Lit.:—Just as candlelight and darkness alternate, so does the body come into existence and dissolve in turn).
22. These unspiritual men, that are unconscious of their souls; are as shallow and empty minded, as arjuna trees; which grow without any pith and marrow within them.
22. These unspiritual men, who are unaware of their souls, are as shallow and empty-minded as arjuna trees, which grow without any core or substance inside them.
23. Dull headed men that are devoid of intelligence, are as contemptible as the grass on the ground; and they move their limbs like the blades of grass, which are moved by force of the passing wind (and by direction of the Judging mind). Those that are unacquainted with the intelligent soul, resemble the[Pg 25] senseless and hollow bamboos, which shake and whistle by breath of the winds alone. (The internal air moves the body and the limbs, as the external breeze shakes the trees).
23. Dull-headed people who lack intelligence are as worthless as the grass on the ground; they move their limbs like blades of grass swaying in the wind (and under the direction of a wise mind). Those who don't know the intelligent soul are like[Pg 25] mindless and hollow bamboos, which only shake and whistle when the wind blows. (The air inside moves the body and limbs just like the outside breeze shakes the trees).
24. The unintelligent body and limbs, are actuated to perform and display their several acts, by action of the vital breath; as the vacillation of the insensible trees and leaves, is caused by the motion of the breeze; and both of them cease to move, no sooner the current airs cease to agitate them.
24. The unthinking body and limbs are moved to act and show their various actions by the influence of vital breath, just like the swaying of the lifeless trees and leaves is caused by the movement of the wind; and both stop moving as soon as the air currents stop stirring them.
25. These dull bodies are as the boisterous waves of the sea, heaving with huge shapes with tremendous noise; and appearing to sight as the figures of drunken men, staggering with draughts of the luscious juice of Vine.
25. These lifeless bodies are like the loud waves of the sea, rising with massive shapes and making a huge noise; and to the eye, they look like drunken people, swaying from drinking the sweet juice of the vine.
26. These witless men resemble the rapid currents of rivers, which without a jot of sense in them, keep up on their continual motion, to no good to themselves or others.
26. These foolish men are like the fast-moving waters of rivers, which, without any sense, keep rushing forward, benefiting neither themselves nor anyone else.
27. It is from their want of wit, that they are reduced to utmost meanness and misery; which make them groan and sigh like the blowing bellows of the blacksmith.
27. It’s because of their lack of intelligence that they end up in extreme poverty and misery, which makes them groan and sigh like the bellows of a blacksmith.
28. Their continued motion is of no real good to themselves, but brings on their quietus like the calm after the storm; they clash and clang like the twang of the bowstring, without the dart to hit at the mark.
28. Their ongoing movement doesn’t really benefit them, but leads to their end like the calm after a storm; they clash and clang like the twang of a bowstring, without an arrow to hit the target.
29. The life of the unintelligent man, is only for its extinction or death; and its desire of fruition is as false, as the fruit of an unfruitful tree in the woody forest.
29. The life of an unintelligent person is only meant for extinction or death; their desire for fulfillment is as deceptive as the fruit of a barren tree in the woods.
30. Seeking friendliness in unintelligent men, is as wishing to rest or sleep on a burning mountain; and the society of the unintellectual, is as associating with the headless trunks of trees in a forest (The weak headed man like the headless tree, can neither afford any sheltering shade, nor nourishing fruit to the passenger. So the verse: It is vain to expect any good or gain, from men of witless and shallow brain).
30. Looking for friendliness in unintelligent men is like trying to rest or sleep on a burning mountain; being around the unintellectual is like hanging out with headless tree trunks in a forest. (The weak-minded man, like the headless tree, cannot provide any shade or nourishing fruit for the traveler. So the saying goes: It’s pointless to expect any good or gain from people who are witless and shallow-minded).
31. Doing any service to the ignorant and lack witted men goes for nothing; and is as vain as beating the bush or empty air with a stick: and any thing given to the senseless, is as something thrown into the mud. (Or as casting pearls before the swine, or scattering grains in the bushes).
31. Doing any service for ignorant and dim-witted people is useless; it's as pointless as hitting the air with a stick or beating around the bush. Anything given to the senseless is like tossing it into the mud. (Or like casting pearls before swine, or scattering grains in the bushes).
32. Talking with the ignorant, is as calling the dogs from a distance (which is neither heard nor heeded by them). Ignorance is the seat of evils, which never betide the sensible and the wise. (So the Hitopadesa—A hundred evils and thousand fears, daily befall to the fool, and not to the heedful wise).
32. Speaking with the ignorant is like shouting for dogs from far away—neither heard nor acknowledged by them. Ignorance is the root of all problems, which never affect those who are sensible and wise. (So says the Hitopadesa—A hundred troubles and a thousand fears happen daily to the fool, but not to the careful wise).
33. The wise pass over all errors in their course amidst the world; but the ignorant are exposed to incessant troubles, in their ceaseless ardour to thrive in the pleasures of life.
33. The wise overlook all mistakes they encounter in life, while the ignorant face constant troubles in their relentless pursuit of life's pleasures.
34. As the carriage wheel revolves incessantly, about the axle to which it is fixed; so the body of man turns continually about the wealthy family, to which the foolish mind is fixed for gain.
34. Just like a carriage wheel keeps turning around its axle, a person's life constantly revolves around the wealthy family that the foolish mind is focused on for gain.
35. The ignorant fool can never get rid of his misery, so long as he is fast bound to the belief of taking his body as his soul, and knowing no spiritual soul besides.
35. The clueless fool will never escape his misery as long as he insists on believing that his body is his soul, without recognizing any spiritual essence beyond it.
36. How is it possible for the infatuated, to be freed from their delusion; when their minds are darkened by illusion, and their eyes are blind-folded, by the hood-wink of unreal appearance.
36. How can those who are infatuated break free from their delusion when their minds are clouded by illusion and their eyes are blinded by the deception of false appearances?
37. The seeing man or looker on sights, that regales his eyes with the sight of unrealities; is at last deluded by them, as a man is moonstruck by fixing his eyes on the moon, and becomes giddy with the profuse fragrance of flowers.
37. The person who looks at things, who entertains their eyes with illusions, eventually gets misled by them, much like someone who stares at the moon becomes dizzy and enchanted by its light, losing themselves in the overwhelming scent of flowers.
38. As the watering of the ground, tends to the growth of grass and thorns and thistles; so the fostering of the body, breeds the desires in the heart, as thick as reptiles grow in the hollow of trees; and they invigorate the mind in the form of a rampant lion or elephant.
38. Just like watering the ground helps grass, thorns, and thistles grow, taking care of the body fuels desires in the heart, just as many reptiles thrive in the hollows of trees; and these desires energize the mind like a fierce lion or elephant.
39. The ignorant foster their hopes of heaven on the death of their bodies; as the farmer expects a plenteous harvest, from his well cultivated fields (i.e. expectation of future heaven is vain, by means of ceremonial acts in life).
39. The ignorant place their hopes of heaven on the death of their bodies, just like a farmer expects a bountiful harvest from his well-tended fields (i.e. the expectation of future heaven is pointless through ceremonial acts in life).
40. The greedy hell-hounds are glad to look upon the ignorant, that are fast-bound in the coils of their serpentine desires; as the thirsty peacocks are pleased to gaze on the black clouds, that rise before their eyes in the rainy season.
40. The greedy hellhounds are happy to look at the ignorant, who are trapped in the grip of their twisted desires; just as the thirsty peacocks take pleasure in watching the dark clouds that appear before them during the rainy season.
41. These beauties with their glancing eyes, resembling the fluttering bees of summer, and with lips blooming as the new[Pg 27] blown leaves of flowers; are flaunting to catch hold of ignorant men; as poisonous plants are displayed, to lay hold on ignorant flies.
41. These beauties with their sparkling eyes, like the fluttering bees of summer, and with lips as fresh as newly bloomed flowers, are showing off to attract unsuspecting men, just like poisonous plants are displayed to catch unaware flies.
42. The plant of desire, which shoots out of the goodly soil of ignorant minds, shelters the flying passions under its shady foliage; as the coral plants foster the coral insects in them. (The corallines are known to be the formation of coral insects).
42. The plant of desire, which grows from the fertile ground of ignorant minds, provides a haven for wandering passions beneath its shady leaves; just like coral plants nurture the coral insects within them. (Corallines are known to be formed by coral insects).
43. Enmity is like a wild fire, it consumes the arbour of the body, and lets out the smoke through the orifice of the mouth in the desert land of the heart, and exhibits the rose of the heath as the burning cinders.
43. Enmity is like a wildfire; it destroys the shelter of the body and releases smoke through the mouth in the barren landscape of the heart, showing the rose of the heath as the smoldering ashes.
44. The mind of the ignorant is as a lake of envy, covered with the leaves of spite and calumny: jealousy is its lotus-bed, and the anxious thoughts are as the bees continually fluttering thereupon.
44. The mind of the uninformed is like a lake of envy, hidden under the leaves of bitterness and falsehood: jealousy is its bed of lotuses, and the anxious thoughts are like bees constantly buzzing around it.
45. The ignorant man that is subjected to repeated births, and is rising and falling as waves in the tumultuous ocean of this world, is exposed also to repeated deaths: and the burning fire which engulphs his dead body, is as in the submarine fire of this sea.
45. The uneducated person who goes through endless cycles of rebirth, rising and falling like waves in the chaotic ocean of this world, also faces repeated deaths: and the raging fire that consumes their lifeless body is like the underwater fire of this sea.
46. The ignorant are exposed to repeated births, attended by the vicissitudes of childhood, youth, manhood and old age, and followed at last by a painful death and cremation of the beloved body on the funeral pile.
46. Those who lack knowledge go through endless cycles of rebirth, facing the ups and downs of childhood, youth, adulthood, and old age, ultimately ending with a painful death and the cremation of their cherished body on the funeral pyre.
47. The ignorant body is like a diving bucket, tied by the rope of transmigration to the Hydraulic machine of acts; to be plunged and lifted over again, in and over the dirty pool of this world.
47. The uninformed body is like a diving bucket, tethered by the rope of reincarnation to the hydraulic machine of actions; repeatedly plunged and lifted in and out of the murky pool of this world.
48. This world which is a plane pavement and but narrow hole (lit., a cow foot-cave) to the wise, by their unconsciousness of it; appears as a boundless and unfathomable sea to the ignorant, owing to their great concern about it. (The wise think lightly of the world; but the worldly take it heavily upon themselves).
48. This world, which is like a flat pavement and just a small hole (literally, a cowfoot cave) to the wise because they are unaware of it, seems like a limitless and deep ocean to the ignorant, due to their intense worries about it. (The wise don't take the world seriously, but those caught up in it carry its weight heavily.)
49. The ignorant are devoid of their eye-sight, to look out beyond their limited circle; as the birds long confined in their cages, have no mind to fly out of them.
49. The ignorant lack the vision to see beyond their narrow surroundings; just like birds that have been kept in cages, they have no desire to escape.
50. The revolution of repeated births, is like the constant rotation[Pg 28] of the wheel of a chariot; and there is no body that is able to stop their motion, by restraining his earthly desires; which are ever turning as the spokes affixed to nave of the heart.
50. The cycle of repeated births is like the constant spinning[Pg 28] of a chariot wheel; and no one can halt this motion by controlling their earthly desires, which are always revolving like the spokes attached to the hub of the heart.
51. The ignorant wander at large, about the wide extended earth; as huntsmen rove amidst the forest, in search of their prey; until they become a prey at the hand of death, and make the members of their bodies as morsels, to the vultures of their sensual appetites.
51. The clueless roam freely across the vast earth, just like hunters who wander through the woods searching for their game; until they themselves become victims of death, turning their bodies into scraps for the vultures of their own desires.
52. The sights of these mountainous bodies, and of these material forms made of earthly flesh, are mistaken by the ignorant for realities; as they mistake the figures in painting for real persons.
52. The views of these mountain-like forms and these physical bodies made of earthly flesh are wrongly interpreted by the ignorant as realities; just like they confuse the figures in paintings for real people.
53. How flourishing is the arbour of this delusion, which is fraught with the endless objects of our erroneous imagination; and hath stretched out these innumerable worlds from our ignorance of them.
53. How vibrant is the shelter of this illusion, filled with countless items from our mistaken imagination; and has expanded these countless worlds from our lack of knowledge about them.
54. How flourishing is the kalpa tree or all fruitful arbour of delusion; which is ever fraught with endless objects of our imaginary desire, and stretches out the infinite worlds to our erroneous conception as its leaves.
54. How thriving is the kalpa tree, or any fruitful place of illusion; which is always filled with endless things we want, and presents infinite worlds to our misguided understanding like its leaves.
55. Here our prurient minds like birds of variegated colours, rest and remain and sit and sport, in and all about this arbour.
55. Here our curious minds, like brightly colored birds, rest and hang out, playing in and around this space.
56. Our acts are the roots of our repeated births as the stem of the tree is of its shoots; our prosperity and properties are the flowers of this arbor, and our virtues and vices are as its fruits of good and evil.
56. Our actions are the roots of our repeated lives, just like the trunk of a tree is for its branches; our success and possessions are the flowers of this tree, and our virtues and flaws are like its fruits of good and evil.
57. Our wives are as the tender plants, that thrive best under the moon-light of delusion; and are the most beautiful things to behold in this desert land of the earth.
57. Our wives are like delicate plants that flourish best under the soft glow of the moonlight of illusion; they are the most beautiful sights in this barren land of the earth.
58. As the darkness of ignorance prevails over the mind, soon after the setting of the sun light of reason; there rises the full moon of errors in the empty mind, with all her changing phases of repeated births. (This refers to the dark ages of Puránic or mythological fictions, and also to the Dárshanic or philosophical systems which succeeded the age of Vedántic light, and were full of changeable doctrines, like the phases of the moon; whence she is styled dwija or mistress of digits. There is another[Pg 29] figure of equivocation in the word doshah, meaning the night as well as the defect of ignorance).
58. As the darkness of ignorance takes over the mind, soon after the sun sets, the light of reason disappears; then the full moon of errors rises in the vacant mind, with all her changing phases of repeated births. (This refers to the dark ages of Puránic or mythological stories, as well as the Dárshanic or philosophical systems that followed the era of Vedántic wisdom, and were filled with fluctuating beliefs, like the phases of the moon; hence she is called dwija or mistress of digits. There's also another[Pg 29]play on words in the term doshah, which means both night and the flaw of ignorance).
59. It is under the influence of the cooling moon-light of ignorance; that our minds foster the fond desire of worldly enjoyments; and like the chakora birds of night, drink their fill of delight as ambrosial moon-beams. (The ignorant are fond of pleasures, and where ignorance is bliss, it is foolish to be wise).
59. It is under the calming glow of the moonlight of ignorance that our minds nurture a deep longing for worldly pleasures; and like the night chakora birds, we indulge in the joy of the heavenly moonbeams. (People who are ignorant love pleasure, and where ignorance is bliss, it’s silly to seek wisdom).
60. It is under this delusion, that men view their beloved ones as buds of roses and lotuses, and their loose glancing eyes, as the black bees fluttering at random; they see the sable clouds in the braids and locks of their hair, and a glistening fire in their glowing bosoms and breasts.
60. It is under this delusion that people see their loved ones as rose and lotus buds, and their wandering eyes as black bees fluttering around. They notice the dark clouds in their hair and a shimmering fire in their glowing chests.
61. It is delusion, O Ráma! that depicts the fairies with the beams of fair moon-light nights; though they are viewed by the wise, in their true light of being as foul as the darkest midnight.
61. It's an illusion, O Ráma! that shows the fairies in the beautiful light of moonlit nights; although those who are wise see them for what they truly are—ugly as the darkest midnight.
62. Know Ráma, the pleasures of the world, to be as the pernicious fruits of ignorance; which are pleasant to taste at first, but prove to be full of bitter gall at last. It is therefore better to destroy this baneful arbour, than to lose the life and soul by the mortal taste of its fruits. (It is the fruit of the tree of ignorance rather than that of knowledge, which brought death into the world and all our woe. Milton).
62. Understand that the pleasures of the world are like the toxic fruits of ignorance; they might seem enjoyable at first, but eventually, they turn out to be filled with bitterness. It’s better to get rid of this harmful tree than to sacrifice your life and well-being for the momentary pleasure of its fruits. (It is the fruit of the tree of ignorance, not knowledge, that brought death and all our suffering into the world. Milton).
CHAPTER VII.
Argument:—The effects of ignorance, shown in the evils brought on by our vain desires and fallacies or erroneous judgments.
Argument:—The effects of ignorance, shown through the damage caused by our misguided desires and false beliefs or poor judgments.
VASISISHTA continued. These beauties that are so decorated with precious gems and jewels, and embellished with the strings of brilliant pearls, are as the playful billows in the milky ocean of the moon-beams of our fond desires.
VASISISHTA continued. These beauties that are adorned with precious gems and jewels, and embellished with strings of brilliant pearls, are like the playful waves in the milky ocean of the moonlight of our cherished desires.
2. The sidelong looks of the beautiful eyes in their faces, look like a cluster of black bees, sitting on the pericarp of a full blown lotus.
2. The sideways glances from their beautiful eyes look like a swarm of black bees resting on the petals of a fully bloomed lotus.
3. These beauties appear as charming, to the enslaved minds of deluded men; and as the vernal flowers which are strewn upon the ground in forest lands.
3. These beauties seem lovely to the trapped minds of misguided people, like the spring flowers scattered on the ground in wooded areas.
4. Their comely persons which are compared with the moon, the lotus flower, and sandal paste for their coolness by fascinated minds; are viewed as indifferently by the wise, as by the insensible beasts which make a prey of them. (Lit. by the rapacious wolves and dogs and vultures which devour them).
4. Their attractive appearances, compared to the moon, the lotus flower, and sandalwood for their coolness by captivated minds, are seen with indifference by the wise, just like the indifferent beasts that prey on them. (Literally, by the greedy wolves, dogs, and vultures that consume them).
5. Their swollen breasts which are compared with lotus-buds, ripe pomegranates and cups of gold, are viewed by the wise as a lump of flesh and blood and nauseous liquor.
5. Their swollen breasts, compared to lotus buds, ripe pomegranates, and cups of gold, are seen by the wise as just a mass of flesh and blood and disgusting fluid.
6. Their fleshy lips, distilling the impure saliva and spittle, are said to exude with ambrosial honey, and to bear resemblance with the ruby and coral and vimba fruits.
6. Their soft lips, dripping with impure saliva and spit, are said to ooze with heavenly honey and resemble rubies, coral, and vimba fruits.
7. Their arms with the crooked joints of the wrists and loins, and composed of hard bones in the inside, are compared with creeping plants, by their infatuated admirers and erotic poets.
7. Their arms, with the bent joints of the wrists and hips, made of strong bones inside, are compared to creeping plants by their obsessed fans and love poets.
8. Their thick thighs are likened to the stems of lumpish plantain trees, and the decorations of their protuberant breasts, are resembled to the strings of flowers, hung upon the turrets of temples.
8. Their thick thighs are compared to the trunks of heavy plantain trees, and the decorations of their prominent breasts are likened to the strings of flowers hung on the towers of temples.
9. Women are pleasant at first, but become quarrelsome[Pg 31] afterwards; and then fly away in haste, like the goddess of fortune; and yet they are desired by the ignorant. (But when the old woman frets, let her go alone).
9. Women seem nice at first, but then they become argumentative[Pg 31] afterwards; and then they rush off like the goddess of fortune; yet they are still wanted by those who don't know better. (But when the old woman complains, let her go by herself).
10. The minds of the ignorant, are subject to many pains and pleasures in this life; and the forest of their misdeeds, shoots forth in a thousand branches, bearing the woeful fruits of misery only. (The tree of sin brought death into the world and all our woe. Milton).
10. The minds of the ignorant are subject to many pains and pleasures in this life, and the forest of their wrongdoings spreads out in a thousand branches, producing only the sad fruits of misery. (The tree of sin brought death into the world and all our suffering. Milton).
11. The ignorant are fast bound in the net of their folly, and their ritual functions are the ropes, that lead them to the prison-house of the world. The words of their lips, like the mantras and musical words of their mouths, are the more for their bewilderment. (The ignorant are enslaved by their ritualistic rites; but the Sages are enfranchised by their spiritual knowledge).
11. The clueless are trapped in the web of their foolishness, and their ceremonial practices are the ropes that pull them into the prison of the world. The words they speak, like the chants and songs they sing, only confuse them further. (The clueless are bound by their ritualistic practices; but the wise are liberated through their spiritual understanding).
12. The overspreading mist of ignorance, stretches out a maze of ceremonial rites, and envelopes the minds of common people in utter darkness; as the river Yamuná overflows its banks with its dark waters.
12. The thick mist of ignorance creates a confusing maze of rituals, wrapping the minds of ordinary people in complete darkness, just like the Yamuná River floods its banks with dark waters.
13. The lives of the ignorant, which are so pleasant with their tender affections, turn out as bitter as the juice of hemlock, when the affections are cut off by the strong hand of death (i.e., the pleasures of life are embittered by the loss of relatives).
13. The lives of the naive, which are so enjoyable with their loving connections, become as bitter as hemlock when those connections are severed by the harsh hand of death (i.e., the joys of life are soured by the loss of loved ones).
14. The senseless rabble are driven and carried away, like the withered and shattered leaves of trees, by the ever blowing winds of their pursuits; which scatter them all about as the dregs of earth, and bespatter them with the dirt and dust of their sins.
14. The mindless crowd is pushed and swept away, like dried and broken leaves from trees, by the constant winds of their desires; which scatter them everywhere like the refuse of the earth, and cover them in the dirt and dust of their wrongdoings.
15. All the world is as a ripe fruit in the mouth of death, whose voracious belly is never filled with all its ravages, for millions and millions of kalpa ages. (The womb of death is never full).
15. The whole world is like ripe fruit in the jaws of death, whose insatiable hunger is never satisfied by all its destruction, for millions and millions of eons. (The womb of death is never full).
16. Men are as the cold bodies and creeping reptiles of the earth, and they crawl and creep continually in their crooked course, by breathing the vital air, as the snakes live upon the current air. (Serpents are said to live a long time without food, simply by inhaling the open air).
16. Men are like the cold bodies and creeping reptiles of the earth, crawling and slithering continuously in their twisted paths, drawing in the life-sustaining air, just as snakes thrive on the flowing air. (It’s said that serpents can survive a long time without food, merely by breathing the open air).
17. The time of youth passes as a dark night, without the[Pg 32] moon-light of reason; and is infested by the ghosts of wicked thoughts and evil desires.
17. The time of youth goes by like a dark night, without the[Pg 32]moonlight of reason; and is haunted by the ghosts of bad thoughts and evil desires.
18. The flippant tongue within the mouth, becomes faint with cringing flattery; as the pistil rising from the seed vessel, becomes languid under the freezing frost.
18. The sarcastic tongue in the mouth grows weak from excessive flattery; just like the pistil rising from the seed pod becomes weak in the biting frost.
19. Poverty branches out like the thorny Sálmali tree, in a thousand branches of misery, distress, sorrow, sickness, and all kinds of woe to human beings. (Poverty is the root of all evils in life).
19. Poverty spreads like the thorny Sálmali tree, creating countless branches of misery, distress, sorrow, sickness, and all sorts of suffering for people. (Poverty is the source of all problems in life).
20. Concealed covetousness like the unseen bird of night, is hidden within the hollow cavity of the human heart, resembling the stunted chaitya trees of mendicants; and then it shrieks and hoots out from there, during the dark night of delusion which has overspread the sphere of the mind.
20. Hidden greed, much like a nocturnal bird, lies deep inside the empty space of the human heart, similar to the stunted chaitya trees of beggars; and then it cries out from there during the dark night of confusion that has spread over the mind.
21. Old age lays hold on youth by the ears, as the old cat seizes on the mouse, and devours its prey after sporting with it for a long while.
21. Old age grabs hold of youth by the ears, just like the old cat catches the mouse and plays with its prey for a long time before finally devouring it.
22. The accumulation of unsubstantial materials, which causes the formation of the stupendous world, is taken for real substantiality by the unwise; as the foaming froths and ice-bergs in the sea, are thought to be solid rocks by the ignorant sailor. (So all potential existences of the Vedantist, are sober realities of the positive philosophy).
22. The buildup of insignificant things, which leads to the creation of the amazing world, is mistaken for true substance by those who lack wisdom; just like the bubbles and icebergs in the ocean are believed to be solid rocks by an uninformed sailor. (Thus, all potential existences of the Vedantist are serious realities of positive philosophy).
23. The world appears as a beautiful arbour, glowing with the blooming blossoms of Divine light; which is displayed over it; and the belief of its reality, is the plant which is fraught with the fruitage of all our actions and duties. (The world is believed as the garden of the actions of worldly men, but the wise are averse to actions and their results).
23. The world looks like a beautiful garden, shining with the blooming flowers of Divine light that are spread across it. Believing in its reality is like the plant that bears the fruit of all our actions and responsibilities. (The world is seen as the garden of the actions of everyday people, but the wise are not interested in actions and their outcomes).
24. The great edifice of the world, is supported by the pillars of its mountains, under its root of the great vault of heaven; and the sun and moon are the great gateways to this pavilion. (The sun and moon are believed by some as the doors leading the pious souls to heaven).
24. The vast structure of the world is supported by the pillars of its mountains, resting beneath the grand arch of the sky; and the sun and moon act as the main entrances to this place. (Some believe the sun and moon are the doors that guide the righteous souls to heaven).
25. The world resembles a large lake, over which the vital breaths are flying as swarms of bees on the lotus-beds of the living body; and exhaling the sweets which are stored in the cell[Pg 33] of the heart (i.e., the breath of life wafts away the sweets of the immortal soul).
25. The world is like a big lake, with vital breaths floating over it like swarms of bees on the lotus beds of a living body, releasing the sweetness stored in the heart’s cell[Pg 33] (i.e., the breath of life carries away the sweetness of the immortal soul).
26. The blue vault of heaven appears as a spacious and elevated dome to the ignorant who think it to contain all the worlds, which are enlightened by the light of the sun situated in the midst. But it is an empty sphere, and so the other worlds beyond the solar system, to which the solar light doth never reach.
26. The blue sky looks like a vast and high dome to those who don’t know any better, believing it holds all the worlds, lit by the sunlight at its center. But it’s just an empty sphere, and there are more worlds beyond our solar system that the sunlight never touches.
27. All worldly minded men, are as old birds tied down on earth by the strong strings of their desires; and their heart moves about the confines of their bodies, and their heart strings throb with hopes in the confines of their bodies, as birds in cages in the hope of getting their release.
27. All worldly-minded people are like old birds stuck on the ground by the strong pulls of their desires; their hearts wander within the limits of their bodies, and their heartstrings pulse with hopes, just like birds in cages longing for their freedom.
28. The lives of living beings are continually dropping down, like the withered leaves of trees, from the fading arbours of their decayed bodies, by the incessant breathing of their breath of life. (The respiration of breath called ajapá, is said to be the measure of life).
28. The lives of living beings are constantly fading away, like the withered leaves of trees, from the diminishing shelters of their decayed bodies, due to the never-ending inhaling and exhaling of their life force. (The breathing referred to as ajapá is considered the measure of life).
29. The respectable men, that are joyous of their worldly grandeur for a short time, are entirely forgetful of the severe torments of hell, awaiting on them afterwards.
29. The respectable men who take pride in their temporary worldly success completely ignore the severe torments of hell that await them later.
30. But the godly people enjoy their heavenly delights as gods, in the cooling orb of the moon; or range freely under the azure sky, like heavenly cranes about the limpid lakes.
30. But the righteous people enjoy their heavenly pleasures like gods, in the cool glow of the moon; or roam freely under the blue sky, like celestial cranes around the clear lakes.
31. There they taste the sweet fruits of their virtuous deeds on earth; and inhale the fragrance of their various desires, as the bees sip the sweetness of the opening lotus.
31. There they enjoy the sweet rewards of their good actions on earth and breathe in the scent of their many desires, just like bees sipping the nectar from blooming lotus flowers.
32. All worldly men are as little fishes (shrimps), swimming on the surface of this pool of the earth; while the sly and senile death pounces upon them as a kite, and bears them away as his prey without any respite or remorse.
32. All worldly people are like tiny fish (shrimp), swimming on the surface of this pool we call Earth; meanwhile, cunning and old death swoops down on them like a hawk and carries them away as his catch without any pause or regret.
33. The changeful events of the world, are passing on every day, like the gliding waves and the foaming froths of the sea, and the ever changing digits of the moon.
33. The constantly changing events of the world are happening every day, like the flowing waves and the foamy froth of the sea, and the ever-shifting phases of the moon.
34. Time like a potter, continually turns his wheel, and makes an immense number of living beings as his pots; and breaks them every moment, as the fragile play-things of his own whim.
34. Time, like a potter, constantly turns his wheel, creating countless living beings as his pots; and breaks them at any moment, like the delicate toys of his own whim.
35. Innumerable kalpa ages have been incessantly rolling on, over the shady quiescence of eternity; and multitudes of created worlds have been burnt down, like thick woods and forests, by the all desolating conflagrations of desolation. (According to the Hindus the universal destruction, takes place by the Violent concussion of all the elements, and by the diluvian floods also).
35. Countless kalpa ages have been continuously passing by, over the calm stillness of eternity; and many created worlds have been destroyed, like dense woods and forests, by the all-consuming fires of devastation. (According to the Hindus, universal destruction happens through the violent collision of all the elements and by great floods as well).
36. All worldly things are undergoing incessant changes, by their appearance and disappearance by turns; and the vicissitudes of our states and circumstances, from these of pleasure and prosperity to the state of pain and misery and vice versa, in endless succession. (Pain and pleasure succeed one another).
36. All worldly things are constantly changing, appearing and disappearing in turns; and our situations and circumstances shift continuously, from pleasure and prosperity to pain and misery and vice versa, in an endless cycle. (Pain and pleasure follow one another).
37. Notwithstanding the instability of nature, the ignorant are fast bound by the chain of their desire, which is not to be broken even by the thunder bolt of heaven. (Man dies, but his desires never die, they keep their company wherever he may fly).
37. Despite the unpredictability of nature, the uninformed are tightly chained by their desires, a bond that even the mightiest thunderbolt can't break. (A person may die, but their desires never fade; they follow them wherever they go).
38. Human desire bears the invulnerable body of the Jove and Indra, which being wounded on all sides by the Titans of disappointment, resumed fresh vigour at every stroke. (So our desires grow stronger by their failure, than when they are allayed by their satisfaction).
38. Human desire carries the unbreakable strength of Jupiter and Indra, which, despite being attacked from all sides by the titans of disappointment, regains fresh energy with every hit. (So our desires become stronger from their failures than they do when they are satisfied).
39. All created beings are as particles of dust in the air, and are flying with the currents of wind into the mouth of the dragon-like death, who draws all things to his bowels by the breath of his mouth. (Huge snakes are said to live upon air, and whatever is borne with it into his belly).
39. All living things are like specks of dust in the air, being swept along by the winds toward the gaping maw of death, which pulls everything toward its depths through the breath of its mouth. (It’s said that huge snakes feed on the air, along with anything carried into their belly).
40. As all the crudities of the earth, and its raw fruits and vegetables, together with the froth of the sea and other marine productions, are carried by the currents to be consumed by the submarine heat, so all existence is borne to the intestinal fire of death to be dissolved into nothing.
40. Just like all the rough materials of the earth, along with its unprocessed fruits and vegetables, and the foam of the sea and other ocean products, are swept away by the currents to be consumed by the underwater heat, everything in existence is taken to the inner fire of death to be dissolved into nothing.
41. It is by a fortuitous combination of qualities, that all things present themselves unto us with their various properties; and it is the nature of these which exhibits them with those forms as they present to us; as she gives the property of vibration to the elementary bodies, which show themselves in the forms of water and air unto us.
41. It's through a lucky mix of qualities that everything shows up to us with its different characteristics; and it's these qualities that display them in the forms we see; like how they give the ability to vibrate to basic elements, which appear to us as water and air.
42. Death like a ferocious lion, devours the mighty and opulent men; as the lion kills the big elephant with his frontal pearls.
42. Death, like a fierce lion, devours powerful and wealthy men, just as the lion takes down the enormous elephant with its strong jaws.
43. Ambitious men are as greedy birds of air upon earth, who like the voracious vultures on the tops of high hills, are born to live and die in their aerial exploits, as on the wings of clouds in search of their prey.
43. Ambitious men are like greedy birds flying around on earth, similar to the hungry vultures perched on high hills, destined to live and die in their aerial pursuits, soaring through the clouds in search of their next meal.
44. Their minds liken painter's paintings on the canvas of their intellects, showing all the variegated scenes of the world, with the various pictures of things perceptible by the five senses (i.e., the images of all sensible objects are portrayed in the intellect).
44. Their minds resemble a painter's artwork on the canvas of their thoughts, displaying all the diverse scenes of the world, with different images of things that can be perceived by the five senses (i.e., the images of all tangible objects are represented in the intellect).
45. But all these moving and changeful scenes, are breaking up and falling to pieces at every moment; and producing our vain sorrow and griefs upon their loss, in this passing and aerial city of the world.
45. But all these shifting and changing scenes are breaking apart and falling to pieces at every moment, causing us to feel pointless sorrow and grief over their loss in this fleeting and temporary city of the world.
46. The animal creations and the vegetable world, are standing as passive spectators, to witness and meditate in themselves the marvelous acts of time, in sparing them from among his destruction of others.
46. The animals and plants are standing by as passive observers, witnessing and reflecting on the amazing events of time, as they are spared from being destroyed like others.
47. How these moving creatures are subject every moment, to the recurrent emotions of passions and affections, and to the alterations of affluence and want; and how they are incessantly decaying under age and infirmity, disease and death from which their souls are entirely free. (Hence the state of torpid immobility is reckoned as a state of bliss, by the Hindu and Buddhistic Yogis and ascetics).
47. How these living beings are constantly affected by recurring feelings of emotions and affection, and how they experience changes in wealth and scarcity; and how they are continually deteriorating due to age and weakness, illness, and death, from which their souls are completely unburdened. (This is why the state of complete stillness is considered a state of happiness by Hindu and Buddhist yogis and ascetics).
48. So the reptiles and insects on the surface of the earth, are continually subjected to their tortuous motions by their fate, owing to their want of quiet inaction, of which they are capable in their subterranean cells. (The Yogis are wont to confine themselves in their under-ground retreats, in order to conduct their abstract meditations without disturbance. So Demosthenes perfected himself in his art of eloquence in his subterrene cave).
48. So, the reptiles and insects on the surface of the earth are constantly forced into their twisting movements by fate, due to their lack of stillness that they can achieve in their underground spaces. (Yogis often isolate themselves in their underground retreats to practice their deep meditations without interruptions. Similarly, Demosthenes honed his skills in public speaking in his underground cave).
49. But all these living bodies are devoured every moment, by the all destructive time in the form of death; which like the[Pg 36] deadly and voracious dragon lies hidden in his dark-some den (Here the word kála is used in its triple sense of time, death, and snake all which being equally destructive and hidden in darkness, it is difficult to distinguish the subject from its comparison. Hence we may say, time like death and snake or death like time and snake or the snake like time and death, devours all living creatures, insects and other reptiles also).
49. But all these living beings are consumed every moment by the all-destroying force of time in the form of death; which, like a deadly and greedy dragon, lies concealed in its dark lair. (Here the word kála is used in its triple sense of time, death, and snake, all of which are equally destructive and hidden in darkness, making it hard to separate the subject from its comparison. Therefore, we can say that time is like death and the snake, or death is like time and the snake, or the snake is like time and death, as it devours all living creatures, including insects and other reptiles.)
50. The trees however are not affected by any of these accidents, because they stand firm on their roots, and though suffering under heat and cold and the blasts of heaven, yet they yield their sweet fruits and flowers for the supportance and delight of all living creatures. (So the Yogis stand firm on their legs, and while they suffer the food and rest privations of life and the inclemencies of weather, they impart the fruits of divine knowledge to the rest of mankind, who would otherwise perish like the insects of the earth, without their knowledge of truth and hope of future bliss).
50. The trees, however, aren't affected by any of these hardships, because they stand strong on their roots. Even though they endure the heat, cold, and harsh winds, they still bear their sweet fruits and flowers for the nourishment and joy of all living beings. (In the same way, the Yogis stand firm on their feet, and while they endure the lack of food and rest in life and the harshness of the weather, they share the fruits of divine knowledge with others, who would otherwise perish like the insects of the earth without their understanding of truth and hope for future happiness).
51. The meek Yogis that dwell in their secluded and humble cells, are seen also to move about the earth, and imparting the fruits of their knowledge to others; as the bees residing in the cells of lotuses, distribute their stores of honey after the rains are over. (The Yogis and the bees remain in their cells during the four months of the rainy season (varshá-chátur másya), after which they be-take to their peregrinations abroad).
51. The humble Yogis who live in their quiet and modest spaces are also seen traveling the earth and sharing the benefits of their knowledge with others, much like bees that stay in lotus flowers and share their honey once the rainy season ends. (The Yogis and the bees stay in their spaces during the four months of the rainy season (varshá-chátur másya), after which they go out on their journeys.)
52. They preach about the lectures as the bees chaunt their rhyme all about, saying; that the earth which is as a big port; it supplies the wants of the needy, for making them a morsel in the mouth of the goddess of death (i.e., the earth supports all beings for their falling into the bowels of death).
52. They talk about the lectures like bees buzzing around, saying that the earth is like a huge harbor; it provides for the needs of the less fortunate, turning them into a offering for the goddess of death (i.e., the earth sustains all beings as they eventually return to it in death).
53. The dreaded goddess Káli wearing the veil of darkness over her face, and eying all with her eyeballs, as bright as the orbs of the sun and moon, gives to all beings all their wants, in order to grasp and gorge them in herself. (The black goddess Káli or Hecate, nourishes all as mátriká or matres, and then devours them as death, like the carnivorous glutton, that fattens the cattle to feed and feast upon them).
53. The feared goddess Káli, with a dark veil covering her face and her eyes shining bright like the sun and moon, grants all beings their desires so she can consume them into herself. (The black goddess Káli or Hecate nurtures all as mátriká or matres, and then devours them like death, similar to a greedy predator that fattens cattle to feast upon them).
54. Her protuberant and exuberant breasts are as bountiful[Pg 37] as the bounty of God, to suckle the gods and men and all beings on earth and hills and in the waters below. (But how can death be the sustainer of all).
54. Her prominent and lively breasts are as plentiful[Pg 37] as the blessings of God, nourishing the gods, humans, and all creatures on land, in the mountains, and in the waters below. (But how can death be the source of everything?).
55. It is the energy of the Divine intellect, which is the mátriká-mater or mother (mater or materia of all, and assumes the forms of density and tenuity and also of motion and mobility; the clusters of stars are the rows of her teeth, and the morning and evening twilights, are the redness of her two lips).
55. It is the energy of the Divine intellect, which is the mátriká-mater or mother (mater or materia of all, and takes on the forms of density and thinness, as well as motion and movement; the clusters of stars are like the rows of her teeth, and the morning and evening twilights represent the redness of her two lips).
(She is called Ushá and sandhyá or the dawning and evening lights, because of her existence in the form of the twilights, before the birth of the solar and lunar lights. The Vedas abound with hymns to ushá and sandhyá and these form the daily ritual of the Brahmans to this day under the title of their Tri-sandyá—the triple litany at sun-rise, sun-set and vertical sun).
(She is known as Ushá and sandhyá, or the dawn and dusk lights, because she exists as the twilight before the appearance of the sun and moon. The Vedas are full of hymns to ushá and sandhyá, which continue to be part of the daily rituals of the Brahmans today, referred to as their Tri-sandyá—the triple prayer at sunrise, sunset, and noon).
56. Her palms are as red as the petals of lotuses, and her countenance is as bright as the paradise of Indra; she is decorated with the pearls of all the seas, and clad with an azure mantle all over her body (Hence the goddess Kálí is represented as all black from her blue vest).
56. Her palms are as red as lotus petals, and her face shines as brightly as Indra's paradise; she is adorned with pearls from all the seas, and dressed in a blue cloak that covers her body (This is why the goddess Kálí is depicted as being all black from her blue robe).
57. The Jambudwípa or Asia forms her naval or midmost spot, and the woods and forests form the hairs of her body. She appears in many shapes and again disappears from view, and plays her part as the most veteran sorceress in all the three worlds. (The text calls her an old hag, that often changes her paints and garments to entice and delude all men to her).
57. Jambudwípa, or Asia, is her central part, and the woods and forests are like the hair on her body. She takes on many forms and then vanishes from sight, playing her role as the oldest sorceress in all three realms. (The text refers to her as an old hag who frequently changes her makeup and clothes to lure and deceive all men into her grasp).
58. She dies repeatedly and is reborn again, and then passes into endless transformations, she is now immerged in the great ocean or bosom of Kála or Death her consort, and rises up to assume other shapes and forms again. (Hence the mother-goddess is said to be the producer and destroyer of all by their repeated births and deaths in their everchanging shapes and forms).
58. She dies again and again, only to be reborn, and then goes through endless transformations. Now she’s immersed in the vast ocean or the embrace of Kála, her partner in death, and she rises to take on more shapes and forms. (This is why the mother-goddess is referred to as both the creator and destroyer of everything, through their continual cycles of birth and death in their constantly changing forms.)
59. The great Kalpa ages are as transitory moments in the infinite duration of Eternity, and the mundane eggs (or planetary bodies in the universe); are as passing bubbles upon the unfathomable ocean of infinity; they rise and last and are lost by turns.
59. The vast ages of Kalpa are just fleeting moments in the endless stretch of Eternity, and the earthly eggs (or planetary bodies in the universe) are like temporary bubbles on the immeasurable ocean of infinity; they emerge, exist, and disappear in turn.
60. It is at the will of God, that the creative powers rise and fly about as birds in the air; and it is by his will also, that the uprisen creation becomes extinct like the burning flash of the lightning. (The flaming worlds shoot forth, and are blown out as sparks of fire).
60. It is by God’s will that the creative forces soar and flit around like birds in the sky; and it is by His will too that the risen creations vanish like a flash of lightning. (The blazing worlds shoot out and are extinguished like sparks of fire).
61. It is in the sunshine of the divine Intellect, and under the canopy of everlasting time, that the creations are continually rising and falling like the fowls of forestlands, flying up and down under the mist of an all encompassing cloud of ignorance.
61. It's in the light of divine Knowledge, and under the endless stretch of time, that creations are always rising and falling like birds in the woods, fluttering up and down under the fog of all-encompassing ignorance.
62. As the tall palm tree lets to fall its ripened fruits incessantly upon the ground; so the over topping arbor of time, drops down the created worlds and the lords of Gods perpetually into the abyss of perdition. (There is an alliteration and homonym of the words, tála and páttála meaning both tall and the tála or palm tree).
62. Just like a tall palm tree continually drops its ripe fruit to the ground, the towering canopy of time constantly sends created worlds and gods into the abyss of destruction. (There's a play on words with "tála" and "páttála," which means both tall and the palm tree).
63. The gods also are dying away like the twinklings of their eyes, and old time is wearing away with all its ages, by its perpetual tickings. (The ever wakeful eyes of gods are said to have no twinkling; but time is said to be continually twinkling in its ticking moments).
63. The gods are fading away like the glimmers in their eyes, and time itself is wearing down through all its ages, with its constant ticking. (The ever-watchful eyes of the gods are said to never twinkle; but time is thought to constantly twinkle in its ticking moments).
64. There are many Rudras existing in the essence of Brahma, and they depend on the twinkling of that Deity for their existence. (The immortal gods are mortal, before the Eternal God).
64. There are many Rudras existing in the essence of Brahma, and they rely on the twinkling of that Deity for their existence. (The immortal gods are mortal, before the Eternal God).
65. Such is Brahmá the lord of gods, under whom these endless acts of evolutions and involutions are for ever taking place, in the infinite space of his eternal Intellect and omnipotent will.
65. This is Brahmá, the lord of the gods, under whom these endless cycles of creation and destruction are always happening in the infinite realm of his eternal intellect and all-powerful will.
66. What wonderous powers are there that cannot possibly reside in the Supreme spirit, whose undecaying will gives rise to all positive and possible existences. It is ignorance therefore to imagine the world as a reality of itself.
66. What amazing powers exist that can't possibly be part of the Supreme spirit, whose eternal will creates all actual and potential existences? It's foolish to think of the world as a reality on its own.
67. All these therefore is the display of the deep darkness of ignorance, that appears to you as the vicissitudes of prosperity and adversity, and as the changes of childhood, youth, old-age and death; as also the occurrences of pain and pleasure and of sorrow and grief. (All of which are unrealities in their nature).
67. All of this shows the deep darkness of ignorance, which looks to you like the ups and downs of good times and bad, and the transitions of childhood, youth, old age, and death; as well as the experiences of pain and pleasure and sorrow and grief. (All of which are not real in their essence).
CHAPTER VIII.
Allegory of the Spreading Arbour of Ignorance.
Allegory of the Growing Canopy of Ignorance.
Argument:—Description of ignorance as a wide spreading tree.
Argument:—Describing ignorance as a tree that spreads widely.
VASISHTHA continued. Hear me now relate to you Ráma, how this poisonous tree of ignorance has come to grow in this forest of the world, and to be situated by the side of the intellect, and how and when it came to blossom and bloom. (The Divine intellect is the stupendous rock, and the creation is the forest about it, in which there grew the plant of error also).
VASISHTHA continued. Listen to me now, Ráma, as I explain how this toxic tree of ignorance has taken root in the forest of the world, standing next to the intellect, and how and when it started to flourish and thrive. (The Divine intellect is the massive rock, and creation is the forest surrounding it, where the plant of error has also grown).
2. This plant encompasses all the three worlds, and has the whole creation for its rind, and the mountains for its joints (Here is a play of the word parva and parvata which are paronymous terms, signifying a joint and mountain; Hence every mountain is reckoned as the joint or land-mark of a country dividing it from another tract of land).
2. This plant includes all three worlds, with all of creation as its outer layer and the mountains as its joints. (This plays on the words parva and parvata, which are similar-sounding terms meaning joint and mountain; thus, every mountain is considered a joint or landmark of a country, separating it from another area of land).
3. It is fraught with its leaves and roots, and its flowers and fruits, by the continuous births and lives and pleasures and pains and the knowledge and error of mankind. (All these are the productions of human ignorance).
3. It is filled with its leaves and roots, and its flowers and fruits, by the ongoing births and lives and joys and sorrows and the knowledge and mistakes of humanity. (All these are the results of human ignorance).
4. Prosperity gives rise to our ignorance of desiring to be more prosperous in this or in our next lives (by means of our performance of ceremonial rites), which are productive of future welfare also. So doth adversity lead us to greater error of practising many malpractices to get rid of it; but which on the contrary expose us to greater misfortunes. (Hence it is folly to make choice of either, which is equally pernicious).
4. Being prosperous can make us ignorant of our desire to be even more prosperous in this life or the next (through our performance of rituals), which can also lead to future benefits. Similarly, facing hard times can lead us to make poor choices to escape those difficulties; however, those choices often lead to even greater problems. (So it’s foolish to choose either one, as both can be harmful).
5. One birth gives rise to another and that leads to others without end; hence it is foolishness in us to wish to be reborn again. (All births are subject to misery; it is ignorance therefore to desire a higher or lower one, by performance of páratrika acts for future lives).
5. One birth leads to another and that continues on forever; so it's foolish for us to want to be born again. (All births come with suffering; therefore, it's ignorant to desire a better or worse one by doing páratrika actions for future lives).
6. Ignorance produces greater ignorance, and brings on[Pg 40] unconsciousness as its effect: so knowledge leads on to higher knowledge, and produces self-consciousness as its result. (Good tends to best, and bad to the worst. Better tends to best, and worse to the worst).
6. Ignorance creates more ignorance, leading to[Pg 40]unawareness as its outcome: similarly, knowledge leads to deeper knowledge and results in self-awareness. (Good goes toward the best, and bad toward the worst. Better moves toward the best, and worse to the worst).
7. The creeping plant of ignorance, has the passion for its leaves, and the desires for its odours; and it is continually shaking and shuffling with the leafy garment on its body.
7. The spreading vine of ignorance is obsessed with its leaves and yearns for its scents; it constantly writhes and shuffles in the leafy cloak it wears.
8. This plant falls sometimes in its course, on the way of the elephant of Reason; it then shakes with fear, and the dust which covers its body, is all blown away by the breath of the elephant's trunk; but yet the creeper continues to creep on by the byways according to its wont.
8. This plant sometimes trips on the path of the elephant of Reason; it then trembles in fear, and the dust covering its body is blown away by the elephant's trunk; still, the creeper keeps crawling along the side paths as usual.
9. The days are its blossoms, and the nights are the swarms of black bees, that overshadow its flowers; and the continued shaking of its boughs, darts down the dust of living bodies from it, both by day and night. (i.e., Men that live upon their desires and hopes, are daily dying away).
9. The days are its blooms, and the nights are swarms of black bees that block its flowers; the constant shaking of its branches sends down the dust of living beings from it, both day and night. (i.e., People who live on their desires and hopes are slowly fading away).
10. It is overgrown with its leaves of relatives, and overloaded with the shooting buds of its offspring; it bears the blossoms of all seasons, and yields the fruits of all kinds of flowers.
10. It is thick with its leafy relatives and filled with the budding shoots of its young; it displays flowers from every season and produces the fruits of all kinds of blossoms.
11. All its joints are full of the reptiles of diseases, and its stem is perforated by the cormorants of destruction; yet it yields the luscious juice of delight to those that are bereft of their reason and good sense.
11. All its joints are filled with disease-causing creatures, and its stem is pierced by the destructive forces; yet it produces the sweet juice of pleasure for those who have lost their reason and common sense.
12. Its flowers are the radiant planets, that shine with the sun and moon every day in the sky; the vacuum is the medium of their light, and the rapid winds are vehicles, that bear their rays as odours unto us. (Vacuity is the receptacle of light, but the vibrations of air transmit it to our sight).
12. Its flowers are the bright planets that shine with the sun and moon every day in the sky; the empty space is the medium of their light, and the swift winds are the messengers that carry their rays to us like scents. (Empty space holds light, but air vibrations bring it to our sight).
12a. Ignorance blossoms every day in the clusters of the bright planetary bodies, that shine with the sun and moon by day and night; and the winds playing in the air, bear their light like perfumes to us. (i.e. It is the spirit that glows in the stars, and breathes in the air, but ignorance attributes these to the planets and breezes, and worships them as the navagrahas and marut ganas, both in the vedas and the popular Puranic creeds).
12a. Ignorance grows every day among the bright planets that shine with the sun and moon, both day and night; and the winds blowing through the air carry their light to us like fragrances. (i.e. It is the spirit that shines in the stars and breathes in the air, but ignorance mistakenly attributes these to the planets and winds, worshipping them as the navagrahas and marut ganas, in both the Vedas and the popular Puranic beliefs).
12b. Ignorance blossoms in the clusters of stars and planets, shining about the sun and moon every day; and breathes in the breezes blowing at random amidst the vacuous firmament. (Hence the ignorant alone adore the stars and winds in the vedas, but the sapient know the light of God to glow in the stars, and his spirit to breathe in the air).
12b. Ignorance thrives among the clusters of stars and planets, shining around the sun and moon every day; and it exists in the random breezes blowing through the empty sky. (That’s why only the ignorant worship the stars and winds in the Vedas, while the wise understand that God's light shines in the stars, and His spirit flows in the air).
13. These innumerable stars that you see scattered in the vault of heaven, O son of Raghu's race, are the blooming blossoms of this arbor of ignorance (i.e. ignorance shows them as twinkling stars to us, while they are numberless shining worlds in reality).
13. These countless stars you're seeing spread out in the sky, O descendant of Raghu, are the bright flowers of this tree of ignorance (i.e. ignorance makes them look like twinkling stars to us, while they are actually countless shining worlds).
14. The beams of the sun and moon, and the flames of fire, which are scattered about us like the crimson dust of flowers; resemble the red paint on the fair body of ignorance, with which this delusive lady attracts our minds to her.
14. The rays of the sun and moon, and the flickers of fire, which are spread around us like the red dust of flowers; resemble the red paint on the beautiful body of ignorance, with which this deceiving lady draws our attention to her.
15. The wild elephant of the mind, ranges at large under the arbour of Ignorance; and the birds of our desires, are continually hovering and warbling upon it; while the vipers of sensual appetites, are infesting its stem, and avarice settles as a huge snake at the root. (The text has the words "and greediness decorates its bark" which bear no meaning).
15. The untamed elephant of our thoughts roams freely beneath the shelter of Ignorance; and the birds of our desires constantly flit and sing around it; while the vipers of our cravings infest its trunk, and greed rests like a giant snake at the base.
16. It stretches with its head to the blue vault of the sky, forming as a canopy of black arbour of black Tamála trees over it. The earth supports its trunk, and sky overtops its top; and it makes a garden of the universe (with its out stretched arms).
16. It reaches with its head to the blue sky, forming a canopy of black Tamála trees overhead. The earth supports its trunk, and the sky towers above it; it creates a garden of the universe with its outstretched arms.
17. It is deeply rooted underneath the ground, and is watered with milk and curds, in the canals of the milky and other oceans, which are dug around its trunk.
17. It is firmly established underground and is nourished with milk and curds, in the channels of the milky and other oceans, which are carved around its base.
18. The rituals of the three vedas, are fluttering like the bees over the tree, blooming with the blossoms of beauteous women, and shaking with the oscillations of the mind; while it is corroded in the inside by the cankering worms of cares and actions. (It means to say, that the vedic rites, the love of women, the thoughts of the mind and the bodily actions, are all attendants of ignorance; and he is wise who refrains from them in toto).
18. The rituals of the three Vedas are buzzing like bees around a tree filled with the beautiful blossoms of women, while being disturbed by the restlessness of the mind; yet, inside, they’re eaten away by the nagging worries of cares and actions. (This means that Vedic rituals, love for women, thoughts of the mind, and physical actions are all distractions of ignorance; and the truly wise person is the one who avoids them completely).
19. The tree of ignorance, blossoming like the flowers of the[Pg 42] garden of paradise, exhales the sweet odours of pleasure around; and the serpent of vice twining round it, leads the living souls perpetually to evil deeds, for the supportance of their lives.
19. The tree of ignorance, blooming like the flowers of the[Pg 42] garden of paradise, releases the sweet scents of pleasure all around; and the serpent of vice winding around it, continually guides living souls toward evil actions, to sustain their lives.
20. It blooms with various flowers, to attract the hearts of wise; and it is fraught with various fruits, distilling their sweets all around. (These fruits and flowers are the sensual pleasures, which allure the ignorant to them).
20. It blooms with different flowers to capture the hearts of the wise, and it is filled with various fruits, spreading their sweetness all around. (These fruits and flowers represent the sensual pleasures that entice the uneducated towards them).
21. With the aqueducts about, it invites the birds of the air to drink of them; and being besmeared with the dust of its flowers, it appears to stand as a rock of red earth or granite to sight. (The water beds below it, are mistaken for the salsabil or streams of Paradise, and its rock-like appearance, shows the grossness of ignorance crasse or tabula rasa).
21. With the aqueducts around, it attracts the birds in the sky to drink from them; and covered in the dust of its flowers, it looks like a mass of red earth or granite. (The water below is mistaken for the salsabil or streams of Paradise, and its rocky look reveals the depth of ignorance crasse or tabula rasa).
22. It shoots out with buds of mistakes, and is beset by the briars of error; it grows luxuriant in hilly districts, with exuberance of its leafy branches. (Meaning that the hill people are most ignorant).
22. It bursts forth with a variety of mistakes and is surrounded by the thorny problems of error; it thrives in hilly areas, overflowing with its leafy branches. (This means that the people in the hills are the most uninformed).
23. It grows and dies and grows again, and being cut down it springs out anon; so there is no end of it. (It is hard to extirpate ignorance at once).
23. It grows and dies and grows again, and even when it's cut down, it quickly sprouts back; so there’s no end to it. (It’s hard to completely eliminate ignorance all at once).
24. Though past and gone, yet it is present before us, and though it is all hollow within, it appears as thick and sound to sight. It is an ever fading and ever green tree, and the more it is lopped and cropt, the more it grows and expands itself.
24. Though it's gone, it still feels present, and even though it's empty inside, it looks solid and strong from the outside. It's like a tree that’s always fading but remains vibrant, and the more it’s pruned and cut back, the more it grows and spreads out.
25. It is a poisonous tree, whose very touch benumbs the senses in a moment; but being pressed down by reasoning, it dies away in a trice.
25. It’s a toxic tree, whose mere touch numbs the senses instantly; but when weighed down by reason, it fades away in no time.
26. All distinctions of different objects, are dissolved in the crucible of the reasoning mind; but they remain undissolved in their crude forms in the minds of the ignorant, who are employed in differentiating the various natures of men and brutes, and of terrene and aquatic animals.
26. All distinctions between different objects dissolve in the reasoning mind; however, they stay separate in their raw forms in the minds of the uninformed, who are busy trying to differentiate the various natures of humans and animals, as well as land and aquatic creatures.
27. They distinguish the one as the nether world, and the other as the upper sky; and make distinctions between the solar and lunar planets, and the fixed starry bodies. (But there are no ups and downs, nor any thing as fixed in infinite vacuity).
27. They call one the underworld and the other the upper sky, and they differentiate between the solar and lunar planets, as well as the fixed stars. (But there are no ups or downs, nor anything that is fixed in infinite emptiness).
28. Here there is light, and there is darkness on the other side, and this is empty space and that is the solid ground; these are the sástras and these are the Vedas, are distinctions unknown to the wise.
28. Here there is light, and over there is darkness; this is empty space while that is solid ground. These are the scriptures and these are the Vedas, distinctions that the wise do not recognize.
29. It is the same spirit that flies upward in the bodies of birds, or remains above in the form of gods; the same spirit remains fixed in the forms of fixed rocks or moves in continued motion with the flying winds.
29. It's the same spirit that soars in the bodies of birds, or stays above as gods; the same spirit stays anchored in solid rocks or keeps moving with the rushing winds.
30. Sometimes it resides in the infernal regions, and at others it dwells in the heavens above; sometimes it is exalted to the dignity of gods, and some where it remains in the state of mean insects and worms.
30. Sometimes it lives in the depths of hell, and other times it exists in the heavens above; occasionally it is elevated to the status of gods, while at other times it remains as lowly as insects and worms.
31. In one place it appears as glorious as the god Vishnu, and in another it shows itself in the forms of Brahmá and Siva. Now it shines in the sun, and then it brightens in the moon; here it blows in the blowing winds, and there it sways in the all-subduing yama. (Some Europeans have conjectured and not without good reason, the relentless god of death the yama of Hindus, to be same with as the ruthless king Jamshed of prehistoric Persia. So says Hafiz Ayineye, Sekendar Jame jamast bingars).
31. In one place, it shines as brilliantly as the god Vishnu, and in another, it reveals itself in the forms of Brahmá and Siva. Sometimes it glows in the sunlight, and other times it glimmers in the moonlight; here it flows with the winds, and there it sways under the all-conquering yama. (Some Europeans have suggested, and not without reason, that the relentless god of death, the yama of Hindus, is the same as the ruthless king Jamshed of prehistoric Persia. So says Hafiz Ayineye, Sekendar Jame jamast bingars).
32. Whatever appears as great and glorious, and all that is seen as mean and ignoble in their form, from the biggest and bright sun down to the most contemptible grass and straw; are all pervaded by the universal spirit: it is ignorance that dwells upon the external forms; but knowledge that looks into the inner soul, obtains its sight up the present state.
32. Everything that looks impressive and magnificent, and all that seems lowly and disgraceful in their appearance, from the largest and brightest sun to the most insignificant grass and straw; are all filled with the universal spirit: it is ignorance that focuses on the surface appearances; but knowledge that explores the inner essence sees the current reality.
CHAPTER IX.
Ascertainment of True Knowledge.
Finding Genuine Knowledge.
Argument.—Division of the three gunas or qualities. Pure essence of the Gods Hara and others, nature of knowledge and ignorance, and other subjects.
Argument.—The division of the three gunas or qualities. The pure essence of the Gods Hara and others, the nature of knowledge and ignorance, and other subjects.
RÁMA said, You said sir, that all formal bodies are representations of illusion or ignorance (Avidyá); but how do you account for the pure bodies of Hari, Hara and other divinities, and god-heads who are of pure essence in their embodied forms, and which cannot be the creation of our error or delusion. Please, sir, explain these clearly to (spun) me and remove my doubts and difficulties on the subject (The exhibition of gross bodies is the deception of our sense, but the appearance of pure spiritual forms, can not be production of ignorance or sensible deception. We may ignore the forms of material substances, but not those immaterial essences which are given in the sástras. gloss).
RÁMA said, You mentioned, sir, that all physical forms are representations of illusion or ignorance (Avidyá); but how do you explain the pure forms of Hari, Hara, and other divine beings, who have a pure essence in their embodied forms and cannot be the result of our mistakes or delusions? Please, sir, clarify these points for me and help remove my doubts and difficulties about this topic (The display of physical bodies is a deception of our senses, but the presence of pure spiritual forms cannot be a product of ignorance or sensory illusion. We can overlook the forms of material substances, but not those immaterial essences described in the scriptures. gloss).
2. Vasishtha replied,—The perceptible world represents the manifestation of the one quiescent and all inherent soul, and exhibits the glory (ábhásha) of the essential intellect (sach-chit), which is beyond conception or thought divine.
2. Vasishtha replied, — The visible world reflects the manifestation of the one calm and all-encompassing soul, showcasing the brilliance (ábhásha) of the fundamental intellect (sach-chit), which transcends any divine conception or thought.
3. This gives rise to the shape of a partial hypostasis, or there rises of itself hypostatics ([Sanskrit: kalákalarúpiní]), resembling the rolling fragment of a cloud appearing as a watery substance or filled with water. (This original fiction of the glory of God giving rise to the watery mist like a lighted lamp emitting the inky smoke, is represented in the common belief of dark ignorance ([Sanskrit: avidyá]) proceeding from the bright light of divine knowledge ([Sanskrit: vidyá]), and exhibited by the allegory of the black goddess of ignorance and illusion ([Sanskrit: avidyá] and [Sanskrit: máyá]) gushing out of the white and fair god lying inactive and dormant under her; she is hence designated by the various epithets of ([Sanskrit: shyámá, kálí, jaladha] and [Sanskrit: níradavaraná]) and so forth, and this is the whole mystery of the Sákta faith).
3. This leads to the development of a partial hypostasis, or there emerges naturally a hypostatic form ([Sanskrit: kalákalarúpiní]), resembling a rolling fragment of cloud that seems like a watery substance or is filled with water. (This initial idea of God's glory manifesting as a watery mist, similar to how a lit lamp emits dark smoke, is reflected in the common belief that dark ignorance ([Sanskrit: avidyá]) arises from the bright light of divine knowledge ([Sanskrit: vidyá]), and illustrated by the allegory of the black goddess of ignorance and illusion ([Sanskrit: avidyá] and [Sanskrit: máyá]) emerging from the white, fair god who lies inactive and dormant beneath her; she is thus referred to by various names ([Sanskrit: shyámá, kálí, jaladha] and [Sanskrit: níradavaraná]) and so on, and this encompasses the entire mystery of the Sákta faith).
4. This hypostatic fragment is also conceived in its three different lights or phases, of rarity, density and rigidity or grossness, ([Sanskrit: sukhsmá; madhyá, sthúlá]) resembling the twilight, midday light, and darkness of the solar light. The first of these is called the mind or creative will, the second styled the Brahmá Hiranyagarbha or the creative power, and the third is known as Virát, the framer of the material frame, and as identic with creation itself.
4. This hypostatic fragment is also understood in its three different forms or phases: rarity, density, and rigidity or grossness, ([Sanskrit: sukhsmá; madhyá, sthúlá]), which are like twilight, midday light, and darkness within the solar light. The first is referred to as the mind or creative will, the second is known as Brahmá Hiranyagarbha or the creative power, and the third is recognized as Virát, the creator of the physical form, and is identical to creation itself.
5. These are again denominated the three qualities (trigunas), according to their different states, and these are the qualities of reality, brightness and darkness satva, rajas and tamas, which are designated also as the triple nature of things or their swabhávas or prakriti.
5. These are referred to as the three qualities (trigunas) based on their different states: the qualities of reality, brightness, and darkness, known as satva, rajas, and tamas. They are also called the triple nature of things or their swabhávas or prakriti.
6. Know all nature to be characterised by ignorance of the triple states of the positive and comparative and superlative degrees; these are inbred in all living beings, except the Being that is beyond them, and which is the supreme one.
6. Understand that all of nature is defined by a lack of awareness of the positive, comparative, and superlative degrees; these are inherent in all living beings, except for the Being that transcends them, which is the ultimate one.
7. Again the three qualities of satva, rajas, and tamas or the positive, comparative and superlative, which are mentioned in this place, have each of them its subdivisions also into three kinds of the same name.
7. Once more, the three qualities of satva, rajas, and tamas—the positive, comparative, and superlative—mentioned here each have their own subdivisions into three types with the same names.
8. Thus the original Ignorance ([Sanskrit: avidyá]), becomes of nine kinds by difference of its several qualities; and whatever is seen or known here below, is included under one or of the various kinds. (Hence the saktas reckon ten different forms of [Sanskrit: mahávidyá], comprising the primary ignorance and its nine fold divisions).
8. So, the original Ignorance ([Sanskrit: avidyá]) turns into nine types based on its different qualities; everything that is seen or known down here falls under one or more of these kinds. (That's why the saktas count ten different forms of [Sanskrit: mahávidyá], which includes the primary ignorance and its nine divisions).
9. Now Ráma, know the positive or satwika quality of ignorance, to comprise the several classes of living beings known as the Rishis, Munis, the Siddhas and Nágas, the Vidyádharas and Suras. (All of these are marked by the positive quality of goodness inborn in their nature).
9. Now Ráma, understand the positive or satwika quality of ignorance, which includes the various groups of living beings known as the Rishis, Munis, Siddhas, Nágas, Vidyádharas, and Suras. (All of these possess the inherent positive quality of goodness in their nature).
10. Again this quality of positive goodness comprises the Suras or gods Hara and others of the first class that are purely and truly good. The sages and Siddhas forming the second or intermediate class, are endued with a less share of goodness in them, while Nágas or Vidyádharas making the last class possess it in the least degree.
10. Again, this quality of positive goodness includes the Suras or gods like Hara and others of the top tier who are completely and genuinely good. The sages and Siddhas who make up the second or middle class have a somewhat lesser degree of goodness, while the Nágas or Vidyádharas in the last class have it to the least extent.
11. The gods being born with the pure essence of goodness, and remaining unmixed with the properties of other natures, have attained the state of purity (Holiness) like the divine Hari Hara and others. (i.e. So long the divine nature of a god is not shrouded under the veil of ignorance (avidyá ávarana), he is to be held in the light of a divinity as a Christ or Buddha); otherwise rajasha or qualified states of Hari Hara as they are represented by the vulgar, are neither to be regarded as such.
11. The gods are born with pure goodness and remain untouched by the qualities of other beings, achieving a state of purity (Holiness) similar to the divine forms of Hari Hara and others. (i.e. As long as a god's divine nature isn't obscured by ignorance (avidyá ávarana), he should be seen as a divine figure like Christ or Buddha); otherwise, the impure or flawed versions of Hari Hara as portrayed by the masses should not be acknowledged as such.
12. Ráma! whoever is fraught with the quality of goodness in his nature, and acquainted with divine knowledge in his mind, such a one is said to be liberated in this life, and freed from further transmigration.
12. Rama! Whoever embodies the quality of goodness in their nature and possesses divine knowledge in their mind is said to be liberated in this life and free from further cycles of rebirth.
13. It is for this reason, O high minded Ráma! that the gods Rudra and others who possess the properties of goodness in them, are said to continue in their liberated state to the final end of the world.
13. It’s for this reason, O noble Rama! that the gods Rudra and others, who embody goodness, are said to remain in their liberated state until the very end of the world.
(Hence the immortals never die and being released from their earthly coil, their good spirits rove at large in open air; last and until the last doomsday rorqucamat or final resurrection of the dead).
(Hence the immortals never die and, once freed from their earthly bodies, their good spirits roam freely in the open air; this continues until the last doomsday or the final resurrection of the dead).
14. Great souls remain liberated, as long as they continue to live in their mortal bodies; and after the shuffling of their frail bodies, they become free as their disembodied spirits; and then reside in the supreme spirit. (i.e. They return to the source from which they had proceeded).
14. Great souls stay free as long as they live in their physical bodies; and after their fragile bodies pass away, they become liberated as their spirits, then residing in the ultimate spirit. (i.e. They return to the source from which they came).
15. It is the part of ignorance to lead men to the performance of acts, which after their death, become the roots of producing other acts also in all successive states of transmigration. (Ignorance leads one to interminable action in repeated births, by making the acts of the prior life to become the source of others in the next, so the acts of ignorance, become the seeds and fruits of themselves by turns, and there is no cessation nor liberation from them).
15. Ignorance drives people to take actions that, after their death, create the foundation for more actions in all future lives. (Ignorance leads to endless activity through repeated births, where the actions of one life serve as the source for those in the next. Thus, the actions stemming from ignorance turn into both the seeds and the results of themselves, with no end or freedom from this cycle).
16. Ignorance rises from knowledge, as the hollow bubble bursts out of the level of liquid water; and it sets and sinks in knowledge likewise, as the bubble subsides to rest in the same water. (Ignorance and its action which are causes of creation,[Pg 47] have both their rise from the omniscience and inaction of God until they are dissolved at the dissolution of the world. Physical force rises from and rests in the spiritual. Ignorance—avidyá being but a negation of knowledge—vidyá, is said to proceed from:—the negative being but privation of the positive).
16. Ignorance comes from knowledge, just like a hollow bubble bursts out of the surface of water; and it settles and sinks back into knowledge in the same way, as the bubble gradually returns to rest in the water. (Ignorance and its actions, which are the sources of creation,[Pg 47] both originate from God's all-knowing nature and inactivity until they dissolve at the end of the world. Physical force rises from and rests in the spiritual. Ignorance—avidyá, which is simply the absence of knowledge—vidyá, is said to stem from: the negative is just the lack of the positive).
17. And as there is no such thing as a wave; but a word coined to denote the heaving of water; so there is nothing as ignorance but a word fabricated to express the want of knowledge. (Hence the believers in ignorance are mistaken in relying their faith in a power which has no existence whatever).
17. Just as there is no actual wave; it's just a term created to describe the rising and falling of water; ignorance is similarly just a word made up to describe a lack of knowledge. (Therefore, those who believe in ignorance are wrong to trust in a power that doesn't exist at all).
18. As the water and waves are identic in their true sense, and there is no material difference between them; so both knowledge and ignorance relating to the same thing, and expressing either its presence or absence, there can be no essential difference in their significance.
18. Just as water and waves are the same at their core, and there’s no real difference between them, knowledge and ignorance about the same thing—whether indicating its presence or absence—are also fundamentally the same in meaning.
19. Leaving aside the sights of knowledge and ignorance, there remains that which always exists of itself (that is, the self-existent God exists, beyond both the knowledge and ignorance of men, or whether they know him or not). It is only the contradiction of adverse parties ([Sanskrit: pratiyogi byavaccheda]) that has introduced these words. (i.e., calling the opponents as ignorant and themselves as the knowing, in their mutual altercation with one another).
19. Putting aside what we know and don’t know, there’s something that exists on its own (that is, the self-existent God exists, independent of human understanding or lack of it). It’s just the disagreement between opposing sides ([Sanskrit: pratiyogi byavaccheda]) that has led to these labels. (i.e., calling their opponents ignorant while considering themselves knowledgeable in their arguments against each other).
20. The sights of knowledge and ignorance are nothing; (i.e., they are both blind to the sight of truth): therefore be firm in what is beyond these, and which can neither be known nor ignored by imagination of it.
20. The views of knowledge and ignorance are meaningless; (i.e., they are both blind to the truth): so stay grounded in what goes beyond these, which cannot be understood or dismissed by mere imagination.
21. There is some thing which is not any thing, except that it exists in the manner of the intellect and consciousness chit-samvit, and this again has no representation of it, and therefore that ens or sat is said to be inevident avidyá the unknowable.
21. There is something that isn't anything, except that it exists in the way of the mind and awareness chit-samvit, and this also has no representation of it, which is why that being or reality is said to be unclear avidyá the unknowable.
22. That One Sat being known as this or such, is said to be the destroyer of ignorance; whereas it is want of this knowledge, that gives rise to the false conception of an Avidyá or ignorance. (Avidyá, mithyá, kalpaná signifies ignorance to be a false imagination and personification also, as it is seen in the images of the ten Avidyás here).
22. The One that is known as this or that is said to be the destroyer of ignorance; it is the lack of this knowledge that leads to the false belief in Avidyá or ignorance. (Avidyá, mithyá, kalpaná refer to ignorance as a false imagination and personification, as seen in the images of the ten Avidyás here).
23. When knowledge and ignorance are both lost in oblivion within one in the intellect as when both the sun-shine and its shadow are lost in shade of night. (i.e., both the knowledge of the subjective ego and objective non-ego which is caused by ignorance being concentrated in the consciousness of the intellect only within one's self).
23. When both knowledge and ignorance fade away in the mind, just like sunlight and shadow disappear in the darkness of night. (i.e., this refers to the understanding of the personal self and the external other, which happens when ignorance is solely focused within one's own consciousness).
24. Then there remains the one only that is to be gained and known, and thus it is, that the loss of ignorance tends to the dissipation of self-knowledge likewise (which is caused by it); just as the want of oil extinguishes the lamp. (Egoism and ignorance being akin to one another, both of them rise and remain and die together ([Sanskrit: ajnánahámkarayoreko satitayorút pattináshau yúgavadeba]).)
24. Then there's one thing left to gain and understand, which is that losing ignorance leads to a loss of self-knowledge as well (because of it); just like running out of oil puts out the lamp. (Egoism and ignorance are similar to each other, both rise, persist, and die together ([Sanskrit: ajnánahámkarayoreko satitayorút pattináshau yúgavadeba]).)
25. That what remains afterwards, is either nullity or the whole plenum, in which all these things appear to subsist, or it is nothing at all. (The one is the view of atheists who deny all existence, and the other of máyikas who maintain the visible nature as mere illusion. ([Sanskrit: máyámayamidamakhilam])).
25. What’s left afterwards is either nothing or the entire universe, where all these things seem to exist, or it’s completely nothing. (The first view is held by atheists who deny all existence, while the second is that of materialists who consider the visible world to be merely an illusion. ([Sanskrit: máyámayamidamakhilam])).
26. As the minute grain of the Indian fig-tree contains within it the future arbor and its undeveloped state, so the almighty power of omnipotence is lodged in the minute receptacle of the spirit before its expansion into immensity. (The developed and undeveloped states of the supreme power, are called its vyákrita and avyákrita forces).
26. Just like the tiny seed of the Indian fig tree holds the potential for the future tree in its undeveloped form, the incredible power of omnipotence resides in the small container of the spirit before it expands into something vast. (The developed and undeveloped states of supreme power are referred to as its vyákrita and avyákrita forces).
27. The divine spirit is more rarefied than the subtile air, and yet is not a vacuity having the chit or intellect in itself. It is as the sun-stone with its inherent fire and the milk with the latent butter unborn in it. (Hence the spirit of God is said to be embryonic seed of the universe. [Sanskrit: brahmándavíjam]).
27. The divine spirit is more refined than the subtle air, yet it’s not just empty; it has the consciousness or intellect within it. It’s like a sunstone with its inherent fire and milk that has the butter yet to be formed. (Thus, the spirit of God is described as the embryonic seed of the universe. [Sanskrit: brahmándavíjam]).
28. All space and time reside in that spirit for their development, as the spark proceeds from the fire and light issues from the sun in which they are contained. (The will or word of God produces all things from his spiritual essence).
28. All space and time exist within that spirit for their growth, just like sparks come from fire and light comes from the sun in which they are found. (The will or word of God creates everything from His spiritual essence).
29. So all things are settled in the Supreme intellect, and show themselves unto us as the waves of the sea and as the radiance of gems: and so our understandings also are reflexions of the same.
29. So everything is established in the Supreme intellect, appearing to us like the waves of the sea and the shine of gems; in the same way, our understanding is also a reflection of this.
30. The Divine intellect is the store-house of all things, and the reservoir of all consciousness (i.e., the fountain-head of the understandings of all living beings). It is the Divine essence which pervades the inside and outside of every thing. (All things are dependent to the entity of God for their existence, and there is no independent particle whatever).
30. The Divine intellect is the source of everything and the reservoir of all consciousness (i.e., the starting point for the understandings of all living beings). It is the Divine essence that fills everything inside and out. (All things depend on God's existence for their being, and there is no independent particle at all).
31. The Divine soul is as imperishable as the air within a pot which is not destroyed by breaking of the vessel, but mixes and continues forever with the common and its surrounding air. Know also the lives and actions of living beings to be dependent upon the will of the God, as the mobility of the iron depends upon the attraction of the loadstone. (This passage negatives the free agency of man, and allows him an activity in common with that of all living beings, under the direction of the great magnet of the Divine spirit and will).
31. The divine soul is as everlasting as the air in a pot that isn't lost when the vessel is broken; it blends in and continues forever with the surrounding air. Also, understand that the lives and actions of living beings depend on the will of God, just as the movement of iron relies on the pull of a magnet. (This passage denies human free will and suggests that our actions align with those of all living beings, guided by the powerful influence of the divine spirit and will).
32. The action of the inactive or quiescent spirit of God, is to be understood in the same manner, as the motion of the lead is attributed to the causality of magnetic attraction, which moves the immovable iron. So the inert bodies of living beings, are moved by force of the intellectual soul.
32. The action of the inactive or resting spirit of God should be understood in the same way as the movement of lead is attributed to the pull of magnetic attraction, which moves the stationary iron. Similarly, the lifeless forms of living beings are animated by the power of the intellectual soul.
33. The world is situated in that mundane seed of the universe, which is known under the name of intellect attributed to it by the wise. It is as void and formless as empty air, it is nothing nor has any thing in it except itself, and represents all and everything by itself, like the playful waves of the boundless ocean.
33. The world is located in that ordinary core of the universe, which wise people refer to as intellect. It’s as empty and shapeless as air, containing nothing but itself, and it embodies all things by itself, like the playful waves of the vast ocean.
CHAPTER X.
Removal of Ignorance.
Eliminating Ignorance.
Argument.—Ignorance and its bonds of Erroneous conceptions, and reliance on temporal objects, and the ways of getting release from them, by means of good understanding and right reasoning.
Argument.—Lack of knowledge and the limitations of incorrect beliefs, dependence on temporary things, and ways to escape from them through proper understanding and logical thinking.
VASISHTHA continued:—Therefore this world with all its moving and unmoving beings is nothing (or no being at all). There is nothing that has its real being or entity, except the one true Ens that thou must know. (all beings are not being except the one self-existing Being. So says Sadi. All this is not being and thyself art the only being. Haman nestand anchi hastitue, so also the sruti Toam asi nányadasti. Tu est nullum est).
VASISHTHA continued:—So this world, with all its living and non-living beings, is essentially nothing. There’s nothing that truly exists, except for the one true Ens that you need to understand. All beings are not real existence except for the one self-existing Being. That’s what Sadi says. Everything here is not real being, and you are the only true being. Haman nestand anchi hastitue, just like the scripture says Toam asi nányadasti. Tu est nullum est.
2. Seek him O Ráma! who is beyond our thought and imagination, and comprises all entity and non-entity in himself, and cease to seek any living being or any thing in existence. (In Him is all life and every thing, that is or is not in Being and he is the source of life and light).
2. Look for him, O Ráma! who is beyond our understanding and imagination, and holds within himself everything that exists and doesn't exist, and stop searching for any living thing or object in the world. (In Him is all life and everything that is or isn't in existence, and He is the source of life and light).
3. I would not have my heart to be enticed and deceived by the false attachments and affections of this world; all which are as delusive, as our misconception of a snake in a rope. (All our earthly relations with our relatives and properties, are deception that are soon detected by our good sense and reason, and they vanish as soon as our mistake of the snake in rope. Therefore let no worldly tie bind down thy heart to this earth).
3. I don’t want my heart to be tempted and fooled by the fake attachments and feelings of this world; they’re just as misleading as mistaking a snake for a rope. (All our earthly connections with family and possessions are illusions that are quickly seen through by our common sense and reason, and they disappear as soon as we realize the mistake of the snake in the rope. Therefore, let no worldly bond weigh your heart down to this earth).
4. Ignorance of the soul is the cause of our error of conceiving the distinctions of things; but the knowledge of the selfsame soul puts an end to all distinctions of knowledge of the reality of things, distinctive knowledge of existences—bheda jnána is erroneous; but their generalization—abheda jnána leads to right reasoning.
4. Not understanding the soul causes us to mistakenly think there are differences between things; however, knowing the soul itself eliminates all differences in our understanding of the true nature of things. Specific knowledge of distinct existences—bheda jnána is incorrect; but their general understanding—abheda jnána leads to proper reasoning.
5. They call it ignorance avidyá, when the intellect is vitiated by its intellection of the intelligibles or chetyas, but the[Pg 51] intelligibles being left out, it comes to know the soul which is free from all attributes.
5. They refer to it as ignorance avidyá when the mind is corrupted by its understanding of the intelligibles or chetyas. However, when the intelligibles are disregarded, it becomes aware of the soul that is free from all attributes.
6. The understanding only is the embodied soul purusha, which is lost upon the loss of the understanding; but the soul is said to last as long as there is understanding in the body, like the ghatambare or air in the pot lasts with the lasting of the pot, and vanishes upon the loss or breaking of the vessel. (The soul lasts with the intellect in the body, but flies away upon the intellect's desertion of it. This is maintained by sruti).
6. Understanding is the embodied soul purusha, which disappears when understanding is lost; however, the soul is said to remain as long as there is understanding in the body, just like the ghatambare or air in the pot lasts as long as the pot is intact, and vanishes when the vessel is lost or broken. (The soul lasts with the intellect in the body, but departs when the intellect abandons it. This is supported by sruti).
7. The wandering intellect sees the soul to be wandering, and the sedate understanding thinks, it to be stationary, as one perceives his breath of life to be slow or quick, according as he sits still or runs about. In this manner the bewildered understanding finds the soul to be distracted also. (The temperament of the mind is attributed to the soul, which is devoid of all modality).
7. The wandering mind sees the soul as restless, while the calm mind thinks of it as still, just like one feels their breath to be slow or fast depending on whether they are sitting still or running around. In this way, the confused mind also finds the soul to be scattered. (The state of the mind is ascribed to the soul, which lacks any specific traits).
8. The mind wraps the inward soul with the coverlet of its various desires, as the silkworm twines the thin thread of its desires round about itself; which its wants of reason prevent it from understanding. (The word in the text is bálavat boyishness, which is explained in the gloss to mean nirvivekatwa or want of reason, and applied to the mind, means puerile foolishness).
8. The mind wraps the inner soul with the blanket of its various desires, like a silkworm winding the delicate thread of its desires around itself; which its lack of reason prevents it from understanding. (The term in the text is bálavat boyishness, which the explanation defines as nirvivekatwa or lack of reason, and when applied to the mind, indicates childish foolishness).
9. Ráma said:—I see sir, that when our ignorance becomes too gross and solid, it becomes as dull and solid as stone; but tell me O venerable sir, how it becomes as a fixed tree or any other immovable substance.
9. Ráma said:—I see, sir, that when our ignorance gets too thick and heavy, it becomes just as dull and solid as stone; but tell me, O respected sir, how it turns into something as fixed as a tree or any other unmovable object.
10. Vasishtha replied:—The human intellect not having attained its perfect state of mindlessness, wherein it may have its supreme happiness and yet falling from its state of mindfulness, remains in the midmost position of a living and immovable plant or of an insensible material substance. (The middle state is called tatastha bháva, which is neither one of perfect sensibility nor impassivity).
10. Vasishtha replied:—The human mind, not yet reaching its ideal state of being free from thoughts, where it can experience true happiness while also being distracted, exists in a state that is like that of a living, unmoving plant or an unresponsive object. (This middle state is referred to as tatastha bháva, which is neither a state of complete awareness nor total indifference).
11. It is impossible for them to have their liberation, whose organs of the eight senses lie as dormant and dumb and blind and inert in them as in any dull and dirt matter: and if they have any perception, it is that pain only. (The puryastaka are the eight internal and external organs of sense instead of the[Pg 52] ten organs casandria. By dormancy is meant their want of reason, and muteness and blindness express respectively the want of their faculties of sensation and action, inertness means here the want of mental action.)
11. They cannot find their freedom if their eight senses are as inactive and unresponsive as any dull and dirty matter; and if they do sense anything, it's only pain. (The puryastaka refers to the eight internal and external sense organs instead of the [Pg 52] ten organs casandria. By dormancy, it means a lack of reason, while muteness and blindness represent a lack of sensation and action, respectively, and inertness refers to a lack of mental activity.)
12. Ráma rejoined:—O sir, that best knowest the knowables! that the intellect which remains as unshaken as a fixed tree, with its reliance in the unity and without its knowledge of duality, approximates its perfection and approaches very near to its liberation (contrary to what thou sayest now, regarding impossibility of the dormant minds arriving to its freedom).
12. Ráma replied, “Oh, sir, you understand the knowable best! The intellect that stays steady like a firmly planted tree, relying on unity and not knowing duality, comes close to perfection and approaches liberation (contrary to what you say now about the impossibility of dormant minds achieving freedom).”
13. Vasishtha replied: Ráma! we call that to be the perpetual liberation of the soul, which follows persuasion of one common entity, after its rational investigation into the natures of all other things and their false appearances. (or else the blind torpidity of the irrational yogi, amounts rather to his bondage to ignorance than the liberation of his soul from it).
13. Vasishtha replied: Ráma! We refer to the true liberation of the soul as that which comes from understanding one shared reality, after carefully examining the nature of all other things and their misleading appearances. (Otherwise, the mindless state of an irrational yogi is more about being trapped in ignorance than actually freeing the soul from it).
14. A man is then only said to have reached to his state of solity kaivalya, when he understands the community of all existence in the unity, and forsakes his desire for this thing and that. (But is said in sundry places of this work that the abandonment of the knowledge of the subjective and as well as of the objective, which constitutes the true liberation of the soul; which means the taking of the subject and object of thought and all other duties in nature in one self-existent unity and not to forget them all at once). (So says Sadi, when I turned out duality from my door I came to knowledge of one in all).
14. A person is only considered to have achieved their state of solity kaivalya when they recognize the interconnectedness of all existence in unity and give up their cravings for this or that. (However, it is mentioned in various parts of this work that true liberation of the soul comes from letting go of the knowledge of both the subjective and the objective; it means embracing the subject and object of thought, along with all other duties in nature, as one self-existing unity, rather than trying to forget them all at once). (As Sadi says, when I dismissed duality from my life, I came to understand the oneness in all).
15. One is then said to recline in Brahma who is inclined to his spiritual Contemplation, after his investigation of divine knowledge in the sástras, and his discussion on the subject in the company of the learned doctors in divinity. (The unlearned religionist is either a zealot or an opiniatre—abhakta tatwa jnáni).
15. One is then said to be in a state of meditation on Brahma, who is focused on his spiritual contemplation after exploring divine knowledge in the scriptures and discussing it with knowledgeable theologians. (The uninformed believer is either a fanatic or a stubborn thinker—abhakta tatwa jnáni).
16. One who is dormant in his mind and has the seed of his desire lying latent in his heart, resembles an unmoving tree, bearing the vegetative seed of future regenerations (transmigrations) within its bosom.
16. Someone who is inactive in their mind and has the seed of their desires lying hidden in their heart is like a tree that doesn't move, holding the potential for future growth and change within itself.
17. All those men are called blocks who liken the blocks of wood and stone, and to be like brains who lack their brain work, and whose desires are gone to the rack. These men possessing the property of dulness as of dull matter, are subject to the pains of repeated births, recurring like the repetends of their remaining desires. (The doctrine of transmigration is, that the wish being father to the thought, every one meets with his lot in his next birth, as it is thought of or fostered by him in his present life. [Sanskrit: vásaná eva pratyávrittikáranam]).
17. All those men are called blocks who compare themselves to blocks of wood and stone, and to be like brains that lack their mental activity, and whose desires have been tortured. These men, possessing the quality of dullness like lifeless matter, are subjected to the pains of repeated births, occurring like the repeating cycles of their unresolved desires. (The idea of reincarnation is that the desire shapes one's thoughts, and everyone experiences their fate in their next life based on what they think about or nurture in their current life. [Sanskrit: vásaná eva pratyávrittikáranam]).
18. All stationary and immovable things, which are endowed with the property of dull matter, are subject to repeated reproductions. (Owing to the reproductive seed which is inborn in them, like the inbred desire of living beings), though they may long continue in their dormant state (like images of saints in their trance).
18. All stationary and immovable objects, which have the quality of dull matter, can be repeatedly reproduced. (Because of the reproductive seed that is inherent in them, similar to the innate desire of living beings), even if they remain in a dormant state for a long time (like images of saints when they are in a trance).
19. Know O pure hearted Ráma! the seed of desire is as inbred in the breasts of plants, as the flowers are inborn in the seeds and the earthenwares are contained in the clay. (The statue says, Aristotle lies hid in the wood, and the gem in the stone, and require only the chisel of the carver and statuary to bring them out).
19. Know, O pure-hearted Ráma! that the seed of desire is as inherent in the hearts of people as flowers are innate in seeds and pottery is found in clay. (The statue says, Aristotle is hidden in the wood, and the gem in the stone, and only need the carver's chisel to bring them forth).
20. The heart that contains the fruitful seed of desire in it, can never have its rest or consummation even in its dormant state; but this seed being burnt and fried to its unproductiveness (by means of divine knowledge), it becomes productive of sanctity, though it may be in its full activity.
20. The heart that holds the fruitful seed of desire will never find peace or fulfillment, even when it seems inactive; however, when this seed is burned and fried into unproductiveness (through divine knowledge), it makes way for holiness, even if it is still fully active.
21. The heart that preserves the slightest remnant of any desire in it, it again filled with its full growth to luxuriance; as the little remainder of fire or the enemy, and of a debt and disease, and also of love and hatred, is enough to involve one in his ruin as a single drop of poison kills a man. (This stanza occurs in Chánakyá's Excerpta in another form, meaning to say that, "No wise man should leave their relic, lest they grow as big as before" [Sanskrit: punasva bhavati tasmádyasmát sesam na kárayet]).
21. A heart that holds onto even the smallest bit of desire can easily become overwhelmed by it again; just like a tiny spark from a fire or a small amount of an enemy, a debt, a disease, or even love and hatred can lead to someone's downfall, as a single drop of poison can kill a person. (This stanza appears in a different form in Chánakyá's Excerpta, conveying the message that “No wise person should leave behind any remnants, or they will grow as large as before” [Sanskrit: punasva bhavati tasmádyasmát sesam na kárayet]).
22. He who has burnt away the seed of his desire from any thing, and looks upon the world with an even eye of indifference,[Pg 54] is said to be perfectly liberated both in his embodied state in this earth, as also in his disembodied or spiritual form of the next world, and is no more subjected to any trouble (Subjection to desire is deadly pain and freedom from it is perfect bliss. Or as it is said:—Desire is a disease and its want is ease. [Sanskrit: áshabhai param dukham nairáshyam paramamsukham]. Again our hopes and fears in constant strife, are both the bane of pig man life [Sanskrit: bhayáshá jívapásháh] &c.)
22. The person who has let go of their desires for anything and views the world with a calm sense of indifference[Pg 54] is considered to be truly free, both in their physical existence in this life and in their spiritual state in the next. They are no longer burdened by any troubles (Being bound by desire is painful, and breaking free from it brings true happiness. As the saying goes:—Desire is like an illness, while its absence brings comfort. [Sanskrit: áshabhai param dukham nairáshyam paramamsukham]. Moreover, our hopes and fears, in constant conflict, are both the curse of human life [Sanskrit: bhayáshá jívapásháh] etc.)
23. The intellectual power which enveloped by the seed of mental desire, supplies it with moisture for its germinating both in the forms of animals and vegetables every where (i.e. The divine power which inheres in the embryos of our desires, causes them to develope in their various forms).
23. The intellectual energy that surrounds the seed of mental desire provides it with the moisture needed for it to grow, whether in the forms of animals or plants everywhere (i.e. The divine power that resides in the embryos of our desires causes them to develop in their different forms).
24. This inherent power resides in the manner of productive power in the seeds of living beings, and in that of inertness in dull material bodies. It is of the nature of hardness in all solid substances, and that of tenuity in soft and liquid things. (i.e. The divine power forms the particular properties of things, and causes them to grow and remain in their own ways).
24. This natural power exists in the way living beings produce energy, and in the way lifeless materials remain inactive. It's like the hardness found in all solid objects, and the softness in liquids and delicate things. (i.e. The divine power shapes the unique properties of things, allowing them to grow and exist in their own ways).
25. It exhibits the ash colour in ashes, and shows the particles in the dust of the earth; it shows the sableness of all swarthy things, and flashes in the whiteness of the glittering blade.
25. It displays the ash color of ashes, and reveals the particles found in the dust of the earth; it reflects the dullness of all dark things, and shines in the brightness of the glittering blade.
26. It is the spiritual power which assumes the communal form and figure, in which it resides in the community of material things, as a picture, a pot (ghata-pata) and the like. (The vanity of the unity is expressed in the words of Veda "the one in many." [illegible Sanskrit])
26. It is the spiritual power that takes on a communal shape and form, existing within the community of physical objects, like a picture or a pot (ghata-pata) and so on. (The emptiness of this unity is reflected in the Veda’s words "the one in many." [illegible Sanskrit])
27. It is in this manner that the divine spirit fills the whole phenomenal world, in its universally common nature, as overspreading cloud, fills the whole firmament in the rainy season.
27. In this way, the divine spirit permeates the entire observable world, in its universally shared essence, just as a widespread cloud fills the entire sky during the rainy season.
28. I have thus expounded to you the true nature swarúpa—of the unknown Almighty power, according to my best understanding, and as far as it had been ascertained by the reasoning of the wise: that it fills all and is not the all itself, and is the true entity appearing as no entity at all.
28. I've explained to you the true nature — swarúpa — of the unknown Almighty power, based on my best understanding and what has been confirmed by the reasoning of the wise: that it fills everything but is not everything itself, and is the true entity that seems like no entity at all.
29. It is our want of the sight of this invisible spiritual power, that leads us to erroneous conception of the entity of the external world, but a slight sight of this almighty Ens, removes all our pains in this scene of vanity.
29. It's our lack of seeing this invisible spiritual power that leads us to misunderstand the nature of the external world, but just a glimpse of this mighty Being eases all our suffering in this world of illusion.
30. It is our dimsightedness of Almighty power, which is styled our blindness or ignorance [Sanskrit: avidyá] by the wise. It is this ignorance which give rise to the belief of the existence of the world, and thereby produces all our errors and misery.
30. Our lack of insight into the Almighty's power, referred to as our blindness or ignorance [Sanskrit: avidyá] by the wise, is the root of our problems. This ignorance leads us to believe in the existence of the world, which in turn causes all our mistakes and suffering.
31. Who is so freed from this ignorance and beholds the glorious light of God full in his view; he finds his darkness disappear from his sight, as the icicles of night melt away at the appearance of solar light.
31. Whoever is free from this ignorance and sees the glorious light of God clearly finds their darkness fading away, just like the icicles of night melt when the sun rises.
32. The ignorance of a man flies off like his dream, after he wakes from his sleep, and wishes to recall his past vision of the night.
32. A man's ignorance vanishes like a dream when he wakes up, trying to remember the visions he had during the night.
33. Again when a man betakes himself to ponder well the properties of the object before him, his ignorance flies away from before his face, as darkness flies at the approach of light.
33. Once again, when a person takes the time to think carefully about the qualities of the thing in front of them, their ignorance disappears like darkness does when light appears.
34. As darkness recedes from a man, that advances to explore into it with a lamp in his hand, and as butter is melted down by application of heat, so is one's ignorance dispelled and dissolved by application of the light and the rise of reason.
34. Just as darkness fades when a person walks into it with a lamp in hand, and as butter melts when heat is applied, so too is ignorance cleared away and dissolved by the light of knowledge and the rise of reason.
35. As one pursuing after darkness sees a lighted torch in his hand, sees but a blaze of light before, and no shadow of darkness about him; so the inquirer after truth perceives the light of truth, shining to his face and no vestige of untruth left behind him.
35. Just like someone chasing after darkness sees a lit torch in their hand, seeing only the bright light ahead and no shadow of darkness around them; the seeker of truth perceives the light of truth shining in front of them, with no trace of falsehood left behind.
36. In this manner doth ignorance (Avidyá) fly away and disappear at the sight of the light of reason; and although an unreal nothing, she appears as something real, wherever there is the want of reason. (Hence all unreasoning men are the most ignorant).
36. In this way, ignorance (Avidyá) fades away and vanishes in the presence of reason's light; and even though it is just an illusion, it seems real wherever reason is lacking. (Therefore, all people without reason are the most ignorant).
37. As the great mass of thick darkness, disappears into nothing at the advance of light; it is in the same manner that the substantiality of gross ignorance, is dissolved into unsubstantiality[Pg 56] at the advancement of knowledge. (so the advancement of inductive science, has put flight the dogmatic doctrines of old).
37. Just like a huge mass of darkness disappears into nothing when light comes, the reality of deep ignorance fades away when knowledge advances. This is how the rise of inductive science has pushed aside the rigid beliefs of the past.[Pg 56]
38. Unless one condescends to examine in a thing, it is impossible for him to distinguish it from another (as the shell from silver and rope for the snake); but upon his due examination of it, he comes to detect the fallacy of his prejudgment (as those of the silver and snake in the shell and the rope).
38. Unless someone takes the time to look closely at something, it's impossible for them to tell it apart from something else (like a shell from silver and a snake from rope); but once they really examine it, they realize the mistake in their initial judgment (like mistaking silver for a snake and believing a shell is rope).
39. He who stoops to consider whether the flesh or blood or bones of his bodily frame, constitutes his personality, will at once perceive that he is none of these, and all these are distinct from himself. (The personality of a man consisting in his soul, and not in any part or whole of his body).
39. If someone stops to think about whether their flesh, blood, or bones make up who they are, they'll quickly realize that none of these things define them, and all of them are separate from their true self. (A person's identity comes from their soul, not from any part or all of their body).
40. And as nothing belonging to the person makes the persons, but something beyond it that forms one's personality; so nothing in the world from its first to last is that spirit, but some thing which has neither its beginning nor end, is the eternal and infinite spirit. (The same is the universal soul).
40. Just as nothing associated with a person defines who they are, but rather something beyond that shapes one’s personality; nothing in the world, from beginning to end, embodies that spirit. Instead, it is something that has no beginning or end—the eternal and infinite spirit. (This is also known as the universal soul).
41. Thus ignorance being got over there remains nothing whatever, except the one eternal soul which is the adorable Brahma and substantial whole.
41. So once ignorance is overcome, nothing remains except the one eternal soul, which is the beloved Brahma and the complete essence.
42. The unreality of ignorance is evident from the negative term of negation and ignoring of its essentiality, and requires no other proof to disprove its essence; as the relish of a thing is best proved by the tongue and no other organ of sense. (The term Avidyá signifying the want of vidyá—knowledge and existence [Sanskrit: vidyámánatá]).
42. The falsehood of ignorance is clear from the negative nature of denying and overlooking its importance, and it needs no further proof to refute its core; just as the taste of something is best demonstrated by the tongue and not by any other sense organ. (The term Avidyá means lacking vidyá—knowledge and existence [Sanskrit: vidyámánatá]).
43. There is no ignorance nor inexistence except the intelligence and existence of God, who pervade over all visible and invisible natures, which are attributed with the appellations of existence and inexistence. (The whole being God (to Pan—the All) there is no existence or inexistence without Him).
43. There is no ignorance or non-existence apart from the intelligence and existence of God, who encompasses all visible and invisible natures, which are referred to as existence and non-existence. (Since God is everything (to Pan—the All), there is no existence or non-existence without Him).
44. So far about Avidyá, which is not the knowledge but ignorance of Brahma; and it is the dispersion of this ignorance which brings us to the knowledge of God.
44. So far about Avidyá, which is not knowledge but the ignorance of Brahma; and it is the overcoming of this ignorance that leads us to the knowledge of God.
45. The belief of this, that and all other things in the world, are distant and distinct from Brahma, is what is called Avidyá or ignorance of him; but the belief that all things visible in the[Pg 57] world, is the manifestation of omnipresence, causes the removal of ignorance, by presenting us to the presence of God.
45. The belief that everything in the world is separate and different from Brahma is what’s known as Avidyá or ignorance of him; however, the belief that everything we see in the[Pg 57] world is a manifestation of omnipresence eliminates ignorance by bringing us into the presence of God.
NOTE TO CHAPTER X.
NOTE TO CHAPTER X.
The following lines of the English poet, will be found fully to illustrate the divine attribute of omnipresence in the pantheistic doctrine of Vedánta and Vasishtha, as shown in this chapter et passen.
The lines below from the English poet clearly illustrate the divine nature of being everywhere at once in the pantheistic doctrine of Vedánta and Vasishtha, as shown in this chapter et passen.
Everything is just a part of one amazing whole,
Whose body is nature, and God is the soul;
That, changing throughout, yet remains the same in all;
Powerful on Earth, just as in the celestial realm;
Warms in the sun, refreshes in the breeze;
Shines in the stars, and blooms in the trees;
Lives through all life, extends through all space,
Flows undivided, operates without end;
Breathes in our soul, gives life to our mortal part.
As complete and perfect, as in a pair beats a heart:
As complete and perfect, in lowly man who mourns,
Just as in the raptured seraph, who adores and burns;
To him, there is no high, now, no great, no small;
He fills, he contains, connects, and equalizes all.
Pope's Mortal Essays I. IX.
CHAPTER XI.
Ascertainment of Living Liberation.
Determining Living Freedom.
Argument.—Instances of Living Liberation in Hari, Hara and others, and its consisting in the oecumenical knowledge of the one Brahma in all and every thing.
Argument.—Examples of Living Liberation in Hari, Hara, and others, and its foundation in the universal understanding of the one Brahma in all things.
VASISHTHA said:—I tell you again and repeatedly O pious Ráma! for your understanding, that you can never know the spirit without your constant habit, of contemplating on it in your self-cogitation. (So the Sruti. Atmá vára, mant avyam, "the soul is to be constantly thought upon" and so also the Vedánta aphorism "asakrit upadesat" the soul is known by repeated instructions on spiritual knowledge).
VASISHTHA said:—I want to remind you again and again, O pious Ráma! for your understanding, that you can never truly know the spirit without regularly reflecting on it during your self-thoughts. (This is also supported by the Sruti. Atmá vára, mant avyam, "the soul should be constantly contemplated," and the Vedánta saying "asakrit upadesat," which means the soul is understood through repeated teachings on spiritual knowledge).
2. It is gross ignorance which is known as nescience, and it becomes compact by the accumulated erroneous knowledge of previous births and past life (namely; the errors of the dualities of matter and spirit and of the living and Supreme soul, and the plurality of material and sensible objects).
2. It is complete ignorance referred to as nescience, and it gets solidified by the accumulated mistaken knowledge from previous lives and past experiences (specifically; the mistakes regarding the dualities of matter and spirit, the living soul and the Supreme soul, and the multiplicity of material and sensory objects).
3. The perceptions of the external and internal senses of body, both in the states of sensibility and insensibility, are also the causes of great errors or ignorance crasse of embodied beings. (i.e. The sensible perceptions are preventives of spiritual knowledge which transcends the senses and is called [Sanskrit: atíndriya]).
3. The way we perceive the outside world and our own bodies, whether we're feeling things or not, can lead to significant mistakes or a basic lack of understanding in physical beings. (i.e. Sensible perceptions can block spiritual knowledge that goes beyond our senses and is called [Sanskrit: atíndriya]).
4. Spiritual knowledge is far beyond the cognizance of the senses, and is only to be arrived at after subjection of the five external organs of sense, as also of the mind which is the sixth organ of sensation.
4. Spiritual knowledge goes well beyond what our senses can grasp and can only be attained after mastering the five external senses, as well as the mind, which is considered the sixth sense.
5. How then is it possible to have a sensible knowledge of the spirit, whose essence is beyond the reach of our faculties of sense, and whose powers transcend those of all our sensible organs? (i.e. Neither is the spirit perceptible by our senses, nor does it perceive all things by senses like ours). So the Srutis He is not to be perceived by the faculties of our sense, who[Pg 59] does and perceives all with our organs. ([Sanskrit: na tatra vaggacchati namani ápanipádau yavanagtahítá]).
5. How is it possible to have a clear understanding of the spirit, whose essence is beyond what our senses can grasp, and whose abilities surpass those of all our sensory organs? (i.e. The spirit cannot be perceived by our senses, nor does it perceive everything using senses like ours). So the Srutis say He cannot be perceived by our senses, while He is the one who does and perceives everything through our organs. ([Sanskrit: na tatra vaggacchati namani ápanipádau yavanagtahítá]).
6. You must cut off this creeper of ignorance, which has grown up in the hollow of the tree of your heart, with the sharp sword of your knowledge, if you should have your consummation as an adept in divine wisdom.
6. You need to cut away this creeping ignorance that has taken root in the empty space of your heart with the sharp blade of your knowledge, if you want to achieve mastery in divine wisdom.
7. Conduct yourself Ráma! in the same manner in the practice of your spiritual knowledge, as the king Janaka does with his full knowledge of all that is knowable to man.
7. Carry yourself, Ráma! in the same way in the pursuit of your spiritual knowledge, as King Janaka does with his complete understanding of everything that can be known by humans.
8. He is quite confident in his certain knowledge of the main truth, both when he is employed in his active duties, in his waking state as well as when he remains quiet at his leisure. (The end of knowledge is to know God, and to rely on him both in busy and in active life).
8. He is very sure of his understanding of the main truth, whether he is busy with his active responsibilities or relaxing in his free time. (The purpose of knowledge is to know God and to trust in Him both during work and in everyday life).
9. It was by his reliance on this certain truth, that Hari was led to the performance of his various acts in his repeated births or incarnations. (A god in human flesh does his works as a god).
9. It was due to his belief in this undeniable truth that Hari was guided to carry out his different actions in his many lives or incarnations. (A god in human form does his work like a god).
10. May you, Ráma! be certain of the main truth, which conducted the three-eyed god Siva in the company of his fair consort; and which led the dispassionate Brahmá to the act of creation. (i.e. the passionate and unimpassioned and those that are active or inactive are equally assured of this truth).
10. You, Rama, should be sure of the main truth that guided the three-eyed god Shiva along with his beautiful partner; and which inspired the detached Brahma to create. (In other words, both the passionate and the indifferent, as well as those who are active or inactive, can be equally assured of this truth).
11. It was the assurance of this eternal verity, which led the preceptors of the gods and demons, even Brihaspati and Bhargava, in their duties; and which guide the sun and moon in their courses, and even directs the elements of fire and air in the wonted ways.
11. It was the certainty of this eternal truth that guided the teachers of the gods and demons, including Brihaspati and Bhargava, in their duties; and that guides the sun and moon in their paths, even directing the elements of fire and air in their usual ways.
12. This truth was well known to the host of Sages, including Narada and Pulastya, Angira and Pracheta, and Bhrigu Krutu, Atri and Suka, as it is known to me also.
12. This truth was well known to the group of Sages, including Narada, Pulastya, Angira, Pracheta, Bhrigu, Krutu, Atri, and Suka, just as it is known to me as well.
13. This is the certainty which has been arrived at by all other learned Brahmans and Sages, and this is the firm belief of every body, that has been liberated in his life time.
13. This is the certainty reached by all other educated Brahmans and Sages, and this is the strong belief of everyone who has been liberated during their lifetime.
14. Ráma said:—Tell me truly, O venerable sir, the true nature of the truth, on which the great gods and wisest sages,[Pg 60] have grounded their belief, and became freed from their sorrow and grief (in this world of sorrow and tears).
14. Ráma said:—Please tell me, respected sir, what the true nature of truth is, on which the great gods and the wisest sages,[Pg 60] have based their beliefs, allowing them to be free from sorrow and grief (in this world filled with pain and tears).
15. Vasishtha replied:—Hear me tell you! O worthy prince that art great in arms as in thy knowledge of all things, the plain truth in reply to your question, and the certitude arrived at by all of them (named above).
15. Vasishtha replied:—Listen to me! O noble prince, who is as great in battle as he is knowledgeable about everything, I'll give you the straightforward answer to your question, based on what all of them (mentioned earlier) have agreed upon.
16. All these spacious worlds, that you behold to be spread all about you, they are all that One or on, and are situated in the immensity of Brahma. (In their real or spiritual nature, and after obliteration of the erroneous forms in which they appear to you. Their phenomenal appearances, being but the misconceptions of our errors).
16. All these vast worlds that you see around you, they are all that One or on, and exist in the vastness of Brahma. (In their true or spiritual nature, and after removing the false forms they seem to have. Their observable appearances are just the misunderstandings created by our mistakes).
17. Brahma is the intellect, and the same is this world and all its animate and inanimate creatures also; Myself and Brahma and so art thou thyself, and such are all our friends and foes beside us.
17. Brahma is the intellect, and this world along with all its living and non-living things is the same; I, Brahma, and you are also interconnected, and so are all our friends and enemies around us.
18. Brahma is the tripletime of the past, present and future, all which are comprehended in his eternity; in the manner of the continuity of waves, billows and surges, contained in the immensity of the ocean.
18. Brahma is the threefold time of the past, present, and future, all of which are understood in his eternity; similar to the continuous waves, billows, and surges contained in the vastness of the ocean.
19. It is thus the same Brahma that appears to us in all the various forms of our perception, and in the different shapes of the actor, action and its act, as those of the feeder, feeding and the food, and of the receiver, reception and the thing received. (There being but the only unity of God, the same is changed to all forms of action and passion and so says the poet "that change through all and yet in all the same" and also unvaried in all with a varied name. This the vedánta says to be the vivarta rúpa or the one changed in many form vividha many, and varta let vertuus changed [Sanskrit: paribatta].)
19. So, it's the same Brahma that shows up in all the different ways we see things, and in the various roles of the one acting, the action itself, and the act, as well as those of the provider, the act of providing, and the provided item, and of the recipient, the act of receiving, and the received item. (Since there is only one God, that same essence transforms into all forms of action and emotion, as the poet says, "that change through all and yet in all the same," and also remains unchanged in all but is known by various names. The Vedanta refers to this as the vivarta rúpa or the one appearing in many forms vividha many, and varta means change [Sanskrit: paribatta].)
20. Brahma expands in himself by his power of evolution, or unfolding himself by his vivarta sakti; Hence He would be our enemy if he would do any thing unfavourable into us. (God is good and never does any evil to any one: all he does in and to himself)?
20. Brahma expands within himself through his ability to evolve, or by revealing himself through his vivarta shakti. Therefore, he would be our enemy if he ever did anything harmful to us. (God is good and never does evil to anyone; everything he does is within and for himself.)
21. Thus Brahma being situated and employed with himself, does nothing aught of good or evil to any other. The attribution[Pg 61] of passions to him, is as the planting of a tree in empty air. (God is not capable of any human attribute, as it is usual with anthropomorphists to load him with).
21. So, Brahma, being self-contained and focused on himself, doesn't do anything good or bad to anyone else. Assigning human emotions to him is like trying to plant a tree in thin air. (God cannot possess any human traits, as it is common for those who give him human characteristics to impose these qualities on him).
22. How very delighted are they that are dead to their desires, to reflect on this truth, that they are continually living and moving in the all pervading Brahma. (In Him we live and move).
22. How truly happy are those who have let go of their desires, to ponder this truth: that they are always living and moving within the all-encompassing Brahma. (In Him we live and move).
23. All things are full of Brahma, and there is naught of pleasure or pain herein; Brahma resides in his self-same all and is pleased with all in himself. (The one is full of bliss with all in himself).
23. Everything is filled with Brahma, and there is no pleasure or pain here; Brahma exists in all things and is pleased with everything within himself. (The one is completely at peace with everything inside himself).
24. The Lord is manifest in his Lordship, and I am no other person beside himself; this pot and that painting and I myself, are full with the self-same Brahma.
24. The Lord is evident in his authority, and I am no one other than him; this pot, that painting, and I myself are all filled with the same Brahma.
25. Hence it is in vain to speak of our attachment or aversion to worldliness, since we bear our bodies and dare to die in Brahma only. (It is that something, for which we bear to live, and dare to die, Pope).
25. So it's pointless to talk about our love or dislike for worldly things since we live in our bodies and only dare to die in Brahma. (It's that thing we endure living for and are brave enough to die for, Pope).
26. Our bodies being the abodes of Brahma, it is as false to think to our bodily pains, as also of our pleasure in bodily enjoyments, as to take a rope for a serpent. (Hence we can have no sense of our pleasure or pain, as long we know ourselves to be situated in Brahma and He in us).
26. Our bodies are homes to Brahma, so it's just as misleading to dwell on our physical pain as it is to focus on the pleasure of physical enjoyment, like mistaking a rope for a snake. (Thus, we can't truly feel pleasure or pain as long as we recognize that we are situated in Brahma and He is in us).
27. How say you, that this or that is your doing, when you have the power of doing nothing. (The fluctuation of the billows on the surface of the sea, cannot agitate the waters of the deep below).
27. How can you claim that this or that is your doing, when you have the power to do nothing? (The movement of the waves on the surface of the sea cannot disturb the waters of the deep below).
28. Myself, thyself and himself, and all others, are but the breaths of the universal spirit; and they heave and then subside to rest as waves of the sea; but the spirit of God, like the water of the deep, neither rises nor falls as ourselves or the fleeting waves at any time.
28. Me, you, him, and everyone else are just the breaths of the universal spirit; we rise and then settle down like waves of the sea; but the spirit of God, like the water of the deep, never rises or falls like us or the temporary waves at any moment.
29. All persons returning to Brahma after their death, have their bodies also reduced into Him and retain their personal identity in Him in the same manner, as the moving and unmoving waters rest alike in the sea.
29. Everyone who goes back to Brahma after they die has their bodies merged into Him and keeps their personal identity in Him, just like both flowing and still waters rest in the sea.
30. All moving and unmoving souls and bodies, rest alike in the supreme Brahma; as the Jíva and its form reside in God, and the whirling and still waters remain in the same sea.
30. All living and non-living souls and bodies rest equally in the supreme Brahma; just as the Jíva and its shape dwell in God, and the flowing and still waters exist in the same sea.
31. The soul and the body, are the two states of the likeness and unlikeness of Brahma, the one is the living soul of bodies, and the other is the gross body itself.
31. The soul and the body are the two forms of the similarity and difference of Brahma; one is the living essence of bodies, and the other is the physical body itself.
32. Irrational souls, that are ignorant of this truth, are verily subject to delusion; but the rational souls are not so, but enjoy their full bliss on earth, while the other is ever doomed to misery.
32. Irrational souls, who are unaware of this truth, are indeed prone to delusion; however, rational souls are not, as they experience their complete happiness on earth, while the others are forever destined for misery.
33. The blind behold the world all dark, while the eye-sighted find it fully bright and shining; so the wise are blessed with the knowledge of the one soul of the whole, while the ignorant are immerged in misery, by their want of such knowledge.
33. The blind see the world as dark, while the sighted see it as bright and shining; similarly, the wise are gifted with the understanding of the one soul that connects everyone, while the ignorant are consumed by suffering due to their lack of this knowledge.
34. As the darkness of the night, presents its goblins and spectres, to the sight of children only, and not those of the grown up and adult; so the world presents its delusions to ignorant and never to the wise, who behold one Brahma only in all things before them.
34. Just like the darkness of the night reveals its ghosts and monsters only to children, not to adults; the world shows its illusions to the ignorant and never to the wise, who see only one Brahma in everything around them.
35. There is nothing here that lives of itself, nor dies away to nothing; all equally exist in God at all time, and nothing is doomed to be born or perish herein to happiness or misery.
35. Nothing here exists on its own, nor does it fade into nothingness; everything exists equally in God at all times, and nothing is destined to come into being or to disappear for the sake of happiness or misery.
36. All beings are situated in the universal soul, as the waves in the vast expanse of the ocean, therefore it is erroneous to say the one reside in the spirit, and another to be beside it.
36. All beings are part of the universal soul, just like the waves are in the vast ocean. So, it's incorrect to say that one resides in the spirit while another is separate from it.
37. As there is an inborn light in the crystal, which is capable of reflecting a variety of rays, so the spirit of God dwells in his own spirit in the form of the universe, showing various shapes to view by the inner light of the spirit.
37. Just like there's an inherent light in a crystal that can reflect different rays, the spirit of God resides within His own spirit in the form of the universe, revealing various shapes to perceive through the inner light of the spirit.
38. As the particles of water flying from the waves, fall into the sea and mix with its body of water; so the bodies of dying people, fall into the body of Brahma, wherein they subsisted in their life time. (So there is neither an increase or diminution of the essence of Brahma, by the birth or death or increase or decrease of beings in the world).
38. Just as the droplets of water splashing from the waves fall into the sea and blend with its waters, so too do the bodies of dying people merge into the body of Brahma, where they existed during their lifetimes. (Thus, there is no increase or decrease in the essence of Brahma due to the birth or death or the rising and falling of beings in the world).
39. There is nobody nor being beside the being of Brahma,[Pg 63] as there is no wave nor foam or froth of the sea beside the water of the deep.
39. There is no one and nothing besides the existence of Brahma,[Pg 63] just as there are no waves, foam, or froth of the sea apart from the water of the ocean.
40. As the billows and waves, the surges and eddies, and their froths and foams, and bubbles and minute particles, are all formations of water in the great body of waters; so are all beings but productions of the spirit in the Infinite spirit. (All matter is reduced to the spirits, and the spirits are consolidated to material substances by chemical process).
40. Just like the waves and currents, the swells and whirlpools, along with their frothy tops, bubbles, and tiny particles, are all just different forms of water in the vast ocean; all beings are simply creations of the spirit within the Infinite spirit. (All matter is broken down into spirits, and the spirits come together to form material substances through chemical processes).
41. All bodies with their various modes, and organs of sense and their several functions, and all visible objects and their growth and decay, together with every thing conducing to our happiness and misery, and all other energies and their gains, are the works of Brahma in himself. (i.e. they are the self reflective acts of gods and not done for the sake of others).
41. All bodies with their different forms, sensory organs, and various functions, along with all visible objects and their growth and decay, everything that contributes to our happiness and misery, and all other forces and their outcomes, are the creations of Brahma within himself. (i.e. they are the self-reflective acts of gods and not done for the sake of others).
42. The production of these various beings in esse, is from the essence of Brahma; as the formation of different ornaments, is from the substance of gold. There is no other formal cause or formation distinct from Brahma, and the distinction of the cause and its creation, is the erroneous conception of the ignorant.
42. The creation of these various beings in esse comes from the essence of Brahma; just like the creation of different ornaments comes from gold. There is no other formal cause or formation separate from Brahma, and the misunderstanding of distinguishing the cause and its creation is the wrong idea of the uninformed.
43. The mind, understanding, egoism, and the elemental atoms, and the organs of sense, are all the various forms of Brahma; wherefore there is cause of our joy or grief.
43. The mind, understanding, ego, elemental atoms, and the senses are all different forms of Brahma; this is why we experience joy or grief.
44. The words I, thou, he, and this and that, as also the terms of the mind and matter, are all significant of the self-same Brahma átmátmani, in the same manner as the roaring of a cloud in the hills, resounds in a hundred echoes through their caverns. (All words applied to every thing, relate to the one self-same Brahma who is all in all to pan).
44. The words I, you, he, and this and that, along with the concepts of mind and matter, all refer to the same Brahma átmátmani, just like the roar of a cloud in the hills echoes a hundred times through their caves. (All words used for everything relate to the one Brahma who is everything to pan).
45. Brahma appears as an unknown stranger to us, through our ignorance of him, as the visions seen in a dream by our mind itself, appear foreign to us. (i.e. Our belief in the visibles is the cause of our disbelief in the invisible God; as our familiarity with the objects of our waking state, makes us reject our visionary dreams as false).
45. Brahma shows up as a stranger to us because we don't really know him, just like the dreams we have feel foreign to us. (i.e. Our belief in what we can see makes us doubt the existence of the invisible God; just as being accustomed to the things in our waking life leads us to dismiss our dreams as untrue).
46. Ignorance of Brahmá as Brahma or what he is, makes men to reject divine knowledge altogether; as our ignorance of[Pg 64] the quality of gold causes us to cast it off dross. (Brahma to the brute is, as the gem in the dung hill cast away by the silly cock).
46. Not understanding Brahmá as Brahma, or what he really is, leads people to completely dismiss divine knowledge; just like our lack of understanding about gold's value makes us discard it as worthless scrap. (To the ignorant, Brahma is like a gem thrown away in a dung heap by a foolish rooster).
47. Brahma is known as the Supreme spirit and sole Lord, by those who are acquainted with divine knowledge; but he is said to be unknown and involved in ignorance by them that are ignorant of Him.
47. Brahma is recognized as the Supreme Spirit and the one true Lord by those who have knowledge of the divine; however, those who are unaware of Him regard Him as unknown and shrouded in ignorance.
48. Brahma being known as Brahma, becomes manifested such in a moment; just as gold when known as such, is taken in due esteem.
48. Brahma, recognized as Brahma, becomes apparent in an instant; just like gold, once recognized, is held in high regard.
49. Those who are versed in divine knowledge, know Brahma as without a cause and causing nothing by himself, and that he is free from decay, and is the Supreme spirit and sole Lord of all.
49. Those who are skilled in divine knowledge understand Brahma as being uncaused and not responsible for anything by himself, and they recognize that he is free from decay and is the Supreme spirit and the only Lord of all.
50. He who can meditate in himself, on the omnipotence of Supreme spirit of Brahma; comes to behold him as such in a short time, even without a leader to guide him in his spiritual knowledge (one's own faith in Divine Omnipotence, is the surest means to the sight of his Maker).
50. The person who can reflect within themselves on the all-powerful Supreme spirit of Brahma will come to see Him as such in a short period, even without a guide to help them in their spiritual understanding (one's own faith in Divine Omnipotence is the most reliable way to perceive their Creator).
51. The want of divine knowledge, that is called the ignorance of the ignorant; whereas it is the knowledge of God, that constitutes the true knowledge which removes the ignorance.
51. The lack of divine knowledge, known as the ignorance of the ignorant; however, it is the knowledge of God that represents true understanding and eliminates that ignorance.
52. As an unknown friend is no friend at all, until he is recognized as such, after removal of one's forgetfulness; so God is no God to one, as long he continues in ignorance of Him.
52. An unknown friend isn't really a friend until you realize who they are, after shaking off your forgetfulness; similarly, God isn't truly God to someone as long as they remain unaware of Him.
53. We can then only know God, when the mind comes to perceive the unconnection of the soul with the body; and whereby it alienates itself from all worldly connections in disgust.
53. We can only know God when the mind understands the separation of the soul from the body; and when it distances itself from all worldly ties in disgust.
54. It is then that we come to know the one true God, when the mind is freed from its knowledge of duality; and by its distaste of dualism, it abandons its attachment to the world.
54. It is at this point that we come to know the one true God, when the mind is liberated from its understanding of duality; and through its aversion to dualism, it lets go of its attachment to the world.
55. We then come to the knowledge of God, when we come to know ourselves to be other than our persons; and when by getting rid of our personal egoism, we forsake our affection for this unkindred world.
55. We then come to know God when we realize that we are more than just our individual selves; and when we let go of our personal egoism, we abandon our attachment to this unconnected world.
56. It is then that the thought of God rises in our minds, when we come to the true knowledge of thinking ourselves the same with Brahma; and when the mind is absorbed in the meditation of the divine truth in one's self. (This is the sublimation of the Yogi to the divine state; or when the Yogi loses himself, in his rapturous vision on the one God. This kind of meditation is indicated in the formula "Soham" in Vedánta and an ald Huq in sufism).
56. That’s when the idea of God comes to our minds, when we truly realize that we are one with Brahma; and when our minds are fully focused on the meditation of divine truth within ourselves. (This is the elevation of the Yogi to a divine state; or when the Yogi becomes completely absorbed in his ecstatic vision of the one God. This type of meditation is referred to in the phrase "Soham" in Vedánta and an ald Huq in Sufism).
57. God being known as the tout ensemble or comprising the whole plenum, we come to believe the same as Brahma; and losing our egoism and tuism in the same, we come to the knowledge of that entity only comprising the entire universe. (This belief of the entirety of the Deity, is expressed in the words "Tat Sat" corresponding with to on, idest, alast, that is, He in the creeds of other people).
57. God is known as the whole or the entire plenum, and we start to believe the same as Brahma; by losing our individualism and separation in this, we come to understand that entity that includes the entire universe. (This belief in the totality of the Deity is expressed in the words "Tat Sat", which correspond to to on, idest, alast, meaning He in the beliefs of other people).
58. When I come to know this true and omniform Brahma, as all in all, and forming the entire whole; I become released from all my sorrow and grief, and am set free from all my delusion and desire, and the responsibility of my duties (from the belief of God's agency in all things).
58. When I come to understand this true and all-encompassing Brahma, as everything there is and as the complete whole; I am freed from all my pain and sadness, and liberated from all my confusion and longing, as well as the burden of my responsibilities (due to the belief that God is involved in everything).
59. I am quite calm and at ease and without any sorrow or grief, by my knowledge of the truth, that I am no other than Brahma Himself; I am as cool as the moon, without her spots and phases in me, and I am the all entire, without any disease, decay or diminution in me. (This is said with regard to the universal soul, which engrosses all souls and things in itself).
59. I am completely calm and relaxed, free from any sadness or grief, because I know the truth that I am none other than Brahma Himself; I am as serene as the moon, without any blemishes or phases within me, and I am the whole, with no sickness, decay, or reduction in me. (This refers to the universal soul, which encompasses all souls and things within itself).
60. It is true that I am the all pervading Brahma, and therefore I can neither wish to have or leave any thing from me; being of myself the blood, bones and flesh of my body. (The soul is the source of the body, and the spirit its life, without which it decays and dies away).
60. It's true that I am the all-encompassing Brahma, so I can't want to have or get rid of anything separate from myself; I am, in essence, the blood, bones, and flesh of my body. (The soul is the source of the body, and the spirit is its life, without which it withers and fades away).
61. It is true that I am Brahma the universal soul, and therefore the intellect, mind and sensibility also; I am the heaven and sky with their luminaries and quarters and the nether worlds also.
61. It's true that I am Brahma, the universal soul, and so I embody intellect, mind, and feelings; I am the heavens and the sky along with their stars and the directions, as well as the underworlds.
62. It is true that I am Brahma, composing this pot and painting, these bushes and brambles, these forests and their[Pg 66] grass, as also the seas and their waves. (One God is manifest in many forms).
62. It's true that I am Brahma, creating this pot and painting, these bushes and thorns, these forests and their[Pg 66] grass, along with the seas and their waves. (One God shows up in many forms).
63. The unity of Brahma is a certain truth, and it is the ego which is manifest in the seas and mountains and all living beings; and in the qualities of reception and emission, and of extension and contraction in all material bodies. (It is the Divinity that actuates the physical powers in nature).
63. The oneness of Brahma is a definite truth, and it is the ego that shows itself in the seas, mountains, and all living beings; as well as in the qualities of receiving and giving, and in the expansion and contraction of all physical bodies. (It is the divine presence that drives the physical forces in nature).
64. All things of extended forms situated in the intellectual spirit of Brahma, who is the cause of the growth of creepers and plants, and of the germination of vegetative seeds.
64. Everything with form that exists in the intellectual essence of Brahma, who causes the growth of vines and plants, and the sprouting of seeds.
65. The supreme Brahma resides in his sheath of the intellectual soul, in the manner of flavour in the cup of the flower; and thence diffuses itself on all sides in the form of everything everywhere.
65. The ultimate Brahma lives in the covering of the intellectual soul, like flavor in a flower's cup; and from there, it spreads out in all directions, taking the form of everything everywhere.
66. He that is known as only soul of all, and who is ascertained as the supreme spirit, and who is designated by the appellations of the intellectual soul, Brahma the great, the only entity and reality, the Truth and Intelligence and apart from all.
66. He who is known as the essence of everything, recognized as the supreme spirit, identified by the names of the intellectual soul, Brahma the great, the one true being and reality, the Truth and Intelligence, existing separately from all else.
67. He is said to be the all-inhering element, and Intelligence only without the intelligibles in it; He is the pure light that gives every being its consciousness of itself.
67. He is said to be the all-encompassing element, and Intelligence exists only without the intelligibles in it; He is the pure light that gives every being its self-awareness.
68. He appears to the spiritualist to be existent everywhere, as the tranquil and intelligent Brahma; and contains in himself the powers of all the faculties of the mind and body, such as the understanding and the organs of sense, so the sruti; "He is the mind of the mind, the sight of the eye." [Sanskrit: yascat?u sascat?unmanásá manoyadityádi].
68. He seems to the spiritualist to exist everywhere, as the calm and wise Brahma; and he holds within himself the abilities of all the mental and physical faculties, like understanding and the senses, as the sruti says: "He is the mind of the mind, the sight of the eye." [Sanskrit: yascat?u sascat?unmanásá manoyadityádi].
69. Give up the thought of thy difference from Brahma by knowing thyself as the reflexion of the intelligent soul; which is the cause of the causes of the existence of the world. Such as vacuum and others, which are causes of sound and are caused by vacuous spirit of God (and not as the vacuists and materialists belief them, to be increate essences from eternity).
69. Stop thinking about how you’re different from Brahma by understanding yourself as a reflection of the intelligent soul, which is the reason behind the existence of the world. Things like vacuum and others are causes of sound and are caused by the formless spirit of God (and not, as the materialists and those obsessed with vacuum believe, as uncreated essences that have existed from eternity).
70. The intellect of Brahma is the transparent receptacle of all essences, and my ego is of the same essence, which exudes[Pg 67] continually as a shower of rain, from the transparent spirit of God.
70. The intellect of Brahma is the clear container of all essences, and my ego is made of the same essence, which flows[Pg 67] continually like a rain shower, from the clear spirit of God.
71. I am that light which shines in the souls of yogis, and I am that silent spirit which is supported by the ambrosial drops of Divine Intellect; which continually distils its nectarious juice into our souls, as we may feel in ourselves.
71. I am that light that shines in the souls of yogis, and I am that quiet spirit supported by the divine essence of knowledge, which constantly pours its sweet influence into our souls, as we can feel within ourselves.
72. I am as a wheel or circle without having the beginning or end of myself, and by having the pure intellect of Brahma in me. I am quiet in my deep sleep of samádhi meditation, and I perceive holy light shining within me. (The yogi in his devotion is absorbed in the calmness of his soul and is wrapt in divine light).
72. I am like a wheel or circle that has no beginning or end, and I possess the pure intellect of Brahma within me. I am still in my deep sleep of samádhi meditation, and I can see a holy light shining inside me. (The yogi, in his devotion, is immersed in the tranquility of his soul and is enveloped in divine light).
73. The thought that I am Brahma, affords afar greater delight to the soul, than the taste of any sweet meat, which gives but a momentary delight, so the sruti:—God is all sweetness [Sanskrit: rasobetat] (sweet is the memory of a friend, and sweeter far must be the thought of God, who is best and greatest friend).
73. The idea that I am Brahma brings much greater joy to the soul than the taste of any dessert, which only provides temporary pleasure, just like the scriptures say:—God is all sweetness [Sanskrit: rasobetat] (the memory of a friend is sweet, but the thought of God, who is the best and greatest friend, must be even sweeter).
74. One knowing his soul and intellect, knows the indestructible Brahma and himself as identic with the same; as one whose mind is possessed with the image of his beloved, beholds her bright countenance in the shining orb of the moon.
74. One who understands their soul and intellect knows the imperishable Brahma and recognizes themselves as one with it; like someone whose mind is filled with the image of their beloved, seeing her radiant face in the glowing moon.
75. As the sights of earthly people are fixed in the etherial moon, so the sight of intellectual beings, is fixed in the supreme and indestructible soul, which he knows as self-same with himself.
75. Just as the gaze of earthly people is set on the ethereal moon, the gaze of intellectual beings is focused on the supreme and indestructible soul, which they recognize as identical to themselves.
76. The intellectual power which is situated in the vacuity of the heart, is verily the verity of the immaculate Brahma himself. Its pleasure and pain, and mutability and divisibility, are attributed to by ignorance only.
76. The intellectual power that resides in the emptiness of the heart is truly the essence of the pure Brahma himself. Its joys and sorrows, as well as its changeability and separateness, are only attributed to ignorance.
77. The soul that has known the truth, knows himself as the supreme Intellect, as the pilgrim on the way sees only his saint before him, and no intermediate object besides.
77. The soul that has discovered the truth recognizes itself as the ultimate Intellect, just as a traveler on a journey only sees their saint ahead of them, with nothing else in between.
78. The belief that I am the pure and all pervading intellect, is attended with the purity and holiness of the soul, and the knowledge of the Divine power as the cause of the union of earth, air and water in the production of the germ of creation, is the main creed of all creeds.
78. The belief that I am the pure and all-encompassing intellect comes with the purity and holiness of the soul, and understanding the Divine power as the reason for the union of earth, air, and water in creating the germ of existence is the core belief of all beliefs.
79. I am that intellect of Brahma which is inherent in all things as their productive power; and I am that soul which causes the sweetness of the beal and bitterness of nimba fruits.
79. I am the intelligence of Brahma that exists in everything as their creative force; and I am the essence that gives the sweetness to the beal fruit and the bitterness to the nimba fruit.
80. I am that divine intellect which inheres alike in all flavours, which is devoid of pain and pleasure and which I perceived in my mind by my consciousness.
80. I am that divine understanding that exists in all flavors, free from pain and pleasure, and which I recognized in my mind through my awareness.
81. I am the undecaying intellect of Brahma, and deem my gain and loss in equal light of indifference; while I view this earth and sky, and the sun and moon displayed before my eyes in all their glory.
81. I am the eternal mind of Brahma and see my gains and losses as equally meaningless; as I look at this earth and sky, and the sun and moon shown before me in all their glory.
82. I am that pure and serenely bright Brahma, whose glory is displayed alike in all of these, and which I behold to shine vividly before me, whether when I am awake or asleep or whenever I am in the state of dreaming or profound sleep.
82. I am that pure and brilliantly radiant Brahma, whose greatness is evident in all of these, and I see it shining clearly before me, whether I am awake, asleep, dreaming, or in deep sleep.
83. I am that Brahma who is without beginning and end, who is known by his four fold hypostases, and is ever indestructible and undecaying. He resides in the souls of men in the form of sweetness in the sugarcane through all their transmigrations.
83. I am that Brahma who has no beginning or end, known by his four aspects, and is always indestructible and enduring. He lives in the souls of people in the form of sweetness found in sugarcane through all their reincarnations.
84. I am that intellect of Brahma, which like the sunshine pervades equally in the form of transparent light in and above all created beings.
84. I am the intellect of Brahma, which is like sunlight that spreads evenly as clear light within and above all created beings.
85. I am that all pervasive intellect of Brahma, which like the charming moon light fills the whole universe; and which we feel and taste in our hearts, as the delicious draught of ambrosia.
85. I am the all-pervasive intellect of Brahma, which like the enchanting moonlight fills the entire universe; and which we experience and savor in our hearts, as the delightful drink of ambrosia.
86. I am that intellect of Brahma, which extends undivided over the whole and all parts of the universe, and which embraces all existence as the moving clouds of heaven encompasses the firmament.
86. I am the intellect of Brahma, which spreads seamlessly throughout the entire universe and encompasses all existence, just like the drifting clouds in the sky surround the heavens.
CHAPTER XII.
Argument.—Investigation in the doubts respecting living liberation.
Argument.—Examination of the doubts surrounding personal freedom.
VASISHTHA said:—Great minded men that are certain of these truths, are purified from their sins, and finding their tranquillity in the reliance on truth, enjoy the delight of the even equanimity of their souls, both in their prosperity and adversity. (Truthfulness and equanimity are god-like attributes).
VASISHTHA said:—Wise people who understand these truths are cleansed of their sins, and by trusting in the truth, they find peace of mind and experience the joy of maintaining a balanced spirit, whether in good times or bad. (Truthfulness and equanimity are god-like qualities).
2. So the wise men of perfect understandings, being evenly dispassionate in their minds; feel themselves neither glad nor sad, either in the enjoyment or deprivation of their lives (which are alike to them, because death is but the beginning or continuance of life in another state or world).
2. So the wise people with perfect understanding, remaining calm in their minds, don’t feel either happy or sad about the ups and downs of their lives (which don’t affect them, because death is just the start or continuation of life in another state or world).
3. They remain as unseen and marvelously mighty, as the arms of Náráyana (god); and as straight and firm and yet as low and fragile as the body and broken rocks of mount Meru on earth.
3. They remain as unseen and remarkably powerful as the arms of Náráyana (god); and as straight and strong yet as low and delicate as the body and broken rocks of mount Meru on earth.
4. They roam about at pleasure in woodlands and over islands and amidst cities also, and like the gods of paradise they wander about the beautiful groves and sceneries of nature.
4. They move freely in the forests, on the islands, and even in cities, and like the gods of paradise, they explore the lovely parks and landscapes of nature.
5. They roved in flowery gardens shaken by the playful breezes, and also in the romantic forests on the skirts and tops of mountains.
5. They wandered through flower-filled gardens swayed by gentle breezes, as well as in the enchanting forests at the foot and peaks of mountains.
6. They conquer also their enemies, and reign in their realms with the chouri and umbrella ensigns of their royalty; they enjoy the various produce and wealth of their kingdom, and observe the various customs and usages of their country. (The wise man freely enjoy all things without being bound into them).
6. They defeat their enemies and rule over their territories with the ceremonial umbrellas and symbols of their royalty; they savor the diverse resources and riches of their kingdom and follow the various traditions and practices of their country. (The wise person enjoys everything without being tied down by it).
7. They follow all the rules and rites, established by the laws of their countries; and inculcated as duties for the observance of all.
7. They follow all the rules and rituals set by the laws of their countries, which are taught as responsibilities for everyone to follow.
8. They do not disdain to taste the pleasures, that would make the beauties smile at; nor are they averse to the enjoyment of luxuries, that they can rightly use and enjoy.
8. They don’t shy away from indulging in pleasures that would make the beauties smile; nor are they opposed to enjoying luxuries that they can properly use and appreciate.
9. They smell the fragrance of mandara-flowers, and taste the sweet juice of mango-fruits; they regale themselves with the sweet songs of Apsaras, and revel in the arbours of Nandara or pleasure garden.
9. They smell the scent of mandara flowers and taste the sweet juice of mangoes; they enjoy the lovely songs of Apsaras and indulge in the pleasure gardens of Nandara.
10. They never disregard the duties that bind all mankind to them, nor neglect to perform the sacrifices and observe the ordinances that are imperious on domestic life.
10. They never ignore the responsibilities that connect all people to them, nor do they fail to make the necessary sacrifices and follow the rules that are essential for domestic life.
11. But they are saved from falling into dangers and evils of all kinds, and escape the danger of falling under the feet of murderous elephants, and avoid the uproar of trumpets and the imminent death in battle-fields (i.e. Wise men avoid the dangers to which the ignorant are liable).
11. But they are protected from all sorts of dangers and evils, escaping the risk of being crushed by murderous elephants, avoiding the chaos of trumpets and the threat of death on battlefields (i.e. Wise people steer clear of the dangers that the ignorant face).
12. They abide with those that are afflicted in their hearts, as among the marauding plunderers of the country; they dwell among the oppressed cowardly people, as also amongst their oppressors. Thus they are conversant with the practices of all opposing parties, without mixing with any one of them.
12. They stick with those who are struggling in their hearts, just like among the raiding thieves of the land; they live among the frightened and oppressed people, as well as their oppressors. In this way, they are familiar with the behaviors of all conflicting sides, without becoming involved with any of them.
13. But their minds are clear of doubts and free from errors unaffected by passions and affections, and unattached to any person or thing. They are quite discrete and disengaged, free and liberated, tranquil and serene, inclined to goodness reclining and resting in Supreme spirit.
13. But their minds are free of doubts and errors, unaffected by emotions and attachments, and not tied to any person or thing. They are completely discrete and detached, free and liberated, calm and peaceful, leaning towards goodness and resting in the Supreme spirit.
14. They are never immerged in great dangers, nor are they ever involved in very great difficulties. But remain as the boundary mountains, remaining unimmersed amidst the water of a circumjacent lake.
14. They are never caught up in huge dangers, nor are they ever faced with very serious challenges. Instead, they stand like boundary mountains, staying above the water of a surrounding lake.
15. They are never elated with joy, at the fluctuating favours of fond and fascinating fortune; nor are they swollen, like the sea at the increasing digits of the moon.
15. They are never overjoyed by the changing whims of a kind and captivating fate; nor are they puffed up, like the sea at the rising numbers of the moon.
16. They do not fade away under sorrow or sickness, like plants under the scorching sun beams, nor are they refreshed by refreshments, like medicinal plants under the refreshing dews of night.
16. They don’t wither away in sorrow or illness, like plants under the blazing sun, nor are they restored by relief, like healing plants under the cool night dew.
17. They are employed calmly and without anxiety in the discharge of their duties and in the acts of fruition karma, and neither long for nor relinquish the fruition, which is attendant upon them (i.e. They do what is to be done, not for reward but as a matter of course).
17. They perform their duties calmly and without stress, enjoying the outcomes of their actions, and they neither yearn for nor give up the results that come with their efforts (i.e., they do what needs to be done, not for a reward, but as a natural part of life).
18. They are neither elated with the success of their undertakings, nor are they depressed by the mishap of their efforts, they are not joyous at their joy and hey-day, nor do they sink under in danger and difficulty.
18. They are neither thrilled by the success of their endeavors, nor are they downcast by the failures of their efforts. They don’t get overly excited in their happy moments, nor do they fall apart in times of danger and difficulty.
19. They do not droop down under despondence, nor are they dejected in despair, they are not merry in their prosperity, nor do they wail and weep in their adversity.
19. They do not sink into hopelessness, nor are they defeated by despair. They aren’t overly joyful in their success, nor do they cry and mourn in their struggles.
20. They discharge their customary duties as prescribed by law and usage, but their minds remain as firm and unmoved, as a mountain at all the efforts of the body.
20. They perform their usual duties as required by law and tradition, but their minds stay as strong and unshaken, as a mountain against all the toil of the body.
21. Now Ráma! Remove your sight for thy own egoism, and keep it fixed on the true ego which is a destroyer of all sins; and then go on with your ordinary course of conduct as thou mayest like.
21. Now Rama! Turn your gaze away from your own selfishness, and focus it on the true self that eliminates all sins; then continue with your usual way of living as you wish.
22. Look at these creations and their various creatures, as they have existed in their successive stages and phases; but do you remain as firm as rock and as deep as the sea, and get rid of your errors. (i.e. Your observation of nature can only remove your errors).
22. Look at these creations and their different beings, as they have existed in their various stages and phases; but stay as solid as a rock and as deep as the ocean, and eliminate your mistakes. (i.e. Your observation of nature can only help you correct your mistakes).
23. Know this grand whole as the reflexion of one sole Intellect, beside which there is nothing as a reality or unreality, or as some thing or nothing. (Jo kuch hai ohi hai, nehinaur kuch'he. Whatever there is, is he himself, and there is nil beside his ens or self).
23. Understand this entire universe as a reflection of one single Intellect, beyond which nothing exists as real or unreal, or as something or nothing. (Jo kuch hai ohi hai, nehinaur kuch'he. Whatever exists, is him alone, and there is nil besides his ens or self).
24. Ráma! have thy greatness as the great Brahma, and preserve the dignity of human nature about thee; reject all whatever as unworthy of thee, and with an unattached heart to every thing, manage thyself with gentleness every where, and thus pass the days here. (As an heir of eternity).
24. Rama! Embrace your greatness like the great Brahma, and maintain the dignity of human nature around you; dismiss anything that is unworthy of you, and with a detached heart towards everything, carry yourself with kindness everywhere, and thus spend your days here. (As an heir of eternity).
25. Why dost thou weep with thy heart full of sorrow and grief, and why dost thou lament like the deluded, and why rovest thou with thy wandering mind, like a swimming straw to the whistling eddy.
25. Why are you crying with your heart full of sadness and grief, and why do you mourn like someone who is confused, and why do you drift with your wandering thoughts, like a piece of straw in a swirling current?
26. Ráma replied—Verily sir, the dart of my doubts is now rubbed out of my mind, and my heart is awakened to its good senses by thy kindness, as the lotus is enlivened by thy rising sun-light.
26. Ráma replied—Truly, sir, the arrow of my doubts has now been erased from my mind, and your kindness has awakened my heart to clarity, just as the lotus is revived by your rising sunlight.
27. My errors are dispersed as the morning fog in autumn; and my doubts are set down by your lectures; which I will always adhere to.
27. My mistakes are scattered like the morning fog in autumn; and my doubts are addressed by your teachings, which I will always follow.
28. I am now set free from the follies of pride, vanity, envy and insensibility; and I feel lasting spiritual joy rising within me after the subsidence of all my sorrows. And now if you are not tired, please deliver your lectures with your clear understanding, and I will follow and practice them without fear or hesitation.
28. I’m now free from the foolishness of pride, vanity, envy, and indifference; and I feel a lasting sense of spiritual joy growing within me after all my sorrows have settled. If you're not too tired, please share your insights clearly, and I’ll follow and practice them without fear or hesitation.
CHAPTER XIII.
The Two Yogas of Knowledge and Reasoning.
The Two Paths of Knowledge and Reasoning.
Argument.—The two yogas or Habits of restraining the Desires and Respiration herein before described, are followed by two others: viz. the Acquisition of knowledge and the Training to reasoning which are yogas also.
Argument.—The two habits of controlling desires and breathing discussed earlier are accompanied by two additional ones: specifically, the pursuit of knowledge and the development of reasoning, which are also practices.
RÁMA said:—I am verily becalmed and set at ease, O Brahman! by relinquishing all my desires, from my full knowledge of their impropriety; and by my being staid in the state of the liberated, even in this my present life. (The heaven of the holy, commences in their earthly life).
RÁMA said:—I feel truly calm and at peace, O Brahman! by letting go of all my desires, knowing fully how inappropriate they are; and by remaining in a state of being liberated, even in this current life. (The heaven of the holy begins in their earthly life).
2. But tell me, sir, how a man can have his liberation, by restraining his respirations for a time; and how the restraint of one's breathings, can put a restriction to his desires, which reside and rise from the mind; while it belongs to the body and comes in and out of the heart and lungs. (Nostrils).
2. But tell me, sir, how can a man achieve freedom by holding his breath for a while? And how can controlling one’s breathing restrict the desires that come from the mind, even though they belong to the body and flow in and out of the heart and lungs? (Nostrils).
3. Vasishtha said:—The means of fording over the ocean of this earth is known, O Ráma! by the word Yoga or union, which is composed of the quality of pacifying the mind in either of the two ways or processes (as shown below).
3. Vasishtha said:—The way to cross the vast ocean of this world is clear, O Ráma! It's called Yoga or union, which involves calming the mind through one of two methods (as explained below).
4. The one is the acquisition of religious instruction, leading to the knowledge of the soul and of the Supreme soul, and the other is the restraining of respiration, which you will learn from the lecture that I am about to deliver.
4. One is gaining religious knowledge, which leads to understanding the soul and the Supreme soul, and the other is controlling your breath, which you'll learn about in the lecture I'm about to give.
5. Here Ráma interrupted and said:—Tell me, sir, which of the two is more delectable, owing to its facility and unpainfulness; and the knowledge or practice whereof, releases us from all fear and trouble whatsoever.
5. Here Ráma interrupted and said:—Tell me, sir, which of the two is more enjoyable, because it's easy and painless; and the knowledge or practice of which frees us from all fear and trouble.
6. Vasishtha replied:—Ráma! although I have mentioned here of two kinds of Yoga, yet the common acceptation of the term, restricts it to the restriction of breathing. (The vulgar have no idea of esoteric occultism or jnana Yoga, but call him a Yogi, who is employed in his exoteric practices, of asceticism[Pg 74] and austerities, suppression of breath; and all kinds of wilful pains).
6. Vasishtha replied:—Rama! Even though I've talked about two types of Yoga, most people only understand it as related to breath control. (The general public doesn't grasp the deeper aspects of esoteric practices or jnana Yoga, but they label someone a Yogi if they're focused on their outward practices like asceticism[Pg 74] and austerities, breath suppression, and various forms of voluntary hardship).
7. The true Yoga is the concentration of the mind in God, which is the only means of our salvation in this world; and this is achieved in either way of the regulation of breathing, or perfection in learning, both of which tend to the one and same effect, of fixing the attention in divine meditation.
7. The true Yoga is focusing the mind on God, which is the only way we can find salvation in this world. This can be accomplished through either regulating breathing or mastering learning, both of which ultimately aim to achieve the same result: concentrating on divine meditation.
8. The practical yoga by the regulation of respiration, appears as too arduous a task to some persons, while proficiency in knowledge seems to be too difficult of attainment to others. But to my understanding the ascertainment of truth by theoretical knowledge seems to be far better than practice. (The theoretical meditation is known as the rája yoga, and the forced contraction of the breath is called the hatha yoga or forced devotion, and is the device of Dattátreya who was an ancient Rishi also).
8. The practical yoga through controlling breathing seems too tough for some people, while mastering the knowledge feels really hard for others. But to me, figuring out the truth through theoretical knowledge seems way better than just practice. (The theoretical meditation is known as rája yoga, and the forced breathing technique is called hatha yoga or forced devotion, and it's a method introduced by Dattátreya, who was an ancient sage as well).
9. Ignorance is ever ignorant of truth, which does not lend its light to us in either our walking or sleeping states. So the ignorant practiser is always in ignorance both when he is in his meditative trance [Sanskrit: yogavidyá] or otherwise; but knowledge is always knowing, both when the knower is awake or asleep.
9. Ignorance is always unaware of the truth, which doesn’t shine its light on us whether we’re awake or asleep. So, the ignorant practitioner remains in the dark, whether in their meditative state [Sanskrit: yogavidyá] or otherwise; but knowledge is always present, regardless of whether the person knowing is awake or asleep.
10. The practical yoga which stands in need of fixed attention, painful postures, and proper times and places, is impossible to be practiced, owing to the difficulty of getting all these advantages at all times.
10. The practical yoga that requires focused attention, uncomfortable positions, and specific times and places is impossible to practice because it's hard to have all these conditions met at all times.
11. I have thus described to you, O Ráma! both the two kinds of yoga propounded in the sástras, and the superiority of the pure knowledge, which fills the intellect with its unfading light.
11. I have described to you, O Ráma! both types of yoga mentioned in the scriptures, and the superiority of pure knowledge, which fills the mind with its everlasting light.
12. The regulation of the breathings, the firmness of the body and dwelling in sequestered cells, are all I ween as pregnant of consummation—siddhi; but say, which of these is capable of giving knowledge [Sanskrit: vritti] to the understanding, which is the greatest perfection in human nature.
12. Regulating your breathing, maintaining a strong body, and living in quiet spaces seem to me to be essential for achieving mastery—siddhi; but tell me, which of these can provide insight [Sanskrit: vritti] to the mind, which is the highest form of excellence in human nature?
13. Now Ráma! if you think it possible for you, to sit quiet with utter suppression of your breaths and thoughts; then can you attempt to sit in your sedate posture of meditation without uttering a single word.
13. Now Rama! If you think it's possible for you to sit quietly, completely suppressing your breaths and thoughts, then you can try sitting in your calm meditation posture without saying a single word.
CHAPTER XIV.
Narrative of Bhusunda and description of mount Meru.
The story of Bhusunda and a description of Mount Meru.
Argument.—Vasishtha's visit to Meru in expectation of seeing Bhusunda and his description of the Mountain.
Argument.—Vasishtha's journey to Meru in hopes of meeting Bhusunda and his description of the mountain.
VASISHTHA related:—The vast universe, O Ráma! is but an evolution of the will of the Infinite Brahmá, just as the various representations in the mirage, are but eversions of solar rays. (Or these are the reflexions of the self-same Deity, as the Fata Morgana are the reflex of solar light).
VASISHTHA related:—The vast universe, O Rama! is just an expression of the will of the Infinite Brahma, similar to how the different images seen in a mirage are merely distortions of sunlight. (Or these are reflections of the same Deity, just as the Fata Morgana are reflections of sunlight).
2. Here the divine Brahmá that is born of the lotiform navel of Brahmá, takes the title of the creator and preserver of all, that has been produced by the supreme spirit; and is called also the great father of all, for his producing the prime progenitors of mankind. (Here Brahmá resembles Adam of the scriptures).
2. Here, the divine Brahmá, born from the lotus navel of Brahmá, is recognized as the creator and preserver of everything produced by the supreme spirit, and is also referred to as the great father of all for creating the first ancestors of humanity. (Here, Brahmá is similar to Adam from the scriptures).
3. This divine being brought me forth from his mind, where fore I am called the mánasaputra or progeny of the mind, of the mind of this holy personage. He made me settle first in the fixed polar circle of the starry frame, I viewed the revolutions of the planetary spheres, and the successive Manvantaras before me. (The Manus were all the progeny of the divine mind, whence they bear their name of Manu or mind-born).
3. This divine being created me from his thoughts, which is why I am called the mánasaputra or child of the mind, specifically the mind of this holy figure. He made me first dwell in the fixed polar circle of the starry realm, where I observed the movements of the planets and the different Manvantaras that came before me. (The Manus are all children of the divine mind, which is why they are called Manu or mind-born).
4. Residing once in the imperial court of the lord of gods—Indra, I heard the accounts of many long living persons and people, from the mouths of Nárada and other messengers of the gods. (Nárada is the Mercury of Hindu mythology, and answers an angel of the scriptures).
4. Once living in the imperial court of the lord of the gods—Indra, I heard stories from many long-lived individuals and people, shared by Nárada and other messengers of the gods. (Nárada is the Mercury of Hindu mythology and serves as a messenger in the scriptures).
5. There was once on a time the sage Sálatapá among them; who was a person of great understanding, a man of honor and taciturn in his speech; and said by way of conversation:—
5. There was once a sage named Sálatapá among them; he was a person of great wisdom, a man of honor, and spoke very little; and during a conversation he said:—
6. That there was in the north east summit of Mount Meru, a spot full of sparkling gems, where there was a kalpa[Pg 76] tree of the chuta or mango kind, which yielded its fruits in all seasons of the year.
6. In the northeastern peak of Mount Meru, there was a place filled with sparkling gems, where there was a kalpa[Pg 76] tree of the chuta or mango variety, which produced its fruit year-round.
7. The tree was covered all over with fresh and beautiful creepers, and a branch of it extending towards the south, had a large hollow in its top, containing the nest of birds of various kinds.
7. The tree was completely covered with fresh and beautiful vines, and one of its branches stretching toward the south had a large hollow at the top that held the nests of different types of birds.
8. Among them there was a crow's nest, belonging to one old raven by name of Bhusunda, who lived quite happy with himself; as the god Brahmá dwells content in his lotus-bed.
8. Among them was a crow's nest, belonging to an old raven named Bhusunda, who lived quite happily with himself; just like the god Brahmá dwells content in his lotus bed.
9. There is no one in the womb of this world so long lived as he, nor even the gods in heaven, can boast a greater longevity than he among the feathered tribe; and it is doubtful whether there may be another as old as he in times to come. (Old as Adam and as old as Methuselah).
9. There’s no one in the womb of this world who has lived as long as he has, and even the gods in heaven can’t claim to have a longer life than he does among the bird family; it’s uncertain if there will ever be another as old as he in the future. (Old as Adam and as old as Methuselah).
10. This crony crow was beauteous even in old age, and had become passionless and great-minded by his long experience. He remained quiet with the tranquillity of his mind, and was as graceful as he was full of knowledge of all times. (Achromatic as old Nestor of the present, past and future—trikálajna).
10. This old crow was beautiful even in his later years and had become wise and level-headed through his long experiences. He remained calm and collected, radiating the peace of his mind, and was as graceful as he was knowledgeable about all eras. (Timeless like the old Nestor of the present, past, and future—trikálajna).
11. If any one may have the long life of this crow, his life becomes meritorious, and his old age is crowned with sapience. (The vigour of life is productive of meritorious works, and its decay is fraught with wisdom).
11. If anyone can achieve the long life of this crow, their life becomes commendable, and their old age is filled with wisdom. (The energy of life leads to good deeds, while its decline brings wisdom).
12. In this manner, he related the virtues of the bird in full, at the request of the gods in heaven; and did not utter any thing more or less, before the assembly of the deities who knew all things.
12. In this way, he shared the bird's qualities completely, at the request of the gods in heaven; and he didn't say anything more or less in front of the gathering of the deities who knew everything.
13. After the gods had been satisfied with the narration of the veteran crow, I felt a great curiosity in me, to see and know more of this superannuated bird (for who is it that has not an eager desire to learn the art of longevity).
13. After the gods were pleased with the story from the old crow, I felt a strong curiosity to see and learn more about this aged bird (because who doesn’t have a keen interest in the secret to longevity).
14. With this desire, I hastened to the spot, where the crow was said to rest in his happy nest; and I reached in a short time, to the summit of Meru, which was shining with its precious stones. (The descent from heaven to the lofty top of Meru could not be long, since the gods are said to be all situated on this[Pg 77] high mountain. ([Sanskrit: tasminnadrau trayasvimsat vasatihiga nadevatah]), and again ([Sanskrit: yávatmerausyitadeváh]).)
14. With this desire, I quickly made my way to the place where the crow was said to rest in its happy nest; and before long, I reached the top of Meru, which was sparkling with its precious stones. (The journey from heaven to the high peak of Meru wasn’t long, since the gods are said to reside on this[Pg 77] high mountain. ([Sanskrit: tasminnadrau trayasvimsat vasatihiga nadevatah]), and again ([Sanskrit: yávatmerausyitadeváh]).)
15. The peak of the mountain was flaming as fire, with the glare of its gems and red earth—gairika, and these painted the upper sky, with the bright hue of florid honey and sparkling wine.
15. The top of the mountain was glowing like fire, with the shine of its jewels and red soil—gairika, and these colored the sky above with the bright shades of rich honey and sparkling wine.
16. The mountain shone as brightly as it were burning with the blaze of the last conflagration, and the sky was reddened by their reflexion with shades of clouds; appearing as the smoke of fire or the blue lustre of sapphire.
16. The mountain sparkled as if it were on fire, and the sky was tinted red from its reflection, with shades of clouds appearing like smoke or the blue shine of sapphire.
17. The mountain appeared to be formed by a collection of all kinds of colours on earth, which gave it the appearance of the variegated sky in west at the time of the setting sun.
17. The mountain seemed to be made up of all sorts of colors from the earth, making it look like the colorful sky in the west during sunset.
18. The flame of fire proceeding from its crater, and emitted through the crevice on its top, seemed as the culinary fire of the Yogi, carried up from his bowels to the cranium in Yoga. (This is styled the Utkranti Yoga or lifting the physical powers, and concentrating them all in the head—the seat of intellect).
18. The flame of fire coming from its crater and released through the opening on top looked like the cooking fire of the Yogi, drawn up from his core to his head during Yoga. (This is called the Utkranti Yoga, which involves lifting the physical powers and concentrating them all in the head—the center of intellect).
19. The ruddy peaks and pinnacles of Sumeru, resembled his arms and fingers painted with lac-dye; in order to lay hold on his consort the fair moon by way of sport. (It means the mountain tops reaching to and touching the orb of the moon. So Kálidása makes his Himalaya transcend the sphere of the sun).
19. The reddish peaks and ridges of Sumeru looked like his arms and fingers covered in red dye, as if to reach out and touch his beautiful partner, the moon, playfully. (This means the mountain tops reach up to and touch the moon. That’s why Kálidása makes his Himalaya rise above the sun.)
20. The lurid flame of wild fire on this mountain, seemed as the burning blaze of sacrificial fires, which are fed with clarified butter were rising to heaven. (Hence fire is styled the bearer of our offerings to the gods above—havya-váhana, because there is nothing on the earth except the flames of fire—that has the power of rising upwards, whence they are termed Urdha—jwalana—havir—bhujas. ([Sanskrit: urdha jvalana havirbhujam]).)
20. The bright flames of wild fire on this mountain looked like the blazing sacrificial fires, fed with clarified butter, rising to the heavens. (That's why fire is called the bearer of our offerings to the gods above—havya-váhana, because there’s nothing on earth except for flames that can rise up, which is why they are referred to as Urdha—jwalana—havir—bhujas. ([Sanskrit: urdha jvalana havirbhujam]).)
21. The mount with its elevated summit seemed to kiss the face of the sky, and to raise its fingers in the form of its peaks and pinnacles, with their blazing gems resembling the nails of the fingers, in order to count the scattered stars.
21. The mountain with its high peak appeared to touch the sky, extending its points like fingers, with its shining gems looking like nails, trying to count the scattered stars.
22. The clouds were roaring on one side of it with the loud noise of the drums, and the young plants and creepers were[Pg 78] dancing in the happy arbours on another, clusters of flowers were smiling as blooming beauties on this side, and the swarms of humming bees were hovering on them on that.
22. On one side, the clouds were thundering with the loud sound of drums, while the young plants and vines were[Pg 78] swaying joyfully in the sunny groves on the other. Groups of flowers were smiling like blooming beauties here, and swarms of buzzing bees were hovering around them there.
23. Here the lofty palm trees seemed to be smiling with shewing their teeth in their denticulated leaves, on seeing the giddy groups of Apsaras, swinging and strolling about loosely in their amorous dalliances under their shade.
23. Here, the tall palm trees appeared to be smiling, showing off their jagged leaves, as they looked at the carefree groups of Apsaras casually swinging and strolling around in their romantic adventures beneath their shade.
24. There the celestials were resorting in pairs to their grottos in the mountain, in order to relieve themselves of their trouble of trudging over the rugged paths of the craggy mountain; and they were clothed in the white vest of the open sky (nudity), and having the stream of Ganges falling from high for their sacred thread. (Here Meru means any mountain and Ganga is put for any stream descending from it).
24. There, the celestial beings were going off in pairs to their mountain caves to escape the hassle of walking over the rough paths of the rocky mountain; they were dressed in the white robe of the open sky (nakedness), with the Ganges flowing down from above as their sacred thread. (Here, Meru refers to any mountain and Ganga stands for any stream that flows down from it).
25. The hoary mountain stood as a grey headed hermit, holding the reeds (with which it abounded) as canes in his hand; and the celestial inhabitants of the mount, rested in the coverts of the creepers, being lulled to sleep by gurgling sound of the waters falling from precipice to precipice.
25. The old mountain looked like a grey-haired hermit, holding the abundant reeds like canes in his hand; and the heavenly beings of the mountain rested in the shade of the vines, lulled to sleep by the soothing sound of water cascading from one cliff to another.
26. The mountain king was crowned by the full blown lotuses that grow on its top, and was regaled by the sweet fragrance; which the odoriferous breezes bore from them. It was decorated with the gems of the starry frame on its crown, and charmed with the sweet songs of the gandharvas playing their strains on it.
26. The mountain king was crowned by the fully bloomed lotuses that grew on its peak, and was delighted by the sweet fragrance carried by the fragrant breezes. It was adorned with the gems from the starry sky on its crown and enchanted by the sweet songs of the gandharvas playing their melodies on it.
27. His hoary head pierced the silvery region of heaven, and was one with it in being the abode of the gods.
27. His gray hair reached into the bright sky and became one with it, as it was the home of the gods.
28. The many coloured tops of Meru, emitting the various colours of the red, white, black, blue, yellow, and gray stones that are embodied in its body, lent the sky its variegated hues in the morning and evening, while the versicolor blossoms on its tops, invited the Heavenly nymphs to their rambles and sports over them.
28. The colorful peaks of Meru, showing the different shades of red, white, black, blue, yellow, and gray stones that make up its structure, added vibrant colors to the sky in the morning and evening. At the same time, the multicolored flowers on its summits attracted the Heavenly nymphs for their strolls and play.
CHAPTER XV.
Vasishtha's visit to Bhusanda.
Vasishtha visits Bhusanda.
Argument.—Description of the scenery on the top of Mount Meru. Allegory of the arbour of desire, the resort of all living beings. Description of Birds of the mountainous region, and lastly the character of káka bhusanda.
Argument.—A description of the view from the top of Mount Meru. A metaphor for the garden of desire, which serves as a refuge for all living beings. A description of the birds in the mountainous area, and finally, the nature of káka bhusanda.
VASISHTHA continued:—I saw the kalpa tree on the top of one of these peaks, which was girt by its branches on all sides; and covered with flowers appearing as tufts of hairs on its head.
VASISHTHA continued:—I saw the kalpa tree at the summit of one of these peaks, surrounded by its branches on all sides and covered with flowers that looked like tufts of hair on its head.
2. This tree was covered with the dust of its flowers, which shrouded it as a thick mist or cloud; and its flowers shown as bright as brilliant gems upon it; its great height reaching to the sky, made it appear as a steeple or pinnacle standing upon the peak. (Allegorically the Kalpatree is the tree of Desire, which branches out into the various objects of our wish. Its flowers are all our sanguine hopes and expectations, which are hidden under the dark mist of futurity. The crown dwelling in its dark hollow, is the undwelling obscure soul, which is hid under the impervious gloom of our ignorant minds and false egoism. Its nest is in the highest divinity, and it is immortal because it is a particle of Eternal spirit).
2. This tree was covered with the dust of its flowers, which wrapped it in a thick mist or cloud; its flowers sparkled like bright gems on its branches. Its great height, reaching up to the sky, made it look like a steeple or pinnacle on a peak. (Allegorically, the Kalpatree is the tree of Desire, branching out into various objects of our wishes. Its flowers represent all our hopeful wishes and expectations, hidden under the dark mist of the future. The crown inside its dark hollow symbolizes the obscure soul that is hidden under the impenetrable gloom of our ignorance and false ego. Its nest resides in the highest divinity, and it is immortal because it is a part of the Eternal spirit).
3. Its flowers were twice as much as the number of stars in heaven, and its leaves redoubled the clouds in their bulk and thickness. Its filaments were more shining than the flash of lightnings, and the pollen of the flowers were brighter far than the circumambient beams of the radiant sun. (The flowers of the tree of Desire being our hopes and expectations, they are of course more numerous than the countless stars in the sky, but it is to say, what things are meant under the allegory of their leaflets farina and pistils).
3. Its flowers were twice as many as the stars in the sky, and its leaves were thicker and bulkier than the clouds. Its filaments shone brighter than lightning, and the pollen of the flowers was far brighter than the surrounding rays of the bright sun. (The flowers of the Tree of Desire represent our hopes and expectations, which are obviously more numerous than the countless stars in the sky, but this also refers to what is meant by the allegory of their leaflets, pollen, and pistils).
4. The songs of the sylphs dwelling on the branches of this tree, resounded to the buzz of the humming bees, and the nimble[Pg 80] feet and waving palms of the Apsaras in their sportive dance on every leaflet, reduplicated the number of the leaves as much again. (The feet and palms are always compared with the leaves of trees, so these meeting on every leaf is the lightsome leaping and skipping of the airy sylphs over them, increased the number of leaves to more than ever so many).
4. The songs of the sylphs living in the branches of this tree echoed with the buzzing of the humming bees, and the quick feet and waving hands of the Apsaras in their playful dance on each leaf multiplied the number of leaves even more. (The feet and hands are often compared to tree leaves, so these dancing on every leaf represents the light leaping and skipping of the airy sylphs over them, increasing the total number of leaves even more).
5. The spirits of the aerial siddhas and gandharvas hovering on this tree, far out-numbered the number of birds that flocked and fluttered about it; and the greyish frost which wrapped it as a gemming mantle, out-shone the glossy rind which served for its raiment of fine linen.
5. The spirits of the aerial siddhas and gandharvas hovering around this tree far outnumbered the birds that flocked and fluttered about it; and the greyish frost that covered it like a jeweled mantle outshone the shiny skin that served as its fine linen covering.
6. The top of this tree touches the lunar sphere, and by deriving its moisture from that humid planet, yields its fruits of larger size than the orb of the moon itself. And the clouds gathering about its trunk, have doubled the size of its joints. (i.e. The fruits of high desire are fairer and larger and more cooling than even the orb of the moon, and its sections are as bright as the bodies of clouds).
6. The top of this tree reaches up to the moon, and by soaking up moisture from that wet planet, it produces fruits that are bigger than the moon itself. The clouds swirling around its trunk have made its branches twice as thick. (i.e. The fruits of high desire are more beautiful, larger, and cooler than even the moon, and its branches are just as bright as the clouds).
7. The gods rested on the trunk of this tree, and the Kinnaras reposed themselves on its leaves, the clouds covered its arbours, and the Asuras slept on its banks.
7. The gods rested on the trunk of this tree, and the Kinnaras relaxed on its leaves, the clouds shaded its branches, and the Asuras slept on its banks.
8. The Fairies repelled their mates by the sound of their bracelets, as the bees put the beetles to flight by their busy buzzing, and sucked the honey from the flowercup to their fill. (It means that females very often taste the sweets of their desire, while men are driven to labour).
8. The fairies turned away their partners with the sound of their bracelets, just like bees scare off beetles with their constant buzzing, while they drank up the nectar from the flowers as much as they wanted. (This means that females often enjoy the pleasures they desire, while men are pushed to work hard).
9. The arbour of desire extends on all sides of the sky, and fills the space of the whole world, by embodying the gods and demigods and men and all kinds of living beings in it. (It is some desire or other that tends both the mortals and immortals in the course of their lives. Desire is the in-being of active life, and its want is either dulness or death).
9. The garden of desire stretches out in every direction under the sky, filling the entire world by bringing together gods, demigods, humans, and all sorts of living beings. (It's some form of desire that guides both mortals and immortals throughout their lives. Desire is the essence of vibrant living, and its absence leads to either dullness or death).
10. It was full of its blooming buds and blossoms, and was covered with its tender leaves and leaflets, it was fraught with its flourishing flowers, and had graced the forest all around.
10. It was filled with its blooming buds and flowers, covered in its soft leaves and leaflets, overflowing with its vibrant blooms, and had beautified the surrounding forest.
11. It flushed with its filaments, and abounded with its gemming florets; it was replete with its radiant vestures and[Pg 81] ornamented trappings, to afford to the wants of its votaries, and it was ever in a flurry with sportive dance of the tender plants and creepers all around it.
11. It glowed with its threads and was filled with its sparkling flowers; it was full of its bright clothing and[Pg 81] decorated accessories, designed to meet the needs of its followers, and it was always bustling with the playful movements of the delicate plants and vines surrounding it.
12. It was full laden with flowers on all aides, and was abundant with its fruits on all its branches, and being fraught with the copious farina of its flowers, which it lavished and scattered on all its sides, it became charming and attractive of all hearts towards it.
12. It was loaded with flowers on all sides, and overflowing with fruit on all its branches. Covered in plenty of pollen from its flowers, which it spread around generously, it became captivating and appealing to everyone.
13. I saw flock of the feathered tribe fluttering about the happy bowers, or resting about the broad boughs and branches of the tree; some of these were reposing in the coverts of the leafy arbour, and others pecking the flowers and fruits with their bills.
13. I saw a group of birds fluttering around the cheerful gardens, or resting on the thick branches of the tree; some were lounging in the shelter of the leafy arch, while others were pecking at the flowers and fruits with their beaks.
14. I saw the storks and geese which are the vehicles of Brahmá, feeding on fragments of lotus-stalks, resembling the digits of the bright moon in whiteness; and picking the bulbous roots of the arjuna and lotus plants in the lakes.
14. I saw the storks and geese, the vehicles of Brahmá, eating pieces of lotus stalks that looked as white as the moon's phases; and picking the bulbous roots of the arjuna and lotus plants in the lakes.
15. The goslings of the geese of Brahmá, muttered the omkára, the initial syllable of the Veda, as they were addicted in it by their preceptor the god—Brahmá himself.
15. The goslings of the geese of Brahmá murmured the omkára, the first sound of the Veda, as they were taught by their teacher, the god—Brahmá himself.
16. I saw the parrots with their blue pinions resembling the blue clouds of heaven, and beheld their red dusk beaks shining as the flash of lightnings, and uttering their shrill sound in the manner of the swáhá of the veda. (The parrot is the vehicle of the god of fire, wherefore it is fit for him to utter the syllable swáhá; which is used in the invocation of fire: as swáhá agnaye).
16. I saw the parrots with their blue feathers like the blue clouds in the sky, and noticed their red beaks shining like flashes of lightning, making their shrill calls similar to the swáhá of the Veda. (The parrot is associated with the god of fire, so it is appropriate for it to utter the syllable swáhá, which is used in fire invocations: like swáhá agnaye).
17. I saw also the green parrots of the god of fire, scattered all about like the green kusa grass lying scattered on the sacrificial alter of the gods; and I beheld the young peacocks with their crests glowing as the glistening flames of fire.
17. I also saw the green parrots of the fire god spread out everywhere, like green kusa grass scattered on the gods' sacrificial altar; and I noticed the young peacocks with their feathers shining like bright flames.
18. I saw there the groups of peacocks fostered by the goddess Gaurí (The peacocks of Juno), as also the big peacocks belonging to the god Kumára; I beheld likewise the vehicle of skanda, which are versed in knowledge. (One of these is said to be the expounder of a grammar, known by the name of Kaumári Kalápa Vyakarana).
18. I saw there the groups of peacocks raised by the goddess Gaurí (the peacocks of Juno), as well as the large peacocks owned by the god Kumára; I also witnessed the vehicle of Skanda, which are knowledgeable. (One of these is said to be the interpreter of a grammar known as Kaumári Kalápa Vyakarana).
19. I saw there many bulky and big bodied birds, that are born to live and breed and die away in their natal air, and never alight on the nether ground. These were as white as the clouds of autumn and nestles with their mates in air, and are commonly known under the name of Aerial Birds.
19. I saw many large, heavy birds that are born, live, mate, and die in their own skies, never touching the ground below. They were as white as autumn clouds, nesting with their partners in the air, and are commonly known as Aerial Birds.
20. I saw the goslings of the breed of Brahma's geese, and the younglings of the brood of Agni's parrots. I beheld the big breed of the peacocks forming the vehicles of war god; (Skanda, Alexander)?
20. I saw the goslings from Brahma's geese and the chicks of Agni's parrots. I witnessed the large peacocks being used as the chariots for the war god; (Skanda, Alexander)?
21. I saw the Bharadwája and I saw there many other kinds of big birds. (Charui, birds with two mouths and gold finches with their golden crests). I saw also kalavinca sparrows, the little cranes and pelicans and cuckoos and vultures likewise and cranes and cocks.
21. I saw the Bharadwája and many other types of large birds. (Charui, birds with two beaks and goldfinches with their golden crowns). I also saw kalavinca sparrows, little cranes, pelicans, cuckoos, vultures, and cranes and roosters.
22. I saw likewise a great variety of other birds as the Bhushus, Chushus and partridges of many kinds, whose numbers are no less than all the living animals of this earth taken together. (That is to say, the air and water abound with fowls and fishes of as great a variety and number as the animals on earth, and all of them dwell in tree of Desire as mankind and other terrestrial animals. Nemo sine desiderium).
22. I also saw a wide variety of other birds like the Bhushus, Chushus, and many types of partridges, whose numbers are just as vast as all the animals living on this earth combined. (In other words, the air and water are filled with birds and fish in as much variety and number as the animals on land, and they all live in the Tree of Desire, just like humans and other land animals. Nemo sine desiderium).
23. I then began to pray from my etherial seat, and through the thickening leaves of the tree to the nest of the bird; amidst the hollows of far distant boughs towards the south.
23. I then started to pray from my elevated spot, and through the thickening leaves of the tree to the bird's nest; amidst the hollows of distant branches towards the south.
24. After some time I came to descry at a distance a body of ravens, sitting in rows like leaves of the branches, and resembling the streaks of sable clouds on either sides of the Lokáloka—horizon. (The Lokáloka mountain is a fictitious name for the horizon, which has light and darkness ever attendant on its either side. The term lokáloka or light and shade, is also used to represent vicissitudes of life).
24. After a while, I spotted a group of ravens in the distance, sitting in lines like leaves on branches, and looking like dark streaks of clouds on either side of the Lokáloka—horizon. (The Lokáloka mountain is a fictional name for the horizon, which constantly has light and darkness on either side. The term lokáloka or light and shade is also used to describe the ups and downs of life).
25. Here I beheld awhile afterwards, a lonely branch with a spacious hollow in it. It was strewn over with various flowers and redolent with a variety of perfumes. (The houses of great men are always scented with odours. ([Sanskrit: subásit harmmatalam manoramam]).)
25. Here I saw, a little later, a solitary branch with a large hollow in it. It was covered in different flowers and filled with a mix of fragrances. (The homes of notable people always have pleasant scents. ([Sanskrit: subásit harmmatalam manoramam]).)
26. It was as the happy abode of virtuous women in heaven, which are perfumed with sweet scenting clusters of flowers, and there the crows were sitting in rows, as they were perfectly freed from all cares and sorrows.
26. It was like a cheerful home for virtuous women in heaven, filled with the fragrance of sweet, blooming flowers, and there the crows sat in rows, completely free from all worries and sadness.
27. Their great group appeared as the big body of a cloud, separated from the tumultuous air of the lower atmosphere and resting on the calm firmament of the upper sky; and the venerable Bhusunda was seen sitting quietly with his exalted body.
27. Their large group looked like the massive shape of a cloud, detached from the chaotic air of the lower atmosphere and settled on the peaceful sky above; and the wise Bhusunda was seen sitting calmly with his elevated form.
28. He sat there as an entire sapphire shining prominent amongst fragments of glass, and seemed to be of a stout heart and mind, and of a dignified mien and graceful appearance.
28. He sat there like a dazzling sapphire, standing out among bits of glass, looking strong and confident, with a dignified demeanor and elegant appearance.
29. Being heedful of the rule of the restriction of his respiration and suppression of his voice, he was quite happy with his long longevity, and was renowned every where as a long lived passe (seer).
29. Being mindful of the rule to control his breathing and keep his voice down, he was very happy with his long life and was known everywhere as a long-lived seer.
30. He witnessed the course of ages and periods, and marked their advent and exodus in repeated succession; and was thereby known as the time worn Bhusunda in this world, and a being of stout and unflinching mind.
30. He saw the flow of ages and eras, noting their arrival and departure over and over; because of this, he was known as the weathered Bhusunda in this world, a being of strong and unwavering resolve.
31. He was weary with counting the revolutions of the Kalpa cycles, and with recounting the returns of the preserving divinities of the world; such as the Sivas, Indras, the gods of the winds and other.
31. He was tired of counting the cycles of time and recapping the returns of the protective deities of the world, like Shiva, Indra, the gods of the winds, and others.
32. He was the chronicler of all antiquity, and the recorder of the wars of the gods and demons, and the hurling of the high hills in heaven; and yet he was of a clear countenance and profound mind; he was complacent to all, and his words are as sweet as honey.
32. He was the storyteller of all ancient times, detailing the battles of the gods and demons, and the throwing of the great mountains in the sky; yet he had a calm expression and deep thoughts; he was friendly to everyone, and his words were as sweet as honey.
33. This old seer related distinctly all that was unknown and indistinct to others, he was wanting in his egotism and selfishness, and was the lord over all his friends and children, and his servants and their seniors and he was the true narrator of all things at all times.
33. This old seer clearly conveyed everything that was unknown and unclear to others; he lacked egotism and selfishness, and he was a leader among his friends, children, servants, and their elders. He was the true storyteller of all things at all times.
34. His speech was clear and graceful, sweet and pleasing, and his heart was as tender as the cooling lake, and as soft as the lotus-flower; he was acquainted with all usages and customs and the depth and profoundness of his knowledge, ever the serenity of his appearance.
34. His speech was clear and graceful, sweet and pleasing, and his heart was as tender as a cooling lake and as soft as a lotus flower; he knew all the customs and traditions, and the depth of his knowledge always matched his calm demeanor.
CHAPTER XVI.
Conversation of Vasishtha and Bhusunda.
Chat between Vasishtha and Bhusunda.
Argument.—Reception of Vasishtha by Bhusunda, and the Inquiries of the sage regarding the life and acts of the crow.
Argument.—The encounter between Vasishtha and Bhusunda, along with the sage's inquiries about the crow's life and actions.
VASISHTHA Continued:—I then alighted before the veteran crow with my brilliant etherial body, as a bright meteor falling from the sky on the top of a mountain; and this my sudden appearance startled the assembly, as if they were disturbed by my intrusion.
VASISHTHA Continued:—I then landed in front of the experienced crowd with my radiant ethereal body, like a bright meteor falling from the sky onto a mountain; and my sudden appearance startled the gathering, as if they were troubled by my presence.
2. The assembly of the black birds trembled like the lotuses of the lake, at the shaking of the gentle breeze; and the agitation of the air at my slow descent, troubles them as much as an earthquake troubles the waters of the deep.
2. The group of black birds shook like the lotuses in the lake with the gentle breeze; and the disturbance in the air from my slow descent unsettles them as much as an earthquake disturbs the depths of the ocean.
3. But Bhusunda who was a seer of the three times, was not at all disturbed at my arrival; but know me as Vasishtha, now in attendance upon him. (Like a flimsy cloud from the mount).
3. But Bhusunda, who was a seer of the past, present, and future, was not at all bothered by my arrival; he recognized me as Vasishtha, now here with him. (Like a light cloud from the mountain).
4. He then rose from his leafy seat, and advancing slowly before me, he said with sweet sounds distilling as honey. I welcome thee great sage to my humble cell.
4. He then got up from his leafy seat, and walking slowly before me, he said with a voice as sweet as honey, "I welcome you, great sage, to my humble home."
5. Then he stretched both hands to me, holding clusters of flowers that he had at his will and then strewed them in hand-fulls upon me, as a cloud scatters the dewdrops over the ground. (The comparison of raindrops with the shedding of flowers is common in India and well known by the compound term pushpa-vrishti).
5. Then he reached out both hands to me, holding bunches of flowers that he had at his disposal and scattered them in handfuls all over me, like a cloud dispersing dewdrops across the ground. (The comparison of raindrops with the scattering of flowers is common in India and well known by the compound term pushpa-vrishti).
6. Take this seat said he, and stretched with his hand a newly shorn rind of the Kalpa tree; this he had plucked with his own hand, nor needed the help of his attendant crows in this gladsome task.
6. "Take this seat," he said, and reached out with his hand to offer a freshly cut piece of the Kalpa tree; he had picked it himself and didn't need the help of his attendant crows for this joyful task.
7. On the rising of Bhusunda, the menials also arose from their seats, and then on seeing the sage seated on his seat, they looked to and betook themselves to their respective seats and posts.
7. When Bhusunda stood up, the servants also got up from their seats, and when they saw the sage in his place, they returned to their own seats and duties.
8. Then having refreshed myself with the sweet scent of the Kalpa creepers all about me, I was surrounded by all the birds that gathered round me, and had their chief sitting face to face in front of me. (This time worn etiquette of old India is still in vogue in the politest courts of the world).
8. After enjoying the sweet fragrance of the Kalpa creepers around me, I found myself surrounded by all the birds that gathered near me, with their leader sitting directly in front of me. (This traditional etiquette from ancient India is still practiced in the most polite courts around the world).
9. Having offered me the water and honey for my refreshment, together with the honorarium worthy of me, the high minded Bhusunda felt the cheer of his mind, and then accosted me with complaisance and in words sweet as honey. (The serving of honey and water to guests of yore served the offering of brandy and water of modern fashion).
9. After providing me with water and honey for refreshment, along with a fitting honorarium, the noble Bhusunda felt uplifted and then spoke to me with kindness and words as sweet as honey. (In the past, offering honey and water to guests was similar to the modern practice of serving brandy and water).
10. Bhusunda said:—O lord! thou hast after long favoured us with your kind visit, which has by its ambrosial influence resuscitated our arbor and ourselves. (Such is the visit of a superior to an inferior).
10. Bhusunda said:—O lord! You have finally honored us with your kind visit after a long time, and its wonderful influence has revitalized our tree and us. (Such is the visit of someone greater to someone lesser).
11. I ween, O great Muni! that art honoured of the honourable, that it is by virtue of my long earned virtues that you are now brought to this place, and want to be informed from where your course is bent to my humble abode.
11. I believe, O great sage! who is respected by the respected, that it is because of my long-earned virtues that you have come to this place, and I would like to know what has led you to my humble home.
12. You sir, that have long wandered amidst the great gloom of this world, and know its errors by your infallible experience, must have at last in the peace of your mind. (Peace after broils and strife. Pax post turba).
12. You, sir, who have long traveled through the darkness of this world and understand its mistakes through your undeniable experience, must finally have peace in your mind. (Peace after conflicts and struggles. Pax post turba).
13. What is it that makes you take this trouble on yourself today, is what we wished to be informed at present; and your answer to those that are expectant of it, will be deemed as a great favour by them.
13. What makes you go through this trouble today is what we want to know right now; and your answer to those who are waiting for it will be appreciated as a great favor by them.
14. It is by the sight of your holy feet, O venerable sage! that we are put to the knowledge of every thing; and yet our obligation at this uncalled for call of yours here, emboldens us to ask this farther favour of yours. (Nobody asks nobody, that has nothing to do with him).
14. It’s by seeing your holy feet, O respected sage! that we learn everything; and yet our obligation to your unexpected call here gives us the courage to ask for another favor from you. (No one asks someone they have nothing to do with).
15. We know that it is your remembrance of us among the long living, that has directed your attention towards us, and made your holiness to sanctify this place by your gratuitous visit to us.
15. We understand that your thoughts of us among the long-lived have drawn your attention to us and led your holiness to bless this place with your generous visit.
16. Though thus we know this as the cause of your calling into us; yet it is our desire of satisfying ourselves with the sweetness of your nectarious words, that has prompted to propose this query to you at present.
16. While we understand this is the reason for your invitation to us, our desire to revel in the sweetness of your delightful words has led us to ask you this question now.
17. In this manner did the longival crow, that was clear sighted with his knowledge of the three times, deliver his inquiry by way of formality.
17. In this way, the longival crow, who had a clear understanding of the three times, made his inquiry formally.
18. Vasishtha answered—Yes, O king of birds! it is true as thou sayst, that I have come here thus to see thy diuturnal self; (because the aged are honoured as sages, and their shrines are visited as those of saints).
18. Vasishtha replied, “Yes, O king of birds! It's true what you say, that I've come here to see your daily self; (because the elderly are respected as wise figures, and their places are visited like those of saints).”
19. You are verily very fortunate with your cold heartedness, and your sagacity has haply saved you from falling into the dangerous snares of this world.
19. You are truly very lucky with your cold-heartedness, and your wisdom has probably saved you from falling into the dangerous traps of this world.
20. Now sir, deign to remove my doubt regarding to your anility, and tell me truly of what family you are born, and how you come to know what is worth knowing (respecting the origin and end of beings, and their good or bad lot afterwards).
20. Now, sir, please help clear my doubts about your abilities and tell me honestly what family you're from, and how you came to know what really matters (about the origin and purpose of beings, and their fortunes or misfortunes later on).
21. Tell me sir, if you remember the length of life that you have passed, and if you recollect by your long sightedness how you came to be settled in this lodging. (Lit. who appointed this place for your habitation).
21. Tell me, sir, do you remember how long you have lived, and can you recall, with your long view, how you ended up settling in this place? (Lit. who chose this spot for your home).
22. Bhusunda replied, I will relate to you all, O great sage! that you ask of me, and your great soul shall have to hear it attentively without any inadvertence of your mind.
22. Bhusunda replied, "I will tell you everything, O great sage! Just keep in mind that you need to listen carefully and not let your thoughts wander."
23. It is certain, O venerable sir! that the topics, which deserve the attention of great minded souls like yourselves; will prove effective of destroying the evils of the world, as the influence of the clouds and their propitious rains remove the heat of the sun.
23. It is certain, respected sir! that the issues deserving the attention of great-minded individuals like you will effectively eliminate the world's troubles, just as the clouds and their helpful rains cool down the heat of the sun.
CHAPTER XVII.
Description of Bhusunda's Person.
Description of Bhusunda's Character.
Argument.—Vasishtha relates to Ráma of the perfections of Bhusunda's Body and Mind, which entitled him to the enjoyment of his liberation in his living time.
Argument.—Vasishtha explains to Ráma the qualities of Bhusunda's Body and Mind that enabled him to achieve liberation while still living.
VASISHTHA said:—Now Ráma, know this Bhusunda, who was of a complexion as black as that of a cloud heavy with water in the rainy season; to have a countenance which neither merry nor sorry, and a mind free from guile and cunning.
VASISHTHA said:—Now Ráma, understand this Bhusunda, who had a complexion as dark as a rain-laden cloud; he had a face that was neither cheerful nor sad, and a mind that was clear of deceit and trickery.
2. His voice was grave and mild, and his words were accompanied by a gentle smile, and he spoke of the three worlds, as if he balanced three beal fruits in his hands. (His knowledge of the worlds, was as that of the globe in his hands).
2. His voice was serious yet gentle, and his words came with a soft smile, as he talked about the three worlds, as if he were balancing three beal fruits in his hands. (His knowledge of the worlds was like holding a globe in his hands).
3. He looked on all things as they were mere straws before him, and weighted the lives of men in proportion to their enjoyments, and by the ratio of their rations on earth, he had the knowledge of the knowables and the unknowable one (called the common and transcendental knowledge-paránara).
3. He viewed everything as insignificant, like mere straws in the wind, and judged people's lives based on their pleasures and what they had in life. He possessed the understanding of both what could be known and what couldn't (referred to as common and transcendental knowledge - paránara).
4. He was big bodied grave and quiet, and sedate as the mount Mandara; and his mind was as full and clear as the calm ocean after a storm.
4. He was big, serious, and quiet, as steady as Mount Mandara; and his mind was as clear and full as the calm ocean after a storm.
5. His mind was perfectly tranquil and quite at ease; and full of joy within itself; and acquainted with the appearance and dis-appearance of all beings born in this world.
5. His mind was completely calm and relaxed; filled with inner joy; and aware of the rise and fall of all beings born in this world.
6. His countenance was delightsome with his inward delight, and his voice was as sweet as the melody of a sweet song; he seemed to have taken a new born form on himself, and his joyfulness dispelled the fears of men.
6. His face was joyful with his inner happiness, and his voice was as sweet as a lovely song; he seemed to have taken on a fresh new appearance, and his cheerfulness chased away the fears of people.
7. After he had respectfully received and accosted me, with his pure and dulciate words; he began to recite to me his own narration, as the rumbling of a rainy cloud, delights the hearts of the thirsty world.
7. After he respectfully greeted me with his kind and sweet words, he started sharing his story with me, like the rumble of a rain cloud that brings joy to a thirsty world.
CHAPTER XVIII.
Manners of the Mátrika Goddesses.
Ways of the Mátrika Goddesses.
Argument.—Bhusunda traces his origin from the Mátres, whose manners and revelries he describes in length.
Argument.—Bhusunda traces his roots to the Mátres, detailing their customs and celebrations.
BHUSUNDA related:—There is in this world, the god of gods Hara (Horus?) by name; who is the chief among the celestials, and honoured by all the divinities of heaven.
BHUSUNDA related:—In this world, there is the god of gods named Hara (Horus?); he is the chief among the celestial beings and is honored by all the deities of heaven.
2. He had his consort Gaurí constituting the better half of his body, and by whom he is embraced in the manner of an ivy clasping the young Amra tree. Her bosom likened a cluster of blooming blossom, and her eyes resembled the lines of black bees fluttering in the summer sky.
2. He had his partner Gaurí making up the better half of his being, embraced by her like ivy wrapping around a young Amra tree. Her chest was like a bunch of blooming flowers, and her eyes resembled black bees buzzing in the summer sky.
3. The hoary locks of hair on the braided head of Hara, were entwined as with a white lace, by the snow white stream of Ganges, whose billows and waves as clusters of flowers on the hair-band.
3. The gray locks of hair on Hara's braided head were intertwined like white lace by the snowy stream of the Ganges, whose waves and billows resembled clusters of flowers on the hairband.
4. The crown of his head was decorated with the gemming milk-white disk of the moon, which sprung from the bosom of the milky ocean; and spread her bright radiance and ambrosial dews about his person. (The streams of ganguari are represented as consorts of Hara, and the moon as forming the discus on the braces of the hairs on his head).
4. The top of his head was adorned with the brilliant, milk-white disk of the moon, which emerged from the heart of the milky ocean; and it spread its bright glow and heavenly dews all around him. (The streams of ganguari are shown as the companions of Hara, and the moon is depicted as the discus among the locks of hair on his head).
5. The incessant effusion of ambrosial draughts, from the disk of the moon on his crest, has made him immortal by assuaging the heat of the deadly poison which he swallowed, and has marked his throat with the bluish hue of the sapphire or lapis lazuli, whence he named the blue gulletted Níla Kantha. (Hara is said to have swallowed the kála-kuta poison, as Hercules drank his full bowl of henbane).
5. The constant flow of celestial nectar from the moon's disc on his head has made him immortal by easing the pain of the deadly poison he ingested, and it has left his throat with a bluish tint like sapphire or lapis lazuli, which is why he's called the blue-throated Níla Kantha. (Hara is said to have swallowed the kála-kuta poison, similar to how Hercules drank his full bowl of henbane).
6. The god is besmeared with powdered ashes on his body, as emblematical of the particles of dust, to which the world was reduced by the flame of his all destructive conflagration; while the stream of water flowing from the Ganges on his head, is[Pg 89] typical of the current of his clear knowledge of all things. (Others make the burning fire of his frontal eye bhála netra to represent the flash of his cognoscence—jnánágni).
6. The god is covered in powdered ashes, symbolizing the dust to which the world was reduced by the flames of his all-destructive fire; meanwhile, the stream of water flowing from the Ganges on his head is[Pg 89]typical of the flow of his deep knowledge of everything. (Others interpret the burning fire of his third eye bhála netra as representing the flash of his awareness—jnánágni).
7. His body is decorated with strings of blanched bones, which are brighter far than the silvery beams of fair moon, and these serve as necklaces of argent and pearly gems about his person. (Hence he is named as Jala-padda-málika).
7. His body is adorned with strings of bleached bones, which shine brighter than the silver beams of the full moon, and these act as necklaces of silver and pearly gems around him. (That's why he's called Jala-padda-málika).
8. His vest is the open sky with its plates of folded clouds, which are washed by the milk white beam of the moon, and studded with the variegated spots of the stars. (This means the nudity of the god, hence called Digamvara or sky attired).
8. His vest is the open sky with its layers of folded clouds, which are illuminated by the bright white beam of the moon, and sprinkled with the colorful spots of the stars. (This signifies the nudity of the god, hence referred to as Digamvara or sky-clad).
9. He is beset by the prowling shakals, devouring the burnt carcasses on funeral grounds, and holds his abode beyond the habitations of men, in cemeteries and mortuaries in the outer skirts of cities. (Whence his name of Smashána sáyí).
9. He is surrounded by prowling jackals, feasting on the charred remains in graveyards, and makes his home away from human dwellings, in cemeteries and mortuaries on the outskirts of cities. (That's where he gets the name Smashána sáyí).
10. The god is accompanied by the Mátres, who are decorated with strings of human skulls about their necks, and girt with the threads of their entrails on their bodies; while the fat and flesh of dead bodies, and the blood and moisture of putrid carcasses, form their delectable food and drink.
10. The god is accompanied by the Mátres, who wear necklaces made of human skulls and are adorned with the remnants of their insides on their bodies; while the fat and flesh of corpses, along with the blood and ooze from decaying bodies, make up their tempting food and drink.
11. Their bodies are soft and shining as gold, and moving about with sparkling gem on their heads and bracelets of snakes curled round their wrists.
11. Their bodies are soft and gleaming like gold, moving around with sparkling gems on their heads and snake bracelets wrapped around their wrists.
12. The acts of this god are dreadful to relate, and strike terror in hearts of the gods and demons, and all beings beside. One glance of his eye (coup d'oeil) is enough to set the mountains in a blaze, and his hunger grasps the whole world in one morsel.
12. The deeds of this god are terrifying to describe, instilling fear in the hearts of gods, demons, and all other beings. Just one glance from him can set mountains ablaze, and his appetite consumes the entire world in a single bite.
13. The perpetual rest of his meditative mind in holy trance samádhi, hath restored the world to rest; and the movement of his arms at intervals, is attended with the destruction of demons.
13. The constant peace of his meditative mind in a holy trance samádhi has brought calm to the world; and the occasional movement of his arms is accompanied by the defeat of demons.
14. His forms of the elements are intently lent on their fixed purposes, without being deterred from them by the impulses of his anger, enmity or affection; and the wind of his breath makes the mountains to tremble, and turn the humid earth to arid ground.
14. His control over the elements is focused solely on their specific purposes, undisturbed by his feelings of anger, hatred, or love; and the force of his breath makes the mountains shake and transforms wet land into dry ground.
15. His playmates are the devils with their heads and faces, resembling those of bears and camels, goats and serpents; and such as have their heads for hoofs, and their hoofs as their hands, and whose hands serve as their teeth, and who have their faces and mouths set upon their bellies and breasts.
15. His playmates are devils that have heads and faces like bears, camels, goats, and snakes; some have heads for hooves, hooves for hands, and their hands serve as teeth. Their faces and mouths are located on their bellies and chests.
16. His face shone brightly with the rays of his three eyes (whereby he is denominated the triple eyed god trinetra); and the mátres were dependant on him as his dependant demoniac bands—gana-devatás.
16. His face glowed with the light from his three eyes (which is why he’s called the triple-eyed god trinetra); and the mátres were reliant on him like his demonic followers—gana-devatás.
17. The Mátres joined with the bands of demons, dance about him lowly at his bidding, and feed upon the living bodies, that are born and dead in all the fourteen regions of creation.
17. The Mátres teamed up with the demon groups, danced around him obediently at his command, and feasted on the living beings that are born and dead in all fourteen realms of creation.
18 The Mátres having their faces as those of asses and camels, rove at great distances from him; and are fond of feeding on the flesh and fat, and drinking the red hot blood of bodies as their wine. They have the fragments and members of dead bodies, hanging about their persons as strings of pearls.
18 The Mátres have faces like those of donkeys and camels, wandering far away from him; they enjoy eating flesh and fat and drinking the hot red blood of bodies like it's wine. They carry pieces and parts of dead bodies around them like strings of pearls.
19. They reside in the hollows of hills, in the open sky and in other regions also; they dwell also in the holes underneath the grounds, and like to abide in cemeteries and in the holes and pores of human and brute bodies.
19. They live in the valleys of hills, in the open sky, and in other areas too; they also inhabit the spaces underground and prefer to stay in graveyards and in the openings and pores of both human and animal bodies.
20. There are the goddesses known under the names of Jayá and Vijayá, jayantí and Aparajitá; and again siddha Raktá and Alambushá, and also another bearing the name of utpatá.
20. There are goddesses known by the names Jayá and Vijayá, jayantí and Aparajitá; and also siddha Raktá and Alambushá, along with another called utpatá.
21. These eight are denominated the Nayikai of leaders, of the whole body of Mátrikas; the others are subordinate to these, and there are others again subordinate to them.
21. These eight are called the Nayikai of leaders, representing the entire group of Mátrikas; the others fall under these, and there are still more beneath them.
22. Among all these venerable Mátres, there one by name of Alambushá, that is the source of my birth; and this I have revealed to you on account of your great favour to me, by your kind call to my cell.
22. Among all these esteemed Mátres, there is one named Alambushá, who is the source of my birth; and I share this with you because of your great kindness towards me, through your inviting call to my cell.
23. She had the crow by name of Chanda for her vehicle, which had its bones and bills as strong as the bolts of Indra's thunder; it was as dark as a mountain of jetblack or blue agate, and served her goddess as Garuda served the consort of Vishnu.
23. She had a crow named Chanda as her vehicle, which had bones and beak as strong as Indra's thunderbolts; it was as dark as a mountain of jet-black or blue agate, and served her goddess just like Garuda served Vishnu’s consort.
24. This octad of Mátri goddess were once assembled together,[Pg 91] and bent their course in the ethereal firmament on some of their malevolent purposes.
24. This group of eight Mátri goddesses was once gathered together,[Pg 91] and directed their actions in the celestial realm for some of their sinister intentions.
25. They made their merry makings and religious revels in the air, and then turned their course to the left side where they halted at the shrine of Tumburu, which was sacred to Siva.
25. They enjoyed their festive celebrations and spiritual gatherings in the open air, and then they turned left and stopped at the shrine of Tumburu, which was dedicated to Siva.
26. They there worshipped the forms of Tumburu and Bhairava, which are adored in all the worlds; and then regaled themselves with a variety of discourses, seasoned with drinking and to ping.
26. They worshipped the forms of Tumburu and Bhairava, which are revered in all the worlds; and then enjoyed a range of conversations, accompanied by drinking and chatting.
27. Then they look up the topic among other subjects of their conversation, as to whether they were slighted and disliked by their paramour—the spouse of Umá, who is taken to share one half of his body. (In the shape of androgyne—Umá—Maheswara or Hara—Gaurí; having the male and female bodies joined in two halves in one bisex forms).
27. Then they check the topic among other subjects of their conversation, wondering if they were ignored and disliked by their partner—the spouse of Umá, who is said to share one half of his body. (In the form of an androgyne—Umá—Maheswara or Hara—Gaurí; having the male and female bodies fused together into one bisexual form).
28. We shall now show him our prowess, that he may never think of despising our great powers even by a contemptuous look, for though the god feigns to be single and naked, yet we know he is bipartite with his consorts Umá forming his better half.
28. We will now show him our strength, so he never thinks about looking down on our great powers, even with a sneer, because even though the god pretends to be alone and bare, we know he is split in two with his partner Uma being his better half.
29. Thus determined the goddesses overpowered on Umá by some potent charm of theirs, and by sprinkling a little water upon her, as they do to captivate a beast, which they are going to sacrifice before the altar, and by this spell they succeeded both to change the fine features of Durga, as also to enervate her frame.
29. So, the goddesses overwhelmed Umá with a strong charm of theirs. They sprinkled a little water on her, like they do to charm an animal they’re going to sacrifice at the altar, and with this spell, they managed to change Durga’s beautiful features and weaken her body.
30. They succeeded also by their power of enchantment, to detach Umá from the body of Hara, and set her before them, with an imprecation of converting her fair form to their meat food.
30. They also succeeded through their magical abilities to separate Umá from Hara's body and present her to themselves, cursing that her beautiful form would become their food.
31. They made great rejoicings on the day of their execration of Párvati; when they all joined in dancing and singing, and making their giddy revelries before her.
31. They celebrated joyfully on the day they condemned Párvati; when they all came together to dance and sing, enjoying their wild festivities in front of her.
32. The shouts of their great joy and loud laughter resounded in the sky, and the jumping and hopping of their big bodies, laid open their backs and bellies to sight.
32. The cheers of their immense joy and loud laughter echoed in the sky, and the jumping and hopping of their large bodies revealed their backs and bellies.
33. Some laughed as loudly with the deafening clappings of their palms, that they rebounded in the sky as the roarings of lions and clouds. They showed the gestures of their bodies in[Pg 92] their warlike dance, and the sound of their singing rang through the forests and reached in the mountains.
33. Some laughed as loudly as they clapped their hands, their cheers echoing in the sky like the roars of lions and thunder. They moved their bodies in a warlike dance, and the sound of their singing echoed through the forests and reached the mountains.
34. Others sang as loud as it rang through the mountain caves, and ran to the depth of the ocean; which rebillowed with its surges as at the time of the full-moon tide.
34. Others sang as loudly as it echoed through the mountain caves and rushed to the depths of the ocean, which surged back like it did during the full moon tide.
35. Others drank their bowls, and daubed their bodies from head to foot with liquor; and muttered their drunken chatters, that chattered in the sky.
35. Others drank from their bowls and smeared their bodies from head to toe with liquor, mumbling their drunken conversations that echoed in the sky.
36. They drank over and sang louder and louder, they turned about as tops, and uttered and muttered as sots. They laughed and sipped and chopped and fell down and rolled and prattled aloud. Thus they reeled in fits, and bit the bits of their flesh meats, till these Bacchanal goddesses did all their orgies in their giddy revels.
36. They drank more and sang louder and louder, spinning around like tops, and slurred their words like drunkards. They laughed, took sips, joked around, fell down, rolled about, and chatted loudly. They stumbled in fits and bit into their meals until these Bacchanal goddesses carried on with all their wild parties in their dizzy celebrations.
CHAPTER XIX.
Bhusunda's Nativity and Habitation.
Bhusunda's Birth and Home.
Argument.—Account of the birth of Bhusunda.
Argument.—Description of Bhusunda's birth.
BHUSUNDA continued. Thus while the goddesses were in the acts of their merriment, their bonny vehicles or carrier birds also caught the infection, and indulged themselves in their giddy jigs and giggles, and in tippling the red blood of their victims for their liquor.
BHUSUNDA continued. So, while the goddesses were enjoying themselves, their beautiful vehicles or carrier birds joined in, getting caught up in their playful dances and laughter, and drinking the red blood of their victims as their drink.
2. Then giddy with their drink the gabbling geese, that were fit vehicles for Brahmá's consorts, danced and frolicked in the air, in company with the crow Chanda the carrying bird of Alambushá.
2. Then, tipsy from their drinks, the chattering geese, perfect companions for Brahmá's partners, danced and played in the air, along with Chanda, the crow, who was the messenger of Alambushá.
3. Then as the geese darted down, and kept dancing and drinking and tittling on the banks of streams, they felt impassioned and inflamed by lust: because the borders of waters are excitants of concupiscence.
3. Then as the geese swooped down, dancing and drinking and frolicking on the banks of streams, they felt consumed by desire: because the edges of the water stir up lust.
4. Thus the geese being each and all excited by their carnal desire, dallied with that crow in their state of giddiness, which is often the cause of unnatural appetites.
4. So the geese, all caught up in their cravings, played around with that crow in their dizzy state, which often leads to strange desires.
5. Thus that single crow—Chanda by name, became spoused to seven geese at once on that bank; and cohabited one by one with every one of them, according to their desire.
5. So that one crow—named Chanda—got married to seven geese all at once on that bank; and lived with each one of them, one by one, as they wished.
6. Thus the geese became pregnant after gratification of their lust, and the goddesses being satisfied by their merry dance, held their quiet and took to their rest.
6. So the geese became pregnant after fulfilling their desires, and the goddesses, pleased by their joyful dance, settled down and rested.
7. Then these goddesses of great delusion (mahá máyá), advanced towards their consort Siva, and presented unto him his favorite Umá for his food.
7. Then these goddesses of great deception (mahá máyá) moved towards their partner Siva and offered him his favorite Umá as nourishment.
8. The god bearing the crescent moon on his fore-head, and holding the trident spike in his hand; coming to know that they had offered his beloved one for his meat, became highly incensed on the Mátres.
8. The god with the crescent moon on his forehead, holding the trident in his hand; upon discovering that they had sacrificed his beloved for his meal, became extremely angry at the Mátres.
9. Then they brought out the parts of the body of Umá, which they had taken in as their food from their bodies; and presented her entire for her remarriage with the moon-headed deity.
9. Then they brought out the pieces of Umá's body, which they had consumed from her, and presented her whole for her remarriage with the moon-headed god.
10. At last the god Hara and his consorts being all reconciled to one another together with their dependants and vehicles, retired to their respective quarters with gladness of their minds.
10. Finally, the god Hara and his partners, having made peace with each other along with their followers and vehicles, happily returned to their separate places.
11. The geese of Brahmá perceiving their pregnancy, repaired to the presence of their goddess, and represented to bear their case, as I have, O chief of sages! already related unto you.
11. The geese of Brahmá, noticing they were pregnant, went to their goddess and presented their situation, just as I have, O chief of sages! already told you.
12. The Devi on hearing their words, spake kindly unto them and said:—you my menials, cannot now be capable of bearing my car in the air as before; but must have the indulgence of moving about at your pleasure, until you have delivered of your burthens.
12. The Devi, upon hearing their words, spoke kindly to them and said:—you my servants, can no longer bear my chariot in the air as you did before; instead, you must have the freedom to move around as you wish until you've relieved yourselves of your burdens.
13. After the kind goddess had said these words to her geese, that were ailing under the load foetuses, she betook herself to her wonted meditation, and remained in her irreversible rest with the gladness of her mind.
13. After the kind goddess said these words to her geese, which were struggling under the weight of the unborn, she returned to her usual meditation and stayed in her peaceful rest, feeling happy in her mind.
14. The geese that were now big with the burden of their embryos, grazed in the lotus bed of Vishnu's navel, which had been the birth place of the great Brahmá before. (Brahmá the creative power, owed his birth to the lotiform navel of Vishnu, and the same place was all owed for the pasture of the geese and the nativity of the goslings).
14. The geese that were now heavy with their developing eggs grazed in the lotus bed of Vishnu's navel, which had been the birthplace of the great Brahmá before. (Brahmá, the creative force, was born from the lotus navel of Vishnu, and that same spot was responsible for both the grazing of the geese and the birth of the goslings).
15. The geese then being matured in their pregnancy, by feeding upon the lotus-like navel of Vishnu, brought forth their tender eggs in time, as the calmly creepers shoot out in sprouts in the spring.
15. The geese, having matured in their pregnancy by feeding on the lotus-like navel of Vishnu, laid their tender eggs in due time, just as the peaceful creepers sprout in the spring.
16. They laid thrice seven eggs in their proper time, which afterwards split in twain, like so many mundane eggs in their upper and lower valves or canals.
16. They laid 21 eggs at the right time, which later split in half, just like regular eggs do in their top and bottom shells or chambers.
17. It was these eggs, O great sage! that gave birth to thrice seven brethren of ours, all of whom are known under the appellation of the fraternity of chanda crows.
17. It was these eggs, O great sage! that gave rise to our twenty-one brothers, all of whom are known as the fraternity of chanda crows.
18. These being born in the lotus bed of Vishnu navel, were[Pg 95] fostered and bred up in the same place, till they were fledged and enabled to fly and flutter in the air.
18. These were born from the lotus that grew from Vishnu's navel, and were[Pg 95] raised in the same place until they were fully developed and able to fly and move in the air.
19. We then joined with our mother geese in the service of our Mátri-goddess, who after our long services unto her, was roused from her intense meditation at last.
19. We then joined our mother geese in serving our Mátri-goddess, who, after our long service to her, finally emerged from her deep meditation.
20. Now sir, it was in course of time, that the goddess inclined of her own complaisance, to receive us into her good grace, and favour us with the gift (of foresight), whereby we are quite liberated in this life. (It is over one's blindness of the future, that is the cause of the error and mischief of life).
20. Now, sir, over time, the goddess chose to welcome us into her good graces and blessed us with the gift of foresight, which frees us in this life. It's our lack of knowledge about the future that leads to the errors and troubles of life.
21. Thought in ourselves of remaining in peace, and in the tranquillity of our minds; and being determined to betake ourselves to solitary contemplation, we went to our sire the old crow Chanda for his advice. (In the Vindhyan mountain).
21. We thought about staying in peace and keeping our minds calm. Deciding to focus on solitary reflection, we went to our elder, the old crow Chanda, for his advice. (In the Vindhyan mountain).
22. We were received into the embrace of our father, and favoured with the presence of his goddess Alumbusha; they looked on us with kindness, and allowed us to remain near them with our self restricted conduct.
22. We were welcomed into the embrace of our father and graced with the presence of his goddess Alumbusha; they looked at us with kindness and let us stay close to them as long as we behaved ourselves.
23. Chanda said:—O my darlings! Have ye obtained your release from weaving the web of your desires? You are then set free from the snare of this world, which binds fast all beings in it.
23. Chanda said:—Oh my loves! Have you found your freedom from spinning the web of your desires? If so, you are free from the trap of this world that holds all beings tightly within it.
24. If not so, then I will pray unto this goddess of mine, who is always propitious to her devotees, to confer on you the blessing of consummate knowledge (which alone can save you from all worldly evils).
24. If not, then I will pray to this goddess of mine, who is always favorable to her followers, to grant you the gift of complete knowledge (which is the only thing that can protect you from all worldly troubles).
25. The crows replied—O sir! we have known whatever is knowable, by the good grace of the Goddess Brahmá, it is only a good solitary place, which we now seek for the sake of undisturbed meditation.
25. The crows replied, "Oh, sir! We know everything there is to know, thanks to the grace of Goddess Brahmá. We're just looking for a peaceful spot for some uninterrupted meditation."
26. Chanda returned—I will point it out to you, in the high mountain of Meru in the polar region; which is the seat of all the celestials, and the great receptacle of all the treasures and gems on earth.
26. Chanda returned—I’ll show you, in the high mountain of Meru in the polar region; which is the home of all the celestial beings and the great storehouse of all the treasures and gems on earth.
27. This mountain stands as the lofty pillar of gold, in the midst of the great dome of the universe; it is lightet by the luminous orbs of the sun and moon as its two lamps, and is the residence of all kinds of animals.
27. This mountain towers like a tall pillar of gold, at the center of the vast dome of the universe; it's illuminated by the shining sun and moon as its two lamps, and is home to all sorts of animals.
28. This lofty mountain stands as the lifted arm of this orb of the earth, with its gemming peaks and pinnacles resembling its fingers and their jewels, and having the moonbeam, as a golden canopy raised over its head, and the sounding main girding the islands for its bracelets.
28. This towering mountain is like the raised arm of the earth, with its glimmering peaks and pinnacles resembling fingers adorned with jewels, while the moonlight serves as a golden canopy above its head, and the crashing waves surround the islands like bracelets.
29. The mount Meru is situated in the midst of the Jambudwípa (Asia) as its sole monarch, and is beset by the boundary mountains as its chieftains on all sides. With its two eye balls of the rolling sun and moon, it glances over the surrounding hillocks, as the king seated in the centre, looks on the courtiers sitting all about him.
29. Mount Meru is located in the center of Jambudwípa (Asia) as its only ruler, surrounded by boundary mountains that serve as its leaders on all sides. With the sun and moon as its two eyes, it surveys the nearby hills, just like a king sitting in the middle watches over the courtiers around him.
30. The clusters of stars in the sky, hangs as wreaths of málati flowers around his neck, and the bright moon that leads the train of stars, forms the crowning jewels over his head, the firmament on the ten sides girds him as his vest, and the nágas of both kinds (i.e. the elephants and serpents) are warders at his gates.
30. The clusters of stars in the sky hang like garlands of málati flowers around his neck, and the bright moon that leads the line of stars forms the crowning jewels above his head. The sky on all sides wraps around him like a vest, and the nágas of both kinds (i.e., elephants and serpents) stand as guardians at his gates.
31. The nymphs of heaven are employed in fanning him with the breeze from all quarters, and flapping over him their chouries of the passing clouds, with their hands decorated with the variegated hues of heaven as their ornaments.
31. The nymphs of heaven are busy fanning him with breezes from all directions and waving their chouries of passing clouds over him, their hands adorned with the vibrant colors of the skies as their decorations.
32. His huge body stretched over many leagues, and his feet are rooted fast many fathoms underneath the earth; where they are worshipped by the nágas, Asuras and large serpents. (That dwell at the foot of the mount, while the races of gods are situated on its top).
32. His massive body stretched over many leagues, and his feet are firmly planted many fathoms beneath the earth, where they are revered by the nágas, Asuras, and large serpents (that live at the foot of the mountain, while the different races of gods are located at its peak).
33. It has thousands of ridges and steeps, craigs and cliffs, below its two eyes of sun and moon; and these are lauded as celestial regions by the Gods, gandharvas and kinnaras that inhabit in them.
33. It has thousands of ridges and slopes, rocks and cliffs, beneath its two eyes of sun and moon; and these are praised as celestial regions by the Gods, gandharvas, and kinnaras that live in them.
34. There are fourteen kinds of superior beings, inhabiting the supernal sphere of this mountain; and these dwell there with their households and relatives, in their respective circles, without ever seeing the city or citadel of another. (This means the great extent and distance of the several separate ridges from one another. Its fourteen ridges or regions are known as the chaturdasa—vhuvanas, and fourteen peoples are included[Pg 97] under the title of thirteen classes of celestials—troadasa-gana-devatás. These are the brahmarshis, Rajarshis, Devarshis, Devas, Pitris, Gandharvas, Kinnaras, Apsaras, Vidyádharas, Yakshas, Rakshas, Pramathas, Guhyakas and Nágas (the last of whom are not recognized among celestial beings).)
34. There are fourteen types of superior beings living in the heavenly realm of this mountain; they reside there with their families and relatives, in their own areas, without ever seeing the city or fortress of another. (This highlights the significant distance and separation of the various ridges from each other. Its fourteen ridges or regions are referred to as the chaturdasa—vhuvanas, and fourteen groups are included under the title of thirteen classes of celestial beings—troadasa-gana-devatás. These consist of the brahmarshis, Rajarshis, Devarshis, Devas, Pitris, Gandharvas, Kinnaras, Apsaras, Vidyádharas, Yakshas, Rakshas, Pramathas, Guhyakas, and Nágas (the last of whom are not recognized among celestial beings).)
35. There is a large ridge on the north east corner of this mount, with its gemming summit rising as high and bright as the shining sun.
35. There’s a big ridge on the northeast corner of this mountain, with its glowing peak rising high and bright like the shining sun.
36. There stands a large kalpa tree on the out side of that ridge, which is peopled with living beings of various kinds; and appears to present a picture of the whole world in miniature.
36. There’s a big kalpa tree on the outside of that ridge, filled with all kinds of living beings; it seems to show a miniature version of the entire world.
37. The southern stem of this tree has a protruding branch with its aureate leaves, and its blossoms blooming as clusters of brilliant gems; and presenting its fruit as lucid and luscious to view, as the bright and cooling orb of the moon.
37. The southern branch of this tree has a sticking-out branch with its golden leaves, and its flowers blooming in clusters like bright gems; presenting its fruit as clear and delicious to look at, like the bright and refreshing glow of the moon.
38. I had formerly built my nest on that branch, and decorated it with all sorts of shining gems; and there it was, oh my offspring! that I sported and enjoyed myself, as long as my goddess sat in her meditative mood.
38. I used to build my nest on that branch and decorate it with all kinds of shiny gems; and there it was, oh my children! that I played and had fun, as long as my goddess was lost in her thoughts.
39. My nest was hid under the gemming flowers, and stored with luscious fruits, and its door was fastened with bolts of precious gems.
39. My nest was hidden under blooming flowers, filled with delicious fruits, and its door was secured with bolts made of precious gems.
40. It was full of young crows, who knew how to behave properly with one another; Its inside was strewn over with flowers, and was cooling at all times and seasons.
40. It was crowded with young crows that knew how to treat each other well; the interior was covered with flowers and always kept cool, no matter the time or season.
41. Repair therefore, my children! to that nest, which is inaccessible even to the gods; because by remaining there, you will obtain both your livelihood and liberation without any molestation. (Livelihood with liberty, is the best blessing on earth).
41. So, my children! Go back to that nest, which is unreachable even for the gods; because by staying there, you'll find both your means of living and freedom without any interference. (Living freely is the greatest blessing on earth).
42. Saying so, our father kissed and embraced everyone of us; and presented to us the meat food, which he had got from his goddess.
42. Saying that, our father kissed and hugged each of us and gave us the meat he had received from his goddess.
43. After taking our repast, we prostrated ourselves at the feet of our father and his goddess, and then flew in the air, from the Vindhyan range which is sacred to the divinity of Alumbusha.
43. After having our meal, we bowed down at the feet of our father and his goddess, and then soared through the air, away from the Vindhyan range, which is sacred to the deity Alumbusha.
44. We passed over the nether sky, entered into the region of the clouds; then coming out of their hollow caves, we flew aloft on the wings of the winds to the vacuous void of the etherial gods to whom we paid our homage.
44. We moved past the lower sky and entered the area of the clouds; then, emerging from their empty caves, we soared high on the wings of the winds to the vast emptiness of the ethereal gods, to whom we showed our respect.
45. Having then passed the solar world, we arrived at another sphere of the fixed stars above, where we saw the heaven of the immortals and thence reached the empyrean of Brahmá.
45. After passing through the solar system, we reached another realm of the fixed stars above, where we saw the heavens of the immortals and then arrived at the empyrean of Brahmá.
46. There we bowed down to the goddess Bráhmí, and our mother (the goose) which was her vehicle; and related in length to them the behest of our father unto us.
46. There we knelt before the goddess Bráhmí and our mother (the goose), who was her vehicle; and we told them in detail about the command our father had given us.
47. They endeared and embraced us with kind affection, and then bade us to do as we were bid by our sire. At this we bowed down to them, and took our departure from the seat of Brahmá.
47. They warmed our hearts with their kindness and affection, then encouraged us to follow the instructions given by our father. At this, we bowed to them and left the presence of Brahmá.
48. We then directed our flight to Meru where we found out this kalpa tree and our appointed nest in it. Here we line apart and remote from all, and hold our silence in all matters.
48. We then headed to Meru where we discovered this kalpa tree and our designated spot in it. Here we stay separate and distant from everyone, and we remain silent about everything.
49. We passed the region of the regents of the skies, which shone to a great distance with the blaze of solar rays; we fled through the empty air with the velocity of winds.
49. We passed the area of the sky rulers, which glowed brightly for miles with the light of the sun; we rushed through the open air at the speed of the wind.
50. I have thus related to you in length in answer to your query, regarding the manner of our birth and how we are settled in this place; I have told you also how we came to the knowledge of truth, whereby we have come to this state of undisturbed peace and tranquillity, now bid us, O great Sage! what more can we relate to satisfy your curiosity about us.
50. I've explained in detail in response to your question about how we were born and how we found our way here; I've also shared how we discovered the truth, which has led us to this state of untroubled peace and calm. Now, please, O great Sage! what else would you like us to share to satisfy your curiosity about us?
CHAPTER XX.
Explication of the Mysterious Character of Bhusunda.
Explanation of the Mysterious Character of Bhusunda.
Argument.—The stability of the world even at the change and dissolution of the worldly objects; and the immortality of Bhusunda even after the Demise of his Brethren.
Argument.—The stability of the world remains, even with the changes and failures of worldly things; and Bhusunda's immortality endures even after the death of his brothers.
BHUSUNDA continued. This world has existed by the prior and bygone kalpa, in the very same state as it does at present, and there is no variation in the formation or location of any thing in any wise. (The ante-diluvean world alike the post-diluvean).
BHUSUNDA continued. This world has been here since the previous kalpa, in exactly the same condition as it is now, and there has been no change in the formation or placement of anything at all. (The pre-flood world is just like the post-flood one).
2. Therefore O great Sage! I am accustomed to look to the past and present with an equal eye, and will relate the events of my passed life and by gone ages for your information, as if they are existent with me even at present. (It is the fashion of the old chroniclers, to describe the long past as if it is actually present before them).
2. So, great Sage! I'm used to looking at the past and present with the same perspective, and I will share the events of my life and of earlier times for your understanding, as if they are happening right now. (It's common for old chroniclers to describe the distant past as if it's actually happening in front of them).
3. I find to-day, O great Sage! the fruit of my pious acts of my passed life, that have rewarded me with your blessed presence in this my humble cell.
3. Today, O great Sage! I realize the rewards of my good deeds from my past life, which have brought your blessed presence into this humble cell of mine.
4. This nest of mine, this branch of the tree, this kalpa arbour and this myself, are all blessed by your propitious presence in this place. (The sight of a superior is a great favour).
4. This nest of mine, this branch of the tree, this kalpa arbour and myself, are all fortunate to have your positive presence here. (Seeing someone great is a wonderful blessing).
5. Deign Sir, to accept of this seat and this honorarium, which are here offered to you by a suppliant bird; and having purified us by your kind acceptance of our poor offerings, please command what other service can we render unto you. (i.e., what more can I relate to you).
5. Please, sir, accept this seat and this honorarium, which are offered to you by a humble supplicant; and after you've graciously accepted our modest gifts, let us know what other service we can provide you. (i.e., what else can I tell you?).
6. Vasishtha said:—Ráma! after Bhusunda had again presented the seat and honorarium to me, I proffered to him another request in the following words.
6. Vasishtha said:—Rama! After Bhusunda had once again offered me the seat and payment, I made another request to him with these words.
7. I said, tell me, O thou senior among birds, why don't I see here those brethren of yours, who must be equally senile and strong in their bodies and intellects, as thou showest thyself to be.
7. I said, "Tell me, you elder among birds, why don’t I see your brothers here, who must also be just as old and strong in body and mind as you are?"
8. Bhusunda answered and said:—I am here destined to remain alone, O Muni! to witness the continuous course of time, and to count and recount the revolutions of ages, as they reckon the succession of days and nights.
8. Bhusunda replied and said:—I am meant to stay here alone, O Muni! to observe the endless flow of time, and to count and recount the cycles of ages, just as they measure the passing of days and nights.
9. During this length of time, I had the misfortune to witness all my juniors and younger brothers, to their mortal frames as trifling straws, and find their rest in the blessed state (Of eternity).
9. During this time, I unfortunately saw all my younger peers and brothers, who were as fragile as straws, find their peace in the blessed state of eternity.
10. I saw, O great Sage! the very long lived, and the very great indignity, the very strong and very wise, to be all gorged in the unconscious bowels of bodiless death. (The great and small equally fall; and time at last devours them all. Non semper erit æstas).
10. I saw, O great Sage! the very long-lived, and the very great dishonor, the very strong and very wise, all consumed in the mindless depths of lifeless death. (Both the great and small fall equally; and in the end, time devours them all. Not always will it be summer).
11. Vasishtha said:—Say, O venerable father! how you remained unmolested by the deluvian tempest, which outstripped the winds in its velocity, and bore the great bodies of the sun and moon and stars as jewels hanging about its neck.
11. Vasishtha said:—Tell me, O respected father! how you stayed unharmed by the massive flood storm, which outpaced the winds in speed and carried the sun, moon, and stars like jewels around its neck.
12. (The deluvian tempest is called tufani nuh or hurricane of Noah in the Koran. The Khandapralaya is a partial deluge of the earth, but the mahápralaya is the aggregate of all the cosmic revolutions of the whole world).
12. (The great flood is called tufani nuh or hurricane of Noah in the Koran. The Khandapralaya is a partial flood of the earth, but the mahápralaya is the total accumulation of all the cosmic cycles of the entire world).
12a. Say, O primeval seer! how you escaped unscorched by the burning flame of solar rays, which melted down the uprising mountains, and consumed there the woods in one all devouring conflagration. (The burning sun on the day of the last dissolution, is said in the Koran, to come down and stand at a lance's distance above the heads of men).
12a. Say, O ancient seer! how did you remain unharmed by the searing rays of the sun, which melted the rising mountains and engulfed the forests in a consuming blaze? (The burning sun on the day of the final destruction is said in the Koran to come down and stand at a spear's length above the heads of people).
13. Say, O senile sire, how you remained unfrozen under the cold moon beams, that froze the limpid waters to hard stone; and how you fled unhurt from the showers of hail, which were poured in profusion by the deluvian clouds.
13. Say, O old man, how you stayed unchilled under the cold moonlight, which froze the clear waters into hard ice; and how you escaped unharmed from the heavy hail that was poured down by the stormy clouds.
14. Say, O ancient bird! why you were not crushed under the snows, which fell from the deluvian clouds as thickly as huge trees, when they are felled by axes from the tops of high hills.
14. Say, O ancient bird! Why weren't you crushed under the snow that fell from the flood-like clouds as densely as massive trees when they’re chopped down from the tops of high hills?
15. Say, why this kalpa tree which rises higher than all other forests, was not broken down, when all other arbors on earth, were levelled to the ground by the universal tornado.
15. Tell me, why wasn't this kalpa tree, which towers above all other forests, destroyed when every other tree on earth was knocked down by the great storm?
16. Bhusunda replied:—Our station, O Bráhman! in the open and empty air, is quite supportless and without any solid or fixed support. It is either unnoticed or looked upon with disregard and contempt by all, and our living and livelihood is the most despicable among all living beings. (All this is meant of the soul, which is here personified as a bird—a dark crow, and named as the amara Bhusunda, a contemptuous word often applied to senile people).
16. Bhusunda replied:—Our place, O Bráhman! in the open and empty air, has no real support and is entirely unanchored. It’s either ignored or viewed with disdain and disrespect by everyone, and our existence and means of living are considered the most worthless among all beings. (This refers to the soul, which is personified here as a bird—a dark crow, and is called the amara Bhusunda, a term often used to describe elderly people in a derogatory way).
17. Thus has the Lord of beings appointed these aerial beings, to remain free from disease and death in these forests, or fly about in the empty air in their aerial course. (The forests mean the living bodies, and the empty air is the field for the rambles of disembodied spirits).
17. So, the Lord of all beings has set these aerial beings to stay free from disease and death in these forests, or to fly around in the open air on their aerial journey. (The forests represent living bodies, and the open air is the space for the wandering of disembodied spirits).
18. How then, O venerable sir, can any sorrow or sickness betide us here, where we are born to be immortal, and rove freely in open air; and are free from those pains and sorrows, which betake those birds that are bound in snares of their desires, and are subject to their hopes and fears.
18. So then, respected sir, how can any sadness or illness affect us here, where we are meant to be immortal and roam freely in the open air; and where we are free from the pains and sorrows that trouble the birds caught in the snares of their desires, who are subject to their hopes and fears?
19. We sir, have always placed our reliance on the peace and contentment of our souls, and never allow ourselves to fall into error, of taking the insubstantials for substantial.
19. We have always relied on the peace and contentment of our souls and never let ourselves make the mistake of confusing what’s insubstantial with what’s substantial.
20. We are quite content with what simple nature requires and affords, and are entirely free from those cares and endeavours which are attended with pain. We live only to pass our time in this our own and lonely lodging (which is allotted to us by providence).
20. We are totally happy with what basic nature needs and provides, and we’re completely free from those worries and efforts that bring pain. We live just to spend our time in this own and solitary place (which is given to us by fate).
21. We neither wish to live long to wallow in our bodily enjoyments nor desire death to avoid the retribution of our acts; but live as long as we have to live, and die when death comes upon us. (Neither love thy life nor hate, but live well how long or short permit to heaven. Milton).
21. We don't want to live a long time just to indulge in our physical pleasures, nor do we want death just to escape the consequences of our actions; we simply want to live as long as we need to and die when the time comes. (Neither love your life nor hate it, but live well for however long heaven allows. Milton).
22. We have seen the changeful states of mankind, and witnessed many instances of the vicissitudes of human affairs, and have thereby banished all sorts of levity from our bodies and minds. (Lit. the restlessness of body and mind).
22. We have observed the changing conditions of humanity and witnessed many examples of the ups and downs of human life, which has helped us eliminate all forms of frivolity from our bodies and minds. (Lit. the restlessness of body and mind).
23. By the constant light of our internal spirit, we are kept from the sight of all sorrow and grief; and from our seat on[Pg 102] the height of the kalpa tree, we clearly see the course of the world and the changes of time. (The kalpa tree of desire is at once the tree of life and knowledge of the garden of paradise, because both of them are equally desirable to man; and any one who is seated above this tree, must know all things by his all knowingness and immortality as the soul of Bhusunda).
23. The constant light of our inner spirit keeps us from experiencing sorrow and grief; from our place on[Pg 102] the height of the kalpa tree, we can clearly see the path of the world and the changes over time. (The kalpa tree of desire represents both the tree of life and the knowledge of paradise, as both are equally appealing to people; anyone who sits above this tree must know everything through their all-knowing nature and immortality, just like the soul of Bhusunda).
24. Though we are wholly unacquainted with the changes of days and nights, on this high pinnacle of our heavenly mountain (where there is the eternal sunshine of Divine presence); yet we are not ignorant of the vicissitudes of the times and events, in the solar and sublunary worlds which roll incessantly below us.
24. Even though we are completely unfamiliar with the passing of days and nights up here on this lofty peak of our divine mountain (where the sun of God's presence always shines); we still understand the ups and downs of the times and events in the sunlit and earthly worlds that keep moving continuously beneath us.
25. Though our habitation in the cell of this Kalpatree, is ever illumined by the light of gems which are inlaid in it; yet we can know the course of time by the respirations of our breath, which as a chronometer informs us with the regular course of time. (The ajapá or breathings indicate the succession of time, as any time piece or the course of days and nights).
25. Even though our place in this Kalpatree's cell is always lit by the light of the gems embedded in it, we can still track the passage of time by the rhythm of our breathing, which acts like a clock, telling us the regular flow of time. (The ajapá or breathings show the passage of time, much like a clock or the cycle of days and nights).
26. Knowing what is real from all that is unreal, I have desisted from my pursuit after unrealities, and settled in my knowledge of the true reality; and by forsaking its natural fickleness, my mind is practised to rest at all times in its perfect peace and tranquillity. (The mind is no more troubled with the tempting trifles of the world, after it has come to know their falsity and vanity).
26. Understanding what is real versus what is not, I have stopped chasing illusions and found comfort in true reality; by letting go of its natural unpredictability, my mind is trained to remain in constant peace and calm. (Once the mind recognizes the falsehood and emptiness of the world, it is no longer disturbed by its tempting distractions).
27. We are not led to the snare of false worldly affairs, nor frightened like earthly crows in our hankering after food by the hissings of men.
27. We are not caught up in the trap of meaningless worldly matters, nor are we scared like ordinary crows chasing after food by the hisses of people.
28. It is by the serene light of the supreme felicity of our souls, and by the virtue of the unalterable patience of our minds, that we look into the errors and delusions of the world, with out falling in them ourselves.
28. It is by the calm light of our greatest happiness and by the unwavering patience of our minds that we examine the mistakes and illusions of the world without getting caught up in them ourselves.
29. Know great sage, that our minds remain unruffled, even under the shock of those dangers and perils, which ruffle the tempers and understandings of ordinary people; just as the pure crystal remains unstained by the blackest hues that environ it all around.
29. Know, great sage, that our minds stay calm, even in the face of dangers and threats that unsettle the emotions and understanding of regular people; just like pure crystal remains unmarked by the darkest colors surrounding it.
30. The course of the world, appears very smooth and pleasant in its first beginning; but upon mature consideration, it proves to be frail, fickle and false, as one goes on in it.
30. The path of life seems really smooth and enjoyable at first, but after some thought, it turns out to be fragile, changeable, and deceptive as you move along.
31. Thus all living beings are seen to pass away, and whether to return here again or not, no body can tell; what then is it that we must fear (knowing death and demise to be the unavoidable doom of nature).
31. So, all living beings are seen to pass away, and whether they will come back here again or not, nobody can say; so what is it that we should fear (since death and demise are the unavoidable fate of nature)?
32. As the course of streams runs continually to the ocean, so the progress of life tends incessantly to the depth of eternity; but we that stand on the border of the great ocean of eternity, have escaped from being carried away by the current of time.
32. Just like rivers flow continuously to the ocean, life's journey constantly moves toward the depths of eternity; yet we, who stand at the edge of the vast ocean of eternity, have managed to avoid being swept away by the passage of time.
33. We neither cling to our life nor fling it away, but bear it as well as we may, and remain as airy orchids, lightly touching and unattached to their supporting arbour.
33. We don't hold onto our lives too tightly nor throw them away, but carry them as best we can, remaining like delicate orchids, lightly touching and unattached to their supporting structure.
34. It is more over by the good of the best sort of men, who are beyond the reach of fear, sorrow and pain like yourself; that we have been set free from all sorts of malady.
34. It is thanks to the goodness of the best kind of people, who, like you, are unaffected by fear, sadness, and pain, that we have been freed from all kinds of illness.
35. From the examples of such persons, our minds have become cold, and unconcerned about the affairs of busy life; and are employed only in scanning truth and the true nature of things. (Blessed are they that meditate on the laws of God both day and night).
35. From the examples of these people, we've grown indifferent and detached from the hustle and bustle of life; instead, we focus solely on seeking truth and understanding the true nature of things. (Blessed are those who meditate on the laws of God both day and night).
36. Our souls finding their rest in their unchangeable and unperturbed state, have the fullness of their light and delight, as the sea has its flux of floodtide at the rising of the full and new moon upon its bosom. (The flood of spiritual light in the soul, resembling the flood of hightide in the sea).
36. Our souls, finding rest in their unchanging and peaceful state, experience complete light and joy, just like the sea has its high tide during the full and new moons. (The surge of spiritual light in the soul is similar to the rising tide in the sea).
37. Sir, we were as highly pleased at your presence here at this time, as the milky ocean was overflown at its churning by the Mandara mountain. (The Mandara mountain is said to have been the resort of the remnants of men at the great deluge, and was used by them as their churning stick, to recover their lost properties from the depth of the waters. The recovery was rather joyous to the men than it could be to the sea).
37. Sir, we were just as thrilled about your presence here now as the ocean was when it overflowed while being stirred by the Mandara mountain. (The Mandara mountain is said to have been where the survivors of the great flood took refuge and was used by them as their churning stick to retrieve their lost treasures from the depths of the water. The retrieval was more joyful for the people than it could ever be for the sea).
38. Sir, We do not account any thing as more precious and more favourable unto us, than that the holy saints that have nothing[Pg 104] to desire, should take pains to pay their kind visit to our humble cell.
38. Sir, we value nothing more than that the holy saints, who have no desires, take the time to visit our humble cell. [Pg 104]
39. What do we gain from our enjoyments, which are pleasant for the time being, and lose their zest the next moment; it is the company of the great and good only, that gives the best gifts like the philosopher's stone.
39. What do we really get from our pleasures that feel good for a moment but lose their appeal right after? It's only the company of truly great and good people that offers us the best gifts, like the philosopher's stone.
40. You sir, who are cool and grave in your nature, and soft and sweet and slow in your speech, are like the beneficent bee, that sits and sips the juice from the flowers in the three worlds, and converts it to the sweet balm of honey.
40. You, sir, who are calm and serious by nature, and gentle and soft-spoken in your words, are like the kind bee that rests and drinks the nectar from the flowers in all three worlds, turning it into the sweet balm of honey.
41. I ween, O spiritual Sage! all my sins to be removed at your blessed sight, and the tree of my life to be blest with its best fruit of spiritual bliss, which results from the society of the virtuous, and whose taste removes all diseases and dangers.
41. I believe, O spiritual Sage! that all my sins will fade away in your blessed presence, and the tree of my life will bear its finest fruit of spiritual joy, which comes from being in the company of good people, and whose flavor cures all ailments and protects against all dangers.
CHAPTER XXI.
Explanation of the Cause of the Crow's Longevity.
Explanation of Why Crows Live a Long Time.
Argument.—The eminence of the kalpa tree, and its durability in all ages. The doings of destiny, and the results of past reminiscence.
Argument.—The significance of the kalpa tree and its enduring existence throughout time. The influences of fate and the consequences of past experiences.
BHUSUNDA continued. This kalpa tree whereon we dwell remains firm and unshaken amidst the revolutions of ages and the blasts of all destroying cyclones and hurricanes. (Figuratively said of human desires, which continue with the soul through all the vicissitudes of life, and all its endless transmigrations, so says ([Sanskrit: kálah krínati gacchatyáyustadapi namunchatyásárbayuh]).)
BHUSUNDA continued. This kalpa tree where we live stands strong and steady through the changes of time and the force of destructive storms and hurricanes. (Figuratively speaking about human desires, which persist with the soul through all the ups and downs of life and its endless cycles of rebirth, as it is said ([Sanskrit: kálah krínati gacchatyáyustadapi namunchatyásárbayuh]).)
2. This arbor of desire is inaccessible to other people dwelling in all worlds; it is therefore that we reside here in perfect peace and delight, and without disturbance of any kind. (i.e. We dwell on the firm rock of our secret hopes and expectations, where no body can obtrude upon us, and of which no external accident has the power to despoil us).
2. This space of desire is out of reach for everyone else living in all the worlds; that's why we stay here in complete peace and joy, without any disturbances. (i.e. We exist on the solid ground of our private hopes and dreams, where no one can intrude on us, and nothing from the outside can take it away from us.)
3. When Heranyákha the gigantic demon of antediluvian race, strove to hurl this earth with all its septuple continents into the lowest abyss, even then did this tree remain firm on its roots, and on the summit of this mountains.
3. When Heranyákha, the huge demon from ancient times, tried to throw this earth along with all its seven continents into the deepest abyss, even then this tree stood strong on its roots and at the top of these mountains.
4. And then as this mountainous abode of the gods, stood trembling with all other mountains of this earth (on the tusk of the divine Varáha or boar), even then did this tree remain unshaken on its firm basis.
4. And then, as this mountainous home of the gods stood trembling with all the other mountains on the back of the divine Varáha or boar, this tree remained unshaken on its solid foundation.
5. When Náráyana supported this seat of the gods on his two arms (i.e. the Meru), and uplifted the mandara mount on the other two, even then did this tree remain unshaken.
5. When Náráyana held up the throne of the gods on his two arms (i.e. the Meru) and lifted the mandara mountain with his other two, the tree still stood firm.
6. When the orbs of the sun and moon, shook with fear, at the tremendous warfare of the gods and demons, and the whole earth was in a state of commotion and confusion, even then did this tree stand firm on its root.
6. When the sun and moon were trembling with fear at the intense battle between the gods and demons, and the entire earth was in chaos and turmoil, even then this tree remained steadfast on its roots.
7. When the mountains were up-rooted by the hail-storms blowing with tremendous violence, and sweeping away the huge[Pg 106] forest trees of this mount of Meru, even then was this tree unshaken by the blast.
7. When the mountains were torn apart by powerful hailstorms and huge forest trees from the mountain of Meru were swept away, this tree remained unshaken by the storm.
8. When the mount Mandara rolled into the milky ocean, and gusts of wind filling its caverns (like canvases of a vessel), bore it afloat on the surface of the water; and the great masses of diluvian clouds rolled about in the vault of heaven, even then did this tree remain steadfast as a rock.
8. When Mount Mandara floated into the milky ocean, and gusts of wind filled its caverns (like the sails of a ship), keeping it afloat on the water's surface; and the massive storm clouds swirled in the sky, even then this tree stood firm like a rock.
9. When this mount of Meru was under the grasp of Kálanemi and was going to crush by his gigantic might (with its inhabitants of the gods), even then this tree remained steady on its roots.
9. When the mountain of Meru was caught in the grip of Kálanemi and was about to be crushed by his immense power (along with its divine inhabitants), even then this tree stood firm on its roots.
10. When the siddhas were blown away by the flapping wings of Garuda—the king of birds, in their mutual warfare for this ambrosial fare, even then this remained unmoved by the wind.
10. When the siddhas were swept away by the flapping wings of Garuda—the king of birds, in their battle over this divine nectar, even then this remained unaffected by the wind.
11. When the snake which upholds the earth, was assailed by Rudra in the form of Garuda, who shook the world by the blast of his wings, even then was this tree unshaken by the wind.
11. When the snake that supports the earth was attacked by Rudra in the form of Garuda, who shook the world with the force of his wings, this tree remained unaffected by the wind.
12. When the flame of the last conflagration, threatened to consume the world with the seas and mountains; and made the snake which supported the earth on his hoods, throw out living fire from all his many mouths, even then this tree was neither shaken nor burnt down by the gorgeous and all devouring fire.
12. When the fire from the last disaster was about to engulf the world with the seas and mountains, and made the snake that held up the earth on its heads spew living fire from all its many mouths, even then this tree was neither shaken nor burned down by the beautiful and all-consuming fire.
13. Such being the stability of this tree, there is no danger O Sage! that can betake us here, as there is no evil than can ever betide the inhabitants of heaven. How can we, O great Sage! be ever exposed to any danger, who are thus situated in this tree which defies all casualties. We are out of all fear and danger as those that are situated in heaven. (The object of one's desire is in a manner his highest heaven).
13. Given the strength of this tree, there is no danger, O Sage, that can affect us here, just as there is no evil that can ever harm the inhabitants of heaven. How can we, O great Sage, ever be at risk, when we are in this tree that withstands all misfortunes? We are free from all fear and danger, just like those who are in heaven. (The thing one desires is, in a way, their highest paradise).
14. Vasishtha rejoined: But tell me, O Sagely bird! that has borne with the blasts of dissolution, how could you remain unhurt and unimpaired, when many a sun and moon and stars have fallen and faded away.
14. Vasishtha replied: But tell me, wise bird! You who have endured the forces of destruction, how is it that you remain unharmed and intact, while many suns, moons, and stars have fallen and disappeared?
15. Bhusunda said: When at the end of a kalpa period, the order of the world and laws of nature are broken and dissolved; we are then compelled to forsake our nest as an ungrateful man alienates his best friend.
15. Bhusunda said: When the end of a kalpa period arrives, and the order of the world and the laws of nature are shattered and dissolved; we are then forced to leave our home just like an ungrateful person betrays their best friend.
16. We then remain in the air freed from our fancies, the members of the body become defunct of their natural functions, and the mind is released from its volitions.
16. We then stay suspended, free from our fantasies, the parts of the body stop performing their natural functions, and the mind is liberated from its desires.
17. When the zodiacal suns shine in their full vigour, and melt down the mountains by there intense heat, I then remain with my understanding; under the influence of Varuna's mantra or power. (Varuna the god of water is said to be allied with the human soul, which is a watery substance).
17. When the zodiac signs shine at their brightest and melt the mountains with their intense heat, I stay focused, influenced by Varuna's power or mantra. (Varuna, the god of water, is believed to be connected to the human soul, which is a fluid essence).
18. When the diluvian winds blow with full force, and shatter and scatter the huge mountains all around, it is then by minding the párvatí mantra, that I remain as fixed as a rock. (Vasishtha has explained the meaning of this mantra in the latter part of the Nirvána prakarana).
18. When the floodwaters roar with full force and break apart the massive mountains surrounding me, it is by focusing on the párvatí mantra that I stay as steady as a rock. (Vasishtha has explained the meaning of this mantra in the latter part of the Nirvána prakarana).
19. When the earth with its mountains is dissolved into water, and presents the face of an universal ocean over its surface; it is then by virtue of the váyu mantra or my volatile power, that I keep myself aloft in the air.
19. When the earth and its mountains are washed away by water, and its surface becomes a vast ocean; it is then, thanks to the váyu mantra or my volatile energy, that I hold myself up in the air.
20. I then convey myself across this visible world, and rest in the holy state of the spotless spirit; and remain in a state of profound sleep, without any agitation of the body and mind.
20. I then move through this visible world and find peace in the pure state of the unblemished spirit; I stay in a deep sleep, free from any disturbance of body and mind.
21. I remain in this torpid state, until the lotus-born Brahmà is again employed in his work of creation, and then I re-enter into the limits of the re-created world, where I settled again on this arbour of desire. (The departed soul is free from desire, which it re-assumes to itself upon its re-entrance into life).
21. I stay in this sluggish state until the lotus-born Brahmà begins his work of creation again, and then I return to the confines of the newly created world, where I settle back into this garden of desire. (The departed soul is free from desire, which it takes on again when it re-enters life).
22. Vasishtha said: Tell me, O lord of birds, why the other Yogis do not remain as steady as you do by your dháraná or fixed attention.
22. Vasishtha said: Tell me, O lord of birds, why don’t the other Yogis stay as steady as you do with your dháraná or focused attention?
23. Bhusunda replied, O venerable sir! It is because of the inseparable and overruling power of destiny, which no body can prevent or set aside; that I am doomed to live in this wise and others in their particular modes of life.
23. Bhusunda replied, “O respected sir! It’s because of the unchangeable and overwhelming force of destiny, which nobody can avoid or ignore; that I’m destined to live like this and others in their own ways.”
24. None can oppose or remodel what must come to pass on him; it is nature's law that all things must be as they are ordained to be. (There is no helping for what is destined to happen, what is allotted, can not be averted).
24. No one can resist or change what is meant to happen; it's the natural order that everything must be as it's meant to be. (There's no way to escape what is destined to occur; what is assigned cannot be avoided).
25. It is because of my firm desire that things are so fixed[Pg 108] and allotted to my share, that they must so come to pass to my lot at each kalpa and over again, and that this tree must grow on the summit of this mountain, and I must have my nest in its hollow. (The heart is the hollow of the tree of the body, and the soul is the bird that is confined there of its own desire).
25. It’s because of my strong wish that things are set up[Pg 108] and assigned to me, that they have to come to me at each cycle and over again, and that this tree has to grow on top of this mountain, and I need to have my nest in its hollow. (The heart is the hollow of the body’s tree, and the soul is the bird that is trapped there by its own desire).
26. Vasishtha said: You sir, are as longeval as our salvation is diuturnal, and are able to guide us in the paths of truth; because you are sapient in true wisdom, and sedate in your purpose of Yoga or deep meditation.
26. Vasishtha said: You are as long-lived as our salvation is everlasting, and you can guide us on the paths of truth; because you possess true wisdom and are calm in your pursuit of Yoga or deep meditation.
27. Sir, you have seen the many changes of the world, and have been experienced in all things in the repeated course of creations; must be best able to tell me the wonders that you have witnessed during the revolution of ages.
27. Sir, you have seen the many changes in the world and have gained experience in everything throughout the repeated course of creation; you must be the best person to tell me about the wonders you have witnessed over the ages.
28. Bhusunda replied—I remember, O great sage! the earth beneath this mount of Meru to have been once a desolate land, and having no hill or rock, nor trees, plants or even grass upon it. (This was the primeval state of the earth, when nothing grew upon it, and agrees with what the Persian sophist thinks with regard to the priority of the soul to all other created things, as "manan wakt budam ke nechak nabud" I existed when there is nothing in existence).
28. Bhusunda replied, “I remember, O great sage! that the land beneath this Mount Meru was once desolate, with no hills or rocks, no trees, plants, or even grass. (This was the original state of the earth when nothing grew on it, which aligns with the Persian philosopher's belief that the soul existed before all other created things, as 'manan wakt budam ke nechak nabud' I existed when there was nothing in existence).”
29. I remember also the earth under me, to have been full of ashes for a period of myriads and centuries of years. (This was the age after the all devouring conflagration on earth).
29. I also remember that the ground beneath me was covered in ashes for countless eons and centuries. (This was the time following the all-consuming fire on Earth).
30. I remember a time when the lord of day—the sun was unproduced, and when the orb of the moon was not yet known, and when the earth under me was not divided by day and light, but was lighted by the light of this mount of Meru.
30. I remember a time when the sun didn’t exist, and the moon was unknown, and when the earth beneath me wasn’t separated by day and light, but was illuminated by the light of this mountain of Meru.
31. I remember this mountain throwing the light of its gems on one side of the valley below it, and leaving the other in utter darkness; and resembling the lokáloka mount presenting its light and dark side to the people on either side of the horizon. (The sun is said to turn round the Meru, and the day and night as he is on one or the other side of this mountain).
31. I remember this mountain casting the light of its gems on one side of the valley below, while leaving the other side completely in the dark, much like the lokáloka mountain that shows its light and dark sides to people on either side of the horizon. (It’s said that the sun circles around the Meru, and day and night depend on whether he’s on one side or the other of this mountain).
32. I remember to have seen the war rising high between the gods and demons, and the flight and slaughter of people on all sides of the earth.
32. I remember seeing the war escalate between the gods and demons, and the chaos and slaughter of people all around the world.
33. I remember to have witnessed the revolution of the four yuga-ages of the world, and the revolt of the haughty and giddy assyrians—asuras all along; I have also seen the Daitya—demons driven back to the wall.
33. I remember witnessing the cycle of the four yuga-ages of the world and the uprising of the arrogant and carefree Assyrians—all asuras all the way; I've also seen the Daitya—demons pushed back to the wall.
34. I remember the spot of the earth, which was borne away beyond the boundaries of the universal flood; and recollect the cottage of the world, to have only the increate three (the Holy triad) left in it.
34. I remember the piece of land that was carried away beyond the limits of the great flood; and I recall the little cottage of the world, which was left with only the uncreated three (the Holy triad) in it.
35. I remember to have seen no other creature on earth, except the vegetable creation for the long duration of one half of the four yuga-ages. (The earth was covered with jungle for a long period after the great flood).
35. I remember not seeing any other creature on earth, except for plants, for a whole half of the four yuga ages. (The earth was covered in jungle for a long time after the great flood).
36. I also remember this earth to be full of mountains and mountainous tracts, for the space of full four yugas; when there were no men peopled on earth, nor their customs and usages got their ground in it.
36. I also remember this earth being full of mountains and mountainous areas for a total of four yugas; when there were no people living on earth, and their customs and practices had not yet taken root.
37. I remember to have seen this earth filled with the bones of dead Daityas and other fossil remains, rising in heaps like mountains, and continuing in their dilapidated and crumbling state for myriads of years. (These are the fossil remains of the monsters of the former world).
37. I remember seeing the earth covered with the bones of dead Daityas and other fossils, piled up like mountains, and staying in their broken and worn-down state for countless years. (These are the fossil remains of the creatures from the past world).
38. I remember that formless state of the world, when darkness prevailed over the face of the deep, when the serpentine support of the earth fled for fear, and the celestials left their etherial courses; and the sky presented neither a bird or the top of a tree in it.
38. I remember that chaotic state of the world, when darkness covered the deep waters, when the snake-like support of the earth was terrified and fled, and the heavenly beings abandoned their celestial paths; and the sky showed no birds or the tops of trees.
39. I remember the time when the northern and southern divisions (of India), were both included under the one boundary mountain (of Himalaya); and I remember also when the proud vindhyan vied to equal the great Meru.
39. I remember when the northern and southern parts of India were both under the same boundary of the Himalayas, and I also remember when the proud Vindhya tried to compete with the great Meru.
40. I remember these and many other events, which will be too long to relate; but what is the use of long narrations, if you will but attend to my telling you the main substance in brief.
40. I remember these and many other events, which would take too long to describe; but what's the point of lengthy stories if you’ll just listen to me summarize the main points quickly?
41. I have beheld innumerable Munis and manwantaras pass away before me, and I have known hundreds of the quadruple yugas glide away one after the other, all of which were full of great deeds and events; but which are now buried in oblivion.
41. I have seen countless holy men and ages go by, and I've witnessed hundreds of the four yugas pass, each filled with remarkable actions and events; yet all of them are now lost to memory.
42. I remember the creation of one sole body named Virát in this world, when it was entirely devoid of men and asuras in it.
42. I remember the creation of a single entity called Virát in this world, when it was completely empty of humans and asuras.
43. I remember that age of the world, when the Brahmans were addicted to wine and drunkenness, when the Sudras were out casted by the Suras (Aryans); and when women had the privilege of polyandry (which is still practised among the Pariahs of Deccan).
43. I remember a time in history when the Brahmans were into wine and getting drunk, when the Sudras were rejected by the Suras (Aryans), and when women had the right to have multiple husbands (which is still practiced among the Pariahs of the Deccan).
44. When the surface of the earth presented the sight of one great sheet of water (after the deluge), and entirely devoid of any vegetable produce upon it; and when men were produced without cohabitation of man and woman, I remember that time also (when Bhrigu and the patriarchs were born in this manner).
44. When the earth's surface looked like one huge body of water (after the flood), completely lacking any plant life; and when people came into existence without the union of man and woman, I also remember that time (when Bhrigu and the patriarchs were born this way).
45. I remember that age of the world, when the world was a void, and there was no earth or sky nor any of their inhabitants in it, neither men nor mountains were in existence, nor were there the sun and moon to divide the days and nights.
45. I remember that time in the world when everything was empty, and there was no land or sky, no people or mountains, and there were no sun or moon to separate day from night.
46. I remember the sphere of heaven shrouded under a sheet of darkness, and when there was no Indra nor king to rule in heaven or earth, which had not yet its high and low and middle classes of men.
46. I remember the sky covered by a blanket of darkness, when there was no Indra or king to govern in heaven or on earth, which didn't yet have its upper, middle, and lower classes of people.
47. It was after that, the Brahmá thought of creating the worlds, and divided them into the three spheres of the upper, lower and the intermediate regions. He then settled the boundary mountains, and distinguished the Jambudvípa or the continent of Asia from the rest.
47. After that, Brahmá thought about creating the worlds and divided them into three realms: the upper, lower, and intermediate regions. He then established the boundary mountains and separated Jambudvípa, or the continent of Asia, from the rest.
48. Then the earth was not divided into different countries and provinces, nor was there, the distinctions of cast and creed, nor institutions for the various orders of its people. There was then no name for the starry frame, nor any denomination for the polar star or its circle.
48. At that time, the earth wasn’t split into different countries and regions, and there weren’t any distinctions of caste and faith, nor institutions for the various groups of people. There was no name for the starry sky, nor any term for the North Star or its surrounding area.
49. It was then that the sun and moon had their birth, and the gods Indra and Upendra had their dominions. After this occurred the slaughter of Hiranya-Kasipu, and the restoration of the earth by the great Varaha or boar like incarnation of Vishnu.
49. That's when the sun and moon came into existence, and the gods Indra and Upendra claimed their realms. After that, Hiranya-Kasipu was defeated, and the earth was restored by the great Varaha, the boar incarnation of Vishnu.
50. Then there was the establishment of kings over the peoples on earth, and the revelation of the Vedas given to mankind; after this the Mandara mountain was uprooted from the earth, and the ocean was churned by the gods and giant races of men.
50. Then kings were established over the people on earth, and the Vedas were revealed to humanity; after this, the Mandara mountain was lifted from the ground, and the gods along with giant beings churned the ocean.
51. I have seen the unfledged Garuda or bird of heaven, that bore Vishnu on his back; and I have seen the seas breaking in bays and gulfs. All these events are remembered by me as the latest occurrences in the course of the world, and must be in the memory of my youngsters and yourself likewise.
51. I have seen the young Garuda, the bird of heaven, that carried Vishnu on its back; and I have seen the seas crashing in bays and gulfs. I remember all these events as the most recent happenings in the world, and they must also be in the memory of my children and you as well.
52. I have known in former ages the god Vishnu with his vehicle of Garuda, to have become Brahmá with his vehicle of swan, and the same transformed to Siva having the bull for his bearer and so the vice-versa. (This passage shows the unity of the Hindu trinity, and the interchangeableness of their persons, forms and attributes).
52. In ancient times, I recognized the god Vishnu with his mount Garuda, who transformed into Brahmá with his vehicle, the swan, and then became Siva, who has the bull as his carrier, and so on in reverse. (This passage illustrates the unity of the Hindu trinity and the interchangeability of their identities, forms, and traits).
CHAPTER XXII.
Account of past ages.
History of past eras.
Argument.—The various Events of bygone days, and the changes in the order of things in the world.
Argument.—The various events from the past and the changes in the current state of the world.
BHUSUNDA continued:—Moreover I will tell you sir, many other things that I remember to have occurred in the course of the world, and under the flight of by gone times. I remember the births of the seers Bharadwája, Pulasta, Atri, Nárada, Indra, the Maríchis and yourselves also.
BHUSUNDA continued:—Also, I will tell you, sir, many other things that I remember happening throughout the world and during the passage of time. I remember the births of the seers Bharadwája, Pulasta, Atri, Nárada, Indra, the Maríchis, and you all as well.
2. I bear in my mind the venerable Pulaha, Uddálaka, kratu, Bhrigu, Angiras and Sanatkumára, Bhringi and Ganesa, and Skanda and others in their train, who were known as Siddharshis or consummate sages of yore.
2. I remember the respected Pulaha, Uddálaka, Kratu, Bhrigu, Angiras, and Sanatkumára, along with Bhringi and Ganesa, and Skanda and others who followed them, who were known as Siddharshis or accomplished sages of the past.
3. I retain the memory of Guarí, Sarasvatí, Laxmí, Gayatrí and many more famous females, who are reckoned as female personifications of divine attributes. I have seen the mountains Meru, Mandara, Kailása, the Himalayas and the Dardura hills.
3. I hold onto the memory of Guarí, Sarasvatí, Laxmí, Gayatrí and many other notable women, who are recognized as female representations of divine qualities. I've seen the mountains Meru, Mandara, Kailása, the Himalayas, and the Dardura hills.
4. I carry in my memory the exploits of the demons Hiranyáksha, Kálanimí, Hayagríva, Hiranya Kasipu, Vati and Prahláda and many others of the Dánava or Demoniac race.
4. I remember the actions of the demons Hiranyáksha, Kálanimí, Hayagríva, Hiranya Kasipu, Vati, and Prahláda, along with many others from the Dánava or demonic lineage.
5. I keep in my mind the remembrance of the renowned Sibi, Nyanku, Prithu, Vainya, Nala, Nábhága, Mandháta, Sagara, Dilipa and Nahusa kings of men and rulers of earth.
5. I remember the famous kings Sibi, Nyanku, Prithu, Vainya, Nala, Nábhága, Mandháta, Sagara, Dilipa, and Nahusa, who ruled over the earth.
6. I know by heart the names of Atriya, Vyasa, Válmíki, Sukadeva, Vátsyayana and other sages, and know by rote the names of Upamanyu, Manimanki, Bhagíratha and other pious princes of old.
6. I know the names of Atriya, Vyasa, Válmíki, Sukadeva, Vátsyayana, and other wise figures by heart, and I can easily recite the names of Upamanyu, Manimanki, Bhagíratha, and other virtuous princes from the past.
7. So there are many things of remote past times, and others of later ages and some relating to the present age; all of which are imprinted in the memory, wherefore it is needless to recount them over again.
7. There are many things from the distant past, some from more recent times, and others connected to the present; all of which are stored in memory, so there's no need to go over them again.
8. O thou Sagely son of Brahmá! I remember thy eight births, in the eight different epochs of the world, and this is[Pg 113] verily thy eight births in which thou hast become a guest to my nest.
8. O wise son of Brahma! I remember your eight births during the eight different ages of the world, and this is[Pg 113] truly your eight births where you have become a guest in my home.
9. You are at one time born of air, and at another of heavenly fire; you are some time produced from water, and at others from empty vacuity or of the solid rock. (i.e., formed of one or other of these elementary bodies at different periods of the world).
9. At one moment, you're born from air, and at another, from heavenly fire; sometimes you're made from water, and other times from emptiness or solid rock. (i.e., formed from one or another of these basic elements at different times in the world).
10. The constitution of created bodies, conforms us with the nature of the principle elements of which they are formed; and the positions of heavenly bodies, have a great influence on their production. I have witnessed three such formations of the world composed of igneous, aqueous and terrene substances at different times.
10. The makeup of created bodies aligns with the nature of the key elements that make them up; and the positions of celestial bodies significantly influence their formation. I've observed three different formations of the world made from fiery, watery, and earthy substances at various times.
11. I remember ten repeated creations, in which the usages of people were uniform and alike; and the gods were settled in their abodes (i.e., the Aryans led nomadic life). They were coeval with the Asuras whom they braved in battle, and were located in their homestead.
11. I remember ten repeated creations, where people's customs were consistent and similar; and the gods were established in their homes (i.e., the Aryans lived a nomadic lifestyle). They coexisted with the Asuras, whom they challenged in battle, and were settled in their homeland.
12. I saw the earth sinking five times under, and lifted up as many times by the divine Kurmamanantara, or incarnation of Vishnu in the form of the tortoise, from below the overflowing ocean.
12. I saw the earth sinking five times and being lifted up just as many times by the divine Kurmamanantara, or the incarnation of Vishnu as a tortoise, from below the overflowing ocean.
13. I witnessed the great tumult of Suras and Asuras or the Gods and demi-gods, in uprooting and uplifting the Mandara mountain, for churning out the last ambrosia from underneath the ocean for twelve times over. (The meaning of Samudara manthana or churning of the sea, seems to be the refining of the salt water of the deluging sea).
13. I saw the huge commotion between the Suras and Asuras, or the Gods and demi-gods, as they uprooted and lifted the Mandara mountain to churn out the last ambrosia from beneath the ocean over twelve times. (The meaning of Samudara manthana, or churning of the sea, seems to be the refining of the salt water from the flooding ocean).
14. Thrice have seen the imposing Hiranyáksha, that levied his tax upon the gods in heaven, hurling the fruitful earth with all her balmy and medicinal plants underneath the ocean.
14. I have seen the powerful Hiranyáksha three times, who demanded his tax from the gods in heaven, throwing the fertile earth with all its soothing and healing plants beneath the ocean.
15. I beheld Hari to have come down six times in the shape of Renuka's son or Parashuráma, and extirpate the Kshetriya race at the intervals of very long periods.
15. I saw that Hari had come down six times in the form of Renuka's son or Parashurama, and had wiped out the Kshatriya race at very long intervals.
16. I remember, O Sage! the return of a hundred kaliyuga ages, and a hundred incarnations of Hari in the form of Buddha, and as the son of royal Suka or Suddhadana in the land of Kirata.
16. I remember, O Sage! the return of a hundred kaliyuga ages, and a hundred incarnations of Hari as Buddha, and as the son of royal Suka or Suddhadana in the land of Kirata.
17. I bear in my remembrance the overthrow of tripura thrice ten times by Siva, and the discomfiture of Dakhas' ceremony for more than once by the irritated Hara; and I recall to my mind the downfall of ten Indras by the offending God, who bears the crescent moon on his forehead (and the confinement of their thunder-bolts within the caverns of volcanoes glass).
17. I remember the defeat of Tripura three times by Shiva, and how Hara disrupted Daksha's ceremony more than once when he got angry; I also think about the fall of ten Indras caused by the God who has a crescent moon on his forehead (and how their thunderbolts were locked away in the caves of volcanoes).
18. I recollect the battle that has been fought eight times between Hari and Hara, and the first appearance of Vishnu and Siva, jvaras or the cold typhoid fevers in these conflicts. (This means the rising of the malarious fevers of Dinajpur, which raged among the belligerent forces on both sides).
18. I remember the battle that has been fought eight times between Hari and Hara, and the first appearances of Vishnu and Siva, as well as the cold typhoid fevers present in these conflicts. (This refers to the surge of malarious fevers in Dinajpur, which spread among the fighting forces on both sides).
19. I remember, O silent Sage! the difference in the intellects of men at every succeeding age, and the various readings of vedas at the ceremonial observances of mankind. (This means the varieties of reading of the vedas as pointed in the prati sákha, and the difference of phonetic intonation as shown in the sikshas, have greatly tended to the depravity of vedic recitation, and consequently to their inefficacy in producing their desired consequence also).
19. I remember, O silent Sage! the differences in people's intellects throughout each generation, and the various interpretations of the Vedas during human ceremonies. (This refers to the different ways of reading the Vedas as indicated in the prati sákha, and the differences in pronunciation shown in the sikshas, which have significantly contributed to the decline of Vedic recitation, and as a result, their inability to achieve the desired outcomes).
20. O sinless saint! The Puránas also though they agree in the main substance, are so full of interpolations, that they have been greatly multiplied in successive ages. (It is quite true of works in manuscript and without their gloss).
20. O sinless saint! The Puranas, while they generally agree on the main topics, have so many additions that they've been significantly expanded over the years. (This is also true for manuscripts and works without their annotations).
21. I remember also many historical works, which have been composed by authors learned in the vedas in the succeeding ages. (These works are called Itihásas or legendary accounts, as the epics of Rámáyana and Mahábhárata by Válmíki and Vyása respectively).
21. I also remember many historical works that have been written by authors knowledgeable in the Vedas in later times. (These works are called Itihásas or legendary accounts, such as the epics Rámáyana and Mahábhárata by Válmíki and Vyása, respectively).
22. I have the recollection of the other wondrous composition of legendary accounts, under the title of the Mahárámáyana a work comprising one hundred thousand slokas or tetrastichs, and replete with sound wisdom. (This was revealed by Brahmá to Vasishtha and Viswámitra).
22. I remember the amazing collection of legendary stories called the Mahárámáyana, a work that has one hundred thousand slokas or four-line verses, filled with deep wisdom. (This was revealed by Brahmá to Vasishtha and Viswámitra).
23. This work presents the conduct of Ráma for the imitation of the men, and sets the misbehaviour of Rávana to the opprobrium of mankind. This precept contains the essence of all wisdom, and serves as the luscious fruit of the tree of knowledge,[Pg 115] placed in the palm of all people. (The substance of these instances is, that virtue is true happiness below and vice is bane of life).
23. This work portrays Ráma's behavior as a model for people to follow and highlights Rávana's wrongdoing as a shame for humanity. This lesson captures the essence of all wisdom and serves as the sweet fruit of the tree of knowledge,[Pg 115] offered to everyone. (The main message is that virtue brings true happiness in life, while vice is the poison of existence).
24. This work is composed by Válmíki, who will compose some others also in time; and these you will come to know, when they will be presented to world in time (as I have known them before hand by my foreknowledge of things, gloss) (This work is called Vasishtha Ráma samváda in the form of a dialogue as those of Socrates and Plato).
24. This work is written by Válmíki, who will write others in the future; you will become familiar with them when they are shared with the world (as I have known about them in advance through my foreknowledge of things, gloss) (This work is called Vasishtha Ráma samváda, presented as a dialogue similar to those of Socrates and Plato).
25. This work whether it is a composition of Válmíki, or the composition of some other person, is published for the twelve times, and is now going to be almost forgotten by men.
25. This work, whether it's written by Válmíki or someone else, has been published twelve times and is now almost forgotten by people.
26. The other work of like importance, is known under the name of Bhárata; I remember it to have been written by Vyása at first, but is becoming obsolete at present.
26. The other work of similar importance is known as Bhárata; I recall it was originally written by Vyása, but it's becoming outdated now.
27. Whether it is the composition of person known by the name of Vyása, or a compilation of some other person, it has up to this time undergone its seventh edition, and is now going fastly to be forgotten.
27. Whether it's the work of the person known as Vyása or a collection by someone else, it has now gone through its seventh edition and is quickly fading into obscurity.
28. I remember also, O chief of Sages! many tales and novels and other sástras, composed in every age and Yuga; which have been written in a variety of styles and diction.
28. I also remember, O chief of Sages! many stories and novels and other texts, created in every era and Yuga; which have been written in various styles and languages.
29. O good sage! I remember to have seen also many new productions and inventions, following one another in succeeding age; and it is impossible to enumerate this innumerable series of things.
29. Oh wise one! I recall having seen many new creations and inventions emerging one after another over the years; and it's impossible to list this endless array of things.
30. I remember the Lord Vishnu descending many times on earth, for the destruction of ferocious Ráksasas, and is now to appear here the eleventh time under the appellation of Ráma.
30. I remember Lord Vishnu coming down to earth many times to defeat fierce Ráksasas, and he is set to appear here for the eleventh time as Ráma.
31. I know the lord Hari to have thrice come down in his form of Nrisinha or leonine man, and thrashed the demon Hiranyakasipu as many times, as a lion kills a gigantic elephant. (i.e. Although the gods are of smaller forms and figures, yet they got the better of the giants, by means of their better arms and knowledge of warfare).
31. I know that Lord Hari has taken the form of Nrisinha, the lion-man, three times, and has defeated the demon Hiranyakasipu just as many times, like a lion takes down a massive elephant. (i.e. Even though the gods are smaller in size, they outsmarted the giants with their superior skills and knowledge of warfare).
32. Vishnu is yet to be born in his sixteenth incarnation at Vasudeva's abode, for the purpose of rescuing the earth from the burthen of the oppression of its tyrannic lords and despots.
32. Vishnu has not yet been born in his sixteenth incarnation at Vasudeva's home, to rescue the earth from the burden of oppressive tyrants and despots.
33. This cosmic phenomenon is no reality, nor it is even in existence; it is but a temporary illusion, and appears as bubble of water to disappear in next moment.
33. This cosmic phenomenon is not real, nor does it even exist; it's just a temporary illusion that seems like a bubble of water, ready to disappear in the next moment.
34. This temporary illusion of the phenomenals, rises and sets in the conscious soul of its own accord; as the boisterous billows heave and subside themselves in the bosom of the waters.
34. This temporary illusion of phenomena rises and falls in the conscious mind on its own; just like the loud waves that rise and fall in the depths of the ocean.
35. I have known the world to be sometimes uniform in its course and in the state of things, at others there is a partial difference in their nature and order, and again total change has also been observed to take place in the constitution of things. (Nature is never uniform, but all are subject to change more or less from its original state).
35. I've seen the world be consistent at times, but at other times, there are some differences in how things are and how they're arranged. And I've also noticed that total changes can happen in the way things are set up. (Nature is never consistent, and everything is subject to change, whether a little or a lot, from its original state).
36. I remember the former nature and state of things, and the manner and actions of bygone people and the usages of those times; I saw them give room to others in their turn and those again to be displaced by others. (He that wants an even uniformity to see, expects what never had been, nor ever will be).
36. I remember how things used to be and how people acted back then, along with the customs of those times; I saw them make space for others, who in turn made way for more. (If someone wants to see perfect uniformity, they expect something that has never existed and never will.)
37. Every Manwantara or revolution of time; is attended O Brahman! with a reversion in the course of the world; and a new generation is born to supplant the old men of renown.
37. Every Manwantara, or cycle of time, is accompanied, O Brahman! by a shift in the world's course; and a new generation emerges to take the place of the old heroes.
38. I have then a new set of friends and a new train of relatives; I get a new batch of servants, and a new habitation for my dwelling.
38. I now have a new group of friends and a new set of relatives; I have a new staff of servants and a new place to live.
39. I had to remain some times in my solitary retreat by the side of the Vindhyan range, and some times on the ridge of the Sahya Mountain. I had at other times my residence on the Dardura Hills, and so my lodging is ever shifting from one place to another and never fixed in any spot forever. (The Dardura is the Dardue Hill in Afghanistan).
39. I had to spend some time in my quiet retreat by the Vindhyan range, and sometimes on the ridge of the Sahya Mountain. At other times, I lived on the Dardura Hills, so my lodging constantly shifted from one place to another and was never settled in one spot for long. (The Dardura is the Dardue Hill in Afghanistan).
40. I have often been a resident of the Himalayas, and of the Malaya Mountain in the South of India, and then led by[Pg 117] destiny as described before, I have found my last abode on this mount of Meru.
40. I have often lived in the Himalayas and in the Malaya Mountain in Southern India, and then, as previously mentioned, guided by destiny, I have found my final home on this mountain of Meru.
41. By getting to it, I built my nest on the branch of an Amra or mango tree, and continued to live there, O chief of the Munis! for ages and time without end.
41. By getting to it, I built my nest on the branch of a mango tree and continued to live there, O chief of the Munis! for ages and time without end.
42. It is by my pristine destiny that this tree has grown here for my residence, therefore, O sage! I can have no release from this body of mine to come to my desirable end. (i.e. the soul like a bird is destined by its prior acts, to endless transmigrations in material bodies, which are compared to its habitable trees, and from which it can have no release, although it pines for its dis-embodied liberation, as a decrepit old man wishes to get loose of his loathsome body).
42. It’s by my pure destiny that this tree has grown here for my home, so, wise one! I cannot escape this body of mine to reach my desired end. (i.e. the soul, like a bird, is destined by its past actions to go through endless cycles in physical bodies, which are like the trees it inhabits, and from which it can't find release, even though it longs for its freedom, just as an old man wants to be free of his bothersome body).
43. It is by appointment of the predestination, that the same tree has grown here in the form of the kalpa arbour, which preserves the beauty even now, as it did at the time when my father Chanda had been living.
43. It’s by the plan of destiny that the same tree has grown here as the kalpa tree, which still maintains its beauty just like it did when my father Chanda was alive.
44. Being thus pre-ordained by destiny I was settled in this place, when there had been no distinction of the quarters of heaven as the north or east, nor of the sky or mountain.
44. Being destined this way, I found myself in this place, when there was no distinction between the cardinal directions like north or east, or between the sky and the mountains.
45. Then the north was on another side, and this Meru was in another place; I was then one and alone, and devoid of any form or body, and was as bright as the essence, which is never shrouded by the darkness of night.
45. Then the north was in a different location, and this Meru was in another place; I felt completely alone and without any shape or physical form, shining brightly like an essence that is never covered by the darkness of night.
46. After awaking from the insensibility of my trance (at the beginning of another kalpa creation or of my generation), I saw and recognized all the objects of creation (as one comes to see and know the things about him after waking from the forgetfulness of his sleep); and knew the situations of the Meru and other hills and dales from the positions of the stars, and the motions of heavenly bodies.
46. After waking up from the haze of my trance (at the start of another kalpa creation or my own life), I saw and recognized all the things around me (like someone who comes to see and understand his surroundings after waking up from a deep sleep); and I understood the locations of the Meru and other hills and valleys based on the positions of the stars and the movements of celestial bodies.
47. The site of the polar circle of Meru and the course of the planets being changed in different creations, there ensues an alteration of the points of the compass, and a difference in the sides of the quarters; therefore there is nothing as a positive truth, except our conception of it such and such.
47. The location of the polar circle of Meru and the paths of the planets change with different creations, leading to a shift in the directions on the compass and a variation in the sides of the quarters; therefore, there is no absolute truth, only our understanding of it in certain ways.
48. It is the vibration of the soul, that displays these wonderful conceptions in the mind; and excites the various phenomena in nature. It converts a son to a father and makes a son of the father, and represents a friend as a foe and again shows a foe in the light of a friend. (Hence there is no such thing as a positive certainty, but becomes transmutable to one in opposite nature, as the father supports the child in its youth, and is supported by the boy in his dotage).
48. It’s the vibration of the soul that brings these amazing ideas to life in our minds and sparks different phenomena in nature. It can turn a son into a father and a father into a son, and it can show a friend as an enemy and then reveal an enemy as a friend. (So, there’s really no such thing as absolute certainty; everything can shift to its opposite, just as a father supports a child in their youth, and in his old age, the child supports the father).
49. I remember many men to become effeminate, and many women also to grow quite masculine; and I have seen the good manners of the golden age to prevail in Kali [yuga], and those of Iron-age gaining ground in its preceding ages.
49. I recall many men becoming more feminine and many women becoming quite masculine; and I've seen the good manners of the golden age thriving in Kali [yuga], while the behaviors of the Iron Age gaining traction in the ages before it.
50. I have seen also many men in the Tretá and Dwápara Yugas or the silver and brazen ages of the world, that were ignorant of the Vedas and unacquainted with their precepts; and followed the fictions of their own invention which led them to heterodoxy.
50. I've also seen many people in the Tretá and Dwápara Yugas, or the silver and bronze ages of the world, who were unaware of the Vedas and didn't know their teachings; instead, they followed their own made-up ideas, which led them to unorthodox beliefs.
51. I remember also O Brahman! the laxity of manners and morals among the gods, demi gods and men since the beginning of the world.
51. I also remember, O Brahman! how relaxed the behavior and morals have been among the gods, demigods, and humans since the beginning of time.
52. I remember after the lapse of a thousand cycles of the four Yuga ages, that Brahmá created from his mind some aerial beings of unearthly forms; and these spiritual beings occupied a space extending over ten cycles of creations.
52. I remember after the passage of a thousand cycles of the four Yuga ages, that Brahmá created some aerial beings with otherworldly forms from his mind; and these spiritual beings filled a space that extended over ten cycles of creations.
53. I remember likewise the varying positions and boundaries of countries, and also the very changing and diversified actions and occupations of their people. I remember too the various costumes and fashions and amusements of men, during the ceaseless course of days and nights in the endless duration of time.
53. I also remember the different locations and borders of countries, as well as the constantly changing and diverse activities and jobs of their people. I recall the various clothing styles, trends, and entertainment of people throughout the endless cycle of days and nights over time.
CHAPTER XXIII.
Desire of Tranquillity and Quiescence of the Mind.
Desire for Peace and Mental Calm.
Argument.—Relation of the vices and virtues which hasten and prevent death, and the peace and rest of the mind which is sought after by mankind.
Argument.—The relationship between the vices and virtues that can hasten or postpone death, and the peace and mental calm that people desire.
VASISHTHA rejoined:—I then besought the chief of the crows, that was stationed on one end of a branch of the kalpa tree, to tell me how he was not liable to fall into the hands of death, when all other animals moving about the expanse of the world, are doomed to be crushed under its all devouring jaws.
VASISHTHA replied:—I then asked the leader of the crows, who was perched at one end of a branch of the kalpa tree, to explain how he was not at risk of falling into the grasp of death, while all other creatures roaming the vastness of the world are destined to be caught in its all-consuming jaws.
2. Bhusunda replied, You sir, that know all things and would yet ask me to tell that you know full well. Such bidding of my master emboldens your servant to speak out where he should otherwise hold his tongue.
2. Bhusunda replied, "You, sir, who know everything, still ask me to tell you what you already know very well. This request from my master gives me the courage to speak up when I would otherwise keep quiet."
3. Yet when you desire me to tell, I must do it as well as I can, because it is deemed to be the duty of a dependant, to carry out the commands of their kind masters.
3. Yet when you want me to share, I have to do it as best as I can, because it is considered the responsibility of a dependent to follow the orders of their kind masters.
4. Death will not demolish the man, who does not wear on his bosom the pearl-necklace of his vicious desires; as a robber does not kill a traveller that has not the pernicious chain of gold hanging on his breast.
4. Death will not destroy a man who doesn’t carry the pearl necklace of his harmful desires; just like a thief doesn’t kill a traveler who isn’t wearing a dangerous gold chain around his neck.
5. Death will not destroy the man whose heart is not broken down by sorrows, whose breast is not sawed as a timber by the friction of his sighs, and whose body is not worsted by toil like a tree by canker worms.
5. Death will not take away the person whose heart isn't shattered by sadness, whose chest isn’t worn down by the weight of their sighs, and whose body isn't worn out by hard work like a tree is affected by pests.
6. Death will not overtake the man, whose body is not beset by cares like a tree by poisonous snakes, lifting their hoods above its head; and whose heart is not burnt by its anxieties, like a wood by its enraging fire.
6. Death won't catch up with a person whose body isn't surrounded by worries like a tree surrounded by poisonous snakes, lifting their hoods above it; and whose heart isn't tormented by anxieties, like wood consumed by a raging fire.
7. Death will not prey upon the person, which is not vitiated by the poison of anger and enmity, and cavity of whose heart does not foster the dragon of avarice in its darkness, and whose heart is not corroded by the canker of cares.
7. Death will not attack a person who isn't tainted by anger and hatred, whose heart doesn't nurture the monster of greed in its darkness, and whose soul isn't eaten away by the worries of life.
8. He is not carried away by the cruel hand of death, whose body is not already fried by the fire of his resentment, which like hidden heat of the submarine fire, sucks up the waters of reason in the reservoir of the mind.
8. He isn’t swept away by the harsh grip of death, whose body isn’t already scorched by the flames of his anger, which like the hidden heat of underwater fire, drains the waters of reason from the reservoir of the mind.
9. Death will not kill the person whose body is not inflamed by the fiery passion of love; which like the wild fire consumes the hoarded corn of good sense, and as a pair of sharp scissors rives the heart strings of reason.
9. Death won't touch a person whose body isn't heated by the burning passion of love; it’s like wild fire that destroys the stored wisdom, and like a pair of sharp scissors that tears apart the heartstrings of reason.
10. Death doth not approach the man, that puts his trust in the one pure and purifying spirit of God, and hath the rest of his soul in the lap of the supreme soul.
10. Death does not come near the person who trusts in the one pure and cleansing spirit of God and has the rest of their soul in the embrace of the supreme soul.
11. Death does not lay hold on the person that is firm and sedate in the same posture and position, and does not ramble like an ape from one tree to another, and whose mind is a foreigner to fickleness.
11. Death doesn't affect someone who is stable and calm, who stays in one place and doesn't jump from one thing to another like a monkey, and whose mind is not easily swayed.
12. Thus then the mind being settled in unalterable state of calm repose in its Maker, it is no more possible for the evils and diseases of this world, to overtake it at any time.
12. So, when the mind is anchored in an unchangeable state of peacefulness in its Creator, it's no longer possible for the troubles and illnesses of this world to affect it at any time.
13. The fixed and tranquil mind, is never overtaken by the sorrows and diseases of the world; nor it is liable to fall into the errors and dangers, which betide the restless mob here below.
13. A calm and steady mind is never overwhelmed by the troubles and challenges of the world; nor is it prone to the mistakes and risks that affect the restless crowd down below.
14. The well composed mind, hath neither its rising nor setting, nor its recollection nor forgetfulness at any time or other. It has not its sleeping or waking state, but has its heavenly revery which is quite distinct from dreaming.
14. A well-composed mind doesn’t have its ups and downs, nor does it forget or remember at specific times. It doesn’t experience sleep or wakefulness, but it has a celestial daydream that is completely different from dreaming.
15. The vexatious thought which take their rise from vitiated desire and feelings of resentment and other passions, and darken the region of the heart and mind, can never disturb the serenity of those souls, which have their repose in the Supreme Spirit.
15. The annoying thoughts that come from corrupted desires and feelings of resentment and other emotions, which cloud the heart and mind, can never disturb the peace of those souls who find their rest in the Supreme Spirit.
16. He whose mind is enrapt in holy meditation, neither gives away to nor receives anything from others, nor does he seek or forsake whatever he has or has not at any time. He does his duties always by rote as he ought without expectation of their reward or merit.
16. The person whose mind is absorbed in deep meditation neither gives to nor takes anything from others, nor do they seek or abandon what they have or don’t have at any time. They carry out their responsibilities consistently as they should, without expecting any reward or recognition for it.
17. He whose mind has found its repose in holy meditation, has no cause of his repentance, for doing any misdeed for his gain or pleasure at any time.
17. Someone whose mind has found peace through holy meditation has no reason to regret any wrongdoings done for their own gain or pleasure at any time.
18. He has enough of his gain and an excess of his delight and a good deal of every good, whose mind has met with the grace of his God. (He that has the grace of God, has every thing given and added to him).
18. He has plenty of his gains and a surplus of his joy, and a lot of every good thing, whose mind has experienced the grace of God. (He who has the grace of God has everything given and added to him).
19. Therefore employ your mind, to what is attended with your ultimate good and lasting welfare; and wherein there is nothing of doubt or difficulty, and which is exempt from false expectation.
19. So focus your mind on what truly benefits you and contributes to your lasting well-being; choose what is clear and straightforward, free from uncertainty or false hopes.
20. Exalt your mind above the multiplicities of worldly possessions, which the impure and unseen demon of evil presents for the allurement of your heart, and settle it in the unity of the Divinity. (So did Satan attempt in vain to tempt our Lord to worldly vanities and all its possessions).
20. Elevate your mind above the countless material possessions that the hidden and impure evil spirit offers to entice your heart, and focus it on the oneness of the Divine. (Satan tried in vain to tempt our Lord with worldly distractions and all its belongings).
21. Set your heart to that supreme felicity which is pleasant both in the beginning and end, and even delectable to taste; that is pleasant to sight, sweet to relish, and is wholesome in its effect.
21. Focus your heart on that ultimate happiness which is enjoyable from start to finish and even delightful to experience; that is pleasing to the eye, sweet to savor, and beneficial in its outcome.
22. Fix your mind to what is sought by all the good and godly people, which is the eternal truth and the best diet of the soul, from its beginning and during its course in the middle and end and throughout its immortality.
22. Focus your mind on what all the good and righteous people seek, which is the eternal truth and the best nourishment for the soul, from its beginning through its journey in the middle and at the end, and throughout its immortality.
23. Apply your mind to what is beyond your comprehension, which is the holy light, which is the root and source of all, and wherein consists all our best fortune and the ambrosial food for our souls.
23. Focus on what you can't fully understand, which is the sacred light, the foundation and source of everything, where our greatest blessings lie and the heavenly nourishment for our souls.
24. There is no other thing so very permanent or auspicious among immortals or mortals, and among the gods and demigods, Asuras and Gandharvas, and Kinnaras and Vidyádharas, nor among the heavenly nymphs, as the spiritual bliss of the soul.
24. There’s nothing as lasting or fortunate among immortals or humans, and among the gods and demigods, Asuras and Gandharvas, Kinnaras and Vidyádharas, or even among the celestial nymphs, as the spiritual joy of the soul.
25. There is nothing so very graceful or lasting, to be found in cities and mountains and in the vegetable creation, nor among mankind and their king, nor any where in earth or heaven as this spiritual felicity.
25. There’s nothing as graceful or enduring to be found in cities, mountains, or nature, nor among people and their leaders, nor anywhere on earth or in heaven like this spiritual happiness.
26. There is nothing steady or graceful, among the Nága-snake or Asura races and their females, and in the whole circles of infernal region.
26. There’s nothing stable or graceful among the Nága snake or Asura groups and their females, and throughout the whole infernal realm.
27. There is nothing so lovely and lasting in the regions above and below and all around us, and in the spheres of all other worlds, so very graceful and durable as the lasting peace of mind.
27. There’s nothing as beautiful and enduring in the worlds around us and beyond, as the lasting peace of mind.
28. There is nothing that is felicitous or persistent in this world, amidst all its sorrows and sicknesses and troubles which encompass all about. All our actions are for trivial matters and all our gains are but trifles at best.
28. There's nothing truly happy or lasting in this world, surrounded as we are by pain, suffering, and various troubles. Everything we do is for insignificant reasons, and even our achievements are mere small things at best.
29. There is nothing of any lasting good, in all those thoughts which employ the minds of men and gladden their hearts, and which serve at best to delude the sapient to the fickleness of their spirits.
29. There’s nothing of real value in all those thoughts that occupy people’s minds and bring them joy, which at best only mislead the wise into the unpredictability of their emotions.
30. No permanent good is derived from the ever busy thoughts and volitions and nolitions of mankind, which tend at best to trouble their minds, as the Mandara mountain disturbed the waters of the deep, at the time of its churning by the gods and demons.
30. No lasting benefit comes from the constant flurry of thoughts, desires, and refusals of people, which, at best, only cause them mental turmoil, like the Mandara mountain stirring the depths of the ocean during its churning by the gods and demons.
31. No lasting good results to any body from his continuous exertions, and various efforts about his gain and loss even at the edge of the sword (i.e., even at the peril of one's life).
31. No lasting benefits come to anyone from his constant struggles and various attempts regarding his gains and losses, even at the edge of the sword (i.e., even at the risk of one's life).
32. Neither is the sovereignty of the whole earth so great a boon, nor is one's elevation to the rank of a deity in heaven so great a blessing; nor even is the exaltation of one to the position of the world supporting serpent so great a gain, as the sweet peace of mind of the good.
32. The sovereignty of the whole earth isn't such a great gift, nor is being elevated to the rank of a deity in heaven such a great blessing; not even is being raised to the status of the world-supporting serpent such a significant gain, as the sweet peace of mind of the good.
33. It is of no good to trouble the mind, with its attention to all the branches of learning, nor is it of any advantage to one to employ his wits and enslave his mind to the service of another, nor of any use to any body, to learn the histories of other people, when he is ignorant of himself and his own welfare.
33. It's pointless to stress over the vast amount of knowledge out there, and it doesn't help anyone to use their intelligence to serve someone else. Plus, there's little value in learning about the histories of others if you don't understand yourself and what's best for your own well-being.
34. It is of no good to live long, under the trouble of disease and the sorrow of life. Neither is life or death, nor learning nor ignorance, nor heaven or hell any advantage or disadvantage to any body, until there is an end of his desires within himself.
34. There's no benefit in living a long life filled with illness and sadness. Life and death, knowledge and ignorance, heaven and hell don't really matter to anyone until they come to terms with their own desires.
35. Thus these various states of the world and all worldly things, may appear gratis to the ignorant vulgar, but they afford no pleasure to the learned who knows their instability. (Hence longevity and stability depend on one's reliance in the eternal God, and not on the transient world).
35. So these different conditions of the world and everything in it might seem free to the clueless masses, but they bring no joy to the educated, who understand their impermanence. (Therefore, longevity and stability rely on one's faith in the eternal God, not on the fleeting world).
CHAPTER XXIV.
Investigation of the Living Principle.
Exploring the Living Principle.
Argument.—Disquisition of the Arteries and organs of the body. The seat of life and its actions.
Argument—A discussion on the arteries and organs of the body, including the source of life and its functions.
BHUSUNDA continued:—All things being thus unstable, unprofitable and unpleasant to man, there is one reality only in the view of the wise, which is beyond all error and imperishable, and which though present in all things and all places, transcends the knowledge of all.
BHUSUNDA continued:—With everything being so unstable, unprofitable, and unpleasant for people, there is only one truth in the eyes of the wise, which is free from all mistakes and everlasting. Though it exists in everything and everywhere, it goes beyond what anyone can truly understand.
2. This essence is the soul or self, and its meditation is the remover of all sorrow and affliction. It is also the destroyer of the erroneous vision of the world, which has passed every man, and biased his understanding by his long habit of thinking this phantom of his dream as a sober reality.
2. This essence is the soul or self, and meditating on it helps to eliminate all sorrow and suffering. It also dismantles the mistaken perception of the world that every person has experienced, clouding their understanding due to years of believing this illusion of their dreams is a solid reality.
3. Spiritual contemplation dawns in the clear atmosphere of the unpolluted mind, and traverses amidst its whole area like the solar light, and it destroys the darkness of all sorrows and erroneous thought which over spreads it.
3. Spiritual contemplation arises in the clear space of an unclouded mind and moves through its entirety like sunlight, driving away the darkness of all sorrow and mistaken thoughts that linger there.
4. Divine meditation being unaccompanied by any desire or selfish view, penetrates like the moon-beams through the darkness of the night of ignorance.
4. Divine meditation, free from any desire or selfish perspective, shines through the darkness of ignorance like moonlight cutting through the night.
5. This spiritual light is easily obtainable by Sages like you, and too difficult to be retained (dháraná) by brutes like ourselves. Because it is beyond all imaginable resemblance, and is known by the ravished Sages as the transcendent light.
5. This spiritual light is easily accessible to Sages like you, and way too hard to hold onto (dháraná) for ordinary beings like us. Since it goes beyond anything we can imagine, it’s recognized by enlightened Sages as the transcendent light.
6. How can a man of common understanding come to the knowledge of that thing, which is an associate to the clear understanding of the meditative Sage only.
6. How can an average person come to know something that is only understood clearly by the thoughtful Sage?
7. There is a little resemblance of this spiritual light, with the intellectual light of philosophers, whose minds are enlightened by the cooling moon-beams of philosophy, as those of the inspired saints are illumed with spiritual light.
7. There’s a slight similarity between this spiritual light and the intellectual insight of philosophers, whose minds are illuminated by the calming moonlight of philosophy, just as the inspired saints are filled with spiritual light.
8. Among the associates of spiritual knowledge, there is one[Pg 125] particularly friendly to me, which alleviates all my sorrows, and advances my prosperity, and this relates to the investigation of the vital breath which is the cause of life.
8. Among the people I know who are knowledgeable about spirituality, there's one[Pg 125] who's especially close to me. They ease all my worries and help me thrive, and this involves exploring the vital breath that is the source of life.
9. Vasishtha said: After speaking in this manner the Sagely bird Bhusunda held his silence, when I calmly joined my rejoinder, and adduced my question to him by way of amusement, though I was full well acquainted with the subject.
9. Vasishtha said: After saying this, the wise bird Bhusunda fell silent, and I calmly replied, posing my question to him for fun, even though I was already well aware of the topic.
10. I addressed him saying, O thou long living bird, and remover of all my doubts, tell me truly, my good friend, what you mean by meditation of the vital breath (which you say to be the cause of vitality).
10. I spoke to him, saying, "O you long-lived bird and remover of all my doubts, please tell me honestly, my good friend, what do you mean by the meditation on the vital breath (which you say is the source of life)?"
11. Bhusunda replied: You sir, who are learned in the knowledge of Vedánta, and sure remover of all doubts in spiritual science, are now by way of joke only, putting this question to me who am but a brute bird and an ignorant crow.
11. Bhusunda replied: You, sir, who are knowledgeable in Vedanta and a clear expert in spiritual matters, are now jokingly asking me, an ignorant crow and just a simple bird.
12. Or it may be to sound my shallow knowledge of the subject, and to instruct me the rest in which I am imperfect, that you like to have my answer to the question, wherein I can lay no objection (as no body is unprepared to know more and better of a subject).
12. Or maybe you want to test my limited understanding of the topic and help me learn what I don’t know by asking for my response to the question, which I can't argue against (since no one is ever fully prepared to learn more and improve their knowledge of a subject).
13. Hear me, tell you some thing relating to cogitation of vital breath, which has the cause of Bhusunda's longevity and the giver of Bhusunda's spiritual knowledge.
13. Listen to me, I have something to share about the thoughts connected to the vital breath, which is the reason for Bhusunda's long life and the source of his spiritual wisdom.
14. You see sir, this beautiful fabric of the body, supported upon the three strong pillars or posts of the three humours; and having nine doorways about it. (The three humours are the bile, phlegm and wind, and the nine openings are the earholes, nostrils, the sockets of the eyes, the mouth).
14. You see, sir, this beautiful structure of the body is supported by the three strong pillars of the three humors, and has nine openings around it. (The three humors are bile, phlegm, and air, and the nine openings are the earholes, nostrils, eye sockets, and mouth).
15. This abode is occupied by its owner or the haughty house holder—Ahankára or egoism, who dwells in it with his favourite consort Puryashtaká, and his dependants of the Tanmátras at all times. (These terms have been explained before).
15. This place is lived in by its owner or the arrogant householder—Ahankára or egoism, who resides here with his favorite companion Puryashtaká, and his dependents of the Tanmátras at all times. (These terms have been explained before).
16. You well know the inside of this house which I need not describe, its two ears are as its two upper storied rooms, the two eyes are as its two windows, and the hairs on the head are as its thatched covering on the top of the house.
16. You already know the inside of this house, so I don’t need to describe it. Its two gables are like its two upper rooms, the two windows are like its eyes, and the thatched roof on top is like the hair on its head.
17. The opening of the mouth is the great door way to the[Pg 126] house, the two arms are as its two wings; and the two sets of teeth answer the strings of flowers, which are hung on the gate way for its decoration.
17. The opening of the mouth is the main entrance to the[Pg 126] house, the two arms are like its two wings; and the two sets of teeth represent the strings of flowers that are hung at the entrance for decoration.
18. The organs of sense are the porters to this house, and convey the sights and sounds, flavours and feelings of things in to it. These are enclosed by the great wall of the body, and the two pupils keep watch on tower of this edifice.
18. The senses are the gatekeepers to this place, bringing in the sights, sounds, tastes, and feelings from the world. They are surrounded by the strong walls of the body, and the two eyes keep watch over the top of this structure.
19. The blood, fat and flesh form the plaster of this wall, and the veins and arteries answer the strings to bind the bamboos of the bones together, and the thick bones are the big posts that uphold this fabric.
19. The blood, fat, and flesh create the plaster of this wall, and the veins and arteries act like strings tying together the bamboo of the bones, while the thick bones serve as the major posts that support this structure.
20. There are two tender nerves called Idá and Pingalá, which lie and stretch along the two sides of this building.
20. There are two sensitive nerves called Idá and Pingalá, which run along the two sides of this structure.
21. There are three pairs of lotus like organs formed of soft flesh and bones, and these stretch up and down perpendicularly in the body, and are attached to one stalk like artery connecting them with one another.
21. There are three pairs of lotus-like organs made of soft tissue and bones, and they stretch vertically up and down in the body, all connected by one main artery linking them together.
22. Then the etherial air which is inhaled through the nostrils, supplies these lotiform organs with moisture, as if it poured water at their roots, and makes them shoot out in soft leaflets, shaking gently at the breath of air, passing incessantly through the lungs and nostrils.
22. Then the ethereal air that is inhaled through the nostrils provides these lotiform organs with moisture, as if it were pouring water at their roots, causing them to sprout soft leaflets, gently shaking with the breath of air that continuously flows through the lungs and nostrils.
23. The shaking leaves agitate the vital air, as the moving leaves of the trees in the forest, increase the force of the current air in the firmament.
23. The shaking leaves stir up the vital air, just like the swaying leaves of the trees in the forest boost the strength of the air currents in the sky.
24. The inflated vital air then passes in many ways, through the holes of the entrails inside the body, and extends to and fills all the pores and canals of the frame from top to bottom.
24. The inflated vital air then travels in various ways through the holes in the organs inside the body, spreading out to fill all the pores and channels of the body from top to bottom.
25. These then receive different appellations, according to their course through the several, and are denominated as the five fold vital airs of prána, apána, samána, udána, and vyána; by them that are skilled in science of pneumatic. (The prána-váyu is the breathing of the nostrils, the apána is the wind in ano, samána is the air circulating through the whole body, udána is the air of speech, and the vyána is the air let out through the pores of the whole body).
25. These are called different names depending on their function and are known as the five types of vital air: prána, apána, samána, udána, and vyána; by those who are knowledgeable in the science of breathing. (The prána-váyu is the breath coming through the nostrils, apána refers to the air in the ano, samána is the air that circulates throughout the entire body, udána is the air used for speech, and vyána is the air released through the pores of the whole body).
26. All the vital powers reside in the triple lotiform organ[Pg 127] of the heart, and thence extend up and down and on all sides like beams from the lunar disk.
26. All the essential powers are found in the triple lotiform organ[Pg 127] of the heart, radiating out in all directions like beams from the moon.
27. These vital powers are employed in passing in and out, in taking in and letting out, in rising and falling, and also in moving throughout the body.
27. These essential powers are used for going in and out, for taking in and letting out, for rising and falling, and also for moving around the body.
28. The prána or air of life is said by the learned to be situated in the lotus formed organ of the heart, which has also the power of moving the eyelids in their twinklings. (Hence one's life time is measured both by the numbers of his breathings, as also by that of the twinklings of his eye).
28. The prana, or life force, is believed by scholars to be located in the lotus-shaped organ of the heart, which also controls the blinking of the eyelids. (Thus, a person's lifespan is measured by both the number of breaths they take and the number of times they blink).
29. This power some times assumes the form of touch or the feeling of perception, and at others it takes the shape of breath by blowing through the nostrils. Some times it is seated in the stomach for culinary action, and oft-times it gives utterance to speech.
29. This power sometimes takes the form of touch or the sensation of feeling, and at other times it manifests as breath through blowing air out of the nostrils. Sometimes it resides in the stomach for digestion, and often it expresses itself through speech.
30. What more shall I say, than that it is our lord—the air, that moves the whole machine of the body, as a mechanic models everything by means of his machinery.
30. What else can I say except that it is our lord—the air, that drives the entire system of the body, just like a mechanic shapes everything through their tools.
31. Among these there are two principal airs, by name of prána and apána, which take their two different courses upward and downward, the one is the breath of life and the other is the vitiated which is let out.
31. Among these, there are two main types of breath, called prána and apána, which travel in opposite directions—one going upward as the breath of life and the other going downward as the waste that's released.
32. It is by watching the course of these airs that I remain quiet at this place, and undergo the vicissitudes of heat and cold, as it is destined to the lot of the feathered tribe.
32. I stay calm here by observing the changes in the weather, dealing with the ups and downs of heat and cold, just like the birds are meant to endure.
33. The body is a great machine, and the two airs are its indefatigable mover. It has the sun and moon or the fire and moonlight, shining in the midst of its heart.
33. The body is an incredible machine, and the two airs are its tireless drivers. It has the sun and moon, or fire and moonlight, shining at the center of its heart.
34. The body is a city and the mind is its ruler, the two airs are as the car and wheel of the body; while Egoism is the monarch of this city, and the eight members are as so many horses attached to the car of the body.
34. The body is like a city, and the mind is its ruler. The two energies are like the car and wheel of the body; while Egoism is the king of this city, and the eight members are like the horses connected to the car of the body.
35. Thus by watching the motion of those airs (i.e. of the prána and apána—inspiration and expiration for the whole of my lifetime); I find the course of my life to be as interminable, as that of the continuity of my breathings. (The thought of continuity prolongs the course of life).
35. By observing the movement of those airs (i.e. the prána and apána—inhalation and exhalation throughout my entire life); I realize that the path of my life is as endless as the ongoing nature of my breathing. (The idea of continuity extends the course of life).
36. The airs serve the body alike in all its states of waking, dreaming, and sound sleep, and his days glide on imperceptibly who remains in his state of profound sleep. (so the yogi remaining in his trance is utterly insensible of the course of time).
36. The breaths support the body in all its states of being—whether awake, dreaming, or in deep sleep—and time seems to pass unnoticed for those who stay in a deep state of slumber. (So, the yogi in his meditation is completely unaware of the passage of time).
37. These breaths being divided into a thousand threads, according as they pass through the many canals of the body, are as imperceptible as the white fibres passing inside the stalks of lotus plants.
37. These breaths, split into a thousand threads as they move through the various channels of the body, are as subtle as the white fibers running through the stalks of lotus plants.
38. By watching the incessant course of vital airs, as also by attending to the continued course of time, and thinking in one self of the interminable course of his respirations, and the moments of time and train of his thoughts, as also by attempting to restrain their course by the habit and practice of pránáyáma, that he is sure to lengthen the duration of his life in this world; and attain to his eternal life in the next.
38. By observing the constant flow of vital air, as well as keeping track of the ongoing passage of time, and reflecting on his endless breathing, the moments he experiences, and the sequence of his thoughts, while also trying to control their flow through the practice of pránáyáma, he can definitely extend his life in this world and achieve everlasting life in the next.
CHAPTER XXV.
On Samádhi.
On Samadhi.
Argument.—On the Breathings of Inspiration, Respiration and Expiration, and their rise and fall from and in the spirit of Brahma the origin and end of all.
Argument.—About the Breaths of Inspiration, Breathing, and Exhalation, and their rise and fall from and in the spirit of Brahma, the beginning and end of all things.
VASISHTHA said:—Hear Ráma, when the bird had said so far, I interrupted him and said, tell me, O ancient seer, how and what is the nature of the course of vital airs.
VASISHTHA said:—Listen, Ráma, when the bird had said this much, I interrupted him and asked, tell me, O wise seer, what is the nature of the flow of vital energies?
2. Bhusunda replied:—How is it, O sage! that you who know everything, should propose this question to me as if it were in jest, but as you ask this of me, I must tell you all I know about it.
2. Bhusunda replied:—How is it, O sage! that you, who know everything, would ask me this question as if it were a joke? But since you’re asking, I’ll share everything I know about it.
3. The vital breath, O Brahman! is a moving force by its nature, and is always suo motu in its own motion, and pervades both in the inside and outside of bodies which its animates.
3. The vital breath, O Brahman, is a force that moves by its very nature, constantly in motion on its own, and it fills both the inside and outside of the bodies it animates.
4. The apána or the emitting air also is a self motive power, and in its incessant motion; and is both within and without the living body, in its downward or receding direction.
4. The apána or the outgoing air is also a self-motivating force, constantly moving, and exists both inside and outside the living body, in its downward or retreating direction.
5. It is good for livings being to restrain these vitals breaths both in their waking and sleeping states, and now hear me tell you, O learned sage, how it is to be effected for their best gain.
5. It's beneficial for living beings to control their vital breaths both when they're awake and asleep. Now listen to me, O wise sage, as I explain how this can be achieved for their greatest benefit.
6. The internal vital air (prána), extends from the lotus-like heart to the crevice in the cranium, its effort to come out (by the mouth and nostrils), is termed by the wise as rechaka or exhaled air. (The expiration coming out of the heart, and reaching the cerebrum is called the rechaka breath).
6. The internal vital air (prána) stretches from the heart, which resembles a lotus, to the gap in the skull. Its attempt to escape through the mouth and nostrils is referred to by the knowledgeable as rechaka or exhaled air. (The breath that flows out from the heart and reaches the brain is known as the rechaka breath).
7. The meeting of breaths at the distance of twelve inches from and below the nostrils, is called the puraka or inhaling-breath. (This is termed the [Sanskrit: váhyapúraka] or external inspiration).
7. The coming together of breaths at a distance of twelve inches from and below the nostrils is called the puraka or inhaling breath. (This is referred to as the [Sanskrit: váhyapúraka] or external inspiration).
8. It is also called Puraka, when the breath passes from without, and enters within the inner apána without any effort, and fills the inside from the heart to the cerebrum.
8. It is also called Puraka, when the breath flows in from the outside and easily enters the inner apána, filling the space from the heart to the brain.
9. When the apána air has subsided in the heart, and prána[Pg 130] breath does not circulate in the breast, it is called the Kumbhaka state, and is known to the yogis only.
9. When the apána air has settled in the heart, and prána[Pg 130] breath isn’t moving in the chest, this is referred to as the Kumbhaka state, a concept known only to yogis.
10. All these three sorts of breaths, are perceived at the place from where the apána takes its rise, and this is at the distance of twelve inches below on the outside of the tip of the nose.
10. All three types of breaths can be felt at the spot where the apána originates, which is located twelve inches below the tip of the nose on the outside.
11. Hear now, O great minded sage! what the clear minded adepts have said, respecting the natures of the ever continuative and effortless. (i.e. self respiring) breathings.
11. Listen now, O wise sage! to what the clear-minded experts have said about the nature of the continuous and effortless breathings. (i.e. self-respiring)
12. Know sir, that the air which is inhaled from the distance of twelve inches on the out side of the tip of the nose, the same receives of its own nature the name of puraka or that of another.
12. Know, sir, that the air inhaled from a distance of twelve inches outside the tip of the nose is naturally called puraka or something else.
13. As the outer part of a pot planted in the earth appears to sight, so the apána breath stretching to the distance of twelve inches just opposite to the tip of the nose in the air on the out side, is perceptible to the yogi, and is called Kumbhaka by the learned.
13. Just like the outer part of a pot that’s planted in the ground is visible, the apána breath that extends about twelve inches from the tip of the nose in the air can be sensed by the yogi, and this is referred to as Kumbhaka by those who are knowledgeable.
14. The exhaling air which rises from the heart, and extends to the tip of the nose, is styled the primary and external puraka breath ([Sanskrit: ádyah váhyapúrakam]) by the adepts in Yoga practice.
14. The exhaled air that comes from the heart and reaches the tip of the nose is called the primary and external puraka breath ([Sanskrit: ádyah váhyapúrakam]) by experts in Yoga practice.
15. There is another (or secondary) external puraka air known to the wise, which takes its rise from the tip of the nose, and extends to the distance of twelve inches out-side of it.
15. There is another (or secondary) external puraka air known to the wise, which originates from the tip of the nose and extends up to twelve inches outside of it.
16. After the prána breath sets out-side the nostrils, and before the apána breath has yet its rise, this interval of the entire abeyance of both, is known as the state of perfect equalization, and termed the external Kumbhaka.
16. After the prána breath exits the nostrils, and before the apána breath has begun to rise, this moment when both are completely still is known as the state of perfect balance, referred to as external Kumbhaka.
17. The air which breathes out in the heart or pulsates within it, and without the rising of the apána breath; is styled the external rechaka in the Yoga system; and its reflection confers perfect liberation to man.
17. The air that flows out of the heart or beats within it, without the rise of the apána breath, is called the external rechaka in the Yoga system; and its reflection grants perfect freedom to a person.
18. And this rising at the distance of twelve inches, in another kind of it and called the strong rechaka.
18. And this lifting up at a distance of twelve inches, in another form of it called the strong rechaka.
19. There is another kind of puraka, which is on the outside of the apána; and when it stretches to the inside of the navel within, it is known under the names of Kumbhaka &c.
19. There is another type of puraka, which is outside of the apána; and when it extends to the inside of the navel, it is referred to by the names Kumbhaka &c.
20. The intelligent man who meditates by day and night on the octuple nature, and course of the prána and apána or the inhaling and exhaling airs, is not doomed to be reborn any more in this miserable earth.
20. The wise person who reflects day and night on the eightfold nature and the flow of the prána and apána, or the inhaling and exhaling of air, will no longer be condemned to be reborn on this miserable earth.
21. I have thus related to you the various courses of the bodily airs, a restraint of which in the waking and sleeping states of man, as also in his states of sitting and waking, is productive of his liberation.
21. I've shared with you the different flows of the body's air, and how controlling them while awake and asleep, as well as when sitting and awake, can lead to one's freedom.
22. Though these are very fleeting in their natures, yet they are restrained by the good understanding of man, even when he is employed in his work or is in his act of eating.
22. Even though these are very temporary by nature, they are still kept in check by a person's good judgment, even when he is focused on his work or while eating.
23. The man that practises the Kumbhaka or suppression of his breathing within himself, cannot be employed in any action; but must remain calmly in this act of suppression, by giving all external thoughts and actions. (i.e., as in a state of torpidity).
23. The person who practices Kumbhaka, or the control of their breathing, cannot engage in any activities; they must stay calm and focused on this act of control, letting go of all external thoughts and actions. (i.e., like being in a state of dormancy).
24. A few days practice of this Yoga, by abnegation of all outward objects from the mind, enables a man to attain to the state of his solity, or his unity with the sole entity of the Deity.
24. A few days of practicing this Yoga, by letting go of all external distractions from the mind, allows a person to reach a state of oneness, or unity with the single essence of the Divine.
25. Intelligent men have no fondness for worldly things, but bear an aversion to them as a holy Brahmán has against the sweet milk contained in a flask of skin. They remain regardless of visible objects, with his eyes closed against them, as a blind man takes no heed of out-ward appearances.
25. Smart people don't care for material things; instead, they have a strong dislike for them, much like a holy Brahmin feels about sweet milk in a leather bag. They ignore what they can see, keeping their eyes closed to the outside world, just like a blind person who pays no attention to appearances.
26. They are in possession of all, which is the sum total (tout ensemble) of what is to be had as the best gain; and whether when they are awake or asleep or walking or sitting, they never lose sight of that true light which leads them to the other world.
26. They have everything, which is the total of what can be gained; and whether they are awake, asleep, walking, or sitting, they never lose sight of that true light that guides them to the other world.
27. Those who have obtained the knowledge of the course of his breathings, have got rid of all delusion and rest in quiet within themselves (i.e. In watching their inspirations and over-looking the external phenomena).
27. Those who understand how his breathing works have freed themselves from all illusions and find peace within themselves (i.e. by observing their breaths and ignoring external distractions).
28. And whether the intelligent people are employed in busy life, or sit inactive at home; they are always quiet and at rest by following the course of their respiration (neither breathing hard or being out breath).
28. Whether smart people are caught up in a busy life or just sitting idle at home, they always remain calm and at peace by being mindful of their breathing (not breathing heavily or feeling winded).
29. I know, O Brahman! the exhaling breath, to rise from its[Pg 132] source of the lotus like heart, and stretch to the distance of twelve inches out of it, where it sets or stops. (As is mixed up with the current air).
29. I know, O Brahman! the breath that flows out from the lotus-like heart, extending about twelve inches away from it, where it settles or halts. (As it mixes with the surrounding air).
30. The apána or inhaling breath is taking in from the same distance of twelve inches, and is deposited in the cup of the lotus situated in the human heart.
30. The apána, or inhaling breath, is drawn in from a distance of twelve inches and is stored in the lotus cup located in the human heart.
31. As the prána respiration is exhaled out in the air, to the distance of twelve inches from the heart, so the inhaled air of apána is taken into the breast, from the same distance of the open sky.
31. As the prána breath is exhaled into the air, about twelve inches from the heart, the inhaled air of apána is drawn into the chest, from the same distance of the open sky.
32. The prána or exhaling breath runs towards the open air, in the form of a flame of fire, and the inhaled breath turns inward to the region of the heart, and goes downward like a current of water.
32. The prána or exhaling breath flows out into the open air like a flame, while the inhaled breath moves inward toward the heart and descends like a stream of water.
33. The apána or inhaled breath is like the cooling moon light, and refreshes the body from without; while prána respiration resembling the sunshine or a flame of fire, warms the inside of the body.
33. The apána or inhaled breath is like the cool moonlight, refreshing the body from the outside; while prána respiration, resembling sunshine or a flame, warms the inside of the body.
34. The prána breath warms every moment the region of the heart, as the sunshine inflames the region of the sky; and then it torrifies the atmosphere before it, by the exhalation of breath through the mouth.
34. The prána breath warms every moment around the heart, just like sunlight ignites the sky; and then it heats up the air ahead by exhaling through the mouth.
35. The apána air is as the moonlight before the moon, and being inhaled inward, it washes the sphere of the heart as by a deluge; then it refreshes the whole inside in a moment.
35. The apána air is like the moonlight before the moon, and when it’s drawn in, it floods the heart like a downpour; then it revitalizes the entire interior in an instant.
36. When the last digit of the moon-like apána or inhaling breath, is swallowed by the sun of the prána or exhaling breath; it meets with the sight of supreme spirit, and has no more any cause of affliction.
36. When the last breath of the moon-like apána or inhaling breath is taken in by the sun of the prána or exhaling breath, it connects with the vision of the supreme spirit and no longer experiences any source of suffering.
37. So also when the last portion of the sunlike prána or exhaling breath, is swallowed by the moon-like apána or inhaling breath; then there ensues the same visitation of Brahmá in the inside, and the soul is emancipated from further transmigration in this world. (The meeting of the two is a yoga or junction of the human and Divine spirits).
37. Likewise, when the last part of the sun-like prána (the exhaling breath) is absorbed by the moon-like apána (the inhaling breath), the same presence of Brahmá occurs within, and the soul is freed from further rebirth in this world. (The meeting of the two is a yoga or connection between human and Divine spirits).
38. The prána or exhaling breath assumes the nature of the solar heat, both in the inside and outside of the body; and[Pg 133] afterwards it becomes and remains as the cooling moonlight. (It is the one and same breath of air, that takes the two names, according to its two different natures of inspiration and expiration. gloss).
38. The prána or exhaling breath takes on the qualities of solar heat, both inside and outside the body; and[Pg 133] then it transforms and remains as the cooling moonlight. (It is the same breath of air that has two names, based on its two different states of inhalation and exhalation. gloss).
39. The prána expiration forsakes its nature of the cooling moon, and turns in a moment to assume the nature of the hot sun, that dries and sucks up everything before it.
39. The prána expiration gives up its cool, moon-like nature and instantly takes on the hot, sun-like quality that dries and absorbs everything in its path.
40. As long as the prána exhalation is not converted to the nature of the moon, after forsaking its solarity, it is so long considered as unconditioned by time and place, and freed from pain and grief. (The prána being peculiarised by time, place and number, is long or short and subject to misery; but its extinction in the interval, is instinct with the supreme spirit. Patanjali Yoga sutra II 50).
40. As long as the prána exhalation hasn't changed to the nature of the moon after giving up its solar quality, it is seen as unaffected by time and place, and free from pain and sorrow. (The prána, being influenced by time, place, and quantity, can be long or short and is subject to suffering; but its cessation during that time is filled with the supreme spirit. Patanjali Yoga sutra II 50).
41. He who sees the seat of his soul in the mind situated within his heart, and at the confluence of the sol-luni prána and apána breathings in the Kumbhaka or retained breath, is no more subjected to be reborn and die.
41. The person who recognizes the center of their being in the mind located in their heart, where the solar and lunar energies of prána and apána meet during Kumbhaka or held breath, is no longer destined to be reborn and die.
41a. He who feels the sun and moon of his prána and apána breaths, ever rising and setting in the kumbhaka or retained breath with his heart, verily sees the seat of his mind and soul placed at their confluence, and is freed from further birth and death. (The plain meaning is that, the mind and soul consist in the air deposited in the heart by the two inhaling and exhaling breaths of prána and apána).
41a. Whoever senses the sun and moon within their prána and apána breaths, which continuously rise and set in the kumbhaka or held breath along with their heart, truly sees the location of their mind and soul at that intersection and is liberated from the cycle of birth and death. (Simply put, the mind and soul are made up of the air collected in the heart through the two inhaling and exhaling breaths of prána and apána.)
42. He verily sees the soul in its full light, who beholds this bright sun [Sanskrit: prána] shining in the sphere of his heart, in conjunction with the rising and setting moon beams apána in his mind.
42. He truly sees the soul in its full light, who observes this bright sun [Sanskrit: prána] shining in the space of his heart, alongside the rising and setting moon beams apána in his mind.
43. This light never fades nor grows faint at any time, but dispels the darkness of the heart, and produces the consummation—Siddhi of the meditative mind.
43. This light never fades or dims, but drives away the darkness of the heart and brings about the ultimate achievement—Siddhi of the meditative mind.
44. As the dispersion of outward darkness presents the world to view, so the disappearance of inward obscurity gives out the light of the spirit before the mental sight.
44. Just as the spread of outer darkness reveals the world, the removal of inner obscurity brings forth the light of the spirit into our mental perception.
45. The removal of intellectual darkness, produces the liberation[Pg 134] of the soul, and shows the rising and setting sun of the vital breath vividly to view.
45. The removal of ignorance brings freedom[Pg 134] to the soul, revealing the vibrant rise and fall of life’s essence.
46. When the moon of the apána or inspired breath, sets in the cavity of the heart, the sun of the prána or expiratory breathing, rises immediately to gush out of the same.
46. When the moon of the apána or inspired breath sets in the cavity of the heart, the sun of the prána or expiratory breathing rises immediately to flow out from the same.
47. The apána or inhaling breath having set in the cell of the lotus like heart, the exhaling breath of prána rises at the very moment to come out of it, as the shadow of the night being dispersed from sight, the bright sun of the day ushers his light.
47. The apána, or the inhaling breath, having settled in the lotus-like heart, the exhaling breath of prána rises at that very moment to emerge from it, just as the shadow of night fades away when the bright sun of day brings its light.
48. As the prána expiration expires in the open air, the inhaling breath rises and rushes in a moment; just as the light having fled from the horizon, is succeeded immediately by deep darkness.
48. As the prána breath comes to an end in the open air, the inhaling breath quickly surges in; just like how light vanishes from the horizon, immediately followed by deep darkness.
49. Know ye intelligent men, that the apána breath becomes extinct, where the prána comes to be born; and the prána respiration is lost, where the apána takes its rise.
49. Know this, you wise individuals: the apána breath fades away when the prána is born; and the prána breath is lost when the apána begins.
50. When the prána breathing has ceased and the apána has its rise, it is then that one supports himself upon the Kumbhaka retained air, and does not depend on two other passing breaths.
50. When the prána breathing has stopped and the apána starts to rise, that’s when you hold yourself up with the air you’ve retained in Kumbhaka, and you don’t rely on the two other breaths that come and go.
51. On the extinction of apána, and the rise of the prána breath, one relying on the Kumbhaka air which is deposited within himself, is exempted from his pain and sorrow.
51. When apána ceases and prána breath begins, a person who relies on the Kumbhaka air stored inside themselves is free from pain and sorrow.
52. By depending on the rechaka breath, and practicing the suppression of Kumbhaka breath, at the great distance of sixteen inches from the apána; a man has no more to be sorry for any thing.
52. By relying on the rechaka breath and practicing the control of Kumbhaka breath, at a distance of sixteen inches from the apána; a person has no reason to feel regret about anything.
53. By making the apána a receptacle of rechaka, and filling the prána in the inside, and finding himself filled with the puraka all within his body, a man has no more to be born on earth.
53. By turning the apána into a container for rechaka, and filling the prána inside, and feeling filled with the puraka throughout his body, a person will no longer need to be born on earth.
54. When a man finds the perfect tranquillity of his soul, by subsidence of both the prána and apána within himself; he has no longer to sorrow for any thing whatever.
54. When a man discovers the perfect peace of his soul, through the calming of both the prána and apána within himself, he no longer has to mourn for anything at all.
55. When a man reflects his prána breath to be devoured by the apána air both within as well as without himself,[Pg 135] and loses his thoughts of time and space, he has no more any cause for sorrow.
55. When a person channels their prána breath to be consumed by the apána air both inside and outside of themselves,[Pg 135] and loses track of time and space, they no longer have any reason to feel sorrow.
56. He who sees his prána breath devouring the apána air, both within and without himself, together with his sense of space and time, has no more his mind to be reborn on earth.
56. The person who observes their prána breath consuming the apána air, both inside and outside of themselves, along with their sense of space and time, is no longer bound to be reborn on earth.
57. When the prána is swallowed up by the apána, or the apána by the prána, both in the in-side and out-side of the adept; together with his thoughts of time and place;
57. When the prána is absorbed by the apána, or the apána by the prána, both inside and outside of the practitioner; along with their thoughts about time and place;
58. At this moment the Yogi finds his prána to set down, and his apána to rise no more, and the interval between the two, is common to all animals though it is known to Yogis alone.
58. At this moment, the Yogi realizes that his prána is settling down, and his apána is no longer rising. The space between the two is shared by all animals, but only Yogis truly understand it.
59. The Kumbhaka taking place of itself on the out-side, is known as the divine state, but when it happens to occur in the in-side, and without any efforts on the part of the adept, it is said to be the state of the most supreme. (Because God does not breathe).
59. The Kumbhaka that happens on its own outside is called the divine state, but when it happens on the inside and without any effort from the practitioner, it is referred to as the state of the highest level. (Because God does not breathe).
60. This is the nature of the divine soul, and this is the state of the supreme intellect, this is the representation of the eternal spirit, and one attaining to this state, is never subject to sorrow.
60. This is the essence of the divine soul, and this is the condition of the highest intellect, this is the embodiment of the eternal spirit, and anyone who reaches this state is never affected by sorrow.
61. Like fragrance in the flower, there is an essence indwelling within the vital breath also, and this is neither the prána nor apána, but the intellectual soul which I adore. (As the true God).
61. Just like the scent in a flower, there's a deeper essence within the life force too, and this isn't just the prána or the apána, but the intellectual soul that I cherish. (As the true God).
62. As taste indwells in the water, so is there an essence immanent in the apána; and this is neither the apána nor the not apána, but the intelligent soul which I adore.
62. Just like flavor exists in water, there is an essence present in the apána; and this is neither the apána nor not the apána, but the conscious soul that I worship.
63. There is at the end of the extinction of prána, and beyond the limit of the exhaustion of apána, and situated in the interval between the extremities of both of these, which I ever adore.
63. There is, at the end of the end of prána, and beyond the limit of the depletion of apána, and located in the space between both of these extremes, which I always admire.
64. That which forms the breathing of breath, and is the life of life, what is the support and bearer of the body, is the intellectual spirit which I ever adore.
64. What makes breathing possible, and is the essence of life, the support and foundation of the body, is the intellectual spirit that I always admire.
65. That which causes the thinking (power) of the mind, and the cogitation of the understanding; as also the egotism of egoism, is the intellectual soul, which I have learnt to adore.
65. What drives the thought process of the mind and the reasoning of understanding, along with the self-centeredness of egoism, is the intellectual soul, which I have come to admire.
66. That which contains and produces all things, which is[Pg 136] all (or permeated in all things, as every thing is (evolved from) itself; and what is changed to all at all times, is that mind which I adore for ever.)
66. That which holds and creates everything, which is[Pg 136] all (or present in everything, as everything comes from) itself; and what transforms into all at all times, is that mind which I will always admire.)
67. What is the light of lights, what is holiness and the holy of holies, and what is unchangeable in its nature, is the intellect which I adore.
67. What is the light of lights, what is holiness and the holy of holies, and what is unchangeable in its nature, is the intellect which I adore.
68. I adore that pencil of pure intellectual light, which rises at the juncture of the setting of the apána and springing up of the prána breath. (This sloka occurs in the Kashmere Mss).
68. I love that pencil of pure intellectual light, which appears at the point where the apána breath ends and the prána breath begins. (This sloka appears in the Kashmere Mss).
68a. I adore that intellect which trolls on the tip of the nose, at the point where the prána sets in, and the apána has not yet taken its rise.
68a. I love that intellect that teeters on the tip of the nose, at the spot where the prána begins and the apána has not yet emerged.
69. I adore the intellect which rises at the time when both the prána and apána breaths have stopped, and when neither of them has taken its rise.
69. I love the intellect that emerges when both the prána and apána breaths have ceased, and when neither has begun.
70. I adore that intellect which appears before the Yogi, and supports him at the point which he has reached unto upon the setting of the prána and apána breaths, both within and without himself.
70. I admire that intelligence that shows up before the Yogi and helps him at the level he has reached with the rising and falling breaths, both inside and outside of himself.
71. I adore that intellect which is force of all forces, and rides in the car of prána and apána breaths, and when both of them are compressed in the heart of the yogi.
71. I love that intelligence which is the power behind all powers, and drives the car of prána and apána breaths, especially when both of them are centered in the heart of the yogi.
72. I adore the lord intellect, which is the Kumbhaka breath in the heart, and the apána Kumbhaka on the outside; and a part of the puraka left behind.
72. I love the great intellect, which is the Kumbhaka breath in the heart, and the apána Kumbhaka on the outside; and a part of the puraka that's been held back.
73. I adore the essence of that intellect, which is attainable by reflection of the breathings, and which is the formless cause of our intelligence of the natures of the prána and apána breaths, as also the motive principle of their actions.
73. I love the essence of that intellect, which can be reached by reflecting on the breaths, and which is the formless source of our understanding of the natures of the prána and apána breaths, as well as the driving force behind their actions.
74. I adore the essence of that intellect, which is the cause of the causes, and the main spring of the oscillations of vital airs, and giver of the felicity derived from the vibrations of breath.
74. I love the essence of that intelligence, which is the source of all causes, the driving force behind the movements of vital energy, and the provider of the happiness that comes from the rhythms of breath.
75. I adore that prime and supreme Being Brahma, who is worshipped by the gods bowing down before him, who makes himself known to us by his own power, and who is, by the particles of vital breaths, under the name of Spirit.
75. I love that ultimate and supreme Being Brahma, who is worshipped by the gods bowing down to him, who reveals himself to us through his own power, and who exists in the particles of vital breaths, known as Spirit.
CHAPTER XXVI.
Relation of the Cause of Longevity.
Link Between Causes of Longevity.
Argument.—Reflection and Restraint of Respiration leading to the tranquillity of the soul, and the steadiness of the spirit, conducing to long life and felicity on earth.
Argument.—Focusing on and regulating your breathing promotes a peaceful mind and a stable spirit, which helps enhance longevity and happiness in life.
BHUSUNDA continued. This is the tranquillity of the mind, which I have attained by degrees, by means of my meditation of the nature and course of the vital breath in myself.
BHUSUNDA continued. This is the calmness of the mind, which I have achieved gradually through my meditation on the nature and flow of the vital breath within myself.
2. I sit quiet at all times, with view fixed at the movement of my breath; and never stir a moment from my meditative mood, though the mount Meru may shake under me.
2. I sit quietly all the time, focusing on the rhythm of my breath; and I never move from my meditative state, even if Mount Meru shakes beneath me.
3. Whether I am awake or asleep, or move about or remain unmoved in my seat, I am never at a loss of this meditation even in dream, nor does it slide a moment from my steadfast mind. (For who can ever live without breathing, or be unconscious of its ceaseless course, or that the breath is both the cause and measure of life).
3. Whether I’m awake or asleep, or moving around or staying still in my seat, I never lose this meditation, even in dreams, and it never leaves my focused mind for a moment. (Because who can live without breathing, or be unaware of its constant flow, or that breath is both the source and measure of life).
4. I am always calm and quiet and ever steady and sedate, in this ever varying and unsteady world; I remain always with my face turned inward in myself, and fixed firmly in the object I have at heart. (This is the soul—the life of the life situated in the heart).
4. I’m always calm, quiet, and steady in this constantly changing and unpredictable world; I keep my focus inward and stay firmly attached to what matters to me. (This is the essence—the core of life that resides in the heart).
5. The breeze may cease to blow, and the waters may stop to flow but nothing can prevent my breathing and meditation of them, nor do I remember ever to live without them. (The gloss explains by metonymy the air to mean the planetary sphere, which rests and moves in it, the waters as the ever flowing [Sanskrit: váyu] currents of rivers, and the samádhi [Sanskrit: jyotichakraha] meditation as composed of breath and thought, to be in continuous motion and resistless in their course).
5. The breeze might stop blowing, and the waters might stop flowing, but nothing can stop me from breathing and thinking about them, nor can I remember ever living without them. (The gloss explains that the air represents the planetary sphere, which both rests and moves within it, the waters refer to the ever-flowing [Sanskrit: váyu] currents of rivers, and the samádhi [Sanskrit: jyotichakraha] meditation consists of breath and thought, always in motion and unstoppable in their path).
6. By attending to the course of my inhaling and exhaling breaths of life, I have come to the sight of the soul (which is[Pg 138] their life), and have thereby become freed from sorrow by seeing the prime soul of all souls. (i.e. The highest soul of God).
6. By paying attention to my breath and the rhythm of inhaling and exhaling, I've gained insight into the soul (which is[Pg 138] their life), and I've found relief from sorrow by perceiving the ultimate soul of all souls. (i.e. The highest soul of God).
7. The earth has been sinking and rising repeatedly, since the great deluge, and I have been witnessing the submersion and immersion of things, and the perdition and reproduction of beings, without any change of the sedateness of my soul and mind.
7. The earth has been sinking and rising over and over again since the great flood, and I have been watching things submerge and resurface, and the destruction and rebirth of living beings, all without any change in the calmness of my soul and mind.
8. I never think of the past and future, my sight is fixed only on the present, and my mind sees the remote past and future as ever present before it. (Meditation makes a man a seer of all time).
8. I never think about the past or the future; my focus is solely on the present, and my mind perceives the distant past and future as if they are always right in front of me. (Meditation helps a person see all of time).
9. I am employed in the business that presents itself to me, and never care for their toil nor care for their reward. I live as one in sleep and solely with myself. (This is the state of Kaivalya or solity).
9. I work in the business that comes my way, and I don’t care about the hard work or the rewards. I exist like someone who’s asleep, completely focused on myself. (This is the state of Kaivalya or solitude).
10. I examine all what is and is not, and what we have or have not, and consider likewise all our desires and their objects; and finding them to be but frailties and vanities, I refrain from their pursuit and remain unvexed by their cares for ever.
10. I look at everything that exists and doesn’t exist, and what we do and don’t have, and I also think about all our desires and what they’re aimed at; and seeing that they’re just weaknesses and illusions, I choose not to chase after them and stay free from their worries forever.
11. I watch the course of my inspiration and expiration, and behold the presence of the super excellent (Brahma) at their confluence; whereby I rest satisfied in myself, and enjoy my long life without any sorrow or sickness.
11. I observe the flow of my breathing, and I see the presence of the supreme being (Brahma) where they meet; in this way, I feel content within myself and enjoy my long life free from sorrow or illness.
12. This boon have I gained this day, and that better one shall I have on another, are the ruinous thoughts of mortal men, and unknown to me whereby I have so long living and unailing.
12. This gift I've received today, and I'll receive an even better one another time, are the destructive thoughts of human beings, and I don't know how I've lived so long and without injury.
13. I never praise or dispraise any act of myself or others, and this indifference of mine to all concerns; hath brought me to this happy state of careless longevity. (Platonic imperturbability).
13. I never praise or criticize any actions of myself or others, and this indifference to everything has led me to this happy state of carefree longevity. (Platonic calmness).
14. My mind is neither elated by success, nor it is depressed by adversity, but preserves its equanimity at all times, and is what has brought this happy state on me. (A sane and sound old age).
14. My mind isn't lifted by success, nor is it brought down by failure; it stays balanced at all times, and that's what has led me to this happy state. (A sane and sound old age).
15. I have resorted to my religious relinquishment of the world, and to my apathy to all things at all times; I have also[Pg 139] abandoned the desire of sensuous life and sensible objects, and these have set me free from death and disease.
15. I've turned to my spiritual withdrawal from the world and my indifference to everything all the time; I've also[Pg 139] let go of the desire for physical pleasures and tangible things, and these have freed me from death and sickness.
16. I have freed my mind, O great muni! from its faults of fickleness and curiosity, and have set it above sorrow and anxiety, it has become deliberate calm and quiet, and this has made me longlived and unsickly.
16. I have cleared my mind, O great sage! of its faults of restlessness and curiosity, and I have lifted it above sadness and worry; it has become deliberately calm and peaceful, which has made me live a long life and kept me healthy.
17. I see all things in an equal light, whether it be a beauty or a spectre, a piece of wood or stone, a straw or a rock, or whether it is the air, water or fire, and it is this equanimity of mine that has made me sane and sound in every state of life.
17. I see everything the same way, whether it’s something beautiful or a ghost, a piece of wood or stone, a straw or a rock, or even the air, water, or fire. It's this balance I have that keeps me sane and healthy in every situation in life.
18. I do not think about what I have done today, and what I shall have to do tomorrow, nor do I ail under the fever of vain thoughts regarding the past and future, and this has kept me forever sound and sane.
18. I don’t think about what I’ve done today or what I’ll have to do tomorrow, and I don’t torture myself with pointless thoughts about the past and future, and this has kept me completely healthy and sane.
19. I am neither afraid of death, disease or old age, nor am I elated with the idea of getting a kingdom in my possession; and this indifference of mine to aught of good or evil, is the cause of my length of my life and the soundness of my body and mind.
19. I’m not afraid of death, sickness, or growing old, and I’m not particularly excited about the idea of owning a kingdom; my lack of concern for anything good or bad is what’s allowed me to live long and keep my body and mind healthy.
20. I do not regard, O Brahman! any one either in the light of a friend or foe to me; and this equality of my knowledge of all persons, is the cause of my long life and want of my complaint.
20. I don't see anyone, O Brahman! as either a friend or an enemy; my equal understanding of everyone is what allows me to live a long life and remain free of complaints.
21. I regard all existence as the reflexion of the self-existent one, who is all in all and without his beginning and end; I know myself as the very intellect, and this is the cause of my diuturnity and want of disease and decay.
21. I see everything that exists as a reflection of the self-existing one, who is everything and has no beginning or end; I recognize myself as pure intellect, and this is why I endure and remain free from illness and decay.
22. Whether when I get or give away any thing, or when I walk or sit, or rise and breathe, or am asleep or awake; I never think myself as the gross body but its pure intelligence, and this made me diuturnal and durable for ever. (The intelligent soul never dies).
22. Whether I'm taking or giving anything, or when I walk, sit, rise and breathe, or am asleep or awake; I never see myself as just this physical body but as its pure intelligence, and this makes me lasting and eternal. (The intelligent soul never dies).
23. I think myself as quite asleep, and believe this world with all its bustle to be nothing in reality (but the false appearance of a dream); and this has made me long-lived and undecaying.
23. I see myself as deep in sleep and believe that this world, with all its hustle and bustle, is just a false illusion, like a dream; and that’s what has kept me alive and unchanged.
24. I take the good and bad accidents of life, occurring at[Pg 140] their stated times, to be all alike to me, like my two arms both of which are serviceable to me; and has made me longeval and imperishable.
24. I see both the good and bad events of life, happening at[Pg 140] their expected times, as similar to me, like my two arms, both of which are useful to me; and this has made me long-lasting and indestructible.
25. With my fixed attention, and the cool clearness of my mental vision, I see all things in their favourable light (that they are all good, and adapted to their various uses); I see all things as even and equal, and this view of them in the same light, has made me lasting and wasteless. (So says the Bharata: "All crookedness leads to death, and evenness to the one even Brahma").
25. With my focused attention and clear mental clarity, I see everything in a positive light (that all things are good and suited to their different purposes); I perceive everything as balanced and equal, and this perspective has made me enduring and waste-free. (As the Bharata says: "All crookedness leads to death, and evenness leads to the one even Brahma").
26. This material body of mine to which I bear my moiety, is never viewed by me in the light of my ego; and this has made me undying and undecaying. (The deathless soul is the ego, and the dying body the non-ego).
26. This physical body of mine, which I consider part of myself, is never seen by me as my true self; and this has made me eternal and unchanging. (The immortal soul is the true self, and the mortal body is not the self).
27. Whatever I do and take to my food, I never take them to my heart; my mind is freed from the acts of my body, and this freedom of myself from action, has caused my undecaying longevity. (Because action being the measure of life, its want must make it measureless and imperishable).
27. No matter what I do or consume, I never let it weigh on my heart; my mind is separate from my body’s actions, and this separation has contributed to my enduring longevity. (Since action defines life, its absence must make life limitless and eternal).
28. Whenever, O Sage, I come to know the truth, I never feel proud of my knowledge, but desire to learn more about it; and this increasing desire of knowledge, has increased my life without its concomitant infirmity. (Knowledge is unlimited, and one needs be immortal in order to know all).
28. Whenever, O Sage, I learn the truth, I never feel proud of my knowledge; instead, I want to learn more about it. This growing desire for knowledge has enriched my life without the usual weaknesses that come with it. (Knowledge is limitless, and one would need to be immortal to know everything).
29. Though possessed of power, I never use it to do wrong or injure to another; and though wronged by any one, I am never sorry for the same; and though ever so poor, I never crave any thing of any body; this hath prolonged my life and kept me safe and sound. (It is the Christian charity not to retaliate an injury, but rather to turn to him the right cheek who has slapped on the left).
29. Even though I have power, I never use it to do wrong or harm others; and even when someone wrongs me, I don’t regret it; and even if I’m very poor, I never ask anything from anyone. This has helped me live longer and stay safe and sound. (It’s a Christian virtue not to retaliate when you’re hurt, but instead to turn the other cheek to someone who has slapped you.)
30. I see in these visible forms the intellect that abides all bodies, and as I behold all these existent bodies in an equal light, I enjoy an undecaying longevity.
30. I see the intellect that exists in all bodies reflected in these visible forms, and as I observe all these existing bodies equally, I experience an everlasting sense of life.
31. I am so composed in my mind, that I never allow its faculties, to be entangled in the snare of worldly desires and expectations;[Pg 141] nor do I allow these to touch even my heart, and this conferred on me the bliss of my unfading longevity.
31. I am so calm in my mind that I never let its abilities get caught up in the trap of worldly desires and expectations;[Pg 141] nor do I let these affect my heart, and this has given me the joy of lasting peace.
32. I examine both worlds as two globes placed in my hands, and I find the non-existence of the visible world as it appears to a sleeping man; while the spiritual and invisible world appear full open to my view, as it does to a waking person, and this sight of mine has made me as immortal as the world of immortality.
32. I look at both worlds like two globes in my hands, and I see that the visible world doesn’t exist as it does to a sleeping person; meanwhile, the spiritual and invisible world is fully clear to me, just like it is for someone who is awake. This vision has made me just as immortal as the realm of immortality.
33. I behold the past, present and future as set before me; and I see all that is dead and decayed, and all that is gone and forgotten, as presented anew in my presence. This prospect of all keeps me alive and afresh to them alike.
33. I see the past, present, and future laid out in front of me; and I observe everything that is dead and decayed, and everything that is gone and forgotten, as if it's being shown to me again. This view of everything keeps me engaged and connected to them all.
34. I feel myself happy at the happiness of others, and am sorry to see the misery of other people; and this universal fellow feeling of mine with the weal and woe of my fellow creatures, has kept me alive and afresh at all times.
34. I feel happy when others are happy, and I feel sad when people are suffering; this shared emotion I have for the joys and sorrows of those around me has kept me alive and energized at all times.
35. I remain unmoved as a rock in my adversity, and am friendly to every one in my prosperity; I am never moved by want or affluence, and this steadiness of mine is the cause of my undecayed longevity.
35. I stay unshakeable like a rock in tough times, and I'm friendly to everyone when things are going well; I’m not swayed by need or wealth, and this stability is the reason for my lasting longevity.
36. That I am neither related to nor belong to any body, nor that any one is either related or belongeth to me; is the firm conviction that has laid hold of my mind, and made me live long without feeling sick or sorry for another.
36. I am not related to or part of any group, and no one is related to or part of me. This strong belief has taken hold of my mind and has allowed me to live a long life without feeling sick or sorry for anyone else.
37. It is my belief that I am the one Ego with the world, and with all its space and time also, and that I am the same with the living soul and all its actions; and this faith of mine has made me longeval and undecaying.
37. I believe that I am the only Ego connected to the world, along with all its space and time, and that I am one with the living soul and everything it does; this belief has made me enduring and eternal.
38. It is my belief that I am the same Intelligence, which shows itself in the pot and picture; and which dwells in the sky above and in the woods below. That all this is full of intelligence is my firm reliance, and this has made me long abiding and free from decay.
38. I believe that I am the same Intelligence that is present in the pot and the picture, and that resides in the sky above and the woods below. My strong conviction is that all of this is filled with intelligence, and this belief has kept me enduring and free from decay.
39. It is thus, O great sage! that I reside amidst the receptacle of the three worlds, as a bee abides in the cell of a lotus flower, and am renowned in the world as the perennial crow Bhusunda by name.
39. So, great sage! I live here in the center of the three worlds, like a bee in a lotus flower, and I'm known worldwide as the everlasting crow Bhusunda.
40. I am destined to dwell here forever in order to behold the visible world, rising and falling in tumultuous confusion, in the infinite ocean of the immense Brahma, and assuming their various forms like the waves of the sea at their alternate rise and fall for all eternity.
40. I am meant to stay here forever to see the visible world, rising and falling in chaotic confusion, in the endless ocean of the vast Brahma, taking different shapes like the waves of the sea in their endless rise and fall for all time.
CHAPTER XXVII.
Conclusion of the Narrative of Bhusunda.
Conclusion of the Story of Bhusunda.
Argument.—Vasishtha's praise of Bhusunda, and his homage to the sage, Whose return to Heaven through the midway-sky is described at length.
Argument.—Vasishtha's admiration for Bhusunda and his homage to the sage, whose return to Heaven through the sky is described in detail.
BHUSUNDA added:—I have thus far related to you, O sage! what I am and how I am situated at this place. It was by your behest only, that I was lead to the arrogance of speaking so far to one of superior intelligence.
BHUSUNDA added:—I have shared with you, O sage! what I am and how I am situated here. It was only at your request that I was bold enough to speak this much to someone of greater intelligence.
2. Vasishtha replied:—O sir, it is a wondrous relation that you have given of yourself; O excellent! it is a jewel to my ears and fills me with admiration. (It beggars description, and is mirabile dictu).
2. Vasishtha replied:—Oh, sir, the story you've shared about yourself is truly amazing; it's incredible! It's like music to my ears and fills me with admiration. (Words can't capture it, and it's mirabile dictu).
3. Blessed are those eminent souls (great men), that have the good fortune to behold your most venerable person, which in respect of antiquity is next to none, expect the great grandfather of the gods the lotus born Brahmá himself.
3. Blessed are those remarkable individuals (great men) who have the good fortune to see your esteemed presence, which, in terms of age, is second to none, except for the great grandfather of the gods, the lotus-born Brahmá himself.
4. Blest are my eyes, that are blessed this day with the sight of your holy person, and thrice blest are my ears that are filled with the full recital of your sacred knowledge and all purifying sermon.
4. Blessed are my eyes that today are graced with the sight of your holy presence, and three times blessed are my ears that are filled with the complete sharing of your sacred knowledge and all-encompassing teachings.
5. I have in my peregrinations all about the world, witnessed the dignity and grandeur of the great knowledge of gods and learned men; but have never come to see any where, so holy a seer as yourself.
5. During my travels around the world, I've seen the dignity and greatness of the vast knowledge of gods and wise people; but I've never come across anyone as holy as you.
6. It may be possible by long travel and search, to meet with a great soul some where or other; but it is hard to find a holy soul like yourself any where. (Man may be very learned and wise as a sapient (savant), but never so holy and godly as a saint).
6. It might be possible to encounter a great person through long journeys and searching, but it's tough to find a holy soul like yours anywhere. (A person can be very knowledgeable and wise like a scholar, but they can never be as holy and divine as a saint).
7. We rarely come to find the grain of a precious pearl in the hollow of a lonely bamboo tree, but it is rarer still to come across a holy personage, like yourself in any part of this world.
7. We rarely find the grain of a precious pearl inside a lonely bamboo tree, but it's even rarer to come across a holy person like you anywhere in this world.
8. I have verily achieved an act of great piety, and of[Pg 144] sanctity also at the same time; that I have paid a visit to your holy shrine, and seen your sacred person and liberated soul this very day.
8. I have truly accomplished a great act of goodness, and at the same time something very sacred; I visited your holy shrine, saw your sacred presence, and freed your soul today.
9. Now please to enter your cell, and fare you well in this place; it is now the time of midday devotion, and the duties of my noontide service, call my presence to my heavenly seat.
9. Now please go into your cell, and take care in this place; it's now time for midday prayer, and my noon duties require me to be at my heavenly seat.
10. Hearing this Bhusunda rose from his arborescent seat, and held out a golden twig of the tree with his two fictitious hands. (Holy persons have the power to add to the members of their bodies).
10. Hearing this, Bhusunda got up from his tree-like seat and extended a golden twig from the tree with his two imaginary hands. (Holy people can add to their body parts.)
11. The accomplished (lit. full knowing) crow made a vessel with his beak and hands, and filled it with the snow-white leaves, and flowers and pistils of the Kalpa plant, and put a brilliant pearl in it to be offered as an honorarium—arghya worthy of the divine sage.
11. The knowledgeable crow made a container with his beak and hands, filled it with the pure white leaves, flowers, and stamens of the Kalpa plant, and placed a shining pearl inside as a tribute—arghya fit for the divine sage.
12. The prime-born (ancient) bird, then took the arghya with some water and flowers; and sprinkled and scattered them over me even from my head to foot, in as great a veneration, as when they adore the three eyed god Siva.
12. The firstborn ancient bird then took the offering with some water and flowers and sprinkled and scattered them over me from head to toe, with as much reverence as when they worship the three-eyed god Shiva.
13. Then said I, it is enough, and you need not take the pains to walk after me (in token of your respect). So saying I rose from my seat and made a lift, as when a bird puts to its wings for its aerial flight. (Bishtára—a seat, means also a bedding like the Persian bistar and Urdu bistara derived from the root strí to spread).
13. Then I said, that's enough, and you don’t have to go out of your way to follow me (as a sign of your respect). With that, I stood up and took off, like a bird spreading its wings for flight. (Bishtára—a seat, also refers to a bed like the Persian bistar and Urdu bistara which come from the root strí meaning to spread).
14. Yet the bird followed me a few miles (yojana) in the air, when I hindered his proceeding farther by compelling him to return after shaking our hands. (The custom of shaking hands both on meeting and parting; is mentioned to have been in fashion with the ancients).
14. Yet the bird followed me for a few miles in the air until I stopped him from going further by making him return after we shook hands. (The custom of shaking hands both when meeting and parting was noted to be practiced by the ancients).
15. The chief of birds looked up for some time, as I soared upward in my ethereal journey, and then he returned with reluctance, because it is difficult to part from the company of the good (or of good people).
15. The leader of the birds gazed up for a while as I rose higher in my heavenly journey, and then he reluctantly went back, because it's hard to say goodbye to good company.
16. Then both of us lost the sight of one another in the intermediate air, as the sight of the waves is lost after they sink down in the sea; and I full with the thoughts of the bird and[Pg 145] his sayings, proceeded upward to meet the munis there. I arrived at last at the sphere of the Pleiades, where I was honorably received by Arundhatí my wife.
16. Then we both lost sight of each other in the space between us, just like the view of the waves disappears once they sink into the sea; and I, filled with thoughts of the bird and his words, continued upward to meet the sages there. I finally reached the area of the Pleiades, where I was warmly welcomed by my wife, Arundhatī.
17. It was in the beginning of the golden age (satya yuga) before, and after two hundred years of it had passed away that I had been at Bhusunda's, and sat with him upon the tree on the summit of Sumeru.
17. It was at the start of the golden age (satya yuga) and after two hundred years had gone by that I was with Bhusunda, sitting with him on the tree at the top of Sumeru.
18. Now, O Ráma! that golden age has gone by, and the Tretá or silver age has taken its place; and it is now the middle of this age, that thou art born to subdue thy enemies.
18. Now, O Ráma! that golden age has passed, and the Tretá or silver age has replaced it; and it is now the middle of this age that you are born to conquer your enemies.
19. It is now only eight years past that (or the eight years since) I met with him again on the same mountain, and found him as sound and same as I had seen him long before.
19. It's now been just eight years since I met him again on the same mountain, and he seemed as healthy and unchanged as I had seen him long ago.
20. Now I have related unto you the whole of the exemplary character of Bhusunda; and as you have heard it with patience, so should you consider it with diligence, and act according to his sayings. (In order to be as longlived as he).
20. Now I've shared with you the entire story of Bhusunda's exemplary character; and since you've listened with patience, you should reflect on it carefully and follow his advice. (To live as long as he did).
21. Válmíki says:—The man of pure heart, that considers well the narrative of the virtuous Bhusunda, will undoubtedly pass over the unstable gulf of this world, which is full of formidable dangers on all sides.
21. Válmíki says:—A person with a pure heart who thoughtfully reflects on the story of the virtuous Bhusunda will surely navigate the treacherous divide of this world, which is filled with dangers at every turn.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
Lecture on Theopathy or Spiritual Meditation.
Lecture on Theopathy or Spiritual Meditation.
Argument.—Learning from examples and parables. Falsity of phenomenal and reliance in the noumenal.
Argument.—Gaining knowledge through examples and stories. The falsehood of appearances and reliance on the thing-in-itself.
VASISHTHA said:—I have thus far related to you, O sinless Ráma! the narrative of Bhusunda; who had passed over the perilous sea of delusion, by means of his intelligence and wisdom.
VASISHTHA said:—I have shared with you, O pure Rama! the story of Bhusunda; who crossed the dangerous sea of confusion through his intelligence and wisdom.
2. Keeping this instance in view, and following his practice of pránáyáma or regulation of breath; you will also, O mighty armed Ráma! pass over the wide ocean of this hazardous ocean.
2. With this example in mind, and by practicing pránáyáma or breath control, you will also, O mighty-armed Ráma! cross over this dangerous ocean.
3. As Bhusunda has obtained the obtainable one, by means of his knowledge and by virtue of his continued practice of yoga; so do you strive to gain the same by imitation of his example.
3. Just as Bhusunda has achieved what is accessible through his knowledge and consistent practice of yoga, you should also work to attain the same by following his example.
4. Men of uninfatuated understanding may attain the stability of Bhusunda, and their reliance in the transcendental truth like him by their attending to the practice of pránáyáma or restraining of their breath.
4. People with clear understanding can achieve the steadiness of Bhusunda and trust in the transcendental truth like he did by practicing pránáyáma or breath control.
5. Thus you have heard me relate to you many things, relating to true knowledge; it now depends on your own understanding to do as you may like to choose for yourself. (Either to betake yourself to spiritual knowledge or the practice of pránáyáma or either as the gloss explains it, either to esoteric contemplation yoga or exoteric adoration upasana).
5. So, you’ve heard me talk about many things that relate to true knowledge; now it’s up to your own understanding to choose what you want for yourself. (You can either focus on spiritual knowledge, practice pránáyáma, or as the explanation puts it, engage in esoteric contemplation yoga or exoteric worship upasana).
6. Ráma replied:—you sir, that are the luminous sun of spiritual light on earth, have dispelled the thick gloom of unspiritual knowledge from my mind at once (by transcendental light of your holy lectures).
6. Ráma replied:—you, sir, who are the bright sun of spiritual light on earth, have instantly cleared away the heavy darkness of ignorance from my mind with the transcendent light of your holy teachings.
7. I am fully awake to and joyous in my divine knowledge, and have entered into my state of spirituality; I have known the knowable, and am seated in my divine state like yourself.
7. I am fully aware of and happy in my spiritual understanding, and I have embraced my spiritual state; I have grasped what can be known, and I am in my divine state just like you.
8. O the wondrous memoir of Bhusunda that you have[Pg 147] narrated! It fills me with admiration, and is fraught with the best instruction. (Lit. it is instructive of the highest wisdom).
8. Oh, the amazing story of Bhusunda that you shared! It inspires me and is full of valuable lessons.
9. In the account that you have given of Bhusunda, you have said that the body is the abode of the soul, and is composed of flesh and blood, and of the inner bones and outer skin (as its materials and plaster).
9. In your description of Bhusunda, you mentioned that the body is the home of the soul and is made up of flesh and blood, along with the inner bones and outer skin (as its materials and covering).
10. Please tell me sir, who made this fabric and how it came to be formed; how it is made to last, and who abides therein.
10. Please tell me, sir, who created this fabric and how it was made; how it is made to last, and who lives within it.
11. Vasishtha answered: Listen now Ráma, to what I will relate to you for the instruction of the supreme knowledge, as also for removal of the evils which have taken root instead of true knowledge.
11. Vasishtha answered: Listen now, Ráma, to what I’m about to tell you for the sake of understanding the ultimate truth, as well as for getting rid of the false beliefs that have taken hold instead of real knowledge.
12. This dwelling of the body, Ráma! which has the bones for its posts, and the blood and flesh for its mortar, and the nine holes for so many windows, is built by no one: (but is formed of itself).
12. This home of the body, Ráma! which has bones for its pillars, and blood and flesh for its structure, and the nine openings as windows, is constructed by no one: (but is created on its own).
13. It is a mere reflection, and reflects itself so to our vision; as the appearance of two moons in the sky by illusion, is both real as well as unreal. (This vedantic doctrine is opposed to the popular faith of the creatorship of God).
13. It’s just a reflection, showing itself to our sight; like the illusion of two moons in the sky, it’s both real and unreal. (This Vedantic doctrine goes against the common belief in God as the creator.)
14. It may be right to speak of two moons from their double appearance to our sight, but in reality there is but one moon and the other its reflection. (So are all phenomenal bodies but reflections of the noumenal).
14. It might be accurate to refer to two moons because of how they appear to us, but in truth, there's only one moon and the other is its reflection. (In the same way, all perceptible things are merely reflections of the underlying reality).
15. The belief of the existence of body makes it a reality, the unreal seems as real, and therefore it is said to be both real and unreal at the same time. (The perception is real but the object of perception an unreality. Just so the perception of a snake in the rope may be true, though the snake in the rope is quite untrue).
15. The belief in the existence of a body makes it a reality; the unreal appears to be real, so it’s said to be both real and unreal at the same time. (The perception is real, but the object of perception is an illusion. For example, seeing a snake in a rope can feel true, even though there’s actually no snake there).
16. Any thing seen in a dream is true as a dream, and appears to be so in the state of dreaming, but afterwards it proves to be untrue, so a bubble of water is true as a bubble, which comes to be known afterwards to be false in reality. (So all things appearing to be true to sight, vanish into nothing when they are judged aright, and even a judge may deem a[Pg 148] thing as just, which upon further and right investigation is known as unjust).
16. Anything seen in a dream feels real while dreaming, but later it turns out to be not true. Similarly, a water bubble seems real while it's there, but later we see it was just an illusion. (Everything that appears true can fade away when looked at correctly, and even a judge might consider something fair, which upon deeper and proper examination is revealed to be unfair).
17. The body seems to be substantiality in the doing of bodily actions, but it proves otherwise when we view the essentiality of the spirit only; so the reflection of the sun on the sandy desert, makes the mirage appear as water, whose reality proves to be unreal the next moment: (so it is of the body).
17. The body appears to have substance in performing physical actions, but it proves otherwise when we consider the essence of the spirit alone; just like the reflection of the sun on the sandy desert creates the illusion of water, which turns out to be untrue in the next moment: (so it is with the body).
18. The body existing as a reflexion disappears the next moment. It is no more than a reflexion, and so it reflects itself.
18. The body that exists as a reflection vanishes the next moment. It’s nothing more than a reflection, and so it reflects itself.
19. It is your error to think that you are the material body which is made of flesh and bones. It is the inward thought of your mind that is situated in the body, and makes you to think yourself as so and so and such a one. (The reminiscence of the mind of its former body, causes to think itself as an embodied being, in all its repeated transmigrations. Gloss).
19. It's a mistake to believe that you are just your physical body made of flesh and bones. It's the thoughts in your mind that are linked to your body and lead you to identify yourself in certain ways. (The memory of the mind of its previous body makes it think of itself as having a physical form in all its repeated rebirths. Gloss).
20. Forsake therefore the body that you build for yourself at your own will, and be not like them, who while they are asleep on their pleasant beds, deport themselves to various countries with their dreaming bodies: (which are all false and unreal).
20. So give up the body that you create for yourself as you please, and don’t be like those who, while they sleep on their comfy beds, travel to different places with their dreaming bodies: (which are all fake and unreal).
21. See, O Ráma! how you deport yourself to the kingdom of heaven even in your waking state, in the fanciful reverie of your mind; say then where is your body situated. (It neither accompanies the mind to heaven, nor is it on earth being unperceived and unaccompanied by the mind).
21. Look, O Ráma! how you carry yourself to the kingdom of heaven even while you're awake, lost in the dreams of your mind; now tell me, where is your body located? (It neither travels with the mind to heaven, nor does it remain on earth, as it goes unnoticed and alone without the mind).
22. Say Ráma, where is your body situated, when your mind wanders on the Meru in your dream, and when you dream to ramble with your body about the skirts of this earth.
22. Hey Ráma, where is your body located when your mind drifts to Meru in your dreams, and when you dream of wandering with your body around the edges of this earth?
23. Think Ráma, how you seem to saunter about the rich domains (of the gods) in the fancied kingdom of your mind, and tell me whether you are then and there accompanied with your body, or is it left behind.
23. Think about Ráma, how you seem to stroll through the wealthy realms (of the gods) in the imagined kingdom of your mind, and tell me if you are there with your body, or if it’s left behind.
24. Tell me, where is that body of yours situated; when you think of doing many of your bodily and worldly acts without your body, in the fancied realm of your mind.
24. Tell me, where is your body located; when you consider doing many of your physical and worldly actions without your body, in the imagined space of your mind.
25. Tell me, O strong armed Ráma! where are those members of your body situated; with which you think to coquette and[Pg 149] caress your loving courtezans in the court of your painful mind.
25. Tell me, O strong-armed Ráma! Where are those parts of your body that you use to flirt and[Pg 149] caress your beloved courtesans in the troubled corners of your mind?
26. Where is that body of yours, with which you seem to enjoy anything; the enjoyment belongs to the mind and not to the body, and both of them are real as well as unreal, owing to their presence at one time and absence at another.
26. Where is that body of yours, which you seem to enjoy anything with; the enjoyment belongs to the mind, not the body, and both are real as well as unreal, because they exist at one moment and not at another.
27. The body and the mind are known to be present with coeval with their actions, and they participate with one another in their mutual acts (without which they are said to be inexistent). Therefore it is erroneous to say that, I am this body and am situated here, and these things are mine, all which are illusory and caused by illusion. (Egoism and meity are illusive ideas).
27. The body and the mind are recognized to exist together with their actions, and they engage with each other in their activities (without which they are considered non-existent). Therefore, it’s incorrect to claim that I am this body and that I am located here, and that these things belong to me; all of this is deceptive and created by illusion. (Egoism and possessiveness are deceptive concepts).
28. All this is the manifestation of the will or energy of the mind, and you must know it either as a long dream or lengthened fallacy of the mind.
28. All of this is the expression of the mind's will or energy, and you must understand it either as a long dream or an extended illusion of the mind.
29. Know this world, O son of Raghu's race, to be a display of the vast kingdom of your imagination, and will vanish into nothing, when you will come to your good understanding by the grace of your God.
29. Understand this world, O descendant of Raghu, as a projection of the vast kingdom of your imagination, which will disappear into nothing when you gain true insight through the grace of your God.
30. You will then see the whole as clearly as in the light of the rising sun, and know this world to be like a creation of your dream or volition. (i.e. as you wish to have a thing for yourself).
30. You will then see everything as clearly as in the light of the rising sun and realize that this world is like a creation of your dreams or choices. (i.e. as you wish to have something for yourself).
31. So is this world a display of the will of the lotus-born Brahmá, as I have said before in length in the book of creation.
31. So this world is a manifestation of the will of the lotus-born Brahmá, as I have previously explained in detail in the book of creation.
32. There rises of itself a willful creation within the mind, and out of its own accord as if it were so ordained by destiny; and the mind being fully possest of the great variety of forms, is lost at last into the error of taking them for true.
32. A determined creation arises in the mind, as if it were destined to happen; and the mind, fully engaged with the many different forms, eventually falls into the mistake of believing they are real.
33. It is a creation of the will only and a display of it in the same manner, as the fancied chimera of Brahmanship had possessed the minds of the sons of Indu. (See the narrative of Indu's sons in the upasama Prakarana).
33. It is just a product of will and a showing of it in the same way that the imagined chimera of Brahmanship captivated the minds of Indu's sons. (See the narrative of Indu's sons in the upasama Prakarana).
34. After the soul has passed from its former frame, it receives the same form which it has in view before it after the fancy of the mind, which is either of the kind, to which it has[Pg 150] been long used and accustomed, or what it fondly longs in the mind.
34. Once the soul has left its previous body, it takes on the same form that it imagined before, based on the thoughts in its mind, which are either what it has been familiar with for a long time or what it dearly wishes for in its mind.
35. The body shows itself in the form as it is shaped by the prior acts of a person, and is also convertible to the intellect by the manly exertions of some: (whose corporeal bodies may become intellectual beings, as some persons have mere brutal, while others are highly intellectual).
35. The body reveals itself in the way it's formed by a person's previous actions, and can also be transformed by the efforts of some individuals: (whose physical bodies can become intellectual beings, while some people remain purely instinctual, and others are very intellectual).
36. He that thinks himself as another, is transformed to the nature of that air (as it is the pattern that moulds a thing after its own model): and the thought that you are this or that, and have this thing or others for yourself, is what actually makes you so in this world. (The metamorphose of the natures and forms of things and persons to other kinds in Ovid, were all owing to their tendencies and inclinations towards them).
36. Someone who believes they are someone else becomes shaped by that mindset (like a mold that forms something according to its design): your belief that you are this or that, and that you possess certain things or others for yourself, is what truly makes you who you are in this world. (The transformation of the natures and forms of things and people in Ovid was all due to their tendencies and inclinations towards them).
37. Whatever is thought upon keenly and firmly, the same comes to take place accordingly; and whatever is thought of with intense and great force of thought, the same must occur in a short time: (so are all things done to which we set our minds).
37. Whatever you focus on intently and firmly will happen; and whatever you think about with strong and intense focus will soon occur: (that's how everything happens that we set our minds to).
38. We see every day the objects of our desire, presenting their fair forms to our view, like the comely faces of our beloved ones present before our sight, in the same manner as the sights in a dream and distant objects, are recalled to the mind of men; with their closed and half-shut eyes. (This is the doctrine of reminiscence which reproduces our long remembered bodies to us).
38. Every day, we see the things we want, showing their beautiful shapes to us, like the attractive faces of our loved ones right in front of us, similar to how visions in a dream and faraway objects come back to the minds of people; with their eyes closed or half-closed. (This is the idea of reminiscence, which brings our long-remembered bodies back to us).
39. This world is said to be a creation of the thoughts of men, and appears to sight from habitual reflection of it, in the same manner as the sights in a dream, appear to the mind of a man in the day time.
39. This world is said to be created by the thoughts of people and looks to us, through frequent reflection, much like the scenes in a dream appear to someone during the day.
40. The temporary world appears to be as lasting, as the river which appears in the sky under the burning sunshine. (Though in fact both of them are equally evanescent).
40. The temporary world seems as permanent as the river that shows up in the sky under the blazing sun. (Although, in reality, both are equally fleeting).
41. This inexistent earth also appears as existent in our cogitation, as there appears bundles of peacock's feathers in the sky to the vitiated or purblind eye.
41. This non-existent earth also seems real in our thoughts, just like bundles of peacock feathers appear in the sky to a corrupted or blind eye.
42. It is only the vitiated understanding that dwells upon[Pg 151] the beauties of creation, as the vitiated eye sight looks upon the various tinges in the sky. But to the clear sighted understanding the one is as evanescent, as the other is to the clear sighted eye.
42. Only a distorted mind fixates on[Pg 151] the beauties of creation, just as a flawed vision perceives the different colors in the sky. However, to a clear-minded person, both are equally fleeting, just as they are to an unsullied eye.
43. The sharp sighted man is never led away by the display of worldly grandeur, as even the most timid man is never afraid of a tiger in his imagination.
43. The perceptive person is never swayed by superficial displays of wealth, just as even the most timid person is never scared of a tiger in their imagination.
43a. This great show of worldly grandeur can never mislead the penetrating sight of the wise, as a monstrous creature of imagination cannot terrify even the most timid. (Because the one knows the falsity of the show as well as the other does that of imaginary monster).
43a. This grand display of worldly wealth can never fool the insightful observer, just as a fictional monster can't scare even the most fearful person. (Both understand the falsehood of the spectacle and the imaginary creature).
44. The wise man is never afraid of his imaginary world, which he knows to be the production of his own mind, from its nature of self-evolution bahir mukhata. (The mind is naturally possessed of both its power of self involution in the interior soul, as also that of its evolving itself in the form of the exterior world).
44. The wise person is never afraid of their imaginary world, which they understand to be created by their own mind, from its nature of self-evolution bahir mukhata. (The mind naturally has both the ability to delve into the inner self and to develop itself in the form of the outer world).
45. He that has stood in the path of this world, needs not fear for any thing in it, and he that is afraid of it for fear of falling into its errors, should learn to purify his understanding from all its dross and impurity. (Stretch your mind, and the world will appear to light, curb it in yourself and every thing will disappear from view).
45. Anyone who has faced the challenges of this world shouldn't fear anything in it, and those who are afraid because they worry about making mistakes should learn to clear their understanding of all its impurities. (Expand your mind, and the world will become clear; limit it within yourself, and everything will fade away from your sight).
46. Know Ráma, that the soul is free from the erroneous conception of the world, and from the errors which pervade all over it. Look well into these things, and you will have a nature as pure as your inward soul.
46. Understand, Ráma, that the soul is free from the mistaken beliefs about the world and the errors that are everywhere within it. Reflect on these matters, and you will have a nature as pure as your inner self.
47. The soul is not soiled by impurity, as a pure gold is not spoiled by dirt; and though it may sometimes appear to be tarnished as copper, yet it soon resumes its colour after its dirt is cleansed or burnt away. Thus the world being a reflexion of the omnipresent Brahma, is neither an entity nor a nonentity of its own nature.
47. The soul isn’t damaged by impurity, just like pure gold isn’t ruined by dirt; and even if it sometimes looks tarnished like copper, it quickly regains its color once the dirt is cleaned or burned off. Similarly, since the world reflects the ever-present Brahma, it’s neither truly real nor truly unreal by its own nature.
48. Thus the abandonment of all other thoughts, besides that of the universal soul or Brahma, is called the true discernment of the mind; which derives the thoughts of life and death,[Pg 152] heaven and hell into nothing, and proves all knowledge to be ignorance alone.
48. So, letting go of all thoughts except for the idea of the universal soul or Brahma is what we call true understanding of the mind; this brings thoughts about life and death, heaven and hell to nothing, and shows that all knowledge is really just ignorance. [Pg 152]
49. The knowledge of the nullity of everything, except its being a reflexion of the Intellect, is called the individuality and right discernment of the mind, which removes the thought of the separate and independent existence of the ego and tu, and also of this world and its ten sides: (i.e. of the subjective as well as the objective).
49. Knowing that everything is just a reflection of the Intellect is called individuality and proper understanding of the mind. This knowledge eliminates the idea of the separate and independent existence of the self and the other, as well as this world and its various aspects: (i.e. both the subjective and the objective).
50. That all things are but reflexions of the soul, is what is known as the true and right discernment of the mind; and is derived from its observation of true nature of things in this real and unreal world. (The real is the spiritualistic view of the world, and the unreal is illusory phenomenal appearance).
50. Everything is just reflections of the soul, which is understood as the true and accurate perception of the mind; this understanding comes from observing the true nature of things in both the real and unreal world. (The real refers to the spiritual view of the world, while the unreal pertains to illusory appearances).
51. That nothing rises or sets or appears or disappears in this world, is what the mind perceives by its right discernment of things; and by its investigation into the true and apparent natures of all. (In their true light all things are in a state of continued revolution, and nothing rises anew to view or disappears into nothing).
51. The mind understands that nothing truly rises or sets, appears or vanishes in this world through its clear judgment of things and its exploration of the real and perceived nature of everything. (When seen clearly, everything is in a constant state of change, and nothing truly comes into view or disappears into nothingness).
52. Right discernment gives the mind its peace and tranquillity, and its freedom from all desires; and makes it indifferent to joy and grief, and callous to all praise and censure.
52. Right discernment brings peace and calm to the mind, freeing it from all desires; it makes the mind indifferent to both joy and sorrow, as well as insensitive to praise and criticism.
53. The mind comes to find this truth as the cooling balsam of the heart, that we are all doomed to die one day or other, with all our friends and relations in this world of mortality.
53. The mind eventually recognizes this truth as a soothing balm for the heart: that we are all destined to die someday, along with all our friends and family in this world of mortality.
54. Why therefore should we lament at the demise of our friends, when it is certain that we must die one day sooner or later (and without the certainty of when or where).
54. So why should we mourn the loss of our friends when we know for sure that we will all die eventually (and without knowing exactly when or where)?
55. Thus when we are destined to die ourselves also, without having any power in us to prevent the same; why then should we be sorry for others when we can never prevent also.
55. So, when we are also destined to die, with no power to stop it; why should we feel sad for others when we can never prevent that either?
56. It is certain that any one who has come to be born herein, must have some state and property for his supportance here; but what is the cause of rejoicing in it (when neither our lives nor their means are lasting for ever).
56. It's clear that anyone born here must have some resources and means to support themselves; but what is there to celebrate in it (when neither our lives nor our resources last forever)?
57. All men dealing in worldly affairs, gain wealth with toil[Pg 153] and pain for their trouble and danger only; what is the reason therefore for pining at its want, or repining at its loss.
57. All people involved in everyday life earn money through hard work[Pg 153] and hardship for their troubles and risks; so why mourn for not having it, or feel upset about losing it?
58. These spheres of worlds enlarge, expand and rise to our view, like bubbles of water in the sea which swell and float and shine for a time, and then burst and subside in the water of eternity.
58. These realms grow, spread, and come into our sight, like bubbles in the ocean that swell, drift, and shine for a while, only to break and fade away in the depths of eternity.
59. The nature of reality (the entity of Brahma), is real at all times, and the condition of the unreal world is unsubstantial for ever, and can never be otherwise or real, though it may? appear as such for a time. Why then sorrow for what is nil and unreal.
59. The nature of reality (the entity of Brahma) is always real, while the state of the unreal world is always insubstantial and can never be anything other than unreal, even if it may seem real for a moment. So why feel sorrow over what is nothing and unreal?
60. I am not of this body nor was I in it, nor shall I remain in it; nor is it any thing, even at present, except a picture of the imagination. Why then lament at its loss.
60. I am not this body, I wasn't in it, and I won't stay in it; it's really just a figment of the imagination right now. So why grieve over its loss?
61. If I am something else beside this body, that is a reflexion of the pure intellect; then tell me of what avail are these states of reality and unreality to me, and wherefore shall I rejoice or regret.
61. If I'm more than just this body, and just a reflection of pure intelligence, then what good are these states of reality and unreality to me, and why should I feel joy or sorrow?
62. The Sage who is fully conscious of the certainty of this truth in himself, does not feel any rise or fall of his spirits at his life or death, nor doth he rejoice or wail at either in having or losing his life.
62. The wise person who is completely aware of this truth within themselves remains unaffected by the ups and downs of life or death and does not feel joy or sorrow in either having or losing their life.
63. Because he gains after the loss of his gross body, his residence in the transcendental state of Brahma or spiritual existence; as the little bird tittera builds its nest of tender blades, after its grassy habitation is broken down or blown away.
63. Because he gains after losing his physical body, he resides in the transcendent state of Brahma or spiritual existence; just like a small bird tittera builds its nest from tender blades after its grassy home has been destroyed or blown away.
64. Therefore we should never rely in our frail and fragile bodies, but bind our souls to the firm rock of Brahma by the strong rope of our faith, as they bind a bull to the post with a strong cord.
64. So, we should never depend on our weak and delicate bodies, but connect our souls to the solid rock of Brahma with the strong rope of our faith, like they tie a bull to a post with a sturdy cord.
65. Having thus ascertained the certitude of this truth, rely thy faith on the reality of thy spiritual essence, and by giving up thy reliance on thy frail body, manage thyself with indifference in this unreal world.
65. Having confirmed the certainty of this truth, place your faith in the reality of your spiritual essence, and by letting go of your dependence on your fragile body, navigate this unreal world with indifference.
66. Adhere to what is thy duty here, and avoid whatever is prohibited to thee; and thus proceed in thy course with an even[Pg 154] tenor of thy mind, without minding at all about thy reliance on the one and miscreance of the other.
66. Stick to your responsibilities here and stay away from anything that's off-limits to you; then move forward with a calm state of mind, not worrying at all about your trust in one and the wrongdoing of the other.
67. He gets a cool composure of his mind; like the coolness at the close of a hot summer-day, who shuts out from his view the reflexions of all worldly objects.
67. He achieves a calm clarity of mind, like the refreshing coolness at the end of a hot summer day, shutting out the distractions of all worldly things.
68. Look on this universe, O sinless Ráma, as one common display of Divine light, like the appearance of day light which is common to all; it is the mind which taints it with various forms, as the sun-beams are reflected in sundry piece by objects.
68. See this universe, O sinless Ráma, as a single manifestation of Divine light, just like the daylight that everyone shares; it's the mind that colors it with different shapes, similar to how sunlight reflects off various objects.
69. Therefore forsake all reflexions, and be without any impression in thy mind, be of the form of pure intellectual light, which passes through all without being contaminated by any.
69. Therefore, let go of all thoughts and keep your mind free of any impressions. Be like pure intellectual light that passes through everything without being affected by anything.
70. You will be quite stainless by your dismissal of all taints and appearances from your mind, and by your thinking yourself as nothing and having no true enjoyment in this world.
70. You will be completely pure by letting go of all stains and appearances from your mind and by seeing yourself as nothing, without any real pleasure in this world.
71. That these phenomena are nothing in reality, but they show themselves unto us for our delusion only; and that yourself also are nothing will appear to you, by your thinking the whole as a display of the Divine Intellect.
71. These phenomena aren't real; they only appear to us to deceive us. And you, too, will see that you are nothing when you view everything as a reflection of the Divine Intellect.
72. Again the thought that these phenomena are not false, nor do they lead to our illusion since they are the manifestation of the supreme Intellect, is also very true and leads to your consummation.
72. Once again, the idea that these phenomena are not false and don't mislead us, since they are the expression of the supreme Intellect, is also very true and leads to your fulfillment.
73. It is well Ráma, and for your good also if you know either of these; because both of these views will tend equally to your felicity.
73. It's good for you, Ráma, and for your own benefit if you understand either of these; because both of these perspectives will contribute equally to your happiness.
74. Conduct yourself in this manner, O blessed Ráma! and lessen gradually all your affection and dislike to this world and all worldly things. (i.e. Neither love nor hate aught at any time).
74. Act like this, dear Rama! and slowly reduce all your love and dislike for this world and everything in it. (i.e. Don't love or hate anything at any time).
75. Whatever there exists in this earth, sky and heaven, is all obtainable by you, by means of the relinquishment of your eager desire and hatred.
75. Everything that exists on this earth, in the sky, and in heaven is all achievable by you through the release of your intense desires and resentments.
76. Whatever a man endeavours to do, with his mind freed from his fondness for or hatred to it, the same comes shortly,[Pg 155] to take place, contrary to the attempts of the ignorant: (whose excessive desire and dislike turn to their disadvantage).
76. Whatever a person tries to do, when their mind is free from attachment or aversion, it will happen soon, contrary to what the ignorant believe: (their extreme desire and dislike end up working against them).[Pg 155]
77. No good quality can have its abode in the heart that is troubled by the waves of faults; as no stag will set its foot on the ground, heated by burning sands and wild fires.
77. No good quality can exist in a heart disturbed by the turmoil of flaws, just like no deer will step on land scorched by burning sands and wildfires.
78. What acquisitions does he not make, in whose heart there grows the kalpa tree of desire, and which is not infested by the snakes of ardent desire or dislike (the two cankers of human breast).
78. What things does he not acquire, in whose heart the kalpa tree of desire grows, and which is not troubled by the snakes of intense desire or aversion (the two afflictions of the human heart)?
79. Those men who are wise and discreet, learned and attentive to their duties, and at the same time influenced by the feelings of love and hatred, are no better than jackals (or jack asses) in human shape, and are accursed with all their qualifications.
79. Those men who are wise and careful, knowledgeable and focused on their responsibilities, and at the same time swayed by feelings of love and hate, are no better than jackals (or fools) in human form, and are cursed by all their qualifications.
80. Look at the effects of these passions in men, who repine both at the use of their wealth by others, as also in leaving their hard earned money behind them. (This proceeds from excessive love of wealth on the one hand, and hatred of family and heirs on the other as is said [Sanskrit: putrádapi ghanabhajam bháti], the monied miser, dislikes even his son).
80. Observe how these passions affect people, who resent both how others use their wealth and the idea of leaving their hard-earned money behind. (This comes from an excessive love of money on one side and a dislike for family and heirs on the other, as the saying goes [Sanskrit: putrádapi ghanabhajam bháti], the money-obsessed miser even dislikes his own son).
81. All our riches, relatives and friends, are as transitory as the passing winds: why then should a wise man rejoice or repine at their gain or loss.
81. All our wealth, family, and friends are as short-lived as the changing winds: so why should a wise person feel joy or sadness over their gain or loss?
82. All our gains and wants and enjoyments in life, are mere illusion or máyá, which is spread as a net by Divine power, all over the works of creation, and entraps all the worldlings in it.
82. All our achievements, desires, and pleasures in life are just illusions or máyá, which is woven like a net by divine power throughout all of creation, trapping everyone in it.
83. There is no wealth, nor any person, that is real or lasting to any one in this temporary world; it is all frail and fleeting, and stretched out as a false magic show to sight.
83. There is no wealth or person that is real or lasting for anyone in this temporary world; it's all fragile and fleeting, presented like a false magic show for us to see.
84. What wise man is there that will place his attachment on anything, which is an unreality both in its beginning and end, and is quite unsteady in the midst. No one has any faith in the arbour of his imagination or aerial castle.
84. What wise person would attach themselves to anything that is unreal from the start to the finish and is completely unstable in between? No one truly believes in the fantasies of their imagination or in a daydream.
85. As one fancies he sees a fairy in a passing cloud, and is pleased with the sight of what he can never enjoy, but passes[Pg 156] from his view to the sight of distant peoples; so is this passing world, which passes from the sight of some to that of others, without its being fully enjoyed or long retained in the possession of any one. (The passing world passes from hand to hand, without its standing still at any one's command).
85. Just as someone imagines seeing a fairy in a fleeting cloud and delights in the sight of something they can never truly experience, this world comes and goes, shifting from the view of some people to others, without anyone being able to fully enjoy or hold onto it for long. (The world shifts from person to person, never staying still at anyone's command).
86. The bustle of these fleeting bodies in the world, resembles the commotion of an aerial castle, and the appearance of a city in an evanescent dream and fancy.
86. The hustle and bustle of these passing people in the world is like the chaos of a castle in the air, and the image of a city in a fleeting dream or imagination.
87. I see the world as a city in my protracted dream, with all its movables and immovable things, lying as quiet and still as in profound sleep.
87. I see the world as a city in my long dream, with everything that moves and everything that doesn’t, all lying quietly and still as if in a deep sleep.
88. Ráma, you are wandering in this world, as one rolling in his bed of indolence, and lulled to the long sleep of ignorance; which lends you from one error to another, as if dragged by a chain of continuous dreaming.
88. Ráma, you are roaming through this world like someone lying in a lazy bed, lulled into a deep sleep of ignorance; this leads you from one mistake to another, as if you’re being pulled along by a chain of endless dreams.
89. Now Ráma, break off your long chain of indolent ignorance, forsake the idol of your errors, and lay hold on the inestimable gem of your spiritual and divine knowledge.
89. Now Ráma, let go of your long habit of lazy ignorance, abandon the idol of your mistakes, and grasp the priceless gem of your spiritual and divine knowledge.
90. Return to your right understanding, and behold your soul in its clear light as a manifestation of the unchangeable luminary of the Intellect; in the same manner as the unfolding lotus beholds the rising sun.
90. Go back to your true understanding and see your soul in its clear light as a reflection of the constant light of the Intellect, just like a blooming lotus sees the rising sun.
91. I exhort you repeatedly, O Ráma! to wake from your drowsiness, and by remaining ever wakeful to your spiritual concerns; see the undecaying and undeclining sun of your soul at all times.
91. I urge you again and again, O Ráma! to wake up from your drowsiness, and by staying alert to your spiritual concerns; always see the eternal and unwavering light of your soul.
92. I have roused you from your indolent repose, and awakened you to the light of your understanding, by the cooling breeze of spiritual knowledge, and the refreshing showers of my elegant diction.
92. I have stirred you from your lazy rest, and opened your eyes to understanding, with the cool breeze of spiritual knowledge and the refreshing showers of my refined language.
93. Delay not Ráma, to enlighten your understanding even now, and attain your highest wisdom in the knowledge of the supreme being, to come to the light of truth and shun the errors of the delusive world.
93. Don’t wait, Ráma, to gain clarity and achieve your ultimate wisdom in understanding the supreme being, to reach the truth and avoid the mistakes of the deceptive world.
94. You will not be subject to any more birth or pain, nor will you be exposed to any error or evil, if you will but remain steady in your soul, by forsaking all your worldly desires.
94. You won’t experience any more birth or suffering, nor will you face any mistakes or negativity, if you just stay true to yourself by letting go of all your worldly desires.
95. Remain steadfast, O high minded Ráma, in your trust in the tranquil and all soul of Brahma, for attainment of the purity and holiness of your own soul, and you will thereby be freed from the snare of your earthly desires, and get a clear sight of that true reality, wherein you will rest in perfect security, as were in profound sleep.
95. Stay strong, O noble Rama, in your faith in the peaceful and all-encompassing Brahman, for achieving the purity and sanctity of your own soul. This will free you from the trap of your earthly desires and allow you to see the true reality clearly, where you will find perfect security, as if in deep sleep.
CHAPTER XXIX.
Pantheism.
Pantheism.
or
or
Description of the World as full with the Supreme soul.
A description of the world as being filled with the Supreme soul.
Argument.—Elucidation of the same subject, and further Instruction to Ráma.
Argument—Further explanation on the same topic, and extra guidance for Ráma.
VÁLMIKI relates:—Hearing this discourse of the sage, Ráma remained sedate with the coma (sama) of his mind, his spirits were tranquil, and his soul was full of rapture.
VÁLMIKI relates:—Hearing this talk from the sage, Ráma stayed calm and collected, his mind was at peace, his emotions were steady, and his soul was filled with joy.
2. The whole audience also that was present at the place, being all quiet, calm and silent (comatose-upasánta), the sage withheld his speech for fear of disturbing their spiritual repose: (which converted them to stock and stone).
2. The entire audience that was there, remaining quiet, calm, and silent (like they were in a deep sleep), the sage held back his words, afraid of interrupting their spiritual peace: (which turned them into lifeless beings).
3. The sage stopped from distilling the drops of his ambrosial speech any more, after the hearts of the audience were lulled to rest by their draughts, as the clouds cease to rain drops, having penetrated into the hearts of ripened grains.
3. The wise man stopped pouring out his sweet words after the audience was calmed and relaxed by what they had heard, just like clouds stop raining once they've filled the hearts of ripe crops.
4. As Ráma (with the rest of the assembly) came to be rose from their torpor after a while; the eloquent Vasishtha resumed his discourse in elucidation of his former lecture. (On spirituality).
4. As Ráma (along with the rest of the group) began to wake up from their daze after a while, the articulate Vasishtha continued his talk to clarify his earlier lecture. (On spirituality).
5. Vasishtha said:—Ráma! you are now fully awakened to light, and have come to and obtained the knowledge of thyself; remain hence forward fixed to the only true object, wherein you must rely your faith, and never set your feet on the field of the false phenomenal world.
5. Vasishtha said:—Rama! You are now completely aware and have gained knowledge of yourself; from now on, stay focused on the one true purpose, the foundation of your faith, and never step into the realm of the deceptive, superficial world.
6. The wheel of the world is continually revolving round the centre of desire, put a peg to its axis, and it will stop from turning about its pole.
6. The world keeps turning around the center of desire; if you put a peg in its axis, it will stop spinning around its pole.
7. If you be slack to fasten the nave (nábhi) of your mind, by your manly efforts (purushártha; it will be hard for[Pg 159] you to stop the wheel of the world, which runs faster as you slacken your mind.)
7. If you're slow to focus your mind, with your strong efforts, it will be hard for[Pg 159] you to stop the wheel of the world, which speeds up as you lose your concentration.
8. Exert your manly strength (courage), with the aid of your mental powers and wisdom, stop the motion of your heart, which is the centre of the wheeling course of the world.
8. Use your strength and bravery, along with your intellect and wisdom, to calm your heart, which is the center of the world's spinning journey.
9. Know, that everything is obtainable by means of manly exertion, joined with good sense and good nature, and assisted by a knowledge of the sástras; and whatever is not obtained by these, is to be had nowhere by any other.
9. Understand that everything can be achieved through hard work, combined with common sense and a positive attitude, along with a knowledge of the texts; and anything that can't be attained through these means cannot be found anywhere else.
10. Relinquish your reliance on destiny which is a coinage of puerile imagination; and by relying on your own exertions, govern your heart and mind for your lasting good.
10. Let go of your dependence on fate, which is just a product of childish imagination; instead, trust in your own efforts to manage your heart and mind for your long-term benefit.
11. The unsubstantial mind which appears as a substantiality, has had its rise since the creation of Brahmá; and taken a wrong and erroneous course of its own. (The human understanding is frail from first to beginning, it is a power, and no positive reality).
11. The insubstantial mind, which seems solid, has existed since the creation of Brahmá and has followed its own misguided and wrong path. (Human understanding is fragile from the start; it is a force, but lacks true reality).
12. The unreal and erroneous mind, weaves and stretches out a lengthening web of its equally unreal and false conceptions, which it is led afterwards to mistake for the substantial world.
12. The unreal and incorrect mind creates and expands a growing web of its own equally unreal and false ideas, which it then mistakenly believes to be the real world.
13. All these bodies that are seen to move about us, are the products of the fancies and fond desires of the mind; and though these frail and false bodies cease to exist forever, yet the mind and its wishes are imperishable; and either show themselves in their reproduction in various forms, or they become altogether extinct in their total absorption in the supreme spirit. (The doctrine of eternal ideas, is the source of their perpetual appearance in various forms about bodies).
13. All these shapes we see moving around us are creations of our imagination and desires; and even though these fragile and illusory forms may disappear completely, the mind and its wishes last forever. They either express themselves through their reappearance in different forms or they become entirely absorbed by the ultimate spirit. (The belief in eternal ideas is what causes them to constantly appear in different forms around us).
14. The wise man must not understand the pain or pleasure of the soul from the physiognomy of man, that a sorrowful and weeping countenance is the indication of pain; and a clear (cheerful) and tearless face is the sign of pleasure. (Because it is the mind which moulds the face in any form it likes).
14. A wise person shouldn't judge the pain or joy of the soul based on a person's appearance. Just because someone has a sad and tearful face doesn't necessarily mean they are in pain, and a happy, dry-eyed face isn't always a sign of joy. It's the mind that shapes the face in whatever way it wants.
15. You see a man in two ways, the one with his body and the other in his representation in a picture or statues, of these the former kind is more frail than the latter; because the[Pg 160] embodied man is beset by troubles and diseases in his fading and mouldering, decaying and dying body, whereby the other is not. (The frame of the living man, is frailer than his dead resemblance).
15. You see a man in two ways: one as a physical being and the other as a representation in a picture or statue. The first is more fragile than the second because the living man faces troubles and diseases that come with his deteriorating and dying body, while the representation does not. (The frame of the living man is more delicate than his deceased likeness).
16. The fleshy body is assuredly doomed to die, notwithstanding all our efforts for its preservation; but a body in the portrait being taken good care of, lasts for ages with its undiminished beauty.
16. The physical body is definitely destined to die, despite all our attempts to keep it alive; however, a body in a portrait that is well taken care of lasts for ages with its beauty unchanged.
17. As the living body is sure to die in despite of all your care for it, the pictured body must be deemed far better, than the false and fancied fleshy body, produced by will of the mind (sankalpa deha).
17. Since the living body is guaranteed to die no matter how much you care for it, the painted body should be considered much better than the imagined physical body created by the will of the mind (sankalpa deha).
18. The quality and stability which abide in a pictured body, are not to be found in the body of the mind; wherefore the living body of flesh, is more insignificant than its semblance in a picture or statue.
18. The quality and stability present in a depicted body aren’t found in the mind's body; therefore, the living flesh and blood body is less significant than its representation in a picture or statue.
19. Think now, O sinless Ráma, what reliance is there in this body of flesh; which is a production of your long fostered desire, and a creature of your brain (Your mind makes it seem as such).
19. Think now, O sinless Rama, what trust can you place in this body of flesh; which is the result of your long-held desires, and a creation of your mind (Your mind makes it appear this way).
20. This body of flesh is more contemptible than those ideal forms, which our dreams and desires produce in our sleeping and waking states; because the creature of a momentary desire, is never attended with a long or lasting happiness or misery. (Because the products of the variable will, are of short duration, and so are their pains and pleasures also).
20. This physical body is more insignificant than the ideal forms created by our dreams and desires, whether we're asleep or awake; because the result of a fleeting desire is never accompanied by lasting happiness or misery. (The outcomes of our changeable will are temporary, and so are their pains and pleasures.)
21. The bodies that are produced by our long desire, continue for a longer time, and are subjected to a longer series of miseries in this world. (So it is said, a "long life is a long term of woes and calamities").
21. The bodies that come from our deep desires last longer and endure a longer series of sufferings in this world. (As the saying goes, "a long life is a long stretch of struggles and hardships").
22. The body is a creature of our fancy, and is neither a reality or unreality in itself; and yet are the ignorant people fondly attached to it, for the prolongation of their misery only.
22. The body is a product of our imagination, and it isn’t truly real or unreal by itself; yet, ignorant people are foolishly attached to it, only extending their suffering.
23. As the destruction of the portrait of a man, does no harm to his person; and as the loss of a fancied city is no loss to the city, so the loss of the much desired body of any one, is no loss to his personality in any wise.
23. Just like the destruction of a portrait of a man doesn’t harm him, and losing a made-up city doesn’t affect the real city, losing the much-desired body of someone doesn’t impact their personality at all.
24. Again as the dis-appearance of the secondary moon (halo), is no deprivation of the primary satellite (moon), and as the evanescence of the visionary world, is no annihilation of the external world. (So there is no loss of the soul, as the loss of the shadow, is no loss of the substance).
24. Just like the disappearance of the secondary moon (halo) doesn't take away from the primary satellite (moon), and the fading of the imaginary world doesn't erase the real world, there's no loss of the soul; losing the shadow doesn't mean losing the substance.
25. As the dis-appearance of water in the sunny banks of rivers, is no deprivation of the river's water; so the creations of fancy which are not negative in their nature, cannot be destructive of what is positive, nor any damage done to the machine of the body, can ever injure the dis-embodied soul.
25. Just like the absence of water on the sunny riverbanks doesn't take away from the river itself, creations of the imagination that aren't inherently negative can't destroy something positive. Similarly, any damage done to the physical body can never harm the disembodied soul.
26. The body is a piece of work wrought by the architect of the mind, in its dreaming somnambulation over the sleeping world; wherefore its decoration or disfigurement, is of no essential advantage or dis-advantage to inward soul.
26. The body is a creation shaped by the mind's architect, as it wanders in its dreams over the sleeping world; therefore, its decoration or ugliness does not really benefit or harm the inner soul.
27. There is no end of the Intellect in its extent, nor any motion of the soul from its place; there is no change in the Divine spirit of Brahma, nor do any of these decay with the decline of the body.
27. The Intellect has no limits in its reach, and the soul doesn’t move from its position; there is no change in the Divine spirit of Brahma, and none of these diminish with the decline of the body.
28. As the inner and smaller wheel, makes the outer and larger wheel to turn about it, so the inner annulus of the mind, sees in its delirium spheres over spheres revolving in empty air.
28. Just like the inner and smaller wheel makes the outer and larger wheel turn around it, the inner annulus of the mind perceives, in its delirium, layers of spheres spinning in empty space.
29. The mind views by its primitive and causeless error, the constant rotation of bodies both in the inside and out side of it; and some as moving forward and others as falling down, and many as dropped below.
29. The mind perceives through its basic and unfounded mistake the constant movement of things both inside and outside of it; some seem to be moving forward, others appear to be falling down, and many seem to have dropped below.
30. Seeing the rise and fall of these rotatory bodies, the wise man must rely on the firmness of his mind, and not himself to be led away by these rotations in repeated succession.
30. Observing the rise and fall of these spinning bodies, a wise person must depend on their mental strength and not let themselves be swayed by these continuous rotations.
31. Fancy forms the body and it is error that makes the unreal appear as real; but the formation of fancy, and the fabrications of untruth, cannot have any truth or reality in them.
31. Imagination shapes the body, and it's error that makes the unreal seem real; however, the creation of imagination and the fabrications of lies cannot hold any truth or reality.
32. The unreal body appearing as real, is like the appearance of a snake in a rope; and so are all the affairs of the world quite untrue and false, and appearing as true for the time being.
32. The unreal body that seems real is like seeing a snake in a rope; similarly, everything happening in the world is completely untrue and misleading, yet appears to be true for the moment.
33. Whatever is done by an insensible being, is never accounted as its action (or doing); hence all what is done by the[Pg 162] senseless bodies (of man), is not recounted as done by it. (But by the impulse of the actuating mind).
33. Anything done by an unconscious being is never considered its action; therefore, everything performed by the[Pg 162] mindless bodies (of humans) is not recognized as being done by them. (It is actually driven by the influence of the active mind).
34. It is the will which is the active agent of its actions, and this being so, neither the inactive body nor the unchanging soul is the actor of any action. (The soul being the witness of the bodily actions done by the impelling mind. gloss).
34. The will is the active force behind actions, so neither the passive body nor the unchanging soul performs any action. (The soul observes the bodily actions carried out by the motivating mind. gloss).
35. The inert body being without any effort, is never the doer of any act, which is desired by its presiding soul; it is only a viewer of the soul, which witnesses it also. (The body is attendant or dependant to the soul, as the other is a resident in it, they are both devoid of action, and unstained by those done by the will of the mind).
35. The lifeless body, lacking any effort, never performs any actions that its guiding soul wishes for; it merely observes the soul, which also observes it. (The body is connected to the soul, just as the soul resides in it; both are without action and untouched by what is done by the will of the mind).
36. As the lamp burns unshaken and with its unflickering flame, in the breathless air and in itself only; so doth the silent and steady soul dwell as a witness, in all things and of all acts existing and going on in the world. (So doth the human soul abide and inflame itself in the body, unless it is shaken and moved by the airy mind).
36. Just like a lamp burns steadily with its unwavering flame in the still air, the quiet and steady soul exists as a witness to everything happening in the world. (The human soul resides and ignites itself in the body, unless it's disturbed by the restless mind).
37. As the celestial and luminous orb of the day, regulates the daily works of the living world from his seat on high, so do you, O Ráma, administer the affairs of thy state from thy elevated seat on the royal throne.
37. Just as the bright and shining sun controls the daily activities of the living world from its place in the sky, so do you, O Ráma, manage the matters of your kingdom from your high position on the royal throne.
38. The knowledge of one's entity or egoism, in the unsubstantial abode of his body, is like the sight of a spirit by boys in the empty space of a house or in empty air. (The substantiality of the unsubstantial body, is as false as the corporeality of an incorporeal spirit).
38. Understanding one's self or ego, while living in the temporary shell of their body, is like kids imagining they see a ghost in an empty house or thin air. (The reality of the temporary body is just as fake as the physicality of a non-physical spirit).
39. Whence comes this unsubstantial egoism in the manner of an inane ghost, and takes possession of the inner body under the name of the mind, is what the learned are at a loss to explain.
39. Where does this empty selfishness come from, acting like a pointless ghost and taking over the inner self under the name of the mind? This is something the scholars struggle to explain.
40. Never enslave yourself, O wise Ráma! to this spectre of your egoism, which like the ignis fatuus leads you with limbo lake or bog of hell. (The sense of one's personality is the cause of his responsibility).
40. Never make yourself a slave, O wise Ráma! to this illusion of your ego, which like the ignis fatuus guides you towards the murky lake or swamp of hell. (The awareness of one's identity is the source of one's responsibility).
41. The mad and giddy mind, accompanied with its capricious desires and whims, plays its foolish pranks in its abode of the body, like a hideous demon dancing in a dreary desert.
41. The crazy and restless mind, filled with its unpredictable desires and whims, pulls off its silly tricks in the body, like a horrifying demon dancing in a bleak desert.
42. The demoniac mind having made its way, into the hollow heart of the human body; plays its fantastic parts in so odd a manner, that wise men shut their eyes against the sight, and sit in their silent contemplation of the secluded soul. (It is good to fly from the fields, where fools make a prominent figure).
42. The evil mind, having found its way into the empty heart of the human body, plays its bizarre roles in such a strange way that wise people turn a blind eye and quietly reflect on the hidden soul. (It's better to escape the places where fools take center stage).
43. After the demon of the mind, is driven out of the abode of the body, there is no more any fear for any one to dwell in it in peace; as no body is afraid of living in a deserted and desolate city.
43. Once the demon of the mind is driven out of the body, there's no longer any fear for anyone to live in it peacefully, just like no one is afraid to live in an abandoned and empty city.
44. It is astonishing that men should place any reliance in their bodies, and consider them as their own, when they had had thousands of such bodies in their repeated births before, and when they were invariably infested by the demon of the mind.
44. It's shocking that people would depend on their bodies and think of them as their own, especially since they've had thousands of these bodies in their many lives before, and since they're always troubled by the demon of the mind.
45. They that die in the grasp and under the clutches of the cannibal of the mind, have their minds like those of the pisácha cannibals in their future births, and never of any other kind of being. (The will ever accompanies a man, in all his future states).
45. Those who die in the grip of the cannibal of the mind will have minds like those of the pisácha cannibals in their future lives, and never of any other kind of being. (The will always follows a person in all their future states).
46. The body which is taken possession of by the demon of egoism, is being consumed by the burning fires of the triple afflictions; occurring from local, natural and accidental evils, and is not to be relied upon as a safe and lasting abode of any body.
46. The body taken over by the demon of egoism is being consumed by the intense fires of the threefold suffering caused by personal, natural, and accidental misfortunes, and cannot be trusted as a stable and permanent home for anyone.
47. Do you therefore desist to dance your attendance on, and follow the dictates of your egoism (or selfishness). Be of an extended and elevated mind, and by forgetting your egotism in your magnanimity, rely only on the supreme spirit.
47. So, stop dancing to the tune of your ego and following your selfish desires. Aim for a broader and higher mindset, and by setting aside your self-centeredness in your generosity, depend solely on the higher spirit.
48. Those hellish people that are seized and possessed by the devils of Egotism, are blinded in their self-delusion and giddiness; and are unbefriended by their fellows and friends, as they are unfriendly to others in this world. (Egotism is explained in its double sense of selfishness and pride, both of which are hated and shunned by men as they hate and shun others).
48. Those hellish people who are taken over by the demons of Egotism are blinded by their self-delusion and dizziness; they have no true friends or allies because they are unfriendly to others in this world. (Egotism is explained in its two meanings of selfishness and pride, both of which are disliked and avoided by people, just as they dislike and avoid others).
49. Whatever action is done by one bewitched by egoism[Pg 164] in his mind, the same grows up as a poisonous plant, and produces the fatal fruit of death. (The fruits are mutual quarrels, enmity and the like).
49. Any action taken by someone consumed by egoism[Pg 164] in their mind will grow like a toxic plant, leading to deadly consequences. (These consequences include mutual arguments, hostility, and similar issues).
50. The ignorant man that is elated by his egoistic pride, is lost both to his reason and patience; and one who is attached to the former by his neglect of the latter, is to be known as approaching fast to his perdition. (Pride goes before destruction).
50. The ignorant person who is puffed up by their selfish pride loses both their reason and patience; and someone who clings to pride by neglecting patience is on the fast track to their downfall. (Pride goes before destruction).
51. The simpleton that is seized by the devil of Egoism, is made as fuel to the fire of hell (where he is doomed to burn with ceaseless torment).
51. The fool who is taken over by the devil of Egoism becomes fuel for the fire of hell (where he is condemned to burn in endless agony).
52. When the snake of Egoism hisses hard in the hollow heart of the tree of the body, it is sure to be cut down by the inexorable hand of death, who fells the noxious tree like a wood cutter to the ground.
52. When the snake of Egoism hisses loudly in the empty heart of the body's tree, it's bound to be cut down by the relentless hand of death, which brings the toxic tree crashing to the ground just like a lumberjack.
53. O Ráma! that are the greatest among the great, never look at the demon of egoism, whether it may reside in your body or not; because the very look of it, is sure to delude any one.
53. O Ráma! you who are the greatest among the great, never pay attention to the demon of egoism, whether it exists in your body or not; because just one glance at it is sure to confuse anyone.
54. If you disregard deride or drive away the demon of egoism, from the recess of your mind, there is no damage or danger, that it can ever bring upon you in any wise.
54. If you ignore, mock, or push away the demon of selfishness from the depths of your mind, there’s no harm or threat that it can ever cause you in any way.
55. Ráma! what though the demon of Egoism, may play all its freaks in its abode of the body, it can in no way affect the soul which is quite aloof of it. (Egoism contaminates the mind, and cannot touch the soul that contemns it).
55. Rama! Even if the demon of Egoism behaves however it likes within the confines of the body, it can’t impact the soul, which remains completely separate from it. (Egoism taints the mind but cannot influence the soul that disregards it).
56. Egoism brings a great many evils, upon them that have their minds vitiated by its influence, and it requires hundreds of years, to count and recount their baneful effects.
56. Egoism causes a lot of harm to those whose minds are corrupted by its influence, and it takes hundreds of years to measure and re-measure its damaging effects.
57. Know Ráma, that it is the despotic power of egoism, that makes men to groan under its thraldom, and incessantly uttering the piteous exclamations, "Oh! we are dying and burning and such other bitter cries."
57. Understand, Ráma, that it’s the oppressive grip of egoism that causes people to suffer, constantly crying out in anguish, "Oh! We are dying and burning," and other similar painful laments.
58. The soul is ubiquitous and free to rove every where, without its having any connection with the ego of any body; just as the ubiquity of the all pervading sky, is unconnected with every thing in the world.
58. The soul is everywhere and free to roam, without being tied to anyone's ego; just like the all-encompassing sky, which is unrelated to everything in the world.
59. Whatever is done or taken in by the body, in its connection with the airy thread of life; know Ráma, all this to be the[Pg 165] doing of egoism, which empties and impels the body to all its various actions.
59. Everything that the body does or experiences, linked to the breath of life; know, Ráma, that all of this is the[Pg 165] result of egoism, which drains and drives the body to its countless activities.
60. Know thus quiescent soul impels also, to be the cause of all the exertions of the mind or mental operations, as the inactive vacuum is the material cause of the growth of trees. (i.e. the circumambient air affords room for the expansion of the plant).
60. Understand that the calm soul also drives all the mental efforts and activities, just as a still vacuum is the material cause of tree growth. (i.e. the surrounding air provides space for the plant to expand).
61. It is owing to the presence of the soul, that the mind developes itself in the form of the body and all its members; as it is the presence of the light, that makes the room display its contained objects to sight. (The soul is the light of the mind—nous the container of infinite ideas).
61. It's because of the soul that the mind grows in the form of the body and all its parts; just like the light makes the room show its objects clearly. (The soul is the light of the mind—nous the holder of endless ideas).
62. Think now Ráma, on the relation between the ever unconnected soul and mind, to resemble the irrelation subsisting between the dis-connected earth and sky, and betwixt light and darkness and betwixt the intellect and gross bodies.
62. Now consider Ráma, the relationship between the constantly separate soul and mind, similar to the disconnection between the earth and sky, between light and darkness, and between the intellect and physical bodies.
63. Those that are ignorant of the soul, view the quiet mind as such, after its motion and fluctuation are stopped by the restraint of respiration—Pránáyáma. (This is the doctrine of the Sánkhya and Buddhist, that view the becalmed and quiescent mind as the soul).
63. Those who don't understand the soul see the calm mind as it is, once its movement and fluctuations are halted by controlling the breath—Pránáyáma. (This aligns with the teachings of Sánkhya and Buddhism, which consider the peaceful and still mind to be the soul).
64. But the soul is self-luminous and ever lasting, omnipresent and super-eminent, while the mind is deceptive and egoism. It is situated in the heart with too much of its pride and vanity.
64. But the soul is self-lighting and eternal, everywhere and above all, while the mind is misleading and full of ego. It’s located in the heart, filled with too much pride and vanity.
65. You are in reality the all-knowing soul, and not the ignorant and deluded mind; therefore drive afar your delusive mind from the seat of the soul, as they can never meet nor agree together.
65. You are actually the all-knowing soul, not the ignorant and confused mind; so push your misleading mind away from the place of the soul, as they can never come together or agree.
66. Ráma! the mind has also like a demon, taken possession of the empty house of the body, and has like an evil spirit, silenced and overpowered upon the intangible soul in it.
66. Rama! The mind has, like a demon, taken over the empty house of the body and has, like an evil spirit, silenced and dominated the intangible soul within it.
67. Whatever thou art, remain but quiet in thyself, by driving away the demon of thy mind from thee; because it robs thee of thy best treasure of patience, and loads all kinds of evils upon thee. (i.e. the impatient mind is the source of all evil).
67. No matter who you are, just stay calm within yourself by getting rid of the negativity in your mind; because it takes away your greatest asset, patience, and burdens you with all sorts of problems. (i.e. an impatient mind is the root of all evil).
68. The man that is seized by the voracious yaksha of his[Pg 166] own mind, has no change of his release from his grasp, either by the lessons of the sástras or by the advice of his friends, relatives and preceptors. (Greediness devours the greedy that desire to glut all things).
68. The person who is trapped by the greedy spirit of their own mind has no chance of escaping its hold, whether through the teachings of scriptures or the advice of friends, family, and teachers. (Greed consumes those who are greedy and want to satisfy all their desires).
69. The man who has appeased the demon of his mind, is capable of being released from its clutches, by means of the dictates of sástras, and the admonitions of his friends, as it is possible to liberate a deer from a shallow quagmire.
69. The man who has soothed the demons in his mind can be freed from their grip through the guidance of texts and the advice of his friends, just like it's possible to rescue a deer from a shallow mire.
70. All things that are seen to be stored in this vacant city, of the vacuous world, are all of them polluted by the lickerishness of the mind, licking at them from inside the house of its body.
70. Everything that's observed to be kept in this empty city, of the empty world, is tainted by the greed of the mind, craving them from inside the confines of its body.
71. Say who is not afraid in this dreary wilderness of the world, which is infested in every corner of it by the demoniac mind. (The rapacity of the ambitious, converts the fair creation to a scene of horror).
71. Say who isn't afraid in this bleak wilderness of the world, which is plagued in every corner by a twisted mindset. (The greed of the ambitious transforms the beautiful creation into a nightmare).
72. There are some wise men in this city of the world, who enjoy the abodes of their bodies in peace, having tranquilized the demon of their minds in them. (A peaceful mind makes a peaceful abode).
72. There are some wise people in this world who live peacefully in their bodies, having calmed the turmoil of their minds. (A calm mind creates a calm home).
73. Ráma! All the countries that we hear of in any part of the world, are found to be full of senseless bodies, in which the giddy demon of delusion are Raving (and Ranging) as the sepulchral grounds. (The bodies of ignorant people, are as sepulchres of dead bodies. gloss).
73. Ráma! All the countries we hear about anywhere in the world are filled with mindless people, where the dizzying demon of confusion is roaming around like in graveyards. (The bodies of ignorant people are like tombs of the dead. gloss).
74. Let people rely on their patience, and redeem their souls by their own exertions; which are otherwise seen to be wandering about in the forest of this world, like lost and stray boys: (that know not how to return to their homes).
74. Let people trust in their patience and save their souls through their own efforts, which otherwise seem to be wandering around in the wilderness of this world, like lost and stray boys who don’t know how to find their way home.
75. Men are wandering in this world, as herds of stags are roving in burning deserts; but take care Ráma, never to live contented with a grazing on the sapless grass, like a young and helpless deer.
75. Men are wandering in this world, just like herds of stags roaming in burning deserts; but be careful, Ráma, never to be satisfied with nibbling on dry grass, like a young and defenseless deer.
76. Foolish men are seen to graze as young stags, in their pastures amidst the wilderness of this world; but you Ráma must stir yourself to kill the great Elephant of Ignorance, and pursue the leonine course of subduing every thing in your way.
76. Silly guys are like young stags grazing in the fields of this wild world; but you, Ráma, need to get moving to defeat the huge Elephant of Ignorance and take on the lion-like path of overcoming everything in your way.
77. Do not allow yourself, O Ráma, to ramble about like[Pg 167] other men, who wander like senseless beasts in their native forests of the Jambudwípa.
77. Don’t let yourself, O Ráma, wander aimlessly like[Pg 167] others do, who roam around like mindless animals in their own forests of Jambudwípa.
78. Do not plunge yourself like the foolish buffets, in the bog of your relatives and friends; it appears to you as a cold bath for a while, but daubs you with its mud and mire afterwards. (The circle of relatives may appear as a limpid lake at first; but dive in it, and you will be daubed with its dirt afterwards).
78. Don't throw yourself headfirst like a naive fool into the mess of your relatives and friends; it might seem refreshing at first, but it will leave you covered in their muck and grime later on. (The family circle may look like a clear lake at first; but jump in, and you'll be covered in its filth afterward).
79. Drive afar your desire of bodily enjoyments from you, and follow the steps of respectable men; and having well considered thy sole object of the soul (from the great sayings of the sástras), attend to thyself or soul only. (Consider the objective soul in thy subjective self).
79. Push aside your cravings for physical pleasures, and follow the path of honorable people; after reflecting on the ultimate goal of the soul (based on the great teachings of the scriptures), focus solely on yourself or your soul. (Think about the objective soul within your subjective self).
80. It is not proper that you should plunge yourself, into a sea of intolerable cares and troubles, for the sake of your impure and frail body, which is but a trifle in comparison with the inestimable soul.
80. It’s not right for you to throw yourself into a sea of unbearable worries and troubles just for the sake of your fragile and imperfect body, which is nothing compared to your invaluable soul.
81. The body which is the production of one thing (i.e. the product of past deeds), and is possessed by another (i.e. the demon of egoism); which puts another one (i.e. the mind) to the pain of its supportance, and affords its enjoyment to a fourth one (i.e. the living soul), as a complicate machinery of many powers to the ignorant. (The human frame is a mechanism of the body and mind, its egoism and living principle).
81. The body, which is created by one thing (i.e. the result of past actions), is owned by another (i.e. the demon of egoism). This body causes another one (i.e. the mind) to endure the struggle of sustaining it and provides enjoyment to a fourth one (i.e. the living soul), functioning as a complex machine of many powers for those who are unaware. (The human body is a mechanism of the body and mind, its egoism, and its life force).
82. As solidity is the only property of the stone, so the soul has the single property of its entity alone; and its existence being common in all objects, it is impossible for any thing else to subsist beside it. (The soul being the only ens, it is of its nature the all in all; the minds etc. being but its attributes).
82. Just as solidity is the only characteristic of stone, the soul has the sole property of its own existence; and since its existence is present in all things, nothing else can exist alongside it. (The soul being the only ens, is inherently everything; the minds, etc. are just its attributes).
83. As thickness is the property of stone, so are the mind and others but properties of the soul; and there being nothing which is distinct from the common entity of the soul, it is impossible for any thing to have a separate existence.
83. Just as thickness is a characteristic of stone, the mind and other attributes are characteristics of the soul; since there’s nothing that exists separately from the overall essence of the soul, it’s impossible for anything to exist independently.
84. As density relates to the stone, and dimension bears its relation to the pot; so the mind and other are not distinct from one common existence of the soul: (which pervades and constitutes the whole).
84. Just as density relates to the stone and size relates to the pot, the mind and the body are not separate from a single shared existence of the soul, which fills and makes up everything.
85. Hear now of another view of spiritual light, for dispelling the darkness of delusion; as it was revealed to me of yore, in a cavern of mount Kailása. (The former seat of my devotion).
85. Listen now to another perspective on spiritual light that clears away the darkness of confusion, as it was shown to me long ago in a cave on Mount Kailása. (The former place of my devotion).
86. There is a mountain peak, bright as the collected mass of moon-beams, and penetrating the vault of heaven, where the god with the semi-circular moon on his fore-head, delivered this doctrine to me for appeasing the miseries of the world.
86. There’s a mountain peak, shining like a gathering of moonbeams, reaching up to the sky, where the god with the crescent moon on his forehead shared this teaching with me to ease the suffering of the world.
87. This mountain peak is famed by the name of Kailása, on which the god Hara—the consort of Gouri, wearing the crescent moon on his head, holds his residence.
87. This mountain peak is known as Kailasa, where the god Hara—the partner of Gouri, who has a crescent moon on his head—makes his home.
88. It was to worship this great god, that I had once dwelt on that mountain long ago; and constructed my hermit-cell on the bank of the holy stream of Ganges. (Which ran down by its side).
88. It was to worship this great god that I once lived on that mountain long ago and built my hermit cell by the banks of the holy Ganges River, which flowed alongside it.
89. I remained there in the practice of ascetic austereties, for the performance of my holy devotion; and was beset by bodies of adepts, dis-coursing on subjects of the sacred sástras.
89. I stayed there practicing asceticism for my spiritual devotion, and I was approached by groups of experts discussing topics from the sacred texts.
90. I made baskets for filling them with flowers for my worship, and for keeping the collection of my books in them; and was employed in such other sacred tasks, in the forest groves of the Kailása mountain.
90. I made baskets to fill with flowers for my worship and to store my collection of books in them; I also worked on other sacred tasks in the forest groves of the Kailása mountain.
91. While thus I had been passing my time, in discharging the austereties of my devotion; it happened to turn out once on the eighth day of the dark side of the moon of the month of srávana.
91. While I had been spending my time fulfilling the strictness of my devotion, it so happened that on the eighth day of the dark phase of the moon in the month of srávana, something occurred.
92. And after its evening twilight was over, and the sun light had faded in the face of the four quarters of the sky, that all objects became invisible to sight, and stood rapt in their saint like silence.
92. After the evening twilight ended and the sunlight faded from all directions of the sky, everything became invisible, and everything stood in a holy silence.
93. It was then after half of the first watch of the night had fled away, there spread a thick darkness over the groves and wood lands, and required a sharp sword to sever it. (Asich' hedyá tami-srá-tenebra ensis encesibelia).
93. It was then, after the first part of the night had passed, that a heavy darkness spread over the groves and woodlands, so thick that it felt like you needed a sharp sword to cut through it. (Asich' hedyá tami-srá-tenebra ensis encesibelia).
94. My intense meditation was broken at this instant, and my trance gave way to the sight of outward objects, which I[Pg 169] kept looking upon for sometime; when I observed a flaming fire suddenly rising in the forest to my view.
94. My deep meditation was interrupted at that moment, and my trance shifted to the sight of the surroundings, which I[Pg 169] continued to gaze at for a while; then I noticed a blazing fire suddenly appearing in the forest before me.
95. It was as bright as a big white cloud, and as brilliant as the shining orb of the moon; It illumed the groves on all sides, and struck with amazement at the vision.
95. It was as bright as a big white cloud and as brilliant as the shining moon; it lit up the groves all around and left everyone amazed at the sight.
96. As I viewed it by the sight of my understanding, or the mental vision which was glowing in my mind; I came to see the god Siva with the crescent of the moon on his fore-head, standing on the table land and manifest to view.
96. As I perceived it through my understanding or the mental image that was bright in my mind, I saw the god Siva with the crescent moon on his forehead, standing on the flat land and clearly visible.
97. With his hand clasping the hand of Gaurí, he was led on ward by his brace attendant Nandí walking before him; when I after informing my pupils about it, proceeded forward with the due honorarium in my hand.
97. With his hand holding Gaurí's, he was led forward by his loyal attendant Nandí walking ahead of him; when I, after informing my students about it, moved forward with the appropriate honorarium in my hand.
98. Led by the sight, I came to the presence of the god with a gladsome mind; and then I offered handfuls of flowers to the three eyed-god from a distance, in token of my reverence to him.
98. Guided by what I saw, I approached the god with a joyful heart; then, from a distance, I offered handfuls of flowers to the three-eyed god as a sign of my respect for him.
99. After giving the honor (Arghya), which was worthy of him, I bowed down before the god, and accosted him; when he cast his kind look upon me, from his moon-bright and clear sighted eyes.
99. After offering the honor (Arghya) that he deserved, I bowed down before the god and addressed him; when he looked at me kindly from his moon-bright and clear-sighted eyes.
100. Being blest by his benign look, which took away all my pain and sin from me; I did my homage to the god that was seated on the flowery level land, and viewed the three worlds lying open before him.
100. Being blessed by his kind gaze, which removed all my pain and guilt from me; I paid my respects to the god who was sitting on the flower-covered ground, looking out over the three realms spread out before him.
101. Then advancing forward, I offered unto him the honorarium, flowers and water that I had with me, and scattered before him heaps of mandára flowers, that grew there abouts.
101. Moving closer, I presented him with the payment, flowers, and water I had with me, and scattered piles of mandára flowers that grew nearby.
102. I then worshipped the god with repeated obeisances and various eulogiums; and next adored the goddess Gaurí with the same kind of homage together with her attendant goddesses and demigods.
102. I then honored the god with repeated bows and various praises; and next I worshipped the goddess Gaurí with the same kind of respect, along with her attendant goddesses and demigods.
103. After my adoration was over, the god having the crescent moon on his head, spoke to me that was seated by him, with his speech as mild as the cooling beams of the full-moon.
103. After my worship was done, the god with the crescent moon on his head spoke to me, sitting next to him, with words as gentle as the soothing light of the full moon.
104. Say O Bráhman, whether thy affections are at peace[Pg 170] within thyself, and have found their rest in supreme spirit, and whether your felicitous feelings are settled in the true object of divine essence.
104. Tell me, O Bráhman, are your feelings at peace[Pg 170] within yourself, and have they found their rest in the supreme spirit? Are your positive emotions focused on the true essence of the divine?
105. Whether your devotion is spading unobstructed by the demons of your passions, and whether felicity attends on you.
105. Whether your dedication is free from the interference of your passions, and whether happiness is with you.
106. Have you obtained the obtainable one, that is alone to be obtained, and are you set above the fears, that incessantly hunt after all mankind?
106. Have you gotten what can be obtained, the only thing that can be obtained, and are you beyond the fears that constantly chase after everyone?
107. After the Lord of gods and the sole cause of all created beings, had spoken in this manner; I replied to him submissively in the following words.
107. After the Lord of gods and the only reason for all created beings spoke like this, I responded to Him humbly with these words.
108. O Lord! there is nothing unattainable, nor is there anything to be feared by any one, who remembers the three eyed god at all times in his mind; and whose hearts are filled with rapture by their constant remembrance of thee.
108. O Lord! There’s nothing too hard to achieve, and there’s nothing to fear for anyone who keeps the three-eyed god in their thoughts at all times; those whose hearts are filled with joy from constantly remembering you.
109. There is no one in the womb of this world, in any country or quarter, or in the mountains or forests, that does not bow down his head before thee.
109. There’s no one in the womb of this world, in any country or area, or in the mountains or forests, who doesn’t bow their head before you.
110. Those whose minds are entirely devoted to their remembrance of thee, get the rewards of the meritorious acts of their past lives; and water the trees of their present lives, in order to produce their manifold fruit in future births and lives.
110. Those who fully focus their minds on remembering you receive the rewards of their good deeds from past lives; and nurture the trees of their current lives to produce various fruits in future births and lives.
111. Lord! thy remembrance expands the seed of our desire, thou art the jar of the nectar of our knowledge, and thou art the reservoir of patience, as the moon is the receptacle of cooling beams.
111. Lord! Your memory fuels our desire, you are the jar of the nectar of our knowledge, and you are the source of patience, just as the moon holds cooling rays.
112. Thy remembrance, Lord! is the gate way to the city of salvation, and it is thy remembrance which I deem as the invaluable gem of my thoughts.
112. Your remembrance, Lord! is the gateway to the city of salvation, and it is your remembrance that I consider the priceless gem of my thoughts.
113. O Lord of creation! thy remembrance sets its foot on the head of all our calamities (i.e. tramples over them). (Because Siva is called Sankara for his doing good to all, by removal of their misfortunes).
113. O Lord of creation! Your remembrance steps on the heads of all our troubles (i.e. tramples over them). (Because Siva is called Sankara for doing good to everyone by removing their misfortunes).
114. I said thus far, and then bowing down lowly before the complacent deity, I addressed him, O Ráma, in the manner as you shall hear from me.
114. I said this much, and then bowing deeply before the satisfied deity, I spoke to him, O Ráma, in the way you'll hear from me.
115. Lord! it is by thy favour that I have the fulness of my heart's content on every side; yet as there is one doubt lurking in my mind, I will request thee to explain it fully to me.
115. Lord! It's because of your favor that I have complete happiness all around me; however, since there's one doubt lingering in my mind, I will ask you to explain it fully to me.
116. Say with your clear understanding, and without hesitation and weariness, regarding the manner of the adoration of gods, which removes all our sins and confers all good unto us. (The query was quite appropriate as the Tantras of Siva treat principally of such formularies).
116. Speak with your clear understanding, and without hesitation or tiredness, about the way to worship the gods, which clears us of all our sins and brings us all good. (The question was very relevant since the Tantras of Siva mainly focus on these practices).
117. The god replied:—Hear me, O Brahman, that art best acquainted with the knowledge of Brahma; tell you about the best mode of worshipping the gods, and the performance of which is sure to set the worshipper free. (From the bonds of the world all at once).
117. The god replied: "Listen to me, O Brahman, who is most familiar with the knowledge of Brahma; I will tell you about the best way to worship the gods, and performing this will definitely set the worshipper free from the bonds of the world all at once."
118. Tell me first, O great armed Brahman, if you know at all who is that god, whom you make the object of your worship, if it be not the lotus-eyed Vishnu or the three-eyed Siva neither.
118. First, tell me, oh great armed Brahman, if you know who that god is that you worship, if it's not the lotus-eyed Vishnu or the three-eyed Shiva.
119. It is not the god born of the lotus Brahmá, nor he who is the lord of the thirteen classes of god—the great Indra himself; it is not the god of winds—Pavana, nor the god of fire, nor the regents of the sun and moon.
119. It’s not the god born from the lotus, Brahmá, nor is it the lord of the thirteen classes of gods—the great Indra himself; it’s not the god of winds—Pavana, nor the god of fire, nor the rulers of the sun and moon.
120. The Brahman (called an earthly god bhudeva) is no god at all, nor the king called the shadow of god, is any god likewise, neither I or thou—the ego and tu (or the subjective self and objective unself) are gods; nor the body or any embodied being, or the mind or any conception or creation of the mind is the true god also.
120. The Brahman (referred to as an earthly god bhudeva) isn’t actually a god, and the king, often called the shadow of god, isn’t a god either. Neither I nor you—the self and the other (or the subjective self and the objective unself)—are gods; nor is the body or any living being, or the mind or any idea or creation of the mind the true god either.
121. Neither Laxmí the goddess of fortune, nor Sarasvatí the goddess of intelligence are true goddesses, nor is there any one that may be called a god, except the one unfictitious god, who is without beginning and end, that is the true god. (The Viswasaratantra of Siva treats of the one infinite and eternal God).
121. Neither Laxmí, the goddess of wealth, nor Sarasvatí, the goddess of knowledge, are real goddesses, and there's no one who can truly be called a god, except for the one true God, who has no beginning or end, the real God. (The Viswasaratantra of Siva talks about the one infinite and eternal God).
122. How can a body measured by a form and its dimensions, or having a definite measure be the immeasurable deity! it is the inartificial and unlimited Intellect, that is known as the Siva or the felicitous one.
122. How can a body defined by a shape and its dimensions, or having a specific measurement, be the limitless divine! It is the unrefined and infinite Intellect, known as Siva or the blissful one.
123. It is that which is meant by the word God—Deva—Deus,[Pg 172] and that is the object of adoration; that is the only ens or on, est or Esteor Esten, out of which all other beings have proceeded, and in which they have their existence, and wherein they subsist with their formal parts.
123. This is what we mean by the word God—Deva—Deus,[Pg 172] and this is the focus of our worship; this is the only being or essence, is or exists, from which all other beings have come, and in which they exist, and where they live with their essential parts.
124. Those unacquainted with the true nature of the felicitous Siva, worship the formal idols and images; as a weary traveller thinks the distance of a mile, to be as long as the length of a league.
124. Those who don't understand the true nature of the blissful Siva worship the formal idols and images; just like a tired traveler thinks that a mile feels as long as a league.
125. It is possible to have the reward of one's adoration of the Rudras and other gods; but the reward of the meditation of the true God, is the unbounded felicity of the soul.
125. You can receive the reward for loving the Rudras and other gods, but the reward for meditating on the true God is the limitless happiness of the soul.
126. He who forsakes the reward of true felicity, for that of fictitious pleasures; is like one who quits a garden of mandara flower, and repairs to a furze of thorny karanja plants.
126. Someone who gives up the real reward of true happiness for fake pleasures is like a person who leaves a garden full of mandara flowers and goes to a patch of thorny karanja plants.
127. The true worshippers know the purely intellectual and felicitous Siva, to be the only adorable god; to whom the understanding and tranquillity and equanimity of the soul are, the most acceptable offerings than wreaths of flowers.
127. The true worshippers recognize the purely intellectual and blissful Siva as the one and only worthy god; to whom clarity of thought, peace, and balance of the soul are more acceptable offerings than flower garlands.
128. Know that to be the true worship of God, when the Deity of the spirit (or spiritual Divinity), is worshipped with the flowers of the understanding and tranquillity of the spirit. (Worship God in spirit and with the contriteness of thy spirit).
128. Understand that true worship of God happens when the Divine Spirit is honored with the insight of the mind and peace of the soul. (Worship God in spirit and with a humble heart).
129. The soul is of the form of consciousness (and is to be worshipped as such), by forsaking the adoration of idols; Those that are devoted to any form of fictitious cult, are subject to endless misery.
129. The soul is a form of consciousness (and should be worshipped as such), by giving up the worship of idols; Those who are dedicated to any kind of false belief are destined for endless suffering.
130. Those knowing the knowable one are called as saints; but those who slighting the meditation of the soul, betake themselves to the adoration of idols, are said to liken little boys playing with their dolls.
130. Those who understand the one who can be known are called saints; but those who ignore the meditation of the soul and turn to idol worship are compared to little boys playing with their dolls.
131. The Lord Siva is the spiritual god, and the supreme cause of all; He is to be worshipped always and without fail, with the understanding only. (So the sruti: The vipras adore him in their knowledge, but others worship him with sacrifices &c.)
131. Lord Siva is the spiritual god and the ultimate source of everything; He should always be worshipped without fail, but with understanding. (As the sruti says: The vipras honor Him through their knowledge, while others worship Him with sacrifices, etc.)
132. You should know the soul as the intellectual and living spirit, undecaying as the very nature herself; there is no other[Pg 173] that is to be worshipped, the true puja is the worship of the spirit. (God is to be worshipped in spirit only).
132. You should understand the soul as the mind and living essence, everlasting just like nature itself; there's nothing else[Pg 173] that deserves to be worshipped, the real worship is the reverence of the spirit. (God should only be worshipped in spirit).
133. Vasishtha said:—The soul being of the nature of intellectual void, as this world is an empty void also; please tell me, my lord, how the Intellect could become the living soul etc., as you have declared.
133. Vasishtha said:—The soul is fundamentally an empty essence, just like this world is also an empty space; please explain to me, my lord, how the Intellect could become the living soul, as you have said.
134. The god replied:—There being an only vacuous Intellect in existence, which is beyond all limit; it is impossible for an intelligible object to exist anywhere which may continue to all eternity. (The subjective only is self-existent, and the objective is a nullity; it being impossible for two self-existent things to co-exist together).
134. The god replied:—Since there is only one empty Intellect that exists, which is limitless, it’s impossible for anything understandable to exist anywhere that can last forever. (Only the subjective exists by itself, while the objective is nonexistent; it’s impossible for two self-existent things to coexist).
135. That which shines of itself, is the self-shining Being; and it is the self or spontaneous agitation of that Being, which has stretched out the universe.
135. What shines on its own is the self-shining Being; and it is the self or natural movement of that Being that has expanded the universe.
136. Thus the world appears as a city in dream before the intellectual soul, and this soul is only a form of the inane intellect, and this world is but a baseless fabric.
136. So the world looks like a city in a dream to the thinking soul, and this soul is just a version of the empty intellect, and this world is nothing more than a pointless illusion.
137. It is altogether impossible for aught of the thinkables and visibles, to exist anywhere except in the empty sphere of the intellect, and whatever shone forth in the beginning in the plenitude of the Divine intellect, the same is called its creation or the world from the first.
137. It’s completely impossible for anything that can be thought of or seen to exist anywhere other than in the empty space of the mind. Whatever emerged at the start from the fullness of the Divine mind is referred to as its creation or the world from the beginning.
138. Therefore this world which shows itself in the form of a fairy land in dream, is only an appearance in the empty sphere of the intellect; and cannot be any other in reality.
138. So, this world that appears like a fairy tale in a dream is just an illusion in the empty space of our minds; it can't be anything else in reality.
139. The Intellect is the human speech, and the firmament that supports the world; the intellect becomes the soul and the living principle, and it is this which forms the chain of created beings. (The seeming appearances being null and void; the Intellect is all and everything).
139. The intellect is human speech and the foundation that upholds the world; the intellect becomes the soul and the driving force of life, and it is what creates the connection between all living things. (The apparent appearances are insignificant; the intellect is everything).
140. Tell me, what other thing is there that could know all things in the beginning and before creation of the universe, except it were the Intellect which saw and exhibited everything, in heaven and earth as contained in itself.
140. Tell me, what else could know everything from the very beginning and before the universe was created, except for the Intellect that saw and presented everything, in heaven and on earth, as part of itself?
141. The words sky, firmament, and the vacuum of Brahma and the world, are all applicable to the Intellect, as the words[Pg 174] arbour and tree are but synonymous expressions for the same thing.
141. The words sky, firmament, and the vacuum of Brahma and the world all refer to the Intellect, just as the words [Pg 174] arbour and tree are simply different ways of expressing the same idea.
142. And as both our dreams and desires arise in us by our delusion, so it is our illusion only which makes us perceive the existence of the outer world; in the empty space of the intellect.
142. Both our dreams and desires come from our own delusions, and it's that same illusion that makes us see the outer world exists, filling the empty space of our minds.
143. And as it is our empty consciousness, that shows the sight of the external world in our dream; so it is that very thing that shows us the same, in the waking dream of ourselves.
143. Just like our empty consciousness reveals the external world in our dreams, it also reveals the same in the waking dream of our lives.
144. As it is not possible for the city in a dream, to be represented any where except in the hollow space of our intellect; so it is impossible for the waking dream of the world, to be shown elsewhere except in the emptiness of the same.
144. Just like a city in a dream can only exist in the empty space of our minds, the waking dream of the world can only be experienced in that same emptiness.
145. As it is not possible for any thing that is thinkable to exist any where except in the thinking mind, so it is impossible for this thinkable world to exist any other place beside the divine mind.
145. Just as nothing that can be thought of can exist anywhere except in the thinking mind, it’s also impossible for this thinkable world to exist anywhere other than in the divine mind.
146. The triple world rose of itself at the will and in the empty space of the supreme Intellect, as it was a dream rising and setting in the self same mind, and not as any thing other than it, or a duality beside itself.
146. The three worlds emerged on their own from the will and in the empty space of the supreme Intellect, just like a dream that rises and sets within the same mind, and not as anything separate from it, or a duality apart from itself.
147. As one sees the diverse appearances of ghatas and patas, pots and painting in his dream, and all lying within the hollowness of his mind; so the world appears of itself, in the vacuity of the Divine Intellect, at the beginning of creation.
147. Just as someone sees the different shapes of ghatas and patas, pots and paintings in their dreams, all existing within the emptiness of their mind; the world manifests on its own, in the void of the Divine Intellect, at the start of creation.
147a. As there is no substantiality of anything in the fairy land of one's dream, except his pure consciousness of the objects; so there is no substantiality of the things which are seen in this triple world, except our consciousness of them.
147a. Just like nothing in the fairy land of one's dreams holds any real substance except for one's pure awareness of the objects, the same goes for the things we see in this threefold world; they hold no real substance aside from our awareness of them.
148. What ever is visible to sight, and all that is existent and inexistent, in the three times of the present, past and future; and all space, time and mind, are no other than appearances of vacuous intellect (of Brahma).
148. Everything that can be seen, everything that exists or doesn't exist, across the present, past, and future; and everything related to space, time, and thought, are just manifestations of the empty intellect (of Brahma).
149. He is verily the god of whom I have told you, who is supreme in the highest degree (lit. in its transcendental sense). Who is all and unbounded and includes me, thee and the endless world in Himself.
149. He is truly the god I've told you about, who is supreme in every way. He is everything and limitless, and He encompasses me, you, and the infinite world within Himself.
150. The bodies of all created beings, of thine, mine, and others, and of all in this world, are all full with the intellectuality of the supreme soul and no other.
150. The bodies of all living beings, yours, mine, and everyone else’s, as well as all the beings in this world, are all filled with the intelligence of the supreme soul and nothing else.
151. As there is nothing, O sage, except the bodies that are produced from the vacuous intellect or intellectual vacuity of Brahma, and resembling the images produced in the fairy land of one's dream; so there is no form or figure in this world, other than what was made in the beginning of creation.
151. Since there is nothing, O sage, except the bodies that come from the empty intellect or intellectual emptiness of Brahma, and that are like the images created in the dreamlike fairyland; likewise, there is no form or shape in this world, other than what was made at the start of creation.
CHAPTER XXX.
Inquiry into the Nature of the Intellect.
Exploring the Nature of the Mind.
Argument.—Description of the Pervasion and Supervision of the Intellect; and its transformation into the mind in living beings. Or Intellect as universal soul and mind of living beings.
Argument.—Describing the Influence and Oversight of the Intellect, and how it transforms into the mind in living beings. Or Intellect as the universal soul and mind of all living beings.
THE god said:—Thus the Intellect is all this plenum, it is the sole supreme soul (of all); it is Brahma the Immense and the transcendent vacuum, and it said to be the supreme god.
THE god said:—So, the Intellect is this entire fullness; it is the one supreme soul (of everything); it is Brahma the Vast and the ultimate void, and it is referred to as the supreme god.
2. Therefore its worship is of the greatest good, and confers all blessings to men; it is source of creation, and all this world is situated on it. (The Divine Mind or omniscience).
2. Therefore, its worship is extremely beneficial and brings all blessings to humanity; it is the source of creation, and the entire world is built upon it. (The Divine Mind or omniscience).
3. It is unmade and increate, and without its beginning and end; it is boundless and without a second, it is to be served without external service (i.e. by spiritual adoration), and all felicity is obtained thereby. (Hence Solomon's choice of Wisdom).
3. It is unmade and formless, without a beginning or end; it is limitless and unique, meant to be served without any outside help (i.e. through spiritual worship), and all happiness comes from that. (This is why Solomon chose Wisdom).
4. You are enlightened, O chief of sages! and there I tell you this; that the worship of gods is not worthy to the wise, and offering of flowers and frankincense is of no use to them.
4. You are enlightened, O chief of sages! So I tell you this: the worship of gods isn't worthy of the wise, and offering flowers and incense doesn't mean anything to them.
5. Those who are unlearned, and have their minds as simple as those of boys; are the persons that are mostly addicted to false worship, and devoted to the adoration of gods.
5. Those who are uneducated and have minds as simple as those of children are the ones most likely to engage in false worship and devote themselves to the adoration of gods.
6. These being devoid of the quietness of their understandings, are led to ceremonious observances, and to the false attribution of a soul, to the images of their own making.
6. Lacking the calmness of their understanding, they are guided towards formal rituals and mistakenly attribute a soul to the images they create themselves.
7. It is for boys only to remain contented with their act of offering flowers and incense to gods, whom they honour in the modes of worship, which they have adopted of their own hobby-choice.
7. It is only for boys to be satisfied with their act of offering flowers and incense to gods, whom they honor in the ways of worship that they have chosen based on their personal interests.
8. It is in vain that men worship the gods for gaining the objects of their desire, for nothing that is false of itself; can ever give the required fruit.
8. It's useless for people to worship the gods just to get what they want, because nothing that's inherently false can ever produce the desired results.
9. Adoration with flowers and incense, is inculcated to childish understandings (and not for the wise). I will tell you[Pg 177] now, the worship that is worthy of men enlightened like yourself.
9. Showing devotion with flowers and incense is meant for childish minds (not for the wise). Let me tell you[Pg 177] now about the worship that is fitting for enlightened individuals like you.
10. Know, O most intelligent sage, that the god whom we adore is the true god, who is the receptacle of the three worlds, the supreme spirit and no other.
10. Know, O wise sage, that the god we worship is the true god, who encompasses the three worlds, the supreme spirit, and no other.
11. He is Siva—the felicity, who is above the ranks of all other gods, and beyond all fictions and fictitious images of men; He is accompanied with all desires (will or volition), and is neither the enjoyer of all or any part of the production of his will. He is full with the imaginations of all things, but is neither the all or any one of the objects in his mind.
11. He is Siva—the bliss that surpasses all other gods and transcends any human-made stories or images; He is accompanied by all desires (will or intention) and is neither the one who enjoys everything nor any specific part of what he creates. He is filled with the ideas of all things, yet He is neither everything nor any single object in His thoughts.
12. He encompasses all space and time, and is neither divided nor circumscribed by either of them. He is the manifester of all events and things, and is nothing except the image of pure Intellect Himself.
12. He includes all space and time, and is not limited or defined by either. He is the source of all events and things, and is nothing but the representation of pure Intellect itself.
13. He is consciousness without parts, and situated in the heart of every thing. He is the producer of every thing, and their absorber also in himself.
13. He is a unified consciousness, present at the core of everything. He is the creator of all things and also encompasses them within himself.
14. Know Brahma to be situated between existence and inexistence and it is He who styled the God, the supreme soul, the transcendental, the Tat sat—Id Est, and the syllable Om—on or ens.
14. Understand Brahma as being located between existence and non-existence, and it's He who defined God, the supreme soul, the transcendental, the Tat sat—Id Est, and the syllable Om—on or ens.
15. By his nature of immensity, he spreads alike in all space, and being the great Intellect himself, he is said to be transcendent and supreme being.
15. By his nature of being vast, he exists throughout all space, and since he is the ultimate Intellect, he is considered to be a transcendent and supreme being.
16. He remains as all in all places, as the sap circulates through the bodies of plants; thus the great soul of the supreme being, extends alike as the common entity of all things.
16. He exists everywhere, just like sap flows through the bodies of plants; in this way, the great soul of the supreme being spreads equally as the common essence of all things.
17. It is He who abides in the heart of your spouse Arundhatí as in yours, the same also dwells in the heart of Párvatí as in those of her attendants.
17. He is the one who lives in the heart of your spouse Arundhatí, just as He also resides in the heart of Párvatí and her attendants.
18. That intellection which is one and in every one in all the three worlds is verily the god, by the best knowing among philosophers: (that god is the universal mind).
18. That understanding which is unified and present in everyone across all three realms is truly the divine, according to the most knowledgeable among philosophers: (that divine is the universal mind).
19. Tell me O Brahman! how they may be called as gods, who having their hands and feet, are yet devoid of their[Pg 178] consciousness; which is the pith of the body. (This is said of idols and images).
19. Tell me, O Brahman! How can they be called gods, having hands and feet, yet lacking their[Pg 178] consciousness, which is the essence of the body? (This refers to idols and images).
20. The Intellect is the pith and marrow of the world, and contains the sap which it supplies to every thing in it. It is the one and all—ego-sarvam and therefore all things are obtained from it. (The god Siva is also called the all to pan-sarva and Ego, that is I am the universal ego and giver of all gifts to all).
20. The Intellect is the core of the world, providing essential energy to everything within it. It is the one and all—ego-sarvam, and therefore everything originates from it. (The god Siva is also known as the all to pan-sarva and Ego, meaning I am the universal ego and the source of all gifts to everyone).
21. He is not situated at a distance, O Bráhman! nor is He unobtainable by any body; He resides always in all bodies, and abides alike in all places, as also in all empty space and sky. (This omnipresence of the divine spirit, sets aside the belief of a swarga-heaven or bihesht as the special seat of God).
21. He isn't far away, O Bráhman! nor is He unreachable by anyone; He is always present in all bodies and exists in every place, including all empty space and the sky. (This omnipresence of the divine spirit challenges the belief in a swarga-heaven or bihesht as God's exclusive home).
22. He does, he eats, he supports all, and moves every where; He breathes and feels and knows every member of the body. (This is according to the sruti; He fills and directs every part of the body to the end of the nails-ánakhágrat. [Sanskrit: puryyámáste | sa eva pravishta ánakhágrebhyah]).
22. He acts, he consumes, he supports everyone, and moves everywhere; He breathes, feels, and knows every part of the body. (This is based on the sruti; he fills and guides every part of the body down to the tips of the nails—ánakhágrat. [Sanskrit: puryyámáste | sa eva pravishta ánakhágrebhyah]).
23. Know him, O chief of sages! to be seated in the city of the body; and directing the various functions that are manifest by it, under his direct appointment.
23. Recognize him, O leader of wise men! as being present in the city of the body; and overseeing the different functions that are expressed through it, under his direct command.
24. He is the lord of the cavity of the heart, and the several hidden sheaths—Koshas, which are contained within the cavity of the body; which is made by his moving abodes and moves as he pleases to move it.
24. He is the master of the heart's space and the various hidden layers—Koshas—that are found within the body's cavity; crafted by his shifting homes, and he can move it as he wishes.
25. The immaculate soul is beyond the essence and actions of the mind, and the six organs of sense; it is for our use and understanding only, the word chit-intellect is applied to him.
25. The pure soul is beyond the essence and actions of the mind and the six senses; it exists for our use and understanding only, and that’s why we refer to it as chit-intellect.
26. That intellectual spirit is too minute and subtile, immaculate and all-pervading; and it is his option and volition, to manifest this visible representation of himself or not.
26. That intellectual spirit is too small and subtle, pure and everywhere present; it is his choice and decision whether to show this visible form of himself or not.
27. This intellect is too fine and pure, and yet manages the whole machinery for beautifying the world, as the subtle and intelligent season of spring, beautifies the vegetable world with freshness and moisture.
27. This intellect is too refined and pure, yet it manages the entire system to beautify the world, just like the delicate and clever season of spring enhances the plant world with freshness and moisture.
28. The beautiful and wonderous properties that reside in the divine Intellect, are astonishing to behold in their display into the various form as the sky.
28. The beautiful and amazing qualities that exist in the divine Intellect are incredible to see as they manifest in various forms like the sky.
29. Some of these take the name of the living soul, and some others assume the title of the mind; some take the general name of space, and others are known as its parts and divisions. (These are but parts of one stupendous whole &c. Popes Moral Essays).
29. Some of these are called living souls, while others are referred to as the mind; some go by the general name of space, and others are known as its parts and divisions. (These are just parts of one massive whole &c. Popes Moral Essays).
30. Some of these pass under the name of substance, and others of their action; and some under the different categories of mode and condition, genus, species and adjuncts.
30. Some of these are called substance, while others are referred to by their actions; and some are classified by various categories like mode and condition, genus, species, and adjuncts.
31. Some of them shine as light, and others stand as mountains and hills; some brighten as the sun and moon and the gods above, and others are as the dark yakshas below.
31. Some of them shine like light, while others are like mountains and hills; some glow like the sun and moon and the gods above, while others are like the dark yakshas below.
32. All these continue in their own states, without any option on their parts; and they evolve of their own nature, and causation of the divine spirit, as the sprouts of trees grow of their own accord, under the influence of the vernal spring (season).
32. All of these continue in their own states without any choice on their part; they develop naturally and as a result of the divine spirit, just like tree sprouts grow on their own during the spring season.
33. It is the intellect alone which extends over all the works of nature, and fills all bodies which overspread the vast ocean of the world, as the aquatic plants swim over the surface of waters.
33. It is the intellect alone that encompasses all the creations of nature and permeates all bodies that cover the vast expanse of the world, just like aquatic plants float on the surface of the water.
34. The deluded mind wanders like a roving bee, and collects the sweets of its desire from the lotus of the body, and the intellect sitting as its Mistress, relishes their essence from within. (Spiritual substances can taste the essence of sweets. Milton).
34. The confused mind drifts like a wandering bee, gathering the pleasures it craves from the beauty of the body, while the intellect, acting as its guide, enjoys their essence from within. (Spiritual substances can taste the essence of sweets. Milton).
35. The world with all the gods and gandharvas, and the seas and hills that are situated in it; rolls about in the circuit of the Intellect, as the waters whirl in a whirlpool.
35. The world, with all its gods and celestial beings, along with the seas and hills it contains, spins around in the realm of the Intellect, just like water swirls in a whirlpool.
36. Human minds resembling the spokes of a wheel, are bound to the axles of their worldly affairs; and turn about in the rotatory wheel of the ever revolving world, within the circumference of the Intellect.
36. Human minds are like the spokes of a wheel, tied to the axles of their everyday lives; they spin around in the rotating wheel of the constantly changing world, within the limits of the Intellect.
37. It was the Intellect which in the form of the four-armed Vishnu, destroys the whole host of the demoniac asuras; as the rainy season dispels the solar heat, with its thundering clouds and rainbows.
37. It was the Intellect that, in the shape of the four-armed Vishnu, wipes out the entire army of the demonic asuras, just like the rainy season drives away the heat of the sun with its booming clouds and rainbows.
38. It is the Intellect, which in the form of the three-eyed[Pg 180] Siva, accompanied by his ensigns of the bull and the crescent of the moon, continues to dote like a fond bee, on the lotus-like lovely face of Gaurí (his consort).
38. It is the Intellect, which in the form of the three-eyed[Pg 180] Siva, accompanied by his symbols of the bull and the crescent of the moon, keeps admiring like a devoted bee, the beautiful lotus-like face of Gaurí (his partner).
39. It was the intellect which was born as a bee in the lotus-like navel of Vishnu in the form of Brahmá, and was settled in his meditation upon the lotus of the triple vedas; (revealed to the sage afterwards).
39. It was the intellect that was born like a bee from the lotus-like navel of Vishnu in the form of Brahmá and was established in his meditation on the lotus of the triple Vedas; (revealed to the sage later).
40. In this manner the Intellect appears in various forms, like the unnumbered leaves of trees, and the different kind of ornaments made of the same metal of gold.
40. In this way, the Intellect shows up in various forms, like the countless leaves on trees and the different types of ornaments made from the same gold.
41. The Intellect assumes of its own pleasure, the paramount dignity of Indra; who is the crown jewel over the three worlds, and whose feet are honoured by the whole body of gods.
41. The Intellect takes on, for its own enjoyment, the highest status of Indra, who is the most esteemed among the three worlds and whose feet are revered by all the gods.
42. The Intellect expands, rises and falls, and circulates everywhere in the womb of the triple world; as the waters of the deep overflow and recede and move about in itself.
42. The mind expands, rises and falls, and flows everywhere in the cradle of the three worlds; just like the waters of the deep surge and retreat and shift within themselves.
43. The full moon beams of intellect, scatter their widespread brightness on all sides; and display to the full view the lotus lake of all created beings in the world.
43. The full moon shines with intelligence, spreading its bright light everywhere and revealing the lotus lake of all living beings in the world.
44. The translucent brightness of the mirror of the Intellect, shows the reflexions of the world in it, and receives benignantly the images of all things in its bosom; as if it were pregnant with them.
44. The clear brightness of the mirror of the Intellect reflects the world within it and kindly accepts the images of everything in its depths, as if it were filled with them.
45. The Intellect gives existence to the circles of the fourteen great regions (of creation) above and below; and it plants them in the watery expanse of the sea on earth, and in the etherial expanse of the waters in heaven. (The fourteen regions are the seven continents—sapta dwípas, beset by the seven watery oceans, sapta-samudras on earth; and the seven planets revolving in the etherial ocean of the skies. Manu says the god Brahmá planted his seed in the waters; and the Bible says—God divided the waters above from the waters below by the midway sky).
45. The Intellect creates the circles of the fourteen great regions (of creation) above and below; and it positions them in the watery expanse of the sea on earth, and in the ethereal expanse of the waters in heaven. (The fourteen regions consist of the seven continents—sapta dwípas, surrounded by the seven watery oceans, sapta-samudras on earth; and the seven planets orbiting in the ethereal ocean of the skies. Manu says that the god Brahmá planted his seed in the waters; and the Bible states—God separated the waters above from the waters below by the midway sky).
46. Intellect spreads itself like a creeper in the vacuous field of air, and became fruitful with multitudes of created beings; it blossomed in the variety of the different peoples; and shooted forth in the leaves of its dense desires.
46. Intellect spreads out like a vine in the empty space of air, and becomes filled with countless created beings; it blooms in the diversity of different peoples; and grows in the leaves of its thick desires.
47. These throngs of living beings are its farina flying[Pg 181] about, and their desires are as the juice which gives them their different colours; their understandings are their covering cuticles and the efforts of their minds are buds that unfold with flowers and fruits of their desire.
47. These crowds of living beings are its pollen flying[Pg 181] around, and their desires are like the juice that gives them their various colors; their understandings are their protective layers, and the efforts of their minds are the buds that bloom into the flowers and fruits of their desires.
48. The lightsome pistils of these florets are countless in the three worlds, and their incessant undulation in the air, expressed their gaysome dance with the sweet smiling of the opening buds.
48. The cheerful stamens of these flowers are countless in the three worlds, and their constant swaying in the air shows their lively dance with the sweet smiles of the blooming buds.
49. It is the Intellect which stretches out all these real and unreal bodies, which expand like the gentle and good looking flowers for a time, but never endure for ever. (The body like a fading flower is soon blown away.)
49. It's the Intellect that extends all these real and unreal bodies, which bloom like beautiful flowers for a while but don’t last forever. (The body, like a wilting flower, is quickly swept away.)
50. It produces men like moon bright flowers in all places, and these flush and blush, and sing and dance about, deeming themselves as real bodies.
50. It creates men like brightly shining flowers everywhere, and these guys blush, feel shy, sing, and dance around, believing they're truly real.
51. It is by the power of this great Intellect, that the sun and other luminous bodies shining over the sky as the two bodies in a couple, are attracted to one another to taste the fruit of their enjoyment as that of gross bodies.
51. It is through the power of this great Intellect that the sun and other shining celestial bodies in the sky, like two partners in a relationship, are drawn to each other to experience the pleasure that comes from their physical presence.
52. All other visible bodies that are seen to move about in this phenomenal world, are as flakes of dust dancing about on eddy. (i.e. All things move about and tend towards their central point the Intellect).
52. All the other visible objects that we see moving around in this amazing world are like bits of dust swirling in the air. (i.e. Everything moves around and tends toward their central point, the Intellect).
53. The Intellect is like a luminary of the universe, and manifests unto us all the phenomena of the three worlds, as the flame of a lamp shows us the various colours of things: (which are reflected by light on dark and opaque matter).
53. The intellect is like a guiding light of the universe, revealing to us all the phenomena of the three worlds, just as the flame of a lamp shows us the different colors of things: (which are reflected by light on dark and opaque material).
54. All worldly things exhibit their beauty to our sight, by their being immerged in the light of the Intellect, as the dark spot on the disk of the moon, becomes fully apparent to view by its immersion in the lunar beams. (The black spot on the moon's surface, becomes white by the brightness of the moon-beams, so the dark world becomes illumined by the presence of the Intellect in it).
54. All worldly things show us their beauty by being immersed in the light of the Intellect, just like the dark spot on the moon becomes clearly visible because of the moon's light. (The black spot on the moon's surface appears white from the brightness of the moonlight, so the dark world is illuminated by the presence of the Intellect within it).
55. It is by receiving the gilding of the Intellect, that all material bodies are tinctured in their various hues; as the[Pg 182] different trees receive their freshness, foliage and fruitage from the influence of the rainy weather.
55. It’s by absorbing the brightness of the Intellect that all physical things take on their different colors, just like the[Pg 182] various trees get their vibrance, leaves, and fruit from the effects of rainy weather.
56. It is the shadow (or absence of intellect), which causes the dullness of an object; and all bodies are inanimate without it, as a house becomes dark in absence of light or a lamp. (Intellect gives life to dull matter).
56. It's the lack of intellect that makes an object seem dull; all things are lifeless without it, just like a house gets dark without light or a lamp. (Intellect brings dull matter to life).
57. The wondrous powers of the intellect (which gives a shape and form to every thing), are wanting in any thing; it becomes a shapeless thing, and cannot possibly have any form or figure in the world, over its dull materiality. (Even inanimate nature of all forms and kinds, receives its figure from the power of intellect).
57. The amazing abilities of the mind (which give shape and form to everything) are absent in anything; it becomes formless and can't possibly have any shape or figure in the world, over its dull materiality. (Even the inanimate nature of all forms and types gets its shape from the power of the mind).
58. The intellect is as the skylight, wherein its active power or energy resembling its consort, resides with her offspring of desire in the abode of the body, and is ever restless and busy in her actions. (This active power is personified as the goddess sakti or Energy, and her offspring-desire is the personification of Brahmá).
58. The intellect is like a skylight, where its active power or energy, similar to its partner, resides with her child of desire in the body, and is constantly restless and engaged in her actions. (This active power is represented as the goddess sakti or Energy, and her child-desire is the representation of Brahmá).
59. Without the presence of the Intellect, it is no way possible for any one to perceive the taste of any flavour though it is set on the tip of his tongue, or see it with his eyes? (Intellect is the cause of all perception).
59. Without the Intellect, it’s impossible for anyone to truly taste any flavor, even if it's right on the tip of their tongue, or to see it with their eyes. (Intellect is the key to all perception).
60. Hear me and say, how can this arboretum of the body subsist, with its branching arms and hairy filaments, without being supplied with the sap of the intellect.
60. Listen to me and tell me, how can this arboretum of the body survive, with its branching arms and hairy strands, without being nourished by the sap of the mind?
61. Know hence the intellect to be the cause of all moving and immovable things in nature, by its growing and feeding and supporting them all; and know also that the intellect is the only thing in existence, and all else is inexistent without it.
61. Understand that the intellect is the source of all things, both moving and still in nature, as it nourishes, sustains, and supports them all; also recognize that the intellect is the only thing that truly exists, and everything else is non-existent without it.
62. Vasishtha said:—Ráma! after the moon-bright and three-eyed god had spoken to me in his perspicuous speech, I interrogated again the moon-bright god in a clear and audible voice and said.
62. Vasishtha said:—Rama! after the moon-bright and three-eyed god spoke to me clearly, I asked the moon-bright god once more in a clear and audible voice and said.
63. O lord! If the intellect alone is all pervading and the soul of all, then I have not yet been able to know this visible earth in its true light.
63. Oh Lord! If the mind is all-encompassing and the essence of everything, then I still haven't been able to see this visible world for what it really is.
64. Say why is it that people call a living person, to be endowed[Pg 183] with intellect so long as he is alive, and why they say him to be devoid of intellect, when he is layed down as a dead and lifeless mass.
64. Why is it that people refer to a living person as being endowed[Pg 183] with intellect while they say he lacks intellect when he is laid down as a dead, lifeless body?
65. The god replied—Hear me tell you all: O Brahman, about what you have asked me; it is a question of great importance, and requires, O greatest of theists! a long explication.
65. The god replied—Listen to me explain everything: O Brahman, about what you've asked; it's a really important question and needs, O greatest of believers! a detailed explanation.
66. The intellect resides in every body, as also in all things as their inherent soul; the one is viewed (by shallow understandings) as the individual and active spirit, and the other is known (to comprehensive mind) as unchanging and universal soul.
66. The intellect exists in every body, as well as in all things as their inherent essence; the first is seen (by those with limited understanding) as the individual and active spirit, while the second is recognized (by those with deeper insight) as the unchanging and universal essence.
67. The mind that is misled by its desires, views the inward spirit as another or the living soul, as the cupidinous person takes his (or her) consort for another, in the state of sleep or dreaming. (The unsettled mind takes every individual soul for the universal one).
67. The mind that is confused by its desires sees the inner spirit as separate or the living soul, just like a person consumed by longing sees their partner as someone else in a state of sleep or dreaming. (The restless mind perceives each individual soul as the universal one).
68. And as the same man seems to be changed to another, during his fit of anger; so the sober intellect is transformed to a changeable spirit, by one's mistake of its true nature. (The nirvi kalpa or immutable spirit, is changed to a savi kalpa or mutable one).
68. Just as a person can seem completely different when they're angry, the sober mind gets changed into a fickle spirit when someone misunderstands its true nature. (The nirvi kalpa or unchanging spirit is transformed into a savi kalpa or changing one).
69. The intellect being attributed with many variable qualities and desires, is made to lose its state of purity; and by thinking constantly of its gross nature, it is at last converted to the very gross object of thought.
69. The intellect, having many changing qualities and desires, loses its purity. By constantly focusing on its physical nature, it ultimately becomes fixated on the very material object of its thoughts.
70. Then the subjective intellect chit, becomes itself the chetya or object of thought, and having assumed the subtile form of a minute etherial atom, becomes the element of sound; and is afterwards transformed to the rudimental particle of air vata tan mátra.
70. Then the subjective intellect chit becomes the chetya or the object of thought. After taking on the subtle form of a tiny ethereal atom, it becomes the element of sound, and is later transformed into the fundamental particle of air vata tan mátra.
71. This aerial particle then bearing relation to the parts of time and place, becomes the vital principle (as existing some where for a certain period of time); which next turns to the understanding and finally to the mind.
71. This airborne particle, being connected to the elements of time and place, becomes the vital principle (existing somewhere for a specific amount of time); which then shifts to understanding and finally to the mind.
72. The intellect being thus transformed into the mind, dwells on its thoughts of the world, and is then amalgamated with it, in the same manner as a Brahman is changed to chandala, by constantly thinking himself as such. (Thus this creation is a display of the divine mind and identic with it).
72. When the intellect is transformed into the mind, it focuses on its thoughts about the world and becomes integrated with it, just like a Brahman becomes a chandala by constantly thinking of himself that way. (In this way, this creation reflects the divine mind and is identical to it).
73. Thus the divine Intellect forgets its universality by its thoughts of particulars; and assumes the gross forms of the objects of its thoughts and desires. (Hence we say a man to be of such and such a mind, according to the thought or desire that he entertains in it, i.e. the whole being taken for a part and the part for the whole).
73. So the divine Intellect loses sight of its universality by focusing on specific thoughts; it takes on the tangible forms of the things it thinks about and desires. (That's why we say a person has a certain mindset based on the thoughts or desires they have, i.e. when the whole is seen as a part and the part is seen as the whole).
74. The Intellect being thus replete with its endless thoughts and desires, grows as dull as the gross objects it dwells upon; till at last the subtile intellect grows as stony dull, as the pure water is converted to massive stones and hails.
74. When the intellect is filled with endless thoughts and desires, it becomes as dull as the physical objects it focuses on; eventually, the refined intellect becomes as numb as the pure water that transforms into solid stones and hail.
75. So the stolid intellect takes the names of the mind and sense, and becomes subject to ignorance and illusion; by contracting a gross stolidity restrained from its flight upwards, and have to grovel forever in the regions of sense.
75. So the dull mind accepts the labels of thought and perception, becoming trapped in ignorance and misunderstanding; by embracing a heavy dullness that keeps it from rising, it must remain forever in the realm of the senses.
76. Being subjected to ignorance at first, it is fast bound to the fetters of its cupidity afterwards, and then being pinched by its hankerings and angry frettings, it is tormented alike by the pleasure of affluence and the pains of penury.
76. Initially trapped in ignorance, it becomes quickly tied down by its greed, and then, plagued by its cravings and frustrations, it suffers from both the joys of wealth and the hardships of poverty.
77. By forsaking the endless felicity (of spirituality), it is subjected to the incessant vicissitudes of mortality, it now sets dejected in despair, and lamenting over its griefs and sorrow, and then burns amidst the conflagration of its woes and misery.
77. By giving up the endless joy of spirituality, it becomes trapped in the constant ups and downs of life, feeling hopeless and stuck in despair, mourning its pains and sorrows, and then it suffers in the flames of its troubles and misery.
78. See how it is harassed with the vain thought of its personality—that I am such a one; and look at the miseries to which it is exposed, by its reliance on the frail and false body.
78. Notice how it is troubled by the pointless idea of its identity—that I am this person; and look at the suffering it endures because it depends on the weak and deceptive body.
79. See how it is worried by its being hushed to and fro, in the alternate swinging beds of prosperity and adversity; and see how it is plunged in the deep and muddy puddle of misery, like a worn out elephant sinking in the mire.
79. See how it's unsettled by being tossed back and forth, in the alternating swings of good times and bad; and see how it's submerged in the deep, murky water of misery, like a tired elephant sinking in the mud.
80. Look at this deep and unfordable ocean of the world, all hollow within and rolling with the eventful waves of casualties; it emits the submarine fire from within its bosom, as the human heart flashes forth with its hidden fire of passions and affections.
80. Look at this vast and unfathomable ocean of the world, all empty inside and surging with the tumultuous waves of loss; it releases the underwater heat from deep within, just as the human heart radiates its hidden warmth of desires and feelings.
81. Human heart staggers between hope and fear, like a stray deer in the forest; and is alternately cheered and depressed at the prospects of affluence and want.
81. The human heart sways between hope and fear, like a lost deer in the woods; it is sometimes lifted and sometimes brought down by the possibilities of wealth and poverty.
82. The mind that is led by its desire, is always apprehensive of disappointment; and it coils back for fear of a reverse, as a timorous girl flies afar from the sight of a spectre.
82. The mind driven by its desires is always anxious about disappointment; it recoils in fear of a setback, just like a scared girl runs away at the sight of a ghost.
83. Man encounters all pains for a certain pleasure in prospect, as the camel browses the thorny furze in expectation of honey at a honey comb in it; but happening to slip from his intermediate standpoint, he is hurled headlong to the bottom.
83. People face all kinds of pain for the hope of some pleasure, like a camel nibbling on thorny bushes while dreaming of honey hidden in a hive; but if they happen to lose their balance, they can fall hard.
84. One meeting with a reverse falls from one danger to another; and so he meets with fresh calamities, as if one evil invited or was the harbinger of the other.
84. One meeting with a reverse leads from one danger to another; and so he encounters new misfortunes, as if one problem called for or was the precursor to another.
85. The mind that is captivated by its desires, and led onward by its exertions, meets with one difficulty after another, and has cause to repent and grieve at every step (or is the cause of remorse and grief). (All toil and moil, tend to the vexation of the spirit).
85. The mind that is consumed by its desires and pushed forward by its efforts faces one challenge after another, often feeling regret and sadness at every turn (or is the source of remorse and sorrow). (All the hard work and struggles tend to frustrate the spirit).
86. As a man advances in life, so he improves in his learning; but alas! all his worldly knowledge serves at best, but to bind down the soul fast to the earth.
86. As a man progresses in life, he also improves in his knowledge; but unfortunately, all his worldly knowledge does at best is tie the soul down to the earth.
87. Cowards are in constant fear of everything, until they die away in their fear; as the little shrimp being afraid of the waterfall, falls on dry land, and there perishes with flouncing.
87. Cowards are always afraid of everything, until they eventually fade away in their fear; just like a little shrimp that, terrified of the waterfall, ends up on dry land and perishes with flopping around.
88. The helplessness of childhood, the anxieties of manhood, the miserableness of old age; are preliminaries to the sad demise of men engaged in busy life. (The last catastrophe of human life).
88. The vulnerability of childhood, the worries of adulthood, the unhappiness of old age; are all steps leading to the unfortunate end of people caught up in a busy life. (The final tragedy of human life).
89. The propensities of past life cause some to be born as celestial nymphs in heaven, and others as venomous serpents in subterranean cells; while some become as fierce demons, and many are reborn as men and women on earth.
89. The tendencies from previous lives lead some to be born as heavenly nymphs, others as poisonous snakes in hidden places; while some become fierce demons, and many are reborn as men and women on earth.
90. The past actions of men make to be born again as Rákshas among savages, and others as monkeys in forests; while some become as Kinnaras on mountains, and many as lions on mountain tops. (All these are depraved races of men viz; the anthropophagi cannibals, the pigmy apes—banars, the ugly mountaneers Kinnaras and the leonine men narasinhas).
90. The past actions of people can lead them to be reborn as Rákshas among savages, others as monkeys in the forests; some become Kinnaras on mountains, and many turn into lions on mountain tops. (All these are degraded races of humans, like the cannibalistic anthropophagi, the small apes—banars, the grotesque mountain dwellers Kinnaras, and the lion-like men narasinhas.)
91. The Vidyádharas of the Devagiri mountains, and the Nagas of the forest caves (are degenerations of men); and so are the fowls of air, the quadrupeds of wood lands, the trees and plants of forests, and the bushes on hills and orchides on trees; (are all but transformation of the perverted intellect).
91. The Vidyádharas of the Devagiri mountains and the Nagas of the forest caves (are degraded versions of humans); so are the birds, the four-legged animals of the woodlands, the trees and plants of the forests, and the bushes on hills and orchids on trees; (they are all just transformations of twisted intelligence).
92. It is self same intellect which causes Náráyana to float on the surface of the sea, and makes the lotus born Brahmá to remain in his meditation; It keeps Hara in the company of his consort Uma, and places Hari over the gods in heaven.
92. It's the same intelligence that makes Náráyana float on the surface of the sea, and keeps the lotus-born Brahmá deep in meditation; it keeps Hara with his partner Uma, and puts Hari above the gods in heaven.
93. It is this which makes the sun to make the day and the clouds to give the rain (or pour in rains); It makes the sea to breathe out in waves, and the volcanic mountains to blow out in fire and flame.
93. It's this that makes the sun create the day and the clouds bring the rain; it makes the sea breathe out in waves, and the volcanoes erupt in fire and flame.
94. It makes the curricle of time to revolve continually in the circle of the seasons; and causes the day and night to rotate in their cycles of light and darkness.
94. It makes the carriage of time keep moving in the circle of the seasons; and causes day and night to cycle through their periods of light and darkness.
95. Here it causes the seeds to vegetate with the juice contained in them; and there it makes the stones and minerals lie down in mute silence.
95. Here it allows the seeds to sprout with the juice inside them; and there it makes the stones and minerals rest in silent stillness.
96. Some times it blooms in fruits ripened by the solar heat, and at others maturated by the burning fuel; some where it gives us the cold and icy water; and at others the spring water which cannot be lasted.
96. Sometimes it blooms in fruits ripened by the sun’s heat, and other times by the burning fuel; sometimes it provides us with cold, icy water; and at other times, it offers spring water that can’t be sustained.
97. Here it glows in luminous bodies, and there it shows itself of impenetrable thickets and in accessible rocks; It shines as bright and white in one place, and is as dark and blue in another; It sparkles in the fire and dwindles in the earth, it blows in the air and spreads in the water.
97. Here it shines in bright forms, and there it appears in dense thickets and hard-to-reach rocks; It glows bright and white in one spot, and is dark and blue in another; It sparkles in the flame and fades in the ground, it moves in the air and spreads through the water.
98. Being the all-pervading, omnipresent and omnipotent power itself, it is the one in all and the whole plenum. It is therefore more subtile and transparent, than the rarefied and translucent air.
98. Being the all-encompassing, ever-present, and all-powerful force itself, it is the one within all and the entire totality. It is, therefore, more subtle and transparent than the thin and translucent air.
99. As the intellect spreads out and contracts itself, in any manner in any place or time; so it conceives and produces the same within and without itself, as the agitation of waters[Pg 187] produces both the little billows and huge surges of the sea. (The intellect is the immanent cause of all phenomena).
99. As the mind expands and contracts, in any way, anywhere, or at any time; it imagines and creates both internally and externally, just like the movement of water[Pg 187] creates both small waves and massive swells in the ocean. (The mind is the inherent cause of all phenomena).
100. The intellect stretches itself in the various forms of ducks and geese, of cranes and crows, of storks, wolves and horses also; it becomes the heron and partridge, the parrot, the dog, the stag, the ape and Kinnara likewise.
100. The mind takes on many forms, like ducks and geese, cranes and crows, storks, wolves, and horses; it also becomes the heron and partridge, the parrot, the dog, the stag, the ape, and Kinnara as well.
101. It is the abstract quality of the understanding, beauty and modesty, and of love and affections also; it is the power of illusion and the shadow and brightness of night and of moonlight likewise.
101. It represents the abstract qualities of understanding, beauty, and modesty, as well as love and emotions; it embodies the power of illusion and the contrasts of darkness and moonlight too.
102. It stretches itself in these and all other forms of bodies, and is born and reborn in all kinds and species of things. It roves and rolls all about the revolving world, in the manner of a straw whirling in a whirlpool.
102. It expands in these and all other forms of bodies and is born and reborn in all sorts and species of things. It moves and tumbles throughout the spinning world, like a straw swirling in a whirlpool.
103. It is afraid of its own desires, as the she-ass is seen to shudder at its own brayings; and it has no one like itself. ([Sanskrit: mugva bálá-calá-valá]).
103. It is afraid of its own desires, just like a female donkey is seen to shudder at its own braying; and it has no one like it. ([Sanskrit: mugva bálá-calá-valá]).
104. I have told you already, O great sage! how this principle of the living spirit, becomes vitiated by its animal propensities, and is afterwards debased to the nature and condition of brute creatures.
104. I've already told you, oh wise sage! how the principle of the living spirit gets corrupted by its animal instincts and is later degraded to the level and state of brute creatures.
105. The supreme soul receiving the appellation of the living soul or principle of action, becomes a pitiable object, when it becomes subject to error and illusion, and is subjected to endless pains and miseries.
105. The supreme soul, referred to as the living soul or principle of action, becomes a sad sight when it falls into error and illusion, leading it to endless pain and suffering.
106. The deluded soul is then overpowered by its connate sin, which causes it to choose the wrong unreality—asat for itself, which being frail and perishable, makes the active soul to perish with itself. (This passage appears to allude to the original sin of man, which became the cause of the death and woes of human life. The connate sin is compared to the husk which is born with the rice, and not coming from without. It is otherwise called the inborn sinfulness or frailty of human nature—Man is to err &c.).
106. The confused soul is then overwhelmed by its innate sin, which leads it to choose the wrong illusion for itself, something that is weak and temporary, causing the active soul to perish alongside it. (This passage seems to refer to mankind's original sin, which became the source of death and suffering in human life. The innate sin is likened to the husk that comes with rice, rather than something external. It is also referred to as the inherent sinful nature or weakness of humanity—humans are bound to make mistakes, etc.).
107. The soul being thus degraded from its state of endless felicity, to the miserable condition of mortal life, laments over its fallen state, as a widow wails over her fate.
107. The soul, having fallen from its state of endless happiness to the miserable condition of mortal life, mourns its fallen state, just like a widow grieves over her fate.
108. Look on the deplorable condition of intellect—chit; which having forgotten its original state (of purity), is subjected to the impotent Ignorance, which has been casting it to the miseries of degradation, as they cast a bucket in the well by a string, which lowers it lower and lower till it sinks in the bottom of the pit. (This string araghatta is said to be the action of human life, which the more it is lengthened, the more it tends to our degradation, unless we prevent by our good action. So the sruti! [Sanskrit: yathákárí yatháchárí tathá bhalati | sághukárí sádhurbhabati | prápakárí papíbhavati | punyo bai punyema karmmana bhavati | pápah pápereti]).
108. Look at the sad state of intellect—chit; having lost its original purity, it is now trapped in the feeble grasp of Ignorance, which pulls it down into the depths of misery, just like a bucket lowered into a well by a string, descending deeper and deeper until it hits the bottom of the pit. (This string araghatta represents human actions, which, the longer they are, the more they lead to our decline, unless we counteract this with good deeds. So the sruti! [Sanskrit: yathákárí yatháchárí tathá bhalati | sághukárí sádhurbhabati | prápakárí papíbhavati | punyo bai punyema karmmana bhavati | pápah pápereti]).
CHAPTER XXXI
Identity of the Mind and Living Soul.
Identity of the Mind and Living Soul.
Argument—The pure Intellect shown to be without vitality; and the mind to consist in the vital power in connection with the sensations and external Perceptions.
Argument—Pure intellect is revealed to be lacking in energy; the mind is made up of vital power tied to sensations and external perceptions.
THE god continued:—When the intellect collects (takes) the vanities of the world to itself (and relies on them) and thinks to be a miserable being; it is said to have fallen into error, (by forgetting the reality and its true nature); it then resembles a man that is deluded to think himself for another, in his dream or ebriety. (The living soul is forgetful of its spiritual nature).
THE god continued:—When the mind focuses on the superficial things of the world and relies on them, thinking of itself as a miserable being, it is said to have fallen into error, forgetting the reality and its true nature. It then resembles a person who is deluded into thinking they are someone else, either in a dream or while drunk. (The living soul is forgetful of its spiritual nature).
2. Though immortal yet it is deceived to believe itself as mortal, by its infatuated understanding; as a sick man weeps to think himself dead when he is still alive.
2. Though it is immortal, it is fooled into thinking it is mortal, by its misguided understanding; like a sick person who cries, believing they are dead when they are still alive.
3. As the ignorant man views the revolving spheres to be at a stand still, so the deluded intellect sees the world and thinks its personality as sober realities.
3. Just as a clueless person sees the spinning planets as motionless, the misled mind perceives the world and believes its identity to be solid truths.
4. The mind alone is said to be the cause of the perception of the exterior world in the intellect; but the mind can be no such cause of it, from the impossibility of its separate existence independent of the intellect. (The intellect is the cause of guiding and informing the mind, and not this of that).
4. It's said that the mind is solely responsible for our perception of the outside world in our understanding; however, the mind can't be that cause because it can't exist separately from our understanding. (The intellect is what guides and informs the mind, not the other way around).
5. Thus there being no causality of the mind, there cannot be its causations of the thinkable world also. Therefore the intellect only is the cause of thought, and neither the mind nor the thinkable world (which produces or impresses the thought). The gloss says that, "the intellect whereby the mind thinks, is not the mind nor its dependant or the objective thinkable world; but it is the pure subjective self-same intellect only."
5. Since there is no causality in the mind, it cannot cause anything in the thinkable world either. Therefore, only the intellect is responsible for thought, and neither the mind nor the thinkable world (which produces or influences the thought). The note explains that "the intellect through which the mind thinks is neither the mind nor its dependent nor the objective thinkable world; it is just the pure subjective intellect itself."
6. There is no spectacle, spectator (or sight of) of anything anywhere, unless it be a delusion, as that which appears oiliness in a stone; and there is no matter, making or work of any kind; unless it be a mistake like that of blackness in the moon. (The[Pg 190] oily glossiness of the marble and the shade in the moon, are no other but the inherent properties of those things).
6. There’s no show, observer, or sight of anything anywhere, unless it’s an illusion, like what looks oily in a stone; and there’s no substance, creation, or work of any kind; unless it’s a misunderstanding like the darkness on the moon. (The[Pg 190] oily shine of the marble and the shadow on the moon are just the inherent qualities of those things).
7. The terms measure, measurer, and measurable are as negative in nature, as the privation of forest plants in the sky; and the words intellect, intellection and intelligible are as meaningless in themselves, as the absence of thorns and thistles in the garden of Paradise. (gloss. The intellect chit is the subjective intellection, chetana is chitta vritti—the property of chit, is the attribute, and the intelligible chetya is the object of thought. The meaning is that, there is no separate subject, object or attribute in nature, but they all blend in the essentiality of God, who is all in all. The words subjective, objective and attributive, are therefore mere human inventions, and so are the words thinker, thinking and the thought ([Sanskrit: mantri, mati, mantavya],) and knower, knowing and knowledge ([Sanskrit: víha, vuhvi, víhavya]), and the ego, egoism and egotist ([Sanskrit: ahamkára, ahamkarttá, ahamkáryya]) all which refer to the same individual soul).
7. The terms measure, measurer, and measurable are as negative in nature as the lack of forest plants in the sky; and the words intellect, intellection, and intelligible are as meaningless by themselves as the absence of thorns and thistles in the Garden of Paradise. (gloss. The intellect chit is the subjective intellection, chetana is chitta vritti—the property of chit is the attribute, and the intelligible chetya is the object of thought. The meaning is that there is no separate subject, object, or attribute in nature; they all blend in the essentiality of God, who is everything. Therefore, the words subjective, objective, and attributive are merely human inventions, and so are the terms thinker, thinking, and thought ([Sanskrit: mantri, mati, mantavya]), and knower, knowing, and knowledge ([Sanskrit: víha, vuhvi, víhavya]), and the ego, egoism, and egotist ([Sanskrit: ahamkára, ahamkarttá, ahamkáryya]), all of which refer to the same individual soul).
8. The personalities of egoism, tuism and illism; [Sanskrit: ahantvam tvantvam, tatvam], are as false as mountains in the firmament; and the difference of persons (as this is my body and that another's), is as untrue as to find whiteness in ink.
8. The traits of egoism, tuism, and illism; [Sanskrit: ahantvam tvantvam, tatvam], are as fake as imaginary mountains in the sky; and the distinction of individuals (like this is my body and that one belongs to someone else) is as false as trying to find white in ink.
9. The Divine spirit is neither the same nor different in all bodies; because it is as impossible for the universal soul to be confined in any body, as it is impracticable for the mount Meru to be contained in an atom of dust. And it is as impossible to express it in words and their senses as it is incapable for the sandy soil to grow the tender herbs.
9. The divine spirit is neither the same nor different in all bodies; because it's just as impossible for the universal soul to be confined in any body as it is for Mount Meru to fit into a speck of dust. And it's just as impossible to express it in words and their meanings as it is for sandy soil to nurture delicate herbs.
10. The dictum netineti.—It is neither this nor any other, is as untrue as the belief of the darkness of night subsisting in company with the day light: and substantiality and unsubstantiality are both as wanting in the supreme spirit, as heat is wanting in ice.
10. The saying netineti.—It is neither this nor that, is as false as believing that night can exist alongside daylight: both substance and absence of substance are as absent in the supreme spirit as heat is absent in ice.
11. It is as wrong to call it either as empty or solid, as it is to say a tree growing in the womb of a stone to call it either the one or the other; is to have it for the infinite vacuum or the full plenum.
11. It is just as incorrect to describe it as either empty or solid, as it is to say that a tree growing inside a stone is either one or the other; it should be understood as the infinite vacuum or the full plenum.
12. It is the sole unity that remains in its state of pure[Pg 191] transparency forever; and being unborn from the thought or mind of any body, it is not subject to the misrepresentation of any body. (The gloss says: Not being born from the mind of Brahmá as this creation, the Intellect is free from the imperfections of both).
12. It is the only unity that stays in its pure[Pg 191] transparency forever; and because it wasn’t created by anyone’s thought or mind, it isn’t subject to anyone’s misinterpretation. (The gloss says: Since it’s not created from Brahmá’s mind like this creation, the Intellect is free from both imperfections.)
13. It is however imputed with many faults and failings, in the thoughts and opinions of men; but all these imputations and false attributes, vanish before one knowing its true nature.
13. However, it is blamed for many faults and shortcomings in the minds of people; but all these accusations and false labels disappear once someone understands its true nature.
14. The learned devoid of indifference, are employed in many other thoughts and things; though not a straw of all this vast world, is under the command of any body.
14. The knowledgeable, who are not indifferent, are involved in many other thoughts and activities; yet not a single thing in this vast world is under anyone's control.
15. It is in the power of every body to get rid of his thoughts, but very difficult to get the object of his thought; How then is it possible for one to have, what it is impracticable for him to try for? (i.e. The full object of desire).
15. Everyone has the ability to let go of their thoughts, but it's really hard to attain the thing they think about; so how can someone have what is impossible for them to pursue? (i.e. The full object of desire).
16. The one sole and immutable Intellect which pervades all nature, is the supreme one and without an equal, and is more pellucid than the translucent light of a lamp and all other lights.
16. The one true and unchangeable Intellect that fills all of nature is the highest and unparalleled, and shines clearer than the bright light of a lamp and all other lights.
17. It is this intellectual light which enlightens every thing, it is ubiquious and ever translucent; it is ever shining without a shade, and immutable in its nature and mind.
17. It is this intellectual light that brightens everything, it's everywhere and always clear; it constantly shines without a shadow, and is unchanging in its nature and essence.
18. It is situated every where and in all things, as in pots and pictures, in trees and huts, and houses in quadrupeds, demons and devils, in men and beasts, in the sea, earth and air.
18. It is present everywhere and in everything, like in pots and paintings, in trees and huts, and houses, in animals, demons and evil spirits, in humans and creatures, in the sea, land, and air.
19. It remains as the all witnessing spirit, without any oscillation or motion of its own to any place; and enlightens all objects, without flickering or doing any action by itself.
19. It remains the all-seeing spirit, without any movement or motion of its own to anywhere; and it illuminates all objects, without wavering or taking any action itself.
20. It remains unsullied with by its connection with the impure body, and continues unchangeable in its relation with the changeful mind. It does not become dull by being joined with the dull body, and is never changed to anything by its extension over all things.
20. It stays pure despite its connection with the impure body, and remains constant in its relationship with the ever-changing mind. It doesn’t lose its sharpness by being linked to the dull body, and is never altered by its influence over everything.
21. The extremely minute and immutable intellect, retains its consciousness in itself; and by rolling itself like a rundle of thread, enters the body in the form of a particle of air (or the vital breath or air pránáyáma).
21. The incredibly small and unchanging mind keeps its awareness within itself; and by coiling itself like a spool of thread, it enters the body as a tiny particle of air (or the vital breath or air pránáyáma).
22. It is then accompanied with the powers of vision and reflexion, which are wakeful in the waking state and lie dormant in sleep; whence it is said to be existent and inexistent by turns.
22. It is then paired with the abilities of sight and reflection, which are active when we are awake and lie dormant when we sleep; hence it is said to exist and not exist alternately.
23. The clear and pure intellect, comes then to think of many things in its waking state, and is thus perverted from its purity; as an honest man turns to dishonesty in the company of the dishonest. (The perversion of the intellect is owing to its attachment to the flesh, and its entertaining to worldly thoughts).
23. The clear and pure mind starts to think about many things while awake, and in doing so, it loses its purity; just as an honest person might become dishonest when they're around dishonest people. (The corruption of the mind is due to its connection to the body and its focus on worldly thoughts).
24. As the pure gold is converted to copper by its alloy, and is again restored to its purity by removal of the base metal; such is the case of the intellect owing to its contracting and distracting of vicious thoughts.
24. Just as pure gold can turn into copper through its mixture with other metals, and can be restored to purity by removing the impurities, so the intellect becomes clouded by harmful thoughts that limit and distract it.
25. As a good looking glass being cleansed of its dirt, shows the countenance in a clear light; so the intellect being born in the human body, attains its divine nature by means of its good understanding.
25. Just like a clean mirror reflects a person's face in clear light, the intellect, which exists within the human body, reaches its divine nature through good understanding.
26. Its want of the knowledge of itself as the all, presents the sight of the false world to it as a true reality; but upon coming to know its true nature, it attains the divine state.
26. Its lack of self-awareness as the whole makes it see the false world as a real reality; but once it understands its true nature, it reaches a divine state.
27. When the mind thinks of itself of its difference (from the intellect), and the existence of the unrealities (in nature), it gets the sense of its egoism, and then it perishes though it originally imperishable in its nature. (The sruti [Sanskrit: tasya bhayam, bhavati], "it then fears to die" because the personal soul is subject to death, and not the impersonal or universal soul which never dies. So the phrase: "Forget yourself and you'll never fear to die").
27. When the mind reflects on its differences from the intellect and the existence of illusions in nature, it becomes aware of its ego, which ultimately leads to its downfall, even though it is originally indestructible by nature. (The sruti [Sanskrit: tasya bhayam, bhavati], "it then fears to die," emphasizes that the individual soul faces death, unlike the impersonal or universal soul, which is eternal. Hence, the saying: "Forget yourself and you'll never fear dying").
28. As a slight wind scatters the fruits of trees growing on the sides of mountain, so the consciousness of self, drops down at the gust of a slight disease, like a large tree.
28. Just like a gentle breeze spreads the fruits from trees on the mountainside, the awareness of self can fall away with the onset of a minor illness, similar to a big tree.
29. The existence of the qualities of form and colour and others, is owing to that of intellect; as the position of subalterns—adhyasta is dependent on the station of the superior—adhishthata. And the pure intellect—infinite and indefinite in itself, is designated as a unity, duality and plurality by want of right understanding.
29. The existence of qualities like form and color, among others, comes from the presence of intellect; just as the role of subordinates—adhyasta relies on the position of the superior—adhishthata. Pure intellect—limitless and formless in itself—is called a unity, duality, and plurality due to a lack of proper understanding.
30. It is from the essence of the intellect only, that the mind and senses derive their faculties of thinking and perception; as it is presence of day light, which gives rise to the routine of daily business.
30. The mind and senses get their ability to think and perceive solely from the essence of the intellect; just as the presence of daylight leads to the everyday activities of life.
31. It is the action of the vital air, which gives pulsation to the pupils of the eye, and whose light is called the sight, which is the instrument of perceiving the forms and colours of things that are placed without it, but the perception belongs to the power and action of the intellect.
31. It’s the action of the vital air that causes the pupils of the eye to expand and contract, and the light it emits is what we call sight; this is the tool we use to perceive the shapes and colors of things outside of ourselves, but the actual perception comes from the power and action of our intellect.
32. The air and skin are both of them contemptible and insensible things, yet their union gives the perception of touch or feeling; the mind becomes conscious of that feeling, but its consciousness is dependent on and caused by the intellect.
32. The air and skin are both worthless and insensitive things, yet their combination allows us to feel touch; the mind becomes aware of that feeling, but its awareness depends on and is triggered by the intellect.
33. The particles of scent being carried by the particles of air to the nostrils, give the sense of smelling to the mind; but it is intellect which has the consciousness of smelling.
33. The particles of scent carried by the air to the nostrils give the mind the ability to smell; however, it's the intellect that has the awareness of the smell.
34. The particles of sound are conveyed by the particles of air to the organ of hearing for the perception of the mind, and the intellect is conscious of this as in its sleep. (And as a silent witness of the same).
34. Sound particles are carried by air particles to the ear for the mind to perceive, and the intellect is aware of this even in its sleep. (And as a silent witness of the same).
35. The mind is the volitive principle of action from some desire or to some end and aim of its own, and the thoughts of the mind are all mixed with foulness, while the nature of the intellectual soul is quite pure and simple. (The difference between the sensuous mind and the conscious intellect, is that the one is the volitive and active agents of its actions, the other is the passive and neutral witness of all and every thing that is and comes to take place, without its interference in any).
35. The mind is the driving force behind our actions, fueled by desires or goals of its own, and the thoughts we have can often be tainted, though the nature of the intellectual soul is completely pure and simple. (The difference between the sensory mind and the conscious intellect is that the former acts and makes choices, while the latter is a passive and neutral observer of everything that exists and happens, without getting involved in any way.)
36. The intellect is manifest by itself, and is situated of itself in itself; it contains the world within itself, as the crystalline stone retains the images of all things in its bosom. (The subjective soul bears in it the objective world, which is not different but self-same with itself. Hence the nullity of the objective duality, which is identic with the subjective unity).
36. The intellect reveals itself and exists independently; it holds the world within itself, just like a crystal captures images of everything around it. (The subjective soul contains the objective world, which is not different but the same as itself. This shows the emptiness of objective duality, which is identical to subjective unity).
37. It is the single and sole intellect which contains the whole, without dividing or transforming itself to parts or forms other than itself. It neither rises or sets, nor moves nor grows[Pg 194] at any place or time (but occupies all space and time, in its infinity and eternity).
37. It is the one and only intelligence that holds everything together, without splitting or changing itself into different parts or forms. It neither rises nor sets, nor does it move or grow[Pg 194] at any point in time or space (but instead occupies all space and time, in its infinity and eternity).
38. It becomes the living soul by fostering its desires, and remains as the pure intellect by forsaking them for ever; and then seated in itself, it reflects on its two gross and pure states. (The two gross states are the gross world, and the gross mind that dwells only on gross bodies of the world).
38. It becomes a living being by nurturing its desires, and stays as pure intellect by letting go of them forever; then, seated within itself, it contemplates its two states: the gross and the pure. (The two gross states are the physical world and the physical mind that focuses solely on the physical bodies in the world).
39. The intellect has the living soul for its vehicle, and egoism is the vehicle of the living principle; the understanding is the car of egotism and the mind the seat of the understanding.
39. The intellect uses the living soul as its vehicle, and egoism is the vehicle for the living principle; understanding is the car of egotism, and the mind is the seat of understanding.
40. The mind again has the vital breath for its curricle, and the senses are vehicles of the vital airs; the body is the carriage of the senses, and the organs of action are the wheels of the body.
40. The mind once more has the vital energy as its carriage, and the senses act as transport for this vital energy; the body serves as the carriage for the senses, and the organs of action are the wheels of the body.
41. The motion of these curricles forms the course of this world (which is hence called karma Kshetra or world of activity); and the continued rotation of the body (called the cage of bird of life); until its old age and demise, which is the dispensation of the Almighty power. (That man must toil and moil till he is worn out and goes to his grave).
41. The movement of these chariots shapes the journey of this world (which is therefore referred to as karma Kshetra or the world of action); and the ongoing cycle of existence (known as the cage of the bird of life); until old age and death, which is the will of the Almighty power. (That people must work hard and struggle until they are exhausted and eventually pass away).
42. The world is shown unto us as a phantasmagoria of the supreme soul, or as a scene in our dream; it is a pseudoscope and wholly untrue as the water in a mirage.
42. The world is presented to us as a magical display of the supreme soul, or like a scene in our dreams; it is an illusion and completely false, just like the water in a mirage.
43. Know, O sage, that the vital breath is called the vehicle of the mind by fiction only; because wherever there is the breath of vitality, there is also the process of thinking carried on along with it.
43. Know, wise one, that the vital breath is referred to as the vehicle of the mind only in a metaphorical sense; because wherever there is life, there is also the process of thinking happening alongside it.
44. Wherever the breath of life circulates like a thread, and acts as spring, there the body is made to shake with it; as the forms and colours of bodies, present themselves to view at the appearance of light.
44. Wherever life flows like a thread, and acts like spring, the body responds and shakes along with it; just as the shapes and colors of objects become visible when light appears.
45. The mind being employed with its desires, perturbs the vital breath and body as a tempest shakes the forest; but being confined in the cavity of the heart, it stops their motion as when the winds are confined in the upper skies. (The mind being fixed to some particular object of meditation, stops the course of life and gives longevity to man).
45. When the mind is focused on its desires, it disrupts the vital energy and body, just like a storm shakes the forest; but when it is contained within the heart, it halts their movement like winds stuck in the upper atmosphere. (When the mind concentrates on a specific object of meditation, it pauses the flow of life and grants longevity to a person).
46. Again the confinement of the vital breath in the vacuity of the heart, stops the course of the mind (thoughts); as the hiding of a light, removes the sight of the objects from view. (No thought without breathing, and no sight without light).
46. Once more, the trapping of the vital breath in the emptiness of the heart halts the flow of the mind (thoughts); just like hiding a light takes away the ability to see objects. (No thoughts without breathing, and no sight without light).
47. As the dusts cease to fly after the winds are over; so the mind (thought) ceases to move, when the breath is pent up in the heart. (These are subjects of Pránáyáma or restraint of breath, treated at large in chapter XXV of this book).
47. Just as the dust settles when the winds die down, the mind stops racing when the breath is held in the heart. (These are topics of Pránáyáma or breath control, discussed in detail in chapter XXV of this book).
48. As the carriage is driven wherever the driver wishes to drive it; so the mind being driven by the vital breath, runs from country to country in a moment.
48. Just as the carriage goes wherever the driver wants it to go, the mind, fueled by the vital breath, travels instantly from one place to another.
49. As the stone flung from a fling is lost forever, so the thoughts of the mind are dispersed in the air, unless they are fixed upon some object. The thoughts are accompaniments of the mind and vitality, as fragrance is attendant on flowers and heat upon fire.
49. Just like a stone thrown from a sling is lost forever, the thoughts in our minds scatter into the air unless we focus them on something specific. Thoughts are like companions of the mind and life, just as fragrance comes with flowers and heat comes with fire.
50. Wherever there is vital breath breathing (in any animal being), there is the principle of the mind with its train of thoughts likewise; as whenever the moon appears to view, it is accompanied with its beams also. Our consciousness is the result of the vibrations of the vital air, like our perception of the perceptibles; and this air is the sustainer of the body also, by supplying the juice of the food to all the nerves and arteries.
50. Wherever there is life in any living being, there is also the mind with its thoughts; just like when the moon is visible, it shines with its light. Our awareness comes from the movement of the vital air, just as our understanding of things comes from our senses; this air also supports the body by delivering nutrients to all the nerves and arteries.
51. The mind and consciousness both belong to the body, the one residing in the hollow of the vital air, and the other is as clear as the intellect, and resides alike in all gross and subtile bodies, like the all pervading and transparent vacuum.
51. Both the mind and consciousness are part of the body; one exists in the space of vital air, while the other is as clear as intellect and exists in all physical and subtle forms, much like the all-encompassing and clear vacuum.
52. It remains in the form of conscious self-existence in dull inanimate bodies; and appears to be afraid of the vibrations of animal life (i.e. The vegetables and minerals are conscious of their own existence, without having their vital and animal actions of breathing and locomotion).
52. It exists as aware self-existence in lifeless, dull bodies and seems to be scared of the movements of living creatures (i.e. Plants and minerals are aware of their own existence, even though they don’t have the vital and animal actions of breathing and moving around).
53. The dull body being enlivened by the vital breath, is recognized by the mind as belonging to itself; and plays many parts and frolics with it, as in its prior state of existence.
53. The lifeless body, brought to life by the vital breath, is recognized by the mind as part of itself; and it engages in various activities and has fun with it, just like in its previous state of existence.
54. The mind vibrates no longer, after the extinction of[Pg 196] breathing; and then, O sage! the pure intellect is reflected in the eight fold receptacle of vacuum. (These are termed the puryashtakas and consist of the mind, life, knowledge, the organs of action, illusion, desire, activity and the subtile body).
54. The mind no longer vibrates after breathing stops; and then, oh sage! the pure intellect is reflected in the eightfold container of emptiness. (These are called the puryashtakas and include the mind, life, knowledge, the organs of action, illusion, desire, activity, and the subtle body).
55. As it is the mirror only that can reflect an image, and no other stone; so it is the mind alone these as their octuple receptacle—puryashtaka, and which is the agent of all actions, and is termed by different names according to the views of different divine teachers.
55. Just like a mirror is the only thing that can reflect an image, no other stone can do that; similarly, it is the mind alone that serves as the eightfold receptacle—puryashtaka—and which is the source of all actions. It is referred to by various names depending on the perspectives of different spiritual teachers.
56. That which gives rise to the net work of our imaginary visible world, and that in which it appears to be situated, and whereby the mind is made to revolve in various bodies, know that supreme substance to be the Immensity of Brahma, and source of all this world (or as diffused as all in all which is thence called the visvam—the all to pan).
56. What creates the network of our imagined visible world, and where it seems to exist, and through which the mind moves among different forms, understand that this ultimate substance is the Immensity of Brahma, the source of everything in this world (or as widespread as everything in everything, which is why it's referred to as the visvam—the all to pan).
CHAPTER XXXII
On the Sustentation and Dissolution of the Body.
On Supporting and Breaking Down the Body.
Argument.—Exposition of the animation of the complicate Body, and its ultimate decomposition at death.
Argument.—Explanation of how the complex body is energized and its eventual disintegration at death.
THE god continued:—Hear me, holy sage! now relate to you, how the active and oscillating principle of the intellect, acts on the human body and actuates it to all its actions, whereby it receives the noble title of its active agent. (The disembodied and nameless intellect, gets many appellations in its embodied state, according to its various temporal and spiritual avocations and occupations in life. gloss).
THE god continued:—Listen to me, holy sage! Now I'll explain how the dynamic and fluctuating principle of the mind influences the human body and drives it to all its actions, earning it the esteemed title of its active agent. (The disembodied and nameless mind receives many names in its physical form, based on its different temporal and spiritual roles and activities in life. gloss).
2. But the mind of man which is impelled by its former (or pristine) propensities, prevails over the (good) intellect; and being hardened in its vicious deeds, pursues its changeful wishes and desires. (The former evil propensities refer to those of past lives, and allude to the original depravity of human nature and will).
2. But the human mind, driven by its past impulses, often takes over the rational intellect; and, hardened by its wrongful actions, chases after its fluctuating wishes and desires. (The past impulses refer to those from previous lives and point to the inherent flaws in human nature and will).
3. The mind being strengthened by illusion (máyá), the intellect becomes dull and stultified as stone; and this power of delusion growing stronger by divine dispensation, displayed the universe to view. (The máyá is otherwise called Brahma Sakti Divine omnipotence, which overpowers on the omniscience of God in the acts of creation, &c. Hence the neutral omniscience is called the Intellect chit, and the active omnipotence is styled the mind).
3. With the mind bolstered by illusion (máyá), the intellect becomes dull and lifeless like stone; this power of delusion, growing stronger by divine arrangement, revealed the universe. (The máyá is also known as Brahma Sakti, Divine omnipotence, which overshadows God’s omniscience during creation and other acts. Therefore, the neutral omniscience is referred to as the Intellect chit, while the active omnipotence is called the mind).
4. It is by the good grace of this power, that the intellect is allowed to perceive sometimes, the fallacy of the aerial city of this world, and at others to think it as a reality. (i.e. It comes to detect the fallacy by exercise of its intellection, and thinks it real by its subjection-illusion).
4. It is through the kindness of this power that the intellect can sometimes recognize the illusion of the lofty ideals of this world, and at other times, believe them to be real. (i.e. It learns to see the illusion through its reasoning and thinks it is real because of its tendency to be deceived).
5. The body remains as dumb as stone, without the presence of the intellect, the mind and its egoism in it; and it moves about with their presence in it, as when a stone is flung in the air.
5. The body stays as lifeless as a rock without the intellect, the mind, and its selfishness; and it moves around with their presence, just like a stone thrown into the air.
6. As the dull iron is made to move, by its contiguity to or attraction of the loadstone; so doth the living soul jíva act its parts, by the presence of the omnipresent soul in it. (The actions of the living soul are its respirations, and direction of the organs of action to their respective function).
6. Just like dull iron moves because of its closeness to or attraction to the loadstone, the living soul jíva performs its functions due to the presence of the all-pervasive soul within it. (The actions of the living soul include its breathing and directing its organs to carry out their specific functions).
7. It is by the power of the all pervading soul, that the living principle shoots out in infinity forever, as the germs of trees sprout forth the seed in all places. And as the recipient mirror receives the reflexion of objects situated at a distance from it, so the living soul gets the reflex or image of the distant supreme spirit in itself. (God made man in his own image).
7. It is through the power of the all-encompassing soul that the life force extends infinitely, just like tree seeds spread everywhere. And just as a mirror reflects the images of objects that are far away, the living soul reflects or holds the essence of the distant supreme spirit within itself. (God created man in His own image).
8. It is by forgetfulness of its own and real nature, that the living soul contracts its foul gross object, as a legitimate twice-born man mistakes himself for a sudra by forgetting his birth by such error or illusion.
8. It is by forgetting its true nature that the living soul gets attached to its unpleasant physical form, just as a legitimately born man mistakenly believes he is of a lower caste by forgetting his origins due to such error or illusion.
9. It is by unmindfulness of its own essence, that the intellect is transformed to the sensuous mind; as some great souls are deceived to believe their miserableness in the distractedness of their intellect percipience. (Men are often misled to believe themselves otherwise than what they are, as it was the case with the princes Lavana, Gádhi, and Harischandra mentioned before and as it turns out with all miserable mortals, who forget their immortal and celestial natures).
9. It’s through a lack of awareness of its own nature that the intellect gets turned into a sensuous mind; just like some great souls are tricked into thinking they are miserable because of the distraction in their intellectual perception. (People are often led to believe they are something different from what they really are, just like the princes Lavana, Gádhi, and Harischandra mentioned earlier, and this is true for all miserable humans who forget their immortal and heavenly nature).
10. It is the intellect which moves the dull and inert body, as the force of the winds shakes the waters of the deep to roll and range about in chains and trains of waves.
10. It's the mind that drives the lifeless and heavy body, just like the winds stir the deep waters to create rolling waves and patterns.
11. The active mind which is always prone to action, leads the machine of the body together, with the passive and helpless living soul at random, as the winds drive about in different directions, together with the inert stones (ballast) contained in it. (i.e. The mind is the mover of both the body and soul, but the intellect is the primum mobile of all).
11. The active mind, always ready for action, drives the body's machine, along with the passive and helpless soul, in random directions, much like winds blowing across various paths, carrying along inert stones (ballast) within it. (i.e. The mind moves both the body and soul, but the intellect is the primary mover of all).
12. The body is the vehicle, and God has employed the mind and the vital breath, as the two horses or bullocks for driving it. (The mind is said also to be its driver, the soul its rider, and the breaths are its coursers).
12. The body is the vehicle, and God has used the mind and the life force as the two horses or oxen to drive it. (The mind is also considered its driver, the soul its rider, and the breaths are its coursers).
13. Others say, that the rarefied intellect assumes a compact form, which becomes the living soul; and this riding on the car of the mind, drives it by the vital airs as its racers. (Hence the course of the mind and its thoughts, are stopped with the stoppage of respiratory breaths).
13. Some say that a refined intellect takes on a solid shape, which becomes the living soul; and this, riding on the chariot of the mind, propels it with vital breaths as its drivers. (Thus, the flow of the mind and its thoughts is halted when breathing stops).
14. Sometimes the intellect seems as something born and to be in being, as in its state of waking and witnessing the objects all around; at others it seems to be dead and lost as in the state of its profound sleep. Again it appears as many, as in its dreaming state; and at last it comes to know itself as one and a unit, when it comes to the knowledge of truth and of its identity with the sole unity.
14. Sometimes the mind seems alive and fully aware, like when it's awake and observing everything around it; other times, it feels inactive and lost, similar to a deep sleep. Again, it appears fragmented, like during dreams; finally, it recognizes itself as whole and unified when it understands the truth and its connection to the singular unity.
15. Sometimes it seems to be of a different form, without forsaking its own nature; as the milk becomes the butter and curd etc. and as the water appears in the shape of a billow or wave or of its foam or froth. (That changed in all, yet in all the same &c. Pope).
15. Sometimes it looks different, yet still keeps its original essence; just like milk transforms into butter and cheese, or like water takes the shape of a wave or its foam. (That changed in all, yet in all the same &c. Pope).
16. As all things depend upon light, to show their different forms and colours to view, so the mental powers and faculties, do all of them depend upon the intellectual soul for their several actions. (The intellect in the form of the soul, directs and exhibits the actions of the mind).
16. Just as everything relies on light to reveal their different shapes and colors, all mental abilities and functions depend on the intellectual soul for their various actions. (The intellect, as part of the soul, guides and demonstrates the mind's actions).
17. Again the Supreme Spirit being situated in the mind within the body, the animal soul has its life and action; as all things appear to sight, while the lighted lamp shines inside the room. (As the silent soul directs the mind, so the active mind keeps the soul alive).
17. Once again, the Supreme Spirit resides in the mind within the body, giving the animal soul its life and function; much like how everything is visible when the lamp is lit in the room. (Just as the quiet soul guides the mind, the active mind sustains the soul).
18. The ungoverned mind gives rise to all diseases and difficulties, that rise as fastly and thickly, as the perturbed waters rise in waves, which foam out with thickening froth.
18. An uncontrolled mind leads to all illnesses and troubles, which arise quickly and densely, like the restless water that rises in waves, foaming over with thick froth.
19. The living soul dwelling like the bee in the lotus-bed of the body, is also subject to diseases and difficulties as the bee to the rains and flood; and it is as disturbed by the casualties of life, as the calm sea-water are perturbed to waves by the blowing winds.
19. The living soul, like a bee in the lotus flower of the body, is also affected by sickness and challenges just as bees are by rain and floods; it is just as troubled by life's events as calm sea water is stirred into waves by the blowing winds.
20. The dubitation that, "the divine soul is omnipotent, and the living soul is impotent and limited in its powers; and therefore[Pg 200] the human soul is not the same with the Divine"; is the cause of our woe, and serves to darken the understanding; as the clouds raised by the sunlight, serve to obscure the solar disk (this doubt leading to dualism, cuts us from God and exposes us to all the calamities of life).
20. The doubt that "the divine soul is all-powerful, while the living soul is weak and limited in its abilities; therefore[Pg 200] the human soul is not the same as the Divine” is the source of our suffering and clouds our understanding, just like clouds created by the sun can obscure its light (this doubt, leading to dualism, separates us from God and leaves us vulnerable to all of life's hardships).
21. The sentient soul passes under many transmigrations in its insensibility, and in utter want of its self consciousness; like one subdued to dull obtuseness by some morphia drug, which makes him insensible of the pain inflicted upon his own person, (This drug is some anaesthetic agent as opium, chloroform and the like).
21. The conscious soul goes through many transformations while being unaware and lacking self-awareness, similar to someone numbed to dullness by a morphine-like drug that makes them oblivious to the pain they are experiencing (This drug includes anesthetic substances like opium, chloroform, and others).
22. But as it comes to know itself afterwards by some means or other, it recovers from its dull insensibility, and regains its state of original purity; as a drunken or deluded person turns to his duty, after he comes to remember himself. (So the lost and stray sheep, returns to its fold and master).
22. But as it begins to understand itself later on, it shakes off its dullness and returns to its original purity; just like a drunk or confused person gets back to their responsibilities once they realize who they are. (Like a lost sheep returns to its flock and shepherd).
23. The sentient soul that fills the body, and is employed in enlivening all its members, does not strive to know the cause of its consciousness; as a leper never attempts to make use of any part of his body, which he is incapable to raise. (So the soul that is drowned in ignorance and dead in its sin, will never rise to reclaim its redemption by reproving itself).
23. The conscious soul that inhabits the body and energizes all its parts doesn't seek to understand the reason for its awareness; just like a leper never tries to use any part of their body that they can't move. (Similarly, the soul that is lost in ignorance and trapped in sin will never rise to seek its redemption by confronting itself).
24. When the soul is devoid of its consciousness, it does not enable the tube of the lotus-like heart to beat and vibrate with the breath of respiration; but makes it as motionless as a sacrificial vessel unhandled by the priest.
24. When the soul loses its awareness, it doesn’t allow the lotus-like heart to beat and resonate with the breath of life; instead, it becomes as still as a sacrificial vessel left untouched by the priest.
25. The action of the lotiform heart having ceased, the motion of the vital breaths is stopped also; as the fanning of the palmleaf fan being over, there is no more the current of the outer air.
25. When the lotiform heart stops beating, the flow of vital breaths also ends; just like when the palm leaf fan stops moving, there’s no more breeze of outside air.
26. The cessation of the vital air in the body, and its flight to some other form, sets the life to silence and sink in the original soul; just as the suspension of the blowing winds, sets the flying dusts to rest on the ground.
26. When the vital air in the body stops and moves to another form, life falls silent and sinks back into the original soul; just like when the winds stop blowing, the dust settles on the ground.
27. At this time, O sage, the mind alone remains on its unsullied state and without its support; until it gets another body, wherein it rests as the embryonic seed lies in the earth and water.
27. Right now, wise one, the mind exists in its pure state and without any backing; until it finds another body, where it settles like an undeveloped seed does in soil and water.
28. Thus the causes of life being deranged on all sides, and the eight principles of the body inert and extinct (in their actions); the body droops down and becomes defunct and motionless. (The eight principles called the puryashtakas).
28. So, with the causes of life disrupted all around, and the eight principles of the body inactive and lifeless (in their functions), the body slumps and becomes inactive and motionless. (The eight principles are called the puryashtakas).
29. Forgetfulness of the intellect, the intelligible (truth) and intelligence, produces the desires of them to vibrate; these give to remembrances of the past, and their want buries them to oblivion.
29. Forgetting the mind, the things that can be understood (truth), and understanding itself causes desires to resonate; these stir up memories of the past, and their absence leads them to fade into oblivion.
30. The expansion of the lotus-like heart, causes the puryashtaka body to expand also; but when the organ of the heart ceases to blow and breathe, the body ceases to move.
30. The expansion of the lotus-like heart makes the puryashtaka body expand as well; but when the heart stops beating and breathing, the body stops moving.
31. As long as the puryashtaka elements remain in the body, so long it lives and breathes; but these elementary powers being quiet and still, the body becomes inert and is said to be dead.
31. As long as the puryashtaka elements are present in the body, it continues to live and breathe; but when these elemental forces become quiet and motionless, the body becomes inactive and is considered dead.
32. When the contrary humours, the feelings and passions and sensible perceptions, and the outward wounds and strokes, cause the inward action of the organic heart to stop:—
32. When the opposing emotions, feelings, passions, and physical sensations, along with external injuries and blows, cause the internal function of the organic heart to cease:—
33. Then the puryashtaka forces are pent up in the cavity of the heart, as the force of the blowing winds, is lost in the hollow of a pair of blowing bellows.
33. Then the puryashtaka forces are trapped in the heart, just like the air from blowing winds gets lost in the hollow of a pair of bellows.
34. When a living body has its inward consciousness, and becomes inert and motionless in its outer parts and members, it is still alive by the action of breathing in the inner organ of the heart.
34. When a living body has its inner awareness and becomes still and motionless in its outer parts, it is still alive through the action of breathing in the inner organ of the heart.
35. Those whose pure and holy desires never forsake their hearts, they live in one quiet and even state of life, and are known as the living liberated and long living seers. (The pure desires are free from the influence of passions, and tendency to earthly enjoyments; which cause holy life and give longevity to man). (An unperturbed mind is the best preservative of health).
35. Those whose pure and holy desires consistently fill their hearts live a calm and consistent life, and are known as the enlightened and long-lived seers. (Pure desires are free from the pull of passions and the pursuit of worldly pleasures, which foster a holy life and lead to longevity). (A tranquil mind is the best safeguard for health).
36. When the action of the lotus like machine of the heart has ceased, and the breath ceases to circulate in the body, it loses its steadiness, and falls unsupported on the ground as a block of wood or stone.
36. When the action of the lotus-like machine of the heart stops, and the breath stops flowing through the body, it loses its stability and falls to the ground like a block of wood or stone.
37. As the octuple body mixes with the air in the vacuum of the sky, so is the mind also absorbed in it at the same time.
37. As the eightfold body blends with the air in the emptiness of the sky, the mind is also absorbed in it at the same time.
38. But being accompanied with the thoughts, to which it has been long accustomed, it continues to wander about in the air, and amidst the regions of heaven and hell, which it has long believed to await on its exit from the body.
38. But being accompanied by the familiar thoughts it's used to, it keeps drifting through the air and between the realms of heaven and hell, which it has long believed are waiting for it after leaving the body.
39. The body becomes a dead corpse, after the mind has fled from it in the air; and it remains as an empty house, after its occupant has departed from it.
39. The body turns into a lifeless corpse once the mind has left it behind; it stays like an empty house after its resident has moved out.
40. The all pervading intellect, becomes by its power of intellection both the living soul as well as the mind; and after passing from its embodied form (of puryashtaka), it assumes its spiritual (átiváhika) nature afterwards.
40. The all-encompassing intellect becomes both the living soul and the mind through its ability to think; and after moving from its physical form (of puryashtaka), it later takes on its spiritual (átiváhika) nature.
41. It fosters in its bosom the quintessence (pancha tan mátram) of the subtile elemental mind, which assumes a grosser form afterwards, as the thoughts of things appear in dream.
41. It nurtures the essence (pancha tan mátram) of the subtle elemental mind, which later takes on a denser form, similar to how thoughts of things emerge in dreams.
42. Then as the intensity of its thoughts, makes the unreal world and all its unrealities, appear as real before it, it comes to forget and forsake its spiritual nature, and transform itself to a gross body.
42. Then, as the intensity of its thoughts makes the unreal world and all its unrealities seem real, it begins to forget and abandon its spiritual nature and turns itself into a physical body.
43. It thinks by mistake the unreal body as substantial, and believes the unreal as real and the real as unreal. (i.e. It takes the unreal material as real; and the real spiritual as nothing).
43. It mistakenly believes that the unreal body is real and thinks of the unreal as real while considering the real as unreal. (i.e. It views the unreal material as real; and the real spiritual as nothing).
44. It is but a particle of the all pervading Intellect, that makes the living soul, which reflects itself afterwards in the form of the intelligent mind. (The understanding is a partial reflection of the Intellect. Gloss). The mind then ascends on the vehicle of the octuple body, and surveys the phenomenal world as a sober reality. (i.e. The senses of the body, represent the universe as real).
44. It's just a small part of the all-encompassing Intellect that creates the living soul, which later reflects itself in the form of the intelligent mind. (The understanding is a limited reflection of the Intellect. Gloss). The mind then rises on the vehicle of the eightfold body and observes the world of appearances as a true reality. (i.e. The senses of the body represent the universe as real).
45. The intellect is the prime mobile power, that gives force to the octuple material (puryashtaka) body to move itself; and the action of the breath in the heart which is called life, resembles the spiritual force of a ghost raising an inert body. (The power of spirits entering and moving inert bodies, forms a firm belief in India).
45. The intellect is the main driving force that enables the octuple material (puryashtaka) body to move on its own; the action of the breath in the heart, which is known as life, is similar to the spiritual energy of a ghost animating an inactive body. (The belief in spirits entering and moving lifeless bodies is widely held in India).
46. When the aerial mind flies into the vacuous air, after the material frame is weakened and worn out; then the lifeless[Pg 203] body remains as a block of wood or stone, and is called a dead mass by those that are living.
46. When the mind soars into the empty sky, after the physical body has grown frail and worn out; then the lifeless[Pg 203] body is left like a block of wood or stone, and is referred to as a dead mass by those who are still alive.
47. As the living soul forgets its spiritual nature, and becomes decayed in course of time and according to the frail nature of material things; so it fades and falls away in the manner of the withered leaves of trees.
47. As the living soul forgets its spiritual nature and deteriorates over time due to the fragile nature of material things, it fades and falls away like the withered leaves of trees.
48. When the vital power forsakes the body, and the action of the pericardium is stopped; the breath of life becomes extinct, and the animated being is said to die away.
48. When the life force leaves the body and the pericardium stops functioning, the breath of life ceases, and the living being is considered to have died.
49. As all beings that are born and have come to life, fade away in time like all created things in the world; so do human bodies also fade and fall away in time, like the withered leaves of trees.
49. Just like all living beings that are born and come to life eventually fade away over time, so do human bodies also deteriorate and decay, similar to the withered leaves of trees.
50. The bodies of all embodied beings, are equally doomed to be born and die also in their time; as the leaves of trees, are seen to be incessantly growing and falling off at all seasons; why then should we lament at the loss of what is surely to be lost.
50. The bodies of all living beings are equally destined to be born and die in their own time; just as the leaves of trees are constantly growing and falling off throughout the seasons; so why should we mourn the loss of what is inevitably going to be lost?
51. Look at these chains of living bodies, which are indiscriminately and incessantly rising and falling like bubbles and billows, in the vast ocean of the divine Intellect, and there is no difference of any one of them from another; why then should the wise make any distinction between objects that are equally frail in their nature, and proceed from and return to the same source.
51. Look at these chains of living beings, constantly rising and falling like bubbles and waves in the vast ocean of divine thought. There’s no difference among them; so why should the wise make any distinction between things that are equally fragile and come from and return to the same source?
52. The all-pervading intellect reflects itself only in the mind of man, and no where else; as it is the mirror only that receives the reflexions of objects, and no other opaque substance besides.
52. The all-encompassing intelligence only reflects itself in the human mind, and nowhere else; just like only a mirror captures the reflections of objects, and no other solid material does.
53. The acts and fates of men are all imprinted in the spacious and clear page of the Divine intellect, and yet are all embodied beings loud in their cries and complaints against the decrees of Heaven which is owing to their ignorance, and tending to their bitter grief and vain lamentation.
53. The actions and destinies of people are all recorded in the vast and clear page of the Divine intellect, yet they are all living beings loudly expressing their cries and complaints against the decisions of Heaven, which is due to their ignorance, leading to their deep sorrow and futile mourning.
CHAPTER XXXIII.
Resolution of Duality into Unity.
Resolving Duality into Unity.
Argument.—Unity, the source, substance, and ultimum of plurality, which is resolved to unity. The Doctrine of monotheism. One in all and all into one.
Argument.—Unity is the source, essence, and ultimate purpose of plurality, which ultimately becomes one. This is the doctrine of monotheism: one in all and all into one.
VASISHTHA said:—Tell me, my lord, that bearest the crescent of the moon on thy fore-head, how the pure and simple essence of the intellect, which is an infinite unity and ever uniform and immutable in its nature, is transmuted to the finite dualities of the variable and impure soul and mind. (Moreover the whole equal to a part is quite absurd and impossible).
VASISHTHA said:—Tell me, my lord, who wears the crescent moon on your forehead, how is the pure and simple essence of the intellect, which is an infinite unity and always consistent and unchanging in its nature, transformed into the limited dualities of the ever-changing and impure soul and mind? (Also, the idea that the whole is equal to a part is completely absurd and impossible).
2. Tell me, O great god! how this uncaused prime cause, becomes diffused in endless Varieties, and how can we get rid of the plurality of our creeds by our wisdom, for putting an end to our miseries. (By means of our belief in the true unity).
2. Tell me, O great god! how this uncaused primary cause spreads out into countless varieties, and how can we eliminate the diversity of our beliefs through our wisdom, in order to put an end to our suffering? (By believing in true unity).
3. The god replied—When the omnipotent God (sad), remains as one unity of immensity (Eka Brahma); it is then of course absurd, to speak of his duality or plurality, and of the manifestation of a part or minim of himself. (The whole cannot be a part).
3. The god replied—When the all-powerful God (sad) exists as a single unity of vastness (Eka Brahma), it is obviously pointless to talk about his duality or multiplicity, or the manifestation of a part or a fraction of himself. (The whole cannot be a part).
4. Taking the monad for a duad, is to ascribe duality to unity; and the imputation of dualism or bipartition to the simple intellect, is wholly futile from its nature of indivisibility. (So says the sruti: The one is no dual nor a bipartite thing. In Him there is no plurality, diversity or any particularity whatever. [Sanskrit: natu taddvitíyamasti tati-nya hvibhaktam | nanuneha nánástikincana.])
4. Considering a single unit as a pair means attributing duality to something that is fundamentally one; and suggesting that the simple intellect has dualism or division is pointless due to its indivisible nature. (As stated in the scripture: The one is neither dual nor divided. In Him, there is no multiplicity, variety, or specificity whatsoever. [Sanskrit: natu taddvitíyamasti tati-nya hvibhaktam | nanuneha nánástikincana.])
5. The want of the number one, causes the absence both of unity, duality; because there can be no dual without the singular, nor a single one unless there be the number two above it. (i.e. There can be no duality without the prime and preceding unity; nor even the unity unless it is followed by duality; because[Pg 205] the prime number would be indefinite and indetermined without the succeeding ones).
5. The lack of the number one leads to the absence of both unity and duality; because there can't be duality without the singular, nor a singular one unless there’s a number two above it. (i.e. There can be no duality without the primary and preceding unity; and unity itself cannot exist unless it is followed by duality; because[Pg 205] the prime number would be undefined and undetermined without the following ones).
6. The cause and its effect being of one nature (or essence), they are both of the same kind, as the fruit and the seed contained in it. The difference which is attributed to them from the change of one thing to the other, is a mere fiction of imagination.
6. Since the cause and its effect are essentially the same, they belong to the same category, like the fruit and the seed it contains. The distinction made between them due to the transformation from one to the other is just a product of imagination.
7. The mind itself evolves in its thoughts at its own will; the changes occurring in itself, are no way different from its own nature; as the mutual productions of seed and fruit, are of the same nature, the same fruit produces the same seeds, and these again bring forth the same fruits &c. (So the mind and its thoughts, are the same things and of the self-same nature).
7. The mind develops its thoughts as it chooses; the changes happening within it are entirely consistent with its nature. Just like the way seeds and fruits relate—the same fruit produces the same seeds, and those seeds grow into the same fruits, and so on. (In the same way, the mind and its thoughts are essentially the same and share the same nature).
8. Many modifications incessantly rise in the infinite mind of the almighty Maker as its eternal will, and these taking place in actu in positive existences, and substantive forms bear the relation of causes and their effects in this world.
8. Many changes continuously emerge in the limitless mind of the all-powerful Creator as its eternal will, and these occurring in reality in positive existences and tangible forms represent the relationship of causes and their effects in this world.
9. These productions are likened to the waves of waters in the sea, and mirage to the progeny of a barren woman, and the horns of a hare—all which are nil and not in being. They are all as negative as the water on the mountaintop, and as the barley corn growing on the head of a hare. (In all these instances the producer or container is a reality; but the produced or contained waves etc. are false; and so is Brahma the producer and container of all as positive entity, but the production of the world is null and void).
9. These creations are compared to the waves in the sea, and a mirage is like the child of a barren woman, and the horns of a hare—all of which are nothing and don’t actually exist. They are all as nonexistent as the water on a mountaintop, and as the barley growing on the head of a hare. (In all these examples, the creator or container is real; but what is created or contained, like waves, is not real; and similarly, Brahma is the real creator and container of everything, but the creation of the world is meaningless).
10. Herein enquiring into the real truth, we must refrain from logomachy; and find that though all things tend to stablish the unity, yet it is difficult even in thought to do away with the difference of things, as that of words and their senses. (that is to say, though unity is the result of right reason, yet duality is inseparable from common sense).
10. In seeking the real truth here, we must avoid pointless arguments; and recognize that while everything aims to establish unity, it's challenging even in thought to eliminate the differences between things, just like the differences between words and their meanings. (In other words, although unity is the outcome of sound reasoning, duality is unavoidable in everyday understanding).
11. The essence of divine omnipotence, is not divisible into portions or their fractions, like the waves of the sea, that are broken into bubbles and particles of waters.
11. The essence of divine omnipotence cannot be divided into parts or fractions, like the waves of the sea that break into bubbles and droplets of water.
12. As the leaves and stalks and branches and flowers of trees, are no other than the same substance; so unity and duality,[Pg 206] meity and tuity and the objectivity of the phenomenal world, are not different from the essence of the subjective intellect, which contains and puts forth itself in all these forms.
12. Just like the leaves, stems, branches, and flowers of trees are all made from the same material, unity and duality,[Pg 206] multiplicity and duality, and the reality of the physical world are not separate from the essence of the subjective mind, which encompasses and expresses itself in all these forms.
13. All time and place and variety of figures and forms, being but modifications of the intellect, it is improper for us to question the reality of those, and assert the certainty of this intellect.
13. All time, place, and different figures and forms are simply variations of the mind, so it’s not right for us to doubt their reality while insisting on the certainty of this mind.
14. The entities of time and space, and the powers of action and destiny (divine ordinance), are all derived from and directed by the intellect and bear their intellectual natures also.
14. The concepts of time and space, along with the forces of action and fate (divine will), all come from and are guided by the mind, and they also possess their intellectual qualities.
15. As the power of thinking, the thought and its object, jointly compose the principle of mind; so the whole universe and every thing that bears a name, are all included under the term chit or intellect; as the water and its rise and fall, are all included under the word wave.
15. Just like the power of thought and its subject together form the essence of the mind, the entire universe and everything that has a name fall under the concept of chit or intellect, just as the water and its rise and fall are all described by the term wave.
16. The thoughts which continually rise and fall, in the great ocean of the intellect; are like the waves which heave and set down, on the surface of the boisterous sea.
16. The thoughts that constantly come and go in the vast ocean of the mind are like the waves that rise and fall on the surface of the turbulent sea.
17. It is this supreme intellect which is known by the various appellations of the Lord, God, Truth, Siva and others; as also by the various names of vacuum, unity and the supreme spirit.
17. It is this ultimate intelligence that is referred to by different names like the Lord, God, Truth, Siva, and others; as well as by terms like vacuum, unity, and the supreme spirit.
18. Such is the nature of God, whom no words can express; and who is styled the Ego or the subjective "I am that I am" and whom it is beyond the power of speech to describe.
18. Such is the nature of God, who cannot be expressed in words; and who is called the Ego or the subjective "I am that I am," and who is beyond the capacity of speech to describe.
19. All that is seen all around, are but the leaves, fruits, flowers and branches of the all creeping plant of the intellect; which being diffused in all, leaves nothing that is different from it.
19. Everything you see around you are just the leaves, fruits, flowers, and branches of the ever-growing plant of intellect; which, being spread everywhere, leaves nothing different from it.
20. The divine intellect [Sanskrit: chit] being omniscient [Sanskrit: mahávidyá] has the great nescience or ignorance [Sanskrit: mahá avidyá] underlying it (as the lighted lamp is accompanied by the shadow under it); and then looking at this side of itself it takes the name of the living soul, and beholds this shadowy world stretched outside the divine mind, as we see another moon in the reflexion of that luminary, cast upon a nebular circle beyond it.
20. The divine intellect [Sanskrit: chit], which knows everything [Sanskrit: mahávidyá], has a deep ignorance [Sanskrit: mahá avidyá] underlying it (like a lamp casting a shadow beneath it); and when it views this aspect of itself, it is called the living soul. It sees this shadowy world appearing outside the divine mind, similar to how we see another moon reflected in the light of the original moon, cast onto a nebular circle beyond it.
21. Then thinking itself as another or a living being Jíva, and other wise than what it is (i.e. the immortal spirit paramátma); it becomes just of the same nature, as it thinks and forms itself by its own will.
21. Then, when it thinks of itself as another being or as a living entity Jíva, and different from what it truly is (i.e. the immortal spirit paramátma); it becomes of the same nature, as it thinks and shapes itself according to its own will.
22. Being thus transformed from its perfect and immaculate state, to that of an imperfect and impure nature; it is made to wade amidst the stream of this world, without ever thinking (of its fall from the state of original purity).
22. Being transformed from its perfect and flawless state to one of imperfection and impurity, it finds itself navigating the flow of this world, without ever considering its fall from the original purity.
23. The intellectual form being then assimilated with the elemental (puryashtaka) body, receives its vital or mortal life and living soul, which lives by reflexion of the essence of the supreme intellect.
23. The intellectual form, when combined with the elemental (puryashtaka) body, gains its vital or mortal life and living soul, which exist by reflecting the essence of the supreme intellect.
24. The spiritual body is also transformed to the frail living body, which being joined with quintessence of quintuple elements, comes to know itself as material substance (dravymas miti).
24. The spiritual body is also changed into the fragile living body, which, when joined with the essence of the five elements, comes to recognize itself as a material substance (dravymas miti).
25. This substance being next infused with the vital breath, receives soon after its vigor and strength like the seed of a plant; and then it feels itself to be endued with life, and to be conceived in the uterus in its own conception.
25. This substance, once infused with life’s breath, quickly gains vigor and strength like a seed; then it recognizes that it possesses life and is conceived in the womb as part of its own conception.
26. The same erroneous conception of its gross materiality, misleads to the belief of its own egoism and personality. It conceives also its state of a moving or unmoving being, and this conception of it converts it instantly into the like form. (We have the forms, as we picture to ourselves in our minds).
26. The same mistaken idea of its obvious materiality leads to the belief in its own ego and identity. It also perceives itself as either a moving or stationary being, and this perception immediately transforms it into a similar form. (We have the forms, as we imagine them in our minds).
27. Again the simultaneous meeting of former reminiscence with the later desire of a person, changes its former habitual and meaner form, to that of a larger and grosser kind. (Thus one that had been a contemptible gnat in its previous state of existence, is come to a big elephant in its next birth, not from its remembrance of its former state of life, but from its settled desire of becoming the would be being in the next. So it is the will [Sanskrit: vásaná] that supersedes the former impression [Sanskrit: samskára] of what one had been before, and transforms it to what it wishes to be afterwards. Hence the will is the parent of thoughts).
27. Once again, the simultaneous meeting of past memories with a person's later desires transforms those past experiences from their former, lesser form into something much larger and more significant. (Just as something that was a small, insignificant gnat in a previous life can become a huge elephant in its next life, not because it remembers its previous existence, but due to its strong desire to be something greater in the next. Thus, it is the will [Sanskrit: vásaná] that overrides the earlier impression [Sanskrit: samskára] of what one used to be, shaping it into what one wishes to become. Therefore, the will is the source of thoughts).
28. The difference and duality of one from its identity and unity, are results of one's thinking himself other wise than what[Pg 208] he really is; as a man becomes a devil by thinking himself possessed by a ghost.
28. The difference and duality of a person from their identity and unity result from thinking of oneself as something different from what[Pg 208] they truly are; just as a person can become devilish by believing they are possessed by a spirit.
29. The thought of the duality of one self-same soul, in its two aspects of the supreme and human souls; is driven away by the persuasion that I do nothing, and the agency of all actions rests in the great God himself.
29. The idea of one soul having two sides—both a supreme and a human soul—is dismissed by the belief that I don't do anything, and that God himself is responsible for all actions.
30. The unity is considered as a duality, by the dualistic opinions of men; while on the other hand the belief in unity, destroys the conviction of dualism and plurality from the minds of men.
30. Unity is seen as a duality by people's dualistic views; however, the belief in unity undermines the conviction of dualism and plurality in people's minds.
31. There is no duality or secondary being in the soul, which may be regarded as the supreme soul, because there is but one soul only, which is unchangeable and unperishable at all times and every where. (All other changing and finite beings, are but reflexions of the supreme).
31. There is no duality or secondary existence in the soul, which can be seen as the supreme soul, because there is only one soul, which is unchanging and imperishable at all times and in every place. (All other changing and finite beings are just reflections of the supreme).
32. All works of imagination are dispersed, with the dispersion of the fumes of fancy; as one's aerial castle and the fairy city, vanish after the flight of the phrenzy and the visionary dream.
32. All imaginative works are scattered, just like the wisps of fancy; as one's dream castle and the fairy city disappear after the rush of excitement and the visionary dream.
33. It is painful to raise a fabric of imagination, but there is no pain whatever in breaking it down; because the chimera of imagination is well skilled in building the aerial cities, and not in demolishing them. (Which belongs to the province of reason only).
33. It’s difficult to build a world from your imagination, but there’s no struggle in tearing it apart; because the fantasies of imagination are great at creating those lofty cities, but not at destroying them. (That task belongs solely to reason).
34. If the fullness of one's desires and fancies, is fraught with the pains and troubles of life, it must be the want of such wishes and views, that will serve to set him free from these pains for ever.
34. If the complete satisfaction of one's desires and fantasies comes with the aches and challenges of life, then it must be the lack of such wishes and perspectives that will ultimately free him from these pains forever.
35. If even a slight desire is enough to expose a man to many cares in life, then its utter privation must afford him complete rest and quiet, in his transient state of being.
35. If even a small desire can make a person face many worries in life, then being completely free of desire must give him total peace and calm in his temporary existence.
36. When your mind has got loose, from the manifold folds of your serpentine desires; you will then come to enjoy the sweets of the garden of paradise. (Had it not been for the serpent's insinuation to taste the fatal fruit, our first parents would be left to enjoy all the sweets of Paradise).
36. When your mind is free from the many twists of your snake-like desires, you’ll start to savor the delights of the garden of paradise. (If it hadn’t been for the serpent’s suggestion to taste the deadly fruit, our first ancestors would have been able to enjoy all the pleasures of Paradise).
37. Drive away and disperse the clouds of your desire, by[Pg 209] the breeze of your reason; and come and enjoy your rest, under the calm and clear autumnal sky of your indifference—nonchalance.
37. Drive away and scatter the clouds of your desire, with[Pg 209] the breeze of your reasoning; and come and enjoy your peace, under the calm and clear autumn sky of your indifference—nonchalance.
38. Dry the impetuous current of your rapid desires, by the charms of amulets and mantras; and then restrain yourself from being borne away by the flood, and restrict your mind to its dead inaction.
38. Calm the overwhelming flow of your intense desires with the power of amulets and mantras; then hold yourself back from being swept away by the tide, and keep your mind focused on its stillness.
39. Rely thy trust in the intellectual soul chidátmá, seated in the cavity of thy heart, and look on mankind driven to and fro by the gusts of their desire, like fragments of straw flying at random in the perturbed air.
39. Place your trust in the intellectual soul chidátmá, located in the center of your heart, and observe how people are tossed about by the winds of their desires, like bits of straw blown around at random in disturbed air.
40. Wash out the dirt of thy desires from thy mind, by the pure water of thy spiritual knowledge; and after securing the perfect tranquillity of thy soul, continue to enjoy the highest bliss of a holy life.
40. Cleanse the dirt of your desires from your mind with the clear water of your spiritual knowledge; and after achieving true peace in your soul, keep enjoying the ultimate joy of a holy life.
41. God is all powerful and omnipresent, and displays himself in all forms every where (He is seen in the same manner as one desires to behold him in a temporal or spiritual light. [Sanskrit: vrashma káranena bhogmakáranena bá yathá bhávayate tatha pashyati]).
41. God is all-powerful and everywhere, showing himself in all forms. He is perceived in the way that one wishes to see him, whether in a physical or spiritual sense. [Sanskrit: vrashma káranena bhogmakáranena bá yathá bhávayate tatha pashyati].
42. It is the thought or imagination, that makes the false world appear as true; and it depends upon the thought also, that the world vanishes into nothing. (The existence and inexistence of the world; depend alike on the thoughts of divine and human minds; the positive and negative are all creations of the mind).
42. It's the mind or imagination that makes the fake world seem real, and it's also the mind that makes the world disappear into nothing. (The existence and non-existence of the world both rely on the thoughts of divine and human minds; both the positive and negative are creations of the mind).
43. It is the net work of our thoughts and desires, that is interwoven with the threads of our repeated births; but the winds of our apathy and indifference blow off this web, and settle us in the state of supreme felicity.
43. It’s the network of our thoughts and desires, woven together with the strands of our repeated lives; but the winds of our apathy and indifference blow this web away, leaving us in a state of ultimate happiness.
44. Avarice is a thorny plant, that has taken deep root in the human heart; it is fostered under the shade of the arbor of desire, root out this tree of desire, and the thorny bush of avarice will fade away of itself.
44. Greed is a prickly plant that has taken deep root in the human heart; it thrives in the shade of the tree of desire. Tear out this tree of desire, and the prickly bush of greed will wither away on its own.
45. The world is a shadow and a pseudoscope, and rises to view and disappears by turns; it is an error of the brain that presents the sight of the course of nature (sansriti), like that of the fairy land presented to us in a dream.
45. The world is just a shadow and an illusion, appearing and disappearing in turns; it's a trick of the mind that shows us the natural order (sansriti), similar to how a dream reveals a magical land.
46. The king that forgets his nature of the Lord, mistakes himself for a prince, or that he is born or become the ruler of the land; this concept of his which springs from ignorance of his divine nature, vanishes soon after he comes to the real knowledge of himself.
46. The king who forgets his divine nature mistakes himself for a prince, or believes he was born or has become the ruler of the land; this notion, rooted in his ignorance of his true self, quickly disappears once he gains a clear understanding of who he really is.
47. The king in possession of his present royalty, has no reminiscence of his past and former state; as we do not recollect the foulness of the past rainy weather, in the serenity of the present autumn.
47. The king who holds his current power doesn’t remember his past and former status; just like we don’t recall the unpleasantness of the rainy days when enjoying the calm of a present autumn.
48. The thought that is predominant in the mind, naturally prevails over the fainter and weaker ones, as the highest pitch in music suppresses the bass tones, and takes possession of the ear.
48. The thoughts that occupy the mind tend to dominate the quieter and weaker ones, just like higher musical notes overshadow bass tones and capture our attention.
49. Think in yourself that you are one (unit or the unity), and that you are the soul (or supreme soul); keep this single reflection before you, and holding fast to it, you will become the object of your meditation. (This is called [Sanskrit: átmapújá] spiritual adoration, or assimilating one's self to the supreme soul).
49. Think of yourself as one (a unit or unity) and as the soul (or supreme soul); keep this thought in your mind, and by holding onto it, you will become the focus of your meditation. (This is called [Sanskrit: átmapújá] spiritual adoration, or merging your self with the supreme soul).
50. Such is the spiritual meditation of spiritualists like yourself, who aspire to the highest felicity of the supreme Being; while the external form of worship, is fit only for ungoverned minds, that rapt only for their temporal welfare. In formal worship composed of the worshipper, the formalities of the ritual and the articles of offerings, are symbolical of ignorant minds, and too insignificant to the wise.
50. This is the spiritual reflection of spiritualists like you, who seek the greatest happiness in the supreme Being; while the outward form of worship is suitable only for uncontrolled minds, who are only focused on their immediate well-being. In formal worship, which includes the worshipper, the rituals, and the offerings, it symbolizes ignorance and is too trivial for the wise.
CHAPTER XXXIV.
Sermon of Siva on the same subject.
Siva's Sermon on the same topic.
Argument.—The divine state, above the quadruple conditions of waking, sleeping, dreaming and profound sleep.
Argument.—The final state, beyond the four conditions of being awake, asleep, dreaming, and deeply asleep.
THE god continued:—Such is the constitution of this world, composed of reality and unreality, and bearing the stamp of the almighty; it is composed both of unity and duality, and yet it is free from both. (To the ignorant it appears as a duality, composed of the mind and matter; but the wise take it neither as the one or the other, but the whole to pan—the root of pantheism).
THE god continued:—This is how the world is made up, a mix of what’s real and what’s not, marked by the power of the divine; it includes both oneness and two-ness, yet is separate from both. (To those who don’t understand, it seems like duality, made up of the mind and matter; but the wise see it as neither, but rather the whole to pan—the basis of pantheism).
2. It is the disfigurement of the intellect by foul ignorance, that views the outer world as distinct from its maker; but to the clear sighted there is no separate outer world, but both blend together in the unity.
2. It's the distortion of the mind by ignorance that sees the outside world as separate from its creator; but for those with clear vision, there’s no separate outside world, as both merge in unity.
3. The perverted intellect which considers itself as the body, is verily confined in it; but when it considers itself to be a particle of and identic with the divine, it is liberated from its confinement. (In the mortal and material frame).
3. The twisted mind that sees itself as just the body is truly trapped in it; but when it recognizes itself as a part of and identical to the divine, it is set free from that confinement. (In the mortal and material form).
4. The intellect loses its entity, by considering the duality of its form and sense; and be combined with pleasure and pain, it retains no longer its real essence.
4. The mind loses its identity when it focuses on the duality of its form and perception; and when mixed with pleasure and pain, it no longer holds its true essence.
5. Its true nature is free from all designation, and application of any significant term or its sense to it; and the words pure, undivided, real or unreal, bear no relation to what is an all pervasive vacuity.
5. Its true nature is free from any labels, and applying any specific term or meaning to it doesn't fit; the words pure, undivided, real, or unreal have no connection to what is an all-encompassing emptiness.
6. Brahma the all and full (to pans plenum), who is perfect tranquillity, and without a second, equal or comparison, expands himself by his own power as the infinite and empty air; and stretches his mind in three different directions of the three triplicates. (Namely 1 of creation, preservation and destruction of the universe—2 the three states of waking, sleeping, and[Pg 212] dreaming—3 the union of the three powers—the supernal, natural and material agencies. [Sanskrit: srishti, sthiti, pralaya, jágrat, nidra, sapta / ádhidaiva, ádhibhautika, ádhibhauvikanca].)
6. Brahma, the whole and complete being, who embodies perfect peace and is unmatched, expands himself through his own power like the infinite and empty air; and directs his mind in three different ways corresponding to the three triplicates. (Specifically, 1 of creation, preservation, and destruction of the universe—2 the three states of waking, sleeping, and [Pg 212] dreaming—3 the connection of the three powers—the divine, natural, and material forces. [Sanskrit: srishti, sthiti, pralaya, jágrat, nidra, sapta / ádhidaiva, ádhibhautika, ádhibhauvikanca].)
7. The mind being curbed with all its senses and organs in the great soul, there appears a dazzling light before it, and the false world flies away from it, as the shade of night disappears before the sunlight. (This verse is explained in the gloss to refer both to the supreme spirit before creation, as also to the yogi who distracts his mind and senses from the outer world, and sees a blazing light stretched over his soul).
7. When the mind is restrained along with all its senses and faculties within the greater spirit, a brilliant light appears before it, causing the illusion of the world to vanish, just like the darkness of night fades before the sunlight. (This verse is interpreted in the commentary to relate to both the supreme spirit before creation and to the yogi who redirects his mind and senses away from the outer world, experiencing a radiant light enveloping his soul).
8. The imaginary world recedes from view, and falls down like a withered leaf; and the living soul remains like a fried grain, without its power of vegetation or reproduction.
8. The imaginary world fades away and falls like a withered leaf; and the living soul remains like a fried grain, lacking its ability to grow or reproduce.
9. The intellect being cleared from the cloud of illusion, overhanging the deluded mind, shines as clearly as the vault of the autumnal sky; and is then called pashyanti or seeing from its sight of the supernatural, and utsrijanti also from its renunciation of all worldly impressions. (This is called also the cognoscent soul, from its cognition of recondite and mysterious truths).
9. When the intellect is freed from the fog of illusion hanging over the confused mind, it shines as clearly as the autumn sky; this state is called pashyanti, or seeing with a supernatural perspective, and utsrijanti due to its letting go of all worldly impressions. (This is also referred to as the cognizant soul, because of its understanding of deep and mysterious truths).
10. The Intellect being settled in its original, pure and sedate state, after it has passed under the commotions of worldly thoughts; and when it views all things in an equal and indifferent light, it is said to have crossed over the ocean of the world. (The course of worldly life is compared to a perilous sea voyage, and perfect apathy and indifference to the world, is said to secure the salvation of the soul).
10. When the mind is grounded in its original, pure, and calm state, after navigating the turbulence of worldly thoughts, and when it sees everything with an equal and impartial perspective, it's said to have crossed over the ocean of the world. (The journey of life is compared to a dangerous sea voyage, and achieving perfect apathy and indifference toward the world is said to ensure the soul's salvation).
11. When the intellect is strong in its knowledge of perfect susupti or somnolence over worldly matters; it is said to have obtained its rest in the state of supreme felicity, and to be freed from the doom of transmigration in future births. (The perfect rest of the next world, is begun with one's ecstasis in this).
11. When the mind is fully aware of true susupti or deep sleep regarding worldly concerns, it is said to have achieved rest in a state of ultimate happiness and to be liberated from the cycle of rebirths. (The complete peace of the afterlife starts with one's ecstasis in this life).
12. I have now told you, O great Vipra, all about the curbing and weakening of the mind, which is the first step towards the beatification of the soul by yoga; now attend to me to tell you, concerning the second step of the edification and strengthening of the intellect.
12. I've now shared with you, O great Vipra, everything about controlling and calming the mind, which is the first step toward the spiritual elevation of the soul through yoga; now listen as I explain the second step of developing and strengthening the intellect.
13. That is called the unrestricted power of the intellect, which is fraught with perfect peace and tranquillity; which is full of light, clear of the darkness of ignorance, and as wide stretched as the clear vault of heaven.
13. That’s what we call the unrestricted power of the mind, which is filled with perfect peace and calm; it is full of light, free from the darkness of ignorance, and as expansive as the clear sky above.
14. It is as deep as our consciousness in profound sleep, as hidden as a mark in the heart of a stone; as sweet as the flavour in salt, and as the breath of wind after a storm. (All these examples show the strength of the soul, to consist in its close compactness).
14. It is as deep as our awareness in a deep sleep, as hidden as a mark in the heart of a stone; as sweet as the taste of salt, and as refreshing as the breeze after a storm. (All these examples show how strong the soul is, in its tightness and unity).
15. When the living principle comes to its end at any place, in course of time; the intellect takes it flight like some invisible force in open air, and mixes with the transcendent vacuum.
15. When the life force reaches its end at any location, eventually, the mind takes off like an unseen energy in the open air and blends with the vast emptiness.
16. It gets freed from all its thoughts and thinkables, as when the calm sea is freed from its fluctuation; it becomes as sedate as when the winds are still, and as imperceptible as when the flower-cup emits its fragrance.
16. It becomes free from all its thoughts and things to think about, just like a calm sea is free from its waves; it becomes as peaceful as when the winds are calm, and as subtle as when a flower releases its scent.
17. It is liberated from the bonds and ideas of time and place (by its assimilation to infinity and immortality); it is freed from the thought of its appertaining to or being a part of anything in the world; it is neither a gross or subtile substance, and becomes a nameless essence. (The intellect or soul bears distinctive mark or peculiarity of its own, except that it is some thing which has nothing in common with anything in the world).
17. It is freed from the limits and concepts of time and place (through its connection to infinity and immortality); it is no longer tied to or a part of anything in the world; it is neither a physical nor a spiritual substance, and it becomes an unnamed essence. (The intellect or soul has its own unique characteristics, except that it is something which shares nothing with anything in the world).
18. It is not limited by time and space, and is of the nature of the unlimited essence of God; it is a form and fragment of the quadruple state of Brahma or Virát [Sanskrit: túryya túryyamása], and is without any stain, disease or decay.
18. It isn't confined by time and space, and it reflects the limitless essence of God; it is a part and aspect of the fourfold state of Brahma or Virát [Sanskrit: túryya túryyamása], and is free from any blemish, illness, or decay.
19. It is some thing witnessing all things with its far seeing sight, it is the all at all times and places, it is full light in itself, and sweeter far than the sweetest thing in the world. (Nothing sweeter than one's self).
19. It is something that observes everything with its far-reaching vision, it is the everything at all times and in all places, it is complete light within itself, and far sweeter than the sweetest thing in the world. (Nothing is sweeter than oneself).
20. This is what I told you the second stage of yoga meditation, attend now, O sage! that art true to your vows, and dost well understand the process of yoga, to what I will relate to you regarding its third stage.
20. This is what I told you about the second stage of yoga meditation. Pay attention now, O sage! You are true to your vows and understand the process of yoga well. Let me share with you what relates to its third stage.
21. This sight of intellect is without a name, because it contains like the Divine Intellect all the thinkables (or objects of thought) within its ample sphere, as the great ocean of the world, grasps all parts of the globe within its spacious circumference. It extends beyond the meaning of the word Brahmátma or the ample spirit of the god Brahmá in its extension ad infinitum. (It resembles the comprehensive mind of God).
21. This vision of intelligence is nameless because it encompasses, like the Divine Intellect, all that can be thought of within its vast reach, much like the great ocean of the world, which holds every part of the globe within its wide boundaries. It goes beyond the meaning of the term Brahmátma or the expansive spirit of the god Brahmá into infinity ad infinitum. (It resembles the all-encompassing mind of God).
22. It is by great enduring patience, that the soul attains in course of a long time, this steady and unsullied state of its perfection purushártha; and it is after passing this and the fourth stage, that the soul reaches to its supreme and ultimate state of felicity.
22. With a lot of enduring patience, the soul gradually achieves this steady and pure state of perfection purushártha; and it is after passing this and the fourth stage that the soul reaches its highest and ultimate state of happiness.
23. After passing the successive grades and until reaching the ultimate state, one must practice his yoga in the manner of Siva the greatest of the yogis; and then he will obtain in himself the unremitting holy composure of the third stage.
23. After moving through the different levels and until achieving the highest state, one should practice yoga like Siva, the greatest of the yogis; and then he will attain the constant spiritual calm of the third stage.
24. By long continuance in this course, the pilgrim is led to a great distance, which transcends all my description, but may be felt by the holy devotee who advances in his course.
24. By staying on this path for a long time, the pilgrim travels a great distance that goes beyond anything I can describe, but can be experienced by the devoted believer who moves forward on their journey.
25. I have told you already of the state, which is beyond these three stages; and do you, O divine sage! ever remain in that state, if you wish to arrive to the state of the eternal God.
25. I've already mentioned the state beyond these three stages; and you, O wise one! should always stay in that state if you want to reach the state of the eternal God.
26. This world which seems as material, will appear to be infused with the spirit of God when it is viewed in its spiritual light, but upon right observation of it, it is neither the one nor the other (but a reflexion of divine mind).
26. This world, which seems so physical, will appear to be filled with the spirit of God when seen in its spiritual light, but upon closer examination, it is neither one nor the other (but a reflection of the divine mind).
27. This what neither springs into being nor ceases to exist; but is ever calm and quiet and of one uniform lustre, and swells and extends as the embryo in the womb. (The embryo is to be understood in a spiritual sense from God's conception of the world in his mind).
27. This does not come into existence or disappear; it is always calm and quiet, with a consistent shine, and it grows and expands like an embryo in the womb. (The embryo is to be understood in a spiritual sense from God's conception of the world in His mind).
28. The undualistic unity of God, his motionlessness and the solidity of his intelligence, together with the unchangeableness of his nature, prove the eternity of the world, although appearing as instantaneous and evanescent. (The solid intelligence is shown in the instances of solidified water in ice and snow, and in the froth and salt of sea water).
28. The unified nature of God, his stillness, and the strength of his intellect, along with the unchanging quality of his essence, demonstrate the eternity of the world, even though it seems fleeting and momentary. (The strength of his intellect is illustrated by solidified water in ice and snow, as well as the foam and salt in seawater).
29. The solidity of the intellect produces the worlds in the same manner as the congealed water causes the hail-stones, and there is no difference between the existent and nonexistent, since all things are ever existent in the divine mind. (Though appearing now and then to me or you as something new).
29. The strength of the mind creates worlds just like frozen water makes hailstones, and there's no difference between what exists and what doesn't, since everything is always present in the divine mind. (Even if it sometimes seems new to you or me).
30. All is good (siva or solus) and quiet, and perfect beyond the power of description; the syllable om is the symbol of the whole, and its components compose the four stages for our salvation. (All is good. And God pronounced all was good. See the quadruple stages comprised in the letter om, in our introduction to the first volume of this work).
30. Everything is good (siva or solus) and peaceful, and perfect beyond what words can express; the syllable om symbolizes the whole, and its parts make up the four stages of our salvation. (Everything is good. And God declared everything was good. Look at the four stages included in the letter om, in our introduction to the first volume of this work).
CHAPTER XXXV.
Adoration of the great God Mahá-deva.
Worship of the great God Mahá-deva.
Argument.—Of Mahádeva, the father of Brahmá, Vishnu and Siva and the manner of his worship.
Discussion.—About Mahádeva, the father of Brahmá, Vishnu, and Siva, and the way he is worshipped.
VASISHTHA said:—Then Hara, who is the lake of the lotus of Gaurí (i.e. her husband), being desirous of my enlightenment, glanced on me for a minute, and gave utterance to his lecture.
VASISHTHA said:—Then Hara, the lake of the lotus of Gaurí (his wife), wanting to enlighten me, looked at me for a moment and delivered his lecture.
2. His eyes flashed with light under his heavenly forehead, and were as two caskets of his understanding, which scattered its rays about us. (The eyes are the indexes of men's understanding in Physiognomy).
2. His eyes sparkled with light beneath his divine forehead and were like two containers of his understanding, radiating their brilliance around us. (The eyes reflect a person's understanding in Physiognomy).
3. The god said:—O sage, call your thoughts home, and employ them soon to think of your own essence; and to bring about your ends, as the breezes of heaven convey the fragrance to the nostrils. (The mind is usually compared in its fleetness with the winds, and therefore the task of the breezes is imposed upon the thoughts, which are as vagaries unless they answer one's purposes).
3. The god said:—O wise one, bring your thoughts back and soon focus on your true self; use them to achieve your goals, just like the winds of heaven carry fragrance to the senses. (The mind is often compared to the speed of the winds, so the job of the breezes is given to thoughts, which can wander unless they serve a purpose).
4. When the object long sought for is got in one's possession, what else is there for one to desire any more. I who have known and come to the truth, have nothing to expect as desirable nor any thing to reject as despicable. (When one is possest of his sole object, he is indifferent about all others, whether they be good or bad).
4. When you finally have something you've been wanting for a long time, what more could you want? Now that I know the truth, I have nothing left to seek or to dismiss. (When someone has their main desire, they become indifferent to everything else, whether it's good or bad).
5. When you have got your mastery over yourself, both in the states of your peace and disquiet; you should apply yourself to the investigation of yourself or soul, without attending to any thing besides. (Nothing better than self-culture, and the advancement and salvation of one's own soul).
5. Once you have gained control over yourself, both in your calm moments and times of unrest, you should focus on exploring yourself or your soul, without concerning yourself with anything else. (There’s nothing better than personal growth and the improvement and salvation of your own soul).
6. You may at first depend on your observations of the phenomenal, (as preparatory to your knowledge of the noumenal),[Pg 217] which you will now learn from my lecture, if you will attend to it with diligence.
6. At first, you might rely on what you observe in the physical world, (as a stepping stone to understanding the underlying reality),[Pg 217] which you will learn from my lecture if you pay attention to it carefully.
7. After saying in this manner, the holder of the trident told me, not to rely on my knowledge of the externals, but to attend to the internal breathings, which move this abode of the body, as the physical forces move a machine.
7. After saying this, the holder of the trident told me not to depend on my understanding of the outer world, but to focus on the internal breathings that drive this body, just like physical forces drive a machine.
8. The lifeless body being without its breathing, becomes dull and dull and dumb as a block; its power of movement being derived from the air of breath, but its powers of thought and knowledge are attributed to the intellect.
8. The lifeless body, no longer breathing, becomes dull and unresponsive like a block; its ability to move comes from the air we breathe, but its capacity for thought and understanding comes from the mind.
9. This intellect has a form more rare and transparent than the vacuous air, it is an ens which is the cause of all entities; and is not destroyed by destruction of the living body for want of vital breath.
9. This intellect has a form that's rarer and clearer than empty air; it's an ens that causes all things to exist and isn't destroyed when the living body dies due to lack of breath.
10. The intellectual is more rarefied and translucent than the ethereal air, and never perishes with the body; because it remains as the power of intellection, in the mental (percipient) and living body. (The sruti says: it is the life of life, and mind of the mind).
10. The intellectual aspect is more refined and clear than the light air, and it never dies with the body; it persists as the ability to think, within the conscious and living being. (The sruti states: it is the essence of life, and the mind of the mind).
11. As the clear shining mirror, receives the reflexion of external things; so the mind of God reflects all images from within itself, and from nothing situated without.
11. Just as a clear, shining mirror reflects the things outside of it, the mind of God reflects all images from within itself, without taking in anything from the outside.
12. As the soiled glass receives no reflexion of outward things, so the lifeless body has no reflexion of any thing, though it is preserved to our view. (And so are all thoughtless persons considered as dead bodies).
12. Just like a dirty glass doesn't reflect the outside world, a lifeless body doesn't reflect anything, even though it’s still visible to us. (And that's how we see all thoughtless people as if they were dead bodies).
13. The all-pervasive intellect, though it is formless itself, is yet prone towards the movement of sensible objects owing to its sensuous perceptions; but coming to the pure understanding of its spiritual nature, it becomes the supreme Siva again.
13. The all-encompassing mind, though it has no form, is drawn to the movement of physical objects because of its sensory experiences; however, when it reaches a clear understanding of its spiritual essence, it becomes the ultimate Siva once more.
14. The sages then called this immaculate intellect by the several names of Hari, Siva, Brahmá, and Indra, who are the givers of the objects of desire to all living beings.
14. The wise ones then referred to this pure intellect by the various names of Hari, Siva, Brahmá, and Indra, who provide all living beings with their desires.
15. It is also styled the fire and air, the sun and moon, and the supreme Lord; and it is this which is known as the ubiquious soul and the intellect, which is the mine of all intelligence.
15. It is also called fire and air, the sun and moon, and the supreme Lord; and this is what is referred to as the all-encompassing soul and the intellect, which is the source of all intelligence.
16. It is the lord of gods, the source of celestials, the Dháta[Pg 218] or Brahmá, the lord of gods, and the lord of heaven. Any body who feels the influence of this great intellect in himself, is never subject to illusion.
16. It is the lord of the gods, the source of the celestial beings, the Dháta[Pg 218] or Brahmá, the lord of the gods, and the ruler of heaven. Anyone who feels the influence of this great intellect within themselves is never under the sway of illusion.
17. Those great souls that are known in this world, under the names of Brahmá, Vishnu, Hara and others, are all but offspring of the supreme Intellect, and endowed with a greater portion of it.
17. Those great beings that are recognized in this world, by names like Brahmá, Vishnu, Hara, and others, are all just descendants of the supreme Intellect and possess a larger share of it.
18. They are all as sparks of hot iron, and as particles of water in the immense ocean of creation; so all those that are mistaken for gods, have sprung from the source of the supreme Intellect.
18. They are all like sparks of hot iron and droplets of water in the vast ocean of creation; therefore, everyone mistakenly thought to be a god has come from the source of the supreme Intellect.
19. As long as there exist the seeds of error, and the sources of endless networks of imagination; so long the arbour of gross illusion does not cease, to sprout in endless ramifications.
19. As long as there are seeds of error and endless sources of imagination, the framework of severe illusion will continue to grow in countless branches.
20. The veda, its exposition and the vedic literature, are but tufts of the tree of ignorance for the bondage of men; and these again produce many other clumps, to hold men fast in their ignorance.
20. The Veda, its explanations, and Vedic literature are just bits of the tree of ignorance that trap people; and these also create many other clusters to keep people stuck in their ignorance.
21. Who can describe the productions of nature, in the course of time and place; the gods Hari, Hara, and Brahmá are among the number, and have all their origin in the supreme Being—their common father. (So says the Atharva Sera Sruti: [Sanskrit: sarvvamidram brahmávishnurudrendráste sampamúyate sarvvani cíndráyánisahamúteh sakáranam káranánáma.])
21. Who can describe the workings of nature over time and in different places? The gods Hari, Hara, and Brahmá are included, all originating from the supreme Being—their common father. (So says the Atharva Sera Sruti: [Sanskrit: sarvvamidram brahmávishnurudrendráste sampamúyate sarvvani cíndráyánisahamúteh sakáranam káranánáma.])
22. Mahádeva the great god is the root of all, as the seed is the source of the branches of trees; He is called the All (sarva), because He is the essence of all things, and the sole cause of our knowledge of all existence. (The Purána says to the same effect). [Sanskrit: trayaste káranátmánah játáh máhámaheshvarát | tapasá topathitvá tam pitaram parameshvaram |]
22. Mahádeva, the great god, is the foundation of everything, just like the seed is the source of the branches of trees. He is known as the All (sarva) because He embodies the essence of all things and is the sole reason we have knowledge of all existence. (The Purána expresses this idea similarly). [Sanskrit: trayaste káranátmánah játáh máhámaheshvarát | tapasá topathitvá tam pitaram parameshvaram |]
23. He is the giver of strength to all beings, he is self manifest in all, and is adorable and hallowed by all. He is the object of perception to them that know him, and is ever present in all places. (The word Mahádeva commonly applied to Siva, originally meant the great god, as in the definition of the term in the gloss. [Sanskrit: mahatyaparicchinne átmajnána yogaishvartye mahíyate pújyate[Pg 219] iti mahádevah] So the sruti also: [Sanskrit: yo átmajnána yogaishvaryye mahati mahívate tasmáducyate mahádevah].)
23. He gives strength to all beings, is self-manifest in everyone, and is loved and revered by all. He is the object of perception for those who truly know him and is always present everywhere. (The term Mahádeva, commonly used for Siva, originally meant the great god, as noted in the definition of the term in the gloss. [Sanskrit: mahatyaparicchinne átmajnána yogaishvartye mahíyate pújyate[Pg 219] iti mahádevah] Likewise, the sruti states: [Sanskrit: yo átmajnána yogaishvaryye mahati mahívate tasmáducyate mahádevah].)
24. There is no need of addressing invocatory mantras unto the Lord, who being omniscient and omnipresent, knows and sees all things as present before him at all places and times.
24. There's no need to say invocatory mantras to the Lord, who, being all-knowing and everywhere at once, knows and sees everything as present before Him at all places and times.
25. But being always invoked (or prayed unto) in the mind, this god who resides in every thing is attainable by us in every place; and in whatever form doth one's intellect appear to him, it is all for his good. (This passage means the visible form in which the deity makes his manifestation to the devotee).
25. But being constantly called upon or thought of, this god who is present in everything can be reached by us anywhere; and in whatever form our mind perceives him, it's all for his benefit. (This passage means the visible form in which the deity presents himself to the devotee).
26. He takes upon him the visible form, according to the thought in the mind of the worshipper, and this form is to be worshipped first of all with proper homage, as the most adorable Lord of gods.
26. He takes on the visible form based on the worshipper's thoughts, and this form should be worshipped first and foremost with the right respect, as the most revered Lord of gods.
27. Know this as the ultimate of the knowables of the greatest minds; and whoso has beheld this self-same soul, is freed from fears and sorrows and the complaints of old age, and is released from future transmigration, like a fried grain which vegetates no more.
27. Understand this as the ultimate knowledge of the greatest thinkers; anyone who has seen this very soul is freed from fears and sadness, the troubles of old age, and is liberated from future reincarnation, just like a grain that is roasted and will no longer grow.
28. By worshipping this well known and unborn first cause in one's self and at ease (i.e. without the formal rite); every one is freed from his fears, and attains his supreme felicity, why then do you bewilder yourselves amidst the visible vanities of the world.
28. By worshipping this well-known and eternal first cause within yourself and at ease (i.e. without the formal ritual); everyone is freed from their fears and achieves their ultimate happiness. So why do you confuse yourselves with the visible distractions of the world?
CHAPTER XXXVI.
Description of the Supreme Deity Parameswara.
Description of the Supreme Deity Parameswara.
Argument.—Description of god as the Producer of all, and present in every form; his purity from his intangibleness and his great grandeur.
Argument.—God is described as the Creator of everything and is present in all forms; His purity stems from His intangibility and His vast greatness.
THE god added:—Know now the lord god Rudra, who in the form of one self-same intellect, is situated within every form of being, as is of the nature of self-conscious (Swanubhiati) in every one.
THE god added:—Now understand the lord god Rudra, who, in the form of a single intellect, exists within every being, as the nature of self-awareness (Swanubhiati) in everyone.
2. He is the seed of seeds, and the pith and marrow of the course of nature; know it also as the agent of all actions, and the pure gist of the intellect also.
2. He is the essence of all things, and the core of nature; also recognize him as the driving force behind all actions, and the pure essence of the intellect as well.
3. He is the pure cause of all causes, without any cause of himself; he is the producer and sustainer of all, without being produced or supported himself by another.
3. He is the fundamental cause of everything, without any cause for himself; he creates and upholds all, without being created or supported by anyone else.
4. He is the sensation of all sensible beings, and the sense of all sensitive things; he is the sensibility of all sensuous objects, and the highest object of our sensuousness, and the source of endless varieties.
4. He is the essence of all rational beings, and the awareness of all sensitive things; he embodies the sensitivity of all sensory objects, and the ultimate focus of our sensory experience, as well as the source of endless variety.
5. He is the pure light of all lights (of the sight, luminaries &c.), and yet invisible by all of them. He is the increate and supernatural light, the source of all sources of light and the great mass of the light of Intellect.
5. He is the ultimate light of all lights (of sight, celestial bodies, etc.), and yet remains unseen by them all. He is the uncreated and supernatural light, the source of all sources of light and the vast repository of the light of Intellect.
6. He is no positive (or material) existence, but the real (or essential) entity; he is all quiet and beyond the common acceptations of reality and unreality (Being no absolute or relative entity or non-entity). And among the positive ideas of the great entity &c. (mahásattwádi), know him as the Intellect alone and no other. (Many kinds of Entities are enumerated in Indian philosophy, such as:—[Sanskrit: matyena chávahárikena | satyena prátibha sikenábasthátva yena] Again [Sanskrit: mahásatta, jagat satta, ádisattá karana vyáktatasattá])
6. He doesn't have a definite (or material) existence; he is the true (or essential) being. He embodies calmness and exists beyond the typical understandings of reality and unreality (Being neither an absolute nor a relative entity or non-entity). Among the definitive concepts of the great being, know him only as the Intellect and nothing else. (Indian philosophy lists many types of entities, such as:—[Sanskrit: matyena chávahárikena | satyena prátibha sikenábasthátva yena] Also [Sanskrit: mahásatta, jagat satta, ádisattá karana vyáktatasattá])
7. He becomes the colour, colouring and colouror; He becomes as high as the lofty sky, and as low as the lowly hut.[Pg 221] (The colour—rága means the passion and feelings also; and the sky and hut mean the empty space and decorated cottage).
7. He becomes the color, the coloring, and the one who colors; He reaches as high as the tall sky and as low as the humble hut.[Pg 221] (The color—rága represents passion and feelings as well; and the sky and hut symbolize the empty space and the decorated cottage).
8. There are in the expanded mind of this Intellect millions of worlds like sands in the desert, likewise many of these like blossoms of trees, have blown away, others are full blown, and many more will come to blow here after.
8. In the vast mind of this Intellect, there are millions of worlds like grains of sand in the desert. Many of these, like the blooms of trees, have faded away; others are fully blossomed, and many more will come to blossom in the future.
9. It is ever burning, as an inextinguishable flame by its own inherent fire; and though it is ever emitting innumerable sparks of its essence all about, yet there is no end of its light and heat and fire.
9. It keeps burning like an unquenchable flame fueled by its own internal fire; and even though it constantly throws off countless sparks of its essence everywhere, its light, heat, and fire never run out.
10. It contains in its bowels the great mountains, likening the particles of dust (or rather as the roes of a fish); it covers also the highest mountains, as the lofty sky hides the dusts on earth. So the sruti—Greater than the greatest and smaller than the smallest. [Sanskrit: aníraníyan mahatimahiyát]
10. It holds within it the great mountains, comparing the particles of dust to fish eggs; it also envelops the highest peaks, just as the vast sky obscures the dust on the ground. So the sruti—Greater than the greatest and smaller than the smallest. [Sanskrit: aníraníyan mahatimahiyát]
11. It comprehends the great—mahákalpa millennium, like a twinkling of the eye; and is also contained in a kalpa age, in its quick motion of a twinkling. (i.e. He is eternity as well as jot of time).
11. It includes the great—mahákalpa millennium, like a blink of an eye; and is also found within a kalpa age, in its swift movement of a blink. (i.e. He is both eternity and a moment of time).
12. Though minuter than the point of a hair, yet it encompasses the whole earth (as its boundary line); and the seven oceans that encircle the earth with their vests, cannot gird the great Infinity.
12. Although smaller than a hair's breadth, it surrounds the entire earth (as its boundary line); and the seven oceans that wrap around the earth with their waves cannot contain the vast Infinity.
13. He is called the great creator of the universe, though he creates nothing (Like the makers of other things); and though he does all actions, yet he remains as doing nothing (by his calm quietness).
13. He is known as the great creator of the universe, even though he creates nothing (like other creators); and while he carries out all actions, he still appears to be doing nothing (due to his calmness and tranquility).
14. Though the deity is included under the category of substance, yet he is no substance at all; and though there be no substantiality in him, yet his spirit is the substratum of all things. (All along he is the figure of vaiparitya or opposition, which well applies to Brahma who is all and nil or the omnium et nullum, Sarvamasarvam. (Though bodiless, he is the great body of the universe corpus mundi—viswarúpa or virát).)
14. Although the deity falls under the category of substance, he is not a substance at all; and even though there is no substantiality in him, his spirit is the foundation of everything. (Throughout, he represents vaiparitya or opposition, which is fitting for Brahma, who is both everything and nothing, or omnium et nullum, Sarvamasarvam. (Although he lacks a physical form, he is the great body of the universe corpus mundi—viswarúpa or virát).)
15. He is adya—(hodie) today, and prátar—practer tomorrow, and though the preter and future, yet he is always[Pg 222] present. Wherefore he is neither now or then, but sempiternal and for ever.
15. He is adya—(today) today, and prátar—tomorrow, and even though he relates to the past and the future, he is always[Pg 222] present. Therefore, he is neither now nor then, but eternal and forever.
16. He is not in the babbling and prattling of babes and boys, nor in the bawling of beasts and brutes, nor in the jargon of savages; but equally understood by all in their peculiar modes of speech. (This is the interpretation of the gloss; but the words of the text are unintelligible and meaningless).
16. He isn't in the chatter and nonsense of children and boys, nor in the cries of animals and beasts, nor in the language of savages; but he is understood by everyone in their own ways of speaking. (This is what the commentary says; however, the actual words of the text are unclear and lack meaning).
17. These words are meaningless and are yet true, like the obsolete words occurring in the vedas. Therefore no words can truly express what is God, because they are not what he is (but mere emblems). These difficult passages are not explained in the gloss and left out in the Calcutta edition.
17. These words are meaningless yet true, much like the outdated terms found in the Vedas. So, no words can genuinely capture what God is, because they don't define him (they're just symbols). These challenging sections aren't clarified in the commentary and are omitted from the Calcutta edition.
18. I bow down to him who is all, in whom all reside and from whom they all proceed, and who is in all place and time, and who is diffused through all and called the one and all—to pan.
18. I bow down to him who is everything, in whom everything exists and from whom everything comes, who is present in all places and times, and who is spread throughout everything and called the one and all—to pan.
19. In this verbiology of obscure words, there will be found some fully expressive of the meaning, as in a forest of thick wood we happen to fragrant flowers, which we pluck and bear with us in handfuls. (The entangled phraseology of the stanza will bear no literal translation).
19. In this collection of obscure words, you'll find some that clearly express their meaning, just like in a dense forest where we come across fragrant flowers that we pick and carry with us by the handful. (The complicated phrasing of the stanza doesn't allow for a literal translation).
CHAPTER XXXVII.
The stage play and Dance of Destiny.
The stage play and Dance of Destiny.
Argument.—Of the endless powers or saktis of Siva, among whom the power of Destiny is described in this.
Argument.—Among the many abilities of Siva, the power of Destiny is discussed here.
THE God joined:—The beauty of the words said before is palpable, and their senses all allude to the truth, that the Lord of all is the rich chest of gems of all things in existence. (The gloss is too verbose in the explanation of this passage).
THE God joined:—The beauty of the words mentioned earlier is clear, and their meanings all point to the truth that the Lord of all is the treasure trove of gems representing everything in existence. (The explanation of this passage is too wordy.)
2. How very bright are the rays of the gems contained in the receptacle of the supreme Intellect, that shines forth with the collected light of all the luminous worlds in it. (It means to say, that the Divine intellect must be brighter far than all the orbs of light contained in it).
2. How incredibly bright are the rays of the gems held in the container of the supreme Intellect, which shines with the combined light of all the luminous worlds within it. (This means that the Divine intellect must be far brighter than all the celestial bodies it contains).
3. The essence of the intellect flies in the air in the form of the granular farina, and becomes the embryotic corpuscula; which in the manner of the vegetable seed, sprouts forth into the germ in its proper time, soil, moisture and temperature. (The gloss explains the essence satta to mean the energy—sakti, which is represented as the female attribute of the Divinity).
3. The essence of the intellect floats in the air as fine particles and transforms into tiny entities; these entities, like seeds, eventually develop into a germ when the right conditions of soil, moisture, and temperature are met. (The gloss clarifies that the essence satta refers to energy—sakti, which is depicted as the feminine aspect of the Divine).
4. This power of the intellect, moves in the forms of froth and foam, and eddies and whirl pools in the sea; and rolls its waters against the hard stones of the beach. (The liquid waters are moving things that are hard to touch).
4. This power of the mind flows like froth and foam, swirling in eddies and whirlpools in the sea, crashing against the hard stones of the shore. (The moving waters are things that are difficult to grasp).
5. It is settled in the form of flavour in the clusters of flowers; it makes them full blown, and carries their fragrance to the nostrils.
5. It ends up as flavor in the clusters of flowers; it makes them bloom fully and carries their fragrance to the nose.
6. Seated on bodies of stone (stony rocks), it makes them produce unstone-like substances (as the trees and their foliage and flowers of various hues); and makes the mountains to support the earth without their actually upholding it. (The mountains are called bhudharas or supports of the earth.)
6. Sitting on stone bodies (rocky surfaces), it causes them to create unusual substances (like trees, their leaves, and flowers in different colors); and it enables the mountains to support the earth without actually holding it up. (The mountains are referred to as bhudharas or supports of the earth.)
7. The intellect takes the form of the air, which is the source[Pg 224] of all vibrations, and touches the organ of touch (skin); with as much tenderness as a father touches the body of his child.
7. The mind takes the shape of air, which is the source[Pg 224] of all vibrations, and gently interacts with the sense of touch (skin) just like a father tenderly touches his child's body.
8. As the divine power extends itself in every thing, so it contracts the essences of all things in a mass within itself; and having absorbed the whole in the divine entity, makes all nature a vacuous nullity.
8. Just as the divine power spreads out in everything, it also pulls together the essence of all things into a single mass within itself; and by encompassing everything within the divine being, it renders all of nature an empty void.
9. It casts the reflexion of its own clear image, in the transparent mirror of vacuum; and takes upon itself the pellucid body of eternity, containing all divisions of time.
9. It reflects its own clear image in the transparent mirror of emptiness and embodies the clear essence of eternity, holding all segments of time.
10. Then there issues the power of Destiny, which predominates over the five principal divinities; and determines the ultimate fate of all that "this is to be so, and this other wise."
10. Then there comes the power of Destiny, which dominates the five main deities; and decides the final fate of everything, stating "this will happen, and this will not."
11. It is in the presence of the bright light of the all witnessing eye of the great God, that the picture of the universe presents itself to our sight; as the presence of the lighted lamp in the room, shows us the lights of the things contained in it.
11. It is in the presence of the bright light of the all-seeing eye of the great God that the picture of the universe appears before us; just as the light from a lamp in a room reveals the details of everything within it.
12. The universal vacuum contains the great theatre of the universe, wherein the Divine powers and energies are continually playing their parts, and the spirit of God is the witness there of.
12. The universal vacuum holds the grand stage of the universe, where the Divine powers and energies are constantly performing their roles, and the spirit of God observes it all.
13. Vasishtha asked—What are the powers of that Siva (Jove), my lord! who are they and where are they situated; what is number, and how are they employed and who is their witness.
13. Vasishtha asked—What are the powers of that Siva (Jove), my lord! Who are they and where are they located? What is their number, how are they used, and who observes them?
14. The god replied—The god Siva is the benignant, incomprehensible and tranquil supreme soul; He is gracious and formless and of the nature of the pure intellect only.
14. The god replied—The god Siva is the kind, beyond understanding, and calm supreme spirit; He is generous and without form and is purely the essence of intellect.
15. His essences are volition, vacuity, duration and destiny; and also the qualities of infinity and fulness.
15. His essence consists of will, emptiness, time, and fate; as well as the qualities of infinity and completeness.
16. Beside these he has the properties of intelligence and action, as also of causality and quietude; and there are many other powers in the spirit of Siva, of which there is no reckoning nor end.
16. Alongside these, he has the qualities of intelligence and action, as well as causality and tranquility; and there are many other powers in the spirit of Siva, with no limit or end.
17. Vasishtha rejoined—Whence came these powers to him, and how had they their variety and plurality; tell me, my lord! whence they arose, and how they were separated (from omnipotence which comprehends them all).
17. Vasishtha replied—Where did these powers come from, and how does he possess such variety and plurality? Please tell me, my lord! Where did they originate, and how were they separated from the omnipotence that encompasses them all?
18. The god replied:—The god Siva who is intellect only of himself, has endless forms also (according to his endless attributes), and the powers that I have said to belong to him, are little and no way different essentiality. (The properties that are predicated of god, belong to his intrinsical nature and not derived from without).
18. The god replied:—The god Siva, who is pure intellect, has countless forms based on his endless attributes. The powers I mentioned that belong to him are minor and not essentially different. (The qualities attributed to god are part of his intrinsic nature and not something external.)
19. It is the discrimination of the powers of intelligence, action, passion, vision and others; that the powers of God are said to be many and different from one another, like the waves of the sea (which appears in the different shapes of billows, surges &c.).
19. It’s the distinction between the powers of thinking, doing, feeling, seeing, and more; that God’s powers are described as numerous and varied, like the waves of the sea (which appear in different forms like swells, surges, etc.).
20. Thus do those different powers act their several parts for ever, in the grand stage of the universe; as the ages, years, months and weeks and days, play their parts under direction of time—the manager of the stage.
20. In this way, those different powers perform their roles forever on the grand stage of the universe, just as the ages, years, months, weeks, and days play their parts under the guidance of time—the manager of the stage.
21. That power which appears as the one or another, is called the divine powers of destiny; and is distinguished by the several appellations of action, energy or will of God, or the dispensation of his Time. (Time is said to be the producer, sustainer and leveller of all things. [Sanskrit: kálí prabhavati dháryyte, pralíyate sarvvam tasmát kálí hi valavattarah]).
21. The power that shows up as this or that is known as the divine powers of destiny, and it's identified by various terms such as the action, energy, or will of God, or the way He organizes Time. (Time is considered the creator, sustainer, and equalizer of everything. [Sanskrit: kálí prabhavati dháryyte, pralíyate sarvvam tasmát kálí hi valavattarah]).
22. That power which determines the states of gods, and those of the great Rudras as so and so, and what regulates the conduct of all things from a mean straw to the great Brahmá, is called the predominant doom or destiny.
22. That force which decides the fates of gods, including the major Rudras, and what governs the behavior of everything from a simple piece of straw to the great Brahmá, is referred to as the prevailing fate or destiny.
23. This destiny continues to dance about the great arena of the universe, until the mind is cleared of her bugbear and freed from anxiety by the knowledge of truth (that it is the Divine will which destines the destiny).
23. This fate keeps swirling around the vast arena of the universe until the mind is rid of its fears and released from anxiety by the understanding of truth (that it is the Divine will that shapes our destiny).
24. The play of destiny is very pleasing to behold, owing to the variety of its characters and contrivances, and the quick changes of the scenes, and the repeated entrances and exits of its players and actors. It is conducted all along with the music of the drums and trumpets of the roaring clouds of the Kalpánta-doomsday. (i.e. On the last day of universal dissolution, when the dance of destiny and her play are over).
24. The way fate unfolds is really enjoyable to watch, thanks to the mix of characters and plot twists, the fast changes of scenes, and the constant comings and goings of its performers. It's all accompanied by the music of drums and trumpets from the thunderous clouds of the end times. (i.e. On the final day of total destruction, when the dance of fate and her performance are finished).
25. The vault of heaven is the canopy over this stage, the[Pg 226] season flowers are its decorations, and the showers of rain serve for the sprinkling of rose waters in it.
25. The sky is the backdrop for this stage, the[Pg 226] seasonal flowers are its decorations, and the rain acts as the sprinkling of rose water over it.
26. The dark clouds hung about the heavens are, the blue hanging screens around this stage, and the sexcentenary as of the earth with the shining gems in their bosom, serve for the ornamented pits and galleries of this playhouse.
26. The dark clouds linger in the sky, the blue curtains surrounding this stage, and the six hundred years of the earth with its shining gems, serve as the decorative pits and balconies of this theater.
27. The shining sky with its sight of the days and watches, and its eyes of the twinkling stars; is witnessing the continual rise and fall of all being, and the plunging and up heaving of mountaintops at the great deluge.
27. The bright sky with its view of the days and clocks, and its eyes of the twinkling stars, is watching the constant rise and fall of everything, and the sinking and lifting of mountaintops during the great flood.
28. The revolving luminaries of the sun and moon, and the rolling currents of the Ganges, appear as the pearly jewels on the person of this actress, and the lustre of the twilight seems as the red red-dye of her palms.
28. The rotating lights of the sun and moon, and the flowing waters of the Ganges, look like sparkling jewels on this actress, and the glow of twilight resembles the bright red dye on her palms.
29. The incessant motion of the upper and nether worlds, with the continued gingling of their peoples; resemble the footsteps of this dancing destiny, with the ringing trinkets and anklets fastened to her feet.
29. The constant movement of the upper and lower worlds, with their people continually bustling around, is like the footsteps of this dancing destiny, with the jingling trinkets and anklets attached to her feet.
30. The sunshine and moonbeams, represent the lustre of her smiling face; and the twinkling stars in the sky, resemble the drops of sweat trickling on her face.
30. The sunshine and moonlight represent the glow of her smiling face, and the twinkling stars in the sky resemble the beads of sweat trickling down her face.
31. These very many worlds are supposed as so many apartments of this great theatre.
31. These numerous worlds are considered like different rooms in this grand theater.
32. The two states of pleasure and pain or joy and grief, which are destined to the lot of all living beings, show the different shows of comic and tragic representations.
32. The two states of pleasure and pain or joy and grief, which everyone experiences, reflect the different aspects of comedy and tragedy.
33. The changing scenes, that are always seen to take place in the play of destiny, at the great stage of this world; are continually witnessed by the great God himself, who is neither distant, or distinct from this, nor is this so from that.
33. The changing scenes that we constantly see unfolding in the play of destiny on the grand stage of this world are continually observed by the great God himself, who is neither distant nor separate from this, nor is this separate from that.
CHAPTER XXXVIII.
On the External Worship of the Deity.
On the Public Worship of the Deity.
Argument.—The External worship of God in his outward temple, with bodily acts and service. And also of Internal adoration in spirit or the Way to Liberation.
Argument.—The external worship of God in His physical temple, along with physical acts and service. Additionally, the internal devotion in spirit or the journey to liberation.
THE god continued:—This god who is the supreme Lord, is the adorable one of the wise; in the form of the intellect and conscious soul, and as all pervading and support of all.
THE god continued:—This god, who is the ultimate Lord, is the one revered by the wise; in the form of intellect and conscious soul, and as the all-pervading support of everything.
2. He is situated alike in the pot and painting, in the tree and hut, in the vehicle and in all men and brute animals; under the several names of Siva, Hara, and Hari, as also of Brahmá, Indra, Agni, and Yama.
2. He is found equally in the pot and the painting, in the tree and the hut, in the vehicle and in all people and animals; under the various names of Siva, Hara, and Hari, as well as Brahmá, Indra, Agni, and Yama.
3. He is in the inside and outside of all as the universal soul, and always dwells in spirit and in the soul of every wise person. This Lord is worshipped in various forms by different people in the many modes as described below.
3. He is both within and outside everything as the universal spirit, and he constantly resides in the mind and soul of every wise person. This Lord is worshipped in different ways by various people in the many forms described below.
4. Hear me first relate to you, O great sage! how this god is worshipped in the outward form and formulas; and you will next hear me relate unto you, the inward form in which he is worshipped in spirit.
4. Listen as I tell you first, O great sage! how this god is worshipped with rituals and formulas; and then you will hear how he is worshipped in spirit.
5. In all forms of worship you must cease to think of your body, and separate your mind from your person, however purified it may be (By your ablution and the like). You must then apply your mind diligently to think of the pure and bodiless soul, which witnesseth the operations of the body from its inside.
5. In every kind of worship, you need to stop focusing on your body and detach your mind from your physical self, no matter how clean it is (like after washing and the rest). You should then focus on the pure, formless soul that observes the body's actions from within.
6. His worship consists in his inward meditation only, and in no other mode of outward worshipping, therefore apply your mind in the adoration of the universal soul, in its meditation in your soul only.
6. His worship is just about his inner thoughts and not about any other outward forms of worship. So, focus your mind on the adoration of the universal soul, contemplating it within your own soul.
7. He is of the form of the intellect, the source of all light and glorious as millions of suns; He is the light of the inward[Pg 228] intellect, and the receptacle (origin) of egoism and tuism. (i.e. of the subjective and objective).
7. He embodies the essence of intelligence, the source of all light and shining like millions of suns; He is the light of the inner intellect, and the origin of egoism and tuism. (i.e. of the subjective and objective).
8. His head and shoulders reach above the heaven of heavens, and lotus like feet descend far below the lowest abyss of vacuity.
8. His head and shoulders rise above the highest heavens, and his lotus-like feet extend deep into the lowest depths of emptiness.
9. His arms extend to the endless bounds of all sides and space; and hold in them the many worlds in the infinite firmament as their wielding weapons and arms.
9. His arms reach out to the endless limits in every direction and space; and they embrace the many worlds in the infinite sky as their powerful tools and limbs.
10. The worlds rolling over one another, rest in a corner of his capacious bosom; His effulgence passes beyond the limit of the unlimited vacuum, and his person stretches beyond all imaginable bounds. (Extends through all extent, Pope).
10. The worlds rolling over each other rest in a corner of his vast chest; His brilliance reaches beyond the edge of the infinite void, and his being stretches beyond all conceivable limits. (Extends through all extent, Pope).
11. Above, below, in all four quarters and in all sides of the compass, he extends unspent and without end; and is beset in all sides by the host of gods, Brahmá, Rudra, Hari and Indra, and the demi gods also.
11. Above, below, in all four directions, and on all sides of the compass, he extends endlessly; and is surrounded on all sides by the multitude of gods, including Brahmá, Rudra, Hari, and Indra, as well as the demigods.
12. These series of creatures are to be considered as the rows of hairs on his body; and the different courses of their actions, are as the strings binding the machines of the world together.
12. These creatures can be thought of as the rows of hair on his body, and their various actions are like the strings that hold the machines of the world together.
13. His will and destiny are powers proceeding from his person, as his active agencies in nature, such is the Lord—the supreme one, who is always to be worshipped by the best of men.
13. His will and destiny are forces that come from his being, just like his actions in nature; this is the Lord—the supreme being, who should always be honored by the best of people.
14. He is the intellect only and the conscious soul, the all pervading and the all supporting spirit; and resides alike in the pot and painting, as in the moving car as also in living animals.
14. He is the mind and the aware soul, the all-encompassing and supporting spirit; he exists in the pot and the painting, as well as in the moving car and in living animals.
15. He is Siva, Hari, and Hara, Brahmá, Indra, Fire, and Yama; He is the receptacle of endless beings, and the aggregate body of all essences or the sole entity of entities.
15. He is Siva, Hari, and Hara, Brahmá, Indra, Fire, and Yama; He is the container of countless beings, and the totality of all essences or the one being of all beings.
16. He contains this mundane sphere, together with all the worlds with their mountains and all other contents in himself; and the all powerful time which hurls them ever onward, is the warder at the doorway of his eternity.
16. He holds this ordinary world, along with all the other worlds and their mountains, inside himself; and the all-powerful time that pushes them forward is the guardian at the entrance to his eternity.
17. The great god Mahádeva, is to be thought upon as dwelling in some part of this body of eternity and infinity, with his body and its members, and with a thousand ears and eyes. (This is same with the macrocosm of virát in the vedas).
17. The great god Mahádeva should be considered as residing in some part of this body of eternity and infinity, along with his body and its parts, and with a thousand ears and eyes. (This is similar to the macrocosm of virát in the Vedas).
18. This figure has moreover a thousand heads and a thousand hands with their decorations. It has as many eyes all over[Pg 229] its body with their powers of sight and so many ears also with their power of hearing.
18. This figure also has a thousand heads and a thousand hands adorned with decorations. It has as many eyes all over[Pg 229] its body, each with its ability to see, and so many ears too, each with the ability to hear.
19. It has the powers of feeling or touch and taste all over its person, as also, the power of hearing in the whole body, and that of thinking in its mind within.
19. It has the ability to feel or touch and taste all over its body, as well as the ability to hear throughout its entire being, and the power to think in its mind inside.
20. It is however wholly beyond all conception, and is perfectly good and gracious to all. It is always the doer of all things that are done, and the bestower of every blessing on all beings.
20. It is, however, completely beyond understanding and is entirely good and kind to everyone. It is always the one who makes everything happen and the giver of every blessing to all beings.
21. It is always situated in the inside of all beings; and is the giver of strength and energy to all. Having thought upon the Lord of Gods in this manner, the devotee is to worship him in the usual method of the ritual.
21. It’s always located within everyone, and it provides strength and energy to all. After reflecting on the Lord of Gods in this way, the devotee should worship him using the standard ritual practices.
22. Now hear me tell you, that are best acquainted with Brahma, of the mode of worshipping him in spirit; which consists only in adoring him in the conscious soul, and not in presenting offerings unto him.
22. Now let me explain to those who know Brahma well how to worship him in spirit; it involves only honoring him within the conscious soul, rather than making physical offerings to him.
23. It requires no illumination nor fumigation of incense; It has no need of flowers or decorations, nor does require the oblations of rice or sprinkling of perfumes or sandal paste.
23. It doesn't need any lighting or burning of incense; It doesn't require flowers or decorations, nor does it need offerings of rice or sprinkling of perfumes or sandalwood paste.
24. It needs no exhalation of saffron or camphor, nor any painting or other things (as chouriflappers and the like); nor has it any need of pouring the water, which is easily obtainable every where.
24. It doesn’t require any release of saffron or camphor, nor any decorations or other items (like fan dancers and such); nor does it need any water pouring, which is easily available everywhere.
25. It is only by effusion of the nectareous juice of the understanding, that the god is worshipped; and this is styled the best kind of meditation and adoration of deity by the wise.
25. It is only through the flow of the sweet essence of understanding that the divine is worshipped; and this is considered the highest form of meditation and reverence for the deity by the wise.
26. The pure intellect which is known to be always present within one's self, is to be constantly looked into and sought after, heard about, and felt both when one is sleeping or sitting or moving about.
26. The clear mind that is always within us should be regularly examined and pursued, listened to, and sensed whether we are sleeping, sitting, or on the move.
27. By constantly talking on the subject, and resuming the inquiry after leaving it off, one becomes fully conscious of himself; and then he should worship his lord the self-same soul in his meditation of it.
27. By continually discussing the topic and picking up the inquiry again after pausing, one becomes fully aware of themselves; and then they should honor their lord, the same soul, in their meditation on it.
28. The offering of the heart in meditation of the Lord, is more delectable to him than the sweetest articles of food, offered with the choices and most fragrant flowers.
28. The offering of the heart in meditation on the Lord is more pleasing to Him than the sweetest foods offered with the finest and most fragrant flowers.
29. Meditation joined with self-consciousness or contriteness of soul, is the best pádya and arghya water and offering that is worthy of the Lord; because the best meditation is that which is accompanied with the flower—self offering to the Lord. (For naught avails the most intense meditation of the mind, when the heart and soul are not devoted to the service of the Lord).
29. Meditation combined with self-awareness or a sense of remorse is the best pádya and arghya offering that is worthy of the Lord; because the finest meditation is the kind that is accompanied by the flower—self-giving to the Lord. (For no matter how intense the mind's meditation is, it means nothing if the heart and soul are not devoted to the service of the Lord).
30. Without this kind of meditation, it is impossible the supreme soul in one's self; and therefore spiritual meditation is said to abound with the grace of God and the greatest enjoyment of happiness and prosperity. (So the sruti:—Meditation in spirit is attended with all enjoyment and felicity).
30. Without this kind of meditation, it's impossible to connect with the supreme soul within oneself; therefore, spiritual meditation is believed to be filled with God's grace and the greatest sense of happiness and prosperity. (As stated in the scriptures:—Meditation in spirit is accompanied by all joy and fulfillment).
31. As the animal or irrational soul enjoys all its pleasures, in the abode of its body; so the rational and spiritual soul derives all its happiness from meditation. (Because the Lord being full of felicity, pours out the same into the spirit of his devotee).
31. Just like the animal or irrational soul experiences all its pleasures in the body, the rational and spiritual soul finds all its happiness in meditation. (Because the Lord, being filled with joy, shares that joy with the spirit of his devotee).
32. The ignorant man that meditates on the Lord, for a hundred twinklings of the eye; obtains in reward thereof, the merit of making the gift of a milch-cow to a Brahman.
32. The uneducated person who reflects on the Lord for a hundred blinks of an eye receives, as a reward, the same merit as giving a milk-producing cow to a Brahmin.
33. The man who worships the Lord in his soul, for half an hour in this manner; reaps the reward of making a horse sacrifice (according to law).
33. The person who truly worships the Lord in their heart for half an hour this way receives the same reward as performing a horse sacrifice (as per the law).
34. He who meditates on the Lord in spirit and in his own spirit, and presents the offering of his reflections unto him, is entitled to the merit of making a thousand horse sacrifices.
34. Anyone who meditates on the Lord in spirit and with their own spirit, and offers their thoughts to Him, is deserving of the reward equivalent to performing a thousand horse sacrifices.
35. Whoso worships the Lord in this manner for a full hour, receives the reward of making the Raj sacrifice; and by worshipping him in this form in the midday; he obtains the merit of making many thousands sacrifices of such kind.
35. Anyone who worships the Lord this way for a full hour receives the same reward as performing the Raj sacrifice; by worshipping Him in this manner at noon, they gain the merit of performing thousands of sacrifices like this.
36. The man who worships him in this way for a whole day, settles in the abode of the deity.
36. The person who worships him like this for an entire day, resides in the home of the deity.
37. This is called the superior yoga meditation, and the best service of the Lord, as also the external adoration of the soul.
37. This is known as the highest yoga meditation, the greatest service to the Lord, as well as the external worship of the soul.
38. This mode of holy adoration destroys all sins; and whoso practices it for a minute with a steady mind, he is certainly entitled to the venerations of gods and demigods, and placed in the rank of emancipated spirits like myself.
38. This way of sacred worship wipes away all sins; and whoever practices it for just one minute with a focused mind is definitely worthy of the reverence of gods and demigods, and is put in the same category as liberated souls like me.
CHAPTER XXXIX.
Mode of the Internal Worship of the Deity.
Method for Practicing Inner Worship of the Deity.
Argument.—The inward form in which, He is worshipped in spirit.
Argument.—The personal way in which He is worshipped in spirit.
THE God resumed:—I will now relate to you, the form of the inward worship of the spirit in spirit; which is reckoned as the holy of holies, and dispeller of all darkness.
THE God resumed:—I will now tell you about the way of worshiping the spirit in spirit; which is considered the most sacred and clears away all darkness.
2. This mode of worship depends also on mental meditation, and is conducted in every state of life, whether when one is sitting or walking, or waking or sleeping.
2. This way of worship also relies on mental meditation and can be practiced in any situation, whether you're sitting, walking, awake, or asleep.
3. It requires the supreme Siva, who is always situated in the body of man; and who is the cause of the perception of all things, to be worshipped in spirit and in the spirit of man.
3. It requires the supreme Siva, who is always present in the human body and is the source of our perception of everything, to be worshipped in spirit and in the essence of humanity.
4. Whether you think him, as sleeping or rising, walking or sitting; or whether conceive him touching or intangible contact with any thing, or quite unconnected and aloof from every thing about him.
4. Whether you see him as sleeping or waking, walking or sitting; or whether you imagine him as having physical contact or being completely disconnected and distant from everything around him.
5. Or whether you take him as enjoying the gross objects, or shunning them all by his spiritual nature; or as the maker of all outward objects, and the ordainer of all forms of action.—
5. Or whether you see him as someone who enjoys the material things, or as someone who avoids them completely due to his spiritual nature; or as the creator of all external things, and the organizer of all actions.—
6. Or whether you consider him as remaining quiescent in all material bodies, or that he is quite apart from all substantial forms; you may worship him in whatever form your understanding presents him to you, or what you can best conceive of him in your consciousness.
6. Whether you see him as inactive in all physical things or as completely separate from all tangible forms, you can worship him in whatever way your mind understands him, or in the way you can best imagine him in your thoughts.
7. Whoever has fallen in and is carried away by the current of his desires and who is purified from his worldliness by the sacred ablution of his good sense; should worship the Siva lingam as the emblem of understanding with the offering of his knowledge of it. (The Lingam is the type of unity, represented by the figure, as the syllable om is the type of trinity expressed by its three letters).
7. Anyone who has been swept away by their desires and has cleansed themselves of their worldly attachments through the pure insight of their wisdom should honor the Siva lingam as a symbol of understanding, offering their knowledge of it. (The Lingam represents unity, similar to how the syllable om represents the trinity expressed by its three letters).
8. He may be contemplated in the form of the sun, shining brightly in the sky; as also in that of the moon, which cools[Pg 232] the sky with its benign moon beams. (Because the sun and moon are included under the eight forms of [God] as we see in the Prologue to Sakuntala. [Sanskrit: ye he kálah vidharttah] etc.).
8. He can be seen as the sun, shining brightly in the sky, and also as the moon, which cools the sky with its gentle moonbeams. (The sun and moon are among the eight forms of [God], as mentioned in the Prologue to Sakuntala. [Sanskrit: ye he kálah vidharttah] etc.).
9. He is always conscious in himself of all sensible objects, which are ever brought under his cognizance by means of his senses, as the breath brings fragrance to the nostrils.
9. He is always aware of all the things around him that his senses bring to his attention, just like how the air carries scents to the nose.
10. He gives flavour to all sweets, and enjoys the sweetness of his felicity (ánanda) in himself; and employs the breathings as his horses, and borne in the car of respiration, sleeps in the cell of the heart.
10. He adds flavor to all treats and delights in the sweetness of his happiness (ánanda) within himself; he uses his breaths as his horses, and riding in the carriage of his breath, he rests in the chamber of his heart.
11. Siva is the witness of all sights, and actor of all actions; he enjoys all enjoyments, and remembers all what is known.
11. Siva observes everything and plays a role in all actions; he experiences all pleasures and remembers everything that is known.
12. He is well acquainted with all the members of his body, and knows all that is in existence and inexistence; he is brighter than all luminous objects, and is to be thought upon as the all-pervading spirit.
12. He knows all the parts of his body and understands everything that exists and doesn’t exist; he shines brighter than any light source and should be considered the all-encompassing spirit.
13. He is without parts and the totality of all parts, and being situated in the body, he resides in the vacuity of the heart; he is colourless himself and yet paints all things in their variegated colours, and is the sensation of every member of the body.
13. He is complete yet made up of no parts, and while he exists within the body, he dwells in the emptiness of the heart; he himself is colorless but brings all things to life in their vibrant hues, and he is the feeling of every part of the body.
14. He dwells in the faculty of the mind, and breathes in the respirations of the beings; he resides within the heart, throat and palate of the mouth, and has his seat amidst the eyebrows and nostrils (as intelligence and breath of life).
14. He lives in the mind and breathes in the life of all beings; he is found within the heart, throat, and palate of the mouth, and has his place between the eyebrows and nostrils (as the essence of intelligence and life).
15. He is situated beyond the limit of the thirty six categories of the saiva sástras, as also of the ten saktis ([Sanskrit: dashamahávidyá]) that are known to the saktas; he moves the heart and gives articulation to sounds, and makes the mind to fly about as a bird of the air.
15. He exists beyond the boundaries of the thirty-six categories of the Saiva scriptures, as well as beyond the ten powers (known as dashamahávidyá) recognized by the worshippers of the divine feminine; he stirs the heart, brings clarity to sounds, and makes the mind soar like a bird in the sky.
16. He resides both in equivocal and alterative words, and is situated in all things as the oil in sesame seeds.
16. He exists in both vague and changing words, and he is present in everything like oil in sesame seeds.
17. He is without the blemish of parts (being a complete whole in himself), and is compact with all the parts of the world taken together. He is situated alike in a part of the lotus-like heart of the wise, as well as in all bodies in general.
17. He is flawless (being a complete whole by himself) and is connected with all parts of the world combined. He exists in both the hearts of the wise, which are like lotuses, and in all bodies in general.
18. He is as clear as the pure and spotless intellect, and the imputation of parts to him is the work of mere imagination only. He is as palpably seen in everything at all places, as he is perceptible to us in our inward perception of him.
18. He is as clear as a pure and flawless mind, and attributing separate parts to him is just a product of imagination. He is as obviously present in everything everywhere as he is noticeable in our inner perception of him.
19. Though originally of the nature of universal intelligence yet he appears in the form of the individual soul according to the desire of men; and residing in every individual, he is divided into endless dualities (of universal and particular souls).
19. Although he originally embodies universal intelligence, he shows up as an individual soul based on what humans desire; and by dwelling in each person, he is split into countless dualities (of universal and specific souls).
20. Then this God (the intelligent individual soul) thinks himself as an embodied being, endued with hands and legs, and the other parts and members of the body, with its hairs, nails, and teeth.
20. Then this God (the intelligent individual soul) perceives himself as a physical being, equipped with hands and legs, along with other body parts and features like hair, nails, and teeth.
21. He thinks of being possest of manifold and various powers and faculties, and is employed in a variety of actions according to the desires of the mind. He feels glad on being served by his wives and servants (and thinking himself as their master).
21. He thinks about having many different powers and abilities, and he engages in various activities based on what he wants. He feels happy being served by his wives and servants, believing he is their master.
22. He thinks the mind as a porter at the gate, and conductor of the information of the three worlds unto him; and his thoughts are as the chambermaids, waiting at his door with their pure attires.
22. He views the mind as a doorman, managing the flow of information from the three worlds to him; and his thoughts are like the housekeepers, standing at his door in their clean outfits.
23. He believes his knowledge of egoism as his greatest power and consort (sakti), and his power of action as his mistress; he thinks his knowledge of various lores to be his decorations only.
23. He sees his understanding of egoism as his greatest strength and companion, and his ability to take action as his governing force; he considers his grasp of different subjects to be just his adornments.
24. He knows his organs of sense and action to be the doors of the abode of his body, and is conscious of his being the infinite soul and inseparable from the same.
24. He understands that his senses and actions are the gateways to his body and is aware that he is the infinite soul, which is inseparable from it.
25. He knows himself to be full of the universal spirit; filled by and filling others with the same; and bears his admirable figure of the body, by his dependance on the Divine spirit.
25. He understands that he is filled with the universal spirit; both receiving and sharing that spirit with others. He carries his impressive physical form through his connection to the Divine spirit.
26. That he is filled with the god-head within him, and is therefore no contemptible soul himself. He never rises nor sets nor is he glad or displeased at any time. (But enjoys the serenity of the Eternal soul).
26. He is filled with the divine within him, and therefore is not a worthless soul himself. He neither rises nor sets, nor is he ever happy or unhappy. (Instead, he enjoys the peace of the Eternal soul).
27. He never feels himself satiate or hungry, nor longs[Pg 234] after nor forsakes anything; he is ever the same and of an even tenor, temper and conduct and form at all times.
27. He never feels full or hungry, nor does he long for or give up anything; he is always the same and maintains a consistent mood, temperament, behavior, and appearance at all times.
28. He retains the gracefulness of his person, the clearness of his mind, and the calmness of his views at all times; he is ever the same since his birth, and the equanimity of his soul never forsakes him at any time.
28. He maintains his gracefulness, clarity of thought, and calm perspective at all times; he has been the same since he was born, and his inner peace never leaves him.
29. He is devoted to the adoration of his God, for longsome days and nights, and the mind abstracted from his body, becomes the object of his worship. (The gloss explains it otherwise, and makes the mindless body the worshipped object).
29. He is dedicated to worshiping his God for long days and nights, and his mind, separate from his body, becomes the focus of his devotion. (The explanation suggests otherwise, making the unthinking body the object of worship).
30. This God is worshipped with whatever offerings are available by the devotee, and with all the powers of the understanding, employed in the adoration of the sole Intellectual spirit.
30. This God is worshipped with whatever offerings the devotee has on hand, and with all the mental faculties dedicated to the worship of the one Intellectual spirit.
31. He is to be worshipped with all things agreeably to the received ritual, and no attempt is to be made to make any offering, which was never made at any time before.
31. He is to be worshipped in accordance with the established ritual, and no effort should be made to offer anything that has not been offered before.
32. Man being endued with the body, should worship the Lord with his bodily actions (as prostration, genuflexion &c.); and with all things that conduce to bodily enjoyment.
32. A person, having a body, should worship the Lord with their physical actions (like bowing, kneeling, etc.); and with all things that contribute to physical enjoyment.
33. So is Siva to be worshipped with eatables and victuals, food and drink of the best and richest kind; and with beddings and seats and vehicles as one may afford to offer.
33. So Siva should be worshipped with food and drink of the finest quality, along with beds, seats, and vehicles as one can afford to give.
34. Men must also entertain their souls, which are the abodes of the Divine spirit in their bodies; with all kinds of things that they think pleasurable to themselves; such as excellent food and drink and all things affording enjoyment and pleasure.
34. Men should also nurture their souls, which are the homes of the Divine spirit within their bodies, with all sorts of things they find enjoyable, like great food and drinks and anything that brings joy and pleasure.
35. They must diligently serve the supreme soul in their souls, under any calamity, difficulty, danger or disease that may befall on them, as also when they are overtaken by illusions of their understandings.
35. They must faithfully serve the highest spirit within themselves, no matter what hardships, challenges, dangers, or illnesses they experience, as well as when they are misled by their own confusion.
36. The ends of all the attempts of mankind in this world, being no more than life, death and sleep, they are all to be employed in the service of the soul of nature.
36. The ultimate goals of all human efforts in this world—life, death, and sleep—are all meant to serve the essence of nature.
37. Whether reduced to poverty or elevated to royalty, or carried by the currents of casualty; men must always serve their souls, with the flowers of their best endeavours.
37. Whether brought down to poverty or lifted up to royalty, or swept along by the tides of fate; people must always nurture their souls with the best of their efforts.
38. Whether overwhelmed by broils, or buffeting in the waves of mishaps, whether undergoing the troubles or enjoying the comforts of domestic life, men must serve their souls at all times.
38. Whether dealing with conflicts or getting tossed around by the ups and downs of life, whether facing challenges or enjoying the comforts of home, people must take care of their souls at all times.
39. When the gentle beams of fellow feeling, overspread the breast of kind hearted men, and when the sweet influence of sympathy melts the heart, it is then must meet to serve the soul seated in it.
39. When the warm feelings of compassion fill the hearts of kind people, and when the gentle power of empathy softens the heart, it’s then that we should serve the soul within.
40. When a man has restrained the turbulent passions of his breast, by the power of his right judgment; and spread the vest of soft tenderness and sweet content over his heart and mind; let him then worship in its serene aspect within himself.
40. When a man has controlled the stormy emotions in his heart using his good judgment; and wrapped himself in a layer of gentle kindness and peaceful satisfaction; he should then find a way to reflect and appreciate that calmness within himself.
41. Let men worship the soul, on the sudden changes of their fortunes; both when they come to the possession, or loss of their enjoyments. (Because the Lord gave and the Lord hath taken them away).
41. Let people honor the soul, in the unpredictable shifts of their fortunes; both when they gain or lose their pleasures. (Because the Lord gave and the Lord has taken them away).
42. The soul should be adhered to and adored, both when you lose or abandon your legal or illegal possession and enjoyment, of anything on earth.
42. The soul should be valued and cherished, whether you lose or give up your rightful or wrongful ownership and enjoyment of anything on earth.
43. Isha—the lord of wealth is to be worshipped with relinquishment of all wealth, which one may have got by his own exertion or otherwise. (Give your all to the giver of all).
43. Isha—the lord of wealth should be worshipped by giving up all wealth, whether it's what you've earned or not. (Give your all to the giver of all).
44. Regret not for what is lost, and make use of what you have got; and adore the supreme soul without any inconstancy in your mind and soul.
44. Don’t dwell on what you’ve lost; focus on what you have. And worship the supreme spirit with a steady mind and heart.
45. Retain your constancy amidst the scene of the wicked pursuits of men, and maintain your vow of the holy devotion of the supreme spirit at all times.
45. Stay true to yourself in the midst of the wicked actions of others, and keep your commitment to the sacred devotion of the highest spirit at all times.
46. Every thing appears as good in the sight of the Godly, who view all things in God; and they all seem to be mixed with good and evil to the worshipper of God and Mammon. Therefore look on all things as situated in the divine spirit, and continue in your vow of the adoration of the supreme soul.
46. Everything seems good to the righteous, who perceive all things through God; and everything appears to be a mix of good and evil to the worshipper of both God and wealth. So, see everything as part of the divine spirit, and stay committed to your devotion to the supreme soul.
47. Things which appear as pleasant or unpleasant at first sight, are all to be taken in an equal light, by those that are firm in their vow of the adoration of the one universal soul.
47. Things that seem pleasant or unpleasant at first glance should all be viewed equally by those who are committed to honoring the one universal soul.
48. Give up thinking yourself as such or not such a one, forsake[Pg 236] all particularities, and knowing that all is the universal One, continue in your vow of adoring the supreme soul.
48. Stop identifying yourself as this or that, let go of all specifics, and knowing that everything is part of the universal One, keep your commitment to worship the supreme soul.
49. Worship the supreme spirit as it always resides in all things, in their various forms and multifarious changes, and that it is all and all in their modifications also.
49. Honor the supreme spirit because it is always present in everything, in its many forms and constant changes, and it is the essence of all things in their transformations too.
50. Forsake both your pursuit after or avoidance of any thing, and remaining in your indifference of both extremes, continue in your adoration of the soul at all times.
50. Give up both chasing after things and avoiding them, and by staying indifferent to both extremes, keep worshipping the soul at all times.
51. Neither seek nor forsake any thing, but receive what comes to thee of itself or by thy own lot; and enjoy all things as the sea does the streams of water, which fall to it of their own accord.
51. Don’t chase after or ignore anything; just accept what comes to you naturally or by your own fate; and enjoy everything like the sea enjoys the streams of water that flow into it on their own.
52. Fallen (placed) in this wide world of misery, man should take no heed of the lesser or greater sights of woe, that incessantly present themselves to his view. They are as the fleeting tincts and hues that paint the vacuous vault of the skies, and soon vanish into nothing.
52. Placed in this vast world of suffering, people should not pay attention to the minor or major scenes of pain that constantly come into view. They are like the fleeting colors and shades that paint the empty sky and quickly disappear into nothing.
53. All good and evil betide us by turns at the junction of their proper time, place and action; therefore take them with unconcern to you, and serve your own soul. (Which is same with the soul of souls).
53. Good and bad things happen to us in their own time, place, and circumstances; so take them in stride and focus on nurturing your own spirit. (Which is the same as the spirit of all.)
54. Whatever things are mentioned as fit offerings of the service of the supreme spirit, it is the equanimity of your soul which is deemed the best and fittest offering. (A contrite spirit is most acceptable unto the Lord).
54. Whatever things are listed as suitable offerings to the supreme spirit, it's the balance of your soul that is considered the best and most fitting offering. (A humble spirit is most pleasing to the Lord).
55. Things of different tastes, as the sour, bitter, acid, sharp and pungent, are useless in the service of the spirit; it is the calm and sweet composure of the soul, which is delectable to the holy spirit.
55. Things with different tastes, like sour, bitter, acidic, sharp, and pungent, are unhelpful for the spirit; it's the calm and sweet tranquility of the soul that is pleasing to the holy spirit.
56. Equanimity is sweet to taste, and has the supernatural power of transforming every thing to ambrosia. (The man of an even mind, enjoys the sweetness of contentment in every state of life).
56. Equanimity is sweet to taste and has the amazing ability to turn everything into something delightful. (A person with a calm mind enjoys the sweetness of contentment in every situation in life).
57. Whatever a man thinks upon with the ambrosial sweetness of his disposition, the same is immediately changed to ambrosia, as the nectarious dew drops under the moon beams.
57. Whatever a man thinks about with the sweet kindness of his character is instantly transformed into something delightful, like the nectar drops glistening under the moonlight.
58. Equanimity expands the soul, and gladdens the minds,[Pg 237] as the sunlight fills the vault of heaven; and it is the unchangeable sedateness of the mind, which is reckoned as the highest devotion.
58. Equanimity expands the soul and brings joy to the mind,[Pg 237] just like sunlight brightens the sky; it's the unwavering calmness of the mind that is considered the greatest form of devotion.
59. The mind of man must shine with an even lustre, as the bright moon beams in their fullness, and it must blaze with the transparent light of the intellect, as a bright crystal in the sunlight.
59. The mind of a person should shine with a steady brightness, like the full moon, and it should glow with the clear light of understanding, just like a bright crystal in the sunlight.
60. He who is employed in his outward actions of life, with his mind as bright as the clear sky; and which is freed from the mist of worldly affections, is said to be the full knowing devotee.
60. Someone who is fully engaged in their actions with a mind as clear as a bright sky, free from the fog of worldly desires, is called a truly knowledgeable devotee.
61. The true devotee shines as brightly, as the clear autumnal sky, when the worldly impressions are quite effaced from the heart, and are not seen even in dream, when the cloud of ignorance is cleared away, and the fog of egoism is utterly scattered.
61. The true devotee shines as brightly as a clear autumn sky when all worldly impressions have completely faded from the heart and aren't even seen in dreams, when the cloud of ignorance has lifted and the fog of egoism has completely dispersed.
62. Let your mind be as clear as the moon, and as spotless as the blazing sun; let it hide the thoughts, of the measurer and measured (i.e. of the creator and created) in it; let it have the simple consciousness of itself, like a newborn child (without its innate ideas); and perceiving only the steady light of the intellect the seed of all intelligence; you will then come to attain the state of highest perfection in your life time.
62. Keep your mind as clear as the moon and as pure as the bright sun; let it hold the thoughts of the one who measures and what is measured (i.e., the creator and the created) within it; let it have a simple awareness of itself, like a newborn baby (without any preconceived ideas); and by only recognizing the steady light of intellect, the source of all understanding, you will achieve the highest state of perfection in your lifetime.
63. Living amidst the fluctuations of pain and pleasure, attending on the lot of all living beings, and occurring at their fixed times and places and actions of man, do you remain in the steady service of your soul—the leader of your body, by tranquilizing all the passions and desires of your heart and mind.
63. Living through the ups and downs of pain and pleasure, focusing on the fate of all living beings, and happening at their designated times and places and actions of mankind, do you stay committed to serving your soul—the guide of your body—by calming all the passions and desires of your heart and mind.
CHAPTER XXXX.
Inquiry into the nature of the Deity.
Exploring the nature of God.
Argument—That the God Siva is beyond his formular adoration and his nature as that of the pure Intellectual soul.
Argument—That God Siva transcends his traditional worship and embodies the essence of the pure Intellectual soul.
THE god continued:—It is of no consequence, whether the spiritualist observe formal adoration in its proper time and manner or not; it is enough if he adore Siva in his form of the intellect within himself, which is equivalent to the worship of the átmá or soul. (i.e. Worshipping the spirit in spirit).
THE god continued:—It doesn't really matter if the spiritualist practices formal worship at the right time and in the right way; what's important is that he worships Siva in the form of the intellect within himself, which is the same as worshipping the átmá or soul. (i.e. Worshipping the spirit in spirit).
2. This is attended with a delight, which becomes manifest within himself; and thus full of spiritual light and delight, the devotee is assimilated to and self same with his God. (This is the state of ecstacy, in which the adept loses himself in his God).
2. This brings a joy that becomes evident within him; and so, filled with spiritual light and joy, the devotee becomes unified with his God. (This is the state of ecstasy, in which the adept loses himself in his God).
3. The meanings of the words affection and hatred, do not belong to the holy soul as separate properties of it; but they blend together and die in it as sparks in fire.
3. The meanings of the words affection and hatred don't belong to the holy soul as separate qualities; instead, they merge and fade away within it like sparks in fire.
4. The knowledge that the dignity and poverty of men, as also the happiness and misery of one's self or others, proceed from God, is deemed as the worship of the supreme spirit, which ordains them all. (The gloss explains, that the attribution of all accidents of life to God, in his adoration also, as it is done by the offering of flowers unto him).
4. Understanding that the dignity and poverty of people, as well as the happiness and misery of ourselves or others, come from God is seen as a form of worship of the supreme spirit, who ordains it all. (The note explains that attributing all life's events to God, in our reverence, is similar to offering flowers to him).
5. The consciousness of the world as manifestation of the Divine spirit, is reckoned as his devotion also, as a pot or other taken for the spirit of God, owing to its residence in it, forms his worship also.
5. The awareness of the world as a representation of the Divine spirit is considered part of his devotion too, just like a pot or any other object that holds the spirit of God, since its presence in them also constitutes his worship.
6. The quiet and lightless spirit of Siva, being manifest in his works of creation, the whole sensible world is believed to be the form of the supreme spirit.
6. The quiet and lightless spirit of Siva, reflected in his acts of creation, is thought to make up the entire physical world as the manifestation of the supreme spirit.
7. It is astonishing that every soul should forget its own nature, and think itself as a living soul residing in the body, as they believe the supreme soul to be confined in a pot or painting.
7. It's amazing that everyone forgets their true nature and believes they are just a living soul living in a body, as if they think the supreme soul is trapped in a jar or a painting.
8. It is astonishing also, how they should attribute false[Pg 239] ideas of worship, worshipper and the worshipped to the god Siva, who is the infinite soul of all and a pure spirit.
8. It’s also surprising how they could assign false[Pg 239] ideas of worship, worshippers, and the worshipped to the god Siva, who is the infinite soul of everything and a pure spirit.
9. The ritual of worship and adoration, which applies to the finite forms of gods (their idols); cannot be applied to the worship of the infinite spirit of God.
9. The practice of worship and reverence, which is meant for the limited representations of gods (their idols), cannot be applied to the worship of the limitless spirit of God.
10. The pure spirit of the eternal, infinite and all powerful, cannot be the object of ritualistic worship, which relates to finite gods or idols.
10. The pure essence of the eternal, infinite, and all-powerful cannot be the focus of ritual worship, which is meant for limited gods or idols.
11. Know, O Brahman! that the spirit of God, which pervades the three worlds, and is of the nature of pure intellect, is not to be circumscribed by any form or figure. (As that of an idol or any natural object).
11. Know, O Brahman! that the spirit of God, which fills the three worlds and is pure intellect, cannot be limited by any form or shape. (Such as that of an idol or any natural object).
12. Know, O wisest of the wise! that those that have their god, as circumscribed by time and place (i.e. represented as limited and finite beings), are not regarded by us among the wise.
12. Know, O wisest of the wise! that those who have their god defined by time and place (i.e. seen as limited and finite beings) are not considered among the wise by us.
13. Therefore O sage! retract your sight from idols and idolatrous worship, and adopt your view to spiritual adoration; and be of an even, cool and clear mind, be dispassionate and freed from decay and disease.
13. So, wise one! Turn your gaze away from idols and idol worship, and focus your perspective on spiritual devotion; maintain a calm, cool, and clear mindset, be unattached and free from decay and illness.
14. Do you continue to worship the supreme spirit with an unshaken mind, by making him offerings of your desires, and all the good and evil that occur to you at any time. (i.e. submit to the dispensations of Providence).
14. Do you keep worshiping the supreme spirit with a steady mind, offering him your desires and everything good and bad that happens to you at any time? (i.e. accept the decisions of Providence).
15. O sage, that art acquainted with the sole unity, in the one uniform tenor of thy soul and mind, thou art thereby set above the reach of the miseries attending his frail life, as the pure crystal is clear of the shade and dross of all worldly things.
15. O wise one, who understands the ultimate oneness, in the consistent harmony of your soul and mind, you are elevated above the hardships of fragile life, just as clear crystal is free from the shadows and impurities of worldly matters.
CHAPTER XXXXI.
Vanity of World and Worldly Things.
Vanity of the World and Material Possessions.
Argument.—Refutation of Received Doctrines.
Argument.—Debunking Accepted Beliefs.
VASISHTHA asked:—What is called the god Siva, and is meant by supreme Brahma; and what is the meaning of soul, and what is its difference from the supreme soul?
VASISHTHA asked:—What is referred to as the god Shiva, and what is meant by supreme Brahma; what does the term soul mean, and how does it differ from the supreme soul?
2. That the tat sat—Id. est is the true entity, and all else is non entity; what is vacuum that is nothing, and what is philosophy that knows everything. Explain to me these differences, for thou lord! knowest them all.
2. That the tat sat—Id. est is the true entity, and all else is non-entity; what is vacuum that is nothing, and what is philosophy that knows everything. Explain to me these differences, for you, my lord, know them all.
3. The god replied:—There exist a sat ens, which is without beginning and end; and without any appearance, or reflexion of its own; and this entity appears as a non entity, owing to its imperceptibility by the senses.
3. The god replied:—There exists a sat ens, which has no beginning or end; and has no appearance or reflection of its own; and this entity appears as a non-entity because it cannot be perceived by the senses.
4. Vasishtha rejoined—If this entity, lord! is not perceptible by the organs of sense, and unknowable by the understanding, how then, O Isána! is it to be known at all.
4. Vasishtha replied—If this being, my lord, cannot be perceived by the senses and is beyond understanding, then how, O Isána, can it be known at all?
5. The god replied:—The man that desires his salvation, and yet sticks to his ignorance, is a sage by name only; and such men are subjected to greater ignorance, by the sástras they are guided by.
5. The god replied:—A person who wants to be saved but clings to their ignorance is wise in name only; and those people are led into even greater ignorance by the texts they follow.
6. Let one ignorance removes another, as washerman cleanses one dirt by another. (i.e. Let the erroneous and mutually discordant theories of the sástras, refute the errors of one another).
6. Let one ignorance cancel out another, just like a washerman removes one stain with another. (i.e. Let the conflicting and inconsistent theories of the sástras disprove each other's mistakes).
7. When the error of ignorance, are removed by the opposition to each other; it is then that the soul appears of itself to view as a matter of course.
7. When the mistakes of ignorance are resolved through opposing viewpoints, that’s when the soul naturally reveals itself.
8. As a child daubs his fingers by rubbing one piece of coat against another (so is a man darkened the more by the tenets of contradictory sástras); but gets them cleansed by washing off his hands from both of them.
8. Just as a child smudges his fingers by rubbing one piece of fabric against another, a person becomes more confused by the conflicting principles of different texts; but he can clear his mind by letting go of both.
9. As they examine both sides of a question in a learned[Pg 241] discussion, and the truth comes out from amidst them both, so the knowledge of the soul, appears from midst of the mist of ignorance.
9. As they look at both sides of an issue in an informed[Pg 241] discussion, and the truth emerges from between them, so the understanding of the soul arises from the fog of ignorance.
10. When the soul perceives the soul, and scans it by itself; and as it comes to know it in itself, it is said to get rid of its ignorance, which is then said to be utterly destroyed.
10. When the soul recognizes the soul and examines it on its own; and as it comes to understand itself, it is said to shed its ignorance, which is then considered completely eradicated.
11. The paths of learning and the lectures of a preceptor, are not the proper means to the knowledge of the soul, until one comes to know the unity of this thing by his own intuition.
11. The ways of learning and the teachings of a mentor aren't the right methods to understand the soul until someone recognizes its unity through their own intuition.
12. All the preceptors of sástras, place the soul amidst the bodily senses; but Brahmá is situated beyond the senses, and is known after subjection of sensible organs. So the thing which is obtainable in absence of something, is never to be had in the presence of that thing (such is the antipathy of the soul and senses against one another).
12. All the teachers of scriptures position the soul among the bodily senses; however, Brahmá exists beyond those senses and is understood only after controlling the sensory organs. Therefore, what can be obtained in the absence of something cannot be attained in its presence (this illustrates the conflict between the soul and the senses).
13. It is seen however, that many things are used as causes of what they are no causes at all; as they make use of the lectures of the preceptor and the like, as means for the attainment of spiritual knowledge.
13. It is observed, however, that many things are mistakenly thought to be causes when they are not; for example, people use the teachings of the instructor and similar things as ways to gain spiritual knowledge.
14. A course of lectures is of course calculated, to throw light on the student's knowledge of the knowables; but in matters of abstract knowledge and invisible soul, it is the soul itself that must throw its own light.
14. A series of lectures is definitely designed to enhance the student’s understanding of what can be known; however, in terms of abstract knowledge and the unseen soul, it’s the soul itself that must illuminate its own path.
15. No explanation of the sástras, nor the lectures of the preceptor, are calculated to give light on spiritual knowledge, unless it is understood by the intuitive knowledge of the spirit itself.
15. No explanation of the scriptures, nor the teachings of the mentor, can shed light on spiritual knowledge unless it is grasped through the intuitive understanding of the spirit itself.
16. Again the soul is never to be known without learning and lectures, and therefore both of them must combine with our inquiry to bring us to the light of the soul.
16. Once more, the soul can never be understood without education and lessons, so both of these must work together with our investigation to lead us to the understanding of the soul.
17. It is therefore the combination of bookish knowledge with the instruction of the preceptor, joined with the investigation of the inquirer, that is calculated to enlighten us on spiritual knowledge, as the appearance of the day with the rising sun and waking world, gives an impetus to the rise of duties of the rising world.
17. So, it’s the blend of textbook knowledge, guidance from the teacher, and the seeker’s inquiry that can truly enlighten us about spiritual understanding, just as the arrival of day with the rising sun and waking world motivates the responsibilities of the emerging day.
18. After subsidence of the senses and actions of bodily organs, together with the imperceptibility of our sensations of pain and pleasure; that we come to the knowledge of Siva, other wise known as the soul, the tat sat, He that is, and under many other designations.
18. After the senses and actions of our body settle down, along with the fading away of our feelings of pain and pleasure, we come to know Siva, also known as the soul, the tat sat, He that is, and by many other names.
19. When there was not this plenum of the world, or it existed in its spiritual or ideal forms; it is since then that this infinite entity has existed, in its vacuous form which is rarer than the ether.
19. When there wasn't this fullness of the world, or it existed only in its spiritual or ideal forms; it is since then that this infinite entity has existed, in its empty form which is rarer than ether.
20. Who is continually meditated upon by the nice discernment of the seekers of salvation, and is variously represented by the pure minded and those of vitiated minds.
20. Who is constantly reflected upon by the discerning seekers of salvation, and is depicted in various ways by the pure-hearted and those with troubled minds.
21. There are others who are situated in the sight of, and not far from the path of living liberation, who are employed in leading others to salvation, and in the exposition of the sástras in their works.
21. There are others who are close to the path of true freedom, who are dedicated to guiding others toward salvation and explaining the scriptures in their writings.
22. There have been many thinking and learned men, who have used the words Brahmá, Indra, Rudra, and the names of the regents of worlds (for God), in order to justify the doctrines of the Puránas, Vedas and Siddhántas.
22. Many thoughtful and educated people have used the names Brahmá, Indra, Rudra, and the names of the rulers of worlds (for God) to support the teachings of the Puránas, Vedas, and Siddhántas.
23. Others have applied the fictitious titles of chit or intellect, Brahmá, Siva, Átmá the soul or spirit, Ísha—the Lord, the supreme spirit and Íshvara-god, to the nameless god head that is apart and aloof from all.
23. Others have used the made-up titles of chit or intellect, Brahmá, Siva, Átmá the soul or spirit, Ísha—the Lord, the supreme spirit, and Íshvara-god, for the nameless godhead that is separate and distant from everything.
24. Such is the truth of nature and of thyself also, which is styled the siva of felicitous; and which always confers all felicity to the world and to thyself also. (The word siva means jovus or solas and is meant to express the joviality and soliety which always attends on all beings).
24. This is the truth of nature and yourself too, which is called the siva of happiness; it always brings happiness to the world and to you as well. (The word siva means jovus or solas and is meant to express the joy and tranquility that always accompany all beings).
25. The words siva, soul, supreme Brahmá and some others, have been coined by the ancients to express the supreme being; and though they differ in sound, there is no difference of them in sense and signification.
25. The words siva, soul, supreme Brahmá, and a few others have been created by ancient people to represent the supreme being; and even though they sound different, they have the same meaning and significance.
26. Know, O chief of sages! that wise men always adore this god whom we serve also, and unto when we return as the[Pg 243] best and ultimate states of all. (Siva is a hypostasis of the infinite deity).
26. Know, O leader of wise ones! That wise people always worship this god whom we also serve, and when we return, it is to the[Pg 243] best and ultimate states of all. (Siva is a hypostasis of the infinite deity).
27. Vasishtha said:—Please Lord! explain to me in short, how the ever existent Deity remains as non-existent, and could it come to existence from its prior state of nihility?
27. Vasishtha said:—Please, Lord! Briefly explain to me how the always-existing Deity can be considered non-existent, and could it come into existence from its previous state of nothingness?
28. The god replied:—Know the meaning of the words Brahmá &c. to bear relation to our consciousness only, and this though it is as clear as the sky, and as minute as an atom, has the great bulk of the mount Meru contained in it.
28. The god replied:—Understand that the terms Brahmá &c. relate only to our awareness, and while this is as obvious as the sky and as tiny as an atom, it holds the immense weight of Mount Meru within it.
29. Although this is unintelligible to us, and far beyond our conception and comprehension of it; yet it becomes intelligible to us when we take it the form of our intellect.
29. Even though this is unclear to us and far beyond our understanding, it becomes clear when we interpret it in a way that matches our way of thinking.
30. By taking it objectively, it becomes intelligible to us in the manner of our Egoism; and by thinking on its personality we have the same idea of it, as one has of a wild elephant from its sight in a dream.
30. When we look at it objectively, it makes sense to us in line with our self-centeredness; and by considering its personality, we share the same idea of it as one might have of a wild elephant seen in a dream.
31. These ideas of its egoism and personality, being limited by time and space, give rise to many aerial forms as attendants upon it. (These aerial forms are the different attributes of God).
31. These concepts of its selfishness and individuality, constrained by time and space, lead to many ethereal forms that accompany it. (These ethereal forms are the various attributes of God).
32. Accompanied with these, there proceeds the entity called the Jíva or living spirit, which is conversant with its oscillation and respiration, in the form of a pencil of air.
32. Along with these, there comes the entity known as the Jíva or living spirit, which is aware of its movement and breath, in the form of a stream of air.
33. After the power of vitality is established and has come in force; there follows the faculty of understanding; which remains in utter ignorance at first.
33. Once the power of vitality is established and becomes strong, the ability to understand follows; however, it starts off in complete ignorance.
34. It is followed by the faculties of bearing, action and perceptions; all of which operate inward by without their development in outward organs.
34. It is followed by the abilities to understand, act, and perceive; all of which function internally without their growth in external organs.
35. All these powers uniting together, conduce to the excitement of memory, which exhibits itself soon in the form of the mind; which is the tree of desires.
35. All these powers coming together help to stimulate memory, which soon shows itself in the form of the mind; which is the tree of desires.
36. Hear now what is called the spiritual body by the learned, it is the inward power of God of the form of the conscious soul, and seeing the divine soul in itself.
36. Listen now to what the experts refer to as the spiritual body; it is the inner power of God in the form of the conscious soul, and perceiving the divine soul within itself.
37. There rise afterwards the following powers in the mind;[Pg 244] which develop themselves in the outer organs, although their powers may be wanting in them. (Such as the blind eyes, deaf ears &c.).
37. Then the following abilities emerge in the mind;[Pg 244] which express themselves through the external organs, even if those organs may lack their abilities. (Like blind eyes, deaf ears, etc.).
38. These are the essences of air and motion, and of feeling also, together with the senses of touch and heat emitted by the eyes.
38. These are the core elements of air and movement, along with emotions, as well as the sensations of touch and warmth that come from the eyes.
39. There are the essences of colour, water and taste also, and likewise the essences of smell and flavour too.
39. There are the qualities of color, water, and taste as well as the qualities of smell and flavor too.
40. There are the essences of earth and gold, and the essences of thick mass; and also the essences of time and space, all of which are without form and shape.
40. There are the essences of earth and gold, and the essences of dense matter; and also the essences of time and space, all of which are formless and shapeless.
41. The spiritual body contains all these essences in itself as its component parts, as the seed of a fruit contains the leaves and germ of the future tree in its cell.
41. The spiritual body includes all these essences within itself as its essential parts, just like a seed holds the leaves and the beginnings of the future tree in its core.
42. Know this to be ativáhika or spiritual body, and containing the eight elementary senses, wherefore it is called the puryashtaka also; and these are developed afterwards in the organs of sense.
42. Understand this to be ativáhika or the spiritual body, which includes the eight basic senses, and for this reason, it is also referred to as puryashtaka; these senses later develop in the sense organs.
43. The primary or spiritual body which is formed in this manner, is actually nobody at all; since it is devoid of understanding, intellect, senses and sensibility.
43. The primary or spiritual body created this way isn’t really a person at all; it lacks understanding, intellect, senses, and feelings.
44. It is the supreme Being only, which contains the essence of the soul, as it is the sea which contains the limpid waters.
44. Only the supreme Being contains the essence of the soul, just as the sea holds the clear waters.
45. The soul is that which is possessed of its consciousness and knowledge, all besides this is dull and insensible matter; and which is viewed by the soul, as the sight of a fairy land in the dream.
45. The soul is what has its own awareness and understanding; everything else is just lifeless and unfeeling matter, which the soul perceives like seeing a magical world in a dream.
46. It is therefore by consciousness and knowledge that Siva can be known, and what is not to be known by these can be nothing at all.
46. So, it's through awareness and understanding that Siva can be recognized, and whatever can't be understood through these is basically nothing at all.
47. The supreme soul sees all things within itself, as parts of itself (produced from its will of becoming or dividing itself into many); and beholds particles of his atomic self, formed into innumerable bodies.
47. The supreme soul sees everything as parts of itself, created from its desire to exist or to divide into many; and observes bits of its atomic self, shaped into countless bodies.
48. These soon increased in bulk and became big bodies, and bore the marks of the organs upon them.
48. These quickly grew larger and became substantial bodies, showing the signs of the organs on them.
49. Then it became of the form of a man, from his thought of being so; and this soon grew up in its size of a full grown man.
49. Then it took on the shape of a man, based on his desire to be one; and this quickly grew to the size of a full-grown man.
50. So do our bodies appear to us in our living state, as the fairyland appears to one in his dream.
50. Our bodies seem to us in our living state, just like fairyland appears to someone in their dream.
51. Vasishtha said:—I see the appearance of the human body, to resemble the vision of the fairyland in the dream; and I see also the miseries awaiting on human life in this world. Now tell me, my Lord! how all this misery is to be removed from it.
51. Vasishtha said:—I see that the human body looks like the dream of a magical land; and I also see the suffering that comes with human life in this world. So tell me, my Lord! how can all this suffering be taken away?
52. The god replied—All human woe is owing to their desires, and belief of the reality of the world; but it must be known to be all as unreal, as waves of water seen in a sea in the mirage.
52. The god replied—All human suffering comes from their desires and the belief in the reality of the world; but it should be understood that it is all as unreal as the waves of water seen in a mirage on the sea.
53. There why such desire, and for what good and use, and why should the dreaming man be deluded to drink the show of water in the mirage?
53. So, what’s the reason for such desire, and what good does it do? Why should a man lost in thought be tricked into drinking the illusion of water in a mirage?
54. The viewer of truth, who is freed from his views of egoism and tuism, and has got off from the deluded and its delusive thoughts, doth verily behold the true entity of God in his presence, in the utter absence of all worldly thoughts from his mind.
54. The seeker of truth, who is free from selfish views and illusions, and has let go of misguided and misleading thoughts, truly sees the essence of God in their presence, with all worldly thoughts completely absent from their mind.
55. Where there is no desirer or desire or the desired object, but the only thought of the one unity, there is an end of all error and misery.
55. Where there is no one wanting or desire or object of desire, but only the thought of the one unity, there is an end to all error and suffering.
56. He whose mind is freed from the true and false bugbears of common and imaginary error, and is settled in the thought of one unity alone, sees nothing but the unity before him.
56. Someone whose mind is free from the real and imagined fears of common mistakes and is focused on just one unity sees nothing but that unity in front of them.
57. The desires of the mind, rise as goblins in the midway sky; and the thoughts of the world rove about the sphere of the mind, as the numerous worlds revolve in the sky hence there is no peace of the soul, unless these subside to rest.
57. The desires of the mind rise like ghosts in the sky; and the thoughts of the world wander through the mind like the many planets orbiting the heavens. Therefore, there is no peace for the soul unless these settle down.
58. It is useless to advise the man to wisdom, who is elated by his egoism, and is deluded by the waters of the mirage of this evanescent world.
58. It’s pointless to advise someone who is proud of their ego and is misled by the illusions of this fleeting world.
59. Wise men should advise the prudent only, and throw away their instruction to boys that are wandering in error, and are shunned by good people. To give good counsel to the ignorant, is as offering a fair daughter in marriage to the spectre of man seen in a dream.
59. Wise people should only advise the sensible, and disregard their teachings to those young people who are lost and avoided by decent folks. Giving good advice to the clueless is like offering a lovely daughter in marriage to a ghost seen in a dream.
CHAPTER XXXXII.
The Supreme soul and its Phases and Names
The Supreme Soul and Its Aspects and Names
Argument.—The various Processes whereby the supreme soul becomes the animal soul; and this again extending in all beings.
Argument.—The various ways the supreme soul converts into the animal soul, which then extends into all living beings.
VASISHTHA said:—Tell me Lord! what is the state of the living soul, after its situation in the open air, and its observation of the vanity of the elemental and material body on its first creation.
VASISHTHA said:—Tell me, Lord! What happens to the living soul after it exists in the open air and recognizes the emptiness of the physical and material body at the moment of its creation?
2. The god replied—The living soul having sprung from the supreme, and being situated in the open firmament, views the body formed in the aforesaid manner, as a man sees a vision in his dream.
2. The god replied—The living soul, having emerged from the supreme, and existing in the open sky, perceives the body created in the way described, just like a person sees a vision in their dream.
3. The living soul being ubiquitous, enters and acts in every part of this body, according to the behest of the embodied intellect, as a sleeping man acts his parts in a dream, and bears his body still.
3. The living soul is everywhere and enters every part of this body, acting according to the commands of the embodied mind, just like a sleeping person moves in a dream while still being in their body.
4. It was the indiscrete infinite soul before, and then became the discrete spirit called the first male, and this spirit was the primary cause of creation in itself.
4. It was the unbounded infinite soul at first, and then transformed into the distinct spirit known as the first male, and this spirit was the fundamental reason for creation within itself.
5. Thus this animated spirit became as Siva, at the beginning of the first creation; it was called Vishnu in another, and became the lotus born Brahmá or the great patriarch in the other.
5. So, this lively spirit became Siva at the start of the first creation; it was called Vishnu in another instance, and it turned into the lotus-born Brahmá, the great patriarch, in yet another.
6. This great progenitor of one creation, became the intellect in another, this became the volitive male agent of creation afterwards, and at last look upon it a male form according to its volition.
6. This great ancestor of one creation became the mind in another; this became the willful male creator later on, and finally took on a male form according to its desire.
7. The primary volition of ideal creation becoming compact in time, it takes the form of the mind; which feels itself able to effect in act, whatsoever it wills in itself. (This form of the Mind is called Hiranyagarbha or Brahmá—the creative power of God).
7. The main intention of creating ideals becomes more focused over time, taking on the form of the mind; which believes it can accomplish whatever it desires. (This form of the Mind is called Hiranyagarbha or Brahmá—the creative power of God).
8. This creation of the world by Brahmá is mere visionary, as the sight of a spectre in the air or in a dream; but it appears as[Pg 248] a positive reality, to the erroneous sight of the realist. (i.e. The world is ideal to the idealist, but a sober reality to the positivist).
8. The world created by Brahmá is just an illusion, like seeing a ghost in the air or in a dream; however, it seems like a definite reality to those who mistakenly believe in it. (i.e. The world is subjective to the idealist but a straightforward reality to the positivist).
9. The prime male agent that becomes the beholder of his creation, retains in him the power of exhibiting himself (or displaying his will) in the empty air every moment, or to retract them in himself into time.
9. The main male figure who becomes the witness of his own creation has the ability to show himself (or express his will) in the open air at any moment, or to withdraw those expressions back into himself over time.
10. To him a Kalpa or great Kalpa age, is a mere twinkling of his eye; and it is by the expansion or contraction of himself, that the world makes its appearance or disappearance.
10. For him, a Kalpa or great Kalpa age is just a blink of an eye; and it’s through his own expansion or contraction that the world comes into view or vanishes.
11. Worlds come to appear and disappear at his will, at each moment of time, in each particle of matter, and in every pore of space, and there is no end of this successions in all eternity.
11. Worlds appear and disappear at his command, in every moment of time, in every particle of matter, and in every pore of space, and there is no end to this cycle throughout eternity.
12. Many things are seen to occur one after another, in conformity with the course of our desires; but we never find any thing to take place, in concurrence with our sight of the holy spirit. (i.e. Nothing is both temporally as well as spiritually good).
12. Many things happen one after another, in line with what we want; but we never see anything happen that aligns with our perception of the holy spirit. (i.e. Nothing is good both in terms of time and spirit).
13. All things are created (and vanish) with this creation, which do not occur to the unchanging Siva; and these are like the shadowy appearances in empty air, which rise of themselves and disappear in air.
13. Everything is created (and disappears) with this creation, which doesn’t happen to the unchanging Siva; and these are like the fleeting images in empty space, which arise on their own and fade away in the air.
14. All real and unreal appearances vanish of themselves, like mountains appearing in dreams; all these creations have no command over their causality, space or time.
14. All real and unreal appearances fade away on their own, like mountains that show up in dreams; these creations have no control over their cause, space, or time.
15. Therefore all these phenomenals are neither real, potential or imaginary or temporary appearances; nor is there any thing, that is produced or destroyed at any time.
15. So, all these phenomena are neither real, potential, imaginary, nor temporary appearances; and nothing is produced or destroyed at any time.
16. All these are the wondrous phenomena of our ideas and wishes (sankalpas), exhibited by the intellect in itself; and this world is like the appearance of an aerial castle in the dream, and subject to its rise and fall by turns.
16. All these are the amazing phenomena of our thoughts and desires (sankalpas), displayed by the mind itself; and this world is like the vision of a floating castle in a dream, subject to its ups and downs.
17. The visible which appears to be moving about in time and space, has actually no motion whatever in either; but remains as fixed as an ideal rock in the mind for ever. (The unreal world can have no actual motion).
17. The visible things that seem to be moving through time and space have no real motion at all; they stay as fixed as an ideal rock in the mind forever. (The unreal world cannot have any actual motion).
18. So also the extension of the unreal world, is no extension at all; as the magnitude of an ideal rock has no dimension whatever. (Things in the abstract, have no imaginable measure).
18. Likewise, the expansion of the unreal world isn't really an expansion at all; just like an ideal rock has no actual size. (Abstract things have no conceivable measurement).
19. The situation and duration of the unreal world, conform exactly with the ideas of its time and place, which exist in the mind of the maker of all (or the great Archetype).
19. The situation and duration of the unreal world align perfectly with the ideas of its time and place, which exist in the mind of the creator (or the great Archetype).
20. It is in this manner that he is instantly changed to a worm (from his idea of it), and so are all the four orders of living beings born in this world.
20. In this way, he immediately transforms into a worm (according to his perception), and so do all four categories of living beings that exist in this world.
21. Thus the curative power becomes all things, from the great Rudras down to the mean straws in a minute (from his ideas of these); and even such as are as minute as atoms and particles of matter (i.e. in the forms of the protozoa and small animalcula).
21. So the healing power becomes everything, from the powerful Rudras to the tiniest straws in an instant (based on his ideas of these); and even those that are as tiny as atoms and particles of matter (i.e. in the forms of protozoa and small animalcules).
22. This is the course of the production of the past and present creations, and it is the reminiscence of the past, which is the cause of the delusion of taking the world for a real existence.
22. This is how we produce creations from the past and present, and it is the memory of the past that leads to the illusion of believing the world has real existence.
23. After giving away the thought of the difference between the creator and the created, and by the habit of thinking all as the unity, one becomes Siva in a minute, and by thinking so for a longer period, one is assimilated to the nature of the supreme Intellect.
23. Once you let go of the idea of a difference between the creator and the created, and by training your mind to see everything as one, you can become Siva in an instant. By maintaining this perspective for an extended time, you align yourself with the essence of the supreme Intellect.
24. The intellect proceeds from the original intellect (of God), and rises without occupying any place. It is of the nature of understanding, and resides in the soul in the manner of empty air in the midst of a stone.
24. The intellect comes from the original intellect (of God) and rises without taking up any space. It is characterized by understanding and exists in the soul like empty air within a stone.
25. The soul which is of the manner of eternal light, is known under the denomination of Brahmá and the intellect which seated in this (soul), becomes weakened as the creative power increase, and strengthens in it. (i.e. The power of the thinking intellect decreases in proportion, as the power of the creative mind is on its increase).
25. The soul, which is like eternal light, is called Brahmá, and the intellect that resides in this soul becomes weaker as the creative power grows, while it strengthens within. (i.e. The power of the thinking intellect decreases as the power of the creative mind increases.)
26. Next the particles of time and place, join together in the formation of minute atoms; which by forming the elementary[Pg 250] bodies, have the living principle added to them. (These are called the protozoa or animalcules).
26. Next, the particles of time and place come together to form tiny atoms, which, by creating the basic[Pg 250] bodies, have the living principle added to them. (These are called protozoa or animalcules).
27. These then become vegetables and insects, and beasts, brutes and the forms of gods and demigods; and these being stretched out in endless series, remain as a long chain of being, connected by the strong and lengthening line of the soul, (called the sútrátmá).
27. These then turn into plants, insects, and animals, as well as the shapes of gods and demigods; and these, stretched out in an endless series, form a long chain of existence, connected by the strong and lengthening thread of the soul, (called the sútrátmá).
28. Thus the great god that pervades over all his works in the world, connects all things in being and not being, as pearls in a necklace by the thread of his soul. He is neither near us nor even far from us; nor is he above or below anything whatever. He is neither the first nor last but ever lasting (having neither his beginning nor end). He is neither the reality or unreality, nor is he in the midst of these.
28. So the great god that fills all his creations in the world connects everything in existence and non-existence, like pearls strung together in a necklace by the thread of his spirit. He is neither close to us nor far away; he is not above or below anything at all. He is neither the first nor the last, but eternal (having no beginning or end). He is neither reality nor unreality, nor is he in between the two.
29. He is beyond all alternatives and antitheses, and is not to be known beyond our imaginary ideas of him. He has no measure or dimension, nor any likeness, form or form to represent him. Whatever greatness and majesty are attributed to him by men, they are all extinguished in his glory as the fire is cooled in the water.
29. He exists beyond all choices and opposites, and can't be understood outside of our imagined concepts of him. He has no size or shape, nor any resemblance or form that can represent him. Any greatness and majesty people attribute to him are completely overshadowed by his glory, just as fire is extinguished in water.
30. Now, I have related to you all what you asked me about, and will now proceed to my desired place. Be you happy, O sage, and go your way; and rise, O Párvatí and let us take our way.
30. Now, I’ve shared everything you asked about, and I’m ready to head to my next destination. Be happy, wise one, and go on your way; and get up, Párvatí, and let’s be on our way.
31. Vasishtha said:—When the god with his blue throat had spoken in this manner, I honoured him with throwing handfuls of flowers upon him. He then rose with his attendants, and pierced into the vacuity of heaven.
31. Vasishtha said:—When the god with the blue throat spoke like this, I honored him by throwing handfuls of flowers at him. He then rose up with his attendants and disappeared into the emptiness of the sky.
32. After departure of the lord of Umá, and master of the three worlds, I remained for some time reflecting on all I had heard from the god, and then having received the new doctrine with the purity of my heart, I gave up the external form of my worshipping the Deity.
32. After the departure of the lord of Umá, and master of the three worlds, I stayed for a while thinking about everything I had heard from the god, and then, with a pure heart, I embraced the new teachings and let go of the outward way I had been worshipping the Deity.
CHAPTER XXXXIII.
On Rest and Tranquillity.
On Rest and Calm.
Argument.—Ráma admits before Vasishtha the removal of his doubt in dualistic doctrine.
Argument.—Ráma admits to Vasishtha that his doubts about dualism have been cleared up.
VASISHTHA said:—I well understand what the god said, and you too, O Ráma! know very well the course of the world.
VASISHTHA said:—I clearly understand what the god said, and you too, O Rama! know very well how the world works.
2. When the false world appears in a false light to the fallacious understanding of man, and all proves to be but vanity of vanities, say what thing is there that may be called true and good and what as untrue and bad. (There is nothing what ever which is really good).
2. When the fake world looks misleading to people’s flawed understanding, and everything turns out to be nothing but emptiness, what can we really call true and good, and what can we label as false and bad? (There is nothing that is truly good).
3. As the alternative of something is not that thing itself, so the optional form of the soul, though not the soul itself, yet it serves to convey some idea of the soul. (As the explanation of the gloss is;—The similitude of a thing though not the thing itself, yet it gives some idea of the original).
3. Just like the alternative to something isn't the thing itself, the optional form of the soul, while not the soul itself, helps to communicate some idea of the soul. (Similar to how the explanation of the gloss works;—the likeness of a thing, although not the thing itself, still provides some understanding of the original).
4. As fluidity is the nature of liquids, and fluctuation is that of the winds, and as vacuity is the state of the sky, so is creation the condition of the spirit or divine soul.
4. Just as fluidity is the essence of liquids, and fluctuation is the nature of the winds, and emptiness is the state of the sky, so creation is the condition of the spirit or divine soul.
5. I have ever since (hearing the lecture of Sivá), betaken myself to the worship of the spirit in spirit; and have since then, given up my eagerness for the outward adoration of gods.
5. Ever since I heard Sivá's lecture, I've devoted myself to worshiping the spirit in a spiritual way, and since then, I've let go of my desire for outward worship of gods.
6. It is by this rule that I have passed these days of my life, though I am tamely employed in the observance of the prescribed and popular ritual.
6. It’s by this guideline that I’ve spent these days of my life, even though I’m passively engaged in following the established and commonly accepted routine.
7. I have worshipped the Divine spirit, in all modes and forms and offering of flowers, as they presented of themselves to me; and notwithstanding the interruptions, I have uninterruptedly adored my god at all times, both by day and night.
7. I have worshipped the Divine spirit in every way and form, offering flowers as they came to me; and despite the distractions, I have continuously adored my god at all times, both day and night.
8. All people in general, are concerned in making their[Pg 252] offerings acceptable to their receiver (god), but it is the meditation of the yogi, which is the true adoration of the spirit.
8. Everyone wants to make their[Pg 252] offerings appealing to their recipient (God), but it's the yogi's meditation that represents the genuine worship of the spirit.
9. Having known this, O lord of Raghu's race, do you abandon the society of men in your heart, and walk in your lonely path amidst the wilderness of the world, and thereby remain without sorrow and remorse.
9. Knowing this, O lord of the Raghu lineage, let go of your connections with people in your heart, and tread your solitary path through the wilderness of the world, so that you may stay free from sorrow and regret.
10. And when exposed or reduced to distress, or aggrieved at the loss or separation of friends, rely on this truth, and think on the vanity of the world.
10. And when you’re feeling vulnerable or going through tough times, or upset about losing friends or being apart from them, remember this truth and reflect on the emptiness of the world.
11. We should neither rejoice nor regret, at the acquisition or loss of friends and relations; because all things almost are so frail and unstable, in this transitory world.
11. We shouldn't celebrate or mourn the gaining or losing of friends and family because nearly everything is so fragile and uncertain in this temporary world.
12. You well know, Ráma! the precarious state of worldly possessions and their pernicious effects also; they come and go away of their own accord, but overpower on the man in both states (of prosperity and adversity).
12. You know well, Ráma, the unstable nature of material possessions and their harmful effects; they come and go on their own, but they can overwhelm a person in both good times and bad.
13. So uncertain are the favours of friends and fortune, and so unforeseen is their loss also, that it is no way possible for any body to account for them. (i.e. to assign any plausible cause to either).
13. Friends and luck can be so unpredictable, and their loss can come out of nowhere, that it's impossible for anyone to explain them. (i.e. to assign any plausible cause to either).
14. O sinless Ráma! such is the course of the world, that you have no command over it nor is it ever subject to you; if the world is so insubordinate to you, why is it then that you should be sorry for so unmanageable a thing?
14. O sinless Ráma! The way of the world is such that you have no control over it, nor is it ever under your authority; if the world is so unruly towards you, then why should you feel sorry for something so uncontrollable?
15. Ráma! mind your spiritual nature, and know yourself as an expanded form of your intellect. See how you are pent up in your earthly frame, and forsake your joy and grief at the repeated reiterations and exits of your corporeal body.
15. Ráma! pay attention to your spiritual nature and recognize yourself as an expanded version of your mind. Notice how you are confined in your physical body, and let go of your joy and sorrow over the constant cycles and departures of your material form.
16. Know my boy, that you are of the form of your intellect only, and inherent throughout all nature; therefore there is nothing that you can resume to or reject from you in the world.
16. Know this, my boy: you are shaped only by your intelligence, and that exists throughout all of nature; therefore, there’s nothing in the world that you can take on or push away from yourself.
17. What cause of joy or grief is there in the vicissitudes of things in the world, which are occasioned by the revolutions of the mind on the pivot of the intellect; and resemble the whirling waters of the sea, caused by an eddy or vortex in it.
17. What reason for joy or sadness is there in the ups and downs of the world, driven by the changes in our minds focused on our thoughts; and resembling the swirling waters of the sea, caused by an eddy or vortex in it.
18. Do you, O Ráma! betake yourself to the fourth stage of[Pg 253] susupta or hypnotism hence forth, as the even tenor of the intellect, is attended by its trance at the end.
18. Do you, O Ráma! move on to the fourth stage of [Pg 253] susupta or hypnosis from now on, as the steady flow of the mind is accompanied by its trance at the end.
19. Be you as cold and composed with your placid countenance and expanded mind, as the quiet spirit of God is diffused and displayed through out all nature; and remains as full as the vast ocean, in the contemplation of that soul, whose fulness fills the whole.
19. Be as calm and collected with your serene expression and open mind as the peaceful spirit of God is spread and shown throughout all of nature; and remain as complete as the vast ocean, in the reflection of that soul, whose fullness fills everything.
20. You have heard all this already, Ráma! and are fraught with the fulness of your understanding, now if you have any thing else to ask with regard to your former question, you can propose the same. (This was a question regarding the observance of ceremonial rites).
20. You've already heard all this, Ráma! and you’re filled with understanding. If you have anything else to ask about your previous question, feel free to ask. (This was a question about following ceremonial rites).
21. Ráma said:—Sir, my former doubts are all dispersed at present, and I have nothing more to ask you regarding the same (i.e. the dualistic doctrine that raised the doubts).
21. Ráma said:—Sir, all my previous doubts are cleared up now, and I have nothing more to ask you about that (i.e. the dualistic doctrine that raised the doubts).
22. I have known all that is to be known, and felt a heartfelt satisfaction at this, and now I am free from the foulness of the objective, and of dualism and fictions. (Knowledge of the objective being unspiritual, the dualism of matter and mind as unscriptual, and the fictions of the gods etc., as mere vagaries of imagination).
22. I have learned everything there is to know and felt a deep satisfaction in that. Now, I am free from the negativity of the tangible world, the conflict between duality, and the falsehoods we create. (Understanding the tangible world as unspiritual, the split between matter and mind as unrealistic, and the myths about gods, etc., as simple flights of fancy).
23. The foulness of the soul, proceeds from ignorance of the soul; and this ignorance (of the subjective self), which had darkened my soul, is now removed by the light of spirituality.
23. The darkness of the soul comes from not understanding the soul; and this lack of knowledge (about the inner self), which had clouded my soul, is now cleared by the illumination of spirituality.
24. I was under the error (of the mortality and materiality of the soul), which I have now come to understand, is neither foul matter, nor is it born or dies at any time. (i.e. It is immaterial, unproduced and immortal).
24. I was mistaken about the soul, thinking it was just a physical thing that could be born or die, but I've now realized that it's neither. (i.e. It is not physical, it wasn’t created, and it is immortal).
25. I am now confirmed in my belief, that all this is Brahmá diffused through out nature (in his all pervasive form vivartarúpá); and I have ceased from all doubts and questions on the subject, nor have I the desire of knowing any thing more about it. (He desires to know nothing, who beholds the lord in every thing).
25. I am now convinced that all of this is Brahmá spread throughout nature (in his all-pervasive form vivartarúpá); and I have put aside all doubts and questions on the subject, nor do I want to know anything more about it. (He who sees the lord in everything wants to know nothing more).
26. My mind is now as pure, as the purified water of filtering[Pg 254] machine; and am no more in need of learning any thing, from the preachings and moral lessons of the wise.
26. My mind is now as clear as the filtered water from a purification machine[Pg 254] and I no longer need to learn anything from the teachings and moral lessons of the wise.
27. I am unconcerned with all worldly affairs, as the mount Sumeru is insensible of the golden ores in its bosom and having all things about me, I am quite indifferent to them; because I have not what I expect to have, nor do I possess the object of my fond desire.
27. I don’t care about worldly matters, just like Mount Sumeru is unaware of the gold hidden within it. Since I have everything around me, I’m indifferent to it all; I don’t have what I hope to have, nor do I own the thing I deeply desire.
28. I expect nothing that is desirable, nor reject any thing which is exceptionable; nor is there a mean in the interim of the two in this world, because there is nothing that is really acceptable or avoidable in it, nor anything which is truly good or bad herein.
28. I expect nothing that's desirable, nor do I reject anything that's objectionable; there's no middle ground between the two in this world, because nothing is truly acceptable or avoidable here, and there's nothing that is genuinely good or bad in it.
29. Thus, O sage, the erroneous thought of these contraries, is entirely dissipated from me; wherefore I neither care for a seat in heaven, nor fear the terrors of the infernal regions.
29. So, wise one, the mistaken ideas of these opposites have completely vanished from me; therefore, I neither desire a place in heaven nor fear the horrors of hell.
30. I am as fixed in the selfsame spirit, as the mount Mandárá is firmly seated amidst the sea, and which scatters its particles throughout the three worlds, as that mountain splashed the particles of water in its state of churning the ocean.
30. I am as firmly established in the same spirit as Mount Mandára is securely placed in the ocean, which spreads its particles across the three worlds, just as that mountain dispersed the water particles when it churned the sea.
31. I am as firm as the fixed Mandárá, while others are wandering in their errors of discriminating the positive and negative and the true and false, in their wrong estimation.
31. I am as steady as the unchanging Mandárá, while others are lost in their mistakes of distinguishing between what’s right and wrong, and between what’s true and false, in their flawed judgment.
32. The heart of that man must be entangled with the weeds of doubts, who thinks in his mind the world to be one thing, and the Divine spirit as another. (This duality is the root of doubts in the one ultimate unity).
32. The heart of that man must be tangled up with the weeds of doubt, who thinks in his mind that the world is one thing and the Divine spirit is another. (This separation is the source of doubts in the one ultimate unity).
33. He that seeks for his real good in any thing in this world, never finds the same in the unsubstantial material world, which is full of the confused waves of the eternity.
33. Those who look for true happiness in anything in this world never find it in the fleeting material world, which is filled with the chaotic waves of eternity.
34. It is by your favour, O venerable sir, that I have got over the boisterous ocean of this world; and having the limits of its perilous coasts, have come to the shore of safety and found the path of my future prosperity.
34. It’s thanks to your kindness, respected sir, that I’ve navigated the rough seas of this life; and having reached the borders of its dangerous shores, I’ve arrived at a safe haven and discovered the way to my future success.
35. I am no more wanting in that supreme felicity, which is the summum bonum of all things; and am full in myself as the lord of all. And I am quite indomitable by any body, since I have defeated the wild elephant of my covetousness.
35. I no longer lack that ultimate happiness, which is the highest good of everything; I am complete within myself as the master of all. And I am completely unconquerable by anyone, since I have overcome the wild beast of my greed.
36. Being loosened from the chain of desire, and freed from the fetters of option, I am rich and blest with the best of all things, and this is the internal satisfaction of my soul and mind, which gives me a cheerful appearance in all the triple world.
36. By letting go of the ties of desire and breaking free from the constraints of choice, I am wealthy and blessed with the greatest of all things. This brings me deep satisfaction in my soul and mind, which gives me a cheerful presence in all three worlds.
CHAPTER XXXXIV.
Inquiry into the Essence of the Mind.
Exploring the Nature of the Mind.
Argument.—On the means of forsaking all connections and desires, and the subjection of the mind by spiritual knowledge.
Argument.—About how to release all attachments and desires, and how spiritual knowledge can help manage the mind.
VASISHTHA said:—Ráma! whatever acts you do with your organs of action and without application of the mind to the work in hand, know such work to be no doing of yours. (An involuntary action is not accounted as the act of one, in absence of his will in it).
VASISHTHA said:—Ráma! Whatever actions you take with your body and without focusing your mind on the task at hand, know that those actions are not truly yours. (An involuntary action doesn't count as something you did if you didn’t will it.)
2. Who does not feel a pleasure at the time of his achieving an action, which he did not feel a moment before, nor is likely to perceive the next moment after he has done the work. (Therefore it is the attention of the mind which gives pleasure to an action, and which is not to be felt in absence of that attention, both before and after completion of the act).
2. Who doesn't feel a sense of pleasure when they accomplish something, which they didn't feel just a moment before and probably won't feel the moment after the work is done? (So, it's the focus of the mind that brings pleasure to an action, and that feeling isn't present without that focus, both before and after the act is finished).
3. The pleasure of a thing is accompanied only with the desire of its passion, and not either prior or posterior to the same; therefore it is boyish and not manliness to take any delight in a momentary pleasure. (All pleasure and pain are concomitant with their thoughts only; and these being fleeting there is no lasting pleasure or pain in anything).
3. The enjoyment of something only comes with the desire it creates, and it doesn't occur before or after that desire; so it’s childish, not mature, to take any joy in temporary pleasure. (All pleasure and pain are linked to our thoughts alone, and since those thoughts are fleeting, there’s no lasting joy or pain in anything).
4. Whatever is pleasant during its desire, has that desire only for the cause of its pleasantness: hence the pleasurableness of a thing lasting till its unpleasurableness is no real pleasure; wherefore this frail pleasure must be forsaken together with its temporary cause of desire by the wise.
4. Anything that feels good while you want it only has that desire because it feels good; therefore, the enjoyment of something that lasts until it stops being enjoyable isn’t true pleasure. That's why wise people should let go of this fleeting pleasure along with its temporary source of desire.
5. If you have arrived to that high state (of knowing the universality of the soul); then be careful for the future, and merge yourself no more in the narrow pit of your personality.
5. If you've reached that high level of understanding (knowing the universality of the soul), then be cautious about the future, and don’t get stuck in the narrow confines of your personal identity.
6. You who have now found your rest and repose, in being seated in the highest pinnacle of spiritual knowledge (by cognoscence of yourself); must not allow your soul any more,[Pg 257] to plunge in the deep and dark cave of your egoistic individuality.
6. You who have now found your peace and comfort, by sitting at the peak of spiritual knowledge (through self-awareness); must not let your soul anymore, [Pg 257] plunge into the deep and dark cave of your egoistic individuality.
7. Thus seated on the pitch of your knowledge, as on the top of the Meru mountain; and remembering the glorious prospect all around you; you cannot choose to fall down into the hellpit of this earth, and to be reborn in the darksome cave of a mother's womb. (Because the living soul is doomed to transmigration and regeneration until its final liberation).
7. So, sitting at the peak of your knowledge, like at the top of Meru mountain, and taking in the amazing view around you, you cannot decide to drop down into the depths of this earth and be reborn in the dark confines of a mother's womb. (Because the living soul is destined to go through cycles of birth and rebirth until it achieves final freedom).
8. It appears to me, O Ráma! that you are of an even temperament, and have the quality of truth (satyaguna) full in your nature; I understand you have weakened your desires, and have entirely got over your ignorance.
8. It seems to me, O Ráma! that you have a calm demeanor and possess a strong sense of truth; I see that you have diminished your desires and have completely overcome your ignorance.
9. You appear to be settled in your nature of purity, and the temperament of your mind appears to me to be as calm and quiet as the sea, when it is full and untroubled by the rude and rough winds of heaven.
9. You seem to be at peace with your pure nature, and your mindset feels as calm and quiet as the sea when it’s full and undisturbed by the harsh and rough winds of the sky.
10. May your expectations set at ease, and your wants terminate in contentment, let your dementation turn to rightmindedness, and live unconnected with and aloof from all.
10. May your expectations be relaxed, and your desires lead to satisfaction. Let your confusion turn into clarity, and live independently and distanced from everything.
11. Whatever objects you come to see placed before you, know the same as full of the Divine intellect, which is consolidated and extended through all, as their common essence. (The solid intellect forming the body, and its rarity the mind. "That extended through all yet in all the same; great in the earth as in the etherial frame", Pope).
11. Whatever things you encounter placed in front of you, recognize that they are filled with the Divine intellect, which is solidified and spread throughout everything, as their shared essence. (The solid intellect makes up the body, while its rarity represents the mind. "That which extends through everything yet remains the same in all; vast on the earth as in the ethereal realm," Pope).
12. One ignorant of the soul, is fast bound to his ignorance; and one acquainted with the soul, is liberated from his bondage. Hence, O Ráma! learn to meditate constantly and intensely, the supreme soul in your own soul.
12. Someone who doesn't understand the soul is trapped in their ignorance; but someone who knows the soul is free from that bondage. So, O Ráma! make sure to meditate deeply and consistently on the supreme soul within your own soul.
13. It is indifference which wants to enjoy nothing, nor yet refuses the enjoyment of whatever presents of itself to any body; and know inappetency to consist in the cool calmness of the mind, resembling the serenity of the sky. (Insouciance is the want of desire and renunciation of prurience and not the abdication of enjoyment).
13. Indifference is when someone doesn’t want to enjoy anything, but also doesn’t refuse the enjoyment of whatever comes their way; and inappetency is the cool calmness of the mind, similar to the serenity of the sky. (Insouciance is the lack of desire and the rejection of obsession, not the refusal of enjoyment).
14. Preserve the cold listlessness of your mind, and discharge your duties with the cool application of your organs of[Pg 258] action; and this unconcernedness of your mind, will render you as steady as the sky at all accidents of life.
14. Keep your mind calm and detached, and perform your tasks with a cool and collected approach; this emotional distance will help you stay steady no matter what life throws at you.
15. If you can combine the knower, knowable and the knowledge (i.e. all the three states of the subjective, objective and the intermediate percipience) in your soul alone; you will then feel the tranquillity of your spirit and shall have no more to feel the troubles of sublunary life.
15. If you can unite the knower, the known, and the knowledge (i.e. all three states of subjective, objective, and intermediate understanding) within your soul, you’ll then experience inner peace and won’t have to face the troubles of earthly life anymore.
16. It is the expansion and contraction of the mind, that causes the display and dissolution of the world; try therefore to stop the action of thy mind, by restraining the breaths of thy desire in thyself.
16. It’s the expansion and contraction of the mind that creates and dissolves the world; therefore, try to stop the movement of your mind by controlling the breaths of your desires within you.
17. So it is the breath of life, which conducts and stops the business of the world, by its respiration and rest; restrain therefore the breathing of the vital air, by thy practice of the regulation of thy breathing (as dictated before).
17. It's the breath of life that drives and pauses the workings of the world through its inhalation and exhalation; therefore, control your breathing of vital air by practicing the regulation of your breath (as mentioned earlier).
18. So also it is the act of ignorance to give rise to ceremonious works, as it is that of knowledge to repress them; Do you therefore boldly put them down by your own forbearance, and the instructions you derive from the sástras and your preceptors.
18. It's also an act of ignorance to create ceremonial works, just as knowledge keeps them in check; so, confidently reject them through your own self-control and the teachings you get from the scriptures and your mentors.
19. As the winds flying with dust, darken the fair face of the sky; so the intellect being daubed with the intelligibles (the subjective soiled with the objective), obscure the clear visage of the soul.
19. Just like the winds carrying dust darken the beautiful face of the sky, the intellect, when covered with ideas (the subjective tainted by the objective), can obscure the clear expression of the soul.
20. The action of the relation between the vision and visibles (i.e. the mutual of the eyesight and outward objects on one another), causes the appearance of the world and its course; as the relation that there exists between the solar rays and formations of things, makes them appear in various colours to the eye. (Neither the course of the world, nor the appearance of colour is in real being, but is owing to the relative combination of things).
20. The interaction between sight and the things we can see (i.e., how our vision and external objects affect each other) creates the appearance of the world and how it unfolds; just as the relationship between sunlight and the way things are formed causes them to appear in different colors to our eyes. (Neither the way the world functions nor the way colors appear are real in themselves; they are due to the relative combination of things).
21. But the want of this relativity removes the phenomenals from sight, as the want of light takes away the colours of things. (The former is an instance of the affirmative kind (anvayi); and the latter a vyatireki or negative one).
21. But the absence of this relativity makes the phenomena disappear, just like a lack of light strips away the colors of things. (The first is an example of the affirmative type (anvayi); and the second is a vyatireki or negative one).
22. The oscillation of the mind causes the illusions, as the[Pg 259] palpitation of the heart raises the affections, and they are all at a stop at the suspension of the actions of these organs. So the waves raised by motion of waters and action of the winds, subside in the deep, by cessation of the actions of these elements. (The question is whether the affections are not causes of the palpitation of the heart?).
22. The fluctuations of the mind create illusions, just as the heartbeat intensifies feelings, and everything comes to a halt when these organs stop functioning. Similarly, the waves stirred up by the movement of water and the wind settle in the depths when these elements cease their actions. (The question is whether feelings are not a cause of the heartbeat?).
23. The abandonment of every jot of desire, the suspension of respiration, and the exercise of intellection, will contract the actions of the heart and mind, and thereby prevent the rise of the passions and affections and of illusions also. (Entire dispassionateness is the perfection of yoga asceticism).
23. Letting go of every single desire, stopping your breath, and focusing your mind will shrink the activities of your heart and mind, which will stop the rise of passions, feelings, and illusions. (Complete detachment is the ultimate goal of yoga practice).
24. The unconsciousness which follows the inaction of the heart and mind, in consequence of the suspension of the vital breath is the highest perfection (of yoga philosophy).
24. The unconscious state that results from the heart and mind not functioning due to the stopping of breath is the ultimate goal (of yoga philosophy).
25. There is a pleasure in respect to the vision of visibles, which is common to all living being; but this being felt spiritually, amounts to holy pleasure paramánanda. But the sight of God in one's consciousness, which is beyond the province of the mind; transcends the mental pleasure, and affords a divine ecstacy, called the Brahmánanda.
25. There’s a joy in seeing what we can see, which is shared by all living beings; but when this joy is felt spiritually, it becomes a holy pleasure paramánanda. However, the experience of God in one’s consciousness, which goes beyond the mind's ability, surpasses mental pleasure and brings a divine ecstasy called Brahmánanda.
26. The mind being dormant and insensible, affords the true rapture of the soul; and such as it is not to be had even in heaven, as it is not possible to have a refrigeratory or cooling bath in the sandy desert.
26. When the mind is inactive and unresponsive, it allows the soul to truly experience bliss; and this joy can't be found even in heaven, just like you can't find a refreshing cool bath in a sandy desert.
27. The inertness of the heart and mind is attended with a delight, which is felt in the inmost soul and cannot be uttered in words; it is an everlasting joy that has neither its rise nor fall, nor its increase or decrease. (It is the lasting sunshine and unchanging moonlight of the soul).
27. The stillness of the heart and mind brings a joy that resonates deep within the soul and can't be expressed in words; it’s a lasting happiness that doesn’t rise or fall, nor does it grow or diminish. (It's the constant sunshine and unchanging moonlight of the soul).
28. Right understanding weakens the sensuous mind (by the blaze of rationality), but wrong understanding serves to increase its irrational sensuousness only. It then sees the thickening mists of error, rising as spectres and apparitions before the sight of boys.
28. Right understanding weakens the sensual mind (through the light of reason), but wrong understanding only amplifies its irrational desires. It then perceives the dense fog of misunderstanding, appearing as ghosts and illusions before the eyes of youth.
29. Though the sensational mind is existent in us, yet it seems as quite inexistent and extinct before the light of our rationality, as the substance of copper appears to disappear[Pg 260] by being melted with gold. (The carnal mind is converted to the rational understanding by its association with it).
29. Although the sensational mind exists within us, it seems completely absent and extinguished when faced with our rationality, much like how the substance of copper seems to vanish when melted with gold. (The carnal mind transforms into rational understanding through its connection with it).
30. The mind of the wise is not the sensuous mind, because the wise mind is an essence of purity by itself; thus the sensible mind is changed in its name and nature to that of the understanding, as the copper is converted to the name and nature of gold.
30. The mind of the wise isn't just a sensory mind, because the wise mind is pure in its essence; therefore, the sensory mind transforms in both name and nature into that of understanding, just like copper changes its name and nature to become gold.
31. But it is not possible for the mind to be absorbed at once in the intellect, its errors only are moved by right understanding, but its essence is never annihilated. (As the alloy of copper in gold).
31. But the mind can't fully focus on intellect all at once; it can only change its mistakes through true understanding, but its core is never destroyed. (Like the copper mixed in gold).
32. Things taken as symbols of the soul, are all unsubstantial as the mind and vital principle; all which are as unreal as the horns of a hare (which are never known to grow). They are but reflexions of the soul, and vanish from view after the soul is known. (The mind is said to be an expansion of the soul [Sanskrit: átmanívivartta rúpam|]).
32. Things considered symbols of the soul are all as insubstantial as the mind and life force; they are as unreal as a hare's horns (which are never actually found to grow). They are just reflections of the soul and disappear from sight once the soul is understood. (The mind is said to be an extension of the soul [Sanskrit: átmanívivartta rúpam|]).
33. The mind has its being for a short time only, during its continuance in the world; but after it has passed its fourth stage of insensibility, it arrives to the state of comatosity which is beyond the fourth stage.
33. The mind only exists for a brief period while it's active in the world; however, after it goes through its fourth stage of unawareness, it reaches a state of coma that goes beyond the fourth stage.
34. Brahmá is all even and one, though appearing as many amidst the errors that reign over the world; He is the soul of all and has no partial or particular form of any kind. He is not the mind or any thing else, nor is He situated in the heart (as a finite being). (Gloss:—The Divine Soul like the human mind has conceptions of endless things, which are neither situated in it nor parts of itself, but are as empty phantoms in the air).
34. Brahmá is whole and singular, even though He seems to be many amidst the confusion that exists in the world; He is the essence of everything and has no specific form. He is not the mind or anything else, nor is He located in the heart (like a finite being). (Gloss:—The Divine Soul, like the human mind, has ideas of countless things that are neither part of it nor contained within it, but are just empty illusions in the air).
CHAPTER XXXXV.
Story of the vilva or Belfruit.
The story of the vilva or Belfruit.
Argument.—God represented as the Belfruit or Wood apple; containing the Worlds as its seeds.
Argument.—God is represented as the Belfruit or Wood apple, with the worlds as its seeds.
VASISHTHA said:—Attend now, O Ráma! to a pleasant story, which was never told before, and which I will briefly narrate to you for your instruction and wondrous amusement.
VASISHTHA said:—Listen now, O Ráma! to a delightful story that has never been told before, and that I will briefly share with you for your learning and great entertainment.
2. There is a big and beautiful vilva or bel fruit, as large as the distance of many myriads of miles, and as solid as not to ripen or rot in the course of as many many ages.
2. There is a big and beautiful vilva or bel fruit, as large as the distance of many myriads of miles, and as solid as to not ripen or rot over countless ages.
3. It bears a lasting flavour as that of sweet honey or celestial ambrosia; and though grown old yet it increases day by day like the crescent new moon, with its fresh and beautiful foliage.
3. It has a lasting taste like sweet honey or heavenly ambrosia; and even as it ages, it grows more vibrant each day like a new crescent moon, with its fresh and beautiful leaves.
4. This tree is situated in the midst of the universe, as the great Meru is placed in the middle of the earth; it is as firm and fixed as the Mandara mountain, and is immovable even by the force of the diluvian winds.
4. This tree is located in the center of the universe, just like the great Meru is positioned in the middle of the earth; it is as solid and stable as the Mandara mountain, and it cannot be moved even by the strongest flood winds.
5. Its root is the basis of the world, and it stretches to the distance of immeasurable extent on all sides.
5. Its root is the foundation of the world, reaching out in every direction for an endless distance.
6. There were millions of worlds all within this fruit as its un-countable seeds; and they were as minute in respect to the great bulk of the fruit, that they appeared as particles of dust at foot of a mountain.
6. There were millions of worlds contained within this fruit, just like its countless seeds; and they were so tiny compared to the massive fruit that they looked like specks of dust at the base of a mountain.
7. It is filled and fraught with all kinds of delicacies, that are tasteful and delicious to the six organs of sense; and there is not one even of the six kinds of savoury articles, that is wanting in this fruit.
7. It is packed with all sorts of delicious treats that please the six senses, and there isn’t a single type of tasty item that’s missing from this fruit.
8. The fruit is never found in its green or unripe state, nor is it ever known to fall down ever over-ripened on the ground; it is ever ripe of itself, and is never rotten or dried or decayed at any time by age or accident.
8. The fruit is never seen in its green or unripe state, nor does it ever fall to the ground when it’s overripe; it is always ripe on its own and is never rotten, dried out, or decayed due to age or accidents.
9. The gods Brahmá, Vishnu and Rudra, are not sempiternal[Pg 262] with this tree in their age, nor do they know aught of the origin and root of this tree, nor anything about its extent and dimensions.
9. The gods Brahmá, Vishnu, and Rudra aren't eternal[Pg 262] in relation to this tree in their time, nor do they know anything about the origin and root of this tree, or its size and shape.
10. None knows the germ and sprout of this tree, and its buds and flowers are invisible to all. There is no stem or trunk or bough or branch, of the tree that bears this great fruit.
10. No one knows the seed and growth of this tree, and its buds and flowers are hidden from everyone. There is no stem or trunk or limb or branch of the tree that produces this great fruit.
11. This fruit is a solid mass of great bulk, and there is no body that has seen its growth, change or fall. (It is ever ripe without ripening or rotting at any time).
11. This fruit is a substantial mass of large size, and no one has witnessed its growth, change, or decline. (It is always ripe without ever ripening or rotting at any point).
12. This is the best and largest of all fruits, and having no pith nor seed, is always sound and unsoiled.
12. This is the best and biggest of all fruits, and since it has no pith or seeds, it’s always fresh and clean.
13. It is as dense as the inside of a stone in its fullness, and as effluent of bliss as the disk of the moon, drizzling with its cooling beams; it is full of flavour and distils its ambrosial draughts to the conscious souls of men.
13. It’s as solid as the inside of a stone in its completeness, and as rich in joy as the face of the moon, pouring down its soothing rays; it’s full of flavor and shares its heavenly drinks with the aware souls of people.
14. It is source of delight in all beings, and it is the cause of the cooling moon-beams by its own brightness; It is the solid rock of all security, the stupendous body of felicity, and contains the pith and marrow that support and sustain all living souls, which are the fruits of the prior acts of people. (i.e. The souls of all beings are as fruits formed according to the nature and merit of their previous acts—karma, and all these souls are filled with delight by the great soul of God).
14. It brings joy to all beings and is the reason for the soothing light of the moon through its own brightness. It’s the solid foundation of all security, the incredible source of happiness, and holds the essence that supports and nurtures all living souls, which are the results of people's past actions. (i.e. The souls of all beings are like fruits shaped by the nature and merit of their previous actions—karma, and all these souls are filled with joy by the great soul of God).
15. Therefore that transcendent pith which is the wonder of souls, is contained in the Infinite spirit of God, and deposited and preserved in that auspicious fruit—sriphala—the bel or wood apple.
15. Therefore, that extraordinary essence which captivates souls is held within the Infinite spirit of God, and is stored and protected in that fortunate fruit—sriphala—the bel or wood apple.
16. It is deposited with its wondrous power in that small bel fruit, which represents the human as well as the divine soul, without losing its properties of thinness and thickness and freshness for ever. (i.e. All the divine powers—of evolution are lodged in the soul).
16. It is contained within that small bel fruit, which symbolizes both the human and the divine soul, while maintaining its qualities of being both light and substantial and fresh forever. (i.e. All the divine powers—of evolution are housed in the soul).
17. The thought that 'I am this', clothes the unreality with a gross form (as the thought of a devil gives the unreal phantom a foul figure); and though it is absurd to attribute differences to nullities, yet the mind makes them of itself and then believes its fictitious creatures as real ones.
17. The idea that 'I am this' gives a fake reality a rough shape (like how the idea of a devil gives an unreal phantom an ugly look); and even though it's ridiculous to assign differences to nothingness, the mind creates them on its own and then believes its made-up creations are real.
18. The Divine ego contains in itself the essential parts of all things set in their proper order, as the vacuity of the sky is filled with the minute atoms, out of which the three worlds did burst forth with all their varieties. (So the substance of the bel fruit, contains the seeds of the future trees and all their several parts in it).
18. The Divine ego holds within it the essential elements of everything arranged in their rightful order, just as the emptiness of the sky is filled with tiny particles, from which the three worlds emerged with all their differences. (Similarly, the substance of the bel fruit contains the seeds for future trees and all their various parts within it).
19. In this manner there grew the power of consciousness in its proper form, and yet the essence of the soul retains its former state without exhausting itself. (It means that notwithstanding the endless evolutions of the Divine soul, its substance ever continues the same and is never exhausted).
19. In this way, the power of consciousness developed in its true form, while the essence of the soul stays the same without being drained. (This means that even with the endless changes of the Divine soul, its core substance remains constant and is never depleted).
20. The power of consciousness being thus stretched about (from its concentration in itself), makes it perceive the fabric of the world and its great bustle in its tranquil self. (It means how the subjective consciousness is changed to the objective).
20. The power of consciousness, when it extends beyond itself, allows it to perceive the structure of the world and its significant activity while remaining calm within itself. (This refers to how subjective consciousness transforms into objective awareness).
21. It views the great vacuum on all sides, and counts the parts of time as they pass away; it conceives a destiny which directs all things, and comes to know what is action by its operation.
21. It looks at the vast emptiness all around, measuring the moments as they go by; it imagines a fate that guides everything and learns what action is through its effects.
22. It finds the world stretching as the wish of one, and the sides of heaven extending as far as the desires of men; it comes to know the feelings of love and hatred, and the objects of its liking and dislike.
22. It sees the world expanding as one desires, and the sides of heaven reaching as far as people's wishes; it learns about feelings of love and hate, as well as what it likes and dislikes.
23. It understands its egoism and non-egoism or tuism, or the subjective and objective and views itself in an objective light, by forgetting its subjectivity. It views the worlds above and being itself as high as any one of them, finds itself far below them. (The human soul though as elevated as the stars of heaven, becomes as low as a sublunary being by its baseness).
23. It understands its selfishness and selflessness, or tuism, or the subjective and objective, and sees itself objectively by setting aside its own perspective. It looks at the higher worlds and being itself as equal to any of them, yet realizes it is far beneath them. (Although the human soul is as lofty as the stars in the sky, it becomes as low as an earthly being through its own flaws).
24. It perceives one thing to be placed before, and another to be situated beside it; it finds some thing to be behind, and others to be near or afar from it; and then it comes to know some things as present and others as past or yet to come before it. (The soul losing its omniscience has a partial view of things).
24. It sees one thing in front and another beside it; it finds some things behind and others close or far away; and then it comes to recognize some things as present and others as past or still to come. (The soul, losing its all-knowing ability, has a limited perspective on things).
25. Thus the whole world is seen to be situated as a play[Pg 264] house in it, with various imaginary figures brightening as lotuses in a lake.
25. So the entire world appears to be set up like a theater, with different imagined characters shining like lotuses in a lake.[Pg 264]
26. Our consciousness is seated in the pericarp of the lotus of our hearts, with the knowledge of our endless desires budding about it, and viewing the countless worlds turning round like a rosary of lotus seeds.
26. Our awareness is rooted in the outer layer of the lotus in our hearts, with the understanding of our endless desires blossoming around it, and observing the numerous worlds revolving like a string of lotus seeds.
27. Its hollow cell like the firmaments is filled with the great Rudras, who rove about in the distant paths of the midway sky, like comets falling from above with their flaming tails. (The vedas describe the Rudras as blue necked &c. (nílagríváh). These worshipful gods of the vedas are found to be no other than wondrous phenomena of the vacuity which are deified in the Elementary religion of the ancients).
27. Its empty space, like the heavens, is filled with the great Rudras, who wander in the far reaches of the mid-sky, like comets streaking down with their fiery tails. (The Vedas describe the Rudras as having blue necks, etc. (nílagríváh). These revered gods of the Vedas are actually remarkable phenomena of emptiness that were deified in the ancient Elementary religion).
28. It has the great mount of Meru situated in its midst, like the bright pericarp amidst the cell of the lotus flower. The moon capt summit of this mount is frequented by the immortals, who wander about it like wanton bees in quest of the ambrosial honey distilled by the moon beams on high. (The gloss places the Meru in the northern region of the distant pole, while the Puránas place it in the midst of the earth). It was the resort of the gods as also the early cradle of the pristine Aryans, who are represented as gods.
28. In the center lies the great mountain of Meru, like the bright core of a lotus flower. The peak of this mountain is often visited by immortals, who buzz around it like playful bees searching for the sweet nectar created by the moonlight above. (The commentary suggests that Meru is in the northern region of the distant pole, while the Puranas place it at the center of the earth). It was a gathering place for the gods and also the original home of the earliest Aryans, who are depicted as divine beings.
29. Here is the tree of the garden of Paradise with its clusters of beautiful flowers, diffusing their fragrance all around; and there is the deadly tree of the old world, scattering its pernicious farina for culling us to death and hell. (The gloss explains rajas or flower dust as our worldly acts, which lead us to the hell torments of repeated transmigrations).
29. Here is the tree from the garden of Paradise, filled with beautiful flowers that spread their fragrance everywhere; and there is the deadly tree of the old world, releasing its harmful pollen that claims us for death and hell. (The note clarifies rajas or flower dust as our worldly actions, which lead us to the hellish suffering of repeated rebirths).
30. Here the stars are shining, like the bright filaments of flowery arbors, growing on the banks of the wide ocean of Brahma; and there is the pleasant lake of the milky path, in the boundless space of vacuity.
30. Here the stars shine like the bright threads of flowering arbors growing on the shores of the vast ocean of Brahma; and there is the lovely lake of the milky way in the endless expanse of emptiness.
31. Here roll the uncontrolled waves of the ceremonial acts, fraught with frightful sharks in their midst, and there are the dreadful whirlpools of worldly acts, that whirl mankind in endless births for ever more.
31. Here rush the wild waves of the rituals, filled with terrifying sharks among them, and there are the dreadful whirlpools of everyday life, that spin humanity into endless cycles of rebirth forever.
32. Here runs the lake of time in its meandering course for ever, with the broad expanse of heaven for its blooming blossom; and having the moments and ages for its leaves and petals, and the luminaries of sun, moon and stars for its bright pistils and filaments.
32. Here flows the lake of time on its winding journey forever, with the vast sky as its blooming flower; and with moments and ages as its leaves and petals, and the sun, moon, and stars as its bright stamens and filaments.
33. Here it sees the bodies of living beings fraught with health and disease, and teeming with old age, decay and the torments of death; and there it beholds the jarring expositions of the sástras, some delighting in their knowledge of spiritual Vidyá, and others rambling in the gloom of Ignorance—Avidyá (which leads them from error to error).
33. Here it sees the bodies of living beings filled with health and illness, and overflowing with old age, decay, and the pains of death; and there it observes the conflicting interpretations of the scriptures, some enjoying their understanding of spiritual knowledge, and others wandering in the darkness of ignorance (which leads them from one mistake to another).
34. In this manner doth our inner consciousness, represent the wonders contained in the pulp of the vilva fruit; which is full of the unsubstantial substance of our desires and wishes, and the pithless marrow of our false imagination.
34. In this way, our inner awareness reflects the wonders found in the pulp of the vilva fruit, which is filled with the insubstantial essence of our desires and wishes, and the hollow core of our false imagination.
35. It sees many that are tranquil, calm, cool and dispassionate, and who are free from their restraints and desires; they are heedless of both their activity and inactivity, and do not care for works whether done or left undone by them.
35. It sees many who are peaceful, relaxed, composed, and indifferent, and who are free from their limitations and cravings; they are unconcerned with both their actions and their inaction, and they don't care about tasks whether completed or left unfinished by them.
36. Thus this single consciousness presents her various aspects, though she is neither alone nor many of herself, except that she is what she is. She has in reality but one form of peaceful tranquillity; though she is possest of the vast capacity of conceiving in herself all the manifold forms of things at liberty.
36. So this single consciousness shows her different aspects, even though she is neither alone nor multiple versions of herself, except that she simply is what she is. In reality, she has only one form of peaceful tranquility; even though she has the immense ability to envision all the various forms of things at her freedom.
CHAPTER XXXXVI.
Parable of the Stony sheath of the Soul.
Parable of the Stony Covering of the Soul.
Argument.—The divine mind is the substratum of the totality of existence.
Argument.—The divine mind is the basis of everything that exists.
RÁMA said:—Venerable sir, that knowest the substance of all truths; I understand the parable of bel fruit which you have just related to me to bear relation to the essence of the compact intellect, which is the only unit and identic with itself.
RÁMA said:—Respected sir, who knows the core of all truths; I see that the parable of the bel fruit you just shared relates to the essence of the unified mind, which is singular and identical to itself.
2. The whole plenitude of existence together with the personalities of I, thou, this and that form the plenum (or substance), of the intellect; and there is not the least difference between them, as this is one thing and that another. (All this is but one undivided whole, whose body nature is and God the soul. Pope).
2. All of existence, along with the identities of I, you, this, and that, make up the whole (or essence) of the mind; and there's no real difference between them, as this is one thing and that is another. (All of this is just one unified whole, with nature as its body and God as its soul. Pope).
3. Vasishtha answered—As this mundane egg or universe is likened to a gourd fruit, containing the mountains and all other things as its inner substance; so doth the intellect resemble the bel fruit or the grand substratum, that contains even the universe as the kernel inside it.
3. Vasishtha answered—Just as this earthly egg or universe is compared to a gourd, with the mountains and everything else inside it, the intellect is like the bel fruit or the deeper foundation, which holds even the universe as its core.
4. But though the world has no other receptacle beside the Divine intellect, yet it is not literally the kernel inside that crust (i.e. the substance of that substratum in its literal sense). Because the world has its decay, decline and dissolution also in time, but none of these belong to the nature of the everlasting mind of God.
4. But even though the world has no other place to exist except in the Divine intellect, it is not literally the core within that outer layer (i.e., the substance of that foundational layer in its literal sense). The world experiences decay, decline, and dissolution over time, but none of these characteristics apply to the eternal nature of God's mind.
5. The intellect resembles the hard coating of the pepper seed, containing the soft substance of its pith inside it, and is likened also to block of stone, bearing the sculptured figures peacefully sleeping in it. (All things are engraven in the divine mind).
5. The intellect is like the hard shell of a pepper seed, holding the soft core inside, and can also be compared to a block of stone, with carved figures resting within it. (Everything is inscribed in the divine mind).
6. Here me relate to you, O moon faced Ráma! another pleasant story in this place which will appear equally charming[Pg 267] as well as wondrous to you. (It is the story of stone like Brahma).
6. Let me tell you, O moon-faced Ráma! another enjoyable story here that will seem just as delightful[Pg 267] and amazing to you. (It's the story of the stone-like Brahma).
7. There is a huge block of stone somewhere, which is as big as it is thick and solid; it is bright and glossy, and cold and smooth to touch; it never wastes or wears out, nor becomes dark and dim.
7. There’s a massive block of stone out there, huge in size and thickness; it’s shiny and sleek, cold and smooth to the touch; it never gets wasted or worn down, nor does it become dull or faded.
8. There are many full blown lotuses, and unnumbered buds of water lilies, growing amidst the limpid lake of water, contained within the bosom of this wondrous stone. (It means that the mind of God has all these images of things engraved in it as in a stone).
8. There are many fully bloomed lotuses and countless buds of water lilies growing in the clear waters of this amazing stone. (This means that the mind of God has all these images of things etched in it like they are in a stone).
9. There are many other plants growing also in that lake, some with their long and broad caves and others with their alternate and joint foliums likewise.
9. There are many other plants growing in that lake as well, some with their long and wide leaves and others with their alternating and jointed foliage too.
10. There are many flowers with their up lifted and down cast heads, and others with their petals hanging before them; some having a combined or common footstalk, and others growing separate and apart from one another; some are concealed and others manifest to view.
10. There are many flowers with their heads held high and others bowed down; some have a shared stem, while others grow separately; some are hidden, and others are clearly visible.
11. Some have their roots formed of the fibres of the pericarp, and some have their pericarps growing upon the roots (as orchids), some have their roots on the tops and others at the foot of trees, while there are many without their roots at all: (as the parasite plants).
11. Some plants have roots made of the fibers from their outer covering, while others have their outer covering growing on their roots (like orchids). Some have their roots at the tops of trees, and others have them at the base, while many have no roots at all (like parasitic plants).
12. There are a great many conch shells about these, and unnumbered diseases also strewn all about.
12. There are a lot of conch shells around here, along with countless diseases scattered everywhere.
13. Ráma said:—All this is true, and I have seen this large stone of sálgráma in my travels; and I remember it to be placed in the shrine of Vishnu, amidst a bed of lotus flowers. (The sálgráma stone is perforated by the vajra-kíta, and contains many marks inside it, resembled to the map of the world in the mundane egg of the divine mind. See vajra-kíta in the works of Sir William Jones).
13. Ráma said:—All of this is true, and I have seen this large sálgráma stone during my travels; I remember it being placed in the shrine of Vishnu, surrounded by a bed of lotus flowers. (The sálgráma stone has holes made by the vajra-kíta and contains many marks inside that resemble a map of the world in the mundane egg of the divine mind. See vajra-kíta in the works of Sir William Jones).
14. Vasishtha replied:—You say truly, that you have seen that great stone and know its inside also; but do you know the unperforated and hollowless stone of the divine mind, that contains the universe in its concavity, and is the life of all living[Pg 268] beings (and not the dull, lifeless and hollow sálagráma stone which they worship as an emblem of the divine mind).
14. Vasishtha replied:—You are correct in saying that you have seen that great stone and know what’s inside it; but do you understand the unblemished and solid stone of the divine mind, which holds the universe within its depths and is the essence of all living beings (and not the dull, lifeless, and hollow sálagráma stone that people worship as a symbol of the divine mind).
15. The stone of which I have been speaking to you, is of a marvelous and supernatural kind; and contains in its voidless bosom all things as nothing. (i.e. the ideas and not substances of things).
15. The stone I'm telling you about is something incredible and otherworldly; it holds everything within its endless interior as if they were nothing. (i.e. the ideas and not the substances of things).
16. It is the stone like intellect of which I have spoken to you, and which contains all these massive worlds within its spacious sphere. It is figuratively called a stone from its solidity, cohesive impenetrability and indivisibility like those of a block.
16. It’s the stone-like intellect I’ve talked about with you, which holds all these vast worlds within its wide reach. It’s referred to as a stone because of its solidity, tightly packed nature, and the way it can’t be divided, just like a block.
17. This solid substance of the intellect, notwithstanding its density and unporousness, contains all the worlds in itself, as the infinite space of heaven is filled with the subtile and atmospheric air. (The divine mind like external nature, is devoid of a vacuity in it, according to the common adage: "Nature abhors a vacuum").
17. This solid substance of the mind, despite its density and lack of gaps, holds all the worlds within itself, just like the infinite space of the sky is filled with delicate, flowing air. (The divine mind, like the natural world, has no emptiness in it, following the common saying: "Nature hates a vacuum").
18. The mind is occupied with all its various thoughts, as the world is filled by the earth and sky, the air and atmosphere, and the mountains and rivers on all sides, there is not hole or hollow, which is not occupied by some thing or other in it.
18. The mind is filled with all kinds of thoughts, just as the world is filled by land and sky, air and atmosphere, and mountains and rivers on every side; there isn’t a single gap or empty space that isn’t filled with something or other.
19. The solid soul of God which resembles this massive stone, contains in it all these worlds which are displayed (to our deluded sight), as so many beds of lotuses in their blooming beauty; and yet there is nothing so very pure and unsullied as this solid crystalline soul. (The soul like a crystal, reflects its light in various forms).
19. The solid essence of God, like this huge stone, holds within it all these worlds that are shown (to our confused perception), like numerous blooming lotus beds; yet there is nothing as pure and untouched as this solid crystalline essence. (The soul, like a crystal, reflects its light in different forms).
20. As it is the practice of men to paint blocks of stones, with the figures of lotuses, conch shells and the like images; so it is the tendency of the fanciful mind, to picture many fantastic of all times in the solid rock of the soul. (The soul like a crystal stone is wholly blank in itself, it is only the imaginative mind, that tinges it in different shades and colours).
20. Just like people decorate stones with images of lotuses, conch shells, and similar designs, the creative mind tends to envision various fantastical things in the solid rock of the soul. (The soul, like a crystal, is completely blank on its own; it’s only the imaginative mind that colors it in different shades and hues).
21. All things in the world appear to be situated exactly in the same state, as the various figures carved on the breast of a stone, seem to be separate though they are bellied in the same relief. (All distinctions blend in the same receptacle).
21. Everything in the world seems to exist in the same condition, like the different shapes carved into a stone that appear separate but are actually part of the same design. (All distinctions merge in the same container).
22. As the carved lotus is not distinct from the body of the stone, so no part of existence is set apart from the substantiality of the divine intellect; which represents its subtile ideas in their condensed forms.
22. Just like a carved lotus is not separate from the stone it's made of, no part of existence is separate from the essence of the divine intellect, which expresses its subtle ideas in their concentrated forms.
23. This formal creation is as inseparable from the formless intellect of God, as the circular forms of lotus flowers which are carved in a stone, are not separate from the great body of the shapeless stone.
23. This formal creation is as inseparable from the formless intellect of God as the circular shapes of lotus flowers carved in stone are from the massive, formless stone itself.
24. These endless chains of worlds, are all linked up in the boundless intellect of the Deity; in the same manner as the clusters of lotus flowers are carved together in a stone; and as a great many seeds, are set together in the inside of a long pepper.
24. These endless chains of worlds are all connected in the limitless mind of the Deity, just like clusters of lotus flowers are intertwined in a stone, and a bunch of seeds are packed together inside a long pepper.
25. These revolving worlds have neither their rise nor fall in the sphere of the infinite intellect, but they remain as firm as the kernel of a bel fruit, and as fixed as the fidelity of a faithful wife.
25. These spinning worlds have neither their beginnings nor endings in the realm of infinite intellect, but they stay as solid as the core of a bel fruit, and as steadfast as the loyalty of a devoted wife.
26. The revolution of worlds and their changing scenes, that are seen to take place in their situation in the Divine Intellect, do not prove the changeableness of the all containing Infinite Mind, because its contents of finite things are so changeable in their nature. (The container is not necessarily of the nature of its contents).
26. The revolution of worlds and their changing scenes, which are observed to occur in their position within the Divine Intellect, do not prove that the all-encompassing Infinite Mind is changeable, because its contents of finite things are inherently changeable by nature. (The container is not necessarily like its contents).
27. All these changes and varieties subside at last in the divine intellect, as the waves and drops of water sink down in the Sea; and the only change which is observable in the Supreme Intellect, is its absorption of all finite changes into its infinity. (All finite forms and their temporary transformations, terminate finally into infinity).
27. All these changes and variations eventually settle in the divine intellect, like waves and drops of water sinking in the Sea; and the only change noticeable in the Supreme Intellect is its absorption of all limited changes into its infinity. (All finite forms and their temporary transformations ultimately lead to infinity).
28. The word (Fiat) that has produced this all, causes their changes and dissolutions also in itself. Know then that Brahma from whom this fiat and these changes have sprung, and all these being accompanied with Brahma and the original fiat, the word change is altogether meaningless. (There is no new change from what is ordained from the beginning).
28. The word (Fiat) that created all of this also causes its changes and breakdowns within itself. Understand that Brahma, from whom this fiat and these changes originate, along with Brahma and the original fiat, makes the word change completely meaningless. (There is no new change from what was intended from the start).
29. Brahma being both the mainspring as well as the main stay of all changes in nature; He is neither excluded from or[Pg 270] included under any change, which occur in the sphere of his immensity (i.e. the spirit of God being the unchanging source of all phenomenal changes, is not exempted from the mutations that occur in his infinity. So says the poet: "These as they change are but the varied God &c." Thompson).
29. Brahma is both the driving force and the foundation of all changes in nature; He is neither excluded from nor included in any change that happens within His vastness (i.e. the spirit of God, being the unchanging source of all observable changes, is not exempt from the shifts that occur in His infinity. As the poet says: "These as they change are just the varied God &c." Thompson).
30. And know this in one or other of the two senses, that the change of the divine spirit in the works of creation, resembles the change or development of the seed into its stem, fruits and flowers and other parts; or that it is a display of delusion máyá like the appearance of water in the mirage. (Here the changing scenes of nature, are viewed in both lights of evolution and illusion).
30. And understand this in one of two ways: that the transformation of the divine spirit in the works of creation is similar to the way a seed develops into its stem, fruits, flowers, and other parts; or that it is an illusion like the appearance of water in a mirage. (Here, the changing scenes of nature are seen through the lenses of both evolution and illusion).
31. As the substance of seed goes on gradually transforming itself into the various states of its development, so the density of the divine intellect (or spirit) condenses itself the more and more in its production of solid and compact world, and this is the course of the formation of the cosmos by slow degrees.
31. Just as the essence of a seed gradually changes into its different stages of growth, the density of the divine intellect (or spirit) increasingly condenses itself in the creation of a solid and compact world, and this outlines the gradual formation of the universe over time.
32. The union of the seed with the process of its development forms the duality, that is destroyed by the loss of either of these. It is imagination only that paints the world as a dull material thing, when there is no such grossness in the pure intellect. (The gloss explains this passage to mean that, It is the doctrine of dualists to maintain the union of the productive seed or spirit of God, with the act of producing the material world to be coeternal, and the one becomes null without the other, but this tenet is refuted on the ground of the impossibility of the Combination of the immaterial with the material, whence the material world is proved to be a nullity and mere illusion).
32. The combination of the seed with its development creates a duality that is lost if either one is gone. It's only our imagination that depicts the world as a dull, material entity, when there's no such heaviness in pure thought. (The gloss explains this passage as meaning that dualists believe in the eternal union of the creative seed or spirit of God with the act of creating the material world, asserting that one cannot exist without the other. However, this belief is challenged based on the impossibility of combining the immaterial with the material, leading to the conclusion that the material world is ultimately a nullity and just an illusion).
33. The intellect and dull matter cannot both combine together, nor can the one be included under the other, therefore the ideal world resembles the marks inscribed in the stone and no way different in their natures.
33. The intellect and dull matter can’t combine or be included under one another, so the ideal world is like the marks carved in stone and is no different in nature.
34. As the pith and marrow of a fruit, is no other than the fruit itself; so the cosmos forms the gist of the solid intellect, and no way separable from the same; which is like a thick stone containing marks, undermarks, underlined under one another.
34. Just as the core of a fruit is the fruit itself, the cosmos represents the essence of solid intellect and is inseparable from it; it's like a thick stone with symbols, marks, and sub-marks layered beneath one another.
35. So we see the three worlds lying under one another, in the womb of the unity of God; as we behold the sleeping and silent marks of lotuses and conch shells, inscribed in the hollow of a stone.
35. So we see the three worlds layered on top of each other, in the embrace of God's unity; as we observe the dormant and quiet patterns of lotuses and conch shells, etched into the hollow of a stone.
36. There is no rising nor setting (i.e. the beginning or end), of the course of the world (in the mind of God); but every thing is as fixed and immovable in it, as the inscription carved in a stone.
36. There is no rising or setting (i.e. the beginning or end) of the course of the world (in the mind of God); everything in it is as fixed and unchangeable as an inscription carved in stone.
37. It is the pith and marrow of the divine intellect, that causes the creative power and the act of creation; as it is the substance of the stone, that produces and reduces the figures in the stone.
37. It is the essence and core of divine intelligence that drives the creative power and the act of creation; just as the substance of the stone shapes and carves the figures within it.
38. As the figures in the stone, have no action or motion of their own; so the agents of the world have no action of theirs, nor is this world ever created or destroyed at any time (but it continues for ever as carved in the mind of God).
38. Just like the figures in stone have no action or movement of their own, the forces of the world don't have their own actions either, and this world is never truly created or destroyed at any point; it simply exists forever as envisioned in the mind of God.
39. Every thing stands as fixed in the mind of God, as if they were the firm and immovable rocks; and all have their forms and positions in the same manner as they are ordained and situated in the Divine Mind.
39. Everything is established in the mind of God, as if they were solid and unchanging rocks; and all have their shapes and places just as they are determined and situated in the Divine Mind.
40. All things are filled with the essence of God, and remain as somnolent in the Divine mind; the various changes and conditions of things that appear to us in this world, are the mere vagaries of our erroneous fancy; for every thing is as fixed and unchanged in the mind of God, as the dormant images on a stone.
40. Everything is infused with the essence of God and stays in a state of rest in the Divine mind; the different changes and states of things that we see in this world are just illusions of our mistaken imagination; because everything is as stable and unchanging in God's mind as the still images on a stone.
41. All actions and motions of things are as motionless in mind of God, as the carved lie asleep in the hollow of a stone. It is the wrong superfluous view of things, that presents to us all these varieties and changes; but considered in the true and spiritual light, there is neither body nor any change that presents itself to our sight.
41. All actions and movements of things are as still in the mind of God as a carved figure resting in the hollow of a stone. It is the misleading, extra view of things that shows us all these varieties and changes; but when viewed in the true and spiritual light, there is neither physical form nor any change that appears to us.
CHAPTER XXXXVII.
Lecture on the Density of the Intellect.
Lecture on Intellect Density.
Argument.—Interpretation of the Intellect compared with the Belfruit and carved stone and its further comparison with the Egg of a Peahen.
Argument.—The interpretation of the intellect compared to the belfruit and carved stone, along with its further comparison to a peacock's egg.
VASISHTHA continued:—The great category of the Intellect which is compared with the bel fruit or wood apple, contains the universe as its own matter and marrow within itself; and it broods upon the same: as in its dream (by forgetfulness of its own nature of omniscience before which everything is present).
VASISHTHA continued:—The high level of Intellect, which is likened to the bel fruit or wood apple, encompasses the universe as its own essence and core; it reflects on this, as if dreaming (by losing sight of its own nature of all-knowingness, before which everything is visible).
2. All space and time and action and motion being but forms of itself, there can be no distinction of them in the intellect. (Hence every part of creation and all created things, are but composite parts of the intellect).
2. Since all space, time, action, and motion are just different ways of expressing the same thing, we can't really separate them in our minds. (Therefore, every part of creation and everything that has been created is just a collection of parts within the mind).
3. All words and their senses, and all acts of volition, imagination and perception, being actions of the intellect, they can not be unrealities in any respect. (Nothing proceeding from the real one is ever unreal).
3. All words and their meanings, as well as all acts of will, imagination, and perception, are actions of the mind, so they can't be unrealistic in any way. (Nothing that comes from what is real is ever unreal).
4. As the substance contained in a fruit, passes under the several names of the kernel, pith and marrow and seeds; so the pith and marrow of the solid intellect being but one and the same thing, takes many names according to their multifarious forms.
4. Just like the material found in a fruit goes by different names like kernel, pith, marrow, and seeds, the core essence of solid intellect is actually the same but takes on various names depending on its different forms.
5. A thing though the same, has yet different names according to its different states and changes of form; and as it is with the contents of a fruit, so it is with the subjects included under the intellect.
5. Although something is the same, it has different names based on its various states and changes in form; and just like the contents of a fruit, it’s the same with the subjects included in the intellect.
6. The intellect reflects its image in the mirror of the world, as these sculptured images are exprest in a slab of stone.
6. The mind shows its image in the world's mirror, just as these carved figures are represented in a block of stone.
7. The brilliant gem of the supreme intellects produces myriads of worlds in itself; as the gem of your minds casts the reflection of every object of our desire and imagination.
7. The brilliant gem of the highest intellects creates countless worlds within itself; just like the gem of your minds reflects every object of our desire and imagination.
8. The casket of the intellect contains the spacious world, which is set in it as a big pearl of vast size; it is but a part of the other, though appearing as distinct and different from the other.
8. The casket of the intellect holds the wide world, which is inside it like a huge pearl; it’s just a part of the whole, even though it seems separate and different from the rest.
9. The intellect is situated as the shining sun, to illumine all things in the world; it brings on the days and nights by turns, to show and hide them to and from our view.
9. The intellect is like the shining sun, illuminating everything in the world; it brings on the days and nights in turns, revealing and concealing them from our sight.
10. As the waters of an eddy whirl and hurl down into the vortex of the sea, so do these worlds roll and revolve in the cavity of the intellect; and though its contents are of the same kind, yet they appear as different from one another as the pulps and seeds of fruits.
10. Just like the waters in an eddy swirl and plunge into the vortex of the sea, these worlds move and rotate in the depths of the mind; and even though they're made of the same stuff, they seem as different from each other as the flesh and seeds of fruits.
11. The body of the stone like intellect contains the marks of whatever is existent in present creation; as also of all that is inexistent at present (i.e. the marks of all past and future creation. The omniscience of the divine intellect has all thing present before it, whether they are past and gone or to come to being hereafter).
11. The intellect, like a solid stone, holds the impressions of everything that exists in the current creation, as well as everything that is not currently existent (i.e., the impressions of all past and future creations). The all-knowing divine intellect sees everything at once, whether it's from the past, long gone, or about to come into existence in the future.
12. All real essence is the substance of the apple-like Intellect, whether it is in being or not being and all objects whether in esse or non esse, obtain their form and figure according to the pith and marrow of that intellectual fruit. (All outward forms are the types of the intellectual archetype).
12. All true essence is the substance of the apple-like Intellect, whether it exists or doesn't exist, and all objects, whether in existence or not, take their form and shape based on the core and essence of that intellectual fruit. (All outward forms are representations of the intellectual archetype).
13. As the lotus loses its own and separate entity by its being embodied in the stone, so do all these varieties of existence lose their difference by their being engrossed into the unity of the intellectual substance.
13. Just as the lotus loses its unique identity when it becomes part of the stone, all these different forms of existence lose their distinction when they are absorbed into the unity of the intellectual essence.
14. As the diversity of the lotus changes to the identity of the stone, by its union with and entrance into its cavity; so the varieties of creation, become all one in the solid mass of the Divine Intellect.
14. Just as the different types of lotus blend into the identity of the stone by merging with it and entering its space, the various forms of creation come together as one in the unified presence of the Divine Intellect.
15. As the mirage appears to be a sheet of water to the thirsty deer, while it is known to the intelligence to be the reflexion of the solar rays on the sandy desert; so does the reality appear as unreal and the unreal as real to the ignorant; while in truth there is neither the one nor the other here, except the images of the Divine Mind.
15. Just as a mirage looks like a sheet of water to a thirsty deer, even though we know it's just sunlight reflecting off the sandy desert, reality seems unreal and the unreal seems real to those who lack knowledge; in reality, there is neither one nor the other here, just the images of the Divine Mind.
16. As the body of waters fluctuates itself (owing to the fluidity of the element); so is there oscillation in the solidity of the Divine Intellect (owing to its spiritual nature).
16. Just as the body of water changes (because of the fluid nature of the element), there is also a shift in the solidity of the Divine Intellect (due to its spiritual essence).
17. The lotuses and conch-shells are of the same substance, as the stone in which they are carved and engraved; but the world and all its contents that contained in the intellect, are neither of the same substance nor of the same nature (because of their perishableness).
17. The lotuses and conch shells are made from the same material as the stone they’re carved and engraved into; however, the world and everything in it that exists within the mind are neither made of the same substance nor have the same nature (due to their impermanence).
18. Again the big block of stone which serves for the comparison of the divine Intellect, is itself contained in the same; and while the figures of the former are carved out of its body, those of the latter are eternally inherent in it.
18. Once more, the large block of stone that represents the divine Intellect is itself included within it; and while the forms of the former are sculpted from its substance, those of the latter are permanently embedded in it.
19. This creation of God is as bright as the autumnal sky, and it is as fair as the liquid beams of the moon. (It means to say, says the gloss, that God shines in his form of the world jagat-Brahmá or God identified with the world which is the doctrine of cosmotheism).
19. This creation of God is as bright as the autumn sky, and it is as beautiful as the soft glow of the moon. (It means to say, according to the explanation, that God shines in his form as the world jagat-Brahmá or God identified with the world, which reflects the doctrine of cosmotheism).
20. The world is eternally situated in God, as the figures in the stone which are never effaced; the world is as inseparably connected with the Deity, as the god head of god with himself.
20. The world is always rooted in God, like the figures in stone that never fade; the world is as closely tied to the Divine as the essence of God is to Himself.
21. There is no difference of these, as there is none between the tree and its plant; all the worlds that are seen all abouts, are not disjoined from Divine Intellect.
21. There is no difference between these, just as there is none between the tree and its seed; all the worlds that can be seen around us are not separate from Divine Intellect.
22. These as well as the Intellect have neither their production nor destruction at any time, because of their subsistence in the spirit of God, which shows them in their various forms, as the heat of the sun exhibits a sheet of water in the sandy desert.
22. Both these things and the Intellect are neither created nor destroyed at any point, because they exist within the spirit of God, which reveals them in their different forms, just as the sun's heat shows a body of water in a sandy desert.
23. The world with all its solid rocks, trees and plants, dissolves into the Divine Intellect at the sight of the intelligent, as the hard hail stones are seen to melt into the liquid and pure water. (All solids vanish into subtle air).
23. The world, with all its solid rocks, trees, and plants, melts into the Divine Intellect when faced with the intelligent, just like hard hailstones melt into pure water. (All solids disappear into subtle air).
24. As the water vanishes into the air, and that again into vacuum, so do all things pass away to the supreme spirit; and again it is the consolidation of the Intellect, that forms the solid substances of hills, plants and all tangible things.[Pg 275] (Condensation as well as rarefaction, are both of them but acts of the great mind of God).
24. Just as water evaporates into the air, and then that turns into nothingness, everything eventually returns to the supreme spirit; and it's the consolidation of the Intellect that creates the solid forms of mountains, plants, and all physical objects.[Pg 275] (Both condensation and rarefaction are simply actions of the great mind of God).
25. The pith that is hidden in the minute substance, becomes the marrow in its enlarged state; so the flavor of things which is concealed in the atoms, becomes perceptible in their density with their growth.
25. The essence that’s trapped in tiny particles becomes the substance in its larger form; just as the flavor of things that’s hidden in the molecules becomes noticeable as they grow denser.
26. The power of God resides in the same manner in all corporeal things, as the properties of flavours and moisture are inherent in the vegetable creation. (Hence Brahmá is said to be the pith or moisture of all—rasovaitata).
26. The power of God exists in all physical things in the same way that the characteristics of flavor and moisture are part of plant life. (That's why Brahmá is referred to as the essence or moisture of all—rasovaitata).
27. The same power of God manifests itself in many forms in things, as the self same light of the sun shows itself in variegated colours of things, according to the constitution of their component particles.
27. The same power of God shows itself in many forms in objects, just like the same light from the sun appears in different colors based on the makeup of their particles.
28. The supreme soul shows itself in various ways in the substance and properties of things, as the Divine Intellect represents the forms of mountains and all other things in the changeful mind.
28. The supreme soul reveals itself in different ways through the substance and characteristics of things, just as the Divine Intellect reflects the shapes of mountains and everything else in the ever-changing mind.
29. As the soft and liquid yolk of the egg of a peahen, contains in it the toughness and various colours of the future quills and feathers; so there are varieties of all kinds inhering in the Divine Intellect, and requiring to be developed in time.
29. Just like the soft and runny yolk of a peahen's egg contains the strength and different colors of its future feathers and quills, there are all kinds of diverse potentials within the Divine Intellect, waiting to be revealed over time.
30. As the versicolour feathers of a peacock's train, are contained in the moisture within the egg; so the diversity of creation is ingrained in the Divine mind (as it is said in the parable of the Peahen's egg).
30. Just like the colorful feathers of a peacock's tail are held within the moisture of its egg, the variety of creation is embedded in the Divine mind (as mentioned in the parable of the Peahen's egg).
31. The judicious observer will find the one self same Brahmá, to be present every where before his sight; and will perceive his unity amidst all diversity, as in the yolk of the peahen.
31. The wise observer will see the same Brahmá present everywhere before them and will recognize his unity amidst all diversity, like the yolk of a peahen.
32. The knowledge of the unity and duality of God, and that of his containing the world in himself; is also as erroneous as the belief in the entity and nonentity of things. Therefore all these are to be considered as the one and same thing and identic with one another. (This is cosmotheism).
32. Understanding the oneness and duality of God, as well as the idea that He encompasses the world within Himself, is just as mistaken as believing in the existence and non-existence of things. So, all of these should be seen as the same and identical to one another. (This is cosmotheism).
33. Know him as the supreme, who is the source of all entity and non-entity, and on whose entity they depend; whose[Pg 276] unity comprises all varieties, which appear as virtual and are no real existences. (Hence the gloss deduces the corollary, that the unreal or negative is subordinate to the positive, and the variety to the unity).
33. Recognize him as the ultimate being, the source of everything that exists and doesn’t exist, and on whom everything depends; whose[Pg 276] unity includes all differences, which seem to be real but are not actual existences. (This is why the explanation concludes that the unreal or negative is secondary to the positive, and diversity is secondary to unity).
34. Know the world to be compressed under the category of the Intellect, as the Intellect also is assimilated with the works of creation; in the same manner as is the relation of the feather and moisture, the one being the production and the other the producer of one another.
34. Understand that the world falls into the category of the Intellect, which is also linked to the works of creation; just like the relationship between a feather and moisture, where one is produced and the other is the producer of each other.
35. The mundane egg resembles the peahen's egg, and the spirit of God is as the yolk of that egg; it abounds with many things like the variegated feathers of the peacocks, all which serve but to mislead us to error. Know therefore there is no difference in outward form and internal spirit of the world, as there is none in the outer peacock and the inner-yolk.
35. The ordinary egg looks like the peahen's egg, and the spirit of God is like the yolk inside that egg; it is full of many things, similar to the colorful feathers of peacocks, which only serve to mislead us into mistakes. So, understand that there's no difference between the external appearance and the internal essence of the world, just as there is none between the outside of a peacock and the yolk inside.
CHAPTER XXXXVIII.
On the Unity and Identity of Brahmá and the World.
On the Unity and Identity of Brahmá and the World.
Argument.—He whose essence is the source of all our enjoyments; is ascertained as the Sachchidánanda or Entity of the Felicitous Intellect or the blissful spirit of God.
Argument.—The essence that is the source of all our happiness is known as Sachchidánanda, or the Being of the Joyful Intellect, representing the blissful spirit of God.
VASISHTHA continued:—That which contains this wide extended universe within itself, and without manifesting its form unto us, is very like the egg of the peahen and contains all space and individual bodies in its yolk. (The mind of God contains the mundane egg).
VASISHTHA continued:—That which holds this vast universe within itself, while not showing its form to us, is quite similar to the egg of a peahen and includes all space and individual beings in its yolk. (The mind of God holds the worldly egg).
2. That which has nothing in reality in it, appears yet to contain everything in itself; as the spotless mirror reflects the image of the moon, and the hollow egg bears the figure of the future peacock.
2. What seems to have nothing real in it actually appears to hold everything within; just like a clean mirror reflects the image of the moon, and an empty egg showcases the shape of the future peacock.
3. It is in this manner that the gods and sages, saints and holy-men, the siddhas and great Rishis, meditate on the true and self subsistent form of God, as find themselves seated in their fourth state of bliss above the third heaven.
3. This is how the gods, wise people, saints, holy men, siddhas, and great Rishis meditate on the true and self-existing form of God, as they find themselves positioned in their fourth state of bliss above the third heaven.
4. These devout personages sit with their half shut eyes, and without the twinkling of their eyelids; and continue to view in their inward souls, the visible glory of God shining in its full light.
4. These devoted individuals sit with their eyes half closed, not blinking at all; and they keep looking within themselves, seeing the visible glory of God shining in all its brightness.
5. Thus enrapt in their conscious presence of God, they are unconscious of any other thought in their minds; though when employed in the acts of life, remain without the respiration of their vital breath.
5. So caught up in their awareness of God's presence, they are unaware of any other thoughts in their minds; however, when engaged in daily activities, they remain without the breath of their vital life.
6. They sit quiet as figures in a painting, without respiration of their breath, and remain as silent as sculptured statues, without the action of their minds. (They forget themselves to stones in their excess of devotion).
6. They sit still like figures in a painting, not breathing, and remain as silent as carved statues, with no thoughts moving in their minds. (They forget themselves and become like stones in their overwhelming devotion).
7. They remain in their state of holy rapture, without the employment of their minds in their fleeting thoughts, and whenever[Pg 278] they have any agitation they can effect anything, as the Lord God works all things at the slightest nod.
7. They stay in their state of blissful ecstasy, without letting their minds get caught up in random thoughts, and whenever[Pg 278] they feel any disturbance, they can accomplish anything, just like the Lord God can make things happen at the slightest sign.
8. Even when their minds are employed in meditative thoughts, they are usually attended with a charming gladness, like that of the charming moonbeams falling on and gladding the leafy branches of trees.
8. Even when their minds are engaged in deep thought, they are often accompanied by a delightful joy, much like the lovely moonlight shining on and bringing happiness to the leafy branches of trees.
9. The soul is as enraptured with the view of the holy light of God, as the mind is delighted at the sight of the cooling moonbeams, emitted afar from the lunar disc. (The gloss explains the distant moonlight to be less dazzling than the bright disc of that luminary).
9. The soul is as captivated by the sight of God's holy light as the mind is pleased by the gentle moonbeams coming from the moon. (The note clarifies that the distant moonlight is less bright than the glowing surface of the moon itself).
10. The aspect of pure conscience is as clear, as the fair face of the bright moon; it is neither visible nor in need of admonition, nor is it too near nor far from us. (The gloss is silent on the inappropriateness of the simile).
10. The clarity of a pure conscience is as bright as the fair face of the full moon; it doesn’t need to be seen or reminded, and it’s neither too close nor too far from us. (The commentary doesn’t address the inappropriateness of the comparison).
11. It is by one's self cogitation alone that the pure intellect can be known, and not by the bodily organs, or living spirit or mind, or by our desire of knowing it.
11. The pure intellect can only be understood through one's own thoughts, not through the physical senses, the living spirit, the mind, or our desire to understand it.
12. It is not the living soul nor its consciousness, nor the vibrations of the body, mind, or breath. It is not the world nor its reality or unreality, or its vacuity or solidity, or the centre of any thing.
12. It’s not the living soul or its awareness, nor the energy of the body, mind, or breath. It’s not the world or its realness or lack of realness, or its emptiness or fullness, or the center of anything.
13. It is not time or space or any substance at all, nor is it a god or any other being, whatever is quite free from all these and unconfined in the heart or any of the sheaths inside the body.
13. It’s neither time, space, nor any substance, nor is it a god or any other being; it’s something entirely free from all of these and unrestricted in the heart or any of the layers within the body.
14. That is called the soul in which all things are moving, and which is neither the beginning nor end of any thing, but exists from eternity to eternity, and is not characterised by any of the elementary bodies of air and the rest.
14. This is what’s called the soul, where everything is in motion, and it isn’t the beginning or the end of anything but exists from eternity to eternity; it’s not defined by any of the basic elements like air and others.
15. The soul is an entity that is never annihilated in this or the next world, though the sentient bodies may be born and die away a thousand times like earthen pots here below.
15. The soul is something that can never be destroyed in this life or the next, even though living bodies may be born and die a thousand times, like clay pots here on Earth.
16. There is no removal of this vacuous spirit from its seat, both in the inside and outside of every body; for know, O thou best of spiritualists, all bodies to be equally situated in the all pervading spirit.
16. There’s no getting rid of this empty spirit from its place, both inside and outside of every body; for know this, O you greatest of spiritualists, all bodies are equally positioned in the all-encompassing spirit.
17. It is the imperfection of our understanding, that creates the difference between the spirit and the body; but it shows the perfection of our judgement, when we believe the universal soul, to be diffused throughout the universe.
17. It's our limited understanding that creates the gap between spirit and body; however, it highlights the strength of our judgment when we believe that the universal soul is spread throughout the universe.
18. Though warmly engaged in business, yet remain unaddicted to worldliness by your indifference to the world, and to all moving and unmoving things that there exists on earth.
18. Even while being actively involved in business, stay detached from worldly things by not letting yourself become too invested in everything that exists on this earth, whether it's moving or stationary.
19. Know all those as the great Brahma—the immaculate soul, that is without the properties and attributes of mortal beings; it is without change and beginning and end, and is always tranquil and in the same state.
19. Understand all of this as the great Brahma—the pure soul, without the characteristics and traits of human beings; it is unchanging, without a beginning or an end, and is always peaceful and constant.
20. Now Ráma! as you have known by your spiritual vision (clairvoyance), all things including time and action, and all causality, causation and its effect, together with the production, sustentation and dissolution of all, to be composed of the spirit of God, you are freed from your wanderings in the world in your bodily form.
20. Now Ráma! As you've understood through your spiritual insight, all things— including time, actions, causes, and effects—along with the creation, maintenance, and dissolution of everything, are made up of the spirit of God. You are now free from your wanderings in the world in your physical form.
CHAPTER XXXXIX.
Contemplation of the course of the World.
Reflecting on how the world has changed.
Argument.—Consideration of the changes in the state of things; and their origination from Ignorance and extinction in the true knowledge of their nature.
Argument.—Let's look at how things have changed and how these changes come from Ignorance and fade away with a proper understanding of their true nature.
RÁMA said:—Sir, if there is no change in the immutable spirit of God; say how do these various changes constantly appear to occur in the state of things in this world. (Because it is the change of cause that produces a change in the effect, as also a change in the state of any thing, argues a change in its cause likewise).
RÁMA said:—Sir, if the eternal spirit of God doesn’t change, then how do all these different changes keep happening in the world? (Since a change in the cause leads to a change in the effect, a change in the state of something also indicates a change in its cause).
2. Vasishtha replied:—Hear Ráma! that it is the alteration of a thing that does not revert to its former state, that is called its change, as it occurs in the instance of milk, and its conversion to curd and butter, which never become the pure milk again.
2. Vasishtha replied:—Listen, Ráma! The change of something is when it alters in a way that it can't return to its original state, like how milk transforms into curd and butter, which can never revert back to pure milk again.
3. The milk is converted to curd, but the curd never reverts to its former state of milk, such is the nature of change in the state of things; but it can never affect the great God, who remains alike all along the first, intermediate and last states of things.
3. The milk turns into curd, but the curd can never go back to being milk; that’s just how change works in the world. However, this doesn’t impact the great God, who stays the same throughout all stages of existence: the beginning, the middle, and the end.
4. There is no such change as that of milk or any other things in the immutable Brahma, who having no beginning nor end, can neither have any age or stage of life assigned to him. (i.e. The Infinite God is neither young nor old as any finite being).
4. There is no change like that of milk or anything else in the unchanging Brahma, who has no beginning or end and can't have any age or stage of life defined for Him. (i.e. The Infinite God is neither young nor old like any finite being).
5. The states of beginning and end which are attributed to eternal God, are the false imputations of ignorance and error, as there can be no change of changeless one. (To say therefore that God is the first and last, the alpha and omega of all, means that the beginning and end of all things, are comprised in his everlasting existence).
5. The concepts of beginning and end that we attribute to eternal God are just misconceptions born from ignorance and mistakes, since there can be no change in the unchanging one. (So, to say that God is the first and last, the alpha and omega of everything, means that the beginning and end of all things are included in his everlasting existence).
6. Brahma is not our consciousness, nor the object of our[Pg 281] consciousness. He is as unconnected with us as our soul and intellect, and is only known to us by the word.
6. Brahma is neither our consciousness nor the focus of our[Pg 281] consciousness. He is as unrelated to us as our soul and intellect, and we only know him through the word.
7. A thing is said to be the same, with what it is in the beginning and end; the difference that takes place in the form is only a mist of error, and is taken into no account by the wise. (The identity of a thing consists in its unalterable part).
7. Something is said to be the same if it remains unchanged from beginning to end; the differences that occur in its form are just illusions and are not considered significant by the wise. (The identity of a thing lies in its unchangeable essence).
8. It is the soul only that remains self same with itself, both in the beginning, middle and end of it, and in all places and times, and never changes with the change of the body or mind and therefore forms the identity of the person.
8. It’s only the soul that stays consistent with itself, both at the beginning, middle, and end, and in all places and times. It never changes with the body or mind, and that’s why it defines a person's identity.
9. The soul which is formless and self-same with itself, forms the personality and individuality of a being, and because it is not subject to any modality or mutation at any time, it constitutes the essential identity of every body.
9. The soul, which is formless and identical to itself, creates the personality and individuality of a being. Because it is not affected by any changes or variations at any time, it serves as the essential identity of every body.
10. Ráma rejoined:—If the divine soul is always the same and perfectly pure in itself, when proceeds our error of its changeableness, and what is the cause of the avidyá or ignorance that shows these changes unto us?
10. Ráma replied:—If the divine soul is always the same and perfectly pure in itself, where does our mistake about its changeability come from, and what causes the ignorance that makes us see these changes?
11. Vasishtha replied:—The category of Brahma implies that, He is all what is, what was, and what will be in future; that He is without change and without beginning and end, and there is no avidyá ignorance in him.
11. Vasishtha replied:—The concept of Brahma means that He is everything that exists, has existed, and will exist in the future; that He is unchanging and has no beginning or end, and there is no avidyá ignorance in Him.
12. The signification that is meant to be expressed by the significant term Brahma, does not include any other thing as what is inexistent, or the negative idea of ignorance under it (i.e. God is what is and not what is not).
12. The meaning intended by the term Brahma does not encompass anything else that is non-existent, or the negative concept of ignorance associated with it (i.e. God is what exists and not what doesn’t).
13. Thyself and myself, this earth and sky, the world and all its sides, together with the elementary of fire and others, are all the everlasting and infinite Brahma, and there is not the least misunderstanding in it.
13. You and I, this earth and sky, the world and all its aspects, along with the elements of fire and others, are all the eternal and infinite Brahma, and there is no misunderstanding about that.
14. Avidyá or Ignorance is a mere name and Error, and is but another word for unreality; nor can you Ráma, ever call that a reality, which is never existent of itself. (The words ignorance and error are both of them but negative terms).
14. Avidyá or Ignorance is just a name and Error, and is simply another way to say unreality; you can never call something a reality, Ráma, if it doesn't exist on its own. (The terms ignorance and error are both negative terms).
15. Ráma said:—Why sir, you have said yourself of Ignorance in the chapter on Upasama or Tranquillity, and told me to know all these as products of error.
15. Rama said:—Why sir, you yourself mentioned Ignorance in the section on Upasama or Tranquility, and you told me to recognize all these as results of misunderstanding.
16. Vasishtha answered:—Ráma! you had been all this time immerged in your ignorance, and have at last come to your right understanding by your own reasoning.
16. Vasishtha replied:—Ráma! you had been lost in your ignorance all this time, but you’ve finally reached the right understanding through your own reasoning.
17. It is the practice of glossologists and men of letters, to adopt the use of the word ignorance, living soul and the like, for awakening the unenlightened to their enlightenment only.
17. Glossologists and writers often use terms like ignorance and living soul to help awaken those who are unaware to their enlightenment.
18. So long as the mind is not awakened to the knowledge of truth, it remains in the darkness of error for ever; and is not to its right understanding; even by its traversing a hundred miles.
18. As long as the mind isn't awakened to the knowledge of truth, it stays forever in the darkness of error; and doesn't achieve true understanding, even if it travels a hundred miles.
19. When the living soul is awakened to its right sense by the force of reason, it learns to unite itself to the supreme soul, but being led without the guidance of reason, it is successful in nothing with all its endeavours.
19. When a person becomes aware of their true nature through reason, they learn to connect with the supreme essence, but when they act without rational guidance, their efforts lead to no success.
20. He who tells the unenlightened vile man, that all this world is the great Brahma himself, does no more than communicate his sorrows to the headless trunk of a tree. (A lecture to the listless man, is not listened to).
20. Someone who tells a clueless, despicable person that the entire world is just the great Brahma himself is like sharing their troubles with a lifeless tree trunk. (A lecture to someone who isn’t paying attention goes unheard).
21. The fool is brought to sense by reasoning, and the wise man knows the truth from the nature of the subject; but the ignorant never learn wisdom, without the persuasion of reason. (The wise learn by intuition, but the unwise by no instruction).
21. The fool comes to understand through reasoning, while the wise person knows the truth based on the nature of the topic; however, those who are ignorant never gain wisdom without being persuaded by reason. (The wise learn through intuition, but the unwise learn from no guidance).
22. You had been unwise so long as you depended on your own reasoning (judgment); but being guided by me, you are now awakened to truth. (No body is wise of his own conceit without the guidance of his preceptor).
22. You were foolish for relying on your own judgment for so long; but now that you're following my lead, you’ve come to see the truth. (No one is truly wise just because of their own arrogance without the guidance of a teacher).
23. That I am Brahma, thou art Brahma, and so the visible world is Brahma himself; know this truth and naught otherwise, and do as you please. (All inventions and imaginations of Him are false).
23. That I am Brahma, you are Brahma, and so the visible world is Brahma himself; understand this truth and nothing else, and do as you wish. (All of His inventions and imaginations are false).
24. Inconceivable is the conception of God, and the visible world is all that is known of him; know him as one, and the infinite, and you will not be misled into error.
24. It's hard to imagine the idea of God, and the visible world is all we truly know about Him; understand Him as one and infinite, and you won't be led astray.
25. Ráma, think in yourself whether when you are sitting or walking, or waking or sleeping, that you are this[Pg 283] supreme spirit, which is of the form of light and intelligence, and pervades all things.
25. Ráma, consider whether when you're sitting or walking, awake or asleep, you are this[Pg 283] supreme spirit, which is made of light and intelligence, and fills everything.
26. Ráma! if you are without your egoism and meity or selfishness, and if you are intelligent and honest, then be as oecumenical and tranquil as Brahma himself, who is equally situated in all things.
26. Rama! If you are free from your ego and selfishness, and if you are intelligent and honest, then be as open-minded and calm as Brahma himself, who is equally present in all things.
27. Know your self as the pure consciousness, which is situated as one in all; which is without beginning and end, and is the essence of light and the most transcendent of all being.
27. Understand yourself as pure consciousness, which is unified in everything; which has no beginning or end, and is the essence of light and the highest form of existence.
28. What you call, Brahma the universal soul and the fourth or transcendent state; know the same to be materia or matter and natura or nature also. It is the inseparable one in all, as the mud is the essential substance of a thousand water pots.
28. What you refer to as Brahma, the universal soul and the fourth or transcendent state; understand this to be materia or matter and natura or nature as well. It is the inseparable one in everything, just like mud is the fundamental substance of a thousand water pots.
29. Nature is not different from the nature of the soul, as the clay is no other than the pot itself; the Divine essence is as the intrinsic clay, and the divine spirit extends as the inward matter of all things.
29. Nature is no different from the nature of the soul, just as clay is the same as the pot it forms; the Divine essence is like the intrinsic clay, and the divine spirit flows as the inner substance of all things.
30. The soul has its pulsation like the whirling of the whirlpool, and this is termed Prakriti force or matter, which is no other than an effort of the spirit.
30. The soul pulses like the swirling of a whirlpool, and this is called Prakriti force or matter, which is nothing more than an effort of the spirit.
31. As pulsation and ventilation, mean the same thing under different names; so the soul and nature express the same substance, which are not different in their essence.
31. Since pulsation and ventilation mean the same thing under different names, the soul and nature express the same substance, which are not different in their essence.
32. It is mere ignorance which makes their difference, and which is removed by their knowledge; as it is sheer ignorance which represents a snake in the rope, and which is soon removed by knowledge of their nature.
32. It's just ignorance that causes their differences, and this is cleared up by knowledge; just like ignorance can make a rope look like a snake, but that confusion is quickly resolved with an understanding of their true nature.
33. As the seed of imagination falls in the field of the intellect, it shoots forth in the sprout of the mind, which becomes the germ of the wide spreading arbor of the universe.
33. As the seed of imagination lands in the area of the intellect, it grows into the budding mind, which becomes the foundation for the vast tree of the universe.
34. The seed of false imagination (of avidyá or personified Ignorance), being scorched by the flames of spiritual knowledge; will be able to vegetate no more, though it is sprinkled with the water of fond desire. (i.e. Fancy is fed by desire, but fly away at the appearance of reason).
34. The seed of false imagination (of avidyá or personified Ignorance), being burned by the fire of spiritual knowledge, will no longer be able to grow, even if it's watered with the streams of longing. (i.e. Imagination thrives on desire, but will dissipate in the light of reason).
35. If you do not sow the seed of imagination in the soil of your intellect, you will stop the germination of the plants of pain and pleasure in the field of your mind. (Pain and pleasure are imaginary ideas and not really so in their nature).
35. If you don't plant the seed of imagination in the ground of your mind, you'll prevent the growth of the feelings of pain and pleasure in your thoughts. (Pain and pleasure are just concepts and not truly what they seem).
36. Ráma! as you have come to know the truth, you must forsake your false conception of such a thing as ignorance or error existing in the world; and know that there is no duality in the unity of God. Being thus full with the knowledge of one supreme soul, you must repudiate your ideas of pain and pleasure in anything here below. Pain turns to pleasure, and pleasure to pain, know them both as unreal, as they are vain.
36. Rama! Now that you understand the truth, you must let go of the idea that ignorance or error exists in the world; understand that there is no separation in the unity of God. With this awareness of one supreme soul, you need to reject your notions of pain and pleasure in anything here on earth. Pain turns into pleasure, and pleasure turns into pain—recognize both as illusions, as they are empty.
CHAPTER L.
On sensations and the objects of senses.
On sensations and what we perceive.
Argument.—The production of the eight signs or senses in the vital soul, and their development into the External organs for the perception of outward objects.
Argument.—The formation of the eight signs or senses in the vital soul, and their development into the external organs for sensing outside objects.
RÁMA said:—Sir, I have known whatever is to be known, and seen all that is to be seen; I am filled with the ambrosial draught of divine knowledge, which you have kindly imparted to me.
RÁMA said:—Sir, I’ve learned everything there is to know and witnessed all there is to see; I’m filled with the sweet essence of divine knowledge that you have graciously shared with me.
2. I see the world full with the fulness of Brahma, I know the plenitude of God that has produced this plenary creation; it is the fulness of God that fills the universe, and all its amplitude depends on the plenum of the all pervading Deity.
2. I see the world filled with the fullness of Brahma. I understand the abundance of God that has created this complete universe; it is God's fullness that fills everything, and all its vastness relies on the complete presence of the all-encompassing Deity.
3. It is now with much fondness that I like to propose to you another question, for the improvement of my understanding; and hope you will not be enraged at it, but communicate to me the instruction as a kind father does to his fondling boy.
3. With much affection, I’d like to ask you another question to help me understand better; I hope you won’t be upset by it, but share your knowledge with me like a caring father does with his beloved son.
4. We see the organs of sense, as the ears, nose, eyes, mouth and touch, existing alike in all animals (whether when they are alive or dead).
4. We see the sense organs, like the ears, nose, eyes, mouth, and skin, present in all animals (whether alive or dead).
5. Why is it then that the dead do not perceive the objects of their sense, as well as the living who know the objects in their right manner?
5. So why is it that the dead can't perceive things the way the living do, who understand those things correctly?
6. How is it that the dull organs perceive the outward objects, as a pot and other objects of sense which are imperceptible to the inward heart, notwithstanding its natural sensibility and sensitiveness.
6. How is it that the dull organs perceive the external objects, like a pot and other sensory items that the inner heart cannot detect, despite its natural sensitivity and responsiveness?
7. The relation between outward objects and the organs, is as that of the magnet and iron, which attract one another without their coming in contact together. But how is it that the small cavities of the organs could let into the mind such prodigious objects that surround us on all sides.
7. The relationship between external objects and our senses is like that of a magnet and iron, which attract each other without physically touching. But how is it that the small openings in our senses can allow such immense objects from the world around us to enter our minds?
8. If you well know these secrets of nature, then please to communicate them to me in a hundred ways, in order to satisfy my curiosity regarding them.
8. If you really know these secrets of nature, then please share them with me in any way you can, so that I can satisfy my curiosity about them.
9. Vasishtha answered—Now Ráma, I tell you in short, that neither the organs nor the heart and mind, nor the pots and pictures, are the things in reality; because it is impossible for any thing to exist apart and independent of the pure and intelligent spirit of God.
9. Vasishtha answered—Now Ráma, I’ll tell you briefly that neither the senses nor the heart and mind, nor the pots and pictures, are real things; because nothing can exist separately and independently from the pure and intelligent spirit of God.
10. The Divine Intellect which is purer than air, takes the form of the mind by itself; which then assumes its elemental form of the organic body, and exhibits all things agreeably to the ideas which are engraven in the mind.
10. The Divine Intellect, which is purer than air, shapes itself into the mind; then it takes on the physical form of the organic body and presents everything in a way that aligns with the ideas imprinted in the mind.
11. The same elements being afterwards stretched out into matter or máyá and nature or prakriti, exhibit the whole universe as its ensemble, and the organs and their objects as its parts. (This passage rests on the authority of the sruti which says—[Sanskrit: máyántu prakritim vidyánamáyinantu maheshvaram | ashábayavabhutestu váptamsarvva midamjagat]).
11. The same elements that later transform into matter or máyá and nature or prakriti, show the entire universe as its ensemble, with the organs and their objects as its parts. (This passage is based on the authority of the sruti which says—[Sanskrit: máyántu prakritim vidyánamáyinantu maheshvaram | ashábayavabhutestu váptamsarvva midamjagat]).
12. The mind which takes the elemental form of its own nature, reflects itself in all the parts of nature in the forms of pots and all the rest of things. (It is repeatedly said that the mind is the maker of all things by reminiscence of the past).
12. The mind that takes on the basic shape of its own nature reflects itself in all aspects of nature, like pots and everything else. (It’s often said that the mind creates everything by recalling the past).
13. Ráma rejoined—Tell me sir, what is the form of that elementary body, which reflects itself in a thousand shapes on the face of the puryastaka or elemental world, as it were on the surface of a mirror.
13. Ráma replied—Tell me, sir, what is the nature of that basic element that shows itself in a thousand forms on the face of the puryastaka or elemental world, like it does on the surface of a mirror?
14. Vasishtha replied—This elementary body which is the seed of the world, is the undecaying Brahma, who is without beginning and end, and of the form of pure light and intellect, and devoid of parts and attributes.
14. Vasishtha replied—This basic body, which is the foundation of the world, is the eternal Brahma, who has no beginning or end, and is made of pure light and intellect, without parts or qualities.
15. The same being disposed to its desires, becomes the living soul; and this being desirous of collecting all its desires and the parts of the body together, becomes the palpitating heart in the midst of it. (The word heart hrid is derived from its harana or receiving the blood and all bodily sensations into it; it, is called the chitta also, from its chinoti or collecting and distributing these in itself and to all parts of the body).
15. When this being is driven by its desires, it becomes the living soul; and when it yearns to gather all its desires and the parts of the body together, it turns into the beating heart at its center. (The term heart hrid comes from its harana or receiving the blood and all bodily sensations into it; it is also referred to as chitta, from its chinoti or collecting and distributing these within itself and to all parts of the body).
16. It becomes the ego from its thought of its egoism, and is called the mind from its minding—manana of many things in itself; it takes the name of buddhi or understanding from its bodha or understanding and ascertainment of things, and that of sense also from its sensation of external objects.
16. It forms the ego from its focus on itself, and is referred to as the mind due to its contemplation—manana of many things within; it is called buddhi or understanding because of its bodha or comprehension and recognition of things, and it gets its name related to senses from its perception of external objects.
17. It thinks of taking a body and becomes the very body, as a potter having the idea of a pot forms it in the same manner. Such being the nature of the soul of being and doing all what it likes, it is thence styled the puryashtaka or manifest in its said eight different forms.
17. It considers taking on a body and becomes that body, just like a potter who envisions a pot shapes it in the same way. Given that this is the nature of the soul, which embodies and does everything it desires, it is therefore called the puryashtaka or manifested in its eight different forms.
18. The Intellect is also called the puryashtaka or octuple soul, from its presiding over the eight fold functions of a person; as those of perception, action and passion and inspection or witnessing of all things and the like; as also from its inward consciousness and the power of vitality. (The gloss gives the following explanations of these words, viz.—Perception of what is derived by the organs of sense. Action of what is done by the organs of action [Sanskrit: karmendriya]. Passion or the feelings of pleasure or pain that is so derived. Inspection or the silent witnessing of all things by the isolated soul. And so on).
18. The Intellect is also known as the puryashtaka or octuple soul because it governs the eight essential functions of a person, including perception, action, emotion, and the observation or witnessing of all things, as well as from its inner awareness and life force. (The explanation provides the following definitions: viz.—Perception is what we gain through our senses. Action refers to what is done by our organs of action [Sanskrit: karmendriya]. Passion is the experience of pleasure or pain derived from that. Inspection is the silent observation of everything by the individual soul. And so on).
19. The living soul takes upon it different forms at different times, according as it is employed in any one of these octuple functions; and also as it is actuated by the various desires, that rise in it by turns.
19. The living soul assumes different forms at different times, depending on which of these eight functions it is engaged in; and also as it is influenced by the various desires that arise in it in turn.
20. The octuple nature of the soul causes it to put forth itself, in the same form, as it is led to by its varying desire at any time; in the same manner as a seed shoots forth in its leaves, according to the quantity of water with which it is watered.
20. The eightfold nature of the soul makes it express itself in the same way, depending on its changing desires at any moment; just like a seed grows its leaves based on how much water it gets.
21. The soul forgets its intellectual nature, and thinks it's a mortal and material being, embodied in the form of a living creature or some inanimate being, and ever remains insensible of itself under the influence of its erroneous belief.
21. The soul forgets its intellectual nature and believes it is a mortal and physical being, taking the shape of a living creature or some inanimate object, and it always remains unaware of its true self due to this mistaken belief.
22. Thus the living soul wanders about in the world, as it is dragged to and fro by the halter of desire tied about its neck;[Pg 288] now it soars high and then it plunges below like a plank, rising up and sinking below the waves and currents of the sea.
22. So, the living soul roams the world, pulled back and forth by the rope of desire tied around its neck;[Pg 288] sometimes it rises high, and other times it drops low like a plank, surfacing and sinking in the waves and currents of the sea.
23. There is some one, who after being released from his imprisonment in this world, comes to know the supreme soul, and attains to that state which has neither its beginning nor end.
23. There is someone who, after being freed from their imprisonment in this world, comes to understand the supreme soul and reaches a state that has neither a beginning nor an end.
24. There are others also, who being weary and worried by their transmigrations in multitudinous births, come after the lapse of a long period to their knowledge of the soul, and obtain thereby their state of final bliss at last.
24. There are others too, who after being tired and troubled by their countless reincarnations, eventually come to understand the soul after a long time and finally achieve their state of eternal happiness.
25. It is in this manner, O intelligent Ráma, that the living soul passes through many bodily forms, and you shall hear now, how it comes to perceive the outward objects of the pots &c. by means of the external organs of perception—the vision and others.
25. This is how, smart Ráma, the soul moves through various bodies, and now you'll hear how it comes to sense the outside world, like pots and such, through the external senses—sight and others.
26. After the intellect has taken the form of the living soul, and the same has received its vitality; the action of the heart sends its feelings to the mind, which forms the sixth organ of the body.
26. Once the intellect has become part of the living soul, and that soul has gained its vitality, the heart's emotions are transmitted to the mind, which acts as the sixth organ of the body.
27. As the living soul passes into the air, through the organs of the body it comes in contact with the external objects of the senses; and then joining with the intellect it perceives the external sensations within itself. (The gloss says—The organs of sense like canals of water, carry the sensations to the seat of the mind).
27. As the living soul moves into the air, it interacts with the external objects of the senses through the body's organs; and then, connecting with the intellect, it perceives these external sensations within itself. (The gloss says—The sense organs are like waterways that carry sensations to the mind's center).
28. It is the union of the living soul with the outward objects, that causes and carries the sensations to the mind; but the soul being defunct and the mind being dormant, there is no more any perception of the externals.
28. It's the connection between the living soul and the outside world that creates and transmits sensations to the mind; however, when the soul is lifeless and the mind is inactive, there is no perception of external things.
29. Whatever outward object which is set in the open air, casts its reflexion on the subtile senses of living beings, the same comes intact with the living soul which feels the sensation; but the soul being departed, the dead body has neither its life nor feeling of aught in existence.
29. Any object placed outdoors reflects on the subtle senses of living beings; it interacts fully with the living soul that experiences the sensation. However, once the soul departs, the lifeless body has neither life nor the ability to feel anything that exists.
30. When the form of the outward object, comes in contact with the gemming eye sight of a person; it casts its picture on the same, which is instantly conveyed to the inward soul.
30. When the shape of an external object meets a person's keen eyesight, it projects an image that is immediately sent to the inner soul.
31. The image that is cast on the retina of the eye, is reflected thence to the clearer mirror of the soul, which perceives it by contact with the same; and it is thus that outer things come to the knowledge of the living soul.
31. The image that hits the retina of the eye is reflected to the clearer mirror of the soul, which recognizes it through direct contact; this is how external things are understood by the living soul.
32. Even babes can know whatever comes in taction with them, and so do brutes and vegetables have the power of feeling the objects of their touch; how then is it possible for the sensuous soul to be ignorant of its tangible objects?
32. Even babies can be aware of anything that touches them, and so do animals and plants have the ability to feel what they come into contact with; so how is it possible for the sensory soul to be unaware of its physical surroundings?
33. The clear rays of the eyesight which surround the soul, present to it the pictures of visible objects which they bear in their bosom, and whereby the soul comes to know him.
33. The bright rays of vision that envelop the soul show it the images of visible objects that they carry within themselves, allowing the soul to understand them.
34. There is the same relation of sensuous contact, between the perceptive soul and the perceptible objects of the other senses also; the taste, smell, sound, the touch of things, are all the effects of their contact with the soul.
34. There is a similar relationship of direct interaction between the perceiving mind and the things that can be sensed through taste, smell, sound, and touch; these sensations are all results of their connection with the mind.
35. The sound remaining in its receptacle of the air, passes in a moment in the cavity of the ear; and thence entering into the hollow space of the soul, gives it the sensation of its nature.
35. The sound that stays in the air travels quickly into the ear; from there, it enters the empty space of the soul, giving it a sense of its essence.
36. Ráma said:—I see that the reflexions of things are cast in the mirror of the mind, like the images of things carved on wooden tablets and slabs of stone; but tell me sir, how the reflexion of the image of God is cast on the mirror of the mind.
36. Ráma said:—I see that the reflections of things are displayed in the mirror of the mind, like the images carved on wooden tablets and stone slabs; but tell me, sir, how is the reflection of the image of God shown in the mirror of the mind?
37. Vasishtha replied:—know, O best of gnostics that know the knowable, that the gross images of the universal and particular souls, which are reflected in the mirror of the mind, are as false as the images of God and deities which are carved in stones and wood.
37. Vasishtha replied:—understand, O greatest of knowledge seekers who grasp the essence of the known, that the physical representations of universal and individual souls, which are mirrored in the mind, are just as illusory as the images of God and deities that are carved in stone and wood.
38. Never rely, O Ráma, in the substantiality of this false world; know it as a great vortex of whirling waters, and ourselves as the waves rolling upon it.
38. Never depend, O Ráma, on the reality of this deceptive world; understand it as a giant whirlpool of swirling waters, and ourselves as the waves flowing on it.
39. There is no limitation of space or time or any action, in the boundless ocean of the infinity and eternity of the Deity; and you must know your soul to be identic with the Supreme, which is ubiquitous and omnipresent.
39. There are no limits to space or time or any action in the endless ocean of the infinity and eternity of the Divine; and you must recognize your soul as identical to the Supreme, which is everywhere and always present.
40. Remain always with a calm and quiet mind, unaddicted to anything in this world; know the vanity of worldly pleasures and pains, and go on with a contented mind where ever you will. Preserve your equality, and commit yourself to an indifferent apathy to every thing.
40. Always stay calm and composed, not attached to anything in this world; recognize the emptiness of worldly pleasures and pains, and continue with a contented mind wherever you go. Maintain your balance, and adopt a neutral attitude towards everything.
CHAPTER LI.
On the Perception of the sensible objects.
On the Perception of Sensory Objects.
Argument.—Erroneous Belief in the Reality of the Body and Mind; instead of believing the unity and Entity of Brahma as All in All.
Argument.—A false belief in the separate existence of the body and mind, rather than recognizing the unity and essence of Brahma as the entirety of existence.
VASISHTHA resumed:—Ráma, you have heard me relate unto you that, even the lotus-born Brahmá who was born long before you, had been without his organs of sense at first (i.e. Brahmá the creative power of God, was purely a spiritual Being, and had necessarily neither a gross body nor any of its organs as we possess).
VASISHTHA continued:—Ráma, you’ve heard me tell you that even Brahmá, who was born long before you, initially didn’t have any senses (i.e. Brahmá, the creative power of God, was solely a spiritual Being and didn’t have a physical body or any of the sensory organs like we do).
2. As Brahmá—the collective agents of creation was endued only with his consciousness—Samvid for the performance of all his functions; so are all individual personalities endowed with their self-consciousness only, for the discharge of all their necessary duties.
2. Just as Brahmá, the collective agents of creation, was equipped only with his consciousness—Samvid—to carry out all his functions; in the same way, all individual personalities are endowed solely with their self-consciousness to fulfill their essential duties.
3. Know that as the living soul, dwelling in its body in the mother's womb, comes to reflect on the actions of the senses, it finds their proper organ supplied to its body immediately.
3. Understand that as the living soul, residing in its body in the mother's womb, begins to think about the actions of the senses, it finds that its body is immediately equipped with the right organs.
4. Know the senses and the organs of sense to be the forms of consciousness itself, and this I have fully explained to you in the case of Brahma, who represents the collective body of all individual souls.
4. Understand that the senses and the organs of sense are the very forms of consciousness, and I've explained this to you in detail with the example of Brahma, who symbolizes the collective body of all individual souls.
5. At first there was the pure consciousness in its collective-form in the Divine Intellect, and this afterwards came to be diffused in millions of individual souls from its sense of egoism. At first was the Divine soul "the I am all that I am" and afterwards became many as expressed in the Vedic text "aham bahusyam".
5. In the beginning, there was pure consciousness in its collective form within the Divine Intellect, and this later spread into millions of individual souls due to a sense of ego. Initially, there was the Divine soul, "I am all that I am," which then manifested as many, as stated in the Vedic text "aham bahusyam".
6. It is no stain to the pure universal, undivided and subjective Divine spirit, to be divided into the infinity of individual and objective souls; since the universal and subjective unity comprises in it the innumerable objective individualities which it evolves of itself. (in its self manifestation in the universe).
6. It does not tarnish the pure, universal, undivided, and subjective Divine spirit to be split into countless individual and objective souls; because the universal and subjective unity includes within it the countless objective individualities that it generates from itself (in its self-manifestation in the universe).
7. The objectivity of God does not imply his becoming either the thinking mind or the living soul; nor his assuming upon him the organic body or any elemental form. (Because the Lord becomes the object of our meditation and adoration in his spirit only).
7. The objectivity of God doesn't mean that He becomes either the thinking mind or the living soul; nor does it mean He takes on an organic body or any elemental form. (Because the Lord is the focus of our meditation and worship only in His spirit).
8. He does not become the Vidyá or Avidyá—the intelligible or unintelligible, and is ever existent as appearing non-existent to the ignorant; this is called the supreme soul, which is beyond the comprehension of the mind and apprehension of the senses.
8. He is neither the knowledge nor the ignorance—the understandable or the confusing, and he always exists while appearing nonexistent to those who don’t know; this is referred to as the supreme soul, which is beyond what the mind can comprehend and the senses can grasp.
9. From Him rises the living soul as well as the thinking mind; which are resembled for the instruction of mankind, as sparks emitted from fire.
9. From Him comes the living soul as well as the thinking mind, which are compared for the guidance of humanity, like sparks emitted from a fire.
10. From whatever source ignorance (Avidyá) may have sprung, you have no need of inquiring into the cause thereof; but taking ignorance as a malady, you should seek the remedy of reasoning for its removal.
10. No matter where ignorance (Avidyá) comes from, you don’t need to investigate its cause; instead, treat ignorance like an illness and look for the cure through reasoning to eliminate it.
11. After all forms of things and the erroneous knowledge of particulars, are removed from your mind; there remains that knowledge of the unity, in which the whole firmament is lost, as a mountain is concealed in an atom. (The infinity of Deity, envelopes all existence in it).
11. Once you clear your mind of all forms and the misleading knowledge of specifics, what remains is the understanding of unity, in which the entire universe is contained, like a mountain hidden within an atom. (The infinite nature of the divine encompasses all of existence.)
12. That in which all the actions and commotions of the world, remain still and motionless; [as] if they were buried in dead silence and nihility; is the surest rock of your rest and resort, after feeling from the bustle of all worldly business.
12. That place where all the actions and commotions of the world are quiet and still; as if they were buried in complete silence and nothingness; is the safest refuge for your peace and relaxation, after experiencing the chaos of all worldly affairs.
13. The unreal or negative idea of ignorance, has also a form, as inane as it is nothing; look at her and she becomes a nullity, touch her and she perishes and vanishes from sight. (Avidyá like Ignorantia is of the feminine gender, and delusive and fleeting as a female).
13. The false or negative concept of ignorance has a form as empty as it is meaningless; look at her and she becomes nothingness, touch her and she disappears and fades from view. (Avidyá, like Ignorantia, is feminine and as deceptive and transient as a woman).
14. Seek after her, and what can you find but her nothingness; and if by your endeavour you can get anything of her, it is as the water in the mirage (which kills by decoying the unwary traveller).
14. Pursue her, and what will you discover but her emptiness; and if through your efforts you manage to gain anything from her, it’s like the water in a mirage (which deceives and harms the unsuspecting traveler).
15. As it is ignorance alone that creates her reality, her unreality appears as a reality, and destroys the seeming reality at[Pg 293] once. (Avidyá or Ignorance is the Goddess of the agnostic sáktas, who worship her, under the name of Máyá or Illusion also).
15. Since ignorance is what shapes her reality, her false reality seems real, and it immediately destroys the apparent reality at[Pg 293] once. (Avidyá or Ignorance is the Goddess of the agnostic sáktas, who also worship her under the name of Máyá or Illusion).
16. Agnosticism imputes false attributes to the nature of the Deity, and it is the doctrine of the agnostics to misrepresent the universal spirit, under the forms of the living soul and the perishable body. (from their ignorance of the supreme).
16. Agnosticism assigns incorrect characteristics to the nature of the Deity, and agnostics misrepresent the universal spirit, presenting it as a living soul and a temporary body due to their lack of understanding of the supreme.
17. Now hear me attentively to tell you the sástras that they have invented, in order to propagate their agnostic religion or belief in this avidyá, by setting up the living soul and others in lieu of the supreme spirit.
17. Now listen carefully as I explain the doctrines they've created to promote their agnostic beliefs in this ignorance, by placing the living soul and others in place of the supreme spirit.
18. Being fond of representing the Divine Intellect in a visible form, they have stained the pure spirit with many gross forms, such as the elemental and organic body, which is enlivened by the vital spirit dwelling in it.
18. Eager to depict the Divine Intellect in a visible way, they have tainted the pure spirit with many crude forms, like the elemental and organic body, which is animated by the vital spirit that resides within it.
19. Whatever they think a thing to be, they believe in the same; they make truth of an untruth, and its reverse likewise; as children make a devil of a doll, and afterwards break it to nothing.
19. Whatever they think something is, they believe it to be true; they turn a falsehood into truth, and vice versa; just like kids turning a doll into a monster, and then breaking it apart.
20. They take the frail body formed of the five elements as a reality, and believe its holes of the organs as the seats of the sensuous soul.
20. They view the fragile body made up of the five elements as real and think of its organ openings as the locations of the sensual soul.
21. They employ these five fold organs in the perception of the pentuple objects of the senses; which serve at best to represent their objects in different light than what they are, as the germ of a seed produces its leaves of various colours. (This means the false appearances which are shown by the deceptive senses).
21. They use these five sensory organs to perceive the five types of sensory objects; these organs ultimately represent their objects in a way that differs from reality, similar to how a seed produces leaves in various colors. (This refers to the false appearances created by misleading senses).
22. They reckon some as the internal senses, as the faculties of the mind and the feelings of the heart, and others as external, as the outward organs of action and sensation; and place their belief in whatever their souls and minds suggest to them either as false or true.
22. They consider some to be internal senses, like the mind's abilities and the heart's feelings, and others to be external, like the physical organs for action and sensation; and they rely on whatever their souls and minds tell them, whether it seems false or true.
23. They believe the moonlight to be hot or cold, according as they feel by their outward perception. (i.e. Though the moon-beams appear cooling to the weary, yet they seem to be warm to the love lorn amorosa).
23. They think the moonlight is hot or cold, depending on how they perceive it. (i.e. While the moonbeams feel refreshing to the tired, they seem warm to the lovesick amorosa).
24. The pungency of the pepper and the vacuity of the firmament, are all according to one's knowledge and perception of them, and do not belong to the nature of things. For sweet is sour to some, and sour is sweet to others; and the firmament is thought to be a void by many, but is found to be full of air by others, who assert the dogma of natures abhorrence of vacuum.
24. The spiciness of the pepper and the emptiness of the sky depend on how we know and perceive them, and they aren't inherent to the things themselves. What tastes sweet to one person might taste sour to another; many see the sky as empty, while others believe it's filled with air, supporting the idea that nature hates a vacuum.
25. They have also ascertained certain actions and rituals, which are in common practice, as the articles of their creed, and built their faith of a future heaven, on the observance of those usages.
25. They have also identified certain actions and rituals that are commonly practiced, which are central to their beliefs, and have based their faith in a future heaven on following these traditions.
26. The living soul which is full of its desires, is led by two different principles of action through life; the one is its natural tendency to some particular action, and the other is the direction of some particular law or other. It is however the natural propensity of one, that gets the better of the other.
26. The living soul filled with its desires is guided by two different principles of action throughout life; one is its natural inclination toward a specific action, and the other is the influence of a particular law. However, it is the natural tendency of one that ultimately prevails over the other.
27. It is the soul which has produced all the objective duality from the subjective unity only; as it is the sweet sap of the sugarcane that produces the sugarcandy; and the serum of the earth, that forms and fashions the water pot. (The objective is the production of the subjective.)
27. The soul is what has created all the objective duality from the subjective unity only; just like the sweet sap of the sugarcane produces sugar candy; and the earth's serum shapes and molds the water pot. (The objective comes from the subjective.)
28. In these as well as in all other cases, the changes that take place in the forms of things, are all the results of time and place and other circumstances; but none of these has any relation in the nature of God, in his production of the universe.
28. In these situations, as well as in all others, the changes that happen in the forms of things are all due to time, place, and other circumstances; however, none of these has any connection to the nature of God or how He created the universe.
29. As the sugarcane produces its leaves and flowers from its own sap, so the living soul produces the dualities from sap of its own unity, which is the supreme soul itself. (The spirit of God that dwells in all souls. (Swátmani Brahmasatwa), produces all these varieties in them.)
29. Just like sugarcane creates its leaves and flowers from its own sap, the living soul generates dualities from the essence of its own unity, which is the supreme soul itself. (The spirit of God that resides in all souls. (Swátmani Brahmasatwa) creates all these variations within them.)
30. It is the God that is seated in all souls, that views the dualities of a pot, picture, a cot and its egoism in itself; and so they appear to every individual soul in the world.
30. It is the God that exists in all souls, observing the differences between a pot, a picture, a cot, and their own sense of self; and so they seem to every individual soul in the world.
31. The living soul appears to assume to itself, the different forms of childhood, youth, and age at different times; as a cloud in the sky appears as an exhalation, a watery cloud and the sap of the earth and all its plants, at the different times of the hot and rainy seasons of the year.
31. The living soul seems to take on different forms of childhood, youth, and old age at various times, just like a cloud in the sky appears as vapor, a rain cloud, and the moisture in the earth and all its plants during the hot and rainy seasons of the year.
32. The living soul perceives all these changes, as they are exhibited before it by the supreme soul in which they are all present; and there is no being in the world, that is able to alter this order of nature.
32. The living soul notices all these changes as they are shown to it by the supreme soul that contains them all; and there is no being in the world that can change this natural order.
33. Even the sky which is as clear as the looking glass, and is spread all about and within every body, is not able to represent unto us, all the various forms which are presented to the soul by the great soul of souls (in which they appear to be imprinted). Here Vasishtha is no more an ákása-vádi—vacuist, in as much as he finds a difference in the nature and capacity of the one from those of the other or the supreme soul.
33. Even the sky, which is as clear as glass and surrounds us and exists within every being, cannot reflect all the different shapes that the great soul presents to the individual soul (in which they seem to be imprinted). Here, Vasishtha is no longer an ákása-vádi—a vacuist—since he recognizes a difference in the nature and abilities of one soul compared to others or the supreme soul.
34. The soul which is situated in the universal soul of Brahmá, shines as the living soul (Jíva) of living beings; but it amounts to a duality, to impute even an incorporeal idea of Avidyá or Ignorance to it; because the nature of God is pure Intelligence, and cannot admit an ignorant spirit in it (as the good spirit of God cannot admit the evil spirit of a demon in itself).
34. The soul that is part of the universal soul of Brahmá shines as the living soul (Jíva) in living beings; however, it creates a duality to even attribute a non-physical concept of Avidyá or Ignorance to it; because the essence of God is pure Intelligence and cannot contain an ignorant spirit within it (just as the good spirit of God cannot contain the evil spirit of a demon within itself).
35. Whatever thing is ordained to manifest itself in any manner, the same is its nature and stamp (swabháva and neyati); and though such appearance is no reality, yet you can never undo what is ordained from the beginning.
35. Whatever is meant to show itself in any way is its nature and essence; and even though such an appearance isn’t reality, you can never change what was established from the start.
36. As a golden ornament presents to you the joint features of its reality and unreality at the same time (in that it is gold and jewellery, the one being real and the other changeable and therefore unreal); so are all things but combinations of the real and unreal, in their substantial essence and outward appearance. But both of these dissolve at last to the Divine spirit, as the gold ornament is melted down to liquid gold in the crucible.
36. Just like a gold ornament shows you the blend of reality and unreality at once (it’s made of real gold but is also a piece of jewelry that can change and, therefore, feels unreal); everything in the world is just a mix of what’s real and what’s not, in both its true nature and how it looks. But ultimately, both aspects fade away into the Divine spirit, just as the gold ornament gets melted down into liquid gold in the crucible.
37. The Divine Intellect being all-pervasive by reason of its intellectuality, it diffuses also over the human mind; as the gold of the jewel settles and remains dull in the crucible.
37. The Divine Intellect is all-encompassing because of its intellectual nature, and it spreads over the human mind too, just like gold in a jewel settles and becomes dull in the crucible.
38. The heart having the passive nature of dull intellectuality, receives the fleeting impressions of the active mind, and takes upon it the form that it feels strongly impressed upon it at any time. (The heart is the passive receptacle of the impression[Pg 296] of the active mind and reverberates to the tone of its thoughts).
38. The heart, with its passive nature of dull intellect, takes in the temporary impressions from the active mind and adopts the shape it feels most strongly at any moment. (The heart is the passive receiver of the impressions from the active mind and resonates with the tone of its thoughts).
39. The soul also assumes many shapes to itself at different times, according to the ever changing prospects, which various desires always present before it.
39. The soul also takes on many forms at different times, depending on the constantly changing views that various desires always put in front of it.
40. The body likewise takes different forms upon it, according to its inward thoughts and feelings; as a city seen in a dream varies considerably from what is seen with naked eyes. So we shape our future forms by the tenor of our minds (because our life is but a dream and our bodies but its shadows—prathibas).
40. The body also takes on different shapes based on our inner thoughts and feelings, just like a city in a dream looks very different from what we see with our eyes. We create our future selves based on the direction of our minds (because our life is just a dream and our bodies are just its shadows—prathibas).
41. As a dream presents us the shadows of things, that disappear on our waking, so these living bodies that we see all about, must vanish into nothing upon their demise.
41. Just like a dream shows us shadows of things that fade away when we wake up, the living bodies we see around us must disappear into nothing when they die.
42. What is unreal is doomed to perish, and those that die are destined to be born again, and the living soul takes another form in another body, as it sees itself in its dream.
42. What is unreal is destined to fade away, and those that die are meant to be reborn, with the living soul taking on a different form in another body, just as it perceives itself in its dreams.
43. This body does not become otherwise, though it may change from youth to age in course of time; because the natural form of a person retains its identity in every stage of life through which it has to pass.
43. This body doesn't change into something else, even though it may go from being young to old over time; because a person's natural form keeps its identity at every stage of life it goes through.
44. A man sees in his dream all that he has seen or heard or thought of at any time, and the whole world being comprised in the state of dreaming, the living soul becomes the knower of all that is knowable in his dream. (The sruti says, the soul comprises the three worlds in itself, which it sees expanded before in its dream).
44. A man dreams of everything he has seen, heard, or thought about at any point, and since the entire world exists within the dream state, the living soul becomes aware of everything that can be known in his dream. (The sruti says that the soul contains the three worlds within itself, which it perceives expanded before it in its dream).
45. That which is not seen in the sight of a waking man, but is known to him only by name (as the indefinite form of Brahma); can never be seen in dream also, as the pure soul and the intellect of God. (Abstract thoughts are not subjects of dream).
45. What a waking person can't see but only knows by name (like the vague concept of Brahma) can never be seen in dreams either, just as the pure soul and the intellect of God. (Abstract thoughts aren’t things you dream about).
46. As the living soul sees in its dream the objects that it has seen before, so the intellectual part of the soul sees also many things, which were unknown to it.
46. Just as the living soul sees in its dreams the things it has seen before, the intellectual part of the soul also perceives many things that were previously unknown to it.
47. Subdue your former desires and propensities, by your[Pg 297] manly efforts at present; and exert your utmost to change your habitual misconduct to your good behaviour for the future.
47. Control your old desires and tendencies through your[Pg 297] current efforts; and do your best to turn your regular bad habits into good behavior moving forward.
48. You can never subdue your senses, nor prevent your transmigrations, without gaining your liberation; but must continue to rise and plunge in the stream of life forever more and in all places.
48. You can never control your senses or stop your changes without achieving your freedom; you must keep rising and diving into the flow of life endlessly and everywhere.
49. The imagination of your mind, causes the body to grasp your soul as a shark, and the desire of your soul is as a ghost, that lays hold on children in the dark.
49. Your mind's imagination makes your body cling to your soul like a shark, and your soul's desire is like a ghost that haunts children in the dark.
50. It is the mind, the understanding and egoism, joined with the five elements or tanmátras, that form the puryastaka or ativáhika body, composed of the octuple subtile properties.
50. It’s the mind, understanding, and self-interest, combined with the five elements or tanmátras, that make up the puryastaka or ativáhika body, which consists of the eight subtle properties.
51. The bodiless or intellectual soul, is finer than the vacuous air; the air is its great arbor, and the body is as its mountain. (i.e. It is more subtile than the empty air and sky).
51. The intangible or intellectual soul is finer than the empty air; the air is its vast expanse, and the body is like its mountain. (i.e. It is more subtle than the empty air and sky).
52. One devoid of his passions and affections, and exempt from all the conditions of life, is entitled to his liberation; he remains in a state of profound sleep (hypnotism), wherein the gross objects and desires of life, lie embosomed and buried for ever.
52. Someone who is free from their passions and emotions, and not affected by the circumstances of life, has the right to their freedom; they stay in a deep sleep (hypnosis), where the tangible objects and desires of life are forever hidden and buried.
53. The state of dreaming is one, in which the dreamer is conscious of his body and self-existence; and has to rove about or remain fixed in some place, until his attainment of final liberation. Such is the state of living beings and vegetables (both of which are conscious of their lives).
53. The state of dreaming is one where the dreamer is aware of their body and existence; they have to wander around or stay in one spot until they achieve ultimate freedom. This is the state of living beings and plants (both of which are aware of their lives).
54. Some times the sleeping and often the dreaming person, have both to bear and carry with them their ativáhika or moveable bodies, until they obtain their final emancipation from life.
54. Sometimes the sleeping and often the dreaming person has to endure and carry with them their ativáhika or movable bodies until they achieve their final freedom from life.
55. When the sleeping soul does not rise of itself (by its intellectual knowledge), but is raised from the torpor of its sleep by some ominous dream, it then wakes to the fire of a conflagration from its misery only. (Here waking to a conflagration is opposed to the waking to a seas of woes of Dr. Young. The gloss says, that it is a structure on the unintelligent waking of the Nyáyikas).
55. When the sleeping soul doesn’t awaken on its own (through its understanding), but is stirred from its deep sleep by a disturbing dream, it then wakes up only to the pain of a burning fire. (Here, waking to a fire is contrasted with waking to a sea of sorrows from Dr. Young. The note explains that this refers to a situation of an unintelligent awakening according to the Nyáyikas).
56. The state of the unmoving minerals, including even that of the fixed arbor of the Kalpa tree (that is in its torpid[Pg 298] hypnotism of susupti), exhibits no sign of intelligence except gross dulness.
56. The condition of the stationary minerals, including even that of the fixed trunk of the Kalpa tree (which is in its dormant[Pg 298] state of deep sleep), shows no indication of intelligence, just a profound dullness.
57. The dull sleep of susupta being dispelled by some dream, leads the waker to the miseries of life in this world; but he that awakes from his trance with full intelligence, finds the perfect felicity of the fourth (turya) states open fully to his view.
57. The dull sleep of susupta, broken by a dream, brings the person waking up back to the struggles of life in this world; but someone who awakens from their trance with clear understanding discovers the complete happiness of the fourth (turya) state fully revealed to them.
58. The living soul finds liberation by means of its intelligence, and it is by this means that it gets its spirituality also; just as copper being cleansed of its rust by some acid, assumes the brightness of pure gold.
58. The living soul finds freedom through its intelligence, and it's this process that brings it spirituality; just like copper, when cleansed of its rust with some acid, takes on the shiny brightness of pure gold.
59. The liberation that the living soul has by means of its intelligence, is again of two kinds, namely;—the one is termed emancipation from life or Jívan mukta, and the other is known as the release from the burden of the body or deha mukta.
59. The freedom that a living soul experiences through its intelligence is of two types: the first is called emancipation from life or Jívan mukta, and the second is referred to as release from the burden of the body or deha mukta.
60. Emancipation from life means the attainment of the fourth state of perfection, and intelligence signifies the enlightenment of the soul, and this is obtainable by cultivation of the understanding.
60. Emancipation from life means reaching the fourth level of perfection, and intelligence represents the enlightenment of the soul, which can be achieved through the development of understanding.
61. The soul that is acquainted with sástra, and knows the supreme spirit in itself, becomes full of the Deity; but the unintelligent soul sees only horrors rising before it, like spectres of his troublesome dreams.
61. The soul that understands scripture and recognizes the supreme spirit within itself becomes filled with the Divine; but the ignorant soul only sees horrors appearing before it, like the frightening figures from its troubling dreams.
62. The horrors rising in the heart of man, serve only to disturb the rest of the breast; or else there is nothing in the heart of man, except a particle of the Divine Intellect.
62. The fears that emerge from within a person only disrupt the peace in their heart; otherwise, there is nothing in the human heart except a fragment of the Divine Intellect.
63. Men are verily subjected to misery, by looking at the Deity in any other light, than the Divine light which shines in the soul of man, and beside which there is no other light in it.
63. People truly suffer when they view the Divine in any way that isn't through the inner light that shines in the human soul, for there is no other light within it.
64. Look at the world whenever you will, and you will find it full of illusion everywhere; as you find nothing in a pot full of foul water except the sediments of dirt.
64. Look at the world whenever you want, and you'll find it full of illusions everywhere; just like you find nothing in a pot of dirty water except the muck at the bottom.
65. In the same manner you see the atoms of human souls, full with the vanities of this world; it is by the fetters of its worldly desires, and gets its release by the breaking off those bonds of its desire.
65. In the same way, you see the atoms of human souls, filled with the vanities of this world; it is through the chains of its worldly desires, and it finds freedom by breaking away from those bonds of desire.
66. The soul sleeps under the spell of its desires, and sees those objects in its dream, it wakes after their dispersion to the[Pg 299] state of turya-felicity. The spell of gross desire, extends over all animate as well as in-animate creation.
66. The soul is in a deep sleep, caught up in its desires, and it dreams of those desires. When they fade away, it awakens to a state of pure bliss, known as turya-felicity. The grip of strong desire affects all living and non-living things.
67. The desire of superior beings is of a pure nature, and that of intermediate natures is of less pure form. The desires of inferior beings are of a gross nature, and there are others without them as the pots and blocks.
67. The desires of higher beings are pure, while those of intermediate beings are less pure. The desires of lower beings are crude, and there are others that have no desires at all, like pots and blocks.
68. The living soul (passing through the doors of bodily organs) becomes united with the outward object, when the one becomes the percipient and the other the object of its percipience; and then the entity of both of these, namely of the inward soul and the outward object being pervaded by the all pervasive Intellect of God, they both become one and the same with the common receptacle of all. (I.e. All things blend in the Divine unity).
68. The living soul (moving through the doors of the body) connects with the external object when one becomes the perceiver and the other the thing that is perceived; and then the essence of both, the inner soul and the outer object, are both filled with the all-encompassing Intellect of God, making them one and the same with the universal source of everything. (I.e. All things blend in the Divine unity).
69. Hence the belief of the receiver, received and reception, are as false as the water in the mirage; and there is nothing that we can shun or lay hold upon as desirable or disgusting, when they are all the same in the sight of God.
69. Therefore, the beliefs of the receiver, what is received, and the act of reception, are as misleading as the water in a mirage; and there’s nothing we can avoid or grasp as appealing or repulsive, since they are all perceived the same way by God.
70. All things whether internal or external, are manifested to us as parts of the one universal and intellectual soul; and all the worlds being but manifestations of the Divine Intellect, it is in vain to attribute any difference to them. All of us are displayed in the Intellect, which contains the inner and outer worlds for ever.
70. Everything, whether it's internal or external, appears to us as parts of one universal and intellectual soul; and all the worlds are just expressions of the Divine Intellect, so it’s pointless to claim any differences among them. We are all revealed in the Intellect, which forever holds the inner and outer worlds.
71. As the ocean is an even expanse of water, after the subsidence of all its various waves and billows, and shows itself as clear as sky with its pure watery expanse to view; so the whole universe appears as the reflexion of one glorious and ever lasting Deity, after we lose sight of the diversities that are presented to our superficial view.
71. Just like the ocean becomes a smooth stretch of water after all its waves and swells settle down, revealing a clear surface as bright as the sky; the entire universe reflects one glorious and everlasting Deity when we look beyond the various differences that catch our attention at first glance.
CHAPTER LII.
Story of Arjuna, as the Incarnation of Nara-Náráyana.
The Story of Arjuna, as the Incarnation of Nara-Náráyana.
Argument.—The Narrative of Arjuna given in Illustration of the truth, that the world is a dream and unworthy of our reliance.
Argument.—The story of Arjuna shows that the world is just a dream and not something we can rely on.
VASISHTHA said:—Know Ráma, this world to be as a dream, which is common to all living beings, and is fraught with many agreeable scenes, so as to form the daily romance of their lives, which is neither true nor entirely false.
VASISHTHA said:—Understand, Ráma, that this world is like a dream, shared by all living beings, filled with many pleasant experiences that create the everyday stories of their lives, which are neither completely true nor completely false.
2. But as it is not likely that the living souls of men should be always asleep; therefore their waking state is to be accounted as one of dreaming also. (Life is a dream. Addison).
2. But since it's unlikely that people's souls are always asleep, we should consider their awake state as another form of dreaming. (Life is a dream. Addison).
3. Life is a longer dream than the short lived ones in our sleep; and know it, intelligent Ráma, to be as untrue as it is unsubstantial and airy in its nature.
3. Life is a longer dream than the brief ones we have while we sleep; and understand this, wise Ráma, that it is as false as it is insubstantial and airy in its nature.
4. The living souls of the living world, continually pass from dream to dream, and they view the unrealities of the world as positive realities in their nature. (The unreal is thought as real by the Realists).
4. The living souls of the living world constantly move from dream to dream, and they see the unreal aspects of the world as true realities in their nature. (The unreal is considered real by the Realists).
5. They ascribe solidity to the subtile, and subtilty to what is solid; they see the unreal as real, and think the unliving as living in their ignorance.
5. They attribute solidity to the subtle and subtlety to what is solid; they perceive the unreal as real and believe the unliving is living in their ignorance.
6. They consider the revolution of all worlds, to be confined in the solar system; and rove about like somnambulists and fleeting bees about the living soul, which they differentiate from the supreme.
6. They view the revolution of all worlds as limited to the solar system; they wander around like sleepwalkers and busy bees around the living soul, which they distinguish from the supreme.
7. They consider and meditate in their minds, the living soul as a separate reality, owing to its ubiquity and immortality, and as the source of their own lives. (This is the living liberation—Jívanmukti of Buddhists, who consider their living souls as absolute agent of themselves).
7. They reflect and think about the living soul as a distinct reality, due to its presence everywhere and its everlasting nature, seeing it as the source of their own lives. (This is the living liberation—Jívanmukti of Buddhists, who view their living souls as the ultimate agents of themselves).
8. Hear me to relate to you the best lesson of indifference (i.e. the unattachment to the world and life), which the lotus-eyed[Pg 301] lord (Krishna) taught to Arjuna, and whereby that sagely prince became liberated in life time. (Here is an anachronism of antedating Krishnárjuna prior to Ráma).
8. Listen as I share the greatest lesson of indifference (i.e. not being attached to the world and life), which the lotus-eyed lord (Krishna) taught Arjuna, and through this, that wise prince achieved liberation in his lifetime. (This is a historical inaccuracy, placing Krishnárjuna before Ráma).
9. Thus Arjuna the son of Pandu will happily pass his life, and which I hope you will imitate, if you want to pass your days without any grief or sorrow.
9. So Arjuna, the son of Pandu, will live his life happily, and I hope you will follow his example if you want to live your days without any grief or sadness.
10. Ráma said:—Tell me sir, when will this Arjuna the son of Pandu, come to be born on earth, and who is this Hari of his, that is to deliver this lesson of indifference to the world to him?
10. Ráma said:—Tell me, sir, when will Arjuna, the son of Pandu, be born on earth, and who is this Hari of his, who will teach him this lesson of indifference to the world?
11. Vasishtha replied:—There is only the entity of one soul, to whom this appellation is applied by fiction only. He remains in himself from time without beginning and end, as the sky is situated in a vacuum.
11. Vasishtha replied:—There is only one soul, which is referred to by this name as a fiction. It has existed within itself for all time, without beginning or end, just like the sky exists in emptiness.
12. We behold in him the phantasmagoria of this extended world, as we see the different ornaments in gold, and the waves and billows in the sea. (Identity of the cause and effect of the producer and produced).
12. We see in him the amazing variety of this vast world, just like we observe the different gold decorations and the waves in the ocean. (The connection between the cause and effect of the creator and what is created).
13. The fourteen kinds of created beings display themselves in him; and in him is the network of this universe, wherein all these worlds are suspended, as birds hanging in the net in which they are caught.
13. The fourteen types of created beings are revealed in him; and within him is the web of this universe, where all these worlds are held, like birds caught in the net in which they are trapped.
14. In him reside the deities Indra and Yama and the sun and moon, who are renowned and hallowed in the scriptures; and in him abide the five elemental creation, and they that have become the regents (of heaven and earth).
14. In him live the gods Indra and Yama, as well as the sun and moon, who are celebrated and sacred in the scriptures; and in him dwell the five elemental creations, along with those who have become the rulers of heaven and earth.
15. That the one thing is virtue and therefore expedient, and the other is vice and therefore improper, are both placed in him as his ordinances (or eternal laws); and depending on the free agency (sankalpa) of men, to accept or reject the one or the other for good or evil. (Hence there is no positive virtue or vice, nor God the author of good and evil; but it is the obedience or disobedience to his fixed laws, that amounts to the one or other).
15. The one thing is virtue, which is beneficial, while the other is vice, which is harmful. Both are set in him as his rules (or eternal laws); and it depends on the free will of people to accept or reject one or the other as good or bad. (This means there is no absolute virtue or vice, nor is God the creator of good and evil; rather, it's our compliance or defiance to his established laws that defines one or the other).
16. It is obedience to the Divine ordinance, that the gods are still employed in their fixed charges with their steady minds.
16. It is in obedience to the Divine order that the gods continue to fulfill their duties with unwavering focus.
17. The lord Yama is accustomed to make his penance, at the end of every four yugas (or kalpa age), on account of his greatness in destruction of the creatures of God. (Yama the Indian Pluto and god of death.)
17. The lord Yama regularly performs his penance at the end of every four yugas (or kalpa age) because of his significant role in the destruction of God's creatures. (Yama, the Indian Pluto and god of death.)
18. Sometimes he sat penitent for eight years, and all others for a dozen of years, often times he made his penance for five or seven years, and many times for full sixteen years.
18. Sometimes he sat in repentance for eight years, and at other times for a dozen years. Often, he did penance for five or seven years, and many times for a full sixteen years.
19. On a certain occasion as Yama sat observant of his austerity, and indifferent to his duty, death ceased to hunt after living beings in all the worlds.
19. One time, while Yama focused on his austerity and ignored his responsibilities, death stopped pursuing living beings in all the worlds.
20. Hence the multitude of living beings filled the surface of the earth, and made ground pathless and impassable by others. They multiplied like the filth born gnats in the rainy weather, that obstruct the passage of elephants.
20. As a result, the number of living beings covered the earth, making the ground difficult and impossible for others to cross. They multiplied like swarming gnats that appear in rainy weather, blocking the way for elephants.
21. Then the gods sat together in council, and after various deliberations came to determine the extirpation of all living beings, for relieving the over burdened earth. (This was to be done by the Bharata war celebrated in the great epic of the Mahábhárata).
21. Then the gods gathered for a meeting, and after discussing various options, they decided to eliminate all living beings to ease the burden on the earth. (This was to be accomplished through the Bharata war celebrated in the great epic of the Mahábhárata).
22. In this way many ages have passed away, and many changes have taken place in the usages of the people, and unnumbered living beings have passed and gone with the revolutions of the worlds.
22. In this way, many ages have gone by, and many changes have occurred in how people live, and countless beings have come and gone with the cycles of the worlds.
23. Now it will come to pass, that this Yama—the son of the sun and the lord of the regions of the dead; will again perform his penance in the aforesaid manner after the expiration of many ages to come.
23. Now it will happen that this Yama—the son of the sun and the ruler of the land of the dead—will once again do his penance in the way mentioned after many ages have passed.
24. He will again resume his penitence for a dozen of years, for the atonement of his sin of destroying the living; when he will abstain from his wonted conduct of destroying the lives of human beings.
24. He will once again spend twelve years in penance to atone for his sin of taking lives; during this time, he will avoid his usual behavior of harming other people.
25. At that time, will the earth be filled with deathless mortals, so as this wretched earth will be covered and overburthened with them, as with dense forest trees.
25. At that time, will the earth be filled with immortal beings, so that this wretched earth will be covered and overwhelmed by them, like a dense forest of trees.
26. The earth groaning under her burden, and oppressed by tyranny and lawlessness, will have recourse to Hari for her redress,[Pg 303] as when a virtuous wife resorts to her husband from the aggression of Dasyus.
26. The earth, struggling under its weight and suffering from oppression and chaos, will turn to Hari for help, just like a devoted wife seeks her husband’s support against the attacks of outsiders.[Pg 303]
27. For this reason, Hari will be incarnate in two bodies, joined with the powers of all the gods, and will appear on earth in two persons of Nara and Náráyana, the one a man and the other the lord Hari himself.
27. For this reason, Hari will take on two forms, connected with the powers of all the gods, and will show up on earth as two individuals, Nara and Náráyana—one a man and the other the lord Hari himself.
28. With one body Hari will become the son of Vasudeva, and will thence be called Vasudeva; and with the other he will be the son of Pandu and will thereby be named the Pándava Arjuna or Arjuna the Pándava.
28. With one body, Hari will be the son of Vasudeva, and will then be known as Vasudeva; and with the other, he will be the son of Pandu and will thus be called the Pándava Arjuna or Arjuna the Pándava.
29. Pandu will have another son by name of Yudhisthira, who will adopt the title of the son of Dharma or righteousness, for his acquaintance with politics, and he will reign over the earth to its utmost limit of the ocean.
29. Pandu will have another son named Yudhisthira, who will take on the title of the son of Dharma or righteousness, due to his understanding of politics, and he will rule over the earth to the farthest edge of the ocean.
30. He will have his rival with Duryodhana his cousin by his paternal uncle, and there will be a dreadful war between them as between a snake and weasel.
30. He will face his rival, Duryodhana, his cousin from his father's side, and there will be a terrible war between them, like a battle between a snake and a weasel.
31. The belligerent princes will wage a furious war for the possession of the earth, with forces of eighteen legions on both sides. (Those of Duryodhana were eleven legions, and Yudhisthira were seven).
31. The warring princes will engage in a fierce battle for control of the land, with each side having eighteen legions. (Duryodhana had eleven legions, and Yudhisthira had seven).
32. The God Vishnu will cause Arjuna to slay them all by his great bow of Gándíva, and thereby relieve the earth of her burden of riotous peoples.
32. The god Vishnu will enable Arjuna to defeat them all with his powerful bow, Gándíva, and in doing so, will lighten the earth's load of chaotic people.
33. The incarnation of Vishnu in the form of Arjuna, will comprise all the qualities incident to humanity; and will be fraught with the feelings of joy and vengeance, which are connatural with mankind.
33. The embodiment of Vishnu as Arjuna will include all the qualities associated with humanity; and will be filled with the emotions of joy and vengeance that are natural to people.
34. Seeing the battle array on both sides, and friends and kinsmen ready to meet their fate, pity and grief will seize the heart of Arjuna, and he will cease from engaging in the war.
34. As Arjuna looks at the battle formations on both sides and sees his friends and family prepared to face their destiny, he will be overwhelmed with compassion and sorrow, and he will stop participating in the fight.
35. Hari will then with his intelligent form of Krishna, persuade his insensible person of Arjuna, to perform his part of a hero for crowning his valour with success.
35. Hari will then, in his wise form of Krishna, convince the indifferent Arjuna to take on his role as a hero and achieve success that honors his courage.
36. He taught him the immortality of the soul by telling him that, the soul is never born nor does it die at any time, nor had it a prior birth, nor is it new born to be born again on[Pg 304] earth, it is unborn and ever lasting, and is indestructible with the destruction of the body.
36. He taught him about the immortality of the soul by explaining that the soul is never born and never dies, it doesn’t have a previous birth, nor is it newly born to be born again on[Pg 304] earth. It is unborn, eternal, and indestructible, even when the body is destroyed.
37. He who thinks the soul to be the slayer of or slain by any body, is equally ignorant of its nature, never kills nor is ever killed by any body.
37. Anyone who believes that the soul can kill or be killed by any body is just as clueless about its true nature; it never kills and is never killed by any body.
38. It is immortal and uniform with itself, and more rare and subtile than the air and vacuity; the soul which is the form of the great God himself, is never and in no way destroyed by any body.
38. It is eternal and consistent with itself, and more rare and subtle than air and emptiness; the soul, which is the essence of the great God himself, is never destroyed by any body in any way.
39. O Ráma, that art conscious of yourself, know your soul to be immortal and unknown, and without its beginning, middle and end; it is of the form of consciousness and clear without any soil, so by thinking yourself as such, you become the unborn, eternal and undecaying soul yourself.
39. O Rama, you who are self-aware, recognize that your soul is immortal, limitless, and has no beginning, middle, or end; it is pure consciousness, completely untainted. By seeing yourself this way, you become the unborn, eternal, and indestructible soul.
CHAPTER LIII.
Admonition of Arjuna.
Arjuna's Warning.
Argument.—Abandonment of Egoism, knowledge of the Adorable one and its different stages.
Argument.—Releasing Egoism, comprehending the Adorable one and its various stages.
THE Lord said:—Arjuna, you are not the killer (of any soul), it is a false conceit of yours which you must shun; the soul is ever lasting and free from death and decay.
THE Lord said:—Arjuna, you are not the one who kills (any soul), it’s a false belief you need to let go of; the soul is eternal and unaffected by death and decay.
2. He who has no egoism in him, and whose mind is not moved (by joy or grief), is neither the killer of nor killed by any body, though he may kill every one in the world. (This is an attribute of the supreme soul).
2. Someone who has no ego and whose mind isn’t swayed by happiness or sadness is neither a killer nor someone who can be killed, even if they were to harm everyone in the world. (This is a trait of the supreme soul).
3. Whatever is known in our consciousness, the same is felt within us; shun therefore your inward consciousness of egoism and meity, as this is I and these are mine, and these are others and theirs.
3. Whatever we are aware of in our mind, we also feel inside ourselves; therefore, avoid your internal sense of selfishness and separation, like saying this is me and these are mine, and those are others and theirs.
4. The thought that you are connected with such and such persons and things, and that of your being deprived of them, and the joy and grief to which you are subjected thereby, must affect your soul in a great measure.
4. The idea that you are connected to certain people and things, and that you might lose them, along with the joy and sadness that brings you, must have a big impact on your soul.
5. He who does his works with the parts or members of his body, and connects the least attention of his soul there with; becomes infatuated by his egoism and believes himself as the doer of his action. (here is a lesson of perfect indifference enjoined to any act or thought that a man does by or entertains in himself).
5. Whoever performs their actions with their body and attaches even a small part of their soul to it becomes obsessed with their own ego and thinks of themselves as the one responsible for their actions. (This teaches a lesson of complete indifference toward any action or thought that a person engages in or entertains within themselves).
6. Let the eyes see, the ears hear, and your touch feel their objects, let your tongue also taste the relish of a thing, but why take them to your soul and where is your egoism situated in these?
6. Let your eyes see, your ears hear, and your touch feel everything; let your tongue taste the flavor of something, but why let these things affect your soul and where is your selfishness in all of this?
7. The minds of even the great, are verily employed in the works that they have undertaken to perform, but where is your egoism or soul in these, that you should be sorry for its pains. (The soul is aloof from pain).
7. Even the great minds are truly focused on the tasks they've taken on, but where is your ego or spirit in all this, that you should feel sorry for its struggles? (The spirit is unaffected by pain).
8. Your assumption to yourself to any action, which has been done by the combination of many, amounts only to a conceit of your vanity, and exposes you not only to ridicule, but to frustrate the merit of your act. (So is the assuming of a joint action of all the organs and members of the mind, and the achievement of a whole army to one's self. So also many masters arrogate to themselves the merit of the deeds of their servants).
8. Your belief that any action you've taken is solely due to your own efforts, done with the help of many, is just a form of pride that makes you look foolish and undermines the value of your achievements. (This also applies to claiming that all the parts of the mind or the accomplishments of an entire army are only your doing. Likewise, many bosses take credit for the work of their employees).
9. The yogis and hermits do their ritual and ordinary actions with attention of their minds and senses, and often times with the application of the members and organs of their bodies only, in order to acquire and preserve the purity of their souls.
9. The yogis and hermits perform their rituals and everyday tasks with focus from their minds and senses, often using just their body parts and functions, to attain and maintain the purity of their souls.
10. Those who have not subdued their bodies with the morphia of indifference, are employed in the repetition of their actions, without ever being healed of their disease (of anxiety).
10. Those who haven’t numbed their bodies with the drug of indifference keep repeating their actions, never really getting over their illness (of anxiety).
11. No person is graceful whose mind is tinged with his selfishness, as no man however learned and wise is held in honour, whose conduct is blemished with unpoliteness and misbehaviours.
11. No one is truly graceful if their mind is clouded by selfishness, just as no man, no matter how educated or wise, is respected if his actions are marked by rudeness and bad behavior.
12. He who is devoid of his selfishness and egotism, and is alike patient both in prosperity and adversity, is neither affected nor dejected, whether he does his business or not.
12. Someone who is free from selfishness and arrogance, and remains patient in both good times and bad, is not swayed or discouraged, regardless of whether he succeeds in his work or not.
13. Know this, O son of Pandu as the best field for your martial action; which is worthy of your great good, glory and ultimate happiness. (War in a just cause is attended with glory).
13. Understand this, O son of Pandu: it’s the best field for your fighting skills, worthy of your great benefit, honor, and ultimate happiness. (Fighting for a just cause brings glory).
14. Though you reckon it as heinous on the one hand and unrighteous on the other; yet you must acknowledge the super excellence and imperiousness of the duties required of your martial race, so do your duty and immortalize yourself.
14. Even if you see it as terrible on one hand and unfair on the other, you have to recognize the greatness and necessity of the responsibilities expected of your warrior class, so fulfill your duty and make yourself unforgettable.
15. Seeing even the ignorant stick fast to the proper duties of their race, no intelligent person can neglect or set them at naught; and the mind that is devoid of vanity, cannot be ashamed or dejected, even if one fails or falls in the discharge of his duty.
15. Even when those who lack knowledge cling to the proper responsibilities of their role, no wise person can ignore or dismiss them; and a mind free from pride cannot feel ashamed or downcast, even if someone fails or stumbles in fulfilling their duty.
16. Do you duty, O Arjuna, with your yoga or fixed attention to it, and avoid all company (in order to keep company with the object of your pursuit only). If you do your works[Pg 307] as they come to you by yourself alone, you will never fail nor be foiled in any. i.e. thy object thou canst never gain, unless from all others you refrain.
16. Do your duty, Arjuna, with focus and dedication, and avoid distractions (to keep your attention on your goal). If you handle your tasks[Pg 307] on your own, you will never fail or be defeated. In other words, you can only achieve your goal if you distance yourself from everything else.
17. Be as quiet as the person of Brahma, and do your works as quietly as Brahma does leave his result (whether good or bad) to Brahma (because you can have no command over the consequence), and by doing so, assimilate thyself into the nature of Brahma (who is all in all).
17. Be as quiet as Brahma, and do your work as quietly as he does. Leave the results (whether good or bad) to Brahma, since you can't control the outcome. By doing this, you align yourself with the nature of Brahma (who is everything).
18. Commit yourself and all your actions and objects to God, remain as unaltered as God himself, and know him as the soul of all, and be thus the decoration of the world. (The gloss says, it is no blasphemy to think one's self as God, when there is no other personality besides that of Deity).
18. Devote yourself and everything you do and own to God, stay as unchanged as God himself, recognize him as the essence of everything, and become the beauty of the world. (The note says, it's not blasphemous to see oneself as God when nothing exists but the divine).
19. If you can lay down all your desires, and become as even and cool mind as a muni—monk; if you can join your soul to the yoga of sannyasa or contemplative coldness, you can do all your actions with a mind unattached to any.
19. If you can let go of all your desires and maintain a calm and cool mindset like a monk; if you can connect your soul to the practice of meditation or serene detachment, you can perform all your actions with an unattached mind.
20. Arjuna said:—Please lord, explain to me fully, what is meant by the renunciation of all connections, commitment of our actions to Brahma; dedication of ourselves to God and abdication of all concerns.
20. Arjuna said:—Please, Lord, explain to me completely what is meant by giving up all connections, dedicating our actions to Brahman; committing ourselves to God and letting go of all concerns.
21. Tell me also about the acquisition of true knowledge and divisions of Yoga meditation, all which I require to know in their proper order, for the removal of my gross ignorance on those subjects.
21. Also, tell me about the acquisition of true knowledge and the different types of Yoga meditation, all of which I need to know in the right order to eliminate my basic ignorance about these topics.
22. The Lord replied:—The learned know that as the true form of Brahma, of which we can form no idea or conception, but which may be known after the restraining of our imagination, and the pacification of our desires.
22. The Lord replied:—The wise understand that the true essence of Brahma is something we can't fully grasp or visualize, but it can be understood once we calm our imagination and settle our desires.
23. Promptitude after these things constitutes our wisdom or knowledge, and perseverance in these practices is what is called Yoga. Self dedication to Brahma rests on the belief that, Brahma is all this world and myself also.
23. Timeliness after these things shows our wisdom or knowledge, and sticking to these practices is what we refer to as Yoga. Devotion to Brahma is based on the belief that Brahma is everything in this world, including myself.
24. As a stone statue is all hollow both in its inside and outside, so is Brahma as empty, tranquil and transparent as the sky, which is neither to be seen by us nor is it beyond our sight.
24. Just like a stone statue is hollow both inside and out, Brahma is empty, calm, and clear like the sky, which we can't see and is also not beyond our sight.
25. It then bulges out a little from itself, and appears as something, other than what it is. It is this reflexion of the universe, but all as empty as this inane vacuity.
25. It then slightly protrudes from itself and looks like something different from what it is. It reflects the universe, but it’s all as empty as this pointless void.
26. What is again this idea of your egoism, when every thing is evolved out of the Supreme Intellect, of what account is the personality of any body, which is but an infinitesimal part of the universal soul.
26. What’s this idea of your egoism again, when everything comes from the Supreme Intellect? What does anyone’s personality matter, when it’s just a tiny part of the universal soul?
27. The Egoism of the individual soul, is not apart from the universal spirit, although it seems to be separate from the same; because there is no possibility of exclusion or separation of anything from the Omnipresent and all comprehensive soul of God, and therefore a distinct egoism is a nullity.
27. The self-interest of an individual soul isn't separate from the universal spirit, even though it may appear to be. That's because nothing can be excluded or separated from the all-encompassing and omnipresent soul of God, and thus, distinct self-interest is meaningless.
28. As it is the case with our egoism, so is it with the individuality of a pot and of a monkey also. (i.e. of all insensible and brute creatures too), none of which is separate from the universal whole. All existences being as drops of water in the sea, it is absurd to presume an egoism to any body.
28. Just like our egoism, the individuality of a pot and a monkey is also connected to the larger whole. (i.e. this applies to all insensible and brute creatures too), none of which is separate from the universal whole. All existences are like drops of water in the ocean, so it’s ridiculous to assume anyone has true egoism.
29. Things appearing as different to the conscious soul, are to be considered as the various imageries represented in the self-same soul (like the sundry scenes shown in the soul in a dream).
29. Things that seem different to the conscious mind should be seen as the various images displayed in the same mind (like the different scenes shown in a dream).
30. So also is the knowledge of the particulars and species, lost in the idea of the general and the summum genus. Now by sannyása or renunciation of the world is meant, the resignation of the fruition of the fruits of our actions. (The main teaching of Krishna to Arjuna in the Bhagavadgítá, tends to the renunciation of the fruits of our actions).
30. The understanding of specific details and categories is overshadowed by the concept of the general and the supreme category. Here, sannyása or renunciation of the world refers to letting go of the desire for the results of our actions. (The central message of Krishna to Arjuna in the Bhagavadgítá emphasizes the importance of renouncing the fruits of our actions).
31. Unattachment signifies the renunciation of all our worldly desires, and the intense application of the mind to the one sole God of the multifarious creation, and the variety of his imaginary representations.
31. Unattachment means letting go of all our worldly desires and focusing our minds intensely on the one true God behind the diverse creation and the many ways he is represented.
32. The want of all dualism in the belief of his self-existence as distinct from that of God, constitutes his dedication of himself to God; it is ignorance that creates the distinction, by applying various names and attributes to the one intellectual soul.
32. The absence of dualism in his belief of his own existence as separate from God shows his commitment to God; it's ignorance that makes the distinction by assigning different names and attributes to the one intellectual soul.
33. The meaning of the word intelligent soul, is undoubtedly that it is one with the universe; and that the Ego is the same with all space, and its contents of the worlds and their motions.
33. The meaning of the term intelligent soul is definitely that it is one with the universe; and that the Ego is the same as all space, along with the worlds and their movements.
34. The Ego is the unity of Eternity, and the Ego is duality and plurality in the world, and the variety of its multifarious productions. Therefore be devoted to the sole Ego, and drown your own egoism in the universal Ego. (Here the purport is given instead of the literal version of the too verbose tetrastich verse).
34. The Ego represents the unity of Eternity, while also embodying duality and plurality in the world, along with the diverse range of its countless creations. Therefore, commit yourself to the one Ego, and submerge your own selfishness in the universal Ego. (Here, the meaning is provided instead of the overly complex literal version of the lengthy stanza).
35. Arjuna said:—There being two forms of the Deity, the one transcendent or spiritual and the other transpicuous or material; tell me to which of these I shall resort for my ultimate perfection.
35. Arjuna said:—There are two forms of the Deity, one spiritual and transcendent, and the other clear and material; please tell me which of these I should seek for my ultimate perfection.
36. The lord replied:—There are verily two forms of the all pervading Vishnu, the exoteric and the other esoteric; that having a body and hands holding the conch-shell, the discus, and the mace and lotus, is the common form for public worship.
36. The lord replied:—There are truly two aspects of the all-pervading Vishnu, one that is outward and the other that is inward; the one with a body and hands holding the conch-shell, the discus, the mace, and the lotus is the usual form for public worship.
37. The other is the esoteric or spiritual form, which is undefined and without its beginning and end; and is usually expressed by the term Brahma—great.
37. The other is the esoteric or spiritual form, which is undefined and has no beginning or end; and is typically referred to as Brahma—great.
38. As long as you are unacquainted with the nature of the supreme soul, and are not awakened to the light of the spirit; so long should you continue to adore the form of the God with its four arms. (or the form of the four armed God).
38. As long as you don't understand the nature of the supreme soul and haven't awakened to the light of the spirit, you should keep worshiping the form of God with four arms.
39. By this means you will be awakened to light, by your knowledge of the supreme; and when you come to comprehend the Infinite in yourself, you shall have no more to be born in any mortal form.
39. By this way, you will be awakened to light through your understanding of the ultimate; and when you come to realize the Infinite within yourself, you will no longer be born into any mortal form.
40. When you are acquainted with the knowledge of the knowable soul, then will your soul find its refuge in eternal soul of Hari, who absorbs all souls in him.
40. When you understand the nature of the knowable soul, your soul will then find its refuge in the eternal soul of Hari, who encompasses all souls within Himself.
41. When I tell you that this is I and I am that, mind that I mean to say that, this and that is the Ego of the supreme soul, which I assume to myself for your instruction.
41. When I say that this is me and I am that, understand that I mean to convey that this and that represent the Ego of the supreme soul, which I take upon myself for your guidance.
42. I understand you to be enlightened to truth, and to[Pg 310] rest in the state of supreme felicity; and now that you are freed from all your temporal desires, I wish you to be one with the true and holy spirit.
42. I see you as someone who has come to understand the truth and to[Pg 310] experience a state of complete happiness; now that you are free from all your worldly desires, I hope you unite with the true and holy spirit.
43. View in yourself the soul of all beings and those beings themselves; think your own self or soul as the microcosm of the great universe, and be tolerant and broad sighted in your practice of Yoga. (The word Sama darsi, here rendered broad sighted, means one who sees every[one] in one and [the] same light; whence it is synonymous with universal benevolence and fellow feeling).
43. See in yourself the essence of all living things and those beings themselves; consider your own self or soul as a reflection of the vast universe, and be accepting and open-minded in your practice of Yoga. (The term Sama darsi, translated here as open-minded, refers to someone who perceives everyone in the same way; thus it is synonymous with universal kindness and compassion).
44. He who worships the universal soul that resides in all beings, as the one self-same and undivided spirit; is released from the doom of repeated births, whether he leads a secular or holy life in this world.
44. Whoever worships the universal soul that exists in all beings, seeing it as the same and undivided spirit, is freed from the cycle of rebirths, whether they live a regular or spiritual life in this world.
45. The meaning of the word "all" is unity (in its collective sense), and the meaning of the word "one" is the unity of the soul; as in the phrase "All is one" it is meant to say that the whole universe is collectively but one soul. (The soul also is neither a positive entity, nor a negative non-entity, but it is as it is known in the spirit (of the form of ineffable light and delight).)
45. The word "all" means unity (in a collective way), and the word "one" signifies the unity of the soul; so when we say "All is one," it means that the entire universe is collectively one soul. (The soul is neither a positive entity nor a negative non-entity, but exists as it is understood in the spirit (as an ineffable light and delight).)
46. He who shines as light within the minds of all persons, and dwells in the inward consciousness or percipience of every being, is no other than the very soul that dwells within myself also.
46. The one who shines as light in everyone's minds and resides in the inner awareness of every being is none other than the very soul that lives within me as well.
47. That which is settled in shape of savour in the waters all over the three worlds. (i.e. in the earth, heaven, and underneath the ground); and what gives flavour to the milk, curd and the butter of the bovine kind, and dwells as sapidity in the marine salt and other saline substances, and imparts its sweetness to saccharine articles, the same is this savoury soul, which gives a gust to our lives, and a good taste to all the objects of our enjoyment.
47. That which is established as flavor in the waters across the three worlds (meaning in the earth, the sky, and underground); and what gives taste to milk, yogurt, and butter from cows, and exists as flavor in sea salt and other salty substances, and adds its sweetness to sugary items, this is the flavorful essence that enriches our lives and adds a good taste to everything we enjoy.
48. Know your soul to be that percipience, which is situated in the hearts of all corporeal beings, whose rarity eludes our perception of it, and which is quite removed from all perceptibles; and is therefore ubiquitous in every thing and omnipresent every where.
48. Understand that your soul is the awareness that exists in the hearts of all physical beings, which is rare and often goes unnoticed by us, and is completely separate from everything we can perceive; thus, it is present in everything and everywhere.
49. As the butter is inbred in all kinds of milk, and the sap of all sappy substances is inborn in them, so the supreme soul is intrinsical and immanent in every thing.
49. Just like butter is found in all types of milk, and the sap in all plants, the supreme soul is inherently present in everything.
50. As all the gems and pearls of the sea, have a lustre inherent in them, and which shines forth both in their inside and outside; so the soul shines in and out of every body without being seated in any part of it, whether in or out or where about it.
50. Just like all the gems and pearls of the sea have an inherent shine that radiates from both their inside and outside, the soul shines through every body without being located in any specific part of it, whether inside, outside, or anywhere around it.
51. As the air pervades both in the inside and outside of all empty pots, so the spirit of God is diffused in and about all bodies in all the three worlds. (This is the meaning of omnipresence).
51. Just as air fills both the inside and outside of all empty pots, the spirit of God is spread throughout all bodies in all three worlds. (This is the meaning of omnipresence).
52. As hundreds of pearls are strung together by a thread in the necklace, so the soul of God extends through and connects these millions of beings, without its being known by any. (This all connecting attribute of God, is known as sútrátmá in the Vedánta).
52. Just like hundreds of pearls are threaded together in a necklace, the soul of God extends through and connects all these millions of beings, without anyone realizing it. (This all-connecting attribute of God is known as sútrátmá in the Vedánta).
53. He who dwells in the hearts of every body in the world, commencing from Brahma to the object grass that grows on the earth; the essence which is common in all of them, is the Brahma the unborn and undying.
53. He who lives in the hearts of everyone in the world, starting from Brahma to the blades of grass that grow on the earth; the essence that is shared among all of them is the Brahma, who is unborn and eternal.
54. Brahmá is a slightly developed form of Brahma, and resides in the spirit of the great Brahma, and the same dwelling in us, makes us conceive of our egoism by mistake of the true Ego.
54. Brahmá is a more evolved version of Brahma and exists in the spirit of the great Brahma. This same presence within us leads us to mistakenly identify our egoism as the true Ego.
55. The divine soul being manifest in the form of the world, say what can it be that destroys or is destroyed in it; and tell me, Arjuna, what can it be that is subject to or involved in pleasure or pain.
55. The divine soul appears as the world, so tell me what can destroy or be destroyed within it; and let me know, Arjuna, what can experience pleasure or pain.
56. The divine soul is as a large mirror, showing the images of things upon its surface, like reflexions on the glass; and though these reflexions disappear and vanish in time, yet the mirror of the soul is never destroyed, but looks as it looked before.
56. The divine soul is like a big mirror, reflecting the images of things on its surface, just like reflections on glass; and even though these reflections fade and disappear over time, the mirror of the soul is never broken, but still looks the same as it did before.
57. When I say I am this and not the other (of my many reflexions in a prismatic glass, or of my many images in many pots of water), I am quite wrong and inconsistent with[Pg 312] myself; so is it to say, that the human soul is the spirit or image of God, and not that of any other being, when the self-same Divine spirit is present and immanent in all. (The catholic spirit of the Hindu religion, views all beings to partake of the Divine spirit, which is in all as in a prismatic glass).
57. When I say I am this and not that (like my many reflections in a prism or my various images in different bodies of water), I am completely mistaken and inconsistent with[Pg 312] myself; it's the same way to claim that the human soul is the spirit or image of God, rather than that of any other being, when that same Divine spirit is present and active in all. (The inclusive spirit of Hinduism believes that all beings share in the Divine spirit, which exists in everyone like in a prism).
58. The revolutions of creation, sustentation and final dissolution, take place in an unvaried and unceasing course in the spirit of God, and so the feelings on surface of the waters of the sea. (Egoistic feelings rising from the boisterous mind, subside in the calmness of the soul).
58. The cycles of creation, maintenance, and ultimate dissolution happen in a constant and unending flow within the spirit of God, just like the feelings that appear on the surface of the sea. (Selfish feelings that arise from the restless mind settle down in the tranquility of the soul).
59. As the stone is the constituent essence of rocks, the wood of trees and the water of waves; so is the soul the constituent element of all existence.
59. Just like stone makes up rocks, wood comes from trees, and water is found in waves, the soul is the essential element of all existence.
60. He who sees the soul (as inherent) in all substances, and every substance (to be contained) in the soul; and views both as the component of one another, sees the uncreating God as the reflector and reflexion of Himself.
60. Anyone who perceives the soul as present in all things, and sees each thing as being part of the soul, while recognizing that they are interconnected, understands the uncreated God as both reflecting and being reflected in Himself.
61. Know Arjuna, the soul to be the integrant part of every thing, and the constituent element of the different forms and changes of things; as the water is of the waves, and the gold is of jewelleries. (The spirit of God is believed as the material cause of all).
61. Understand, Arjuna, that the soul is an essential part of everything and makes up the different forms and changes of things, just like water is to waves and gold is to jewelry. (The spirit of God is considered the fundamental cause of all.)
62. As the boisterous waves are let loose in the waters, and the jewels are made of gold; so are all things existent in and composed of the spirit of God.
62. Just as the wild waves crash in the sea and jewels are made of gold, everything that exists is made up of the spirit of God.
63. All material beings of every species, are forms of the Great Brahma himself; know this one as all, and there is nothing apart or distinct from him.
63. Every material being of every kind is a manifestation of the Great Brahma himself; understand this as everything, and there is nothing separate or different from him.
64. How can there be an independent existence, or voluntary change of anything in the world; where can they or the world be, except in the essence and omnipresence of God, and wherefore do you think of them in vain?
64. How can anything in the world exist independently or change on its own? Where can they or the world be, except in the essence and constant presence of God? And why do you think about them without purpose?
65. By knowing all this as I have told you, the saints live fearless in this world by reflecting on the supreme Being in themselves; they move about as liberated in their lifetime, with the equanimity of their souls.
65. Knowing all this as I've shared with you, the saints live fearlessly in this world by reflecting on the supreme Being within themselves; they go about their lives feeling free, with calmness in their souls.
66. The enlightened saints attain to their imperishable states, by being invincible to the errors of fiction, and unsubdued by the evils of worldly attachment; they remain always in their spiritual and holy states, by being freed from temporal desires, and the conflicts of jarring passions, doubts and dualities.
66. The enlightened saints reach their everlasting states by being immune to the mistakes of illusion and unaffected by the dangers of worldly attachment; they consistently maintain their spiritual and holy states by being liberated from temporary desires and the struggles of conflicting passions, doubts, and contradictions.
CHAPTER LIV.
Admonition of Arjuna in spiritual knowledge.
Guidance for Arjuna on spiritual wisdom.
Arguments—The causes of the feelings of Pleasure and Pain, and Happiness and Misery in this world, and the modes and means of their prevention and avoidance.
Arguments—The reasons why we feel pleasure and pain, as well as happiness and sadness in this world, and the strategies and methods to prevent and avoid them.
THE lord continued:—Listen moreover, O mighty armed Arjuna, to the edifying speech, which I am about to deliver unto you, for the sake of your lasting good and welfare.
THE lord continued:—Listen up, Arjuna, who is strong and powerful, to the wise words I am about to share with you, for your own lasting good and well-being.
2. Know O progeny of Kunti, that the perception of the senses, or the feelings conveyed to our minds by the organic sense, such as those of cold and heat and the like, are the causes of our bodily pleasure and pain; but as these are transitory, and come to us and pass away by turns, you must remain patient under them.
2. Know, descendants of Kunti, that our senses' perceptions, or the feelings that our bodies send to our minds, like cold and heat, are what cause us bodily pleasure and pain. However, since these sensations are temporary and come and go, you must stay patient through them.
3. Knowing neither the one nor the other to be uniform and monotonous, what is it thou callest as real pleasure or pain? A thing having no form or figure of its own, can have no increase or decrease in it.
3. Not knowing either to be consistent and boring, what do you call real pleasure or pain? Something without its own shape or form can’t have any increase or decrease.
4. Those who have suppressed the feelings of their senses, by knowing the illusory nature of sensible perceptions; are content to remain quiet with an even tenor of their minds, both in their prosperity and adversity; are verily the men that are thought to taste the ambrosial draught of immortality in their mortal state.
4. Those who have mastered their sensory feelings, by understanding the deceptive nature of what they perceive; are satisfied to stay calm and composed, whether things are going well or not; are truly the ones believed to experience the divine essence of immortality while still living.
5. Knowing the soul to be the same in all states, and alike in all places and times; they view all differences and accidents of life with indifference, and being sure of the unreality of unrealities, they retain their endurance under all the varying circumstances of life.
5. Understanding that the soul is the same in every state, and consistent across all places and times; they look at all the differences and events of life with indifference, and being confident in the illusion of the unreal, they maintain their resilience through all the changing circumstances of life.
6. Never can joy or grief take possession of the common soul, which being ecumenical in its nature, can never be exceptional or otherwise.
6. Joy and grief can never fully take over the common soul, which, by its very nature, is universal and cannot be unique or different.
7. The unreal has no existence, nor is the positive a negative[Pg 315] at any time; so there can be nothing as a positive felicity or infelicity either in any place, when God himself is present in his person every where. (They are all alike to God and Godly soul).
7. The unreal doesn’t exist, and the positive is never a negative[Pg 315], so there can’t be anything like a positive happiness or unhappiness anywhere when God himself is present in his being everywhere. (They are all the same to God and a godly soul).
8. Abandon the thoughts of felicity or infelicity of the world (nor be like the laughing or crying philosopher with your one sided view of either the happiness or misery of life), and seeing there is no such difference in the mind of God, stick fast in this last state of indifference to both.
8. Let go of the thoughts about the happiness or unhappiness in the world (and don't be like the philosopher who only laughs or cries with a one-sided view of either life's joy or sorrow), and recognize that there is no real difference in God's perspective; remain steady in this final state of being indifferent to both.
9. Though the intelligent soul, and the external phenomena, are closely situated in the inside and outside of the body; Yet the internal soul is neither delighted nor depressed, by the pleasure or pain which environ the external body.
9. Even though the intelligent soul and the external experiences are closely connected to the inside and outside of the body, the internal soul is neither uplifted nor brought down by the pleasure or pain surrounding the external body.
10. All pleasure and pain relating the material body, touch the mind which is situated in it; but no bodily hurt or debility affects the soul, which is seated beyond it.
10. All pleasure and pain connected to the physical body impact the mind that exists within it; however, no physical harm or weakness affects the soul, which is located beyond the body.
11. Should the soul be supposed to participate, in the pleasure or pain which affect the gross body, it is to be understood as caused by the error, rising from our ignorance only.
11. If we assume that the soul is involved in the pleasure or pain experienced by the physical body, it's important to realize that this is due to a misunderstanding that comes from our own ignorance.
12. The gross is no reality, and its feelings of pain or pleasure are never real ones, as to touch the intangible soul; for who is so senseless, as not to perceive the wide separation of the soul from the body?
12. The physical body isn’t real, and its feelings of pain or pleasure aren’t genuine in relation to the intangible soul; for who is so unaware as not to recognize the significant divide between the soul and the body?
13. What I tell you here, O progeny of Bhárata, will surely destroy the error arising from ignorance, by the full understanding of my lectures.
13. What I’m telling you here, O descendants of Bhárata, will definitely eliminate the misconceptions that come from ignorance, through a complete understanding of my teachings.
14. As knowledge removes the error and fear of the snake, arising from one's ignorance in a rope; so our misconception of the reality of our bodies and their pleasures and pains, is dispelled by our knowledge of truth.
14. Just as knowledge eliminates the mistake and fear of a snake caused by misunderstanding a rope, our misinterpretation of the reality of our bodies and their pleasures and pains is cleared away by our understanding of the truth.
15. Know the whole universe to be identic with increate Brahma, and is neither produced nor dissolved by itself, knowing this as a certain truth, believe in Brahma only, as the most supreme source of all tree knowledge.
15. Understand that the entire universe is identical to the uncreated Brahma, and it is neither born nor destroyed by itself. Knowing this as a certain truth, trust in Brahma alone as the ultimate source of all true knowledge.
16. You are but a little billow in the sea of Brahma's essence; you rise and roll for a little while, and then subside to rest. You foam and froth in the whirlpool of Brahma's[Pg 316] existence, and art no other than a drop of water in the endless ocean of Brahma.
16. You are just a small wave in the sea of Brahma's essence; you rise and roll for a little while, and then settle down to rest. You foam and froth in the whirlpool of Brahma's[Pg 316] existence, and you are nothing more than a drop of water in the endless ocean of Brahma.
17. As long as we are in action under the command of our general, we act our parts like soldiers in the field; we all live and move in Brahma alone, and there is no mistake of right or wrong in this. (Act well our part and there all honour lies).
17. As long as we're following our general's orders, we play our roles like soldiers in the field; we all live and move within Brahma, and there's no confusion about what's right or wrong here. (Play our part well, and that's where all the honor is.)
18. Abandon your pride and haughtiness, your sorrow and fear, and your desire of pain or pleasure; it is bad to have any duality or doubt in you, be good with your oneness or integrity at all times.
18. Let go of your pride and arrogance, your sadness and fear, and your craving for pain or pleasure; it’s unhealthy to have any duality or uncertainty within you. Embrace your wholeness or integrity at all times.
19. Think this in yourself from the destruction of these myriads of forces under your arms, that all these are evolved out of Brahma, and you do more than evolve or reduce them to Brahma himself.
19. Consider this within yourself from the destruction of these countless forces at your command: that all of these come from Brahma, and you do more than bring them into existence or reduce them back to Brahma himself.
20. Do not care for your pleasure or pain, your gain or loss, and your victory or defeat; but resort only to the unity of Brahma, and know the world as the vast ocean of Brahma's entity.
20. Don't focus on your pleasure or pain, your gain or loss, or your victory or defeat; instead, turn to the oneness of Brahma and recognize the world as the immense ocean of Brahma's existence.
21. Being alike in or unchanged by your loss or gain, and thinking yourself as nobody; and go on in your proper course of action, as a gust of wind takes its own course.
21. Being unaffected by your losses or gains, and seeing yourself as just another person; continue on your path as a gust of wind follows its own direction.
22. Whatever you do or take to your food, whatever sacrifices you make or any gift that you give to any one, commit them all to Brahma, and remain quiet in yourself. (With an assurance of their happy termination by the help of God).
22. Whatever you do or add to your food, whatever sacrifices you make or gifts you give to anyone, dedicate them all to Brahma, and stay calm within yourself. (With the confidence of their positive outcome through the help of God).
23. Whoever thinks in his mind, of becoming anything in earnest; he undoubtedly becomes the same in process of time; if therefore you wish to become as Brahma himself, learn betimes to assimilate yourself to the nature of Brahma, in all your thoughts and deeds. (It is imitation of perfection, that gives perfection to man).
23. Anyone who seriously thinks about becoming something will eventually become that over time; so if you want to be like Brahma, start early by aligning your thoughts and actions with Brahma’s nature. (It's the imitation of perfection that brings about perfection in a person).
24. Let one who knows the great Brahma, be employed in doing his duties as occur unto him, without any expectation and any reward; and as God does his works without any aim, so should the Godly do their works without any object.
24. Let anyone who understands the great Brahma focus on doing their duties as they come, without expecting anything in return. Just as God performs His actions without a specific goal, so should the virtuous carry out their work without seeking any particular outcome.
25. He who sees the inactive God in all his active duties, and sees also all his works in the inactive Gods; that man is called the most intelligent among men, and he is said the readiest discharger of his deeds and duties.
25. The person who sees the inactive God in all his active responsibilities, and also recognizes all his actions in the inactive Gods; that person is considered the smartest among people, and is said to be the most willing to fulfill his actions and responsibilities.
26. Do not do thy works in expectation of their rewards, nor engage thyself to do any thing that is not thy duty or improper for thee. Go on doing thy duties as in thy yoga or fixed meditation, and not in connection with other's or their rewards.
26. Don’t do your work expecting rewards, and don’t commit to anything that isn’t your responsibility or suitable for you. Keep doing your duties as you would in your yoga or meditation, and don’t tie them to other people or their rewards.
27. Neither be addicted to active duties, nor recline in your inactivity either; never remain ignorant or negligent of thy duties in life, but continue in thy work with an even temper at all times.
27. Don't get so caught up in being busy that you ignore your responsibilities, and don't be lazy either; never stay oblivious or careless about your duties in life, but keep working with a calm attitude at all times.
28. That man though employed in business, is said to be doing nothing at all; who does not foster the hope of a reward of his acts, and is ever contented in himself, even without a patron or refuge.
28. That man, even though he's engaged in work, is said to be doing nothing at all if he doesn't nurture the hope of a reward for his actions and is always satisfied with himself, even without a supporter or safe haven.
29. It is the addictedness of one's mind to anything, that makes it his action, and not the action itself without such addiction; it is ignorance which is the cause of such tendency, therefore ignorance is to be avoided by all means.
29. It's the attachment of one's mind to something that turns it into an action, not the action itself without that attachment; ignorance causes this tendency, so ignorance should be avoided at all costs.
30. The great soul that is settled in divine knowledge; and is freed from its wont or bent to any thing, may be employed in all sorts of works, without being reckoned as the doer of any. (One is named by the work of his profession, and not by his attendance to a thousand other callings in life).
30. The great soul that is rooted in divine knowledge and free from attachment to anything can engage in all kinds of work without being seen as the doer of any of them. (A person is identified by their profession, not by their involvement in countless other pursuits in life).
31. He who does nothing, is indifferent about its result (whether of good or evil), this indifference amounts to his equanimity, which leads to his endless felicity, which is next to the state of God-head. (The sentence is climacteric rising from inactivity to the felicity of the Deity).
31. Someone who does nothing doesn't care about the outcome (whether good or bad); this indifference is a form of calmness, which leads to their continuous happiness, nearly reaching the state of divinity. (The sentence builds up from inaction to the happiness of the divine).
32. By avoiding the dirt of duality and plurality (of beliefs), betake yourself to your belief in the unity of the supreme spirit, and then whether you do or not do your ceremonial acts, you will not be accounted as the doer.
32. By steering clear of the mess of duality and multiple beliefs, focus on your belief in the unity of the supreme spirit. Then, whether you perform your rituals or not, you won’t be seen as the one doing them.
33. He is called a wise man by the learned, whose acts in life are free from desire or some object of desire; and whose[Pg 318] ceremonial acts are burnt away by the fire of spiritual knowledge. (It is said that the merit of ceremonial observances, leads a man only to reward in repeated births; but divine knowledge removes the doom of transmigration, by leading the soul at once to divine felicity, from which no one has to return to revisit the earth.)
33. The educated call him a wise man because his actions in life are free from desire or any specific goals. His[Pg 318] ceremonial acts are consumed by the fire of spiritual knowledge. (It's said that the benefit of following rituals only brings rewards in future lives; however, true knowledge frees the soul from the cycle of rebirth, leading it directly to divine happiness, from which no one needs to come back to the earth.)
34. He who remains with a peaceful, calm, quiet and tranquil equanimity of the soul, and without any desire or avarice for anything in this world, may be doing his duties here, without any disturbance or anxiety of his mind.
34. The person who stays peaceful, calm, and balanced in their soul, without any desire or greed for anything in this world, can carry out their responsibilities here without any disturbance or anxiety.
35. The man who has no dispute with any one, but is ever settled with calm and quiet rest of his soul; which is united with the supreme soul, without its Yoga or Ceremonial observance, and is satisfied with whatever is obtained of itself; such a man is deemed as a decoration of this earth.
35. The person who has no conflicts with anyone and lives in peace and tranquility of spirit, connected with the ultimate being without following any specific practices or rituals, and is content with whatever comes their way; that person is considered an ornament of this world.
36. They are called ignorant hypocrites, who having repressed their organs of actions, still indulge themselves in dwelling upon sensible pleasures, by recalling their thoughts in this mind.
36. They are referred to as ignorant hypocrites, who, despite suppressing their ability to act, still allow themselves to focus on sensory pleasures by lingering on these thoughts in their minds.
37. He who has governed his outward and inward senses, by the power of his sapient mind; and employs his organs of action, in the performance of his bodily functions and discharges of his ceremonial observances without his addictedness to them, is quite different from the one described before.
37. Someone who has controlled both their external and internal senses through the strength of their wise mind, and uses their body for functions and rituals without being attached to them, is very different from the one mentioned earlier.
38. As the overflowing waters of rivers, fall into the profound and motionless body of waters in the sea; so the souls of holy men enter into the ocean of eternal God, where they are attended with a peaceful bliss, which is never to be obtained by avaricious worldlings.
38. Just as the overflowing waters of rivers flow into the deep and still waters of the sea, the souls of holy people enter the ocean of the eternal God, where they experience a peaceful bliss that can never be attained by greedy, materialistic individuals.
CHAPTER LV.
Lecture on the living soul or Jívatatwa.
Lecture on the living soul or __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Jívatatwa.
Arguments.—The unity and reality is the causal subjective, and the duality and unreality is the objective worlds; and the situation of God between the two, means his witnessing both of these without being either of them, because the conditions of the cause and the caused do not apply to God who is beyond all attributes.
Arguments.—The unity and reality represent the subjective cause, while the duality and unreality represent the objective worlds. God's position between the two signifies that He observes both without being either one, since the conditions of the cause and the effect do not pertain to God, who is beyond all attributes.
THE Lord said:—Neither relinquish or abstain from your enjoyments, nor employ your minds about them or in the acquisition of the object thereof. Remain with an even tenor of your mind, and be content with what comes to thee.
THE Lord said:—Don't give up or shy away from your pleasures, nor focus your thoughts on them or on getting what brings you joy. Keep a steady mindset, and be satisfied with what comes your way.
2. Never be so intimately related to thy body, that is not intimately related with thee; but remain intimately connected with thyself, which is thy increate and imperishable soul.
2. Never be so closely tied to your body that it isn't closely tied to you; instead, stay deeply connected to yourself, which is your eternal and unchanging soul.
3. We suffer no loss by the loss of our bodies (which are but adscititious garments of our souls); but we lose every thing, by the loss of our souls which last forever and never perish.
3. We don't lose anything by losing our bodies (which are just temporary outfits for our souls); but we lose everything by losing our souls, which last forever and never die.
4. The soul is not weakened like the sentient mind, by the loss of the sensible objects of enjoyment, and incessantly employed in action, yet it does nothing by itself.
4. The soul isn't weakened like the conscious mind is by losing the things it enjoys, and while it’s continually engaged in action, it doesn’t do anything on its own.
5. It is one's addictedness to an action that makes it his act, and this even when one is no actor of the same; it is ignorance only that incites the mind to action, and therefore this ignorance is required to be removed from it by all means.
5. It’s a person's addiction to an action that makes it their act, even if they’re not directly involved in it; it's ignorance that drives the mind to act, and therefore, this ignorance needs to be removed by all means.
6. The great minded man that is acquainted with the superior knowledge of spirituality, forsakes his tendency to action, and does everything that comes to him without his being the actor thereof.
6. The wise person who understands the higher knowledge of spirituality lets go of their urge to act and does everything that comes their way without considering themselves the doer.
7. Know thy soul to be without its beginning and end, and undecaying and imperishable in its nature; the ignorant think it perishable, and you must not fall into this sad error like them.
7. Understand that your soul has no beginning or end and is naturally unchanging and everlasting; those who are unaware believe it can decay, and you should not make this unfortunate mistake like they do.
8. The best of men that are blest with spiritual knowledge,[Pg 320] do not look the soul in the same light as the ignorant vulgar; who either believe the soulless matter as the soul, or think themselves as incorporate souls by their egoistic vanity.
8. The best people who are blessed with spiritual knowledge,[Pg 320] do not view the soul in the same way as the uneducated masses; they either see physical matter as the soul or mistakenly believe they are embodied souls due to their egotistical pride.
9. Arjuna said:—If it is so, O lord of worlds! then I ween that the loss of the body is attended with no loss or gain to the ignorant (because they have nothing to care for an immortal soul like the learned).
9. Arjuna said:—If that's the case, O lord of the worlds! then I believe that the loss of the body doesn't bring any loss or gain to the ignorant (because they don't care for an immortal soul like the educated do).
10. The lord replied:—so it is, O mighty armed Arjuna! they lose nothing by the loss of the perishable body, but they know that the soul is imperishable, and its loss is the greatest of all losses.
10. The lord replied:—that's right, O strong-armed Arjuna! They don’t lose anything by the loss of the temporary body, but they understand that the soul is everlasting, and losing that is the biggest loss of all.
11. How be it, I see no greater mistake of men in this world; than when they say, that they have lost anything or gained something that never belongs to them. It appears like the crying of a barren woman for her child, which she never had, nor is expected to have at any time.
11. However, I see no greater mistake people make in this world than when they claim to have lost something or gained something that never actually belonged to them. It’s like a barren woman crying for a child she never had and will never have.
12. That it is axiomatic truth established by the learned, and well known to all men of common sense, though the ignorant may not perceive it verily, that an unreality can not come to reality, nor a reality go to nothing at any time. (This equivalent to the definite propositions, "what is, is; and what is not, is naught; or that, positive can not be the negative, not the negative an affirmative").
12. It's a widely accepted truth recognized by scholars and obvious to anyone with common sense, even if the uninformed might not truly understand it, that something unreal can't become real, nor can something real cease to exist at any time. (This is equivalent to the clear statements, "what is, is; and what is not, is nothing; or that, positive cannot be negative, nor can negative be affirmative").
13. Now know that to be imperishable, that has spread out this perishable and frail world; and there is no one that can destroy the indestructible (or the entity of the immortal soul).
13. Now understand that to be everlasting, which has created this temporary and fragile world; and no one can destroy the indestructible (or the essence of the immortal soul).
14. The finite bodies are said to be the abode of the infinite soul, and yet the destruction of the finite and frail, entails no loss upon the infinite and imperishable soul. Know therefore the difference between the two.
14. Finite bodies are said to be the home of the infinite soul, and yet the destruction of the finite and fragile doesn’t affect the infinite and everlasting soul. So, understand the difference between the two.
15. The soul is a unity without a duality, and there is no possibility of its nihility. (because the unity is certain reality, and duality is a nullity). The eternal and infinite reality of the soul, can never be destroyed with the destruction of the body.
15. The soul is a single entity without any division, and it can never become nonexistent. (because unity is a definite reality, while duality is an illusion). The soul's eternal and infinite existence can never be erased with the body's death.
16. Leaving aside the unity and duality, take that which remains, and know that state of tranquillity which is situated[Pg 321] between the reality and unreality, to be the state of the transcendental Deity.
16. Putting aside unity and duality, focus on what’s left, and understand that state of calmness that exists[Pg 321] between reality and unreality, which is known as the state of the transcendental Deity.
17. Arjuna rejoined:—such being the nature of the soul, then tell me, O lord, what is the cause of this certainty in man that he is dying, and what makes him think, that he is either going to heaven above or to the hell below. (What is the cause of heavenly bliss and the torments of hell).
17. Arjuna replied:—if this is the nature of the soul, then please tell me, O lord, what makes a person so certain that they are dying, and what leads them to believe that they are either going to heaven or hell. (What causes the joys of heaven and the pains of hell)?
18. The lord replied:—know Arjuna! There is a living soul dwelling in the body, and composed of the elements of earth, air, water, fire and vacuum, as also of the mind and understanding: (all of which being destructible in their nature, cause the destructibility of the living principle, and its subjection to pain and pleasure in this life and in the next. gloss).
18. The lord replied:—know this, Arjuna! There is a living soul in the body, made up of the elements of earth, air, water, fire, and empty space, as well as the mind and intellect. All of these are inherently destructible, which leads to the destructibility of the living essence and its experience of pain and pleasure in this life and the next. (gloss).
19. The embodied and living soul is led by its desire, as the young of a beast is carried about tied by a rope on its neck; and it dwells in the recess of the body, like a bird in the cage. (Both states of its living and moving about in the body, are as troublesome as they are compulsory to it).
19. The living soul is driven by its desires, just like a young animal is pulled around by a rope tied to its neck; it resides in the depths of the body, like a bird in a cage. (Both the state of living and moving within the body are as burdensome as they are inevitable for it).
20. Then as the body is worn out and becomes infirm in course of time, the living soul leaves it like the moisture of a dried leaf, and flies to where it is led by its inborn desire. (The difference of desire causes the difference of new births and bodies. gloss).
20. As the body wears out and becomes weak over time, the living soul departs from it like the moisture from a dried leaf, and moves towards whatever it is drawn to by its inherent desire. (The differences in desire lead to different new lives and bodies. gloss).
21. It carries with it the senses of hearing, seeing, feeling, taste, touch and smell from its body, as the breeze wafts the fragrance from the cells of flowers (or as a wayfarer carries his valuables with him).
21. It brings along the senses of hearing, seeing, feeling, taste, touch, and smell from its body, just like the breeze carries the fragrance from the petals of flowers (or as a traveler carries his belongings with him).
22. The body is the production of one's desire, and has no other assignable cause to it; it weakens by the weakening of its desire, and being altogether weak and wasted, it becomes extinct in its final absorption in the god-head (because the want of desire and dislike, makes a man to become like his god; or as perfect as god, who has nothing to desire and dislike).
22. The body is created by one's desires, and there's no other cause for it; it weakens as desire weakens, and when it is completely weak and depleted, it ultimately disappears in its final union with the divine (because the absence of desire and aversion causes a person to become like their god; or as perfect as god, who has nothing to desire or dislike).
23. The avaricious man, being stanch with his concupiscence, passes through many wombs into many births; like a magician is skilled in leaping up and down in earth and air.[Pg 322] (The magician máyá, purusha, means also a juggler or athlete who shows his feats in air as an aeronaut).
23. The greedy person, clinging tightly to their desires, goes through many cycles of birth and rebirth; like a magician, they skillfully jump between earth and sky.[Pg 322] (The magician máyá, purusha, also refers to a juggler or athlete who showcases their skills in the air like an aeronaut).
24. The parting soul carries with her the properties of the senses from the sensible organs of the body; just as the flying breeze bears with him the fragrance of flowers, in his flight through the sky.
24. The departing soul takes with it the qualities of the senses from the body's sensory organs; just like the breeze carries the scent of flowers as it flows through the sky.
25. The body becomes motionless, after the soul has fled from it; just as the leaves and branches of trees, remain unruffled after the winds are still. (i.e. As the breeze shakes the tree, so the vital breath moves the body, and this being stopped, the body becomes quiescent which is called its death).
25. The body goes still once the soul has left it, just like the leaves and branches of trees stay calm after the winds die down. (i.e. Just as the wind shakes the tree, the vital breath animates the body, and when that breath stops, the body becomes motionless, which is referred to as death).
26. When the body becomes inactive, and insensible to the incision and wounds that are inflicted upon it, it is then called to be dead, or to have become lifeless.
26. When the body stops being active and is unresponsive to cuts and injuries that are made to it, it is then considered dead or lifeless.
27. As this soul resides in any part of the sky, in its form of the vital air, it beholds the very same form of things manifested before it, as it was wont to desire when living. (The departed soul dwells either in spiritual or elemental sphere of the sky, and views itself and all other things in the same state as they are imprest in it, in their relation to time, place and form. Gloss. This passage will clear Locke's and Parker's question, as to the form which the soul is to have after its resurrection).
27. As this soul exists in any part of the sky, in its form as vital air, it sees the same forms of things appearing before it, just as it used to desire when alive. (The departed soul lives either in a spiritual or elemental realm of the sky and observes itself and everything else in the same way they are imprinted in it, in relation to time, place, and form. Gloss. This passage will clarify Locke's and Parker's question about what form the soul will take after its resurrection).
28. The soul comes to find all these forms and bodies, to be as unreal as those it has left behind; and so must you reckon all bodies after they are destroyed, unless you be so profoundly asleep as to see and know nothing.
28. The soul discovers that all these forms and bodies are just as unreal as the ones it has left behind; therefore, you must consider all bodies after they are gone, unless you are so deeply asleep that you see and know nothing.
29. Brahmá—the lord of creation, has created all beings according to the images, that were impressed in his mind in the beginning. He sees them still to continue and die in the same forms. (So the soul gets its body as it thinks upon, and then lives and dies in the same form).
29. Brahmá—the creator god, has made all beings based on the visions that were imprinted in his mind at the beginning. He observes them continuing to exist and perish in the same forms. (So the soul acquires its body based on what it contemplates, and then it lives and dies in that same form).
30. Whatever form or body the soul finds on itself, on its first and instantaneous springing to life; the same is invariably impressed in its consciousness, until its last moment of death. (This fixed impression of the past, produces its reminiscence in the future, which forms and frames the being according to its own model).
30. Whatever shape or form the soul takes when it first comes to life, that impression is permanently marked in its consciousness until the moment of its death. (This lasting impression of the past influences its memories in the future, shaping and defining the being according to its own pattern).
31. The pristine desire of a man, is the root of his present manliness, which becomes the cause of his future success. So also the present exertion of one, is able to correct and make up not only his past mistakes and deficits; but also to edify upon his rugged hut of old. (i.e. that is to improve his dilapidated state and build the fabric of his future fame and fortune).
31. A man's pure desire is the foundation of his current strength, which leads to his future success. Similarly, a person's present effort can not only fix and compensate for past mistakes and shortcomings but also build upon the rough structure of what came before. (i.e. that is, to enhance his worn-down condition and create the groundwork for his future reputation and prosperity).
32. Whatever is pursued with ardent exertion and diligence for a while, the same in particular is gained among all other objects of one's former and future pursuit (which are reckoned under the four predicaments (Chaturvarga) of wealth and pleasure for this life, and virtue and salvation for the next).
32. Whatever is chased with intense effort and dedication for a while, the same is achieved alongside all other things one has sought in the past and will seek in the future (which fall under the four categories Chaturvarga of wealth and pleasure for this life, and virtue and salvation for the next).
33. Whether a man is exposed on the barren rock of Vindhya, or blown and borne away by the winds, he is yet supported by his manhood; therefore the wise man should never decline to discharge the legal duties, that are required of him at all times.
33. Whether a man is stranded on the barren rock of Vindhya, or tossed and carried away by the winds, he is still upheld by his masculinity; thus, the wise man should never refuse to fulfill the legal responsibilities that are expected of him at all times.
34. Know the heaven and hell of which you ask, to be creatures of the old prejudices of men; they are the productions of human wish, and exist in the customary bias of the populace.
34. Understand the heaven and hell you're asking about; they are just products of old human biases. They come from what people wish for and exist in the usual opinions of the crowd.
35. Arjuna said:—Tell me, O lord of the world! what is that cause, which gave rise to the prejudice of a heaven and hell. (A future state of reward and retribution, is a common belief of all mankind on earth).
35. Arjuna said:—Tell me, O lord of the world! What is the reason that led to the belief in heaven and hell? (A future state of reward and punishment is a common belief among all people on earth).
36. The Lord replied:—These prejudices are as false as airy dreams, and have their rise from our desire (of future retribution); which waxing strong by our constant habit of thinking them as true, make us believe them as such, as they mislead us to rely on the reality of the unreal world. Therefore we must shun our desires for our real good.
36. The Lord replied:—These prejudices are as false as daydreams and come from our desire for future rewards. As this desire grows stronger through our constant habit of thinking these beliefs are true, it leads us to accept them as reality, causing us to rely on the existence of an unreal world. Therefore, we must avoid our desires for our true well-being.
37. The Lord replied:—Ignorance is the source of our desires, as it is the main spring of our error of taking the unself for the true self; it is the knowledge of the self therefore combined with right understanding, that can dispel the error of our desires. (i.e. Ignorance of the nature of a thing, excites our desire for it, as our knowledge of the same, serves to suppress it).
37. The Lord replied:—Ignorance is the source of our desires, as it is the main reason we mistakenly identify the false self as the true self; it's the knowledge of the self combined with proper understanding that can clear up the misunderstanding of our desires. (i.e. Not knowing the true nature of something fuels our desire for it, while understanding it helps to control that desire).
38. You are best acquainted with the self, O Arjuna! and[Pg 324] well know the truth also; therefore try to get off your error of yourself and not yourself, as this I and that another, as also of your desires for yourself and other.
38. You know yourself best, Arjuna! And[Pg 324] you understand the truth as well; so try to let go of the confusion between yourself and not yourself, as in this and that, as well as your desires for yourself and others.
39. Arjuna said:—But I ween that the living soul dies away, with the death of its desires; because the desire is the support of the soul, which must languish and droop down for want of a desire. (So says sir Hamilton: Give me something to do and desire, and so I live or else I pine away and die).
39. Arjuna said:—But I believe that the soul fades away with the death of its desires; because desire is what sustains the soul, which must wither and decline without it. (As Sir Hamilton said: Give me something to do and desire, and that’s how I live, or else I waste away and die).
40. Tell me moreover, what thing is it that is subject to future births and deaths, after the living soul perishes with its body at any time or place (or after it has fled from it to some other region).
40. Tell me, what is it that is subject to future births and deaths, after the living soul dies with its body at any time or place (or after it has moved on to some other region)?
41. The Lord replied:—Know the wistful soul, O intelligent Arjuna! to be of the form of the desire of the heart, as also of the form that anyone has framed for himself in his imagination. (i.e. The form of individual soul, is according to the figure that one has of himself in his mind and heart).
41. The Lord replied:—Understand the longing soul, O wise Arjuna! to be shaped by the desires of the heart, as well as by the image that anyone has created for themselves in their mind. (i.e. The form of the individual soul reflects the way someone perceives themselves in their mind and heart).
42. The soul that is self-same with itself, and unaltered in all circumstances; that is never subject to body or any desire on earth, but is freed from all desires by its own discretion, is said to be liberated in this life.
42. The soul that remains consistent and unchanged in all situations; one that is never influenced by the body or any earthly desire, but is freed from all desires by its own choice, is said to be liberated in this life.
43. Living in this manner (or self-independence), you must always look to and be in search of truth; and being released from the snare of worldly cares, you are said to be liberated in this life.
43. Living this way (or being self-reliant), you must always seek out and pursue truth; and by freeing yourself from the trap of worldly concerns, you are considered to be liberated in this life.
44. The soul that is not freed from its desires, is said to be pent up as a bird in its cage; and though a man may be very learned, and observant of all his religious rites and duties, yet he is not said to be liberated, as long as he labours in the chains of his desires.
44. The soul that isn't free from its desires is like a bird trapped in a cage; and even if a person is very knowledgeable and follows all their religious practices and responsibilities, they aren't considered liberated as long as they are stuck in the chains of their desires.
45. The man who sees the train of desires, glimmering in the recess of his heart and mind, is like a purblind man who sees the bespangled train of peacocks tail in the spotless sky. He is said to be liberated whose mind is not bound to the chain of desire, and it is one's release from this chain that is called his liberation in this life and in the next.
45. The person who recognizes the train of desires shining in their heart and mind is like a blind person who sees the sparkling tail of a peacock against a clear sky. A person is considered liberated when their mind isn't trapped by the chains of desire, and it's this freedom from those chains that is referred to as liberation in this life and the next.
CHAPTER LVI.
Description of the mind.
Mind description.
Argument:—On the liberation of the living soul, and description of the mind as the miniature of the world.
Argument:—About the freedom of the living soul, and a description of the mind as a miniature version of the world.
THE Lord continued:—Now Arjuna, forsake your sympathy for your friends, by the coldheartedness that you have acquired from the abandonment of your desires and cares, and the liberation that you have attained to in this your living state.
THE Lord continued:—Now Arjuna, let go of your sympathy for your friends, and embrace the emotional detachment you've gained from letting go of your desires and worries, along with the freedom you've achieved in this life.
2. Be dispassionate, O sinless Arjuna! by forsaking your fear of death and decay of the body; and be as clear as the unclouded sky in your mind, by driving away the clouds of your cares from it, and dispelling all your aims and attempts either of good or evil for yourself or others.
2. Stay calm, O sinless Arjuna! Let go of your fear of death and the decay of the body; keep your mind clear like the unclouded sky by casting away the clouds of your worries, and set aside all your goals and efforts, whether good or bad, for yourself or others.
3. Discharge your duties as they come to you in the course of your life, and do well whatever is proper to be done, that no action of yours may go for nothing (i.e. Do well or do nothing).
3. Fulfill your responsibilities as they arise in life, and do whatever needs to be done well, so that your actions have meaning (i.e. Do well or do nothing).
4. Whoso does any work that comes to him of itself in the course of his life, that man is called to be liberated in his life time; and the discharge of such deeds, belongs to the condition of living liberation.
4. Whoever does any work that comes to him naturally in his life, that person is called to be freed in this lifetime; and the completion of such actions is part of the state of living freedom.
5. That I will do this and not that, or accept of this one and refuse the other, are the conceits of foolishness; but they are all alike to the wise (who have no choice in what is fit and proper for them).
5. Saying that I will do this and not that, or that I will accept one thing and reject another, is just foolishness; but to the wise, it all seems the same (since they don’t really have a choice about what’s right for them).
6. Those who do the works which occur to them, with the cool calmness of their minds, are said to be the living liberated; and they continue in their living state, as if they are in their profound sleep.
6. Those who carry out the actions that come to them with a clear and calm mindset are considered to be truly free; they go on living as if they are in a deep sleep.
7. He who has contracted the members of his body, and curbed the organs of his senses in himself, from their respective[Pg 326] outward objects, resembles a tortoise, that rests in quiet by contracting its limbs within itself.
7. The person who has mastered their body and controlled their senses, keeping them focused away from outside distractions, is like a tortoise that finds peace by drawing its limbs back inside its shell.
8. The universe resides in the universal soul, and continues therein in all the three present, past and future times, as the painting-master of the mind, draws the picture of the world in the aerial canvas.
8. The universe exists within the universal soul and continues there in all three times: present, past, and future, as the artist of the mind paints the picture of the world on the canvas of the air.
9. The variegated picture of the world, which is drawn by the painter of the mind in the empty air, is as void as the vacant air itself, and yet appearing as prominent as a figure in relief, and as plain as a pikestaff.
9. The varied image of the world, created by the painter of the mind in the empty air, is as empty as the air itself, yet stands out as boldly as a sculpted figure and as clear as a stick.
10. Though the formless world rests on the plane of vacuity, yet the wonderous error of our imagination shows it as conspicuous to view; as a magician shows his aerial cottage to our deluded sight.
10. Even though the formless world lies in emptiness, our imagination creates a vivid illusion, making it appear clear to us, just like a magician revealing his floating house to our deceived eyes.
11. As there is no difference in the plane surface of the canvas, which shows the swelling and depression of the figures in the picture to our sight; so there is no convexity or concavity in the dead flat of the spirit, which presents the uneven world to view. (i.e. All things are even in the spirit of God, however uneven they may appear to us).
11. Just like there’s no difference in the flat surface of the canvas that displays the highlights and shadows of the figures in the artwork, there’s also no bulge or dip in the flatness of the spirit, which shows us the uneven world. (i.e. Everything is equal in the spirit of God, no matter how uneven it may seem to us).
12. Know, O red eyed Arjuna! the picture of the world in the empty vacuum is as void as the vacuity itself; it rises and sets in the mind, as the temporary scenes which appear in imagination at the fit of a delirium.
12. Know, O red-eyed Arjuna! The image of the world in the empty void is as empty as the void itself; it rises and falls in the mind, like the fleeting scenes that appear in the imagination during a fever dream.
13. So is this world all hollow both in the inside and outside of it, though it appears as real as an air drawn city of our imagination, by our prejudice or long habit of thinking it so. (A deep rooted prejudice cannot soon be removed).
13. So, is this world empty both inside and out, even though it seems as real as a city we imagine in the air, due to our bias or long-standing habits of thinking it that way? (A deeply ingrained bias isn't easily shaken off).
14. Without cogitation the truth appears as false, and the false as true as in a delirium; but by excogitation of it, the truth comes to light, and the error or untruth vanishes in nubila.
14. Without thinking, the truth seems false, and the false seems true, like in a delirium; but by carefully considering it, the truth reveals itself, and the mistake or lie fades away into nothing.
15. As the autumnal sky, though it appears bright and clear to the naked eye, has yet the flimsy clouds flying over it, so the picture drawn over the plane of the inane mind, presents the figures of our fancied objects in it. (Such is the appearance of our imaginary world and our fancied friends in the perspective of the mind).
15. Just like the autumn sky looks bright and clear at first glance but has delicate clouds drifting over it, the images created in the empty mind show the figures of our imagined objects. (This is how our imaginary world and our imagined friends appear in the mind's perspective).
16. The baseless and unsubstantial world which appears on the outside, is but a phantasy and has no reality in it; and when there is nothing as you or I or any one in real existence, say who can destroy one or be destroyed by another.
16. The empty and superficial world that seems to exist on the outside is just an illusion and has no real substance; and when there’s really no you or me or anyone in actual existence, then who can harm someone else or be harmed by another?
17. Drive away your false conception of the slayer and slain from your mind, and rest in the pure and bright sphere of the Divine spirit; because there is no stir or motion in the intellectual sphere of God, which is ever calm and quiet. All commotions appertain to the mental sphere, and the action of the restless mind.
17. Clear your mind of the false idea of the killer and the killed, and find peace in the pure and bright realm of the Divine spirit; because there is no movement or disturbance in the intellectual realm of God, which is always calm and serene. All turmoil belongs to the mental sphere and the activity of the restless mind.
18. Know the mind to contain every thing in its clear sphere, such as time and space, the clear sky, and all actions and motions and positions of things; as the area of a map presents the sites of all places upon its surface.
18. Understand that the mind can encompass everything within its clear boundaries, like time and space, the open sky, and all actions, movements, and positions of things; similar to how a map displays the locations of all places on its surface.
19. Know the mind to be more inane and rarefied than the empty air, and it is upon that basis the painter of the intellect, has drawn the picture of this immense universe.
19. Understand that the mind is more insubstantial and refined than empty air, and it is on that foundation that the painter of the intellect has created the picture of this vast universe.
20. But the infinite vacuum being wholly inane, it has not that diversity and divisibility in it, as they exhibit themselves in the mind, in the rearing up and breaking down of its aerial castle. (The imagination of the mind raises and erases its fabrics; but those of vacuum are fixed and firm for ever).
20. But the infinite vacuum is completely empty, lacking the variety and separateness that we see in the mind, which constructs and deconstructs its imaginary creations. (The imagination of the mind builds up and tears down its structures; however, those of the vacuum are permanent and unchanging).
21. So the earthly mortals seem to be born and die away every moment, as the chargeful thoughts of the all-engrossing mind, are ever rising and subsiding in it.
21. So it seems that earthly beings are constantly being born and dying away every moment, just like the busy thoughts in the all-consuming mind that are always coming and going.
22. Though the erroneous thoughts of the mind, are so instantaneous and temporary; yet it has the power of stretching out the ideas of the length and duration of the world, as it has of producing new ideas of all things from nothing. (So God created every thing out of nothing).
22. Even though the wrong thoughts in our minds are quick and fleeting, they can extend our perceptions of the length and duration of the world, just like they can generate new ideas from nothing. (So God created everything out of nothing).
23. The mind has moreover the power of prolonging a moment to a kalpa age; as of enlarging a minim to a mountain, and of increasing a little to a multitude.
23. The mind also has the ability to stretch a moment into an incredibly long time; to expand something tiny into a mountain, and to grow a small amount into a large crowd.
24. It has the power also of producing a thing from nothing, and of converting one to another in a trice; it is this capacity of it, which gives rise to the erroneous conception of[Pg 328] the world, in the same manner, as it raises the airy castle and fairy lands of its own nature in a moment.
24. It also has the ability to create something out of nothing, and to change one thing into another in an instant; it is this power that leads to the mistaken idea of [Pg 328] the world, just like it instantly conjures up castles in the air and magical lands from its own nature.
25. It has likewise brought this wonderous world into existence, which rose out in the twinkling of an eye, as a reflexion and not creation of it. (Because the disembodied mind can not create any material thing).
25. It has also brought this amazing world into existence, which appeared in the blink of an eye, as a reflection and not a creation of it. (Because the disembodied mind cannot create any material thing).
26. All these are but ideal forms and shadowy shapes of imagination, though they appear as hard and solid as adamant; they are the mistaken ideas of some unknown form and substance.
26. All of these are just ideal forms and vague images from the imagination, even though they seem as solid and strong as stone; they are the flawed concepts of some unknown shape and essence.
27. Whether you desire or dislike your worldly interests, show me where lies its solidity, both in your solicitude as well as indifference about it; the mind being itself situated in the intellect of the Divine contriver, the picture of the world, can not have its place any where else. (The world being in the mind, and this again in the Divine intellect, the world must be situated also in the same, which is the main receptacle of the world also).
27. Whether you want or don’t care about your worldly interests, show me where its certainty lies, both in your concern and indifference toward it; since the mind is located in the intellect of the Divine creator, the image of the world cannot exist anywhere else. (The world exists in the mind, and this again in the Divine intellect, so the world must also be located there, which is the primary container of the world as well).
28. O how very wonderous bright is this prominent picture, which is drawn on no base or coating, and which is so conspicuous before us, in various pieces without any paint or color whereof it is made.
28. Oh, how wonderfully bright is this striking image, which is created without a base or coating, and stands out so clearly in front of us, made of various pieces without any paint or color.
29. O how pleasant is this perspicuous picture of the world, and how very attractive to our sight. It was drawn on the inky coating of chaotic darkness, and exhibited to the full blaze of various lights (of the sun, moon, stars and primeval light).
29. Oh, how lovely is this clear picture of the world, and how appealing to our eyes. It was created on the dark canvas of chaos and displayed in the bright glow of different lights (the sun, moon, stars, and original light).
30. It is fraught in diverse colors, and filled with various objects of our desire in all its different parts; it exhibits many shows which are pleasant to sight, and presents all things to view of which have the notions in our minds.
30. It’s filled with all sorts of colors and various things we desire in its different parts; it showcases many sights that are pleasing to see and presents everything we have in our minds.
31. It presents many planets and stars before us, shining in their different shapes and spheres all about. The blue vault of heaven resembling a cerulean lake, brightens with the shining sun, moon and stars liking its blooming and blossoming lotuses.
31. It shows us many planets and stars, shining in their various shapes and sizes all around. The blue sky, like a bright blue lake, lights up with the shining sun, moon, and stars resembling blooming and blossoming lotuses.
32. There are the bodies of variegated clouds, pendant as the many coloured leaves of trees on the azure sky; and appearing as pictures of men, gods and demons, drawn over the domes of the three regions (of earth, heaven and hell below, in their various appearances of white, bright and dark).
32. There are clusters of colorful clouds, hanging like the many-colored leaves of trees against the blue sky; and they look like images of people, gods, and demons, painted across the skies of the three realms (earth, heaven, and hell below), in their different shades of white, bright, and dark.
33. The fickle and playful painter of the mind, has sketched and stretched out the picture of the sky, as an arena for the exhibition of the three worlds, as its three different stages; where all deluded peoples are portrayed as joyful players, acting their parts under the encircling light of the supreme Intellect. (The world is a stage, and all men and women its players, Shakespeare).
33. The unpredictable and playful artist of the mind has created an expansive view of the sky, turning it into a stage for the display of the three worlds, each as distinct acts; where all misled people are shown as happy actors, performing their roles under the surrounding illumination of the supreme Intellect. (The world is a stage, and all men and women its players, Shakespeare).
34. Here is the actress with her sedate body of golden hue, and her thick braids of hair; her eyes glancing on the people with flashes of sunshine and moon-beams, the rising ground is her back and her feet reaching the infernal regions; and being, clothed with the robe of the sástra, she acts the plays of morality, opulence and the farce of enjoyments.
34. Here is the actress with her calm golden body, and her thick braided hair; her eyes sparkle at the audience with flashes of sunlight and moonlight, the raised ground is her back and her feet touch the underworld; and dressed in the robe of the teachings, she performs plays about morality, wealth, and the absurdity of pleasures.
35. The Gods Brahmá, Indra, Hari and Hara, form her four arms of action, the property of goodness is her bodice, and the two virtues of discretion and apathy, are her prominent breasts. The earth resting on the head of the infernal Serpent, is her lotus like foot-stool upheld by its stalk; She is decorated on the face and forehead with the paints of mineral mountains, whose valleys and caves form belly and bowels.
35. The gods Brahmá, Indra, Hari, and Hara represent her four arms of action; the quality of goodness makes up her bodice, and the main virtues of discretion and indifference are her prominent breasts. The earth, resting on the head of the underworld serpent, serves as her lotus-like footstool supported by its stalk. She is adorned on her face and forehead with pigments from mineral mountains, while their valleys and caves create her belly and insides.
36. The fleeting glances of her eyes dispelling the gloom of night, and the twinkling of stars are as the erection of hairs on her body; the two rows of her teeth emitted the rays of flashing lightnings, and all earthly beings are as the hairs on her person, and rising as piles about the bulb of a Kadamba flower.
36. The brief glances from her eyes chase away the darkness of night, and the twinkling stars are like the hairs standing up on her body; her two rows of teeth sparkled like flashes of lightning, and all living things feel like the hairs on her skin, rising like piles around the bulb of a Kadamba flower.
37. This earth is filled with living souls, subsisting in the spacious vacuum of the Universal soul, and appearing as figures in painting drawn in it. This the skilful artist of the mind, that has displayed this illusive actress of the Universe, to show her various features as in a puppet show.
37. This world is filled with living beings, existing within the vastness of the Universal soul, and showing up like figures in a painting drawn within it. This is the skilled artist of the mind, who has showcased this illusory performer of the Universe, revealing her diverse traits as if in a puppet show.
CHAPTER LVII.
On Abandonment of desire and its result of Tranquillity.
On Releasing Desire and Its Resulting Peace.
Argument:—The final lecture to Arjuna on the Peace of mind resulting from its want of desire.
Argument:—The final lecture to Arjuna on finding peace of mind by letting go of desires.
THE Lord said:—Look here, O Arjuna! The great wonder which is manifest in this subject; it is the appearance of the picture, prior to that of the plane of the plan upon which it is drawn. (The appearance of the mind or painting, before that of Viráj or the spirit of God which exhibits the painting. Gloss).
THE Lord said:—Listen, O Arjuna! The incredible wonder in this topic is the emergence of the image before the surface of the layout on which it is created. (The emergence of the mind or painting, before that of Viráj or the spirit of God who presents the painting. Gloss).
2. The prominence of the painting and the non-appearance of its basis, must be as wonderous as the buoyancy of a block of stone, and the sinking down of gourd shell as is shown in a magic play.
2. The prominence of the painting and the lack of visibility of its foundation must be as astonishing as a heavy stone floating and a gourd shell sinking, just like in a magic show.
3. The Universe resting in the vacuity of the Divine spirit, appears as a picture on the tablet of the mind; say then how does this egoism or self knowledge of your substantiality, arise from the bosom of the vacuous nullity. (i.e. How can substantial spring from the unsubstantial, or some thing come out of nothing).
3. The Universe, resting in the emptiness of the Divine spirit, looks like an image on the mind's canvas; so how does this egoism or self-awareness of your existence come from the depths of empty nothingness? (i.e. How can something real come from something unreal, or how can something emerge from nothing?)
4. All these being the vacant production of vacuum, are swallowed up likewise in the vacuous womb of an infinite vacuity; they are no more than hollow shadows of emptiness, and stretched out in empty air.
4. All these, being the empty results of a void, are also consumed in the empty womb of endless nothingness; they are just hollow shadows of emptiness, stretched out in thin air.
5. This empty air is spread over with the snare of our desires, stretching as wide as the sphere of these outstretched worlds; it is the band of our desire that encircles the worlds as their great belt.
5. This empty space is covered with the trap of our desires, extending as wide as the range of these expansive worlds; it is the chord of our desire that surrounds the worlds like their great belt.
6. The world is situated in Brahmá as a reflexion in the mirror, and is not subject to partition or obliteration; owing to its inherence in its receptacle, and its identity with the same.
6. The world exists in Brahmá like a reflection in a mirror and cannot be divided or destroyed; because it inherently belongs to its container and is identical to it.
7. The indissoluble vacuum being the nature of Brahma,[Pg 331] is inseparable from his essence; for nobody is ever able to divide the empty air in twain or remove it from its place.
7. The unbreakable vacuum is the nature of Brahma,[Pg 331] and it's inseparable from his essence; because no one can ever split the empty air in half or take it away from its position.
8. It is owing to your ignorance of this, that your concupiscence has become congenial with your nature; which it is hard for it to get rid of, notwithstanding its being fraught with every virtue.
8. It's because you don't understand this that your desires have become a natural part of you; it's difficult for you to get rid of them, even though you are filled with every virtue.
9. He who has sown the smallest seed of desire in the soul of his heart, is confined as a lion in the cage, though he may be very wise and learned in all things.
9. The person who has planted even the tiniest seed of desire in their heart is trapped like a lion in a cage, no matter how wise or knowledgeable they may be.
10. The desire which is habitual to one, grows as rank as a thick wood in his breast; unless it is burnt away in the seed by the knowledge of truth, when it cannot vegetate any more.
10. The desire that becomes a habit for someone grows as dense as a thick forest in their heart; unless it's burned away at the root by the knowledge of truth, it can't grow any longer.
11. This mind is no more inclined to any thing, who has burnt away the seed of his desire at once; he remains untouched by pleasure and pain, like the lotus-leaf amidst the water.
11. This mind isn't swayed by anything once someone has completely burned away the seed of their desire; they stay unaffected by pleasure and pain, like a lotus leaf on the water.
12. Now therefore, O Arjuna! do you remain calm and quiet in your spirit, be undaunted and devoid of all desire in your mind; melt down the mist of your mental delusion by the heat of your nirvána devotion, and from all that you have learnt from my holy lecture to you, remain in perfect tranquillity with your reliance in the Supreme spirit.
12. So now, Arjuna, stay cool and composed in your spirit, be fearless and free of all desires in your mind; dissolve the fog of your confusion with the warmth of your devotion to nirvána, and based on everything you’ve learned from my teachings, maintain perfect peace while trusting in the Supreme spirit.
CHAPTER LVIII.
Arjuna's satisfaction at the Sermon.
Arjuna's satisfaction with the Sermon.
Argument:—The knowledge of truth dispels the doubts, and leads to display his valorous deeds in warfare.
Argument:—Understanding the truth removes doubts and highlights his courageous deeds in battle.
ARJUNA said:—Lord! it is by thy kindness, that I am freed from my delusion, and have come to the reminiscence of myself. I am now placed above all doubts, and will act as you have said.
ARJUNA said:—Lord! it’s because of your kindness that I’m free from my confusion and have remembered who I really am. I am now beyond all doubts and will do as you have instructed.
2. The Lord replied:—when you find the feelings and faculties of your heart and mind, to be fully pacified by means of your knowledge; then understand your soul to have attained its tranquillity, and the property of goodness or purity of its nature. (Sattwa Swabháva).
2. The Lord replied:—when you find that your heart and mind are completely at peace through your understanding; then recognize that your soul has achieved tranquility and the essence of goodness or purity in its nature. (Sattwa Swabháva).
3. In this state, the soul becomes insensible of all mental thoughts, and full of intelligence in itself; and being freed from all inward and outward perceptions, it perceives in itself the one Brahma who is all and everywhere.
3. In this state, the soul is unaware of all mental thoughts and is fully aware within itself; and being free from all internal and external perceptions, it recognizes within itself the one Brahma who is everything and everywhere.
4. No worldly being can observe this elevated state of the soul, as no body can see the bird that has fled from the earth into the upper sky.
4. No one in the world can see this elevated state of the soul, just like no one can see the bird that has flown away from the earth into the sky above.
5. The pure soul which is devoid of desire, becomes full of intelligence and spiritual light; and it is not to be perceived by even the foresighted observer. (It is the soul's approximation to the Divine state).
5. The pure soul, free from desires, is filled with intelligence and spiritual light; and it cannot be seen by even the most perceptive observer. (It is the soul's approach to the Divine state).
6. No body can perceive this transcendental and transparent state of the soul, without purifying his desires at first; it is a state as imperceptible to the impure, as the minutest particle of an atom, is unperceivable by the naked eye.
6. No one can grasp this transcendental and transparent state of the soul without first purifying their desires; it's as invisible to the impure as the tiniest particle of an atom is to the naked eye.
7. Attainment of this state, drives away the knowledge of all sensible objects as of pots, plates, and others. What thing therefore is so desirable, as to be worth desiring before the Divine presence.
7. Reaching this state drives away the awareness of all physical objects like pots, plates, and the like. So, what is more desirable than to be worthy of desiring in the presence of the Divine?
8. As the frost and ice melt away before a volcanic mountain, so doth our ignorance fly afar, from the knowledge of the intellectual soul. (i.e. Intellectual knowledge drives away all ignorance before it).
8. Just as frost and ice melt away in front of a volcano, our ignorance disappears in the presence of the knowledgeable mind. (i.e. Intellectual knowledge pushes away all ignorance.)
9. What are these mean desires of us, that blow away like the dust of the earth, and what are our possessions and enjoyments but snares to entangle our souls?
9. What are these petty desires of ours, that vanish like the dust of the earth, and what are our belongings and pleasures but traps that ensnare our souls?
10. So long doth our ignorance (avidyá) flaunt herself in her various shapes, as we remain ignorant of the pure and modest nature of our inmost souls in ourselves. (Self-knowledge is shy and modest, while ignorance is full of vanity and boast).
10. Our ignorance (avidyá) shows off in many forms for as long as we stay unaware of the pure and humble nature of our true selves. (Self-knowledge is reserved and modest, while ignorance is full of pride and arrogance).
11. All outward appearances fade away and faint (before the naked eye), and appear in their pellucid forms in the inmost soul, which grasps the whole in itself, as the vacuum contains the plenum in it.
11. All outward appearances fade away and disappear (before the naked eye), and show their clear forms in the innermost soul, which contains everything within itself, just as a vacuum holds the fullness in it.
12. That which shows all forms in it, without having or showing any form of itself; is that transcendent substance which is beyond description, and transcends our comprehension of it.
12. The thing that displays all forms within it, without possessing or revealing any form of its own, is that transcendent substance which is beyond description and exceeds our understanding of it.
13. Now get rid of the poisonous and cholic pain of your desire of gain, as also of the permanence of your own existence; mutter to yourself the mantra of your resignation of desirables, and thus prosper in the world without fear for anything.
13. Now let go of the toxic pain of your desire for gain, as well as the need for your own existence to last forever; repeat the mantra of accepting what you can’t have, and thrive in the world without fear of anything.
14. Vasishtha said:—After the Lord of the three worlds had spoken the words, Arjuna remained silent for a moment before him; and then like a bee sitting beside a blue lotus, uttered the following words to the sable bodied Krishna.
14. Vasishtha said:—After the Lord of the three worlds finished speaking, Arjuna stayed quiet for a moment in front of him; and then, like a bee resting beside a blue lotus, he said the following to the dark-bodied Krishna.
15. Arjuna said:—Lord! Thy words have dispelled all grief from my heart, and the light of truth is rising in my mind; as when the sun rises to awaken the closed and sleeping lotus.
15. Arjuna said:—Lord! Your words have cleared away all the sadness from my heart, and the light of truth is shining in my mind, like the sun rising to awaken a closed and sleeping lotus.
16. Vasishtha said:—After saying so, Arjuna being cleared of all his doubts, laid hold on his Gándíva bow, and rose with Hari for his charioteer, in order to proceed to his warlike exploits.
16. Vasishtha said:—After saying this, Arjuna, free from all his doubts, grabbed his Gándíva bow and got up with Hari as his charioteer to head into battle.
17. He will transform the face of the earth to a sea of blood, gushing out of the bodies of combatants, their charioteers and horses and elephants that will be wounded by him; the flights of his arrows and thickening darts, will hide the disk of the sun in the sky, and darken the face of the earth with flying dust.
17. He will turn the earth into a sea of blood, pouring out from the bodies of fighters, their charioteers, horses, and elephants that he has injured; the swarms of his arrows and dense darts will block out the sun in the sky, casting a shadow over the earth with swirling dust.
CHAPTER LIX.
Knowledge of the Latent and Inscrutable Soul.
Understanding the Hidden and Mysterious Soul.
Argument:—The incomprehensible nature of God, expressed by indefinite predicates, and his Latency in the works of creation.
Argument:—The incomprehensible nature of God, portrayed with unclear language, and his absence in the acts of creation.
VASISHTHA continued:—Keep this lesson in view, O Ráma! and know it as the purifier of all sins; remain in your resignation of all attachments, and resign yourself to God.
VASISHTHA continued:—Keep this lesson in mind, O Ráma! and recognize it as the cleanser of all sins; stay detached from all attachments, and surrender yourself to God.
2. Know the Supreme soul, in which all things reside, from which everything has issued, and which is everything itself on all sides of us; it is changed through all, and is ever the same in itself.
2. Know the Supreme Soul, where everything exists, from which everything has come, and which is everything around us; it is transformed by all, yet remains unchanged in itself.
3. It seems to be afar though it is nearest to us, it appears to be ubiquitous though ever situated in everything. It is by that essence thou livest, and it is undoubtedly what thou art thyself. (There is but one unity pervading over all varieties).
3. It seems far away even though it's closest to us, it appears to be everywhere even though it's always in everything. It's by that essence you live, and it's definitely what you are yourself. (There is only one unity that pervades all diversity).
4. Know that to be the highest predicament, which is above the knowables, and is knowledge or intelligence by itself; which is beyond our thoughts and thinkables, and is the thinking principle or intellect itself. (Beyond thought Divine. Milton).
4. Understand that the ultimate situation is one that transcends what can be known, and is knowledge or insight in itself; it goes beyond our thoughts and what we can conceive, and is the very essence of thinking or intellect. (Beyond thought Divine. Milton).
5. It is preeminent consciousness and that supreme felicity, and passing wonder of our sight; which surpasses the majesty of majesties, and is the most venerable of venerables.
5. It is the highest consciousness and that ultimate happiness, and the incredible wonder of our vision; which exceeds the greatness of great things, and is the most respected of the respected.
6. This thing is the soul and its cognition, it is vacuum which is the immensity of the supreme Brahma; it is the chief good (summum Bonum) which is felicity and tranquillity itself; and it is full knowledge or omniscience, and the highest of all states.
6. This is the soul and its awareness; it is the emptiness that represents the vastness of the supreme Brahma. It is the ultimate good (summum Bonum), which is happiness and peace itself; it is complete knowledge or omniscience, and the highest of all states.
7. The soul that abides in the intellect, and is of the form of the conception of all things: that which feels and perceives every thing, and remains by its own essence.
7. The soul that resides in the mind and embodies the understanding of everything: that which senses and perceives all things, and exists by its own nature.
8. It is the soul of the universe, like the oil of the sesame seed; it is the pith of the arbor of the world, its light and life of all its animal beings.
8. It is the soul of the universe, like the oil from a sesame seed; it is the essence of the world's tree, its light and life for all its living beings.
9. It is the thread connecting all beings together like pearls in a necklace, which is suspended on the breast of empty air; (the sutrátma that connects all nature). It is the flavour of all things like the pungency of pepper.
9. It’s the thread that ties all beings together like pearls in a necklace, hanging in the open air; (the sutrátma that links all of nature). It’s the essence of everything, like the sharpness of pepper.
10. It is the essence of all substance (ens entium) and a verity which is the most excellent of all the truth of truths; it is the goodness of whatever is good, and the great or greatest good in itself.
10. It is the essence of everything that exists and a truth that is the highest of all truths; it is the goodness of everything good, and the ultimate good in itself.
11. Which by its omniscience becomes the all that is present in its knowledge, and which we take by our misjudgment for real entities in this world (when our ignorance mistakes the manifest world for its latent cause).
11. Which, by knowing everything, becomes all that exists in its awareness, and which we mistakenly consider to be real entities in this world (when our lack of understanding confuses the visible world with its hidden cause).
12. We take ourselves the world in mistake of the soul, but all these mistaken entities vanish away before the light of reason.
12. We perceive the world through the errors of the soul, but all these misunderstandings disappear in the light of reason.
13. The vacuum of Brahma or the space occupied by the Divine spirit, is without its beginning and end, and cannot be comprehended within the limited space of our souls; knowing this for certain, the wise are employed in their outward duties.
13. The vacuum of Brahma, or the space filled by the Divine spirit, has no beginning or end and can't be understood within the limited scope of our souls. Understanding this clearly, the wise focus on their external responsibilities.
14. That man is freed from his rising and setting (ups and downs), who rests always in the equanimity of his soul, and whose mind is never elated nor dejected at any event, but ever retains the evenness of its tenor.
14. That person is free from their ups and downs, who remains calm and steady in their soul, and whose mind is never lifted up or brought down by any situation, but always maintains a balanced state.
15. He whose mind is as vacant as the empty air, is called a mahátmá or great soul, and his mind resting in the state of unity, remains with the body in a state of sound sleep. (But this evenness is inadmissible in business and behaviour to a preceptor. So it is said, [Sanskrit: [mostly illegible]].)
15. Someone whose mind is as empty as the open air is referred to as a mahátmá or a great soul, and their mind, remaining in a state of unity, is at peace with the body as if in a deep sleep. (However, this kind of calm is not acceptable in business or when interacting with a teacher. As it's said, [Sanskrit: [mostly illegible]].)
16. The man of business also who preserves the evenness of his mind, remains as undisturbed under the press of his duties, as the reflexion of one in a mirror. They are both the same, being but shadows of reality.
16. The businessperson who keeps a calm mindset stays just as unshaken by the demands of their responsibilities as a reflection in a mirror. They are both the same, merely shadows of what is real.
17. He who retains the impression in his mind, in their even and unvaried state, like images in a mirror, is himself as a reflexion in the Divine Intellect. (All beings live and move inseparably in the intellect of God. Gloss).
17. The person who keeps the images in their mind, steady and unchanged like reflections in a mirror, is themselves a reflection in the Divine Intellect. (All beings exist and operate inseparably in the mind of God. Gloss).
18. So let a man discharge the customary duties of life as they occur to him, with the pure transparent of his mind; as all the creatures of God perform their several parts, like images imprinted in the divine intellect.
18. So let a person carry out the usual responsibilities of life as they come to them, with the clarity of their mind; just as all of God’s creatures fulfill their roles, like images formed in the divine intellect.
19. There is no unity nor duality in the divine intellect, (where the images are neither inseparably attached to nor detached from it); the application of the words I and thou to one or the other is all relate to the same, and they have come to use from the instruction of our elders. (Human language is learned by imitation).
19. There is neither unity nor duality in the divine intellect, (where the images are neither permanently connected to nor separate from it); the use of the words I and you in relation to one another pertains to the same concept, and this understanding has come from the teachings of our elders. (Human language is learned through imitation).
20. The intellect which of itself is tranquil in itself (i.e. in its own nature), acts its wonders in itself (i.e. displays or developes itself in the very intellect); it is the pulsation of intellect which displays the universe, as its vivarta or development, and this pulsation is the Omnipotence of God.
20. The intellect that is naturally calm within itself shows its wonders within itself; it reveals and unfolds in the intellect itself. It is the activity of the intellect that manifests the universe as its expression or development, and this activity is the all-powerfulness of God.
21. The pulsation of the Divine Intellect being put to a stop, there ensues a cessation of the course of the universe, and as it with the supreme Intellect, so it is with its parts of individual intellects, whose action and inaction spread out and curb the sphere of their thoughts.
21. When the vibration of the Divine Intellect comes to a halt, the movement of the universe stops as well. Just like it happens with the supreme Intellect, the same goes for individual intellects, whose actions and inactions influence and limit their range of thoughts.
22. What is called consciousness or its action, is a non entity in nature; and that which is a mere vacuum, is said to be the subtile body of the Intellect. (i.e. The intellectual powers have no material forms).
22. What we refer to as consciousness or its actions doesn't actually exist in nature; and that which is just an emptiness is referred to as the subtle body of the Intellect. (i.e. The intellectual powers have no physical forms).
23. The world appears as an entity, by our thinking it as such; but it vanishes upon our ceasing to think as such, like the disappearance of figures in a picture, when it is burnt down to ashes.
23. The world seems like a single thing because we think of it that way; but it disappears when we stop thinking of it like that, just like the figures in a picture fade away when it’s burned to ashes.
24. The world appears as one with the Deity, to one who sees the unity only in himself; it is the vibration of the intellect only, that caused the revolution of worlds, as the turning of a potters wheel (is caused by the rotatory motion given to it).
24. The world seems to be one with the Divine to someone who perceives that unity only within themselves; it's only the movement of the mind that led to the spinning of worlds, just like how a potter's wheel spins when it's given a rotational force.
25. As the measure, shape and form of the ornament are not different from the gold, so the action of the intellect, is not separate from it; and it is this which forms the world, as the[Pg 338] gold, becomes the ornament and the world and intellect are the same thing, as the ornament and its gold.
25. Just as the size, shape, and design of the ornament are inseparable from the gold it's made from, the workings of the intellect are not separate from it either; it's this connection that creates the world. The gold becomes the ornament, and the world and intellect are one, just like the ornament and its gold.
26. The mind is the pulsation of the intellect, and it is want of this knowledge that frames a separate world; as it is ignorance of the gold work, that makes the jewel appear as another thing.
26. The mind is the heartbeat of intelligence, and it's the lack of this understanding that creates a separate world; just like ignorance of the craftsmanship makes the jewel seem like something else.
27. The mind being wholly absorbed in the intellect, there remains this pure intellect alone; as the nature of one's self or soul being known, there is an end of worldly enjoyments. (He that has known the intellectual world, is not deluded by his sensuous mind; and whoever has tasted his spiritual bliss, does not thirst for sensual pleasures).
27. When the mind is completely focused on intellect, only the pure intellect remains; once someone understands their true self or soul, worldly pleasures come to an end. (A person who understands the intellectual realm isn't misled by their sensory mind; and anyone who has experienced spiritual joy doesn't crave physical pleasures).
28. Disregard of enjoyments is an education of the highest wisdom; hence no kind of enjoyments is acceptable to the wise: (cursed are they that hunger and thirst for enjoyments of this world).
28. Ignoring pleasures is the greatest form of wisdom; therefore, no type of pleasure is suitable for the wise: (cursed are those who crave the pleasures of this world).
29. Know this to be another indication of wisdom, that no man that has eaten to satiety has ever a zest for any bad food that is offered to him. (i.e. No sensual pleasure is delectable before spiritual bliss).
29. Understand this as another sign of wisdom: no one who is full ever craves any unhealthy food that's offered to them. (i.e. No physical pleasure is enjoyable before spiritual fulfillment).
30. Another sign of wisdom is our natural aversion, to enjoyments, and is the sense of one's perception of all pleasures, in the vibrations of his intellect (i.e. the mind is the store house of all pleasures).
30. Another sign of wisdom is our natural dislike for indulgence, as well as the awareness of how one perceives all pleasures, which comes from the activity of the mind (i.e. the mind is the repository of all pleasures).
31. He is known as a wise man, who has this good habit of his deeply rooted in his mind, and he is said to be an intelligent man, who refrains from enjoying whatever is enjoyable in this world. (For thy shall hunger hereafter, who stuff themselves with plenty here below. St. Mathew Ch. v).
31. He’s recognized as a wise person, with this good habit deeply ingrained in his mind, and he’s said to be smart, who holds back from indulging in the pleasures of this world. (For you shall hunger later, who fill yourselves with abundance here below. St. Matthew Ch. v).
32. Again whoso pursues after his perfection, in pursuance of the examples of others, doth strike the air with a stick, or beat the bush in vain in search of the same, because it requires sincerity of purpose to be successful in anything (and not the bodily practices of the ignorant, as they do in Hatha Yoga).
32. Again, anyone who chases after their own perfection by following others' examples is just swinging a stick in the air or beating around the bush in vain. Success in anything requires genuine intention, not just the physical practices of those who don’t understand, like they do in Hatha Yoga.
33. Some times thy emaciate and torture the body in order to have a full view of the inner soul (because they think to be an envelope of the soul, and an obstruction to its full sight);[Pg 339] but the intellectual soul, being settled in a thousand objects of its intelligence, it sees only errors instead of the light of the soul. (So the hermits, ascetics, monks, and friars emaciate their bodies, and the religious fanatics torture their persons in vain).
33. Sometimes, they starve and torture their bodies to get a clearer view of their inner selves (thinking the body is just a shell that blocks the soul’s full sight);[Pg 339] but the intellectual soul, focused on many things, ends up seeing only mistakes instead of the soul's light. (So, hermits, ascetics, monks, and friars harm their bodies, and religious fanatics torture themselves for no reason).
34. So long doth the unconscious spirit flutter in its fickleness, and goes on roving from one object to another; as the light of the understanding do not rise and shine within it. (The ignorant are strangers to rest and quiet).
34. The unconscious mind keeps flitting about in its unpredictability, wandering from one thing to another, since the light of understanding doesn’t shine within it. (Those who are ignorant find it hard to rest and be at peace).
35. But no sooner doth the light of the tranquil intellect, appear in its brightness within the inward soul; than the flattering of the fickle spirit is put to flight, like the flickering of a lamp after it is extinguished.
35. But no sooner does the light of the calm mind shine brightly within the inner soul than the flattery of the changeable spirit is driven away, like the flickering of a lamp after it’s turned off.
36. There is no such thing as vibration nor suspension of the tranquil spirit; because the quiescent soul neither moves forward or backward, nor has its motion in any direction.
36. There’s no such thing as vibration or suspension of the calm spirit; because the still soul neither moves forward nor backward, nor does it move in any direction.
37. The soul that is neither unconscious of itself, nor has any vibration in it, is said to be calm and quiet; and as it remains in the state of its indifference to vibrations, and gains its forms of pure transparence, it is no more liable to its bondage in life, nor inquires its moksha liberation to set it free from regeneration.
37. The soul that is aware of itself and has no disturbance is described as calm and peaceful; and as it stays in this state of indifference to disturbances and achieves a pure clarity, it is no longer bound by life, nor seeks its moksha freedom to escape from rebirth.
38. The soul that is settled in itself (or the supreme soul), has no fear of bondage nor need of its liberation also; and the intellect being without its intellection, or having no object to dwell upon, becomes unconscious both of its Existence as well as extinction. (One that is absorbed in his self meditation, is unconscious of everything in-esse et non-esse).
38. The soul that is at peace with itself (or the highest soul) has no fear of being trapped or any need for freedom; and when the mind isn't focused on anything, it becomes unaware of both its existence and its end. (A person who is deeply engaged in self-reflection is unaware of everything in-esse et non-esse).
39. He that is full in himself with the spirit of God, is equally ignorant both of his bondage and liberation; because the desire of being liberated, indicates want of one's self sufficiency and perfection (or rather the sense of his bondage, from which he wants to be liberated).
39. Someone who is completely filled with the spirit of God is equally unaware of both their bondage and their freedom; because the desire to be free shows a lack of self-sufficiency and perfection (or rather, an awareness of their bondage from which they want to be free).
40. "Let me then have my equanimity and not my liberation." This desire is also a bondage in itself; and it is the unconsciousness of these, which is reckoned as our chief good. For know the Supreme state to be that, which is pure intelligence and without a shadow.
40. "Let me keep my calm and not seek my freedom." This desire is a form of bondage itself; and it's our lack of awareness about this that is considered our greatest good. For understand that the ultimate state is one of pure awareness and without any darkness.
41. The restoration of the intellect to its proper form consists in divesting it of all its intelligibles; and that form of it (which is marked by desire or the prurient soul), is no more than the oscillation of the great Intellect. (All animal souls are vibrations of the Divine spirit).
41. Restoring the intellect to its rightful shape means getting rid of all its concepts; and that form, which is characterized by desire or the eager soul, is nothing more than the fluctuation of the great Intellect. (All animal souls are echoes of the Divine spirit).
42. That only is subject to bondage and liberation, which is seen and destructible in its nature (i.e. the visible and perishable body); and not the invisible soul, which take the name of ego, and has no position nor form or figure of itself.
42. Only what can be seen and is destructible in nature (i.e., the visible and perishable body) is subject to bondage and liberation; the invisible soul, which is referred to as the ego, has no inherent position, shape, or form.
43. We know not what thing it is, that is brought under or loosened from bondage by any one. It is not the pure desire which the wise form for themselves, and does not affect the body. (It is the vibration of mind acting upon the body, and causing its actions that subjects to Bondage).
43. We don't know what it is that someone brings under control or frees from bondage. It's not the pure desire that wise people create for themselves, and it doesn't impact the body. (It's the vibration of the mind interacting with the body and influencing its actions that leads to bondage).
44. It is therefore, that the wise practise the restraint of their respiring breath, in order to restraint their desires and actions; and being devoid of these, they become as the pure Intellect.
44. Therefore, the wise practice controlling their breath to manage their desires and actions; and without these, they become like pure Intellect.
45. These being suppressed, the idea of the world is lost in the density of the intellect; because the thoughts of the mind, are caused by the vibration of the intellect only (and set in also in the same).
45. With these suppressed, the concept of the world becomes obscured in the complexity of the mind; because the thoughts of the mind are triggered solely by the vibrations of the intellect (and are established within it as well).
46. Thus there remains nothing, nor any action of the body or mind, except the vibration of the intellect; and the phenomenal world is no other, than a protracted dream from one sight to another. The learned are not deluded by these appearances, which they know to be exhibitions of their own minds.
46. So, there’s nothing left, nor any action of the body or mind, except the vibration of thought; and the physical world is just a long dream from one view to the next. The wise aren’t fooled by these appearances, which they understand to be projections of their own minds.
47. Know in thy meditation within thyself that recondite soul, which gives rise to our consciousness of the essences of things, appearing incessantly before us; and in which all these phantasms of our brain, dissolve as dirt in the water; and in which all our perceptions and conceptions of the passing world are flowing on as in a perpetual stream.
47. Understand in your meditation that hidden soul within yourself, which gives rise to our awareness of the essence of things, constantly appearing before us; and in which all these illusions of our mind dissolve like dirt in water; and in which all our perceptions and ideas of the world around us flow like a never-ending stream.
CHAPTER LX.
Of the Majesty and Grandeur of God.
On the Majesty and Greatness of God.
Argument.—Manifestation of mysterious magic of the one, uniform and pure Monad in multiform shapes, as a display of his all Comprehensive plenitude fullness.
Argument.—The mysterious magic of the single, uniform, and pure Monad is shown in different forms, highlighting its full and rich essence.
VASISHTHA continued:—Such is the first great truth concerning the solidity or of the Divine Intellect, that contains the gigantic forms of Brahmá, Vishnu and Siva in it.
VASISHTHA continued:—This is the first great truth about the solidity of the Divine Intellect, which encompasses the immense forms of Brahmá, Vishnu, and Siva within it.
2. It is by means of the greatness of God, that all people are as gaudy as great princes in their several spheres; and are ever exulting in their power of floating and traversing in the regions of open air. (This means both the flight of bird, as well as aerial rambles of Yogis).
2. It's through the greatness of God that everyone shines like great princes in their own areas; and they are always thrilled by their ability to soar and travel through the open air. (This refers to both the flight of birds and the aerial journeys of Yogis).
The Taittiríya Upanishad says:—God has filled the world with joy, and the minute insect is as joyous as the victorious prince: meaning hereby, that God has given to every being its particular share of happiness.
The Taittiríya Upanishad says:—God has filled the world with joy, and the tiny insect is just as happy as the victorious prince: this means that God has granted every being its own share of happiness.
3. It is by their dwelling in the spirit of God, that the earth born mortals are as happy as the inhabitants of heaven; (That have nothing to desire); nay they are free from the pain of sorrow and released from the pangs of death, that have come unto the Lord—(O death where is thy sting, O grave where thy victory? Pope).
3. It's by living in the spirit of God that earthly beings are as happy as the residents of heaven; (who have nothing to wish for); in fact, they are free from the pain of sorrow and have been released from the suffering of death, which has come to the Lord—(O death, where is your sting? O grave, where is your victory? Pope).
4. Yes, they live in Him that have found him, and are not to be restrained by any body; provided they have but taken their refuge under the overspreading umbrage of the supreme spirit.
4. Yes, they live in Him who has found them and cannot be held back by anyone; as long as they have taken shelter under the protective shade of the supreme spirit.
5. He who meditates for a moment, on the universal essence of all (as the ens entium); he becomes liberated in an instant, and lives as a liberal minded sage or muni on earth. (The sage[Pg 342] that sees his God in all and every where through out all nature).
5. Whoever takes a moment to reflect on the universal essence of everything becomes liberated in an instant and lives as an open-minded sage or muni on earth. (The sage[Pg 342] who sees their God in all things and everywhere throughout nature).
6. He does what are his duties in this world, and never grieves in discharging them. Ráma said:—How is it possible, Sir, to meditate on the universal soul in all things, when the sage has buried his mind, understanding and his egoism and himself in the unity of God? And how can the soul be viewed in the plurality, when all things have been absorbed in the unity?
6. He fulfills his responsibilities in this world without any regret. Ráma asked:—How can one meditate on the universal soul in everything when the sage has merged his mind, understanding, ego, and self into the unity of God? And how can the soul be seen in diversity when everything has been absorbed into oneness?
7. Vashistha replied:—The God that dwells in all bodies, moves them to their actions, and receives their food and drink in himself, that produces all things and annihilates them at last, is of course unknowable to our consciousness (which is conscious of itself only).
7. Vashistha replied:—The God who resides in all beings directs their actions and takes in their food and drink within himself; He brings everything into existence and ultimately destroys it. Naturally, He is beyond our understanding, which only knows itself.
8. Now it is this indwelling principle in every thing, that is without beginning and end, and inherent in the nature of all; is called the common essence of all, because it constitutes the tattwa identity (or essential nature or the abstract property) of everything in the world.
8. This inner principle in everything, which has no beginning or end and is part of the nature of all, is referred to as the common essence of everything, as it makes up the tattwa identity (or essential nature or the abstract property) of all things in the world.
9. It dwells as vacuity in the vacuum, and as sonorousness in sound; it is situated as feeling in whatever is felt, and as taction in the objects of touch.
9. It exists as emptiness in the void, and as resonance in sound; it is located as sensation in whatever is sensed, and as touch in the things that can be touched.
10. It is the taste of all tastables, and the tasting of the tongue; it is the light of all objects of sight, and vision of the organs of seeing.
10. It is the flavor of everything that can be tasted, and the experience of the tongue; it is the light of all things that can be seen, and the sight of the eyes.
11. It is the sense of smell in the act of smelling, and the odour in all odorous substance; it is the plumpness of the body, and the solidity and stability of the earth.
11. It's the sense of smell when you breathe in, and the scent in all scented substances; it's the fullness of the body, and the firmness and stability of the earth.
12. It is the fluidity of liquids and the flatulence of air; it is the flame and flash of fire, and the cogitation of the understanding.
12. It’s the flow of liquids and the gas from air; it’s the fire’s blaze and spark, and the thoughts of the mind.
13. It is the thinking principle of the thoughtful mind, and the ego of our egoism; it is the consciousness of the conscious soul, and the sensible heart.
13. It’s the thinking part of a reflective mind, and the self of our self-interest; it’s the awareness of the aware soul, and the feeling heart.
14. It is the power of vegetation in vegetables, and the perspective in all pictures and paintings; it is the capacity of all pots and vessels, and the tallness of stately trees.
14. It’s the strength of plants in veggies, and the depth in all images and artworks; it’s the ability of all containers and the height of majestic trees.
15. It is the immobility of immovables, and the mobility of movable bodies; it is the dull insensibility of stones and blocks, and the intelligence of intelligent beings.
15. It’s the stillness of things that don’t move and the movement of things that do; it’s the lifelessness of rocks and bricks, and the awareness of conscious beings.
16. It is the immortality and god-head of the immortal gods, and humanity of human beings; it is the curvedness of crooked beasts, and the supine proneness of crawling and creeping insects.
16. It is the immortality and divinity of the eternal gods, and the humanity of humans; it is the curvature of twisted animals, and the lying down nature of crawling insects.
17. It is the current in the course of time, and the revolution and aspects of the seasons; it is the fugacity of fleeting moments, and the endless duration of eternity.
17. It’s the flow of time, the changes of the seasons; it's the quickness of passing moments and the infinite stretch of eternity.
18. It is the whiteness of whatever is white, and blackness of all that is black; it is activity in all actions, and it is stern fixity in the doings of destiny.
18. It is the whiteness of everything white and the blackness of everything black; it is the energy behind all actions, and it represents the unyielding force of fate.
19. The supreme spirit is quiescent in all that is sedate, and lasting and evanescent in whatever is passing and perishing; and he shows his productiveness in the production of things.
19. The supreme spirit is calm in everything that is stable, and fleeting in all that is temporary and fading; and he demonstrates his creativity in the creation of things.
20. He is the childhood of children, and the youth of young men; he shows himself as fading in the decay and decline of beings, and as his extinction in their death and demise.
20. He is the childhood of kids and the youth of young men; he appears as a fading presence in the decay and decline of beings, as well as in their death and end.
21. Thus the all pervading soul, is not apart from anything, as the waves and froths of the foaming sea, are no way distinct from its body of waters.
21. So, the all-encompassing soul is not separate from anything, just like the waves and foam of the churning sea are not distinct from its body of water.
22. These multiformities of things are all unrealities, and taken for true in our ignorance of the unity; which multiplies itself in our imagination, as children create and produce false apparitions from their unsound understandings. (These as they change are not the varied god as it is generally supposed to be, but various workings of the intellect).
22. All these different forms of things are just illusions, and we mistakenly accept them as real because we don’t understand the underlying unity. This unity multiplies in our minds, similar to how children conjure up imaginary figures from their limited understanding. (As these change, they are not the diverse god that people usually think they are, but rather various functions of the mind).
23. It is I, says the lord, that am situated every where, and it is I that pervade the whole; and fill it with all varieties at pleasure; know therefore, O high minded Ráma! that all these varieties are but creatures of imagination in the mind of God, and are thence reflected into the mirror of our minds. Knowing this rest in the calm tranquillity of your soul, and enjoy the undisturbed solace and happiness of your high mind.
23. It is I, says the lord, who is everywhere, and it is I who fills everything with all kinds of variety at will. So, know this, O noble Rama! that all these varieties are just creations of imagination in the mind of God, and they are reflected into the mirror of our minds. Understanding this, find peace in the calm of your soul, and enjoy the uninterrupted comfort and joy of your elevated spirit.
24. Válmíki said:—As the sage was saying these things, the day passed away under its evening shade; the sun sank down in its evening devotion, and the assembly broke with mutual salutations to the performance of their eventide ablutions, until they reassembled on the next morning.
24. Válmíki said:—As the sage was saying these things, the day came to an end in its evening glow; the sun set in its nightly peace, and the group parted with friendly greetings to perform their evening rituals, until they met again the next morning.
CHAPTER LXI.
Description of the world as a passing dream.
A description of the world as a temporary dream.
Argument:—How our firm faith arises over this entity, and its answer.
Argument:—How our strong belief forms about this entity and how it responds.
RÁMA said:—As we are, Oh sage! a dream drawn house, the body of the lotus-born Brahmá—the first progenitor, is the same no doubt.
RÁMA said:—As we are, Oh sage! a house that seems like a dream, the body of the lotus-born Brahmá—the first ancestor, is surely the same.
2. And if this world is a non-entity—asat, we must know our existence the same, then how is it possible to arise the firm faith over this entity—sat.
2. And if this world is nothing—asat, we must understand our existence in the same way, then how can we have a strong belief in this entity—sat?
3. Vasishtha responded:—We are shining here as a created being by the previous birth of Brahmá, but in fact, the reflexion of soul shines for ever, nothing besides.
3. Vasishtha responded:—We are glowing here as a created being due to Brahmá's previous birth, but in reality, the reflection of the soul shines eternally, nothing else.
4. Owing to the omnipresence of consciousness, all beings exist as reality every where, and if she rises from unreal knowledge, she as real knowledge destroys the unreal one. (vice-versa).
4. Because consciousness is everywhere, all beings exist as reality all around us, and if she emerges from false understanding, she as true understanding eliminates the false one. (vice-versa).
5. Therefore whatever comes from these five elements, is but transitory, but owing to the firm belief on ego, we enjoy a firm faith for the same.
5. So, everything that comes from these five elements is just temporary, but because of our strong attachment to ego, we maintain a solid belief in it.
6. In a dream, we see good many things as reality; but as soon the dream is over, we do not find the things dreamt of; so we see the reality of the world; as long we remain in ignorance.
6. In a dream, we experience many things as if they were real; but as soon as the dream ends, we don't find the things we dreamed about; thus, we see the reality of the world as long as we stay in ignorance.
7. Oh Ráma! as the dreaming man counts his dream as reality, owing to his faith on it; so this world appears a reality, like the supreme God who has no beginning and end.
7. Oh Ráma! Just as a dreaming person believes their dream is real because of their faith in it, this world seems real too, just like the supreme God who has no beginning or end.
8. That which is to be created by the dreaming man, is to be called his own; as we can say by guessing knowledge, what is in the seed, is in the fruit.
8. What the dreaming man creates is to be considered his own; just as we can deduce from observation that what’s in the seed is in the fruit.
9. Whatever comes from non-entity, is to be called non-entity; and that which is unreal though it can be workable, is not reasonable to think good.
9. Anything that comes from nothing should be called nothing; and what is unreal, even if it can be made to work, doesn’t make sense to consider as good.
10. As the thinking result of unreality is to be given up, so the firm faith which is arising by the dreaming man; is to be given up likewise.
10. Just as the belief in unreality needs to be abandoned, so too should the strong faith that emerges from a dreaming person be given up.
11. Whatever soul creates in dream is our firm belief, but that remains only for a time being (hence it is asat—non-entity).
11. We strongly believe that anything the soul creates in a dream exists, but it only lasts for a short time (which is why it is asat—a non-entity).
12. Brahmá's long drawn portion is this entity, hence we think also the same, but in fact, this entity is a moment to Brahmá.
12. Brahmá's extended portion is this being, so we also think the same, but in reality, this being is just a moment for Brahmá.
13. Consciousness is the creator of all elements, she creates every thing according to her model, hence creator and creation are one and the same.
13. Consciousness is the source of everything; it shapes all things based on its own design, so the creator and the creation are essentially the same.
14. As the backward and forward whirling motion of water, makes the deep to swell, and as also fairy comes near in a dream, so all these are in reality nothing.
14. Just like the swirling motion of water causes the depths to rise, and like a fairy approaches in a dream, all of this is ultimately nothing.
15. So this entity with its change (of creation, sustentation and destruction) is nothing. In whatever manner we look [at the] object, that will appear in return in the same manner.
15. So this entity with its changes (of creation, maintenance, and destruction) is nothing. No matter how we view the object, it will reflect back to us in the same way.
16. The rule of the erroneous dream is not to reproduce (in waking state, what it produces in sleeping state, though it has a power to create something out of nothing) as the production is not in the world, but owing to ignorance it appears so.
16. The rule of a mistaken dream is not to recreate (in the waking state, what it produces in the sleeping state, even though it has the ability to create something from nothing) because that creation isn’t real; it just seems that way due to ignorance.
17. In the three worlds we see wondrous objects, as we see fire burning in the water like a sub-marine fire.
17. In the three worlds, we see amazing things, like fire burning in water, just like an underwater fire.
18. Good many cities exist in vacuity, as birds and stars remain in the sky. We find lotus in a stone like trees growing without an earth.
18. A lot of cities exist in emptiness, just like birds and stars stay in the sky. We see lotuses in stone, like trees growing without soil.
19. One country gives every kind of object to the seeker, like a tree that gives all objects to the seeker (Kalpa taru) and also we see in a stone and rows of jewels (that is counting beads) giving fruits like fruitful trees.
19. One country provides every type of object to the seeker, like a tree that offers all things to those who seek (Kalpa taru), and we also observe in a stone and strings of jewels (which means counting beads) yielding results like productive trees.
20. Life exists within a stone (Sálgram) as frog exists. Stone gives water as moon-stone gives.
20. Life exists within a stone (Sálgram) just like a frog exists. A stone provides water just as a moonstone does.
21. In a dream within a minute good many things can be made and unmade, which in fact, are unreal like one's death in a dream.
21. In a dream, a lot can happen in just a minute—things can be created and destroyed, just like how one can experience their own death in a dream, even though it’s not real.
22. The natural water of the elements remains in the sky, (that is, in the cloud), when the heavenly river Mandákiní remains in vacuity.
22. The natural water of the elements stays in the sky, (that is, in the cloud), when the heavenly river Mandákiní is in emptiness.
23. The heavy stone flies in the air, when the winged mountain does so. Every thing to be got in stone, when every thing can be secured from the philosopher's stone.
23. The heavy stone soars through the air, just like the winged mountain. Anything that can be obtained in stone can also be secured from the philosopher's stone.
24. In the garden of bliss of Indra every desired object to be got, but in salvation such kind of desired object is wanting.
24. In Indra's paradise, you can get everything you desire, but in salvation, such desires are absent.
25. Even dull matter acts like machine, hence every object acts like wonderful erroneous magic.
25. Even dull objects behave like machines, so everything seems like a fascinating but flawed magic.
26. By magical art (that is, Gandharva vidyá) we see even impossible objects such as two moons, Kavandhas, mantras, drugs, and pishacha. All these are the works of wonderful erroneous magic, which are in fact nothing.
26. Through magical skills (specifically, Gandharva knowledge), we can perceive even impossible things like two moons, Kavandhas, mantras, drugs, and pishacha. All these are the results of amazing deceptive magic, which are essentially nothing.
27. We see impossibility as real as we see possibility, hence impossibility becomes real by our erroneous ideas only.
27. We perceive impossibility as vividly as we perceive possibility, so impossibility only becomes real because of our mistaken beliefs.
28. The erroneous dream though it appears as real is in fact unreal, as that which is not real does not exist, which is real does exist (unity is real, duality is unreal, hence existence and non-existence are one and the same).
28. The mistaken dream, no matter how real it seems, is actually unreal, since what isn’t real doesn’t exist, while what is real does exist (unity is real, duality is unreal, so existence and non-existence are the same thing).
29. So this dreaming creation is looked by all worldly being here as real, as dreamer takes his dream a reality.
29. So this dream-like creation is seen by all worldly beings here as real, just like the dreamer perceives their dream as reality.
30. By passing from one error to another error, from one dream to another, one firm faithful being comes out.
30. By moving from one mistake to another, from one illusion to the next, a single steadfast being emerges.
31. As a stray deer falls into the pit repeatedly for green grass, so ignorant man repeatedly falls into the pit of this world, owing to his ignorance.
31. Just like a lost deer keeps falling into the pit for green grass, an ignorant person keeps getting stuck in the traps of this world because they don’t know any better.
CHAPTER LXII.
In the narration of Jívata an example of domestic and mendicant life
In the story of Jívata, we see an illustration of both domestic life and a life of travel.
Argument:—Narration of the mendicant Jiváta, in illustration of the transmigration of the soul in various births, according to the variety of its insatiable Desire.
Argument:—A story shared by the beggar Jiváta, demonstrating the cycle of the soul's rebirth through various lives, influenced by the variety of its infinite Desire.
VASISHTHA resumed:—Hear me relate to you, Ráma, the story of a certain mendicant, who fostered some desire in his mind, and wandered through many migrations of his soul.
VASISHTHA resumed:—Listen to me tell you, Ráma, the story of a certain beggar, who harbored some desire in his mind and journeyed through many cycles of his soul.
2. There lived a great mendicant at one time, who devoted his life to holy devotion, and passed his days in the observance of the rules of his mendicancy. (The state of mendicancy is the third stage of life of a Brahman, which is devoted to devotion, and supported by begging of the simple subsistence of life. This story applies to all men, who are in some way or other devoted to some profession for acquiring the necessaries of life and the more so, as all men have some ultimate object of desire, which is an obstruction to their Nirvána or final extinction in the Deity. For the lord says in the Gospel, He that loveth anything more than me, is not worthy of me).
2. Once, there was a great beggar who dedicated his life to spiritual devotion and spent his days following the rules of his mendicancy. (Mendicancy is the third stage of a Brahmin's life, focused on devotion and sustained by begging for basic necessities. This story is relevant to all people who are committed to some profession to make a living, especially since everyone has some ultimate desire that blocks their Nirvána or final union with the divine. As the Gospel states, "Anyone who loves something more than me is not worthy of me.")
3. In the intensity of his Samádhi devotion, his mind was purged of all its desires; and it became assimilated to the object of its meditation, as the sea water, is changed to the form of waves. (Samádhi is defined by Patanjali, as the forgetting of one's self in the object of his meditation).
3. In the depth of his Samádhi devotion, his mind was cleared of all its desires; it became one with the object of his meditation, just like seawater takes on the shape of waves. (Samádhi is defined by Patanjali as losing oneself in the object of meditation).
4. Once as he was sitting on his seat after termination of his meditation, and was intent upon discharging some sacred functions of his order, there chanced to pass a thought over his clear mind (like the shadow of cloud over the midday sky).
4. One time, as he was sitting in his seat after finishing his meditation and focusing on performing some important duties of his order, a thought unexpectedly crossed his clear mind (like the shadow of a cloud moving over the midday sky).
5. He looked into the reflexion of the thought, that rose of itself in his mind; that he should reflect for his pleasure, upon the various conditions of common people, and the different modes of their life. (the proper study of man is man, and the manner of each rightly).
5. He considered the idea that appeared in his mind; that he should take pleasure in reflecting on the various situations of everyday people and the different ways they live. (the proper study of man is man, and the manner of each rightly).
6. All this thought his mind passed from the reflexion of himself and his God, to that of another person; and he lost the calm composure of his mind, as when the quiet sea is disturbed by whirlpool or whirl wind. (This desire of the sage disturbed his breast, like the doubt of Parnell's Hermit).
6. All this thought shifted his focus from reflecting on himself and his God to considering another person; he lost the calm composure of his mind, just like a peaceful sea is disrupted by a whirlpool or strong wind. (This desire of the sage unsettled him, much like the doubt experienced by Parnell's Hermit).
7. Then he thought in himself to become an ideal man of his own accord, and became in an instant the imagined person Jivátá by name. (Imagination shapes one to what he imagines himself to be).
7. Then he considered becoming an ideal man on his own terms and instantly transformed into the person he imagined, named Jivátá. (Imagination shapes a person into what they believe themselves to be).
8. Jivátá, the ideal man, now roved about like a dreaming person, through the walks of the imaginary city, which he had raised to himself, as a sleeping man, builds his aerial abodes in dream. (So every man thinks himself as some one, and moves about in his air built city).
8. Jivátá, the perfect man, now wandered like someone in a dream through the paths of the imaginary city he had created for himself, just as a sleeping person builds their dream world. (Every person sees themselves as someone special and moves around in their own imagined city).
9. He drank his fill at pleasure, as a giddy bee sips the honey from lotus cups; he became plump and hearty with his sports, and enjoyed sound sleep from his want of care.
9. He drank to his heart's content, like a carefree bee sipping honey from lotus cups; he grew chubby and healthy from his fun, and slept soundly because he had no worries.
10. He saw himself in the form of a Brahman in his dream, who was pleased with his studies and the discharge of his religious duties; and as he reflected himself as such he was transformed to the same state, as a man is transplanted from one place to another at a thought. (He makes the man, and places him in every state and place).
10. He saw himself as a Brahman in his dream, who was happy with his studies and how he performed his religious duties; and as he envisioned himself this way, he was changed into that state, just like a person is moved from one place to another with just a thought. (He creates the person and puts them in every state and place).
11. The good Brahman who was observant of his daily ritual, fell asleep one day into a deep trance, and dreamt himself doing the duties of the day, as the seed hid in shell, performs inwardly its act of vegetation.
11. The good Brahman, who was diligent with his daily rituals, fell into a deep sleep one day and dreamed he was going through his daily tasks, just like a seed hidden in its shell quietly germinates.
12. The same Brahman saw himself changed to a chieftain in his dream, and the same chief ate and drank and slept as any other man in general.
12. The same Brahman saw himself turned into a chief in his dream, and that chief ate, drank, and slept like any other man.
13. The chief again thought himself as a king in his dream, who ruled over the earth extending to the horizon; and was beset by all kinds of enjoyments, as a creeper is studded with flowers.
13. The chief once again saw himself as a king in his dream, ruling over a land that stretched to the horizon, surrounded by all sorts of pleasures, just like a vine adorned with flowers.
14. Once as this prince felt himself at ease, he fell into a sound sleep free from all cares, and saw the future consequences[Pg 350] of his actions, as the effect is attached to the cause, or the flowers are the forth-comings of the tree.
14. Once this prince felt comfortable, he fell into a deep sleep without a worry in the world and envisioned the future outcomes[Pg 350] of his actions, just as effects follow causes, or flowers bloom from the tree.
15. He saw his soul assuming the form of a heavenly maid, as the pith of a plant puts forth itself in its flowers and fruits, (what is at the bottom, comes out on the top; and what is the root, sprouts forth in the tree).
15. He saw his soul taking the shape of a celestial woman, just as the essence of a plant emerges in its flowers and fruits, (what’s at the bottom shows up at the top; and what is the root, grows into the tree).
16. As this heavenly maid was lulled to sleep by her weariness and fatigue, she beheld herself turn into a deer, as the calm ocean finds itself disturbed into eddies and waves (by its inner caves and outward winds).
16. As this heavenly girl fell asleep from her exhaustion and tiredness, she saw herself transform into a deer, just like how the calm ocean gets stirred into ripples and waves by its hidden depths and outer winds.
17. As this timorous fawn with her fickle eyes, fell into a sound sleep at one time; she beheld herself transformed to a creeping plant (which she likes to browse upon so fondly in her pasture).
17. As this timid fawn with her changeable eyes fell into a deep sleep, she saw herself turned into a creeping plant (which she loves to graze on so fondly in her pasture).
18. The crooked beasts of the field and the creeping plants of forest, have also their sleep and dream of their own nature; the dreams being caused by what they saw and heard and felt in their waking states.
18. The twisted creatures of the fields and the crawling plants of the forest also have their own sleep and dreams; these dreams are shaped by what they saw, heard, and felt while they were awake.
19. This creeper came to be beautified in times, with its beautiful fruits, flowers and leaves, and formed a bower for the seat of the floral goddess of the woods.
19. This vine eventually became beautiful over time, with its lovely fruits, flowers, and leaves, creating a shelter for the seat of the floral goddess of the woods.
20. It hid in its heart the wishes that grew in it, in the same manner as the seed conceals in its embryo the germ of the would be tree; and at last saw itself in its inward consciousness, to be full of frailty and failings.
20. It held in its heart the desires that grew within it, just like a seed hides the potential of the future tree inside it; and finally, it recognized within itself that it was full of weaknesses and shortcomings.
21. It had remained long in its sleep and rest, but being disgusted with its drowsy dullness, it thought of being the fleeting bee its constant guest, and found itself to be immediately changed to a fluttering bee (which it had fed with its farinaceous food).
21. It had been sleeping for a long time, but feeling bored with its own sluggishness, it decided to become like the fleeting bee that was always around, and suddenly it transformed into a fluttering bee (which it had nourished with its starchy food).
22. The bee roved at pleasure over the tender and blossoming creepers in the forest, and let on the petals of blooming lotuses, as a fond lover courts his mistresses.
22. The bee flew freely over the soft, blooming vines in the forest, landing on the petals of blossoming lotuses, just like a devoted lover woos his sweethearts.
23. It roved about the blossoms, blooming as brightening pearls in the air; and drank the nectarious Juice from the flower cups, as a lover sips the nectar from the rubied lips of the beloved.
23. It moved among the blossoms, blooming like bright pearls in the air; and drank the sweet nectar from the flower cups, like a lover sipping the nectar from the ruby lips of the beloved.
24. He became enamoured of the lotus of the lake, and sat silent upon its thorny stalk on the water; for such is the fondness of fools, even for what is painful to them.
24. He fell in love with the lotus on the lake and sat quietly on its thorny stem in the water; for that's how foolish people are, even drawn to what hurts them.
25. The lake was often infested by elephants, who tore and trampled over the beds of lotus bushes; because it is a pleasure to the malignant base, to lay waste the fair works of God. (The black big and bulky elephants, are said to be invidious of the fair and pretty lotuses; hence the elephant is used as symbolical of the devil, the destroyer of all good).
25. The lake was often overrun by elephants, who ripped apart and crushed the lotus bushes; because it's enjoyable for the malicious to ruin the beautiful creations of God. (The large and heavy elephants are believed to envy the lovely lotuses; therefore, the elephant is used as a symbol of the devil, the destroyer of all good).
26. The fond bee meets the fate of its fondling lotus, and is crushed under the tusk of the elephant, as the rice is ground under the teeth. (Such is the fate of overfondness for the fair).
26. The affectionate bee meets the same fate as its beloved lotus, getting crushed under the tusk of the elephant, just like rice being ground between teeth. (Such is the fate of being overly affectionate towards beauty).
27. The little bee seeing the big body and might of the mighty elephant, took a fancy of being as such; and by his imagining himself as so, he was instantly converted to one of the like kind (not in its person but in the mind). (Thus is a lesson, that no one is content with himself, but wishes to be the envied or desired being).
27. The little bee, seeing the huge body and power of the mighty elephant, admired it and wished to be like that. By imagining himself as such, he instantly became similar in mindset (not in appearance, but in thought). (This teaches us that no one is truly satisfied with themselves; everyone wishes to be the admired or coveted being).
28. At last the elephant fell down into a hollow pit, which was as deep and dry as the dried bed of a gulf; as a man falls into the profound and inane ocean of this world, which is overcast by an impervious darkness around. (The troublesome world is always compared with a turbulent and darksome ocean).
28. Finally, the elephant crashed into a deep, dry pit that was like the parched bottom of a gulf, just as a person falls into the vast, empty ocean of this world, shrouded in impenetrable darkness. (The chaotic world is often likened to a stormy and gloomy ocean).
29. The elephant was a favourite of the prince for his defeating the forces of his adversaries; and he routed about at random with his giddy might, as the lawless Daitya robbers wander about at night.
29. The elephant was a favorite of the prince for defeating his enemies; and he charged around aimlessly with his overwhelming strength, like the unruly Daitya thieves roaming at night.
30. He fell afterwards under the sword of the enemy, and pierced all over his body by their deadly darts; as the haughty egoism of the living body, drops down in the soul under the wound of right reason.
30. He later fell victim to the enemy's sword and was pierced all over his body by their deadly darts; just as the arrogant ego of the living body succumbs in the soul under the wound of sound judgment.
31. The dying elephant having been accustomed to see swarms of bees, fluttering over the proboscis of elephants, and sipping the ichor exuding from them, had long cherished the desire of becoming a bee, which he now came to be in reality.
31. The dying elephant, used to seeing swarms of bees buzzing around the trunks of elephants and sipping the nectar dripping from them, had long held the wish to become a bee, which he finally became in reality.
32. The bee rambled at large amidst the flowery creepers[Pg 352] of the forest, and resorted again to the bed of lotuses in the lake; because it is hard for fools to get rid of their fond desire, though it is attended with danger and peril.
32. The bee buzzed around among the flowering vines[Pg 352] in the forest and returned to the lotus bed in the lake; because it's tough for fools to shake off their desires, even when they come with risk and danger.
33. At last the sportive bee was trampled down and crushed under the feet of an elephant, and become a goose, by its long association with one in the lake.
33. Finally, the playful bee was trampled and crushed under the feet of an elephant and turned into a goose due to its long association with one in the lake.
34. The goose passed through many lives, till it became gander at last, and sported with the geese in the lake.
34. The goose went through many lives until it finally became a gander and played with the geese in the lake.
35. Here it came to bear, the name of the gander that served as the vehicle of Brahmá, and thenceforth fostered the idea of his being so, as the yolk of an egg fosters a feathered fowl in it.
35. Here it came to be known, the name of the gander that served as the vehicle for Brahmá, and from that point on, it supported the idea of his role, much like the yolk of an egg nurtures a bird within it.
36. As it was fostering this strong desire in itself, it grew old and decayed by disease, as a piece of wood is eaten up by inbred worms; then as he died with his consciousness of being the bird of Brahmá, he was born as the great stork of that God in his next birth.
36. While it was nurturing this intense desire, it aged and fell apart due to illness, like a piece of wood infested with worms; then, as he died aware of being the bird of Brahmá, he was reborn as the great stork of that God in his next life.
37. The stork lived there in the company of the wise, he became enlightened from the views of worldly beings; he continued for ages in his disembodied liberation, and cared for nothing in future. (The soul that rests in the spirit of God, has nothing better to desire).
37. The stork lived there among the wise, becoming enlightened by the perspectives of the world; he remained in his state of spiritual freedom for ages and didn’t care about anything to come. (The soul that finds peace in the spirit of God has no greater desires).
CHAPTER LXIII.
Dream of Jíváta.
Dream of Jíváta.
Arguments:—All living souls are occupied with the thought of their present state, forgetful of the past, and altogether heedless of the future.
Arguments:—All living beings concentrate on their present circumstances, forgetting the past and entirely disregarding the future.
VASISHTHA continued:—This bird that sported beside the stalk of the lotus seat of Brahmá, once went to the city of Rudra with his god on his back, and there beheld the God Rudra face to face. (The inferior Gods waited upon the superior deities).
VASISHTHA continued:—This bird that played next to the stem of Brahmá's lotus seat once flew to the city of Rudra with his god on his back, and there saw the God Rudra in person. (The lesser gods served the greater deities).
2. Seeing the God Rudra he thought himself to be so, and the figure of the God was immediately imprest upon his mind, like the reflexion of an outward object in the mirror.
2. Seeing the God Rudra, he thought he was that God, and the image of the God was instantly impressed upon his mind, just like the reflection of an external object in a mirror.
3. Being full of Rudra in himself, he quitted his body of the bird, as the fragrance of a flower forsakes the calyx, as it mixes with the breeze and flies in the open air.
3. Being full of Rudra within himself, he left behind his bird body, just like the scent of a flower leaves its petals, blending with the breeze and soaring through the open air.
4. He passed his time happily at that place, in the company with the attendants and different classes of the dependant divinities of Rudra.
4. He spent his time happily there, in the company of the attendants and various groups of the dependent deities of Rudra.
5. This Rudra being then full of the best knowledge of divinity and spirituality; looked back in his understanding into the passed accounts of his prior lives, that were almost incalculable.
5. This Rudra, possessing a profound understanding of divinity and spirituality, reflected on the countless experiences of his past lives.
6. Being then gifted with clear sightedness and clairvoyance, he was astonished at the view of naked truths, that appeared to him as sights in a dream, which he recounted to him as follows.
6. Being then blessed with clear vision and insight, he was amazed by the sight of bare truths, which appeared to him like images in a dream, and which he shared with him as follows.
7. O! how wonderful is this over spreading illusion, which is stretched all about us, and fascinates the world by its magic wand; it exhibits the palpable untruth as positive truth, as the dreary desert presents the appearance of limpid waters, in the sun beams spreading over its sterile sands.
7. Oh! How amazing is this all-encompassing illusion that surrounds us, captivating the world with its magic wand; it presents obvious falsehoods as undeniable truths, just like the barren desert shows the illusion of clear waters shimmering in the sunlight that spreads over its dry sands.
8. I well remember my primary state of the pure intellect, and its conversion to the state of the mind; and how it was[Pg 354] changed from its supremacy and omniscience, to the bondage of the limited body.
8. I clearly remember my initial state of pure intellect, and how it transformed into a state of mind; and how it was[Pg 354] shifted from its dominance and all-knowing nature to the constraints of the limited body.
9. It was by its own desire that the living soul assumed to itself a material body, formed and fashioned agreeably to its fancy, like a picture drawn in a painting; and became a mendicant in my person in one of its prior births, when it was unattached to the objects exposed to view all around.
9. It was by its own choice that the living soul took on a physical body, created and shaped to its liking, like a picture in a painting; and became a beggar in my form in one of its previous lives, when it was not connected to the objects around it.
10. The same mendicant sat in his devotion, by controlling the actions of the members of his body, and began to reflect on outward objects, with great pleasure in his mind.
10. The same beggar sat in meditation, managing the movements of his body, and started to think about external things, feeling a deep sense of joy in his mind.
11. He buried all his former thoughts in oblivion, and thought only of the object that he was employed to reflect upon; and this thought so engrossed and worked upon his mind, that it prevented the rise of any other thought in it.
11. He buried all his previous thoughts in forgetfulness and focused solely on the task he was meant to contemplate; this thought consumed him and occupied his mind so much that it stopped any other thoughts from coming up.
12. The phenomenon which appears in the mind, offers itself solely to the view also (by supplanting the traces of the past); as the brownness of fading autumn, supercedes the vernal verdure of leaves and plants, so the man coming to his maturity, forgets the helpless state of his boyhood, and is thoughtless of his approaching decay and decline.
12. The experiences that come to mind are only focused on the present (by replacing memories of the past); just like the browning leaves of autumn replace the fresh green of spring, a man reaching maturity forgets the vulnerability of his childhood and is unaware of his inevitable decline.
13. Thus the mendicant became the Brahman Jivátá by his fallible and fickle desire, which laid him to wander from one body to another, as little ants enter into the holes of houses and things.
13. So the beggar became the Brahman Jivátá because of his unreliable and changeable desire, which caused him to move from one body to another, like tiny ants entering the holes in houses and objects.
14. Being fond of Brahmahood and reverential to Bráhmans in his mind, he became the wished for person in his own body; because the reality and unreality have the power of mutually displacing one another, according to the greater influence of either. (The weaker yields and makes room to the stronger, like the survival of the fittest).
14. Valuing Brahmahood and having respect for Bráhmans in his heart, he became the desired person in his own form; because reality and illusion can push each other aside, depending on which one holds more influence. (The weaker one gives way to the stronger, similar to the survival of the fittest).
15. The Bráhman next obtained the chieftainship, from his strong predilection for the same; just as the tree becomes fruitful by its continuous suction of the moisture of earth. (The common mother of all).
15. The Bráhman then became the chief because he really wanted it, just like a tree becomes fruitful by constantly drawing moisture from the ground. (The common mother of all).
16. Being desirous of dispensing justice, and discharging all legal affairs, the general wished for royalty, and had his wishes fulfilled by this becoming a prince; but as the prince was[Pg 355] over fond of his courtesans, he was transformed to a heavenly nymph that he prized above all in his heart.
16. Wanting to deliver justice and handle all legal matters, the general longed for royalty and got his wish by becoming a prince. However, since the prince was[Pg 355] overly attached to his courtesans, he was transformed into a heavenly nymph whom he cherished above all else in his heart.
17. But as the celestial dame prized the tremulous eye sight of the timorous deer, above her heavenly form and station; she was soon metamorphosed to an antelope in the woods, and destined to graze as a miserable beast for her foolish choice.
17. But as the heavenly lady valued the trembling eyesight of the timid deer more than her divine form and status, she was quickly transformed into an antelope in the woods, destined to graze as a miserable creature because of her foolish choice.
18. The fawn that was very fond of browzing the tender blades and leaves, became at last the very creeping plant, that had crept into the crevice of her lickerish mind.
18. The fawn that loved nibbling on the tender blades and leaves eventually became the very creeping plant that had settled into the crevice of her greedy mind.
19. The creeper being long accustomed to dote on the bee, that used to be in its company; found in its consciousness to be that insect, after the destruction of its vegetable form.
19. The vine, having long been used to obsess over the bee that usually accompanied it, realized that the bee was still in its mind, even after the vine's plant form was destroyed.
20. Though well aware of its being crushed under the elephant, together with the lotus flower in which it dwelt, yet it was foolish to take the form of the bee, for its pleasure of roving about the world. (So the living soul enters into various births and bodies only to perish with them).
20. Even though it knew it was being crushed under the elephant, along with the lotus flower where it lived, it was still unwise to take on the form of a bee just for the enjoyment of exploring the world. (In this way, the living soul goes through different births and bodies only to die with them).
21. Being thus led into a hundred different forms, said he, I am at last become the self-same Rudra; and it is because of the capriciousness of my erratic mind in this changeful world.
21. Being led into a hundred different forms, he said, I have finally become the same Rudra; and it's because of the unpredictable nature of my wandering mind in this ever-changing world.
22. Thus have I wandered through the variegated paths of life, in this wilderness of the world; and I have roamed in many aerial regions, as if I trod on solid and substantial ground.
22. So, I have wandered through the diverse paths of life, in this wilderness of the world; and I have explored many lofty heights, as if I walked on solid and substantial ground.
23. In some one of my several births under the name of Jiváta, and in another I became a great and respectable Bráhman, I became quite another person again, and then found myself as a ruler and lord of the earth. (So every man thinks and acts himself, now as one person and in the stage of his life. Shakespeare).
23. In one of my many lifetimes as Jiváta, I became a respected Bráhman in another life, then transformed into someone entirely different, and eventually found myself as a ruler and lord of the earth. (So every person thinks and acts as themselves, now as one person and at this stage of their life. Shakespeare).
24. I had been a drake in the lotus-bush; and an elephant in the vales of Vindhya; I then became a stag in the form of my body, and fleetness of my limbs (and in the formation of mind also).
24. I had been a male duck in the lotus bushes; and an elephant in the Vindhya valleys; then I became a stag in the shape of my body, and the swiftness of my limbs (and also in the way I think).
25. After I had deviated at first from my state of godliness, I was still settled in the state of a devotee with devotedness[Pg 356] to divine knowledge; and practicing the rites befitting my position (such as listening to holy lectures, meditating on the mysteries of nature and so forth).
25. After I initially strayed from my spiritual path, I remained committed to being a devotee, dedicated to divine knowledge, and engaging in practices suitable for my position, like listening to spiritual talks, meditating on the mysteries of nature, and so on.[Pg 356]
26. In this state I passed very many years and ages, and many a day and night and season and century, glided on imperceptibly in their courses over me. (It is said that the sedate and meditative are generally long living men, as we learn in the accounts of the ancient patriarchs, and in those of the yogis and lamas in our own times).
26. In this state, I spent many years and ages, with days and nights and seasons and centuries passing by me without me noticing. (It's said that calm and thoughtful people tend to live longer, as we see in the stories of the ancient patriarchs and in those of the yogis and lamas in our times).
27. But I deviated again and again from my wonted course, and was as often subjected to new births and forms; until at last I was changed to Brahmá's vehicles of the hansa—or anser, and this was by virtue of my former good conduct and company.
27. But I kept straying from my usual path, and I found myself going through new changes and transformations repeatedly; until finally, I was transformed into Brahmá's vehicles of the hansa—or anser, and this was thanks to my past good behavior and associations.
28. The firm or wonted habit of a living being, must come out unobstructed by any hindrance whatsoever; and though it may be retarded in many intermediate births for even a millennium; yet it must come and lay hold on the person some time or other. (Habit is second nature, and is inbred in every being; and what is bred in the bone, must run in the blood).
28. The established habits of a living being must emerge without any obstacles; and even if they are delayed in many generations for a thousand years, they will eventually come and take hold of the person at some point. (Habit is like a second nature, ingrained in every being; what is deeply rooted must also persist.)
29. It is by accident only, that one has the blessing of some good company in his life; and then his inborn want may be restrained for a time, but it is sure to break out with violence in the end, in utter defiance of every check and rule.
29. It's only by chance that someone might have the blessing of good company in their life; and while their deep-seated desires might be held back for a while, they will eventually burst forth with intensity, completely ignoring any boundaries or rules.
30. But he who betakes himself to good society only, and strives always for his edification in what is good and great, is able to destroy the evil propensities which are inbred in him; because the desire to be good, is what actually makes one so. (Discipline conquers nature).
30. But someone who seeks only good company and constantly strives for personal growth in positive and meaningful ways can overcome their natural inclinations toward negativity; because the desire to be good is what truly makes a person good. (Discipline conquers nature).
31. Whatever a man is accustomed to do or think upon constantly, in this life or in the next state of his being; the same appears as a reality to him in his waking state of day dream, as unreality appears as real in the sleeping or night dream of a man. (It is the imagination that figures unrealities in divers forms both in the day as also in the night dreams of men).
31. Whatever a person is used to doing or thinking about constantly, whether in this life or in the next phase of existence; that same thing feels real to him in his waking daydreams, just as what is unreal feels real in a person's nighttime dreams. (It’s the imagination that shapes unrealities into different forms in both the day and night dreams of people).
32. Now the thoughts that employ our minds, appoint our bodies also to do their wished for works; and as these works are attended with some temporary good as well as evil also; it is better therefore to restrain and repress the rise of those tumultuous thoughts, than cherish them for our pleasure or pain.
32. The thoughts that occupy our minds also drive our bodies to carry out their desired actions; and since these actions come with both temporary benefits and drawbacks, it’s better to control and suppress those chaotic thoughts rather than indulge in them for our enjoyment or suffering.
33. It is only the thought in our minds, that makes us to take our bodies for ourselves or souls; and that stretches wide this world of unrealities, as the incased seed sprouts forth and spreads itself into a bush. (The thought bears the world in it, as the will brings it to view).
33. It's just our thoughts that make us see our bodies as ourselves or our souls; and that expands this world of illusions, just like a seed grows and spreads into a bush. (Our thoughts hold the world within them, as our will brings it into sight).
34. The world is but the thought in sight or a visible form of their visible thought, and nothing more in reality besides this phantasm of it, and an illusion of our sight.
34. The world is just what we think we see or a visual representation of our thoughts, and nothing else in reality besides this illusion and a trick of our perception.
35. The illusive appearance of the world, presents itself to our sight, like the variegated hues of the sky, it is therefore by our ignoring of it, that we may be enabled to wipe off those tinges from our minds.
35. The deceptive appearance of the world shows itself to us like the various colors in the sky; it is by ignoring it that we can clear those impressions from our minds.
36. It is an unreal appearance, displayed by the supreme Essence (of God or His intelligence); as a real existence at his pleasure only, and can not therefore do any harm to any body.
36. It is an illusory appearance, exhibited by the supreme Essence (of God or His intelligence); existing as a reality only at His discretion and, therefore, cannot cause any harm to anyone.
37. I rise now and then to look into all these varieties in nature, for the sake of my pleasure and curiosity; but I have the true light of reason in me, whereby I discern the one unity quite apart from all varieties.
37. I occasionally stand up to explore all these different aspects of nature, purely for my enjoyment and curiosity; but I have the true clarity of reason within me, which allows me to see the one unity separate from all the differences.
38. After all these recapitulations, the incarnate Rudra returned to his former state, and reflected on this condition of the mendicant, whose body was now lying as a dead corpse on the barren ground.
38. After all these summaries, the incarnate Rudra went back to his previous state and thought about the situation of the beggar, whose body was now lying like a dead corpse on the barren ground.
39. He awakened the mendicant and raised his prostrate body, by infusing his intelligence into it; when the resuscitated Bhikshu came to understand, that all his wanderings were but hallucinations of his mind.
39. He woke up the beggar and lifted his collapsed body by filling him with awareness; when the revived Bhikshu realized that all his journeys were just illusions created by his mind.
40. The mendicant finding himself the same with Rudra standing in his presence, as also with the bygone ones that he recollected in his remembrance; was astonished to think how he could be one and so many, though it is no wonder to[Pg 358] the intelligent, who well know that one man acts many parts in life.
40. The beggar realized he was the same as Rudra standing in front of him, as well as the past figures he remembered; he was amazed to think how he could be both one and many, although it's not surprising to[Pg 358] those who understand that one person can play many roles in life.
41. Afterwards both Rudra and the mendicant got up from their seats, and proceeded to the abode of the Jivátá, situated in corner of the intellectual sphere (i.e. the mundane world which lies in the divine intellect).
41. After that, both Rudra and the beggar got up from their seats and went to the home of the Jivátá, located in the corner of the intellectual realm (i.e. the everyday world that exists within divine thought).
42. They then passed over many Continents, Islands, provinces and districts, until they arrived at the abode of Jívata, where they found him lying down with a sword in hand.
42. They then traveled across many continents, islands, provinces, and regions until they reached the home of Jívata, where they found him lying down with a sword in hand.
43. They saw Jivátá lying asleep and insensible as a dead body, when Rudra laid aside his bright celestial form, in order to enter into the earthly abode of the deceased. (The Gods are said to assume human shapes in order to mix with mankind).
43. They saw Jivátá lying asleep and lifeless like a dead body when Rudra set aside his brilliant divine appearance to enter the earthly home of the deceased. (The Gods are known to take on human forms to interact with humans).
44. They brought him back to life and intelligence, by imparting to him portion of their spirit and intellect; and thus was this one soul exhibited in the triple forms of Rudra, Jivátá and the mendicant.
44. They revived him with life and understanding by sharing a part of their spirit and intellect; and in this way, one soul was shown in the three forms of Rudra, Jivátá, and the beggar.
45. They with all their intelligence, remained ignorant of one another, and they marvelled to look on each other in mute astonishment, as if they were the figures in painting.
45. They, with all their intelligence, remained unaware of each other, and they marveled at seeing one another in silent amazement, as if they were figures in a painting.
46. Then the three went together in their aerial course, to the air built abode of the Brahman; who had erected his baseless fabric in empty air, and which resounded with empty sounds all around. (The open air being the receptacle of sounds, the aerial abodes of celestials are incessantly infested by the sounds and cries of peoples rising upwards from the nether world).
46. Then the three flew together to the sky home of the Brahman; who had built his foundationless place in the empty air, which echoed with hollow sounds all around. (The open air receiving sounds means the heavenly homes of celestial beings are constantly filled with the noises and cries of people rising up from the lower world).
47. They passed through many aerial regions, and barren and populous tracts of air; until they found out at last the heavenly residence of the Brahman.
47. They traveled through many airy spaces, and desolate and crowded areas of the sky; until they finally discovered the celestial home of the Brahman.
48. They saw him sleeping in his house; beset by the members of his family about him; while his Brahmaní folded her arms about his neck, as if unwilling to part with her deceased husband. (The Brahman in heaven, was seen in the state of his parting life).
48. They saw him sleeping in his house, surrounded by his family. His wife held him tightly around the neck, as if she couldn't bear to let go of her deceased husband. (The Brahman in heaven was seen in the state of his final moments).
49. They awakened his drowsy intelligence, by means of their own intelligence, as a waking man raises a sleeping soul, by means of his own sensibility.
49. They stirred his sluggish mind with their own sharpness, just like a waking person brings a sleeping soul to awareness through their own sensitivity.
50. Thence they went on in their pleasant journey to the realms of the chief and the prince mentioned before; and these were situated in the bright regions of their intellectual sphere, and illumined by their effulgence of the intellect. (It means to say, that all these journeys, places and persons, were but reveries of the mind, and creations of fancy).
50. Then they continued their enjoyable journey to the domains of the chief and the prince mentioned earlier; these were located in the vibrant areas of their intellectual realm, illuminated by the brilliance of their minds. (This means that all these journeys, places, and characters were merely daydreams and products of imagination).
51. Having arrived at that region and that very spot, they observed the haughty chief lying on his lotus like bed.
51. When they reached that area and that exact location, they saw the arrogant chief lounging on his bed that looked like a lotus.
52. He lay with his gold coloured body, in company with the partner of his bed of golden hue; as the honey sucking bee lies in the lotus cell, enfolded in the embrace of his mate.
52. He lay there with his golden body, alongside his partner in their golden bed, just like a honeybee rests in a lotus flower, wrapped in the arms of its mate.
53. He was beset by his mistresses, hanging about him, like the tender stalks and tufts of flowers pendent upon a tree; and was encircled by a belt of lighted lamps, as when a golden plate is studded about by brilliant gems.
53. He was surrounded by his lovers, clinging to him like delicate flowers hanging from a tree; and was encircled by a ring of lit lamps, like a golden plate adorned with sparkling gems.
54. They awakened him shortly by infusing their own spirit and intelligence in his body and mind, and then they sat together marvelling at each other, as the self-same man in so many forms (or the self-same person in so many bodies).
54. They woke him up briefly by filling his body and mind with their own spirit and intelligence, and then they sat together, amazed by each other, as the same man in so many forms (or the same person in so many bodies).
55. They next repaired to the palace of the prince, and after awakening him with their intelligence, they all roamed about the different parts of the world.
55. They then went to the prince's palace, and after waking him up with their news, they all explored different parts of the world.
56. They came at last to the hansa of Brahmá, and being all transformed to that form in their minds (i.e. having come to know the ahamsa I am he or their self-identity); They all became the one Rudra Personality in a hundred persons.
56. They finally arrived at the hansa of Brahmá, and each of them mentally took on that form (meaning they realized the ahamsa or their self-identity); they all united as one Rudra Personality within a hundred individuals.
57. Thus the one intellect is represented in different forms and shapes, according to the various inclinations of their minds, like so many figures in a painting. Such is the unity of the deity represented as different personalities, according to the various tendencies of individual minds. (There is the same intellect and soul in all living beings, that differ from one another in their minds only).
57. So, the same intellect is shown in different forms and shapes, based on the different inclinations of their minds, like various figures in a painting. This illustrates the unity of the deity represented as different personalities, reflecting the various tendencies of individual minds. (All living beings share the same intellect and soul, differing only in their minds).
58. There a hundred Rudras, who are the forms of the uncovered intellect (i.e. unclouded by mists of error); and they are acquainted with the truths of all things in the world, and the secrets of all hearts (antaryámin).
58. There are a hundred Rudras, who represent the forms of clear intellect (i.e. free from the mists of error); and they understand the truths of everything in the world, as well as the secrets of all hearts (antaryámin).
59. There are a hundred and some hundreds of Rudras, who are known as very great beings in the world; among whom there are eleven only (Ekádasa Rudras), that are situated in so many worlds (Ekádasa Bhubanas). (The Vedas have thousands and thousands of Rudras in their hymns as to them, as, [Sanskrit: sahashrena sahashrasah ye rudrá adhibhúmyá]).
59. There are hundreds of Rudras, recognized as very powerful beings in the world; among them, there are only eleven (Ekádasa Rudras) that exist in various worlds (Ekádasa Bhubanas). The Vedas mention thousands of Rudras in their hymns, referring to them as, [Sanskrit: sahashrena sahashrasah ye rudrá adhibhúmyá].
60. All living beings that are not awakened to reason, are ignorant of the identity of one another; and view them in different and not in the same light; they are not farsighted to see any other world. That which is the most proximate to them.
60. All living beings that haven’t become aware of reason are unaware of each other’s identity and see each other in different ways rather than the same. They lack the insight to perceive any other world beyond what is right in front of them.
61. Wise men see the minds of others and all things to rise in their minds, like the wave rising in the sea; but unenlightened minds remain dormant in themselves, like the inert stones and blocks. (Another explanation of it is, that all wise men are of the same mind as Birbal said to Akbar:—Sao Siyane ekmatá).
61. Wise people can understand the thoughts of others and see everything come alive in their minds, like a wave rising in the ocean; but those who lack insight stay inactive within themselves, like lifeless stones and blocks. (Another way to explain this is that all wise people share the same understanding, as Birbal said to Akbar:—Sao Siyane ekmatá).
62. As the waves mix with themselves, by the fluidity of their waters; so the minds of wise unite with one another, by the solubility of their understandings, like elastic fluids and liquids. (So says Mrityunjaya:—the oily or serous understanding ([Sanskrit: tailavat vunvih]) readily penetrates into the minds of others).
62. Just as waves blend together through the fluidity of their waters, the minds of the wise connect with each other through the flexibility of their understanding, much like elastic fluids and liquids. (So says Mrityunjaya:—the smooth or cohesive understanding ([Sanskrit: tailavat vunvih]) easily seeps into the minds of others).
63. Now in all these multitudes of living beings, that are presented to our sight in this world; We find the one invariable element of the intellect to be diffused in all of them, and making unreal appear as real ones to view.
63. Now in all these countless living things that we see in this world, we find that the one constant element of the intellect is present in all of them, making the unreal seem real to us.
64. This real but invisible entity of the Divine intellect remains for ever, after all the unreal but visible appearances disappear into nothing; as there remains an empty space or hollow vacuity, after the removal of a thing from its place, and the excavation of the ground by digging it. (This empty vacuum with the chit or Intellect in it, is the universal God of the vacuist Vasishtha).
64. This real but unseen aspect of the Divine intellect lasts forever, even after all the unreal but visible appearances fade away into nothingness; just like there’s an empty space or void left when something is taken away from its spot, and the ground is dug up. (This empty space filled with chit or Intellect is the universal God of the vacuist Vasishtha).
65. As you can well conceive the idea of existence, of the quintuple elemental principles in nature; so you can comprehend also the notion of the Omnipresence of the Divine intellect, which is the substratum of the elemental principles.
65. Just as you can understand the concept of existence and the five basic elements in nature, you can also grasp the idea of the all-encompassing presence of the Divine intellect, which forms the foundation of these elemental principles.
66. As you see various statues and images, carved in stone and woods, and set in the hollows of rocks and trees; so should you see all these figures in the hollow space of the universe, to be situated in the self-same intellect of the Omnipresent Deity.
66. Just as you see different statues and images carved from stone and wood, placed in the nooks of rocks and trees; you should also envision all these figures in the emptiness of the universe, located within the same understanding of the all-present God.
67. The knowledge of the known and the visible world, in the pure intellect of the unknown and invisible deity, resembles the view of the variegated skies, with their uncaused and insensible figures, in the causeless substratum of ever lasting and all pervading vacuity.
67. The understanding of the known and visible world, in the pure mind of the unknown and unseen deity, is like looking at the colorful skies, with their spontaneous and imperceptible shapes, in the endless and all-encompassing emptiness.
68. The knowledge of the phenomenal is the bondage of the soul, and the ignoring of this conduces to its liberation; do therefore as you like, either towards this or that (i.e. for your liberation and bondage).
68. Understanding the physical world ties the soul down, and ignoring this leads to freedom; so do as you wish, whether towards this or that (i.e. for your freedom or your bondage).
69. The cognition and nescience of the world, are the causes of the bondage and liberation of the soul, and these again are productive of the transmigration and final emancipation of the animal spirit. It is by your indifference to them that you can avoid them both, do therefore as you may best choose for yourself. (Here are three things offered to view, namely, the desire of heaven and liberation, and the absence of all desires. [Sanskrit: svargakáma mokshakámau nishkámashchatra yah]).
69. The understanding and ignorance of the world are the reasons for the soul's bondage and freedom, which in turn lead to the cycle of reincarnation and ultimate liberation of the spirit. It's your indifference to these that allows you to escape both, so choose what feels right for you. (Here are three options presented: the desire for heaven and liberation, and the lack of all desires. [Sanskrit: svargakáma mokshakámau nishkámashchatra yah]).
70. What is lost at its disappearance (as our friends and properties), is neither worth seeking or searching after, nor sorrowing for when it is lost and gone from us. That which is gained of itself in our calm and quiet without any anxiety or assiduity on our part, is truly reckoned to be our best gain. (so says the Moha-Mudgura:—Be content with what offers of itself to thee. [Sanskrit: yatvabhase nijakarnmípáttam| bittam tena vinodaya chittam|]).
70. What we lose when something disappears (like our friends and possessions) isn’t worth chasing or grieving over once it’s gone. What we naturally gain in our peace and quiet, without any stress or effort, is truly our greatest blessing. (As the Moha-Mudgura says:—Be satisfied with what comes to you on its own. [Sanskrit: yatvabhase nijakarnmípáttam| bittam tena vinodaya chittam|]).
71. That which is no more than our knowledge of it (as the object of our senses and the objective world), is no right knowledge but mere fallacy; the true knowledge is that of the subjective consciousness, which is always to be attended to.
71. What we know about something (based on our senses and the objective world) isn’t true knowledge but just a misconception; real knowledge comes from our subjective consciousness, which we should always pay attention to.
72. As the wave is the agitation of the water, so is this creation but an oscillation of the divine intellect; and this is the only difference between them, that the one is the production of the elements in nature, and the other is that of the divine will.
72. Just as a wave is the movement of water, this creation is merely a fluctuation of divine thought; and the only difference between the two is that one results from natural elements, while the other comes from divine will.
73. Again the undulation of waves occurs, in conjunction with the existing elements at certain spots and times; but the production of the world is wholly without the junction of the elemental bodies, which were not in existence at its creation. (It means to say, that the world is only an ideal formation of the divine mind).
73. Once again, the waves roll, interacting with the elements at specific places and times; however, the existence of the world doesn't depend on the combination of elemental bodies, which weren't around at its creation. (This suggests that the world is solely an ideal creation of the divine mind).
74. The shining worlds shine with the light of the divine intellect, in which they are situated as the thoughts in its consciousness. It transcends the power of speech to define what it is, and yet it is expressed in the veda in the words that, "It is the supreme soul and perfect felicity" (Siva Parátmá).
74. The shining worlds glow with the light of the divine intellect, where they exist like thoughts in its consciousness. It goes beyond words to explain what it is, yet it’s described in the Veda with the phrase, "It is the supreme soul and perfect happiness" (Siva Parátmá).
75. Thus the world is the form of its consciousness in the divine intellect, and they are not different from one another, as words are never separable from their senses. It is said that the world is the undulation of the Divine spirit, and none but the ignorant inveigh against, by saying that the wave and water are two different things. (Kálidása in the commencement of Raghuvansa, uses the same simile of words and their meanings, to denote the intimate union of Párvatí and Siva, which is done to express the inseparability of the world with its maker; corresponding with the well known line of Pope: "whose body nature is, and God the soul").
75. So, the world is the way it appears in the divine mind, and they're not separate from each other, just as words can’t be separated from their meanings. It's said that the world is a ripple of the Divine spirit, and only the ignorant complain, claiming that the wave and the water are two different things. (Kálidása in the beginning of Raghuvansa uses the same comparison of words and their meanings to show the deep connection between Párvatí and Siva, which expresses the inseparability of the world from its creator; aligning with the famous line from Pope: "whose body nature is, and God the soul").
CHAPTER LXIV.
On the Attainment of Attendantship on the God Rudra.
On the Success of Attending with the God Rudra.
Argument:—The remainder of the former story; and the manner of becoming the attendant Rudras on Siva.
Argument:—The continuation of the earlier story; and how one becomes the attendant Rudras to Siva.
RÁMA said:—Tell me sir, what became of the many forms, which the mendicant saw in his dream; and whether the several forms of Jívata, the Brahman, the gander and others return to themselves, or remained as Rudras for ever more.
RÁMA said:—Tell me, sir, what happened to the many forms that the beggar saw in his dream; and whether the various forms of Jívata, the Brahman, the gander, and others return to their original selves, or if they remain as Rudras forever.
2. Vasishtha replied:—They all remained with Rudra, as parts and compositions of himself; and being enlightened by him, they wandered all about the world, and rested contented with themselves.
2. Vasishtha replied:—They all stayed with Rudra, as parts of himself; and, after being enlightened by him, they traveled all around the world and felt satisfied with themselves.
3. They all beheld with Rudra, the magic scenes which were displayed before them; till at last they were dismissed from his company, to return to their own states and places.
3. They all watched with Rudra as the magical scenes unfolded before them until finally, they were released from his presence to return to their own homes and territories.
4. Rudra said:—Go you now to your own places, and there enjoy your fill with your family; and return to me after some time, having completed the course of your enjoyments and sufferings in the world.
4. Rudra said:—Go back to where you belong, enjoy time with your family, and return to me after a while, having gone through your experiences of joy and hardship in the world.
5. You will then become as parts of myself, and remain as my attendants to grace my residence; till at last we return to the supreme at the end of time, and be absorbed in last Omega of all.
5. You will then become like parts of me, and stay as my attendants to enhance my home; until we finally return to the supreme being at the end of time, and be absorbed in the ultimate Omega of all.
6. Vasishtha said:—So saying, the Lord Rudra vanished from their sight, and mixed in the midst of the Rudras, who viewed all the worlds in their enlightened intellects. (These are celestial and angelic beings).
6. Vasishtha said:—After saying this, Lord Rudra disappeared from their view and joined the Rudras, who perceived all the worlds with their enlightened minds. (These are celestial and angelic beings).
7. Then did Jívata and others return to their respective residences, where they have to share their shares of domestic felicity in the company of their families, during their allotted times.
7. Then Jívata and others went back to their homes, where they would enjoy their share of happiness with their families during their designated times.
8. Having then wasted and shuffled off their mortal coil, at the end of their limited periods, they will be promoted to the rank of Rudras in heaven, and will appear as luminous stars in the firmament.
8. After they have passed away at the end of their lives, they will be elevated to the status of Rudras in heaven and will shine like bright stars in the sky.
9. Ráma rejoined:—All those forms of Jiváta and others, being but creations of the empty imagination of the mendicant; I cannot understand, how they could be beings, as there is no substantiality in imaginary things.
9. Rama replied:—All those forms of Jiváta and others, being just products of the mendicant's empty imagination; I can't understand how they could be real beings, since imaginary things have no substance.
10. Vasishtha replied:—The truth of the imagination lies partly in our consciousness, and partly in our representation of the image; though the imagery or giving a false shape to anything, is as untrue as any nihility in nature. But what we are conscious of must be true, because our consciousness comprehends everything in it.
10. Vasishtha replied:—The truth of imagination is partly found in our awareness and partly in how we represent images; however, creating an illusion or distorting anything is as false as anything that doesn’t exist in nature. But what we are aware of must be true because our awareness includes everything within it.
11. Thus what is seen in the dream, and represented to us by imagination, are all impressed in our consciousness at all times and for ever. (Therefore neither is our consciousness nor the images we are conscious of are untrue, though the imagery and the work of imagination are utterly false).
11. So, what we see in our dreams and what our imagination shows us are always and forever etched in our awareness. (Therefore, neither our consciousness nor the images we perceive are false, even though the imagery and the work of imagination can be completely untrue).
12. As a man when going or carried from one country to another, and there again to some other place, has no knowledge of the distance of his journey, unless he is conscious of its length and duration in space and time; so we are ignorant of the duration of our dream, and our passing from one dream to another, without our consciousness of it in our sleeping state.
12. Just like a man who is taken from one country to another and then to yet another has no idea of how far he has traveled unless he is aware of the length and time it took, we are unaware of how long our dreams last and of our transition from one dream to another while we are asleep.
13. Therefore it is our consciousness that contains all things, that are represented to it by the intellect; and it is from our intellection that we have the knowledge of everything, because the intellect is full of knowledge and pervades everywhere.
13. So, our consciousness holds everything that the intellect presents to it; and it’s through our thinking that we gain knowledge of everything because the intellect is full of knowledge and is present everywhere.
14. Imagination, desire and dream, are the one and same thing, the one producing the other and all lodged in the cell of the intellect. Their objects are obtained by our intense application to them. Desire produces imagination which is the cause of dream; they are the phenomena of mind, and their objects are the results of deep meditation.
14. Imagination, desire, and dreams are all essentially the same thing, with each one creating the next, all contained within the mind. We achieve their goals through our focused effort. Desire sparks imagination, which leads to dreams; they are all mental phenomena, and their outcomes come from deep reflection.
15. Nothing is to be had without its practice and meditation of it, and men of enlightened minds gain the objects by[Pg 365] their Yoga or meditation of them alone. (These are the Yoga siddhas or adepts in Yoga as Siva &c).
15. Nothing can be achieved without practice and meditation on it, and insightful individuals attain their goals through their Yoga or meditation alone. (These are the Yoga siddhas or experts in Yoga like Siva, etc.).
16. These adepts view the objects of their pursuit in all places, such as the god Siva and others of the Siddha Yogis, such was my aim and attempt also, but it was not attended with success.
16. These experts see the things they're after everywhere, like the god Siva and other Siddha Yogis. That was my goal and effort too, but it didn’t work out.
17. I was unsuccessful in want of my fixed resolvedness, but failed in both for my attending to both sides. It is only the firm resolution of one in one point, that gives him success in any undertaking.
17. I couldn't succeed because I was stuck on my strong determination, but I failed because I tried to pay attention to both sides. It's only the firm commitment to one idea that leads to success in any endeavor.
18. As one going in southerly direction, cannot arrive at his house in the north, so it is the case with the pursuers after their aims; which they well know to be unattainable without their firm determination in it.
18. Just like someone heading south can't reach a house in the north, those who are chasing their goals understand that they can't achieve them without strong determination.
19. Whoever is resolved to gain his desired objects, must fix his view on the object before him; the mind being fixed on the object in view, brings the desire into effect. (So says Hafiz: If thou want the presence of the object, never be absent from it).
19. Whoever is determined to achieve their goals must focus on what's in front of them; keeping the mind focused on the goal makes the desire a reality. (As Hafiz says: If you want something to be present, never let it be out of your mind).
20. So the mendicant having the demi God Rudra, for the sole object in his view, became assimilated to the very form of his wish; because whoso is intent on one object, must remove all duality from before him. (So says the mystic Sadi: I drove the duality from my door, in order to have the unity alone before my view).
20. The beggar, focusing solely on the demigod Rudra, became completely aligned with the form of his desire. This is because anyone who is fixated on one goal must eliminate all duality from their perspective. (As the mystic Sadi puts it: I pushed duality away from my door to keep only unity in my sight).
21. The other imaginary forms of the mendicant, were all different persons in their different spheres; and had obtained their several forms, according to their respective desires from one state to another (as said before).
21. The other imagined versions of the beggar were all different people in their various roles; they had taken on their different forms based on their individual desires, transitioning from one state to another (as mentioned before).
22. They did not know or look on one another, but had all their thoughts and sights fixed on Rudra alone; because those that are awakened to their spiritual knowledge, have their sight fixed on their final liberation, while the unenlightened mortals are Subjected to repeated births, by the repetition of their wishes (to be born in some form or other).
22. They didn’t know or pay attention to each other, but had all their thoughts and sights focused on Rudra alone; because those who are awakened to their spiritual understanding have their gaze set on their ultimate liberation, while the unenlightened mortals are stuck in the cycle of repeated births due to their continuous desires (to be born in one form or another).
23. It was accordingly to the will of Rudra, that he took this one form and many others upon him, such as he wills to become a Vidhyadhara in one place and a pandit in another.
23. It was according to Rudra's will that he took this one form and many others upon himself, choosing to become a Vidhyadhara in one place and a pandit in another.
24. This instance of Rudra serves for an example, of the efficacy of intense thought and practice of all men; who may become one or another or many more, as also learned or ignorant, agreeably to their thought and conduct. (One to be many, means the versatility of parts, to act as many).
24. This example of Rudra illustrates the power of intense thought and practice for everyone; individuals can become one, multiple, or something completely different, depending on their mindset and behavior. (Being one who can be many means the ability to take on various roles.)
25. So one has his manhood and Godhead also (i.e. acts as a man and a God likewise), by his manly and Godlike actions at different times and places; and to be both at the one and same time, requires much greater ability and energy both of the mind and body (as it is seen in the persons of deified heroes).
25. So one has his manhood and divinity too (i.e. acts as a man and a God at the same time), through his bold and godlike actions in various times and places; and to be both simultaneously requires much more skill and strength from both the mind and body (as seen in the lives of deified heroes).
26. The living soul being one with the Divine, has all the powers of the same implanted in it; the infinite being ingrafted in the finite, It is of the same nature by innate nature.
26. The living soul, being one with the Divine, has all the same powers within it; the infinite is embedded in the finite, making it inherently of the same nature.
27. The living soul has its expansion and contraction in its life and death, as the Divine soul has its evolution and involution; in the acts of creation and dissolution; but the Divine soul destroys no soul, because it is the soul of souls and the aggregate of all souls; therefore any one that would be godly, must refrain from slaughter.
27. The living soul experiences ups and downs in life and death, just as the Divine soul goes through growth and retreat; in the processes of creation and dissolution; but the Divine soul doesn’t destroy any soul, because it is the essence of all souls and the totality of all souls; therefore, anyone who wants to be godly must avoid killing.
28. So the yogis and yoginís continue in the discharge of their sacred rites, as enjoined by law and usage, and either remain in this or rove about in other worlds at large at the free will and liberty.
28. So the yogis and yoginís continue to perform their sacred rituals, as required by tradition and practice, and either stay in this world or freely explore other realms as they wish.
29. A yogi is seen in several forms at once, both in this world and in the next, according to his desert and the merit of his actions; as the great yogi and warrior Karta Vírya Arjuna, became the terror of the world as if he were ubiquitous, while he remained quite at home. (i.e. though confined in one place, yet he seemed to be present every where).
29. A yogi appears in multiple forms simultaneously, both in this world and the next, based on their past experiences and the good they've done; like the great yogi and warrior Karta Vírya Arjuna, who became a worldwide threat as if he were everywhere, even while staying at home. (i.e. although he was in one location, he seemed to be present everywhere).
30. So also doth the god Vishnu appear in human forms on earth, while he sleeps at ease in the milky ocean; and the yoginis of heaven hover over animal sacrifices on earth, while they reside in their groups in the etherial sphere.
30. The god Vishnu also takes on human forms on earth while he relaxes in the milky ocean; and the yoginis of heaven watch over animal sacrifices on earth while they stay in their groups in the ethereal realm.
31. Indra also appears on earth, to receive the oblations of men, when he is sitting in his heavenly seat on high, and Náráyana[Pg 367] takes the forms of a thousand Rámas upon him, in his conflict with the myriads of Rakhasa legions.
31. Indra also comes down to earth to accept offerings from people while he sits in his heavenly throne above, and Náráyana[Pg 367] takes on the form of a thousand Rámas during his battle with countless Rakhasa legions.
32. So did one Krishna become a hundred, to receive the obeisance of his reverential princes; and he appears as a thousand in the company of many thousand monarchs in the Kuru assembly.
32. So one Krishna became a hundred to receive the respect of his reverent princes; and he appears as a thousand among many thousand kings in the Kuru assembly.
33. So the god became incarnate in many forms, with parts and particles of his own spirit for the preservation of the world; and the one lord became many in the company of his mistresses in a moment. (This was the company of milk maids in the rásalílá sport of Krishna).
33. So the god took on many forms, using parts of his own spirit to help preserve the world; and the one lord became many in the presence of his companions in an instant. (This was the group of milkmaids in the rásalílá play of Krishna).
34. In this manner did the forms of Jívata and others, which were the creatures of the mendicant's imagination, retire at the behest of Rudra, to the particular abodes of their own and respective desires.
34. In this way, the forms of Jívata and others, which were creations of the beggar's imagination, withdrew at Rudra's command to the specific places of their own and individual desires.
35. There they enjoyed all their delights for a long time, until they entered the abode of Rudra; where they became the attendants of the demigod, and remained in his train for a great length of time.
35. There they enjoyed all their pleasures for a long time, until they entered the home of Rudra, where they became the attendants of the demigod and stayed in his service for a very long time.
36. They remained in the company of Rudra, dwelling in the groves of the evergreen and ever blossoming Kalpa creepers of paradise, blooming with clusters of their gemming florets; and roving at pleasure to different worlds, and to the celestial city of Siva on the Kailása mountain, and sporting in the company of heavenly nymphs, and bearing the crowns of immortality on their heads. (This is the description of the heaven of Hindus).
36. They stayed with Rudra, living in the lush groves of the ever-green and ever-blooming Kalpa creepers of paradise, filled with clusters of sparkling flowers; wandering freely to different worlds, to the celestial city of Siva on the Kailása mountain, enjoying time with heavenly nymphs, and wearing crowns of immortality on their heads. (This is the description of the heaven of Hindus).
CHAPTER LXV.
Ráma's Wonder at the Error of Men.
Ráma's astonishment at people's mistakes.
Argument.—Application of the mendicant's case to all men, who are equally mistaken in their choice.
Argument.—Applying the beggar's situation to everyone, who are all equally mistaken in their choices.
VASISHTHA Continued:—As the mendicant saw this transient scene of error in his mind; so it is the case with all living beings, to look on their past lives and actions apart from themselves, and in the persons of other men.
VASISHTHA Continued:—As the monk witnessed this fleeting moment of confusion in his mind; so it is with all living beings, to view their past lives and actions as if they were separate from themselves, and through the eyes of others.
2. The past lives, actions and demise of all reflective souls, are as fast imprinted in them, as any thought is preserved in the retentive mind and vacuous intellect.
2. The past experiences, actions, and endings of all thoughtful individuals are as quickly etched in them as any idea is stored in a memory-filled mind and an empty intellect.
3. Distant and separate things are mingled together, in the present sphere of one's soul; and all persons appear as distinct figures in the dream.
3. Distant and separate things blend together in the current state of one's soul, and everyone appears as individual figures in the dream.
4. And the human soul, though it is a form of the divine, yet being enclosed in its frail and mortal body, is doomed to misery until its final liberation from birth and body. Thus I have related to you the fate of all living souls, in the state and tale of the mendicant Bhikshu.
4. The human soul, even though it's a part of the divine, is trapped in its fragile and mortal body, destined to suffer until it's finally freed from birth and the physical form. So, I have shared with you the destiny of all living souls, through the story of the wandering beggar Bhikshu.
5. Now know, O Ráma! that the souls of all of us like that of the mendicant, are vibrated and moved by the impulse of the supreme spirit; and are yet fallible in their nature, and falling from error to error every moment (as we find in our dreams).
5. Now know, O Ráma! that all our souls, just like that of the beggar, are influenced and stirred by the drive of the supreme spirit; yet they are still imperfect in nature, making mistakes continuously (just like we experience in our dreams).
6. As a stone falling from a rock, falls lower and lower to the nether ground; so the living soul once fallen from its height of supreme spirit, descends lower and lower to the lowest pit.
6. Just like a stone dropping from a cliff, falls further and further down to the ground; the living soul, once it has fallen from its highest spiritual form, descends lower and lower into the deepest pit.
7. Now it sees one dream, and then passes from it to another; and thus rolling for ever in its dreaming sleep, it never finds any substantiality whatsoever.
7. Now it has one dream, and then moves on to another; and so, endlessly rolling in its dream-filled sleep, it never finds any real substance at all.
8. The soul thus obscured under the illusion of errors, happens some times to come to the light of truth, either by the guidance of some good instructor, or by the light of its own[Pg 369] intuition; and then it is released from the wrong notion of its personality in the body, and comes to the true knowledge of itself.
8. The soul that is clouded by the illusion of mistakes sometimes finds its way to the light of truth, either through the guidance of a wise teacher or by following its own intuition[Pg 369]; and at that point, it breaks free from the false belief of its identity in the body and gains a true understanding of itself.
9. Ráma said:—O! the impervious gloom of error that ever spreads on the human soul, causes it to rely in the mist of its errors, as a sleeping man enjoys the scenery of his dreams.
9. Rama said:—Oh! The thick darkness of mistake that constantly surrounds the human soul makes it trust in the fog of its errors, just like a sleeping person enjoys the sights in their dreams.
10. It is shrouded by the thick darkness of the night of erroneous knowledge, and falls into the pit of illusion which over spreads the world (máyá or error is the fruit of the forbidden tree whose mortal taste brought death into the world, while knowledge is the fruit of the tree of immortality, which liberates the soul from the bonds of birth and death).
10. It is covered by the deep darkness of night filled with false knowledge, and it falls into the trap of illusion that spreads across the world (máyá or error is the result of the forbidden tree whose deadly fruit introduced death into the world, while knowledge is the fruit of the tree of immortality, which frees the soul from the cycle of birth and death).
11. O the egregious error of taking a thing for our own, which in reality belongs to no body but the lord and master of all.
11. Oh, the huge mistake of claiming something as our own, when it really belongs to no one but the lord and master of everything.
12. It behoves you, sir, to explain to me, whence this error takes its rise, and how the mendicant with his share of good and right understanding, could fall into the error (of wishing himself to become another, that was as frail and mortal as himself). Tell me also that knowest all, whether he is still living or not.
12. It’s your duty, sir, to explain to me where this mistake comes from and how the beggar, with his share of good sense and understanding, could fall into the trap of wanting to become someone else, who is just as weak and mortal as he is. Also, tell me, you who know everything, whether he is still alive or not.
13. Vasishtha replied:—I will explore into the regions of the three worlds in my samádhi meditation this night, and tell you tomorrow morning, whether the mendicant is living or not, and where he may be at present.
13. Vasishtha replied:—I will meditate in my samádhi tonight and check the realms of the three worlds. I'll let you know tomorrow morning whether the mendicant is alive and where he might be right now.
14. Válmíki said:—As the sage was saying in this manner, the royal garrison tolled the trumpet of the departing day with beat of drum; which filled the sky with the loud roar of diluvian clouds.
14. Válmíki said:—As the sage was saying this, the royal guards sounded the trumpet for the end of the day with the beat of a drum, filling the sky with the loud roar of heavy clouds.
15. The princes and the citizens assembled in the court, threw handfuls of flowers at his feet, as the trees drop down their flowers in the ground, wafted by the odoriferous breeze.
15. The princes and the citizens gathered in the court, tossing handfuls of flowers at his feet, just like how trees shed their blossoms to the ground, carried by the fragrant breeze.
16. They honoured the great sages also, and rose from their respective seats; and the assembly broke afterwards, with mutual salutations to one another.
16. They also honored the great sages and got up from their seats; then the assembly ended with everyone greeting each other.
17. Then all the residents of the earth and air, went to their respective residences with the setting sun; and discharged their duties of the departing day, in obedience to the ordinance of the sástras.
17. Then all the inhabitants of the earth and sky returned to their homes with the setting sun, and carried out the tasks of the day in accordance with the rules of the scriptures.
18. They all performed their services as prescribed in their liturgies, in which they placed their strong faith and veneration. (This shows the division of caste and creed even in the heroic age of Ráma; which being more marked in later ages, prevented the people from participating in a common cause).
18. They all carried out their duties as outlined in their rituals, in which they invested their deep faith and respect. (This indicates the divide of caste and religion even in the heroic era of Ráma; a divide that became even more pronounced in later times, hindering people from coming together for a shared purpose).
19. All the mortals and celestials, that formed the audience of "Vasishtha", began now to reflect on the lecture of the sage, and the night passed as short as a moment with some, and as long as an age with others. (Gloss. They that took the subject for study, found time too short for their deep meditation of it, while those that were light minded and eager to hear more, felt time to roll on heavily on them. A very good lesson for lightening time by the practice of patient enquiry, and avoiding the troublesomeness of impatience).
19. All the mortals and celestial beings who were part of the audience for "Vasishtha" began to think about the sage's lecture, and the night felt like just a moment for some, while for others it seemed to drag on forever. (Gloss. Those who took the topic seriously found the time too short for their deep contemplation, while those who were more carefree and eager to hear more felt time move slowly. It's a great lesson on how to make time pass more quickly through patient inquiry and to avoid the frustrations of impatience).
20. As the morning rose with the returning duties of men, and employed all beings of heaven and earth to discharge their matin in services; the court reopened for the reception of the audience, who assembled there with mutual greetings and salutations to their superiors.
20. As morning broke and people returned to their responsibilities, and everything in heaven and earth was busy with their morning tasks; the court opened again to receive the audience, who gathered there with friendly greetings and salutations to their superiors.
CHAPTER LXVI.
The wanderings of the mendicant.
The travels of the beggar.
Arguments:—The wanderings of men agreeably to their pursuits, described in the character of the mendicant.
Arguments:—The journeys of individuals driven by their aspirations, represented through the character of the beggar.
VÁLMIKI related:—After the sages Vasishtha and Viswámitra had taken their seats in the court hall, there met the groups of celestials and siddhas of air, and the monarch of earth and chiefs of men.
VÁLMIKI related:—After the sages Vasishtha and Viswámitra took their seats in the courtroom, celestial beings, air siddhas, the king of the earth, and the leaders of men gathered together.
2. Then came Ráma and Lakshmana with their companions in the court; which shone as a clear lake of lotus-beds unshaken by the gentle breeze, and brightened by the moonbeams glistening amidst it.
2. Then Ráma and Lakshmana arrived with their friends in the court, which looked like a calm lake filled with lotus flowers, undisturbed by the light breeze and illuminated by the moonlight shining on it.
3. The sire of sages opened his mouth unasked by any body, and not waiting for the request of any one; because wise men are always kind hearted, and ready to communicate their knowledge to others of their own accord. (Here the sage spoke impromptu, to keep his promise of answering to Ráma's query in the preceding chapter, on a future occasion. Gloss).
3. The wise man spoke up without anyone asking him to, and without waiting for anyone to make a request; because wise people are always generous and willing to share their knowledge freely. (Here the sage spoke spontaneously, to fulfill his promise to answer Ráma's question from the previous chapter at a later time. Gloss).
4. Vasishtha said:—O. Ráma! that art the moon in the sphere of Raghu's family, I have yesternight came to see the mendicant, with the all seeing eye of my intellectual vision after a long time.
4. Vasishtha said:—O Rama! you are the moon in the family of Raghu. I visited the hermit last night, using the all-seeing eye of my intellect after a long time.
5. I revolved over in my mind, and wandered wide and afar to find out where that man was, and so I traversed through all the continents and islands, and passed over all the hills and mountains on earth.
5. I thought about it a lot, and traveled far and wide to figure out where that man was, exploring all the continents and islands, and going over every hill and mountain on Earth.
6. I had my head running upon the search, but could not meet anywhere a mendicant of that description; because it is impossible to find in the outer world, the fictions of our air built castle.
6. I was focused on searching, but couldn’t find anyone who matched that description; it's impossible to find in the real world the fantasies from our imaginary castle.
7. I then ran in my mind at the last watch of the night, and passed over the regions on the north, as the fleet winds fly over the waves of the ocean.
7. I then raced through my thoughts during the last watch of the night, and traveled across the northern regions, like the strong winds sweeping over the ocean waves.
8. There I saw the extensive and populous country of Jina (China) lying beyond the utmost boundaries of Valmika (Bhalika or Bulkh); where there is a beautiful city, called as Vihara by the inhabitants.
8. There I saw the vast and populated land of Jina (China) located beyond the farthest borders of Valmika (Bhalika or Bulkh); where there is a beautiful city, known as Vihara by the locals.
9. There lives a mendicant, named Dírgha drik or foresighted whose head was silvered over with age, and who continues in his close meditation confined in his homely and lovely cottage.
9. There lives a beggar named Dírgha drik, or Foresighted, whose head is gray with age, and who remains deeply focused in meditation in his simple and charming cottage.
10. He is used to sit there in his meditative mood, for three weeks together at a time, and keep the door of his cell quite fast, for fear of being disturbed in his silent devotion, by the intrusion of outsiders.
10. He is used to sitting there in his meditative mood for three weeks at a time, keeping the door of his cell firmly closed to avoid being disturbed in his silent devotion by outsiders.
11. His dependants are thus kept out of doors for the time, that he is absorbed in meditation.
11. His dependents are kept outside for the time being while he is deep in thought.
12. He thus passed his three weeks of deep meditation in seclusion, and it is now a thousand years, that he has been sitting in this manner, in communion with his own mind only.
12. He spent three weeks in deep meditation alone, and now it has been a thousand years that he has been sitting like this, connected only with his own thoughts.
13. It was in olden times, that there had been a mendicant of his kind, as I have already related unto you; this is the living instance of that sort, and we know not where and when a third or another like this may be found to exist.
13. In ancient times, there was a beggar like him, as I mentioned before; this is the living example of that kind, and we don't know when or where a third or another one like this might be found.
14. I was long in quest like a bee in search of flowers, to find such another, in the womb of this lotus like earth, with all possible inquiry on my part.
14. I was searching for a long time, like a bee looking for flowers, to find something similar in this lotus-like earth, asking every possible question I could.
15. I passed beyond the limit of the present world, and pierced through the mist of future creations, and there I met with what I sought of the resemblance of the present one.
15. I moved beyond the boundaries of the current world and broke through the fog of future creations, and there I found what I was looking for that resembled the present one.
16. As I looked into the world lying in the womb of futurity, and deposited in the intellectual sphere of Brahma; I met with a third one resembling to Brahmá in his conduct.
16. As I gazed into the world resting in the potential of the future, and housed in the intellectual realm of Brahma; I encountered a third individual who resembled Brahma in his behavior.
17. So passing through many worlds one after another, I saw many things in futures, which are not in esse in the present world.
17. As I traveled through many worlds one after another, I saw many things in the future that don’t exist in the present world.
18. There I beheld the sages that are now sitting in this assembly, and many more Brahmans also, that are of the nature of these present, as also different from them.
18. There I saw the wise ones sitting in this gathering, along with many more Brahmans who are similar to those present, as well as others who are different from them.
19. There will be this Nárada with his present course of life, as also differing from the same; so likewise there will be many others also, with their various modes of life.
19. There will be this Nárada with his current way of life, and also differing from it; similarly, there will be many others as well, each with their own lifestyles.
20. So likewise there will appear this Vyása and this Suka; and these Saunaka, Pulaha and Krutu, will reappear in future creations, with their very same natures and characters. (This doctrine of reappearance in a future world, is disbelieved in the sense of the transmigration of souls, but it is taken as strict article of faith by all Christians and Moslems, in the name of regeneration and resurrection which imply the same thing).
20. Similarly, this Vyása and this Suka will appear again; and these Saunaka, Pulaha, and Krutu will reemerge in future creations, maintaining their same natures and characteristics. (While some reject the idea of reappearance in a future world in the context of soul transmigration, it is accepted as a fundamental belief by all Christians and Muslims, in terms of regeneration and resurrection, which mean the same thing).
21. The same Agastya and Pulastya and the self-same Bhrigu and Angirasa, all of them and all others, will come to re-existence, with their very forms and traits of character. (The dead will rise again in their very bodies &c. Gospel).
21. The same Agastya and Pulastya, as well as Bhrigu and Angirasa, all of them and everyone else, will come back to life, with their exact forms and personalities. (The dead will rise again in their very bodies, etc. Gospel).
22. They will be born and reborn sooner and later, so long as they are under the subjection of this delusion of regeneration and resuscitation; and will retain their similar births and modes of life, like all others to be reborn in this or the future world. (As a Brahman who is twice born on earth, retains his habits as before).
22. They will be born and reborn sooner or later, as long as they are affected by this illusion of being born again and coming back to life; and they will keep their similar births and ways of living, just like everyone else being reborn in this world or the next. (Just like a Brahman who is twice born on earth keeps his habits as before).
23. So the souls of men revolve repeatedly in the world, like waves rolling for ever in the waters of the sea; some of which retain their very same forms, while others are very nearly so in their reappearance.
23. So the souls of people keep coming back in the world, like waves endlessly rolling in the ocean; some of them keep the exact same shapes, while others are very similar when they return.
24. Some are slightly altered in their figures, and others varying entirely in their forms, never regain their original likeness; so doth this prevailing error of regeneration, delude even the wise to repeated births (from which can never get their liberations). (The desire of revivification or regeneration, is so deeply implanted in all living souls, that no body wants to die but with desire to live again in some future state. "Ye shall not die." Gospel).
24. Some are slightly changed in their appearance, and others completely different in their forms, never return to their original likeness; so this widespread misconception about regeneration deceives even the wise into repeated lives (from which they can never achieve liberation). The desire for revival or regeneration is so deeply rooted in all living beings that no one wants to die without wanting to live again in some future state. "You shall not die." Gospel.
25. But what means the long meditation, of twenty days and nights of the mendicant, when a moment's thought of ours, and the results of our bodily actions, are productive of endless births and transformations.
25. But what does the long meditation of twenty days and nights by the beggar mean, when a moment's thought from us, along with the results of our physical actions, leads to endless births and changes?
26. Again where is the reality of these forms, which are mere conceptions of the mind; and these ideas and reflexions, growing ripe with their recapitulation, appear as full blown flowers to sight; and resemble the water lily at morn, beset by the busy murmur of humming bees.
26. Again, where is the reality of these forms, which are just thoughts in our minds; and these ideas and reflections, becoming fully developed through their repetition, look like blooming flowers to the eye; and they resemble a water lily in the morning, surrounded by the buzzing of busy bees.
27. The gross form is produced from pure thought (i.e. the material from the immaterial mind); as a pile of flaming fire is kindled by a minute spark or a ray of sun beam. Such is the formation of the whole fabric of the world.
27. The physical form comes from pure thought (i.e. the material from the immaterial mind); just like a pile of burning fire is ignited by a tiny spark or a beam of sunlight. This is how the entire structure of the world is created.
28. All things are manifest as particles of divine reflexion, and each particle exhibiting in it a variety of parts (in its atoms and animalcules); nor are these nor those together are nothing at all, but they all exist in the universal, which is the cause of all cause, and the source of all sources.
28. Everything is evident as particles of divine reflection, and each particle shows a variety of parts (in its atoms and microorganisms); neither these nor those alone are nothing at all, but they all exist within the universe, which is the cause of all causes and the source of all sources.
CHAPTER LXVII.
Unity of God.
Oneness of God.
Argument.—The liberation of the mendicant's soul and destruction of his body, and the application of this instance in the cases of the confinement and liberation of all souls in and from the bondage of their bodies.
Argument.—The liberation of the beggar's spirit and the passing of his body, and how this example connects to the circumstances of restricting and freeing all spirits from the limitations of their bodies.
DASARATHA said:—O great sage, let these attendants of mine, repair immediately to the cells of the mendicant, and having roused him from his hypnotism, bring him hither in my presence.
DASARATHA said:—O great sage, let my attendants go right away to the mendicant's cells, wake him from his trance, and bring him here to me.
2. Vasishtha replied:—Great king! the body of that mendicant, is now lying lifeless on the ground; it is now pale and cold and daubed with dirt, and has no jot of its vitality left in it.
2. Vasishtha replied:—Great king! The body of that beggar is now lifeless on the ground; it is pale and cold, covered in dirt, and shows no sign of life left in it.
3. His life has fled from his body, like odour from the lotus of the lake; he is now liberated from the bond of this life, and is no more subject to the cares of this world.
3. His life has escaped from his body, like scent from the lotus in the lake; he is now free from the ties of this life and is no longer burdened by the worries of this world.
4. It is now a whole month that his servants have opened the latch of his door, and standing at a distance looking at his emaciated frame.
4. It has now been a whole month since his servants have opened the latch of his door, standing back and looking at his thin, gaunt figure.
5. They will afterwards take out the body and immerge it in water, and then having anointed it, they will place it for their adoration, as they do a deified idol. (The bodies of saints are sanctified by their votaries among all nations, and their tombs are visited with religious veneration).
5. They will then remove the body and immerse it in water, and after anointing it, they will set it out for their worship, just like a deified idol. (The bodies of saints are honored by their followers in all nations, and their tombs are visited with religious respect).
6. The mendicant being in this manner freed from his body, cannot be brought back to his senses, which have entirely quitted their functions in his mortal frame.
6. The beggar, having been freed from his body this way, cannot regain his senses, which have completely abandoned their functions in his mortal form.
7. It is hard to evade the enchanting delusion of the world, so long as one labours under the darkness of his ignorance; but it is easily avoided by one's knowledge of truth at all times.
7. It’s hard to escape the alluring illusion of the world, as long as someone struggles with the darkness of their ignorance; but it can be easily avoided with a constant awareness of the truth.
8. The fabrication of the world is untrue, as the making of ornaments from gold; it is the error of taking the form for the substance, that appears as the cause of creation.
8. The creation of the world is not real, like making ornaments from gold; it's a mistake to confuse the form with the substance, which seems to be the reason for creation.
9. This delusion of the world, appears to be so situated in the supreme soul, as the rows of waves are seen to roll upon the surface of the calm waters of the sea. So it is said in the very words of the Vedas, that the moving worlds are as the fluctuation of the Divine Soul.
9. This illusion of the world seems to be positioned in the supreme soul, just like the waves roll over the surface of the calm sea. The Vedas say that the moving worlds are like the fluctuations of the Divine Soul.
10. The intelligent soul, taking the form of the living or human soul, sees the phenomenal world, as one sees one dream after another, but all these vanish away upon his waking to sense and right reason.
10. The intelligent soul, appearing as a living or human soul, observes the phenomenal world like one experiences dream after dream, but all of this disappears when he awakens to reality and sound judgment.
11. As every man of understanding sees the original in its image, so the man of reason views the archetype of the soul in its representation of the creation; while the ignorant man that sees the world as a thorny bush or confused jungle, can have no idea of the all designing framer of his frame work of the universe. (Right reason points out to spiritual source of the world).
11. Just like every intelligent person recognizes the original in its likeness, the reasonable person sees the essence of the soul in its reflection of creation; meanwhile, the uninformed person who views the world as a thorny bush or a chaotic jungle has no understanding of the master designer behind the structure of the universe. (Clear reasoning reveals the spiritual source of the world).
12. The world is represented to the view of every living being, as it was seen in the vision of the dreaming mendicant, in the form of the undulations of the supreme spirit, like the fluctuation of waves on the surface of the sea.
12. The world appears to every living being, just like it was seen in the vision of the dreaming beggar, in the form of the undulations of the ultimate spirit, similar to the ebb and flow of waves on the ocean’s surface.
13. As the world appeared to be presented at first in its visionary form, before the view of the universal or collective mind of the creative Brahmá; so does it rise in its shadowy form in the opacous minds of all individual persons. (The world appears in its unspiritual form, to the minds of the great Brahmá and all other living beings).
13. Just as the world initially seems to be shown in its visionary form, seen through the universal or collective mind of the creative Brahmá; it also emerges in its dim form in the opaque minds of all individuals. (The world appears in its unspiritual form to the minds of the great Brahmá and all other living beings).
14. But to the clear mind this world appears as an evanescent dream, as it appeared to Brahmá at first; and the multitudes of worlds that are discovered one after the other, are no more than the successive scenes of passing dreams in the continuous sleep of ignorance.
14. But to a clear mind, this world seems like a fleeting dream, just as it did to Brahmá at first; and the countless worlds that are revealed one after another are nothing more than the successive scenes of passing dreams in the ongoing sleep of ignorance.
15. So do all living beings in their various forms, are subject to the error of believing the unreal world as a reality, though they well know it in their minds, to be no better than a continuous dream or delusion. (The varieties of living souls are included under the unintelligible terms of universal and individual:—general and particular &c.).
15. All living beings, in their different forms, often fall into the mistake of thinking the unreal world is real, even though they understand in their minds that it’s nothing more than a constant dream or illusion. (The different types of living souls are categorized under the confusing terms of universal and individual:—general and particular, etc.).
16. The animal soul, though possessed of intellego (or the property of the intellect); is yet liable to transgress from its original nature (of holiness and purity); and thereby becomes subject to decay, disease and death and all kinds of awe. (It is the chyuty of the fall of man from his primary purity, that brought on him all his miseries on earth).
16. The animal soul, while having the capacity for understanding, can still stray from its original nature of holiness and purity. As a result, it becomes vulnerable to decay, illness, and death, along with various forms of fear. (It is the chyuty of humanity's fall from its original purity that brought all its suffering on earth).
17. The godly intellect frames the celestial and infernal regions in our dreams, by the slight vibration of the mind at its pleasure; and then takes a delight in rambling over and dwelling in them.
17. The divine mind shapes the heavenly and hellish realms in our dreams, by the gentle movement of thought at its will; and then finds joy in wandering through and residing in them.
18. It is this divine intellect, which by its own motion, takes the form of living soul upon itself; and wanders from itself to rummage over the false objects of the deceptive senses.
18. It is this divine intelligence that, of its own accord, takes on the form of a living soul and strays from itself to explore the misleading objects of the deceptive senses.
19. The mind also is the supreme soul, and if it is not so it is nothing; the living and embodied is likewise a designation of the same, likening to the shadow of the substance.
19. The mind is also the highest soul, and if it's not that, it's nothing; the living being and the physical form are also terms for the same thing, similar to the shadow of the substance.
20. So the supreme Brahma is said to reside in the universal Brahmá, according to the distinct view of men, with regard to the one Brahma, in whom all these attributes unite, like the water with water and the sky with air. (All these attributive words apply to and unite in the unity of Brahma).
20. So, the supreme Brahma is said to exist in the universal Brahmá, based on the different perspectives of people, regarding the one Brahma, in whom all these attributes come together, just like water blends with water and the sky merges with air. (All these descriptive words relate to and unify in the oneness of Brahma).
21. Men residing in this mundane form of Brahma, and yet think it otherwise than a reflexion of the deity; just as a child looking at its own shadow in a glass, startles to think it as an apparition standing before it.
21. Men living in this ordinary form of Brahma, and yet believe it to be something other than a reflection of the deity; just like a child who sees their own shadow in a mirror, gets startled thinking of it as a ghost standing in front of them.
22. It is the wavering understanding that causes these differences, which disappear of themselves, after the mind resumes its steadiness in the unity of the Deity, wherein it is lost at last, as the oblation of butter is consumed in the sacred fire.
22. It's the inconsistent understanding that leads to these differences, which fade away on their own once the mind regains its stability in the oneness of the Deity, in which it ultimately dissolves, just like butter offered in a sacred fire is completely consumed.
23. There is no more any vacillation or dogmatism, nor the unity or duality, after the true knowledge of the deity is gained; when all distinctions are dissolved in an indistinct intellect, which is as it is and all in all.
23. There’s no longer any uncertainty or rigid beliefs, nor any sense of unity or division, once genuine understanding of the divine is achieved; when all differences fade into a blurred awareness, which simply exists and encompasses everything.
24. When it is known from the sum and substance of all reasoning, that it is the one Intellect, which is the subject of all appellations which are applied to it; there remains no more[Pg 378] any difference of religious faith in the world. (That is one and all, is the catholic religion of all).
24. When it becomes clear from all reasoning that there is only one Intellect, which is the subject of all the names given to it, there is no longer any[Pg 378] difference in religious faith across the world. (That one and all represents the universal religion for everyone).
25. Difference of faith, creates difference in men; but want of distinction in creed, destroys all difference, and brings on the union of all to one common faith in the supreme being.
25. Differences in faith create differences among people; however, the lack of distinction in beliefs eliminates all differences and leads everyone to unite in one common faith in a higher power.
26. Ráma, you see the variety from your want of understanding, and you will get rid of the same (and recognise their identity), as you come to your right understanding; ask this of any body and you will find the truth of what I say and be fearless at any party feeling and enmity. (Confession of faith in one Divinity, that is acknowledged and adored by all alike, is the root of catholicity, and brings on unity in philosophy of religion).
26. Ráma, your confusion comes from not understanding the variety around you, and as you gain clarity, you will see that they are all connected. Ask anyone, and you'll find the truth in what I’m saying, allowing you to be free from fear of any social or personal conflicts. (A shared belief in one God, respected and worshiped equally by all, is the foundation of inclusivity and leads to unity in the philosophy of religion).
27. In that state of fearlessness, the Brahmavádí finds no difference in the states of waking, dreaming, sound sleep or the fourth stage of devotion; nor in his earthly bondage or liberation from it, all which are equal to him. (So says the sruti:—The Brahmavádí is ever blest and is afraid of nothing in any state of life, in all of which he sees the presence of his God).
27. In that fearless state, the Brahmavádí sees no distinction between waking, dreaming, deep sleep, or the fourth stage of devotion; nor does he see any difference between being bound to the earth or being liberated from it, as all are equal to him. (As the scripture says:—The Brahmavádí is always blessed and fears nothing in any state of life, in all of which he recognizes the presence of his God).
28. Tranquillity is another name of the universe, and God has given his peace to everything in the world; therefore all schisms are the false creations of ignorance, as none of them has ever seen the invisible God.
28. Tranquility is another name for the universe, and God has granted peace to everything in the world; therefore, all divisions are just misguided ideas born from ignorance, as none of them has ever truly seen the unseen God.
29. The action of the heart and the motion of the vital air, cannot move the contented mind to action; because the mind which is devoid of its desire, is indifferent about the vibrations of his breath and heart strings.
29. The heartbeat and the flow of vital air can't motivate a satisfied mind to act; because a mind free of desire is indifferent to the movements of breath and the strings of the heart.
30. The intellect which is freed from the dubitation of unity and duality, and got rid of its anxious cares and desires; has approached to a state, which is next to that of the deity.
30. The mind that is free from uncertainty about oneness and duality, and has let go of its worries and desires, has reached a state that is close to that of the divine.
31. But the pure desire which subsists in the intellect, like the stain which sticks to the disk of the moon; is no speck upon it, but the coagulation of the condensed intellect. (As the fluid water is congealed in the forms of snow and ice).
31. But the pure desire that exists in the intellect is like the stain that clings to the surface of the moon; it’s not a blemish on it, but the solidification of the concentrated intellect. (Just as liquid water is frozen into snow and ice).
32. Do you, Ráma! ever remain in the state of your collected intellect, because it concentrates (the knowledge of) everything (that is sat) in itself, and leaves nothing (that is not asat)[Pg 379] beyond it. (This is the most faultless undefective form of faith, that I have abstracted from all religions).
32. Do you, Ráma! ever stay in a state of focused awareness, as it holds all knowledge of what truly exists (sat) within itself and excludes everything that doesn't exist (asat)[Pg 379]? (This is the most perfect and flawless form of faith that I've distilled from all religions).
33. The moon like disk of the intellect, having the mark of inappetency in it, is a vessel of ambrosia, a draught of which drowns the thoughts of all that is and is not (in esse—et non-esse) into oblivion. (Contentment is the ambrosial draught for oblivion of all cares).
33. The moon-like disk of the mind, marked by a lack of desire, is a vessel of ambrosia, a drink from which drowns all thoughts of what is and isn't into forgetfulness. (Contentment is the ambrosial drink that makes all worries disappear).
34. Refer thy thoughts of whatever thou hast or wantest, to the province of thy intellect (i.e. think of thy intellectual parts and wants only); and taste thy inward delight as much as thou dost like. (Pleasure of intellectual culture, is better than physical enjoyments).
34. Direct your thoughts about whatever you have or desire to your intellect (i.e., focus only on your intellectual needs and wants); and savor your inner pleasure as much as you want. (The joy of intellectual growth is better than physical pleasures).
35. Know Ráma, that the words vibration and inaction, desire and inappetency and such others of the theological glossary, serve only to burden and mislead the mind to error; do you therefore keep yourself from thinking on these, and betake yourself to your peace and quiet, whether you attain to your perfection or otherwise.
35. Understand, Ráma, that terms like vibration and inaction, desire and lack of desire, and other similar concepts from theology only confuse and mislead the mind into making mistakes. So, avoid dwelling on these thoughts and focus on finding your peace and calm, regardless of whether you reach your goals or not.
CHAPTER LXVIII.
On the virtues of Taciturnity.
On the virtues of being quiet.
Argument:—Four kinds of Reticence, and their respective qualities.
Argument:—Four types of Reticence and their unique qualities.
VASISHTHA said:—Ráma! remain as taciturn as in your silent sleep, and shun at a distance the musings of your mind; get rid of the vagaries of your imagination, and remain firm in the state Brahma.
VASISHTHA said:—Ráma! Stay as quiet as you are during your peaceful sleep, and keep away from overthinking; let go of the flights of your imagination, and stay grounded in the state of Brahma.
2. Ráma said:—I know what is meant by the reticence of speech, and the quietness of the organs, and the muteness of a block of wood; but tell me what is sleep like silence, which you well know by practice.
2. Ráma said:—I understand what it means to hold back words, the stillness of the body, and the silence of a block of wood; but please explain to me what sleep is like in its silence, which you know from experience.
3. Vasishtha replied:—It is said to be of two kinds, by the mute like munis and the reserved sages of old; the practiced by the wood like statues of saints, and the other observed by those that are liberated in their life time (jívan mukta).
3. Vasishtha replied:—It's said to be two types, as described by the silent sages and the reserved wise ones of the past; one is practiced by the wooden-like statues of saints, and the other is followed by those who are liberated while still alive (jívan mukta).
4. The wood like devotee is that austere ascetic, who is not meditative in his mind, and is firmly employed in the discharge of the rigorous rites of religion; he practises the painful restraints of his bodily organs, and remains speechless as a wooden statue.
4. The wood-like devotee is that strict ascetic who isn't contemplative in his mind and is completely focused on performing the demanding rituals of his religion; he endures the painful restrictions of his body and stays silent like a wooden statue.
5. The other kind of living liberated Yogi is one, who looks at the world ever as before (with his usual unconcern); who delights in his meditation of the soul, and passes as any ordinary man without any distinctive mark of his religious order or secular rank.
5. The other type of liberated Yogi is someone who views the world just like before (with his usual indifference); who enjoys meditating on the soul and moves through life like any ordinary person, without any noticeable signs of his religious affiliation or social status.
6. The condition of these two orders of saintly and holy men, which is the fixedness of their minds and sedateness of their souls, is what passes under the title of taciturnity and saintliness (mauna and muni) (who hold their tongue and their peace, and walk sub silentio and incognito on earth).
6. The state of these two groups of saintly and holy individuals, characterized by their focused minds and calm souls, is referred to as taciturnity and saintliness (mauna and muni) (those who keep quiet and maintain their peace, moving sub silentio and incognito through the world).
7. Thus the taciturn sages reckon four kinds of latitancy, which they style severally by the names of reservedness in[Pg 381] speech, restriction of the organs, woodlike speechlessness and dead like silence as in one's sleep.
7. So, the quiet sages identify four types of latent states, which they refer to as reservedness in[Pg 381] speech, restriction of the organs, stiff speechlessness, and a dead-like silence as in sleep.
8. Oral silence consists in keeping one's mouth and lips close, and the closeness of the senses implies the keeping of the members of the body under strict control; the rigorous muteness means the abandonment of all efforts, and the sleepy silence is as silent as the grave.
8. Oral silence means keeping your mouth and lips closed, and closing off the senses requires controlling your body parts strictly; being completely mute represents giving up all efforts, and the stillness of sleep is as quiet as the grave.
9. There is a fifth kind of dead-like silence, which occurs in the austere ascetic in his state of insensibility; in the profound meditation of the dormant Yogi, and in the mental abstraction of the living liberated.
9. There is a fifth kind of dead-like silence, which happens in the strict ascetic during his state of numbness; in the deep meditation of the dormant Yogi, and in the mental focus of those who are spiritually free.
10. All the three prior states of reticence, occur in the austere devotee, and the sleepy or dead silence is what betakes the living liberated only.
10. All three previous states of silence happen in the serious devotee, and it's the stillness of being fully alive that's experienced by those who are truly free.
11. Though speechlessness is called silence, yet it does not constitute pure reticence, in as much as the mute tongue may brood evil thoughts in the mind, which lead to the bondage of men.
11. Although being speechless is referred to as silence, it doesn’t mean complete restraint, since a quiet mind can still harbor harmful thoughts that can entrap people.
12. The austere devotee continues in his reticence, without minding his own egoism, or seeing the visibles or listening to the speech of others; and seeing nothing beside him, he sees all in himself, like living fire covered under ashes.
12. The strict devotee remains quiet, ignoring his own ego, not paying attention to what's around him or listening to others; and by seeing nothing besides himself, he perceives everything within, like a flame hiding beneath the ashes.
13. The mind being busy in these three states of silence, and indulging its fancies and reveries at liberty; makes munis of course in outward appearance, but there is no one, who understands the nature of God.
13. The mind being occupied in these three states of silence, and freely indulging its thoughts and daydreams; gives the impression of being composed externally, but no one truly understands the nature of God.
14. There is nothing of that blessed divine knowledge in any of these, which is so very desirable to all mankind; I vouch it freely that they are not knowers of God, be they angry at it or not as they may. (Vasishtha being a theoretic philosopher, finds fault with every kind of practical Yoga or pseudo hypnotism).
14. None of these possess that precious divine knowledge that everyone longs for; I can speak to it honestly that they don't truly know God, whether they like it or not. (Vasishtha, as a theoretical philosopher, criticizes every form of practical Yoga or fake hypnotism).
15. But this dormant or meditative silent sage, who is liberated from all bonds and cares in his life time, is never to be born in any shape in this world, and it is interesting to know much of them as I will recite to you.
15. But this quiet, meditative sage, who is free from all ties and worries in his lifetime, will never be reborn in any form in this world, and it’s fascinating to learn about them as I will share with you.
16. He does not require to restrain his respiration, nor needs the triple restraint of his speech; he does not rejoice at his prosperity, nor is he depressed in adversity, but preserves his equanimity and the evenness of his sensibility at all times. (He sticks to what is natural, and does not resort to anything artificial).
16. He doesn't need to control his breathing, nor does he have to hold back his words; he's not thrilled by success, nor does he get down during tough times, but he maintains his calm and balance in his feelings all the time. (He stays true to what is natural and avoids anything artificial).
17. His mind is under the guidance of his reason, and is neither excited by nor restrained from its fancies, it is neither restless nor dormant, and exists as it is not in existence. (owing to its even mindedness).
17. His mind is guided by reason, not swayed by its whims, neither restless nor inactive, and exists in a state that is not truly existence (thanks to its calmness).
18. His attention is neither divided nor pent up, but fixed in the infinite and eternal one, and his mind cogitates unconfined the nature of things. Such a one is said to be the sleeping silent sage.
18. His attention is neither scattered nor restrained, but focused on the infinite and eternal one, and his mind freely contemplates the nature of things. This kind of person is described as the sleeping silent sage.
19. He who knows the world as it is, and is not led to error by its deluding varieties, and whoso scans everything as it is without being led to scepticism, is the man that is styled the sleeping silent sage.
19. The person who understands the world as it truly is, without being misled by its confusing differences, and who observes everything exactly as it is without falling into doubt, is the one referred to as the sleeping silent sage.
20. He who relies his faith and trust, on the one endless and ever felicitous Siva, as the aggregate of all knowledge, and the displayer of this universe, is the one who is known as the sleeping silent sage.
20. The person who places their faith and trust in the one infinite and ever-blissful Siva, who embodies all knowledge and reveals this universe, is the one recognized as the peaceful, silent sage.
21. He who sees the vacuum as the plenum, and views this all omnium as the null and nullum; and whose mind is even and tranquil, is the man who is called the sleeping silent sage.
21. The person who sees the vacuum as the plenum, and considers all of this omnium to be nothing and nullum; who keeps a calm and steady mind, is the one referred to as the sleeping silent sage.
22. Again he who views the universe as neither reality nor unreality either, but all an empty vacuum and without a substratum, but full of peace and divine wisdom, is said to be in the best state of his taciturnity.
22. Again, the person who sees the universe as neither real nor unreal, but as an empty void without a foundation, yet filled with peace and divine wisdom, is considered to be in the best state of quietude.
23. The mind that is unconscious of the effects, of the different states of its prosperity and adversity and of its plenty and wants, is said to rest in its highest state of rest and quiet.
23. The mind that is unaware of the effects of its various states of good fortune and hardship, and of its abundance and needs, is considered to be in its most peaceful and restful state.
24. That perfect equanimity of the mind and evenness of temper, which is not liable to change or fluctuation; with a clear conscience and unflinching self-consciousness, are the source of an unimpairing reticence.
24. That perfect calmness of mind and steadiness of mood, which doesn’t suffer from change or fluctuation; along with a clear conscience and unwavering self-awareness, are the foundation of an enduring reserve.
25. The consciousness that I am nothing, nor is there anything besides; and that the mind and its thoughts, are no other in reality (than fictions of the intellect); is the real source of taciturnity.
25. The awareness that I am nothing, and that there is nothing else besides; and that the mind and its thoughts are really just constructs of the intellect, is the true source of silence.
26. The knowledge that the ego pervades this universe, which is the representation of the "one that is"; and whose essence is displayed equally in all things, is what is meant by the state of sleepy silence. (i.e. the man that has known this grand truth, remains dumb and mute and has nothing to say).
26. Understanding that the ego is everywhere in this universe, which represents the "one that is"; and whose essence is equally shown in everything, is what is referred to as the state of sleepy silence. (i.e. the person who has realized this great truth remains quiet and has nothing to say).
27. Now as it is the consciousness which constitutes all and everything, how can you conceive your distinction from others, who are actuated by the same power, dwelling alike in all? It is this knowledge which is called the ever lasting sleep, and forms the ground work of every kind of silence.
27. Since consciousness makes up everything, how can you see yourself as different from others who are driven by the same force and share the same existence? This understanding is what we call the everlasting sleep, and it serves as the foundation for all forms of silence.
28. This is the silence of profound sleep, and because it is an endless sleep in the ever wakeful God, this sleep is alike to waking. Know this as the fourth stage of Yoga, or rather a stage above the same.
28. This is the silence of deep sleep, and because it is an endless sleep in the always-awake God, this sleep is similar to being awake. Understand this as the fourth stage of Yoga, or more accurately, a stage beyond it.
29. This profound trance is called hypnotism or the fourth state of entranced meditation; and the tranquillity which is above this state, is to be had in one's waking state.
29. This deep trance is known as hypnotism or the fourth state of focused meditation; and the peace that surpasses this state can be experienced in one's waking life.
30. He that is situated in his fourth stage of yoga, has a clear conscience and quiet peace attending on him. This is practicable by the adept even in his waking state, and is obtainable by the righteous soul, both in its embodied as well as disembodied states.
30. A person who has reached the fourth stage of yoga has a clear conscience and a sense of calm peace around them. This can be achieved by someone skilled even while they are awake, and it is attainable by a virtuous soul, both in its physical form and in its spiritual form.
31. Yes, O Ráma! Be you desirous to be settled in this state, and know that neither I or you nor any other person is any real being in this world, which exists only as a reflexion of our mind, and therefore the wise man should rely only in the bosom of the vacuous intellect, which comprehends all things in it.
31. Yes, O Ráma! If you want to stay in this state, understand that neither I nor you nor anyone else is a true being in this world; it exists only as a reflection of our minds. Therefore, a wise person should rely only on the empty intellect, which understands everything within it.
CHAPTER LXIX.
Union of the mind with the breath of life.
Connecting the mind with the breath of life.
Argument.—Willful existence of the attendants of Rudra, and the elevation of yogis after their Demise.
Argument.—The intentional presence of Rudra's followers and the rise of yogis after they pass away.
RÁMA said:—Tell me, O chief of sages, how the Rudras came to be a hundred in their number, and whether the attendants of Rudra, are Rudras also or otherwise.
RÁMA said:—Tell me, O chief of sages, how the Rudras became a hundred in number, and whether Rudra's attendants are also considered Rudras or not.
2. Vasishtha replied:—The mendicant saw himself in a hundred forms in a hundred dreams, which he dreamt one after another; these I have told you on the whole before, though I have not specially mentioned them to you.
2. Vasishtha replied:—The beggar saw himself in a hundred forms in a hundred dreams, which he dreamed one after another; I have generally told you about these before, even though I haven't specifically mentioned them to you.
3. All the forms that he saw in the dream, became so many Rudras, and all these hundred Rudras remained as so many attendants on the principal Rudra.
3. All the forms he saw in the dream turned into numerous Rudras, and all these hundred Rudras served as attendants to the main Rudra.
4. Ráma asked:—But how could the one mind of the mendicant, be divided into a hundred in so many bodies of the Rudras; or was it undivided like a lamp, that lightens a hundred lamps, without any diminution of its own light.
4. Ráma asked, "But how can the single mind of the beggar be split into a hundred minds across so many bodies of the Rudras? Or is it undivided like a lamp that lights a hundred lamps without losing any of its own light?"
5. Vasishtha answered:—Know Ráma, that disembodied or spiritual beings of pure natures, are capable of assuming to themselves any form of their fancy, from the aqueous nature of their souls (which readily unite with other liquids). (The Sruti says, "the soul is a fluid"; corresponding with the psychic fluid of Stahl).
5. Vasishtha answered:—Know, Ráma, that disembodied or spiritual beings with pure natures can take on any form they desire, due to the fluid nature of their souls (which easily blend with other liquids). (The Sruti says, "the soul is a fluid"; similar to Stahl's concept of psychic fluid).
6. The soul being omnipresent and all pervading (like the all diffusive psychic fluid); takes upon it any form whatever, and whenever and wherever it likes, by virtue of its intelligence: (which the ignorant spirit is unable to do).
6. The soul is everywhere and fills every space (like the all-spreading psychic energy); it can take on any form, whenever and wherever it wants, thanks to its intelligence: (which the uneducated spirit cannot do).
7. Ráma rejoined:—But tell me Sir, why the Lord Rudra or Siva wore the string of human skulls about his neck, daubed his body with ashes, and stark naked; and why he dwelt in funeral ground, and was libidinous in the greatest degree.
7. Ráma replied, "But can you tell me, Sir, why Lord Rudra or Shiva wears a string of human skulls around his neck, covers his body in ashes, is completely naked, and lives in a graveyard, while also being extremely indulgent in his desires?"
8. Vasishtha replied:—The Gods and perfect beings as the siddhas &c. are not bound down by the laws, which the weak and ignorant men have devised for their own convenience.
8. Vasishtha replied:—The Gods and enlightened beings like the siddhas, etc., are not restricted by the rules that weak and ignorant people have created for their own convenience.
9. The ignorant cannot go on without the guidance of law, on account of their ungovernable minds; or else they are subject to every danger and fear, like poor fishes (which are quite helpless, and entirely at the mercy of all voracious animals).
9. The uninformed can't continue without the direction of the law, because their unpredictable minds can't be controlled; otherwise, they are exposed to every threat and worry, like helpless fish that are completely at the mercy of all hungry predators.
10. Intelligent people are not exposed to those evils in life, as the ignorant people of ungoverned minds and passions, meet with by their restless and vagrant habits.
10. Smart people aren't faced with the same evils in life that ignorant people with uncontrolled minds and passions encounter because of their restless and aimless behaviors.
11. Wise men discharge their business as they occur to them at times, and never undertake to do any thing of their own accord, and are therefore exposed to no danger. (Graha in the text means a shark and calamities also).
11. Wise people handle their tasks as they come up and never take on anything on their own, which keeps them safe from danger. (Graha in the text refers to a shark and calamities, too).
12. It was on the impulse of the occasion that the God Vishnu, engaged himself in action, and so did the God with the three eyes (i.e. Siva), as also the God that was born of the lotus (i.e. The great Brahmá). (All of them took human forms on them, whenever the Daityas invaded the Bráhmans, and never of their own will).
12. It was because of the circumstances that the God Vishnu took action, and so did the God with three eyes (i.e., Shiva), as well as the God born from the lotus (i.e., the great Brahma). (They all took on human forms whenever the demons attacked the Brahmins, and never by their own choice).
13. The acts of wise men are neither to be praised or blamed nor are they praiseworthy or blameable; because they are never done from private or public motives (but on the expediency of the occasion).
13. The actions of wise people should neither be praised nor blamed, because they are not driven by personal or public motives, but rather by what is suitable for the situation.
14. As light and heat are the natural properties, of fire and sun shine; so are the actions of Siva and the Gods, ordained as such from the beginning, as the caste customs of the twice born dwijas (Aryans).
14. Just as light and heat are the natural qualities of fire and sunlight, the actions of Siva and the Gods have been determined from the very beginning, just like the caste customs of the twice-born dwijas (Aryans).
15. Though the natures of all mankind are the same, as they are ordained in the beginning; yet the ignorant have created differences among them, by institution of the distinction of castes and customs; and as their institutions are of their own making, they are subjected by them to the evils of future retribution and transmigration. (Men are bound down by their own laws, from which the brute creation is entirely free).
15. Although all humans share the same nature from the start, the uninformed have created differences among them through the establishment of castes and customs. Since these systems are self-made, they subject themselves to the consequences of future retribution and rebirth. (Humans are constrained by their own rules, while animals are entirely free from such limitations).
16. I have related to you, Ráma! the quadruple reticence of embodied beings, and have not as yet expounded the nature of the silence of disembodied souls (as those of the Gods, siddhas and departed saints).
16. I have shared with you, Ráma! the fourfold restraint of living beings, and I have not yet explained the nature of the silence of disembodied souls (like those of the Gods, siddhas, and departed saints).
17. Hear now how men are to obtain this chief good (summum bonum) of theirs, by their knowledge of the intellectual souls in the clear sphere of their own intellect, which is clearer far than the etherial sphere of the sky.
17. Listen now to how people can achieve this ultimate good (summum bonum) through their understanding of the intellectual souls in the clear realm of their own intellect, which is much clearer than the ethereal sphere of the sky.
18. It is by the knowledge of all kinds of knowledge, and constant devotion to meditation; and by the study of the numerical philosophy of particulars in the sánkhya system, that men became renowned as Sánkhya yogis or categorical philosopher. (The Sánkhya is opposed to the Vedánta, in as much as it rises from particulars to general truths).
18. It is through the understanding of all types of knowledge, consistent dedication to meditation, and the examination of the numerical philosophy of specifics in the sánkhya system that people gain fame as Sánkhya yogis or categorical philosophers. (Sánkhya contrasts with Vedánta, as it moves from specific details to broader truths).
19. The yoga consists in the meditation of Yogis, of the form of the eternal and undecaying One; by suppression of their breathings, and union with that state, which presents itself to their mind.
19. Yoga involves the meditation of Yogis, focusing on the eternal and unchanging One; through controlling their breath and connecting with that state that becomes clear to their mind.
20. That unfeigned and undisguised state of felicity and tranquillity, which is desired as the most desirable thing by all, is obtainable by some by means of the Sánkhya Yoga, and by the Jnána Yoga by others.
20. That genuine and straightforward state of happiness and calm, which is sought after by everyone as the most desirable thing, can be achieved by some through Sánkhya Yoga and by others through Jnána Yoga.
21. The result of both these forms of Yoga, is the same, and this is known to anybody that has felt the same; because the state arrived at by the one, is alike to that of the other also.
21. The result of both of these forms of Yoga is the same, and anyone who has experienced it knows that; because the state achieved by one is similar to that of the other as well.
22. And this supreme state is one, in which the actions of the mental faculties and vital breath, are altogether imperceptible; and the network of desires is entirely dispersed.
22. And this highest state is one where the actions of the mind and vital energy are completely unnoticed, and the web of desires is totally dissolved.
23. The desire constitutes the mind, which again is the cause of creation; it is therefore by the destruction of both of these, that one becomes motionless and inactive. (Forgets himself to a stone. Pope).
23. Desire shapes the mind, which in turn is the reason for creation; thus, it is through the elimination of both that one becomes still and inactive. (Forgets himself to a stone. Pope).
24. The mind forgets its inward soul, and never looks towards it for a moment; it is solely occupied with its body, and looks at the phantom of the body, as a child looks at a ghost. (Thinking it a reality).
24. The mind forgets its inner self and doesn't pay attention to it for even a moment; it’s completely focused on the body and sees the body’s illusion, like a kid staring at a ghost. (Thinking it’s real).
25. The mind itself is a false apparition, and an unsubstantial appearance of our mistake; and shows itself as the death of some body in his dream, which is found to be false upon his waking.
25. The mind is just an illusion, a temporary image created by our errors; it acts like the death of someone in a dream, which is revealed to be untrue once they wake up.
26. The world is the production of the mind, else what am I and who is mine or my offspring; it is custom and our education that have caused the bugbears of our bondage and liberation, which are nothing in reality.
26. The world is shaped by our minds; otherwise, who am I and who belongs to me or my children? It's our traditions and education that have created the bugbears of our bondage and freedom, which are actually nothing.
27. There is one thing however, on which is based the bias of both systems; that it is the suppression of breath, and the restriction of mind, which form the sum and substance of what they call their liberation.
27. There is one thing, however, on which both systems are based; that the suppression of breath and the restriction of mind make up the essence of what they call their freedom.
28. Ráma rejoined:—Now sir, if it is suppression which constitutes the liberation of these men; then I may as well say that all dead men are liberated, as well as all dead animals also.
28. Ráma replied, “Well, if it's suppression that brings freedom to these people, then I might as well say that all dead people are free, just like all dead animals too.”
29. Vasishtha replied:—Of the three practices of the restriction of the breath, body and mind, I ween the repression of the mind and its thoughts to be the best; because it is easily practicable and I will tell you how it is to be done to our good.
29. Vasishtha replied:—Out of the three practices of controlling the breath, body, and mind, I believe that controlling the mind and its thoughts is the most effective; it's easier to do, and I will explain how it can benefit us.
30. When the vital breaths of the liberated souls, quit this mortal frame; it perceives the same in itself, and flies in the shape of a particle in the open sky, and mixes at last with etherial air.
30. When the vital breaths of liberated souls leave this mortal body, it feels the change within itself and spirals up like a tiny particle into the open sky, eventually blending with the ethereal air.
31. The parting soul accompanies with its tanmátras or elementary principles; which comprise the desires of its mind, and which are closely united with breath, and nothing besides.
31. The departing soul carries with it its tanmátras or basic elements, which include the desires of its mind, and these are closely linked to breath, and nothing else.
32. As the vital breath quits one body to enter into another, so it carries with it the desires of the heart, with which it was in the breast of man, as the winds of the air bear the fragrance of flowers. These are reproduced in the future body for its misery only.
32. Just as the essential breath leaves one body to enter another, it takes with it the desires of the heart that were in a person's chest, like how the winds carry the scent of flowers. These desires are recreated in the next body only for its suffering.
33. As a water pot thrown in the sea, does not lose its water, so the vital breath mixing with the etherial air, does not lose the desires of the mind, which it bears with it. They are as closely united with it, as the sun-beams with the sun.
33. Just like a water pot tossed into the sea doesn’t lose its water, the vital breath mixing with the airy atmosphere doesn’t lose the mind's desires that come with it. They are as closely connected as sunlight is to the sun.
34. The mind cannot be separated from the vital breath (i.e. the desires are inseparable from life), without the aid of the[Pg 388] knowledge; and as the bird Titterí cannot be removed from one nest without an other (so the soul never passes from one body without finding and entering into another).
34. The mind can't be separated from the life force (i.e., desires are tied to existence), without the help of the[Pg 388] knowledge; and just as the bird Titterí can't be taken from one nest without moving to another, the soul never leaves one body without finding and entering another.
35. Knowledge removes the desires, and the disappearance of desires destroys the mind; this produces the suppression of breath, and thence proceeds the tranquillity of the soul.
35. Knowledge eliminates desires, and when desires vanish, the mind is freed; this leads to the stillness of breath, which in turn brings peace to the soul.
36. Knowledge shows us the unreality of things, and the vanity of human desires. Hence know O Ráma, that the extinction of desires, brings on the destruction of both the mind and vitality.
36. Knowledge reveals the illusion of things and the emptiness of human desires. So, know, O Rama, that the elimination of desires leads to the destruction of both the mind and life force.
37. The mind being with its desires, which form its soul and life, it can no more see the body in which it took so much delight; and then the tranquil soul attains its holiest state.
37. The mind, along with its desires that shape its essence and vitality, can no longer perceive the body it once found so pleasurable; and then the peaceful soul reaches its most sacred state.
38. The mind is another name for desire, and this extirpated and wanting, the soul comes to the discrimination of truth, which leads to the knowledge of the supreme.
38. The mind is another way to say desire, and when this is removed and lacking, the soul reaches the understanding of truth, which leads to the knowledge of the ultimate.
39. In this manner, O Ráma, we came to the end of our erroneous knowledge of the world, as it is by means of our reason, that we come to detect our error of the snake in the rope.
39. In this way, O Rama, we reached the end of our mistaken understanding of the world, as it is through our reason that we recognize our mistake of seeing a snake in a rope.
40. Learn this one lesson, that the restraining of the mind and suppression of breath, mean the one and same thing; and if you succeed in restraining the one, you succeed in the restraint of other also. (So it is said, that our thoughts and respirations go together).
40. Remember this one lesson: controlling your mind and holding your breath are basically the same thing. If you manage to control one, you'll also succeed in controlling the other. (It's said that our thoughts and breathing are connected.)
41. As the waving of the palm leaved fan being stopped, there is a stop of the ventilation of air in the room; so the respiration of the vital breath being put to a stop, there ensues a total stoppage of the succession of our thoughts. (It is believed that our time is measured by succession of our breath and thoughts ajápas, and the more are they suppressed, the greater is the duration of our life prolonged).
41. When the palm-leaf fan stops waving, the air circulation in the room comes to a halt; similarly, when our vital breath is interrupted, our flow of thoughts also completely stops. (It's thought that our time is measured by the succession of our breath and thoughts ajápas, and the more we suppress them, the longer our lives are extended).
42. The body being destroyed, the breath passes into the vacuous air; where it sees everything according to the desires, which it has wafted along with it, from the cells of the heart and mind.
42. Once the body is gone, the breath moves into the empty air; there, it perceives everything based on the desires it has carried along from the heart and mind.
43. As the living souls find the bodies (of various animals) in which they are embodied, and act according to their different natures; so the departed and disembodied spirits—pránas, see many forms and figures presented before them, according to their several desires. They enter into the same, and act agreeably to the nature of that being.
43. Just as living souls find the bodies of different animals they inhabit and behave according to their unique natures, the departed and disembodied spirits—pránas—see various forms and figures laid out before them, based on their individual desires. They enter into those forms and act in line with the nature of that being.
44. As the fragrance of flowers ceases to be diffused in the air, when the breezes have ceased to blow; so the vital breath, ceases to breathe, when the action of the mind is at a stop. (Hence is the concentration of the mind, to one object only strongly enjoyed in the yoga practice).[3]
44. Just like the scent of flowers fades away when the winds die down, the vital breath stops when the mind is no longer active. (This is why focusing the mind on a single object is deeply experienced in yoga practice).[3]
45. Hence the course of the thoughts, and respiration of all animals, is known too closely united with one another; as the fragrance is inseparable from the flower, and the oil from the oily seeds.
45. Therefore, the flow of thoughts and the breathing of all animals are closely connected; just as scent cannot be separated from a flower, and oil cannot be separated from oily seeds.
46. The breath is vacillation of the mind, as the mind is the fluctuation of the breath; and these two go together for ever, as the chariot and its charioteer.
46. Breath is the wavering of the mind, just as the mind is the shifting of the breath; and these two always go hand in hand, like a chariot and its driver.
47. These perish together without the assemblage of one another, as the container and the contained are both lost at the loss of either (like that of the fire and its heat). Therefore it is better to lose them for the liberation of the soul, than losing the soul for the sake of the body.
47. These disappear together without one another, just like a container and its contents are both gone when either one is lost (like fire and its heat). Therefore, it's better to let them go for the freedom of the soul than to lose the soul for the sake of the body.
48. Keeping only one object or the unity in view will stop the course of the mind; and the mind being stopped, there will follow as a matter of course, an utter suppression of the breath as its consequence.
48. Focusing on just one thing or maintaining a sense of unity will halt the mind's activity. When the mind is halted, it will naturally lead to a complete suspension of breath as a result.
49. Investigate well into the truth of the immortality of thy soul, and try to assimilate thyself into the eternal spirit of God; and having absorbed thy mind in the divine mind, be one with the same.
49. Look closely into the truth of the immortality of your soul and try to connect with the eternal spirit of God; and after immersing your mind in the divine mind, become one with it.
50. Distinguish between thy knowledge and ignorance, and lay hold on what is more expedient for you; settle yourself on what remains after disappearance of both, and live while you live relying on the Intellect alone.
50. Distinguish between your knowledge and ignorance, and focus on what is more beneficial for you; ground yourself in what remains after both disappear, and live while you can relying on your intellect alone.
51. Continue to meditate on the existence of all things in one firm and ever existent entity alone, until by your constant habit of thinking so, you find all outward existence disappear into non existence (and present the form of the self-existent only to view).
51. Keep reflecting on the idea that everything exists in one solid and eternal entity, until through your persistent thoughts, you see all external existence fade into nothingness and reveal only the essence of the self-existent.
52. The minds of the abstinent are mortified, with their bodies and vitality, for want of food and enjoyments; and then there remains the consciousness of the transcendent one alone.
52. The minds of those who abstain are weakened, along with their bodies and energy, due to lack of food and pleasures; and then only the awareness of the transcendent remains.
53. When the mind is of one even tenor, and is habituated to it by its constant practice; it will put an end to the thought of the endless varieties and particulars, which will naturally disappear of themselves.
53. When the mind is calm and used to it due to regular practice, it will eliminate the endless stream of thoughts and details, which will naturally fade away on their own.
54. There is an end of our ignorance and delusion (avidyá), as we attempt to the words of wisdom and reason; we gain our best knowledge by learning, but it is by practice alone, that we can have the object of our knowledge.
54. Our ignorance and delusions (avidyá) come to an end as we engage with the words of wisdom and reason; we gain our greatest knowledge through learning, but it is only through practice that we can truly grasp the object of that knowledge.
55. The mirage of the world will cease to exist, after the mind has become calm and quiet in itself; as the darkness of the sky is dispersed, upon disappearance of the raining clouds.
55. The illusion of the world will fade away once the mind is calm and peaceful; just like the darkness in the sky disappears when the storm clouds are gone.
56. Know your mind alone as the cause of your delusion, and strive therefore to weaken its force and action; but you must not Ráma! weaken it so much, as to lose the sight of the supreme spirit, which shines as the soul of the mind.
56. Understand that your mind is the only source of your confusion, and work to lessen its power and influence; however, don't weaken it so much, Ráma! that you lose sight of the supreme spirit, which shines as the essence of the mind.
57. When the mind is settled with the supreme soul for a moment, know that to be the mature state of thy mind, and will soon yield the sweets of its ripeness.
57. When your mind is connected with the supreme soul, even for just a moment, recognize that this is the mature state of your mind, and it will soon bring the rewards of its fullness.
58. Whether you have your tranquillity, by the Sánkhya or Vedánta Yoga; it is both the same if you can reduce yourself to the supreme soul; and by doing so for a moment, you are no more to be reborn in this nether world.
58. Whether you find your peace through Sánkhya or Vedánta Yoga, it doesn't really matter as long as you can connect with the supreme soul; and by achieving that, even for a moment, you will no longer have to be reborn in this lower world.
59. The word divine essence, means the mind devoid of its ignorance; and which like a fried seed is unable to reproduce the arbor of the world, and has no interruption in its meditation of God.
59. The term divine essence refers to a mind free from ignorance; one that, like a roasted seed, cannot generate the tree of the world and remains uninterrupted in its meditation on God.
60. The mind that is devoid of ignorance, and freed from its desires, and is settled in its pure essence; comes to see in an instant, a full blaze of light filling the sphere of the firmament in which it rests and which absorbs it quite.
60. The mind that's free from ignorance, rid of its desires, and grounded in its true essence instantly perceives a brilliant light filling the entire sky it inhabits, completely engulfing it.
61. The mind is said to be its pure essence, which is insensible of itself, and settled in the supreme soul; it never relapses into the foulness of its nature, as the copper which is mixed with gold, never becomes dirty again.
61. The mind is considered to be its pure essence, which is unaware of itself and anchored in the supreme soul; it never falls back into the impurity of its nature, just like copper mixed with gold never gets dirty again.
CHAPTER LXX.
Interrogatories of Vetála.
Questions of Vetála.
Arguments:—Conversation of a prince and a Vetála, and Dissipation of Error and manifestation of truth.
Arguments:—A dialogue between a prince and a Vetála, including the resolution of misunderstandings and the revelation of truth.
VASISHTHA resumed:—Life becomes no life (becomes immortal), and the mind turns to no mind, immerges in the soul; no sooner is the cloud of ignorance dispersed by the bright sun beams of right reason. This is the state which is termed moksha or liberation (from error) by the wise.
VASISHTHA continued:—Life becomes eternal, and the mind fades away, merging with the soul; as soon as the cloud of ignorance is cleared away by the bright rays of true understanding. This state is known as moksha or liberation (from error) by the wise.
2. The mind and its egoism and tuism (subjectivity and objectivity), appear as water in the mirage, but all these unrealities vanish away, no sooner we come to our right reason;
2. The mind, along with its egoism and tuism (subjectivity and objectivity), seems like water in a mirage, but all these illusions disappear as soon as we regain our rational thinking;
3. Attend now to the queries of a vetála, which I come to remember at present, concerning our erroneous and dreaming conception of the phenomenal world, and which will serve to example by the subject of our last lecture.
3. Now pay attention to the questions of a vetála, which I'm recalling right now, about our mistaken and dream-like understanding of the world around us, and which will serve as an example from our last lecture.
4. There lived a gigantic vetála in the vast wilderness of the Vindhya mountains, who happened to come out on an excursion to the adjoining districts in search of his prey of human beings.
4. There lived a massive vetála in the huge wilderness of the Vindhya mountains, who went out on a trip to the nearby areas looking for his prey of human beings.
5. He used to live before in the neighbourhood of a populous city, where he lived quite happy and well satisfied with the victims; which were daily offered to him by the good citizens.
5. He used to live in a busy area of a city, where he was pretty happy and satisfied with the people who were offered to him daily by the good citizens.
6. He never killed a human being without some cause or harm, although he roved through the city, pinched by hunger and thirst. He walked in the ways of the honest and equitable men in the place.
6. He never killed anyone without a reason or justification, even though he wandered through the city, suffering from hunger and thirst. He followed the paths of honest and fair men in the area.
7. It came to pass in course of time that he went out of the city, to reside in his woody retreat; where he never killed any man, except when pressed by excessive hunger, and when he thought it was equitable for him to do so.
7. Over time, he left the city to live in his wooded refuge; where he never harmed anyone, unless he was extremely hungry and believed it was justifiable to do so.
8. He happened to meet there once a ruler of the land, strolling about in his nightly round; to whom he cried out in a loud and appalling voice.
8. He happened to run into a ruler of the land there, taking his nightly stroll; to whom he shouted in a loud and terrifying voice.
9. The vetála exclaimed:—Where goest thou, O prince, said he, thou art now caught in the clutches of a hideous monster, thou art now a dead man, and hast become my ration of this day.
9. The vetála exclaimed:—Where are you going, O prince, said he, you are now caught in the grip of a hideous monster, you are now a dead man, and you have become my meal for today.
10. The ruler replied:—Beware, O nocturnal fiend! that I will break thy skull into a thousand pieces, if you will unjustly attempt to kill me by force at this spot, and make thy ration of me.
10. The ruler replied:—Watch out, you night creature! I will smash your skull into a thousand pieces if you try to kill me here by force and make a meal out of me.
11. The vetála rejoined:—I do not tell thee unjustly, and speak it rightly unto thee; that as thou art a ruler, it is thy duty to attend to the petition of every body (wherein if thou failest, thou surely diest before me).
11. The vetála responded:—I’m not speaking unfairly, and I’m telling you the truth; as a ruler, it’s your responsibility to listen to everyone’s requests (if you neglect this, you will definitely perish before me).
12. I request thee, O prince! to solve the questions that I propose to thee; because I believe thou art best able to give a full and satisfactory answer to every one of them. (These questions are dark enigmas, which are explained in the next chapter).
12. I ask you, O prince! to answer the questions I bring to you; because I believe you are the most capable of providing a complete and satisfactory response to each one. (These questions are puzzling riddles, which are explained in the next chapter).
13. Who is that glorious sun, the particles of whose rays, are seen to glitter in the surrounding worlds: and what is that wind (or force), which wafts these dusts of stars, in the infinite space of vacuum.
13. Who is that magnificent sun, whose rays sparkle in the surrounding worlds, and what is that wind (or force) that carries these star dust particles through the endless void of space?
14. What is that self-same thing, which passes from one dream to another, and assumes different forms by hundreds and thousands, and yet does not forsake its original form.
14. What is that same thing that moves from one dream to another, taking on different shapes by the hundreds and thousands, yet still doesn't lose its original form?
15. Tell me what is that pithy particle in bodies, which is enveloped under a hundred folds or sheaths, which are laid over and under one another, like the coats or lamina of a plantain tree.
15. Tell me what that essential part of bodies is, which is wrapped in a hundred layers or sheaths, stacked over and under each other, like the layers of a banana tree.
16. What is that minute atom which is imperceptible to the eye, and yet produces this immeasurable universe, with its stupendous worlds and skies, and the prodigious planets on high and mountains below, which are the minutest of that minute particle.
16. What is that tiny atom that we can't see with our eyes, yet creates this vast universe, filled with its massive worlds and skies, and the incredible planets above and mountains below, which are the smallest parts of that tiny particle.
17. What is that shapeless and formless thing atom, which remains as the pith and marrow under the rocks of huge mountains, and which is the substratum of the triple world (of heaven, earth and infernal regions).
17. What is that shapeless and formless thing called an atom, which exists as the essence and core beneath the massive rocks of great mountains, and which serves as the foundation of the three realms (heaven, earth, and the underworld)?
18. If you, O wicked soul, fail to answer to these queries, then shalt thou be a killer of thyself, by your being made my food this moment. And know that at the end, I will devour all thy people, as the regent of death destroys every body in the world.
18. If you, oh wicked soul, don't answer these questions, you will be killing yourself by becoming my food right now. And know that in the end, I will consume all your people, just like the ruler of death takes away every living thing in the world.
CHAPTER LXXI.
The prince's reply to the first question of the Vetála.
The prince's reply to the Vetála's first question.
Arguments:—Answer to the first question regarding the Prime cause of all, shows the infinite worlds to be the trees and fruits of that original root.
Arguments:—The response to the first question about the main cause of everything shows that the infinite worlds are like the trees and fruits that come from that original root.
VASISHTHA related:—The Rájá smiled at hearing these questions of the Demon, and as he opened his mouth to give the reply, the lustre of his pearly teeth, shed a brightness on the white vault of the sky. (This shows how much the early Hindus prized their white teeth, though latterly they tinged them with blue vitriol).
VASISHTHA related:—The King smiled upon hearing the Demon’s questions, and as he opened his mouth to respond, the shine of his pearly teeth lit up the white expanse of the sky. (This illustrates how highly the early Hindus valued their white teeth, although later on, they stained them with blue vitriol).
2. This world was at first a rudimentary granule (in the Divine mind), and was afterwards encrusted by a dozen of elemental sheaths as its pellicles, skin and bark. (Does it mean the component elements or layers Bhúta-tatwa or Bhú-tatwa).
2. This world started out as a basic particle (in the Divine mind) and was later covered by several elemental layers that act like its skin and bark. (Does this refer to the component elements or layers Bhúta-tatwa or Bhú-tatwa?)
3. The tree which bears thousands of such fruits, is very high also with its equally out stretching branches, and very long and broad leaves likewise.
3. The tree that produces thousands of these fruits is very tall, with equally stretching branches, and it has long, wide leaves as well.
4. This great tree is of a huge size and very astounding to sight; it has thousands of prodigious branches spreading wide on every side.
4. This enormous tree is truly impressive to look at; it has thousands of huge branches spreading out in every direction.
5. There are thousands of such trees, and a dense forest of many other large trees and plants in that person.
5. There are thousands of these trees, along with a thick forest of many other large trees and plants in that person.
6. Thousands of such forests stretch over it, abounding in thousands of mountains with their elevated peaks.
6. Thousands of forests cover the land, filled with countless mountains and their high peaks.
7. The wide extended tracts which contain these mountains, have also very large valleys and dales amidst in them.
7. The vast areas that include these mountains also have very large valleys and lowlands among them.
8. These wide spread tracts contain also many countries, with their adjacent islands and lakes and rivers too.
8. These extensive areas also include many countries, along with their nearby islands, lakes, and rivers.
9. These thousands of islands also contain many cities, with varieties of edifices and works of art.
9. These thousands of islands also have many cities, featuring a variety of buildings and artworks.
10. These thousands tracts of lands, which are sketched out as so many continents, are as so many earths and worlds in their extent.
10. These thousands of plots of land, which are outlined as numerous continents, are like various earths and worlds in their size.
11. That which contains thousands of such worlds, as the mundane eggs, is as unlimited as the spacious womb of the firmament.
11. What holds thousands of these worlds, like the mundane eggs, is as limitless as the vast expanse of the sky.
12. That which contains thousands of such eggs in its bosom, bears also many thousands of seas and oceans resting calmly in its ample breast.
12. What holds thousands of these eggs also carries countless seas and oceans peacefully within its wide embrace.
13. That which displays the boisterous waves of seas, is the sprightly and sportive soul, heaving as the clear waters of the ocean.
13. What shows the loud waves of the seas is the lively and playful spirit, rising like the clear waters of the ocean.
14. That which contains thousands of such oceans, with all their waters in his unconscious womb, is the God Vishnu who filled the universal ocean with his all pervasive spirit. (And the spirit of God floated on the face of the waters, Moses. The waters were the first abode of Náráyana).
14. The one who holds thousands of those oceans, with all their waters inside his unconscious being, is the God Vishnu, who filled the universal ocean with his all-pervasive spirit. (And God's spirit hovered over the waters, Moses. The waters were the first home of Náráyana).
15. That which bears thousands of such Gods, as a string of pearls about the neck, is the Great God Rudra.
15. The one who holds thousands of gods, like a string of pearls around the neck, is the Great God Rudra.
16. That which bears thousands of such Great Gods Mahádevas, in the manner of the hairs on his person; is the supreme Lord God of all.
16. The one who carries thousands of these Great Gods, Mahádevas, like the hairs on his body, is the supreme Lord God of all.
17. He is that great sun that he shines in a hundred such persons of the Gods, all of whom are but frictions of the rays of that Great source of light and life.
17. He is like the great sun, shining in a hundred of the Gods, each of whom is just a reflection of the rays from that Great source of light and life.
18. All things in the universe are but particles of that uncreated sun; and thus have I explained to you that Intellectual sun, who fills the world with his rays, and shows them light.
18. Everything in the universe is just tiny parts of that uncreated sun; and that's how I’ve explained to you that Intellectual sun, which fills the world with its rays and brings them light.
19. The all knowing soul is the supreme sun that enlightens the world, and fills all things in it with particles of its rays. (The soul is the sun, whose light of knowledge manifests all things unto us).
19. The all-knowing soul is the ultimate sun that brightens the world and fills everything in it with bits of its rays. (The soul is the sun, whose light of knowledge reveals all things to us).
20. It is the Omniscient soul, which is that surpassing sun, whose rays produce and show everything to light; and without which as in the absence of the solar light, nothing[Pg 397] would grow nor be visible in the outer world. (The sun's heat and light are the life and shower of the sight of the world).
20. It is the all-knowing spirit, which is that incredible sun, whose rays create and illuminate everything; and without it, like in the dark without sunlight, nothing[Pg 397] would grow or be seen in the outside world. (The sun's heat and light are the essence and source of vision in the world).
21. All living beings who have their souls enlightened by the light of philosophy, behold the sphere of the universe to be a blaze of the gemming sun of the intellect; and there is not the least tinge of the erroneous conceptions of the material world in it. Know this and hold your peace.[4]
21. All living beings who have their souls illuminated by the light of philosophy see the universe as a brilliant sphere illuminated by the shining sun of knowledge; and there is no trace of the mistaken ideas of the material world in it. Understand this and be quiet.[4]
CHAPTER LXXII.
Answers to the remaining questions.
Answers to the other questions.
Argument:—The Rájah's replies to the five remaining questions of the Demon.
Argument:—The Rájah's answers to the five remaining questions from the Demon.
THE Rájah replied:—The essences of time, vacuum and of force, are all of intellectual origin; it is the pure intellect which is the source of all, as the air is the receptacle of odours and dusts. (The mind contains all things).
THE Rájah replied:—The essence of time, space, and force all come from intellect; pure intellect is the source of everything, just as air holds scents and dust. (The mind encompasses everything).
2. The supreme soul is as the universal air, which breathes out the particles contained in the intellect; as the etherial air bears the fragrance from the cells of flowers. (The soul is called átmá corresponding with the Greek atmos air, in which sense it is the same with the spirit). (This is the answer to the second question).
2. The supreme soul is like the universal air, which releases the thoughts held in the mind, just like the airy ether carries the scent from flower petals. (The soul is referred to as átmá, similar to the Greek atmos meaning air, and in this context, it is the same as the spirit). (This is the answer to the second question).
3. The great Brahma of the conscious soul, passing through the dreaming world (it being but a dream only passes from one scene to another without changing its form). (The soul is conscious of the operations of the mind, but never changes with the mental phenomena).
3. The great Brahma of the conscious soul, moving through the dream world (since it’s just a dream, it shifts from one scene to another without changing its form). (The soul is aware of the workings of the mind, but it never changes with the mental events).
4. As the stem (stambha) of plantain tree, is a folding of its pellicles plaited over one another, and having its pith hidden in the inside; so everything in the world presents its exterior coats to the view, while its substance of Brahma is deeply hid in the interior.
4. Just like the stem of a plantain tree, which is made up of layers of its skin folded over each other with its inner core hidden inside, everything in the world shows its outer layers to the eye, while the essence of Brahma is deeply concealed within.
5. The words ens, soul and Brahma by which God is designated, are not significant of his nature, who is devoid of all designations like the empty void, and indescribable (avyapadesa) in any word in use. (So the sruti: na tatra vak gachchhate, to Him no words can approach; i.e. no words can express Him).
5. The terms essence, soul, and Brahma that refer to God don't truly capture His nature, which is beyond all labels, like the empty void, and cannot be described using any existing words. (As the scriptures say: na tatra vak gachchhate, to Him no words can approach; i.e. no words can express Him).
6. Whatever essence is perceived by one as the product of another, is like the upper fold or plait of the plantain tree, produced by the inner one; and all such coating are but developments of the Divine Intellect lying at the bottom. (As[Pg 399] the essence of the cloth is the thread, which is the product of cotton produced by the pod of the cotton plant, which is produced from the seed grown by the moisture of the water &c., the last of which has the Divine essence for its prime cause and source.)
6. Whatever essence one perceives as coming from another is like the outer layer of the plantain tree, created by the inner one; and all these layers are just developments of the Divine Intellect at the core. (As[Pg 399] the essence of the fabric is the thread, which comes from cotton produced by the cotton plant’s pod, which originates from the seed nurtured by moisture in the water, the latter of which has the Divine essence as its primary cause and source.)
7. The supreme soul is said to be a minute atom, on account of the subtility and imperceptibility of its nature; and it is said also to be the base of mountains and all other bodies, owing to the unboundedness of its extent. (This is in answer to the fifth question).
7. The supreme soul is described as a tiny atom because of its delicate and unseen nature; it is also considered the foundation of mountains and all other forms because of its limitless scope. (This is in response to the fifth question).
8. The endless being though likened to a minute atom, is yet as large as to contain all these worlds as its minutest particles; which are as evident to us as the very many aerial scenes appearing in our minds in the state of dreaming. (The small grain of the soul contains the universe, as the particle of the mind contains the worlds in it).
8. The infinite existence, while compared to a tiny atom, is actually vast enough to include all these worlds as its smallest parts; these are as clear to us as the numerous visions we experience in our dreams. (The tiny essence of the soul holds the universe, just as a fragment of the mind holds the worlds within it).
9. This being is likened to an atom owing to its imperceptibleness, and is also represented as a mountain on account of its filling all space; though it is the figure of all formal existence, yet it is without any form or figure of its own. (The Sruti says: "neti-neti, He is neither this nor that").
9. This being is compared to an atom because it's so small, and it's also described as a mountain because it occupies all space. Although it represents all forms of existence, it doesn’t have any form or shape of its own. (The Sruti says: "neti-neti, He is neither this nor that").
10. The three worlds are as the fatty bulb of that pithy intelligence; for know thou righteous soul! that it is that Intelligence which dwells in and acts in all the worlds. (The Sruti says: the vacuity of the heart is the seat of intelligence, which is the pith of the mássa or muscular body, and the vacuous air is the seat of the soul, whose body is the triple world).
10. The three worlds are like the fatty bulb of that insightful intelligence; for you should know, righteous soul! that it is that Intelligence which exists in and operates within all the worlds. (The Sruti says: the emptiness of the heart is the home of intelligence, which is the core of the mássa or muscular body, and the empty air is the home of the soul, whose body is the triple world).
11. All these worlds are fraught with design of Intelligence, which is quiet in its nature, and exhibits endless kinds of beautiful forms of its own, know, O young vetála, that irresistible power, reflect this in thyself and keep thy quiet.
11. All these worlds are filled with the design of Intelligence, which is naturally calm and shows countless beautiful forms of its own. Know this, O young vetála: that undeniable power, reflect it within yourself and remain composed.
CHAPTER LXXIII.
End of the Story of the Vetála Demon.
End of the Story of the Vetála Demon.
Arguments:—After part of Vetála's tale and Preamble to the tale of Bhagíratha.
Arguments:—After a portion of Vetála's tale and the beginning of Bhagíratha's story.
VASISHTHA resumed:—After hearing these words from the mouth of the prince, the vetála held his peace and quiet, and remained reflecting on them in his mind, which was capable of reasoning.
VASISHTHA resumed:—After hearing these words from the prince, the vetála stayed quiet and reflected on them in his mind, which was capable of reasoning.
2. Being then quite calm in his mind, he reflected on the pure doctrines of the prince; and being quite absorbed in his fixed meditation, he forgot at once his hunger and thirst.
2. Being completely calm in his mind, he thought about the prince's pure teachings; and so absorbed in his deep meditation, he instantly forgot his hunger and thirst.
3. I have thus related to you, Ráma, about the questions of the vetála, and the manner in which these worlds are situated in the atom of the intellect and no where else.
3. I have shared with you, Ráma, the questions of the vetála, and how these worlds exist within the intellect itself and nowhere else.
4. The world residing in the cell of the atomic intellect, ceases to subsist by itself upon right reasoning; so the body of a ghost exists in the fancy of boys only, and there remains nothing at last except the everlasting one.
4. The world that lives in the mind of the atomic intellect no longer exists on its own through sound reasoning; just like the body of a ghost exists only in the imaginations of boys, nothing ultimately remains except the eternal one.
5. Curb and contract thy thought and heart from every thing, and enclose thy inward soul in itself; do what thou hast to do at any time, without desiring or attempting any thing of thy own will, and thus have the peace of thy mind.
5. Control your thoughts and feelings about everything, and keep your inner self contained; do what you need to do at any moment, without wanting or trying to do anything by your own choice, and this way you will find peace of mind.
6. Employ your mind, O silent sage! to keep itself as clean as the clear firmament, remain in one even and peaceful tenor of thy soul, and view all things in one and the same light (of tolerance and catholicism).
6. Use your mind, O quiet wise one! to keep it as clear as the bright sky, stay in a calm and steady place in your soul, and see everything in the same light (of acceptance and inclusivity).
7. A steady and dauntless mind with its promptness in action, is successful in most arduous undertakings, as was the prince Bhagíratha with his unsevering perseverance.
7. A steady and fearless mind that acts quickly is successful in most challenging tasks, just like Prince Bhagíratha with his relentless determination.
8. It was by his perfectly peaceful and contended mind, and by the lasting felicity of the equanimity of his soul, that this prince succeeded to bring down the heavenly Ganges on earth, and the princes of Sagar's line were enabled to perform the arduous task of digging the bay of Bengal. (Where they were buried alive by curse of the sage Kapila, for disturbing his silent meditations).
8. It was through his completely calm and content mind, and the enduring happiness of his balanced soul, that this prince managed to bring the heavenly Ganges to earth, allowing the princes of Sagar's line to take on the challenging task of digging the Bay of Bengal. (They were buried alive due to the curse of the sage Kapila for interrupting his quiet meditation).
CHAPTER LXXIV.
Account and admonition of Bhagíratha.
Story and warning of Bhagíratha.
Argument:—Conduct and character of Bhagíratha, his private reflexion and the Instructions of his tutor.
Argument:—The actions and personality of Bhagíratha, his personal thoughts, and the guidance from his mentor.
RÁMA said:—Please sir, to relate unto me, the wonderful narrative of prince Bhagíratha, how he succeeded to bring down the heavenly stream of Gangá on the earth below.
RÁMA said:—Please, sir, tell me the amazing story of Prince Bhagíratha and how he managed to bring the heavenly river Ganges down to Earth.
2. Vasishtha replied:—The prince Bhagíratha was a personage of eminent virtues, and was distinguished as a crowning mark (Tilaka), over all countries of this terraqueous earth and its seas.
2. Vasishtha replied:—The prince Bhagíratha was a person of outstanding virtues and stood out as a remarkable figure (Tilaka) across all the lands and seas of this world.
3. All his suitors received their desired boons, even without their asking; and their hearts were as gladdened at the sight of his moon-bright countenance, as were it at the sight of a precious and brilliant gem.
3. All his admirers got what they wanted, even without asking for it; and their hearts were as happy at the sight of his bright, moon-like face as they would be at the sight of a valuable and stunning gem.
4. His charities were always profusely lavished upon all good people, for their maintenance and supportance; while he carefully collected even straws (for his revenue), and prized them as they were gems unto him. (i.e. He earned as he gave).
4. He generously gave to all the good people for their care and support, while he meticulously gathered even the smallest things (for his income) and valued them like treasures. (i.e. He earned as he gave).
5. He was as bright in his person, as the blazing fire without its smoke, and was never weak even when he was tired in the discharge of his duties. He drove away poverty from the abodes of men, as the rising sun dispels the darkness of night from within their houses.
5. He was as bright in his demeanor as a blazing fire without smoke, and he was never weak even when he was tired from his duties. He chased away poverty from people's homes just like the rising sun drives the darkness of night out of their houses.
6. He spread all around him the effulgence of his valour, as the burning fire scatters about its sparks; and he burned as the blazing midday sun, among all his hostile bands.
6. He radiated the brilliance of his courage, just like a fire spreads its sparks; and he blazed like the scorching midday sun among all his enemies.
7. Yet he was gentle and soft in the society of wisemen, and cooled their hearts with his cooling speech. He shone amidst the learned, as the moon-stone glistens under the moon light.
7. Yet he was kind and calm in the company of wise people, and he soothed their spirits with his soothing words. He stood out among the learned, like a moonstone sparkles in the moonlight.
8. He decorated the world with its triple cord of the sacrificial thread, by stretching out the three streams of the Ganges,[Pg 403] along the three regions of heaven, earth and infernal regions. (Hence Gangá is called the tripathagá or running in the trivium in heaven, earth and hell).
8. He adorned the world with its triple strand of the sacrificial thread by extending the three rivers of the Ganges,[Pg 403] across the three realms of heaven, earth, and the underworld. (That's why Gangá is referred to as the tripathagá or flowing in the crossroads of heaven, earth, and hell).
9. He filled the ocean that had been dried up by the sage Agastya, with the waters of Ganges; as the bounteous man fills the greedy beggar with his unbounded bounty.
9. He filled the ocean that had been dried up by the sage Agastya with the waters of the Ganges, just like a generous person fills a greedy beggar with their endless generosity.
10. This benefactor of mankind, redeemed his ancestral kinsmen from the infernal region (in which they were accursed by the indignant sage); and led them to the heaven of Brahmá, by the passage of the sacred Gangá (which ran through the three worlds of heaven, earth and hell).
10. This benefactor of humanity rescued his ancestral relatives from the underworld (where they were condemned by the angry sage) and guided them to the heaven of Brahmá, using the sacred Gangá River that flowed through the three worlds of heaven, earth, and hell.
11. He overcame by his resolute perseverance, all his manifold obstacles and troubles, in his alternate propitiations of the god Brahmá and Siva and the sage Jahnu, for their discharging the course of the stream. (The holy Gangá was first confined in Brahmá's water pot, and then restricted in Hara's crown, and lastly locked up under Jahnu's seat, whence the river has the nickname of Jáhnaví).
11. He triumphed over all his various obstacles and challenges through his determined perseverance, by alternately seeking favor from the god Brahmá, Siva, and the sage Jahnu, asking them to release the flow of the river. (The holy Ganges was initially kept in Brahmá's water pot, then held back in Hara's crown, and finally contained under Jahnu's seat, which is why the river is also called Jáhnaví).
12. Though he was yet in the vigour of his youth, he seemed even then to feel the decay of age, coming fastly upon him, at his incessant thoughts on the miseries of human life.
12. Although he was still in the prime of his youth, he seemed to already sense the decline of age approaching quickly, due to his constant thoughts on the struggles of human life.
13. His excogitation of the vanities of the world, produced in him a philosophical apathy to them; and this sang froid or cold heartedness of his in the prime of his youth, was like the shooting forth of a tender sprout on a sudden in a barren desert. (So great was the early abstractedness from the world, prized by the ancient Aryans, that many monarchs are mentioned to have became religious recluses in their youth).
13. His deep thinking about the vanities of the world led to a philosophical indifference to them; and this sang froid or cold-heartedness in his youth was like a delicate sprout suddenly emerging in a barren desert. (So significant was the early detachment from the world, valued by the ancient Aryans, that many kings are noted to have become religious hermits in their youth).
14. The prince thought in his retired moments on the impropriety of his worldly conduct, and made the following reflections, on the daily duties of life in his silent soliloquy.
14. The prince reflected in his quiet moments on the inappropriateness of his worldly behavior and pondered the daily responsibilities of life in his internal monologue.
15. I see the return of day and night, in endless succession after one another; and I find the repetition of the same acts of giving and taking (receipts and disbursements), and lasting the same enjoyments, to have grown tedious and insipid to me. (So it was with Rasselas the prince of Abyssinia,[Pg 404] who felt disgusted at the daily rotation of the same pleasures and enjoyments and one unvaried course of life).
15. I see day and night coming back again and again, one after the other; and I find the constant cycle of giving and taking (receipts and expenses), along with the same ongoing pleasures, has become boring and uninteresting to me. (This was also true for Rasselas, the prince of Abyssinia,[Pg 404] who felt fed up with the daily repetition of the same pleasures and the lack of variety in his life).
16. I think that only to be worth my seeking and doing, which being obtained and done, there is nothing else to desire or do in this transitory life of troubles and cares.
16. I believe the only things worth pursuing and doing are those that, once achieved, leave nothing else to want or do in this fleeting life full of struggles and worries.
17. Is it not shameful for a sensible being, to be employed in the same circuit of business every day, and is it not laughable to be doing and undoing the same thing, like silly boys day by day?
17. Isn’t it embarrassing for a reasonable person to be stuck doing the same job every day, and isn’t it ridiculous to keep doing and undoing the same tasks, like foolish kids day after day?
18. Being thus vexed with the world, and afraid of the consequence of his worldly course, Bhagíratha repaired in silence to the solitary cell of his preceptor Tritala, and bespoke to him in the following manner.
18. Feeling troubled by the world and anxious about the outcome of his life choices, Bhagíratha quietly went to the secluded cell of his teacher Tritala and spoke to him in this way.
19. Bhagíratha said:—My Lord! I am entirely tired and disgusted with the long course of my worldly career, which I find to be all hollow and empty within it, and presenting a vast wilderness without.
19. Bhagíratha said:—My Lord! I'm completely exhausted and fed up with my long journey through life, which I see as completely shallow and empty inside, and showing nothing but a vast wasteland outside.
20. Tell me lord, how can I get over the miseries of this world, and get freed from my fear of death and disease and from the fetters of errors and passions, to which I am so fast enchained. (The Hindu mind is most sensible of the baneful effects of the primeval curse pronounced on man, and the accursedness of his posterity and of this earth for his sake; and is always in eager search of salvation, redemption or liberation from the same by mukti, moksha, and paritrána).
20. Tell me, Lord, how can I overcome the hardships of this world and free myself from the fear of death and illness, as well as the chains of mistakes and desires that hold me so tightly? (The Hindu mind is very aware of the harmful effects of the ancient curse placed upon humanity, and the cursedness of his descendants and this earth because of it; it is always in search of salvation, redemption, or liberation through mukti, moksha, and paritrána).
21. Tritala replied:—It is to be effected by means of the continued evenness of one's disposition (obtained by his quadruple practice of devotion sádhana); the uninterrupted joyousness of his soul (arising from its communion with the Holy spirit); by his knowledge of the knowable true one, and by his self sufficiency in everything (tending to his perfection). (The quadruple devotion consists in one's attendance to holy lectures and in his understanding, reflection and practice of the same lessons, called the sádhana chatushtaya).
21. Tritala replied:—It can be achieved through maintaining a steady mindset (gained from his fourfold practice of devotion sádhana); the constant joy of his soul (which comes from its connection with the Holy Spirit); by understanding the ultimate truth; and by being self-sufficient in all aspects (leading to his perfection). (The fourfold devotion consists of attending holy lectures and understanding, reflecting on, and practicing the same teachings, known as the sádhana chatushtaya).
22. By these means the man is released from misery, his worldly bonds are relaxed, his doubts are dissipated, and all his actions tend to his well being in both worlds.
22. Through these methods, the person is freed from suffering, his worldly ties are loosened, his uncertainties are cleared away, and all his actions contribute to his well-being in both this life and the next.
23. That which is called the knowable, is the pure soul of the nature of intelligence; it is always present in everything in all places and is eternal—having neither its rising or setting (i.e. its beginning or end). The animating soul of the world, is identified with the supreme and universal soul of God. The vedánta knows no duality of the animal and animating souls.
23. What we refer to as the knowable is the pure essence of intelligence; it is always present in everything, everywhere, and is eternal—having no beginning or end. The life-giving soul of the world is recognized as the highest and universal soul of God. The Vedanta teaches that there is no distinction between the animal soul and the animating soul.
24. Bhagíratha rejoined:—I know, O great sage! the pure intelligent soul to be perfectly calm and tranquil, undecaying and devoid of all attributes and qualities; and neither the embodied spirit, nor the animal soul, nor the indwelling principle of material bodies.
24. Bhagíratha replied:—I understand, O great sage! that the pure, intelligent soul is completely calm and peaceful, unchanging and free from all attributes and qualities; and it’s neither the embodied spirit, nor the animal soul, nor the inner essence of material bodies.
25. I cannot understand sir, how I can be that intelligence, when I am so full of errors, or if I be the selfsame soul, why is it not so manifest in me as the pure divine soul itself.
25. I can’t understand, sir, how I can be that intelligence when I’m so full of flaws, or if I am the same soul, why isn’t it as obvious in me as it is in the pure divine soul itself.
26. Tritala replied:—It is by means of knowledge only, that the mind can know the truly knowable one in the sphere of one's own intellect, and then the animal soul finding itself as the all-pervading spirit, is released from future birth and transmigration. (The belief of the difference of one's soul from the eternal one, is the cause of his regeneration).
26. Tritala replied:—It's through knowledge alone that the mind can truly understand the knowable within its own intellect. Once the animal soul realizes itself as the all-encompassing spirit, it is freed from future births and reincarnations. (Believing that one's soul is separate from the eternal one is what causes the cycle of rebirth).
27. It is our unattachment to earthly relations, and unaccompaniment of our wives, children and other domestic concerns, together with the equanimity of our minds, in whatsoever is either advantageous or disadvantageous to us, that serve to widen the sphere of our souls and cause their universality.
27. It’s our detachment from earthly connections and not being tied down by our spouses, children, and other home matters, along with the calmness of our minds regarding what benefits or hinders us, that expands the range of our souls and promotes their universality.
28. It is also the union of our souls with the supreme spirit, and our continual communion with God; as also our seclusion from society and remaining in retirement that widen the scope of our souls.
28. It’s the connection of our souls with the highest spirit, and our ongoing relationship with God; our withdrawal from society and staying in solitude also expand the breadth of our souls.
29. It is the continued knowledge of spirituality, and insight into the sense of the unity and identity of God, which are said to constitute our true knowledge; all besides is mere ignorance and false knowledge.
29. It’s the ongoing understanding of spirituality and insight into the sense of the unity and identity of God that make up our true knowledge; everything else is just ignorance and false knowledge.
30. It is the abatement of our love and hatred, that is the only remedy for our malady of worldliness; and it is the extinction of our egoistic feelings, that leads to the knowledge of truth.
30. The reduction of our love and hatred is the only cure for our worldly troubles; and it’s the elimination of our selfish feelings that leads to understanding the truth.
31. Bhagíratha responded:—Tell me, O reverend sir, how is it possible for any body to get rid of his egoism, which is deep rooted in our constitution, and has grown as big with our bodies as lofty trees on mountain tops.
31. Bhagíratha replied, "Please tell me, respected sir, how can anyone overcome their ego, which is deeply embedded in our nature and has grown as large as towering trees on mountain tops?"
32. Tritala replied:—All egoistic feelings subside of themselves under the abandonment of worldly desires, which is to be done by the very great efforts of fortitude, in our exercise of the virtues of self-abnegation and self-command, and by the expansion of our souls to universal benevolence.
32. Tritala replied:—All selfish feelings fade away on their own when we let go of worldly desires, which requires a lot of strength and effort. We achieve this by practicing selflessness and self-control, and by opening our hearts to universal kindness.
33. We are so long subjected to the reign of our egoism, as we have not the courage to break down the painful prison house of shame at our poverty, and the fear at our exposure to the indignity of others. (Poverty is shameful to worldly people, but graceful to holy men).
33. We’ve been stuck under the control of our ego for so long because we lack the courage to tear down the painful walls of shame about our poverty and the fear of being exposed to the judgment of others. (To most people, poverty is embarrassing, but to the righteous, it’s a badge of honor).
34. If you can therefore renounce all your worldly possessions and remain unmoved in your mind (although in actual possession of them); you may then get rid of your egoism, and attain to the state of supreme bliss.
34. If you can let go of all your material possessions and stay unaffected in your mind (even while actually having them); you can then shed your ego and reach a state of ultimate happiness.
35. Bereft of all titular honors, and freed from the fear of falling into poverty (and its consequent indignity); being devoid of every endeavour of rising, and remaining as poor and powerless among invidious enemies; and rather living in contemptible beggary among them, without the egoistic pride of mind and vanity of the body; if you can thus remain in utter destitution of all, you are then greater than the greatest.
35. Without any titles or honors, and free from the fear of becoming poor (and the shame that comes with it); without any ambition to improve your situation, staying just as poor and powerless among jealous enemies; and instead living in disgraceful poverty among them, without the selfish pride of the mind and the vanity of the body; if you can manage to be completely destitute of everything, then you are greater than the greatest.
CHAPTER LXXV.
Supineness of Bhagíratha.
Supineness of Bhagíratha.
Argument:—Great bounty of Bhagíratha and his indigence in consequence; and his recourse to asceticism with his tutor.
Argument:—The immense generosity of Bhagíratha and the poverty that followed; and his shift towards asceticism with his mentor.
VASISHTHA related:—Having heard these monitions from the mouth of his religious monitor, he determined in his mind what he was about to do, and set about the execution of his purpose.
VASISHTHA related:—After hearing these instructions from his spiritual guide, he made up his mind about what he was going to do and began to carry out his plan.
2. He passed a few days in devising his project, and then commenced his agnishtoma sacrifice to the sacred fire, for consecrating his all to it, for the sake of obtaining his sole object (of Nirvána or being extinct in the essence of God).
2. He spent a few days working on his plan, and then began his agnishtoma sacrifice to the sacred fire, dedicating everything to it in order to achieve his main goal (of Nirvána or merging completely with the essence of God).
3. He gave away his kine and lands, his horses and jewels, and his monies without number, to the twice born classes of men and his relatives, without distinction of their merit or demerit.
3. He gave away his cattle and land, his horses and jewelry, and his countless amounts of money to the upper classes and his relatives, regardless of their worth or shortcomings.
4. During three days he gave away profusely all what he had, till at last he had nothing for himself, except his life and flesh and bones.
4. For three days, he generously gave away everything he had until he was left with nothing for himself except his life, flesh, and bones.
5. When his exhaustless treasures were all exhausted, he gave up his great realm like a straw to his neighbouring enemies, to the great mortification of his subjects and citizens (paurakas).
5. When his endless riches were all spent, he surrendered his vast kingdom to his neighboring enemies, which greatly humiliated his subjects and citizens (paurakas).
6. As the enemy overran his territories and kingdom, and seized his royal palace and properties; he girt himself in his undergarb, and went away beyond the limits of his kingdom.
6. As the enemy took over his lands and kingdom, and captured his royal palace and belongings, he dressed in his undergarments and left beyond the borders of his kingdom.
7. He wandered afar through distant villages and desert lands, till at last he settled himself where he was quite unknown to all, and nobody knew his person or face or his name and title.
7. He traveled far through remote villages and desolate areas, until finally he made his home in a place where no one knew him, and nobody recognized his face, name, or title.
8. Remaining there retired for some time, he became quite composed and blunt to all feelings from within and without himself; and he obtained his rest and repose in the serene tranquillity of his soul.
8. After staying there alone for a while, he became very calm and indifferent to all feelings both inside and outside himself; he found rest and peace in the serene tranquility of his soul.
9. He then roved about different countries and went to distant islands (to see the various manners of men); till at last he turned unawares to his natal land and city, which was in the grasp of his enemies.
9. He then traveled through different countries and visited far-off islands (to observe the various ways of life); until finally, he unexpectedly returned to his birthplace and city, which was under the control of his enemies.
10. There while he was wandering from door to door, as he was led about by the current of time; he was observed by the citizens and ministers to be begging their alms.
10. While he was wandering from door to door, carried along by the flow of time, the citizens and ministers noticed him begging for their charity.
11. All the citizens and ministers recognized their ex-king Bhagíratha, whom they honoured with their due homage, and whom they were very sorry to behold in that miserable plight.
11. All the citizens and ministers acknowledged their former king Bhagíratha, whom they honored with their respect, and they were very saddened to see him in such a sorry state.
12. His enemy (the reigning prince) came out to meet him, and implored him to receive back his neglected estate and self-abandoned kingdom; but he slighted all their offers as trifling straws, except taking his slender repast at their hands.
12. His enemy (the current prince) came out to meet him and pleaded with him to take back his neglected estate and the kingdom he had abandoned. However, he dismissed all their offers as insignificant distractions, except for accepting the small meal they provided.
13. He passed a few days there and then bent his course to another way, when the people loudly lamented at his sad condition saying: "Ah! what has become of the unfortunate Bhagíratha".
13. He spent a few days there and then changed his direction, while the people mournfully exclaimed about his unfortunate state, saying: "Ah! what happened to the unfortunate Bhagíratha?"
14. Then the prince walked about with the calmness of his soul, and with his contended mind and placid countenance; and he amused himself with his wandering habits and thoughts, until he came to meet his tutor Tritala on the way.
14. Then the prince strolled with a sense of inner peace, a satisfied mind, and a relaxed expression. He entertained himself with his wandering thoughts and habits until he encountered his tutor Tritala on the way.
15. They welcomed one another, and then joining together, they both began to wander about the localities of men, and to pass over hills and deserts in their holy peregrinations.
15. They greeted each other, and then, coming together, they both started to explore the places where people lived, traveling over hills and deserts on their sacred journeys.
16. Once on a time as both the dispassionate pupil and his preceptor, were sitting together in the cool calmness of their dispositions, their conversations turned on the interesting subject of human life.
16. Once upon a time, as both the detached student and his teacher were sitting together in the cool calmness of their minds, their conversation shifted to the intriguing topic of human life.
17. What good is there in our bearing the frail body, and what do we lose by our loss of it. (Since neither reap nor lose any real advantage, either by our having or losing of it at any time, yet we should bear with it as it is, in the discharge of the duties that have come down unto us by the custom of the country).
17. What’s the point of carrying around this fragile body, and what do we really lose if we don’t have it anymore? (Since we don’t gain or lose anything significant by having or losing it at any time, we should just accept it as it is while fulfilling the responsibilities that our culture has passed down to us).
18. They remained quiet with this conclusion, and passed their time in passing from one forest to another; without feeling[Pg 409] any joy above their inward bliss, or knowing any sorrow or the intermediate state of joy and grief (which is the general lot of humanity), and the rotatory course of pleasure and pain in this world.
18. They stayed silent with this conclusion and spent their time moving from one forest to another, without experiencing any joy beyond their inner peace, or knowing any sorrow or the mixed feelings of joy and sadness (which is what most of humanity faces), and the ongoing cycle of pleasure and pain in this world.
19. They spurned all riches and properties, the possession of horses and cattle, and even the eight kinds of supernatural powers (Siddhis) as rotten straws before the contentedness of their minds.
19. They rejected all wealth and possessions, the ownership of horses and cattle, and even the eight types of supernatural powers (Siddhis) as worthless compared to the satisfaction of their minds.
20. This body which is the result of our past acts, must be borne with fortitude, whether we wish it or not, as long as it lasts; with his continued conviction in the discharge of their duties (of asceticism).
20. This body, which is a product of our past actions, must be endured with strength, whether we want to or not, for as long as it lasts; with his ongoing commitment to fulfilling their responsibilities (of asceticism).
21. They like silent sages, hailed with complaisance, whatever of good or evil, or desirable or undesirable befell to their lot, as the unavoidable results of their prior deeds; and had their repose in the heavenly felicity, to which they had assimilated themselves. (So the sruti: The Divine are one with Divine felicity).
21. They appreciate quiet wise people, welcomed with kindness, regardless of the good or bad, or what is wanted or unwanted that came their way, as the unavoidable outcomes of their past actions; and they found their peace in the heavenly happiness to which they had adapted themselves. (So it is said: The Divine are one with Divine happiness).
CHAPTER LXXVI
The descent of Gangá on earth.
The descent of Ganga to Earth.
Argument:—Reinstatement of Bhagíratha in his Kingdom, and his bringing down the heavenly stream by means of his austere Devotion.
Argument:—The return of Bhagíratha to his kingdom and his success in bringing down the heavenly river through his deep devotion.
VASISHTHA continued:—It came to pass at one time as Bhagíratha was passing through a large metropolis, he beheld the ruler of that province, who was childless to be snatched away by the hand of death, as a shark seizes a fish for its prey.
VASISHTHA continued:—At one point, as Bhagíratha was walking through a big city, he saw the ruler of that area, who had no children, being taken away by death, just like a shark grabs a fish for its meal.
2. The people being afraid of anarchy and lawlessness for want of a ruler, were in search of a proper person joined with noble endowments and signs to be made their future king.
2. The people, fearing chaos and lawlessness without a ruler, were looking for someone suitable with noble qualities and characteristics to become their future king.
3. They met with the silent and patient prince in the act of begging alms, and knowing him as the king Bhagíratha himself, they took him with them escorted by their own regiments, to install him on the throne as their king.
3. They met the quiet and patient prince who was asking for charity, and recognizing him as King Bhagíratha himself, they took him with them, accompanied by their own troops, to place him on the throne as their king.
4. Bhagíratha instantly mounted on an elephant, and was led by a large body of troops, who assembled about him as thickly, as the drops of rain water fall into and fill a lake.
4. Bhagíratha quickly got on an elephant and was surrounded by a large group of soldiers who gathered around him just like raindrops fill a lake.
5. The people then shouted aloud, "Here is Bhagíratha our lord; may he be victorious for ever", and the noise thereof reached to the furthest mountains, and filled their hollow caves (which reached to the sound).
5. The people then shouted loudly, "Here is Bhagíratha our lord; may he be victorious forever," and the noise reached the farthest mountains and filled their empty caves (which echoed the sound).
6. Then as Bhagíratha remained to reign over that realm, the subjects of his own and former kingdom came reverently to him, and thus prayed unto their king saying:—
6. Then, as Bhagíratha continued to rule over that realm, the people from both his kingdom and the previous one came to him with respect and prayed to their king, saying:—
7. The people said:—Great king! the person who thou didst appoint to rule over us, is lately devoured by death as a little fish by a large one.
7. The people said:—Great king! the person you appointed to rule over us has recently been taken by death, just like a small fish by a big one.
8. Therefore deign to rule over thy realm, nor refuse to accept an offer which comes unasked to thee (so it is said:—It is not right to slight even a mite, that comes of itself to any body, but it is to be deemed as a God-sent blessing).
8. So, please accept your role as ruler, and don’t turn down an offer that comes to you without being sought (as they say:—It’s not right to dismiss even a small gift that arrives on its own, as it should be seen as a blessing from God).
9. Vasishtha said:—The king being so besought accepted their prayer, and thus became the sole manager of the earth, bounded by the seven seas on all sides.
9. Vasishtha said:—The king, being urged like this, agreed to their request and became the sole ruler of the earth, surrounded by the seven seas on all sides.
10. He continued to discharge the duties of royalty without the least dismay or disquietude, though he was quite calm and serene in his mind, quiet in his speech, and devoid of passions and envy or selfishness.
10. He kept fulfilling his royal responsibilities without any signs of worry or distress, even though he was completely calm and peaceful in his mind, composed in his speech, and free from passions, jealousy, and selfishness.
11. He then thought of the redemption of his ancestors, who excavated the coast of the sea (and made this bay of Bengal); and were burned alive underneath the ground (by the curse of sage Kapila); by laving their bones and dead bodies with the waves of Ganges, which he heard, had the merit of purity and saving all souls and bodies. (The ancestors of Bhagíratha were the thousand sons of sagara, who were masters of Saugar islands in the bay of Bengal).
11. He then thought about the redemption of his ancestors, who dug out the coast of the sea (and created this bay of Bengal); and were burned alive underground (because of the curse of sage Kapila); by washing their bones and bodies with the waves of the Ganges, which he heard had the power of purity and could save all souls and bodies. (The ancestors of Bhagíratha were the thousand sons of Sagara, who were the rulers of the Sagar islands in the bay of Bengal).
12. The heavenly stream of the Ganges did not till then run over the land, it was Bhagíratha that brought it down, and first washed his ancestral remains with its holy waters. The stream was thence forth known by his name as Bhagíratha.
12. The sacred flow of the Ganges hadn't reached the land until then; it was Bhagíratha who brought it down and first purified his ancestors' remains with its holy waters. From that point on, the river was known by his name as Bhagíratha.
13. The king Bhagíratha was thenceforward resolved, to bring down the holy Gangá of heaven to the nether world. (The triple Ganges is called the Tripathagá or fluvium trivium or running in three directions).
13. From that point on, King Bhagíratha was determined to bring the holy Ganges river from heaven down to the mortal world. (The triple Ganges is referred to as the Tripathagá or fluvium trivium, meaning it flows in three directions).
14. The pious prince then resigned his kingdom to the charge of his ministers, and went to the solitary forest with the resolution of making his austere devotion, for the success of his undertaking.
14. The devout prince then handed over his kingdom to his ministers and went to the lonely forest with the aim of practicing his strict devotion for the success of his mission.
15. He remained there for many years and under many rains, and worshipped the Gods Brahmá and Siva and the sage Jahnu by turns, until he succeeded to bring down the holy stream on the earth below. (It is said that Gangá was pent-up at first in the water pot of Brahmá, and then in the crown of Siva and lastly under the thighs of Jahnu, all which are allegorical of the fall of the stream from the cascade of Gangotri in Haridwar).
15. He stayed there for many years and through many seasons, worshipping the gods Brahmá and Siva, as well as the sage Jahnu, until he managed to bring the holy river down to the earth. (It's said that Gangá was initially contained in Brahmá's water pot, then in Siva's crown, and finally under Jahnu's thighs, all representing the river's descent from the cascade at Gangotri in Haridwar).
16. It was then that the crystal wave of the Ganges,[Pg 412] gushed out of the basin of Brahmá the lord of the world and rushed into the moony crest of Hara; and falling on earth below it took a triple course, like the meritorious acts of great men (which were lauded in all three worlds of their past, present and future lives).
16. It was then that the clear wave of the Ganges,[Pg 412] burst out of the basin of Brahmá, the lord of the world, and flowed towards the moonlit peak of Hara; and when it reached the earth below, it split into three paths, just like the good deeds of great individuals that were celebrated in all three realms of their past, present, and future lives.
17. It was thus the trivium river of Gangá, came to flow over this earth, as the channel to bear the glory of Bhagíratha to distant lands. Behold her running fast with her upheaving waves, and smiling all along with her foaming froths; she sprinkles purity all along with the drizzling drops of her breakers, and scatters plenty over the land as the reward of the best deserts of men.
17. So, the threefold river of Ganga flows across this earth, serving as the channel to carry the glory of Bhagirath to far-off places. Look at her rushing swiftly with her rising waves, smiling along with her foamy crests; she spreads purity everywhere with the gentle drops from her waves and brings abundance to the land as a reward for the greatest deserts of people.
CHAPTER LXXVII.
Narrative of Chúdálá and Sikhidhwaja.
Narrative of Chúdálá and Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—Story of the Princess Chúdálá and her marriage with Sikhidhwaja and their youthful sports.
Argument:—The story of Princess Chúdálá and her marriage to Sikhidhwaja and their adventures as young adults.
VASISHTHA related:—Ráma! do you keep your view fixed to one object, as it was kept in the mind of Bhagíratha; and do you pursue your calling with a calm and quiet understanding, as it was done by that steady minded prince in the accomplishment of his purpose! (For he that runs many ways, stands in the middle and gets to the end of none).
VASISHTHA related:—Ráma! Do you focus on one goal, like Bhagíratha did? And do you follow your path with a calm and clear mind, just as that determined prince did to achieve his aim? (Because one who runs in many directions ends up standing still and reaches none of them).
2. Give up your thoughts of this and that (shilly-shallying), and confine the flying bird of your mind within your bosom, and remain in full possession of yourself after the example of the resolute prince Sikhidhwaja of old.
2. Let go of your back-and-forth thoughts, and keep the wandering bird of your mind close to your heart, staying completely in control of yourself like the determined prince Sikhidhwaja from long ago.
3. Ráma asked:—Who was this Sikhidhwaja, sir, and how did he maintain the firmness of his purpose? Please explain this fully to me for the edification of my understanding.
3. Ráma asked, "Who was this Sikhidhwaja, sir, and how did he stay so committed to his goals? Please explain this fully to me so I can understand better."
4. Vasishtha replied:—It was in a former Dwápara age, that there lived a loving pair of consorts who are again to be born in a future period, in the same manner and at the same place.
4. Vasishtha replied:—It was in a past Dwápara age, that there was a loving couple who will be born again in the future, in the same way and at the same place.
5. Ráma rejoined:—Tell me, O great preacher! how the past could be the same as at present, and how can these again be alike in future also. (Since there can be no cause of the likeness of past ages and their productions with those of the present or future. It is reasonable to believe the recurrence of such other things, but not of the same and very things as of yore).
5. Ráma spoke up: “Tell me, great teacher! How can the past be the same as the present, and how can they be alike in the future as well? (Since there’s no reason for the past and its creations to be the same as those of the present or future. It makes sense to believe that similar things can happen again, but not that the exact same things will happen like they did before).”
6. Vasishtha replied:—Such is the irreversible law of destiny and the irreversible course of nature, that the creation of the world must continue in the same manner by the invariable will of the creative Brahmá and others. (i.e. The repeated creation of worlds must go on in the same rotation by the inevitable will[Pg 414] (Satya Sankalpa) of the creative power; wherefore bygone things are to return and be re-born over and over again).
6. Vasishtha replied:—This is the unchangeable law of destiny and the constant course of nature: the creation of the world will keep happening in the same way because of the unchanging will of the creative Brahmá and others. (i.e. The ongoing creation of worlds must happen in the same cycle due to the inevitable will[Pg 414] (Satya Sankalpa) of the creative power; therefore, past things will return and be reborn repeatedly).
7. As those which had been plentiful before come to be as plenteous again, so the past appears at present and in future also. Again many things come to being that had not been before, and so many others become extinct in course of time (e. g. as past crops return again and again and vegetables grow where there were none, and as a lopped off branch grows no more).
7. Just as things that were once abundant return to being abundant again, the past shows up in the present and will continue to do so in the future. Additionally, many new things come into existence that didn’t exist before, while many others fade away over time (e.g., just as past crops come back season after season and plants grow in places where there were none, and a cut-off branch no longer grows).
8. Some reappear in their former forms and some in their resemblance also; others are changed in their forms, and many more disappear altogether (see, for example, the different shapes of the waves of the ocean).
8. Some come back looking the same as before, while others resemble what they were; some change their appearance, and many disappear completely (see, for example, the various shapes of ocean waves).
9. These and many other things are seen in the course of the world; and therefore the character of the subject of the present narrative will be found to bear exact resemblance to that of the bygone prince of the same name.
9. These and many other things are observed throughout the world; and so, the character of the subject of this narrative will closely resemble that of the long-gone prince who had the same name.
10. Hear me tell you, also, that there is yet to be born such another prince, as valiant as the one that had been in the former dwápara age of the past seventh manvantara period.
10. Listen to me when I say that there has yet to be born another prince as brave as the one who lived in the earlier dwápara age of the past seventh manvantara period.
11. It will be after the four yugas of the fourth creation, past and gone, that he will be born again of the Kuru family in the vicinity of the Vindhyan mountains in the Jambudwípa continent. (This extravagant sloka is omitted in other editions of this work).
11. After the four yugas of the fourth creation have passed, he will be born again into the Kuru family near the Vindhyan mountains on the Jambudwípa continent. (This extravagant verse is left out in other editions of this work).
12. There lived a prince by name of Sikhidhwaja in the country of Malava, who was handsome in his person, and endowed with firmness and magnanimity in his nature, and the virtues of patience and self control in his character.
12. There lived a prince named Sikhidhwaja in the country of Malava, who was handsome, and known for his strength and generosity, as well as his patience and self-control.
13. He was brave but silent, and even inclined to good acts with all his great virtues; he was engaged in the performance of the religious sacrifices, as also in defeating bowyers in archery.
13. He was courageous but quiet, and also prone to doing good deeds because of all his great qualities; he was involved in carrying out religious sacrifices, as well as beating bowmen in archery.
14. He did many acts (of public endowments), and supported the poor people of the land; he was of a graceful appearance and complacent in his countenance, and loved all men with his great learning in the sástras.
14. He performed many public acts of charity and helped the poor in the area; he had a charming appearance and a pleasant expression, and he cared for everyone with his extensive knowledge of the scriptures.
15. He was handsome, quiet and fortunate, and equally as valiant as he was virtuous. He was a preacher of morality and bestower of all benefits to his suitors.
15. He was good-looking, reserved, and lucky, and just as brave as he was upright. He preached morality and generously offered help to those who sought it.
16. He enjoyed all luxuries in the company of good people, and listened to the lessons of the Srutis. He knew all knowledge without any boast on his part, and he hated to touch women as straws.
16. He enjoyed all the luxuries while surrounded by good company and listened to the teachings of the Srutis. He possessed all knowledge without any arrogance and kept his distance from women as if they were nothing.
17. His father departed to the next world, leaving him a lad of sixteen years in age; and yet he was able at that tender age to govern his realm, by defeating his adversaries on all sides.
17. His father passed away, leaving him a sixteen-year-old boy; and yet he was able at that young age to rule his kingdom, defeating his enemies on all fronts.
18. He conquered all other provinces of the country by means of the resources of his empire; and he remained free from all apprehension by ruling his subjects with justice and keeping them in peace.
18. He conquered all the other provinces of the country using the resources of his empire; and he stayed worry-free by governing his people with fairness and maintaining peace among them.
19. He brightened all sides by his intelligence and the wisdom of his ministers, till in the course of years he came to his youth, as in the gaudy spring of the year.
19. He lit up everything around him with his intelligence and the wisdom of his advisors, until over the years he reached his youth, like the vibrant spring season.
20. It was the vernal season, and he beheld the blooming flowers glistening brightly under the bright moon-beams; and he saw the budding blossoms, hanging down the arbours in the inner apartments.
20. It was spring, and he saw the blooming flowers shining brightly under the moonlight; and he noticed the budding blossoms hanging down the arbors in the inner rooms.
21. The door ways of the bowers were overhung with twining branches, decorated with florets scattering their fragrant dust like the hoary powder of camphor; and the rows of the guluncha flowers wafted their odours all around.
21. The doorways of the arbors were covered with intertwining branches, adorned with little flowers that spread their sweet fragrance like the fine powder of camphor; and the rows of the guluncha flowers sent their scents wafting all around.
22. There was the loud hum of bees, buzzing with their mates upon the flowery bushes; and the gentle zephyrs were wafting the sweet scent amidst the cooling showers of moonbeams.
22. There was the loud buzz of bees, buzzing with their friends around the flowery bushes; and the gentle breezes were carrying the sweet scent through the refreshing showers of moonlight.
23. He saw the banks decorated with the kadalí shrubbery glistening with their gemming blossoms under the sable shade of kadalí (plantain) leaves; which excited his yearning after the dear one that was seated in his heart.
23. He saw the banks adorned with the kadalí shrubbery sparkling with their colorful blossoms under the dark shade of the kadalí (plantain) leaves; which stirred his longing for the beloved who resided in his heart.
24. Giddy with the intoxication of the honey draughts of fragrant flowers, his mind was fixed on his beloved object, and[Pg 416] did not depart from it, as the spring is unwilling to quit the flowery garden (so says Hapiz,—no pleasant sight is gladsome to the mind without the face of the fair possessor of the heart: see Sir Wm. Jones' version of it).
24. Dazed by the sweet drinks from fragrant flowers, his thoughts were locked on his beloved, and[Pg 416] wouldn’t leave her, just as spring is reluctant to leave the blooming garden (as Hapiz says—nothing joyful is truly enjoyable without the presence of the beautiful person who holds the heart: see Sir Wm. Jones' version of it).
25. When shall I in this swinging cradles of my pleasure garden, and when will I in my sports in this lake of lotuses, play with my love-smitten maid with her budding breasts resembling the two unblown blossoms of golden lotuses?
25. When will I be in this swinging cradle of my pleasure garden, and when will I, while enjoying myself in this lake of lotuses, play with my love-struck girl with her budding breasts that look like two unblown golden lotuses?
26. When shall I embrace my beloved one to my bosom on my bed daubed with the dust of powdered frankincense, and when shall we on cradles of lotus stalks, like a pair of bees sucking the honey from flower cups?
26. When will I hold my love close in my bed covered in powdered frankincense, and when will we, like a couple of bees, relax on lotus stalks, sipping nectar from flower cups?
27. When shall I see that maiden lying relaxed in my arms, with her slender body resembling a tender stalk, and as fair as a string of milk-white kunda flowers, or as a plant formed of moon-beams?
27. When will I see that girl lying comfortably in my arms, with her slender body like a delicate stalk, and as beautiful as a bunch of milk-white kunda flowers, or like a plant made of moonbeams?
28. When will that moonlike beauty be inflamed with her love to me? With these and the like thoughts and ravings he roved about the garden looking at the variety of flowers.
28. When will that moonlike beauty be filled with her love for me? With thoughts and feelings like these, he wandered around the garden, admiring the different flowers.
29. He then went on rambling in the flowery groves and skirts of forests, and thence strayed onward from one forest to another, and by the side of purling lakes blooming with the full blown lotuses. (The lotus is the emblem of beauty in the east, as the rose is in the west).
29. He then wandered through the beautiful groves and along the edges of forests, moving from one forest to another and beside sparkling lakes filled with blooming lotuses. (The lotus is a symbol of beauty in the east, just like the rose is in the west).
30. He entered in the alcoves formed by the twining creepers, and walked over the avenues of many garden grounds and forest lands, seeing and hearing the descriptions of woodland sceneries (from his associates).
30. He walked into the alcoves created by the intertwining vines and strolled through the paths of various gardens and forests, observing and listening to his friends describe the woodland scenery.
31. He was distracted in his mind, and took much delight in hearing discourses on erotic subjects, and the bright form of his necklaced and painted beloved was the sole idol in his breast.
31. He was preoccupied and found great pleasure in listening to conversations about romantic topics, and the vivid image of his adorned and painted love was the only idol in his heart.
32. He adored the maiden in his heart, with her breasts resembling two golden pots on her person; and this ween was soon found by the sagacious ministers of the state.
32. He loved the young woman in his heart, with her breasts like two golden pots on her body; and this was quickly noticed by the wise state ministers.
33. As it is the business of ministership to dive into matters by their signs and prognosis, so these officers met together to deliberate on his marriage.
33. Just as it's the job of ministers to examine issues through their signs and predictions, these officials came together to discuss his marriage.
34. They proposed the youthful daughter of the king of Syrastra (Surat) for his marriage, and thought her as a proper match for him, on account of her coming to the full age of puberty (lit. to the prime of her youth).
34. They suggested that he marry the young daughter of the king of Syrastra (Surat) and considered her a suitable match for him because she had reached the age of puberty (lit. to the prime of her youth).
35. The prince was married to her who was a worthy image (or like co-partner) of himself; and this fair princess was known by the name of Chúdálá all over the land.
35. The prince was married to someone who was a true reflection (or equal partner) of himself; and this beautiful princess was known as Chúdálá throughout the kingdom.
36. She was as joyous in having him, as the new blown lotus at the rising sun; and he made the black-eyed maid to bloom, as the moon opens the bud of the blue lotus. (Lotuses are known as helio-solenus, the white ones opening at sun rise and the blue kind blooming with the rising moon).
36. She was as happy to have him as a freshly bloomed lotus in the morning sun; and he made the dark-eyed girl blossom, like the moon opens the bud of the blue lotus. (Lotuses are known as helio-solenus; the white ones open at sunrise, and the blue ones bloom with the rising moon).
37. He delighted her with his love, as gives the white lotus to bloom; and they both inflamed their mutual passions by their abiding in the heart of one another.
37. He thrilled her with his love, like the white lotus that blooms; and they both ignited their shared desires by dwelling in each other’s hearts.
38. She flourished with her youthful wiles and dalliance, like a new grown creeper blooming with its flowers, and he was happy, and careless in her company by leaving the state affairs to the management of the ministers. (The words háv Chavavilasa, implying amorous dalliance, are all comprised in the couplet "quips and cranks and wanton wiles, nods and becks and wreathed smiles".—Pope).
38. She thrived with her youthful charm and flirtation, like a newly grown vine bursting with flowers, and he felt happy and carefree in her presence, leaving the state affairs to the ministers to handle. (The words háv Chavavilasa, meaning playful flirtation, are all captured in the couplet "quips and cranks and wanton wiles, nods and becks and wreathed smiles".—Pope).
39. He disported in the company of his lady love, as the swan sports over a bed of lotuses in a large lake; and indulged his frolics in his swinging cradles and pleasure ponds in the inner apartments.
39. He enjoyed spending time with his lady love, like a swan gliding over a bed of lotuses in a big lake; and reveled in his playful activities in his swinging cradles and pleasure ponds in the private quarters.
40. They reveled in the gardens and groves, and in the bowers of creepers and flowering plants; and amused themselves in the woods and in walks under the sandalwood and a gulancha shades.
40. They enjoyed the gardens and groves, and in the arbors of vines and blooming plants; and entertained themselves in the woods and on strolls under the sandalwood and gulancha shades.
41. They sported by the rows of mandára trees, and beside the lines of plantain and kadalí plants; and regaled themselves wandering in the harem, and by the sides of the woods and lakes in the skirts of the town.
41. They enjoyed themselves among the rows of mandára trees, alongside the lines of banana and kadalí plants; they entertained themselves wandering in the harem, and by the edges of the woods and lakes at the outskirts of the town.
42. He roved afar in distant forests and deserts, and in jungles of Jám and Jám bira trees; they passed by paths[Pg 418] bordered by Játí or jasmine plants, and, in short they took delight in everything in the company of one another.
42. He wandered far into remote forests and deserts, and through jungles filled with Jám and Jám bira trees; they traveled along paths[Pg 418] lined with Játí or jasmine plants, and, in short, they enjoyed everything together.
43. The mutual attachment to one another was as delightsome to the people as the union of the raining sky with the cultivated ground; both tending to the welfare of mankind by the productiveness of the general weal. (This far-fetched simile and the mazy construction of the passage is incapable of a literal version).
43. The bond between them was as joyful to the people as the connection between the rain-filled sky and the fertile earth; both contributing to the well-being of humanity through the prosperity of society. (This elaborate comparison and the complicated structure of the passage cannot be translated literally).
44. They were both skilled in the arts of love and music, and were so united together by their mutual attachment, that the one was a counterpart of the other.
44. They were both talented in love and music, and were so closely bonded by their mutual affection that one was a perfect match for the other.
45. Being seated in each others heart, they were as two bodies with one soul; so that the learning of the sástras of the one, and the skill in painting and fine arts of the other, were orally communicated to and learnt by one another.
45. Being seated in each other's hearts, they were like two bodies with one soul; the knowledge of the scriptures from one was verbally shared and learned by the other, just as the painting and fine arts skills of the other were communicated and absorbed by the first.
46. She from her childhood was trained in every branch of learning, and he learned the arts of dancing and playing on musical instruments, from the oral instructions of Chúdálá.
46. From childhood, she was educated in every area of study, and he learned to dance and play musical instruments through the teachings of Chúdálá.
47. They learned and became learned in the respective arts and parts of one another; as the sun and moon being set in conjunction (amavasyá), impart to and partake of the qualities of each other.
47. They learned from each other and became knowledgeable in each other's fields; just like the sun and moon, when aligned together, share and reflect each other's qualities.
48. Being mutually situated in the heart of one another, they became the one and the same person and both being in the same inclination and pursuit, were the more endeared to one another (as a river running to the milky ocean is assimilated to the ocean of milk, so all souls mixing with the supreme soul form one universal and only soul).
48. Being deeply connected to each other, they became one and the same person, and since they shared the same desires and ambitions, they grew even closer to one another (just as a river flowing into the milky ocean merges with the ocean of milk, all souls blending with the supreme soul create one universal and singular soul).
49. They were joined in one person, as the androgyne body of Umá and Siva on earth; and were united in one soul, as the different fragrances of flowers are mixed up with the common air. Their clearness of understanding and learning of the sástras led them both in the one and same way.
49. They were united as one, like the combined form of Umá and Siva on earth; and their souls were intertwined, just like the various scents of flowers blending into the air. Their clarity of thought and study of the scriptures guided them both in the same direction.
50. They were born on earth to perform their parts, like the God Vishnu and his consort Lakshmí; they were equally frank and sweet by their mutual affection, and were as informed as communicative of their learning to others.
50. They were born on Earth to play their roles, like the God Vishnu and his partner Lakshmí; they were just as open and kind because of their love for each other, and they shared their knowledge with others just as freely.
51. They followed the course of the laws and customs, and attended to the affairs of the people; they delighted in the arts and sciences, and enjoyed their sweet pleasures also. They appeared as the two moons, shining with their beams.
51. They followed the laws and customs and took care of the people's needs; they loved the arts and sciences, and enjoyed their pleasures as well. They shone like two moons, illuminating everything around them.
52. They tasted all their sweet enjoyments of life, in the quiet and solitary recesses of their private apartments, as a couple of giddy swans sporting merrily in the lake of the azure sky.
52. They savored all the sweet pleasures of life in the calm and secluded corners of their private rooms, like a couple of joyful swans frolicking happily in the lake under the blue sky.
CHAPTER LXXVIII.
Beatification of Chúdálá.
Beatification of Chúdálá.
Argument:—The distaste and indifference of the happy pair to worldly enjoyments.
Argument:—The couple's indifference and disinterest in worldly pleasures.
VASISHTHA continued:—In this manner did this happy pair, revel for many years in the pleasures of their youth, and tasted with greater zest, every new delight that came on their way day by day.
VASISHTHA continued:—In this way, this joyful couple enjoyed the pleasures of their youth for many years, savoring each new delight that came their way more and more every day.
2. Years repeated their reiterated revolutions over their protracted revelries till by and by their youth began to give way to the decay of age; as the broken pitcher gives way to its waters out (or rather as the leaky vessel gives way to the waters in).
2. Years went by, continuously circling around their prolonged celebrations until eventually their youth started to fade into the decline of old age; like a broken pitcher gives way to its water (or more like a leaky vessel gives way to the water inside).
3. They then thought that their bodies are as frail as the breakers on the sea; and as liable to fall as the ripened fruits of trees, and that death is not to be averted by any body.
3. They then thought that their bodies are as fragile as the waves crashing on the shore; and as likely to fall as ripe fruits from trees, and that death cannot be avoided by anyone.
4. As the arrowy snows rend the lotus leaves, so is our old age ready to batter and shatter our frames; and the cup of our life is drizzling away day by day, as the water held in the palm falls away by sliding drops.
4. Just as the sharp snow tears apart the lotus leaves, our old age is poised to wear down and break our bodies; and the cup of our life is trickling away each day, like water slipping through our palms in tiny drops.
5. While our avarice is increasing on our hand, like the gourd plant in the rainy weather, so doth our youth glide away as soon as the torrent falls from the mountain cliffs to the ground.
5. As our greed grows on our end, like a gourd plant in the rainy season, our youth slips away just as quickly as the torrent rushes down from the mountain cliffs to the ground.
6. Our life is as false as a magic play, and the body a heap of rotting things; our pleasures are few and painful, and as fleeting as the flying arrows from the archers bow.
6. Our lives are as fake as a magician's act, and our bodies are just piles of decaying stuff; our joys are few and painful, and as temporary as arrows shot from a bow.
7. Afflictions pounce upon our hearts, as vultures and kites dart upon fish and flesh; and these our bodies are as momentary as the bursting bubbles of dropping rains (or of rain drops).
7. Struggles attack our hearts, like vultures and kites swooping down on fish and flesh; and our bodies are as fleeting as the bursting bubbles from falling rain.
8. All reasoning and practice are as unsound, as the unsolid stem of the plantain tree; and our youth is as evanescent, as a fugacious woman that is in love with many men.
8. All reasoning and practice are as weak as the flimsy trunk of a banana tree; and our youth is as fleeting as a woman who's in love with many men.
9. The taste of youthful pleasure, is soon succeeded by a distaste to it in old age; just as the vernal freshness of plants, gives room to the dryness of autumn; where then is that permanent pleasure and lasting good in this world; which never grows stale, and is ever sweet and lovely.
9. The taste of youthful pleasure is quickly replaced by a dislike for it in old age, just as the fresh spring of plants gives way to the dryness of autumn. So, where is that lasting joy and enduring good in this world that never gets old and is always sweet and delightful?
10. Therefore should we seek that thing, which will support us in all conditions of life, and which will be a remedy of all the maladies (evils), which circumvent us in this world.
10. Therefore, we should look for that thing which will support us in every situation in life and which will be a cure for all the troubles (evils) that surround us in this world.
11. Being thus determined, they were both employed in the investigation of spiritual philosophy; because they thought their knowledge of the soul to be the only healing balm of the cholic pain of worldliness. (Because spiritual knowledge extricates the soul from its earthly bondage).
11. Being this determined, they both engaged in exploring spiritual philosophy; because they believed their understanding of the soul was the only cure for the discomforts of worldly life. (Because spiritual knowledge frees the soul from its earthly constraints).
12. Thus resolved, they were both devoted to their spiritual culture, and employed their head and heart, their lives and souls in the inquiry, and placed all their hope and trust in the same.
12. With that decision made, they both dedicated themselves to their spiritual growth, using their minds and hearts, their lives and souls in the quest, and placed all their hope and trust in it.
13. They remained long in the study and mutual communication of their spiritual knowledge; and continued to meditate upon and worship the soul of souls in their own souls.
13. They spent a long time in the study and sharing of their spiritual knowledge, and kept meditating on and worshiping the soul of souls within themselves.
14. They both rejoiced in their investigations into Divine knowledge, and she took a great delight in attending incessantly, to the admonitions and sermons of the Divine prelates.
14. They both took joy in their exploration of spiritual knowledge, and she greatly enjoyed constantly attending the teachings and sermons of the divine leaders.
15. Having heard the words of salvation, from the mouths of the spiritual doctors, and from their exposition of the Sástras; she continued thus to reflect about the soul by day and night. (Blessed is the man, that meditates on the laws of God by day and night. Psalm.)
15. After hearing the words of salvation from the spiritual leaders and their explanations of the scriptures, she kept reflecting on the soul day and night. (Blessed is the person who meditates on God’s laws day and night. Psalm.)
16. Whether when engaged in action or not, I see naught but the one soul in my enlightened and clear understanding; what then, am I that very self, and is it my own self? (The yogi, when enrapt in holy light, loses the sense of his own personality. So lost in Divine light, the saints themselves forget).
16. Whether I’m active or just sitting quietly, all I see is one soul in my clear and enlightened understanding; so then, am I that very self, and is it my own self? (The yogi, when caught up in holy light, forgets about his own identity. So absorbed in Divine light, even the saints forget themselves).
17. Whence comes this error of my personality, why does it grow up and where does it subsist (in the body or in the mind)? It cannot consist in the gross body which knows not[Pg 422] itself and is ignorant of everything. Surely I am not this body, and my egoism lies beyond my corporeality.
17. Where does this flaw in my personality come from, why does it develop, and where does it exist (in the body or in the mind)? It can't be in the physical body, which doesn't understand itself and is unaware of everything. Clearly, I am not just this body, and my sense of self goes beyond my physical being.
18. The error then rises in the mind and grows from boyhood to old age, to think one's self as lean or fat as if he were the very body. Again it is usual to say I act, I see &c., as if the personality of one consists in his action; but the acts of the bodily organs, being related with the body, are as insensible and impersonal as the dull body itself.
18. The mistake develops in the mind and continues from childhood into old age, leading one to believe they are as thin or as heavy as their body appears. It's common to say "I act," "I see," etc., as if a person's identity is tied to their actions; however, the movements of the body's organs, being connected to the body, are just as unfeeling and impersonal as the dull body itself.
19. The part is not different from the whole, nor is the product of the one otherwise than that of the others. (As the branch and the tree are the same thing, and the fruit of the one the same as that of the other. Hence the actions of both the outward and inward organs of the body, are as passive and impersonal as the body itself).
19. The part is not different from the whole, nor is the result of one any different from the results of the others. (Just as the branch and the tree are the same thing, and the fruit from one is the same as that from the other. Therefore, the actions of both the external and internal organs of the body are as passive and impersonal as the body itself).
20. The mind moves the body as the bat drives the ball, and therefore it must be dull matter also, being apart of the material body, and differing from it in its power of volition only. (The mind is called the antah-karana or an inward organ of the material body, and also material in its nature).
20. The mind drives the body like a bat hits a ball, so it must also be made of dull matter since it's part of the physical body, only differing in its ability to make choices. (The mind is referred to as the antah-karana or an internal organ of the physical body, and it is also material in nature).
21. The determination of the mind impels the organs to their several actions, as the sling sends the pebble in any direction; and this firmness of resolution is no doubt a property of matter. (Like the solidity of current).
21. The determination of the mind drives the organs to their various actions, just like a sling launches a pebble in any direction; and this firmness of resolve is undoubtedly a characteristic of matter. (Like the solidity of current).
22. The egoism which leads the body forward in its action, is like the channel that carries the current of a stream in its onward course. This egoism also has no essence of its own and is therefore as inert and inactive as a dead body. (The ego [Sanskrit: aham] is subjective and really existent in Western philosophy). But egoism or egotism [Sanskrit: ahamkára] is the false conception of the mind as the true ego.
22. The self-interest that drives the body in its actions is like a channel that directs the flow of a stream. This self-interest also lacks its own essence and is therefore as lifeless and inactive as a dead body. (The ego [Sanskrit: aham] is subjective and genuinely existent in Western philosophy). However, self-interest or egotism [Sanskrit: ahamkára] is the mistaken belief of the mind as the true self.
23. The living principle (Jíva or zoa) is a false idea, as the phantom of a ghost; the living soul is one principle of intelligence and resides in the form of air in the heart. (That life is a produce of organism, acted by external physical stimuli).
23. The idea of a living principle (Jíva or zoa) is an illusion, like a ghost; the living soul is a single principle of intelligence that exists in the form of air within the heart. (Life is a result of the organism, influenced by external physical stimuli).
24. The life or living principle lives by another inner power, which is finer and more subtile than itself, and it is by means of this internal witness (the soul), that all things are known to[Pg 423] us, and not by means of this gross animal life. (Because there is a brute life, and a vegetable life also, which are as insensible as dull matter. Hence there is a distinct principle to direct vitality to all vital functions).
24. The life force exists through a deeper inner power, which is more refined and subtle than itself. It is through this internal witness (the soul) that we come to understand all things, not through this coarse animal existence. (There is also a basic life force, and a plant life, which are just as unconscious as inanimate matter. Therefore, there is a separate principle that governs vitality and all vital functions).
25. The living soul lives in its form of vitality, by the primordial power of the intellect, the vital soul which is misunderstood as an intelligent principle, subsists by means of this intellectual power. (Life is the tension of the power, imparted by the intellect).
25. The living soul exists in its vibrant form, relying on the primal strength of the mind. The vital soul, often mistaken for an intelligent principle, survives through this mental power. (Life is the tension of the energy provided by the mind).
26. The living soul carries with it the power, which is infused in it by the intellect; as the wind wafts in its course the fragrance of flowers, and the channel carries the current of the stream to a great distance. (Hence life also is an organism and no independent active power by itself).
26. The living soul holds the power that is instilled in it by the mind; just like the wind carries the smell of flowers as it blows, and the river carries the flow of water over great distances. (Thus, life is also an organism and not an independent active force on its own).
27. The heart which is the body or seat of the intellect, is nothing essential by itself; it is called chitta or centre for concentrating chayana of the powers of the intellect, and also the hrid or heart, for its bearing harana of these powers to the other parts of the body; and therefore it is a dull material substance. (The heart is the receiver and distributor of force to the members of the body, and therefore a mere organism of itself).
27. The heart, which is where the mind resides, isn't anything special on its own; it's called chitta or the center for focusing chayana the powers of the mind, and it's also known as hrid or heart because it carries harana of these powers to other parts of the body; therefore, it's just a basic material substance. (The heart acts as a receiver and distributor of energy to the body’s parts, so it’s really just an organism on its own).
28. All these and the living soul also, and anything that appears real or unreal, disappear in the meditation of the intellect, and are lost in it as the fire when it is immerged in water. (So the appearances at a ghata or pot and that of a pata or cloth, are lost in their substances of the clay and thread).
28. All of these, along with the living soul, and anything that seems real or unreal, vanish in the contemplation of the mind, much like fire is extinguished when submerged in water. (In the same way, the appearances of a pot and a cloth are lost in their underlying materials of clay and thread).
29. It is our intelligence Chaitanya alone, that awakens us to the knowledge of the unreality and inanity of gross material bodies. With such reflections as these, Chúdálá thought only how to gain a knowledge of the all-enlightening Intellect.
29. It is our intelligence Chaitanya that wakes us up to the understanding of the unreality and emptiness of physical bodies. With thoughts like these, Chúdálá focused solely on how to gain knowledge of the all-enlightening Intellect.
30. Long did she cogitate and ponder in this manner in herself; till at last she came to know what she sought and then exclaimed, "O! I have after long known the imperishable one, that is only to be known". (The knowledge of all things else, is as false as they are false in themselves).
30. She thought deeply about this for a long time until she finally realized what she was looking for and then exclaimed, "Oh! I have finally come to know the eternal truth, which is the only thing worth knowing." (Knowing everything else is as false as those things themselves are.)
31. No one is disappointed in knowing the knowable, and what is worth knowing; and this is the knowledge of the intellectual soul and our contemplation of it. All other knowledge of the mind, understanding and the senses and all other things, are but leading steps to that ultimate end. (The end of learning is to know God, Milton, or: nosce te ipsum; know thyself which is of the supreme self or soul).
31. No one is let down by understanding what can be understood and what is truly valuable to know; and this is the knowledge of the intellectual self and our reflection on it. All other types of knowledge—through the mind, comprehension, and the senses, as well as everything else—are merely steps leading to that ultimate goal. (The purpose of learning is to know God, Milton, or: nosce te ipsum; know yourself, which pertains to the highest self or soul).
32. All things besides are mere nullities, as a second moon in the sky; there is only one Intellect in existence, and this is called the great entity or the ens entium or the sum total of all existence.
32. Everything else is just meaningless, like a second moon in the sky; there is only one Intellect in existence, and this is referred to as the great entity or the ens entium or the total sum of all existence.
33. The one purely immaculate and holy, without an equal or personality of the form of pure intelligence, the sole existence and felicity and everlasting without decay.
33. The one completely pure and holy, without equal or any personal traits of pure intelligence, the only being that exists, filled with happiness and everlasting without decay.
34. This intellectual power is ever pure and bright, always on the zenith without its rise or fall, and is known among mankind under the appellations of Brahma—supreme soul, and other attributes. (Because beyond conception can have no designation beside what is attributed to Him).
34. This intellectual power is always pure and bright, consistently at its peak without any rise or fall, and is recognized by people as Brahma—the supreme soul—and other titles. (Because anything beyond understanding can't have a name other than what is ascribed to Him).
35. The triple appellations of the Intellect, Intelligence, and Intelligible, are not exactly definitive of His nature; because He is the cause of these faculties, and witness of the functions of Intellections.
35. The three terms Intellect, Intelligence, and Intelligible don’t completely define His nature because He is the source of these abilities and a witness to the functions of understanding.
36. This unthinkable intellect which is in me, is the exact and undecaying ectype of the supreme intellect; and evolves itself in the different forms of the mind, and the senses of perception.
36. This unimaginable intellect within me is the exact and everlasting copy of the supreme intellect; and it expresses itself through the various forms of the mind and the senses of perception.
37. The intellect involves in itself the various forms of things in the world, as the sea rolls and unrolls the waves in its bosom. (The intellect either means the Divine intellect, or it is the subjective view of the intellect, as evolving the objective world from itself).
37. The intellect contains within itself the different forms of things in the world, just as the sea rolls and unrolls the waves in its depths. (The intellect may refer to the Divine intellect, or it can be the subjective perspective of the intellect, as it develops the objective world from itself).
38. This world is verily the semblance of that great intellect, which is like the pure crystal stone and is manifest in this form. (The world reflects the image of the intellect, which again reflects the image of the mundane world, the one in the form[Pg 425] of its visible appearance múrta; and the other, in its invisible form amúrta. Gloss).
38. This world is truly a reflection of that great intellect, which is like a pure crystal and is expressed in this form. (The world mirrors the image of the intellect, which in turn mirrors the image of the everyday world, one in its visible form [Pg 425] known as múrta; and the other, in its invisible form amúrta. Gloss).
39. The same power is manifest in the form of the world, which has no separate existence except in the mind of the ignorant; because it is impossible for any other thing to exist except the self-existing one.
39. The same power shows up as the world, which doesn't truly exist outside of the mind of those who are unaware; because nothing else can exist aside from the self-existing one.
40. As it is the gold which represents the various forms of jewels, so the intellect represents everything in the world as it sees in itself. (The Divine is the source and store house of all figures and forms).
40. Just as gold symbolizes the different types of jewels, the intellect represents everything in the world as it perceives within itself. (The Divine is the source and reservoir of all shapes and forms).
41. As it is the thought of fluidity in the mind, that causes us to perceive the wave in the water, whether it really exists or not (as in our dream or magic); so is the thought in the Divine mind, which shows the picture of the world, whether it is in being or in not esse.
41. Just as the thought of fluidity in our minds makes us perceive waves in the water, regardless of whether they actually exist (like in our dreams or magic), the thought in the Divine mind creates the image of the world, whether it actually exists or not esse.
42. And as the divine soul appears as the wave of the sea, from its thought of fluidity; so am I the same intellect without any personality of myself. (Because the one impersonal soul pervades everywhere).
42. Just as the divine soul shows up like a wave in the sea, due to its nature of being fluid; I too am that same intellect without any personal identity. (Because the one impersonal soul exists everywhere).
43. This soul has neither its birth nor death, nor has it a good or bad future state (Heaven or Hell); it has no destruction at any time; because it is of the form of the various intellect, which is indestructible in its nature.
43. This soul has no birth or death, nor does it have a good or bad future (Heaven or Hell); it is never destroyed at any time because it is made up of the various forms of intellect, which is inherently indestructible.
44. It is not to be broken or burnt (i.e. though every where, yet it is an entire whole, and though full of light; yet it is not inflammable); and it is the unclouded luminary of the intellect. By meditating on the soul in this manner, I am quite at rest and peace.
44. It should neither be broken nor burned (i.e., although present everywhere, it is a complete whole, and though full of light, it is not flammable); and it is the clear source of the intellect. By reflecting on the soul this way, I feel completely at peace.
45. I live free from error and rest as calm as the untroubled ocean; and meditate on the invisible one, who is quite clear to me, as the unborn, undecaying and infinite soul of all.
45. I live without mistakes and stay as calm as the peaceful ocean; I reflect on the unseen one, who is very clear to me, like the eternal, unchanging, and limitless spirit of everything.
46. It is the vacuous soul, unrestricted by time or place, immaculate by any figure or form, eternal and transcending our thought and knowledge. It is the infinite void, and all attempts to grasp it, are as vain as to grasp the empty air in the hand.
46. It is the empty soul, unbound by time or space, pure from any shape or form, eternal and beyond our thoughts and understanding. It is the infinite void, and all attempts to grasp it are as pointless as trying to hold the empty air in your hand.
47. This soul pervades equally over all the Sura as well as the Asura races of the earth; but is none of those artificial forms, in which the people represent it in their images of clay, likening the dolls of children.
47. This soul is present equally in all the Sura and Asura races of the earth; however, it is not any of those artificial forms that people create in their clay images, comparing them to children's dolls.
48. The essences of both the viewer and the view (i.e. of both the subjective and the objective), reside at once in the unity of the intellect; though men are apt to make the distinctions of unity and duality, and of the ego and non ego through their error only.
48. The essences of both the viewer and the view (i.e. of both the subjective and the objective) exist together in the unity of the intellect; however, people tend to create distinctions between unity and duality, and between the self and the non-self, due to their own misconceptions.
49. But what error or delusion is there, and how, when and whence can it overtake me, when I have attained my truly spiritual and immortal form, and seated in my easy and quiet state. (This is calmness of the soul attending the thought of one's immortality begun in this life).
49. But what mistake or illusion could there be, and when, how, and from where could it catch up to me, when I have reached my genuinely spiritual and immortal state, and am settled in my comfortable and peaceful existence? (This is the tranquility of the soul that comes from contemplating one's immortality, starting in this life).
50. I am absorbed and extinct in eternity, and all my cares are extinct with my own extinction in it. My soul is in its entranced state between sensibility and insensibility, and feels what is reflected upon it. (i.e. the inspiration which is communicated to the ravished soul).
50. I am completely immersed and gone in eternity, and all my worries vanish along with my own disappearance into it. My soul is in a trance, caught between feeling and numbness, and it senses what is mirrored back at it. (i.e. the inspiration that is shared with the captivated soul).
51. The soul settled in the great intellect of God, and shining with the light of the supreme soul, as the sky is illumed by the luminary of the day. There is no thought of this or that or even of one's self or that of any other being or not being; all is calm and quiet and having no object in view, except the one transcendent spirit.
51. The soul found its place in the immense mind of God, radiating with the light of the ultimate soul, just like the sky is lit up by the sun. There are no thoughts of this or that, or even of oneself or any other being, whether existing or not; everything is serene and still, with no aim in sight, except for the one transcendent spirit.
52. With these excogitations, she remained as calm and quiet as a white cloudy spot in the autumnal sky; her soul was awake to the inspiration of Divine truth, but her mind was cold to the feelings of love and fear, of pride and pleasure, and quite insusceptible of delusion.
52. With these thoughts, she stayed as calm and still as a white cloud in the autumn sky; her spirit was open to the inspiration of Divine truth, but her mind was indifferent to feelings of love and fear, pride and pleasure, and completely immune to deception.
CHAPTER LXXIX.
Princess coming to the sight of the supreme soul.
Princess approaching the presence of the supreme soul.
Argument:—The prince's wonder of the sight of the princess, and her relation of her Abstract meditation.
Argument:—The prince's surprise at seeing the princess and her sharing of her profound thoughts.
VASISHTHA continued:—Thus did the princess live day by day in the rapture of her soul; and with her views concentrated within herself, she lived as in her own and proper element.
VASISHTHA continued:—So the princess lived each day in deep joy; with her thoughts focused inward, she existed in her own true environment.
2. She had no passion nor affection, nor any discord nor desire in her heart; she neither coveted nor hated anything, and was indifferent to all; but persistent in her course, and vigilant in her pursuit (after her self perfection).
2. She had no passion or affection, no conflicts or desires in her heart; she neither wanted nor hated anything, and was indifferent to everything; but she remained determined in her path and watchful in her quest for self-improvement.
3. She had got over the wide gulf of the world, and freed herself from the entangling snare of doubts (and the horns of dilemmas); she had gained the great good of knowing the supreme soul, which filled her inward soul.
3. She had crossed the vast divide of the world and freed herself from the confusing trap of doubts (and the pressures of dilemmas); she had achieved the incredible benefit of knowing the supreme soul, which filled her inner self.
4. She found her rest in God after her weariness of the world, and in her state of perfect bliss and felicity; and her name sounded in the lips of all men, as the model of incomparable perfection.
4. She found her peace in God after being tired of the world, and in her state of complete happiness and joy; and her name was on everyone's lips as the example of unmatched perfection.
5. Thus this lady—the princess Chúdálá, became in a short time, acquainted with the true God (lit. knowing the knowable one), by the earnestness of her inquiry.
5. So, this lady—the princess Chúdálá—quickly got to know the true God (literally, the one who can be known) because of her genuine curiosity.
6. The errors of the world subside in the same manner, under the knowledge of truth, as they rise in the human mind by its addictedness to worldliness. (The world is an abode of errors and illusion. Persian Proverb).
6. The mistakes of the world fade away in the same way they emerge in the human mind due to its attachment to worldly things. (The world is a place of mistakes and illusions. Persian Proverb).
7. After she had found her repose in that state of perfect blessedness, wherein the sight of all things is lost in its dazzling blaze, she appeared as bright as a fragment of autumnal cloud, that is ever steady in its place.
7. After she found peace in that state of perfect happiness, where the sight of everything is lost in its brilliant glow, she looked as bright as a piece of an autumn cloud, always steady in its spot.
8. Apart from and irrelated with all, she continued in the meditation of the spirit in her own spirit, as the aged bull[Pg 428] remained careless on the mountain top, where he happened to find a verdant meadow for his pasture.
8. Besides everything else, she kept reflecting in her own mind, just like the old bull[Pg 428] stayed unconcerned on the mountaintop, where he discovered a lush meadow to graze in.
9. By her constant habit of loneliness, and the elevation of her soul in her solitude, she became as fresh as the new grown plant, with her blooming face shining as the new blown flower.
9. Through her constant habit of being alone and the way her spirit soared in solitude, she became as fresh as a newly sprouted plant, with her glowing face shining like a newly bloomed flower.
10. It happened to pass at one time, that the prince Sikhidhwaja came in sight of the unblamable beauty, and being struck with wonder at seeing her unusual gracefulness of her person, he addressed her saying:—
10. At one point, Prince Sikhidhwaja came across the faultless beauty and, amazed by her extraordinary gracefulness, he spoke to her:—
11. How is it, my dear one, that you are again your youthful bloom like the flowery plant of the vernal season; you appear more brilliant than the lightsome world under the bright beams of full moon.
11. How is it, my dear, that you once again look so youthful and vibrant like a blooming flower in spring? You shine even brighter than the cheerful world illuminated by the full moon.
12. You shine more brightly, my beloved, than one drinking the ambrosia or elixir of life, and as one obtaining the object of her desire, and filled with perfect delight in herself.
12. You shine brighter, my love, than someone drinking ambrosia or the elixir of life, and like someone who has achieved what she desires, completely fulfilled and joyful in herself.
13. You seem quite satisfied and lovely with your graceful person, and surpass the bright moon in the beauty of thy body; methinks you are approaching to me as when the Goddess of love or Laxmí draws near her favourite Káma.
13. You look so happy and beautiful with your graceful presence, even more beautiful than the bright moon; it seems like you're coming toward me like the Goddess of love or Laxmí does when she approaches her favorite Káma.
14. I see thy mind disdaining all enjoyments and is parsimonious of its pleasures; it is tranquil and cool, and elated with spiritual ardour, and is as deep as it is tranquil in its nature.
14. I see your mind rejecting all pleasures and being stingy with its enjoyment; it is calm and cool, filled with spiritual passion, and is as profound as it is peaceful in its nature.
15. I see thy mind spurning the three worlds as if they were straws before it, and tasted all their sweets to its full satisfaction; it is above the endless broils of the world, and is quite charming in itself.
15. I see your mind rejecting the three worlds like they were nothing, having savored all their pleasures to complete satisfaction; it is above the endless struggles of the world and is quite delightful in itself.
16. O fortunate princess, there are no such gratifications in the enjoyment of earthly possessions, which may equal the spiritual joy of thy tranquil mind. The one is as dry as the dryness of the sandy desert, compared with the refreshing water of the milky ocean.
16. O lucky princess, there’s no pleasure in material possessions that can match the spiritual joy of your calm mind. One is as barren as a dry desert compared to the refreshing waters of the milky ocean.
17. Being born with thy tender limbs resembling the tendrils of young plantains, and the soft shoots of lotus stalks,[Pg 429] thou seemest now to have grown strong and stout in thy frame of body and mind. (It is the spirit and spiritual power that strengthens both the body and mind).
17. Being born with your delicate limbs resembling the tendrils of young plantains and the soft shoots of lotus stalks,[Pg 429] you now seem to have grown strong and sturdy in both body and mind. (It is the spirit and spiritual power that strengthens both the body and mind).
18. With the same features and figure of thy body as before, thou hast became as another being, like a plant growing up to a tree, under the influence of the revolving seasons.
18. With the same features and shape of your body as before, you have become like a different being, similar to a plant growing into a tree, under the influence of the changing seasons.
19. Tell me, whether thou hast drunk the ambrosial draught of the Gods, or obtained thy sovereignty over an empire; or whether thou hast gained thy immorality by drinking the elixir of life, or by means of thy practice of yoga meditation in either of its forms of Hatha or Rája yoga.
19. Tell me, have you drunk the divine drink of the Gods, or gained your rule over an empire; or have you achieved immortality by drinking the elixir of life, or through your practice of yoga meditation in either of its forms, Hatha or Rája yoga?
20. Hast thou got a Kingdom or found out the philosopher's stone (which converts everything to gold); hast thou gained aught that is more precious than the three worlds, or that thou hast obtained, O my blue eyed lady! something that is not attainable to mankind.
20. Have you gotten a kingdom or discovered the philosopher's stone (which turns everything to gold); have you gained anything more valuable than the three worlds, or have you, O my blue-eyed lady! found something that is unattainable for mankind?
21. Chúdálá responded:—I have not lost my former form, nor am I changed to a new one to come before thee at present; but am as ever thy fortunate lady and wife. (There is a far fetched meaning of this passage given in the gloss).
21. Chúdálá replied, "I haven't lost my old form, nor am I taking on a new one to appear before you now; I'm still your lucky lady and wife." (There is a complicated interpretation of this passage provided in the notes).
22. I have forsaken all that is untrue and unreal, and have laid hold of what is true and real; and it is thus that I remain thy fortunate consort as ever before.
22. I have given up everything that is false and fake, and I have embraced what is true and real; this is how I continue to be your lucky partner as always.
23. I have come to know whatever is something, as also all that which is nothing at all; and how all these nothings come to appearance, and ultimately disappear into nothing, and it is thus that I remain thy fortunate lady as ever.
23. I've come to understand everything that exists and all that doesn't; how all these things that aren't real come into view and eventually fade away into nothingness, and it's because of this that I continue to be your fortunate lady as always.
24. I am as content with my enjoyments as I am without them, as also with those that are long past and gone away; I am never delighted nor irritated at anything whether good or bad, but preserve my equanimity at all events and thus I remain for ever thy fortunate consort.
24. I'm as happy with my pleasures as I am without them, and just as content with those that are long gone. I’m never thrilled or upset by anything, whether it’s good or bad; I keep my calm no matter what, and because of this, I’ll always be your lucky partner.
25. I delight only in one vacuous entity, that has taken possession of my heart, and I take no pleasure in the royal gardens and sports, and thence I am thy fortunate princess as ever.
25. I only find joy in one empty thing that has captured my heart, and I have no interest in the royal gardens or activities, and because of this, I remain your lucky princess as always.
26. I rely constantly in myself (or soul) only, whether when sitting on my seat or walking about in the royal gardens or palaces; I am not fond of enjoyments nor ashamed at their want, and in this manner I continue thy fortunate wife as ever.
26. I always depend on myself (or my soul), whether I'm sitting in my chair or walking around the royal gardens or palaces; I'm not into pleasures nor do I feel embarrassed by not having them, and this is how I remain your fortunate wife as always.
27. I think myself as the sovereign of the world, and having no form of my own; thus I am delighted in myself, and appear as thy fortunate and beauteous lady.
27. I see myself as the ruler of the world, without having any shape of my own; therefore, I take pleasure in myself, and I come across as your lucky and beautiful lady.
28. I am this and not this likewise, I am the reality yet nothing real of any kind; I am the ego and no ego myself, I am the all and nothing in particular, and thus I remain your charming lady.
28. I am this and not this; I am the reality yet nothing real at all; I am the ego and no ego, I am everything and nothing specific, and so I remain your charming lady.
29. I neither wish for pleasure nor fear any pain, I covet no riches nor hail poverty; I am constant with what I get (knowing my god is the great giver of all), and hence I seem so very gladsome to thee.
29. I don’t seek pleasure or dread pain, I don’t desire wealth nor do I dread poverty; I’m content with what I have (knowing my God is the generous source of everything), and that’s why I seem so happy to you.
30. I disport in the company of my associates, who have governed their passions by the light of knowledge, and by the directions of the sástras, and therefore I seem so very pleasing to thee.
30. I enjoy spending time with my friends, who have controlled their desires through knowledge and the guidance of the sástras, which is why I seem so appealing to you.
31. I know, my lord, that all that I see by the light of my eyes, or perceive by my senses, or conceive in my mind, to be nothing in reality; I therefore see something within myself, which is beyond the perception of the sensible organs, and the conception of the mind; and this bright vision of the spirit, hath made me appear so very brightsome to thy sight.
31. I know, my lord, that everything I see with my eyes, or sense in any way, or think in my mind, isn’t real. So, I sense something within myself that goes beyond what my senses can perceive and what my mind can conceive; and this clear vision of my spirit has made me seem so very bright to you.
CHAPTER LXXX.
Display of the Quintuple Elements.
Showcase of the Five Elements.
Argument:—Description of the five siddhis or modes of consummation.
Argument:—An explanation of the five siddhis or modes of achievement.
VASISHTHA related:—Hearing these words of the beauteous lady, her husband had not the wit to dive into the meaning of what she said, or to understand what she meant by her reliance in the soul, but jestingly told to her.
VASISHTHA related:—Hearing the words of the beautiful lady, her husband didn't have the insight to grasp the meaning of what she said or to understand what she meant by her faith in the soul, but playfully responded to her.
2. Sikhidhwaja said:—How incongruous is thy speech, and how unbecoming it is to thy age, that being but a girl you speak of great things, go on indulging your regal pleasures and sports as you do in your royal state.
2. Sikhidhwaja said:—How strange is what you’re saying, and how unfit it is for someone your age, that as just a girl you talk about significant matters while continuing to enjoy your royal pleasures and activities as you do in your kingdom.
3. Leaving all things you live in the meditation of a nothing (i.e. leaving all formal worship, you adore a formless Deity); and if you have all what is real to sense, how is it possible for you to be so graceful with an unreal nothing? (Nothing is nothing, and can effect nothing).
3. Leaving behind everything as you meditate on a nothing (i.e. leaving all formal worship, you worship a formless Deity); and if you have everything that is real to sense, how can you be so full of grace with something that is unreal? (Nothing is nothing, and can achieve nothing).
4. Whoso abandons the enjoyments of life, by saying he can do without them; is like an angry man refraining from his food and rest for a while, and then weakens himself in his hunger and restlessness, and can never retain the gracefulness of his person.
4. Whoever gives up the pleasures of life, claiming that they can live without them, is like an angry person who stops eating and resting for a while, only to weaken themselves with hunger and restlessness, losing the elegance of their being.
5. He who abstains from pleasures and enjoyments, and subsists upon empty air, is as a ghost devoid of a material form and figure, and lives a bodiless shadow in the sky.
5. Someone who avoids pleasures and fun, and survives on nothing but air, is like a ghost without a physical form, living as a formless shadow in the sky.
6. He that abandons his food and raiment, his bedstead and sleep, and all things besides; and remains devoutly reclined in one soul only, cannot possibly preserve the calmness of his person. (The yogis are emaciated in their bodies, and never look so fresh and plump as the princess).
6. Someone who gives up their food and clothes, their bed and sleep, and everything else, and stays devotedly focused on just one thing, can't possibly keep their peace of mind. (The yogis are thin and never look as fresh and healthy as the princess).
7. That I am not the body nor bodiless, that I am nothing yet everything; are words so contradictory, that they bespeak no sane understanding.
7. I am neither my body nor just a spirit; I am nothing yet everything. These words are so contradictory that they defy any rational understanding.
8. Again the saying, that I do not see what I see, but see something that is quite unseen; is so very inconsistent in itself, that it indicates no sanity of the mind.
8. Once again, the saying that I do not see what I see, but see something completely unseen is so inconsistent within itself that it shows a lack of sanity in the mind.
9. From these I find thee an ignorant and unsteady lass still, and my frolicsome playmate as before; it is by way of jest that I speak so to you, as you jestingly said these things to me.
9. From these, I see that you’re still an ignorant and unpredictable girl, just like my fun-loving playmate as before; I'm joking when I say this, just as you joked when you said these things to me.
10. The prince finished his speech with a loud laughter, and finding it was the noon time of going to bath, he rose up and left the apartment of his lady.
10. The prince ended his speech with a hearty laugh, and realizing it was time for his noon bath, he got up and left his lady’s room.
11. At this the princess thought with regret in herself and said, O fie! that the prince has quite misunderstood my meaning, and has not understood what I meant to say by my rest in the spirit, she then turned to her usual duties of the day.
11. At this, the princess felt a sense of regret and thought to herself, "Oh no! The prince completely misunderstood what I meant, and he didn’t get what I was trying to convey by my moment of reflection." She then returned to her usual duties for the day.
12. Since then the happy princess continued in her silent meditation in her retired seclusion, but passed her time in the company of the prince in the enjoyments of their royal sports and amusements.
12. Since then, the happy princess kept silently reflecting in her private retreat but spent her time enjoying the company of the prince in their royal games and entertainment.
13. It came to pass one day, that the self-satisfied princess pondered in her mind, upon the method of flying in the air; and though she was void of every desire in her heart, wished to soar into the sky on an aerial journey.
13. One day, the overly pleased princess thought about how to fly in the air; and even though she didn’t really want anything in her heart, she wished to take off into the sky on an adventure.
14. She then retired to a secluded spot, and there continued to contemplate about her aerial journey by abstaining from her food, and shunning the society of her comrades and companions. (During the absence of the prince from home. Gloss).
14. She then went to a quiet place and continued to think about her flight by not eating and avoiding the company of her friends and companions. (During the prince's absence from home. Gloss).
15. She sat alone in her retirement keeping her body steadily on her seat, and restraining her upheaving breath in the midst of her eye-brows (this is called the Khecharí mudrá or the posture of aerial journey).
15. She sat by herself in her retirement, keeping her body steady in her seat and controlling her heavy breathing between her eyebrows (this is called the Khecharí mudrá or the posture of aerial journey).
16. Ráma asked:—All motions of bodies in this world whether of moving or unmoving things, are seen to take place by means of the action of their bodies and the impulse of their breathing; how is it possible then to rise upwards by restraint of both of them at once?
16. Ráma asked: —All movements of objects in this world, whether they are moving or still, seem to happen through the action of their bodies and their breathing; how can one then rise upwards by stopping both at the same time?
17. Tell me sir; by what exercise of breathing or the force of oscillation, one attempts the power of volitation; and in consequence of which he is enabled to make his aerial journey (as an aeronaut).
17. Tell me, sir; what technique of breathing or the power of movement allows someone to fly? As a result of this, they can embark on their journey through the air (like an aeronaut).
18. Tell me how the adept in spirituality or yoga philosophy, succeeds to attend his consummation in this respect, and what processes he resorts to obtain this end of his arduous practice.
18. Tell me how someone skilled in spirituality or yoga philosophy achieves their ultimate success in this area, and what methods they use to reach this goal through their challenging practice.
19. Vasishtha replied:—There are three ways, Ráma, of attaining the end of one's object, namely; the upádeya or effort for obtaining the object of pursuit; second, heya or disdain or detestation of the thing sought for; and the third is upeksha or indifference to the object of desire. (These technical terms answer the words positive, negative and neutrality in western terminology, all which answer the same end; such as the having, not having of and unconcernedness about a thing, are attended with the same result of rest and content to everybody).
19. Vasishtha replied:—There are three ways, Rama, to achieve your goals: first, upádeya or the effort to obtain what you're pursuing; second, heya or the rejection or dislike of what you’re seeking; and third, upeksha or indifference to the desire. (These technical terms correspond to the concepts of positive, negative, and neutrality in Western terminology, all of which lead to the same outcome; having, not having, or being unconcerned about something all result in the same sense of peace and satisfaction for everyone).
20. The first or attainment of the desirable upádeya, is secured by employing the means for its success, the second heya or detestation hates and slights the thing altogether; and the third or indifference is the intermediate way between the two (in which one is equally pleased with its gain or loss. It is a curious dogma, that the positive, negative and the intermediate tend all to the same end).
20. The first, or achievement of the desirable upádeya, is achieved by using the right methods for its success; the second, heya or rejection, completely dislikes and dismisses the thing; and the third, or indifference, is the middle ground between the two (where one feels neither strong pleasure nor strong displeasure with its gain or loss. It’s an interesting dogma that the positive, negative, and intermediate all lead to the same outcome).
21. Whatever is pleasable is sought after by all good people, and anything that is contrary to this (i.e. painful), is avoided by every one; and the intermediate one is neither sought nor shunned by any body. (Pleasure is either immediate or mediate, as also that which keeps or wards off pain at present or in future).
21. Everyone seeks what brings them pleasure, while anything that causes pain is avoided by all; the things in between are neither pursued nor avoided by anyone. (Pleasure can be immediate or delayed, as can the things that prevent or relieve pain now or in the future).
22. But no sooner doth the intelligent, learned devotee, come to the knowledge of his soul and become spiritualized in himself, than all these three states vanished from his sight, and he feels them all the same to him.
22. But as soon as the knowledgeable, learned devotee comes to understand his soul and becomes spiritualized within himself, all three of these states disappear from his view, and he perceives them as the same to him.
23. As he comes to see these worlds full with the presence of God, and his intellect takes its delight in this thought, he[Pg 434] then remains in the midmost state of indifference or loses sight of that also.
23. As he observes these worlds filled with the presence of God, and his mind finds joy in this idea, he[Pg 434] then stays in a state of indifference or loses focus on that as well.
24. All wise men remain in the course of neutrality (knowing that an eternal fate overrules all human endeavours), which the ignorant are in eager pursuit of their objects in vain, but the dispassionate and recluse shun every thing (finding the same satisfaction in having of a thing as in its want). Hear me now tell you the ways to consummation.
24. All wise people stay neutral (understanding that a greater fate governs all human efforts), while the ignorant chase their desires in vain. Meanwhile, the calm and detached avoid everything (finding equal satisfaction in having something as in not having it). Now, listen as I share the paths to fulfillment.
25. All success is obtained in course of proper time, place, action and its instruments (called the quadruple instrumentalities to success); and this gladdens the hearts of a person, as the vernal season renovates the earth.
25. All success comes from the right timing, location, actions, and tools (known as the four key factors for success); and this brings joy to a person, just like spring revitalizes the earth.
26. Among these four, preference is given to actions, because it is of highest importance in the bringing about of consummation. (The place of success siddhi is a holy spot, its time—a happy conjunction of planets and events, action is the intensity of practice, and its instruments are yoga, yantra, tantra, mantra, japa &c.).
26. Among these four, actions are preferred because they are the most important for achieving success. (The place of success siddhi is a sacred space, the timing—a fortunate alignment of planets and events; action is the heart of practice, and its tools are yoga, yantra, tantra, mantra, japa, etc.).
27. There are many instruments of aerostation, such as the use of Gutika pills, application of collyrium, the wielding of sword and the like; but all these are attended with many evils, which are prejudicial to holiness.
27. There are many tools for ballooning, like using Gutika pills, applying eye drops, handling swords, and similar things; but all of these come with a lot of problems that are harmful to purity.
28. There are some gems and drugs, as also some mantras or mystic syllables, and likewise some charms and formulas prescribed for this purpose; but these being fully explained, will be found prejudicial to holy yoga. (These magical practices and artifices are violations of the rules of righteousness).
28. There are some gems and drugs, as well as some mantras or mystical syllables, and also some charms and formulas suggested for this purpose; however, when fully explained, these will be found harmful to holy yoga. (These magical practices and tricks go against the rules of righteousness).
29. The mount Meru and Himálaya, and some sacred spots and holy places, are mentioned as the seats of divine inspiration; but a full description of them, will tend to the violation of holy meditation or yoga. (Because all these places are full of false yogis, who practice many fulsome arts for their gain).
29. Mount Meru and the Himalayas, along with some sacred sites and holy places, are noted as sources of divine inspiration; however, a complete description of them might distract from true meditation or yoga. (These places are crowded with fake yogis, who exploit various deceitful practices for personal gain).
30. Therefore hear me now relate unto you, something regarding the practice of restraining the breath, which is attended with its consequence of consummation; and is related with the narrative of Sikhidhwaja, and is the subject of the[Pg 435] present discourse. (Here Vasishtha treats of the efficacy of the regulation of breath towards the attaining of consummation for satisfaction of Ráma, in disregard of false and artificial practices).
30. So listen as I share something with you about the practice of breath control, which has its own consequences of fulfillment; this ties into the story of Sikhidhwaja and is the topic of the[Pg 435] current discussion. (Here Vasishtha discusses how breath regulation can lead to fulfillment in order to satisfy Ráma, ignoring fake and superficial practices).
31. It is by driving away all desires from the heart, beside the only object in view, and by contracting all the orifices of the body; as also by keeping the stature, the head and neck erect, that one should attend the practices enjoined by the yoga sástra (namely: fixing the sight on the top of the nose and concentrating it between the eye-brows and the like).
31. One should eliminate all desires from the heart, focusing solely on the main goal, and also tighten all the openings of the body. Additionally, it's important to keep the body upright, with the head and neck straight, while following the practices outlined in the yoga scriptures (such as fixing your gaze on the tip of the nose and concentrating between the eyebrows, among others).
32. Moreover it is by the habit of taking pure food and sitting on clean seats, that one should ponder into the deep sense and sayings of the sástras, and continue in the course of good manners and right conduct in the society of the virtues, by refraining from worldliness and all earthly connections.
32. Furthermore, it's through the practice of eating wholesome food and sitting on clean surfaces that one should reflect on the deeper meanings and teachings of the scriptures, and continue to practice good manners and right behavior among virtuous company, by avoiding materialism and all earthly ties.
33. It is also by refraining from anger and avarice, and abstaining from improper food and enjoyments, that one must be accustomed to constrain his breathings in the course of a long time.
33. One should also learn to control their breathing over time by avoiding anger and greed, and by staying away from unhealthy food and indulgences.
34. The wise man that knows the truth, and has his command over his triple breathings of inspiration, expiration and retention (púraka, rechaka and kumbhaka), has all his actions under his control, as a master has all his servants under his complete subjection. (because breath is life, and the life has command over all the bodily actions, as well as mental operations of a person).
34. The wise person who understands the truth and can control their three types of breathing—inhale, exhale, and hold—has complete control over their actions, just like a master has total authority over their servants. (Because breath is life, and life governs all physical actions and mental processes of a person.)
35. Know Ráma, that all the well being of a man being under the command of his vital breath; it is equally possible for every one, both to gain his sovereignty on earth, as also to secure his liberation for the future by means of his breath. (So says the proverb, "as long as there is breath, there every hope with it" [Sanskrit: yábat shusah tábat áshah] So in Hindi:—jan hai to Jehan hai i.e. the life is all in all &c. So it is said in regard to the kumbhaka or retentive breath, "repress your breath and you repress all," because every action is done by the repression of the breath).
35. Understand, Rama, that a person's well-being lies in the control of their breath. It's possible for anyone to achieve their goals in life and secure their future freedom through breath. (As the saying goes, "as long as there is breath, there is hope" [Sanskrit: yábat shusah tábat áshah]. In Hindi:—jan hai to Jehan hai i.e. life is everything, etc. Regarding kumbhaka or breath retention, it's said, "hold your breath and you hold everything," because every action is accomplished by controlling the breath).
36. The breath circulates through the inner lung of the breast, which encircles the entrails (antra) of the whole inner frame; it supplies all the arteries with life, and is joined to by all the intestines in the body as if they to that common channel.
36. The breath flows through the inner lung of the chest, surrounding the organs of the entire inner structure; it gives life to all the arteries and connects to all the intestines in the body as though they all lead to that common pathway.
37. There is the curved artery resembling the disc at the top of lute, and the eddy of waters in the sea; it likens the curved half of the letter Om, and is situated as a cypher or circlet in the base or lower most gland. (It is called the kundaliní or kula kundaliní nárhí in the original).
37. There is the curved artery that looks like the disc at the top of a lute, and the swirl of water in the sea; it resembles the curved half of the letter Om, and is located like a cipher or circle in the base or lowest gland. (It is called the kundaliní or kula kundaliní nárhí in the original).
38. It is deep seated at the base of the bodies of the Gods and demi Gods, of men and beasts, of fishes and fowls, of insects and worms, and of all aquatic molluscs and animals at large.
38. It is deeply rooted at the base of the bodies of the Gods and demigods, of humans and animals, of fish and birds, of insects and worms, and of all aquatic mollusks and creatures in general.
39. It continues curved and curbed in the form of a folded snake in winter, until it unfolds its twisted form under the summer heat (or the intestinal heat of its hunger Jatharágní), and lifts its hood likening the disk of the moon. (The moon in the yoga sástra, means the loti-form gland under the upper most crown of the head).
39. It stays bent and coiled like a folded snake in winter, until it straightens out its twisted shape in the summer heat (or the intense heat of its hunger Jatharágní), and raises its hood like the disk of the moon. (In yoga philosophy, the moon represents the lotus-shaped gland under the top of the head).
40. It extends from the lower base, and passing through the cavity of the heart, touches the holes between the eye brows; and remains in its continued vibration by the wind of the breath.
40. It stretches from the lower base and goes through the heart's cavity, touching the spaces between the eyebrows; and it continues to vibrate due to the breath's wind.
41. In the midst of that curvilineal artery (kundaliní nárhí), there dwells a mighty power like the pith within the soft cell of the plantain tree, which is continually vibrating, like thrilling wires of the Indian lute (or as the pendulum of a machine).
41. In the middle of that curved artery (kundalini nárhí), there exists a powerful energy like the core inside the soft tissue of a banana tree, which is constantly vibrating, like the strings of an Indian lute or the pendulum of a machine.
42. This is called the curvilineal artery (kundaliní) on account of its curviform shape, and the power residing in it is that prime mobile force, which sets to motion all the parts and powers of the animal body.
42. This is called the curvilineal artery (kundaliní) because of its curved shape, and the power it holds is that primary driving force that activates all the parts and energies of the living body.
43. It is incessantly breathing like hissing of an infuriate snake and with its open mouths, it keeps continually blowing upwards, in order to give force to all the organs.
43. It keeps breathing nonstop, like the hissing of an angry snake, and with its open mouths, it constantly blows upwards to power all the organs.
44. When the vital breath enters into the heart, and is drawn in by the curved Kundaliní; it then produces the consciousness of the mind, which is the ground of the seeds of all its faculties.
44. When the vital energy enters the heart and is absorbed by the curved Kundaliní, it creates the awareness of the mind, which serves as the foundation for all its abilities.
45. As the Kundaliní thrills in the body, in the manner of a bee fluttering over a flower; so doth our consciousness throb in the mind, and has the perception of the nice and delicate sensations. (Such as the lungs and arteries receive the crude food and drink; so doth our consciousness perceive their various tastes and flavour).
45. As the Kundaliní buzzes in the body like a bee hovering over a flower, our consciousness pulses in the mind, experiencing subtle and delicate sensations. (Just as the lungs and arteries take in basic food and drink, our consciousness detects their different tastes and flavors).
46. The Kundaliní artery stirs as quickly to grasp its gross objects, as our consciousness is roused at the perception of the object of the finer senses of sight &c. These come in contact with one another, as an instrument lays hold of some material.
46. The Kundaliní energy stirs just as quickly to engage with its tangible objects as our awareness is activated when we perceive what our finer senses, like sight, encounter. These interact with each other, similar to how a tool grabs hold of something physical.
47. All the veins in the body are connected with this grand artery, and flow together like so many cellular vessels into the cavity of the heart, where they rise and fall like rivers in the sea. (It shows the concentration of blood in the heart by all the veins and arteries, and its distribution to them in perpetual succession, to have been long known to the sages of India, before its discovery by Harvey in Europe).
47. All the veins in the body are connected to this major artery, and they flow together like many tiny vessels into the heart, where they rise and fall like rivers in the sea. (The way blood collects in the heart from all the veins and arteries and is continuously distributed to them was long known to the sages of India, before Harvey discovered it in Europe).
48. From the continued rise and fall (or heaving and sinking) of this artery, it is said to be the common root or source of all the sensations and perceptions in the consciousness. (It rises and falls with the inhaling and exhaling breaths up to the pericranium and thence down to the fundament).
48. From the ongoing rise and fall (or heaving and sinking) of this artery, it is said to be the common root or source of all sensations and perceptions in consciousness. (It rises and falls with each inhalation and exhalation, reaching up to the pericranium and then down to the fundament).
49. Ráma regained:—How is it sir, that our consciousness coming from the infinite intellect at all times and places, is confined like a minute particle of matter, in the cellular vessel of the curved Kundaliní artery, and there it rises and falls by turns.
49. Ráma regained:—How is it, sir, that our consciousness, which comes from the infinite intellect at all times and places, is restricted, like a tiny particle of matter, in the curved Kundaliní artery, and there it rises and falls alternately?
50. Vasishtha replied:—It is true, O sinless Ráma, that consciousness is the property of the infinite intellect, and is always present in all places and things with the all pervading intellect; yet it is sometimes compressed in the form of a minute atom of matter in material and finite bodies.
50. Vasishtha replied:—It's true, O sinless Ráma, that consciousness is a characteristic of the infinite intellect and is always present everywhere and in everything due to the all-pervasive intellect; however, it can sometimes be condensed into a tiny particle of matter within material and finite bodies.
51. The consciousness of the infinite intellect, is of course as infinite as infinity itself; but being confined in corporeal bodies, it is fused as a fluid to diffuse over a small space. So the sunshine that lightens the universe, appears to flush over a wall or any circumscribed place. (Such as human consciousness, which is but a flush of the Divine omniscience).
51. The awareness of the infinite mind is, of course, as limitless as infinity itself; but since it is trapped in physical bodies, it spreads out like a fluid over a small area. Just like sunlight that brightens the universe, it seems to spread over a wall or any defined space. (This is similar to human consciousness, which is merely a glimpse of the Divine all-knowingness).
52. In some bodies it is altogether lost, as in mineral substances which are unconscious of their own existence; and in others it is fully developed, as in the Gods and human species; while in some it is imperfectly developed, as in the vegetable creation, and in others it appears in its perverted form, as in the inferior animals. So everything is found to have its consciousness in some form or other.
52. In some beings, consciousness is completely absent, like in minerals that are unaware of their own existence; in others, it's fully developed, like in the Gods and humans; in some, it's only partially developed, like in plants, and in others, it appears in a twisted form, like in lower animals. So, everything is found to have some form of consciousness.
53. Hear me moreover to explain you, the manner in which consciousness (or other), appears in its various forms and degrees, in the different bodies of animated beings.
53. Listen, and I'll explain how consciousness (or something similar) shows up in different forms and levels in the various bodies of living beings.
54. As all cavities and empty spaces are comprised under the term air, so are all intelligent as well as unintelligent beings comprehended under the general category of the one ever existent intellect, which pervades all things in the manner of vacuum. (Here is another proof of the vacuistic theory of the theosophy of Vasishtha).
54. Just as all cavities and empty spaces are included under the term air, all intelligent and unintelligent beings fall under the general category of the one ever-present intellect that permeates everything like a vacuum. (Here is another proof of the vacuistic theory of the theosophy of Vasishtha).
55. The same undecaying and unchanging entity of the intellect, is situated some where in the manner of pure consciousness, and elsewhere in the form of the subtile form of the quintuple elements. (i.e. As the simple soul and the gross body or the mundane soul. So says Pope: Whose body nature is, and God the soul).
55. The same everlasting and unchanging part of the mind exists somewhere as pure consciousness, and in other places as the subtle form of the five elements. (i.e. As the simple soul and the physical body or the worldly soul. So says Pope: Whose body is nature, and God is the soul).
56. This quintuple element of consciousness is reduplicate into many other quintuples, as a great many lamps are lighted from one lamp; these are the five vital airs, the mind and its five fold faculties of the understanding; the five internal and the five external senses and their five fold organs, together with the five elementary bodies; and all having the principles of their growth, rise and decay, as also their states of waking, dreaming and sleeping ingrained in them.
56. This five-part element of consciousness is repeated in many other groups of five, just like many lamps can be lit from one lamp; these include the five vital airs, the mind and its five different ways of understanding, the five internal senses and the five external senses along with their five corresponding organs, as well as the five elemental bodies. All of these contain the principles of their growth, rise, and decay, as well as their states of being awake, dreaming, and sleeping embedded within them.
57. All these quintuples abide in the different bodies of the Gods and mortals, according to their respective natures and inclinations (which are the causes of their past and present and future lives in different forms).
57. All these groups of five exist in the various bodies of the Gods and mortals, based on their unique natures and tendencies (which shape their past, present, and future lives in different forms).
58. Some taking the forms of places, and others of the things situated in them; while some take the forms of minerals, and others of the animals dwelling on earth.
58. Some take on the shapes of places, while others take on the shapes of the things found there; some take on the shapes of minerals, and others of the animals living on the earth.
59. Thus is this world the production of the action of the said quintuples, having the principle of intellectual consciousness, presiding over the whole and every part of it.
59. This world is the result of the actions of the mentioned quintuples, with the principle of intellectual consciousness overseeing the entirety and every part of it.
60. It is the union of these quintuples in gross bodies, that gives them their intelligence; hence we see the mobility of some dull material bodies, as also the immobility of others (as of mineral and vegetable creations).
60. It's the combination of these five-part structures in solid objects that gives them their intelligence; that's why we observe some heavy materials being able to move, while others (like minerals and plants) remain still.
61. As the wave of the sea is seen to roll in one place, and to be dull and at a lull in another; so is this intellectual power in full force in some bodies, and quite quiescent in others.
61. Just like how the ocean waves crash in one spot and are calm in another, this intellectual ability is strong in some people and almost non-existent in others.
62. As the sea is calm and still in one place, and quite boisterous in another; so is the quintuple body either in motion or at rest in different places. (Hence rest and motion are properties of gross bodies and not of the intellectual soul, which is ever quiescent).
62. Just as the sea can be calm and still in one spot while being rough and choppy in another, the material body can either be in motion or at rest in different locations. (Therefore, rest and motion are characteristics of physical bodies, not of the intellectual soul, which is always at peace).
63. The quintuple body is mobile by means of the vital airs, and the vital life (jíva) is intelligent by cause of its intelligence; the rocks are devoid of both, but the trees have their sensibility by reason of their being moved by the breath of winds; and such is the nature of the triple creation of animals, minerals and vegetables.
63. The fivefold body moves through vital energies, and the vital life (jíva) is intelligent due to its awareness; rocks lack both, but trees have sensitivity because they are stirred by the wind's breath; this is the essence of the threefold creation of animals, minerals, and plants.
64. Different words are used to denote the different natures of things (or else the same word is used for things of the same kind); thus fire is the general name for heat, and frost is that of coldness in general.
64. Different words are used to describe the various natures of things (or the same word is used for items of the same kind); for example, fire is the general term for heat, and frost refers to coldness in general.
65. (Or if it is not the difference in the disposition of the quintuple elements in bodies, that causes the difference in their natures and names). It is the difference in the desires of the mind, which by being matured in time, dispose the quintuple elements in the forms of their liking.
65. (Or if it's not the arrangement of the five elements in bodies that causes the differences in their nature and names). It's the variation in the desires of the mind, which, over time, shapes the five elements into forms they prefer.
66. The various desires of the mind, that run in their divers directions, are capable of being collected together by the sapient, and employed in the way of their best advantage and well being.
66. The different desires of the mind, which go in various directions, can be gathered together by the wise and used for their greatest benefit and well-being.
67. The desires of men tending either to their good or evil, are capable of being roused or suppressed, and employed[Pg 440] to their purposes by turns. (The changeful desires always run in their several courses).
67. Men's desires, which lead to either good or bad outcomes, can be stirred up or held back, and used[Pg 440] to achieve their goals, depending on the moment. (These shifting desires always follow their own paths).
68. Man must direct his desires to that way, which promises him the objects of his desires; or else it will be as fruitless, as his throwing the dust at the face of the sky.
68. A person must focus their desires on the path that offers them what they want; otherwise, it will be as pointless as throwing dust into the sky.
69. The great mountains are but heaps of the pentuples, hanging on the tender and slender blade of consciousness, and these moving and unmoving bodies, appear as worms on the tree of knowledge (i.e. before the intelligent mind).
69. The great mountains are just piles of ideas, balanced on the delicate edge of awareness, and these moving and still forms look like worms on the tree of knowledge (i.e. before the intelligent mind).
70. There are some beings with their desires lying dormant in them, as the unmoving vegetable and mineral productions of the earth; while there are others with their ever wakeful desires, as the deities, daityas and men.
70. Some beings have their desires sleeping within them, like the unchanging plants and minerals found in the earth; while others have their desires always awake, like the deities, daityas, and men.
71. Some are cloyed with their desires, as the worms and insects in the dirt; and others are devoid of their desires as the emancipate yogis, and the heirs of salvation.
71. Some people are overwhelmed by their desires, like the worms and insects in the dirt; while others are free from their desires, like the liberated yogis and those who have found salvation.
72. Now every man is conscious in himself of his having the mind and understanding, and being joined with his hands, feet and other members of his body, formed by the assemblage of the quintuple materials.
72. Now every person is aware within themselves that they have a mind and understanding, connected to their hands, feet, and other parts of their body, made up of a combination of the five basic materials.
73. The inferior animals have other senses, with other members of their bodies; and so the immoveables also have some kind of sensibility, with other sorts of their organs. (The members of brute bodies are, the four feet, horns and tails of quadrupeds; the birds are biped and have their feathers, bills and their tails also; the snakes have their hoods and tails; the worms have their teeth, and the insects their stings &c. And all these they have agreeably to the peculiar desire of their particular natures. Gloss).
73. The lower animals have different senses and body parts; similarly, inanimate objects also possess some form of sensitivity with their own types of structures. (Brute animals have four legs, horns, and tails; birds are bipeds and have feathers, beaks, and tails; snakes have their hoods and tails; worms have their mouths, and insects have their stingers, etc. All of these are suited to the specific needs of their unique natures. Gloss).
74. Thus my good Ráma! do these quintuple elements, display themselves in these different forms in the beginning, middle and end of all sensible and insensible and moving and unmoving beings.
74. So, my dear Ráma! these five elements show themselves in various forms throughout the beginning, middle, and end of all living and non-living beings, both moving and stationary.
75. The slightest desire of any of these, be it as minute as an atom, becomes the seed of aerial trees producing the fruits of future births in the forms of the desired objects. (Every one's desire is the root of his future fate).
75. The smallest desire from any of these, no matter how tiny, becomes the seed of lofty creations that bear the fruits of future births in the shapes of the desired objects. (Everyone's desire is the foundation of their future destiny).
76. The organs of sense are the flowers of this tree (of the body), and the sensations of their objects are as the fragrance of those flowers, our wishes are as the bees fluttering about the pistils and filaments of our fickle efforts and exertions.
76. The senses are the flowers of this tree (of the body), and the sensations from their objects are like the fragrance of those flowers. Our desires are like the bees buzzing around the pistils and filaments of our unpredictable efforts and struggles.
77. The clear heavens are the hairy tufts, resting on the stalks of the lofty mountains; its leaves are the cerulean clouds of the sky, and the ten sides of the firmament, are as the straggling creepers stretching all about it.
77. The clear sky is like the fluffy patches of hair resting on the tops of the tall mountains; its leaves are the blue clouds in the sky, and the ten sides of the heavens are like the wandering vines spreading all around it.
78. All beings now in being, and those coming into existence in future, are innumerable in their number, and are as the fruits of this tree, growing and blooming and falling off by turns.
78. All beings that exist now, and those that will come into existence in the future, are countless in number, like the fruits of this tree, which grow, bloom, and fall off in cycles.
79. The five seeds of these trees, grow and perish of their own nature and spontaneity, also perish of themselves in their proper time.
79. The five seeds of these trees grow and die naturally and spontaneously, also dying on their own in their own time.
80. They become many from their sameness, and come to exhaust their powers after long inertness; and then subside to rest of their own accord like the heaving waves of the ocean.
80. They become numerous from their uniformity and eventually drain their energy after a long period of inactivity; then they settle down to rest on their own, similar to the rolling waves of the ocean.
81. On one side, there swelling as huge surges, and on the other sinking low below the deep, excited by the heat of the dullness on the one hand, and hushed by the coolness of reason on the other (like the puffing and bursting of the waves in the sea).
81. On one side, there are huge surges, and on the other, it sinks low into the depths, stirred up by the heat of dullness on one hand, and calmed by the coolness of reason on the other (like the puffing and crashing of waves in the sea).
82. These multitudes of bodies, that are the toys or play things of the quintuple essences, are destined to remain and rove for ever in this world, unless they come under the dominion of reason, and are freed from further transmigration.
82. These countless bodies, which are the toys or playthings of the five essences, are meant to stay and wander forever in this world unless they come under the control of reason and are freed from further reincarnation.
CHAPTER LXXXI.
Inquiry into Agni, Soma or fire and moon
Inquiry into Agni, Soma or fire and moon
Argument:—Investigation into the Kundaliní artery, as the source of consummation.
Argument:—Examining the Kundaliní energy channel as the source of fulfillment.
VASISHTHA continued:—The seeds of these pentuples are contained in the inside of the great artery, and are expanding every moment by the vibration of the vital breath in the beings.
VASISHTHA continued:—The seeds of these five elements are found within the core of the major artery, and they are growing every moment due to the movement of the life force in living beings.
2. The vibration of the Kundaliní being stopped, it roused the intellect by its touch, and the rising of the intellect is attended with rising of the intellectual powers as follows.
2. Once the vibration of the Kundaliní is halted, it stimulates the intellect with its touch, and as the intellect rises, the intellectual powers also elevate in the following ways.
3. This intellect is the living principle from its vitality, and the mind from its mental powers; it is the volitive principle from its volition, and is called the understanding, from its understanding of all things.
3. This intellect is the life principle because of its vitality, and the mind because of its mental abilities; it is the willpower principle due to its volition, and is called understanding because of its comprehension of all things.
4. It becomes egoism with its octuple properties called the puryashtakas, and remains as the principle of vitality in the body in the form of the Kundaliní artery. (The gloss gives no explanation of the psychological truths).
4. It turns into self-centeredness with its eight aspects known as the puryashtakas, and continues as the vital force in the body in the form of the Kundaliní channel. (The gloss does not explain the psychological principles).
5. The intellect abides in Kundaliní entrails in the form of triple winds. Being deposited in the bowels and passing downwards, it takes the name of the apána wind; moving about the abdomen it is called the samána wind; and when seated in the chest it rises upwards, it is known by the name of the udána wind.
5. The intellect resides in Kundaliní convolutions as three types of winds. When it settles in the lower abdomen and moves downward, it's called the apána wind; when it circulates around the abdomen, it's known as the samána wind; and when it rises from the chest, it is referred to as the udána wind.
6. The apána wind passing downward evacuates the bowels, but the samána wind of the abdominal part serves to sustain the body; and the udána rising upward and being let out, inflates and invigorates the frame.
6. The apána wind moves downward to clear the bowels, while the samána wind in the abdomen helps support the body; and the udána, which rises and is released, energizes and revitalizes the body.
7. If after all your efforts, you are unable to repress the passing off of the downward wind; then the person is sure to meet his death, by the forcible and irrepressible egress of the apána wind (this irrepressible egress is called abishtambhá). (The[Pg 443] translator regrets for his inability to give the English terminology of these psychological words in the original).
7. If after all your efforts you can't control the downward wind, then that person is definitely going to die from the strong and unstoppable release of the apána wind (this unstoppable release is called abishtambhá). (The[Pg 443] translator regrets not being able to provide the English terms for these psychological words in the original).
8. And when one with all his attempts, is unable to suppress his rising breath of life; but it forces of his mouth or nostrils, it is sure to be followed by his expiration.
8. And when someone, despite all their efforts, can't hold back their breath of life; and it escapes through their mouth or nostrils, it's certain to be followed by their exhalation.
9. If one by his continual attention, can succeed to repress the outward and inward egress of his vital breath, and preserve calm quiet of his disposition, he is sure to have his longevity accompanied with his freedom from all diseases.
9. If someone can manage to control the flow of their vital energy, both outwardly and inwardly, by consistently focusing on it and maintaining a calm state of mind, they are likely to enjoy a long life free from all diseases.
10. Know that the decomposure of the smaller arteries, is attended with distempers of the body, but the disturbance of the greater arteries is followed by serious consequences. (There are a hundred great arteries, attached to the main conduit of Kundaliní, besides hundreds of small veins and nerves diverging from them throughout the body. The yogi has the power of stopping the current of his breath and blood into these by his restraint of respiration—pránáyáma).
10. Understand that the breakdown of the smaller arteries can lead to various health issues, but problems with the larger arteries can have serious consequences. (There are a hundred major arteries connected to the main channel of Kundaliní, along with hundreds of smaller veins and nerves branching out from them throughout the body. A yogi has the ability to stop the flow of breath and blood into these by controlling their breathing—pránáyáma).
11. Ráma said:—Tell me, O holy sage! how our health and sickness connected with the organs and arteries of the body (rather than with the blood and humours circulating through them).
11. Ráma said:—Tell me, O holy sage! how our health and sickness are connected with the organs and arteries of the body (rather than with the blood and fluids moving through them).
12. Vasishtha replied:—Know Ráma, that uneasiness and sickness, are both of them the causes of pain to the body; their healing by medicine is their remedy, which is attended with our pleasure; but the killing of them at once by our liberation (from the sensations of pain and pleasure), is what conduces to our true felicity. (Because both health and sickness are attended with but short lived pleasure and pain, and cannot give us the lasting felicity to our souls).
12. Vasishtha replied:—Know, Ráma, that discomfort and illness are both sources of bodily pain; treating them with medicine brings us relief, which is accompanied by pleasure. However, fully overcoming them through liberation from the sensations of pain and pleasure leads to our true happiness. (Because both health and illness bring only temporary pleasure and pain, and neither can provide lasting happiness for our souls).
13. Some times the body is subject both to uneasiness and sickness also, as the causes of one another; sometimes they are both alleviated to give us pleasure, and at others they come upon us by turns to cause our pain only.
13. Sometimes the body experiences both discomfort and illness, as they can influence each other; at times, both are relieved to bring us pleasure, while at other times, they take turns causing us pain.
14. It is ailing of the body, that we call our sickness, and it is the trouble of the mind that we term our uneasiness. Both of them take their rise from our inordinate desires, and it is our ignorance only of the nature of things, that is the[Pg 444] source of both. (Our intemperance and covetousness, which are dispelled by our right knowledge).
14. Our sickness is an issue with the body, and our uneasiness is a struggle of the mind. Both stem from our excessive desires, and our ignorance of the true nature of things is the[Pg 444] root of both. (Our lack of self-control and greed, which are eliminated by proper understanding).
15. Without the knowledge of the natures and virtues of things, and the want of the government of our desires and appetites, that the heart string loses its tenuity and even course; and is swollen and hurried on by the impulse of passions and inordinate desires.
15. Without understanding the nature and values of things, and lacking control over our desires and urges, the heart loses its sense of balance and steadiness; it becomes overwhelmed and driven by the force of passions and excessive desires.
16. The exultation at having obtained something, and ardour for having more; equally boil the blood of the heart, and shroud the mind under a shadow of infatuation, as an impervious cloud in the rainy weather.
16. The joy of getting something, and the desire for more; both heat up the blood and cloud the mind in a haze of obsession, like a thick cloud during a storm.
17. The ever increasing greediness of the mind, and the subjection of the intellect under the dominion of foolhardiness, drives men to distant countries in search of a livelihood. (One's natal land is enough to supply him with a simple living).
17. The growing greed of the mind, and the submission of intellect to the rule of recklessness, pushes people to faraway lands in search of a way to make a living. (One's homeland is enough to provide a basic living).
18. Again the working at improper seasons (as at night and in rain and heat), and the doing of improper actions; the company of infamous men, and aptitude to wicked habits and practices.
18. Once more, working at the wrong times (like at night and in bad weather), engaging in inappropriate actions; associating with disreputable people, and being inclined to bad habits and behaviors.
19. The weakness and fulness of the intestines caused by sparing food on the one hand, and its excess on the other, cause the derangement of the humours and the disorder of the constitution.
19. The weakness and fullness of the intestines, caused by limited food on one hand and too much on the other, lead to imbalances in the body's fluids and disrupt the overall constitution.
20. It is by cause of this disordered state of the body, that a great many diseases grow in it, both by reason of the deficit as well as the excess of its humours; as a river becomes foul both in its fulness and low water in the rain and summer heat.
20. It’s because of this unstable state of the body that many diseases develop, due to both the lack and the surplus of its fluids; just like a river gets dirty in both its flood and drought during rain and summer heat.
21. As the good or bad proclivities of men, are the results of their actions of prior and present births, so the anxieties and diseases of the present state, are the effects of the good and bad deeds both of this life as also those of the past.
21. Just as the good or bad tendencies of people come from their actions in past and present lives, the worries and illnesses in the current state are the results of both the good and bad actions from this life as well as from previous ones.
22. I have told you Ráma, about the growth of the diseases and anxieties in the quintessential bodies of men; now hear me tell you the mode of extirpating them from the human constitution.
22. I've explained to you, Ráma, how diseases and worries grow in people's essential bodies; now let me tell you how to eliminate them from the human makeup.
23. There are two sorts of diseases here common to human nature, namely—the ordinary ones and the essential; the ordinary ones are the occurrences of daily life, and the essential is what is inborn in our nature. (The ordinary cares for supplying our natural wants are of the first sort, and the inbred errors and affections of the mind are of other kind).
23. There are two types of diseases that are common to human nature: the ordinary ones and the essential ones. The ordinary ones are the everyday issues we face, while the essential ones are those that are inherent in our nature. (The ordinary ones relate to meeting our basic needs, and the inherent errors and emotions of the mind belong to the other category).
24. The ordinary anxieties are removed by the attainments of the objects in want; and the diseases growing out of them, are also removed by the removal of our anxious cares.
24. The usual worries are alleviated by achieving the desired objects; and the troubles that arise from them are also eliminated by letting go of our anxious concerns.
25. But the essential infirmities of one's dispositions, being bred in the blood and bone, cannot be removed from the body, without the knowledge of the soul; as the error of the snake in the rope, is removed only by examination of the rope. (So the affection will be found to rise in the mind and not rooted in the soul).
25. However, the fundamental flaws in someone's character, being deep-seated, can't be shaken off without understanding themselves; just like the false perception of a snake in a rope can only be cleared up by closely examining the rope. (Thus, feelings will be discovered to originate in the mind rather than being ingrained in the soul).
26. The erroneous affections of the mind, being known as the source of the rise of all our anxious cares and maladies; it is enough to put a stop to this main spring in order to prevent their outlets, so the stream that breaks its banks in the rains, carries away the arbours that grew by it in its rapid course. (The fissures of stopping the source, and breaking out of the course, are quite opposed to one another).
26. The mistaken feelings of the mind are recognized as the root of all our worries and illnesses; stopping this key source is enough to prevent their outpouring, just like a stream that overflows in the rain carries away the gardens that grew along its banks in its swift flow. (The methods of stopping the source and breaking out of the course are completely opposed to each other).
27. The non-essential or extrinsical diseases that are derived from without, are capable of being removed by the application of drugs, the spell of mantras and propitiating as well as obviating charms; as also by medicaments and treatments, according to the prescriptions of medical science and the practice of medical men.
27. Non-essential or external diseases that come from outside can be treated with medications, the use of mantras, and protective or counteractive charms; as well as with medicines and treatments according to the guidelines of medical science and the practices of healthcare professionals.
28. You will know Ráma, the efficacy of baths and bathing in holy rivers, and are acquainted with the expiatory mantras and prescriptions of experienced practitioners; and as you have learnt the medical Sástras, I have nothing further to direct you in this matter.
28. You will know Ráma, the effectiveness of baths and bathing in sacred rivers, and you are familiar with the cleansing mantras and guidelines from experienced practitioners; and since you have studied the medical texts, I have nothing more to advise you on this matter.
29. Ráma rejoined:—But tell me sir, how the intrinsic causes produce the external diseases; and how are they removed by other remedies than those of medicinal drugs, as the muttering[Pg 446] of mantra incantations and observance of pious acts and ceremonies.
29. Rama replied, "But tell me, sir, how do the internal causes lead to external diseases? And how can these be cured by means other than medicinal drugs, like the chanting of mantras and the practice of religious acts and ceremonies?"
30. Vasishtha replied:—The mind being disturbed by anxieties the body is disordered also in its functions, as the man that is overtaken by anger, loses the sight of whatever is present before his eyes.
30. Vasishtha replied:—When the mind is troubled by worries, the body also functions poorly, just like a person who is consumed by anger loses sight of everything in front of them.
31. He loses sight of the broad way before him, and takes a devious course of his own; and like a stag pierced with arrows, flies from the beaten path and enters himself amidst the thickest.
31. He loses track of the wide path ahead and chooses a winding route of his own; and like a stag shot with arrows, he flees from the familiar way and plunges into the thickets.
32. The spirit being troubled, the vital spirits are disturbed and breathe out by fits and snatches; as the waters of a river being disturbed by a body of elephants, rise above its channel and over flow the banks. (Violent passions raging in the breast burst out of and break down their bounds).
32. When the spirit is troubled, the vital energies are agitated and come out in bursts; like a river stirred up by a herd of elephants, it rises above its banks and floods the surrounding areas. (Intense emotions boiling inside surge out and shatter their limits).
33. The vital airs breathing irregularly, derange the lungs and nerves and all the veins and arteries of the body; as the misrule in the government, puts the laws of the realm into disorder.
33. The vital airs breathing unpredictably disrupt the lungs and nerves and all the veins and arteries of the body; just like mismanagement in the government throws the laws of the land into chaos.
34. The breathings being irregular, unsettles the whole body; by making the blood vessels quite empty and dry in some parts, and full and stout in others, resembling the empty and full flowing channels of rivers.
34. Irregular breathing unsettles the entire body, causing some blood vessels to be empty and dry while others are full and swollen, similar to rivers with both empty and flowing sections.
35. The want of free breathing is attended both with indigestion and bad digestion of the food, and also evaporation of the chyle and blood that it produces; and these defects in digestion, bring forth a great many maladies in the system.
35. Not being able to breathe freely causes both indigestion and poor digestion of food, as well as the evaporation of chyle and blood that these issues create; and these digestive problems lead to a lot of illnesses in the body.
36. The vital breaths carry the essence of the food we take to the inferior organs, as the currents of a river carry the floating woods down the stream.
36. The essential breaths bring the essence of the food we consume to the lower organs, just like the currents of a river transport drifts of wood downstream.
37. The crude matter which remains in the intestines, for want of its assimilation into blood, and circulation in the frame by restraint of breathing; turn at the end to be sources of multifarious maladies in the constitution.
37. The waste that stays in the intestines, due to not being absorbed into the blood and circulated in the body because of restricted breathing, eventually becomes a source of various diseases in the body.
38. Thus it is that the perturbed states of the mind and spirit, produce the diseases of the body, and are avoided and removed[Pg 447] by want of mental anxiety. Now hear me tell you, how the mantra-exorcism serve to drive away the diseases of the body.
38. So, the troubled states of the mind and spirit cause physical diseases, which can be avoided and alleviated by reducing mental stress. Now let me explain how the mantra-exorcism helps to dispel physical illnesses.
39. As the karitakí fruit (chebule myrobalan) is purgative of its own nature, and purges out the crudities from the bodies; so the headwork into the mysterious meaning of the mantras, removes the crude diseases from the frame. (Such are the mystic letters ya, ra, la, va, in the liquids y, r, l, v), signifying the four elements of earth, water, air and fire; curative of many diseases by reflection on their hidden meaning.
39. Since the karitakí fruit (chebule myrobalan) naturally acts as a laxative and cleanses the body of impurities, understanding the deeper meaning of mantras can remove physical ailments. (These include the mystic sounds ya, ra, la, va, represented in the liquids y, r, l, v), which symbolize the four elements: earth, water, air, and fire; healing many illnesses through contemplation of their hidden significance.
40. I have told you Ráma, that pious acts, holy service, virtuous deeds and religious observances, serve also to drive the diseases from the body; by their purifying the mind from its impurities, as the gold is depurated by the touch stone.
40. I've told you, Ráma, that good deeds, acts of service, virtuous actions, and religious practices also help to heal the body. They cleanse the mind of its impurities, just as gold is refined by a touchstone.
41. The purity of the mind produces a delight in the body; as the rising of the full moon, spreads the gentle moonbeams on earth. (Every good act is attended with a rapture, recompenses the deed; or as the maxim goes "virtue has its own reward").
41. A clear mind brings joy to the body, just like the bright full moon spreads soft light on the earth. (Every good deed comes with a sense of happiness as its reward, or as the saying goes, "virtue has its own reward.")
42. The vital airs breathe freely from the purity of the mind, and these tending to help the culinary process in the stomach, produce the nutrition of the body, and destroy the germ of its diseases. (The germs of growth and decay and of life and death, are both connate in the nature of all living beings; and the increase of the one, is the cause of the decrease of the other).
42. The essential air flows freely from a clear mind, and this helps with digestion in the stomach, providing nourishment for the body and eliminating the source of its illnesses. (The elements of growth and decay, as well as life and death, are inherently present in all living beings; the increase of one leads to the decrease of the other).
43. I have thus far related to you, Ráma! concerning the causes of the rise and fall of the diseases and distempers of the living body, in connection with the subject of the main artery of Kundaliní; now hear me relate to you regarding the main point of one's attainment of consummation or siddhi by mean of his yoga practice.
43. So far, I've talked to you, Ráma, about the reasons behind the rise and fall of diseases and ailments in the body, along with the main artery of Kundaliní; now listen as I explain the key point of achieving perfection or siddhi through yoga practice.
44. Now know the life of the puryashtaka or octuple human body, to be confined in the Kundaliní artery, as the fragrance of the flower is contained in its inner filament.
44. Now understand the life of the puryashtaka or eightfold human body, which is contained within the Kundalini channel, just like the fragrance of a flower is held within its inner stem.
45. It is when one fills the channel of this great artery with his inhaling breath, and shuts it at its mouth (called the Kurma opening), and becomes as sedate as a stone; he is then said to[Pg 448] have attained his rock like fixity and firmness, and his siddhi or consummation of garima or inflation.
45. It is when someone fills the channel of this great artery with their breath and closes it at the mouth (called the Kurma opening), becoming as still as a rock; they are then said to[Pg 448] have achieved their rock-like stability and strength, along with their siddhi or mastery of garima or inflation.
46. Again when the body is thus filled with the inflated air, and the wind confined in the Kundaliní artery, is carried upwards by the vital breath (of respiration), from the base or fundamental tube at the bottom, to the cell of the cranium in the head, it touches the consciousness seated in the brain, and drives away the fatigue of the process. (This is called the ascent of the vital air in its heavenward journey).
46. When the body is filled with air and the wind is trapped in the Kundaliní channel, it moves upward with the breath from the base tube at the bottom to the brain in the head. It reaches the consciousness in the brain and alleviates the exhaustion from the process. (This is known as the ascent of the vital air on its journey upward).
47. Thence the wind rises upward as smoke into the air, carrying with it the powers of all the arteries attached to it like creepers clinging to a tree; and then stands as erect as a stick, with its head lifted upwards like the hood of a snake. (The art of mounting in the air, is as the act of jumping and leaping into it).
47. Then the wind rises up like smoke into the air, carrying with it the energy of all the veins connected to it like vines climbing a tree; and it stands straight up like a stick, with its head lifted high like a snake's hood. (The skill of going up into the air is like jumping and leaping into it).
48. Then this uprising force carries the whole body, filled with wind from its top to toe into the upper sky; as an aerosol floats upon the water, or as air balloon rises in the air. (The early Hindus are thus recorded to have made their aerial journeys by force of the inflated air, instead of the compressed gas smoke of modern discovery).
48. Then this rising force lifts the entire body, filled with wind from head to toe, into the upper sky; like an aerosol floating on water or a hot air balloon soaring through the air. (The early Hindus are said to have made their aerial journeys using the power of inflated air, rather than the compressed gas smoke of modern discovery).
49. It is thus that the yogis make their aerial excursions, by means of the compression of air in the wind pipes in their bodies; and are as happy (in their descrying the scattered worlds all about), as poor people feel themselves at having the dignity of the king of Gods. (Indra).
49. This is how the yogis take their aerial journeys, by compressing air in the windpipes of their bodies; and they feel as joyful (in their viewing of the scattered worlds around them) as poor people do when they experience the honor of being like the king of the gods, Indra.
50. When the force of the exhaling breath (rechaka prabáha) of the cranial tube, constrains the power of the Kundaliní, to stand at the distance of twelve inches in the out side of the upper valve between eye-brows.
50. When the force of the exhaled breath (rechaka prabáha) from the cranial tube limits the power of the Kundaliní to stay at a distance of twelve inches outside of the upper valve between the eyebrows.
51. And as the same exhaling makes it remain there for a moment by preventing its entering into any other passage, it is at that instant that one comes to see the supernatural beings before his sight. (It is said in phrenology, that fixed attention, farsightedness and supernatural vision, are seated between the eye-brows).
51. And as the exhaling keeps it there for a moment by stopping it from moving into any other path, it's at that moment that one can see the supernatural beings in front of them. (Phrenology suggests that focused attention, farsightedness, and supernatural vision are located between the eyebrows).
52. Ráma said:—Tell me sir, how we may be able to see the supernatural siddhas, without feeling them by the rays and light of our eye sight, and without having any supernatural organ of perception of our own.
52. Ráma said:—Tell me, sir, how can we see the supernatural siddhas without sensing them through the light and brightness of our eyesight, and without having any special organ of perception ourselves?
53. Vasishtha replied:—It is true, Ráma, as you say, that the aerial spirit of siddhas, are invisible to earthly mortals with the imperfect organs of their bodies, and without the aid of supernatural organs.
53. Vasishtha replied:—It’s true, Ráma, as you say, that the aerial spirit of siddhas is invisible to earthly mortals with their imperfect bodies, and without the help of supernatural senses.
54. It is by means of the clairvoyance obtained by the practice of yoga, that the aerial and beneficent siddhas became visible to us like the appearances in our dreams.
54. It is through the clairvoyance gained from practicing yoga that the aerial and benevolent siddhas become visible to us, just like the images we see in our dreams.
55. The sight of the siddhas is like that of persons in our dream, with this difference only, that the sight of a siddha is fraught with many real benefits and blessings accruing thereby unto the beholder.
55. The vision of the siddhas is like seeing people in our dreams, with the only difference being that the vision of a siddha comes with many real benefits and blessings for the viewer.
56. It is by the practice of posting the exhaled breath, at the distance of twelve inches on the outside of the mouth, that it may be made to enter into the body of another person. (This is the practice of imparting one's spirit into the body of another person, and of enlivening and raising the dead).
56. It's through the practice of blowing your breath out about twelve inches outside your mouth that it can be transferred into another person's body. (This is the way of sharing one's spirit with someone else and bringing the dead back to life).
57. Ráma said:—But tell me sir, how you maintain the immutability of nature (when everything is seen to be in the course of its incessant change at all times). I know you will not be displeased at this interruption to your discourse, because good preachers are kindly disposed, to solve even the intricate of their hearers.
57. Ráma said:—But please, tell me, sir, how do you uphold the idea that nature is unchanging when everything is constantly changing all the time? I know you won't mind me interrupting your speech, because great speakers are usually willing to clarify even the complex questions of their audience.
58. Vasishtha replied:—It is certain that the power known as nature, is manifest in the volition of the spirit, in its acts of the creation and preservation of the world. (Here nature is identified with eternal will of God).
58. Vasishtha replied:—It is clear that the force referred to as nature is evident in the will of the spirit, in its actions of creating and sustaining the world. (Here, nature is associated with the eternal will of God).
59. Nature being nothing in reality, but the states and powers of things; and these are seen some times to differ from one another, as the autumnal fruits are found to grow in the spring at Assam (these varieties also called their nature).
59. Nature is really just the states and powers of things; and these sometimes show differences, just like how autumn fruits can be seen growing in the spring in Assam (these variations are also referred to as their nature).
60. Vasishtha replied:—All this universe is one Brahma or the immensity of God, and all its variety is the unity of the[Pg 450] same. (i.e. the various modalities of the unvaried one); these different existences and appearances, are only our verbal distinctions for ordinary purposes, and proceeding from our ignorance of the true nature of Brahmá. We know not why these words concerning divine nature, which are irrelevant to the main subject, are introduced in this place.
60. Vasishtha replied:—The entire universe is one Brahma, or the vastness of God, and all its diversity reflects the unity of the[Pg 450] same. (i.e. the different forms of the unchanging one); these various existences and appearances are simply our verbal distinctions for everyday purposes, stemming from our lack of understanding of the true nature of Brahmá. We don’t understand why these words about divine nature, which don’t relate to the main topic, are brought up here.
61. Ráma rejoined:—Tell me sir, how our bodies are thinned as well as thickened, in order to enter into very narrow passages as also to feel and occupy large spaces (by means of the anima and garima yogas, of minimizing the body to an atomic spright and of magnifying it to a stalwart giant).
61. Ráma responded, “Please tell me, sir, how our bodies can both slim down and expand to fit through very tight spaces while also allowing us to feel and occupy larger areas (through the anima and garima yogas, which help shrink the body to an atomic size and enlarge it to that of a strong giant).”
62. Vasishtha replied:—As the attrition of the wood and saw, causes a split in the midst; and as the friction of two things (as of a flint and stone) produces a fire between them, in the same manner doth the confrication of the inhaling and exhaling breath, divide the two prána and apána gases, and produce the jatharágni in the abdomen. (The prána air is explained elsewhere as passing from the heart through the mouth and nostrils, and the apána as that which passes from the region of the navel to the great toe. The jatharágni is rendered some where as gastric fire).
62. Vasishtha replied:—Just like how the wear from wood and a saw causes a split in the middle, and how the friction between two stones creates a fire, the interaction of inhaling and exhaling breath divides the two gases, prána and apána, and creates jatharágni in the abdomen. (Prána is described elsewhere as the air flowing from the heart through the mouth and nostrils, while apána is the air that moves from the area around the navel to the big toe. Jatharágni is sometimes referred to as gastric fire).
63. There is a muscle in the abdominal part of these ugly machine of the internal body, which extends as a pair of bellows both above and below the navel, with their mouths joined together and shaking to and fro like a willow moved by the water and air.
63. There's a muscle in the abdominal area of this ugly machine of the internal body, which stretches like a pair of bellows both above and below the navel, with their openings connected and moving back and forth like a willow swaying in the water and wind.
64. It is under this bladder that the kundaliní artery rest in her quiescent state; and ties as a string of pears in a casket of the yellow padmariya james. (This place under the navel is called the múládhára, whence the aorta strength upwards and downwards).
64. Below this bladder, the kundalini energy lies in a dormant state, resembling a string of pearls in a box made of yellow padmariya gems. (This area beneath the navel is known as the muladhara, from which the aorta extends upward and downward.)
65. Here the kundaliní string turns and twirls round like a string beads counted about the finger; and coils also with its reflected head and a hissing sound like the hood of a snake stricken by a stick (it requires too much anatomy to show these operations of the arteries).
65. Here the kundaliní energy twists and spirals around like a string of beads wrapped around a finger; it also coils with its mirrored head, making a hissing sound like a snake's hood when it gets hit (it takes a lot of detailed anatomy to explain these actions of the arteries).
66. It thrills in the string of the lotus like heart, as a bee flutters over the honey cup of the lotus flower; and it kindles our knowledge in the body like the luminous sun amidst the[Pg 451] earth and sky. (It gives action to the heart string, which arises its cognitive faculties).
66. It buzzes in the heart like a string of a lotus, just as a bee flutters over the sweet nectar of the lotus flower; and it ignites our understanding in the body like the bright sun shining between the[Pg 451] earth and sky. (It activates the heart strings, which enhances our thinking abilities).
67. It is then that the action of the heart, moves all the blood vessels in the body to their several functions; as the breeze of the outer air, shakes the leaves of trees.
67. It is then that the heart's action moves all the blood vessels in the body to perform their various functions, just like the breeze from outside shakes the leaves of the trees.
68. As the high winds rage in the sky and break down the weaker leaves of the branches of trees, so do the vital airs coil in the body and crush the soft food, that has been taken in the stomach.
68. Just like the strong winds in the sky tear apart the weaker leaves from the branches of trees, the vital air inside the body twists and compresses the soft food that has been taken in the stomach.
69. As the winds of the air batter the lotus leaves, and at last dissolve them into the native element; so the internal winds break down the food like the leaves of trees, and convert the food ingested in the stomach into chyle, blood, flesh, skin, fat, marrow and bones one after another.
69. Just as the winds batter the lotus leaves until they dissolve into their natural state, the internal processes break down food in the stomach, transforming it into chyle, blood, flesh, skin, fat, marrow, and bones, one after another.
70. The internal airs clash against one another the produce of the gastric fire, as the bamboos in the wood produce the living fire by their friction.
70. The internal airs collide with each other, creating the results of the gastric fire, just like how bamboos in the forest create living fire through friction.
71. The body which is naturally cold and cold-blooded, becomes heated in all its parts by this internal heat, as every part of the world becomes warmed by the warmth of the sun.
71. The body, which is naturally cold and cold-blooded, gets heated in all its parts by this internal heat, just like every part of the world is warmed by the sun's heat.
72. This internal fire which pervades throughout the frame and flutters like golden bees over the loti-form heart, is meditated upon as twinkling stars in the minds of the ascetic yogis.
72. This inner fire that fills the entire body and dances like golden bees over the lotus-shaped heart is contemplated like twinkling stars in the minds of the ascetic yogis.
73. Reflections of these lights are attended with the full blaze of intellectual light, whereby the meditative yogi sees in his heart objects, which are situated at the distance of millions of miles from him. (This is called the consummation of clairvoyance or divyadrishti).
73. The reflections of these lights bring about a bright illumination of the mind, allowing the contemplative yogi to perceive things in his heart that are millions of miles away. (This is known as the completion of clairvoyance or divyadrishti).
74. This culinary fire being continually fed by the fuel of food, continues to burn in the lake of the lotus-like muscle of the heart, as the submarine fire burns latent in the waters of the seas.
74. This cooking fire, constantly fueled by food, keeps burning in the lake of the lotus-like muscle of the heart, just as the hidden fire smolders beneath the sea.
75. But the clear and cold light which is the soul of the body, bears the name of the serene moon; and because it is the product of the other fire of the body, thence called the sumágni or the residence of the moon and fire (its two presiding divinities).
75. But the clear, cool light that represents the essence of the body is referred to as the serene moon; and because it comes from the other fire of the body, it's called the sumágni or the dwelling of the moon and fire (its two guiding spirits).
76. All hotter lights in the world are known by the names of suns (as the planetary and cometary bodies); and all colder lights are designated as moons (as the stars and satellites) and as these two lights cherish the world, it is named as the suryágni and somágni also.
76. All the hotter lights in the universe are referred to as suns (like the planets and comets); and all the colder lights are called moons (like the stars and their satellites). Since these two types of lights sustain the world, they are also named suryágni and somágni.
77. Know after all the world to be a manifestation of the combination of intelligence and ignorance (i.e. of the intellect and soul matter), as also of an admixture of reality and unreality among who has made it as such in himself manifest in this form.
77. Understand that the world is a mix of intelligence and ignorance (i.e. intellect and emotional substance), as well as a blend of reality and unreality, shaped by those who embody this combination within themselves.
78. The learned call the light of intelligence, by the terms knowledge, sun and fire, and designate the unrealities of ignorance, by the names of dullness and darkness, ignorance and the coldness of the moon. (i.e. There are antithetical words expressive of Intelligence and ignorance; the former designated as the light of knowledge and reason, the daylight and the light of lamp &c., and the latter as the darkness of night, and the coldness of frost &c.).
78. Scholars refer to the bright light of understanding using terms like knowledge, sun, and fire, while they describe the emptiness of ignorance with words like dullness and darkness, ignorance and the chill of the moon. (i.e. There are opposing words that express intelligence and ignorance; the former is identified as the light of knowledge and reason, the daylight and the light of a lamp, etc., and the latter as the darkness of night and the coldness of frost, etc.).
79. Ráma said:—I well understand that the product of the air of breath &c. (by their friction as said before); and that the air proceeds from the moon, but tell me sir, whence comes the moon into existence?
79. Ráma said:—I understand that the air comes from the breath and other sources (through their friction as mentioned before); and that the air comes from the moon, but tell me, sir, where does the moon come from?
80. Vasishtha replied:—The fire and moon are the mutual causes and effects of one another, as they are mutually productive as well as destructive of each other by turns.
80. Vasishtha replied:—The fire and moon are interconnected causes and effects of each other, as they alternately create and destroy one another.
81. Their production is by alternation as that of the seed and its sprout (of which no body knows is the cause or effect of the other). Their reiteration is as the return of day and night, (of which we know not which precedes the other). They last awhile and are lost instantly like the succession of light and shade (the one producing as also destroying the other).
81. Their creation happens in a cycle, like that of a seed and its sprout (and no one knows whether one causes the other). Their repetition is like the ebb and flow of day and night (and we can't tell which comes first). They endure for a moment and vanish just as quickly, similar to the interplay of light and shadow (with one generating and also eliminating the other).
82. When these opposites come to take place at the one and same time, you see them stand side by side as in the case of the light and shade occurring into the daytime, but when they occur at different times, you then see the one only at a time without any trace of the other, as in the occurrence of the daylight and nocturnal gloom by turns. (These two are instances of the simultaneous and separate occurrence of the opposites. Gloss).
82. When these opposing forces happen at the same time, you can see them together, like light and shade during the day. However, when they happen at different times, you only see one at a time without any sign of the other, like the switch between daylight and nighttime darkness. (These two examples show how opposites can occur simultaneously and separately. Gloss).
83. I have also told you of two kinds of causality; namely, the one in which the cause is co-existent with its effect, and the other wherein the effect comes to appearance after disappearance of its cause or the antecedent.
83. I have also explained two types of causality: the first, where the cause exists at the same time as its effect, and the second, where the effect appears after its cause or the preceding event has disappeared.
84. It is called the synchronous causation which is coeval with its effect, as the seed is coexistent with its germ, and the tree is contemporaneous with the produced seed.
84. It's known as synchronous causation, which exists at the same time as its effect, just like the seed is present with its sprout, and the tree is alive alongside the seed it produces.
85. The other is named the antecedent or preterite cause, which disappears before the appearance of its consequent effect; as the disappearance of the day is the cause of its subsequent night; and the preteriteness of the night, causes the retardation of the following day. (In plain words it is the concurrence and distance of the cause and effect, called the [Sanskrit: samaváyo] and [Sanskrit: amasáváyo kárana] or the united or separate causality in Nyáya-terminology).
85. The other is called the antecedent or preterite cause, which goes away before its subsequent effect appears; like how the end of the day causes the night that follows, and the pastness of the night delays the next day. (In simpler terms, it refers to the timing and separation of cause and effect, known as the [Sanskrit: samaváyo] and [Sanskrit: amasáváyo kárana] or the combined or distinct causality in Nyáya terminology).
86. The former kind of the united cause and effect (called the [Sanskrit: sadrúpa parináma] i.e. the presence of both causality and its effectuality); is exemplified in the instance of the doer and the earthen pot, both of which are in existence; and this being evident to sight, requires no example to elucidate it.
86. The previous type of the united cause and effect (known as the [Sanskrit: sadrúpa parináma] i.e. the presence of both causality and its effect); is demonstrated through the example of the person making something and the clay pot, both of which exist; and since this is clear to see, it doesn't need further explanation.
87. The kind of the disunited cause and effect (called the [Sanskrit: binásharúpa parináma]) in which the effect is unassociated with its (cause); the succession of day and night to one another, is a sufficient proof of the absence of its antecedent causality. (This serves as an instance of an unknown cause, and hence we infer the existence of a pristine darkness, prior to the birth of day-light [Sanskrit: tame ásít] teomerant).
87. The type of disconnected cause and effect (called the [Sanskrit: binásharúpa parináma]) where the effect isn't related to its cause; the way day and night follow one another proves that there's no preceding causality. This is an example of an unknown cause, which leads us to conclude that there was a pure darkness before the emergence of daylight [Sanskrit: tame ásít] teomerant.
88. The rationalists that deny the causality of an unevident cause, are to be disregarded as fools for ignoring their own convictions, and must be spurned with contempt. (They deny the causality of the day and night to bring one another by their rotation which no sensible being (can ignore). They say [Sanskrit: dinasá rátri nirmmasa katritamsti])
88. The rationalists who reject the idea that an unseen cause can lead to effects should be dismissed as foolish for ignoring their own beliefs, and they deserve to be treated with disdain. (They deny that day and night are caused by each other through their rotation, which no sensible person can overlook. They say [Sanskrit: dinasá rátri nirmmasa katritamsti])
89. Know Ráma, that an unknown and absent cause is as evident as any present and palpable cause, which is perceptible to the senses; for who can deny the fact, that it is the absence[Pg 454] of fire that produces the cold, and which is quite evident to every living body.
89. Understand, Ráma, that an unknown and absent cause is just as clear as any present and obvious cause that our senses can perceive; for who can deny that it is the lack of fire that creates the cold, which is evident to every living being?
90. See Ráma, how the fire ascends upward in the air in form of fumes, which take the shape of clouds in the azure sky, which being transformed afterwards into fire (electricity); becomes the immediate cause of the moon (by its presence [Sanskrit: ájnát kárana]).
90. Look at Ráma, how the fire rises up into the air as smoke, which takes the shape of clouds in the blue sky, and then transforms into fire (electricity); it becomes the direct cause of the moon (by its presence [Sanskrit: ájnát kárana]).
91. Again the fire being extinguished by cold, sends its watery particles upwards, and this moisture produces the moon, as the absent or remote cause of the same. ([Sanskrit: mauna kárana]).
91. Once more, when the fire is put out by the cold, it sends its watery particles upward, and this moisture creates the moon, serving as the distant or remote cause of it. (Sanskrit: mauna kárana).
92. The submarine fire likewise that falls into the feeding on the foulness of the seven oceans, and swallows their briny waters, disgorges their gases and fumes in the open air, and these flying to the upper sky in the form of clouds, drop down their purified waters in the form of sweet milky fluids in the milky ocean (which gives birth to the milk white moon). (It is said that there is an apparatus in the bosom of the clouds, for purifying the impure waters rising in vapours in the atmosphere from the earth and seas below).
92. The submarine fire also feeds on the pollution of the seven oceans, absorbing their salty waters, releasing their gases and fumes into the open air, and these rise to the sky as clouds, which then release their purified waters as sweet, milky fluids into the milky ocean (from which the milk-white moon is born). (It is said that there is a mechanism in the heart of the clouds, designed to purify the contaminated waters that rise as vapor from the earth and seas below).
93. The hot sun also devours the frigid ball of the moon or (the moon beams), in the conjunction at the dark fortnight (amávasya), and then ejects her out in their opposition in the bright half of every month, as the stork throws off the tender stalk of the lotus which it has taken. (The sun is represented to feed on, and let out the moon beams by turns in every month).
93. The hot sun also consumes the cold moon or (the moon beams) during the new moon phase (amávasya), and then releases them during the full moon each month, just like a stork discards the delicate stalk of a lotus it has taken. (The sun is depicted as feeding on and releasing the moon beams alternately every month).
94. Again the winds that suck up the heat and moisture of the earth in the vernal and hot weather, drop them down as rain water in the rainy season, which serves to renovate the body of exhausted nature. (This passage is explained in many ways from the homonymous word some of which it is composed; and which severally means the moon, the handsome, the soma plant and its juice).
94. Once again, the winds that draw up the heat and moisture from the earth during spring and summer release them as rain in the rainy season, revitalizing the exhausted natural world. (This passage is interpreted in various ways based on the related word it is derived from; which can mean the moon, beauty, the soma plant, or its juice).
95. The earthly water being carried up by the sun beams, which are called his karas or hands, are converted into the solar rays, which are the immediate cause of fire. (Here the water which is by its nature opposed to fire, becomes the cause of that element also).
95. The water from the earth being lifted by the sun's rays, known as his karas or hands, is transformed into solar rays, which directly cause fire. (In this case, the water, which is naturally opposed to fire, also becomes the source of that element).
96. Here the water becomes fire both by privation of its fluidity and frigidity, which is the remote cause of its formation as also by its acquirement of aridity or dryness and calidity or warmth; which is the immediate of its transformation to the igneous element. (This is an instance of the double or mixed causality of water in the production of fire. Gloss).
96. Here, water turns into fire both by losing its fluidity and coldness, which is the distant cause of its formation, and by gaining dryness and warmth, which is the direct cause of its transformation into the fiery element. (This is an example of the mixed causality of water in the creation of fire. Gloss).
97. The fire being absent, there remains the presence of the moon; and the absence of the moon, presents the presence of fire.
97. With no fire, we have the moon; and without the moon, we have fire.
98. Again the fire being destroyed, the moon takes its place; in the same manner, as the departure of the day introduces the night in lieu of it.
98. Once again, the fire is extinguished, and the moon steps in; just like how the end of the day gives way to the night in its absence.
99. Now in the interval of day and night, and in the interim of daylight and darkness, and in the midst of shade and light, there is a midmost point and a certain figure in it, which is unknown to the learned. (This point which is neither this nor that, nor this thing or any other, is the state of the inscrutable Brahma).
99. Now in the time between day and night, and in the gap between light and darkness, and in the blend of shade and light, there is a central point and a certain essence within it, which is not recognized by scholars. (This point, which is neither one thing nor the other, represents the nature of the mysterious Brahma).
100. That point is no nullity nor an empty vacuity (because it is neither the one or the other). Nor it is a positive entity and the real pivot and connecting link of both sides. It never changes its central place between both extremes of this and that, or the two states of being and not being.
100. That point is not nothingness or emptiness (because it is neither). It’s also not a positive entity, but it is the crucial link connecting both sides. It never shifts from its central position between the two extremes of this and that, or the two states of being and not being.
101. It is by means of the two opposite principles of the intelligent soul and inert matter, that all things exist in the universe; in the same manner, as the two contraries of light and darkness bring on the day and night in regular succession. (so the self moving and self shining sun is followed by the dull and dark moon, which moves and shines with her borrowed force and light).
101. Everything in the universe exists because of the two opposing principles of the intelligent soul and inert matter, just like the contrasting forces of light and darkness create day and night in a regular cycle. (The self-moving and self-luminous sun is followed by the dull and dark moon, which moves and shines with her borrowed energy and light.)
102. As the course of the world commenced with the union of mind and matter, or the mover and the moved from the beginning; so the body of the moon, came to be formed by an admixture of aqueous and nectarious particles in the air. (The body of the moon formed of the frozen waters, were early impregnated with the ambrosial beams of the sun). (This bespeaks of the creation of the solar orb prior to the formation of the satellite of the earth).
102. Just as the world began with the combination of mind and matter, or the mover and the moved, the body of the moon was formed from a mixture of watery and nectar-like particles in the air. (The moon's body, made of frozen water, was early infused with the heavenly light of the sun). (This indicates that the sun was created before the formation of Earth's moon).
103. Know Ráma, the beams of the sun to be composed of fire or igneous particles, and the solar light to be the effulgence of the intellect; and the body of the moon to be but a mass of dull darkness (unless it is lighted by its borrowed light from the sun). (The sun is said to shine with intellectual light, because it disperses the outer gloom of the world, as the other removes the darkness of the mind. Gloss).
103. Understand that Ráma, the rays of the sun are made of fire or fiery particles, and the sunlight is the brightness of the mind; meanwhile, the body of the moon is just a collection of dull darkness (unless it’s illuminated by its borrowed light from the sun). (The sun is said to shine with intellectual light because it clears away the outer darkness of the world, just as the other removes the darkness from the mind. Gloss).
104. The sight of the outward sun in the sky, destroys the out spreading darkness of night; but the appearance of the intellectual luminary, dispels the overspreading gloom of the world from the mind.
104. The sight of the sun in the sky drives away the darkness of night; but the presence of the intellectual light brightens the overwhelming gloom of the world from the mind.
105. But if you behold your intellect in the form of the cooling moon, it becomes as dull and cold as that satellite itself; just as if you look at a lotus at night, you will not find it to be as blooming as at sunshine (but may be at the danger of contracting lunacy or stupefaction of the intellect by looking long at the cold luminary).
105. But if you see your mind as the cooling moon, it becomes just as dull and cold as that satellite; just like when you look at a lotus at night, it won’t be as vibrant as in the sunlight (but you might risk losing your sanity or dulling your intellect by staring too long at the cold light).
106. Fire in the form of sun light enlightens the moon, in the same manner as the light of the intellect illumes the inner body (lingadeha); our consciousness is as the moonlight of the inner soul, and is the product of the sun beams of our intellect. (So says the Bharata:—As the sun illumes the worlds so doth the intellect enlighten the soul).
106. Fire in the form of sunlight brightens the moon, just like the light of understanding illuminates the inner body (lingadeha); our consciousness is like the moonlight of the inner soul and is created by the sun's rays of our intellect. (As the Bharata says:—Just as the sun lights up the worlds, the intellect enlightens the soul).
107. The intellect has no action, it is therefore without attribute or appellation; it is like light on the lamp of the soul, and is known as any common light from the lantern which shows it to the sight.
107. The intellect doesn't take action, so it has no attributes or labels; it's like the light on the lamp of the soul and is recognized like any ordinary light from a lantern that reveals it to our sight.
108. The avidity of this intellectual after the knowledge of the intelligibles, brings it to the intelligence of the sensible world; but its thirst after the unintelligible one, is attended with the precious gain of its Kaivalya or oneness with the self same one. (Blessed are they that hunger and thirst for spiritual knowledge, for they shall verily be satisfied therewith).
108. The eagerness of this mind to understand the intelligible leads it to the understanding of the physical world; but its desire for the unknowable brings the valuable reward of its Kaivalya or unity with the ultimate reality. (Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for spiritual knowledge, for they will truly be fulfilled by it).
109. The two powers of the fire and moon (agni-soma), are to be known as united with one another in the form of the body and its soul, and their union is expressed in the scriptures as the contact of the light and lighted room with one another,[Pg 457] as the reflexion of the sunshine on the wall. (The two powers of igneous and lunar lights are represented in the conjoined bodies of the Agni soma deities).
109. The two forces of fire and the moon (agni-soma) are to be understood as united with each other in the form of the body and its soul, and their union is described in the scriptures as the interaction of light and the room it illuminates,[Pg 457] similar to the reflection of sunlight on a wall. (The two powers of fiery and lunar light are depicted in the joined forms of the Agni soma deities).
110. They are also known to be separately of themselves, in different bodies and at different times; such as bodies addicted to dullness, are said to be actuated by the lunar influence; and persons advancing in their spirituality, are said to be led on by force of the solar power.
110. They are also known to exist independently, in separate bodies and at different times; for example, bodies that are prone to dullness are said to be influenced by the moon, while individuals enhancing their spirituality are said to be guided by the power of the sun.
111. The rising breath (prána) which of its nature hot and warm, is said to be Agni's or igneous; and setting breath of apána which is cold and slow is termed the soma or lunar, they abide as the light and shade in every body, the one rising upward and passing by the mouth, and the other going down by the anus.
111. The rising breath (prána), which is naturally hot and warm, is called Agni's or fiery, while the descending breath of apána, which is cold and slow, is referred to as soma or lunar. They exist as the light and dark aspects in every body, with one rising upward and exiting through the mouth, and the other descending and leaving through the anus.
112. The apána being cooled gives rise to the fiery hot breath of prána, which remains in the body like the reflexion of something in a mirror.
112. The cooled apána generates the fiery hot breath of prána, which stays in the body like an image reflected in a mirror.
113. The light of the intellect produces the brightness of consciousness, and the sun-beams reflect themselves as lunar orbs; in the dew drops on lotus leaves at early dawn.
113. The light of the mind creates the clarity of awareness, and the sun's rays reflect as moon-like orbs in the dew drops on lotus leaves at the break of dawn.
114. There was a certain consciousness in the beginning of creation, which with its properties of heat and cold as those of agni and soma; came to be combined together in the formation of human body and mind.
114. In the beginning of creation, there was a specific awareness that, along with its qualities of heat and cold like those of agni and soma, came together to form the human body and mind.
115. Strive Ráma, to settle yourself at that position of the distance of out side the mouth apána, where the sun and moon of the body (i.e. the prána and apána breaths) meet in conjunction—amávasya.
115. Work hard, Ráma, to place yourself at that point outside the mouth of apána, where the sun and moon of the body (i.e., the prána and apána breaths) come together—amávasya.
CHAPTER LXXXII.
Yoga instructions for Acquirement of the supernatural Powers of Anima-Minuteness &c.
Yoga instructions for Achieving the Supernatural Powers of Anima-Minuteness and more.
Argument:—Means of acquiring the Quadruple Capacities of Anima minima, Mahima-maxima, Laghima-lightness and Garima-heaviness, together with the power of entering into the bodies of others.
Argument:—Methods to achieve the Four Capacities of Anima minima, Mahima-maxima, Laghima-lightness, and Garima-heaviness, as well as the capability to enter the bodies of others.
VASISHTHA continued:—Hear me now tell you, how the bodies of yogis are capable of expansion and contraction at will; as to be multum in parvo; and parvum in multo.
VASISHTHA continued:—Listen to me as I explain how the bodies of yogis can expand and contract at will; to be multum in parvo; and parvum in multo.
2. There is above the lotus-like diaphragm of the heart, a blazing fire emitting its sparks, like gold coloured butterflies flirting about it, and flaring as flashes of lightning in the evening clouds. (This is the jatharágni or culinary fire).
2. Above the lotus-like diaphragm of the heart, there’s a bright fire sending out sparks, like golden butterflies dancing around it, flaring up like flashes of lightning in the evening clouds. (This is the jatharágni or culinary fire).
3. It is fanned and roused by the enkindling animal spirit, which blows over it as with the breath of the wind; it pervades the whole body without burning it, and shines as brightly as the sun in the form of our consciousness.
3. It’s stirred up and energized by the awakening animal spirit, which sweeps over it like the wind; it fills the entire body without causing harm and shines as brilliantly as the sun in the form of our awareness.
4. Being then kindled into a blaze in an instant, like the early raise of the rising sun gleaming upon the morning clouds; it melts down the whole body (to its toes and nails), as the burning furnace dissolves the gold in the crucible. (It is impossible to make out anything of this allegory).
4. Then, in an instant, it ignites into a blaze, like the early rays of the rising sun shining on the morning clouds; it melts down the entire body (from head to toe), just as a furnace melts gold in a crucible. (It's impossible to make sense of this allegory).
5. Being unextinguishable by water, it burns the whole outer body down to the feet; and then it coils inside the body, and remains in the form of the mind in the ativáhika or spiritual body of man. (It is hard to find out the hidden sense of this passage also).
5. Being unable to be put out by water, it burns the entire outer body down to the feet; then it coils inside the body and stays in the form of the mind within the ativáhika or spiritual body of a person. (It's also difficult to uncover the deeper meaning of this passage).
6. Having then reduced the inner body likewise, it becomes lifeless of itself; and becomes extinct as the frost at the blowing of winds (or blast of a tempest).
6. After reducing the inner body in the same way, it becomes lifeless on its own; and it fades away like frost does with the blowing winds (or the force of a storm).
7. The force of the Kundaliní or intestinal canal, being put out to the fundamental artery of the rectum; remains in the vacuity of the spiritual body, like a shadow of the smoke of fire.
7. The energy of the Kundalini or intestinal canal, directed toward the main artery of the rectum, stays in the emptiness of the spiritual body, like a shadow of smoke from a fire.
8. This smoky shade parades over the heart like a swarthy maiden, and encloses in her bosom the subtile body composed of its mind and understanding, the living principle and its egoism.
8. This smoky color flows over the heart like a dark-skinned woman, wrapping in her embrace the subtle body made up of its thoughts and understanding, the vital essence and its self-centeredness.
9. It has the power to enter into the porous fibres of lotuses to penetrate the rocks, to stretch over the grass, to pop into houses and stones, to pry in the sky and ply in the ground, and remain and move about everywhere in the manner it likes of its own will. (This power is called sakti or energy which is omnipotent).
9. It has the ability to seep into the soft fibers of lotuses, break through rocks, extend over the grass, slip into homes and stones, explore the sky and the ground, and exist and move freely wherever it wants. (This ability is known as sakti or energy, which is all-powerful).
10. This power produces consciousness and sensibility, by the sap and serum which it supplies to the whole body; and is itself filled with juice, like a leather bag that is dipped into a well or water.
10. This power creates awareness and feeling, through the sap and serum it provides to the entire body; and it is itself full of fluid, like a leather pouch that is dipped into a well or a body of water.
11. This great artery of Kundaliní being filled with gastric juice, forms the body in any shape it likes; as an artist draws the lines of a picture in any form, as it is pictured in his mind. (Hence it depends on the gastric artery to extend and sketch out the body according to its own plan).
11. This main pathway of Kundaliní filled with stomach fluid shapes the body however it wants, like an artist sketching the lines of a picture based on their imagination. (So, it relies on the stomach pathway to stretch and outline the body according to its own design).
12. It supplies the embryonic seed placed in the foetus of the mother, with the power of its evolution into the fleshy and bony parts of its future body; as the tender sprout of the vegetative seed, waxes in time to a hard woody tree. (The act of evolution is attributed in the text to the triple causality of the physical nutrition in the stomach, the metaphysical cause of the intensity of thought in the growing mind, and the psychological tendency of the soul, produced from the fourth and prime cause of its prior propensity, which is inbred in grain and essential nature of every being, the intense thought is called [Sanskrit: hridaya bhávná]).
12. It provides the developing seed inside the mother’s fetus with the ability to grow into the fleshy and bony parts of its future body, just as the delicate shoot of a seed grows over time into a strong, woody tree. (The process of development is explained in the text through the three causes: the physical nourishment in the stomach, the metaphysical influence of intense thought in the growing mind, and the psychological inclination of the soul, stemming from the fourth and primary cause of its inherent tendency, which is ingrained in the essence and nature of every being; the intense thought is referred to as [Sanskrit: hridaya bhávná]).
13. Know Ráma, this certain truth which is acknowledged by the wise, that the living principles acquire its desired state and stature, be it that of a mountain or bit of straw. (This passage supports the free agency of man to go in either way in opposition to the doctrine of blind fatalism, and the arbitrary power of the Divine will).
13. Know, Ráma, this undeniable truth recognized by the wise: that living beings achieve their desired state and stature, whether that’s like a mountain or a piece of straw. (This passage supports the idea that humans have free will to choose their path, in contrast to the belief in blind fate and the arbitrary power of Divine will).
14. You have heard, O Ráma! of certain powers as of diminishing and increasing the bulk and stature of the body, attainable by the practice of yoga; you will now hear me give you an interesting lecture, regarding the attainment of these capacities by means of knowledge or jnána. (This is the theory or theoretical part of the practice or practical art of yoga).
14. You've heard, O Ráma! about certain abilities to decrease and increase the size and height of the body, which can be achieved through yoga practice; now I'm going to give you an interesting talk about how to achieve these abilities through knowledge or jnána. (This is the theory or theoretical aspect of the practice or practical art of yoga).
15. Know for certain that there is but only one intelligent principle of the Intellect, which is inscrutable, pure and most charming; which is minuter than the minutest, perfectly tranquil and is nothing of the mundane world or any of its actions or properties.
15. Understand that there is only one intelligent principle of the Intellect, which is mysterious, pure, and incredibly appealing; it is finer than the finest, completely serene, and is not part of the material world or any of its actions or characteristics.
16. The same chit—intellect being collected in itself into an individuality (by its power of chayana integration) from the undivided whole, and assuming the power of will or volition—sankalpa itself, becomes the living soul by transformation of its pure nature to an impure one. (This power of integration is said to be a fallacy adhyása or misconception—adhyáropa of human mind, which attributes a certain quality to a thing by mistake or áropa as [Sanskrit: paratra parábabhásah]: or mistaking a thing for another e. g. [Sanskrit: shuktau ratrátávadábhásah]: i.e. taking the shell for silver from its outward appearance.)
16. The same essence—intellect being concentrated within itself to form an individuality (through its ability to chayana integrate) from the unified whole, and taking on the power of will or intention—sankalpa—becomes the living soul by transforming its pure nature into an impure one. (This ability to integrate is referred to as a fallacy adhyása or misconception—adhyáropa of the human mind, which mistakenly attributes a certain quality to something or áropa as [Sanskrit: paratra parábabhásah]: or misidentifying something as if it were another e. g. [Sanskrit: shuktau ratrátávadábhásah]: i.e. mistaking a shell for silver based on its outward appearance.)
17. The will is a fallacy, and the body is a mistake; (because there is no mutation of volition or personality of the infinite intellect); and the ignorant alone distinguish the living soul from the universal spirit, as the ignorant boy sees the demon in a shadow. (All these are false attributes of the true one).
17. The will is an illusion, and the body is a flaw; (because there is no change in choice or identity of the infinite mind); and only the uninformed separate the living soul from the universal spirit, just like an ignorant child sees a demon in a shadow. (All of these are false qualities of the true one).
18. When the lamp of knowledge brings the mind to the full light of truth, then the error of volition is removed from the living soul, as the cloud of the rainy weather are dissipated in Autumn.
18. When the light of knowledge illuminates the mind with the full truth, the mistakes of choice fade away from the living soul, just like the clouds of rainy weather clear up in autumn.
19. The body has its rest, after the wishes have subsided in the mind; just as the lamp is extinguished after its oil is exhausted. (Mental anxieties cause the restlessness of the body).
19. The body rests once the thoughts have calmed down in the mind; just like the lamp goes out when its oil runs out. (Mental worries lead to the body's restlessness).
20. The soul that sees the truth, has no more the knowledge of his body; as the man awakened from his sleep, has no longer the apparitions of his dream appearing before him.
20. The soul that perceives the truth no longer has awareness of its body; just like a person waking up from a dream no longer sees the visions of that dream before them.
21. It is the mistaking of the unreal for the real or what is the same, the ascribing of reality to the unreality that gives the colour of reality to false material bodies; but the knowledge of the truth removes the error of the corporal body, and restore the soul to its wonted splendour and true felicity.
21. It's the confusion of the unreal with the real, or in other words, the attributing of reality to what isn't real, that gives a false sense of reality to physical bodies. However, understanding the truth eliminates the misconception of the physical body and restores the soul to its natural brilliance and true happiness.
22. But the error of taking the material body for the immaterial soul, is so deep rooted in the mind; that it is as difficult to remove, as it is for the strongest sun beams to perceive the mental gloom of men.
22. But the mistake of confusing the physical body with the non-physical soul is so deeply ingrained in the mind that it's as hard to eliminate as it is for even the strongest sunlight to brighten the mental darkness of people.
23. This impervious darkness of the mind, is only to be perceived by the sun-shine of knowledge; that our soul is the seat of immaculate and all pervading spirit of God, and that I myself am no other than the pure intellect which is in me. (The anal Huq of Mansur).
23. This impenetrable darkness of the mind can only be illuminated by the light of knowledge; our soul is the home of the pure and all-encompassing spirit of God, and I am nothing but the pure intellect within me. (The anal Huq of Mansur).
24. Those that have known the supreme soul meditate on it in this manner in their own souls, until they find themselves to be assimilated to the same by their extensive thought of it. (Here we have the curious doctrine of strong thought drirha-bhávaná of Vasishtha again which inculcates the possibility of one's being whatever he strongly thinks himself to be. It is allied to the doctrine of the strength of belief—faith and bhakti of others).
24. People who have experienced the supreme soul meditate on it in this way within themselves until they feel completely aligned with it through their deep thoughts. (Here we revisit the interesting concept of strong thought drirha-bhávaná from Vasishtha, which teaches that one can become whatever they strongly believe themselves to be. This idea is related to the power of belief—faith and bhakti of others.)
25. It is hence, O Ráma! that some men convert the deadly poison to sweet ambrosial food, and change the delicious nectar to bitter gall. (Thus Siva the God and yogi converts the snake poison to his food and the sweets offered to his topmost mouth to the bitterest bane).
25. So, O Ráma! some people turn deadly poison into sweet ambrosia and change delicious nectar into bitter gall. (In the same way, Siva the God and yogi transforms snake poison into his food and the sweets offered to his highest mouth into the most bitter bane).
26. So whatever is thought upon with intensity in any manner and on any occasion, the same comes to take place as it is seen in many instances.
26. So whatever you focus on intensely, in any way and at any time, tends to become reality, as we've seen many times.
27. The body when seen in the light of a reality, is found to be a real existence; but being looked upon as an unreality, it vanishes into nothing (or it mixes in the vacuity of Brahma).
27. When viewed as a reality, the body is recognized as a true existence; however, when considered as an illusion, it disappears into nothingness (or it merges into the emptiness of Brahma).
28. You have thus heard from me, o righteous Ráma! the theoretical mode (jnána-yukti) of attaining the capacities of magnifying and minimizing one's person at will; I will now[Pg 462] tell you of another method of gaining these powers, to which you shall have now to attend.
28. You have now heard from me, righteous Ráma! the theoretical way (jnána-yukti) of gaining the ability to enlarge and shrink yourself at will; I will now[Pg 462] share another method for obtaining these powers, which you should pay attention to now.
29. You can practice by exhalation of your rechaka breath, to extract your vital power (life) from the cell of your Kundaliní artery, and infuse it into another body; as the winds of the air, carry the fragrance of flowers into the nostrils. (This is the mode of ones forsaking its own body in order to enliven another).
29. You can practice by exhaling your rechaka breath to draw your vital energy (life) from the cell of your Kundaliní artery and transfer it into another body, just like how the winds carry the scent of flowers to the nose. (This is how one leaves their own body to energize another).
30. The former body is left lifeless like a log of wood or block of stone, and such is the relation between the body and life; as that of a bucket and its water, which is powered out to enliven the plants.
30. The body is left lifeless like a log or a stone, illustrating the relationship between the body and life, just like a bucket and its water, which is poured out to nourish the plants.
31. Thus is the life infused in all movable and immovable things, in order to enjoy the pleasures of their particular states at its pleasure.
31. This is how life is present in everything that moves and everything that doesn't, allowing them to relish the joys of their specific states whenever it wants.
32. The living soul having relished the bliss of its consummate state, returns to its former body if it is still in existence, or it goes and settles some where else, as it may best suit its taste.
32. The living soul, having enjoyed the joy of its perfect state, will return to its previous body if it still exists, or it will go and settle somewhere else, as it may best suit its preferences.
33. The yogis thus pass into all bodies and live with their conscious souls, and fill the world also by magnifying their spirits over all space.
33. The yogis enter into all bodies and coexist with their conscious souls, also expanding their spirits to fill the world in all directions.
34. The yogi who is lord of himself by his enlightened understanding, and his knowledge of all things beside their accompanying evils; obtains in an instant whatever he wants to have, and which is present before the effulgence of divine light (anávarana Brahma jyoti).
34. The yogi who has mastered himself through his enlightened understanding and knowledge of everything, including the associated troubles, can instantly obtain whatever he desires, which is visible in the glow of divine light (anávarana Brahma jyoti).
CHAPTER LXXXIII.
Story of the miserly Kiráta.
Tale of the stingy Kiráta.
Argument:—Perfection of Chúdálá and the imbecility of the Prince; efficacy of instruction and its elucidation in the tale of niggardly Kiráta.
Argument:—The excellence of Chúdálá and the foolishness of the Prince; the impact of teaching and its explanation in the story of the greedy Kiráta.
VASISHTHA continued:—Thus the royal dame was possest of the qualities of contracting and expanding herself to any form, and became so expert in these by their continued practice of them;
VASISHTHA continued:—Thus the royal lady had the ability to contract and expand herself into any shape and became skilled at these abilities through constant practice;
2. That she made her aerial journey and navigated at pleasure over the expanse of waters; she moved on the surface of the earth, as the river Ganges glides on in her silent course.
2. She took her aerial journey and flew freely over the vast waters; she glided over the ground, like the river Ganges flows silently on its path.
3. She dwelt in the bosom of her lord, as the goddess of prosperity abides in the heart of Hari, and travelled in a moment with her mind over every city and country over the earth.
3. She lived in the embrace of her lord, just as the goddess of prosperity resides in the heart of Hari, and in an instant, she explored every city and country across the earth with her thoughts.
4. This fairy lady fled in the air, and flashed like the lightning with the flashes of her twinkling eyes; she passed as a shadow over the earth, as a body of clouds passes over a range of mountains.
4. This fairy lady flew through the air, shining like lightning with her sparkling eyes; she glided over the earth like a patch of clouds drifting over a mountain range.
5. She passed without any hazard through the grass and wood, stones and clods of earth, and through fire and water and air and vacuum, as a thread passes through hole of a heart. (Milton says:—That with no middle flight, to the heaven of heavens I have presented through an earthly quest).
5. She moved effortlessly through the grass and trees, over stones and clumps of dirt, and through fire, water, air, and emptiness, just like a thread goes through the eye of a needle. (Milton says:—That with no intermediate journey, to the highest heaven I have presented through an earthly quest).
6. She lightly skimmed over the mountain peaks, and pryed through the regions of the regents of all the sides of heaven; she penetrated into the cavities of the empty womb of vacuity, and have a pleasant trip whatever she directed in her flight. (All this is brain action and no reality at all).
6. She lightly glided over the mountain peaks and explored the realms of the rulers of all sides of the heavens; she delved into the emptiness of nothingness and enjoyed her journey wherever she flew. (All this is mental activity and not real at all).
7. She conversed freely with all living beings, whether they move or prone on the ground as the beast of earth, or crawl upon it as the snakes and insects. She talked with the savage Pisácha tribes and communicated with men and the immortal[Pg 464] Gods and demi-gods also. (The clever princess like the far-seeing seer saw every thing with her mind's eye, and held her converse (vyavahára) with all).
7. She chatted openly with all living things, whether they walked on two legs or lay flat on the ground like the beasts of the earth, or slithered upon it like snakes and insects. She spoke with the wild Pisácha tribes and connected with both humans and the immortal Gods and demigods. (The clever princess, like the insightful seer, perceived everything with her mind's eye and engaged in conversation with all.)
8. She tried much to communicate her knowledge to her ignorant husband, but he was no way capable of receiving her spiritual instruction. (Átmajnána means also her intuitive or self taught knowledge).
8. She worked hard to share her knowledge with her clueless husband, but he was completely unable to understand her spiritual teachings. (Átmajnána also refers to her intuitive or self-taught knowledge).
9. He understood her as no other than his young princess and the mistress of his house, and skilled only in the arts of coquetry and house wifery (and quite ignorant of higher things because the ladies of India were barred from spiritual knowledge).
9. He understood her like no one else, as his young princess and the leader of his household, skilled only in the arts of flirting and homemaking (and completely unaware of deeper matters because women in India were excluded from spiritual knowledge).
10. Until this time the prince had been ignorant of the qualifications of the princess Chúdálá, and knew not that she had made her progress in the spiritual science, as a young student makes his proficiency in the different branches of learning.
10. Until then, the prince had no idea about the princess Chúdálá's qualifications and didn't realize that she had advanced in spiritual knowledge, just like a young student becomes skilled in various subjects.
11. She also was as reserved to show her consummate learning to her unenlightened husband; as a Brahman declines to show his secret rites to a vile sudra.
11. She was just as hesitant to reveal her extensive knowledge to her ignorant husband as a Brahman is unwilling to share his secret rituals with a low-born sudra.
12. Ráma said:—If it was impossible, sir, for the seeress of consummate wisdom to communicate her knowledge to her husband Sikhidhwaja, with all her endeavours to enlighten him on the subject; how can it be possible for others, to be conversant in spiritual knowledge in any other means.
12. Ráma said:—If it was impossible, sir, for the seeress of complete wisdom to share her knowledge with her husband Sikhidhwaja, despite all her efforts to enlighten him on the subject; how can it be possible for anyone else to gain spiritual knowledge through any other means?
13. Vasishtha answered:—Ráma, it is obedience to the rule of attending to the precepts of the preceptor, joined with the intelligence of the pupil, which is the only means of gaining instruction.
13. Vasishtha answered:—Rama, it's following the guidelines of the teacher, combined with the student’s understanding, that is the only way to gain knowledge.
14. The hearing of sermon nor the observance of any religious rite, is of any efficacy towards the knowledge of the soul; unless one will employ his own soul, to have the light of the supreme soul shine upon it. It is the spirit alone that can know the spirit, as it is the serpent only that can trace out the path of another serpent.
14. Listening to a sermon or following any religious practice won't help you understand the soul, unless you're willing to let your own soul be illuminated by the supreme soul. Only the spirit can truly know the spirit, just like a serpent is the only one that can find the path of another serpent.
15. Ráma rejoined:—If such is the course of the world, that we can learn nothing without the instruction of our preceptors;[Pg 465] then tell me, O sage! how the precepts of the wise lead to our spiritual knowledge also.
15. Ráma replied, “If that’s how the world works, and we can’t learn anything without our teachers’ guidance, [Pg 465] then explain to me, wise one, how the teachings of the wise also guide us to spiritual knowledge.”
16. Vasishtha replied:—Hear me Ráma, relate to you a tale to this effect. There lived an old Kiráta of yore, who was miserly in his conduct as he was rich in his possessions of wealth and grains. He dwelt with his family by the side of the Vindhyan woods, as a poor Brahman lives apart from his kith and kin.
16. Vasishtha replied:—Listen to me, Ráma, while I tell you a story about this. Once upon a time, there was an old Kiráta who was as greedy as he was wealthy, hoarding his riches and grains. He lived with his family next to the Vindhyan woods, much like a poor Brahman who lives separately from his relatives.
17. He happened to pass by his native forest at one time, and slip a single couri from his purse, which fell in a grassy furze and was lost under the grass.
17. He happened to walk by his hometown forest one time and dropped a single couri from his wallet, which fell into a grassy patch and got lost under the grass.
18. He ran on every side, and beat at the bush for three days to find out his lost couri, and impelled by his niggardliness to leave no fallen leaf unturned over the ground.
18. He searched everywhere and dug through the bushes for three days to find his lost couri, driven by his stinginess to leave no stone unturned.
19. As he searched and turned about, he ran and turned it ever in his mind, saying:—Ah! this single couri would make four by its commerce, and that would bring me eight in time, and this would make a hundred and a thousand, and more and more by repetition, so I have lost a treasure in this.
19. As he searched and looked around, he thought to himself:—Ah! this one couri could become four through its trade, which would eventually bring me eight, and that would lead to a hundred and then a thousand, and so on indefinitely, so I've lost a fortune in this.
20. Thus he counted over and over, over the gains he would gain, and sighed as often at the loss he did sustain; and took into no account of the rustic peasantry on his foolish penury.
20. So he kept counting again and again, thinking about the profits he would make, and sighed repeatedly over the losses he faced; and he paid no attention to the simple farmers struggling with their own poverty.
21. At the end of the third day he came across a rich jewel, as brilliant as the bright moon in the same forest; which compensated for the loss of his paltry couri by a thousand fold.
21. At the end of the third day, he came across a precious jewel, as bright as the full moon in the same forest; which made up for the loss of his meager couri a thousand times over.
22. He returned gladly with his great gain to his homely dwelling, and was highly delighted with the thought of keeping off poverty for ever from his door. (The word Kerate is commonly used for Kiráta—the miser).
22. He happily returned with his significant winnings to his modest home and was extremely pleased at the idea of keeping poverty away from his doorstep forever. (The word Kerate is commonly used for Kiráta—the miser).
23. Now as the Kiráta was quite satisfied, with his unexpected gain of the great treasure, in the search of his trifling couri; and passed his days without any care or fear of the changeful world.
23. Now that the Kiráta was really happy with his surprising find of the great treasure while searching for his small couri, he spent his days without any worries or fears about the unpredictable world.
24. So the student comes to obtain his spiritual knowledge from his preceptor, while he has been in quest of his temporal learning, which is but a trifle in comparison to his eternal concern.
24. So the student seeks spiritual knowledge from his teacher while he has been pursuing his worldly education, which is insignificant compared to his eternal matters.
25. But then, O sinless Ráma! it is not possible to attain to divine knowledge, by the mere lectures of the preceptor; because the lord is beyond the perception of senses, and can neither be expressed by nor known from the words of the instructor's mouth. (It requires one's intuition and spiritual inspiration also to see the spirit in one's own spirit).
25. But then, O sinless Rama! it's not possible to achieve divine knowledge just by listening to the teacher's lectures; because the divine is beyond the senses and can't be conveyed or understood through the words of the instructor. (It also takes one's intuition and spiritual insight to recognize the spirit within one's own spirit).
26. Again it is not possible to arrive to spiritual knowledge, without the guidance of the spiritual guide; for can one gain the rich gem without his search after the couri like the miserly Kiráta? (This means that it is impossible to attain the esoteric or abstract knowledge of the soul, without a prior acquaintance of the exoteric and concrete).
26. Once again, it’s impossible to gain spiritual knowledge without the help of a spiritual guide; can anyone find the precious gem without searching for the couri like the greedy Kiráta? (This means that you can’t achieve deep or abstract knowledge of the soul without first being familiar with the outer and tangible aspects).
27. As the search of couri became the cause of or was attended with the gain of the gem, so our attendance on secular instructions of the preceptor, becomes an indirect cause to our acquirement of the invaluable treasure of spiritual knowledge.
27. Just as the quest for couri led to or was accompanied by the discovery of the gem, our engagement with the teachings of our mentor indirectly contributes to our gaining the priceless wealth of spiritual knowledge.
28. Ráma, look at this wonderful eventualities of nature, which brings forth events otherwise than the necessary results of our pursuits (as the search of couri resulted the gain of the gem).
28. Ráma, check out these amazing outcomes of nature, which produces events that are different from the expected results of our efforts (like how the search for couri led to finding the gem).
29. As it often comes to pass, that our attempts are attended with other result than those which are ought; it is better for us to remain indifferent with regard to the result of our act.
29. As often happens, our efforts yield different results than we expect; it's better for us to stay indifferent to the outcome of our actions.
CHAPTER LXXXIV.
Pilgrimage of prince Sikhidhwaja.
Pilgrimage of Prince Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—Sikhidhwaja's abandonment of the world, and remaining as religious Recluse on the Mandara mountain; followed by the visit of the Princess and her admonition to him.
Argument:—Sikhidhwaja's choice to abandon worldly life and become a religious recluse on Mandara mountain, along with the Princess's visit and her warning to him.
VASISHTHA related:—The prince Sikhidhwaja continued in utter darkness, without the sight of his spiritual knowledge; and groped his way amidst the gloom of the world, as a childless man passes his woeful days, in utter despair of any glimpse of hope. (As son is the hope of a man both in this world as well as in the next).
VASISHTHA related:—The prince Sikhidhwaja remained in complete darkness, lacking the insight of spiritual knowledge; and he stumbled through the shadows of the world, like a man without children who spends his miserable days in deep despair, with no sign of hope. (For a son is a man's hope both in this life and the next).
2. His heart burned disconsolate in the flame of his anxieties, without the consolation of his salvation; and the great affluence of his fortune, served as full to feed the fire of his hopelessness, for want of the cooling shower of religion.
2. His heart burned with despair in the fire of his worries, without the comfort of his salvation; and the immense wealth he had only fueled the flames of his hopelessness, lacking the refreshing relief of faith.
3. He found his consolation in lonely retreats, in the caves of mountains and beside their falling waters; where he strayed at large, like the beasts of prey flying from the arrows of huntsmen.
3. He found comfort in solitude, in the caves of mountains and next to their flowing waters; where he wandered freely, like wild animals fleeing from the arrows of hunters.
4. Ráma, he became as distracted as you had been before; and discharged his daily rituals, at the humble request and repeated solicitations of his attending servants.
4. Ráma became just as distracted as you had been before; and he performed his daily rituals at the humble request and ongoing pleas of his attending servants.
5. He was as inexcitable and cold blooded, as a religious recluse; he desisted from the enjoyments of his princely pleasures, and abstained also from his usual food.
5. He was as unflappable and emotionless as a devout hermit; he gave up the pleasures of his royal lifestyle and also refrained from his regular meals.
6. He gave his homage with large largesses of lands and gifts of gold and kine to the gods, Brahmans and his relatives also.
6. He showed his respect with generous gifts of land, gold, and cattle to the gods, Brahmins, and his relatives as well.
7. He went on performing the austerities of the religious rites, and the rigorous ceremonies of the chandáryana and others; he travelled through wilds and deserts and inhabited tracts, to his pilgrimages far and near.
7. He continued practicing the strict religious rites and the tough ceremonies of the chandáryana and others; he journeyed through wildernesses and deserts, and populated areas, for his pilgrimages near and far.
8. Yet he found nowhere the consolation of his mind, which he kept seeking all-abouts; as a miner digs the sterile soil in quest of some mineral, where there is no such thing to be found.
8. Yet he found no comfort for his mind, which he kept searching for everywhere; like a miner digging through barren earth in search of some mineral that isn't there.
9. He was pining away under the ardour of his anxiety, as it were under the fiery heat of the sun; in search of some remedy for his worldly cares, which hunted him incessantly both by day and night.
9. He was wasting away from the intensity of his anxiety, like someone suffering under the scorching heat of the sun; searching for a way to escape his worries, which chased him relentlessly both day and night.
10. Being absorbed in his thoughts, he sought not for aught of the poisonous pleasures of his realm; and with the meekness of his spirit and mind, he did not look at the grand estate which lay before him.
10. Lost in his thoughts, he didn’t seek any of the toxic pleasures of his kingdom; and with the humility of his spirit and mind, he didn’t pay attention to the magnificent estate that lay before him.
11. It happened one day, as he was sitting with his beloved princess reclining on his lap; that he spoke to her as follows, in his mellifluent speech.
11. One day, as he was sitting with his beloved princess resting on his lap, he said to her in his smooth, pleasant voice.
12. Sikhidhwaja said:—I have long tasted the pleasures of my realm, and enjoyed the sweet and bitter of my large property and landed possessions. I am now grown as weary of them, as they are both the same and stale to me.
12. Sikhidhwaja said:—I have spent a long time enjoying the pleasures of my kingdom, experiencing both the highs and lows of my vast wealth and land. Now, I'm just as tired of them as they all feel the same and worn out to me.
13. Know my delighted lady, that the silent sage is exempt from pleasure and pain; and no prosperity nor adversity, can ever betide the lonely hermit of the forest.
13. Know, my cherished lady, that the quiet wise person is free from both pleasure and pain; and neither success nor hardship can ever touch the solitary hermit of the woods.
14. Neither the fear of the loss of lives in battle, nor the dread of losing the territory in the reverse of victory, can ever betake the lonely hermit of the forest; wherefore I ween his helpless state, to be happier far than the dignity of royalty.
14. Neither the fear of losing lives in battle nor the worry about losing territory in defeat can ever reach the lonely hermit of the forest; therefore, I believe his helpless situation is much happier than the dignity of royalty.
15. The woodland parterres are as pleasing to me, as thyself with the clusters of their blossoms in spring, and with their ruddy leaves resembling thy rosy palms; their twisted filaments are as the fillets of thy curling hairs, and the hoary and flimsy clouds in the air, are as their white and clean vests and raiments.
15. The garden areas in the woods are just as enjoyable to me as you are, with their bunches of flowers in spring and their reddish leaves that look like your rosy palms; their twisted threads are like the strands of your curly hair, and the light, wispy clouds in the sky are like their white, clean clothes.
16. The blooming flowers resemble their ornaments, and their pollen is the scented powder on their persons; and the seats of reddish stones, bear resemblance to the protruberances on their posteriors.
16. The blooming flowers look like their decorations, and their pollen is the fragrant powder on their bodies; and the reddish stone seats resemble the curves of their backsides.
17. The ambient and pearly rills flowing amidst them, resemble the pendant strings of pearls on their necks; and their foaming waves seen as clusters of pearls, tied as the knots of their vestures. The tender creepers are as their playful daughters, and the frisking fawns are as their playsome darlings.
17. The soft, shimmering streams flowing around them look like the strings of pearls hanging from their necks, and the frothy waves appear as clusters of pearls, tied like the knots of their garments. The delicate vines act like their playful daughters, and the frolicking fawns are like their lively little ones.
18. Perfumed with the natural fragrance of flowers, and having the swarming bees for their eye-lids and eyebrows; and wearing the flowery garment of flowers, they are offering an abundance of fruits for the food of the passengers.
18. Scented with the natural smell of flowers, and having buzzing bees for their eyelids and eyebrows; and wearing flowery clothing, they are providing plenty of fruits for the travelers' meals.
19. The pure waters of the falling cascades are sweet to taste, and cool the body as thy company gratifies my senses. I foster therefore an equal fondness for these woodland scenes, as I bear for thy company also.
19. The clear waters of the falling waterfalls are sweet to taste and refresh my body just as much as your presence delights my senses. Because of this, I feel a similar affection for these forest scenes as I do for being with you.
20. But the calm composures which these solitudes seem to afford to the soul, are in my estimation far superior to the delight, that I derive from the cooling moon light, and the bliss that I might enjoy in the paradise of India and in the heaven of Brahmá himself.
20. But the peaceful solitude these quiet places offer my soul is, in my opinion, far better than the joy I get from the refreshing moonlight or the happiness I could find in the paradise of India and in the realm of Brahmá himself.
21. Now my dear one, you ought to put no obstacle to these designs of mine; because no faithful wife ever presents any obstructions to the desire of her lord.
21. Now, my dear, you shouldn't stand in the way of my plans; because no loyal wife ever hinders her husband's wishes.
22. Chúdálá replied:—The work done in its proper time, is commendable as seasonable and not that which is unseasonable or intempestive; it is as delightful to see the blossoming of flowers in the vernal season, as it is pleasant to find the ripened fruits and grains in autumn.
22. Chúdálá replied:—The work done at the right time is praiseworthy and timely, unlike work that is poorly timed or out of place; seeing flowers bloom in spring is as delightful as finding ripe fruits and grains in the fall.
23. It is for the old and decrepit and those broken down in their bodies by age, to resort in their retirement in the woods; and does not befit a young man as yourself to fly from the world, wherefore I do not approve your choice. (So says the poet, "O that my weary age may find a peaceful hermitage").
23. It’s for the old and frail, those who are worn out by age, to retreat to the woods in their retirement; it doesn’t suit a young man like you to escape from the world, which is why I don’t agree with your choice. (As the poet says, "O that my tired old age may find a peaceful hideaway").
24. Let us remain at home, O young prince, so long as we have not passed our youth, and flourish here as flowers which do not forsake the parent tree, until the flowering time is over.
24. Let's stay home, young prince, as long as we haven't outgrown our youth, and thrive here like flowers that don't leave the parent tree until it's time to bloom is done.
25. Let us like flowery creepers grow hoary with grey hairs on our heads, and then get out together from our home; as a pair of fond herons fly from the dried lake for ever.
25. Let's grow old together like flowering vines with gray hair on our heads, and then leave our home together; just like a pair of loving herons flying away from the dried-up lake forever.
26. Mind also my noble lord, the great sin that awaits on the person of that disgraceful prince of the royal race, who forsakes to seek after the welfare of his people during the time of his rule and reign. (Abdication of the crown was not allowable without an apparent heir).
26. Also consider, my noble lord, the serious wrongdoing that looms over that shameful prince of the royal family, who neglects the well-being of his people during his time in power. (Abdication of the crown was not permitted without a clear heir).
27. More over mind the opposition you will have to meet with from your subjects, who are authorized to check your unseasonable and unworthy act, as you are empowered to put a check to theirs. (The Hindu law is opposed to the spirit of despotism and lawlessness of the ruling power).
27. Moreover, be aware of the resistance you'll face from your subjects, who have the right to challenge your unreasonable and inappropriate actions, just as you have the authority to put a stop to theirs. (Hindu law goes against the spirit of tyranny and chaos from those in power).
28. Sikhidhwaja rejoined:—Know my royal dame, that thy application is all in vain to my determination of going away from here; and know me as already gone from thee and thy realm to the retreat woods afar from hence.
28. Sikhidhwaja replied, "My royal lady, understand that your efforts to change my mind about leaving are pointless. Just know that I have already left you and your kingdom for the distant retreat in the woods."
29. Thou art young and handsome, and aught not accompany me to dreary deserts and forests; which are in many respects dreadful to and impassable by men.
29. You are young and handsome, and you shouldn't accompany me to bleak deserts and forests, which are terrifying and often impossible for people to navigate.
30. Women however hardy they may be, are never able to endure the hardships of forest life; as it is impossible for the tender tendril to withstand the stroke of the felling axe.
30. Women, no matter how tough they are, can never handle the challenges of forest life; just as it's impossible for a delicate vine to survive the blow of a chopping axe.
31. Do thou remain here, O excellent lady, to rule over this realm in my absence; and take upon thee the burden of supporting thy dependants, which is the highest and best duty of women.
31. Stay here, O wonderful lady, to rule over this kingdom while I'm away; and take on the responsibility of supporting your dependents, which is the greatest and noblest duty of women.
32. Vasishtha related:—Saying so to the moon-faced princess, the self governed prince rose from his seat; to make his daily ablution and discharge his multitudinous duties of the day.
32. Vasishtha said:—After speaking to the moon-faced princess, the self-disciplined prince stood up from his seat to perform his daily rituals and take care of the many responsibilities of the day.
33. Afterwards the prince took leave of his subjects, notwithstanding all their entreaties to detain him; and departed like the setting sun towards his sylvan journey, which was unknown to and impassable by every one.
33. Afterward, the prince said goodbye to his subjects, despite their pleas to make him stay; and he left like the setting sun heading towards his forest journey, which no one knew about or could traverse.
34. He set out like the setting sun shorn of his glory, and disappeared like the sun from the sight of every body; veil of melancholy covered the face of the princess, as she saw the egress of her lord from the recess of her chamber; as the face of nature is obscured from the shadow of darkness, upon[Pg 471] the disappearance of day light below the horizon. (Here is a continued simile between the parting sun and the departing prince, and the face of nature and that of the princess).
34. He left like the sunset losing its brilliance and vanished from everyone’s view; a veil of sadness covered the princess's face as she watched her lord exit her chamber, much like nature’s beauty is hidden in the darkness when daylight fades below the horizon. [Pg 471] (Here is a continued comparison between the setting sun and the departing prince, along with the faces of nature and the princess).
35. Now the dark night advanced, veiling the world under her mantle of the ash-coloured dusk; as when the God Hara forsakes the fair Gangá, and takes the nigrescent Yamuná to his embrace. (The day and night representing the two consorts of the sun).
35. Now the dark night approached, covering the world with her cloak of gray twilight; just like when the God Hara abandons the beautiful Ganges and embraces the dark Yamuna. (The day and night symbolize the two partners of the sun).
36. The sides of heaven seemed to smile all around, with the denticulated clumps of evening clouds; and with the brightness of the moon beams, glittering on the shoots of Támala trees. (i.e. The skies seemed to smile with their glittering teeth of the evening clouds, and smiling moon beams all around).
36. The sides of heaven seemed to smile all around, with the jagged clusters of evening clouds; and with the brightness of the moonlight shimmering on the leaves of Támala trees. (i.e. The skies seemed to smile with their sparkling teeth of the evening clouds, and smiling moonlight all around).
37. And as the lord of the day departed towards the setting mountain of Sumeru on the other side of the horizon, in order to rove over the elysian garden or paradise of the gods on the north; so the brightness of the day began to fail, as the shade of evening prevailed over the face of the forsaken world.
37. And as the sun set over the western mountains of Sumeru on the other side of the horizon, heading to explore the heavenly garden or paradise of the gods to the north, the light of day started to fade as the evening shadow enveloped the deserted world.
38. Now sable night accompanied by her lord the nocturnal luminary, advanced on this side of the southern hemisphere; to sport as a loving couple with this cooling light and shade.
38. Now dark night, accompanied by her ruler the moon, moved into the southern hemisphere; to play like a loving couple in this refreshing light and shade.
39. Then were the clusters of stars seen spangled in the etherial sphere under the canopy of heaven, and appeared as handfuls of lájas or fried rice scattered by the hands of celestial maiden on the auspicious occasion.
39. Then the clusters of stars could be seen scattered in the sky under the canopy of heaven, looking like handfuls of lájas or fried rice tossed by the hands of a celestial maiden for a special occasion.
40. The sable night gradually advanced to her puberty, with the buds of lotuses as her budding breasts; she then smiled with her moony face, and littered in the opening of the nightly flowers.
40. The dark night slowly moved towards her maturity, with the lotus buds resembling her developing breasts; she then smiled with her moonlit face and lounged in the blooming night flowers.
41. The prince returned to his beloved princess after performing his evening services, and was drowned in deep sleep; as the mount Mainaka has drowned in the depth of the sea. (Mainaka is a hidden rock in the sea).
41. The prince came back to his cherished princess after finishing his evening duties and fell into a deep sleep, just like Mount Mainaka sinks beneath the sea. (Mainaka is a hidden rock in the sea).
42. It was now the time of midnight, when all was still and quiet all about; and the people were all as fast asleep, as if they were pent up in the bosom of stones.
42. It was now midnight, when everything was still and quiet all around; and the people were sound asleep, as if they were trapped in the embrace of stones.
43. He finding her fast asleep in her soft and downy bed, and lolling in the lap of indolence like the female bee in the cup of the lotus.
43. He found her fast asleep in her soft, fluffy bed, lounging in the comfort of laziness like a female bee resting in a lotus blossom.
44. The prince started from his sleep, and parted the sleeping partner of his bed from his cold embrace; as the ascending node of ráhu slowly lets off from its mouth, the eclipsed moon in the east.
44. The prince woke up and pulled away from his sleeping partner in bed, just as the ascending node of Rahu slowly releases the eclipsed moon in the east.
45. He got up from one-half of the bed cloth, while the supine princess lay on the other-half of it; as when the God Hari rises from his bed of the waters of the milky ocean, leaving the lonely Lakshmí roll in the waves after him.
45. He got up from one side of the bed, while the princess lay on the other side; just like when the God Hari rises from his bed in the milky ocean, leaving the lonely Lakshmí rolling in the waves behind him.
46. He walked out of the palace, and bade the guards to stand at their places; while he was going, he said to arrest a gang of robbers beyond the skirts of the city, with his full confidence in himself.
46. He walked out of the palace and told the guards to stay in their positions. As he went, he confidently ordered them to arrest a group of robbers beyond the edge of the city.
47. Farewell my royalty, said he, and then passed onward out of his princedom; and passed through inhabited tracts and forest lands, as the course of a river runs to the sea.
47. Goodbye, my royal friend, he said, and then moved on out of his kingdom; he traveled through populated areas and forests, just like a river flows to the sea.
48. He passed amidst the gloom of night and through the thickets of the forest beset by thorny bushes; and full of heinous beasts and reptiles, with his firm fortitude.
48. He moved through the darkness of night and the thick underbrush of the forest filled with thorny bushes, facing dangerous creatures and reptiles with unwavering courage.
49. In the morning he arrived at an open tract of land which was free from woods and jungles, and ran the course of the day with his peregrination on foot from sun rise to the setting sun; when he took refuge under the bower of the grove.
49. In the morning, he reached a clear piece of land that was free from trees and jungles, and spent the entire day walking from sunrise to sunset, when he finally rested under the shade of the grove.
50. The sun departing from sight left him to the darkness of night, when he performed his bathing and the daily rite; and having eaten some root or fruit which he could get, he passed the night resting on the barren ground under him. (The custom of evening bath, is now falling into disuse).
50. As the sun vanished from view, he was left in the darkness of night, where he took his bath and performed his daily ritual. After eating whatever root or fruit he could find, he spent the night resting on the bare ground beneath him. (The tradition of an evening bath is now becoming outdated).
51. Again and again the morning appeared and brought to light many new cities and districts, and many hills and rivers; which he passed over bravely for twelve repeated days and nights.
51. Over and over, morning came and revealed many new cities and areas, along with many hills and rivers; he crossed them confidently for twelve straight days and nights.
52. He then reached at the foot of the Mandara mountain, which was covered by a dense and immense forest which no[Pg 473] human foot could penetrate; and lay (stood) afar from the reach of man and the boundaries of human habitation.
52. He then arrived at the base of Mandara mountain, which was covered by a thick and vast forest that no human foot could enter; it was far from human reach and the limits of human settlement.
53. There appeared a spot beset by sounding rills amidst it, and set with rows of trees with aqueducts under them; here the relics of a dilapidated dwelling came to sight, and seemed to bear the appearance of the deserted mansion of some holy hermit.
53. There was a place filled with bubbling streams and lined with rows of trees with water channels beneath them; here, the remains of a run-down house were visible, looking like the abandoned home of some holy hermit.
54. It was clear of all heinous reptiles and small insects, and was planted with sacred plants and creepers for the sacerdotal purposes of the holy siddhas; while it was full of fruit trees which supplied its occupant with ample food.
54. It was free from all ugly reptiles and small insects, and was filled with sacred plants and vines for the religious purposes of the holy siddhas; meanwhile, it was full of fruit trees that provided its inhabitant with plenty of food.
55. There was seen a level and pure spot of ground with a water course, and presenting the green verdure and verdant trees; loaded with luxuriant fruits and stretching a cooling shade all over it.
55. There was a flat and clear piece of land with a stream, showcasing green grass and leafy trees; filled with abundant fruit and providing a cool shade all around.
56. The prince built here a bower of verdant creepers and leafy branches, which with their blooming blossoms glistened; as the blue vault of heaven under the lightnings of the rainy season.
56. The prince created a shelter of green vines and leafy branches, which sparkled with their blooming flowers; like the blue sky lit up by lightning during the rainy season.
57. He made for himself a staff of bamboo and some vessels for his food and drink, as also some plates to put his offerings of fruits and flowers in them; and a jar for the presentation of holy water. He likewise strung some seeds together for the purpose of his saintly rosary.
57. He created a bamboo staff and made some containers for his food and drink, as well as plates for his offerings of fruits and flowers; and a jar for holding holy water. He also threaded some seeds together to use as his rosary.
58. He procured the hides of dead animals and the deerskin for his seat and cover let in cold, and placed them carefully in his holy hermit's cell.
58. He got the skins of dead animals and deerskin for his seat and cover to keep out the cold, and he placed them carefully in his sacred hermit's cell.
59. He also collected all other things, which were of use in the discharge of his sacerdotal functions; and preserved in his sacred cell, as the Lord of creatures has stored the earth, with every provisions requisite for living beings.
59. He also gathered everything else that was needed for performing his priestly duties and kept it in his sacred space, just as the Creator has filled the earth with all the necessities for living beings.
60. He made his morning devotion, and turned his beads with the muttering of his mantras in the hours of his forenoon; and then performed his sacred ablution, and offered the flowers in the service of the Gods in the afternoon.
60. He did his morning prayers and counted his beads while quietly reciting his mantras in the late morning; then, he took a sacred bath and offered flowers in the service of the Gods in the afternoon.
61. He afterwards took some wild fruits and ground roots, and the soft lotus stalks for his food in the evening, and then[Pg 474] passed the night with his lonely self-possession, and in the meditation of his Maker.
61. He later gathered some wild fruits, roots, and soft lotus stalks for his dinner that evening, and then[Pg 474] passed the night with a calm sense of self, reflecting on his Creator.
62. Thus did the prince of Malwa pass his days with perfect cheer of his heart in the cottage cell, which he had constructed at the foot of the Mandara mountain; and thought no more of his princely pleasures which were utterly lost under the influence of the resignation, which had now taken full possession of his entire soul and mind.
62. And so, the prince of Malwa spent his days happily in the little cottage he built at the base of the Mandara mountain. He no longer thought about his royal pleasures, which were completely overshadowed by the acceptance that had fully taken over his heart and mind.
CHAPTER LXXXV
Investigation into true Happiness.
Investigation into real happiness.
Argument:—The princess goes in quest of the Prince. Their Meeting and the Admonition of the Princess.
Argument:—The princess goes on a journey to find the prince. Their encounter and the princess's caution.
VASISHTHA continued:—In this manner, the prince Sikhidhwaja remained in his monastery in the forest, in his state of perfect felicity; while the princess remained at home, and did as you shall now hear from me.
VASISHTHA continued:—In this way, Prince Sikhidhwaja stayed in his forest monastery, completely happy; while the princess stayed at home and did what you will now hear from me.
2. After the prince had gone away from the palace at midnight, Chúdálá started from her sleep; as a timid fawn lying in the village, is startled by fear.
2. After the prince left the palace at midnight, Chúdálá awoke from her sleep, just like a timid fawn in the village, startled by fear.
3. She found the bed vacated by her husband and thought it as dreary as the sky, without the sun and moon. (A deserted wife is as forlorn as a deserted village or desolate country).
3. She found the bed empty after her husband left and saw it as gloomy as the sky, without the sun or moon. (A deserted wife is as lonely as an abandoned village or barren land).
4. She rose up with a melancholy face, and with her heart full of sorrow and sadness; and her limbs were as lank as the leaves of plants, without being well watered in summer.
4. She got up with a sad expression, her heart heavy with sorrow; her limbs were as thin as the leaves of plants that haven't been properly watered in summer.
5. Sorrow sat heavy in her heart, and drove the charm and cheerfulness off her countenance; and she remained as a winter day, over cast by a cloud or covered by a hoar-frost over its face.
5. Sadness weighed heavily in her heart, driving away the charm and cheerfulness from her face; she was like a winter day, overcast by a cloud or covered in frost.
6. She sat awhile on the bedstead, and thought with sorrow in herself; saying, "Ah woe unto me" that my lord is gone away from here, and abandoned a kingdom for a retreat in the woods.
6. She sat for a while on the bed, feeling sad and thinking to herself, "Oh, what a pity that my lord has left this place and given up a kingdom for a hideaway in the woods."
7. What then can I do now, than repair to my husband; where he is, because it is appointed both by the law of nature and God, that the husband is the only resort and support of the wife.
7. What can I do now except go to my husband; where he is, because it is required by both the law of nature and God that the husband is the only refuge and support for the wife.
8. Having thought so, Chúdálá rose up to follow her husband and she fled by the door of a window into the open air. (This means that her spirit fled into air, by the power of her yoga).
8. Having thought this, Chúdálá got up to follow her husband and she escaped through the window into the open air. (This means that her spirit ascended into the air, empowered by her yoga).
9. She roamed in her aerial course, and by the force of her breath on the wings of air; and appeared before the face of the aerial spirits (siddhas), as a second moon moving in the skies.
9. She floated in her skyward path, and with the power of her breath on the wings of the air; she appeared before the spirits of the sky (siddhas), like a second moon moving through the heavens.
10. As she was passing at the night time, she happened to behold her lord roving about with a sword in his hand; and appearing as a ghost of a vetála or demon wandering in the solitary forest.
10. As she was passing by at night, she happened to see her lord wandering around with a sword in his hand, looking like a ghost or demon roaming in the lonely forest.
11. The princess seeing her husband in this manner from her aerial seat, she began to reflect on the future state which awaited on her husband; and which she foresaw by power of her yoga.
11. The princess, seeing her husband like this from her high seat, started to think about the future that awaited him, which she could see through her yoga powers.
12. It is certain, O Ráma! that whatever is allotted in the book of fate to befall on any body at any time or place or manner, the same is sure to take place at the very moment and spot and in the same way (and all this is well known to the holy seer and seeress by the prophetic power, which they acquire by their knowledge and practice of yoga).
12. It’s certain, O Ráma! that whatever is destined to happen to anyone at any time, place, or in any way will definitely occur at that exact moment and location and in the same manner (and all of this is well understood by the holy seer and seeress through the prophetic powers gained by their knowledge and practice of yoga).
13. The princess seeing plainly in her presence, whatever is to take place on her husband; and knowing it to be averted by no means, she stopped from going to him to communicate the same.
13. The princess could clearly see what was going to happen to her husband, and knowing it couldn't be prevented, she chose not to go to him to share the news.
14. Be my visit postponed to him to a future occasion, when it is destined for me to be in his company again.
14. Let my visit to him be postponed to a later time when I'm meant to be in his company again.
15. Thinking so in her mind Chúdálá turned her course from him, and returned to her inner apartment and reclined on her milk white pillow; as the crescent of the moon lies recumbent on the hoary forehead of Hara.
15. With these thoughts in her mind, Chúdálá turned away from him and went back to her inner room, laying down on her milk-white pillow, like the crescent moon resting on the gray head of Hara.
16. She proclaimed to her people, that the prince was gone on some important occasion; and having relieved with the consolation of his quick return, she took the reins of the government in her own hands.
16. She told her people that the prince was away on some important matter; and after comforting them with the promise of his quick return, she took control of the government herself.
17. She managed the state in the manner of her husband, according to the established rules of toleration; and with the same care and vigilance, as the husband-woman guards her ripening cornfields.
17. She governed the state like her husband did, following the established rules of tolerance; and with the same care and attention that a farmer protects her growing fields.
18. In this manner they passed their days without seeing[Pg 477] one another, and the conjugal pair lived separated from each other; in their respective habitations of the royal palace and the solitary forest.
18. This is how they spent their days without seeing[Pg 477] each other, and the married couple lived apart; one in the royal palace and the other in the quiet forest.
19. And in this manner passed on their days and nights, their weeks and fortnights, their months and seasons in regular succession over one and another; the one counting his days in the woods and the other in her princely palace.
19. And in this way, their days and nights went by, their weeks and two-week periods, their months and seasons in a steady flow, with one counting his days in the woods and the other in her royal palace.
20. What is the use of a lengthy description of full eighteen years, which glided on slowly over the separated couple, the one dwelling in her palatial dome, and the other in his woodland retreat.
20. What’s the point of a long description of the full eighteen years that passed slowly for the separated couple, one living in her grand palace and the other in his cabin in the woods?
21. Many more years elapsed in this manner, until the hermit prince Sikhidhwaja was overtaken by the hoary old age; in his holy hermitage in a cell of the great Mandara mountain.
21. Many more years passed like this, until the hermit prince Sikhidhwaja was caught up in old age; in his sacred hermitage within a cell of the great Mandara mountain.
22. Knowing the passions of the prince to be on the wane, with his declining age and grey hairs, and finding herself not yet too old to overtake him in the distant forest.
22. Realizing that the prince's passions were fading due to his old age and gray hair, she found that she wasn't too old to catch up with him in the distant forest.
23. And believing that it was the proper time for her to prevail on him, and to bring him back to the palace, she thought of joining her husband where he was.
23. Believing it was the right time to persuade him and bring him back to the palace, she planned to join her husband wherever he was.
24. With these thoughts, she made up her mind of going towards the Mandara mountain; and started from her home at night, and mounted on the wings of air to the upper sky.
24. With these thoughts, she decided to head toward the Mandara mountain; she left her home at night and soared through the air to the upper sky.
25. As she was moving onward on the pinions of air, she beheld in the upper sky some Siddhawomen, wearing the thin bark of the kalpa tree and girt with jewels of clustering gems.
25. As she was soaring through the air, she saw some Siddhawomen in the sky above, dressed in the light bark of the kalpa tree and adorned with sparkling clusters of jewels.
26. These were the inhabitants of the garden of paradise, and going out to meet their Siddha husbands; and sprinkled over with perfumeries, shedding their dews as bright moon beams.
26. These were the residents of the paradise garden, going out to meet their Siddha husbands; and covered in fragrances, glowing like bright moonlight.
27. She breathed the air perfumed by the flowers of the garden of paradise, and worn by the Siddhas of Eden; and wallowed in the moon beams, waving like the billows of the milky ocean.
27. She breathed in the air scented by the flowers in the garden of paradise, worn by the Siddhas of Eden; and basked in the moonlight, swaying like the waves of the milky ocean.
28. She felt a purer moon light, as she ascended the higher atmosphere; and she passed amidst the clouds, as the flashing[Pg 478] lightning moves in their midst. (The fair princess flashed as the lightning).
28. She felt a clearer moonlight as she rose into the higher atmosphere; and she passed through the clouds like the flashing[Pg 478] lightning moving among them. (The beautiful princess shone like the lightning).
29. She said, this flashing lightning though situated in the bosom of her cloudy spouse, is yet looking at him repeatedly with the winkling of her eyes; so must I look out for my absent lord, as I pass like the lightning in the midway sky.
29. She said, this flashing lightning, although nestled in the embrace of her cloudy partner, is still glancing at him repeatedly with a sparkle in her eyes; so must I keep an eye out for my absent lord, as I pass like the lightning in the middle of the sky.
30. It is true, she said, that nature is irrepressible during the life time of a person; hence it is impossible for my disquieted mind, to have its quiet without the sight of my loving and lion like lord.
30. It’s true, she said, that nature can’t be suppressed in a person’s lifetime; that’s why my troubled mind can’t find peace without seeing my loving and fearless partner.
31. My mind roves and runs mad, when I say, I will see my lord, and when I will see these creepers turning round and clasping their supporting tree. (And all my philosophy avails me naught against my nature).
31. My mind wanders and goes wild when I think about seeing my lord and when I watch these vines twisting around and wrapping themselves around their tree. (And all my reasoning does nothing to help me against my instincts).
32. My mind loses its patience to see the contraction of these senseless creepers, and the excursion of the superior siddha females in quest of their consorts. (All animated nature from the vegetable to the immortal are bound by conjugal love).
32. I can't stand watching these pointless plants shrink away and the superior siddha women go off looking for their partners. (All living beings, from plants to immortals, are tied together by love.)
33. How then and when, shall I like them come to meet the man that is situated in my heart.
33. So when and how will I meet the guy who has my heart?
34. These gentle breezes, and these cooling moon-beams and those plants of the forest, do all continue to disquiet my heart and set it on fire (instead of cooling its fervour).
34. These gentle breezes, the cool moonlight, and those forest plants all keep stirring my heart and igniting its intensity instead of calming it down.
35. O my simple heart, why dost thou throb in vain and thrill at every vein within me? and oh my faithful mind, that art pure as air, why dost thou lose thy reason and right discretion?
35. Oh my naive heart, why do you beat in vain and get excited at every pulse within me? And oh my loyal mind, that is as pure as air, why do you lose your reason and good judgment?
36. It is thou O faithless mind! that dost excite my heart to run after its spouse; better remain with thy yearnings in thyself, than torment my quiet spirit with thy longings.
36. It's you, O unfaithful mind! that makes my heart chase after its desire; it’s better to stay with your own longings than to disturb my peaceful spirit with your cravings.
37. Or why is it, O silly woman! that thou dost long in vain after thy husband, who possibly became too old (to require thee any more); he is now an ascetic and too weak in his bodily frame, and devoid of all his earthly desires.
37. Or why is it, oh silly woman! that you keep yearning in vain for your husband, who has likely grown too old to need you anymore; he is now a recluse, too frail in body, and stripped of all his earthly desires.
38. I think these desires of the enjoyment of his princely honors and pleasures, have now been utterly rooted out of his mind; and the plant of his fondness for sensual gratifications, is[Pg 479] now as dry as a channel that pours forth its waters into a large river or sea.
38. I believe that his desires for enjoying his royal status and pleasures have now been completely removed from his mind; and his craving for sensual pleasures is[Pg 479] now as dry as a channel that empties its waters into a big river or ocean.
39. I think my husband, who was as fond of me as to form one soul with myself; has become as callous to soft passions, as a dried and withered tree.
39. I think my husband, who loved me so much that we seemed like one soul, has become as insensitive to tender feelings as a dried-up and withered tree.
40. Or I will try the power of my yoga to waken his mind to sense, and infuse the eager longings and throbbings of my heart into his.
40. Or I'll use my yoga to awaken his mind and share the eager desires and feelings of my heart with him.
41. I will collect the thoughts of the ascetic devotee to one focus, and employ them towards the government of his realm; where we may be settled for ever to our hearts content.
41. I will gather the thoughts of the dedicated ascetic into one focus and use them to govern his kingdom; where we can settle down forever, completely satisfied.
42. O I have after long discovered the way to my object, and it is by infusing my very thoughts into the mind of thy husband.
42. Oh, I have finally figured out how to get what I want, and it's by putting my thoughts into your husband's mind.
43. The unanimity of the minds of the wedded pair, and the pleasure of their constant union; contribute to the highest happiness of human beings on earth.
43. The agreement between the married couple and the joy of their ongoing partnership contribute to the greatest happiness for people on earth.
44. Revolving in this manner in her mind, the princess Chúdálá passed onward in her aerial journey; now mounting on mountains and mountainous clouds, and then passing the bounds of lands and visible horizons; she reached the sight of Mandara, and found the glen and cavern in it.
44. Thinking like this, Princess Chúdálá continued her journey through the air; she climbed over mountains and cloud formations, then crossed the borders of lands and visible horizons; she finally spotted Mandara and discovered the glen and cave within it.
45. She entered the grove as an aerial spirit invisible to sight, and passed as the air amidst it known by the shaking of the leaves of trees. (The spirits like winds have motion and the power of moving other bodies).
45. She entered the grove like an invisible spirit and moved through it like air, making the leaves of the trees shake. (Spirits, like winds, have movement and the ability to move other things).
46. She beheld a leafy hut in one corner of the wood, and knew her husband by the power of her yoga; though appeared to be transformed to another person.
46. She saw a leafy hut in one corner of the woods and recognized her husband through the power of her yoga, even though he seemed to have transformed into another person.
47. She found his body that was decorated before by a variety of jewels, and glittered as the mount of Meru with its gold; to have grown as lean and thin and as dark and dry, as a withered and dried leaf.
47. She found his body, once adorned with various jewels that sparkled like the mount of Meru with its gold; it had become as lean and thin, as dark and dry, as a withered leaf.
48. He wore a vest of rays, and seemed as if he had dipped in a fountain of ink; he sat alone in one spot, and appeared as the god Siva to be wholly devoid of all desire.
48. He wore a vest made of light and looked like he had dipped in a fountain of ink; he sat alone in one place and seemed like the god Siva, completely free of all desire.
49. He was sitting on the barren ground, and stringing[Pg 480] the flowers to his braided hairs; when the beauteous princess approached before him.
49. He was sitting on the dry ground, weaving[Pg 480] flowers into his braided hair when the beautiful princess walked up to him.
50. She was moved to sorrow at the sight of his miserable plight, and thus bespoke to herself inaudibly in her mind. Alas, how painful it is to behold this piteous sight!
50. She felt sorrow at the sight of his miserable condition, and so she quietly spoke to herself in her mind. Oh, how painful it is to see this sad sight!
51. O! the great stupidity that rises from ignorance of spiritual knowledge, and which has brought on this miserable condition on this self-deluded prince.
51. Oh! The immense foolishness that comes from a lack of spiritual understanding, which has led to this miserable state of this self-deceived prince.
52. I must not call him unfortunate, as long as he is my husband; though the deep darkness of his mind (ignorance) hath brought to this miserable plight. (The living husband however miserable, is always to be called true fortunate by the faithful wife.)
52. I can't call him unfortunate as long as he's my husband, even though the heavy darkness of his mind (ignorance) has led to this sad situation. (A living husband, no matter how miserable, should always be considered truly fortunate by a devoted wife.)
53. I must try my best to bring him to the knowledge of truth, which will no doubt restore him to his sense of enjoyment here, and of his liberation hereafter; and change his figure to another form altogether.
53. I have to do my best to help him understand the truth, which will surely bring back his sense of enjoyment here and his freedom in the future; and transform him into a completely different version of himself.
54. I must advance nearer to him to instil understanding in his mind, or else my words will make no effect in him; who treats me always as his young and silly wife.
54. I need to get closer to him to help him understand, or my words won’t have any impact on him; he always sees me as his young and foolish wife.
55. I will therefore admonish my husband in the figure of a devotee, and it is possible that my admonition delivered in this manner, will make its effect in him; who is now grown hoary with age (old age must have abated the ardour of youth).
55. I will therefore warn my husband in the manner of a devoted follower, and it’s possible that my warning given this way will have an impact on him; he is now getting gray with age (old age must have dampened the passion of youth).
56. It is possible that good senses may dawn in the clear understanding, which is not perverted from its nature; saying so the princess Chúdálá took the shape of a Bráhman boy on herself.
56. It's possible that clear understanding can lead to good senses, which aren't distorted from their true nature; with this in mind, Princess Chúdálá transformed herself into a Bráhman boy.
57. She reflected a little on the Agni-soma-mantra, and changed her form as the water turns to a wave; and then alighted on the earth, in the shape of a Brahman's lad.
57. She thought for a moment about the Agni-soma-mantra and transformed her form like water turning into a wave; then she landed on the earth in the shape of a Brahman's boy.
58. She advanced toward her lord with a smiling countenance, and the prince Sikhidhwaja beheld the Bráhman boy advancing towards him.
58. She approached her lord with a smiling face, and Prince Sikhidhwaja saw the Bráhman boy coming toward him.
59. He appeared to come from some other forest, and stood before him in the form of devotion itself; his body was as bright[Pg 481] as the molten gold, and his person was ornamented with a string of pearls.
59. He seemed to come from another forest, standing before him in pure devotion; his body shone like molten gold, and he was adorned with a string of pearls.
60. The white sacrificial thread graced his neck, and his body was covered with two pieces of milk white vests; he held the sacred water pot on one hand, and with his pupils staff in the other, he made his approach to the prince. (The order of the students was called dandi from their holding the sacred stick in one hand, like the pilgrim staff in Europe).
60. The white ceremonial thread adorned his neck, and his body was draped in two milk-white garments; he held the sacred water pot in one hand and his staff in the other as he approached the prince. (The term for the students was dandi because they carried the sacred stick in one hand, similar to the pilgrim staff in Europe).
61. His wrist was entwined by a string of beads, and a long and double chain of rosary hang from his neck to the ground. (Double and triple threads of sacred seeds worn about the necks of saints).
61. His wrist was wrapped with a string of beads, and a long double chain of rosary hung from his neck to the ground. (Double and triple threads of sacred seeds worn around the necks of saints).
62. His head was covered over by long and flowing jet black hairs, in the manner of the strings of black bees, fluttering about the tops of white lotuses; and the radiance of his, shed a lustre on the spot.
62. His head was covered by long, flowing strands of jet-black hair, like strings of black bees fluttering around white lotuses; and the light from him cast a glow over the area.
63. His face ornamented with earrings, glowed as the rising sun with his lustre of rosy rays, and the knotted hair on the top of his head with the mandára flower fastened on it, appeared as pinnacle of a mountain with the rising moon above it.
63. His face, adorned with earrings, shone like the rising sun with its rosy glow, and the tied-up hair on top of his head, with the mandara flower tucked in, looked like the peak of a mountain with the rising moon above it.
64. The husband that sat quiet with his tall stature, and his limbs and senses under his subjection; appeared as a mount of ice with the ashes rubbed all over his body.
64. The husband who sat silently, tall and composed, with his limbs and senses under control, looked like a mountain of ice covered in ash.
65. He saw the Bráhman boy appearing before him, as the full moon rising on the aureate mount of Meru; and rose before him with the respect. (Which is paid to that luminary by her worshippers).
65. He saw the Bráhman boy standing before him, like the full moon rising over the golden mountain of Meru; and he rose before him with the respect. (Which is given to that luminary by her worshippers).
66. Thinking his guest as the son of some God, the prince stood with his bare feet before him; and addressed him saying, obeisance to thee O thou son of a God, take this seat and sit thyself there.
66. Thinking of his guest as the son of a god, the prince stood barefoot before him and said, "Respect to you, O son of a god, please take this seat and sit here."
67. He pointed out to him with his hand the leafy bed that was spread before him, and offered him a handful of flowers which he poured into his hands.
67. He gestured with his hand toward the leafy bed laid out in front of him and offered him a handful of flowers, which he poured into his palms.
68. The Bráhman boy responded to him saying: "I greet thee in return, O thou son of a king! that lookest like a dew drop or the beaming moon-light sparkling on a lotus leaf." He[Pg 482] then received the flowers from his hand and sat upon the leafy bed.
68. The Bráhman boy replied, "I return your greeting, O son of a king! You look like a dewdrop or the shining moonlight glistening on a lotus leaf." He[Pg 482] then took the flowers from his hand and sat on the leafy bed.
69. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me O thou heaven born boy, whence thou comest and whither thou goest, as for me it is lucky day that has brought thee to my sight.
69. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me, oh you born of the heavens, where did you come from and where are you going? For me, it is a fortunate day that has brought you into my presence.
70. Please accept this pure water, and fragrant flowers and this honorarium also; and receive this string of flowers, that I have strung with my hands; and so be all well with thee.
70. Please accept this fresh water, these fragrant flowers, and this gift as well; and take this garland that I've made by hand; and may everything go well for you.
71. Vasishtha related:—So saying, Sikhidhwaja offered the flowers, the wreathed blossoms, the honorariums and other offerings; as directed by the ceremonial law to his worshipful lady.
71. Vasishtha said:—With that, Sikhidhwaja offered the flowers, the garlanded blossoms, the gifts, and other offerings as required by the rituals to his revered lady.
72. Chúdálá said:—I have travelled far and wide over many countries on the surface of this earth, and have never met with so hearty a reception and such honors; as I have now received from thee.
72. Chúdálá said:—I have traveled extensively across many countries on this earth and have never experienced such a warm welcome and such honors as I have now received from you.
73. Thy humility, courtesy and complacence bespeak thee to be highly favoured of the Gods, and betoken thee to be attended with long life on earth. (Because the meek and gentle are said to be long lived on earth).
73. Your humility, politeness, and easygoing nature show that you are highly favored by the Gods and suggest that you will enjoy a long life on earth. (Because it's said that the meek and gentle tend to live long on earth).
74. Tell me O devotee, whether you have ever applied your mind towards the acquirement of your final liberation and extinction; after the abandonment of all your earthly desires, by the magnanimity and tranquillization of your soul for a long time. (It is true you have long forsaken the vanities of the world, but have you set your heart to seek the eternal emancipation of your soul?).
74. Tell me, O devotee, have you ever focused on achieving your ultimate liberation and peace? After letting go of all your worldly desires and calming your soul for a long time. (It's true you have long given up the superficialities of the world, but have you committed yourself to pursuing the eternal freedom of your soul?).
75. You have, my dear Sir, chosen a very painful alternative for your final liberation, that you have made the vow of your undergoing the hardship of this forest life, by forsaking the care of your large dominion. (The care of the state is painful, but the pains of hermitage are much more so).
75. You have, my dear Sir, chosen a very painful path for your final freedom, having vowed to endure the hardships of life in this forest, leaving behind the responsibilities of your vast kingdom. (Running a state can be tough, but the struggles of living in solitude are even tougher).
76. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I wonder not that thou must know all things, being a God thyself and thou wearest this form of the Bráhman boy, yet the supernatural beauty of thy person, bespeaks thee to be an all-knowing deity.
76. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I’m not surprised that you know everything, since you are a God and you take on the appearance of a Brahman boy. Still, the extraordinary beauty of your form shows that you are an all-knowing deity.
77. Methinks these members of the body, are bedewed[Pg 483] with the ambrosial beam of moonlight, or how could thy very appearance shed such nectarious peace even at the first sight.
77. I think these parts of the body are refreshed[Pg 483] by the sweet glow of moonlight, or how else could your very presence bring such calming joy right from the first glance?
78. O handsome boy! I see in thy person a great resemblance of the features of my beloved one, who is now reigning over my kingdom (and whom perhaps I will see no more in this life).
78. Oh, handsome boy! I see in you a strong resemblance to my beloved, who is now ruling my kingdom (and whom I might never see again in this life).
79. Please now to refresh thy fair and fatigued frame, with wearing these flowery chaplet from the head to foot; as the vest of a hoary cloud, invests a mountain from its top to bottom.
79. Please refresh your beautiful and tired body by wearing this flowery garland from head to toe, just as a gray cloud covers a mountain from top to bottom.
80. I see thy face as beautiful, as the stainless moon; and thy limbs as delicate, as tender petals of flowers; and I find them now waning and fading under the solar gleams.
80. I see your face as beautiful as the flawless moon, and your limbs as delicate as the soft petals of flowers; but now I see them waning and fading under the sunlight.
81. Know pretty youth that it was for the service of the gods, that I had wreathed the flowers together; and now I offer and bequeath them to thee, that art no less a God to me.
81. Know, handsome young man, that I combined these flowers as a tribute to the gods, and now I present and give them to you, who are just as much a god to me.
82. My life is crowned today with its best luck by its service of a guest like thyself, for it is said by the wise that attendance on guests is meritorious than the merit of attending on the Gods. (Hence the law of Hospitality is not less binding on the Hindu than it is with the Bedouin Arabs).
82. My life is blessed today with its greatest fortune by hosting a guest like you, for the wise say that serving guests is more virtuous than serving the Gods. (So, the principle of Hospitality is just as important for Hindus as it is for Bedouin Arabs).
83. Now deign O moon faced deva (deity) to reveal unto me what God thou art, and the progeny of what deity that dost deign to dignify me with thy visit; please tell me all this and remove the doubts that disturb my breast.
83. Now please, O moon-faced deity, reveal to me what God you are, and the lineage of the deity that honors me with your presence; please share this with me and clear away the doubts that trouble my heart.
84. The Bráhman boy replied:—Hear me, prince, relate to thee all that thou requirest to know of me; for who is there so uncivil, that will deceive and not comply to the request of his humble suppliant.
84. The Bráhman boy replied:—Listen to me, prince, let me share everything you need to know about me; for who would be so rude as to deceive someone who humbly asks for help?
85. There lives in this world, the well known, the holy saint Nárada by name; who is the snowy spot of pure camphor, on the face of those that are famed for the purity of their lives.
85. There exists in this world the famous saint Nárada, known for his holiness; he is the pure white spot of camphor on the faces of those renowned for their virtuous lives.
86. It was at one time that this Godly saint sat in his devotion in a cavern of the golden mountain; where the holy river of Gangá, fast flows with her running current and huge billows dashing against the shore.
86. At one point, this divine saint sat in prayer in a cave of the golden mountain, where the holy river Ganges flows quickly, its currents rushing and large waves crashing against the shore.
87. The saint stepped out once to the beach of the river, to see how it glided on in its course; like a necklace of gems torn down from the mountain on high.
87. The saint stepped out to the riverbank to see how it flowed along its path, like a string of jewels cascading down from the high mountain.
88. He heard there at once the tinkling sound of trinkets and bracelets, and a mixed murmur of vocal voice; and felt the curiosity to know what it was and whence it came.
88. He immediately heard the sound of jingling trinkets and bracelets, along with a blend of voices murmuring; he felt curious to find out what it was and where it came from.
89. He lightly looked towards the sacred stream and observed there an assemblage of young ladies, who equalled the celestial nymphs Rambhá and Tilottamá in the beauty of their persons; who had come out to sport by and bathe in the clear waters of the holy river.
89. He casually glanced at the sacred stream and saw a group of young women who matched the heavenly nymphs Rambhá and Tilottamá in beauty. They had come out to play and bathe in the clear waters of the holy river.
90. They plunged and played in the waters removed from the sight of men, and were all naked with their uncovered breasts; blooming as the buds of golden lotuses in the lake.
90. They dove and splashed in the waters away from the sight of people, all naked with their bare breasts; blooming like the buds of golden lotuses in the lake.
91. These were jogging to and fro and dashing against one another like the ripened fruits of trees, and seemed to be filled with flavoured liquor for the giddiness of their observers.
91. These were running back and forth and bumping into each other like ripe fruit from trees, and appeared to be filled with a flavored drink that made those watching feel dizzy.
92. Their swollen bosoms formed the sanctuary of the God of love, and were washed by the pure waters of the sacred river.
92. Their full breasts created the refuge of the God of love, and were washed by the clear waters of the sacred river.
93. Their fullness with luscious liquor, put to blush the sweet waters of the sacred river of Gangá; they were as mound in the garden of paradise, and as the wheels of the car for the God Káma to ride upon.
93. Their abundance of rich drinks embarrassed the sweet waters of the holy river Ganges; they were like the mounds in the garden of paradise, and like the wheels of the chariot for the god Kama to ride on.
94. Their buttocks were as pillars of the bridge in water, obstructing and dividing the free passage of the waters of the Ganges; and their upper part of the body, gives a lustre of world's beauty.
94. Their buttocks were like the pillars of a bridge in the water, blocking and dividing the free flow of the Ganges; and the upper part of their bodies shines with the beauty of the world.
95. The shadow of one another's body was clearly visible to the naked eye, on the limpid waters of the Gangá; like a Kalpa tree in rainy season, with all its branches.
95. The shadow of each other's bodies was clearly visible to the naked eye on the clear waters of the Ganges, like a celestial tree in the rainy season, with all its branches.
96. The thick verdure of the verdant season, had put to shade the light of the day; and the flying dust of flowers, had filled the forest air with fragrance.
96. The dense greenery of the lush season had dimmed the light of the day, and the fluttering flower petals had filled the forest air with scent.
97. Water-fowls of various kinds were sporting on the banks, as they do by the sea side and about the watering places[Pg 485] round the trees; while the budding breasts of these dames, had put to blush the blooming buds of lotuses.
97. Various kinds of waterfowl were playing along the banks, just like they do by the seaside and around watering holes[Pg 485] near the trees; while the blossoming chests of these ladies made the blooming lotus buds look shy.
98. They held up their faces, which were as beautiful as a bud of lotuses; while their loosened hairs hung by them, like swarms of bees; and the loose glances of their eye-balls, were playing as the fluttering black-bees.
98. They lifted their faces, which were as beautiful as a lotus bud; while their loose hair flowed around them like swarms of bees; and their wandering glances were fluttering like black bees.
99. Their swollen breasts resembling the aureate lotuses, which were used by the Gods as golden cups to hide their ambrosial nectar; therein for fear of its being ravished by the demons and demi-Gods.
99. Their swollen breasts looked like golden lotuses, which the Gods used as golden cups to conceal their heavenly nectar, fearing it might be taken by demons and demi-Gods.
100. They were now seen to be hiding themselves in the secret bowers and caverns of the mountain, like lotuses hidden under foliage; and now hastening to the cooling beach of the river, to leave their lovely limbs in its limpid stream.
100. They were now spotted hiding in the secret nooks and caves of the mountain, like lotuses concealed beneath the leaves; and now they were rushing to the refreshing riverbank to submerge their beautiful limbs in its clear water.
101. The saint saw the bevy of the young ladies, resembling the body of the full moon complete with all its digits; and his mind was ravished with their beauty (as the minds of men are turned to the delirium of lunacy by looking at the moon-light).
101. The saint saw a group of young women, looking like the full moon with all its phases; and he was captivated by their beauty (just as men can be driven to madness by the light of the moon).
102. He lost the balance of his reason, and became elated with giddiness; and his breath of his life throbbed in his heart, by impulse of the delight that raged and boiled in his breast.
102. He lost his grip on reality and became overwhelmed with excitement; the breath of his life raced in his heart, driven by the joy that surged and bubbled inside him.
103. At last the excess of his rapture, gave effusion of his passion; as the fullness of a cloud in summer, breaks out in water in the rainy weather.
103. Finally, the intensity of his joy overflowed, like a summer cloud that bursts and releases rain during a storm.
104. The saint turned as wan as a waning moon, and as the pale moon-light in frost; and like a fading plant, torn from its supporting tree.
104. The saint turned as pale as a waning moon, and as the dim moonlight in frost; and like a wilting plant, ripped from its supporting tree.
105. He faded as the stalk of a creeper parted in two, and withered away as a sapling after it has lost its juicy sap.
105. He faded like a vine that split in two, and withered away like a young tree after it has lost its nourishing sap.
106. Sikhidhwaja asked:—How is it that the pure and peerless saint, who is liberated in his life time and acquainted with all knowledge; who is void of desires and devoid of passions, and who is as pure as the clear air both in the inside as well as outside of his body?
106. Sikhidhwaja asked:—How is it that the pure and exceptional saint, who is liberated in his lifetime and knows everything; who has no desires and is free from passions, and who is as pure as clear air both inside and outside his body?
107. How is it that even he the holy Nárada himself, could lose his patience and countenance who leads his life of celibacy all along?
107. How is it that even Nárada, the holy one himself, could lose his patience and composure after living a life of celibacy all this time?
108. Chúdálá replied:—Know, O princely sage! that all living beings in the three worlds not excepting even the Gods; have their bodies composed of both ingredients (of good and evil) by their very nature.
108. Chúdálá replied:—Know, O noble sage! that all living beings in the three worlds, including the Gods, have bodies made up of both elements (good and evil) by their very nature.
109. Some remain in ignorance, and others in knowledge to the end of their lives; and some remaining in happiness, and others in misery to the end of their days.
109. Some stay in ignorance, while others have knowledge throughout their lives; some live in happiness, and others in misery until the end of their days.
110. Some thrive in happiness with their virtue of contentment and the like, and are enlightened in their minds like a room by the light of the lamps; and as the bosom of the sea by the light of the luminaries of heaven.
110. Some find joy in their virtue of contentment and similar qualities, and their minds are illuminated like a room by the light of lamps; and like the depths of the sea by the light of the stars.
111. Some are tormented by their hunger and poverty, and are involved in misery like the face of nature under the darkness of clouds.
111. Some are suffering from hunger and poverty, caught in misery like nature's face under a blanket of dark clouds.
112. The true and pure reality of the soul (divine spirit), being once lost to one's sight (the visible or phenomenal world): makes its appearance before him, like a dark and thick cloud of rainy weather.
112. The true and pure reality of the soul (divine spirit), once obscured from view (in the visible or phenomenal world), appears before him like a dark and heavy cloud on a rainy day.
113. Though one may be employed in his continuous investigation into spirituality, yet a moment's neglect of his spiritualism is sure to darken his spiritual light; as the apparition of the world appears to sight.
113. Even if someone is constantly working on their spiritual journey, a moment's neglect of their spirituality will definitely dim their inner light, just like the way the distractions of the world can cloud their vision.
114. As the succession of light and darkness makes the course of the day and night, so the return of the pain and pleasure indicates the progress of life. (This variety kills the monotony of life).
114. Just like the cycle of light and darkness shapes the progression of day and night, the ups and downs of pain and pleasure reflect the journey of life. (This contrast breaks the monotony of existence).
115. Thus the two states of pleasure and pain, are known to accompany over lives from birth to death; as the results of our prior acts (of merit and demerit).
115. So, the two states of pleasure and pain are known to follow us throughout our lives from birth to death, as a result of our past actions (both good and bad).
116. This impression of past life marks the lives of the ignorant entirely, as the red colouring sticks for ever in a cloth; but it is not so with the intelligent, whose knowledge of truth wipes off the stigma of their pristine acts.
116. This impression of past life completely defines the lives of the ignorant, just like red dye permanently stains fabric; but it's different for the intelligent, whose understanding of truth removes the mark of their earlier actions.
117. As the eternal hue of a gem, whether it be good or bad, is exhibited on the outside of it; and also as a crystal stone, however clear it may be, takes the colour of the outward[Pg 487] object in it (so the ignorant exhibit their inherent nature in their outward conduct, and partake also the qualities of their surroundings).
117. Just like the lasting color of a gem, whether it's nice or not, shows on its surface; and like a clear crystal takes on the color of whatever is around it (the unknowledgeable show their true nature through their behavior and also take on the qualities of the people around them).
118. But it is not so with the intelligent knower of truth (tatwajna), whose soul is free from all inward and outward impressions in his life time; and whose mind is never tinged like that of the ignorant, by the reflexion of anything about him. (Knowledge of truth is vitiated by nothing).
118. But that's not the case with the wise person who knows the truth (tatwajna), whose soul is free from all internal and external influences during their lifetime; and whose mind is never colored like that of the ignorant by reflecting on anything around them. (Knowledge of the truth is not tainted by anything).
119. It is not only the contiguity or presence of things or pleasures, that taint the minds of the ignorant; but the absence and loss also are causes of great regret, from the stain they leave in the memory; as it is not only a new paint that paints a thing, but also the vestiges that it leaves behind, give it also a colouring. (The remembrance of past things, gives a colouring to the character of man).
119. It's not just the closeness or availability of things or pleasures that affect the minds of the uninformed; the absence and loss also lead to significant regret because of the marks they leave in memory. Just like a fresh coat of paint changes something, the traces left behind also add a tint. (The memories of past experiences shape a person's character).
120. Thus as the minds of the ignorant are never cleansed from the taint of their favourite objects, so they are never free from their bondage in this world; like the liberated sage by his want of earthly attachment. Because it is the parvitude of our desires that contributes to our liberation, while the amplitudes of our wishes lead us to our continued bondage in this world. (This passage presents us with the pains of memory, instead of the pleasures which some poets have portrayed on its face).
120. Just as the minds of the uninformed are never rid of the influence of their favorite things, they remain trapped in this world, unlike the enlightened sage who is free from earthly attachments. It's our limited desires that help us achieve liberation, while our vast wishes keep us stuck in this world. (This passage reveals the struggles of memory, rather than the joys that some poets have depicted.)
121. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me my lord, why men feel sorry or joyous at their pain or pleasure, to which they are bound by their birth in this world; and for what is far off from them (either as past or gone and what is in their expectation in future, since both the past and future are absent from us)?
121. Sikhidhwaja said:—Please tell me, my lord, why do people feel sad or happy about their pain or pleasure, which they're stuck with because of being born into this world? And why do they care about what is distant from them, whether it's something that has already happened or something they hope for in the future, since both the past and future are not present for us?
122. I find your words my lord to be as clear as they are pretty and full of meaning, and the more I hear them so much the more do I thirst to listen to them; as the peacock is insatiate with the roarings of clouds.
122. I find your words, my lord, to be as clear as they are beautiful and meaningful, and the more I hear them, the more I want to listen to them; just like a peacock can’t get enough of the sound of thunderclouds.
123. Chúdálá answered:—It is pleasant to inquire into the cause of our birth, and how the soul being accompanied with the body, derives its knowledge through the senses, and feels thereby a delight which is apparent in babes. (We see by[Pg 488] observation how babies are pleased with the exercise of their limbs and senses).
123. Chúdálá replied:—It's nice to explore the reason for our existence and how the soul, together with the body, gains knowledge through the senses, experiencing a joy that is clear in infants. (We can see by[Pg 488] observation how babies enjoy using their limbs and senses).
124. But the living soul (or the vital principle), which is contained in the heart and runs through the Kundaliní artery as the breath of life; is subject to pain and sorrow by its very birth. (Hence we see, new born child coming to cry out no sooner it comes to life after its birth).
124. But the living soul (or the vital principle), which is contained in the heart and runs through the Kundaliní artery as the breath of life, is subject to pain and sorrow from the moment of its birth. (That’s why we see a newborn baby crying as soon as it comes to life after birth).
125. The living soul or vital spirit (which is as free as air), comes to be confined in the arterial chains of the prison houses of the different bodies; by its entering into the lungs breathing with the breath of life. (The spirit of God was breathed into the nostrils of man).
125. The living soul or vital spirit (which is as free as air) gets trapped in the literal prisons of different bodies; it enters the lungs and breathes the breath of life. (The spirit of God was breathed into the nostrils of man).
126. The breath of life circulating through the body, and touching its different parts or the organs of sense, raise their sensations in the soul; and as the moisture of the ground grows the trees and shrubs on earth, so doth our vitality produce the sensations of the pleasure and pain in the soul.
126. The breath of life flowing through the body and engaging its various parts or sensory organs activates sensations in the soul; and just as the moisture in the ground helps trees and shrubs to grow, our vitality brings about feelings of pleasure and pain in the soul.
127. The living soul being confined in the arteries of different bodies, gives a degree of happiness and steadiness to some, which the miserable can never enjoy. (The poor are bereft to the comforts of high life).
127. The living soul trapped in the bodies of different people brings a certain level of happiness and stability to some that the unfortunate can never experience. (The poor are deprived of the comforts of a better life).
128. Know that the living soul, is said to be liberated in the same proportion as it manifests its tranquilized state; and know also that it is bounden bondage in the same degree, as it appears to be sorry in the face and choked in its breathing. (The dejected and depressed spirit does not breathe out freely).
128. Understand that the living soul is considered to be free to the extent that it shows its calm state; and also know that it is trapped in the same way as it looks sad and struggles to breathe. (The unhappy and downcast spirit does not breathe freely).
129. The alternate feeling of pain and pleasure, is likewise the bondage of the soul and no other, but this and it is the want of these alternations, that constitutes its liberation; and these are the two states of the living soul.
129. The alternating feelings of pain and pleasure are, in fact, the true bondage of the soul, and it is only this that chains it. It's the absence of these shifts that leads to its freedom; these define the two states of a living soul.
130. As long as the deceptive senses, do not bring the false sensations of pain and pleasure unto the soul; so long does it rest in its state of sweet composure, and the calm tranquillity of the positive rest.
130. As long as the misleading senses don't bring false feelings of pain and pleasure to the soul, it remains in a state of sweet calm and the peaceful tranquility of positive rest.
131. The invisible soul coming in sight of some transient pleasure or want of pain, becomes as joyous as the cheerful sea passing the reflexion of the bright moon-beams in its bosom.
131. The unseen soul, catching a glimpse of temporary pleasure or the absence of pain, becomes as joyful as the happy sea reflecting the bright moonlight on its surface.
132. The soul equally exults at the sight of pleasure, as it grieves at the knowledge of its unsteadiness; as a foolish cat rejoices to see of fish, which it has not the power to catch or hold fast in its clutches.
132. The soul experiences equal joy when it sees pleasure and sorrow when it realizes how fleeting it is, much like a naive cat that gets excited at the sight of fish which it can’t catch or hold onto.
133. When the soul, has the pure knowledge of the intelligibles and the cognition of itself; it comes to know, that there is no such thing as positive pain or pleasure; and has thereby its calm and quiet composure for ever, and under every circumstance.
133. When the soul has a clear understanding of the intelligible things and knows itself, it realizes that there’s no such thing as absolute pain or pleasure. This awareness gives it lasting calm and composure in all situations.
134. When it comes to know that it has no concern with any pain or pleasure, and that its living is to no purpose at all; it is then said to be awakened in itself, and to rest in its quietude of nirvána-extinction (unconsciousness of one's self or its consciousness of itself as a cypher, is termed the state of its nirvána-annihilation).
134. When it realizes that it doesn’t care about any pain or pleasure, and that its existence is entirely meaningless, it is then said to be awakened within itself, resting in a state of quiet nirvana-extinction (the unconsciousness of itself or its awareness of itself as a mere zero is referred to as the state of its nirvana-annihilation).
135. When the living soul comes to know by its internal intuition, that pain and pleasure are unreal in their nature; it is no longer concerned about them, but rests quietly within itself.
135. When a person realizes through their inner understanding that pain and pleasure are essentially illusions, they no longer worry about them and find peace within themselves.
136. When the soul comes to the belief, that the visible world is no other than the vacuity of Intellect or Brahma himself; it gets its rest in its quietness, and becomes as cool as an oilless and extinguished lamp. (Here is the vacuism of Vasishtha again).
136. When the soul realizes that the visible world is nothing but the emptiness of Intellect or Brahma itself, it finds peace in its stillness and becomes as calm as a lamp without oil that has gone out. (Here is the emptiness of Vasishtha again).
137. The belief that all nature is vacuity, and all existence is the one unity together with the thought of an infinite inanity; is what leads the soul to its unconsciousness of pain and pleasure. (All is but void and vacancy, and mere air-drawn phantasy).
137. The idea that everything in nature is empty, and that all existence is just one unifying force along with the concept of infinite emptiness, is what causes the soul to be unaware of pain and pleasure. (Everything is just void and emptiness, and nothing but imaginary fantasies).
138. The thoughts of pleasure and pain therefore are as false, as the false appearance of the world; and this error is inherited by the living soul from Brahmá the first of living beings in the world. (The error of taking the unreal for real began with Brahmá himself).
138. The ideas of pleasure and pain are just as misleading as the false image of the world; and this misunderstanding is passed down to living souls from Brahmá, the first of all living beings. (This mistake of confusing the unreal with the real started with Brahmá himself).
139. Whatever was thought and ordained by the first creative power in the beginning, the same has taken root in the living soul; and is going on even to the present time as its nature.
139. Everything that was conceived and established by the first creative power at the start has taken root in the living soul and continues to unfold even today as its nature.
140. Sikhidhwaja asked:—It is only when one feels some pleasure in his mind, that it runs in the blood through his veins and arteries; but the holy Nárada could not be affected by the sight, nor drop his semen from him.
140. Sikhidhwaja asked:—It's only when someone feels a certain pleasure in their mind that it courses through their veins and arteries; however, the holy Nárada couldn't be influenced by what he saw, nor did he lose control over himself.
141. Chúdálá replied:—The animal soul being exited (by the existent sight of women), excites the living breath of prána to motion; and the whole body obeys the dictate of the mind, as the body of soldier obeys the command of their commander.
141. Chúdálá replied:—The animal soul, stimulated by the sight of women, activates the life force of prána to move; and the entire body follows the instructions of the mind, just like a soldier's body follows the orders of their commander.
142. The vital airs being put to motion, they move the internal sap and serum from their seats; as the blowing winds bear away the fragrance of flowers and the dust of leaves, and drop down the fruits and flowers and leaves of trees.
142. The essential airs get set in motion, causing the internal sap and serum to shift from their places; just like the blowing winds carry away the fragrance of flowers and the dust from leaves, and drop down the fruits, flowers, and leaves of trees.
143. The semen being put to motion falls downwards, as the clouds being driven together burst into the rain water.
143. The semen being set in motion falls downwards, just like clouds that gather and burst into rain.
144. The semen then passes out of the body by the canals of the veins and arteries, as the running waters pass through the channels and canals of a river.
144. The semen then leaves the body through the veins and arteries, just like water flows through the channels and canals of a river.
145. Sikhidhwaja said:—O thou divine boy! that knowest both the past and present states of things, as it appears from thy instructive discourse; please to instruct me at present, what you mean by the nature of things by the Brahmic power of Brahma.
145. Sikhidhwaja said:—O divine boy! You who know both the past and present, as your enlightening words show; please teach me now what you mean by the nature of things through the Brahmic power of Brahma.
146. Chúdálá replied:—Nature is that intrinsic character, which is implanted in the constitution of things at the beginning of their creation; and the same which continues to this day the essential part of the ghata, pata, and all other things.
146. Chúdálá replied:—Nature is that inherent quality, which is embedded in the essence of things from the moment they are created; and it remains the fundamental aspect of the ghata, pata, and everything else to this day.
147. It comes on by a kákátálya or accidental course of its own, as it is compared by the learned with the rise and fall of waves and bubbles in the water; and the marks of the lacuna in wood and iron. (The fortuitous combination of the atomic principles, is the cause of the formation of concrete bodies; according to the Atomic philosophy of Leucippus, Democritus and the Epicureans of old).
147. It happens through a kákátálya or by chance, similar to how experts compare it to the rising and falling of waves and bubbles in water, as well as the gaps found in wood and metal. (The random combination of atomic principles is what leads to the creation of solid objects; this idea comes from the atomic philosophy of Leucippus, Democritus, and the ancient Epicureans).
148. It is under the power of this nature, that all things move about in the world in the various forms; and with all their properties of change and persistence. It is only the indifferent and inappetent soul that is liberated from the subjection of nature, while the apparent is fast bound to its chains and wander with their prurient nature in repeated transmigrations.
148. It's through this nature that everything in the world moves in different forms, with all their qualities of change and stability. Only the indifferent and unmotivated soul is free from the control of nature, while the visible is stuck in its limitations and roams with its eager nature through repeated rebirths.
CHAPTER LXXXVI.
The Production of the Pot (or the Embryonic cell).
The Creation of the Pot (or the Embryonic Cell).
Argument:—The birth of the Bráhman boy from the seed of Nárada, preserved in a pot whereby he was called the pot-born, and his education.
Argument:—The Bráhman boy was born from the seed of Nárada, kept in a pot, which is why he was called the pot-born, along with his education.
CHUDALA continues:—It is the nature of everything in the extensive world to be born in its own kind (i.e. the similar only springs from the similar and nothing of a dissimilar kind). All persons and things continue to go on in it by their desires and tendencies, whether it be in the directions of virtue or vice or good or evil. (Nature is the invariable quiddity of a thing; but its desire or inclination is a variable property or quality of it).
CHUDALA continues:—Everything in the vast world is born of its own kind (i.e. only similar things arise from similar things, and nothing different comes from something else). All people and things move through it based on their desires and tendencies, whether towards virtue or vice, or good or evil. (Nature is the constant essence of a thing, while its desire or inclination is a variable trait or quality.)
2. When this desire or want of the mind of a man is either diminished or brought under his control, he is no longer subject to the acts of goodness or vice but becomes exempt both from merit and demerit; and their consequences of reiterated births and deaths by the utter indifference. (Neutrality in action is the way to one's inanity in both worlds. This is not a right rule since the commission of a good action is as commendable, as an omission in the discharge of duty is held culpable in law and morality).
2. When a person's desire or craving is reduced or brought under control, they are no longer influenced by acts of goodness or wrongdoing and become free from both virtue and sin; they also escape the cycle of repeated births and deaths due to total indifference. (Being neutral in action leads to emptiness in both this life and the next. This isn’t the right approach since doing a good deed is just as praiseworthy as failing to fulfill one’s duties is considered blameworthy in law and ethics).
3. Sikhidhwaja rejoined:—O eloquent speaker! your words are as full of sense as they are of great import to me, they bespeak your great penetration into the depths of wisdom.
3. Sikhidhwaja responded:—Oh, great speaker! your words are as meaningful as they are significant to me; they show your deep understanding of wisdom.
4. My audience of the sweet exultance of your speech has given me a satisfaction, equal to that of my draught of a large dose of the ambrosial water.
4. Listening to the joy of your speech has given me a satisfaction that's as great as drinking a big glass of heavenly water.
5. Now be pleased to give me a brief narration of the story of your birth and pedigree, and I will hear with all my attention your words of sound sense and wisdom.
5. Now, please share a brief account of your birth and family background, and I will listen carefully to your words of insight and wisdom.
6. Please sir to relate unto me, what the son of lotus-Brahmá—the venerable sage Nárada, did with the seminal strength, which unconsciously fell from him on the ground.
6. Please, sir, tell me what the son of lotus-Brahmá—the revered sage Nárada—did with the vital energy that accidentally fell from him onto the ground.
7. Chúdálá related:—The muni then curbed back the infuriate elephant of his beastly mind by the strong bridle of prudence; and bound it fast in the iron chain of the great intelligence.
7. Chúdálá said:—The muni then restrained the raging elephant of his wild thoughts with the sturdy bridle of common sense; and kept it secured with the strong chain of deep understanding.
8. His virile strength which was as hot as fire, resembled the molten moon melted down by the flame of the final conflagration; and as liquified as the fluid quick-silver or other metallic solution.
8. His strong, fiery energy was like the molten moon, melted down by the heat of the final blaze; and it was as fluid as quicksilver or any other liquid metal.
9. The sage who had a water-pot of crystal stone fast by his side, laid hold of the same and put the fluid semen in it, in the manner of his depositing the liquid moon-beams in the disc of the moon.
9. The wise person who had a crystal water pot by his side took it and placed the fluid semen inside, as if he were putting liquid moonbeams into the disc of the moon.
10. There was on one side of the mount of Meru, a projected rock with a deep cavern in it; the passage of which was not obstructed by the heaps of stones which lay before it.
10. On one side of Mount Meru, there was a jutting rock with a deep cave in it; the entrance was clear of the piles of stones that were in front of it.
11. The muni placed the pot inside that cave as the embryo is situated in the belly, and he filled the pot with milk which he produced by his will; as the lord of creation has filled the milky ocean with its watery milk. (The sages are said to have miraculous powers by force of their yoga).
11. The muni put the pot in that cave like an embryo is in the womb, and he filled the pot with milk that he created with his will, just like the creator has filled the milky ocean with its watery milk. (The sages are said to have miraculous powers through their yoga practice).
12. The muni neglected his sacred offering and brooded over the pot, as a bird hatches over its egg; and it was in a course of a month that the foetus grew up in the pot of milk, as the reflexion of the crescent moon increases in the bosom of the milky ocean.
12. The muni ignored his sacred offering and fixated on the pot, like a bird incubating its egg; and after a month, the fetus developed in the pot of milk, just as the reflection of the crescent moon brightens in the depths of the milky ocean.
13. At the end of the month the pot bore a full formed foetus, as the orb of the moon becomes full in the course of a month; and as the season of spring produces the lotus bud with its blushing petals.
13. By the end of the month, the pot had a fully formed fetus, just like the moon becomes full over the course of a month; and as the spring season brings forth the lotus bud with its delicate, blushing petals.
14. The foetus came out in the fullness of its time, and with the full possession of all the members of its body; as the full moon rises from the milky ocean without diminution of any of its digits.
14. The fetus was born at the right time, complete with all its body parts; just like the full moon rises from the milky ocean without losing any of its features.
15. The body became fully developed in time, and the limbs were as beautiful as the horns of the moon shine brightly in the lighted fortnight.
15. The body fully matured over time, and the limbs were as beautiful as the horns of the moon shining brightly during the full moon.
16. After performance of the initiatory ceremonies (of tonsure and investiture of the sacred thread); and the sage instructed[Pg 494] him in whatever he knew, as one pours out the contents of one vessel into another.
16. After performing the initiation ceremonies (of shaving the head and putting on the sacred thread); the sage taught[Pg 494] him everything he knew, just like pouring the contents from one vessel into another.
17. In course of a short time the boy became acquainted with all the oral instructions (Vangmaya) of his father, and became an exact ectype of the venerable sage. (The best son likens his father).
17. Before long, the boy learned all the oral teachings (Vangmaya) of his father and became a perfect replica of the respected sage. (The best son resembles his father).
18. The old sage became as illustrious with his brilliant boy, as the orb of the moon shines brightly with its train of resplendent stars.
18. The old wise man became as famous with his brilliant boy, as the moon shines brightly with its surrounding stars.
19. Once on a time the sage Nárada went to the empyrean of his father Brahmá accompanied by his young progeny, and there made his obeisance to the prime progenitor of mankind.
19. Once upon a time, the sage Nárada went to the heavens of his father Brahmá, along with his young child, and there he paid his respects to the original father of humanity.
20. The boy also bowed down before his grandsire, who knowing him to be versed in the vedas and sciences; took him up and set him on his lap.
20. The boy also bowed down before his grandfather, who, knowing he was knowledgeable in the Vedas and sciences, picked him up and placed him on his lap.
21. The lord Brahmá pronounced his blessings on the boy, and knowing him to be born of the pot and acquainted with the vedas; gave him the name of Kumbha or the pot.
21. Lord Brahmá blessed the boy and, knowing he was born from the pot and familiar with the Vedas, named him Kumbha, which means pot.
22. Know me O hermit! to be the son of the sage Nárada, and grand son of the great lotus-born Brahmá himself; and know by the appellation of Kumbha from my birth into the pot.
22. Recognize me, O hermit! I am the son of the sage Nárada and the grandson of the great lotus-born Brahmá himself; you may call me Kumbha, since I was born from a pot.
23. I have the four vedas for my companions and playmates, and I always delighted with their company; in the heavenly abode of my lotus-born grandsire—the Divine Brahmá.
23. I have the four Vedas as my companions and friends, and I always enjoy their company in the heavenly realm of my lotus-born grandfather—the Divine Brahmá.
24. Know the Goddess Sarasvatí to be my mother, and the Gáyatrí hymn as my maternal aunt; my habitation is in the heaven of Brahmá where I dwell as the grand-child of the lord of creatures.
24. Recognize the goddess Sarasvatí as my mother, and the Gáyatrí hymn as my maternal aunt; I reside in the realm of Brahmá, where I live as the grandchild of the lord of all beings.
25. I wonder at my pleasure, throughout the wide extended world; I rove about with a soul full of felicity, and not on any errand or business whatever.
25. I marvel at my joy as I explore the vast world; I wander around with a heart full of happiness, and with no specific goal or task in mind.
26. I walk over the earth without touching it with my feet, and its flying dust do not approach my person; nor is my body ever fatigued in all its rambles. (The spiritual body is intangible and unwearied).
26. I move across the ground without my feet making contact, and the dust in the air stays away from me; my body never gets tired from all its journeys. (The spiritual body is immaterial and tireless).
27. It happened this day, that I came to behold thy hermitage[Pg 495] in the course of my etherial journey; and so directed my course this way, to see thee in this place. (This is the substance of my life, as I have now related unto thee).
27. Today, I found myself visiting your hermitage[Pg 495] during my spiritual journey; and I chose to come this way to see you here. (This is the essence of my life, as I've shared with you).
28. Thus O forester! I have given you the whole account of my life as you have heard just now; because it is a pleasure to good people, to hold conversation with the good and wise.
28. So, O forester! I’ve shared my entire life story with you, as you just heard; because it’s nice for good people to have conversations with the good and wise.
29. Válmíki said:—As they were talking in this manner the day past away to its evening service, and the sun set down below the horizon; the court broke and every one repaired to his evening ablution, and met again with the rising sun on the next morning.
29. Válmíki said:—As they were discussing this, the day went by, and evening approached, with the sun setting below the horizon; the court adjourned, and everyone went to perform their evening rituals, gathering again with the sunrise the next morning.
CHAPTER LXXXVII.
Continuation of the same and enlightenment of Sikhidhwaja.
Continuation of the same and insights into Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—Sikhidhwaja's praise of Kumbha and expression of his sorrow, he turns to be a disciple of the same and professes his faith in the vedánta doctrines.
Argument:—Sikhidhwaja honors Kumbha and shares his feelings of sadness; he then becomes his disciple and professes his belief in the Vedanta teachings.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—Sir, it appears to me that the hoarded merits of all my former lives, have brought you today to my presence here; as an unforeseen hurricane drives the waters of the sea on the dry mountain tops. (i.e. thy speech is as cooling draught to my perished soul).
SIKHIDWAJA said:—Sir, it seems to me that the good deeds I've accumulated from all my past lives have brought you to me today; just like an unexpected storm pushes the sea onto the arid mountain tops. (i.e. your words are like a refreshing drink to my weary soul).
2. I reckon myself as highly blest among the blessed today to be thus favoured by your presence, and cooled by your speech distilling as ambrosial dews from your lips.
2. I consider myself incredibly fortunate today to be graced by your presence and calmed by your words, which flow like heavenly dew from your lips.
3. Never did a more sensible speech, touch and cool my soul to such a degree as yours ere this; wherefore I deem your holy presence as more precious to me, than the gaining of a kingdom.
3. I’ve never heard a more reasonable speech that moved and calmed my soul like yours did; that's why I consider your sacred presence more valuable to me than gaining a kingdom.
4. The unrestrained delight which is felt in general (from the words of the wise), which are free from self-interest and selfish motives; is far superior to the self-restricted pleasure of sovereignty, which is delightful once in imagination only (and not in its actual possession).
4. The unfiltered joy that people generally feel (from the words of the wise), which are free from self-interest and selfish motives, is much greater than the limited pleasure of power, which is only enjoyable in imagination (and not in reality).
5. Vasishtha said:—As the prince was uttering these encomiums, the Bráhman boy Kumbha passed over them in silence; and interrupted him by saying:—
5. Vasishtha said:—As the prince was praising them, the Bráhman boy Kumbha remained silent and interrupted him by saying:—
6. Chúdálá said:—Please put a stop, sir, to these words of yours, and give me an account of yourself as I have given mine to you; and tell me who you are, and what you do in this lonely mountain.
6. Chúdálá said:—Please stop with your words, sir, and tell me about yourself as I have shared about myself; let me know who you are and what you’re doing on this lonely mountain.
7. How long is it that you have passed in this forester's life of yours, and what is your main object in view. Tell me the bare truth, because it is beyond the probity of an ascetic,[Pg 497] to utter anything but the plain truth. (The ascetics are names of satyavrata or vowed to truth).
7. How long have you been living this life as a forester, and what is your main goal? Just tell me the straightforward truth, because it's not in the nature of an ascetic, [Pg 497] to say anything but the plain truth. (The ascetics are known as satyavrata or those who are committed to truth).
8. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Lord as you are the offspring of a God, everything must be well known to you; and as the Gods are full well acquainted with the secrets and circumstances of all people, I have very little to relate to you about me.
8. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Lord, since you are a child of a God, you must know everything; and since the Gods are fully aware of the secrets and situations of all people, I don’t have much to tell you about myself.
9. It is from my fear of the world (and its temptations), that I have abandoned it and taken my abode amidst this forest; and this though you well know, will I now briefly state unto you.
9. It's because of my fear of the world (and its temptations) that I’ve left it behind and made my home in this forest; and even though you already know this, I will now explain it to you briefly.
10. I am Sikhidhwaja the ruler of a country, which I have long relinquished for a seat in the forest; and know, O knower of all truths, that it is my fear of the trap-doors of the world and future transmigration in it, that has driven me to this retired wilderness.
10. I am Sikhidhwaja, the ruler of a country that I've long given up for a life in the forest. And know this, O knower of all truths: it is my fear of the traps of the world and the future rebirths within it that have led me to this secluded wilderness.
11. It is no more than the reiteration of pain and pleasure, and of life and death in this accursed world; and it is to evade all these, that I have betaken myself to my austerities in these solitary woods.
11. It’s just a repetition of pain and pleasure, and of life and death in this cursed world; and to escape all this, I have turned to my self-discipline in these lonely woods.
12. I wander about on all sides, and perform my rigorous austerities without any respite; and I give no rest to myself, but keep my vigils like a miser over his little stock.
12. I roam around everywhere and carry out my strict self-discipline without a break; I don’t give myself any rest and keep my watch like a miser over his small savings.
13. I am without any effort or attempt, and so without any fruit and fruition also; I am lonely, and so helpless likewise; I am poor and therefore friendless also, and know me Divine personage! to be pining in this forest like a withered tree perforated by worms.
13. I’m without any effort or attempt, and so without any results or achievements as well; I feel lonely, and so helpless too; I’m poor and therefore friendless as well, and I want you to know, Divine being, that I’m suffering in this forest like a withered tree filled with worms.
14. I observe strictly all my sacred rites without any fail or failure, and yet I fall from one sorrow into a sea of sorrows; and have grown too pensive, that even the ambrosial draught is unpleasant to me.
14. I diligently follow all my sacred rituals without fail, and still, I find myself sinking from one sorrow into a sea of sorrows; I've become so reflective that even the most delightful drink feels unpleasant to me.
15. Chúdálá said:—It was once on a time that I had my great progenitor (Brahmá) to tell me which of the two, the observance of duties or their non-observance for the sake of knowledge (i.e. whether practice or theoretical knowledge); is the more useful to and preferable by mankind.
15. Chúdálá said:—Once, I asked my great ancestor (Brahmá) to tell me which is more useful and preferred by people: following duties or ignoring them in pursuit of knowledge (i.e., whether actions or theoretical knowledge).
16. Brahmá replied:—Knowledge is no doubt the supreme Good, as it leads to ones acquaintance with the unity of the Deity and the oneness of himself; but action is inculcated to man at the duty of his life, both for the pleasure and passing of his life time.
16. Brahmá replied:—Knowledge is definitely the highest good, as it helps one become familiar with the unity of the Deity and their own oneness; however, action is emphasized for people as part of their life's duty, both for enjoyment and to pass the time of their lives.
17. Let them that have not acquired their intellectual light and the sight of the soul, be employed in their duties by their offsprings and fellow creatures; for who that is devoid of a silken robe, will go about naked and not wrap himself with a blanket or coarse cloth.
17. Let those who haven't gained their understanding and insight into the soul focus on their responsibilities for their children and fellow beings; for who without a fancy robe would walk around naked without covering themselves with a blanket or rough fabric.
18. The ignorant that are actuated by their desires and live upon their hopes, meet with their objects as the reward of their action; but the knowing and speculative theorist, having neither any desire in his mind nor action of his body, meets with no reward of either.
18. The uninformed, driven by their desires and living on their hopes, achieve their goals as a result of their actions; but the knowledgeable and theoretical thinker, lacking any desire in their mind or any action in their body, receives no reward for either.
19. An action without its object goes to naught and for nothing, as the fruit bearing plants become fruitless and die away without being properly watered in their time. (There it is doubtful whether the comparison of watering refers to the desire or action. The gloss refers it to the action without which no desire is successful).
19. An action without its goal is pointless and wasted, just like fruit-bearing plants that become barren and wither away without being properly watered at the right time. (It's unclear whether the comparison of watering refers to desire or action. The explanation connects it to action, without which no desire is fulfilled).
20. As the effect of a certain season on plants &c., is displaced by that of the succeeding one; so the fruit of an action, is frustrated by its want of its desire (of the object).
20. Just as the impact of one season on plants is taken over by the next, the result of an action is undermined by its lack of desire for the object.
21. As it is the nature of kusa-grass never to fructify, though they bear the flowers in time; so my son, no action can produce any fruit without the desire of the main object (as its final cause). (Here Chúdálá addresses her husband as her son).
21. Just like kusa grass never produces fruit, even though it blooms over time; my son, no action can lead to any results without the desire for the main goal (which is its ultimate purpose). (Here Chúdálá addresses her husband as her son).
22. As the boy possest the idea of a ghost in his mind, sees the apparition of a devil before him; and as a sick man having hypochondria of his malady, is soon attacked by it (so everyone meets with what he has in his mind).
22. As the boy held the idea of a ghost in his mind, he saw the image of a devil before him; and just like a person with hypochondria who becomes fixated on their illness, he is quickly affected by it (everyone encounters what they have in their mind).
23. As the kusa-grass presents the fair flowers to view, without ever bearing their fruits; so does the speculative theorist meditate on the beauty of his theory, without producing its results by its practice.
23. Just like kusa grass shows off its beautiful flowers without ever producing fruit, the speculative theorist thinks about the elegance of his theory without putting it into practice to achieve any real results.
24. Sikhidhwaja said:—But it is said that all human desire[Pg 499] is vain, and its accompanying egoism is a fallacy; and that they are the creatures of our ignorance, like our error of a sea in the burning sands of a desert.
24. Sikhidhwaja said:—But it’s said that all human desires[Pg 499] are pointless, and the ego that comes with them is an illusion; they’re products of our ignorance, like the mistaken idea of a sea in the scorching sands of a desert.
25. So it is to the gnostic theist, whose ignorance is altogether removed by his knowledge of all things as the Divine spirit; such a man of course has no desire rising in his mind, as there is no appearance of the sea in the sands before the eyes of the wise.
25. So it is with the gnostic theist, whose lack of ignorance is completely eliminated by his understanding of everything as the Divine spirit; this kind of person obviously doesn't have any desires in his mind, just like there’s no sight of the sea in the sands to the wise.
26. It is by forsaking his desires, that a person is freed from his bonds of his disease and death; and his internal soul arriving to the perfection of the Deity, is exempted from future birth.
26. It's by letting go of his desires that a person is freed from the shackles of disease and death; and his inner soul, reaching the perfection of divinity, is released from future rebirth.
27. But know the human mind to be fraught with desires, from which the learned few are only exempt; it is by their transcendental knowledge of the knowable one, that the Divinely wise alone are exempted from their regeneration in this mortal world.
27. But understand that the human mind is filled with desires, and only a few knowledgeable people are free from them; it is through their deep understanding of the ultimate truth that only the truly wise escape from being reborn in this earthly existence.
28. Chúdálá replied—It is true, O princely sage! that knowledge is said to be the chief good (summum bonum), by the Gods Brahmá and others and also by all sapient sages; and notwithstanding thy knowing of this, why is it that thou remainest in this state of thy gross ignorance?
28. Chúdálá replied—It is true, O wise prince! that knowledge is considered the highest good by the Gods like Brahmá and other wise sages; and even though you recognize this, why do you continue to be in this state of ignorance?
29. What mean these pots and staffs, these wooden stools and those seats of kusa-grass; and why is it, O royal prince! that you delight in these false playings of fools?
29. What do these pots and staffs mean, these wooden stools and those seats made of kusa grass; and why, O royal prince! do you enjoy these silly games of fools?
30. Why is it that you do not employ your mind to inquire into the questions as to what thou art, and how has this world came to existence, and how and when will cease to exist (in your consciousness of reality). Instead of making inquiries in these solemn truths, you are passing your time like the ignorant in your fooleries only?
30. Why don't you use your mind to explore questions like who you are, how this world came into existence, and how and when it will cease to exist (in your perception of reality)? Instead of seeking answers to these serious truths, you're wasting your time like the uninformed, just indulging in silly distractions?
31. Why don't you discuss about the natures of bondage and liberation in the company of the learned, and pay your homage at their venerable feet?
31. Why don't you talk about the nature of bondage and liberation with knowledgeable people, and show your respect at their esteemed feet?
32. Do you want, O prince to pass your life in the discharge of your painful austerities, as some insects finish their days in perforating the stones in which they live?
32. Do you want, O prince, to spend your life going through painful austerities, like some insects that end their days boring into the stones where they live?
33. You can easily obtain the delight you seek, if you will but betake yourself to the service of holy man; and keep company with the tolerant and wise souls, arguing with them on spiritual subjects.
33. You can easily find the joy you’re looking for if you dedicate yourself to the service of a holy person and spend time with tolerant and wise people, discussing spiritual topics with them.
34. Or you may continue to remain in your grotto, in this forest living on the simple food of holy men; and by forsaking the evil propensities of your mind, abide here as an insect in a hole under the ground.
34. Or you might choose to stay in your cave, in this forest, surviving on the basic food of holy people; and by letting go of the negative tendencies of your mind, make your home here like an insect in a burrow underground.
35. Vasishtha related:—Being thus awakened to sense by his wife—the Divine boy—Sikhidhwaja, melted into tears; and with his face bathed in water, spoke to the lad as follows:—
35. Vasishtha said:—Having been awakened to reality by his wife—the Divine boy—Sikhidhwaja broke down in tears; and with his face wet, he spoke to the boy as follows:—
36. Sikhidhwaja said:—O Divine child! it is after a long time, that I am awakened by thee to my senses; and I perceive now that it was my weak-headedness, which drove me from the society of respectable to this lonely forest.
36. Sikhidhwaja said:—O Divine child! After a long time, you have finally brought me back to my senses; and I realize now that it was my foolishness that led me from the company of good people to this lonely forest.
37. Ah! I find now that my mind is purged to-day of its endless sins, which has brought thee to my presence here, and remonstrate with me on my past misconduct.
37. Ah! I realize now that my mind is cleared today of its countless sins, which has brought you to me here, to talk to me about my past behavior.
38. O beauteous boy! I deem thee henceforward as my monitor and father and my best friend forever, and acknowledge myself as thy pupil; wherefore I bow down at thy feet and pray thee to take piety on me.
38. Oh handsome boy! From now on, I view you as my guide, my father, and my best friend for life, and I recognize myself as your student; therefore, I bow down at your feet and ask you to have mercy on me.
39. Please admonish me now on the subject of Divine knowledge, as you are best acquainted with it; and whereby I may be freed from all my sorrows, and be settled with perfect peace and bliss of my mind.
39. Please advise me now on the topic of Divine knowledge, as you are most familiar with it; and how I can be freed from all my sorrows and find perfect peace and happiness in my mind.
40. You said at first, that knowledge is the supreme bliss or summum bonum of mankind; now tell me, which is that knowledge which saves us from misery; whether it is the knowledge of particulars which lead us to the acquaintance of specials, or that of the general which brings us to the transcendental. (The former is the inductive knowledge of ascending from particulars to the universal, and the latter is deductive knowledge of deducing everything from the primitive one).
40. You initially said that knowledge is the highest happiness or ultimate good for humanity; now tell me, what kind of knowledge saves us from suffering? Is it the knowledge of specifics that helps us understand the particular details, or is it the general knowledge that leads us to deeper truths? (The former is the inductive knowledge of moving from specifics to the general, and the latter is deductive knowledge, where everything is derived from the basic principle).
41. Chúdálá replied:—I will tell thee prince as far as I know about it, and what may be best acceptable to thee; and[Pg 501] not throw away my words in vain, like crowing ravens about a headless trunk.
41. Chúdálá replied:—I will tell you, prince, what I know about it, and what might be best for you; and[Pg 501] not waste my words like crows cawing around a headless body.
42. Because the words that are uttered to the impertinent questions of a person and not heeded by him, are thrown in vain; and become as useless to him, as her eye sight in the dark.
42. Because the words spoken in response to someone's rude questions, if ignored by them, are wasted; they become as useless to them as eyesight in the dark.
43. Sikhidhwaja said:—Sir, your words are as acceptable to me as the ordinances of veda (gospel truth); and though you utter them without previous meditation (extempore), yet I have full faith in them.
43. Sikhidhwaja said:—Sir, what you say means as much to me as the teachings of the Vedas (gospel truth); and even though you speak them without any prior thought (on the spot), I completely believe in them.
44. Chúdálá replied:—As a boy obeys the words of his father, knowing it to be pronounced for his certain good; so must you receive my words (knowing them to tend to your best welfare).
44. Chúdálá replied:—Just like a boy listens to his father's advice, knowing it's for his own benefit; you should accept my words (understanding they are meant for your best interest).
45. Think my advices to be all good for you, after you hear them with proper attention; and hear unto my words, as you hear music without inquiring into their reason or rhyme.
45. Consider my advice to be beneficial for you once you listen to it with the right attention; and pay attention to my words, just as you listen to music without questioning its reasoning or rhyme.
46. Hear me now relate to you an interesting story of a certain person, whose conduct and character resembled in every way to thine; and who was brought back to his sense after his long aberration. This is a tale to dispel the worldly cares and fears of the intelligent.
46. Listen as I share an intriguing story about someone whose behavior and character were very much like yours, and who found their way back to their senses after a long period of straying. This is a tale to ease the worries and fears of the wise.
CHAPTER LXXXVIII.
The Tale of the crystal Gem.
The Story of the Crystal Gem.
Argument:—The slipping of a precious stone in ignorance, and picking of a glossy glass in view of it.
Argument:—The loss of a valuable gem because of ignorance, and choosing a shiny piece of glass instead.
CHUDALA related:—There lived once a rich man, combined with opposite qualities (of charity and penury) in his character; as the sea contains the water and the submarine fire in its depth.
CHUDALA related:—There once lived a wealthy man who had very different qualities (of generosity and stinginess) in his character, much like how the sea holds both water and the underwater fire within its depths.
2. He was as skilled in arts, as he was practiced in arms; and was trained up in all dealings, as he was expert in business. But his great ambition in all his pursuits, kept him from the knowledge of the most high. (His excess of worldliness, was a preventive to spiritual knowledge).
2. He was as skilled in the arts as he was experienced in battle; and he was well-trained in all transactions, just as he was proficient in business. However, his overwhelming ambition in all his endeavors prevented him from understanding the Most High. (His excessive focus on worldly matters kept him from gaining spiritual knowledge).
3. He employed all his endeavours to obtain the imaginary gem of the philosopher's stone chintámani (by means of his pujas and prayers and other sacred rites); as the submarine fire wants to devour the waters, and dries up the bed of the sea.
3. He put in all his effort to get the mythical gem of the philosopher's stone chintámani (through his rituals, prayers, and other sacred ceremonies); just like underwater fire wants to consume the water, drying up the ocean floor.
4. His great avidity and persevering patience, succeeded after a lapse of a long time to obtain the precious gem at last; because there is nothing which may not be effected by the ardent zeal of man. (Omnia vincit labor).
4. His strong eagerness and persistent patience finally paid off after a long time, and he was able to obtain the precious gem at last; because there is nothing that cannot be achieved through the passionate dedication of a person. (Hard work conquers all).
5. He succeeded in his attempts by his unwearied labour, joined with his firm resolution and well directed plan; as the meanest man is favoured with a fortune, by his employment of these means. (Fortune crowns all strenuous efforts with success).
5. He succeeded in his efforts through his relentless work, combined with his strong determination and well-thought-out plan; just like anyone, no matter how insignificant, can achieve good fortune by using these tools. (Fortune rewards all hard work with success).
6. He saw the stone as lying before him, and ready to be grasped in his hand; as a hermit sitting on the peak of a mountain, thinks the rising moon as easy to be grasped by his hand. (Too ardent desire presents the shadow of the object to one's view).
6. He saw the stone lying in front of him, ready to be picked up; like a hermit sitting on top of a mountain thinks the rising moon can easily be grabbed with his hand. (An intense desire often casts a shadow over what one truly sees).
7. He saw the brilliant gem before him, but became mistrustful of his sight and the reality of the object before it;[Pg 503] as a poor man hearing of his sudden elevation to royalty, mistrusts the report and doubts its being meant for him.
7. He saw the brilliant gem in front of him, but began to doubt his own eyes and the reality of what he was looking at;[Pg 503] just like a poor man hearing about his unexpected rise to royalty doubts the news and wonders if it’s really meant for him.
8. He was then immerged in himself to think with amazement for a long time, he overlooked and neglected to lay hold on his great gain, and kept dubitating in his mind in the following manner.
8. He then became lost in his thoughts for a long time, amazed, and he overlooked seizing his great opportunity, continuing to second-guess himself in the following way.
9. Whether this stone is gem or not, and if so, whether it be the philosopher's stone or any other; shall I touch it or not, for I fear lest it fly away from my touch or be soiled by it.
9. I’m not sure if this stone is a gem or not, and if it is, whether it’s the philosopher's stone or something else. Should I touch it or not? I worry it might slip away from my grasp or get dirtied by my touch.
10. No one hath until this time obtained the long sought philosopher's stone, and if ever it was obtained by any one, it was, says the sastra, in his next life.
10. No one has ever obtained the long-sought philosopher's stone, and if anyone ever did, the scripture says it happened in their next life.
11. It is no doubt that my miserliness only, that makes me view aslant this brilliant gem before me with my eyes; as a purblind man sees a flashing fire-brand and deep-laid moon in the sky.
11. It's clear that my stinginess is the only reason I look at this brilliant gem in front of me with doubt, much like a blind person sees a bright flame and the hidden moon in the sky.
12. How could the tide of my fortune run so high at once, that I should succeed so soon to obtain the precious stone, that is the pink and acme of perfection and productive of all treasure.
12. How could my luck change so drastically, that I would quickly succeed in obtaining the precious gem, which is the pink and pinnacle of perfection and the source of all wealth?
13. There must be few and very few indeed of those fortunate men, who can expect their good fortune to court and wait on them; at a little pains in a short time.
13. There must be very few of those lucky men who can expect their good luck to come and hang around them with just a little effort in a short time.
14. I am but a poor and honest man, and one possest of very little qualification nor of any worth and account among mankind; and it is impossible that so miserable a wretch, could ever be blessed with this masterpiece of perfection.
14. I’m just a poor and honest man, someone with very little skill and not much value in the eyes of others; it’s impossible that someone so unfortunate could ever be granted this masterpiece of perfection.
15. The incredulous man hung for a long time in a state of suspense, between his certainty and uncertainty; and was infatuated by his mental blindness, that he did not even stretch out his hand to lay hold on the jewel lying open before him.
15. The shocked man stayed in a state of suspense for a long time, caught between what he was sure of and what he doubted; so blinded by his confusion that he didn’t even reach out to grab the jewel sitting right in front of him.
16. Hence whatever is obtainable by anyone at any time, is often missed and lost sight of by either his ignorance or negligence of it; as the precious gem in the parable, which was proffered and lay palpable in full view.
16. So whatever anyone can get at any time is often overlooked and forgotten because of their ignorance or carelessness; like the precious gem in the story, which was offered and was clearly visible.
17. As the undetermined man hung in the balance of his suspicion, the precious gem flew away and vanished from his sight; as the merited man avoids his slighter, and as the shaft flies from its string or the stone from its sling. (Fly from the fool as the arrow flies from the bow-string).
17. As the uncertain man was caught up in his doubts, the precious gem slipped away and disappeared from his view; just like the worthy person steers clear of the less deserving, and as an arrow shoots from its bow or a stone from a sling. (Avoid the fool like the arrow flies from the bowstring).
18. When prosperity appears to one, she confers on him her blessings of wisdom and prudence &c.; but as she forsakes her foolish votary, she deprives him of all his discretion. (Such is the case with this once wise and afterwards foolish devotee of prosperity).
18. When prosperity seems to smile on someone, she grants them her blessings of wisdom and good judgment, etc.; but when she turns away from her foolish follower, she strips them of all their common sense. (This is the case with this once wise and later foolish worshiper of prosperity).
19. The man tried again to invoke and recall the precious gem to his presence, because the persevering spirit is never tired to try again and again for his expected success.
19. The man tried once more to summon the precious gem to him, because a determined spirit never gets tired of trying again and again for the success they seek.
20. He came to behold before him a brittle piece of glass, shining with its false glare as the former gem; and this was placed in his presence by the invisible hands of the siddha that had come to tempt him and deride his folly.
20. He saw before him a fragile piece of glass, shining with its deceptive sparkle like the original gem; and this was placed in front of him by the unseen hands of the siddha that had come to tempt him and mock his foolishness.
21. The fool thought this brittle thing to be the real gem now lying before him, as the ignorant sot believes the sparkling sands to be the dusts of the purest gold.
21. The fool believed this fragile thing was the real gem now lying before him, just like the clueless idiot thinks the shiny sands are bits of the purest gold.
22. Such is the case with the deluded mind, that it mistakes the eight for six and a foe for a friend; it sees the serpent in the rope and views the desert land as the watery expanse, it drinks the poison for the nectar and spies another moon in the sky in the reflexion of the true one.
22. This is how a confused mind operates: it mistakes eight for six and a foe for a friend; it sees a snake in a rope and thinks a desert is a sea; it drinks poison instead of nectar and imagines another moon in the sky when it only reflects the real one.
23. He took up that sham trumpery for a real gem, and thought it as the philosopher's stone that would confer on him whatever he desired; with this belief he gave up in charity all he had, as they were no more of any use to him.
23. He mistook that worthless junk for a real treasure and thought it was the philosopher's stone that would grant him everything he wanted; believing this, he donated all he had in charity, since they were no longer useful to him.
24. He thought his country to be devoid of all that was delightsome to him and its people as debasing to his society; he thought his lost house was of no use to him, and his relatives and friends to be averse to his happiness.
24. He believed his country lacked everything that he found enjoyable and its people were detrimental to his society; he thought his lost home was of no value to him, and that his relatives and friends were opposed to his happiness.
25. Thus thinking in his mind, he determined to remove himself to a distant country and enjoy his rest there; and then taking his false gem with him, he went out and entered an uninhabited forest.
25. With these thoughts in his mind, he decided to move to a faraway land and relax there; so he took his fake gem with him, headed out, and entered an empty forest.
26. There his deceptive gem proving of no use to him loaded him all imaginable calamities, likening to the gloomy shadow of the black mountain and the horrid gloom of deep ignorance.
26. There, his deceptive gem turned out to be useless, bringing him every kind of disaster, like the dark shadow of the black mountain and the terrifying darkness of deep ignorance.
27. The affections which are brought to one by his own ignorance, are by far greater than those which are caused by his old age and the torments of death. The calamity of ignorance supercedes all other earthly affections, as the black hairs rise on the top of the body and cover the crown of the head.
27. The feelings that come from one's own ignorance are much stronger than those caused by aging and the agony of death. The disaster of ignorance surpasses all other worldly emotions, just like dark hair grows on the top of the body and covers the crown of the head.
CHAPTER LXXXIX.
The Parable of an elephant.
The Parable of an elephant.
Argument:—Freedom of the Incarcerated Elephant; and his falling again into the Pit.
Argument:—The Freedom of the Incarcerated Elephant; and his return to the Pit.
CHUDALA said:—Hear O holy hermit! another very interesting story of mine, which well applies to your case; as the ruler of a land and to serve to awaken your understandings: (from its present theory).
CHUDALA said:—Listen, O holy hermit! I have another very interesting story to share that relates to your situation and can help raise your awareness about it (from its current perspective).
2. There lived a large elephant in the Vindhya mountains, which was the head and leader of a great number of elephants; and had as clear an understanding in its big and elevated head, as the lofty summit of the mountain was humbled down at the bidding of Agastya—the sage. (Agastya is recorded as the first Aryan emigrant, who crossed the Vindhya and settled in southern India, and civilized the wild mountainous and rude people of Deccan by his wise law and instructions).
2. There was a big elephant in the Vindhya mountains, who was the leader of many elephants; it had as clear an understanding in its large head as the high peak of the mountain was lowered at the command of Agastya—the sage. (Agastya is known as the first Aryan immigrant, who crossed the Vindhya and settled in southern India, bringing civilization to the wild and rough people of the Deccan with his wise laws and teachings).
3. His two tusks were as strong as the thunderbolts of heaven, and as long and stunning as the far reaching flashes of lightning; they were as destructive as the flames of final desolation (kalpánta), and as piercing as to bore and uproot a mountain.
3. His two tusks were as powerful as the thunderbolts from the sky, and as long and impressive as the distant flashes of lightning; they were as destructive as the flames of total destruction, and as sharp as to pierce and uproot a mountain.
4. He came to be caught by an iron trap laid by elephant catchers in his way, and was fast held in it as the Vindhya by the Muni's charm; and as the giant Bali was bound in the chains of India. (Vindhya and its people were spell bound by the Agastya sage).
4. He got caught in an iron trap set by elephant catchers in his path and was stuck in it just like the Vindhya was held by the Muni's spell; and like the giant Bali was bound in India's chains. (The Vindhya and its people were enchanted by the sage Agastya).
5. The captive and patient elephant was tormented by the iron goad in his proboscis, and suffered the excruciating pains of his torture; like the Tripura giant under the burning fire of Hara. (Siva is called Tripura-hara for his quelling that giant by his fire arms).
5. The captive and patient elephant was tortured by the iron prod in his trunk and endured the intense pain of his torment, like the Tripura giant under the searing flames of Hara. (Siva is referred to as Tripura-hara for defeating that giant with his fiery weapons).
6. The elephant lay in this sad plight in the net for three days together, and was thus watched over by his hunter for a[Pg 507] distance. (See the paper of elephant catching in the Asiatic Researches).
6. The elephant remained trapped in the net for three days, being monitored by his hunter from a[Pg 507] distance. (See the paper on elephant catching in the Asiatic Researches).
7. The great suffering of the elephant made him open his mouth widely, and utter a loud scream that growled about like the loud noise of roaring clouds.
7. The elephant's immense pain made him open his mouth wide and let out a loud scream that echoed like the rumbling of thunderous clouds.
8. Then he exerted the force of both his tusks, and succeeded thereby to break asunder the iron bar; as the Titan of old, broke open the bolts at the gate of heaven.
8. Then he used the strength of both his tusks and succeeded in breaking the iron bar apart, just like the Titan of old who broke open the bolts at the gates of heaven.
9. The hunter saw the breaking of his hard fetters by the infuriate beast from a distance, as Hara beheld the breaking of the demon Bali (Belos) from his subterranean cell beneath the mountain, in order to invade his heaven on high.
9. The hunter saw the furious beast breaking his tough bonds from a distance, just like Hara witnessed the demon Bali (Belos) breaking free from his underground prison beneath the mountain to invade his high heaven.
10. The elephant catcher then mounted a tall tála (palm) tree, and leaped from its top in order to fall down on its head; but haplessly he fell down on the ground, as the demon was hurled down to hell by victorious Hara.
10. The elephant catcher then climbed a tall tála (palm) tree and jumped from its top to land on the elephant's head; but unfortunately, he fell to the ground as the demon was cast down to hell by the triumphant Hara.
11. The hunter missed the head of the huge animal, and fell headlong upon his legs on the ground; as a ripe fruit, is dropped down by the hurrying winds.
11. The hunter missed the huge animal's head and fell hard on his legs onto the ground, just like a ripe fruit falls from the tree when the winds are strong.
12. The great elephant took pity in seeing him falling, and lying prostrate before him; as the mind of the noble, is compassionate on others even in their own piteous state.
12. The great elephant felt sympathy when he saw him falling and lying face down before him; just like a noble person's heart is compassionate towards others, even when they are in such a vulnerable state.
13. The noble animal thought in his mind, that it was no valour on his part to trample over the self-fallen; and had thus the magnanimity of sparing the life of his own enemy.
13. The noble animal thought to himself that it wasn’t brave of him to trample over someone who had already fallen, and so he generously chose to spare the life of his own enemy.
14. He broke only the chains in two pieces, and took his way before him; leaving away all obstacles and barriers, as the rushing waters bear down the strongest bridge.
14. He broke the chains into two pieces and moved forward, clearing away all obstacles and barriers, like rushing waters sweeping away the strongest bridge.
15. His strength broke the strong net, but his piety spared the life of the weak man; he went off as the sun sets, after dispelling the evening clouds.
15. His strength tore through the strong net, but his kindness saved the life of the weaker man; he left just as the sun sets, after clearing away the evening clouds.
16. The hunter rose up from the ground after he saw the elephant had gone away; and he found himself to be as same and sound after his fall as he had been before it; and as the elephant was relieved from his pains, after his liberation from the chains.
16. The hunter got up from the ground after he saw the elephant had left; he realized he was just as fine and whole after his fall as he had been before it, and just like the elephant felt relieved from his pain after being freed from the chains.
17. Notwithstanding with great shock which the man had[Pg 508] felt by his fall from the tall palm tree, he felt no hurt with any part of his body; whence I ween, the bodies of scoundrels are fortified against every harm.
17. Despite the shock the man felt from falling off the tall palm tree, he didn't feel any pain in any part of his body; therefore, I believe that the bodies of scoundrels are toughened against all harm.
18. The wicked gain greater strength by execution of their repeated crimes, as the rainy clouds gather the more by their frequent showers. Thus the hunter went after his fresh excursion.
18. The wicked grow stronger as they continue committing their repeated crimes, just like rain clouds gather more with each downpour. So, the hunter set out for his new adventure.
19. The elephant catcher felt very sorry, at the escape of the elephant and unsuccessfulness of his attempt; as one in dejected mind, is to lose a treasure that has fallen into his hand.
19. The elephant catcher felt really sorry about the elephant escaping and his failed attempt; it was like someone with a heavy heart losing a treasure that had come into their possession.
20. He sought about and beat the forest, to find out the hiding elephant amidst the thickets; as the ascending node of Rahu rises in the sky, to lay hold on the moon covered under the clouds.
20. He searched the forest thoroughly to locate the hidden elephant among the bushes; just like the ascending node of Rahu rises in the sky to seize the moon obscured by clouds.
21. After a long search, he came in sight of the elephant halting under a tree; as when a warrior returns from the battlefield, and breathes the air under a shady arbour.
21. After a long search, he spotted the elephant stopping under a tree, just like a warrior returning from battle and enjoying the shade of a cool refuge.
22. The cunning huntsman collected a great many tools, capable to entrap the elephant at his resting place.
22. The clever hunter gathered a lot of tools that could trap the elephant while it was resting.
23. He dug a circular ditch round about that place in the forest, as the great creator of the world had stretched the ocean encircling this earth.
23. He dug a circular ditch around that spot in the forest, just like the great creator of the world had expanded the ocean surrounding this earth.
24. He then covered the great pit, with green branches and soft leaves of trees; as the season of autumn covers the face of the empty sky with fleecy and flimsy clouds.
24. He then covered the large pit with green branches and soft tree leaves, just like autumn covers the empty sky with light, fluffy clouds.
25. The elephant roaming at large in the forest, happened to fall down into the pit one day; as the fragment of a rock on the coast, falls headlong on the dried bed of the sea.
25. The elephant wandering freely in the forest fell into the pit one day, just like a chunk of rock from the coast drops suddenly onto the dry seabed.
26. The big elephant was thus caught in the circular pit, which was as deep as the dreadful depth of the sea; and lay confined in it, as some treasure is shut up in the hollow womb of a chest.
26. The big elephant was trapped in the circular pit, which was as deep as the terrifying depths of the ocean; and lay confined in it, like some treasure hidden in the hollow space of a chest.
27. Being thus confined at the bottom of that far extending pit, still passes his time in endless trouble and anxiety; like the demon Bali in his dark cave under the grounds.
27. Being trapped at the bottom of that deep pit, he continues to spend his time in constant worry and stress, like the demon Bali in his dark cave underground.
28. This is the effect of the silly elephant, letting unhurt his cruel hunter who had fallen ere long before him; or[Pg 509] else he would not be thus pent up in the pit, if he made an end of him in time.
28. This is what happens when the foolish elephant spares his cruel hunter who had fallen before him; or[Pg 509] he wouldn’t be stuck in the pit like this if he had taken care of him when he had the chance.
29. Hence all foolish people that had not foresight to prevent their future mishaps, and provide against their coming mischances by their precautions at present, are surely to be exposed like the calamity as the vindhyan elephant. (Hence all unforeseeing men are designated as gaja murkha or elephantine fools).
29. So all foolish people who lack the foresight to avoid future problems and don't take action now to prepare for upcoming troubles will surely face disaster, similar to the plight of the Vindhyan elephant. (Thus, all shortsighted individuals are called gaja murkha or elephantine fools).
30. The elephant was glad with the thought of his freedom from the hunter's chains, and thought no more of any future mishap; which was the sole cause of his being by another mischance, which lay at a long distance from him.
30. The elephant was happy at the idea of being free from the hunter's chains and didn’t worry about any future trouble; this was the main reason he ended up facing another misfortune that was far away from him.
31. Know, O great soul! that there is no bondage of man except his own ignorance; and the jail prisoners are not under such thraldom, as the intellectual servitude of freemen under their errors and prejudice. The enlightenment of the soul and the knowledge of the cosmos as one universal soul, is the greatest freedom of man; while the ignorance of this truth, is the root of the slavery of mankind to the errors of this world.
31. Understand, O wise one! that the only thing holding people back is their own ignorance; and jail inmates are not as trapped as those who are free but still shackled by their own mistakes and biases. The true freedom of a person comes from the enlightenment of the soul and understanding the universe as one connected essence, while failing to grasp this truth is the source of humanity's bondage to the world's misconceptions.
CHAPTER LXXXX.
Way to obtain the Philosopher's stone.
How to obtain the Philosopher's Stone.
Argument:—Chúdálá's Interpretation of the Parable of the Precious stone and the Glassy Gewgaw.
Argument:—Chúdálá's Take on the Parable of the Precious Stone and the Glass Trinket.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—Please explain unto me, O Divine boy! the purport of the parables of the true and false gems; and the unfettered and pent up elephant, which you have spoken before to me.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—Please explain to me, O Divine boy! the meaning of the parables of the true and false gems, and the free and restrained elephant, which you have mentioned to me before.
2. Chúdálá replied:—Hear me now expound to you the meaning of my stories, and the purport of the words and their senses; which I have stored in your heart and mind, for the enlightenment of your understanding.
2. Chúdálá replied:—Listen as I explain the meaning of my stories, along with the significance of the words and their interpretations, which I've kept in your heart and mind to enlighten your understanding.
3. That searcher after the philosopher's stone, was undoubtedly acquainted with science, but had no knowledge of the truth (tatwajnána); he searched the gem but knew not what it was, and the same man is thyself.
3. That seeker of the philosopher's stone was definitely familiar with science, but lacked understanding of the truth (tatwajnána); he searched for the gem but didn’t know what it was, and that same person is you.
4. You are versed in the sciences as he, and shinest above others as the shining sun on the mountain tops; but you have not that rest and quiet, which is derived from the knowledge of truth; and are immerged in your errors, as a block of stone in the water.
4. You know the sciences as he does, and you stand out like the sun shining on mountain tops; but you lack the peace and calm that come from understanding the truth; instead, you’re stuck in your mistakes, like a block of stone submerged in water.
5. Know O holy man! that it is relinquishing of errors, which is said to be the philosopher's stone (because they are the only men that have set themselves above the reach of error). Try to get that O holy man! in your possession, and set yourself thereby above the reach of misery.
5. Know, O holy man! that letting go of mistakes is what is called the philosopher's stone (because they are the only people who have risen above the grasp of error). Strive to obtain that, O holy man! and lift yourself above the reach of suffering.
6. It is the relinquishment of gross objects, that produces the pure joy of holiness; it is the abandonment of the world, that gives one the sovereignty over his soul, and which is reckoned as the true philosopher's stone.
6. Letting go of material things brings the true joy of holiness; leaving behind the distractions of the world gives control over one's soul, and this is considered the real philosopher's stone.
7. Abandonment of all is the highest perfection, which you must practice betimes; because it is contemning of worldly grandeur, that shows the greatest magnanimity of the soul.
7. Letting go of everything is the ultimate perfection, which you should practice early on; because it demonstrates a disregard for worldly greatness, showing the greatest generosity of the soul.
8. You have O prince! forsaken your princedom together with your princess, riches, relatives and friends, and have rested in your resignation; as Brahmá the lord of creatures, rested at the night of cessation of the act of his creation.
8. You, O prince! have given up your kingdom along with your princess, wealth, family, and friends, and have found peace in your resignation; just like Brahmá, the creator, rested during the night when he stopped his act of creation.
9. You have come out too far from your country, to this distant hermitage of mine; as the bird of heaven the great Garuda lighted with his prey of the tortoise, on the farthest mount of the earth. (The legend of Gaja-kachchhapa borne by Garuda, is narrated at length in the Purána).
9. You’ve traveled too far from your homeland to this remote retreat of mine; like the heavenly bird, the great Garuda, that landed with its catch of the tortoise on the highest mountain of the earth. (The story of Gaja-kachchhapa carried by Garuda is told in detail in the Purána).
10. You have relinquished your egotism, with your abandonment of all worldly goods; and you purged your nature from every stain, as autumnal winds disperse the clouds from the sky.
10. You have let go of your ego by giving up all your possessions; and you have cleansed your being from every flaw, just like autumn winds clear the clouds from the sky.
11. Know that it is only by driving away the egoism of the mind as well as all desires from the heart, that one gets his perfection and has the fulness of the world or perfect bliss in himself. But you have been labouring under the ignorance of what is to be abandoned and what is to be retained, as the sky labours under the clouds. (It is not the abandonment of the world, but the greedy desires of the mind, that is attended with true felicity).
11. Understand that it’s only by letting go of the ego and all desires from your heart that you can achieve your full potential and experience complete happiness within yourself. However, you've been trapped in confusion about what you should let go of and what you should keep, much like the sky is obscured by clouds. (It's not about abandoning the world, but rather releasing the greedy desires of the mind that brings true happiness).
12. It is not your abandonment of the world, which can give you that highest felicity the summum bonum that you seek; it is something else that must be yet sought after by you. (True happiness is a thing of heavenly growth, and is to be obtained by the grace of God only).
12. It's not your withdrawal from the world that will bring you the ultimate happiness, the summum bonum, that you seek; it's something else that you still need to pursue. (True happiness is something that grows from above and can only be attained through God's grace).
13. When the mind is overflown by its thoughts, and the heart is corroded by the canker of its desire; all its resignation flies from it, as the stillness of a forest flies before the tempest.
13. When the mind is overwhelmed by its thoughts, and the heart is eaten away by the bitterness of its desire; all its acceptance disappears, like the calm of a forest before a storm.
14. Of what avail is the abandonment of the world to one, whose mind is ever infested by his troublesome thoughts; it is impossible for a tree to be at rest, that is exposed to the tempests of the sky. (Inward passions disturb the breast, as tempests rend the sky).
14. What good does it do to give up the world for someone whose mind is constantly troubled by their own thoughts? It's impossible for a tree to find peace when it's battered by the storms above. (Inner emotions disrupt the heart, just as storms tear through the sky).
15. The thoughts constitute the mind, which is but another name for will or desire; and so long as these are found to be raging in one, it is in vain to talk of the subjection of the mind.
15. Thoughts make up the mind, which is just another term for will or desire; and as long as these are found to be raging within someone, it's pointless to discuss the control of the mind.
16. The mind being occupied by its busy thoughts, finds the three worlds to present themselves before it in an instant; of what avail therefore is the abandonment of this world to one, when the infinite worlds of the universe are present before his mind.
16. With the mind filled with its busy thoughts, the three worlds appear before it in an instant. So what’s the point of abandoning this world when the endless worlds of the universe are right there in front of your mind?
17. Resignation flies on its swift pinions, soon as it sees a desire to be entertained in it; as a bird puts on its wings, no sooner it hears a noise below.
17. Resignation quickly takes off as soon as it senses a desire for entertainment; just like a bird spreads its wings the moment it hears a sound below.
18. It is insouciance and want of care, which is the main object of the abandonment of the world; but when you allow a care to rankle in your breast, you bid a fair adieu to your resignation; as one bid farewell to his honoured and invited guest.
18. It is carelessness and lack of concern that really drives the decision to leave the world behind; but when you let a worry fester in your heart, you effectively say goodbye to your peace of mind, much like someone would say farewell to a respected and welcomed guest.
19. After you have let slip the precious gem of resignation from your hand, you have chosen the false glossy gewgaw of austerity for some fond wish in your view. (All outward observances of rites and austerities proceed from some favourite object fostered in the mind, while the pure bliss of holiness is obtained from the purity of the heart only, and without any need of outward acts).
19. Once you've let go of the valuable gem of resignation, you've opted for the shiny but worthless trinket of austerity for some desire you hold. (All external practices of rituals and austerities come from some cherished idea nurtured in the mind, while true happiness in holiness comes from a pure heart alone, without needing any outward actions).
20. I see thy mind is fixed in wilful pains of thy austerities, as the sight of a deluded man is settled on the reflexion of the moon in the waters (from his error of its being the true moon).
20. I see your mind is stuck in the stubborn struggles of your strictness, like the gaze of a confused person fixated on the reflection of the moon in the water, believing it to be the real moon.
21. Forsaking the indifference of your mind, you have become a follower of the prurience of your heart; and chosen for yourself the mortification of an anchorite, which is full of from its first to last.
21. Ignoring the indifference of your mind, you have become a follower of the desires of your heart; and chosen for yourself the strictness of a recluse, which is filled with suffering from beginning to end.
22. He who forsakes the easy task of his devotion to God, which is fraught with infinite bliss; and betakes himself to the difficult duties of painful austerity, is said to make a suicide of his own soul. (The sruti calls them self-suicides (átmaghanojánah); who neglect the felicity of their souls).
22. Those who give up the simple devotion to God, which is filled with endless joy, and instead turn to the hard work of painful discipline are said to be committing spiritual suicide. (The scripture refers to them as self-suicides (átmaghanojánah); those who ignore the happiness of their souls).
23. You betook yourself to the vow of self-resignation, by your relinquishment of all earthly possessions; but instead of observing the forbearance of resignation, you are bound to the painful austerities of your asceticism in this dreary wilderness.
23. You committed to a vow of self-resignation by giving up all your worldly possessions; but instead of practicing the self-restraint of resignation, you find yourself enduring the harsh challenges of your ascetic practices in this dismal wilderness.
24. You broke the bonds of your princedom, and decamped from the bounds of your realm thinking them as too painful to you; but say are you not constrained here to the faster and far more irksome toils of your asceticism, and the unbearable chains of its rigid incarceration.
24. You broke free from your princely duties and left your territory, thinking it was too painful for you; but tell me, aren't you now trapped in the faster and much more frustrating struggles of your ascetic lifestyle, and the unbearable chains of its strict confinement?
25. I think you are involved in much more care to defend yourself from heat and cold in the defenceless forest, and have come to find yourself to be more fast bound to your rigours than you had any idea of this before.
25. I believe you’re more focused on protecting yourself from the heat and cold in the vulnerable forest, and you’ve realized that you are more tied to your hardships than you ever realized before.
26. You thought in vain to have obtained the philosopher's stone before, but must have come to find at last; that your gain is not worth even a grain of glassy bauble.
26. You thought you could find the philosopher's stone before, but you've finally realized that what you gained isn't worth even a grain of a glass trinket.
27. Now sir, I have given you a full interpretation of the avidity of a man to pocket the invaluable gem; you have no doubt comprehended its right meaning in your mind, and will now store its purport in the casket of your breast.
27. Now, sir, I've given you a clear explanation of a man's desire to grab the priceless gem; you must have understood its true meaning in your mind, and will now keep its significance in the depths of your heart.
CHAPTER LXXXXI.
Interpretation of the Parable of the Elephant.
Understanding the Parable of the Elephant.
Argument:—Ignorance which is the cause of worldly desire, flies with loss of wishes.
Argument:—Ignorance, the source of worldly desire, vanishes when desires go unfulfilled.
CHUDALA continued:—Hear me, O great prince! now explain to you the meaning of the story of the Vindhyan elephant, which will be as useful as it will appear wonderful to you.
CHUDALA continued:—Listen to me, O great prince! I will now explain the meaning of the story of the Vindhyan elephant, which will be as helpful as it will seem amazing to you.
2. That elephant of the vindhyan range, is thy very self in this forest; and his two strong tusks are no other than the two virtues of reasoning and resignation, on which you lay your strength. (Viveka and vairágya i.e. reason and resignation are the most potent arms of men).
2. That elephant from the Vindhyan range represents your true self in this forest; and his two strong tusks symbolize the two virtues of reasoning and resignation, which you rely on for strength. (Viveka and vairágya i.e. reason and resignation are the most powerful tools for people).
3. The hunter that was the enemy of the elephant and waylaid him in his free rambles, is the personification of that great ignorance, which hath laid hold of thee for thy misery only.
3. The hunter who was the enemy of the elephant and ambushed him during his carefree wanderings represents the great ignorance that has taken hold of you for your misery alone.
4. Even the strong is foiled by weak, and lead from one danger to another and from woe to woe; as the strong elephant was led to by the weak huntsman, and as you O mighty prince! are exposed by your imbecile ignorance in this forest.
4. Even the strong can be hindered by the weak, and they can be led from one danger to another and from one misfortune to the next; just as the strong elephant was led by the weak hunter, and as you, O mighty prince, are vulnerable because of your foolish ignorance in this forest.
5. As the mighty elephant was caught in the strong iron chain, so are you held fast in the snare of your desire (of a future reward); which has brought all this calamity on you.
5. Just like the powerful elephant is trapped by a strong iron chain, you are stuck in the grip of your desire (for a future reward), which has caused all this trouble for you.
6. The expectation of man is the iron chain, that is stronger and harder and more durable than the other; the iron rusts and wastes away in time, but our expectations rise high and hold us faster.
6. The expectation of man is the iron chain, which is stronger, tougher, and more lasting than anything else; iron rusts and deteriorates over time, but our expectations soar high and grip us tighter.
7. As it was in the hostility of the huntsman, that he marked the elephant by his remaining unseen in his hiding place, so thy ignorance which lurks after thee, marks thee for his prey from a distance.
7. Just like the huntsman can spot the elephant by staying hidden in his spot, your ignorance, lurking behind you, marks you as its target from afar.
8. As the elephant broke the bonds of the iron chains of his enemy, so have you broken asunder the ties of your peaceful reign and the bonds of your royalty and enjoyments.
8. Just as the elephant shattered the iron chains of his enemy, you have also severed the ties of your peaceful reign and the bonds of your royalty and pleasures.
9. It is sometimes possible, O pious prince! to break down the bonds of iron fetters; but is impossible, O holy prince, to put a stop to our growing desires and fond expectations.
9. Sometimes, O noble prince! it's possible to break the chains of iron shackles; but it's impossible, O holy prince, to stop our increasing desires and hopeful expectations.
10. As the huntsman that had caught the elephant in the trap, fell down himself from on high to the ground; so was thy ignorance also levelled to the ground, seeing thee deprived of thy royalty and all thy former dignity. (The pride and ignorance of a man sinks down with his misfortune).
10. Just like the huntsman who caught the elephant in a trap fell from a great height to the ground, your ignorance has also been brought down, as you are stripped of your royal status and all your previous dignity. (A man's pride and ignorance crumble along with his misfortunes).
11. When the man who is disgusted with the world, wants to relinquish his desire of enjoyment, he makes his ignorance tremble in himself, as the demon that dwells on a tree, quakes with fear when the tree is felled.
11. When a man who is fed up with the world wants to give up his desire for pleasure, he makes his ignorance shake within him, like the demon that lives in a tree quivering in fear when the tree is cut down.
12. When the self-resigned man, remains devoid of his desire for temporal enjoyments; he bids farewell to his ignorance, which quits him as the demon departs from the fallen tree.
12. When a self-aware person lets go of their desire for temporary pleasures, they say goodbye to their ignorance, which leaves them just like a demon leaves a fallen tree.
13. A man getting rid of his animal gratifications, demolishes the abode of his ignorance from the mind; as a woodcutter destroys the bird-nests of the tree, which he has sawn or cut down on the ground.
13. A man who lets go of his animal desires clears away the ignorance in his mind, just like a woodcutter destroys the bird nests in the trees he has cut down.
14. You have no doubt put down your ignorance, by your resignation of royalty and resorting to this forest; your mind is of course cast down by it, but it is not yet destroyed by the sword of your resignation. (A cast down or sunken spirit or mind is not really killed, but revives and lives again in time).
14. You have definitely set aside your ignorance by giving up your royal status and retreating to this forest; your spirits are understandably low because of it, but they aren't completely crushed by your decision to resign. (A low or depressed spirit or mind isn't truly dead; it can recover and thrive again eventually).
15. It rises again and gains renewed strength and minding its former defeat, it has at last over powered on you by confining you in this wilderness; and restraining you in the painful dungeon of your false asceticism.
15. It rises again and becomes stronger, remembering its past defeat, and it has finally overpowered you by trapping you in this wilderness and holding you in the painful prison of your false asceticism.
16. If you can but now kill your fallen ignorance in any way, it will not be able to destroy you at once in your rigorous penance; though it has reduced you to this plight by your abdication of royalty.
16. If you can just eliminate your fallen ignorance in any way, it won't be able to destroy you right away during your strict penance; even though it has brought you to this situation because you gave up your royalty.
17. The ditch that the huntsman had dug to circumvent the elephant, is verily this painful pit of austerity, which thy ignorance has scooped to enthral you in.
17. The ditch that the huntsman dug to avoid the elephant is truly this painful pit of strictness that your ignorance has dug to trap you in.
18. The many provisions and supplies with which the huntsman had filled the hollow, in order to entice the elephant; are the very many expectations of future reward, which your ignorance presents before you, as the recompense of your penitence.
18. The various provisions and supplies that the huntsman filled the hollow with to lure the elephant are like the countless hopes for future rewards that your ignorance places in front of you as the reward for your repentance.
19. O prince, though you are not the witless elephant (gaja-murkha); yet you are not unlike the same, by your being cast in this forest by your incorrigible ignorance.
19. Oh prince, even though you're not a clueless elephant; you’re still somewhat similar, being lost in this forest because of your stubborn ignorance.
20. The ditch of the elephant, was verily filled with the tender plants and leaves for the fodder of the elephant; but your cave is full of rigorous austerities, which no humanity can bear or tolerate.
20. The trench for the elephant was genuinely filled with soft plants and leaves for its food; but your cave is full of harsh austerities that no human can endure or tolerate.
21. You are still encaged in this prison house of the ascetic's cell, and doomed to undergo all the imaginative torments of your penance and martyrdom. You verily resemble the fallen Bali, that is confined in his subterranean cell.
21. You are still trapped in this prison of the ascetic's cell, destined to endure all the mental torments of your penance and suffering. You truly resemble the fallen Bali, who is locked away in his underground cell.
22. You are no doubt the empty headed elephant, that art fast bound in the chain of false rigours, and incarcerated in this cave of your ignorance; thus I have given the full exposition of the parable of the elephant of Vindhyan mountain, and now glean the best lesson for thyself from this.
22. You are definitely the clueless elephant, trapped in the constraints of false beliefs and stuck in this cave of your ignorance; so I have provided a complete explanation of the parable of the elephant of Vindhyan mountain, and now take the best lesson from it for yourself.
CHAPTER LXXXXII.
The Prince's abjuration of his asceticism.
The Prince's refusal to deny himself.
Argument.—The prince coming to his sense, took all his relics of asceticism and set them on fire.
Argument.—The prince, coming to terms with the truth, discarded all his signs of asceticism and set them on fire.
CHUDALA continued:—Tell me prince, what made you decline to accept the advice of the princess Chúdálá, who is equally skilled in morality, as well as in Divine knowledge.
CHUDALA continued:—Tell me, prince, why did you decide not to take the advice of Princess Chúdálá, who is skilled in both ethics and spiritual knowledge?
2. She is an adept among the knowers of truth, and actually practices all what she preaches to others; her words are the dictates of truth, and deserved to be received with due deference.
2. She is skilled among those who understand the truth, and she truly practices everything she advises others to do; her words are the essence of truth and deserve to be respected.
3. If you rejected her advice, by your over confidence in your own judgment; yet let me know, why she prevented you not, from parting with your all to others. (There is a proverb that men should rely on their own judgment and that of their elders; but never on those of other people and women).
3. If you ignored her advice because you were too confident in your own judgment, then tell me, why didn’t she stop you from giving everything away to others? (There's a saying that men should trust their own judgment and that of their elders, but never that of others and women).
4. Sikhidhwaja replied:—But I ask you another question, and hope you will reply to it, i.e. how do you say that I have not relinquished my all, when I have resigned my realm, my habitation and my country all together; and when I left my wife and all my wealth behind.
4. Sikhidhwaja replied:—But I have another question for you, and I hope you'll answer it. How can you say that I haven't given up everything when I've given up my kingdom, my home, and my country all at once? And I've left my wife and all my wealth behind.
5. Chúdálá replied:—You say truly O prince! that you have forsaken your kingdom and habitation, and your lands and relatives, and even your wife and wealth, but that does not make your relinquishment of all, since none of these truly belong to thee; they come of themselves and go away from man; it is your egoism only which is yours, and which you have not yet got rid of.
5. Chúdálá replied:—You’re right, Prince! You’ve given up your kingdom, home, lands, family, even your wife and riches, but that doesn’t mean you’ve truly let go of everything, since none of it really belongs to you; it comes and goes on its own. The only thing that’s truly yours is your ego, and that’s something you still haven’t let go of.
6. You have not yet abandoned your egoism, which is the greatest delight of your soul; you cannot get rid of your sorrows, until you are quite freed from your egoistic feelings.
6. You haven't let go of your selfishness, which is the biggest source of joy for your soul; you can't shake off your sadness until you completely free yourself from your selfish feelings.
7. Sikhidhwaja said:—If you say that my kingdom and[Pg 518] possession, were not my all, and that this forest which I have resorted to forms my all at present; and these rocks and trees and shrubs form my present possessions, then I am willing to quit all these even, if that would constitute resignation of all.
7. Sikhidhwaja said:—If you say that my kingdom and[Pg 518] possessions aren't everything to me, and that this forest I’ve come to is what matters most right now; and that these rocks, trees, and shrubs are my current possessions, then I’m ready to give up all of these too, if that would mean I’m letting go of everything.
8. Vasishtha said:—Hearing these words of the Bráhman boy—Kumbha, the cold blooded prince Sikhidhwaja held silence for a while, and returned no answer.
8. Vasishtha said:—After hearing what the Brahmin boy Kumbha said, the cool-headed prince Sikhidhwaja stayed silent for a moment and didn’t reply.
9. He wiped off his attachment to the forest from his heart, and made up his mind to slide away from it; as the current of a stream in the rainy weather, glides along and carries down the dust and dirt of the beach.
9. He let go of his attachment to the forest in his heart and decided to move on from it, like the current of a stream during the rainy season, which flows along and washes away the dust and dirt from the shore.
10. Sikhidhwaja said:—Now sir, I am resolved to leave this forest, and bid adieu to all its caves and arbours; say now does not this relinquishment of all, form my absolute abnegation of all things.
10. Sikhidhwaja said:—Now, sir, I have decided to leave this forest and say goodbye to all its caves and groves; tell me, doesn't this choice to give up everything show my complete rejection of all things?
11. Kumbha replied:—The foot of this mountain with all its wood-lands, arbours and caverns are no properties of yours, but the common fells and dales of all; how then can your forsaking of them, form your self-abnegation at all?
11. Kumbha replied:—The foot of this mountain, along with all its forests, groves, and caves, doesn't belong to you; they are common lands for everyone. So how can your giving them up be considered a form of self-denial?
12. The best boon of your egoism which has fallen to your lot, is still unforsaken by you; you must get rid of this, in order to be freed from the cares and sorrows of this sublunary world of woes.
12. The greatest gift of your selfishness that has come your way is still held onto by you; you need to let this go to be free from the worries and troubles of this painful world.
13. If none of these things is mine, then my hermit's cell and grove, which I own as mine are what I am willing to resign, if that would make my total abnegation.
13. If I don't own any of these things, then I'm willing to give up my hermit's cell and grove, which I consider mine, if that helps me fully let go.
14. Vasishtha said:—The self-governed Sikhidhwaja being awaked to his sense, by these admonitions of Kumbha—the Bráhman boy; he remained silent for a moment, with the light that shone within him.
14. Vasishtha said:—The self-disciplined Sikhidhwaja, brought to his senses by Kumbha's advice—the Brahmin boy; he paused for a moment, illuminated by the light that shone within him.
15. His pure conscience returned to his mind, and the blaze of his right knowledge, burnt away the dross of his attachment to the hermitage; as a gust of wind drives the dusts from the ground.
15. His clear conscience came back to him, and the fire of his true understanding burned away his attachment to the hermitage, just like a gust of wind sweeps the dust off the ground.
16. Sikhidhwaja said:—Know me sir, to have now taken away my heart from this hermitage, and forsaken my attachment to all its sacred bowers and arbours; now therefore consider me to have resigned my all and every thing in world.
16. Sikhidhwaja said:—Understand, sir, that I have now removed my heart from this hermitage and given up my attachment to all its sacred nooks and gardens; therefore, please consider that I have surrendered everything in the world.
17. Kumbha replied:—How can I consider you as fully resigned, by your resigning these groves and arbours and everything appertaining to them; none of which belong to you, nor are you their master or deserter in anyway. (Know there is but one being, who is the sole master of all).
17. Kumbha replied:—How can I see you as completely resigned just because you’re giving up these groves and gardens and everything related to them? None of these belong to you, and you’re not their owner or a deserter in any way. (Understand that there is only one being, who is the sole master of everything).
18. Thou hast another thing to be forsaken by thee, and that is the greatest and best thing that has fallen to thy lot in this world; it must be by your resignation of that thing, that you can set yourself free from all. (The prince was so very infatuated with his knowledge of the gross sensibles, that he would never come to know what egoism meant).
18. You have one more thing to let go of, and that is the greatest and best thing that has come to you in this world; it is by letting go of that thing that you can free yourself from everything. (The prince was so caught up in his understanding of the basic sensory experiences that he could never grasp what egoism meant).
19. Sikhidhwaja said:—If this even be not the all that I have, and which you want me to resign; then take these earthen pots and basins, these hides and skins and this my cell also, and know me to forgo all these forever and betake myself elsewhere.
19. Sikhidhwaja said:—If this isn't everything I have, and what you want me to give up; then take these clay pots and bowls, these hides and skins, and my room too, and know that I'm giving up all of this for good and will go somewhere else.
20. Vasishtha said:—So saying the dispassionate prince rose from his seat, with his composed and quiet mind; as when an autumnal cloud rises on the top of a mountain, and disperses elsewhere.
20. Vasishtha said:—After saying this, the calm prince got up from his seat, with a clear and peaceful mind; just like an autumn cloud rising on a mountain and drifting away.
21. Kumbha saw from his seat, the motions and movements of the prince, with her smiles and amazement, as when the sun laughs from above, to see the foolish attempts of men on the earth below.
21. Kumbha watched from his seat as the prince moved, smiling and amazed, like the sun shining down, observing the silly efforts of people on the ground below.
22. Kumbha looked steadfastly on Sikhidhwaja, and sat silently with the thought, "Ah! let him do whatever he likes for his sanctification and renunciation of the temporal articles of this world, which do not serve for his spiritual edification at all."
22. Kumbha stared intently at Sikhidhwaja and sat quietly, thinking, "Well, he can do whatever he wants for his purification and rejection of the worldly things that don’t contribute to his spiritual growth."
23. Sikhidhwaja then brought out all his sacred vessels and seats from his grotto, and collected them all in one spot; as the great ocean yielded up all her submerged treasures, after the diluvian flood was over.
23. Sikhidhwaja then took all his sacred vessels and seats from his cave and gathered them in one place, just like the vast ocean revealed all its hidden treasures after the floodwaters receded.
24. Having collecting them in a pile, he set fire to them with dried fuel; as the sun-stone or sun-glass burns down the combustible by its fire.
24. After gathering them into a pile, he set fire to them with dry fuel, just like how a sunstone or lens ignites something flammable with its heat.
25. The sacred vessels and chattels which were set on fire and burnt down by it, were left behind by the prince who sat[Pg 520] on a seat beside Kumbha; as the sun sets on the mount Meru, after he had burnt down in the world by the fire of dissolution.
25. The sacred items and belongings that were set on fire and destroyed by it were left behind by the prince who sat[Pg 520] next to Kumbha; just as the sun sets on mount Meru, after he had been consumed by the fire of destruction in the world.
26. He said to his rosary, you have been confident to me your master, as long as I turn you on my fingers as my counting beads.
26. He said to his rosary, you have been loyal to me, my master, as long as I run you through my fingers like my counting beads.
27. And though I have turned you over and over, with my sacred mantras in this forests; yet you have been of no service to me at all.
27. And even though I have tried everything with my sacred mantras in these woods, you haven't helped me at all.
28. And though I have travelled with you, Oh my reliquary! and seen many holy places in thy company; but as you proved of no good to me, I now resign you to the flames.
28. And even though I've traveled with you, oh my reliquary! and visited many sacred places with you; since you have been of no benefit to me, I now send you to the flames.
29. The burning fire rose in flames and flashes in the sky, and they appeared as stars glittering in it; he then cast his seat of the deer's skin on the fire, and said: I have borne you about me so long on my back as an ignorant stag.
29. The blazing fire shot up in flames and bursts of light in the sky, and they looked like stars sparkling within it; he then tossed his deer-skin seat onto the fire and said: I’ve carried you on my back for so long like a clueless stag.
30. It was by my ignorance, that I held you so long with me; and now you are at liberty to go your own way; where may peace and bliss attend on you forever.
30. It was my ignorance that kept you with me for so long; now you're free to go your own way, and I hope peace and happiness follow you always.
31. Ascend with the rising fire to heaven, and twinkle there as the stars on high; so saying he took off his hide garment from his body with his hands, and committed it to the flames.
31. Rise with the flames to the heavens, and sparkle there like the stars above; saying this, he removed his skin garment from his body with his hands and tossed it into the fire.
32. The funeral pyre of the prince spread as a sea of fire and it was driven about as a conflagration by the winds blowing from the mountains; when the prince thought of throwing his water pot also into the fire.
32. The prince's funeral pyre blazed like a sea of fire, and the winds from the mountains turned it into a raging inferno; at that moment, the prince considered tossing his water pot into the flames as well.
33. And said to it, you sir, that bore the sacred water for all my sacerdotal functions; O my good water pot, it is true that I have not the power of rendering the proper recompense of your past services.
33. And said to it, you, who carried the holy water for all my priestly duties; Oh my good water pot, it’s true that I can’t repay you for everything you’ve done in the past.
34. You were the best model of true friendship, good nature, benevolence and constancy to me; and the best exemplar of goodness and all good qualities in thy great bounty.
34. You were the best example of true friendship, kindness, generosity, and loyalty to me; and the greatest representation of goodness and all the positive qualities in your amazing generosity.
35. O thou! (my water pot), that wast the receptacle of all goodness to me; now depart your own way, by your purification in the same sacred fire, as thou wast at first found by[Pg 521] me (from the potter's fire). Be thy ways all blissful to thee! so saying he cast his water pot into the consecrated fire.
35. Oh you! (my water pot), that held all goodness for me; now go your own way, purified in the same sacred fire you came from[Pg 521] (from the potter's fire). May your path be filled with joy! Saying this, he threw his water pot into the consecrated fire.
36. Because all good things are to be given to the good or to the fire; but all bad things are cast off, like the dust of the earth; and as foolish men fall to the ground, by their secret craft.
36. Because all good things are meant for the good or for the fire; but all bad things are thrown away, like the dust of the earth; and just as foolish people fall to the ground, through their hidden tricks.
37. It is well for thee, my low mattress, to be put to fire and reduced to worthless ashes; so saying, he took up his wet matted seat, and cast it into the flaming fire.
37. It's good for you, my flat mattress, to be burned and turned to ashes; with that, he picked up his wet, tangled seat and tossed it into the blazing fire.
38. The seat on which he used to sit in his pure meditation on God (i.e. his kusásana or his seat made of kusa-grass), he soon committed to the flames; because it is better to give up a thing betimes, of which one must get rid shortly afterwards.
38. The seat where he used to sit in his deep meditation on God (i.e. his kusásana or his seat made of kusa-grass), he soon threw into the fire; because it's better to let go of something early that you have to part with soon anyway.
39. This my alms-pot which contained the best articles of food, which were presented to me by good people; I now commit to this flame with whatever it has in it.
39. This is my donation box that held the best food items given to me by kind people; I now throw it into this fire with everything that’s inside it.
40. The fire burns a thing but once, and the burnt article ceases to burn any more; hence I shun all the implements to my ceremonial rites, in order to set me free from the bondage of all actions for ever more.
40. The fire only burns something once, and after it’s burned, the item stops burning; that’s why I avoid all the tools for my ceremonies, to free myself from the constraints of all actions forever.
41. Be ye not sorry therefore, that I forsake you thus; for who is there, that will bear about him things that are unworthy of himself.
41. So don’t feel sorry that I’m leaving you like this; because who would carry around things that are beneath them?
42. So saying, he threw into the fire all his cooking vessels, and the plates and dishes of his kitchen; and all things whatever he had need of in his hermitage. And these began to burn in a blaze, us the world was burnt down by the all destructive fire of the kalpánta.
42. Having said that, he threw all his cooking pots, plates, and dishes from his kitchen into the fire, along with everything else he needed in his hermitage. These items started to burn in a blaze, just like the world was consumed by the all-destructive fire of the kalpánta.
CHAPTER LXXXXIII.
Admonition of Sikhidhwaja.
Advisory from Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—As the prince was going to immolate himself after this, he is recalled from his rashness by the wisdom of his young monitor, who admonishes him to the relinquishment of his mind and not of the body.
Argument:—Just as the prince was about to take his own life, his young advisor wisely intervened, urging him to release his mental burdens instead of sacrificing his life.
VASISHTHA said:—He then rose up and set fire to his hut of dry leaves and grass, as it is the case with foolish men very often to demolish the structure of their own fancy and caprice. (i.e. To undo the doings of their own hobbies and wild imagination).
VASISHTHA said:—He then got up and burned his hut made of dry leaves and grass, just like foolish people often do when they destroy the things they’ve built out of their own whims and fantasies. (i.e. To undo the creations of their own hobbies and wild imagination).
2. Whatever else there was left beside aught of the chattels and goods of the hermit Sikhidhwaja took them all one after another, and set fire to them with his composed and unconcerned mind, and observing a strict taciturnity all the while.
2. Whatever else was left besides the hermit's belongings, Sikhidhwaja took them all one by one and set them on fire with a calm and indifferent mindset, remaining completely silent the entire time.
3. He burnt and broke down every thing, and then flung away from him his eatables and preserved condiments; his clothings and all, with a quite content state of his mind. (This unconcerned state of the mind is called avahittha or insouciance; which cares for no mortal thing).
3. He burned and destroyed everything, and then tossed aside his food and preserved items; his clothes and everything, feeling completely at peace. (This carefree state of mind is called avahittha or insouciance; which is indifferent to worldly matters).
4. The hermitage was now turned to a desolation, for its having been a human habitation awhile before; and resembled the relics of the sacrificial pavilion of Daksha, after its devastation by the all-devouring fire of Vírabhadra. (The legend of Daxa-yajna-bhanga, forms the subject of many Puránas, poems and dramas, but the mystery and allegory of the fable remains as dark and inexplicable as the Runic characters).
4. The hermitage had become a desolate place, a shadow of its former self as a human dwelling; it looked like the ruins of Daksha's sacrificial pavilion after it had been destroyed by the all-consuming fire of Vírabhadra. (The story of Daxa-yajna-bhanga is the topic of many Puránas, poems, and plays, but the mystery and symbolism of the tale are still as obscure and hard to understand as Runic letters).
5. The timorous fawns being affrighted at the lighted fire, left their lairs where they lay chewing the cud at their ease; and fled afar to distant deserts, as the townsmen free from a burning quarter to distant abodes.
5. The scared fawns, frightened by the light of the fire, left their resting spots where they were comfortably chewing their food; and ran far away to distant wilderness, just like townspeople escaping a burning neighborhood to find safety.
6. Seeing the vessels and utensils to be all in a blaze, with the fuel of the dry woods on all sides; the prince seemed to[Pg 523] remain quite content and careless amidst the scene, with the possession of his body only.
6. Seeing the pots and tools all on fire, surrounded by dry wood everywhere, the prince appeared to[Pg 523]remain completely at ease and unconcerned in the situation, just with his body intact.
7. Sikhidhwaja said:—I am now become an all abandoning saint, by my abandonment of all desire and every object; and wonder that I should after so long a period of my life, be awakened to my right knowledge, by the holy lectures of my heavenly child.
7. Sikhidhwaja said:—I have now become a completely unattachable saint, by giving up all my desires and everything I wanted; and I’m amazed that after such a long time in my life, I have been enlightened by the sacred teachings of my divine child.
8. I have now become a pure and perfect unit, and quite conscious of the ineffable joy in myself; of what use and to what good, are all these appendages of my ever varying desires to me. (No temporal object, leads to our permanent good; save our own bodies, which feel the inward bliss of the soul).
8. I have now become a pure and perfect being, fully aware of the indescribable joy within me; what good are all these extra desires that constantly change? (No temporary thing leads to our lasting happiness; only our own bodies, which experience the inner joy of the soul).
9. As the knots of the chain that bind the soul to this world, are cut asunder and fall off one after another; so the mind comes to feel its quiet composure, until it attains to its ultimate rest and inaction.
9. As the knots of the chain that tie the soul to this world are cut and drop off one after another, the mind begins to experience its calm state until it reaches its final peace and stillness.
10. I am quite composed, and in perfect ease with the extinction of my desires; I am joyous and rejoice in myself, that my ties are all broken and fallen off from me; and that I have at last, fully accomplished the abandonment of all things (sarva tyaga).
10. I feel completely at peace and totally fine with letting go of my desires; I am happy and celebrate my freedom, knowing that all my attachments have been broken and removed from me; and that I have finally succeeded in fully abandoning everything (sarva tyaga).
11. I am become as nude as the open sky, and as roofless as the vault of vacuity; I view the wide world as an expanse of vacuum, and myself as a nullity within the whole inanity; say, O divine boy! is there anything still wanting to my complete renouncement of all.
11. I have become as bare as the open sky, and as exposed as a roofless void; I see the vast world as a space of emptiness, and myself as a nonentity within the whole emptiness; tell me, O divine boy! is there anything still missing for my complete acceptance of everything?
12. Kumbha replied:—Yet you must be aware! O prince Sikhidhwaja! that you are never released from all the bonds of this life, by your renunciation of every mortal thing; appertaining to this your mortal and transitory state of your being.
12. Kumbha replied:—But you should know this! O prince Sikhidhwaja! that you will never be free from all the ties of this life just by giving up everything related to your temporary and fleeting existence.
13. I see the gravity and purity of the nature of your soul, which is placed far above the reach and track of the commonality; by its abandonment of the innumerable seeds and sprouts of fond desires, which incessantly rise as thistles and thorns on the human breast. (If virtue we plant not, vice will fill the place; and the rankest weeds, the richest soils deface).
13. I see the seriousness and purity of your soul, which is far above the reach of ordinary people; by turning away from the countless seeds and sprouts of strong desires that continuously emerge like thistles and thorns in the human heart. (If we don’t plant virtue, vice will take its place; and the nastiest weeds will ruin the richest soil).
14. Vasishtha said:—On hearing these words of Kumbha, the prince Sikhidhwaja reflected on its purport within himself for a short while; he spoke these words in reply as you shall, oh mighty armed Ráma, now hear from me. (i.e. The prince was not so very easily prevailed upon by his eloquent monitor).
14. Vasishtha said:—After listening to Kumbha's words, the prince Sikhidhwaja thought about their meaning for a moment; he replied with these words as you shall, oh powerful Rama, now hear from me. (i.e. The prince was not easily convinced by his persuasive advisor).
15. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me, O heaven born child! what else dost thou see remaining in me; except the serpentine entrails within myself, and supporting the body composed of a heap of flesh, blood and bones.
15. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me, O child of heaven! what else do you see left in me; other than the serpentine guts inside me, and holding up this body made of flesh, blood, and bones.
16. And if this body reckoned an appendage to myself, I will then ascend to the top of this mountain, and let it fall to be dashed to pieces on the ground; and thus get rid of my mortal part for ever.
16. And if this body feels like an extra part of me, I will climb to the top of this mountain and let it fall to be shattered on the ground; and in doing so, I will be free of my mortal self forever.
17. Saying so, as he was proceeding to immolate his body on the craggy hill before him; he was interrupted by his monitor Kumbha, who spoke to him as follows:—
17. Saying this, as he was about to sacrifice his body on the rocky hill in front of him, he was interrupted by his guide Kumbha, who said to him:—
18. Kumbha said:—What is it prince that you are going to do, why do you attempt to destroy this innocent body of yours from this hideous height, as the enraged bull hurls its calf below the hill?
18. Kumbha said:—What are you doing, prince? Why are you trying to endanger your innocent life by throwing yourself off this terrible height, like an angry bull tossing its calf down the hill?
19. What is this body, but a lump of dull and gross matter, a dumb and poor painstaking thing; it never does you any harm, nor can you ever find any fault in it; why then do you wish in vain to destroy so harmless and faultless a thing?
19. What is this body, but a chunk of dull and heavy matter, a lifeless and tiresome thing; it never causes you any harm, nor can you ever find anything wrong with it; so why do you want to waste your energy trying to destroy such a harmless and perfect thing?
20. It is of itself a dull and dumb thing (as your beast of burden); it ever remains in its torpid meditative mood, and is moved to and fro by other agencies; as a plank is tossed up and down, by the adverse current and waves in the sea.
20. It’s inherently a dull and lifeless thing (like your pack animal); it constantly stays in its sluggish, thoughtful state, being pushed and pulled by outside forces, just like a plank is tossed up and down by the opposing current and waves in the ocean.
21. He who hurts or annoys his inoffensive body, deserves to be put to torturous punishment; like the ruffian rogue who robs and annoys the holy saint, sitting in his solitary cell.
21. Anyone who harms or bothers an innocent person deserves to be punished severely, just like the thug who steals from and harasses the holy saint while he sits alone in his cell.
22. The body is quite guiltless of all the pain and pleasure, which betide the living soul by turns; as the tree is wholly unconcerned with the fall of its fruits and leaves, which are dropped down by the blowing winds.
22. The body is completely innocent of all the pain and pleasure that the living soul experiences in turn; just as the tree is entirely unaffected by the dropping of its fruits and leaves, which are carried away by the blowing winds.
23. You see the gusts of winds dropping down the fruits,[Pg 525] flowers and leaves of trees; then tell me, O holy men! how you can charge your innocent tree, with the fault of letting fall its best produce.
23. You see the strong winds blowing down the fruits,[Pg 525] flowers, and leaves from the trees; so tell me, oh wise ones! how can you blame the innocent tree for dropping its best fruit?
24. Know it for certain, O lotus eyed prince! that the immolation of your body even, is not enough to make your total renouncement of all things, sarva tyága you must know is not an easy matter.
24. Know this for sure, O lotus-eyed prince! Even sacrificing your body is not enough for your complete renouncement of everything; sarva tyága is not an easy thing to achieve.
25. It is in vain that you intend, to destroy this inoffensive body of yours on this rock; your quitting or getting rid of your body, does not cause your renunciation and freedom from all. (Death releases us from the bondage of the body, but not from the stings of conscience).
25. It's pointless to think you can destroy this harmless body of yours on this rock; leaving or getting rid of your body doesn’t mean you've given up everything or found true freedom. (Death frees us from the body's limitations, but not from the pain of our conscience).
26. There is an enemy of this body which agitates it, as an elephant shakes a huge tree; if you can but get rid of that mortal enemy of your body and soul, you are then said to be freed from all.
26. There is an enemy of this body that stirs it up, just like an elephant shakes a massive tree; if you can get rid of that mortal enemy of your body and soul, then you are considered to be free from everything.
27. Now prince, it is by avoiding this inveterate enemy of yours, that you are freed from the bondage of your body, and everything besides in this world; or else however you may kill your body, you can never put a stop to its regrowth (in some form or other).
27. Now, prince, it’s by steering clear of this long-standing enemy of yours that you free yourself from the constraints of your body and everything else in this world; otherwise, no matter how you may destroy your body, you can never prevent its return (in one form or another).
28. Sikhidhwaja rejoined:—What is it then that agitates the body and what is the root of our transmigrations and of the doings and sufferings of our future lives? And what is it by the avoidance of which, we avoid and forsake everything in the world?
28. Sikhidhwaja replied:—What is it that disturbs the body and what is the cause of our continual cycles of rebirth and the actions and pain in our future lives? And what is it that, by avoiding it, helps us let go of everything in the world?
29. Kumbha replied:—Know, holy prince, that it is neither the forsaking of your realm nor that of your body, nor the burning of your hut and chattels, nor all these things taken together, that can constitute your renouncement of all and everything.
29. Kumbha replied:—Understand, noble prince, that it's not about giving up your kingdom or your body, nor about the destruction of your home and belongings, nor any combination of these things that truly represents your renunciation of everything.
30. That which is all and every where, is the one only cause of all; it is by resigning everything in that sole existent being, that one becomes the renouncer of all.
30. The thing that is everything and everywhere is the one true cause of all things; by letting go of everything in that one existing being, a person becomes someone who renounces all.
31. Sikhidhwaja said:—You say that there is an all—to-pan, which is situated in all to whom all things are to be resigned at all times. Now sir, you that know all, what this all or omnium can be.
31. Sikhidhwaja said:—You claim that there is an all—to-pan, which is present in everyone to whom everything must be surrendered at all times. Now, sir, you who know everything, what exactly is this all or omnium?
32. Kumbha replied:—Know, O holy man, this all pervading being is known under the various appellations of the living soul jíva, the life Prána and many more also; it is neither an active or inactive principle, and is called the mind which is ever liable to error.
32. Kumbha replied:—Know, O holy man, this all-encompassing being is referred to by various names such as the living soul (jíva), the life force (Prána), and many others; it is neither an active nor a passive principle, and is called the mind, which is always prone to error.
33. Know the mind to be the seat of illusion, and to make the man by itself; it is the essential constituent of every person, and the speculum of all these worlds in itself.
33. Understand that the mind is the source of illusion and shapes a person on its own; it is the fundamental part of every individual and reflects all these worlds within itself.
34. Know the mind, as the source of your body and estates; and know it also, as the root of your hermitage and everything else; just as one tree bears the seed of another. (The ingrained desire of the mind is the seed of all extraneous accidents).
34. Understand the mind, as the source of your body and possessions; and recognize it also as the foundation of your home and everything else; just like one tree produces the seeds of another. (The deep-seated desires of the mind are the seeds of all external circumstances).
35. It is therefore by your giving up this seed of all events, that you really resign everything in the world, which is contained in and depends on this primary seed and mainspring of the mind. All possible as well as impossible renunciations, depend on the resignation of the mind.
35. So, by letting go of this seed of all happenings, you actually give up everything in the world that's connected to and relies on this fundamental seed and driving force of the mind. All potential and even impossible sacrifices hinge on the resignation of the mind.
36. The man that is under the subjection of his mind, is ever subject to cares, both when he is attentive to his duties or negligent of them; as also when he rules his realm, or flies from it to a forest; but the man of a well governed mind, is quite content in every condition of life.
36. The man who is controlled by his mind is always weighed down by worries, whether he is focused on his responsibilities or ignoring them; whether he governs his kingdom or escapes to a forest. In contrast, the man with a well-managed mind is completely at peace in every situation in life.
37. It is the mind which revolves incessantly in the manner of the rotatory world, and evolves itself in the form of the body and its limbs; as the minute seed displays itself in the shape of a tree and its branches and leaves.
37. It’s the mind that constantly spins like the rotating world, shaping itself into the body and its limbs; just like a tiny seed reveals itself as a tree with its branches and leaves.
38. As the trees are shaken by the blowing winds, and as the mountains are shook by the bursting earthquakes; and as the bellows are blown by the inflated air, so is the animated body moved about by the mobile force of the mind.
38. Just like the trees sway in the blowing winds and the mountains tremble during powerful earthquakes, and like the bellows are moved by the air pumped into them, the living body is influenced and driven by the changing force of the mind.
39. These miserable mortals that are born to death and decay, and those happy few that live to enjoy the pleasures of life; and the great sages of staunch hearts and souls, are all of them bound alike to the thraldom of their minds. (The mind governs all, and there are few to govern it).
39. These unfortunate people who are born to die and decay, and those lucky few who live to enjoy life’s pleasures; along with the great wise ones with strong hearts and souls, are all equally trapped by their minds. (The mind controls everything, and there are few who can control it).
40. The mind acts its several parts, in all the various forms and figures of the stage of the world; it shows its gestures in[Pg 527] the motions of the body, it lives and breathes in the shape of the living spirit, and it thinks and cogitates in the form of the mind. (The mind and the heart, the living soul and the active body, are all the one and same thing).
40. The mind plays multiple roles in all the different ways life presents itself; it expresses itself through the movements of the body, it exists within the essence of life, and it processes thoughts in the form of the intellect. (The mind and the heart, the living soul and the active body, are all the same thing).
41. It takes the different epithets of the understanding buddhi, consciousness mahat, egoism ahamkára, the life or prána and the intellect, agreeably to its sundry internal functions in the body, or else it is the silent soul, when it is without any action to be assigned to it.
41. It adopts various names like understanding buddhi, consciousness mahat, ego ahamkára, life force prána, and intellect, depending on its different internal functions in the body, or it may simply be the silent soul when there’s no action associated with it.
42. The mind is said to be all in all, and by getting release of this, we are released of all diseases and dangers; and then we are said to have avoided and abandoned all and every thing.
42. It's said that the mind is everything, and by freeing ourselves from it, we free ourselves from all diseases and dangers; then we are considered to have escaped and let go of everything.
43. O ye, that want to know what resignation is, must know that it is the resignation of the mind, which makes your renunciation of all things. If you succeed in the abnegation of your mind, you come to know the truth, and feel the true felicity of your soul.
43. Those of you who want to understand what resignation is need to realize that it's about resigning your mind, which leads to letting go of everything else. If you manage to set aside your thoughts, you'll discover the truth and experience the genuine happiness of your soul.
44. With the riddance of your mind, you get rid of the unity and duality of creeds, and come to perceive all diversities and pluralities blend in one universal whole; which is transcendental tranquillity, transparent purity and undiminished felicity: (which is anámaya without alloy).
44. By clearing your mind, you eliminate the oneness and duality of beliefs, allowing you to see all differences and multiplicities come together as one universal whole; this is a state of transcendental peace, clear purity, and unbroken happiness: (which is anámaya without any flaws).
45. The mind is the field for the course of every body, in his career in this world; but if this field be over grown with thorns and brambles, how can you expect to grow rice in it?
45. The mind is the space through which everyone navigates their path in this world; but if this space is overrun with thorns and brambles, how can you expect to cultivate rice there?
46. The mind shows its manifold aspects, and plays its many parts at will; it turns and moves in the forms of things, as the waters roll in the shapes of waves.
46. The mind reveals its many sides and plays different roles as it chooses; it shifts and flows in the forms of things, like how water moves in the shapes of waves.
47. Know young prince, that your abandonment of all things by the resignation of your mind, will redound to your joy, not unequal to that of your gaining a kingdom to your self.
47. Young prince, understand that letting go of everything by freeing your mind will bring you joy that is just as great as if you had gained a kingdom for yourself.
48. In the matter of self-abnegation, you are on the same footing with other men; in that you resign whatever you dislike, and want to have some thing that you have a liking for.
48. When it comes to self-denial, you’re just like everyone else; you give up what you don’t like to get something you do enjoy.
49. He who connects all the worlds with himself, as the thread that connects the pearls in a necklace, is the man that[Pg 528] possesses everything, by renouncing all things from himself. (This is the attribute of sutrátmá—the connecting thread of the supreme soul, which unites all units to it, by living all things as apart from it).
49. The person who links all worlds to himself, like a thread connecting the pearls in a necklace, is the one that[Pg 528] has everything, by letting go of all things. (This is the quality of sutrátmá—the connecting thread of the supreme soul, which brings all individual entities together by perceiving everything as separate from it).
50. The soul that is unattached to all things, doth yet connect and pass alike through them all; as the thread of the divine soul, connects the world as a string of pearls. (It spreads unspent).
50. The soul that isn't attached to anything still connects and moves through everything; like the thread of the divine soul connects the world like a string of pearls. (It spreads unspent).
51. The soul that bears no attachment to the world, is like an oilless lamp that is soon extinguished to darkness; but the spirit that is warm with its affections, likens an oily lamp, that burns with universal love, and enlightens all objects about it.
51. The soul that has no attachment to the world is like a lamp without oil that quickly dims into darkness; but the spirit filled with love is like an oil lamp that shines with universal affection and lights up everything around it.
52. The lord that lives aloof from all, resembles the oilless lamp in dark obscurity; but the same Lord manifesting himself in all things, resembles the oily lamp that lights every object. (The two hypostases of the supreme spirit—the unknowable and the Manifest, the aprakásátmá and the saprakásátmá).
52. The lord who stays distant from everything is like an oil-less lamp in complete darkness; but the same Lord, present in everything, is like an oil lamp that illuminates all objects. (The two aspects of the supreme spirit—the unknowable and the Manifest, the aprakásátmá and the saprakásátmá).
53. As after the relinquishment of all your possessions (both in your estate as also in this forest), you still remain by yourself; so after your resignation of your body, mind and all, you have still your consciousness by you, which you can never get rid of.
53. Just as after giving up all your possessions (both in your estate and in this forest), you still remain by yourself; after you let go of your body, mind, and everything else, you still have your consciousness with you, which you can never escape.
54. As by the burning of your articles, you have burnt no part of your body; so by your resignation of all things, you can not resign yourself or your soul, which would then amount to nirvána or utter extinction (which is tantamount to moksha or ultimate absorption in the supreme spirit).
54. Just like when you burn your belongings, you don't lose any part of your body; by giving up everything, you can't give up yourself or your soul, which would then be equivalent to nirvána or total extinction (which is the same as moksha or complete unity with the supreme spirit).
55. Sarvatyága or total abnegation, means the voidance of the soul of all its worldly attachment, when it becomes the seat of all knowledge; and likens to the etherial paradise of the hosts of celestial beings.
55. Sarvatyága or total renunciation means getting rid of all worldly attachments from the soul, allowing it to become the seat of all knowledge; it’s similar to the ethereal paradise of the celestial beings.
56. Sarvatyága or self-abnegation is like the water immortality, which drives away all fear of disease and death by a single draught of it; and it remains untouched by the cares of the world, as the clear firmament is untinged by the spots of clouds.
56. Self-denial, or Sarvatyága, is like water that grants immortality; it eliminates all fear of illness and death with just one sip. It remains unaffected by worldly troubles, just as the clear sky isn't stained by clouds.
57. Sarvatyága again is the entire abandonment of all affections, gives a man his true greatness and glory; and as you get rid of your temporary affections, so you get the stability of your understanding, and the firmness of your determination.
57. Sarvatyága is the complete letting go of all attachments, granting a person true greatness and honor; as you release your fleeting emotions, you gain stability in your understanding and strength in your resolve.
58. Sarvatyága or abandonment of all, is fraught with perfect delight; as its contrary is attended with extreme misery. This is a certain truth, and knowing as such, choose what you think best for you.
58. Letting go of everything brings complete joy, while holding onto things leads to great suffering. This is a certain truth, so knowing that, choose what you believe is best for you.
59. He who gives away his all in this life, comes to be in possession of them in his future state; as the rivers which pour their waters into the sea, are again filled by its flood tide.
59. Whoever gives everything they have in this life will gain them in the next; just like the rivers that flow into the sea are filled again by its tides.
60. After resignation of all things from the mind, its hollowness is filled with full knowledge of them, which is highly gratifying to the soul; as an empty box, is stored with rich gems and jewels in it.
60. After letting go of everything from the mind, its emptiness is filled with deep understanding, which brings great satisfaction to the soul; like an empty box filled with valuable gems and jewels.
61. It was by virtue of his resignation of all things, that Sákyamuni became dauntless amidst the troubles of the Kali-age, and sat as firm as a rock. (Hence the yogis of prior ages, have remained as pure air).
61. It was because he gave up everything that Sákyamuni stayed fearless during the challenges of the Kali-age and remained as steady as a rock. (That's why the yogis from earlier times have maintained such clarity.)
62. Total resignation of all things, is tantamount to the acquisition of all prosperity; because the lord gives every thing to him, who dedicates and devotes his all unto Him.
62. Complete surrender of everything is equivalent to reaching total prosperity; because the lord grants everything to those who fully commit and dedicate themselves to Him.
63. You have now, O prince, become as quiet as the calm atmosphere, after your abandonment of all things; now try to be as graceful as the lightsome moon, by the complaisance of your manners.
63. You have now, O prince, become as still as the peaceful sky after letting go of everything; now try to be as graceful as the bright moon through the charm of your demeanor.
64. Now, O high minded prince, forget at once your past abdication of your crown and kingdom, as also your subsequent of all things in this hermitage; drive away the pride of your total abandonment of all you had, and be of a clear and complacent countenance.
64. Now, O noble prince, let go of your past resignation of your crown and kingdom, as well as your later abandonment of everything in this hermitage; cast away the pride that comes from leaving behind all you had, and adopt a calm and content expression.
CHAPTER LXXXXIV.
Enlightenment of Sikhidhwaja.
Awakening of Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—On the abandonment of the affections of the mind.
Argument:—About the neglect of emotional connections.
VASISHTHA continued:—As the disguised boy was admonishing in this manner on the relinquishment of mind (i.e. the mental passions and affections); the prince ruminated inwardly on its sense, and then spoke as follows.
VASISHTHA continued:—As the disguised boy was advising in this way about letting go of the mind (i.e. the mental passions and feelings); the prince thought deeply about its meaning and then said the following.
2. Sikhidhwaja said:—I find my mind fluttering always, as a bird in the open sky of my bosom; and lurking incessantly as an ape, in the wilderness of my heart.
2. Sikhidhwaja said:—I feel like my mind is always flitting around, like a bird in the open sky of my chest; and constantly hiding like a monkey in the wilderness of my heart.
3. I know how to restrain my mind, as they do the fishes in the net; but know not how to get rid of it, when it is so much engaged with the objects of sense.
3. I know how to hold back my mind, like they do with fish in a net; but I don’t know how to free it when it’s so caught up in sensory things.
4. Please sir acquaint me first with the nature of the mind, and then teach me the method of relinquishing it for ever from me.
4. Please, sir, first tell me about the nature of the mind, and then teach me how to let it go forever.
5. Kumbha replied:—Know great prince, cupidity to be the intrinsic nature of the mind; and know the word desire to be used as a synonym for the mind. (The mind and will are synonymous terms).
5. Kumbha replied:—Understand, great prince, that greed is the inherent nature of the mind; and recognize that the term desire is often used as a synonym for the mind. (The mind and will are considered to be the same).
6. The abandonment of the mind is very easy, and more facile than the stirring of it; it is attended with a greater delight, than the possession of a kingdom can afford, and is more pleasant than the scent of fragrant flowers.
6. It's really easy to let your mind drift, even easier than trying to focus it; it brings more joy than owning a kingdom and feels better than the smell of sweet flowers.
7. But it is very difficult for the ignorant, to get rid of or forsake the desires of their minds; it is as hard to them as it is for a boor to wield the reins of a kingdom, and for a heap of grass to be as high as a mountain.
7. But it's really hard for those who lack knowledge to let go of or abandon the desires in their minds; it's as tough for them as it is for a simpleton to control the reins of a kingdom, and for a pile of grass to stand as tall as a mountain.
8. Sikhidhwaja said:—I understand the nature of the mind, to be replete with its desires; but I find my riddance from it, to be as impossible as the swallowing of an iron-bolt by anybody.
8. Sikhidhwaja said:—I understand that the mind is full of desires; however, I find freeing myself from it to be just as impossible as someone swallowing an iron bolt.
9. I find the mind as the fragrant flower in the great garden of the world, and the crater of the fire of all our woes; it is the stalk of the lotus of the world, and it is the bag that bears and blows the gusts of delusion all over the world. Now tell me how this thing may be easily removed from us.
9. I see the mind as a beautiful flower in the vast garden of the world, and the source of all our troubles; it is the stem of the lotus in this world, and it carries and spreads the winds of confusion everywhere. Now tell me how we can easily get rid of it.
10. The mind is the locomotive engine of the body, it is the bee that flutters about the lotus of the heart; now tell me how I may with ease get rid of this mind.
10. The mind is the engine that drives the body; it’s like a bee buzzing around the flower of the heart. Now tell me how I can easily get rid of this mind.
11. Kumbha answered:—The total extirpation of the mind, consists in the entire extinction of the world from it; the learned and the men of long foresight, call this to be the abandonment of the mind (i.e. when it is cast out with all its thoughts and cares).
11. Kumbha answered:—Completely eliminating the mind means entirely removing the world from it; the wise and those with great foresight refer to this as letting go of the mind (i.e. when it is completely free of all its thoughts and worries).
12. Sikhidhwaja rejoined:—I think the extinction of the mind, is better than our abandonment of it, on account of securing the success of our purposes; but how can we know the gradual expurgation of the mind, from the hundreds of diseases to which it is subject.
12. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I believe that quieting the mind is better than just letting it go in order to achieve our goals; but how can we understand the gradual cleansing of the mind from the many issues it faces?
13. Kumbha replied:—Egoism is the root (seed) of the arbour of the mind, with all its branches and leaves and fruits and flowers; therefore root out the mind with its very root of egoism, and have thy breast as clear as the empty and lurid sky.
13. Kumbha replied:—Egoism is the root of the mind's tree, along with all its branches, leaves, fruits, and flowers; so, eliminate the mind by digging out the root of egoism, and keep your heart as clear as the open and bright sky.
14. Sikhidhwaja rejoined:—Tell me, O sage, what is the root of the mind, what are its sprouts and fruits; tell me also how many stems and branches it has, and how is it possible to root it out at once.
14. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Tell me, wise one, what is the source of the mind, what are its offshoots and results; also tell me how many trunks and branches it has, and how can it be uprooted all at once.
15. Kumbha replied:—Know prince that egoism and all the words expressive of the self as meity &c., and indicative of the mind, are the seeds of the tree of the mind.
15. Kumbha replied:—Know, prince, that egoism and all the words representing the self, like "me" and so on, which indicate the mind, are the seeds of the tree of the mind.
16. The field of its growth is the supreme soul, which is the common source of all entities; but that field being filled with illusion, the mind is deluded to believe itself as the first born sprout springing out of this field. (The first born germ of the Divine spirit being the living soul, which originates in the mind).
16. The area where it develops is the ultimate soul, which is the shared source of all beings; however, that area is filled with illusion, causing the mind to be tricked into thinking it is the first sprout emerging from this area. (The first germ of the Divine spirit is the living soul, which originates in the mind).
17. The certain knowledge of the mind in its discrete state, is called its understanding (which in its concrete state is known[Pg 532] as sensation); the buddhi or understanding is the state of maturity of the germ or sprout of the mind. (The infant mind is ripens into the understanding).
17. The clear awareness of the mind when it's in a separate state is called its understanding (which, in a connected state, is known as sensation); the buddhi or understanding represents the developed stage of the seed or sprout of the mind. (The young mind develops into understanding).
18. The understanding or buddhi, being subject to various desires, takes the name of chitta or wasteful mind; and this mind makes the living being, which is as hollow within it, as a carved image of stone (or moulded metal), and a mere false conception.
18. The understanding or buddhi, influenced by different desires, is referred to as chitta or a distracted mind; and this mind creates a living being that is as empty inside as a carved stone figure (or shaped metal), which is just an illusion.
19. The body is the stem of this tree of the mind, and is composed of the skin and bones and juicy matters.
19. The body is the trunk of this tree of the mind, made up of skin, bones, and vital fluids.
20. The branches of the tree of the mind, extend to a great distance all about it; and so the sensible organs of the body, protruding wide about it, perish at last in seeking for its enjoyment.
20. The branches of the tree of the mind stretch far and wide; and similarly, the sensory organs of the body, reaching out all around, ultimately wear out in their pursuit of pleasure.
21. Now try to lop off the branches of the tree of thy mind, and try also to root out the noxious tree at once.
21. Now attempt to cut off the branches of your mind, and also try to eliminate the harmful thoughts completely.
22. Sikhidhwaja said:—I can some how or other lop off the branches of the tree of mind, but tell me, O my sagely monitor, how I may be able to pull it out by its very root at once.
22. Sikhidhwaja said:—I can somehow cut off the branches of the tree of my mind, but tell me, O wise guide, how can I pull it out by the root all at once?
23. Kumbha replied:—All our desires are the several branches of this tree, which are hanging with loads of fruits; and are lopped off by the axe of our reason.
23. Kumbha replied:—All our desires are like the various branches of this tree, filled with fruit; and they get cut off by the axe of our reasoning.
24. He alone is able to lop off the plant of his mind, who is unattached to the world, who hold his taciturnity and inward tranquillity, who is judicious in all discussions, and does whatever offers of itself to him at any time.
24. Only someone who is unattached to the world, who maintains their silence and inner calm, who is thoughtful in every conversation, and who does whatever comes to them in the moment can truly cut off the distractions of their mind.
25. He who lops off the branches and brambles of the arbour of his mind, by his manliness of reason and discretion; is able also to root out this tree at once from his heart.
25. Someone who trims the branches and thorns of the garden in their mind, with strength of reason and good judgment, can also remove this tree from their heart all at once.
26. The first thing to be done with the mind, is to root it out at once from the heart and the next process is to lop off its branches; therefore employ thyself more to its eradication, than to the severing of its boughs and branches.
26. The first thing to do with the mind is to remove it completely from the heart, and then the next step is to cut off its branches. So, focus more on getting rid of it entirely than just cutting its twigs and branches.
27. You may also burn it as the first step, instead of lopping the branches; and thus the great trunk of the tree of mind being reduced to ashes, there remains an entire mindlessness at last.
27. You can also burn it as the first step, instead of cutting off the branches; and so, the main trunk of the tree of thought gets turned to ashes, leaving complete mindlessness in the end.
28. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me O my sagely guide, what is that fire which is able to burn away the seed of the tree of mind, which is covered all over with the cuticle of egoism.
28. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me, O wise guide, what is that fire that can burn away the seed of the tree of the mind, which is completely covered by the skin of egoism.
29. Kumbha replied:—Prince, the fire which is able to consume the seed of the noxious plant of the mind, is the expostulation of the question, "what am I that bear this corporeal form upon me."
29. Kumbha replied:—Prince, the fire that can burn away the seed of the harmful plant of the mind is the questioning of "what am I that carries this physical body."
30. Sikhidhwaja said:—O sage! I have repeatedly considered the questions in my own understanding, and found that my egoism does not consist in aught of this world, or this earth, or the woods which form its garniture.
30. Sikhidhwaja said:—O sage! I've thought about these questions a lot, and I've realized that my sense of self isn't tied to anything in this world, the earth, or the forests that surround it.
31. That my ego lay no where in the hills and forests where I resided, nor in the shaking of the leaves before me; nor did it lie in any part of my gross body, or in its flesh, bones or blood.
31. That my ego wasn't found in the hills and forests where I lived, nor in the rustling of the leaves around me; nor was it in any part of my physical body, or in its flesh, bones, or blood.
32. It does not lie in any of the organs of action, nor in the organs of sensation; it does not consist in the mind or in the understanding, or in any part of the gross body.
32. It isn’t found in any of the action organs, nor in the sensation organs; it doesn’t consist of the mind or understanding, or in any part of the physical body.
33. As we see the form of the bracelet in gold, so do I conceive my egoism to consist in the intelligent soul; because it is impossible for any material substance, to have anything as intelligence (as I perceive my egoism to be possest of).
33. Just as we see the shape of the bracelet in gold, I think my egoism is made up of the intelligent soul; because it's impossible for any material substance to possess anything like intelligence (as I see my egoism to have).
34. All real existence depends on the supreme soul for its subsistence, so all real entities subsist in the supreme essence; or else it is impossible for any thing to exist in a nullity, as there is no possibility for a forest to subsist in a vacuity (without a firm ground).
34. Everything that truly exists depends on the supreme soul for its survival, so all real things rely on the supreme essence; otherwise, nothing could exist in emptiness, just like a forest can't survive in a void (without solid ground).
35. Thus sir, knowing it full well, that my egoism is an aspect or shadow of my internal soul and worthy to be wiped off from it; yet I regret at my ignorance of the intrinsic spirit from which it is to be wiped off, and the internal soul be set in full light.
35. So, sir, fully aware that my selfishness is just a reflection of my inner self and should be removed, I still regret my lack of understanding about the true spirit that needs to be cleared away, so that my inner self can be fully illuminated.
36. Kumbha replied:—If you are none of these material objects as you say, nor doth your egoism consist in materiality; then tell me prince, what you think yourself to be in reality.
36. Kumbha replied:—If you are none of these physical objects as you say, and your sense of self doesn’t come from material things; then tell me, prince, what do you believe you truly are?
37. Sikhidhwaja answered:—I feel myself O most learned sir, to be that intelligent and pure soul, which is of the form[Pg 534] of intelligence, which acquaints me of all existence, and which discriminates their different natures.
37. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I feel, O most knowledgeable sir, that I am that intelligent and pure soul, which is made of intelligence, that informs me about all existence and distinguishes their different natures.
38. I perceive thus my egoism to be attached to my body, but whether it is a caused or causeless principle, is what I am perfectly ignorant of.
38. I see my self-interest as connected to my body, but whether it's something that has a cause or is just random, I have no idea.
39. I am unable O sage, to rub out this sense of my egoism as an unreality and unessentiality; and it is on that I greatly regret in myself (for my inability to get rid of my egoism as you led).
39. I can't, wise one, shake off this feeling of my egoism as something fake and unimportant; and it’s what I deeply regret about myself (for my inability to let go of my egoism as you suggested).
40. Kumbha said:—Tell me O prince, what is that great foulness, which thou feelest to be attached to thee, which makes thee act as a man of the world, and whether thou thinkest it as something or a mere delusion.
40. Kumbha said:—Tell me, O prince, what is that intense negativity that you feel attached to you, that causes you to behave like an ordinary person? Do you see it as something real or just an illusion?
41. Sikhidhwaja replied:—The sense of my egoism, which is the root of the tree of my mind, is the great foulness that attaches to me; I know not how to get rid of it, for however I try to shun it, the more it clings about me.
41. Sikhidhwaja replied:—The sense of my ego, which is the root of my mind's tree, is the major flaw I can't shake off; I don't know how to get rid of it because no matter how hard I try to avoid it, the more it sticks to me.
42. Kumbha said:—Every effect is produced from some cause or other, and this is the general law of nature everywhere; anything otherwise is as false as the sight of a second moon in the sky, which is nothing but a reflexion of the true moon.
42. Kumbha said:—Every effect comes from some cause or another, and this is the universal law of nature; anything else is as false as seeing a second moon in the sky, which is just a reflection of the real moon.
43. It is the cause which produces the effect, whether it be a big one or the small rudiment of it; therefore explore into the cause of your egoism, and tell me what it is.
43. It's the cause that creates the effect, whether it's a big one or just a small part of it; so dig into the reason behind your egoism, and let me know what it is.
44. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I know my sagely guide, that it is mere illusion—máyá, which is the cause of the fallacy of my egoism; but tell me sir, how this error of mine is to subside and vanish away from one.
44. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I understand, my wise teacher, that it is just an illusion—máyá—that causes the mistake of my ego; but please tell me, sir, how can I make this mistake fade away and disappear?
45. It is from the proclivity of the mind towards the thinkables, that I am suffering all these pains and pangs within myself; now tell me O muni, about the means of suppressing my thoughts, in regard to external objects.
45. It is my mind's tendency to dwell on thoughts that is causing me all this pain and suffering; now tell me, O sage, how can I suppress my thoughts about external things?
46. Kumbha said:—Tell me whether your thinking and knowing, are the causes of your thinkables and knowables, or these latter actuate your thinking and knowing powers. If you can tell me this, then shall I be able to explain to you the process of the cause and effect.
46. Kumbha said:—Tell me if your thoughts and understanding are the sources of what you think about and know, or if those things drive your thoughts and understanding. If you can clarify this for me, then I can explain to you the process of cause and effect.
47. Now tell me which do you think to be the cause and not the cause, of knowing and knowable, and of thinking and the thinkable, which are the subjects of my question to you.
47. Now tell me what you think the causes are and what are not, of knowing and what can be known, and of thinking and what can be thought, which are the topics of my question to you.
48. Sikhidhwaja answered:—I think, O sage, that the sensible objects of the body &c., are the causes of the thinking and thinkable (thoughts), and of knowing and the knowables or knowledge. (Because unless there be things in actual existence, we can neither think of or know anything, nor have any idea or knowledge of it at all).
48. Sikhidhwaja replied: — I believe, O sage, that the tangible objects of the body, etc., are the reasons behind thinking and thoughts, as well as knowing and things that can be known or knowledge. (Because if there aren't actual things that exist, we can't think of or know anything, nor can we have any idea or knowledge about it at all).
49. Our knowledge of the entity of things, appears only in the sensible forms of bodies; or else the mere abstract thought of a thing, is as empty as an airy nothing.
49. Our understanding of the essence of things only shows up in the physical forms of objects; otherwise, just thinking about a thing in an abstract way is as empty as a puff of air.
50. As I can not conceive the non-entity of a positive entity, nor the abstract nature of a concrete body; so I know not how my egoism, which is the seed of my mind, can be at once ignored by me.
50. Since I can’t imagine the absence of something that exists, nor the abstract quality of a physical object; I also don’t understand how my egoism, which is the foundation of my thoughts, can be ignored by me at the same time.
51. Kumbha said:—If thou rely on thy material body as a real existence, then tell me, on what does your knowledge depend, when your soul is separated from the body.
51. Kumbha said:—If you depend on your physical body as your true existence, then tell me, what does your knowledge rely on when your soul is apart from the body?
52. Sikhidhwaja replied:—The body which is evident to view, and a real entity, cannot be taken for an unreality by any body; as the palpable sun light, cannot be called darkness by any man of common sense.
52. Sikhidhwaja replied:—The body that is visible and a real entity cannot be considered an illusion by anyone; just like the bright sunlight cannot be called darkness by any sensible person.
53. Who can ignore the body, which is replete with its hands and feet and other members; which is full of activity and vivacity, and whose actions are so palpable to sight; and which is so evident to our perception and conception.
53. Who can overlook the body, with its hands and feet and other parts; which is full of movement and energy, and whose actions are so clear to see; and which is so obvious to our perception and understanding.
54. Kumbha said:—Know prince, that nothing can be said to exist, which is not produced by some cause; and the knowledge or consciousness that we have of it, cannot be but the product of mistake and error.
54. Kumbha said:—Understand, prince, that nothing can be said to exist that isn't created by some cause; and the knowledge or awareness we have of it must be the result of misunderstanding and error.
55. There can be no product without a similar cause, and no material form can come out from a formless and immaterial agent. How can any thing come to existence, without having its seed of the like nature?
55. There can't be a product without a similar cause, and no material form can come from a formless and immaterial agent. How can anything come into existence without having its seed of the same nature?
56. Whatever product appears to present itself to anyone[Pg 536] without its true cause, is as false an appearance as the mirage in the sand, before its deluded observer.
56. Any product that seems to show itself to anyone[Pg 536] without revealing its true cause is as misleading as a mirage in the sand to a confused observer.
57. Know thyself to be no real existence, but a false shape of your error only; and with whatever earnestness you took to it, you will never get any water from this delusive mirage.
57. Recognize that you don’t truly exist; you’re just an illusion created by your mistakes. No matter how sincerely you approach it, you will never gain anything from this misleading mirage.
58. Sikhidhwaja said:—It is as useless to inquire the cause of a nonentity, as it is fruitless to look into the origin of the secondary moon which is but false reflex of the true one. Believing in a nullity, is as decorating the person of a barren woman's son.
58. Sikhidhwaja said:—It’s pointless to ask about the reason for something that doesn’t exist, just as it’s pointless to investigate the source of the secondary moon, which is just a false reflection of the real one. Believing in something that has no substance is like trying to beautify the child of a barren woman.
59. Kumbha replied:—The body with its bones and ribs, are products of no assignable cause; therefore know it as no entity, because it is impossible for the frail body to be the work of an Everlasting Maker.
59. Kumbha replied:—The body, with its bones and ribs, comes from no specific cause; so understand it as not being a real entity, because it’s impossible for the fragile body to be the creation of an Eternal Maker.
60. Sikhidhwaja said:—Now tell me sir, why we should not reckon our fathers the causes and producers of our bodies, with all their members and parts, since they are known as the immediate causes of these.
60. Sikhidhwaja said:—Now tell me, sir, why shouldn't we consider our fathers the reasons and creators of our bodies, along with all their members and parts, since they are recognized as the direct causes of these?
61. Kumbha replied:—The father can be nothing and no cause, without his having another cause for himself; because whatever is without a cause is nothing in itself.
61. Kumbha replied:—A father can’t be something or have any cause without having another cause behind himself; because anything that exists without a cause is essentially nothing.
62. The causes of all things and effects are called as their seeds, and when there is no seed in existence, it is impossible for a germ to be produced in the earth from nothing. (Ex nihilo nihil fit).
62. The causes of everything and their effects are referred to as their seeds, and when there is no seed present, it’s impossible for something to grow in the earth from nothing. (Ex nihilo nihil fit).
63. So when you cannot trace out the cause of an event, account the event as no event at all; because there can be no thing without its seed, and the knowledge of a causeless effect or eventuality, is an utter impossibility and fallacy of the understanding.
63. So when you can't figure out the cause of something, consider that event as not really happening at all; because nothing exists without its origin, and knowing about a random effect or outcome is completely impossible and a misunderstanding.
64. It is an egregious error to suppose the existence of a thing without its cause or seed, such as to suppose the existence of two moons in the sky, of water in the mirage and of the son of a barren woman.
64. It is a huge mistake to believe in the existence of something without its cause or origin, like thinking there are two moons in the sky, water in a mirage, or the child of a woman who can't have kids.
65. Sikhidhwaja said:—Now tell me sir, why should not our parents be taken as the causes of our production, who had our grandfathers and grandmothers for the causes or seeds of[Pg 537] their birth likewise; and why should we not reckon our first great grandfather (Brahmá), as the prime progenitor of the human race?
65. Sikhidhwaja said:—Now tell me, sir, why shouldn't our parents be considered the reasons for our existence, just as they had our grandparents as the reasons or origins of their birth? And why shouldn't we see our first great grandfather (Brahmá) as the original ancestor of the human race?
66. Kumbha replied:—The prime great grandfather, O prince, cannot be the original cause, since he also requires a cause for his birth, or else he could not come into existence.
66. Kumbha replied:—The prime great grandfather, O prince, can't be the original cause, since he also needs a cause for his birth; otherwise, he couldn't exist.
67. The great grandfather of creation even Brahmá himself, is the cause of production by means of the seeds of the supreme spirit which produced him; or else the visible form in which he appeared, was no more than a mere delusion.
67. The great-grandfather of creation, even Brahmá himself, is the source of production through the seeds of the supreme spirit that created him; otherwise, the visible form in which he appeared was nothing more than an illusion.
68. Know the form of the visible world, to be as great a fallacy as the appearance of water in the mirage; and so the creativeness of the great grandfather Brahmá, is no more than an erroneous misconception.
68. Understand that the way we see the world is just as misleading as the way water appears in a mirage; therefore, the creativity of the great grandfather Brahmá is nothing more than a mistaken belief.
69. I will now wipe off the dark cloud of your error, that our great grandfather Brahmá was conceived in the womb of the supreme spirit (whereby he is styled the padma-yoni or born of the lotus like navel string of God); and this will be the salvation of your soul. (And Adam's ancestors without end. Young).
69. I will now remove the dark cloud of your mistake, that our great-grandfather Brahmá was conceived in the womb of the supreme spirit (which is why he is called the padma-yoni or born from the lotus-like navel of God); and this will save your soul. (And Adam's ancestors without end. Young).
70. Now therefore know, O prince, that the lord God shines forever with his intelligent soul and mind in Himself; it is from him that the lotus born Brahmá and the whole universe, are manifest to our view, and that there is nothing which exhibits itself without Him.
70. So, now you know, O prince, that the Lord God shines eternally with His wise soul and mind within Himself; it is from Him that Brahmá, born from the lotus, and the entire universe come to our sight, and nothing appears without Him.
CHAPTER LXXXXV.
The anaesthetic Platonism of Sikhidhwaja.
The anaesthetic Platonism of Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—Dispersion of the gloom of ignorance from the mind of Sikhidhwaja. His coming to the Light of Truth and the Tranquillity of his soul.
Argument:—Removing the darkness of ignorance from Sikhidhwaja's mind. His journey towards the Light of Truth and the peace of his soul.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—If the view of the whole universe is but a phantom, and our knowledge of myself, thyself and of this and that, is but an error of our mind, then why is it that we should be concerned about or sorry for anything.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—If the whole universe is just an illusion, and what we know about ourselves, each other, and everything else is just a mistake of our minds, then why should we worry about or feel sad about anything?
2. Kumbha replied:—The erroneous impression of the existence of the world, has so firmly laid hold of the minds of men; as the frozen water appearing as crystal, is believed as dry land by people.
2. Kumbha replied:—The mistaken belief in the existence of the world has taken such a strong hold on people's minds; just like frozen water looks like crystal and people think it's dry land.
3. It is said by the learned, that the knowledge of gross matter is lost with the dispersion of ignorance; and that there is no other way of getting rid of this long contracted prejudice, without our riddance from ignorance.
3. The knowledgeable say that understanding basic things is lost when ignorance spreads; and that the only way to overcome this deep-rooted prejudice is to rid ourselves of ignorance.
4. It is the acuteness of the understanding, which is the only means of our coming to the knowledge of truth; that the creation and dissolution of the world, are dependant on the will and causality of the supreme Being.
4. It's our sharp understanding that leads us to know the truth; the creation and destruction of the world depend on the will and power of the supreme Being.
5. He whose understanding becomes, is sure to lose his rooted prejudice by degrees; and come to the knowledge of the nihility of the material world.
5. Someone whose understanding grows is sure to gradually let go of their deep-seated prejudices and come to realize the emptiness of the material world.
6. In this way of refining your mind from its prepossession of gross ideas, you will come to find the erroneous conception of a prime male (ádipurusha), as that of Brahmá (or Adam) as the first creative power, to be as false as the water in the mirage.
6. By clearing your mind of crude ideas, you'll realize that the mistaken belief in a primary male (ádipurusha), similar to Brahmá (or Adam) as the first creative force, is just as false as the water in a mirage.
7. The great grandfather of the world being a nullity, the creation of all creatures by him (who is thence called Prajápatih or lord of creatures); is likewise as false and null, as it is absurd for an impossibility to come into being.
7. The great grandfather of the world being a nonentity, the creation of all beings by him (who is therefore called Prajápatih or lord of creatures) is just as false and meaningless as it is ridiculous for something impossible to exist.
8. The perception of a thing in esse, is as false as the conception of water in the mirage; a little reflexion is enough to remove this error, like the mistake of silver in cockles and conch-shells.
8. The perception of something in esse is just as misleading as the idea of water in a mirage; a little reflection is enough to clear up this misunderstanding, just like mistaking silver for cockles and conch shells.
9. Any work which appears to exist without its cause, is only a phantom of fallacy, and has no essential form whatever in reality.
9. Any work that seems to exist without its cause is just an illusion and has no real substance at all.
10. Whatever is done by one's erroneous knowledge or mistake of a thing, comes to be of no use to him; as the attempt to fill a pot with the water of the mirage, proves to be utterly vain.
10. Anything done out of false understanding or mistake is useless; like trying to fill a pot with the illusion of water, which is completely futile.
11. Sikhidhwaja said:—Why can't we call the supreme Brahma, to be the cause of Brahmá—the first creator of the world who is called the son of God, the one unborn and without end, and the inexpressible and everlasting.
11. Sikhidhwaja said:—Why can't we call the supreme Brahma the reason for Brahma—the first creator of the world, who is referred to as the son of God, the one who is unborn and eternal, and the indescribable and everlasting?
12. Kumbha replied:—The God Brahma, being neither the cause nor the effect of any action, is but an invariable unity and transcendent spirit, and is never the cause or effect of anything.
12. Kumbha replied:—The God Brahma, being neither the cause nor the result of any action, is simply an unchanging unity and transcendent spirit, and is never the cause or effect of anything.
13. How can the incomprehensible and unknowable Brahma, be designated as the creator, when he is not predicable by any of the predicates of the creator or created or as the instrument or cause of anything.
13. How can the incomprehensible and unknowable Brahma be called the creator when he cannot be described by any of the attributes of a creator or a created thing, or as the tool or cause of anything?
14. The world having no separate cause, is no separate product of any causality whatever; it is no duality but one with the unity, without its beginning or end, and co-eternal with the eternal one. (To pan—God is all in all).
14. The world doesn’t have a separate cause; it’s not a separate result of any causality. It’s not a duality, but rather one with the unity, without a beginning or an end, and exists alongside the eternal one. (To pan—God is all in all).
15. He that is inconceivable and unknowable, is perfect felicity, tranquillity and ever undecaying, and can never be the active or passive agent of anything, on account of the immutability of his nature.
15. The one who is beyond comprehension and knowledge is perfect happiness, peace, and everlasting, and can never be the one who does anything, either actively or passively, because of the unchanging nature of who he is.
16. Hence there is nothing as a creation, and the visible world is but a nihility, and the Lord God is neither an active nor passive agent, but quite still and full of bliss.
16. So there's really no such thing as creation, and the visible world is just emptiness, and the Lord God is neither an active nor passive force, but completely still and full of bliss.
17. There being no causal power, the world is not the production of any body; it is our error only that this world as a production without any assignable cause.
17. Since there is no causal power, the world isn't created by any one thing; it's just our mistake to see this world as a creation without any identifiable cause.
18. The uncaused world is the product of nothing, and therefore nothing in itself; for if it be the production of nobody, it is a nullity like its cause also.
18. The uncaused world comes from nothing, and is therefore nothing on its own; because if it is created by no one, it is a void just like its cause.
19. The non-existence of anything or the not being of everything (except that of the supreme Being), being proved as a certain truth; we can have no conception of anything, and the absence of such conception, it is in vain to suppose the existence of an egoism or tuism.
19. The absence of anything or the non-existence of everything (except for the supreme Being), proven as a definite truth; we can't imagine anything, and without such imagination, it's pointless to think about the existence of an egoism or tuism.
20. Sikhidhwaja said:—Sir, I now perceive the truth, and find the reasonableness of all that you have said; I see now that I am the pure and free soul, and quite aloof of any bondage or its liberation from bonds.
20. Sikhidhwaja said:—Sir, I now understand the truth and see the logic in everything you've said; I realize that I am the pure and free soul, completely separate from any bondage or the need for liberation from it.
21. I understand Brahma as no cause of anything, for his entire want of causality; and the world is a nullity for its want of a cause, and therefore there is no being whatever which we reckon as a category.
21. I see Brahma as not the cause of anything because he completely lacks causality; the world is insignificant due to its lack of a cause, and therefore there is no existence that we consider as a category.
22. Thence there is no such category as the mind or its seed, nor its growth nor decay; I therefore bow down to myself of which alone I have a consciousness in me.
22. There isn’t any category like the mind or its origin, nor its development or decline; so I bow down to myself, which is the only thing I am aware of within me.
23. I am alone conscious of myself, existence in myself and have no real knowledge of any thing else beside me, and which appear as fleeting clouds in the womb of the sky.
23. I’m the only one aware of my own existence and don’t truly know anything outside of myself, which seems like passing clouds in the vastness of the sky.
24. The distinct knowledge of the different categories of time, place, action in the world, is now entirely blended in the knowledge of the unity of the tranquil spirit of Brahma (which composes all varieties in itself).
24. The unique understanding of the various categories of time, place, and action in the world is now completely merged in the awareness of the unity of the peaceful spirit of Brahma, which encompasses all diversity within itself.
25. I am tranquil, calm and quiet and settled in the spirit of God; I do not rise nor fall from nor move about this prop. I remain as you do in immovable spirit of God, which is all quiet, holiness and felicity in itself.
25. I am peaceful, calm, and steady, grounded in the spirit of God; I neither rise nor fall nor move from this position. I stay as you do in the unchanging spirit of God, which is completely serene, holy, and joyful within itself.
CHAPTER LXXXXVI.
Enlightenment of Sikhidhwaja.
Awakening of Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—Kumbha's Lecture on Effacing the Impression of Phenomenals from the mind of Sikhidhwaja or vanity of the visible world.
Argument:—Kumbha's Talk on Removing the Impression of the Visible World from Sikhidhwaja's Mind or the Vanity of the Phenomenal.
VASISHTHA said:—Sikhidhwaja having thus found his rest in the spirit of Brahma, remained quiet for some moments, as the steady and unflagging flame of a lamp in a calm.
VASISHTHA said:—Sikhidhwaja, having found his peace in the spirit of Brahma, remained still for a few moments, like the steady and unwavering flame of a lamp in calm.
2. And as he was about to be absorbed in his unwavering meditation, he was suddenly roused from his trance by the diverting voice of Kumbha.
2. Just as he was about to get lost in his deep thoughts, he was suddenly brought back to reality by Kumbha's entertaining voice.
3. Kumbha said:—Prince, I see you are not to wake from the sleep of your entranced meditation, wherein you are situated in your perfect bliss; you must neither be absorbed in your contemplation, nor be a stranger to your abstract meditation altogether (but must observe your middle course between Platonism and perturbation).
3. Kumbha said:—Prince, I see you’re not going to wake from the sleep of your deep meditation, where you find your perfect bliss; you shouldn’t be completely lost in your thoughts, nor should you completely ignore your meditation (but you should find a balance between idealism and confusion).
4. The mind that is undivided in its attention, is cleansed from all duplicity; and being freed from its knowledge of parts and particulars, becomes emancipated in its living states.
4. A mind that focuses fully is free from any deceit; and by letting go of its awareness of details and specifics, it becomes liberated in how it experiences life.
5. Being thus enlightened by Kumbha, the prince became full of enlightenment; and being roused from his trance, he shone as brightly as a rich gem when taken out of its cover.
5. With Kumbha’s guidance, the prince gained full understanding; and once he was awakened from his trance, he sparkled like a precious gem when it’s revealed from its box.
6. The prince who in his state of quietism, beheld the unreality of visible things; and now perceived them spread all about him, thus spoke about them to Kumbha.
6. The prince, who in his state of calm reflection saw the illusion of visible things, and now noticed them surrounding him, spoke to Kumbha about them.
7. Sikhidhwaja said:—Though I know full well about all these things, yet I want to propose some queries regarding them; to which I hope you will give your answers, for my correct and perfect knowledge of them.
7. Sikhidhwaja said:—Even though I’m fully aware of all these things, I’d like to ask some questions about them; I hope you’ll provide your answers so I can have a clearer and more complete understanding.
8. Tell me, how can we intermingle the impure conception of the universal or mundane soul representing the mundees or universe, with the pure idea of the supreme soul, which is ever calm, quiet and transparent. (The universal soul, is called viswátmá,[Pg 542] viswarúpa and viráta, and is opaque with its contents; while the supreme is quite pure and clear, and untinged with the shade of creation).
8. Tell me, how can we blend the flawed idea of the universal or worldly soul representing the mundees or universe, with the pure concept of the supreme soul, which is always calm, peaceful, and transparent? (The universal soul is referred to as viswátmá,[Pg 542] viswarúpa, and viráta, and is clouded by its contents; while the supreme is completely pure and clear, and unaffected by the shadows of creation).
9. Kumbha replied:—You have asked well, O prince, and this shows the clearness of your understanding; and if this is all that you want to know, hear me then explain it fully to you.
9. Kumbha replied:—You've asked a great question, Prince, and it shows how clearly you understand things; if this is all you want to know, let me explain it to you in detail.
10. Whatever is seen here and every where together, with all the moving and unmoving beings which it contains, are all of them perishable, and are extinct at the end of every kalpa age (in which the creator wishes to create a new world).
10. Everything seen here and everywhere, along with all the living and non-living beings it holds, is all temporary and comes to an end at the conclusion of each kalpa age (when the creator intends to create a new world).
11. Then there remains the true and essential reality at the end of the kalpa age, amidst an obscure chaotic state, which is deprived both of light and darkness.
11. Then there remains the true and essential reality at the end of the kalpa age, in a confused chaotic state, which is lacking both light and darkness.
12. This essential reality is the divine intellect, which is pure and quiet and as clear as the transparent air; it is free from all attributes and imputations, and full of transcendental intelligence.
12. This fundamental truth is the divine mind, which is pure, calm, and as clear as clear air; it is free from all qualities and labels, and is full of higher intelligence.
13. The one that remains at the end of a kalpa, is the supreme soul which extends over all space, and is purely bright, transparent and quiet; it is enveloped in light and is pure intelligence.
13. The one that remains at the end of a cycle is the ultimate soul that spans all of existence, shining bright, clear, and calm; it is surrounded by light and is pure awareness.
14. It is inscrutable and unknowable, it is even and quiet, and full of bliss; it is called Brahma—the great, the final extinction of all bodies and is full of all knowledge.
14. It’s mysterious and impossible to understand, it’s calm and peaceful, and filled with happiness; it’s referred to as Brahma—the ultimate, the final end of all bodies and is full of all knowledge.
15. It is the minutest of the minute, and the largest of whatever is large in the universe; it is the greatest and greatest of aught that is great and heavy, and it is the best of whatever is good and excellent.
15. It is the tiniest of the tiny, and the biggest of whatever is big in the universe; it is the greatest of anything that is great and heavy, and it is the best of whatever is good and excellent.
16. It is so very small, that if you place this sky beside it, the latter will appear as big as the great mount of Meru by the side of a small mite.
16. It’s so tiny that if you put this sky next to it, the sky will look as massive as the great mountain Meru next to a tiny speck.
17. It is again so very big and bulky, that this stupendous world being placed side by side to it, the latter must appear as an atom before it or vanish into nothing.
17. It is so huge and massive that, compared to this incredible world, the latter would seem like just a tiny speck or disappear entirely.
18. This is attributed with the epithet of universal soul, for its pervading all over the universe and being its intrinsic soul;[Pg 543] while its extrinsic appearance, is called by the title of Virát.
18. This is known as the universal soul because it permeates the entire universe and is its essential essence;[Pg 543] while its external form is referred to as Virát.
19. There is no difference between this attribute and its attributive, as there is none between the air and the wind or the air in motion; and as the sky and vacuum are synonymous words, so the very same intellect is the phenomenal world, and the same consciousness is manifested in the forms of egoism and tuism.
19. There is no difference between this attribute and its associated form, just as there is no difference between air and wind or air that’s in motion; and just as the sky and vacuum are the same concept, so the same intellect represents the perceived world, and the same consciousness shows itself in the forms of egoism and tuism.
20. As the water becomes the wave at a certain time and place, by cause of the current wind; so the world rises and falls at times in the supreme soul, without any external cause (except the will of the supreme spirit).
20. Just as water turns into a wave at a specific time and place due to the wind, the world fluctuates at times in the supreme soul, without any external cause (except for the will of the supreme spirit).
21. As gold is transformed to bracelets at certain times and place, by means of some or other; so the spirit of God is transformed to the visible world at certain times, without any other assignable cause whatever (save by the supreme will).
21. Just as gold gets turned into bracelets at specific times and places through various means, the spirit of God becomes present in the visible world at certain times without any other identifiable cause (except for the supreme will).
22. The most glorious God, is the Lord of his Kingdom of the world; He is one with his creation, ever pure, quiet and undecaying, and pervades over all these worlds which are scattered as turfs of grass all around us.
22. The glorious God is the Lord of His Kingdom in the world; He is unified with His creation, always pure, peaceful, and everlasting, and He encompasses all these worlds that are scattered like blades of grass all around us.
23. This transcendentally good and great God is the only real existence, and comprises all temporary and finite existences within himself; and we know by our reason, that this glorious creation of the universe is all derived from him.
23. This incredibly good and great God is the only real existence, and includes all temporary and finite existences within himself; and we know through our reasoning that this magnificent creation of the universe comes entirely from him.
24. Know him, O prince, to be the essence of the extended universe, and to extend over all in his form of an entire intellect, and an unity that never admits of a duality (under all the varieties and diversities in nature).
24. Understand, O prince, that he embodies the entire universe, encompassing everything in the form of complete intellect, and a unity that never allows for duality (despite all the variations and differences in nature).
25. There is no reason therefore, for our conceiving a duality beside his unity; since it is the sole principle of the supreme soul, that is fully manifest in all in its ever undiminished and unextinguished state.
25. There's no reason for us to think of a duality separate from his unity; since it's the only principle of the supreme soul, which is fully present in everything in its ever-lasting and undiminished state.
26. The Lord always remains as the all in all, and as manifest in all the various forms; and being neither visible nor perceptible by us, he can neither be said to be the cause or effect of anything (but is the unknown all in himself).
26. The Lord is always everything and is shown in all the different forms; and since He is neither visible nor detectable by us, He can’t be called the cause or effect of anything (but is the unknown totality within Himself).
27. The Lord being neither perceptible nor conceivable by us is something super-eminently good and superfine; He is all[Pg 544] and the soul of all, too fine and transparent, and is known only by our conception of him; and no sensible perception whatever. (The knowledge of God, is innate and inborn in us. Locke).
27. The Lord, being neither something we can perceive nor fully understand, is incredibly good and refined; He is everything[Pg 544] and the essence of all, too pure and transparent, and is known only through our thoughts about Him, not through any sensory experience. (The knowledge of God is something we are born with. Locke).
28. Being inexpressible by words, and manifest in all without manifestation or appearance of himself; cannot be the cause of whatever is real or unreal. (Anything that is indefinite in itself, cannot cause another of a definite or indefinite form).
28. Unable to be expressed in words, and present in everything without showing himself; cannot be the cause of anything that is real or unreal. (Anything that is undefined cannot create something that is either defined or undefined).
29. That which has no name of itself, cannot be the seed of another; no nameless nothing can grow anything, nor can a commensurable world spring out of an incommensurable spirit. (A material and measurable thing, must have a material mensurator for its origin. Hence it is wrong to say: God measured the seas without a measuring rod).
29. Anything that doesn't have a name can't be the source of something else; nothing without a name can't create anything, and a measurable world can't come from an immeasurable spirit. (A physical and measurable thing must have a physical ruler for its beginnings. So it’s wrong to say: God measured the seas without using a measuring tool).
30. The exhaustless mass of divine intellect, is indeed no cause or casual instrument or effect of any thing; because the product of the divine soul, must be some thing of the form of the invisible soul, which is its everlasting consciousness or intelligence.
30. The endless power of divine intellect isn't a cause, a random tool, or an effect of anything; because what comes from the divine soul must be something that resembles the invisible soul, which is its eternal consciousness or intelligence.
31. So, O sage, nothing is produced by the supreme Brahma nor does anything arise from Him, like the waves from water which have their winds for their causality. (But the spirit of Brahma, is as the still water and has no stir or perturbation in it).
31. So, wise one, nothing comes from the supreme Brahma, nor does anything emerge from Him, just as waves come from water that has wind as their cause. (But the spirit of Brahma is like still water and has no disturbance or agitation in it).
32. All distinction of time and place, being absent in the uniform and unchanging spirit of Brahma, there can be no creation or destruction of the world from him, and hence the world is increate and without any cause.
32. Since there’s no distinction of time and place in the uniform and unchanging spirit of Brahma, there can’t be any creation or destruction of the world from him, which means the world is uncreated and without any cause.
33. Sikhidhwaja said:—I know that the waves of water, have their cause in the winds of the air, and so I understand this world and our egoism &c., have their causality in the supreme spirit (which produces the worlds by its will, and acquaints me of my egoism by its intelligence).
33. Sikhidhwaja said:—I understand that the waves of water are caused by the winds in the air, and in the same way, I realize that this world and our sense of self come from the supreme spirit (which creates the worlds through its will and makes me aware of my sense of self through its intelligence).
34. Kumbha replied:—Know now the positive truth, O prince as I tell you after all, that there is nothing as a separate world or our egoism &c. existent in supreme spirit; though the world and the Ego exist as one with the divine spirit, without[Pg 545] bearing their distinct names and personalities at all. (i.e. The world and its gods as one and the same thing).
34. Kumbha replied:—Understand this now, O prince: the straightforward truth is that there’s no separate world or individual ego existing in the supreme spirit. Although the world and the ego exist as part of the divine spirit, they don’t carry their distinct names and identities at all. (i.e. The world and its gods are essentially the same thing).
35. As the subtile ether, contains the subtle element of vacuum in its bosom; so the divine soul entertains in itself, the fine spun idea of the mundane system without its substance.
35. Just like the subtle ether holds the delicate element of vacuum within it, the divine soul contains the finely crafted idea of the earthly system without its actual substance.
36. Whether you behold this world in its true form of divine intelligence, or in any other form of gross matter; it is to be understood rightly as no other than a representation of the divine intellect.
36. Whether you see this world in its true form of divine intelligence or in any other form of physical matter, it should be understood correctly as nothing other than a representation of the divine intellect.
37. The full knowledge of a thing, makes it sweet to the understanding, though it be as bitter as gall to taste; but the imperfect knowledge of a thing, as that of the world makes it appear as full of woe, though it is no such thing in reality. (Hence the crying and laughing philosophers took two different views of the world).
37. Knowing something fully makes it satisfying to understand, even if it tastes as bitter as poison; but knowing something only partially, like understanding the world, can make it seem filled with suffering, even though it’s not that way in reality. (This is why the crying and laughing philosophers had two different perspectives on the world).
38. Ambrosia the water of life being taken in the light of poison, will act as poison in the constitution of the patient; so the lord of the intellect appears in a favourable or unfavourable light, as knowledge and ignorance of him represents him to our understanding.
38. Ambrosia, the water of life, when perceived as poison, will act like poison in the person's body; similarly, the lord of the intellect can be seen in a positive or negative way, as our knowledge or ignorance of him shapes our understanding.
39. The blessed lord God appears to us in the propitious or unpropitious aspect, as our true and false knowledge paints him to our minds, just as the blinding eye sees many a false sight in the light of the sun.
39. The blessed Lord God shows Himself to us in either a favorable or unfavorable way, depending on how our true and false knowledge paints Him in our minds, much like how a blinded eye perceives many distortions in the sunlight.
40. The essence of Brahma, always remains the same in his essential form of the intellect; though the turpitude of our understanding, will now represent him in one form and then in another at a different time and under different circumstances.
40. The essence of Brahma always stays the same in its core form of intellect; however, our flawed understanding may portray him in one way at one time and in another way at a different time and under different circumstances.
41. In fact the body and the embodied soul, appear as any other sensible object in the world; but being viewed in reality in their abstract light, they blend in the spiritual form of God.
41. In fact, the body and the soul that is present appear like any other tangible object in the world; however, when seen in their true abstract essence, they merge into the spiritual nature of God.
42. Therefore it is in vain to make any inquiry, concerning the nature of the world and our egoism &c.; because what is really existent is to be inquired into, and not that which is a nullity in itself.
42. So it’s pointless to ask about the nature of the world and our selfishness, etc.; because what truly exists is what should be explored, not what is meaningless in itself.
43. It is vain to ask about an appearance, which being looked into vanishes into nothing; as it is in vain to speak of the essence of gold, when it presents us no figure of it.
43. It’s pointless to ask about an appearance that disappears into nothing when examined; just like it’s pointless to talk about the essence of gold when it doesn’t show us any form of it.
44. Therefore there is no entity of the world and our egoism, without the existence of God, these things having no cause, are self-same with the one self-existent Deity.
44. Therefore, there is no part of the world and our selfishness that exists without the presence of God; these things, which have no cause, are identical with the one self-existent Deity.
45. The world does not appear to be prominent, and to rest by itself to view; it rests in relief in the spirit of God, and shows itself as separate to us by illusion only.
45. The world doesn't seem to stand out by itself for us to see; it exists in the presence of God, and what we perceive as separate is just an illusion.
46. These existences being composed of the five elements, produce many other beings; as the copulations of the male and female, produce their offspring in infinity; so the divine intellect being joined with the illusory intelligence, presents endless form to our view.
46. These beings are made up of the five elements, which create many other beings; just like the mating of males and females produces countless offspring; similarly, the divine mind, when combined with the deceptive intellect, displays endless forms for us to see.
47. It is by the inherent knowledge of the divine soul, that it represents itself the shapes of many things that are comprised in his omniscience. He is full in himself and manifests his fullness in himself, and is never wanting in his fullness which always subsist in Him. (So the sea is ever full with its waves and waters, which roll for ever in its bosom).
47. It is through the natural understanding of the divine soul that it reveals the forms of many things contained in its all-knowing nature. He is complete within Himself and shows His completeness in Himself, and He never lacks in His fullness, which always exists within Him. (Like the ocean, which is always full with its waves and waters, endlessly rolling in its depths).
48. The fullness or plenum of the world is derived from the fullness of God; and yet the divine fullness remains entire, as when you deduct the infinite, that remains the infinite also as the remainder.
48. The fullness of the world comes from the fullness of God; and yet the divine fullness stays whole, just like when you take away from the infinite, the infinite still remains as what is left.
49. The divine intellect though forever the same and serene, appears to shine forth in the creation with our knowledge of the same, and set at its dissolution with our imperceptibility of it; so our egoism being the same with the divine ego, appears to be different from it, as our fluctuating minds depict it in various lights.
49. The divine intellect, while always constant and calm, seems to radiate in creation as we understand it, and fades with our inability to perceive it; thus, our egoism, which is identical to the divine ego, seems different from it, as our shifting minds reflect it in different ways.
50. The ego never becomes many, nor forsake its undecaying state; it is of a luminous form and having no beginning nor end of its essence; but assumes as many forms, as the ever varying mind imposes upon it. (The unchanging soul assumes many forms with the changeful mind).
50. The ego never splits into multiple entities, nor does it lose its eternal nature; it has a radiant essence that has no beginning or end. Instead, it takes on as many forms as the constantly shifting mind creates. (The unchanging soul takes on many shapes with the restless mind).
51. The self-same soul believes itself as Virát—the lord of the world at one time, and as contemptible being at another; it sometimes sees itself in its true form of a divinity, and its thought makes it think as some other thing at another time.
51. The same soul sees itself as Virát—the ruler of the world at one moment, and as a despicable being at another; it sometimes recognizes its true divine nature, and its thoughts can lead it to perceive itself as something completely different at other times.
52. The world appears as a vast and extended space, perfectly quiet in its nature, inexpressible by words and their senses, (as its real nature). All its objects are of wonderful shape to view, and appear to us according to our conceptions or without showing their real nature's unto us. (The true nature of things is hidden from our knowledge).
52. The world looks like a huge, wide-open space, completely calm in its essence, beyond what words and our senses can describe, (which is its true nature). All its objects have amazing shapes to see and present themselves to us based on our understanding or without revealing their true essence to us. (The real nature of things is beyond our grasp).
CHAPTER LXXXXVII.
Enlightenment of the Prince in Theosophy.
Understanding the Prince in Theosophy.
Argument:—Effacing the impression of visibles from the mind continued.
Argument:—The process of clearing the mind of visual impressions continues.
KUMBHA continued:—Know that nothing is produced from, nor destroyed by the ever tranquil spirit of God at any time; but everything appears as the panorama of the one all (topan) God; like the various kinds of ornaments made of the same metal of gold.
KUMBHA continued:—Understand that nothing comes from, or is destroyed by, the ever-calm spirit of God at any moment; instead, everything shows up as the display of the one all (topan) God; just like different types of ornaments made from the same metal, gold.
2. Brahma remains forever in his own essence, and never becomes the seed or cause of any other thing; he is ever of the form of our innate conception of him, and therefore never becomes any other than our simple idea of him.
2. Brahma always exists in his own essence and never turns into the seed or cause of anything else; he always embodies our inherent understanding of him, and therefore never becomes anything other than our basic idea of him.
3. Sikhidhwaja said:—I grant, Oh sagely monitor, that there subsists no separate world nor any other egoism in the one pure Siva (Zeus or Jove), except his own essence of omniscience; but please to tell me, what thing is this world and individual egoisms that seem to be infinite in number, and appear as distinct creations of God?
3. Sikhidhwaja said:—I agree, oh wise guide, that there is no separate world or other sense of self in the one pure Siva (Zeus or Jove), aside from his own essence of all-knowingness; but please tell me, what is this world and the individual senses of self that seem to be countless and appear as separate creations of God?
4. Kumbha replied:—The essence of God is without its beginning and end, and extends to infinite space and time.
4. Kumbha replied:—The essence of God has no beginning or end and stretches across infinite space and time.
5. The same also is this transparent cosmos, and the very same is the body of this world; which is simple and of the form of divine intelligence, and neither a void nor any extraneous thing.
5. This transparent universe is the same, and the body of this world is the same too; it is simple and shaped by divine intelligence, and it is neither empty nor made up of anything external.
6. The essential property of God being his intelligence, he is said to be of essence of intellect; and as fluidity is the property of water, so is intelligence the essential property of everything; and there is no reason to suppose an unintelligent principle as the prime cause of all.
6. Since God's essential quality is his intelligence, he is considered the essence of intellect; and just as fluidity is the characteristic of water, intelligence is the core quality of everything. There’s no reason to assume that an unintelligent principle could be the primary cause of everything.
7. The Lord is infinite in himself and is so situated in his infinitude for ever, without the grossness of the infinitesimals ever attaching to their pure intelligence in the subjective soul.
7. The Lord is infinite in himself and remains in that infinity forever, without the limitations of the tiny details ever clinging to their pure intelligence in the subjective soul.
8. We cannot attribute the creation of the impure world, to the pure essence of the divine spirit; because the purity of the divine soul, cannot admit the impurity of creation, which would amount to a duality of purity and impurity in the supreme soul: (which is altogether absurd to believe).
8. We can't blame the divine spirit's pure essence for creating an impure world; the purity of the divine soul can't coexist with the impurity of creation, as that would imply a contradiction between purity and impurity in the supreme soul, which is completely unreasonable to believe.
9. The Lord can never be supposed as the seed or cause of the universe, since his nature is inscrutable and beyond our conception, and cannot be thought of as the root of anything whatever.
9. God can never be considered the source or cause of the universe, since His nature is mysterious and beyond our understanding, and we cannot think of Him as the root of anything at all.
10. Therefore there is no creation or production of an effect, without its cause or seed; nor does reason point out to us, any other source of creation.
10. Therefore, no effect comes into existence without its cause or origin; nor does reason indicate any other source of creation.
11. Therefore there is no gross creation whatsoever, except of the form of the intellect itself; and hence all that is visible to us, is no other than the solid intellect itself.
11. Therefore, there’s no substantial creation at all, except for the form of the intellect itself; and so everything we see is nothing other than the solid intellect itself.
12. The feeling of egoism and the term world, are meaningless words and mere inventions of men; because nothing whatever can be called an effect or product, which has no cause assigned to it.
12. The sense of selfishness and the word world are just empty terms and human inventions; because nothing can be considered an effect or product without a cause linked to it.
13. The duality of the world appears in the unity of God, in the same manner as a flower called the sky flower appears in the hollow vacuum of the sky (by mere delusion). And all things being perishable in their nature, exist only in the intellect in which they live and die. (If the world be of the solid intellect, then the very intellect becomes the cause of the same, by means of the solidification of its own substance; but it is not so, because it is impossible for the same thing to be both the cause and effect of something by itself).
13. The duality of the world shows up in the unity of God, just like a flower called the sky flower appears in the empty space of the sky (due to mere illusion). Everything is perishable by nature and exists only in the mind in which it comes to life and fades away. (If the world is part of solid intellect, then that very intellect becomes the source of it, through the solidification of its own substance; but that's not the case, because it's impossible for the same thing to be both the cause and the effect of something on its own).
14. Destruction is not the giver of life to destruction, nor is it a giver of life to perishable things; hence intellect is the giver of light to all: but you may call whatever you like the best.
14. Destruction doesn't bring life to destruction, nor does it give life to things that decay; therefore, the intellect is the source of light for everything. You can call whatever you want the best.
15. What difficulty you have, provided all things are to be called one, when all have come from the intellect; the duality what you call, that is the mystery of intellect-chit only.
15. What a challenge you face, given that everything is considered one when it all originates from the mind; the duality you refer to is just the mystery of intellect-chit.
16. The intellect therefore is the only true entity, which[Pg 550] admits no unity nor duality in it. And therefore, O prince, you must know the nullity of all other entities beside it.
16. The intellect is the only real thing, which[Pg 550] has no unity or duality in it. So, O prince, you need to understand that all other entities besides it are meaningless.
17. The feeling of thy egoism, is as false as thy conception of any other thing; and thus the idea of egoism proving to be false, what else can there be except the only entity of the intellect.
17. The feeling of your egoism is as false as your understanding of anything else; and since the idea of egoism turns out to be false, what else can exist except the sole entity of the mind.
18. Thus egoism (being) no other than a form of the intellect, there is no difference whatever between them; hence the words I, thou &c. are mere human inventions to distinguish one from another (when there is in reality no difference in the personality of any body).
18. Therefore, egoism is simply a type of intellect, so there is really no difference between them; thus the terms I, you, etc. are just human creations to differentiate one person from another (even though there is actually no difference in anyone's personality).
19. Whether you remain in your embodied or disembodied state, continue to remain always as firm as a rock; by knowing yourself only as the pure intellect, and the nullity of all things besides.
19. Whether you stay in your physical form or not, always be as strong as a rock; by seeing yourself only as pure intellect and recognizing that everything else is meaningless.
20. By thinking yourself always as the intellect, you will lose the sense of your egoism and personality; and so will your reflexion on the contexts of the texts of the vedas, lead you to the same conclusion. (There are numerous texts to the effect that God is the only entity, and this all is naught but God).
20. By constantly seeing yourself as just the intellect, you will lose the sense of your ego and individuality; and reflecting on the contexts of the Vedic texts will lead you to the same conclusion. (There are many texts indicating that God is the only entity, and everything else is simply God).
21. From all these know thyself as the pure essence, which is uncaused and unmade, and the same with the first and original principle; that thou art same with the emancipate and everlasting Brahma, and multiform in thy unity; that thou art as void as vacuity, having neither thy beginning, middle or end; and that this world is the intellect and that intellect is the very Brahma himself.
21. From all this, understand yourself as the pure essence, which is uncaused and unmade, and aligns with the first and original principle; that you are one with the liberated and eternal Brahma, and diverse within your oneness; that you are as empty as emptiness itself, having no beginning, middle, or end; and that this world is the intellect, and that intellect is actually Brahma himself.
CHAPTER LXXXXVIII.
Admonition of Sikhidhwaja Continued.
Sikhidhwaja's Admonition Continued.
Argument:—The non-entity of the mind, proved from the non-existence of sensible objects, and the want of these proving only the entity of one Brahma only.
Argument:—The mind isn't a tangible entity, demonstrated by the lack of sensory objects, and this absence only confirms the existence of one Brahma.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—I understand, that there is no such thing as the mind also; but as I have no clear and correct knowledge of this subject, I beg of you to tell me, whether it is so (as I believe) or not.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—I understand that there is no such thing as the mind either; however, since I don't have a clear and accurate understanding of this topic, I kindly ask you to tell me if it's true (as I believe) or not.
2. Kumbha replied:—You have truly said, O prince, that there is no such real entity as the mind at any time and in any space whatever; and that which appears as the mind, is no other than a faculty of the only one everlasting Brahma.
2. Kumbha replied:—You’re right, Prince, there’s really no actual thing called the mind at any time or in any place; what we see as the mind is just a function of the one eternal Brahma.
3. Anything besides which is fallible or unconscious of itself, as the mind or anything of this world, can never be a positive or self-existence substance; therefore the words I, thou and this or that are only coinings of our imagination, and have no existence in reality.
3. Anything else that is flawed or unaware of itself, like the mind or anything in this world, cannot be a definitive or self-existent substance; therefore, the words I, you, and this or that are just creations of our imagination and do not exist in reality.
4. There is no reality of the cosmos or any of its contents; and all that seem to be in existence, are no more than the various representations of the one self-existent Brahma himself. (Because there is no duality beside the unity of Brahma).
4. There is no actual reality of the universe or anything in it; everything that appears to exist is just different representations of the one self-existent Brahma. (Because there is no duality apart from the unity of Brahma).
5. It is said that there was no mind or its personification of Brahmá, and the final dissolution of the world, and this proves the unreality of both of them. Again it is said that the mind took the form of Brahmá and created the world in the beginning, which proves also the mind to be the divine mind, and represented by substitution of the metaphor of Brahmá.
5. It is said that there was no mind or its representation of Brahmá, and the ultimate end of the world, which shows that both are not real. It’s also said that the mind took on the form of Brahmá and created the world at the start, which further proves that the mind is the divine mind, represented through the metaphor of Brahmá.
6. As there can be no material object without the prior existence of a material cause, so it is impossible to believe the existence of the sensible mind and the myriads of the sensible objects in absence of their material cause, which never existed from before. (The spirit alone was the pre-existent thing,[Pg 552] which could not create anything except in its own immaterial form).
6. Just as no physical object can exist without a material cause that came before it, it's also hard to believe in the existence of the physical mind and the countless physical objects without their material cause, which never existed beforehand. (The spirit was the only thing that existed before, [Pg 552] and it couldn't create anything except in its own immaterial form).
7. Hence there is no such thing, as a dull and unconscious world; and all that appears to exist as such, is no other than a representation of the Divine spirit (which reflects itself in various ways) as the gold exhibits its ornaments to view.
7. Therefore, there is no such thing as a dull and unconscious world; everything that seems to exist this way is just a reflection of the Divine spirit (which shows itself in different ways), just like gold displays its ornaments for all to see.
8. It is entirely false to believe, that the nameless and formless Deity does this all; and because the world is visible, yet there is no proof of its reality in our subjective knowledge of it.
8. It is completely untrue to think that the unnamed and formless God does everything; just because the world is visible, it doesn't mean we have proof of its reality in our subjective understanding of it.
9. That the nameless and formless spirit of God, which has no shelter nor support for itself, should make this world for the abode of others, is a laughable assumption of the ignorant only (therefore this world is his own abode and the stage of his own action).
9. The idea that the nameless and formless spirit of God, which has no place to rest or support for itself, would create this world as a home for others is a ridiculous belief held only by the uninformed (so this world is actually his own home and the stage for his own actions).
10. From these reasons it is plain that there is no world in existence, nor even the mind, which is but a part of it; the world being a non-entity, there can be no mind which is conversant alone with it.
10. From these reasons, it is clear that there is no world in existence, nor even the mind, which is just a part of it; since the world is a non-entity, there can be no mind that only interacts with it.
11. The mind means no more than the wish, and then only there is said to be a wish in any one, when there is an object to be wished for; but this world which appears to be so very desirable, being a nullity itself, how can there be the mind to desire it. (The mind is a nullity for want of any of its objects to dwell upon or engage its attention).
11. The mind is just another way of saying the wish, and there's only a wish when there's something to wish for; but since this world that seems so appealing is actually meaningless, how can there be a mind to desire it? (The mind is meaningless because it lacks any objects to focus on or keep its attention.)
12. That which is manifested unto us under the name of the Mind, is no other than a manifestation of the spirit of God in itself, and is designated by various appellations.
12. What is revealed to us as the Mind is simply a manifestation of the spirit of God, and it goes by different names.
13. This visible which is so desirable to everybody, is no production of any one; it is an uncaused entity ever existent in the divine mind, from before its production by the mind of Brahmá the creator. (Being prior to the mind, it is no production of it).
13. This visible thing that everyone desires isn’t created by anyone; it's a timeless entity that always exists in the divine mind, even before it was brought into existence by the mind of Brahmá the creator. (Since it existed before the mind, it isn't a product of it).
14. Therefore the divine soul, is of the form of an intellectual vacuum, and is a void as the transcendent air; it is full with the light of its intelligence, and having no shadow of the gross world in it.
14. Therefore, the divine soul is like an intellectual vacuum and is as empty as the transcendent air; it is filled with the light of its intelligence and has no trace of the material world in it.
15. The slight light which shines in the divine soul, is like the twilight that fills the etherial sphere; is the reflexion of the mirror of the supreme intellect, and is neither the dim light of the mind, nor any reflexion of the phenomenal world. (The nature of spiritual light, as quite distinct from the mental and physical lights).
15. The faint light that shines within the divine soul is like the twilight that fills the ethereal space; it is the reflection of the supreme intellect's mirror and is neither the dull light of the mind nor any reflection of the physical world. (The nature of spiritual light is clearly different from mental and physical lights).
16. Our knowledge of I, thou and this world (i.e. of the subjective and objective), are never real nor reliable; it is like the appearance of our dreams, that serve only to delude us to mistake.
16. Our understanding of I, you, and this world (i.e. of the subjective and objective) is never truly real or reliable; it's like the images from our dreams, which only mislead us into confusion.
17. As the absence of the desirable world, removes our desire of it; so the privation of our desire, displaces the mind which is the seat of our wishes.
17. Just as not having the world we want takes away our desire for it, losing our desire displaces the mind, which is where our wishes reside.
18. The ignorant believe that this visible world is the mind, (because it is the display of the divine mind and the mind dwells upon it); but the unreal and formless mind had not this visible form, before it developed itself in the form of creation. (The world is not the mind because it is posterior in the order of creation, being created by the mind of the great Brahmá).
18. Those who lack knowledge think that this visible world is the mind, (since it reflects the divine mind and the mind focuses on it); however, the abstract and formless mind didn’t have this visible shape before it manifested itself in the act of creation. (The world is not the mind because it comes after in the process of creation, having been created by the mind of the great Brahmá).
19. But this world is said to be coeval with the eternal mind, which is altogether impossible; because we read nowhere in the sástras, nor find in the ordinary course of nature, that a visible object has ever come into existence without some cause or other, either in the beginning of creation or at any time afterwards. (Hence the visible world is not coeval with the mind its maker).
19. But this world is said to exist alongside the eternal mind, which is completely impossible; because we don’t find anywhere in the scriptures, nor in the normal course of nature, that a visible object has ever come into being without some kind of cause, whether at the start of creation or at any point afterward. (So, the visible world is not simultaneous with the mind that created it).
20. How can eternity, uncreatedness and everlastingness be predicated of this visible world, which is a gross material substance, and subject to decay and dissolution.
20. How can we say that eternity, being uncreated, and everlastingness apply to this visible world, which is a dense material substance and is subject to decay and breakdown?
21. There is no testimony of the sástras, nor ocular evidence nor any reasonable inference, to show any material thing to be uncaused by some agent or other, and to survive the final dissolution of the world.
21. There’s no evidence from the scriptures, no firsthand sightings, and no logical conclusions to prove that any material thing exists without some cause or agent and continues to exist after the final end of the world.
22. There is no written testimony of the vedas, and of other sástras and Siddhántas to show, that any material thing is ever exempt from its three conditions of birth, growth and decay, and is not perishable at the last dissolution.
22. There is no recorded evidence from the Vedas or other scriptures and teachings to show that any material thing is ever free from the three states of birth, growth, and decay, and that it isn’t perishable at the final dissolution.
23. He that is not guided by the evidence and dictates of the sástras and vedas, is the most foolish among fools, and is never to be relied upon by good and sensible men.
23. A person who isn't guided by the evidence and teachings of the scriptures and texts is the biggest fool and can't be trusted by wise and sensible people.
24. It is never possible for any one to prevent the accidents, that are incidentals to perishable things, nor can there be any cause to render a material object an immaterial one.
24. No one can ever stop accidents that happen to things that don't last, nor can anything make a physical object non-physical.
25. But the immaterial view of this world, identifies it with the unchangeable Brahma, and exempts it from the accidents of action and passion, and of growth and decay.
25. But the non-physical perspective of this world sees it as part of the unchanging Brahma, freeing it from the randomness of action and emotion, as well as from growth and decay.
26. Therefore know this world to be contained, in the undivided and unutterable vacuity of the Divine Intellect; which is infinite and formless void, and is for ever more in its undivided and undivisible state.
26. So, understand that this world exists within the unified and indescribable emptiness of the Divine Intellect; which is an infinite and formless void, and remains in its indivisible and unchanged state forever.
27. Brahma who is omniform and ever tranquil in himself, manifests his own self in this manner in the forms of creation and dissolution all in himself.
27. Brahma, who is all-encompassing and always at peace within himself, expresses his essence through the processes of creation and dissolution, all contained within himself.
28. The lord now shows himself to our understanding, as embodied in his body of the world, and now manifests himself unto us, as the one Brahma in his spiritual form.
28. The lord now reveals himself to our understanding, as embodied in his physical presence in the world, and now shows himself to us as the one Brahma in his spiritual form.
29. Know after all, that this world is the essence of the one Brahma only, beside which there is no separate world or any thing else in existence; and it is our imagination only which represents it sometimes in one form and then in another.
29. Understand that this world is essentially the same as the one Brahma. There isn't a separate world or anything else that exists outside of that; it's just our imagination that sometimes portrays it in one way and then in another.
30. All this is one, eternal and ever tranquil soul, which is unborn and without any support and situated as it is. It shows itself as various without any variation in its nature, and so learn to remain thyself with thyself as motionless as a block of wood, and with thy dumb silence in utter amazement at all this. (The principles of vedánta philosophy being abstraction and generalisation, it takes the world and all things in their abstract light, and generalises them all under the general spirit of God).
30. All this is one, eternal, and always calm soul, which is unborn and independent as it is. It presents itself in different forms without changing its essence, so learn to stay true to yourself, remaining as still as a block of wood, and be silently amazed by all this. (The principles of Vedanta philosophy focus on abstraction and generalization, viewing the world and everything in an abstract way, and generalizing them all under the overarching spirit of God.)
CHAPTER LXXXXIX.
Remonstration of Sikhidhwaja.
Sikhidhwaja’s Protest.
Argument.—Further exhortations to spiritual knowledge and its confirmations.
Argument.—More reasons to pursue spiritual knowledge and its confirmations.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—O sage, it is by thy good grace, that I am freed from my ignorance, and brought under the light of truth; my doubts are removed, and I am situated with my tranquillity of my spirit.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—O sage, it is because of your kindness that I have been freed from my ignorance and shown the light of truth; my doubts are gone, and I am at peace in my spirit.
2. I have become as one knowing the knowable, and sits taciturn after crossing over the sea of delusion; I am quiet by quitting my egoism, and am set out of all disquiet by my knowledge of true self.
2. I have become like someone who understands everything, and I quietly sit after crossing the sea of confusion; I find peace by letting go of my ego, and I am free from all disturbance through my understanding of my true self.
3. O! how long a time have I wandered, amidst the mazy depths of the world; after which I have now arrived to the safe harbour of my peace and security.
3. Oh! How long I have roamed through the complicated twists and turns of the world; after which I've finally found the safe haven of my peace and security.
4. Being so situated, O sage, I perceive neither my egoism, nor the existence of the three worlds; it is ignorance to believe in their existence, but I am taught to believe in Brahma alone.
4. Being in this state, O wise one, I don’t see my own ego or the existence of the three worlds; it’s foolish to believe in their existence, but I am instructed to believe in Brahma alone.
5. Kumbha replied:—How is it possible for the egoism, tuism or suism of any body, to exist anywhere; when this universe, this air and sky, have not their existence anywhere.
5. Kumbha replied:—How can anyone's egoism, tuism, or suism exist at all when this universe, this air, and this sky don't have any real existence?
6. Sit quiet as usual be calm and as silent as a sage; and remain as still as the calm ocean, without the perturbation of the waves and whirl pools within its bosom.
6. Sit quietly as usual, be calm and as silent as a wise person; remain as still as a tranquil ocean, without the disturbance of waves and whirlpools within it.
7. Such is the quiet and tranquil state of Brahma, who is always one and the same as he is; and the words I, thou, this and that, and the world, are as void of meaning, as the universal vacuity, is devoid of anything.
7. Such is the calm and peaceful state of Brahma, who remains the same no matter what; and the words I, you, this, that, and the world have no meaning, just like the vast emptiness has nothing in it.
8. What you call the world is a thing, having neither its beginning nor its end; it is the wonder of the Intellect, to shine as the clear light, which fills the etherial firmament.
8. What you refer to as the world is an entity with no beginning and no end; it is the marvel of the mind, shining like a bright light that fills the heavenly sky.
9. The changes that appear to take place in the spirit of God, are as extraneous as the different colours that paint the[Pg 556] vault of heaven, and the various jewelleries which are wrought upon gold; these have no intrinsic essentiality, and never affect the tranquillity of the divine spirit, nor the uniform serenity of the empty sky, nor the nature of the pure metal of gold.
9. The changes that seem to happen in the spirit of God are as external as the different colors that paint the[Pg 556] sky and the various decorations that are made on gold; these have no fundamental essence and never disturb the peace of the divine spirit, nor the constant calm of the clear sky, nor the nature of the pure metal of gold.
10. As the Lord is self-born, so is his eternal will inherent in and born with himself; and what we call as free will or fate, depend on the nature of our knowledge of them.
10. Just as the Lord is self-created, his eternal will is also inherent and exists with him; what we refer to as free will or fate depends on how we understand them.
11. Think yourself as something, and you become a bondsman to your desires; but believe yourself as nothing, and you are as free and enfranchised as free air itself.
11. Consider yourself as something, and you become a slave to your desires; but think of yourself as nothing, and you are as free and liberated as the open air itself.
12. It is the certain knowledge or conviction of thyself as a reality, and that thou art subject either to bondage or freedom, that constitutes thy personality.
12. It’s the clear understanding or belief in yourself as a real entity, and that you are either bound or free, that makes up your identity.
13. It is the privation of thy knowledge of thyself or thy egoistic personality, that leads thee to thy consummation; whereas thy knowledge of thy personality exposes thee to danger; therefore think thyself as himself and not thyself (according to the formula ("so ham ana ham," i.e. I am he and not myself) and thou art safe from all calamity. (This is no more than one's self resignation to God)).
13. It's the lack of understanding of yourself or your ego that leads you to your fulfillment; however, knowing your personality can put you at risk. So, think of yourself as him and not yourself (following the idea "so ham ana ham," i.e. I am he and not myself), and you will be safe from all misfortune. (This is simply surrendering oneself to God).
14. No sooner you get rid of the conviction of yourself, than your soul is enlightened by the light of true knowledge; and you lose the sense of your personality, and become consummated in your knowledge of yourself as one with the Holy spirit.
14. As soon as you let go of the belief in yourself, your soul is brightened by the light of true knowledge; you lose the awareness of your individuality and become complete in your understanding of yourself as one with the Holy Spirit.
15. The inscrutable nature of God admits of no cause, because causality refers only to what is caused and cannot come to existence without a cause, and not to the uncaused cause of all.
15. The mysterious nature of God has no cause, because causality only applies to things that are caused and can't exist without a cause, and not to the uncaused cause of everything.
16. As we have no knowledge of an object which is not in existence, so we cease to have any knowledge of our personality, if we but cease to consider ourselves as caused and created beings. (The sophists to think themselves as increate and say—man an wakt budam ke hichak nabud, i.e. I exist from a time when there was nothing in existence).
16. Just as we can't know about something that doesn't exist, we also stop understanding our own identity if we stop seeing ourselves as beings that are created and influenced by something. (The sophists believe they are uncreated and say—man an wakt budam ke hichak nabud, i.e. I existed at a time when nothing existed).
17. What is this world to us if we are unconscious of ourselves,[Pg 557] and if we are freed from our knowledge of the objective world, we see but the supreme soul remaining after all.
17. What does this world mean to us if we're unaware of ourselves,[Pg 557] and if we're detached from our understanding of the external world, all that’s left is the ultimate essence after everything else is gone.
18. Whatever is manifest here before us, is all situated in the spirit of the lord; all these are transcendent, and are situated as such and same with the full and transcendental spirit of God. (The fulness of the world, abides in the fulness of the divine spirit).
18. Everything we see here is all within the spirit of the Lord; all these are transcendent and exist as part of the full and transcendent spirit of God. (The fullness of the world exists in the fullness of the divine spirit).
19. Therefore all these that are protuberant to view, are as figures carved on a rock; and the light that pervades the whole, is but the glory of the great God.
19. So all these things that stand out are like figures carved into a rock; and the light that fills everything is just the glory of the great God.
20. In absence of this visionary world from view, its light which is more pellucid than that of the transparent firmament will vanish away into nothing.
20. Without this visionary world in sight, its light, which is clearer than that of the clear sky, will fade away into nothing.
21. The insensible world seems to move about as a shadow or phantom in the air, whence it is called jagat or the moving world; but he alone sees it in its true light, who views it as motionless and without its sense of mobility, and as perfectly sedate and stationary in the spirit of God.
21. The unfeeling world appears to drift around like a shadow or ghost in the air, which is why it's called jagat or the moving world; but only the person who sees it as still and devoid of movement, and as completely calm and fixed in the spirit of God, truly understands it.
22. When the sight of the visibles, together with the sense of sensibles and the feelings of the mind, become insipid to the torpid soul that is absorbed in divine meditation; it is then called by the wise as nirvána absorption or the full light and knowledge of God.
22. When the view of things we can see, along with our sense of touch and the thoughts in our mind, become dull to the sluggish soul that's deeply engaged in divine meditation; this is what the wise refer to as nirvána absorption or the complete understanding and light of God.
23. As the breezeless winds sink in the air, and the jewellery melts in its gold; so doth the protruding form of the world, subside in the even spirit of God.
23. As the still winds settle in the air, and the jewelry softens in its gold; so does the visible shape of the world fade into the calm spirit of God.
24. The sight of the world and the perceptions of the mind, which testify the existence of the world unto us, are but the representations of Brahma; as the false mirage, represents the water in the desert sands.
24. The view of the world and what we perceive in our minds, which prove to us that the world exists, are just images created by Brahma; similar to how a false mirage represents water in the desert sands.
25. As when the vast body of water subsists without a wave to ruffle its surface, so doth the spirit of God remain in its state of calmness, when it is free from its operation of creation.
25. Just like a vast body of water stays still without a wave to disturb its surface, the spirit of God remains in a state of calm when it isn't engaged in the act of creation.
26. The creation is identic with Brahma, as the lord is the same with his creation, and this is true from the dictum of the veda, which says, "All this is Brahma, and Brahma is this (to pan)".
26. Creation is identical with Brahma, as the lord is the same as his creation, and this is affirmed by the Vedas, which state, "All this is Brahma, and Brahma is this (to pan)".
27. The meaning of the word Brahma or immensity, equally establishes the existence of the world; as the signification of the word world or cosmos, establishes the entity of Brahma.
27. The meaning of the word Brahma, or immensity, confirms the existence of the world; just as the meaning of the word world or cosmos confirms the reality of Brahma.
28. The meaning of all words taken collectively, expresses a multitude; which is synonymous with Brahma—the great and immense aggregate of the whole.
28. The collective meaning of all words represents a multitude, which is synonymous with Brahma—the vast and complete totality of everything.
29. And if we reject the sense of the greatness of God and of the world, as they are usually meant to express, yet the little or minuteness of God that remains at last, is so very minute that words cannot express it. (So the sruti, neither the greatness nor minuteness of God is expressible by words).
29. And even if we dismiss the idea of God's greatness and that of the world, as they are typically understood, the smallness of God that still remains is so tiny that words can't capture it. (So the sruti, neither God's greatness nor smallness can be conveyed through words).
30. The lord that remains as the inherent and silent soul of all bodies, is yet but one soul in the aggregate; he remains as a huge mountain of his intelligence, as in the form of the whole of this universal cosmos.
30. The lord who is the inherent and silent essence of all beings is still just one soul in the totality; he exists like a vast mountain of his intelligence, embodying the entirety of this universal cosmos.
CHAPTER C.
Continuation of the same subject.
Continuation of the same topic.
Argument:—Difference of Brahma from the world, consisting in the indestructibility of his essence.
Argument:—The difference between Brahma and the world is that his essence is unbreakable.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—If it is so, O most intelligent sir, that the work is alike to the nature of its maker; and therefore the world resembles Brahma in every respect.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—If that's the case, O wise sir, that the work reflects the nature of its creator; then the world mirrors Brahma in every way.
2. Kumbha replied:—Where there exists a causality, there is an effectuality also accompanied with it; so where there is no cause whatever, there can be no effect also following the same.
2. Kumbha replied:—Where there is a cause, there is also an effect that goes along with it; so where there is no cause at all, there can be no effect either.
3. Therefore there is no possibility of any cause or its effect in this world, which is manifest before us as the self-same essence of the ever tranquil and the unborn spirit of God.
3. Therefore, there is no way for any cause or its effect to exist in this world, which is clearly seen as the same essence of the ever-calm and eternal spirit of God.
4. The effect that comes to pass from a cause, is of course alike to the nature of its causality; but what similarity can there exist between one, which is neither the cause nor effect of the other?
4. The effect that results from a cause, of course, relates to the nature of its causality; but what similarity can exist between one that is neither the cause nor the effect of the other?
5. Say how can a tree grow which has no seed for its growth, and how can God have a seed whose nature is inscrutable in thought, and inexpressible in words.
5. How can a tree grow without a seed for its growth, and how can God have a seed whose essence is impossible to understand in thought and impossible to express in words?
6. All things that have their causality at any time or place, are of course of the nature of their causal influence; but how can there be a similarity of anything with God who is never the cause of an effect?
6. Everything that has a cause at any time or place is naturally influenced by that cause; but how can anything be similar to God, who is never the cause of an effect?
7. Brahma the uncausing uncaused cause of all, has no causality in him; therefore the meaning of the word world, is something that has no cause whatever. (Jagat means what is going on forever).
7. Brahma, the uncaused cause of everything, has no causality within him; therefore, the meaning of the term world is something that has no cause at all. (Jagat refers to what is ongoing forever).
8. Therefore think thyself as Brahma, according to the view of the intelligent; but the world appears as some thing extended in the sight of men of imperfect understandings.
8. Therefore, consider yourself as Brahma, according to the perspective of the wise; however, the world seems like something stretched out in the eyes of those with limited understanding.
9. When the world is taken as one and the same with the tranquil intellect of God, it must be viewed in the light of the[Pg 560] transparent spirit of Brahma. (i.e. spiritually and intellectually they are both the same).
9. When we consider the world as one and the same as the calm mind of God, it should be seen through the[Pg 560] clear essence of Brahma. (i.e. spiritually and intellectually they are identical).
10. Any other notion, Oh prince, which the mind may entertain about the nature of God, is said by the intelligent, to be the destruction of the right concept of the Deity.
10. Any other idea, oh prince, that people might have about the nature of God is considered by the wise to be a distortion of the true understanding of the Divine.
11. Know O prince, that the destruction of the mind (or mental error), is tantamount to the destruction of the soul; and slight forgetfulness of the spirit, is hard to be retrieved in a whole kalpa. (He that loses the sight of his Lord for a moment, loses it forever).
11. Know, O prince, that destroying the mind (or making a mental mistake) is like destroying the soul; and a small lapse in the spirit is difficult to recover from in an entire epoch. (Whoever loses sight of their Lord for even a moment loses it forever).
12. No sooner you are freed from your personality, than you find yourself to be full of Divine knowledge, and your false personality flies away for your consummation in spirituality.
12. As soon as you let go of your personality, you discover that you are filled with Divine knowledge, and your false self disappears, leading you to spiritual fulfillment.
13. If you think the world to be existent from the meaning of the word viswa or all, then tell me how and whence could all this come into existence.
13. If you believe the world exists because of the meaning of the word viswa or all, then explain how and where all of this could have come into existence.
14. How can you call one to be a Brahman, who lifts up his arms and proclaims himself about to be a sudra?
14. How can you call someone a Brahmin if they raise their arms and claim to be a Shudra?
15. He who cries himself saying that he is dead, after the sinking of his pulsation; take him for the dead, and his living to be mistaken for life.
15. The person who desperately claims he is dead after losing his energy; consider him dead, and his existence to be confused with living.
16. All these erroneous appearances, that present themselves before us, are as false as a circle described by the whirling flame of a torch; and as delusive as the water in the mirage, a secondary moon in the mist, and the spectre of boys.
16. All these misleading appearances that show up before us are as false as a circle drawn by the flickering flame of a torch; and as deceptive as the water in a mirage, a fake moon in the fog, and the ghostly figures of boys.
17. What then is the true name of this erroneous substance, misleading us to the wrong, which is commonly designated as the mind, and is wrapped in ignorance and error.
17. So what is the real name of this mistaken substance that leads us astray, which we usually call the mind, and which is shrouded in ignorance and error?
18. The mind is another name for ignorance, and an unreality appearing as a real entity. Here ignorance takes the name of the mind, and unreality passes under the title of reality. Ignorance is the want of true knowledge, as knowledge is the privation of ignorance.
18. The mind is just another way of saying ignorance, and an illusion seems to exist as something real. Here, ignorance is referred to as the mind, and illusion is labeled as reality. Ignorance is the lack of true knowledge, while knowledge is the absence of ignorance.
19. Ignorance or false knowledge, is driven by our knowledge of truth; as the error of water in the desert, is dispelled by the knowledge of mirage.
19. Ignorance or false knowledge is influenced by our understanding of truth; just as the illusion of water in the desert is cleared away by the awareness of a mirage.
20. As the knowledge of mirage removes the error of water in the sandy desert, so the knowledge of the mind as gross ignorance, removes the erroneous mind from the inward seat of the heart. (The heart and mind are often used for one another).
20. Just as understanding a mirage helps us see that there isn't actually water in the sandy desert, recognizing the mind as simple ignorance helps clear the mistaken thoughts from the depths of our heart. (The heart and mind are often used interchangeably).
21. The knowledge of the want of a mind, serves to root out its prejudice at once; as the knowledge of the rope as no snake, removes the fear of the reptile in the rope.
21. Knowing that something isn't capable of thought helps to eliminate bias immediately; just as recognizing that a rope isn't a snake removes the fear of the snake in the rope.
22. As the knowledge of the privation of the snake in the rope, removes its bias from the mind; so the knowledge of the want of the mind, removes this offspring of error and ignorance from within us.
22. Just as understanding that the snake in the rope is just a trick of the mind eliminates its influence, recognizing the deficiencies of the mind clears away this product of error and ignorance from within us.
23. The knowledge of there being no such thing as the mind, removes its false impressions from the heart; because the mind and our egoism, are the brood of our ignorance only.
23. Understanding that the mind doesn’t actually exist clears away its false impressions from the heart; because the mind and our ego are just products of our ignorance.
24. There is no mind nor egoism, seated in us as we commonly believe to be; there is one pure intelligence only both with and without us, which we can hardly perceive.
24. There is no mind or ego as we usually think; there is only one pure intelligence, both within and outside us, that we can barely perceive.
25. You who had so long the sense of your desire, your mind and your personality from your ignorance only; are quite set free from all of them at this moment, by your being awakened to the light of knowledge.
25. You, who for so long identified your desires, thoughts, and identity with your ignorance, are now completely liberated from all of that at this moment, as you have been awakened to the light of knowledge.
26. All the troubles that you have to meet with, owing to your fostering the inborn desire of your heart; are all driven away by your want of desire, as the wind disperses the flaming conflagration of the forest.
26. All the problems you face because you nurture the natural desires of your heart are completely swept away by your lack of desire, just like the wind breaks up a raging fire in the forest.
27. It is the dense essence of the Divinity that pervades the whole universe, as it is this circumambient ocean which surrounds all the continents of the earth.
27. It is the thick essence of the Divine that fills the entire universe, just like this surrounding ocean that encircles all the continents of the earth.
28. There is nothing in existence as I, thou, this, or that or any other; there is no mind nor the senses, nor the earth nor sky; but they are all as the manifestations of the Divine spirit.
28. There's nothing in existence like I, you, this, or that or anything else; there’s no mind or senses, nor the earth or sky; but they all appear as expressions of the Divine spirit.
29. As the visibles appear in the forms of the frail pot and other fragile bodies on earth; so the many false invisible things appear to us in the forms of the mind, egoism and the like.
29. Just as visible things show up as fragile pots and other delicate bodies on earth, the many false invisible things manifest in our minds, egoism, and similar concepts.
30. There is nothing, that is either born or dies away in all these three worlds; it is only the display of the Divine intellect, that gives rise to the ideas of existence and non-existence.
30. Nothing is truly born or dies in all these three worlds; it’s just the manifestation of the Divine intellect that creates the concepts of existence and non-existence.
31. All these are but representations of the supreme soul, now evolved and now spread out from it; and there is no room for unity or duality, nor any error or fallibility in its nature.
31. All these are just representations of the supreme soul, now developed and now expanded from it; and there is no space for unity or duality, nor any mistakes or flaws in its nature.
32. Mind, O friend, that you are the true one, in the shape of your senses; and these will never be burnt at your cremation, nor will you be utterly destroyed by your death.
32. Remember, friend, that you are the real you, shaped by your senses; and these will never be burned at your cremation, nor will you be completely destroyed by your death.
33. No part of thyself is ever increased or annihilated at any time, the entirety of thy pure self is immortal, and must remain entire for ever.
33. No part of yourself is ever increased or destroyed at any time; your pure self is immortal and will always remain whole.
34. The powers of thy volition and nolition, and the other faculties of thy body and mind, are attributes of thyself; as the beams of moon, are the significant properties of that luminary. (The attributes are denotative of the subject).
34. The powers of your ability to choose and not choose, along with the other abilities of your body and mind, are qualities of yourself; like the beams of the moon are the defining characteristics of that celestial body. (The qualities reflect the subject).
35. Always remember the nature of thy soul, to be unborn and increate, without its beginning and end, never decaying and ever remaining the same; it is indivisible and without parts, it is the true essence, and existing from the beginning and never to have its end. (The immortality of the soul).
35. Always remember the nature of your soul: it is unborn and uncreated, without a beginning or an end, never decaying and always remaining the same; it is indivisible and without parts, it is the true essence, existing from the beginning and never coming to an end. (The immortality of the soul).
CHAPTER CI.
Admonition of Chúdálá.
Warning from Chúdálá.
Argument.—Obligation of the Prince for the instructions of his Monitor. And his attaining the Jívan-mukta emancipation in lifetime.
Argument.—The Prince's responsibility to heed the advice of his Mentor. And his attainment of Jívan-mukta liberation while he is still alive.
VASISHTHA said:—After the prince had so far attended to the lectures of Kumbha, he remained for some time in silent and deep meditation of his soul as if in a state of trance.
VASISHTHA said:—After the prince had listened to Kumbha's lectures for a while, he spent some time in quiet and deep meditation, as if he were in a trance.
2. He continued with his intent-mind and fixed eyes and quite speechless all the while, and resembled the figure of a silent sage, and a carved statue without its motion and sensation.
2. He kept his focused mind and unwavering gaze, remaining completely silent the entire time, resembling a wise sage and a carved statue that lacked motion and feeling.
3. And then as he awoke after a while with his twinkling eyes, he was thus accosted by Chúdálá in her disguised form of Kumbha the Bráhman youth.
3. And then, as he woke up after a bit with his sparkling eyes, Chúdálá, in her disguised form as the Bráhman youth Kumbha, addressed him.
4. Kumbha said:—Say prince, how you enjoyed yourself in your short lived trance; did you feel in it that sweet composure of thy soul, as the yogis experience in their bed of steadfast meditation and unshaken hypnotism?
4. Kumbha said:—Tell me, prince, how did you enjoy yourself in your brief trance? Did you feel that sweet calmness of your soul, like the yogis do during their deep meditation and steady focus?
5. Say, were you awakened in your inmost soul, and set at large beyond the region of error and darkness; say, have you known the knowable one, and seen what is to be seen?
5. Tell me, were you awakened deep within, and set free beyond the realm of misunderstanding and darkness; have you encountered the one who can be understood, and seen what needs to be seen?
6. Sikhidhwaja replied—O Sir, it was by your good grace, that I have beheld a great glory in the most high heaven of heavens.
6. Sikhidhwaja replied, "Oh Sir, it was through your kindness that I have witnessed a great glory in the highest heaven."
7. I have beheld a state of bliss which is full of ambrosial delight, never yet known to mortals, and whose sight is the most ultimate reward of the wishes of the best and most intelligent men, and of saints and mahátmas of great and high souls.
7. I have witnessed a state of bliss that is filled with heavenly delight, something never experienced by humans, and whose vision is the ultimate reward for the desires of the greatest and most intelligent individuals, as well as saints and high-minded beings.
8. It is in your society today, that I have felt a delight, to which I have never experienced in my life before.
8. It is in your society today that I have felt a joy I have never experienced in my life before.
9. O lotus eyed sage! I have heretofore, never enjoyed such a degree of spiritual bliss which knows no bounds and is a sea of ambrosial delight.
9. O lotus-eyed sage! Until now, I have never experienced such limitless spiritual bliss, which is an ocean of heavenly joy.
10. Kumbha said:—The mind becomes composed and tranquil, after subordination of its desire of enjoyments, and its indifference to the taste of sweet and bitter, and its full control over the organs of sense.
10. Kumbha said:—The mind becomes calm and peaceful when it puts its desire for pleasures in check, becomes indifferent to the flavors of sweet and bitter, and fully controls the senses.
11. There arises a peace in the mind, which is purer than any earth born delight; and is as delightsome as the dew drops falling from flowers under the bright beams of cooling moonlight night.
11. A peace comes over the mind that is cleaner than any pleasure from this world; and it is as enjoyable as the dew drops falling from flowers under the bright light of the soothing moonlit night.
12. It is today, O prince, that your bad desires like the bitter taste of bodies, are bettered by your advancement in knowledge.
12. Today, your highness, your negative desires, much like the unpleasant taste of flesh, are improved by your growth in knowledge.
13. It is by your holiness, O lotus-eyed prince, that the filth of your person is purged out; like the fruits of trees, falling off after they are ripened.
13. It’s through your purity, O beautiful-eyed prince, that the dirt of your character is cleansed; just like the fruits of trees dropping off once they are ripe.
14. As the desire of the impure heart, becomes purified by reason it is then only capable of receiving the instructions of the wise, as the pipe draws the water inside. (Else, advising the fool is folly or spreading pearls before swines).
14. When the desire of an impure heart is purified by reason, it can then receive the guidance of the wise, just like a pipe draws in water. (Otherwise, giving advice to a fool is pointless, like throwing pearls before pigs).
15. After the bitterness of your disposition, was tempered by my lectures; you have been awakened today to your spiritual knowledge by me.
15. After your harsh attitude was softened by my teachings, you have today been brought to your spiritual awareness by me.
16. You are just now cleansed from your impurity, and immediately purified by your pure knowledge; even now it is that you have received my admonition, and have been instantly awakened to your knowledge.
16. You have just been cleansed from your impurities, and immediately purified by your clear understanding; right now it is that you have received my advice and have been instantly awakened to your awareness.
17. You are purged today, from the merits and demerits of your good and bad conduct; and it is by the influence of good society, that you have got a new life in you.
17. You are free today from the impacts of your good and bad behavior; and it's through the influence of positive company that you have gained a new life.
18. It was before the midday of this day, that I have come to know the edification and regeneration of your soul to spiritual light.
18. It was before noon today that I came to realize the uplifting and renewal of your soul to spiritual light.
19. I find you now, O prince, to be wakened in your mind, by your taking my words to your heart; and having now got rid of the feelings of your mind, you are awakened to your spiritual knowledge.
19. I now see you, O prince, as awakened in your thoughts, because you've taken my words to heart; and having let go of your previous feelings, you have become aware of your spiritual knowledge.
20. As long as the mind has its seat and operations in the heart of man, so long does it retain its companion of ignorance[Pg 565] by its side; but no sooner doth the mind forsake its residence in the heart, than pure knowledge comes to shine forth in it as the midday light.
20. As long as the mind is centered in the heart of a person, it keeps its companion of ignorance close by; but as soon as the mind leaves the heart, pure knowledge starts to shine through like the midday sun.[Pg 565]
21. It is the suspense of the mind between unity and duality, that is called its ignorance; and it is the subsidence of these that is known as knowledge, and the way to the salvation of the soul.
21. The tension in the mind between oneness and separation is what we refer to as ignorance; and it is the resolution of these tensions that we call knowledge, which leads to the salvation of the soul.
22. You are now awakened and emancipated, and your mind is driven away from your heart; you are now the reality and rescued from your unreality, and are set beyond this world of unreality. (The spiritual state is held to be real and all else as unreal).
22. You are now awake and free, and your mind is separated from your heart; you are now the truth and freed from what isn’t real, and you are placed beyond this world of falsehood. (The spiritual state is considered real, while everything else is seen as unreal).
23. Rest in the pure state of thy soul, by being devoid of cares and anxieties; forsaking all society and relying your soul in no body and in nothing here; and by your becoming as the devout and Divine and silent sage or saint or muni.
23. Find peace in the pure state of your soul by letting go of worries and anxieties; turn away from all social interactions and place your trust in nothing and no one here; aim to be like the devoted, divine, silent sage or saint or muni.
24. Sikhidhwaja said:—So I see sir, that all ignorant people rely mostly on their minds; but the few that are awakened to the knowledge of God, do not mind their minds (i.e. they are not led away by the inclinations of their minds).
24. Sikhidhwaja said:—So I see, sir, that most ignorant people rely heavily on their minds; but the few who have gained awareness of God don’t get swayed by their thoughts.
25. Now sir, please tell me, how the living liberated men conduct themselves in their lifetime in this world; and how do these unmindful men like yourself, manage yourselves herein.
25. Now, sir, please tell me how the truly liberated people act during their lives in this world; and how do you, being so carefree, manage yourselves in this situation?
26. O! tell me fully and dispel by the lustre of your glowing words, the deep darkness that is seated in my heart.
26. Oh! Please tell me everything and light up my heart with your beautiful words to drive away the deep darkness that's there.
27. Kumbha replied:—All that you say prince, is exact and incontrovertible truth; the minds of the living liberated men are dead in themselves, and like blocks of stone, never vegetate nor sprout forth in the wishes.
27. Kumbha replied:—Everything you're saying, prince, is absolutely true; the minds of those who are liberated are lifeless, like blocks of stone, and they never grow or develop in their desires.
28. The gross desire that germinates in its wishes, which become the causes of the regeneration of men in some form or other, is known by the name of mind; and which becomes altogether extinct in men, knowing the truly knowable one.
28. The intense desire that grows in its wishes, which become the reasons for the renewal of people in one way or another, is referred to as the mind; and it completely disappears in people who understand the truly knowable one.
29. The desire which guides the knowers of truth, in this life of action (or the active life) in the world; is known by the name of goodness (satva), and which is unproductive of future birth.
29. The desire that drives those who seek the truth in this active life in the world is called goodness (satva), and it doesn't lead to future rebirth.
30. The great-souled and living liberated men, being placed in their quality of goodness and having their organs under control; do not place any reliance in their minds.
30. The great-minded and truly free people, having established their goodness and having control over their actions, do not trust in their thoughts.
31. The darkened mind is called the mind, but the enlightened one is known as the principle of goodness; the unenlightened rely in their minds, but enlightened men of great understanding confide in their goodness only.
31. The confused mind is referred to as the mind, but the enlightened one is known as the essence of goodness; those who lack enlightenment depend on their minds, while enlightened individuals with deep understanding trust in their goodness alone.
32. The mind is repeatedly born with the body, but the nature of goodness is never reborn any more; the unawakened mind is under perpetual bondage, but the enlightened soul is under no restraint.
32. The mind is constantly reborn with the body, but the essence of goodness is never reborn again; the unawakened mind is in constant bondage, while the enlightened soul is free from any restrictions.
33. Now sir, you are become of the nature of goodness, and deserves the title of the forsaker of all things; and I understand you to have quite got rid of the propensities of your mind.
33. Now, sir, you have become truly good, and you deserve the title of someone who has let go of everything; I understand that you have completely shed the tendencies of your mind.
34. I find you today as brilliant as the full moon, freed from the shadows of the eclipse; and your mind to have become as lucid as the clear firmament, without any tinge in it.
34. I see you today as bright as a full moon, free from the shadows of an eclipse; and your mind has become as clear as the bright sky, without any stain on it.
35. You have got that equanimity, which is characteristic of the consummate yogi; this is called that total renunciation of all, which you exhibit in yourself.
35. You have that calmness that is typical of a true yogi; this is what's known as the complete renunciation of everything, which you demonstrate in yourself.
36. The enlightened understanding is freed from the trammels, of its desire of heaven and future rewards, and its observance of austerities and charity, by means of its superior knowledge. (The divine knowledge is called the superior or parávidyá in opposition to the worldly or aparávidyá).
36. Enlightened understanding breaks free from the constraints of its desire for heaven and future rewards, as well as its adherence to austerities and charity, through its superior knowledge. (The divine knowledge is referred to as superior or parávidyá in contrast to the worldly or aparávidyá).
37. All austerities and mortifications, serve but to procure a short lived cessation of pain; but the happiness which is wholly free from its decay, is to be found only in one's equanimity and indifference under all circumstances of life. (The original word is samatá or the sameness or evenness of disposition at all times).
37. All the austerities and self-denials only provide a temporary relief from pain; true happiness, which doesn’t fade away, can only be found in maintaining a calm and indifferent attitude no matter what life throws at you. (The original word is samatá or the sameness or evenness of disposition at all times).
38. That thing must be truly good, which is different from the enjoyment of temporary bliss of heaven, and altogether different from an existent pleasure, which is both preceded as well as followed by pain.
38. That thing must be truly good, which is different from the enjoyment of temporary bliss of heaven, and altogether different from an existing pleasure, which is both preceded and followed by pain.
39. We are all doubtful of the happiness, that most await on us hereafter in heaven; and what are our religious acts, but for the purpose of procuring some happiness to those, who are unacquainted with the consummate felicity of their souls, derived from their spiritual knowledge.
39. We all question the happiness that most people expect to find in heaven later on; and what are our religious actions if not aimed at bringing some happiness to those who are unfamiliar with the ultimate joy of their souls that comes from their spiritual understanding.
40. Let them use their ornaments of brass, who have no gold ornaments for their persons; so let the ignorant adhere to their ritual and not the wise who are quite happy in their knowledge. But you, O prince, have happily come both to your knowledge and happiness in the company of Chúdálá and others.
40. Let those without gold jewelry wear their brass ornaments; let the ignorant stick to their rituals while the wise find contentment in their knowledge. But you, O prince, have fortunately gained both knowledge and happiness alongside Chúdálá and others.
41. Why therefore are you devoted in vain, to the observance of your austerities; because the mortifications and penance of asceticism, are prescribed for the expiation of the prior misdeeds of men (and neither for their salvation or eternal felicity of the souls).
41. So why are you engaging in your harsh practices for nothing? The self-denial and penance of asceticism are meant to make up for people's past wrongs, not for their salvation or the eternal happiness of their souls.
42. The beginning and end of asceticism are both attended with pain, the middle alone promises a short and temporary happiness; and as mortifications are mere preparatory to the purification of the soul. (it is better to acquire this purity by divine knowledge, than by the painful practices of hermitage).
42. The start and finish of strict self-discipline come with suffering, while only the middle offers a brief and fleeting joy; and since hardships are just a means to prepare for the cleansing of the soul, it’s better to gain this purity through divine knowledge than through the painful routines of solitude.
43. Remain steady in that pure knowledge, which is said to be the result of penitence; and the purity of the soul being had with the clearness of the intellectual sphere, all things and thoughts will be as perspicuous to view as in the clear light of the sky.
43. Stay committed to that pure knowledge, which is said to come from repentance; and with the purity of the soul achieved along with the clarity of the mind, everything and all thoughts will be as clear to see as in the bright light of the sky.
44. All things are seen to rise and disappear in the vacuous sphere of the divine intellect, and the thoughts of our good and bad actions, are as the drops of rain which mix with the waters of the immeasurable ocean of the Divine soul.
44. Everything is observed to come and go in the empty realm of the divine mind, and our thoughts about good and bad actions are like raindrops blending with the vast waters of the Divine soul.
45. Therefore, O Sikhidhwaja, abandon the barren soil (of rituals), and resort to the abundant field (of divine knowledge); and ask of me to know your best good, as men desire to know of their best friends.
45. So, O Sikhidhwaja, let go of the unproductive practices (of rituals) and turn to the rich field (of divine knowledge); and ask me to discover your greatest good, just like people seek to learn from their closest friends.
46. As a wife that requires her husband, refrains from asking petty things of him; so should you refrain from asking of trifling blessings from thy God, if thou dost require thy communion[Pg 568] with him. And know the objects of thy desire, are not always for thy good. (Therefore let his will be done and not theirs).
46. Just like a wife who needs her husband doesn't ask for trivial things from him, you should hold back from asking for small blessings from your God if you want to maintain your connection with Him. And understand that the things you desire aren't always what’s best for you. (So let His will be done, not yours).
47. As no wise man runs to grasp the sun, in his reflexion in the water; so should you never pursue after the pleasures of heaven or felicity of liberation, after thou hast found him in thy own spirit. (Better to posses the whole God than pray for a partial blessing).
47. Just as a wise man doesn’t rush to catch the sun's reflection in the water, you should never chase after the pleasures of heaven or the happiness of liberation once you've discovered it within your own spirit. (It's better to possess the whole of God than to pray for a partial blessing).
48. Forsake what is unstable, though it may appear as stable to thee; and thou always stable, by leaving the unstable to perish by itself. (i.e. All adscititious properties are unstable).
48. Give up what's unstable, even if it looks stable to you; and you stay stable by letting the unstable fade away by itself. (i.e. All added properties are unstable).
49. Knowing the instability of things, preserve the stability of thy mind, because the motionless mind perceives no fluctuation of its thoughts, nor the changes and motions of things (as in sound sleep).
49. Recognizing the uncertainty of things, maintain the stability of your mind, because a calm mind doesn't notice the ups and downs of its thoughts, or the changes and movements of things (like in deep sleep).
50. All our evils proceed from the acts of our bodies, as well as from the thoughts and action of our minds; these two are main springs of the miseries of men, in all places and times.
50. All our problems come from what our bodies do, as well as from the thoughts and actions of our minds; these two are the main sources of human suffering, everywhere and at all times.
51. Curb the fickleness of your mind, and be ever calm and quiet; if you desire to enjoy the happiness of quiet and rest.
51. Control the unpredictability of your mind, and stay calm and peaceful; if you want to experience the joy of tranquility and rest.
52. Know all motions and its want to dwindle into perfect rest, in the mind of the truly wise men; hold them therefore in equal light and be happy forever.
52. Understand that all movements seek to settle into complete stillness, in the minds of truly wise individuals; recognize this equally and be happy forever.
53. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me sir, how can the motion and force of a thing be one and the same with its immobility and rest; and you who are the remover of my doubts, will I dare say quickly clear this point to me.
53. Sikhidhwaja said:—Please tell me, sir, how can the movement and force of something be the same as its stillness and rest? You, who are here to clear my doubts, I hope you can quickly explain this to me.
54. Kumbha replied:—There is one thing only, which also the all and whole of this universe; it is as the water of the sea, and is agitated by its intelligence, as the sea water is agitated into billows.
54. Kumbha replied:—There is only one thing, which is also everything in this universe; it is like the water in the sea, stirred by its intelligence, just as the seawater is stirred into waves.
55. The immensity of Brahma, which is named the only essence and is of the form of the pure intellect; is beheld in the shape of the formal world by the ignorant.
55. The vastness of Brahma, which is called the sole essence and is the embodiment of pure intellect, is perceived in the form of the material world by those who are unaware.
56. The agitation of the intellect is all in all in the world and constitute the moving principle of the universe (or the main spring of the cosmos).
56. The excitement of the mind is everything in the world and serves as the driving force of the universe (or the main spring of the cosmos).
57. The agitation of the intellect being concomitant with the divine spirit, it is alike to its stillness, and the unity of these two forms the spirit of God called Siva or Zeus.
57. The disturbance of the mind goes hand in hand with the divine spirit, and it is similar to its calmness, and the combination of these two creates the spirit of God known as Siva or Zeus.
58. The agitation of the divine spirit in the work of creation, vanishes before the sight of perfect understandings; though it appears to be in active operation to the ignorant, who view it as they do a false snake in the rope.
58. The commotion of the divine spirit during creation fades away when seen by those with perfect understanding; although it seems to be actively at work to the ignorant, who see it like a false snake in a rope.
59. The intellect is ever busy and active, from which it derives its name (chit—intellect). But the inactive spirit which is all pervasive, is both inexpressible as well as inconceivable, owing to its devoid of all attributes (turíyátíta).
59. The mind is always engaged and functioning, which is why it's called intellect (chit—intellect). However, the inactive spirit, which is everywhere, is both indescribable and unimaginable, because it lacks any attributes (turíyátíta).
60. It is by long study of the sástras and association with the wise, as also by continued practice of yoga, that the light of the supreme spirit dawns in the inner soul, like the rising moon with her benign beams.
60. It is through extensive study of the scriptures and spending time with wise people, along with consistent practice of yoga, that the light of the supreme spirit shines within the soul, like the rising moon with its gentle beams.
61. The supreme spirit is only to be perceived by our understanding, from the benign rays which it spreads over it; and this says by the wise to be the light of the holy spirit.
61. The supreme spirit can only be understood through our comprehension, from the kind rays it casts upon us; and the wise call this the light of the holy spirit.
62. You have now known the essence of your soul, which is without its beginning, middle and end, and must for ever continue in it as your real and true state; there is no other distinct form of the great intellectual soul, wherefore know this as yourself, and remain from all sorrow and pain.
62. You now understand the essence of your soul, which has no beginning, middle, or end, and will always exist in this true state. There is no other separate form of the great intellectual soul, so recognize this as your true self and be free from all sorrow and pain.
CHAPTER CII.
Repose of Sikhidhwaja in the Divine spirit.
Rest of Sikhidhwaja in the Divine spirit.
Argument:—Anxiety of the Prince at the Disappearance of Kumbha, and his falling to a trance in his deep and hypnotic meditation.
Argument:—The Prince's worry about Kumbha going missing sends him into a deep trance during his intense and hypnotic meditation.
KUMBHA continued:—I have already related to you, O prince, how have all this phenomenon of the world sprung from Brahma, and how it disappears also in him.
KUMBHA continued:—I've already told you, O prince, how all the phenomena of the world originated from Brahma, and how they also disappear back into him.
2. Having thus heard from me, and understood and reflected in yourself all what I have said; you are at liberty, O sagely prince, to repose in the supreme bliss, which you have well known and felt within yourself.
2. Having heard me out, and thought about everything I've said; you are free, wise prince, to rest in the ultimate happiness that you have truly known and felt within yourself.
3. I am now to repair to my heavenly abode, at this time of the conjunction of the moon, when it is very likely that the sage Nárada, may have come before the assemblage of the gods from his seat in the high heaven of Brahmá.
3. I am now headed to my heavenly home, during this time of the moon's alignment, when it's very likely that the wise Nárada may have appeared before the gathering of the gods from his place in the high heaven of Brahmá.
4. He may be angry in not finding me there, and it is not mannerly in youth to tease their superiors at any time.
4. He might be upset for not finding me there, and it’s not polite for young people to tease their elders at any time.
5. May you ever abide at your ease, by your utter abandonment of every tint of desire, and by your firm reliance in these holy precepts, which the wise have always in their view.
5. May you always find peace by completely letting go of any desire and by having strong faith in these sacred teachings that the wise always keep in mind.
6. Vasishtha said:—At hearing these words, as Sikhidhwaja was about to throw his handful of flowers, and make his obeisance to his departing monitor, he vanished immediately from his sight and mixed in the etherial air.
6. Vasishtha said:—Upon hearing these words, as Sikhidhwaja was about to toss his handful of flowers and bow to his departing mentor, he suddenly disappeared from view and merged into the ethereal air.
7. As one absorbed in meditation, does not see the things present before him even in his waking state; so the prince lost sight of Kumbha from before his presence.
7. Just like someone deep in meditation doesn't notice what's right in front of them even when they're awake, the prince lost track of Kumbha who was right there with him.
8. The prince was plunged in deep sorrow, after the departure of Kumbha from before him; and remained as a painted picture, with his thoughts dwelling on his vanished friend.
8. The prince was filled with deep sadness after Kumbha left his side; he stood there frozen, lost in thoughts about his departed friend.
9. He thought how marvellous it was, and how very inscrutable are the ways of providence, that it should bring him to[Pg 571] the light of the self-manifest Lord, through the means of strange person of Kumbha.
9. He thought about how amazing it was, and how mysterious the ways of fate are, that it would lead him to[Pg 571] the presence of the self-revealing Lord, through the unusual person of Kumbha.
10. Where is this sage Nárada, said he, and who is his son this Kumbha to me; and how came it to happen after so long, that I should come to be awakened by him.
10. Where is this sage Nárada, he said, and who is his son Kumbha to me; and how did it happen after so long that I was awakened by him?
11. O! how very fully has that son of the divine sage, explained every thing to me with his good reasons; and O how I am now awakened from my long slumber in ignorance.
11. Oh! how thoroughly that son of the divine sage has explained everything to me with his good reasons; and oh how I am now awakened from my long slumber in ignorance.
12. How had I been plunged in the mud of my acts for such a long time, and was rolling on the wheels of distinguishing between what was right or wrong to be done.
12. How had I been stuck in the mess of my actions for so long, and was trying to figure out what was right or wrong to do.
13. O how very pure and cold, tranquil and quiet is my present state; and I find my essence to be as cooling to me, as I am washed in the cold bath of refrigeratory.
13. Oh, how pure and cold, peaceful and calm my current state is; I feel my being is as refreshing to me as if I were soaking in a cold, soothing bath.
14. I am quite calm and lost in my trance, and sit alone as one with the unity; I have no desire for even a straw, but remain solely by myself.
14. I feel completely calm and absorbed in my thoughts, sitting alone as if I am part of everything; I don't crave anything, not even a small thing like a straw, and I just stay by myself.
15. Thinking thus in himself, he sat as quiet as a statue carved in wood or stone.
15. With these thoughts in mind, he sat as still as a statue carved from wood or stone.
16. He then became silent, and had no desire nor refuge for his reliance; and remained in his immovable posture, like the peak of mountain.
16. He then fell silent, with no desire or shelter for his reliance; and stayed in his unchanging position, like the peak of a mountain.
17. Being then freed from fear in an instant, he remained a long time with the tranquillity of his soul and mind; and being united with the holy spirit in his hypnotism, he continued long in his sleepy trance, with his soul shining as the rising sun.
17. Suddenly free from fear, he stayed in a state of calm for a long time. Connected with the holy spirit through his trance, he remained in a deep, dreamy state, his soul shining like the rising sun.
CHAPTER CIII.
Return of Kumbha to the Hermitage of Sikhidhwaja.
Kumbha's Return to Sikhidhwaja's Hermitage.
Argument.—Chúdálá's return after three days, and her rousing the Prince from his trance.
Argument.—Chúdálá returns after three days and wakes the Prince from his trance.
VASISHTHA said:—Now hear me relate to you about Sikhidhwaja, sitting a block of wood on one side, and the reappearance of Chúdálá to him from the other.
VASISHTHA said:—Now listen as I tell you about Sikhidhwaja, who was sitting on a block of wood on one side, and Chúdálá's return to him from the other.
2. After Chúdálá had hypnotized her husband Sikhidhwaja, in her guise of the sagely Kumbha; she disappeared from her, and traversed into the regions of air.
2. After Chúdálá had put her husband Sikhidhwaja into a trance while posing as the wise Kumbha, she vanished from sight and moved into the air.
3. She forsook her form of the son of the Divine sage in the empty sky, and which she had took upon her by her magic spell. The enchanted form melted away in the air, and she appeared in her female form of beauteous fair.
3. She abandoned her shape as the son of the Divine sage in the empty sky, which she had taken on through her magical spell. The enchanted form dissolved into thin air, and she revealed her beautiful female form.
4. She bent her airy course to her palace in the city, where she showed herself as their queen, before her assembled attendants and courtiers, and discharged the royal duties of her absent lord.
4. She gracefully made her way to her palace in the city, where she presented herself as their queen, in front of her gathered attendants and courtiers, and carried out the royal duties of her absent husband.
5. After three days she took again to her aerial journey, retook her enchanted form of Kumbha, and advanced to the hermitage of Sikhidhwaja in the forest.
5. After three days, she set off on her aerial journey again, transformed back into her enchanted form of Kumbha, and made her way to the hermitage of Sikhidhwaja in the forest.
6. She saw there the prince in his woodland retreat, and sitting in his posture of deep meditation and resembling a figure carved in wood.
6. She saw the prince there in his forest hideaway, sitting in deep meditation and looking like a wooden statue.
7. Seeing him thus, she exclaimed repeatedly in herself; O heyday! that he is reposing here in his own soul, and is sitting quiet and tranquil in himself.
7. Seeing him like this, she thought to herself over and over; Oh, what a wonderful moment! He is resting here in his own peace, sitting calm and relaxed within himself.
8. I must now awaken him from his trance in the supreme Being, or else his soul will soon forsake its mortal frame, owing to his disregard of it, and the end of his worldly bondage by his excessive devotion.
8. I need to wake him from his trance in the supreme Being, or else his soul will quickly leave its human body because he's neglecting it, and he will end his worldly attachment due to his extreme devotion.
9. It is desirable that he should live some time longer,[Pg 573] either with his royalty in the palace or with devotion in this forest; and then we both of us will depart together, by shuffling our mortal coils.
9. It would be great if he could stick around a little longer,[Pg 573] either enjoying his royal life in the palace or embracing his faith in this forest; and then we will both leave this world together, shedding our mortal lives.
10. It would be difficult to instruct him, in all (seven) stages of devotion (saptama bhumi); and as there is no end of these things, I will try to train him in the practical part of yoga only.
10. It would be hard to guide him through all seven stages of devotion; since there are endless aspects to cover, I’ll just focus on teaching him the practical side of yoga.
11. Thus pondering in herself she made a loud shout, which startled the wild beasts; but did not rouse the entranced prince, though she repeated her loud shouts before him.
11. While thinking to herself, she let out a loud shout that startled the wild beasts, but it didn’t wake the enchanted prince, even though she shouted loudly in front of him again.
12. When neither her shouts and shrieks could rouse him, who remained unshaken as a stone in the rock; she shook him with her hands, to bring him back to his sense.
12. When neither her shouts nor her screams could wake him, as he lay there as still as a stone; she shook him with her hands to bring him back to his senses.
13. Though shaken and moved and thrown down on the ground, yet the prince neither awoke nor came to his senses; then Chúdálá thought on another expedient in his guise of Kumbha.
13. Even though he was shaken, moved, and knocked down to the ground, the prince still didn’t wake up or regain consciousness; then Chúdálá considered another plan while in his disguise as Kumbha.
14. She said, Ah! I see my lord is absorbed in his prophetic trance, and I must find some expedient to rouse him to his sense.
14. She said, Ah! I see my lord is lost in his prophetic trance, and I need to find a way to wake him up.
15. Or why should I try to rouse him deified spirit back to its sensation, when he so well absorbed in his state of disembodied or abstract meditation (in which he enjoys himself and has forgotten his embodiment in the material frame and become as the disembodied or videha spirit).
15. Or why should I try to bring his godlike spirit back to feeling, when he is so absorbed in his state of being disembodied or lost in thought (where he is enjoying himself and has forgotten his physical body and become like a disembodied or videha spirit).
16. I also wish to get rid of my female form, and to reach that state of supreme beatitude like him, which is free from further births and transmigrations.
16. I also want to shed my female form and achieve that state of supreme bliss like him, which is free from further births and reincarnations.
17. Thus thinking in herself, Chúdálá was about to abandon her own body; when her better understanding recalled her undertaking that attempt.
17. As Chúdálá thought about this, she was nearly ready to abandon her own body; but then her better judgment reminded her of her commitment to that attempt.
18. Let me feel the body of the prince at first, she said, whether there is an end of his life, or there is any feeling or pulsation in his heart.
18. Let me feel the prince's body first, she said, to see if there's an end to his life or if there's any feeling or pulse in his heart.
19. Should he be alive, he must come back to his sense; as[Pg 574] the juicy root of trees, recalls the flowers in the flowering season of spring.
19. If he’s still alive, he needs to regain his senses; just like[Pg 574] the rich roots of trees bring back the blooms during the spring season.
20. If he is alive he will walk about like myself, in his state of a living liberated soul; but if he be found to be no longer living, then I shall follow him to the next world.
20. If he's alive, he'll walk around like me, in his state of a free, living soul; but if he's no longer living, then I'll follow him to the next world.
21. With this mind Chúdálá felt his person, and examined it with her eyes; and then perceiving him to be living, she thus said rejoicingly to herself:
21. With this thought, Chúdálá felt his body and looked at it carefully; then realizing he was alive, she joyfully said to herself:
22. He has still the relic of his life, pulsating in his breast, the beating of the pulse and the throbbing of his breast, show his life to be not yet extinct.
22. He still has the relic of his life, pulsing in his chest; the beating of his pulse and the throbbing in his chest show that his life is not yet over.
23. Ráma said:—How can the little spark of the vital flame, be known to reside in the body of the self distracted yogi; whose mind is as cold as stone, and whose body becomes as callous as a clod of earth or a block of wood.
23. Ráma said:—How can the tiny spark of life be recognized in the body of a yogi who's easily distracted; whose mind is as cold as stone, and whose body is as unfeeling as a lump of dirt or a piece of wood.
24. Vasishtha replied:—The relic of life remains in the heart, as an imperceptible atom and in the manner of sensibility; just as the future fruits and flowers, are contained in their seeds.
24. Vasishtha replied:—The essence of life stays in the heart, like an invisible atom and in the way of awareness; just as the future fruits and flowers are held within their seeds.
25. The calm and cold yogi, who is devoid of his knowledge of unity and duality, and views all things in the same light; who remains as quiet as a rock and without the pulsation of his heart, has yet the vibration of his intellect within him; (which keeps him alive).
25. The calm and cold yogi, who lacks his understanding of unity and duality, and sees everything in the same way; who is as still as a rock and without the heartbeat of his heart, still has the vibration of his intellect inside him; (which keeps him alive).
26. The body of the temperate and tranquil minded man, never wastes or swells in bulk; it never decays nor grows up in heights, but ever remains in the same state.
26. The body of a calm and balanced person doesn't waste away or gain excessive weight; it neither decays nor grows tall, but always stays the same.
27. The man whose mind vibrates with its thoughts of unity and duality (i.e. which perceives the difference of things); has the change and decay of his body, which is never the case with the yogi of unchangeful mind. (The action of the mind impairs the body, but its inaction preserves it entire).
27. The person whose mind resonates with thoughts of unity and duality (i.e. who recognizes the differences between things) experiences the changes and decay of the body, which never happens to the yogi with a steady mind. (The mind's activity deteriorates the body, but its stillness keeps it whole).
28. The action of the heart, is the spring of the life of every body in this world, just as the honey in the flower cup, is the cause of its future fruit.
28. The heart's function is the source of life for every body in this world, just like the honey in the flower's cup is what leads to its future fruit.
29. These frail bodies of mortals, are notwithstanding subject[Pg 575] to the fits of joy and anger, and of the quickness and dulness every moment; and these, O Ráma! are the seeds of repeated births, and are hard to be checked or subdued.
29. These fragile human bodies are still prone to the ups and downs of joy and anger, quickly shifting between states every moment; and these, O Ráma! are the roots of endless rebirths and are difficult to control or overcome.
30. The mind being still and quiet, the body becomes as dull as it were lifeless; when it is subject to no passion nor change whatever; but remains as even as the still and clear firmament which nothing can disturb.
30. When the mind is calm and quiet, the body feels as dull as if it were lifeless; it experiences no emotions or changes at all, but stays as steady as a clear sky that nothing can disturb.
31. The man of even and dispassionate mind, is never ruffled nor tainted by any fault; but remains as calm as the waters of the billowless and breezeless ocean.
31. A man with a balanced and calm mindset is never disturbed or affected by any flaws; he stays as composed as the still waters of a windless ocean.
32. The body is never lifeless, nor is its life ever imperceptible, unless the mind is defunct in its action; and is in course of long practice, that the mind becomes inexcitable and numb in itself.
32. The body is never lifeless, nor is its life ever unnoticed, unless the mind is inactive; and it’s through long practice that the mind becomes unresponsive and dull in itself.
33. The body which is without the action of its mind and vitality, quickly melts away to rottenness; as the snow melts away under the solar heat.
33. A body that lacks the action of its mind and energy quickly deteriorates and decays, just like snow melts under the sun's heat.
34. The body of Sikhidhwaja was felt to be hot, though it was without its active mind; it was therefore known to be possessed of its vitality, which prevented it from wasting and rotting away.
34. Sikhidhwaja's body felt warm, even though it had no active mind; it was recognized to still have its vitality, which kept it from decaying and rotting away.
35. The noble lady, having perceived the body of her husband to be in that plight; held it fastly with her hands, and began to consider what to do with it.
35. The noblewoman, seeing her husband's body in that condition, held it tightly in her hands and began to think about what to do with it.
36. She said, I will try to raise him by infusion of my intellection into his mind; and this will no doubt bring him back to his senses.
36. She said, "I'll try to influence him by sharing my thoughts with him; this will definitely bring him back to his senses."
37. If I do not raise him now, he must rise himself after sometime; but why should I wait till then, and must remain alone all the while.
37. If I don’t help him now, he’ll have to stand on his own eventually; but why should I wait until then and be alone the whole time?
38. Having thought so, Chúdálá left her body—the frame work of the senses; and entered into the body of the body and joined with the intellectual essence of the same.
38. After thinking this, Chúdálá left her physical form—the structure of the senses; and entered into the essence of the body and connected with its intellectual core.
39. She then gave a vibration to the intellection of her living lord, and after putting it in its action and motion, she returned to her own body; as a bird flits on the twig of a[Pg 576] tree which is shaken thereby, it comes back to its own nest again.
39. She then sent a signal to the mind of her living lord, and after activating it, she returned to her own body; like a bird that flits on the branch of a[Pg 576] tree which is shaken, it comes back to its own nest again.
40. She rose in her figure of the Bráhman boy Kumbha, and sat upon a flowery bed, where she began to chaunt her hymns of the sáma veda (psalmody); with her soft tunes resembling the melodious chime of buzzing bees.
40. She took on the form of the Bráhman boy Kumbha and sat on a flowery bed, where she started to sing her hymns from the sáma veda; her gentle melodies were like the sweet sound of buzzing bees.
41. The prince felt an intellectual exhilaration, on hearing the tuneful chime of the psalms; and his dormant life was awakened to its sensibility, as the lotus bud comes to bloom by the breath of the vernal season.
41. The prince felt a rush of excitement when he heard the beautiful sound of the psalms; his dull life came to life, just like a lotus bud blooms with the breath of spring.
42. His eyelids oped to light, as the lotus bud blooms at the sunlight; and the whole body of the prince, became vivid with his renewed life.
42. His eyelids opened to the light, like a lotus bud blooming in the sunlight; and the prince's entire body came alive with his renewed energy.
43. He beheld the Bráhman boy Kumbha, singing sáma psalms before him; and appeared in his divinely fair form, as the divinity of music was present in person.
43. He saw the Bráhman boy Kumbha singing sáma psalms in front of him, and appeared in his beautifully divine form, as if the spirit of music was there in person.
44. O fortunate am I, said he, to have found my friendly Kumbha again before me; and so saying, he picked up some flowers and offered them to him.
44. How lucky I am, he said, to have found my friend Kumbha again! With that, he picked up some flowers and offered them to him.
45. O how great is my good fortune, said he to his guest, to be thus recalled to your gracious memory; or what else is it, that could cause a divine personage like yourself, to be so favourably disposed towards me.
45. Oh, how lucky I am, he said to his guest, to be remembered so kindly by you; what else could lead someone as divine as you to feel so positively toward me?
46. It is only the cause of my salvation, that has caused you to come to and call at mine, or else what else can it be to bring a godson down to revisit me.
46. It's only my salvation that has brought you here to visit me, otherwise, what else could lead a godson to come back for a visit?
47. Kumbha spoke:—O sinless prince, my mind was ever intent on thee, ever since I departed from thee; and now it has come back to me, to have found thee well in this place.
47. Kumbha said:—O innocent prince, my thoughts have been on you since the moment I left; and now they’ve returned to me, to find you safe and sound in this place.
48. I do not reap so much delight in the ever delightful region of heaven, as I do here in your presence; because I have the great work of your redemption not pending before me.
48. I don't find as much joy in the blissful realm of heaven as I do in your presence, because I don't have the major task of your redemption hanging over me.
49. I have no friend or companion, that is dearer to my soul than yourself; nor have I any faithful pupil, nor confidential disciple like you in this world.
49. I have no friend or companion who is dearer to my soul than you; nor do I have any loyal student or trusted disciple like you in this world.
50. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Ah! I see now that the arbours of this mountain, are about to yield the fruits of my meritorious[Pg 577] acts, that have made a retired recluse like yourself to condescend to desire my company.
50. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Ah! I see now that the groves of this mountain are about to bear the fruits of my good deeds, which have brought a secluded person like you to wish for my company.
51. If these woods and trees and myself who am so devoted to you, should find favour in your sight than the bliss of your heavenly abode, then may you please to take your residence with me in this lonely forest.
51. If these woods and trees, along with me who is so devoted to you, please you more than the happiness of your heavenly home, then I hope you'll choose to stay with me in this lonely forest.
52. For my part who am so blest with the gift of thy samádhi, that I have always my perfect repose in God even in this place; have no desire for heavenly delights (which cannot be better than my absorption in the Divine spirit).
52. As for me, I'm so blessed with the gift of your samádhi that I always find my perfect peace in God, even here; I have no desire for heavenly pleasures (which can't be better than my connection with the Divine spirit).
53. Reclining in that state of pure effulgence, I enjoy my fill of heavenly bliss even in this earth below.
53. Lying back in that state of pure brightness, I deeply savor my share of heavenly bliss even while living on this earth.
54. Kumbha interrogated:—Have you ever had your repose in the state of supreme felicity, and were you ever freed from the infelicity, which is ever attendant on the knowledge of duality.
54. Kumbha asked:—Have you ever experienced true happiness, and have you ever been free from the unhappiness that always comes with the awareness of duality?
55. Have you ever felt a disgust to all temporary enjoyments, and have rooted out your taste for insipid pleasures of this earth.
55. Have you ever felt a strong dislike for all temporary pleasures and lost your taste for the bland joys of this world?
56. Has your mind ever rested in that state of even indifference, which has no liking for the desirable nor dislike to what is undesirable, but is ever content with whatever awaits upon it at any time?
56. Has your mind ever been in that state of calm indifference, where you don't have a preference for what's desirable or a dislike for what's undesirable, but are always content with whatever comes your way at any moment?
57. Sikhidhwaja replied:—It is by your favour sir, that I have seen all what transcends human sights; that I have reached beyond the verge of the universe, and obtained the best obtainable and most certain bliss.
57. Sikhidhwaja responded:—It is thanks to your kindness, sir, that I have witnessed everything beyond human perception; that I have gone beyond the limits of the universe and achieved the highest and most reliable happiness.
58. It is after long that I am freed from decay and disease, and gained all which is to be gained, and wherewith I am quite content.
58. After a long time, I am free from decay and illness, and I have attained everything there is to achieve, and I am completely satisfied.
59. I require no further advice, from anyone for my edification; I feel fully gratified with every thing in all places, and am quite at ease and out of disease everywhere.
59. I don't need any more advice from anyone for my own learning; I feel completely satisfied with everything around me and am totally relaxed and free from any worries everywhere.
60. I have nothing to know that is unknown to me, and nothing to obtain that is not obtained by one; I have forsaken whatever is not worth having, and my soul has its reliance in the supreme essence.
60. I have nothing left to learn that I don’t already know, and nothing to achieve that isn’t already achieved by someone; I’ve let go of anything that's not worth having, and my soul finds its strength in the ultimate essence.
61. I rest quite aloof of all, being devoid of my fear and error and apathy at any thing; I am always manifest in the even and equal tenor of my mind, and in the equality of my soul with all others; I am free from all imagination, as the clear sky is free from all taint and cloud.
61. I stay separate from everything, free from fear, mistakes, and apathy. My mind is always calm and steady, and my soul is equal to everyone else's. I'm free from any imagination, just like the clear sky is free from any blemish or cloud.
CHAPTER CIV.
On the conduct of living-liberated men.
On the behavior of free-spirited people.
Argument:—Kumbha and Sikhidhwaja's travel, and their conversation on various subjects; Kumbha's ideas of the predestined law of nature.
Argument:—Kumbha and Sikhidhwaja's journey, along with their conversations about different subjects; Kumbha's reflections on the fixed laws of nature.
VASISHTHA related:—In this manner did these knowers of the knowable God, continue in their mutual conversation on spiritual matters, until the third watch of the day in that forest.
VASISHTHA related:—In this way, these people who understood the knowable God kept talking about spiritual matters until the third watch of the day in that forest.
2. Then rising together they wandered in the delightful dales, and about in cooling lakes and pleasant rills.
2. Then, getting up together, they explored the lovely valleys and the refreshing lakes and gentle streams.
3. In this manner they kept roving in that forest for full eight days, and passed their time in conversations on various subjects.
3. In this way, they wandered through the forest for a total of eight days, spending their time talking about different topics.
4. Then said Kumbha to the prince, let us walk to some other forest to which he gave his consent, with uttering the word om, and then they walked forward in each other's company.
4. Then Kumbha said to the prince, "Let's go to another forest." The prince agreed, saying "om," and they walked together.
5. In this manner they walked over many forest lands, and passed beside many jungles and shores; and they saw many lakes and thick woods, and rising hills and their thickets of dense woods and plants.
5. In this way, they walked over many forested areas and passed by various jungles and shores. They saw many lakes, thick woods, rolling hills, and their clusters of dense trees and plants.
6. They traversed many woodland tracts and rivers, and saw many villages, towns and woods on their way; they passed by many sweet sounding rivers and groves, and many holy places and the abodes of men.
6. They traveled through many wooded areas and rivers, and saw many villages, towns, and forests along the way; they passed by many melodious rivers and groves, as well as many sacred sites and homes of people.
7. They were united together in equal love and friendship, and being of equal age and the same tenor of mind, they were of equal vivacity; and both walked or stayed together with their unanimity.
7. They were united in equal love and friendship, and being the same age and having the same mindset, they were equally lively; and both walked or stayed together in harmony.
8. They worshipped the gods and the manes of their ancestors in the holy places, and ate what they got at any place; and lived together both in marshy and dry lands in concord and peace.
8. They honored the gods and the spirits of their ancestors in sacred places, made do with whatever food they could find, and lived together in harmony and peace, whether in wetlands or dry land.
9. The loving pair bearing equal affection to one another in their hearts, dwelt together in mutual concord amidst the tamála woods and in the forests of the Mandara hills.
9. The loving couple, sharing equal feelings for each other, lived together in harmony among the tamála woods and in the forests of the Mandara hills.
10. To them no place was their home or own, but they alike in all; nothing occurred to disturb their minds, which were always as undisturbed as a mountain amidst the winds.
10. They had no place that felt like home or theirs, but they were all the same; nothing happened to disrupt their thoughts, which were always as calm as a mountain in the wind.
11. They walked sometimes amidst the flying dust, and at others amidst the far stretching fragrance of sandal wood forests. They were now daubed with ashes, and then besmeared with the sandal paste.
11. They walked sometimes through the swirling dust, and other times through the far-reaching scent of sandalwood forests. They were now smeared with ashes, and then covered in sandal paste.
12. They were sometimes clad in good garments, and sometimes in variegated raiments; now they were covered with the leaves of trees, and were decorated with flowers at another.
12. They were sometimes dressed in nice clothes, and other times in colorful outfits; at one moment they were covered with leaves, and the next they were adorned with flowers.
13. Remaining thus in mutual company for some days, and having the unanimity of their hearts and minds; the prince turned to be as perfected in his nature, as another Kumbha himself.
13. Staying together for several days and sharing a deep connection; the prince became as perfected in his nature as another Kumbha himself.
14. The holy and faithful Chúdálá, seeing the divine form of her husband Sikhidhwaja, began to reflect within herself in the following manner.
14. The holy and faithful Chúdálá, seeing the divine form of her husband Sikhidhwaja, started to think to herself in the following way.
15. How divinely fair has my husband become, and how very charming are these wood-land scenes; by living long in this place, we must be an easy prey to the God of love.
15. How beautifully handsome my husband has become, and how lovely these woodland scenes are; by staying here for so long, we must be easy targets for the God of love.
16. I see that although one is liberated in his life time, yet the sense of his liberation, cannot give him freedom from his obligation of tasting the pleasures that are presented before him. I think it is ignorance to refuse the king of a proffered enjoyment.
16. I see that even though someone may be free in their lifetime, the feeling of that freedom doesn’t exempt them from the duty of experiencing the pleasures that come their way. I believe it’s foolish to reject the king of an offered enjoyment.
17. Seeing the husband to be noble minded, and free from all bodily disease and debility; and having a flowery grove before, it must be a wretched woman, that rejects to advance to her lord at such a time.
17. Seeing that the husband is noble and free from any physical illness or weakness; and with a beautiful grove in front, it must be a miserable woman who refuses to go to her husband at such a time.
18. That wretched woman is verily undone, who is seated in her bower of flowers and has her husband presented before her; and yet fails to approach to him for her satisfaction.
18. That miserable woman is truly undone, sitting in her flowered bower with her husband right in front of her; yet she doesn't go to him for her own pleasure.
19. Accursed is the woman, who being wedded to a handsome[Pg 581] husband, and having him alone in her company fails to associate with him.
19. Cursed is the woman who, married to a good-looking[Pg 581] husband, and having him alone with her, doesn't engage with him.
20. Of what good is it to one acquainted with true knowledge, to reject a lawful pleasure that presents itself before that person.
20. What good does it do someone who knows the truth to turn down a legitimate pleasure that is right in front of them?
21. So I must contrive some artifice in this forest, whereby I may be successful to make my husband join with me.
21. So I need to come up with a plan in this forest that will help me get my husband to join me.
22. Having thought so in her mind, Chúdálá who was disguised in the from of Kumbha, thus uttered to the prince, as the female kokila mutters to her mate from her flowery bower in the forest.
22. Thinking this to herself, Chúdálá, who was disguised as Kumbha, spoke to the prince like a female kokila calling to her mate from her flowery nest in the forest.
23. This is the first day of the new moon of the lunar month of chaitra, and this is a day of great festivity in the court of Indra in heaven.
23. This is the first day of the new moon of the lunar month of chaitra, and it’s a day of great celebration in the court of Indra in heaven.
24. So I must have to repair to the synod of the gods, and present myself before my father in that assembly. So my departure is ordained by destiny, nor can it be averted by any means.
24. So I have to go to the meeting of the gods and present myself before my father in that gathering. My departure is determined by fate, and there’s no way to change it.
25. You shall have to expect my return till eve in this forest, and spend the meantime, by diverting yourself in these flowery arbours, which will lull your anxiety for me to rest.
25. You will need to wait for my return until evening in this forest, and in the meantime, you should relax in these flowery groves, which will help ease your worries about me.
26. I shall positively return here from the azure sky, by the dusk of this day; and soon join your company, which is ever delightful to me.
26. I will definitely be back here from the blue sky by this evening; and I’ll soon be with you all, which is always a joy for me.
27. So saying, she gave a stalk of flowers of the Nandana forest to her beloved, to serve as a token of her affection for him (and as a pledge of her return to him before it fades away).
27. Saying this, she handed a stalk of flowers from the Nandana forest to her beloved, as a symbol of her affection for him (and as a promise that she'd return before it wilts).
28. The prince said "you must return soon" to me; and she instantly, disappeared from his sight, and mixed with the air, as the light autumnal cloud vanishes in the empty sky.
28. The prince said, "You need to come back soon," to me; and she immediately disappeared from his view, blending into the air, just like a light autumn cloud fades away in the clear sky.
29. He flung flowers after her, as she mounted in the sky; and these floated in the air, like icicles in the cold season.
29. He threw flowers after her as she rose into the sky; and they floated in the air like icicles in the winter.
30. Sikhidhwaja standing on the spot, first beheld her flight, and then her disappearance from him; as the peacock looks at the flight of a cloud with uplifted eyes (so immutable is the friendship of a true friend).
30. Sikhidhwaja stood there, watching her leave and then vanish from his sight; just like a peacock gazes at a cloud passing by with hopeful eyes (such is the unchanging loyalty of a true friend).
31. At last the body of Kumbha vanished from the sight of Sikhidhwaja, and mixed in the open air, as the waves of the sea subside in the still and smooth waters.
31. Finally, Kumbha's body disappeared from Sikhidhwaja's view and blended into the open air, like the waves of the sea calming in the still and smooth waters.
32. Chúdálá then reached her celestial city, resembling the garden of paradise with its Kalpa arbours in full bloom, and its shining turrets waving with flags, hoisted on both sides of its charming paths.
32. Chúdálá then arrived at her heavenly city, which looked like a paradise garden with its blooming Kalpa trees and bright towers adorned with flags, fluttering on either side of its lovely pathways.
33. She entered secretly her private apartment, and met the company of the maids waiting for her; as the graceful beauty of the vernal season, meets the long expectant arbours of the forest.
33. She quietly entered her private apartment and found the maids waiting for her, like the graceful beauty of spring meets the long-awaited groves of the forest.
34. She attended to her state affairs, and discharged them quickly; and then flew aloft in the air and dropped at Sikhidhwaja's abode, as the autumnal fruits and flowers drop on the ground.
34. She handled her state affairs efficiently and quickly; then she soared into the air and landed at Sikhidhwaja's home, like autumn fruits and flowers falling to the ground.
35. She appeared there with a melancholy face, and as deeply dejected in her mind; just as the fair moon is darkened under the mist, and the beauteous lotus are hid under a fog.
35. She showed up with a sad expression, feeling just as depressed inside; just like how the beautiful moon is obscured by fog, and the lovely lotus is hidden in mist.
36. Believing her as his Kumbha, Sikhidhwaja rose up and stood in his presence; but being troubled in his mind to see him so sad and sorry, he asked the cause and thus addressed him saying:—
36. Believing her to be his Kumbha, Sikhidhwaja got up and stood before him; but because he was troubled to see him so sad, he asked what was wrong and said:—
37. I greet thee, O Kumbha, but why appearest thou so sad today; thou art the son of a deity and must not be sorry at anything, but please to take thy seat here.
37. I greet you, O Kumbha, but why do you look so sad today? You are the son of a deity and shouldn't be upset about anything. Please take your seat here.
38. Holy saints and the knowers of the knowable one like you, are never moved by joy or grief; but remain untouched by them, as the lotuses remain intact in the water.
38. Holy saints and those who truly understand you are never swayed by joy or sorrow; they stay unaffected by them, just like lotuses remain untouched in water.
39. Vasishtha said:—Being thus accosted by the prince, Kumbha sat on his seat, and then said in reply, with a voice as thin and soft as the sound of a bamboo flute.
39. Vasishtha said:—After being approached by the prince, Kumbha took his seat and replied in a voice that was as light and gentle as the sound of a bamboo flute.
40. I know that the knowers of truth, who are not patient under all bodily accidents and mental anxieties, are not truthful men, but cheats who cheat people by their pretended truthfulness.
40. I know that those who truly understand things, and who can’t stay calm through physical troubles and mental stress, aren’t honest people, but rather deceivers who fool others with their false sense of honesty.
41. Know prince that the most learned are the most[Pg 583] ignorant, who expect foolishly to evade the condition in which they are exposed by their nature.
41. Know, prince, that the most knowledgeable are often the most[Pg 583]ignorant, who foolishly think they can escape the reality of their own nature.
42. The sesame seed has naturally the oil inherent in it, and the body has also its incidents connatural with it; he who is not subject to his bodily accidents, is able to sever the wind and air with his sword.
42. The sesame seed naturally contains oil, and the body has its own issues that come with it; someone who isn’t affected by their physical problems can cut through wind and air with their sword.
43. It is of course to evade the evils that are incidental to the body, but it is to undergo patiently what is unavoidable by our bodily powers.
43. It's definitely about avoiding the harms that come with being human, but it's also about enduring patiently what we can't escape with our physical abilities.
44. Again as long as we have our bodies, we must exert our bodily organs to their proper actions; and never attempt to suppress by our understanding, as it is done by many wise men.
44. Once more, as long as we have our bodies, we need to use our physical abilities for their intended purposes; and we should never try to hold back with our minds, as many wise individuals do.
45. Even the great Brahmá and the gods, are subject to the conditions of their bodily frames; nor have they with their great understandings, the power to avoid what is determined by irrevocable destiny.
45. Even the great Brahmá and the gods are limited by their physical forms; despite their vast understanding, they cannot escape what is determined by unchangeable fate.
46. It is beyond the power of both the wise and unwise, to deter the power of destiny; which makes all things to run in their destined course, as the waters of rivers run into the sea.
46. Neither the wise nor the foolish can stop the force of fate, which drives everything to follow its intended path, just like rivers flow into the sea.
47. The same irrevocable destiny, determines equally the fates of the wise and unwise, and guides them as by her fingers to the same goal, until they get their release from the body.
47. The same unchangeable fate affects both the wise and the foolish, leading them by her fingers to the same destination, until they are freed from the body.
48. The ignorant however, whether exposed to their states of prosperity and adversity, are always destined to undergo their effects upon their bodies.
48. However, the ignorant, whether faced with good times or bad, are always bound to feel the impact on their bodies.
49. Thus therefore it must be known by both the wise and unwise, that all beings are destined to roll in their re-iterated rotations of pleasure and pain (according to the results of their prior merits and demerits); and that there is no power to change the ever changeful ordinances of unchanging destiny.
49. So, it must be understood by both the wise and the unwise that all beings are destined to experience their ongoing cycles of pleasure and pain (based on the outcomes of their previous good and bad actions); and that there is no ability to alter the ever-changing rules of unchanging fate.
CHAPTER CV.
Metamorphoses of Kumbha to a female form.
Transformation of Kumbha into a female form.
Argument:—Kumbha's relation of her transformation to a woman by right, and her attachment to the prince.
Argument:—Kumbha's link to her transformation into a woman by right and her relationship with the prince.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—If such is the case, sir, that destiny over rules all events, why should you be sorry for aught that has befallen to you, knowing that you are a godson and knowing the knowable also.
SIKHIDWAJA said:—If that's the case, sir, that fate controls everything that happens, why should you feel regret for anything that has happened to you, knowing that you are a godson and aware of the truth?
2. Kumbha replied:—Hear, O prince, the wonderful accident that has befallen on me; and I will relate to you all that has happened to me in body.
2. Kumbha replied:—Listen, O prince, to the amazing event that has happened to me; I will tell you everything that has happened to me physically.
3. The heart becomes light when its griefs are imparted to a friend, as the thickened gloominess of the cloudy atmosphere, is dissipated after discharge of its waters in rains.
3. The heart feels lighter when it shares its sorrows with a friend, just like the heavy darkness of a cloudy sky is cleared away after it rains.
4. The troubled mind is restored to its serenity, by its communication with a sincere friend, as the turbid waters of a jar is cleared by its being filtered with kata seeds.
4. A troubled mind finds peace through honest conversation with a true friend, just like murky water in a jar becomes clear when it's filtered with kata seeds.
5. Hear now that after I departed from here, by handing over the spike of flowers to you; I traversed though the regions of air, till I reached the heavenly abode of the God.
5. Listen now, after I left here, by giving you the spike of flowers; I traveled through the skies until I reached the heavenly home of the God.
6. There I met my father, and accompanied him to the court of the great Indra, where having sat a while, I got up with my father and then parted from him at his abode.
6. There I met my dad, and I went with him to the court of the great Indra. After sitting for a while, I stood up with my dad and then said goodbye to him at his place.
7. Leaving the seat of the Gods in order to come down on earth, I entered the region of air; and kept my pace with the fleet steeds of the chariot of the sun, in the airy paths of the skies.
7. Leaving the realm of the Gods to come down to earth, I entered the atmosphere; and kept up with the swift horses of the sun's chariot, in the airy trails of the sky.
8. Thus wafted together with the sun, I reached the point of my separation from him; and there took my path through the midway sky, as if I were sailing in the sea.
8. So, floating along with the sun, I reached the moment of parting from him; and there I took my path through the mid-sky, as if I were sailing on the sea.
9. I saw there in a track before me, a path stretching amidst the watery clouds of air, and marked the indignant sage Durvása gliding swiftly by it.
9. I saw a track ahead of me, a path running through the misty clouds in the air, and I noticed the angry sage Durvása moving quickly along it.
10. He was wrapt in the vest of clouds, and girt with girdles of flashing lightnings; the sandal taints on his body were washed off by showering rains, and he seemed as a maiden making her way in haste, to meet her lover at the appointed place.
10. He was surrounded by a cloak of clouds and adorned with belts of flashing lightning; the marks on his body were washed away by pouring rain, and he appeared like a young woman hurrying to meet her lover at their designated spot.
11. Or as a devotee he hastened to discharge in due time his fond devotion, on the beach of the river (Ganges), flowing under the shade of the beaching boughs of the rows of trees on the shore. (This refers to the custom of hastening to perform the sandhyá rites on the river side in the evening, as it is customary with other nations to hasten to the mosque or church at the call to prayers and the striking of the church-bell).
11. Or like a devotee, he rushed to fulfill his heartfelt devotion in a timely manner, on the banks of the river (Ganges), flowing beneath the shade of the overhanging branches of the trees along the shore. (This refers to the practice of quickly performing the sandhyá rites by the riverside in the evening, similar to how people in other cultures hurry to the mosque or church when it's time for prayers or the church bell rings).
12. I saluted the sage from my aerial seat, and said, you, wrapt as you are in your blue vest of the cloud, seem to advance in haste, as an amorous woman to meet her lover (by hiding herself in her black mantle in the darkness of night).
12. I greeted the wise one from my high perch and said, you, wrapped in your blue cloak of clouds, seem to hurry along like a lovesick woman rushing to meet her lover, hiding herself in her dark cloak in the night.
13. Hearing this, the reverend sage was incensed and pronounced his curse upon me; saying, "Be thou transformed to an amorous woman as thou thinkest me to be."
13. Hearing this, the respected sage got angry and placed a curse on me, saying, "May you be turned into a passionate woman as you believe me to be."
14. "Go thy way, and bear my curse, that every night thou shall become a woman, with thy protuberant breasts and long braids of hairs on thy head, and fraught with all womanish grace and dalliance (and seek about thy lover)".
14. "Go on your way, and live with my curse, that every night you will become a woman, with your prominent breasts and long hair, full of all feminine grace and flirtation (and look for your lover)."
15. As I was thunderstruck and deeply dejected at this imprecation, I found the old muni had already disappeared from before me; and then I bent my course this way from the upper sky, being quite sick in my heart (at this direful fulmination).
15. As I was shocked and really upset by this curse, I found that the old muni had already vanished from my sight; so I turned my path this way from the upper sky, feeling quite sick at heart (from this terrible outburst).
16. Thus I have related to you all, regarding my being changed to a damsel at the approach of night; and my constant thought of the manner, how I shall manage myself under my womanhood.
16. So I’ve told you all about how I turned into a woman as night fell, and how I’m always thinking about how I’ll handle my life as a woman.
17. How shall I divulge to my father, the shame of my being a swollen breasted maid at night; and can I reconcile myself to my dire fate, throughout the course of my life. O how wonderful is the decree of fate, that we are fated to bear in this world in the course of time!
17. How can I tell my father about the embarrassment of being a big-breasted girl at night? Can I come to terms with my terrible fate for the rest of my life? Oh, how amazing is the decree of fate that we must endure in this world over time!
18. I am now ill-fated to become a prey to young men, and[Pg 586] the subject of fighting among them, like a piece of flesh among ravenous vultures.
18. I am now doomed to be a target for young men, and[Pg 586] the cause of conflict between them, like a piece of meat among hungry vultures.
19. O what a fun have I become to the ludicrous boys of the Gods in heaven, and ah! how shameful have I been before the sages, who must be quite ashamed of me, and how shall I remain anywhere and before any body in my female form at night.
19. Oh, what a joke I’ve become to the ridiculous boys of the Gods in heaven, and oh! how embarrassing I’ve been in front of the wise ones, who must be really ashamed of me. How can I stay anywhere or be in front of anyone in my female form at night?
20. Vasishtha said:—After saying so far, Chúdálá became as mute as a silent muni; and remained as quiet as if she were in a swoon.
20. Vasishtha said:—After saying that, Chúdálá was as silent as a tranquil sage; she stayed completely still as if she were in a faint.
21. The pretended Kumbha then, seeming to recover his senses and his patience also, thus spoke out to himself; ah! why do I wail like the ignorant (for this change in my changeful body), when my soul suffers no change by this?
21. The false Kumbha, appearing to regain his senses and patience, spoke to himself: "Why do I lament like a fool over this shift in my ever-changing body, when my soul remains unchanged by it?"
22. Sikhidhwaja spoke:—Why sorrow you sir for the body, that art the son of a God; let it become whatever may become of it, it can never affect the intangible soul.
22. Sikhidhwaja said:—Why are you sad about the body, you who are the son of a God? Whatever happens to it, it can never impact the eternal soul.
23. Whatever pain or pleasure betides us in this life, is all concomitant with the changing body, and can never touch the unchanging soul.
23. Whatever pain or pleasure we experience in this life is all linked to the changing body and can never affect the unchanging soul.
24. If you who are acquainted with the vedas, and fortified against all events; should allow yourself to be so much moved by these accidents, say what will be the case with others, at all the casualties of life, to which they are incessantly subject.
24. If you, who are familiar with the Vedas and resilient in the face of all events, let yourself be so affected by these circumstances, what will happen to others who are constantly exposed to the ups and downs of life?
25. To be sorry in sorrow; is very sorrowful in the wise; and therefore you who have yourself spoken these precepts before, should now be overwhelmed in sorrow, but remain as unmoved, as you are wont to be unshaken all along.
25. To feel sorry in sadness is very sad in a wise way; and so you, who have shared these teachings before, should now be deeply troubled, yet remain as unmoved as you always are.
26. Vasishtha related:—In this did the two hearty friends, continue to condole with one another; and console themselves by turns, under the cooling shade of the grove where they sat together.
26. Vasishtha said:—In this, the two close friends continued to comfort each other and took turns consoling themselves in the cool shade of the grove where they sat together.
27. At last the bright sun who is the light of the world, set down in darkness like an oilless lamp, by involving Kumbha under despondency of her female form.
27. Finally, the bright sun, the light of the world, sank into darkness like a lamp without oil, enveloping Kumbha in the gloom of her female form.
28. The full blown lotuses closed their folia, like the[Pg 587] closing eyelids of the busy worldlings; and the footpaths became as deserted by their passengers, as the hearts of loving wives are forlorn in the absence of their husbands, devoted to travelling and staying in distant countries.
28. The fully bloomed lotuses closed their petals, like the[Pg 587] closing eyelids of the busy people; and the footpaths became as empty of their travelers as the hearts of loving wives are lonely when their husbands are away, devoted to journeys in far-off lands.
29. The upper sky borrowed the semblance of the lower earth, by its spreading the curtain of darkness over the groups of its twinkling stars, like the outstretched nets of fishermen enfolding the finny tribe. (The similarity of the dark curtain of the sky overspreading its shining stars, to the black nets of fishers enveloping the silvery fishes under them).
29. The sky above looked like the earth below, as it draped a dark curtain over the clusters of twinkling stars, similar to fishermen's nets covering the fish below. (The way the dark sky blankets its shining stars is like the black nets of fishermen surrounding the silvery fish beneath them).
30. The black vault of the sky, was smiling above with its train of shining stars, as the blue bed of lakes was rejoicing with its chain of blooming lilies below; and the sounding black bees and beetles on the land, resounded to the cries of the ruddy geese in the water.
30. The dark sky was smiling above with its trail of shining stars, while the blue lakes below were celebrating with their chain of blooming lilies; and the buzzing black bees and beetles on land echoed the calls of the red geese in the water.
31. The two friends then rose and offered their evening prayers at the rising of the moon, and chanted their hymns and muttered their mantras, and took their shelter under the sylvan retreat.
31. The two friends then got up and said their evening prayers as the moon rose, sang their songs, whispered their mantras, and took shelter in the wooded retreat.
32. Afterwards Kumbha, changed as he was in the female form, and sitting before Sikhidhwaja, lisped his faltering speech to him in the following manner.
32. Afterward, Kumbha, now in the female form, sat in front of Sikhidhwaja and spoke to him with a hesitant voice in the following way.
33. Sir, I seem to fall down and cry out and melt away in my tears, to see myself even now changed to my feminine figure in your presence.
33. Sir, I find myself falling down and crying, melting away in my tears, realizing even now that I've changed into my feminine form in front of you.
34. See Sir, how quickly are the hairs on my head lengthened to curling locks, and to how they sparkle with strings of pearls fastened to them, like the brilliant clusters of stars in the azure sky.
34. Look, sir, how fast the hair on my head has grown into curly locks, and how it sparkles with strings of pearls attached to them, like the bright clusters of stars in the blue sky.
35. Look here at these two snowy balls bulging out of my bosom, like two white lotus-buds rising on the surface of waters in the vernal season.
35. Look at these two snowy balls sticking out of my chest, like two white lotus buds floating on the surface of the water in spring.
36. Look how my long robe is stretched down to the heels, and how it mantles my whole body, like the person of a female.
36. Check out how my long robe reaches down to my heels and covers my whole body, just like a woman's attire.
37. Look at these gemming ornaments and wreathes of[Pg 588] flowers decorating my person, like the blooming blossoms of spring ornamenting the forest tree.
37. Check out these jeweled ornaments and flower wreaths of[Pg 588] adorning me, like the blooming flowers of spring embellishing the forest tree.
38. Lo! the moon-bright vest covering the crown of my head (like the disk of the moon resting on the hairy crest of Siva); and the necklaces hanging about my body (like the flowery wreathes of Káma).
38. Look! The moonlit garment draped over my head (like the moon resting on the hair of Siva); and the necklaces hanging around my body (like the flowery garlands of Káma).
39. Look at my features, how they are converted to their effeminate comeliness, and see how my whole frame, graced all over with feminine loveliness.
39. Look at my features, how they've changed to their delicate beauty, and see how my entire body is adorned with feminine charm.
40. O! how very great is my sorrow, at this sudden change of mine to a woman; and ah! tell me friend, what am I to do, and where to go with this my female form.
40. Oh! how incredibly sad I am about this sudden change to being a woman; and, please tell me, friend, what should I do, and where should I go with this female body?
41. I perceive also the change to take place in my inner parts, and in my thighs and posteriors; Kumbha said so far to her friend, and then remained quite mute and silent.
41. I also notice the change happening in my inner self, and in my thighs and backside; Kumbha said this much to her friend, and then fell completely silent.
42. The prince also, seeing him thus, remained in his mute gaze and silence, and then after a while, he oped his mouth and spoke as follows:—
42. The prince, watching him like this, stayed silent and in a trance. After some time, he finally opened his mouth and said:—
43. It is of course very sorrowful and pitiable, to see you thus transformed to a female; but you, sir, who know the truth, know also that there is no contending with fate.
43. It is definitely very sad and unfortunate to see you changed into a woman; but you, sir, who know the truth, also understand that there is no fighting against fate.
44. Whatever is destined, must come to pass; and wise men must not be startled at or feel sorry for the same; because all those events betake the body only, and cannot affect the inward soul.
44. Whatever is meant to happen will happen; and wise people should not be shocked or feel sorry about it; because all those events only impact the body and cannot touch the inner soul.
45. Kumbha replied—So it is, and I must bear with my feminine form, with an unfeminine soul. (So it is no disgrace to be an effeminate female, combined with the grace of a manly soul).
45. Kumbha replied—That's true, and I have to deal with my feminine body, even though my spirit is more masculine. (So it's not shameful to be a soft woman while having the strength of a manly soul).
46. I will no more sorrow for, what is never to be averted; but must endure with patience what I cannot abjure. Relying on this principle, they alleviated their sorrow for what was impossible to avoid.
46. I won’t mourn for what can’t be changed; instead, I have to patiently accept what I can’t give up. By sticking to this idea, they eased their sadness over what was unavoidable.
47. They passed their nights in peace, and slept in the same bed without touching one another; and Kumbha rose in the morning in his masculine form again, without any trace of his female features and feminine beauty or grace.
47. They spent their nights peacefully, sleeping in the same bed without any contact; and Kumbha woke up in the morning in his male form once more, without a hint of his female features or feminine beauty and grace.
48. Kumbha was Kumbha again, by being shorn of his female form; and thus he passed as bisexual and biform being of the Bráhman boy Kumbha by day, and of Chúdálá the princess by night.
48. Kumbha was Kumbha again, having shed his female form; and so he existed as a bisexual and dual-being, the Bráhman boy Kumbha by day, and Chúdálá the princess by night.
49. In his male form, Kumbha continued as a friend to the prince in the day time; and in female form of Chúdálá, he lived as a virgin maid with him at night.
49. In his male form, Kumbha remained a friend to the prince during the day; and in the female form of Chúdálá, he lived as a virgin maid with him at night.
50. Thus did Chúdálá cling to her husband, as a string of necklace hangs upon the neck and breast of a person. They then continued to wander in the company of one another, to different countries and over distant hills, to satisfy their curiosity.
50. So Chúdálá held on to her husband like a necklace hangs around someone's neck and chest. They then kept traveling together to different countries and over distant hills, fueled by their curiosity.
CHAPTER CVI.
Marriage of Chúdálá with Sikhidhwaja.
Chúdálá and Sikhidhwaja's marriage.
Argument.—The Gandharva form of marriage, its Courtship and ceremonial rites.
Argument.—The Gandharva type of marriage, its origins and ceremonial practices.
VASISHTHA resumed:—After the lapse of some days in this manner, Chúdálá thus bespoke to her husband, in her guise of the pretended Bráhman boy (or Kumbha).
VASISHTHA resumed:—After a few days had passed like this, Chúdálá spoke to her husband in her disguise as the pretended Bráhman boy (or Kumbha).
2. Hear me, O lotus eyed prince, she said, what I tell you in good earnest; that since I am obliged to become a woman every night, and continue to be so for ever more.
2. Listen to me, O lotus-eyed prince, she said, and take what I say seriously; because I am forced to turn into a woman every night and will have to keep being one forever.
3. I wish to fulfill the part of my womanhood, by joining myself to a husband by legal marriage for all that time.
3. I want to embrace my womanhood by marrying a husband through legal marriage for all that time.
4. I want to taste the pleasure of conjugal union, with a dear friend, who is of his own accord so very friendly to me, and without any endeavour on my part: so I hope you will interpose no difficulty in my way.
4. I want to experience the joy of being together with a close friend, who is genuinely kind to me without me having to do anything to encourage it: so I hope you won’t create any obstacles for me.
5. So I choose you sir, as my husband, of all others in the three worlds: therefore be pleased to accept me for your wife every night.
5. So I choose you, sir, as my husband, above everyone else in the three worlds: so please accept me as your wife every night.
6. The delightsome pleasure of conjugal union, has come down to us ever since the commencement of creation; and therefore our obedience to the ordinance of nature, can entail no guilt on our part.
6. The joyful pleasure of marital union has been with us since the beginning of creation; therefore, our obedience to the law of nature brings no guilt upon us.
7. I desire this that we may do as we like, without desiring or disliking anything; and be far from expecting the consequence of what we like or dislike.
7. I want this so that we can act as we choose, without wanting or disliking anything; and be free from expecting the outcome of what we like or dislike.
8. Sikhidhwaja answered:—I see friend, neither any good nor evil, of accepting your proposal; so you are at liberty to do as you like.
8. Sikhidhwaja replied:—I see, friend, that there’s neither any benefit nor harm in accepting your proposal; so you’re free to do as you wish.
9. Being possessed of the indifference of my mind, at every thing in the world; I see everything in the same and in an equal light: so I let you have your option as you may like.
9. With my mind being indifferent to everything in the world, I see everything in the same way and on equal terms: so I give you the choice as you wish.
10. Kumbha replied:—If so, then I say that this day is[Pg 591] very favourable for celebrating the marriage ceremony; it is the full moon of Srávana, and all lucky asterism according to my best calculation.
10. Kumbha replied:—If that's the case, then I say that today is[Pg 591] perfect for the wedding ceremony; it's the full moon of Srávana, and all the favorable stars align according to my best calculation.
11. On this day of the full moon, our marriage may take place both in the day as well as night-time in the Gándharva form (by mutual choice and consent).
11. On this day of the full moon, our marriage can happen both during the day and at night in the Gándharva way (by mutual choice and consent).
12. It will be celebrated either on the summit of the Mahendra mountain, or on the delightful table-land there abouts; or in the grotto of some mineral mine, and in the light of the shining gems and mineral ores in the mountain; (serving as lamps and candle lights in the festivity).
12. It will be celebrated either on the peak of the Mahendra mountain, or on the lovely plateau nearby; or in the cave of some mineral mine, illuminated by the sparkling gems and mineral ores in the mountain, providing light for the celebration.
13. The rows of stately trees all around, will shed their flowers at the nuptial ceremony; and the twining creepers on them, will represent the dance of nanch girls by their tremulous shaking. (Dance and music being necessary accompaniments of marriage festivities).
13. The rows of impressive trees all around will drop their flowers during the wedding ceremony, and the climbing vines on them will mimic the dance of the nanch girls with their gentle movements. (Dance and music are essential parts of wedding celebrations).
14. Let the bright luminary of the night, accompanied by his consort train of shining stars, witness our marriage from the high sky with their wide open and glaring eyes.
14. Let the bright moon of the night, along with its shining stars, witness our marriage from the sky with their wide, watchful eyes.
15. Rise, O prince, for your marriage; and let us both hie to cull the forest flowers, and prepare the sandal paste and collect the scattered gems, in order to deck our nuptial seats therewith.
15. Get up, prince, for your wedding; and let’s both hurry to pick the flowers in the forest, prepare the sandalwood paste, and gather the scattered gems to decorate our wedding seats with.
16. Saying so, they both rose together, and culled the flowers and collected the gems.
16. Saying that, they both got up at the same time, picked the flowers, and gathered the gems.
17. Then in a short time, they repaired to the gemming steppe, and heaped it with flowers of various kinds.
17. Then, shortly after, they went to the gemstone steppe and covered it with all kinds of flowers.
18. They had their marriage vests and necklaces ready on the spot, and the God of love helped with the supply of every thing required on the occasion.
18. They had their wedding outfits and necklaces ready right there, and the God of love took care of everything else needed for the occasion.
19. Having thus prepared the paraphernalia of their nuptials, and stored them in a golden grotto of the mountain, they both repaired to the sacred stream of the heavenly Ganges Mandákiní, for making their holy ablutions therein.
19. Having prepared the stuff for their wedding and stored it in a golden cave in the mountain, they both went to the sacred stream of the heavenly Ganges Mandákiní to perform their holy washings there.
20. Here Kumbha served as the priest, to lave the holy water profusely on the lofty head and elevated shoulders of the[Pg 592] prince; as the elephantine clouds of Indra, pour the rain water in plenteous showers, on the towering tops and height of hills.
20. Here, Kumbha acted as the priest, pouring the holy water generously over the high head and broad shoulders of the[Pg 592] prince, just like the massive clouds of Indra drenching the peaks of the hills with abundant rain.
21. So also did the prince act the part of the ministering prince, and washed the body of his beloved princess now in the form of Kumbha. Thus did the two friends anoint and absterge by turns, the persons of their quondam and future consorts.
21. The prince also took on the role of the caring prince and washed the body of his beloved princess, who was now in the shape of Kumbha. In this way, the two friends took turns anointing and cleansing the bodies of their former and future partners.
22. Bathed and purified, they adored the gods, the munis and the manes of their ancestors, for the sake of their honour, and without any desire of getting any good or gain from them: for they well knew that they could benefit nothing their service, as the deities, the deified spirits and the divine sages.
22. After bathing and cleansing themselves, they worshipped the gods, the sages, and the spirits of their ancestors out of respect, without any expectation of reward or gain: they understood that their service would bring no benefit to the deities, the honored spirits, and the divine sages.
23. They took their frugal and repast, as their nature and the course of the world required; and seasoned with the nectarine juice of their good and refined intelligence.
23. They had their simple meal as their nature and the way of the world demanded, and they flavored it with the sweet essence of their good and refined understanding.
24. They wore the whitish barks of Kalpa trees, as their clean marriage raiments, and ate its fruits as their wedding cakes; then they repaired to the altar for their nuptial ceremony.
24. They wore the light-colored bark of Kalpa trees as their wedding garments and ate its fruits as their wedding cakes; then they went to the altar for their marriage ceremony.
25. At this time the sun descended below his setting mountain, as if to consummate their conjugal union in secret.
25. At this moment, the sun sank below the mountain, as if to celebrate their union in private.
26. As it now became dark and dusk they discharged their evening service and offered their prayers; and groups of stars now appeared on the plain of the firmament, to witness their union in marriage.
26. As it got dark and dusk settled in, they completed their evening service and said their prayers; groups of stars began to appear in the sky, witnessing their marriage union.
27. Then came the sable night the only friend of the happy pair, spreading the veil of darkness over the face of nature, and smiling with the blushing of snow white lotuses and lilies of the valley.
27. Then came the dark night, the only companion of the happy couple, covering the world in darkness and glowing with the blush of snow-white lotuses and valley lilies.
28. Kumbha collected the rich stones, and placed those gemming on the table land of the mountain, while Brahmá lighted his two lamps of the sun and moon together in the heavens.
28. Kumbha gathered the precious stones and laid them out on the flat land of the mountain, while Brahmá lit his two lamps, the sun and moon, up in the sky.
29. Being then changed to the female form, Kumbha anointed the prince with the fragrant sandal paste, agallochum, camphor powder and pulverised musk.
29. Being transformed into a female form, Kumbha anointed the prince with fragrant sandalwood paste, agarwood, camphor powder, and crushed musk.
30. She adorned his person with strings, bracelets and[Pg 593] wristlets of flowers, and dressed in a robe of the thin bark of Kalpa tree.
30. She decorated him with strings, bracelets, and [Pg 593] wristlets made of flowers, and he wore a robe made from the thin bark of the Kalpa tree.
31. His body was also decorated with the filaments of Kalpa plant, and clusters of párijáta flowers and with many other flowers and gems from his head to foot.
31. His body was also adorned with the strands of the Kalpa plant, clusters of párijáta flowers, and many other flowers and gems, from his head to his feet.
32. She appeared also at this time in her bridal garb and maiden like figure, with her big and swollen breasts, and with all her youthful grace and blandishments.
32. She appeared at that moment in her wedding dress and youthful figure, with her full and swollen breasts, and with all her youthful charm and allure.
33. She thought that as she was now attired and appeared as a nuptial bride, she must now offer herself to a husband worthy to her.
33. She believed that since she was dressed like a bride, she should now present herself to a husband who was worthy of her.
34. Here am I as a lovely bride, said she to herself, and there is my husband in my presence; I must ask him to accept my hand, nor is this time to be slipped from hand.
34. Here I am as a beautiful bride, she thought to herself, and there is my husband here with me; I have to ask him to take my hand, and this moment can't slip away.
35. So saying, she approached her husband sitting apart from her in the wood; and appeared as Rati—the goddess of love, was advancing towards her loving Káma.
35. With that, she moved closer to her husband, who was sitting away from her in the woods, and looked like Rati—the goddess of love—approaching her beloved Káma.
36. She went to him and said:—"I am Madaniká by name and thy loving wife I therefore bow down at your feet, with the regard due to a husband."
36. She approached him and said, "I am Madaniká, and I am your loving wife. I bow down at your feet with the respect that's due to a husband."
37. So saying, the beauteous lady, bent down her head with female bashfulness; and made her obeisance to her lord, with the pendant locks on her head.
37. As she said this, the beautiful lady lowered her head shyly and bowed to her lord, her long hair cascading down.
38. And then she said to him:—"O thou my lord! do thou adorn me with ornaments also, and then light the nuptial fire, to attest thy acceptance of my hand."
38. And then she said to him:—"Oh my lord! please adorn me with jewelry too, and then light the wedding fire, to show that you accept my hand."
39. Thou appearest as exceedingly fair to my eyes, and makest me quite fond of thee; and thou seemest to me to surpass the God of love in the beauty of person, even when he wedded his Rati at first in his youthful bloom.
39. You look incredibly beautiful to me, and I have grown quite fond of you; you seem to surpass the God of love in physical beauty, even when he married his Rati in his youthful prime.
40. O prince, these wreathed flowers on thy person, appear as the brightsome beams in the body of the moon; and those strings of flowers pendant on thy bosom, seem to me as the stream of Ganges, gliding on the breast of the Sumeru mountain.
40. O prince, the flowers you wear look like the shining rays of the moon, and the strings of flowers hanging on your chest seem to me like the Ganges River flowing over the Sumeru mountain.
41. With the flowing braided hairs on thy head, thou[Pg 594] appearest as the mount of Mandara, with the clusters of creepers hanging down from its top; while thy head itself appears as golden lotus, with its hanging hairs resembling the filaments of the flower, and studded with strings of blackening bees.
41. With the flowing braided hair on your head, you[Pg 594]look like the mountain of Mandara, with clusters of vines hanging down from its peak; while your head itself looks like a golden lotus, with the hanging hair resembling the flower's filaments, adorned with strings of darkening bees.
42. The gemming ornaments and flowery decorations of thy person, add to it the lustre and gracefulness of the mount Meru, with its mineral ores on one side and its floral beauty on the other.
42. The sparkling ornaments and floral decorations on you enhance your beauty, just like Mount Meru shines with its mineral riches on one side and its gorgeous flowers on the other.
43. After her flattering speech was over, the new bride and bridegroom, and future husband and wife sat contented together, unmindful and forgetful of their past conjugal relation.
43. After her sweet speech was done, the new bride and groom, future husband and wife, sat together feeling satisfied, unaware and forgetful of their past relationship.
44. The brave princess now Madaniká by name, and the noble prince Sikhidhwaja the saint, both sat together on a golden seat (of the mineral mountain); which added fresh lustre to the beauty and decoration of their persons.
44. The brave princess, now named Madaniká, and the noble prince Sikhidhwaja the saint, both sat together on a golden seat (from the mineral mountain); which added even more shine to their beauty and decor.
45. They were bedecked with their head dresses, garlands of flowers and ornaments of gems and pearls, and were furnished with flowers and ointments, and clad in fine cloths all over their bodies.
45. They were adorned with their headdresses, flower garlands, and decorations of gems and pearls, provided with flowers and lotions, and dressed in fine fabrics all over their bodies.
46. The young lady Madaniká blazed as Venus with her maddening beauty, and appeared as the goddess Gowrí—the surpassing paragon of beauty, at her wedding festivity.
46. The young woman Madaniká shone like Venus with her enchanting beauty and looked like the goddess Gowrí—the ultimate example of beauty—at her wedding celebration.
47. The noble lord having embellished his noble lady with his own hands, thus spoke to her after her toilet; "O thou fawn eyed fairy, thou art as graceful as the goddess of grace and prosperity".
47. The noble lord, having adorned his noble lady with his own hands, said to her after she was ready, "Oh, you fawn-eyed fairy, you are as graceful as the goddess of grace and prosperity."
48. I pray for all that prosperity to attend on thee, as it does with Sachí.—The queen of heaven, in the company of her lord Indra; and as it subsisted between the mutual pairs of Hara and Gowrí; and Hari and his consort Lakshmí—the goddess of fortune.
48. I wish you all the prosperity that you deserve, just like Sachí. —The queen of heaven, along with her husband Indra; and as it existed between the loving couples Hara and Gowrí; and Hari and his wife Lakshmí—the goddess of fortune.
49. Thou appearest as a limpid lake of lotuses, with thy breasts blooming like lotus buds; and thy black blue eyes resembling the cerulean lotuses (nilumbiums); and the sweet fragrance of thy lotus like person, inviting the buzzing bees fluttering all about thee.
49. You look like a clear lake filled with lotuses, with your breasts blossoming like lotus buds; your dark blue eyes resemble the blue lotuses; and the sweet fragrance of your lotus-like body draws in the buzzing bees flying all around you.
50. Thou appearest likewise as a tender shoot of the Kalpa[Pg 595] plant of Cupid, with thy rubicund palms resembling its reddish leaves; and thy swollen breasts likening to its blooming buds, and every part of thy body, is as delicate as its delicious fruits.
50. You also appear like a tender shoot of the Kalpa[Pg 595] plant of Cupid, with your rosy palms resembling its reddish leaves; and your full breasts like its blooming buds, and every part of your body is as delicate as its sweet fruits.
51. With thy cold and cooling body, and thy moon like face and its smiles as moon beams, thou art as beautiful as the full-moon, and equally delightful to sight.
51. With your cool, soothing body and your moon-like face and its smiles like moonbeams, you are as beautiful as the full moon, and just as pleasing to look at.
52. Rise therefore my beauteous lady and ascend on the matrimonial altar, and there perform the marriage ceremony, standing on the slab of stone, marked with creeping plants and their fruits. (The gloss says, that this stone or stool, is also painted with the colours of the nine sorts of precious gems nava-ratna, that are sacred to the nine planets).
52. So rise, my beautiful lady, and step up to the wedding altar, where you will perform the marriage ceremony, standing on the stone slab covered with creeping plants and their fruits. (The note says that this stone or stool is also painted with the colors of the nine types of precious gems nava-ratna, which are sacred to the nine planets).
53. Vasishtha said:—The altar was studded with strings of pearls, and bunches of flowers suspended on all sides; and it had four large cocoanut fruits, hang over the four sides of its square.
53. Vasishtha said:—The altar was decorated with strands of pearls and clusters of flowers hanging from every side; it had four large coconuts hanging over each corner of its square shape.
54. There were pots filled with the holy water of Gangá set about it, and the sacred matrimonial fire was lighted amidst it, and fed with the fuel of the sandal wood and other fragrances.
54. There were pots filled with the holy water of the Ganges set around it, and the sacred wedding fire was lit in its midst, fueled with sandalwood and other fragrant materials.
55. They turned round the flaming fire by the right hand side, and then sat on seats of leaves with their faces turned towards the east.
55. They turned around the blazing fire on their right side and then sat on leaf seats, facing east.
56. After sitting on the altar, the matrimonial couple kindled the nuptial fire, and made offerings of sesame seeds, and fried rice upon its flames.
56. After sitting on the altar, the couple got married, lit the wedding fire, and made offerings of sesame seeds and fried rice on its flames.
57. The married pair turned again about the sacred fire, and offered to each other their own selves and loves as their marriage dowries.
57. The married couple turned again around the sacred fire and offered each other their own selves and love as their marriage gifts.
58. They showed to one another their shining faces, as their nuptial presents; and completed the ceremony by going round the fire, and scattering the fried rice upon it.
58. They shared their bright smiles with each other as their wedding gifts and finished the ceremony by walking around the fire, tossing fried rice onto it.
59. The husband and wife now parted other hands, from their hold of the palms of one another; and their smiling faces, appeared as the lunar disk on the new moon.
59. The husband and wife now released each other's hands, letting go of the connection between their palms; their smiling faces shone like the moon on a new moon night.
60. After this they went to sleep on a flowery bedstead[Pg 596] which they had newly prepared before, when the moon had already run her course of the first watch of the night.
60. After this, they went to sleep on a flowery bed[Pg 596] that they had just set up earlier, when the moon had already completed the first watch of the night.
61. She cast her beams to fall aslant on the bedstead, as when the attendant women cast their glances askance on the bridal bed.
61. She angled her light to fall sideways on the bed frame, just like the attending women glanced sideways at the wedding bed.
62. She next spread her bright beams all about the leafy bower of the pair; as if to listen to the pleasant conversation, of the new married couple.
62. She then cast her bright light all around the leafy shelter of the couple, as if to listen to the enjoyable conversation of the newlyweds.
63. The pair having sat there awhile, in the light of the mineral lamps, retired to their sleeping bed, which they had prepared beforehand in a secluded spot.
63. After sitting there for a while under the glow of the mineral lamps, the couple headed to their sleeping area, which they had set up earlier in a quiet spot.
64. It was a bedding of flowers, and beset by heaps of flowers of various kinds. (It is called the pushpa-talpa and is still in vogue even in the present form of marriage).
64. It was a bed of flowers and surrounded by piles of different kinds of flowers. (It's called the pushpa-talpa and is still used in today's marriages).
65. There were heaps of lotuses of golden hue, as also mandára and other sorts of flowers, to drive away fatigue by their fragrance.
65. There were plenty of golden lotuses, along with mandara and other types of flowers, filling the air with their fragrance to help alleviate fatigue.
66. The flat of the flowery bed of the bridal pair, resembled the plane of the broad and bright moon, and a level surface covered by the cooling ice.
66. The flatness of the flower-covered bed of the newlyweds resembled the smooth surface of the bright, full moon, and a level expanse covered by cooling ice.
67. It bore likewise the resemblance of the wide sea, whose waters are impregnated by the bright moon, and whose surface supplies a bed to Ananta—the sleeping spirit of the endless God.
67. It also resembled the vast ocean, whose waters are infused with the light of the bright moon, and whose surface serves as a resting place for Ananta—the sleeping spirit of the infinite God.
68. The loving pair then lay themselves down, and rolled upon their snow white bed of flowers; as when Mandara mountain, rolled about and churned the Milky ocean.
68. The loving couple then lay down and rolled on their pure white bed of flowers, just like when Mandara mountain was used to churn the Milky ocean.
69. They passed their bridal night in mutual caresses and conversation on topics of love, and the live long night glided before them as a few moments only.
69. They spent their wedding night in gentle touches and conversations about love, and the entire night flew by like just a few moments.
CHAPTER CVII.
The advent of false Indra in the cottage of the happy pair.
The fake Indra arrives at the home of the happy couple.
Argument.—The travels of the pair, and their meeting the false Indra, and their call to Heaven.
Argument.—The journey of the two, their meeting with the false Indra, and their invitation to Heaven.
NOW as the orient sun, gilded the world with his golden rays; the queen consort of Sikhidhwaja, changed her form of Madaniká to that of the Bráhman boy Kumbha.
NOW as the eastern sun bathed the world in its golden rays; the queen consort of Sikhidhwaja transformed her appearance from Madaniká to that of the Bráhman boy Kumbha.
2. She stood confest as such before her friend, sitting in the cavern of Mandara, where they lived in conjugal union together, as a pair of sylvan deities by night.
2. She admitted this to her friend, sitting in the cave of Mandara, where they lived together in a married way, like a couple of forest gods at night.
3. They roved about in the daytime, amidst the sylvan forests and amongst the trees and plants loaded with fruits, and flowers of various hues.
3. They wandered around during the day, among the lush forests and the trees and plants filled with fruits and flowers of different colors.
4. They passed the day as the two loving friends together, and spent the night as a wedded couple; and never separated from the company of one another either by day or night.
4. They spent the day as two close friends and the night like a married couple, never parting from each other's company, day or night.
5. They rambled about the caverns and arbours of the mountain, and sported under the bowers of támala and mandára trees.
5. They wandered through the caves and groves of the mountain, and played under the canopies of támala and mandára trees.
6. They roved about the skirts of Dardura, Kailása, Mahendra, Malaya, Gandhamádana, Vindhádri and Lokáloka.
6. They wandered around the edges of Dardura, Kailása, Mahendra, Malaya, Gandhamádana, Vindhádri, and Lokáloka.
7. On every third day or night, when Chúdálá found the prince to be fast asleep; she used to take upon herself her former form of the princess, and repair to her royal palace, whence she returned to her husband in the forest, soon after her discharge of the state affairs as before.
7. Every third day or night, when Chúdálá found the prince deeply asleep, she would take on her original form of the princess and head to her royal palace. After handling the state affairs as she had done before, she would return to her husband in the forest.
8. Thus the loving pair lived as two friends by day, and as husband and wife at night; both decked in flowers, and sleeping on their flowery bed.
8. So the loving couple spent their days as two friends and their nights as husband and wife, both adorned with flowers and sleeping on their flower-covered bed.
9. They remained for a month in a gemming grotto of the Mahendra, and under the shade of the delightful sarala trees; where they were greatly endeared by the sylvan deities and the Kinnara foresters.
9. They stayed for a month in a beautiful cave by the Mahendra, under the shade of the lovely sarala trees; where they became very close to the woodland deities and the Kinnara forest dwellers.
10. They lived a fortnight in the arbour of Suktimat mountain, beset by mandára trees and Kalpa plants; and feasted upon the fruits which they could reach with their hands.
10. They spent two weeks in the shelter of Suktimat mountain, surrounded by mandara trees and Kalpa plants, and enjoyed the fruits they could pick by hand.
11. They passed two months on the southern ridge of the winged mountain of Maináka, and its bowers overhung by the fruits and flowers of the celestial párijata trees.
11. They spent two months on the southern ridge of the winged mountain of Maináka, with its groves hanging over with the fruits and flowers of the celestial párijata trees.
12. They dwelt a month in the valley of Jammu, at the foot of Himálayan range and beside the Jambu river; they regaled on the fruits of Jám, which gave its name to the whole country (Jambudwípa).
12. They stayed for a month in the valley of Jammu, at the base of the Himalayan range and next to the Jambu river; they enjoyed the fruits of Jám, which gave its name to the entire region (Jambudwípa).
13. They travelled through the northern Kuru country for ten days, and for seven and twenty days, they sojourned in the districts lying north of Kosalá. (Oudh).
13. They traveled through the northern Kuru region for ten days, and for twenty-seven days, they stayed in the areas north of Kosalá (Oudh).
14. In this manner they passed over many countries and hilly districts, living together as two friends by day, and as a conjugal pair at night.
14. In this way, they traveled through many countries and hilly areas, spending their days as close friends and their nights as a couple.
15. Thus many months rolled away in their travels through many places, till there arose a thought in the mind of Chúdálá, to make a trial of her associate, and said:—
15. So many months passed as they traveled through various places, until Chúdálá had a thought to test her companion, and said:—
16. I will make a trial of the heart of my partner, and see whether it is liable to have any attraction toward beauty and pleasurable objects.
16. I will test my partner's heart and see if it is drawn to beauty and enjoyable things.
17. Thinking so, Chúdálá showed by her magic skill the god Indra, sporting in the company of celestial nymphs in that forest.
17. Thinking this, Chúdálá demonstrated her magical abilities by revealing the god Indra, enjoying himself among celestial nymphs in that forest.
18. Sikhidhwaja seeing the god with his companion there, advanced before him and worshipped him, as he deserved, and said:—
18. Sikhidhwaja, seeing the god with his companion there, stepped forward and worshipped him as he deserved, and said:—
19. "O lord of gods!" will you deign to reveal unto me, the cause of your advent to this forest from your seat in the high and far distant heaven.
19. "O lord of gods!" will you please tell me the reason for your coming to this forest from your throne in the high and distant heaven?
20. Indra replied:—It is the attraction of the virtues, that has brought us down to these woods, as the flying kites of the air are drawn on earth, by the string fastened in their breasts.
20. Indra replied:—It is the pull of the virtues that has brought us down to these woods, just like the kites in the sky are pulled to the ground by the strings attached to their bodies.
21. Now rise from here, and proceed with us to heaven; where the celestial nymphs are in eager expectation of seeing thee, since they have heard of your wondrous virtues.
21. Now get up from here and come with us to heaven; where the celestial nymphs are eagerly waiting to see you, since they have heard about your amazing qualities.
22. Wear these sandals and hold the sword, and anoint thy body with the ointment of these pills, and ascend to the upper sky and thence to heaven, in the manner of siddhas and perfect yogis.
22. Put on these sandals, take the sword, and rub your body with the ointment from these pills. Then rise to the upper sky and from there to heaven, like the siddhas and perfect yogis.
23. On reaching to the region of the gods, you will enjoy all sorts of delights, which awaits on the living liberated souls in this world and the next, and to which I come to invite you at present.
23. When you arrive in the realm of the gods, you'll experience all kinds of pleasures that await the living liberated souls in this world and the next, and I'm here to invite you to join them right now.
24. No holy man like yourself, doth ever neglect the proffered occasion to their prosperity, nor should you scorn to take your heavenward course with ourselves at his moment.
24. No holy man like you ever misses the chance for prosperity, nor should you refuse to take your journey to heaven with us right now.
25. Let there be no impediment to your ascent to and enjoyment of heaven, where you will enjoy your full bliss, and which will be blessed by your presence as the three worlds by that of Hari.
25. Don't let anything stop you from reaching and enjoying heaven, where you will experience complete happiness, and which will be made even more blessed by your presence, just as the three worlds are by Hari.
26. Sikhidhwaja said:—I know O lord of gods, the delights that there abound in heaven; but I have my heaven every where, and there is no particular place which I deem as heaven.
26. Sikhidhwaja said:—I know, O lord of gods, the pleasures that exist in heaven; but I find my heaven everywhere, and I don’t consider any specific place to be heaven.
27. I am content every where, and am pleased with every place; and my soul being desirous of nothing from its fulness in itself, I am fully satisfied every where.
27. I am happy anywhere and like every place; since my soul doesn't long for anything due to its fullness within, I am completely satisfied everywhere.
28. O God! if it be forever to remain in one place and in the same state, what you call heaven; then pardon me for I decline to it (because I am at liberty here to go wherever I like).
28. Oh God! If heaven means staying in one place and the same state forever, then forgive me because I don't want that (since I'm free here to go wherever I want).
29. Indra answered:—I know, O holy saint! that those that have known the knowable, and are perfect in their understandings, are indifferent to their sensual gratification; it is however not the part of the wise to reject an enjoyment, which offers itself unto him by the gracious allotment of his destiny.
29. Indra replied:—I understand, O holy saint! that those who have grasped the truth and have a clear understanding are indifferent to their physical pleasures; however, it is not wise to turn away from an enjoyment that comes to him through the generous design of his fate.
30. After the God had said so, the prince remained silent and returned no answer; when the God told him saying, "If you are resolved not to leave this place, then I must leave you here, and take my way to heaven".
30. After God said this, the prince stayed quiet and didn’t reply; then God said to him, "If you're determined not to leave this place, then I have to leave you here and go back to heaven."
31. Sikhidhwaja said:—I must not go there now ("though I may do so on some future occasion"). Upon this the God made[Pg 600] farewell to Kumbha (who had invoked him down by his spell, and disappeared from the spot).
31. Sikhidhwaja said:—I shouldn't go there now ("but I might do so at another time"). With that, God bid[Pg 600] farewell to Kumbha (who had summoned him with his spell, and vanished from the location).
32. All the other Gods that were in the train of Indra, vanished also from view upon the disappearance of their chief; as the huge surges of the sea, subside in the deep together with their foaming froths, and the shoals of whales and fishes that played and lashed about the main, after a lull of the gales that had raised them.
32. All the other gods who were with Indra also disappeared from sight when their leader was gone; just like the massive waves of the sea recede into the depths along with their foamy crests, and the schools of whales and fish that swam and thrashed about the ocean calm down after the storms that stirred them up.
CHAPTER CVIII.
Manifestation of Chúdálá in her own form.
Manifestation of Chúdálá in her own form.
Argument:—Chúdálá's artifices to deceive Sikhidhwaja, and Sikhidhwaja's strength of mind.
Argument:—Chúdálá's schemes to deceive Sikhidhwaja, and Sikhidhwaja's mental resilience.
VASISHTHA related:—The princess retracted the enchantment by which she had presented the God Indra before the prince; and was glad to find, that he had subdued (lit.—put to blush) his desire of enjoyment.
VASISHTHA related:—The princess lifted the spell that had shown the God Indra to the prince; and was pleased to see that he had conquered his desire for pleasure.
2. He remained with perfect tranquillity and equanimity of his mind, at the advent and in the presence of the God Indra, and was fearless and indifferent to and unmoved even by the persuasion of that God.
2. He stayed calm and composed in his mind when God Indra appeared, showing no fear or concern, and was completely unaffected by the god's persuasion.
3. I will again try to know by some artifice or other, whether this prince is subject to the passions of anger or annoyment or any other feeling, which serve at best but to blind-fold the understanding.
3. I will once again try to find out through some trick or other, whether this prince is affected by feelings like anger or annoyance or any other emotion, which really only serve to cloud judgment.
4. With this intention she took upon her the form of the chaste Madaniká, at the approach of night; and when the moon had already appeared above that forest land.
4. With this intention, she took on the form of the pure Madaniká as night fell, and when the moon had already risen over the forest.
5. The wind was blowing gently, bearing the sweet fragrance of flowers; and Sikhidhwaja was sitting by the side of a river, to perform his evening devotion.
5. The wind was softly blowing, carrying the sweet scent of flowers; and Sikhidhwaja was sitting by the river to do his evening prayers.
6. At this time she entered her bower formed by the twining creepers, and decorated with garlands of flowers, resembling the covert of a sylvan goddesses.
6. At this time, she stepped into her retreat made by the intertwining vines and adorned with flower garlands, resembling the hideaway of a nature goddess.
7. She slept there on the bed of flowers decked by herself, and adorned with wreaths of flowers on her own person; she had her beloved one seated in her heart; and laid her on a pillow.
7. She lay there on the bed of flowers that she arranged herself, wearing wreaths of flowers she made; she had her beloved nestled in her heart and placed her on a pillow.
8. Sikhidhwaja sought for her in the gardens and groves, and found her out at last sleeping in the bower, with the pretty paramour enfolding her neck in his arms.
8. Sikhidhwaja searched for her in the gardens and groves, and finally found her sleeping in the arbour, with the charming lover wrapping his arms around her neck.
9. He had his hairs hanging on his neck and shoulders, and his beauteous body daubed with pasted sandal wood. He[Pg 602] had a chaplet of flowers on his head, which was distorted from his crown, and lay loose on the pillow over which it rolled.
9. He had his hair falling on his neck and shoulders, and his beautiful body covered with sandalwood paste. He[Pg 602] wore a flower garland on his head, which was askew from his crown, and lay loosely on the pillow it had rolled onto.
10. The flowing tresses of the mistress, fell in two fold braids, on her shoulder blades of golden hue; and hung over her ears and eye-brows and her cheeks and face.
10. The mistress's long hair fell in two thick braids, resting on her shoulder blades of golden color; it cascaded over her ears, eyebrows, cheeks, and face.
11. He beheld the amorous pair, with their smiling faces; and both kissing and embracing one another, as when the ivy entwines a large tree. (Their bodies and lip-like leaves are joined together).
11. He watched the loving couple, their faces beaming with smiles; both kissing and hugging each other, just like ivy wraps around a large tree. (Their bodies and lip-like leaves are connected).
12. They lay with their wreathed flowers, hanging loosely on their persons; and both were enamoured of one another by the mutual contact of their bodies, which infused their reciprocal passion in the heart of each other.
12. They lay with their flower crowns draped casually over them, and both were in love with each other through the closeness of their bodies, which stirred their shared passion in each other's hearts.
13. They were both infatuated and ravished by their mutual love, and were both bruising their breasts on the bosoms of one another.
13. They were both crazy about each other and consumed by their mutual love, and they were both pressing their chests against each other's.
14. Seeing this, Sikhidhwaja felt no change in his disposition; but was rather pleased to find them sleeping so very happily in one another's embrace.
14. Seeing this, Sikhidhwaja felt no change in his feelings; instead, he was pleased to see them sleeping so contentedly in each other's arms.
15. "Remain ye lovers, he said, as you are in your hearts' content; and I will put no obstacle in your way, nor make you afraid of me by my presence in this place." Saying so, he withdrew from there.
15. "Stay in love, he said, as you are at heart; and I won't put any barriers in your way or make you uncomfortable by being here." With that, he left.
16. Immediately at this time, she also withdrew her charm, and disclosed herself as the beauteous Venus, and loving spouse of the prince.
16. Right then, she also dropped her charm and revealed herself as the beautiful Venus, the loving wife of the prince.
17. She came out and saw the prince sitting in a crag of the mountain, in the posture of his intense meditation, and with both his eyes open.
17. She stepped out and saw the prince sitting on a rocky ledge of the mountain, deep in thought, with both his eyes wide open.
18. The lady Madaniká advanced towards him with a bashful countenance, and then sat silent by his side with her down cast look and melancholy appearance; as if abashed and ashamed of her past misconduct.
18. The lady Madaniká approached him with a shy expression, then sat quietly beside him with her gaze lowered and a sad look on her face, as if embarrassed and ashamed of her past behavior.
19. Then as Sikhidhwaja was released after a moment from his meditation, he cast his eyes upon her; and spoke to her with an exceedingly sweet voice, which bespoke the frankness of his mind.
19. When Sikhidhwaja finished his meditation for a moment, he looked at her and spoke to her in a very sweet voice that showed his openness.
20. Lady, said he why do you come so soon to me, and leave off the enjoyment of thy happiness? Oh! happiness is the end and aim of all beings on earth. (Oh happiness! our being's end and aim. Pope).
20. Lady, he said, why do you come to me so soon and give up your happiness? Oh! Happiness is the purpose and goal of all beings on earth. (Oh happiness! our being's end and aim. Pope).
21. Go, return to thy lover, and gratify him with all thy endearments; because mutual love which is so much desired by all, and is hard to be had by any in this world.
21. Go back to your lover and please him with all your affection, because mutual love, which everyone desires and few can find in this world, is precious.
22. Think not, madam, that I am at all angry or sorry for this affair; as I am always contented in myself, with knowing the True One, that is only to be known.
22. Don’t think, ma’am, that I’m angry or upset about this situation; I’m always at peace with myself, knowing the One True Being that can only be truly known.
23. Myself and my companion Kumbha, are always dispassionate in our dispositions; but thou that art sprung from the curse of Durvása as a woman, art ever at liberty to do whatever thou likest, without incurring any displeasure of ours.
23. My companion Kumbha and I are always detached in our emotions; but you, who were born from Durvása's curse as a woman, are free to do whatever you want without upsetting us.
24. Madaniká replied:—So it is! Oh highly favoured one of Heaven, who knowest that women by their nature are ten times more passionate than men, and should not therefore be chid on account of their gratification of their natural passions.
24. Madaniká replied:—That’s true! Oh, highly favored one of Heaven, who knows that women are naturally ten times more passionate than men, and therefore shouldn’t be scolded for expressing their natural desires.
25. I am but a frail woman, and find you absorbed in deep meditation, I could not choose other wise than take me a partner as you saw, in the depth of the forest and in the night: (Solitude and the darkness of night, being so very favourable to love affairs).
25. I’m just a weak woman, and seeing you lost in deep thought, I couldn’t do anything but take you as my partner like you saw, in the middle of the forest and at night: (Being alone in the dark is so perfect for romantic moments).
26. The weak sex in general, and the maidens in particular, are ever fond of paramour by their very nature for the gratification of their lust, which they can never have the power to check.
26. Women in general, and young women in particular, are naturally inclined to seek lovers for the satisfaction of their desires, which they can never fully control.
27. A woman becomes graceful in the company of man, and no anathema or prohibition, nor the menaces of men, nor regard of chastity, is of any avail to retard them from it.
27. A woman becomes graceful around a man, and no curse or ban, nor threats from men, nor concern for purity can stop them from experiencing it.
28. I am a damsel and a weaker vessel and an ignorant and independent lass, therefore sir, it becomes you to forgive my fickleness, because forgiveness is the most prominent feature of holiness.
28. I am a young woman and a more delicate person, and I am naive and independent, so sir, you should forgive my inconsistency, as forgiveness is the most important aspect of being holy.
29. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Know my belle, that anger has no seat in my heart, as there grows no plant in the sky; and it is only for fear of incurring the ignominy of good people, that I must decline to take thee as my spouse.
29. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Know my beauty, that anger doesn’t exist in my heart, just like no plant can grow in the sky; and it is only because I fear the shame of good people that I must refuse to take you as my wife.
30. But I can associate with thee as before in mutual friendship for ever more, without bearing any yearning or grudge in our hearts, either for or against one another (but remain in disinterested amity for life).
30. But I can stay connected with you like we did before, in mutual friendship forever, without any longing or resentment in our hearts, either for or against each other (but remain in selfless friendship for life).
31. Vasishtha replied:—After Sikhidhwaja had consented to continue in his indifference and disinterested friendship, with his only companion in the forest; Chúdálá was highly pleased to wit the nobleness of his mind, and thus said to herself.
31. Vasishtha replied:—After Sikhidhwaja agreed to remain indifferent and disinterested in his friendship with his only companion in the forest, Chúdálá was very pleased with the nobleness of his character and said to herself.
32. O the transcendent tranquillity, which this lord of mine has gained, and whose dispassionateness has set him above anger, and his living liberation hath attained.
32. Oh, the incredible peace that my lord has achieved, whose ability to stay calm has lifted him above anger, and he has reached true freedom.
33. No delight doth attract his heart, nor any excellence ever allures his soul; whose mind is not elated by pleasure or prosperity, nor depressed by pain or calamity.
33. No joy captures his heart, nor does any greatness ever draw his soul; his mind is neither lifted by pleasure or success nor brought down by pain or misfortune.
34. Methinks all the imaginable perfections, have jointly met in his person; as the goddess of prosperity, is united with the personage of Náráyana. (The Lord is the model of all excellence and perfection).
34. I think all imaginable perfections have come together in him, just as the goddess of prosperity is united with the figure of Náráyana. (The Lord is the standard of all excellence and perfection).
35. It is now the proper time for me, to bring to his remembrance all and every thing relating to myself; by relinquishing my figure of Kumbha, and disclosing myself to him in my form of Chúdálá.
35. Now is the right time for me to remind him of everything about myself; by letting go of my Kumbha form and revealing myself to him as Chúdálá.
36. With this thought, she shuffled off her shape of Madaniká, and took the complexion of Chúdálá upon herself.
36. With this thought, she let go of her form as Madaniká and took on the appearance of Chúdálá.
37. She then issued forth as Chúdálá, from out of the body of Madaniká, and stood confest before him, as a jewel when taken out of the chest and exposed to view.
37. She then emerged as Chúdálá from the body of Madaniká and stood revealed before him, like a jewel taken out of a chest and shown to the world.
38. The prince beheld her unblemished and lovely figure, and found his beloved Madaniká transformed to his wedded spouse Chúdálá again.
38. The prince looked at her flawless and beautiful figure, and saw his beloved Madaniká turned back into his wife Chúdálá.
39. He saw his own wife present before him, like a lotus flower blooming in the spring; and as the goddess of prosperity rising out of the earth, or as a brilliant gem laid open from its casket.
39. He saw his own wife standing before him, like a lotus flower blooming in the spring; like the goddess of prosperity rising from the earth, or like a brilliant gem revealed from its box.
CHAPTER CIX.
Appearance of Chúdálá in the presence of her Lord.
Chúdálá's meeting with her Lord.
Argument:—Recognisance of Chúdálá, relation of her adventures and reunion with her lord.
Argument:—Acknowledgment of Chúdálá, detailing her experiences and her reunion with her lord.
VASISHTHA related:—Sikhidhwaja was surprised to see princess, so suddenly appearing before him; he looked upon her with his eyes staring with mute astonishment, and then broke his silence, with uttering the following words in his faltering speech.
VASISHTHA related:—Sikhidhwaja was shocked to see the princess suddenly appear before him; he gazed at her with wide eyes in silent amazement, and then broke his silence, speaking the following words with a trembling voice.
2. What art thou, O lotus eyed maid, and whence comest thou to this place? why comest thou here, and how long hast thou been herein? say for what purpose dost thou abide in this forest.
2. Who are you, oh lotus-eyed girl, and where do you come from to be here? Why are you here, and how long have you been in this place? Tell me, for what reason do you stay in this forest?
3. Thy gait and figure, thy features and thy form, thy sweet smiles, manners and courtesy, bespeak thee plainly, to be an ectype or counterpart of the image of my wedded wife.
3. Your walk and shape, your features and your form, your sweet smiles, manners, and courtesy clearly show that you are a reflection or counterpart of the image of my married wife.
4. Chúdálá replied:—So it is my lord, as thou thinkest me to be thy lawful consort; I am no doubt thy princess Chúdálá, who has met thee today in her natural and undisguised form, as thou also hast found her as the same.
4. Chúdálá replied:—Yes, my lord, as you believe me to be your rightful partner; I am indeed your princess Chúdálá, who has met you today in her true and unmasked form, just as you have also seen her as such.
5. I assumed to me the counterfeit forms of Kumbha and others, only to remonstrate with thee on thy mistaken course; and used every art and stratagem to recall thee only to the right path.
5. I took on the fake identities of Kumbha and others just to talk to you about your wrong decisions; and I tried every trick and tactic to bring you back to the right path.
6. Ever since thy foolish renunciation of thy kingdom, for the purpose of the performance of thy ascetic austerities in the forest. I have had recourse to the employment of every art, in order to reclaim thee to the right path of religion.
6. Ever since your foolish decision to give up your kingdom to practice asceticism in the forest, I have used every method possible to bring you back to the right path of faith.
7. I awakened to the light of truth in my form of Kumbha, and all the other forms which I took upon myself, were chiefly intended for thy instruction (and rousing thee from thy lethargy).
7. I woke up to the light of truth in my form of Kumbha, and all the other forms that I took on were mainly meant to teach you (and to wake you up from your sluggishness).
8. The forms of Kumbha and others, were no real but magical appearance before thee; and thou that knowest the knowable, can very well discern the whole affair in your meditation.
8. The forms of Kumbha and others were just magical illusions to you; and you, who knows what can be known, can easily see the whole situation in your meditation.
9. You will be convinced of all this, if you will but look into it by the light of your meditation and not otherwise. After Chúdálá said so far, the prince sat in his meditative mood and in the posture of his meditation—yogásana.
9. You’ll believe all of this if you take the time to reflect on it deeply. After Chúdálá mentioned this, the prince settled into his meditation and assumed the posture of yogásana.
10. He saw the whole affair, rising and exhibiting itself plainly before his mental vision; ever since the renunciation of his royalty, until his meeting with Chúdálá at the end (from first to last).
10. He saw the entire situation clearly in his mind; ever since he gave up his royal title, all the way to his meeting with Chúdálá at the end (from beginning to end).
11. All these he saw rising in his soul, in one moment of his meditation; and the successive events appeared before it, since the resignation of his kingdom to the present instant.
11. He saw all of this rising in his soul in a single moment of meditation; and the series of events played out before him, from the moment he resigned his kingdom to the present moment.
12. The prince felt glad in himself, at seeing all these in his meditation; and he greatly rejoiced with his full open eyes, when his meditation was over at the end of the scene.
12. The prince felt happy within himself, seeing all this in his meditation; and he was truly joyful with his eyes wide open when his meditation came to an end at the conclusion of the scene.
13. He extended both his arms with the hairs standing at an end of his body through joy, and his countenance shining with the gladness of his heart; while the fondness of his heart had its vent, in the tears trickling in his eyes, and his limbs slackened by his want of self-control.
13. He stretched out both arms, hair standing on end from joy, his face glowing with happiness; as the warmth of his heart poured out in tears streaming down his face, his limbs relaxed from a lack of self-control.
14. And then embraced her to his bosom, as a weasel does its mate for a long time; and this continued embrace of theirs, indicated the permanency of their passion for one another.
14. And then he held her close to his chest, like a weasel does its mate for a long time; and this ongoing embrace of theirs showed how deep their passion for each other was.
15. No body nor even the hundred hooded Vásuki serpent, can express with its hundred tongues, the height of the happiness which the happy pair felt on this occasion of their reunion; when their two bodies met together, like the two orbs of the sun and moon in their conjunction; or as their two disks were joined in one, by adhesion of some paste or clay.
15. Neither anyone nor even the hundred-headed Vásuki serpent can express with all its hundred tongues the immense happiness the joyful couple felt during their reunion; when their two bodies came together, like the sun and moon aligning in the sky; or as their two forms merged into one, bonded by some kind of paste or clay.
16. The two constant lovers continued in their close contact, like two contiguous rocks sticking to one another; till at last they parted apart, with the profuse perspiration of their bodies.
16. The two committed lovers stayed close together, like two adjacent rocks sticking to each other, until they finally separated, feeling the sweat all over their bodies.
17. They then gradually relaxed their arms from their mutual[Pg 607] embraces, and their hearts which had ere long over flowed with delight, became now as light as two empty pots of water.
17. They then slowly released their arms from each other's embraces, and their hearts, which had previously been filled with joy, now felt as light as two empty water pots.
18. They loosened their arms, and stared at one another with their fixed and mute gaze of amazement; and they sat silent with their deep felt love, after the fervour of their delight was over.
18. They relaxed their arms and stared at each other with an intense, silent look of astonishment, sitting quietly together, feeling deeply connected after the excitement of their joy had passed.
19. Then did the prince lay his hand under the chin of his legal and royal consort, and bespoke to her in soft and sweet words distilling with honey.
19. Then the prince gently lifted his hand under the chin of his legal and royal partner and spoke to her in soft, sweet words that dripped with affection.
20. Matrimonial love, is righteous and sweeter far than the celestial ambrosia itself; how then was it, O my moon faced love, that thou couldst continue so long without tasting its sweets?
20. Matrimonial love is just and so much sweeter than even heavenly ambrosia itself; so how was it, O my moon-faced love, that you could go on for so long without experiencing its pleasures?
21. Thou hast doubtless undergone much privation, and suffered great pains in the absence of thy husband, and so also was the toil exceedingly great, that thou hast taken on thyself, in order to redeem me from the dungeon of the world.
21. You have definitely gone through a lot of hardship and endured great pain being apart from your husband, and the effort you've taken on yourself to rescue me from the dungeon of the world has been immense.
22. I know not with whom to compare thee, for the great wisdom that thou hast displayed in thine act of my redemption, for even the pious ladies Sachí and Arundhatí and the great goddesses Gourí, Gáyatrí and Sri (Ceres) and Sarasvatí, fall short of thy admirable qualities.
22. I don't know who to compare you to, because of the amazing wisdom you've shown in your act of saving me. Even the devout ladies Sachí and Arundhatí, along with the great goddesses Gourí, Gáyatrí, Sri (Ceres), and Sarasvatí, don't measure up to your admirable qualities.
23. I see, my love, that even the personified powers of understanding and prosperity, the persons of the graces and clemency, and the virtues of forgiveness, sympathy and universal love, are unequal to thy unequalled virtues and beauty.
23. I see, my love, that even the personified forces of understanding and success, the embodiments of grace and kindness, and the qualities of forgiveness, compassion, and universal love can't compare to your unmatched virtues and beauty.
24. I know no adequate recompense, that will compensate thy labour and repay my gratitude to thee, that hast spared no patience nor persevering pains, in the cause of my instruction and redemption.
24. I can’t think of a proper way to reward you for your hard work and to express my gratitude for everything you've done. You've shown endless patience and dedication in helping me learn and find redemption.
25. O say, what retribution will requite thy pains, and gladden thy mind; for thy redeeming me from the dark pit of ignorance, and reclaiming me from the boundless wilderness of errors.
25. Oh, tell me, what reward will make up for your efforts and bring you joy; for saving me from the deep pit of ignorance and rescuing me from the endless wilderness of mistakes.
26. It is the true virtue of faithful wives, to raise their fallen husbands much more than the sástras or learning, riches, the spiritual guide and his teaching, can serve to save a man[Pg 608] from his degradation. (Such accomplished wife, is very hard to be in India found in these days of degeneration).
26. The real strength of devoted wives is to uplift their fallen husbands far more than scriptures, knowledge, wealth, or the guidance of a mentor can help save someone from their downfall.[Pg 608] (Such a remarkable wife is very hard to find in India these days of decline).
27. Faithful and affectionate wives, are by far more serviceable to their husbands, than a brother or relation or any friend or servant, or even a guru or one's riches ever can be.
27. Faithful and loving wives are far more helpful to their husbands than a brother, relative, friend, servant, or even a guru or one's wealth ever could be.
28. The faithful wife is the best guide of man, and her person serves to be his best abode and attendant than anything else in this world. Therefore the wife deserves to be always regarded above all others, with utmost diligence and attention.
28. A loyal wife is the best support for a man, and her presence is his greatest comfort and companion in this world. Therefore, a wife should always be valued above all others, with the highest care and attention.
29. The happiness of both worlds depends entirely on the person of the disinterested and virtuous wife, who serves as a raft to her husband, for his going across the wide ocean of the perilous world.
29. The happiness of both worlds relies completely on the character of the selfless and virtuous wife, who acts as a support for her husband as he navigates the vast ocean of the dangerous world.
30. How shall I, O virtuous lady! repay the recompense of what thou hast done for me, and whom I now regard as the wisest and best of all the virtuous ladies in the whole world.
30. How should I, oh virtuous lady, repay you for what you’ve done for me? I now see you as the wisest and best of all the virtuous women in the entire world.
31. Thy name must ever afterwards remain foremost of virtuous women in the world, in all future narratives of female virtues and respectable character among female sex.
31. Your name will always be at the forefront of virtuous women in the world, in all future stories about women's virtues and respectable character among women.
32. Methinks the virtuous lady Arundhatí and others, whose names are immortalized for their virtues, in the record of sacred history, will feel jealous of thee as they came to learn thy chastity and other admirable qualities. So my dear, let me embrace thee again to my bosom.
32. I think the virtuous lady Arundhati and others, whose names are remembered for their virtues in the record of sacred history, will feel jealous of you when they hear about your purity and other admirable qualities. So, my dear, let me hold you close to my heart again.
33. Vasishtha related:—Saying so, Sikhidhwaja again held Chúdálá to his fast embrace, as the weasel does his mate in their mutual fondness.
33. Vasishtha said:—Saying this, Sikhidhwaja once again held Chúdálá tightly in his arms, just like a weasel does with its partner in their shared affection.
34. Chúdálá said:—My lord, I was sorry to find you entirely devoted to your dry ceremonial duties, and it was for that reason, that I took so much pains to dissuade you from them, and lead you to the knowledge of the intelligent soul.
34. Chúdálá said:—My lord, I was disappointed to see you completely focused on your boring ceremonial duties, and that’s why I tried so hard to talk you out of them and guide you toward understanding the intelligent soul.
35. Now tell me, my lord, what shall we do in this place and what is the use of your extolling my virtues so far.
35. Now tell me, my lord, what should we do here and what’s the point of you praising my qualities so far?
36. Sikhidhwaja replied:—O you most excellent among women, you are here at your liberty to do whatever you think best; as it is the prerogative of respectable ladies, to manage everything in their own way.
36. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Oh, you outstanding woman, you are free to do whatever you think is best; it’s the privilege of respectable ladies to handle everything in their own way.
37. Chúdálá answered:—Now my lord! as you have come to know, that you are released from the network of this world, and are set free on the shore from all its broils: you must have perceived now that your past austerities were all in vain and gone for nothing.
37. Chúdálá replied, “My lord! Now that you realize you’re free from the struggles of this world and have reached the shore, you must see that your past efforts at self-discipline were all in vain and came to nothing.”
38. You must have known that it is all in vain, when you say "I do this or that, and will get its reward, and will thus be settled in life etc."; say, do you smile to think of these and other vagaries of your simple understanding.
38. You must have realized that it’s all pointless when you say, "I do this or that, and I'll get its reward, and then everything will be fine in life, etc."; tell me, do you smile when you think about these and other oddities of your naive understanding?
39. Do you know that these vagaries are the creatures of your avarice, and mere creations of your fancy? (because there is nothing that can do or bring out of your will or by your own power).
39. Do you realize that these whims are the result of your greed and just products of your imagination? (because nothing can emerge from your will or by your own power).
40. Don't you yet perceive that these false creations of your imagination, are as unreal as the situation or appearance of mountains in the empty air?
40. Don't you see yet that these false creations of your imagination are as unreal as the sight of mountains floating in the air?
41. Say what is it that you have learnt after all, what is it that you depend upon, and what is the object that you seek at present, and in what light you view all your bodily acts either of your past or future life.
41. Reflect on what you’ve learned after everything, what you rely on, what you’re currently pursuing, and how you perceive all your physical actions from both your past and future life.
42. Sikhidhwaja replied:—O dear lady, with thy blooming eyes, resembling the leaves of a full blown blue lotus, I am likewise situated in and at the same place, wherein thou art located also.
42. Sikhidhwaja replied:—Oh dear lady, with your beautiful eyes, like the petals of a fully opened blue lotus, I am in the same place where you are as well.
43. I am tranquil and alike (or likened to) the object of my meditation, and am situated in the true ego long after leaving the sense of my personality: I am arrived to that state (of rapturous delight) which is known to and felt by the heart only (lit, by way of the heart).
43. I am calm and similar to the focus of my meditation, and I remain in the true self long after moving past my sense of personality: I have reached that state of rapturous joy that is only known and felt by the heart.
44. There is no power any where, nor even that of Hari and Hara, that is able to obstruct that heart-felt joy of mine, which makes me think myself as nothing else or less than the very intellect (or a particle—chinmátra) itself.
44. There’s no power anywhere, not even that of Hari and Hara, that can block my heartfelt joy, which makes me see myself as nothing other than the very intellect (or a particle—chinmátra) itself.
45. I am now free from errors, and liberated from the trammels of the world; I am neither this nor that, nor am I glad nor sorry at any thing or at any event in the world.
45. I am now free from mistakes and released from the burdens of the world; I am neither one thing nor another, nor do I feel happy or sad about anything or any event in the world.
46. I am neither any gross or subtile matter, nor am I like a[Pg 610] ray of the solar light, that emanates from the body of the sun, and falls below by traversing through the midday sky. (i.e. The human soul is the image of God, and not a particle of the undivided essence of the Deity).
46. I am neither any physical substance nor am I like a[Pg 610] ray of sunlight that comes from the sun and travels through the midday sky. (i.e. The human soul is the image of God, not a part of the undivided essence of the Deity).
47. I am of the essence of that glorious light, which is ever without its increase or decrease; I am always tranquil and ever even in my nature, and I am quite at ease, having no desire of mine own, nor anything to expect from any body.
47. I am the essence of that glorious light, which always remains constant; I am always calm and consistent in nature, and I feel totally at ease, having no personal desires or expectations from anyone.
48. O thou most chaste lady, know me to be of that essence, which exists as extinct every where; I am what I am and what I cannot describe, and no other than this.
48. O you most pure lady, know that I am made of that essence which seems to be gone everywhere; I am what I am and what I can’t explain, and nothing else but this.
49. O beauteous lady, with thy eye balls glancing like the flitting waves of rivulets! I bow down to thee as my instructor; because it is by thy good grace that I have come across the turbulent ocean of the world.
49. O beautiful lady, with your eyes sparkling like the shimmering waves of streams! I bow to you as my teacher; because it is through your kindness that I have navigated the stormy sea of the world.
50. I shall no more be soiled with the dirt of the earth, after being cleansed from it like a bit of gold from its alloy by repeated burnings.
50. I won’t be stained by the dirt of the earth anymore, having been purified like gold from its impurities through repeated melting.
51. I am quite calm and easy, quiet and free from passions, and never divided in my attention nor distracted in my mind. I am beyond all things, I am ubiquitous and all pervading, and am situated as I am (without any change in me).
51. I am totally calm and relaxed, peaceful and free from intense emotions, and I never split my focus or get distracted. I'm above everything, I'm everywhere and all around, and I'm just as I am (without any change in me).
52. Chúdálá said:—If you remain in this manner, O thou lord of my life, and dearly beloved one of my heart, then tell me, my lord, what is it that is now best agreeable to your most noble disposition.
52. Chúdálá said:—If you continue like this, my lord and beloved of my heart, then please tell me what you find most pleasing to your noble nature right now.
53. Sikhidhwaja answered:—I know of nothing, O good lady, that is either delectable or detestable to me; I do the same as you do, and am exactly of the same mind like yours in every thing.
53. Sikhidhwaja replied, “I don’t know of anything, good lady, that I find either enjoyable or unpleasant; I act just like you do and share the same thoughts as you in everything.”
54. O thou that art as fair as the firmament, know that I have nothing to choose for myself, beyond what I am possest of; and leave it to you to choose and do whatever you think proper for us.
54. O you who are as beautiful as the sky, know that I have nothing to choose for myself beyond what I already have; I leave it to you to decide and do whatever you think is best for us.
55. I will act as you will do, like your shadow or reflexion in the mirror; because my mind being devoid of its desire and effort, I will patiently bear with whatever comes to pass on me.
55. I will act just like you, like your shadow or reflection in the mirror; because my mind, free of desire and effort, will calmly accept whatever happens to me.
56. I will neither excite nor prevent, nor praise or blame thee for aught thou doest; but leave thee at thy full liberty, to do whatever thou best choosest for thyself.
56. I won’t provoke or stop you, nor will I praise or criticize you for anything you do; I’ll simply let you have your full freedom to choose what’s best for yourself.
57. Chúdálá replied:—If it is so as you say, then hear me tell you what is best to be done by you at present; you are to set yourself to imitate the conduct of living-liberated persons, and set yourself released from your ignorance, by knowing the unity of the Deity, pervading all things in every place.
57. Chúdálá replied:—If what you say is true, then let me tell you the best thing you can do right now; you should try to mimic the behavior of those who are truly free and free yourself from ignorance by understanding the oneness of the Deity that exists everywhere in all things.
58. We are both as devoid of desires, as the empty void of the sky is without its population; but that which I wish to do is what you do not wish at all. (i.e. I wish to manage the state, which you dislike to do).
58. We both lack desires, just like the empty sky has no inhabitants; but what I want to do is completely opposite to what you want. (i.e. I want to run the state, which you really don't want to do).
59. Say what man is there, who neglects his life and livelihood, and remains only, in his intellect? (No one can make his intellectual culture without having his life and living). And as there are three stages of human life, namely, its beginning or boyhood, its middle or youth, and its end or old age, and we being situated in the midst of it, must do the duties appertaining to this state, before we proceed to the last stage of our being.
59. Tell me, what man is there who ignores his life and livelihood and only focuses on his intellect? (No one can develop their intellectual abilities without taking care of their life and living.) Since there are three stages of human life—childhood, youth, and old age—and we exist in the middle of it, we must fulfill the responsibilities that come with this stage before we move on to the last stage of our existence.
60. And as we are by birth the prince and princess of a realm, it is paramount on us to rule our state, and pass our days in the discharge of the duties of our royalty until our end.
60. And since we are born as the prince and princess of a realm, it is our duty to govern our state and spend our days fulfilling the responsibilities of our royalty until the end.
61. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me, O fickle minded lady, what you mean by the three stages; and how we stand at the midmost one, without having a whit to care for the final one.
61. Sikhidhwaja said:—Tell me, O capricious woman, what you mean by the three stages; and how we find ourselves at the middle one, not caring at all about the final one.
62. Chúdálá replied:—Know prince, that we are royal personages by births, and must all along continue as such from the first to the last stage of our lives.
62. Chúdálá replied:—Know, prince, that we are royals by birth and must maintain that status from the beginning to the end of our lives.
63. Why then do you allow the imbecility and hermitage of old age, to overtake you in the prime of your youth; when it is your duty to remain in your city and palace, and govern your princely state.
63. So why do you let the foolishness and isolation of old age take over when you're in the prime of your youth? It’s your responsibility to stay in your city and palace and lead your royal state.
64. And then I will reign there as thy consort queen, and crown the ladies in the royal apartment; and all young maidens of the city will dance about in jovialty, to see their prince and princess again in the royal palace.
64. And then I will rule there as your queen, and crown the ladies in the royal room; and all the young women of the city will dance around joyfully to see their prince and princess together again in the royal palace.
65. And then the city glittering with its uplifted flags, and resounding with its loud beating drums, and decorated with wreaths of flowers hanging all about it; will resemble a vernal garden, smiling with its verdant plants, blooming buds and blushing flowers all around.
65. And then the city, shining with its raised flags, echoing with its loud drums, and adorned with flower wreaths everywhere, will look like a spring garden, beaming with its green plants, blooming buds, and vibrant flowers all around.
66. Vasishtha related:—Hearing these words of the princess, the king smilingly spoke to her in his mellifluous words, which bespoke them to proceed from the simplicity and frankness of his soul.
66. Vasishtha said:—Hearing the princess's words, the king smiled and spoke to her in his smooth, pleasant tone, which reflected the sincerity and openness of his heart.
67. If such is your pleasure, O long sighted (eyed) lady, to incite me to earthly pleasures, then tell me what cause had I to slight the heavenly happiness, which was proffered to me by god Indra.
67. If that’s what you want, oh long-sighted lady, to tempt me with earthly pleasures, then tell me why I should ignore the heavenly happiness that was offered to me by God Indra.
68. Chúdálá replied:—Know prince, that I also have no taste in earthly enjoyments, nor any great zest for its grandeur or greatness. I depend upon the bounty of nature, and live as I receive from her hand.
68. Chúdálá replied:—Know, prince, that I also have no interest in worldly pleasures, nor any strong desire for its wealth or power. I rely on the generosity of nature and live according to what she provides.
69. Hence I have no relish for heavenly joys or earthly royalty, nor do I derive any pleasure from the performance of virtuous and manly acts. My delight is in the undisturbed equanimity of my mind, and the positive rest of my position.
69. So, I have no taste for heavenly pleasures or earthly power, and I don’t take any joy in doing virtuous and brave deeds. My happiness comes from the calmness of my mind and the peace of my situation.
70. It is only after I have lost my feeling of pleasure in something, and that of pain in another, that I gain my equanimity and indifference to both, and am settled in my perfect rest and tranquillity.
70. It's only after I've stopped feeling enjoyment in one thing and pain in another that I find my balance and indifference to both, achieving my state of complete calm and peace.
71. Sikhidhwaja responded:—You have rightly said, O large eyed dame, with your calm and cool understanding; that it is all alike, whether we get or lose a kingdom, since we derive no lasting good nor suffer great evil, either from its gain or loss.
71. Sikhidhwaja replied:—You’re absolutely right, O woman with the large eyes, with your calm and clear understanding; it doesn’t really matter whether we gain or lose a kingdom, because we don’t really get lasting benefit or suffer major harm from either its gain or loss.
72. Let us remain in perfect ease, by shunning all thoughts of pleasure or pain; and getting release of the envy, emulation and jealousy; and continue in the same state of thoughtlessness as we are at present. (Lovely lasting peace of mind, sweet delight of human kind; that neither envy nor ambition knows &c. see ode on contentment).
72. Let’s stay completely at ease by avoiding any thoughts of pleasure or pain, and letting go of envy, competition, and jealousy. Let's maintain this state of thoughtlessness just like we are now. (Lovely lasting peace of mind, sweet delight of humanity; that neither envy nor ambition understands, etc. see ode on contentment).
73. In this manner did the conjugal pair, pass the day in[Pg 613] their sweet endearments and mutual conversation; and the day glided on swiftly and sweetly over their feast of reason and flow of the soul.
73. In this way, the couple spent the day in[Pg 613] their loving affection and engaging conversations; and the day passed quickly and pleasantly as they enjoyed their intellectual feast and heartfelt connections.
74. They rose on the departure of the day, to discharge their duties on the parting days; and though they were ill provided for the emergencies of night, yet they well knew how to suit themselves to every occasions in every place.
74. They got up at the end of the day to carry out their responsibilities during the farewell moments; and although they weren’t well prepared for the challenges of the night, they were skilled at adapting to every situation in any place.
75. Disdaining heavenly bliss, the loving pair lived together in perfect contentment with their conjugal bliss; and they both slept in the same bed-stead, loving and loved by one another.
75. Rejecting the idea of heavenly happiness, the loving couple lived together in perfect contentment with their married life; and they both slept in the same bed, loving and being loved by each other.
76. The live long night passed away swiftly in their heaven like happiness of conjugal enjoyment, and upon their conferral of reciprocal love and affection; and by exciting their anxiety for mutual embrace.
76. The long night flew by quickly in their blissful happiness of married life, filled with shared love and care, each stirring up a desire for each other’s warmth.
CHAPTER CX.
Final Extinction of Sikhidhwaja.
Final Extinction of Sikhidhwaja.
Argument:—Return of the Royal pair and retinue to their realm, their long reign therein until their ultimate extinction in the Divine source.
Argument:—The royal couple and their entourage come back to their kingdom, where they rule for a long time until they eventually vanish into the Divine source.
VASISHTHA related:—Then rose the orient sun above the horizon, like a brilliant gem appearing out of its containing casket; and dispelled the darkness of the sky, as the blazing gem enlightens the room with its rays.
VASISHTHA related:—Then the eastern sun rose above the horizon, like a brilliant gem emerging from its container; and it chased away the darkness of the sky, just as a shining gem brightens a room with its light.
2. His dawning rays pierced the eyes of sleeping men, and oped their eyelids, as they open the folia of the closed lotuses; and they roused the lazy world to activity, as if the sun beams gave the sound of the morning bell. (The áráti bell is rung at dawn, like the matin cry of the Muezzin, to raise the sleeping men to their morning service).
2. His early rays pierced the eyes of sleeping men and lifted their eyelids, just like opening the petals of closed lotuses; they stirred the lazy world into action, as if the sunbeams sounded like the morning bell. (The áráti bell is rung at dawn, similar to the morning call of the Muezzin, to wake up sleeping people for their morning service).
3. The loving pair rose from their bed of flowers, in the grotto of the mount brightened by its mineral gold; and sat on their soft and cool leafy seats, to make their morning prayers and discharge their matin functions.
3. The loving couple got up from their bed of flowers in the grotto of the mountain shining with its mineral gold, and sat on their soft and cool leafy seats to say their morning prayers and take care of their morning rituals.
4. Then rose Chúdálá and stood before a golden urn of water, where she made the presence to take his solemn oath by the names of seven oceans of the earth. (This oath is more binding than swearing by the water of Ganges).
4. Then Chúdálá stood up and faced a golden urn of water, where she made him take a serious oath by the names of the seven oceans of the earth. (This oath is more binding than swearing by the water of the Ganges).
5. She then made him sit by the sacred water pot, and facing towards the rising sun in the east; and performed the rite of his installation to his kingdom, in this sequestered retreat.
5. She then made him sit by the holy water pot, facing the rising sun in the east, and carried out the rite for his installation to the throne in this secluded place.
6. After the solemnity of the ceremony was over, they both sat on the same bedding (vishtara), when the god like Chúdálá spoke to her husband in the following manner:—
6. After the seriousness of the ceremony ended, they both sat on the same bedding (vishtara), when the god-like Chúdálá spoke to her husband in the following way:—
7. Now my lord, leave off your quiet character of a muni or hermit, and assume the vigour of the eight rulers of the upper skies and nether world. (These ruling powers are Indra, Varuna &c.).
7. Now, my lord, stop pretending to be a muni or hermit, and take on the strength of the eight rulers of the upper skies and the underworld. (These ruling powers are Indra, Varuna, etc.).
8. After Chúdálá had done speaking in this manner, the prince assented to what she said; and told her that he will do as she bade him, and return to my realm with you.
8. After Chúdálá finished speaking this way, the prince agreed with her and said that he would do as she asked and return to my realm with you.
9. He then said to the princess, who was standing at the post of the warder (i.e. who was in attendance); on her inaugurated lord. "Now will I, my dear, install you in the rank of the queen regent in my turn and return for yours."
9. He then said to the princess, who was standing at the post of the warder (i.e. who was in attendance); on her inaugurated lord. "Now, my dear, I will install you in the position of the queen regent in my turn and then return for yours."
10. Saying so, he caused holy lavation in an adjacent pool, and inaugurated as the regnant Regina of his royalty and realm.
10. Saying that, he performed a holy cleansing in a nearby pool, and declared himself as the reigning Queen of his kingdom and domain.
11. Then the prince requested her to exert the powers, of her consummation in yoga meditation; and to produce and bring to their presence a large force and retinue, as they wanted and thought suitable to their royal dignity.
11. Then the prince asked her to use her skills in yoga meditation and to gather a large force and entourage, as they desired and thought appropriate for their royal status.
12. Hearing these words of prince, the praiseworthy princess produced by the power of her yoga, a body of forces, as large and over-spreading as bodies of out-stretching clouds in the rainy season.
12. Hearing the prince's words, the noble princess created, using her yoga power, a body of energy as vast and expansive as the clouds stretching across the sky in the rainy season.
13. They beheld their cloud like forces, to be composed of lines of horses and elephants, and flags flying in the air in the form of scattered clouds, while the forest land was covered over by the feet of foot-soldiers.
13. They saw their cloud-like forces, made up of lines of horses and elephants, with flags fluttering in the air like scattered clouds, while the ground was covered by the feet of soldiers.
14. The sound of music, resounded in the hollow caves of mountains and woods; and the flash of the coronets on the head of the soldiers, drove away the darkness of the sky.
14. The sound of music echoed in the empty caves of the mountains and forests, while the shine of the soldiers' crowns illuminated the dark sky.
15. Then the royal pair mounted upon a royal elephant, which exuded with the perfume of its ichor; escorted by the army on both sides of their procession.
15. Then the royal couple climbed onto a royal elephant, which was scented with its special fragrance, and were escorted by the army on both sides of their parade.
16. The prince Sikhidhwaja sat with the princess on the same seat, and was accompanied by a mighty force composed of foot-soldiers and chariots, that furrowed the ground as they drove on forward.
16. The prince Sikhidhwaja sat with the princess on the same seat, and was accompanied by a powerful army made up of foot soldiers and chariots, which plowed through the ground as they moved ahead.
17. The mighty force gushed out like a rolling mountain, and seemed to blow off and break down the rock and highlands, as the cyclone carries off every thing in its way.
17. The powerful force surged out like a rolling mountain and seemed to tear apart and break down the rocks and highlands, just like a cyclone sweeps everything in its path.
18. The prince then proceeded from the Mahendra mountain, seeing on both sides the mountains and flatlands, rivers,[Pg 616] forests and habitations of men, as he went onward with his great array.
18. The prince then moved away from Mahendra mountain, observing the mountains and plains, rivers,[Pg 616] forests, and human settlements on both sides as he continued forward with his grand entourage.
19. He showed and pointed out to his royal consort, the places where he sojourned before, on his way from out of his city, which he now beheld in his heavenly brightness, upon his arrival there in a little time.
19. He showed and pointed out to his royal partner the places he had stayed before, on his way out of his city, which he now saw in its heavenly brightness, shortly after arriving there.
20. All his chiefs and chieftains, advanced to meet their prince; and welcomed with shouts of his victory, from their heart felt joy or from the revival of their hopes; on the occasion of his happy return.
20. All his leaders and chiefs came forward to greet their prince, welcoming him with cheers for his victory, filled with genuine happiness and renewed hopes at the celebration of his successful return.
21. The prince entered the city, accompanied by his two regiments on both sides, and attended by bands of musicians playing in concord with the singing and dancing party.
21. The prince entered the city, flanked by his two regiments on either side, and followed by groups of musicians playing in harmony with the singing and dancing crowd.
22. He passed through the market place, and beheld the beauty of the shops one after the other; and was hailed by groups of the city women, who pelted their handfuls of flowers and fried rice at him, as he passed on by them.
22. He walked through the marketplace and admired the beauty of the shops one after another. Groups of women from the city called out to him, throwing their handfuls of flowers and fried rice as he walked by.
23. He saw numbers of flags and banners hoisted on every side, and beheld strings of pearls hung over the doorways of houses. The women of the city were singing and dancing in merriment all around, and giving it the appearance of Kailasa—the happy abode of gods.
23. He saw lots of flags and banners raised everywhere, and noticed strings of pearls hanging over the doorways of houses. The women of the city were singing and dancing joyfully all around, making it look like Kailasa—the happy home of the gods.
24. He entered his royal palace with all his retinue, and was welcomed by the congratulations of his courtiers and attendants. He gave due honors to all his servants, and then dismissed the train, as he entered the inner apartment.
24. He entered his royal palace with all his entourage and was greeted with congratulations from his courtiers and attendants. He acknowledged all his servants properly, then dismissed the group as he went into the inner room.
25. He ordered a festivity to be observed for a week, and then employed himself to the management of the state affairs, and in conducting his meditation in the inner apartment.
25. He ordered a week-long celebration and then focused on managing state affairs while also engaging in meditation in his private quarters.
26. He reigned over his realm, for the period of a thousand and ten rains; and desisted from bearing the burthen of their bodies, and expired together with his royal consort about the same time.
26. He ruled his kingdom for a thousand and ten years; he stopped carrying the weight of their lives and passed away around the same time as his queen.
27. Having quitted his mortal frame, he obtained his extinction like an oilless and extinguished lamp, and attained the state, whence the high minded soul, has no more to return and be reborn on earth.
27. After leaving his physical body, he experienced complete liberation like a lamp without oil that has gone out, reaching a state from which the noble soul never returns to be reborn on Earth.
28. It was by his observance of equanimity, that he enjoyed the peaceful reign of above a thousand years; and had the good fortune to live and die together with the princess, with whom he became extinct in the deity at last.
28. It was by maintaining his calmness that he experienced a peaceful rule for over a thousand years; and he was fortunate enough to live and die alongside the princess, with whom he ultimately merged into the divine.
29. It was by his sama-drishti or view of all persons and things with an even sight and in the same light, and his avoidance of fear and sorrow, together with his want of pride, envy and enmity, and the dispassionateness of his disposition, also his observance of the duties to which he was bound by his birth, that made him put off his death for more than a thousand cold seasons (years), and a peaceful reign for all time, with the co-partner of his felicity.
29. It was his sama-drishti, or the way he viewed everyone and everything with an even perspective and in the same light, along with his ability to avoid fear and sorrow, and his lack of pride, envy, and resentment, as well as his calm nature and his commitment to the responsibilities tied to his heritage, that allowed him to delay his death for over a thousand cold seasons (years) and to maintain a peaceful reign forever, alongside the partner of his happiness.
30. Now Ráma, try to imitate this prince, and be like him in every thing; whose virtues had made him the crown of all other Kings on earth; who enjoyed all the enjoyments of life, and lived a long life until he attended his final state of immortality. Do you, O Ráma! pursue your own callings, and never be sorry at any accident in life. Be ever prompt and vigilant in your duties, and enjoy the prosperity both of temporal enjoyments and spiritual liberations at once.
30. Now Ráma, try to be like this prince in every way; his qualities made him the best of all kings on earth. He enjoyed everything life had to offer and lived a long life before reaching his final state of immortality. You, Ráma, should follow your own path and never regret any setbacks in life. Always be ready and attentive in your responsibilities, and enjoy both the pleasures of this world and spiritual freedom at the same time.
CHAPTER CXI.
Story of Kacha and his enlightenment by the Brihaspati
The Tale of Kacha and His Enlightenment by Brihaspati
Argument:—His coming to knowledge of himself by the instruction of his father Brihaspati.
Argument:—He achieves self-awareness through the teachings of his father, Brihaspati.
VASISHTHA related:—Now I have narrated to you fully, and finished my relation of the narrative of Sikhidhwaja; and hope you will imitate his example, to set you free from all sorrow and misery.
VASISHTHA related:—Now I have told you everything, and completed the story of Sikhidhwaja; and I hope you will follow his example to free yourself from all sorrow and misery.
2. Shut out the visible world from thy sight, and shut in thy passions and affections in close confinement within thy heart; and continue with the dispassionateness of thy mind, for ever attached to the supreme spirit.
2. Shut out the visible world from your sight, and keep your passions and feelings confined within your heart; and remain with the calm of your mind, always connected to the supreme spirit.
3. Reign in thy kingdom with the leteration of Sikhidhwaja, and conduct yourself in a manner, that may secure to you the fruition of both worlds (namely—the peace and tranquillity of thy mind in this and the liberation of the soul in the next).
3. Rule your kingdom with the wisdom of Sikhidhwaja, and act in a way that ensures you achieve the fulfillment of both worlds (that is—the peace and calm of your mind in this life and the freedom of your soul in the next).
4. As Sikhidhwaja came by degrees to attain his enlightenment, so also did Kacha the son of Brihaspati receive the light of his reason, as I shall now relate unto you.
4. As Sikhidhwaja gradually gained his enlightenment, Kacha, the son of Brihaspati, also received the insight of his understanding, as I will now tell you.
5. Ráma said, please to tell me sir, in short, how this Kacha the saintly son of the sage Brihaspati, came to his reason and right understanding, after he was deluded before by error as Sikhidhwaja.
5. Rama said, please tell me, sir, in short, how this Kacha, the saintly son of the sage Brihaspati, came to his senses and gained understanding after he was previously misled by mistakes as Sikhidhwaja.
6. Vasishtha began by saying:—Hear Ráma, another tale as interesting as that of Sikhidhwaja, and the manner in which Kacha the progeny of the god like Brihaspati was awakened to the light of truth.
6. Vasishtha began by saying:—Listen, Ráma, to another story as captivating as that of Sikhidhwaja, and how Kacha, the descendant of the god-like Brihaspati, came to see the truth.
7. As he has passed the period of his youth, and was about to enter the career of worldly life, and had ere this acquired the full knowledge of worlds and things, he proposed the following query to his father.
7. Now that he had moved beyond his youth and was about to start his adult life, having already gained a solid understanding of the world and its matters, he asked his father the following question.
8. He said, tell me, O father, that knowest all righteousness, how the animal spirit that is bound to the body by means of[Pg 619] the too thin thread of life, is released from the bondage of it in this temporary world.
8. He said, tell me, O father, who knows all righteousness, how the animal spirit that is tied to the body by the too thin thread of life, is freed from its bondage in this temporary world.
9. Brihaspati replied:—The soul, my son, is well able to fly away easily and swiftly over the perilous ocean of the world, by means of its abandonment of concerns with it.
9. Brihaspati replied:—The soul, my son, can easily and quickly soar over the dangerous sea of the world by letting go of its worries about it.
10. Vasishtha added:—Kacha hearing this holy dictum of his father, abandoned all his earthly properties and expectations, and left his house and went to the forest where he took his shelter.
10. Vasishtha added:—Kacha, hearing this sacred instruction from his father, gave up all his possessions and expectations, left his home, and went to the forest where he found shelter.
11. Brihaspati was filled with sorrow at his departure; because it is the nature of good hearted men, to feel equal anxiety both at the union as well as the separation of their friends and inmates.
11. Brihaspati was filled with sadness at his departure; because it’s the nature of kind-hearted people to feel the same anxiety during both the coming together and the parting of their friends and loved ones.
12. After the sinless Kacha had passed three and five years in his solitude, he came to meet unawares his reverent father, seeking for him in the wood.
12. After the innocent Kacha had spent three years and five in his solitude, he unexpectedly came across his respected father while searching for him in the woods.
13. The son rose and did homage to his venerable father, who embraced him in his arms and to his breast; and then bespoke to his father—the lord of speech, in words that flowed like honey from his lips.
13. The son got up and showed respect to his wise father, who hugged him close to his chest; then he spoke to his father—the master of words, in phrases that flowed like honey from his lips.
14. Kacha said:—You see father, that I have for these full eight years, forsaken every thing and betaken myself to this solitary retreat, and still why is it, that I do not enjoy the lovely and lasting peace of mind which I have been seeking so long?
14. Kacha said:—You see, Father, that for the past eight years, I have given up everything and come to this lonely place, yet why is it that I still don't experience the beautiful and lasting peace of mind that I've been searching for all this time?
15. Vasishtha related—Upon hearing these sorrowful words of Kacha, the lord of speech for Brihaspati told him again to abandon his all, and then left him and made his way to the upper sky.
15. Vasishtha said—After hearing Kacha's sad words, the lord of speech for Brihaspati told him once more to let go of everything, then left him and ascended to the upper sky.
16. After his father's departure, Kacha cast off his mantle made of the bark and leaves of trees; when his frail body appeared out of it like the clear autumnal sky, after the setting of the sun and the stars of heaven.
16. After his father's departure, Kacha removed his cloak made of tree bark and leaves; when his fragile body emerged from it, it resembled the clear autumn sky after sunset, with the stars in the heavens.
17. He then removed to another forest, where he took shelter in the cave of a rock, that defended him from rains and rainy clouds, as the autumnal sky protects the landscape from the floods of rain.
17. He then moved to another forest, where he found shelter in a rock cave that protected him from the rain and stormy clouds, just like the autumn sky shields the landscape from heavy downpours.
18. He lived afterwards all apart on one side of a wood, with his naked body and tranquil and vacant mind, and[Pg 620] breathed only the breath of his life; and as he was afflicted on one occasion in this state of his body and mind, he happened to see his father standing before him.
18. He lived alone on one side of a forest, with his bare body and a calm, empty mind, and[Pg 620] only breathed the air of his existence; and one time, while he was troubled in this state, he saw his father standing in front of him.
19. The pious son rose from his seat, and did reverence to his sire with all the marks of filial piety; being then clasped in his close embrace, he asked him in his faltering words as follows:—
19. The devoted son stood up from his seat and showed great respect to his father with all the signs of filial love; after being tightly embraced, he asked him in shaky words as follows:—
20. Kacha said:—Behold my father how I have forsaken every thing, and have even cast away my ragged wrapper and my shelter of reeds and weeds; and yet why is that I do not find my rest in my god, and what must I yet do to attain to that state.
20. Kacha said:—Look at my father, how I have given up everything, even throwing away my worn-out clothes and my shelter made of reeds and weeds; and yet why can’t I find peace in my god, and what more do I need to do to reach that state?
21. Brihaspati said:—I told you my son, to forsake your all, and this all means the mind, which comprehends all things in it; it is by forsaking your mind that you can gain your perfect felicity, because the learned know the mind to be all in all, on account of its being the container of every thing in itself, and there being nothing, besides the ideas of them in our minds.
21. Brihaspati said:—I told you, my son, to let go of everything, and that "everything" means your mind, which holds all things within it; by letting go of your mind, you can achieve true happiness, because wise people understand that the mind is everything, as it contains all things within itself, and there is nothing apart from the ideas of them in our minds.
22. Vasishtha related:—Saying so, the lord of speech—Brihaspati flew hastily into the sky; and his son Kacha, strove henceforth to relinquish the thoughts and operations of his mind.
22. Vasishtha said:—Saying this, the lord of speech—Brihaspati quickly ascended into the sky; and his son Kacha then tried to let go of his thoughts and mental activities.
23. But as found it impossible to subdue his mind, as also to suppress its action and motion; he then recalled his father to his mind, and thought in himself to be got into his presence.
23. But he found it impossible to calm his thoughts or stop their movement; he then remembered his father and imagined that he was in his presence.
24. He considered in himself, the mind to be no part of his body, nor anything among the known categories in nature; It is quite aloof and apart from all, and therefore perfectly guiltless in itself, why should I then abandon so innocent and constant a companion of mine.
24. He thought to himself that the mind is not a part of his body or anything that fits into the known categories of nature; it is completely separate and apart from everything else, and therefore entirely innocent in itself. So why should I give up such an innocent and constant companion?
25. I shall therefore have recourse to my father, to learn how and why the mind is accounted as the greatest enemy of men. Learning this fully from him, I will forthwith forsake it from me, and purchase my felicity thereby.
25. So, I will turn to my father to understand how and why the mind is considered the greatest enemy of humans. Once I fully learn this from him, I will immediately let it go and find my happiness that way.
26. Vasishtha related:—Having thought so, Kacha went upward to the upper sky, and meeting the lord of speech there,[Pg 621] he bowed down to him, and did his homage with filial love and affection.
26. Vasishtha shared:—After thinking this over, Kacha ascended to the upper sky, and when he encountered the lord of speech there,[Pg 621] he bowed to him and showed his respect with love and affection as a son.
27. He then called him aside, and asked him to tell him the true nature and form of the mind, so that he could be enabled to detect it thereby, and forsake it accordingly from him.
27. He then pulled him aside and asked him to explain the true nature and form of the mind, so that he could recognize it and let it go.
28. Brihaspati answered:—The mind is known as the egoism of a man, by men acquainted with the mental science or psychology; the inward feeling of one's egoism, takes the name of his mind and no more.
28. Brihaspati answered:—People who understand psychology refer to the mind as a person's ego. The inner sense of one's ego is called their mind and nothing more.
29. Kacha rejoined and said:—O sire of unlimited understanding, that art the preceptor of thirty-three millions of gods; explain to me this intricate point of identity of the mind or intellect or egoism.
29. Kacha replied, "O master of boundless knowledge, who teaches thirty-three million gods, please clarify this complicated issue of the identity of the mind, intellect, or ego."
30. I see the difficulty both of forsaking his mind, as also of his forgetting his egoism or self-personality; and own also the impossibility of one's consummation, without his relinquishing both of these; tell me now, O thou greatest of yogi thinkers, how is it possible to get rid of them in any wise.
30. I understand the challenge of letting go of his thoughts, as well as forgetting his ego or sense of self; I also acknowledge the impossibility of achieving true completion without giving up both of these. So tell me now, O greatest of yogi thinkers, how can one possibly get rid of them in any way?
31. Brihaspati answered:—Why my son, the demolition of our egoism is as easy as the twinkling of our eyelids, and easier far than the crushing of flowers; and there is not the least pain in your rejecting this feeling.
31. Brihaspati answered:—Why, my son, breaking down our ego is as easy as blinking our eyes, and even easier than crushing flowers; there isn't any pain at all in letting go of that feeling.
32. Now hear my boy tell you how this is to be done in a trice, and how it is to be removed like long standing bias of ignorance, by the true knowledge of the nature of a thing.
32. Now listen to my boy explain how this can be done in no time, and how it can be taken away like a long-standing bias of ignorance, through a true understanding of the nature of a thing.
33. There is no such thing in reality my son, as what you call your egoism or personality; it is an unreality appearing as reality, and a false chimera like the ghost of little boys. (Men fear death as children fear to go in the dark, thinking there are ghost and goblins lurking therein of Bacon's Essays).
33. In reality, my son, there’s no such thing as what you refer to as your egoism or personality; it's an illusion that seems real, a false creation like the fears of little boys. (Men fear death like children are afraid of the dark, believing there are ghosts and monsters hiding there, as noted in Bacon's Essays).
34. Like the fallacy of water in the mirage, and the mistake of a serpent in the rope; and alike all other errors appearing as truths, the misconception of egoism is a mere delusion of the understanding.
34. Just like the illusion of water in a mirage and the mistake of seeing a snake when it's just a rope, along with all other errors that seem like truths, the misunderstanding of egoism is just a trick of the mind.
35. As it is the delusion of our vision, that represents a couple of moons in the sky, and shows many things as their[Pg 622] doubles; so it is the error of our understanding that presents to us our false egoism, instead of the one real and everlasting ego.
35. Just as our vision tricks us into seeing a couple of moons in the sky and makes many things appear doubled, our understanding misleads us by showing us our false ego instead of the one true and eternal self.
36. There is one real Ego alone, which is without beginning and end, and quite pellucid in itself; it is more transparent than the clear atmosphere, and an Intelligence that knows all things. (Pure omniscience).
36. There is one true Ego that is eternal and unchanging, completely clear in itself; it is even more transparent than the clearest atmosphere, and it is an Intelligence that knows everything. (Pure omniscience).
37. He is always every where, as the light of all things and the life of all living beings; It is his essence only that spreads throughout all nature and shines in all her phenomena, as the same essence of water, displays itself in all the rolling surges and waves and moving bubbles in the sea.
37. He is always everywhere, like the light of everything and the life of all living beings; it is his essence that spreads throughout all nature and shines in all her phenomena, just as the same essence of water shows itself in all the rolling waves and moving bubbles in the sea.
38. Such being the case, tell me what is this special egoism of ours, and how and whence could a separate personality come to exist; where can you find dust to raise from water, or behold water to spring from fire. (Things of the same kind spring from the same source, and the product is never different from the original).
38. Given this, tell me what this unique egoism of ours is, and how and from where a separate personality could come into existence; where can you find dust to be raised from water, or see water to come from fire? (Similar things come from the same source, and the result is never different from the original).
39. Shun my son your false belief of the difference of this one and that another, and thyself a quite another person (a tertium quid); and abstain to think thyself as a mean and contemptible being confined within the limits of space and time. (i.e. Know thyself as identic with the boundless and everlasting spirit and no other).
39. Avoid, my son, your mistaken belief in the distinction between this one and that one, and between yourself and someone completely different; and stop thinking of yourself as a lowly and worthless being limited by space and time. (i.e. Understand yourself as being identical with the limitless and eternal spirit and nothing else).
40. Know thyself (soul) as unbounded by space and time, and ever overspread all over in thy essential transparency, which is always the same in all seeming varieties, the one invariable, pure and simple Intellect.
40. Understand yourself (soul) as limitless in space and time, and always present in your true clarity, which remains the same despite all apparent differences, the one constant, pure, and straightforward Intellect.
41. Thyself (soul) is situated, in the fruits, flowers and leaves of all the trees on every side of thee; and abides in every thing like the pith and marrow for its subsistence, and as moisture for its growth. The pure intellect eternally inheres in every thing as its soul and essence, tell me then O Kacha, whence you derive the belief of your egoism and personal existence (as an embodied person).
41. Your soul is present in the fruits, flowers, and leaves of all the trees around you; it exists in everything like the core and substance for its survival, and like moisture for its growth. The pure intellect is always inherent in everything as its soul and essence. So tell me, O Kacha, where do you get the belief in your ego and personal existence as a physical being?
CHAPTER CXII.
A fanciful Being and his Occupation of Air drawn and Air built Abodes.
A playful creature and his job in the sky built and created homes in the clouds.
Argument:—Man likened to a fantastic being, his egoism a mere phantasm, and his repeated births and bodies compared to aerial castles.
Argument:—Human beings are compared to an incredible entity, with their self-centeredness merely being an illusion, and their repeated lives and bodies compared to castles in the air.
VASISHTHA related:—Kacha the son of the divine preceptor Brihaspati, being thus advised by his venerable sire in the best kind of yoga meditation; began to muse in himself as one liberated from his personal entity, and lost and absorbed in essence of the sole and self-existent Deity. So says the sufi Sadi:—"Dui rachum badar kardam Eke binan Eke danam. &c." When I kept the duality of my personality out of my sight, I saw before me all blending in one, ineffable blaze of light.
VASISHTHA said:—Kacha, the son of the divine teacher Brihaspati, after receiving guidance from his respected father on the best form of yoga meditation, began to reflect within himself as someone free from his individual identity, completely absorbed in the essence of the one and only self-existent Deity. As the Sufi poet Sadi expressed:—"Dui rachum badar kardam Eke binan Eke danam. &c." When I disregarded the duality of my personality, I saw everything merge into an indescribable light.
2. Kacha remained quite freed from his egoism and meism, with the tranquillity of his mind, and cut off from all the ties of nature, and all apart from the bonds of worldly life. So I advise you, Ráma, to remain unchanged and unmoved amidst all the changes and movements of earthly bodies and vicissitudes of a mortal life.
2. Kacha stayed free from his ego and selfishness, with a calm mind, disconnected from all natural ties and separate from the bonds of worldly life. So I advise you, Ráma, to remain steady and unaffected amid all the changes and fluctuations of earthly beings and the ups and downs of mortal life.
3. Know all egoistic personality to total nihility, and never hesitate to remove yourself from this asylum of unreality, whose essence is as nothing at all as the horns of a hare whether you lay hold on it or lose your grasp of it (and as inextricable and inexplicable as the horns of a dilemma).
3. Understand that all self-centered personalities amount to nothing, and don’t hesitate to distance yourself from this false reality, which is as meaningless as the horns of a hare, whether you hold onto them or let them go (and as confusing and puzzling as the horns of a dilemma).
4. If it is impossible for your egoism to be a reality, why then talk of your birth and demise or your existence and inexistence; which is as it were planting a tree in the sky, of which you can neither reap the fruits or flowers.
4. If your self-centeredness can't be real, then why talk about your birth and death or your existence and non-existence? It's like trying to plant a tree in the sky, from which you can’t gather any fruits or flowers.
5. After annihilation of your egoism there remains the sole ego, which is of the form of intellect only and not that of fickle mind; It is tranquil and without any desire, and extends through all existence; it is minuter and more subtile[Pg 624] than the smallest atom, and is only the power of intellection and understanding. (i.e. the omniscience).
5. Once you've eliminated your egoism, what remains is the true self, which is purely intellectual and not influenced by the unpredictable mind. It is calm and free of desire, permeating all existence; it is finer and more subtle[Pg 624] than the tiniest atom, embodying only the ability to think and understand. (i.e. total knowledge).
6. As the waves are raised upon the waters and the ornaments are made of gold; so our egoism springing from the original ego appears to be something different from it.
6. Just as the waves rise on the water and gold is shaped into ornaments, our egoism, which comes from the original self, seems to be something separate from it.
7. It is our ignorance or imperfect knowledge only that represents the visible world as a magic show, but the light of right knowledge, brings us to see the one and self-same Brahma in all forms of things.
7. It’s just our lack of understanding or limited knowledge that makes the visible world seem like a magic show, but when we have the right knowledge, we can see the one and only Brahma in everything.
8. Avoid your dubiety of the unity and duality (i.e. of the singleness of the prime cause, and variety of its products); but remain firm in your belief of that state, which lasts after the loss of both (i.e. the one and all the same). Be happy with this belief, and never trouble yourself with thinking any thing otherwise like the false man in the tale.
8. Avoid doubting the unity and duality (i.e., the oneness of the primary cause and the diversity of its outcomes); instead, stay confident in your belief in the state that persists after losing both (i.e., the one and the many). Be content with this belief, and never frustrate yourself by thinking otherwise like the deceiver in the story.
9. There is an inexplicable magic enveloping the whole, and this world is an impervious mass of theurgy or sorcery, which enwraps as thickly, as the autumnal mists obscure the firmament, and which is scattered by the light of good understanding.
9. There’s an unexplainable magic surrounding everything, and this world is a solid blend of divine magic or sorcery that envelopes us as densely as autumn fog hides the sky, yet it’s lifted by the clarity of good understanding.
10. Ráma said:—Sir, your learned lectures, like draughts of nectar, have given me entire satisfaction; and I am as refreshed by your cooling speeches, as the parching swallow is refrigerated by a shower of rain water.
10. Ráma said:—Sir, your insightful talks, like sips of nectar, have completely satisfied me; and I feel as refreshed by your calming words as a thirsty swallow is cooled by a rain shower.
11. I feel as cold within myself, as if I were anointed with heavenly ambrosia; and I think myself raised above all beings, in my possession of unequalled riches and greatness, by the grace of God.
11. I feel as cold inside as if I were blessed with heavenly ambrosia; and I believe I’m above all beings, because of the unmatched riches and greatness I have, by the grace of God.
12. I am never satiated to the fullness of my heart, at hearing the orations of thy mouth; and am like chakora or swallow that is never satiate with swallowing dewy moon-beams by night.
12. I can never get enough of hearing you speak; I’m like a chakora or swallow that’s never satisfied with drinking in the dewy moonlight at night.
13. I confess to thee that I am never surfeited by drinking the sweet of thy speech, and the more I hearken to thee, the more am I disposed to learn from and listen to thee; for who is there so cloyed with the ambrosial honey, that he declines to taste the nectarine juice again?
13. I admit that I can never get enough of your sweet words, and the more I listen to you, the more I want to learn from you; for who is so tired of the delightful honey that they wouldn't want to taste the delicious nectar again?
14. Tell me sir, what do you mean by the false men of the tale; who thought the real entity as a nonentity, and look at the unreal world as a solar and solid reality.
14. Tell me, sir, what do you mean by the false men of the story; who viewed the real entity as a nonentity, and perceived the unreal world as a bright and solid reality.
15. Vasishtha related:—Now attend to me, Ráma, to relate unto you the story of the false and fanciful man; which is pleasant to hear, and quite ludicrous and laughable from first to last.
15. Vasishtha said:—Now listen to me, Ráma, as I tell you the story of the deceitful and imaginative man; it’s enjoyable to hear and completely ridiculous and amusing from beginning to end.
16. There lived once a man, like a magical machine somewhere; who lived like an idiot with the imbecility of his infantine simplicity, and was full of gross ignorance as a fool or block-head.
16. There once lived a man, like a magical machine somewhere; who acted like a fool with the naivety of a child, and was as clueless as a fool or a simpleton.
17. He was born somewhere in some remote region of the sky, and was doomed to wander in his etherial sphere, like a false apparition in the air, or a mirage in the sandy desert. (as a phantom or phantasmagoria).
17. He was born in some distant part of the sky and was doomed to drift in his ethereal realm, like a ghostly figure in the air or a mirage in the hot desert. (as a phantom or phantasmagoria).
18. There was no other person beside himself, and whatever else there was in that place, it was but his self or an exact likeness of itself. He saw naught but himself, and aught that he saw he thought to be but his self.
18. There was no one else around him, and whatever else was in that place was just himself or a perfect copy of him. He saw nothing but himself, and anything he saw, he thought was just him.
19. As he grew up to manhood in this lonely retreat, he pondered in himself saying: I am airy and belong to the aerial sphere; the air is my province, and I will therefore rule over this region as mine.
19. As he grew up into a man in this quiet place, he thought to himself, "I am light and belong to the sky; the air is my domain, and I will rule over this area as my own."
20. The air is my proprietory right, and therefore I must preserve it with all diligence, then with this thought he built an aerial house for his abode, in order to protect and rule his etherial dominion.
20. The air is my property, so I have to take care of it with all my effort. With this in mind, he built a house in the sky to protect and govern his ethereal domain.
21. He placed his reliance inside that aerial castle, from where he could manage to rule his aerial domain, and lived quite content amidst the sphere of his airy habitation for a long time.
21. He placed his trust in that flying castle, from where he could manage to rule his sky kingdom, and lived quite happily in his airy home for a long time.
22. But in course of time his air built castle came to be dilapidated, and to be utterly destroyed at last; as the clouds of heaven are driven and blown away in autumn, and the waves of the sea are dispersed by the breeze, and sunken down in a calm.
22. But over time, his dream castle fell into ruins and was eventually completely destroyed; just like the clouds in the sky are swept away in the fall, and the waves of the sea are scattered by the wind, and settle down in a calm.
23. He then cried out in sorrow, saying; O my air built mansion, why art thou broken down and blown away so soon; and, O my air drawn habitation, where art thou withdrawn from me. In this manner, he wailed in his excessive grief and said; Ah, now I see, that an aerial something must be reduced to an aerial nothing.
23. He then cried out in sadness, saying; O my sky-built home, why have you fallen apart and disappeared so quickly; and, O my sky-drawn dwelling, where have you gone from me? In this way, he mourned in his deep sorrow and said; Ah, now I see, that something made of air must turn into nothing made of air.
24. After lamenting in this manner for a long time, this simpleton dug a cave in the vacuity of the atmosphere; and continued to dwell in that hollow cavity, in order to look up to his aerial realm from below. Thus he remained quite content in the closed air of the cave for a long period of time.
24. After feeling sorry for himself for a long time, this simpleton dug a cave in the emptiness of the atmosphere and continued to live in that hollow space, wanting to gaze up at his sky kingdom from below. He stayed content in the confined air of the cave for a long time.
25. In process of time his cell was wasted and washed away, and he became immerged in deep sorrow upon the immersion of his empty cave.
25. Over time, his cell eroded and was washed away, and he fell into deep sorrow over the flooding of his empty cave.
26. He then constructed a hollow pot, and took his residence in its open bowel, and adapted his living to its narrow limits.
26. He then made a hollow pot and moved into its open cavity, adjusting his way of living to fit its tight space.
27. Know that his brittle earthen pot also, was broken down in course of a short time; and he came to know the frailty of all his habitations, as an unfortunate man finds the fickleness of all the hopes and helps, which he fondly lays hold upon.
27. Know that his fragile clay pot was also broken in a short time; and he realized the weakness of all his dwellings, just as an unlucky person discovers the unpredictability of all the hopes and supports that he desperately clings to.
28. After the breaking of his pot, he got a tub for his residence (like the tub of Diogenes); and from there he surveyed the heavenly sphere; as any one beholds it from his particular habitation.
28. After his pot broke, he got a tub to live in (like Diogenes’ tub); and from there he looked at the sky, just like anyone does from their own home.
29. His tub also was broken down in course of time, by some wild animal; and thus he lost all his stays, as the darkness and the dews of night, are dispelled and sucked up by the solar light and heat.
29. His tub also broke down over time, due to some wild animal; and so he lost all his supports, like how the darkness and the night dew are cleared away and absorbed by the sunlight and heat.
30. After he had sorrowed in vain for the loss of his tub, he took his asylum in an enclosed cottage, with an open space in the midst, for his view of the upper skies.
30. After he had mourned in vain for the loss of his tub, he found refuge in a small cottage, with an open area in the center for his view of the sky above.
31. The all devouring time, destroyed also that habitation of his; and scattered it all about, as the winds of heaven dispersed the dried leaves of trees, and left him to bewail the loss of his last retreat and flitting shelter.
31. The all-consuming time also destroyed his home, scattering it everywhere like the winds of the sky spread dried leaves from trees, leaving him to mourn the loss of his final refuge and temporary shelter.
32. He then built a hut in the form of a barn house in the field, and thence watched over his estate of the air, as farmers keep watch and take care of their granaries in the farms.
32. He then built a hut that looked like a barn in the field, and from there, he kept an eye on his territory in the sky, just like farmers watch over and take care of their granaries on the farm.
33. But the driving winds of the air, drove away and dispersed his hovel, as they do the gathering clouds of heaven; and the roofless man had once more to deplore at the loss of his last refuge.
33. But the strong winds blew away and scattered his shelter, just like they do with the gathering clouds in the sky; and the roofless man had to mourn the loss of his last refuge once again.
34. Having thus lost all his abodes, in the pool and pot, in the cottage and hut; the aerial man was left to bemoan over his losses, in his empty abode of the air.
34. After losing all his homes, in the pool and pot, in the cottage and hut, the man of the sky was left to mourn his losses in his empty home in the air.
35. Being thus situated in his helpless state, the aerial man reflected upon the narrow confines of the abodes, which he had chosen for himself of his own accord; and thought on the multifarious pains and troubles, that he had repeatedly to undergo, in the erection and destruction of all his aerial castles by his own ignorance only.
35. Being in such a helpless situation, the aerial man thought about the limited spaces he had chosen for himself voluntarily. He reflected on the many pains and troubles he had to face repeatedly while building and destroying all his aerial castles due to his own ignorance.
CHAPTER CXIII.
The Parable of the Vain Man Continued.
The Parable of the Vain Man Continued.
Argument.—Interpretation of the parable of the Aerial man.
Argument—Understanding the parable of the Sky Man.
RÁMA said:—Please sir, give me the interpretation of your parable of the false man, and tell me the allusion it bears to the fanciful man, whose business it was to watch the air or sky (and to make his new posts for that purpose).
RÁMA said:—Please, sir, could you explain your parable about the false man and tell me how it relates to the imaginative man, whose job was to observe the air or sky (and to create new posts for that purpose)?
2. Vasishtha replied:—Hear me, Ráma, now expound to you the meaning of my parable of the false man, and the allusion which it bears to every fanciful man in this world.
2. Vasishtha replied:—Listen to me, Ráma, as I explain the meaning of my story about the false man and how it relates to every imaginative person in this world.
3. The man that I have represented to you, as a magical engine (máyá yantra), means the egoistic man, who is led by the magic of his egoism, to look upon the empty air of his personality as a real entity (and whose sole care it is to preserve its vital air as its only property).
3. The man I’ve described to you as a magical engine (máyá yantra) represents the ego-driven person, who is enchanted by their own ego, seeing the superficial aspects of their personality as something real (and whose main concern is to protect this illusion as their only possession).
4. The vault of the sky, which contains all these orbs of worlds; is but an infinite space of empty void, as it was ere this creation came into existence, and before it becomes manifest to view.
4. The sky, which holds all these celestial bodies, is just an endless expanse of emptiness, just like it was before this creation came into being and before it became visible.
5. There is the spirit of the inscrutable and impersonal Brahma, immanent in this vacuity and becomes apparent in the personality of Brahmá, in the manner of the audible sound issuing out of the empty air, which is its receptacle and support.
5. There is the essence of the mysterious and impersonal Brahma, present in this emptiness and revealed in the personality of Brahmá, similar to how a sound emerges from the empty air, which holds and sustains it.
6. It is from this also that there rises the subtle individual soul with the sense of its egoism, as the vibration of current winds springs from the motionless air; and then as it grows up in time in the same element, it comes to believe its having an individual soul and a personality of its own.
6. It is from this that the subtle individual soul emerges with its sense of self, just as the vibration of currents arises from still air; and as it grows over time in the same environment, it begins to believe it has its own individual soul and personality.
7. Thus the impersonal soul being imbibed with the idea of its personality, tries to preserve its egoism for ever; it enters into many bodies of different kinds, and creates new ones for its abode upon the loss of the former ones.
7. So, the impersonal soul, absorbing the idea of its own identity, tries to maintain its sense of self forever; it inhabits many different bodies and creates new ones to live in after losing the previous ones.
8. This egoistic soul, is called the false and magical man;[Pg 629] because it is a false creation of unreality, and a production of vain ignorance and imagination.
8. This self-centered soul is called the false and magical person;[Pg 629] because it is a deceptive creation of unreality, born from foolish ignorance and imagination.
9. The pit and the pot, and the cottage and the hut, represent the different bodies, the empty vacuity of which, supplies the egoistic soul with a temporary abode.
9. The pit and the pot, and the cottage and the hut, represent the different bodies, the empty void of which provides the selfish soul with a temporary home.
10. Now listen to me to relate to you the different names, under which our ignorant spirit passes in this world, and begins itself under one or other of these appellations.
10. Now listen as I share with you the different names our unaware spirit goes by in this world and starts out under one or another of these titles.
11. It takes the various names of the living soul, the understanding, mind, the heart, and ignorance and nature also; and is known among men, by the words imagination, fancy and time, which are also applied to it.
11. It goes by various names like the soul, understanding, mind, heart, ignorance, and nature; and among people, it's referred to as imagination, fancy, and time, which are also used to describe it.
12. In these and a thousand other names and forms, doth this vain egoism appear to us in this world; but all these powers and faculties are mere attributives of the true ego which is imperceptible to us.
12. In all these and countless other names and forms, this empty egoism shows itself to us in this world; but all these powers and abilities are just traits of the true self, which we can't perceive.
13. The world is verily known to rest without its basis, in the extended and vacuous womb of the visible firmament; and the imaginary soul of the egoist is supposed to dwell in it, and feel all its pain and pleasure in vain. (But the sense of the unreality of the world, as also of one's personality, exempts from the sensations of pleasure and pain).
13. The world is truly understood to exist without a foundation, in the vast and empty space of the visible sky; and the imagined self of the egotist is thought to exist within it, experiencing all its pain and pleasure for nothing. (However, the awareness of the world's unreality, as well as one's own identity, frees one from the feelings of pleasure and pain).
14. Therefore O Ráma, do not like the imaginary man in the fable, place any reliance in your false personality; nor subject yourself like the egoistic man, to the fancied pleasure and misery of this world.
14. So, O Ráma, don’t be like the fictional character in the fable; don’t rely on your false self. And don’t let yourself, like the self-centered person, be trapped by the imagined pleasure and pain of this world.
15. Do not trouble yourself, like the erroneous man, with the vain care of preserving your vacuous soul; nor suffer like him the pain of your confinement in the hollow of the pit, pot and others.
15. Don’t stress yourself out, like the misguided person, with the pointless worry of protecting your empty soul; nor endure, like him, the pain of being trapped in the depths of the pit, pot, and others.
16. How is it possible for any body, to preserve or confine the vacuous spirit in the narrow limit of a pot and the like; when it is more extended than the boundless sky, and more subtile and purer than the all pervading air.
16. How can anyone contain or restrict the empty spirit within the small confines of a pot or something similar, when it is broader than the endless sky and more refined and pure than the all-encompassing air?
17. The soul is supposed to dwell in the cavity of the human heart, and is thought to perish with the decay and destruction of the body; hence people are seen to lament at the loss[Pg 630] of their frail bodies, as if it entailed the destruction of their indestructible soul.
17. The soul is believed to reside in the space of the human heart and is thought to die with the decay and end of the body; that's why people are seen mourning the loss[Pg 630] of their fragile bodies, as if it meant the end of their eternal soul.
18. As the destruction of the pot or any other hollow vessel, does not destroy the subtile air, which is contained in the same; so the dissolution of the body, does not dissolve the embodied and intangible soul.
18. Just as breaking a pot or any other hollow container doesn’t destroy the subtle air inside it, the death of the body doesn’t destroy the embodied and intangible soul.
19. Know Ráma, the nature of the soul, to be as that of the pure intellect; it is more subtile than the circumambient air, and minuter far than the minutest atom; it is a particle of our consciousness only, and indestructible as the all pervasive air, which is never to be nullified.
19. Understand Ráma, that the nature of the soul is like that of pure intellect; it is more subtle than the surrounding air and much smaller than the tiniest atom; it is merely a part of our consciousness and is as indestructible as the ever-present air, which can never be eliminated.
20. The soul is never born, nor does it die as any other thing at any place or time; it extends over the whole universe, as the universal soul of Brahma, which encompasses and comprehends all space, and manifests itself in all things.
20. The soul is never born, nor does it die like anything else at any place or time; it spans the entire universe, much like the universal soul of Brahma, which includes and understands all space, and shows itself in everything.
21. Know this spirit as one entire unit, and the only real entity; it is always calm and quiet, and without its beginning, middle and end. Know it as beyond the positive and negative, and be happy with thy knowledge of its transcendental nature.
21. Understand this spirit as a complete whole and the only true existence; it is always peaceful and still, without a beginning, middle, or end. Recognize it as being beyond both good and bad, and find joy in your understanding of its transcendent nature.
22. Now extricate your mind from the false cogitation of your egoism, which is the abode of all evils and dangers, and is an unstable thing depending on the life of a man; it is full of ignorance and vanity, and its own destruction and final perdition (in hell fire). Therefore get rid of your egoistic feeling, and rely only on the ultimate and optimum state of the one everlasting Deity.
22. Now free your mind from the misleading thoughts of your ego, which is the source of all evils and dangers, and is an unstable thing that relies on a person's life; it is filled with ignorance and pride, leading to its own destruction and final ruin (in hell fire). Therefore, let go of your egoistic feelings, and trust only in the ultimate and best state of the one eternal Deity.
CHAPTER CXIV.
Sermon on Divine and Holy Knowledge.
Sermon on Divine and Sacred Knowledge.
Argument:—Consideration of the Real and unreal, and of good and evil; Exhortation to the former and Dehortation from the latter.
Argument:—Examining what is real versus what is not, as well as good versus evil; promoting the former and discouraging the latter.
VASISHTHA said:—The mind sprang at first from the supreme spirit of Brahma, and being possest of its power of thinking, it was situated in the Divine soul, and was styled as the Divine mind or intellect.
VASISHTHA said:—The mind originally came from the supreme spirit of Brahma, and having the ability to think, it resided in the Divine soul and was referred to as the Divine mind or intellect.
2. The fickle mind resides in the spirit of God as the feeling of fragrance abides in the cup of a flower; and as the fluctuating waves roll about in a river. Know, Ráma! the mind to radiate from its central point in Brahma, as the rays of the sun extend to the circumference of creation.
2. The unpredictable mind exists in the spirit of God just like the scent of a flower is found in its cup; and like the changing waves move in a river. Understand, Ráma! the mind shines out from its core in Brahma, just as the rays of the sun reach across all of creation.
3. Men forget the reality of the invisible spirit of God, and view the unreal world as a reality; as deluded persons are apt to believe a serpent in a rope (as they do in magic play).
3. People forget the truth of the invisible spirit of God and see the unreal world as real; just like those who are misled tend to think a serpent is in a rope (as they do in a magic show).
4. He who beholds the solar beams, without seeing the sun whence they proceed; views them in a different light than the light of the sun. (Whoso sees the world without its God, is an ungodly man, and sees a Godless world).
4. Whoever looks at the sunlight without seeing the sun that produces it sees it differently than the sunlight itself. (Anyone who sees the world without recognizing its God is not a godly person and sees a godless world).
5. He who looks at the jewel without looking into the gold whereof it is made, is deluded by the finery of the jewellery, without knowing the value of the precious metal of which it is made.
5. Someone who admires a jewel without considering the gold it’s made from is fooled by the sparkly appearance of the jewelry, not realizing the worth of the precious metal it contains.
6. He who looks at the sun together with his glory, or sees the sun-beams as not without the sun whence they proceed, verily beholds the unity of the sun with his light, and not his duality by viewing them separately. (The monotheism of vedánta comprises everything in the unity of the Divinity).
6. The person who looks at the sun along with its brightness, or sees the rays of sunlight as inseparable from the sun they come from, truly perceives the oneness of the sun with its light, rather than seeing them as separate. (The monotheism of Vedanta includes everything in the unity of the Divine).
7. He who looks on the waves without seeing the sea, wherein they rise and fall, has only the knowledge of the turbulent billows disturbing his mind; and no idea of the calm waters underlying them (like the tranquil spirit of Brahma).
7. Someone who looks at the waves without recognizing the sea, where they rise and fall, only has an understanding of the chaotic swells troubling their mind; and no awareness of the peaceful waters beneath them (like the calm spirit of Brahma).
8. But who looks on the waves, without exception of the water of which they are composed; he sees the same water to be in common in all its swellings, and has the knowledge of its unity and commonalty in all its varieties.
8. But when you look at the waves, without considering the water they’re made of, you’ll see that the same water is present in all their movements, and you’ll understand its unity and similarity in all its forms.
9. In this manner, seeing the same gold in its transformation into sundry sorts of jewels; we have the knowledge of the common essence of gold in all of them, notwithstanding their formal distinctions to sight.
9. In this way, by recognizing the same gold as it changes into various types of jewels, we understand the common essence of gold in all of them, despite their obvious differences in appearance.
10. He who sees the flames only, and is unmindful of the fire which emits the flashes; is said to be ignorant of the material element, and conversant with its transient and evanescent flash only.
10. Someone who only sees the flames and is unaware of the fire that creates the light is considered ignorant of the physical element, only familiar with its fleeting and temporary burst.
11. The phenomenal world presents its aspect in various forms and colours, as the multiform and variegated clouds in the sky; and whoso places his faith and reliance on their reality and stability, has his mind always busied with those changeful appearances.
11. The incredible world shows itself in many shapes and colors, like the diverse and colorful clouds in the sky; and anyone who puts their faith and trust in their reality and permanence will always find their mind occupied with those shifting appearances.
12. He who views the flame as the same with its fire, has the knowledge of the fire only in his mind, and does not know the duality of the flame, as a thing distinct from its unity.
12. Someone who sees the flame as being the same as its fire only understands the fire in their mind and doesn't recognize the duality of the flame as something separate from its oneness.
13. He who is freed from his knowledge of dualities, has his mind restricted to the one and sole unity; he has a great soul that has obtained the obtainable one, and is released from the trouble of diving into the depth of the duality and plurality of all visible objects.
13. Someone who is free from the knowledge of opposites has their mind focused on the one and only unity; they have a great soul that has reached what can be obtained and is free from the struggles of dealing with the complexities of duality and the many visible things.
14. Get rid of thy thoughts of the endless multiplicities and varieties of things, and keep thy mind fixed steadily within the cavity of thy pure intellect, and there employ it in the meditation of the supreme Intellect, in privation of the thoughts of all sensible objects. (This is the Buddhistic meditation of the soul only, by abstraction of the mind from all objects of sense).
14. Let go of your thoughts about the endless varieties of things, and keep your mind firmly focused within the depths of your pure intellect. Use it to meditate on the supreme Intellect, free from thoughts of all physical objects. (This is the Buddhist practice of the soul, achieved by separating the mind from all sensory objects).
15. When the silent soul forms in itself its effort of volition, then there rises in it the power of its versatile desires, like the force of the fluctuating winds rising from the bosom of the quiet air.
15. When the silent soul exerts its will, it awakens the strength of its varied desires, similar to the way shifting winds emerge from the calm air.
16. Then there rises the wilful mind from it, as a distinct and independent thing of itself, and thinks in itself as the undivided and universal Mind of the mundane world.
16. Then the willful mind emerges from it, as a separate and independent entity, and thinks within itself as the unified and universal Mind of the worldly realm.
17. Whatever the volitive mind wills to do in this world, the same comes to take place immediately, agreeably to the type formed in its volition.
17. Whatever the willing mind wants to do in this world, that happens right away, in line with the idea shaped by its desire.
18. This mind passes under the various names of the living principle, the understanding, the egoism, the heart &c.; and becomes as minute as an animalcule and an aquatic mollusc, and as big as a mountain and fleeter than the swiftest winds.
18. This mind is referred to by various names like the life force, understanding, self-interest, heart, etc.; and it can be as tiny as a microorganism or an ocean creature, and as large as a mountain and faster than the quickest winds.
19. It forms and sustains the world at its own will, and becomes the unity and plurality at its own option; it extends itself to infinity, and shows itself in the endless diversity of objects which fill its ample space.
19. It creates and sustains the world whenever it chooses, and becomes one and many by its own decision; it expands itself indefinitely and reveals itself in the endless variety of things that populate its vast space.
20. The whole scenery of the universe, is nothing otherwise than a display of the eternal and infinite mind; it is neither a positive reality nor a negative unreality of itself, but appears to our view like the visionary appearance in a dream.
20. The entire landscape of the universe is just a showcase of the eternal and infinite mind; it’s neither a definite reality nor a nonexistent unreality on its own, but it looks to us like a dreamlike vision.
21. The phenomenal world is a display of the realm of the divine mind, in the same manner as the Utopia and Elysium, display the imaginary dominions formed in the minds of men; and as every man builds the airy castle of his mind.
21. The amazing world is a showcase of the divine mind, just like Utopia and Elysium showcase the imaginary kingdoms created in people's minds; and as every person constructs the dream castle of their imagination.
22. As our knowledge of the existence of the world in the divine mind alone, serves to remove our fallacy of the entity of the visible world; so if we look into the phenomenal in its true light, it speedily vanishes into nothing.
22. Just as our understanding of the world as existing solely in the divine mind helps eliminate the illusion of the physical world being real, if we examine the phenomena honestly, it quickly disappears into nothing.
23. When we do not consider the visibles in their true colour, but take them in their false colour as they present themselves to view; we find them to ramify themselves into a thousand shapes, as we see the same sea-water in its diversities of the various forms of foam and froth, of bubbles and billows, of waves and surges, and of tides and whirlpools.
23. When we don’t see things in their actual colors, but instead look at them in the misleading colors they appear, we notice they branch out into a thousand shapes, just like how we see the same seawater in its different forms of foam and froth, bubbles and waves, swells and surges, and tides and whirlpools.
24. As the sea bears its body of waters, so doth the mind show itself in the shape of its various faculties (which are in constant motion like the waves of water); the mental powers are always busy with their manifold functions under the influence[Pg 634] of the supreme intellect, without affecting its tranquillity. (The movements of the mental powers, can never move the quiet intellect to action).
24. Just as the sea carries its waters, the mind reveals itself through its different faculties (which are always in motion like waves); the mental powers are constantly engaged in their various functions, guided by the supreme intellect, without disrupting its calmness. (The activities of the mental powers can never disturb the serene intellect into action).
25. Yet the mind doth nothing otherwise of itself and apart from the dictates of the intellect, whether in its state of sleeping or waking, or in its bodily or mental actions.
25. Yet the mind does not act on its own and separate from the guidance of the intellect, whether it is in a state of sleep or wakefulness, or in its physical or mental activities.
26. Know that there is nothing anew, in whatever thou dost or seest or thinkest upon; all of which proceed from the inherent intellect which is displayed in all things, and in all the actions and thoughts of men.
26. Know that there is nothing new in anything you do, see, or think about; all of it comes from the natural intelligence that is present in everything, and in all the actions and thoughts of people.
27. Know all these to be contained in the immensity of Brahma, and besides whom there is nothing in existence; He abides in all things and categories, and remains as the essence of the inward consciousness of all.
27. Understand that everything is contained within the vastness of Brahma, and besides Him, nothing exists; He resides in all things and categories, and is the essence of the inner consciousness of all.
28. It is the divine consciousness that exhibits the whole of the imaginary world, and it is the evolution of the consciousness, that takes the name of the universe with all its myriads of worlds.
28. It is the divine consciousness that shows the entirety of the imaginary world, and it is the evolution of this consciousness that is called the universe with all its countless worlds.
29. Say how and whence rises your supposition of the difference of things from one another, and wherefore you take this thing as distinct from the other; when you will know that it is your consciousness alone that assumes these various forms, and represents itself to you under the various shapes and colours. (If therefore there is no other object of which you are conscious besides our consciousness itself (i.e. if there be nothing objective beside the subjective itself); then you have nothing to fear about the bondage of your soul to any object whatsoever; nor anything to care for your liberation from such bondage).
29. Explain how and where you think things are different from each other, and why you see one thing as separate from another. You will realize that it is your consciousness alone that takes on these different forms and presents itself to you in various shapes and colors. (If there’s no other object you are aware of besides your own consciousness (i.e. if there is nothing objective beyond the subjective itself); then you have nothing to worry about regarding your soul's attachment to any object at all, nor do you need to concern yourself with freeing it from such attachment).
30. Ráma, relinquish at once the vanity of your egotism, together with all its concomitants of pride, self-esteem and others, and give up altogether your thoughts of bondage and liberation (proceeding from the belief of your objectivity and subjectivity); and remain quiet and self subdued in the continued discharge of your duties, like the holy Mahátmás of elevated souls and minds.
30. Ráma, let go of your selfish pride right now, along with all the arrogance, self-importance, and more that come with it. Stop dwelling on ideas of bondage and freedom that come from believing in your own objectivity and subjectivity. Stay calm and humble while you continue to fulfill your responsibilities, just like the holy Mahátmás of enlightened souls and minds.
CHAPTER CXV.
Description of the Triple Conduct of Men.
Description of the Three Types of Behavior in Men.
Argument.—Siva's interpretations of the three duties of action, Enjoyment and charity to his suppliant Bhringi.
Argument.—Siva explains the three responsibilities of action, enjoyment, and charity to his devotee Bhringi.
VASISHTHA said:—Take my advise, Ráma, and strive to be an example or the greatest man in thy deeds, enjoyments, and bounty; and rely in thy unshaken endurance, by bidding defiance to all thy cares and fears. (i.e. Remain as a rock against all accidents of life).
VASISHTHA said:—Take my advice, Ráma, and aim to be a role model for the greatest person in your actions, pleasures, and generosity; and trust in your unwavering strength by standing strong against all your worries and fears. (i.e. Stay solid like a rock in the face of life's challenges).
2. Ráma asked:—Tell me sir, what is the deed that makes the greatest actor, and what is that thing which constitutes the highest enjoyments; tell me also what is the great bounty, which you advise me to practice.
2. Ráma asked:—Tell me, sir, what makes someone the greatest actor, and what brings the highest enjoyment? Also, what is the great gift that you recommend I practice?
3. These three virtues were explained long before by the God Siva, who holds the semi-circular disc of the crescent moon on his forehead; to the lord of the Bhringis, who was thereby released from all disease and disquiet. (Were the fair Bhringis the Fringis or Franks of modern times? If not, then who were this class of demigods?).
3. These three virtues were explained long ago by the God Siva, who wears the crescent moon on his forehead; to the lord of the Bhringis, who was then freed from all illness and unrest. (Were the fair Bhringis the Fringis or Franks of today? If not, then who were these demigods?).
4. The God who has the horn of the moon as a crown on his head, used to hold his residence of yore, on a northern peak of the north polar mountain, together with all his family and attendants.
4. The God who wears a crescent moon as a crown on his head used to live long ago on a northern peak of the north polar mountain, along with all his family and attendants.
5. It happened that the mighty, but little knowing lord of the Bhringis, asked him one day, with his folded palms, and his body lowly bending down in suppliant mood before the godlike lord of Umá. (Umá is the same in sound and sense with Ushá the dawn, appearing from the eastern ridge of the northmost mountain).
5. One day, the powerful but clueless lord of the Bhringis asked him, with his palms together and his body bent low in a humble posture before the godlike lord of Umá. (Umá sounds the same as Ushá, which means dawn, emerging from the eastern ridge of the northernmost mountain).
6. Bhringi said:—Deign to explain to me, my lord, what I ask thee to tell for my knowledge; for thou knowest all things, and art the God of Gods.
6. Bhringi said:—Please explain to me, my lord, what I’m asking you to share for my understanding; for you know everything and are the God of Gods.
7. Lord! I am overwhelmed in sorrow, to see the boisterous[Pg 636] waves of this deep and dark world in which we have been buffeting for ever, without finding the calm and quiet harbour of truth.
7. Lord! I am overwhelmed with sorrow to see the rough[Pg 636] waves of this deep and dark world where we've been struggling forever, without finding the peaceful harbor of truth.
8. Tell me, my lord, what is that certain truth and inward assurance, whereon we may rely with confidence, and whereby we may find our rest and repose in this our shattered mansion of this world.
8. Tell me, my lord, what is that undeniable truth and inner certainty that we can count on with confidence, and through which we can find our peace and comfort in this broken home of ours in this world.
9. The lord replied:—Place always your reliance in your unshaken patience, and neither care nor fear for anything else, and ever strive to be foremost in your action and passion and in your relinquishment of everything (passion and relinquishment here are used in the senses of passivity and liberality).
9. The lord replied:—Always rely on your unwavering patience, and don't worry or be afraid of anything else. Always aim to be the best in your actions, emotions, and in letting go of everything (here, passion and relinquishment refer to passivity and generosity).
10. Bhringi rejoined:—Explain to me fully, my lord, what is meant by being the greatest in action and passion; and what are we to understand from the greatest liberality or abandonment of every thing here.
10. Bhringi responded:—Please explain to me clearly, my lord, what it means to be the greatest in action and passion; and what should we understand by the greatest generosity or giving up of everything here.
11. The lord replied:—He is said to be the greatest actor, who does his deeds as they occur to him, whether of goodness or of evil, without any fear or desire of fruition. (i.e. Who expects no reward of his acts of goodness, nor fears for the retribution of some heinous deed, which he could not avoid to do).
11. The lord replied:—He is considered the greatest actor, who performs his actions as they come to him, whether they are good or bad, without any fear or desire for the outcome. (i.e. Who expects no reward for his good deeds, nor fears the consequences of some terrible act that he could not avoid doing).
12. He who does his acts of goodness or otherwise, who gives vent to his hatred and affection and feels both pleasure and pain, without reference to any person or thing, and without the expectation of their consequences, is said to be the greatest actor in the theatre of this world.
12. The person who performs good deeds or negative ones, who expresses their love and hatred, and experiences both joy and sorrow, without regard for anyone or anything, and without anticipating the outcomes, is considered the greatest performer in the theater of this world.
13. He is said to act his part well, who does his business without any ado or anxiety, and maintains his taciturnity and purity of heart without any taint of egoism or envy.
13. It's said that someone plays their role well when they handle their tasks without fuss or worry, staying quiet and keeping a pure heart free from any trace of selfishness or jealousy.
14. He is said to act his part well, who does not trouble his mind with the thoughts of actions, that are accounted as auspicious or inauspicious, or deemed as righteous or unrighteous, according to common opinion. (i.e. Best is the man that relies on his own probity, and is not guided by public opinion).
14. It's said that he performs his role well if he doesn’t stress over whether his actions are seen as good or bad, or considered right or wrong based on what people think. (i.e. The best person is the one who trusts his own integrity and isn’t swayed by public opinion).
15. He is said to perform well his part, who is not affected towards any person or thing, but witnesses all objects as a mere[Pg 637] witness; and goes on doing his business, without his desiring or deep engagement in it.
15. A person is considered to do their part well if they aren’t emotionally attached to anyone or anything, but observes everything as a neutral witness and continues with their work without strong desires or deep involvement in it.
16. He is the best actor of his part, who is devoid of care and delight, and continues in the same tone and tenor of his mind, and retains the clearness of his understanding at all times, without feeling any joy or sorrow at anything.
16. The best actor in his role is one who is free from worry and enjoyment, maintains a consistent mindset, and keeps a clear understanding at all times, without experiencing any joy or sorrow about anything.
17. He does his duties best, who has the readiness of his wits at the fittest time of action; and sits unconcerned with it at other times, as a retired and silent sage or saint (i.e. discharge your business promptly, but be no slave to service).
17. The person who does his job well is the one who is sharp and ready at the right moment to take action, and stays calm and unbothered at other times, like a wise sage or saint (i.e., get your work done quickly, but don’t become a slave to your duties).
18. He who does his works with unconcern and without assuming to himself the vanity of being the doer of it, is accounted as the best actor, that acts his part with his body, but keeps his mind quite unattached to it.
18. The person who performs their tasks without worry and doesn’t take pride in being the one doing them is seen as the best actor, who plays their role physically but remains mentally detached from it.
19. He is reckoned as the best actor, who is naturally quiet in his disposition and never loses the evenness of his temper; who does good to his friends and evil to his enemies; without taking them to his heart.
19. He is considered the best actor if he is naturally calm and never loses his cool; if he does good for his friends and bad for his enemies, without letting it affect him too deeply.
20. He is the greatest actor, who looks at his birth, life and death, and upon his rising and falling in the same light; and does not lose the equanimity of his mind under any circumstance whatever.
20. He is the greatest actor who views his birth, life, and death, as well as his successes and failures, with the same perspective; and he maintains his calmness of mind no matter what happens.
21. Again he is said to enjoy himself and his life the best, who neither envies anybody nor pines for any thing; but enjoys and acquiesces to whatever is allotted to his lot, with cool composure and submission of his mind.
21. It's said that the person who enjoys life the most is the one who doesn't envy others or long for anything. Instead, they accept and appreciate whatever comes their way, with a calm mindset and a sense of surrender.
22. He also is said to enjoy every thing well, who receives with his hands what his mind does not perceive; and acts with his body without being conscious of it and enjoys everything without taking it to his heart.
22. It's also said that someone enjoys everything well if they accept things with their hands without understanding them in their mind; they act with their body without being aware of it and enjoy everything without truly caring about it.
23. He is said to enjoy himself best, who looks on at the conduct and behaviour of mankind, as an unconcerned and indifferent spectator; and looks upon every thing without craving anything for himself.
23. It's said that the person who enjoys life the most is the one who observes the actions and behavior of people as an uninterested and indifferent bystander, viewing everything without wanting anything for themselves.
24. He whose mind is not moved with pleasure or pain, nor elated with success and gain, nor dejected by his failure and loss; and who remains firm in all his terrible tribulations,[Pg 638] is the man who is said to be in the perfect enjoyment of himself.
24. The person whose mind isn’t swayed by pleasure or pain, who isn’t excited by success and gain, nor discouraged by failure and loss; and who stays steady in all his difficult trials,[Pg 638] is the one considered to be truly at peace with himself.
25. He is said to be in the best enjoyment of himself, who hails with an equal eye of complaisance his decay and demise, his danger and difficulty, his affluence and poverty, and looks on their returns and revolutions, with an eye of delight and cheerfulness.
25. It is said that the person who truly enjoys life is someone who views both their successes and failures, their good times and bad times, their wealth and poverty with the same level of acceptance and happiness, and sees the ups and downs with a sense of joy and positivity.
26. He is called the man of greatest gratification, who sustains all the ups and downs of fortune with equal fortitude, as deep sea contains its boisterous waves in its fathomless depth.
26. He is referred to as the person of ultimate satisfaction, who handles all the highs and lows of life with the same strength, just like the deep ocean holds its raging waves within its bottomless depths.
27. He is said to have the highest gratifications who is possest of the virtues of contentment, equanimity and benevolence (lit. want of malice); and which always accompany his person, as the cooling beams cling to the disk of the moon.
27. It's said that the person who experiences the greatest satisfaction is one who possesses the virtues of contentment, calmness, and kindness (literally, lack of malice); and these qualities always surround them, much like the soothing rays cling to the surface of the moon.
28. He too is greatly gratified in himself, who tastes the sour and sweet, the bitter and pungent with equal zest; and relishes a savoury and an unsavoury dish with the same taste.
28. He too feels a deep sense of satisfaction who experiences the sour and sweet, the bitter and spicy with equal enjoyment; and appreciates both a tasty and an unappetizing dish with the same palate.
29. He who tastes the tasteful and juicy, as also the untasteful and dry food with equal zest, and beholds the pleasant as well as unpleasant things with equal delight, is the man that is ever gratified in himself.
29. The person who enjoys both delicious and dry food with the same enthusiasm, and sees both pleasant and unpleasant things with equal joy, is someone who is always satisfied with themselves.
30. He to whom salt and sugar are both alike, and to whom both saline as well as saccharine victuals are equally palatable; and who remains unaltered both in his happy and adverse circumstances; is the man who enjoys the best bliss of his life in this world.
30. The person who finds both salt and sugar to be the same, and enjoys both salty and sweet foods equally; who stays the same whether in good times or bad; is the one who experiences the greatest happiness in this life.
31. He is in the enjoyment of his highest bliss, who makes no distinction of one kind of his food from another; and who yearns for nothing that he can hardly earn. (Happy is he, who does not itch beyond his reach).
31. The person who experiences true happiness is the one who doesn’t distinguish between different kinds of food and who doesn’t long for anything that is hard to obtain. (Happy is the one who doesn’t crave what’s out of reach).
32. He enjoys his life best, who braves his misfortune with calmness, and brooks his good fortune, his joyous days and better circumstances with moderation and coolness.
32. He who faces his misfortunes with calmness and handles his good fortune, joyful days, and better circumstances with moderation and composure enjoys life the most.
33. He is said to have abandoned his all, who has given up[Pg 639] the thoughts of his life and death, of his pleasure and pain, and those of his merits and demerits at once from his mind.
33. It's said that he has given up everything, who has set aside[Pg 639] his thoughts about life and death, pleasure and pain, and his good and bad actions all at once.
34. He who has abandoned all his desires and exertions, and forsaken all his hopes and fears, and effaced all his determinations from the tablet of his mind, is said to have relinquished every thing in this world, and to have freed himself from all.
34. The person who has let go of all their desires and efforts, given up all their hopes and fears, and erased all their intentions from their mind is said to have given up everything in this world and to have liberated themselves from everything.
35. He who does not take to his mind the pains, which invade his body, mind and the senses, is said to have cast away from himself, all the troubles of his mortal state. (Because the mind only feels the bodily and sensuous pains, and its unfeelingness of them is its exemption from troubles).
35. The person who doesn't dwell on the pains affecting their body, mind, and senses is considered to have freed themselves from all the troubles of being human. (Because the mind only experiences physical and sensory pain, and its indifference to them is what keeps it free from trouble).
36. He is accounted as the greatest giver (forsaker) of his all, who gives up the cares of his body and birth (life); and has abandoned the thoughts of acts, deemed to be proper or improper for himself. (These are the social, civil, ceremonial and religious acts, which are binding on worldly people).
36. He is considered the greatest giver who lets go of the cares of his body and life; and has abandoned thoughts about actions that are seen as right or wrong for himself. (These include the social, civil, ceremonial, and religious duties that apply to worldly people).
37. He is said to have made his greatest sacrifice, who has sacrificed his mind and all his mental functions and endeavours, before the shrine of his self-abnegation.
37. It is said that the person who has made their greatest sacrifice is someone who has given up their thoughts and all their mental activities and efforts at the altar of their self-denial.
38. He who has given up the sight of the visibles from his view, and does not allow the sensibles to obtrude upon his senses, is said to have renounced all and every thing from himself.
38. The person who has stopped seeing the physical things around him and doesn’t let the tangible world interrupt his senses is said to have let go of everything he possesses.
39. It was in this manner that the lord of gods Mahádeva, gave his instructions to the lord of the Bhringis; and it is by your acting according to these precepts, that you must, O Ráma! attain to the perfection of your self-abnegation.
39. This is how the lord of the gods, Mahádeva, gave his instructions to the lord of the Bhringis; and by following these teachings, you must, O Ráma! reach the ultimate level of your selflessness.
40. Meditate always on the everlasting and immaculate spirit, that is without its beginning and end; which is wholly this entire immensity and has no part nor partner, nor representative nor representation of itself. By thinking in this way you become immaculate yourself, and come to be extinct in the self-same Brahma, where there is all peace and tranquillity.
40. Always meditate on the eternal and pure spirit, which has no beginning or end; this spirit encompasses everything and has no partner, representative, or image. By thinking this way, you become pure yourself and merge into the same Brahma, where there is complete peace and tranquility.
41. Know one undecaying Brahma, as the soul and seed of all various works or productions that are proceeded from him. It is his immensity which spreads unopened throughout the whole[Pg 640] existence; as it is the endless sky which comprehends and manifests all things in itself.
41. Recognize one eternal Brahma as the essence and source of all diverse creations that come from him. His vastness fills all of existence, like the endless sky that encompasses and reveals everything within itself.
42. It is not possible for anything at all, whether of positive or potential existence, to subsist without and apart from this universal essence of all, rely secure with this firm belief in your mind, and be free from all fears in the world.
42. Nothing, whether it exists positively or potentially, can survive without this universal essence. Trust in this belief firmly in your mind, and you'll be free from all fears in the world.
43. O most righteous Ráma, look always to the inner soul within thyself, and perform all thy outward actions with the outer members of thy body, by forsaking the sense of thy egoism and personality; and being thereby freed from all care and sorrow, thou shalt attain to thy supreme felicity.
43. O most righteous Ráma, always look to the inner self within you, and carry out all your actions with your physical body, letting go of your sense of ego and personality; and by freeing yourself from all worry and sadness, you will achieve your ultimate happiness.
CHAPTER CXVI.
Melting down of the Mind.
Breaking Down the Mind.
Argument.—The Dissolation of the Mind and its Affections, as the only way for salvation of the soul.
Argument.—The struggles of the mind and its emotions are the only way to achieve the soul's salvation.
RÁMA said:—O all-knowing sage please to tell me, what becomes of the essence of the soul after one's egoism is lost in his mind, and both of them are dissolved into nothing.
RÁMA said:—O all-knowing sage, please tell me what happens to the essence of the soul after a person's ego fades away in their mind, and both of them dissolve into nothing.
2. Vasishtha replied:—However great and predominant is one's egoism over himself, and how much so ever its concomitant evils of pride and ignorance, may overpower on man; yet they can never touch the pure essence of the soul, as the water of the lake can not come in contact with the lotus-leaf.
2. Vasishtha replied:—No matter how strong a person's ego is, and regardless of the pride and ignorance that come with it, these factors can never affect the pure essence of the soul, just as the water of a lake cannot touch a lotus leaf.
3. The purity of the soul appears vividly in the bright and placid countenance of a man, after his egoism and its accompanying faults are all melted down in his mortified mind.
3. The purity of the soul shines clearly in the bright and calm expression of a man, once his selfishness and its associated flaws have all been dissolved in his humbled mind.
4. All the ties of our passions and affections are cut asunder and fall off, upon breaking the string of our desires, our anger becomes weakened, and our ignorance wears out by degrees (our desire or greediness being the root of all evils).
4. All the connections of our passions and feelings are severed and fall away when we break the hold of our desires. Our anger diminishes, and our ignorance gradually fades (our desire or greed being the root of all evils).
5. Our cupidity is weakened and wearied, and our covetousness flies away far from us; our limbs become slackened, and our sorrows subside to rest.
5. Our greed is diminished and worn out, and our desire fades away from us; our bodies become relaxed, and our sorrows settle down to rest.
6. It is then that our afflictions fail to afflict as our joys cease to elate us; we have then a calm every where and a coldness in our heart.
6. It's at that point that our troubles stop bothering us as our happiness stops uplifting us; we then experience a calm everywhere and a coldness in our hearts.
7. Joy and grief now and then overcast his countenance, (as a cloud and sunbeam hide the face of the sky); but they cannot over shadow his soul, which is bright as eternal day.
7. Joy and grief occasionally cloud his face, (like a cloud and a sunbeam hide the sky); but they can’t overshadow his soul, which is as bright as everlasting day.
8. The virtuous man becomes a favourite of the Gods, after his mind is melted down with its passions; and then there rises the calm evenness of his soul, resembling the cooling beams of the moon.
8. The virtuous person becomes a favorite of the Gods after their mind is softened by their passions; then, the calmness of their soul rises, resembling the soothing light of the moon.
9. He bears a calm and quiet disposition, offending and[Pg 642] opposing to none, and therefore loved and honored by everyone; he remains retired and assiduous to his task, and enjoys the serenity of his soul at all times.
9. He has a calm and quiet personality, upsetting and opposing no one, and as a result, he is loved and respected by everyone; he stays out of the spotlight and is dedicated to his work, enjoying peace of mind at all times.
10. Neither wealth nor poverty, nor prosperity or adversity, however opposite they are to one another; can ever affect or mislead or elate or depress the minds of the virtuous (who have already melted them down in themselves).
10. Neither wealth nor poverty, nor success or failure, no matter how different they are from each other, can ever influence, mislead, uplift, or discourage the minds of virtuous people (who have already integrated these experiences within themselves).
11. Accursed is the man that is drowned in his ignorance, and does not seek the salvation of his soul, which is easily obtainable by the light of reason, and which serves to save him from all the difficulties of this world. (Reliance in the immortality of the soul, supports a man amidst all earthly calamities).
11. Cursed is the person who is lost in their ignorance and doesn't look for the salvation of their soul, which can be easily found through reason, helping to rescue them from all the troubles of this world. (Belief in the immortality of the soul provides support during all earthly hardships).
12. He that wants to obtain his longed for felicity, by getting over the waves of his miserable transmigrations in the vast ocean of this world; must always inquire in himself as what am I, and what is this world and what am I to be afterwards; what means this short lived enjoyments here, and what are the fruitions of my future state. These inquiries are the best expedients towards the salvation of the soul.
12. If you want to achieve the happiness you've been longing for, by navigating the tricky waves of your struggles in this vast ocean of life, you must constantly ask yourself: who am I, what is this world, and what will I become in the future? What do these fleeting pleasures here mean, and what will my future experience look like? These questions are the best ways to work towards the salvation of your soul.
CHAPTER CXVII.
Dialogue between Manu and Ikshaku.
Conversation between Manu and Ikshaku.
Argument:—Manu's Exposition of the Inquiries what am I &c. to Ikshaku.
Argument:—Manu's Explanation of the Questions "Who Am I?" etc. to Ikshaku.
VASISHTHA said:—Know Ráma, that the renowned king Ikshaku was the first founder of your race; and learn O thou progeny of that monarch, the manner in which he obtained his liberation.
VASISHTHA said:—Know Ráma, that the famous king Ikshaku was the first founder of your lineage; and understand, O descendant of that monarch, how he achieved his liberation.
2. Once on a time when this monarch was reigning over his kingdom, he came to think upon the state of humanity in one of his solitary hours.
2. Once upon a time, when this king was ruling his kingdom, he found himself reflecting on the state of humanity during one of his quiet moments.
3. He thought in himself as to, what might be the cause of the decay, disease, and death, as also of the sorrow, pleasure and pain, and likewise of the errors to which all living beings are subject in this mortal world.
3. He considered to himself what might be the reasons for decay, disease, and death, as well as for sorrow, pleasure, and pain, and also for the mistakes that all living beings are prone to in this mortal world.
4. He pondered long upon these thoughts, but was unable to find out the cause he so earnestly sought, and happening to meet the sage Manu one day, coming to him from Brahmá-loka or the seat of Bráhmans, he proposed the same queries to him.
4. He thought about these ideas for a long time, but couldn’t figure out the answer he was desperately looking for. One day, he happened to run into the wise Manu, who was coming from Brahmá-loka or the place of the Bráhmans, and he asked him the same questions.
5. Having honoured the lord of creatures, as he took his seat in his court; he said to him to be excused for asking him some questions to which he was impelled by his impatience.
5. After honoring the lord of all beings as he took his seat in his court, he asked for permission to ask him some questions that his impatience drove him to.
6. It is by thy favour sir, that I take the liberty of asking thee the question, regarding the origin of this creation, and the original state in which it was made.
6. It’s with your permission, sir, that I take the liberty of asking you about the origin of this creation and the original state in which it was made.
7. Tell me, what is the number of these worlds, and who is the master and owner thereof; and when and by whom is it said to be created in the vedas.
7. Tell me, how many of these worlds are there, who is their master and owner; and when and by whom is it said to have been created in the Vedas?
8. Tell me, how I may be extricated from my doubts and erroneous opinions regarding this creation, and how I may be released from them like a bird from its net.
8. Tell me how I can free myself from my doubts and wrong beliefs about this creation, and how I can be released from them like a bird from its net.
9. Manu replied:—I see O king, that you have after a long[Pg 644] time come to exercise of your reasoning, as it is shown by your proposing to me so important a question as this.
9. Manu replied:—I see, O king, that after a long[Pg 644] time, you've finally decided to think critically, as evidenced by your asking me such an important question.
10. All this that you see nothing real (they are merely phenomenal and unsubstantial); they resemble the fairy castles in the air, and the water in the mirage of sandy deserts. So also anything which is not seen in reality, is accounted nothing in existence.
10. All this that you see is not real (they are just illusions and insubstantial); they look like fairy castles in the air and the water in a mirage on sandy deserts. Similarly, anything that isn't seen in reality is considered to have no existence.
11. The mind also which lies beyond the six senses, is reckoned as nothing in reality; but that which is indestructible, is the only thing that is said to exist, and is called the Tatsat the only being in reality.
11. The mind, which goes beyond the six senses, is considered to be nothing in reality; but that which is indestructible is the only thing that is said to truly exist, and it’s referred to as the Tatsat, the only being in reality.
12. All these visible worlds and successive creations, are but unsubstantial appearances in the mirror of that real substance.
12. All these visible worlds and ongoing creations are just illusions reflected in the mirror of that true substance.
13. The inherent powers of Brahma, evolve themselves as shining sparks of fire; and some of these assume the forms of the luminous worlds; while others appear in the shapes of living souls.
13. The natural powers of Brahma manifest as bright sparks of fire; some of these take the shape of glowing worlds, while others appear as living souls.
14. Others again take many other forms, which compose this universe; and there is nothing as bondage or liberation here, except that the undecaying Brahma is all in all; nor is there any unity or duality in nature, except the diversity displayed by the Divine Mind, from the essence of his own consciousness (samvid).
14. Others take on many different forms that make up this universe; there is no concept of bondage or liberation here, except that the eternal Brahma is everything; nor is there any unity or duality in nature, except for the variety shown by the Divine Mind, emerging from the essence of its own consciousness (samvid).
15. As it is the same water of the sea, which itself is in the various forms of its waves; so doth the Divine Intellect display itself in every thing, and there is nothing else beside this. Therefore leave aside your thoughts of bondage and liberation and rest, secure in this belief from the fears of the world. (This is pantheistic belief of one God in all).
15. Just like the ocean is the same water, even though it appears in different wave forms, the Divine Intellect shows itself in everything, and nothing exists outside of this. So, let go of your thoughts about being trapped or set free, and find peace in this belief, free from the fears of the world. (This reflects a pantheistic belief that one God is in everything.)
CHAPTER CXVIII.
Continuation of the same.
Continuation of the same.
Argument:—Manu's answers to the other questions of Ikshaku as "Whence is this creation &c."
Argument:—Manu's answers to Ikshaku's other questions, such as "Where does this creation come from?"
MANU continued:—It is by the divine will, that the living souls of beings are evolved from the original intellect, (in which they are contained), as the waves rise from the main body of waters contained in the ocean.
MANU continued:—It is by divine will that the living souls of beings emerge from the original intellect, just like waves rise from the vast waters of the ocean.
2. These living souls, retain the tendencies of their prior states in former births, and are thereby led to move in their course of light or ignorance etc. in this world, and to accordingly subject either to happiness or misery, which is felt by the mind and never affects the soul itself.
2. These living beings carry the tendencies from their past lives, which influences their journey through this world, guiding them toward either enlightenment or ignorance. As a result, they experience either happiness or suffering, which affects the mind but never impacts the soul itself.
3. The invisible soul is known in the knowable mind, which is actuated by it (the soul); as the invisible node of Rahu, becomes visible to us in the eclipse of the moon (which is affected by it): (so the mind acting under the impulse of the soul, becomes liable to pain or pleasure according to its desert).
3. The unseen soul is recognized within the aware mind, which is influenced by it (the soul); just as the hidden node of Rahu becomes apparent to us during a lunar eclipse (which it impacts): (similarly, the mind, responding to the soul's guidance, experiences pain or pleasure based on its actions).
4. Neither the preceptor of sástras nor the lectures of our spiritual preceptors, can show the supreme spirit before our sight; but it is our spirit which shows us the holy spirit, when our understanding rests in its own true essence (apart from its egoism and meism).
4. Neither the teacher of scriptures nor the teachings of our spiritual guides can reveal the supreme spirit to us; instead, it is our own spirit that reveals the holy spirit when our understanding rests in its true essence, free from ego and self-importance.
5. As travellers are seen to be journeying abroad with their minds, free from all attainment and aversion to any particular object or spot; so the self-liberated souls are found to sojourn in this world, quite unconcerned even with their bodies and the objects of their senses.
5. Just as travelers are thought to journey abroad with open minds, free from attachment or dislike for any specific place or thing; the self-liberated souls are found to exist in this world, completely indifferent even to their bodies and the things they perceive.
6. It is not for good and Godly men either to pamper or famish their bodies, or quicken or weaken their senses; but to allow them to be employed with their objects at their own option.
6. Good and godly people shouldn't overindulge or deprive their bodies, nor should they enhance or dull their senses; instead, they should allow their bodies to engage with whatever they choose.
7. Be of an indifferent mind (udásina) with regard to your[Pg 646] bodies and all external objects; and enjoy the cool composure of your soul, by betaking yourself entirely to your spirituality.
7. Keep a neutral mindset (udásina) about your[Pg 646] bodies and all outside things; and find peace in your soul by fully dedicating yourself to your spirituality.
8. The knowledge that "I am an embodied being" is the cause of our bondage in this world; and therefore it is never to be entertained by them, that are seekers of their liberation.
8. The understanding that "I am a physical being" is what keeps us trapped in this world; so, those who seek their freedom should never hold onto this belief.
9. But the firm conviction that "I am no other than an intellectual being, and as rarefied as the pure air"; is the only belief that is able to extricate our souls from their bondage in this world.
9. But the strong belief that "I am nothing less than an intellectual being, as refined as pure air"; is the only conviction that can free our souls from their confinement in this world.
10. As the light of the sun pierces and shines, both within and without the surface of a clear sheet of water; so doth the light of the Holy spirit, penetrate and shine both inside and outside of the pure souls of men, as well as in everything else.
10. Just as sunlight shines through and reflects off a clear sheet of water, the light of the Holy Spirit shines and penetrates both the inner and outer parts of pure human souls, as well as in everything else.
11. As it is the variety of formation, that makes the various kinds of ornaments out of the same substance of gold; so it is the various dispositions of the one soul, that makes the difference of things in the world. (The same soul exhibiting itself in sundry forms).
11. Just as the variety of shapes creates different types of ornaments from the same material, gold, so the diverse qualities of a single soul result in the differences we see in the world. (The same soul displaying itself in various forms).
12. The world resembles the vast ocean, and all its created are like the waves upon its surface; they rise for a moment, only to be succumbed to the latent flame of their insatiable desires.
12. The world is like a huge ocean, and everything in it is like the waves on the surface; they rise for a moment, only to be overwhelmed by the hidden fire of their endless desires.
13. Know all the worlds to be absorbed in the vast ocean of the universal soul of God, as all things are devoured by death or time (Kála), and lie buried like the ocean itself in the insatiable womb of Agastya or Eternity.
13. Understand that all worlds are consumed in the vast ocean of the universal soul of God, just as everything is ultimately taken by death or time (Kála), and lies hidden like the ocean itself in the endless womb of Agastya or Eternity.
14. Cease to consider the bodies of men as their souls, and to behold the visibles in a spiritual light; rely solely in thy spiritual self, and sit retired from all except alone with thyself.
14. Stop thinking of people's bodies as their souls, and see the visible things in a spiritual way; trust only in your spiritual self, and spend time alone with yourself.
15. Men are seen foolishly to wail for the loss of their souls, though lying within themselves; as a fond mother moans on missing her child, forgetful of its sleeping upon her lap. (We miss our souls though situated within ourselves).
15. Men foolishly cry out for the loss of their souls, even though they lie within themselves; like a loving mother who mourns the absence of her child, forgetting that it’s sleeping in her lap. (We miss our souls even though they are right inside us).
16. Men bewail for themselves as lost upon the loss of their bodies, and exclaim as it saying "Oh I am dead and gone" and so on, not knowing that their souls are ever undecaying and imperishable.
16. Men mourn for themselves when they lose their bodies, exclaiming things like "Oh, I am dead and gone," not realizing that their souls are always undying and imperishable.
17. As the fluctuation of water shows many forms upon its[Pg 647] surface, so the will of God exhibits the forms of all things in the divine Intellect. (Just as the active principle of our imagination, represents endless varieties of scenes in the mirror of our minds).
17. Just as the movement of water creates many shapes on its[Pg 647] surface, the will of God reflects the essence of all things in the divine Intellect. (Similarly, the active part of our imagination presents countless variations of scenes in the mirror of our minds).
18. Now king, keep the steadiness of your mind, repress thy imagination and the flights of thy fancy; call thy thoughts home and confine them to thyself; remain calm and cool and unperturbed amidst all perturbations, and go and rule thy realm with thy self possession.
18. Now that you're king, keep your mind steady, control your imagination and wild thoughts; focus your thoughts inward and keep them to yourself; stay calm, cool, and collected despite all the chaos around you, and go rule your kingdom with poise.
CHAPTER CXIX.
The same subject continued.
The same topic continued.
Argument.—On the Expansion of Divine Powers, and the Perfection of Human Soul.
Argument.—On the Growth of Divine Powers and the Improvement of the Human Soul.
MANU resumed:—The Lord with his creative power exerts his active energy, and plays the part of a restless boy (in his formation of the worlds); and again by his power of re-absorption he engulphs all into himself, and remains in his lonesome solity.
MANU resumed:—The Lord, with his creative power, uses his active energy and acts like a restless boy while forming the worlds; then, through his power of re-absorption, he pulls everything back into himself and stays in his lonely solitude.
2. As it is his volition that gives rise to his active energy for action, so it is his nolition that causes the cessation of his exertion, and the intromission of the whole creation in himself.
2. Just as his willingness drives his active energy for action, his unwillingness leads to the stopping of his efforts and the absorption of all creation within himself.
3. As the light of the luminous sun, moon and fire, and as the lustre of brilliant gems spread themselves on all sides; and as the leaves of trees put forth of themselves, and as the waters of a cataract scatter their liquid particles all about.
3. Just like the light from the bright sun, moon, and fire shines everywhere; like the shine of precious gems spreads around; like the leaves of trees grow and spread out; and like the waters of a waterfall scatter their droplets everywhere.
4. So it is the lustration of divine glory, which displays itself in the works of creation; which appears to be intolerable to the ignorant, who know not that it is the self-same god though appearing to be otherwise.
4. So it is the display of divine glory, which shows itself in the works of creation; this seems unbearable to the ignorant, who don’t realize that it is the same God even though it appears differently.
5. O! it is a wondrous illusion that has deluded the whole world, which does not perceive the divine spirit, that pervades every part of the universe.
5. Oh! It’s an amazing illusion that has fooled the entire world, which fails to see the divine spirit that fills every part of the universe.
6. He who looks on the world as a scenery painted in the tablet of the Divine Intellect, and remains unimpressible and undesirous of every thing, and quite content in his soul, has put an invulnerable armour upon himself (which no dart of error has the power to pierce).
6. Whoever views the world as a backdrop painted in the mind of the Divine and stays unaffected and free from desire, feeling fully content within, has put on an indestructible armor that no arrow of falsehood can penetrate.
7. How happy is he who having nothing, no wealth nor support, has yet his all by thinking himself as the all intelligent soul.
7. How happy is he who, having nothing—no wealth or support—still has everything by believing himself to be the all-knowing soul.
8. The idea that this is pleasurable and the other is painful, being the sole cause of all pains and anxiety, it is the consuming[Pg 649] of these feelings by the fire of our indifference to them, that prevents the access of pain and affliction unto us.
8. The belief that one thing is pleasurable and another is painful, which is the main source of all pain and anxiety, is that our indifference to these feelings consumes them like a fire, preventing pain and distress from reaching us.[Pg 649]
9. Use, Oh King! the weapon of your restless anaesthesia (samádhi), and cut in twain the feeling of the agreeable and disagreeable, and pare asunder your sensation of love and hatred by the sword of your manly equanimity.
9. Use, Oh King! the tool of your endless calm (samádhi), and split apart the feelings of pleasure and displeasure, and separate your sensations of love and hate with the sword of your strong composure.
10. Clear the entangled jungle of ceremonious rites (karma kanda), by the tool of your disregard of the merit or demerit of acts (dharma adharma); and relying in the tenuity of your soul (as rarer than the rarefied air), shake off all sorrow and grief from you.
10. Clear the tangled jungle of ceremonial rituals (karma kanda) by disregarding the value or lack of value of actions (dharma adharma); and relying on the subtlety of your spirit (as rare as thin air), let go of all sorrow and grief.
11. Knowing thy soul to be full of all worldly possessions, and driving all differences from thy mind, bind thyself solely to reason (viveka) and be free from all fabrications (kalpaná) of mankind; know the supreme bliss of the soul, and be as perfect and unfailing as itself, and being embodied in the intellectual mind, remain quite calm and transparent, and aloof from all the fears and cares of the world.
11. Understanding that your soul is filled with all worldly possessions, and dismissing all distractions from your mind, commit yourself completely to reason and free yourself from all human creations; realize the ultimate joy of the soul, and strive to be as perfect and unchanging as it is. While being present in your intellect, stay calm, clear, and detached from all the fears and worries of the world.
CHAPTER CXX.
Continuation of the same. On the seven stages of Edification.
Continuation of the same. On the seven stages of personal growth.
Argument:—The three stages of the seekers of Liberation, and the three others of the Liberated.
Argument:—The three stages of those pursuing Liberation, and the three stages of the Liberated.
MANU continued:—Enlightenment of the understanding by the study of the sástras and attendance on holy and wise men, is said to be the first stage of yoga by yogis. (These seven stages have been spoken of before in other words in the Utpatti-prakarana).
MANU continued:—The understanding is enlightened through studying the scriptures and listening to holy and wise people, which is considered the first stage of yoga by yogis. (These seven stages have been referred to in different terms in the Utpatti-prakarana).
2. Discussion and reconsideration of what has been learnt before, is second stage of yoga; the third is the rumination of the same in one's self and is known under the name of nididhyásana or self-communion of meditation. The fourth is silent meditation in which one loses his desires and darkness in his presence before the light of God. (This is called the atmásakshyat kara also; and all these four stages are expressed in the vedic text. [Sanskrit: átmáváre svítavá mantabá nididhyásitava karttavasveti]).
2. Discussion and reflection on what has been learned before is the second stage of yoga; the third is contemplating this internally, known as nididhyásana or self-communion in meditation. The fourth is silent meditation, where one lets go of desires and darkness in the presence of God's light. (This is also referred to as atmásakshyat kara; all four stages are discussed in the Vedic text. [Sanskrit: átmáváre svítavá mantabá nididhyásitava karttavasveti]).
3. The fifth stage is one of pure consciousness and felicity, wherein the living-liberated-devotee remains in his partly waking and partly sleeping state. (This is half hypnotism).
3. The fifth stage is one of pure awareness and happiness, where the living-liberated devotee exists in a state that is both partly awake and partly asleep. (This is like half hypnosis).
4. The sixth stage in one's consciousness of ineffable bliss, in which he is absorbed in a state of trance or sound sleep. (This is known as samádhi or hypnotism).
4. The sixth stage in a person's awareness of indescribable joy, where they are immersed in a trance-like state or deep sleep. (This is referred to as samádhi or hypnosis).
5. One's resting in the fourth and succeeding stages, is called his liberation, and then the seventh stage is the state of an even and transparent light, in which the devotee loses his self consciousness.
5. Resting in the fourth and later stages is considered liberation, and the seventh stage represents a state of clear and even light, where the devotee loses awareness of themselves.
6. The state above turya or fourth stage, is called nirvána or extinction in God; and the seventh stage of perfection relates to disembodied souls only and not to those of living beings.
6. The state above turya, or the fourth stage, is called nirvána or extinction in God; and the seventh stage of perfection applies only to disembodied souls, not to those of living beings.
7. The first three stages relate to the waking state of man,[Pg 651] and the fourth stage concerns the sleeping state, in which the world appears in the manner of a dream.
7. The first three stages are linked to a person's waking state,[Pg 651] and the fourth stage is about the sleeping state, where the world seems like a dream.
8. The fifth stage is the stage of sound sleep, in which the soul is drowned in deep felicity; and the unconsciousness of one's self in the sixth stage, is also called his turya or fourth state: (because it is beyond the three states of waking, sleeping or dreaming and sound sleep [Sanskrit: jagatnidrasusuptáh]).
8. The fifth stage is the stage of deep sleep, where the soul is immersed in profound joy; and the lack of self-awareness in the sixth stage is also known as turya or the fourth state: (because it transcends the three states of waking, sleeping, or dreaming, and deep sleep [Sanskrit: jagatnidrasusuptáh]).
9. The seventh stage is still above the turya state of self-unconsciousness; and which is full of divine effulgence, whose excellence no words can express nor the mind can conceive.
9. The seventh stage is still beyond the turya state of self-unconsciousness; it is filled with divine brilliance, an excellence that words cannot describe or the mind can comprehend.
10. In this state the mind being withdrawn from its functions, it is freed from all thoughts of the thinkables, and all its doubts and cares are drowned in the calm composure of its even temperament.
10. In this state, the mind is pulled away from its activities, freeing it from all thoughts of what can be thought about, and all its doubts and worries are submerged in the peaceful balance of its steady mood.
11. The mind that remains unmoved amidst its passions and enjoyments, and is unchanged in prosperity and adversity, and retains full possession of itself under all circumstances, becomes of this nature both in its embodied and disembodied states of life and death.
11. The mind that stays calm amid its desires and pleasures, that doesn't waver in good times and bad, and maintains control over itself in all situations, takes on this quality both in life and after death.
12. The man that does not think himself to be alive or dead, or to be a reality or otherwise; but always remains joyous in himself, is one who is verily called to be liberated in his life time. (The happy minded are accounted as liberated in life).
12. The person who doesn't see himself as alive or dead, or as real or not real; but instead stays happy within himself, is someone who is truly destined to be free in this life. (Those who have a positive mindset are considered free while living).
13. Whether engaged in business or retired from it, whether living with a family or leading a single life (i.e. whether leading a social or solitary mode of life), the man that thinks himself as naught but the intellect, and has nothing to fear or care or to be sorry for in this world, is reckoned as liberated in this life.
13. Whether you're in business or retired, living with family or on your own (i.e. leading a social or solitary lifestyle), a person who sees themselves as nothing but their intellect, and believes they have nothing to fear, worry about, or regret in this world, is considered free in this life.
14. The man who thinks himself to be unconnected with any one, and to be free from disease, desire, and affections; and who believes himself to be a pure aerial substance of the divine intellect, has no cause to be sorry for anything.
14. The person who believes they are completely independent from anyone, free from sickness, cravings, and emotions; and who thinks of themselves as a pure, ethereal being of divine intellect, has no reason to feel regret for anything.
15. He who knows himself to be without beginning and end, and decay and demise, and to be of the nature of pure intelligence; remains always quiet and composed in himself, and has no cause for sorrow at all.
15. The person who recognizes that they have no beginning or end, no decay or death, and that their essence is pure intelligence; remains calm and collected within themselves, and has no reason for sorrow at all.
16. He that deems himself to belong to that intellect, which dwells alike in the minute blade of grass, as well as in the infinite space of the sky, and in the luminous sun, moon and stars, and as also in the various races of beings, as men, Nágas and immortals; has no cause whatever for his sorrow.
16. Anyone who believes they are part of that intelligence, which exists in both the tiny blade of grass and the vastness of the sky, as well as in the shining sun, moon, and stars, and also among the different races of beings, like humans, Nágas, and immortals; has no reason at all for their sadness.
17. Whoso knows the majesty of the divine intellect, to fill all the regions both above and below and on all sides of him, and reflects himself as a display of his endless diversity, how can he be sorry at all for his decay and decline.
17. Whoever understands the greatness of the divine mind, which fills all the areas above, below, and around him, and sees himself as a reflection of its infinite variety, how can he feel regret for his decay and decline?
18. The man that is bound to (or enslaved by his desire), is delighted to have the objects he seeks; but the very things tending to his pleasure by their gain, prove to be painful to his heart at their loss. (Hence the wise are never elated or dejected, at either gain or loss of temporal things, but are ever pleased and content with their spiritual souls only which they can never lose).
18. The person who is controlled by their desires is happy to have what they want; however, the very things that bring them joy when they gain them can cause heartache when they lose them. (That's why wise people are never overly excited or upset by the gain or loss of material things, but are always satisfied and at peace with their spiritual selves, which they can never lose).
19. The presence or absence of some thing, is the cause of the pleasure or pain of men in general; but it is either the curtailment or want of desires that is practiced by the wise. (The diminishing of desires is practiced by yogis in the fourth and its two succeeding stages; but its utter annihilation occurs only in the seventh and last stage of yoga).
19. The presence or absence of something is what causes pleasure or pain for people in general; however, it is the wise who practice either limiting or wanting fewer desires. (Reducing desires is practiced by yogis in the fourth stage and its two subsequent stages; but complete elimination occurs only in the seventh and final stage of yoga).
20. No act of ours nor its result (whether good or bad), conduces either to our joy or grief, which we do with unconcern or little desire or expectation of its reward.
20. Neither our actions nor their outcomes (good or bad) lead to our happiness or sadness when we do them without concern or with little desire or expectation of a reward.
21. Whatever act is done with ardent employment of the members of the body, and the application of the whole heart, mind and soul to it, such an act tends to bind a man; otherwise an indifferent action like a fried grain, does not germinate into any effect.
21. Any action that is carried out with intense engagement of the body and full commitment of the heart, mind, and soul tends to connect a person; on the other hand, an indifferent action, like a fried grain, fails to produce any result.
22. The thought that I am the doer and owner of a deed, overpowers all bodily exertions, and sprouts fourth with results, that are forever binding on the doer (i.e. an indifferent action may pass for nothing, but a conscious and meditated act is binding on the actor).
22. The belief that I am the one who does and owns an action, overwhelms all physical efforts and brings about results that are always binding on the doer (i.e. a careless act might be seen as insignificant, but a deliberate and intentional act is binding on the actor).
23. As the moon is cool with her cooling beams; and the sun[Pg 653] is hot by his burning heat; so a man is either good or bad according as the work he does.
23. Just like the moon is cool with her calming light, and the sun is hot with his intense heat, a person's character is either good or bad based on the actions they take.
24. All acts which are done or left undone, are as fugacious as the flying cotton on cotton trees; they are easily put to flight by the breath of understanding (Jnána or wisdom). All the acts of men are lost by discontinuance of their practice (as in Jnána khanda).
24. All actions taken or not taken are as fleeting as the cotton floating from cotton trees; they can easily be scattered by the wind of understanding (Jnána or wisdom). All human actions fade away when their practice is discontinued (as in Jnána khanda).
25. The germ of knowledge growing in the mind, increases itself day by day, as the corn sown in good ground soon shoots forth into the paddy plant.
25. The seed of knowledge growing in the mind expands each day, just like corn planted in fertile soil quickly sprouts into a paddy plant.
26. There is one universal soul, that sparkles through all things in the world, as it is the same translucent water, that glistens in lake and large oceans and seas.
26. There is one universal soul that shines through everything in the world, just like the same clear water that sparkles in lakes, big oceans, and seas.
27. Withhold sir, your notions of the varieties and multiplicities of things, and know these as parts of one undivided whole, which stretches through them as their essence and soul.
27. Hold on, sir, to your ideas about the different kinds and countless things, and understand these as parts of one unified whole, which flows through them as their essence and spirit.
CHAPTER CXXI.
Continuation of the Same.
Continuation of the Same.
Argument.—The causes of the Elevation and degradation of living being.
Argument.—The reasons for why living beings thrive and decline.
MANU continued:—The soul is originally full of bliss by its nature, but being subject to ignorance, it fosters its vain desire for temporal enjoyment, whence it has the name of the living soul (which is subjected to misery). This corresponds with the scriptural doctrine, that man was originally made in the image of his Maker (i.e. full of bliss); but being tempted by delusion to taste the forbidden sweetness, became the mortal and miserable human soul.
MANU continued:—The soul is naturally full of bliss, but due to ignorance, it develops a false desire for temporary enjoyment, which is why it’s called the living soul (subject to suffering). This aligns with the scriptural teaching that man was originally created in the image of his Maker (i.e., full of bliss); but by being tempted by illusion to seek the forbidden pleasure, he became the mortal and suffering human soul.
2. But when the desire of pleasure, is lessened by the viveka or discriminative knowledge of man, he forsakes his nature of a living and mortal being, and his soul becomes one with the supreme spirit. (Man by his knowledge retrieves his godly nature).
2. But when the desire for pleasure is reduced by the viveka or understanding of a person, he steps away from his nature as a living and mortal being, and his soul merges with the supreme spirit. (Through knowledge, a person regains his divine nature).
3. Do not therefore allow your desire of earthly enjoyment, to draw your soul up and down to heaven and hell; as a bucket tied in its neck with a cord, is cast down and again lifted up from a well.
3. So, don’t let your craving for worldly pleasures pull your soul back and forth between heaven and hell, like a bucket tied with a rope that’s lowered down into a well and pulled back up again.
4. Those selfish folks who claim something as theirs from that of another, are grossly mistaken and led into error, and are destined like the dragging bucket to descend lower and lower. (The more niggardliness the more degradation or the more selfishness the greater baseness).
4. Those selfish people who take credit for what belongs to someone else are seriously mistaken and misled, and like a dragging bucket, they are destined to sink lower and lower. (The more stinginess, the greater the degradation; the more selfishness, the more base behavior.)
5. He who gets rid of his knowledge that, this is I and that is another, and that this is mine and that is the others, gradually rises higher and higher according to his greater disinterestedness. (Disinterestedness characterises an elevated mind).
5. The person who lets go of their knowledge that this is me and that is someone else, and that this is mine and that belongs to others, gradually elevates themselves according to their increasing selflessness. (Selflessness defines a higher mind).
6. Delay not to rely your dependance in your enlightened and elevated soul, stretching over and filling the whole space[Pg 655] of the sky, end comprehending all the worlds in it. (This magnanimity is characteristic of the catholicity of Hindu religion).
6. Don’t hesitate to trust in your enlightened and elevated spirit, which reaches across and fills the entire sky, embracing all worlds within it.[Pg 655] (This generosity is a hallmark of the inclusiveness of Hindu religion).
7. When the human mind is thus elevated and expanded beyond all limits, it then approaches the divine mind, and is assimilated to it. (This extinction is called its nirvána).
7. When the human mind is raised and expanded beyond all limits, it gets closer to the divine mind and becomes similar to it. (This extinction is referred to as its nirvána).
8. Any one who has arrived to this state, may well think in himself to be able to effect whatever was done by the Gods Brahmá, Vishnu, Indra (by his intellectual body Varuna and others; who were of such elevated souls and minds).
8. Anyone who has reached this state might genuinely believe they can achieve whatever was accomplished by the gods Brahmá, Vishnu, Indra (through his intellectual body Varuna and others, who were such high-minded and elevated beings).
9. Whatever acts are attributed to any of the Gods or other persons, is no more than the display of divine pleasure in that form.
9. Any actions attributed to the Gods or other people are simply a reflection of divine pleasure in that form.
10. Whoso is assimilated to the divine intellect, and has become deathless and unmindful of his mortal state, has a share of supreme felicity for his enjoyment, which bears no comparison: (unspeakable delight attends on the soul of the spiritualist).
10. Whoever connects with the divine mind and becomes free from death and indifferent to their mortal condition enjoys a level of happiness that is unmatched: (inexpressible joy surrounds the soul of the spiritual seeker).
11. Continue to think this world as neither a vacuum nor a plenum; nor a material or spiritual substance. It is neither an intellectual being, nor a quite insensible thing.[5]
11. Keep in mind that this world is neither empty nor completely filled; it’s not just a physical or spiritual substance. It’s not purely an intellectual existence, nor is it entirely an unfeeling object.[5]
12. By thinking in this way, you will have composure of your disposition, or else there is no separate place or time or condition for your liberation or salvation.
12. By thinking this way, you'll maintain a calm state of mind; otherwise, there isn't a specific place, time, or situation for your freedom or salvation.
13. It is by the absence of our egoism and ignorance, that we get rid of our personal existence, and it is our contemplation of the nature of God, and his presence before us in our meditation (sákshat kára) of him, that constitutes our moksha or liberation.
13. By letting go of our selfishness and ignorance, we free ourselves from our individual existence, and it is our focus on the nature of God, along with his presence during our meditation (sákshat kára), that defines our moksha or liberation.
14. It is the even delight and perpetual tranquillity of the soul, that constitutes our bliss and liberation; and these are to be obtained by means of calm and cool reasoning in the sense of sástras, avoiding all impatience and fickleness of our mind and temper, and the pleasure derived from our taste in poetry and light studies and trifling amusement. (It requires us to be free from the fluctuations of our desires and options of which there is no end).
14. The consistent joy and lasting peace of the soul is what makes up our happiness and freedom. We achieve these through calm and rational thinking according to the teachings, steering clear of impatience and mood swings, as well as the enjoyment we get from poetry, light reading, and trivial entertainments. (We need to be free from the endless ups and downs of our desires and choices).
CHAPTER CXXII.
The same. Manu's Admonition to Ikshaku.
The same. Manu's Warning to Ikshaku.
Argument.—On the Elevation of Humanity and its ultimate liberation.
Argument—On the Advancement of Humanity and its ultimate freedom.
MANU continued:—Now the living liberated yogi, in whatever manner he is clad, and however well or ill fed he may be, and wherever he may sleep or lay down his humble head, he rests with the joy of his mind, and in a state of perfect ease and blissfulness, as if he were the greatest emperor of the world. (Hence the fakirs are called shah sahibs by people).
MANU continued:—Now the living freed yogi, no matter how he’s dressed, how well or poorly he eats, or where he sleeps or puts his head down, he rests with a joyful mind, in total ease and bliss, as if he were the greatest emperor in the world. (That’s why people call the fakirs shah sahibs).
2. He breaks down all the bonds of his caste and creed, and the rites and restraints of his order by the battery of the sástra; and roves freed from the snare of society, as a lion breaking loose from his cage, and roaming rampant every where. (Here the sástra means the upanishads on the esoteric faith of spiritual freedom).
2. He shatters all the ties of his caste and beliefs, along with the rituals and restrictions of his group, using the power of the scriptures; and he moves freely, untrapped by society, like a lion breaking out of its cage and roaming wherever it pleases. (Here, the scriptures refer to the Upanishads on the esoteric belief of spiritual freedom).
3. He has his mind abstracted from all sensible objects, and fixed on an object which no words can express (i.e. the unspeakable rapture of his mind); and he shines forth with a grace in his face, resembling the clearness of an autumnal sky.
3. He is completely absorbed in thoughts that go beyond everything around him and is focused on something that can't be put into words (i.e., the indescribable joy in his mind); and he radiates a charm in his expression that resembles the clarity of an autumn sky.
4. He is always as deep and clear (i.e. grave in his mind and clear headed), as a large lake in a valley; and being rapt in holy and heavenly joy, he is always cheerful in himself, without his care for or want of anything else.
4. He is always as deep and clear (i.e. serious in his thoughts and clear-minded) as a big lake in a valley; and being filled with holy and heavenly joy, he is always cheerful within himself, without needing or wanting anything else.
5. He is ever content in his mind without having anything for his dependance, or any expectation of the reward of his actions; and is neither addicted to any meritorious or unworthy acts, nor subject to joy or grief for aught of pleasure or pain.
5. He is always at peace in his mind without relying on anything or expecting a reward for his actions; he is not drawn to either good or bad deeds, nor does he feel joy or sadness from any pleasure or pain.
6. As a piece of crystal does not receive or emit any other colour in its reflexion, excepting that of its pure whiteness; so the spiritualist is not imbued with the tinge of the effects[Pg 658] of his actions. (i.e. The spiritualist does not benefit by the retribution of his acts).
6. Just like a piece of crystal doesn’t reflect any color other than its pure whiteness, the spiritualist isn’t influenced by the consequences of his actions. (i.e. The spiritualist doesn’t gain from the results of his deeds).
7. He remains indifferent in human society, and is not affected either by the torture or subministration of his body; he deems his pain and pleasure as passing on his shadow, and never takes them to his heart, as they do not touch his intangible soul. (It was by virtue of this indifference, that the holy saints did not shrink under their persecutions and martyrdom).
7. He stays indifferent in human society and isn't impacted by the suffering or torment of his body; he sees his pain and pleasure as just fleeting shadows and never lets them get to him, as they don't affect his intangible soul. (It was because of this indifference that the holy saints didn’t falter during their persecutions and martyrdom).
8. Whether honoured or slighted by men, he neither praises nor is displeased with them; and remains himself either connected or unconnected with the customs and rules of society.
8. Whether respected or underestimated by others, he neither praises nor feels upset with them; and stays true to himself, either engaged or disengaged from the norms and rules of society.
9. He hurts no body, nor is hurt by any; and may be free from the feelings of anger or affection, fear and joy (and other passions which are allotted to humanity).
9. He doesn’t hurt anyone, nor is he hurt by anyone; and he can be free from feelings of anger or affection, fear and joy (and other emotions that come with being human).
10. No one can have the greatness of mind of his own nature, but it is possible for the author of nature, to raise the greatness of mind even in a boy.
10. No one can achieve greatness of mind by their own nature, but it is possible for the creator of nature to inspire greatness of mind even in a young person.
11. Whether a man quits his body (dies) in a holy place, or in the house of a low chandála; or whether one dies at this moment (in youth), or many years afterwards (in old age).
11. Whether a person dies in a sacred place or in the home of a lowly chandála; or whether someone passes away right now (in youth) or many years later (in old age).
12. He is released from his bondage to life, no sooner he comes to his knowledge of the soul and gets rid of his desires; because the error of his egoism is the cause of his bondage, and the wasting of it by his knowledge, is the means of his liberation.
12. He is freed from his attachment to life as soon as he understands the soul and lets go of his desires; because the mistake of his self-centeredness is the reason for his bondage, and the dissolving of it through his understanding is the way to his freedom.
13. He the living liberated man is to be honoured and praised, and to be bowed down to with veneration, and regarded with every attention, by every one who is desirous of his prosperity and elevation. (Because we honour ourselves by honouring the great).
13. The living free man deserves to be honored and praised, bowed down to with respect, and regarded with full attention by anyone who wants his success and advancement. (Because we uplift ourselves by lifting up the great).
14. No religious sacrifice nor wilful austerity, no charity nor pilgrimage, can lead us to that supremely holy state of human dignity; which is attainable by us only by our respectful attendance upon the godly, who have got rid of the troubles of the world. (Hence attendance on saints and at their holy shrines, is accounted as productive of our sanctity).
14. No religious sacrifice, voluntary self-denial, charity, or pilgrimage can bring us to that highest level of human dignity; we can only achieve it through respectful connection with the godly, who have freed themselves from worldly troubles. (Therefore, being with saints and visiting their holy places is seen as beneficial for our own sanctity).
15. Vasishtha said:—The venerable sage Manu, having spoken in this manner, departed to the celestial abode of his sire Brahmá; and Ikshaku continued to act according to the precepts, which were delivered to him by the sacred seer.
15. Vasishtha said:—The respected sage Manu, after saying this, went to the heavenly home of his father Brahmá; and Ikshaku continued to follow the teachings given to him by the revered seer.
CHAPTER CXXIII.
On the Difference between the Knowing and Unknowing.
On the Difference between the Knowledgeable and the Unknowledgeable.
Argument.—Theoretical and Practical Yogas and the practices of Aerial journey &c.
Argument.—Theoretical and Practical Yogas and the practices of Aerial journey, etc.
RÁMA said:—Tell me sir, that art most learned in spiritual knowledge, whether the living liberated man of this kind (as you have described) attains to any extraordinary power; (or remains neutral with his theoretical knowledge of yoga only).
RÁMA said:—Tell me, sir, you who are so knowledgeable in spiritual matters, does a living liberated person like the one you've described gain any extraordinary powers; or do they just remain passive with their theoretical understanding of yoga alone?
2. Vasishtha replied:—The all-knowing sage, has sometimes a greater knowledge of one thing than another, and has his mind directed in one particular way than any other; but the learned seer of a contented mind, has his soul quite at rest in itself.
2. Vasishtha replied:—The all-knowing sage sometimes has deeper knowledge about one thing than another and focuses his mind more on one area than others; however, the learned seer with a content mind has his soul completely at peace within itself.
3. There are many that have by their consummate knowledge of particular mantras, tantras, and the virtues of certain minerals, attained the power of aerial flight &c.; but what is there that is extraordinary in these (when these powers are in constant practice in the flight of ordinary birds and flies?).
3. Many people, with their deep understanding of specific mantras, tantras, and the properties of certain minerals, have gained the ability to fly, etc.; but what is so remarkable about this (when these abilities are constantly observed in the flight of common birds and insects?).
4. So the powers of self-expansion and contraction &c., have been acquired by others by their constant practice of the same, (anima, laghima and the like), which are disregarded by other seers in spiritual knowledge.
4. So the abilities of self-expansion and contraction, etc., have been gained by others through their continuous practice of these skills (anima, laghima, and so on), which have been overlooked by other seekers of spiritual knowledge.
5. There is this difference of these knowing seers, from the bulk of idle practitioners in yoga, that they are content with their dispassionate mind, without placing any reliance in practice.
5. The difference between these knowledgeable seers and the majority of casual yoga practitioners is that they are satisfied with their detached mindset, without depending on their practice.
6. This is verily the sign of the unconspicuous seer in yoga, that he is always cool and calm in his mind, and freed from all the errors of the world; and in whom the traces of the passions of love and anger, sorrow and illusion and the mischances of life are scarcely visible.
6. This is truly the mark of the unobtrusive seer in yoga, who is always cool and calm in their mind, and free from all the mistakes of the world; and in whom the signs of the passions of love and anger, sorrow and confusion, and the hardships of life are hardly noticeable.
CHAPTER CXXIV.
The Story of the Stag and the Huntsman.
The Tale of the Stag and the Hunter.
Argument.—Degradation of the divine soul of man to the state of the animal soul.
Argument.—The degeneration of the divine nature of humanity to just an animal existence.
VASISHTHA said:—Know now that the Lord (Divine soul), stops to take upon itself of the nature of the living or animal soul, as a Brahman (by birth) assumes the character of a vile sudra for some mean purpose, by disregarding the purity of its original nature. (This is the degradation of the lordly and blissful soul, to the state of the sensitive animal soul, by reason of its meaner propensity).
VASISHTHA said:—Understand now that the Lord (Divine soul) takes on the characteristics of the living or animal soul, just as a Brahman (by birth) may adopt the role of a lowly sudra for selfish reasons, ignoring the purity of its true nature. (This represents the fall of the noble and joyful soul to the level of a sensitive animal soul, due to its lesser inclinations).
2. There are two kinds of living beings, that come into existence in the beginning of the repeated creations; the one coming into existence without any causality, and are thence called to be causeless or uncaused (such as that is they are not made like pots and the like (ghatádi), by means of the instrumental causality of the potters wheel, stick &c.)
2. There are two types of living beings that emerge at the start of repeated creations; one type comes into existence without any cause, and they are referred to as causeless or uncaused (unlike objects like pots, which are made through the instrumental processes of potters' wheels, sticks, etc.)
3. Thus the soul emanating from the Divine, is subjected to various transmigrations, and becomes many kinds of beings (in succession), according to its previous acts and propensities. (Thus it is the tendency of the soul towards good or evil, that is the cause of its rise and fall or elevation or degradation).
3. So, the soul that comes from the Divine goes through different lives and becomes many types of beings over time, based on its past actions and tendencies. (It is the soul's inclination towards good or evil that causes its rise or fall, or its elevation or degradation.)
4. All beings emanate originally without any cause, from the source of the divine essence; and then their actions become the secondary cause of continuous transmigrations (until the end of the world). (All souls are bound to their revolutions in repeated births, until their final extinction in the deity on the last day of resurrection, or by their prior liberation by mukti or nirvána).
4. All beings originally come into existence without any cause, from the source of divine essence; and then their actions become the secondary cause of ongoing cycles of rebirth (until the end of the world). (All souls are trapped in their cycles of repeated births until their final release into the divine on the last day of resurrection, or by their previous liberation through mukti or nirvána).
5. The personal acts of men, are the causes both of their happiness as well as misery; and again the will which is produced by the conscious knowledge of one's self, becomes the cause of the action (i.e. the will proceeding from one's consciousness[Pg 662] of himself, is the cause of his action, which again becomes the cause of his pleasure or pain as its result).
5. The personal choices people make are the reasons for their happiness and their misery; and the will that comes from being aware of oneself leads to actions. In other words, the will that arises from self-awareness causes actions, which in turn result in pleasure or pain. [Pg 662]
6. Now this will or desire of any action or fruition, being likewise the cause of one's bondage to this world, it is to be got rid of for his liberation from it; and this what they call moksha, is no more than our release from the bond of our desire. (Every wish enchains the soul to earth, and drags it along to repeated birth).
6. Now, this will or desire for any action or satisfaction, which is also the reason for one’s bondage to this world, needs to be let go of for liberation from it; and this what they call moksha, is simply our release from the chains of our desires. (Every wish ties the soul to the earth and pulls it toward repeated rebirth).
7. Be therefore careful to make your choice of what is right and proper, from whatever is wrong and improper; and try betimes to contract your wishes within the narrowest scale.
7. So be sure to choose what is right and proper over what is wrong and improper; and try early on to keep your desires as limited as possible.
8. Do not let yourself to be possessor or possest of any thing or person, but give up thinking on anything, beside what remains after the thoughts of all other things. (i.e. Think alone of thine and the supreme soul, which remains in the absence of everything else).
8. Don’t let yourself be attached to any thing or person, but stop thinking about anything except what’s left when you put aside all other thoughts. (i.e. Focus only on yourself and the supreme soul, which exists when everything else is gone).
9. Anything to which the senses are addicted at all times, serves to bind the soul the more that it has its zest for the same; as also to unbind and release the mind in proportion to the distaste which it bears to it. (i.e. Love a thing to be enslaved to it, and hate the same to be saved from it).
9. Anything that the senses are constantly drawn to tends to bind the soul more tightly the more pleasure it finds in it; conversely, it can free and release the mind in proportion to the aversion it feels for it. (i.e. Love something to become enslaved by it, and hate it to be liberated from it).
10. If there is anything which is pleasing to thy soul, know the same as thy binding string to the earth; if on the contrary thou findest nothing to thy liking here, you are then freed from the trammels of all the trifles on earth.
10. If there’s anything that brings you joy, recognize it as your connection to the earth; if, on the other hand, you find nothing that appeals to you here, then you are free from the burdens of all the pointless things in life.
11. Therefore let nothing whatever tempt or beguile thy mind, to anything existent in either the animate or inanimate kind; and regard everything from a mean straw to a great idol as unworthy of thy regard.
11. So don't let anything at all tempt or distract you from what really matters, whether it's something living or non-living; and see everything, from a tiny piece of straw to a huge idol, as unworthy of your attention.
12. Think not thyself to be either the doer or giver, or eater or offerer, of whatsoever thou doest or givest, or eatest or offerest in thy holy oblations of the Gods; but art quite aloof from all thy bodily actions, owing to the immaterial nature of thy self or soul.
12. Don’t think of yourself as the doer, giver, eater, or offerer of anything you do, give, eat, or offer in your sacred offerings to the Gods; you are completely separate from all your physical actions because of the non-physical nature of your self or soul.
13. Concern not thyself with thy past acts, or thy cares for future, over which thou hast no command; but discharge well thy present duties, as they are and come to thy hand.
13. Don't worry about your past actions or your concerns for the future, which you can't control; instead, focus on doing your current responsibilities well, as they come your way.
14. All the feelings and passions of men, as their appetites, desires and the rest, are strung together with their hearts; and therefore it is requisite to sever these heart strings with the weapon of a brave and strong heart (because the feelings are fostered in weak hearts and minds only).
14. All the feelings and passions of people, along with their appetites, desires, and everything else, are tightly connected to their hearts; so it's necessary to cut these heartstrings with the strength of a brave and courageous heart (because feelings are nurtured only in weak hearts and minds).
15. Now break your sensuous mind by the power of your reasoning mind, and restrain its rage of running into errors; as they break the iron pegs by force of iron hammers (and remove one thing by another of the same kind—similia similibus curantur.)
15. Now use your reasoning mind to control your passionate mind, and stop it from making mistakes; just as they break iron pegs with iron hammers (and eliminate one thing with another of the same kind—similia similibus curantur.)
16. So intelligent men rub out one dirt by another, and remove one poison by another poisonous substance; and so do soldiers oppose one steel by a weapon of the same metal.
16. So smart people deal with one problem by creating another, and they counteract one toxin with another toxic substance; and soldiers fight against one weapon with another of the same kind.
17. All living beings have a triple form, composed of the subtile, solid and the imperceptible spiritual bodies; now lay hold and rely on the last, in utter disregard of the two former.
17. All living beings have three forms: the subtle, the solid, and the invisible spiritual bodies; now focus on and trust the last, completely ignoring the first two.
18. The solid or gross body, is composed of the hands, feet and other members and limbs; and subsist in this nether world upon its subsistence of food only.
18. The solid or physical body is made up of the hands, feet, and other parts and limbs; it exists in this world by relying solely on food for sustenance.
19. The living being has an intrinsic body also, which is derived from within; and is composed of all its wishes in the world, and is known as the mental or intellectual part of the body.
19. The living being also has an intrinsic body that comes from within; it's made up of all its desires in the world and is referred to as the mental or intellectual aspect of the body.
20. Know the third form to be the transcendental or spiritual body, which assumes all forms, and is the simple intellectual soul; which is without its beginning or end, and without any alteration in its nature.
20. Know that the third form is the transcendental or spiritual body, which takes on all forms and is the pure intellectual soul; it has no beginning or end and does not change in its nature.
21. This is the pure turya state, wherein you must remain steadfast as in that of your living liberation; and reject the two others, in which you must place no reliance.
21. This is the pure turya state, where you need to stay firm just like in your living liberation; and you should reject the other two states, which you should not rely on at all.
22. Ráma said:—I have understood the three definite states, of waking, dreaming, and sound sleep, as they have been defined to me; but the fourth state of turya is yet left undefined, and I beg you to explain it clearly unto me.
22. Ráma said:—I get the three clear states of waking, dreaming, and deep sleep, as they've been explained to me; but the fourth state of turya is still not clear, and I ask you to explain it to me clearly.
23. Vasishtha answered:—It is that state of the mind, in which the feelings of one's egoism and non-egoism, and those of his existence and inexistence are utterly drowned under a total[Pg 664] impassibility; and the mind is settled in one invariable and uniform tenor of tranquillity and transparency.
23. Vasishtha answered:—It is that state of the mind where feelings of ego and non-ego, as well as existence and non-existence, are completely submerged in total[Pg 664]impassivity; and the mind is settled in a consistent and uniform state of calm and clarity.
24. It is that state in which the selfish feelings of mine and thine, are altogether wanting; and in which one remains as a mere witness and spectator of the affairs of life. This is the turya state of living liberation. (It is the state of a philosopher who lives to see and philosophise and mix with nothing).
24. It's a state where selfish feelings of mine and yours completely disappear; where one simply observes and witnesses the events of life. This is the turya state of living liberation. (It's the state of a philosopher who exists to see, think, and engage with nothing).
25. This is neither the state of waking, owing to its want of any wish or concern, nor it is the state of sound sleep, which is one of perfect insensibility.
25. This is neither the state of being awake, because it lacks any desire or worry, nor is it the state of deep sleep, which is a total unawareness.
26. It is that calmness in which the wise man sees every thing, to be going on in the world; and it is like the state of insensibility of the ignorant, in which they perceive no stir in the course of the world. (The calmness of the wise like the dullness of others is their turya also).
26. It's that calmness where the wise person observes everything happening in the world, and it's similar to the ignorance of those who notice no activity in the world around them. (The calmness of the wise, like the dullness of others, is also their turya).
27. The evenness of the mind after subsidence of every jot of its egotism in it, like the setting of the turbid waters underneath, is the turya state of the insouciance of the soul.
27. The calmness of the mind after all self-centeredness has faded away, like the settling of muddy water, is the turya state of the insouciance of the soul.
28. Hear me relate to you an instance on this subject, which will confer as clear a light to your enlightened mind, as that of all seeing Gods.
28. Let me share an example on this topic that will shed as much light on your understanding as that of all-seeing gods.
29. It happened once that a huntsman, roaming for his prey in some part of a forest, chanced to see a sage sitting silent in his solitude; and thinking it as something strange, he accosted him saying:—
29. One day, a huntsman, searching for his prey in a part of the forest, happened to see a wise man sitting quietly by himself. Finding it odd, he approached him and said:—
30. Have you seen, O sage, a wounded stag flying before me this way, with an arrow fixed in its back?
30. Have you seen, wise one, a wounded deer running away from me this way, with an arrow stuck in its back?
31. The sage replied:—You ask me, where your stag has fled; but my friend, know that sages like ourselves and living in the forest, are as cool as blocks of stone (and insensible of every occurrence on earth).
31. The wise one responded:—You’re asking me where your deer has run off to; but my friend, understand that wise people like us, who live in the forest, are as calm as stones and unaware of everything happening in the world.
32. We want that egoism which enables one, in conducting the transactions of the world; and know my friend, that it is the mind, which conducts all the actions of the senses. (All actions of the organs of senses being under the direction of the mind, as well as all sensible perceptions under its attention).
32. We desire that level of self-interest that allows someone to navigate the dealings of the world; and know, my friend, that it is the mind that directs all actions of the senses. (All actions of the sensory organs are guided by the mind, just as all sensory perceptions are within its focus).
33. Know that the feeling of my egoism, has been long before[Pg 665] dissolved in my mind; and I have no perception whatever of the three states of waking, dreaming and sound sleep. But I rest quiet in my fourth state of impossibility, wherein there is no vision of the visibles.
33. Understand that my sense of egoism has been long gone from my mind; I have no awareness of the three states: waking, dreaming, and deep sleep. Instead, I remain still in my fourth state of impossibility, where there is no sight of the visible things.
34. The huntsman heard these words of the sage, but being quite at a loss to comprehend its meaning, he departed to his own way without uttering a word.
34. The huntsman heard the sage's words, but not knowing what they meant, he just left without saying anything.
35. I tell you therefore, O Ráma, there is no other state beyond the fourth or turya quietism; it is that unalterable impassivity of the mind, which is not to be found in any other.
35. I’m telling you, Ráma, there is no state beyond the fourth or turya level of calm; it represents that unchanging stillness of the mind, which isn’t found anywhere else.
36. The waking, dreaming and sound sleep, are the three palpable conditions of the mind; and these are respectively the dark, quiet and insensible states, in which the mind is situated in this world.
36. Waking, dreaming, and deep sleep are the three clear states of the mind; they represent the dark, calm, and unresponsive conditions in which the mind exists in this world.
37. The waking state presents us the dark complexion of the mind, for its susceptibility of all the passions and evils of life; and the sleeping state shows us its quiet aspect, for want of its cares and anxieties.
37. The waking state reveals the darker side of the mind, as it's open to all the emotions and troubles of life; meanwhile, the sleeping state displays a peaceful aspect, free from its worries and stress.
38. The state of sound sleep is one of insensibility, and the state beyond these three bears the feature of death in it. Yet this dead like figure possesses the principle of life in it, which is diligently preserved by yogis from harm and decay.
38. Deep sleep is a state of unawareness, and the state beyond these three resembles death. However, this lifeless appearance actually contains the essence of life, which yogis carefully protect from damage and deterioration.
39. Now Ráma, the soul which remains in its quiet rest, after its renunciation of all desire, is said by sages to be in the coma or cool calmness of itself, and the liberated state of the holy and devout yogi on earth.
39. Now Rama, the spirit that stays in its peaceful stillness, after letting go of all desires, is described by sages as being in a state of tranquility or cool calmness, embodying the liberated state of the holy and devoted yogi on earth.
CHAPTER CXXV.
The means of Attaining the Steadiness of the Turya State.
How to Attain Stability in the Turya State.
Argument.—The means of attaining stability on Insouciance.
Argument.—Ways to achieve stability in Insouciance.
VASISHTHA resumed:—Know Ráma, that the conclusion which is arrived at in all works on spiritual philosophy, is the negation of every thing except the entity of the supreme soul; and that there is no principle of ignorance (avidyá) nor that of delusion (máyá), as a secondary agent under one quiescent Brahma, who is ever without a second.
VASISHTHA resumed:—Know Ráma, that the conclusion reached in all works on spiritual philosophy is that everything is denied except for the existence of the supreme soul; and that there is neither a principle of ignorance (avidyá) nor a principle of illusion (máyá) acting as a secondary agent under the singular, unchanging Brahma, who is always one and without a second.
2. The spirit of the Lord is always calm, with the serene brightness of the divine Intellect in itself; it is full of its omnipotence, and is attributed with the appellation of Brahma.
2. The spirit of the Lord is always calm, filled with the peaceful brightness of divine wisdom; it is full of its all-powerfulness and is referred to as Brahma.
3. The Divine Spirit is ascertained by some as the formless vacuum itself, and by others as omniscience, and is called as the Lord God by most people in the world.
3. Some identify the Divine Spirit as the formless void itself, while others see it as all-knowing, and most people in the world refer to it as the Lord God.
4. Do you avoid all these, O sinless Ráma, and remain quite silent in yourself, and be extinct in the divine essence, by restraining the actions of your heart and mind and by the tranquillity of your soul.
4. Do you steer clear of all this, O sinless Rama, and keep completely quiet within yourself, becoming absorbed in the divine essence, by controlling the activities of your heart and mind and finding peace in your soul?
5. Have a quiet soul in yourself, and remain as a deaf and dumb man in your outward appearance; look always within yourself, and be full with the Divine Spirit.
5. Have a calm soul within you, and keep an outward appearance like a silent and unresponsive person; always look inward, and be filled with the Divine Spirit.
6. Discharge the duties of your waking state, as if you are doing them in your sound sleep; forsake every thing in your inward mind, and do whatever comes to thee outwardly, without taking any into thy heart.
6. Carry out your responsibilities while awake as if you're doing them in a deep sleep; let go of everything in your mind, and just do whatever comes your way without letting it affect you emotionally.
7. The essence of the mind is only for one's misery, as its want is for his highest felicity; therefore the mind must be drowned in the intelligent soul, by destroying the action of the mental powers altogether.
7. The core of the mind only brings suffering, while its desire is for our greatest happiness; therefore, the mind must be immersed in the intelligent soul by completely shutting down the functions of our mental abilities.
8. Remain as cold as a stone, at the sight of anything, which[Pg 667] is either delightsome or disgusting to thee; and by this means learn to subdue everything in the world under thy control.
8. Stay as unemotional as a stone when you see anything that is either pleasing or repulsive to you; and through this practice, learn to master everything in the world under your control.
9. The objective is neither for our pleasure or pain, nor is it the intermediate state of the two; therefore it is by diligent attention to the subjective, that we can attain the end of all our misery. (Live to thyself alone and unmindful of all others, in order to be completely blest).
9. The goal isn't about our enjoyment or suffering, nor is it some middle ground between the two; instead, it’s through focused attention on our own experience that we can overcome all our struggles. (Live only for yourself and ignore everyone else to find true happiness).
10. He who has known the supreme soul, has found within himself a delight; resembling the cooling beams of the full bright moon; and being possest of the full knowledge of the essence of all things in the three worlds, performs his parts in a manner as he did not attend to them.
10. The one who knows the ultimate soul has discovered a joy within himself, like the soothing rays of a bright full moon. With a complete understanding of the essence of everything in the three worlds, he goes about his actions as if he weren’t even paying attention to them.
CHAPTER CXXVI.
Description of the Spiritual state.
Description of the spiritual state.
Argument:—The seven stages of yoga Meditation, and the true state of spirituality.
Argument:—The seven stages of yoga meditation and the true essence of spirituality.
RÁMA said:—Tell me sir, the practices of the seven stages of yoga; and the characteristics of yogis in every stage.
RÁMA said:—Tell me, sir, about the practices of the seven stages of yoga and the traits of yogis at each stage.
2. Vasishtha related:—Know Ráma, mankind to be divided into two classes of the zealous and resigned (i.e. the active and the inactive); the one expectant of heavenly reward, and the other inclined to supreme felicity. Know now their different characters as follows:—
2. Vasishtha said:—Understand, Ráma, that humanity is split into two groups: the zealous and the resigned (i.e., the active and the inactive); one group seeks heavenly rewards, while the other leans towards ultimate happiness. Now, let’s look at their different characteristics as follows:—
3. Those that are addicted to enjoyments, think the quietude of nirvána as nothing to their purpose, and give preference to worldliness above the final bliss of others; and he that acts his part on this sense, is styled an active and energetic man.
3. Those who are addicted to pleasures see the peace of nirvána as meaningless for their goals, favoring worldly pursuits over the ultimate happiness of others; and the person who plays this role is called an active and energetic man.
4. Such a man of the world bears his resemblance to a tortoise, which though it has its neck well hid in its shell, still stretches it out to drink the salt water of the sea it inhabits; until after many births, he gets a better life for his salvation (as when the tortoise is removed to a lake of fresh water).
4. A man like that is similar to a tortoise, which keeps its neck tucked away in its shell but still reaches out to drink the salty water of the sea it lives in; after many lifetimes, he finds a better life for his salvation (just like when the tortoise is taken to a freshwater lake).
5. But he who reflects on the nothingness of the world, and the uselessness of his situation in it; such a man does not allow himself to be carried on, by the current of his old and rotatory course of duties here in day after day.
5. But someone who thinks about the emptiness of the world and the futility of their situation in it doesn't just let themselves be swept along by the same old routine of daily duties.
6. And he who reflects in himself, after being released from the burden of his business, on the delight of his rest after labour, he is the man who is said to repose in his quiescence.
6. And the person who thinks about themselves, after being freed from the demands of their work, on the joy of their relaxation after effort, is the one who is said to find peace in their stillness.
7. When a man comes to reconnoitre in himself, how he shall become dispassionate, and get over the boisterous ocean of the world; such a man is said to have come to his good and right sense, and to stand on the way to his tolerance.
7. When a man takes the time to reflect on himself, figuring out how to become less emotional and navigate the chaotic waters of the world, that man is said to have reached his clarity and is on the path to tolerance.
8. He who has an unfeelingness in his heart, of the very many thoughts that daily rise in his mind; and manages his[Pg 669] gravest and greatest concerns, without being much concerned about them in his mind; each a man is said to taste the delight of his stayedness day by day.
8. A person who is indifferent in their heart, despite the numerous thoughts that come to mind every day, and handles their most serious and significant issues without giving them much thought; such a person is said to experience the joy of their calmness day by day.
9. He who condemns the rustic amusements and mean employments of men; and instead of taking up the faults and failings of others for his merry talk, employs himself to meritorious acts.
9. Those who criticize the simple pleasures and lowly jobs of people; and instead of making jokes about the flaws and shortcomings of others, focus on doing good deeds.
10. Whose mind, is engaged in agreeable tasks and unpainsome acts; who is afraid of sin, and disdains all pleasures and bodily enjoyments.
10. Whose mind is focused on enjoyable tasks and painless actions; who fears wrongdoing and looks down on all pleasures and physical enjoyments.
11. Whose discourses are full of love and tenderness, and appropriate without any harshness; and whose speeches are suitable to the time and place in which they are delivered.
11. Whose talks are filled with love and kindness, and appropriate without any harshness; and whose speeches fit the time and place where they are given.
12. Such a man is said to stand on the first step of yoga, when he makes it his duty to attend the society of the good and great, whom he learns to imitate in his thoughts, words, and actions.
12. A person like this is said to be on the first step of yoga when they commit to being around good and great individuals, learning to mimic their thoughts, words, and actions.
13. He collects also the work on divine learning from every where, and reads with attention and diligence; he then considers their contexts, and lays hold on the tenets, which serve to save him from this sinful world.
13. He also gathers knowledge about divine learning from everywhere and reads carefully and diligently; he then thinks about their contexts and grasps the beliefs that help save him from this sinful world.
14. Such a man is said to have come upon the (first) stage of yoga, or else he is a hypocrite who assumes the guise of a yogi for his own interest only. The yogi then comes to the next step of yoga, which is styled the stage of investigation—Vichára.
14. A man like this is said to have reached the first stage of yoga, or he might just be a hypocrite pretending to be a yogi for his own benefit. The yogi then advances to the next step of yoga, known as the stage of investigation—Vichára.
15. He then hears from the mouths of the best pandits, the explanations of the srutis and smritis, the rules of good conduct, and the manner of meditation and conduct of yoga practice.
15. He then listens to the insights of the best scholars, the interpretations of the scriptures, the principles of good behavior, and the ways of meditation and yoga practice.
16. He then learns the divisions of categories and distinction of things, together with the difference between actions that are to be done or avoided; all which being heard from the mouth of an adept in yoga, will facilitate his course through the other stages, in like manner as the master of a house enters with facility into every apartment of his dwelling. (The guidance of a guru or spiritual guide, is essential to the practice of yoga).
16. He then learns the different categories and distinctions of things, along with the difference between actions to be taken or avoided; all of this, when taught by an experienced yoga instructor, will help him progress through the other stages, just as a homeowner can easily move between the rooms of their house. (The guidance of a guru or spiritual guide is essential to practicing yoga).
17. He wears off his outer habit of pride and vanity, his[Pg 670] jealousy and avarice, and the other passions which formed as it were an outer garment of his person, as a snake casts off his slough from him.
17. He sheds his outer layers of pride and vanity, his[Pg 670] jealousy and greed, along with the other emotions that acted like a second skin for him, just like a snake sheds its skin.
18. Having thus purified his mind (from the vile passions), he attends to the service of his spiritual preceptors and holy persons, and makes himself acquainted with the mysteries of religion. (This is the second stage of yoga, which is one of moral discipline and search after truth).
18. After cleansing his mind (from the negative emotions), he focuses on serving his spiritual teachers and holy figures, and learns about the secrets of religion. (This is the second stage of yoga, which involves moral discipline and the quest for truth).
19. He then enters into the third stage of unsociality or avoidance of all company, which he finds to be as agreeable to him as a bed of flowers. (Lit.: a bedstead be strewn with flowers).
19. He then moves into the third stage of being unsocial or avoiding all company, which he finds to be as pleasant as a bed of flowers. (Lit.: a bedstead be strewn with flowers).
20. Here he learns to fix his mind to its steadiness, according to the dictates of the sástras; and passes his time in talking on spiritual subjects, in society of hermits and devotees.
20. Here he learns to focus his mind on its steadiness, following the guidance of the scriptures; and spends his time discussing spiritual topics with hermits and devotees.
21. He sits also with the dispassionate Vairágis, and religious recluses sanyásis who are disgusted with the world; and relying on the firm rock of his faith, he wears out his long life with ease.
21. He also sits with the unemotional Vairágis and the spiritual recluses sanyásis who are fed up with the world; and, trusting in the solid foundation of his faith, he spends his long life comfortably.
22. He passes his moral life with cheerful delight of his loneliness, and pleasing tranquillity of his mind in his woodland retreat and wanderings.
22. He enjoys his solitary life with a joyful delight and a calming peace of mind in his woodland hideaway and explorations.
23. By study of holy books and performance of religious acts, he gets a clear view of things, as it generally attends upon the virtuous lives of men.
23. By studying sacred texts and engaging in religious practices, he gains a clear understanding of things, as this typically comes with the virtuous lives of individuals.
24. The sensible man who has arrived to the third stage of his yoga practice, perceives in himself two kinds of his unconnectedness with the world, as you will now hear from me.
24. The wise person who has reached the third stage of their yoga practice recognizes in themselves two types of disconnection from the world, as you will now hear from me.
25. Now this disconnection of one with all others is of two sorts, one of which is his ordinary disassociation with all persons and things, and the other is his absolute unconnection with every thing including himself. (i.e. One's entire irrelation with both the subjective and objective).
25. Now, this disconnection from everything else comes in two types: one is the usual separation from all people and things, and the other is a complete detachment from everything, including oneself. (i.e. One's total lack of relation to both the subjective and the objective).
26. The ordinary unconnection is the sense of one's being neither the subject or object of his action, nor of his being the slayer of or slain by anybody; but that all accidents are[Pg 671] incidental to his prior acts (of past lives), and all dependant to the dispensations of Providence.
26. The usual disconnection is the feeling of not being either the doer or the recipient of one's actions, or of not being the one who kills or is killed by anyone; instead, everything that happens is[Pg 671] just a result of what he did before (in past lives), and everything relies on the decisions of Providence.
27. It is the conviction that, I have no control over my happiness or misery or pain or pleasure; and that all prosperity and adversity, employment and privation, and health and disease, ever betide me of their own accord.
27. It is the belief that I have no control over my happiness or suffering, pain or pleasure; that all good and bad times, work and unemployment, and health and illness come to me on their own.
28. All union is for its disunion, and all gain is for its loss; so the health and disease and pain and pleasure come by turns, and there is nothing which is not succeeded by its reverse. Because time with its open jaws, is ever ready to devour all things.
28. Every union leads to its breakup, and every gain comes with its loss; health and sickness, pain and pleasure, all come in cycles, and nothing is without its opposite. Time, with its wide jaws, is always ready to consume everything.
29. The negative idea of inexistence, which is produced in the mind, from our want of reliance in the reality of things; is the very sense which is conveyed by the phrase of our ordinary unconnection with all things.
29. The negative concept of non-existence, created in our minds due to our lack of confidence in the reality of things, is exactly what is meant by the phrase about our usual disconnection from everything.
30. With this sort of the disunion of every thing in the mind, and our union with the society of high minded men; and disassociation with the vile and unrighteous, and association with spiritual knowledge:—
30. With this kind of disconnect in our thoughts, and our connection with the company of noble individuals; distancing ourselves from the wicked and dishonest, and aligning ourselves with spiritual wisdom:—
31. These joined with the continual exertion of our manliness in our habitual practice of these virtues, one assuredly arrives to the certain knowledge of what he seeks (i.e. his god), as clearly as he sees a globe set in his hands.
31. These, along with our constant effort to practice these virtues, will definitely lead someone to the sure knowledge of what they seek (i.e. their god), as clearly as they see a globe in their hands.
32. The knowledge of the supreme author of creation, sitting beyond the ocean of the universe, and watching over its concerns; impresses us with the belief, that it is not I but God that does every thing in the world, and that there is nothing that is done here by me, but by the great God Himself.
32. The understanding of the supreme creator of the universe, who sits beyond the vast ocean of existence and oversees everything that happens, leads us to believe that it’s not me but God who does everything in the world, and that nothing I do here is accomplished without the influence of the great God Himself.
33. Having left aside the thought of one's self agency on any act, whoso sits quiet silent and tranquil in himself, such a one is said to be absolutely unconnected with every thing in the world.
33. Putting aside the idea of one's own control over any actions, someone who sits quietly, silently, and peacefully within themselves is said to be completely disconnected from everything in the world.
34. He that does not reside within or without anything, nor dwells above or beneath any object; who is not situated in the sky, or in any side or part of the all surrounding air and space; who is not in anything or in nothing, and neither in gross matter nor in the sensible spirit.
34. He who doesn’t live in or outside anything, nor resides above or below any object; who is not found in the sky or in any side or part of the surrounding air and space; who is in neither something nor nothing, and neither in physical matter nor in the perceivable spirit.
35. Who is present and manifest in every thing, without being expressed in any; and who pervades all things like the clear firmament, who is without beginning and end and birth and death. Whoso seeks this Lord of all, is said to be set in the best part of this stage.
35. Who is present and evident in everything, without being defined in any; and who permeates all things like the clear sky, who has no beginning or end, and no birth or death. Whoever seeks this Lord of all is said to have the best role in this play.
36. Contentment is as sweet fragrance in the mind, and virtuous acts are as handsome as the leaves of a flower; the heart string is as stalk beset by the thorns of cares and anxieties, and thralls with the gusts of dangers and difficulties.
36. Contentment is like a sweet scent in the mind, and good deeds are as beautiful as flower petals; the heart is like a stem surrounded by the thorns of worries and anxieties, and it is shaken by the winds of dangers and challenges.
37. The flower of inward discrimination, is expanded like the lotus-bud, by the sun-beams of reason, and produces the fruit of resignation in the garden of the third stage of yoga-practice.
37. The flower of inner discernment blooms like a lotus bud, nurtured by the rays of reason, and yields the fruit of acceptance in the garden of the third stage of yoga practice.
38. As it is by association with holy men, and by means of the assemblage of virtuous acts, that one arrives on a sudden to the first stage of yoga:—
38. It is through associating with holy people and through gathering virtuous deeds that one suddenly reaches the first stage of yoga:—
39. So is this first step to be preserved with care, and grown up like a tender sprout, with the watering of reasoning at its root (in order to lead it to the succeeding steps or stages).
39. This first step should be nurtured carefully, allowed to grow like a delicate sprout, with the watering of reason at its base (to guide it to the next steps or stages).
40. The yoga practitioner like a good gardener, must foster the rising plant of spiritual knowledge, by the daily application of reasoning to every part of it. (The parts of the plant of spirituality, are its dispassionateness, unworldliness and the like, which require to be reared up by proper reasoning).
40. A yoga practitioner, much like a skilled gardener, must nurture the growing plant of spiritual knowledge through daily reasoning applied to every aspect of it. (The aspects of the plant of spirituality include dispassion, detachment from the material world, and similar qualities that need to be cultivated with sound reasoning).
41. This stage being well managed, and all its parts being properly performed, introduces the succeeding stages (all of which depend on the first as their basis).
41. When this stage is managed well and all its parts are carried out properly, it leads into the next stages (which all rely on the first as their foundation).
42. Now the better state of the third stage, as it has been already described, is one of all desires and arrogations in the mind of the yogi.
42. Now the enhanced condition of the third stage, as already described, is a state of all desires and claims in the mind of the yogi.
43. Ráma said:—Now tell me sir, what is the way of the salvation of an ignorant man, of one of a base birth, and addicted to baseness himself; who has never associated with the yogis, nor received any spiritual instruction.
43. Ráma said:—Now tell me, sir, what is the path to salvation for a person who is ignorant, of low birth, and caught up in negativity; someone who has never been around the yogis or received any spiritual guidance?
44. Who has never ascended on any of the first, second or[Pg 673] succeeding stages of yoga, and is dead in the like state of ignorance in which he was born.
44. Who has never moved beyond any of the first, second, or[Pg 673]following stages of yoga and remains in the same state of ignorance in which they were born.
45. Vasishtha replied:—The ignorant man that has never attained to any of the states of yoga in his whole life, is carried by the current of his transmigration to rove in a hundred births, until he happens by some chance or other, to get some glimpse of spiritual light in any one of them.
45. Vasishtha replied:—The unknowing person who has never experienced any state of yoga in their entire life is swept along by the flow of reincarnation, wandering through countless lifetimes, until they happen to catch a glimpse of spiritual insight in one of them.
46. Or it may be that one happens to be dissatisfied with the world, by his association with holy men; and the resignation which springs thereby, becomes the ground of one of the stages of his yoga.
46. Or it could be that someone feels unhappy with the world because of their association with holy people; and the acceptance that comes from that becomes the foundation of one of the stages of their yoga.
47. By this means, the man is saved from this miserable world; because it is the united voice of all the sástras, that an embodied being is released from death, no sooner he has passed through any one stage of yoga (or union with his maker).
47. This way, the person is saved from this miserable world; because it is the consensus of all the scriptures that a living being is freed from death as soon as they progress through any stage of yoga (or connection with their creator).
48. The performance of a part only of some of the stages of yoga, is enough for the remission of past sins; and for conducting the expurgated person to the celestial abode in a heavenly car. (The wicked man turning from his wickedness, and doing what is right and saveth his soul).
48. Just practicing some parts of yoga is enough to forgive past sins and guide the purified person to a heavenly place in a celestial vehicle. (The wicked person who turns away from their wrongdoing and does what is right saves their own soul).
49. He enjoys the Parnassian groves of Sumeru in company with his beloved, when the weight of his righteous acts, outweighs those of unrighteousness.
49. He loves the Parnassian groves of Sumeru, spending time with his beloved, when the impact of his good deeds surpasses that of his wrongdoings.
50. The yogi, released from the trap of his temporal enjoyments, and has passed his allotted period; expires in due time, to be reborn in the houses of yogis and rich men, or in the private mansions of learned, good and virtuous people.
50. The yogi, freed from the limits of his temporary pleasures, has completed his time and, when the moment comes, dies to be reborn in the homes of yogis, wealthy individuals, or in the private households of knowledgeable, good, and virtuous people.
51. Being thus born, he betakes himself to the habitual practice of the yoga of his former birth; and has the wisdom to begin at once at the stage to which he was practiced, and which was left unfinished before (hence arises the difference in the capacities of youth).
51. Having been born this way, he takes up the regular practice of the yoga from his previous life; and he wisely starts right where he left off, resuming the stage he had practiced before (this is why young people have different abilities).
52. These three stages, Ráma, are designated the waking state; because the yogi retains in them his perception of the differences of things, as a waking man perceives the visible to differ from one another.
52. These three stages, Ráma, are called the waking state; because the yogi maintains his awareness of the differences between things, just as a person who is awake sees that visible things differ from one another.
53. Men employed in yoga acquire a venerable dignity (in[Pg 674] their very appearance), which induce the ignorant to wish for their liberation also (in order to attain to the same rank).
53. Men who practice yoga gain a respected dignity (in[Pg 674] their appearance), which makes those who are uninformed want their freedom as well (so they can reach the same status).
54. He is reckoned a venerable man, who is employed in all honorable deeds, and refrains from what is dishonourable, who is steadfast in the discharge of all his social duties, whether they are of the ordinary kind or occasional ones.
54. He is considered a respected man, who engages in all honorable actions and avoids anything disgraceful, who is committed to fulfilling all his social responsibilities, whether they are regular or occasional.
55. He who acts according to customary usage, and the ordinances of sástras; who act conscientiously and according to his position; and thus dispenses all his affairs in the world, is verily called a venerable man.
55. Someone who follows traditional practices and the rules of scriptures; who acts with integrity and in line with their role; and manages all their responsibilities in life is truly called a respectable person.
56. The venerableness of yogis germinates in the first stage, it blossoms in the second, and becomes fruitful in the third stage of yoga.
56. The respect that yogis earn begins to grow in the first stage, blooms in the second, and bears fruit in the third stage of yoga.
57. The venerable yogi dying in state of yoga, comes first to enjoy the fruition of good desires for a long time (in his next birth); and then becomes a yogi again (for the completion of his yoga).
57. The respected yogi who dies while in a meditative state first gets to experience the fulfillment of his good wishes for a long time (in his next life); and then becomes a yogi again (to finish his practice).
58. The practice of the parts enjoyed in the three first stages of yoga, serves to destroy at first the ignorance of the yogi, and then sheds the light of true knowledge in his mind, as brightly as the beams of full-moon illume the sky at night.
58. The practices focused on in the first three stages of yoga help to initially eliminate the ignorance of the yogi and then illuminate the mind with true knowledge, just like the bright beams of a full moon light up the night sky.
59. He who devotes his mind to yoga, with his undivided attention from first to last, and sees all things in one even and same light, is said to have arrived to the fourth stage of yoga.
59. The person who focuses their mind on yoga, giving it their full attention from start to finish, and perceives everything in a consistent and equal way, is said to have reached the fourth stage of yoga.
60. As the mistake of duality disappears from sight, and the knowledge of unity shines supremely bright; the yogi is said in this state to have reached the fourth stage of yoga, when he sees the world as a vision in his dream.
60. As the error of duality fades away, and the understanding of unity shines brightly; the yogi in this state is said to have reached the fourth stage of yoga, where he perceives the world as if it were a dream.
61. The first three stages, are represented as the waking state of the yogi; but the fourth is said to be the state of his dreaming, when the visibles disappear from his sight; as the dispersed clouds of autumn gradually vanish from sight, and as the scenes in a dream recede to nothingness.
61. The first three stages represent the waking state of the yogi; but the fourth is described as his dreaming state, when the things around him fade away; just like the scattered autumn clouds gradually disappear from view, and like the scenes in a dream fade into nothingness.
62. They are said to be in the fifth stage, who have their minds lying dormant in them, and insensible of their bodily[Pg 675] sensations. This is called the sleeping state or hypnotism of yoga meditation.
62. Those in the fifth stage are described as having their minds dormant and not aware of their physical sensations. This is known as the sleeping state or the hypnotic state of yoga meditation.[Pg 675]
63. In this state there is an utter stop of feelings, of the endless varieties of things and their different species, in the mind of the yogi, who relies in his consciousness of an undivided unity only; and whose sense of a duality is entirely melted down and lost in the cheerfulness of his wakeful mind.
63. In this state, the yogi experiences a complete halt of feelings, the endless variety of things and their different types in his mind. He focuses solely on the awareness of an indivisible unity, and his perception of duality completely disappears, blending into the joy of his alert mind.
64. The fifth stage is likewise a state of sound sleep, when the yogi loses all his external perceptions, and sits quiet with his internal vision within himself.
64. The fifth stage is also a state of deep sleep, where the yogi loses all outside awareness and sits still, focusing on his inner vision.
65. The continued sedateness of his posture, gives him the appearance of his dormancy, and the yogi continues in this position, the practice of the mortification of all his desires.
65. The calmness of his posture gives him the look of being inactive, and the yogi remains in this position, practicing the control of all his desires.
66. This step leads gradually to the sixth stage, which is a state of insensibility both of the existence and inexistence of things as also of one's egoism and non-egoism (of his own entity and non-entity).
66. This step gradually leads to the sixth stage, which is a state of being unresponsive to both the existence and non-existence of things, as well as to one's own selfishness and selflessness (of their own being and non-being).
67. The yogi remains unmindful of everything, and quite unconscious of the unity or duality, and by being freed from every scruple and suspicion in his mind, he arrives to the dignity of living liberation. (This tetrastich is based on the sruti which says, [Sanskrit: bhidyate hadayagranyi, chidyate svvammshyayah tasmindvashte parávare]).
67. The yogi is unaware of everything, completely oblivious to unity or duality. By freeing himself from all doubts and suspicions in his mind, he achieves the state of living liberation. (This tetrastich is based on the sruti which says, [Sanskrit: bhidyate hadayagranyi, chidyate svvammshyayah tasmindvashte parávare]).
68. The yogi of this sort though yet inextinct or living, is said to be extinct or dead to his sensibility; he sits as a pictured lamp which emits no flame, and remains with a vacant heart and mind like an empty cloud hanging in the empty air.
68. The yogi of this kind, even if still alive, is considered to be dead to his feelings; he sits like a painted lamp that gives off no light, and stays with an empty heart and mind, like a hollow cloud floating in the clear sky.
69. He is full within and without him, with and amidst the fulness of divine ecstasy, like a full pot in a sea; and possest of some higher power, yet he appears as worthless on the outside.
69. He is completely filled inside and out, surrounded by divine ecstasy, like a full pot in the ocean; and although he possesses some higher power, he seems insignificant on the outside.
70. After passing his sixth grade, the yogi is led to the seventh stage; which is styled a state of disembodied liberation, from its purely spiritual nature.
70. After finishing sixth grade, the yogi moves on to the seventh stage, which is called a state of disembodied liberation because of its purely spiritual nature.
71. It is a state of quietude which is unapproachable (i.e. inexpressible) by words, and extends beyond the limits of this earth; it is said to resemble the state of Siva by some, and that[Pg 676] of Brahmá by others. (The two views of the Tántrikas and Vedántists).
71. It’s a state of calmness that can’t be put into words and goes beyond the boundaries of this world; some say it’s similar to the state of Siva, while others compare it to that of Brahmá. (These are the two perspectives of the Tántrikas and Vedántists).
72. By some it is said to be the state of the androgyne deity, or the indiscriminate of the male and female powers; while others have given many other denominations to it, according to their respective fancies. (The other systems have different appellations to designate this state).
72. Some people refer to it as the state of the androgynous deity, or the blending of male and female powers; while others have assigned various names to it based on their own preferences. (Different systems use different terms to describe this state).
73. The seventh is the state of the eternal and incomprehensible God, and which no words can express nor explain in any way. Thus Ráma, have I mentioned to you the seven stages of yoga (each branding the other in its perfections).
73. The seventh is the state of the eternal and incomprehensible God, which no words can express or explain in any way. So Ráma, I've shared with you the seven stages of yoga (each enhancing the other in its perfections).
74. By practice of these perfections, one evades the miseries of this world; and it is by subjection of the indomitably elephantine senses, that one can arrive to these perfections.
74. By practicing these qualities, one avoids the struggles of this world; and it is through controlling the unruly senses that one can achieve these qualities.
75. Hear me relate to you Ráma, of a furious elephant, which with its protruded tusks, was ever ready to attack others.
75. Listen as I tell you about Ráma and a fierce elephant, which, with its sharp tusks, was always ready to charge at others.
76. And as this elephant was about to kill many men, unless it could be killed by some one of them; so are the senses of men like ferocious elephants of destruction to them.
76. And just as this elephant was about to kill many people unless someone managed to kill it; so are the senses of men like wild elephants that bring destruction to them.
77. Hence every man becomes victorious in all the stages of yoga, who has the valour of destroying this elephant of its sensuality the very first step of it.
77. Therefore, anyone can succeed in all stages of yoga if they have the courage to conquer this elephant of sensuality right from the start.
78. Ráma said:—Tell me sir, who is this victorious hero in the field of battle, and what is the nature of this elephant that is his enemy, and what are these grounds of combat where he encounters him, and the manner how he foils and kills this great foe of his.
78. Ráma said:—Tell me, sir, who is this victorious hero in battle, what is the nature of the elephant that he fights against, what are these grounds where they clash, and how does he defeat and kill this great enemy of his?
79. Vasishtha replied:—Ráma! it is our concupiscence which has the gigantic figure of this elephant, and which roams at random in the forest of our bodies, and sports in the demonstrations of all our passions and feelings.
79. Vasishtha replied:—Ráma! it is our desire that takes the massive form of this elephant, wandering aimlessly in the wilderness of our bodies, and playing in the expressions of all our passions and emotions.
80. It hides itself in the covert of our hearts, and has our acts for its great tusks; its fury is our ardent desire of anything, and our great ambition is its huge body.
80. It conceals itself in the depths of our hearts, using our actions as its sharp tusks; its rage is our intense longing for anything, and our vast ambition is its enormous form.
81. All the scenes on earth are the fields for its battle, where men are often foiled in their pursuit of any.
81. All the scenes on earth are battlegrounds, where people often fail in their quests.
82. The elephant of concupiscence kills members of miserly and covetous men, in the state of their wish or desire, or exertions and effort, or longing and hankering after anything.
82. The elephant of desire destroys the ambitions of greedy and envious people, in their moments of wanting or striving, or longing and craving for anything.
83. In this manner does this fierce greediness, lurk in the sheath of human breast under the said several names, and it is only our forbearance from those desires, that serves as the great weapon of their destruction.
83. In this way, this intense greed hides in the depths of the human heart under various names, and it is our ability to resist those desires that serves as the main tool for overcoming them.
84. This ubiquious desire of our possession of everything in the world, is conquered by reflection on the ubiquity of the soul in all of them; and that the unity of my soul, stretches over and grasps all things that I covet.
84. This universal desire to possess everything in the world is overcome by reflecting on how the soul is present in all things, and that the unity of my soul extends over and reaches all the things I desire.
85. He is doomed to suffer under the colic pain of this venomous avarice, who minds to continue in this world, in the manner as it goes on with the rest of mankind.
85. He is destined to endure the cramping agony of this toxic greed, who intends to carry on in this world just like everyone else.
86. It is the mitigation of the smart poison of avarice, that is our highest wisdom, and it is our liberation, when the calm and cooling countenance of inappetency appears to our sight.
86. It’s the reduction of the clever poison of greed that represents our greatest wisdom, and it's our freedom when the peaceful and refreshing face of self-restraint comes into view.
87. Words of advice stick to the sapient mind, as drops of oil adhere on glass mirror; and that our indifference to the world is the only preventive of its thorns, and is the best advice to the wise.
87. Words of advice stick to the wise mind, just as drops of oil cling to a glass mirror; and our indifference to the world is the only way to avoid its thorns, being the best advice for the wise.
88. It is as advisable to destroy a desire by the weapon of indifference, no sooner it rises in the breast, as it is proper to root out the sprout of a poisonous plant, before it spreads itself on the ground.
88. It's just as wise to eliminate a desire with indifference as soon as it appears in your heart, just like it's important to get rid of a sprout from a poisonous plant before it spreads.
89. The concupiscent soul, is never freed from its miserliness; while the mere effort of one's indifference, makes it set quiet in itself (without cringing at others).
89. The greedy soul is never free from its stinginess; meanwhile, just the act of being indifferent allows it to settle comfortably within itself (without feeling submissive to others).
90. It is by your carelessness about everything, and by your lying down as supine as a dead carcass, that you can kill your desire by the weapon of your indifference, as they catch and kill fishes with hooks (by sitting silent beside some pond or lake).
90. It’s your careless attitude towards everything, and your willingness to just lie there like a lifeless body, that lets you kill your desire with your indifference, just like they catch and kill fish with hooks (by sitting quietly next to a pond or lake).
91. Let this be mine or that I may have it, is what is called desire by the wise; and the want of every desire for wealth &c., is called resignation by them.
91. To say "let this be mine" or "I wish to have it" is what the wise refer to as desire; and the absence of every desire for wealth, etc., is what they call resignation.
92. Know that the remembrance of some thing, is alike the desire of having the same in one's possession again; and it includes both what was enjoyed before or next.
92. Understand that remembering something is similar to wanting to have it back in your possession, and it involves both what was enjoyed in the past and what is desired in the future.
93. O high minded Ráma, you must learn to remain as a block in your mind, by forgetting whatever you think of or otherwise; all of which must be buried in oblivion, for your estrangement from the world. (Retire, the world shut out, imagination's airy wing repress—Young).
93. O noble Ráma, you need to learn to keep your mind steady by letting go of everything you think about; you must bury it all in forgetfulness for your detachment from the world. (Step back, shut out the world, and hold back your imagination's flights—Young).
94. Who will not lift up his arms, and have his hairs standing at their end, to hear and reflect in himself that, want of desire is the summum bonum of every one's desire. (Desire of nothing is the most desirable thing, is a paralogism in logic).
94. Who wouldn’t raise their arms and have their hair stand on end upon realizing that a lack of desire is the ultimate goal of everyone’s desires? (Desiring nothing is the most desirable thing, which is a logical fallacy).
95. It is by sitting quite silent and quiet, that one attains to the state of his supreme felicity, a state before which the sovereignty of the world seems as a straw.
95. It's by sitting completely still and quiet that one reaches a state of ultimate happiness, a state that makes the power of the world seem insignificant.
96. As a traveller traverses on foot through many regions, in order to reach to his destination, so the yogi passes through all his ordinary acts, to reach his goal of final bliss.
96. Just as a traveler walks through various areas to reach their destination, the yogi goes through all their daily activities to achieve their ultimate goal of lasting happiness.
97. What is the good of using many words, when it can be expressed in a few; that our desire is our strongest bondage, and its want our complete liberation.
97. What’s the point of using so many words when it can be said in a few? Our desire is our greatest restraint, and lacking it is our total freedom.
98. Now Ráma, rest quiet in your joy, with knowing that all this creation is full of the increate, everlasting, undecaying and tranquil spirit of God; and sit quiet and delighted in yourself with viewing the visibles in their spiritual sense.
98. Now Ráma, rest in your joy, knowing that all of creation is filled with the infinite, eternal, unchanging, and peaceful spirit of God; and sit quietly and happily within yourself while seeing the visible things in their spiritual meaning.
99. Know that it is the ignoring of every thing and the quiet posture of the yogi, which is called as yoga by the spiritual; and continue to discharge your duties even in your yoga state, until you get rid of them by the privation of your desires.
99. Understand that the act of ignoring everything and maintaining a calm position, as practiced by the yogi, is what spiritual people refer to as yoga; and keep fulfilling your responsibilities even while in your yoga state, until you free yourself from them by letting go of your desires.
100. It is also the unconsciousness of one's self, which is likewise styled yoga by the wise; and it consists of the entire absorption of one's self in the supreme, by wasting away his mind and all its operations.
100. It’s also the lack of awareness of oneself, which wise people also call yoga; and it involves completely losing oneself in the highest state by letting go of one’s thoughts and all their activities.
101. Again this self absorption is the conceiving of one's self, as he is the all pervasive spirit of Siva, which is increate, self-conscious and ever benevolent to all. This conception of one's self is tantamount to his renunciation of every thing besides himself.
101. Once again, this self-absorption is thinking of oneself as the all-encompassing spirit of Siva, who is timeless, self-aware, and always kind to everyone. This understanding of oneself means giving up everything except for one’s own existence.
102. He who has the sense of his egoism and meism (i.e. that this is I and these are mine), is never released from the miseries of life; it is the negation of this sensation that produces our liberation, and therefore it is at the option of every body, to do either this or that for his bondage or salvation.
102. A person who is aware of their own ego and selfishness (i.e., that this is me and these are mine) is never free from the struggles of life; it is the rejection of this feeling that leads to our freedom, and thus it is up to each individual to choose between this or that for their own captivity or salvation.
CHAPTER CXXVII.
Admonition to Bharadwája.
Warning to Bharadwája.
Argument:—Relation of the Quietude of Ráma, and the Queries of Bharadwája; with further description of states of waking and others, and of the ultimate turíya condition of the fourth stage of yoga.
Argument:—The link between Ráma's tranquility and Bharadwája's inquiries; plus a more detailed explanation of waking states and others, along with the ultimate turíya state of the fourth stage of yoga.
BHARADWAJA asked:—Válmíki saying:—Tell me sir, what did Ráma do after hearing the lecture of the sage; whether he with his enlightened understanding put any other question, or remained in his ecstatic quietude with his full knowledge of yoga and the supreme soul.
BHARADWAJA asked:—Válmíki saying:—Tell me, sir, what did Ráma do after hearing the sage's lecture? Did he, with his enlightened understanding, ask any other questions, or did he stay in his ecstatic calm, fully aware of yoga and the supreme soul?
2. And what did next that supremely blest yogi (Vasishtha) do, who is adored by all and honoured even by Gods; who is a personification of pure understanding, and free from the state of birth and death; who is fraught with every good quality and kindly disposed for ever to the welfare and preservation of the peoples in all the three worlds.
2. And what did the incredibly blessed yogi (Vasishtha) do next? He is worshipped by everyone and respected even by the Gods; he embodies pure understanding and is free from birth and death; he possesses every good quality and is always inclined towards the welfare and protection of people in all three worlds.
3. Válmíki replied:—After hearing the lecture of Vasishtha, combining the essence of the vedánta philosophy, the lotus-eyed Ráma became perfectly acquainted with the full knowledge of yoga.
3. Válmíki replied:—After listening to Vasishtha's teachings, the lotus-eyed Ráma fully grasped the essence of Vedanta philosophy and became completely knowledgeable about yoga.
4. He felt the failing of his bodily strength, and the falling of the members of his body, he stared with his glaring eyes, and his clear intellect was shrouded under a cloud. He awoke in a moment from his entranced state, and felt a flood of rapturous joy within himself.
4. He sensed his physical strength fading and his body weakening. He stared with wide eyes, and his clear mind was clouded. Suddenly, he snapped out of his trance and felt a wave of overwhelming joy inside him.
5. He forgot the fashion of putting his questions, and hearing their answers; his mind was full with the ambrosial draught of delight, and the hairs of his body stood up like prickles in his horripilation.
5. He forgot how to ask questions and listen to the answers; his mind was filled with a heavenly rush of joy, and the hairs on his body stood up like goosebumps.
6. An inexpressibly ineffable light overspreads his intellect with its unusual glare; which cast the bright prospects of the eight dignities of yoga into utter shade. (The eight dignities—(ashta-siddhis) are so many perfections arrived at by practice of yoga).
6. An indescribably intense light fills his mind with its unusual brightness, overshadowing the promising aspects of the eight yogic powers. (The eight powers—(ashta-siddhis) are various perfections achieved through the practice of yoga).
7. In this way did Ráma attain the supereminent state of Siva, in which he sat sedate without uttering a word.
7. In this way, Ráma reached the highest state of Siva, where he sat calmly without saying a word.
8. Bharadwája said:—Oh! how much I wonder at such a high dignity, which Ráma had attained; and how much I regret at the impossibility of its attainment, by a dull and ignorant sinner as myself.
8. Bharadwája said:—Oh! how amazed I am by the incredible honor that Ráma has achieved; and how much I regret that someone as dull and ignorant as I am can never attain it.
9. Tell me, O great sage, how it may be possible for me to attain to that stage of perfection, which it is impossible for the gods Brahmá and others to arrive at any time; and tell me likewise, how I may get over the unfordable ocean of earthly troubles.
9. Tell me, wise sage, how I can reach that level of perfection that even the gods like Brahmá can never achieve; and please also show me how I can overcome the overwhelming ocean of worldly troubles.
10. Válmíki replied:—It is by your perusal of the history of Ráma from its first to last, and by your following the dictates of Vasishtha as given in these lectures; as also by your consideration of their true sense and purport in your understanding, that you may be able to attain to the state that you desire. This is all that I can tell you at present.
10. Válmíki replied:—By reading the history of Ráma from beginning to end, following the guidance of Vasishtha as presented in these lectures, and by thinking about their true meaning and significance in your understanding, you can reach the state you want. That’s all I can share with you for now.
11. The world is an exhibition of our ignorance, and there is no truth in aught that we see in it; it is a display of our error only, wherefore it is entirely disregarded by the wise, and so much regarded by fools.
11. The world is a showcase of our ignorance, and there’s no truth in anything we see in it; it’s just a display of our mistakes, which is why the wise completely ignore it, while fools pay so much attention to it.
12. There is no entity of anything here, beside that of the divine Intellect; why then are you deluded by the visibles, learn their secrets and have a clear understanding. (or have the clearness of your understanding).
12. There’s no existence of anything here, except for the divine Intellect; so why do you let the visible things fool you? Discover their secrets and gain a clear understanding.
13. The perception of the delusive phenomenals, resembles the waking dream of day dreamers; and he alone is said to be waking, who has the lamp of his intellect ever burning within himself.
13. The way we perceive misleading appearances is similar to the waking dream of daydreamers; and only the person who keeps the light of their intellect shining within themselves is considered truly awake.
14. The world is based on vacuity, and it ends in vacuum also; its midmost part being vacuous likewise, there is no reliance placed upon it by the intelligent and wise.
14. The world is built on emptiness, and it leads to emptiness as well; its very core is empty too, so the intelligent and wise have no faith in it.
15. Our primeval ignorance (avidyá) being accompanied by our primordial desires, it presents all what is inexistent as existing in our presence; just as our fancy paints an Utopia or fairy city to our view, and as our sleep shows its multifarious dreams before us.
15. Our basic lack of knowledge (avidyá), along with our deep-seated desires, makes us see things that don’t actually exist as if they do; just as our imagination creates an ideal place or fantasy city in our minds, and just like our dreams show us a variety of scenes while we sleep.
16. Being unpracticed to taste the sweet plantain of your beneficent intellect, you are deluded greedily to devour the delirious drug of your desire, and make yourself giddy with draughts of its poisonous juice.
16. Not being skilled at enjoying the sweet insights of your generous mind, you foolishly consume the intoxicating substance of your desires and make yourself dizzy with sips of its toxic essence.
17. He who lays hold on true knowledge for his support, never falls down into the pit of ignorance during his wakeful state; and those who depend on their subjective consciousness alone (as in the turíya or fourth stage of yoga), stand above all the other states (of fallibility).
17. Someone who holds onto true knowledge for support never falls into the trap of ignorance while awake; those who rely solely on their own awareness (like in the turíya or fourth stage of yoga) rise above all the other states of uncertainty.
18. So long as the adepts in yoga, do not plunge themselves (lit.—their souls), in the fresh and sweet waters of the great fountain of their consciousness; they must be exposed to the boisterous waves of the dangerous ocean of this world. (Spiritual knowledge alone saves a man from the troubles of life).
18. As long as the experts in yoga don’t immerse themselves (literally—their souls) in the fresh and sweet waters of the great fountain of their consciousness, they will have to face the turbulent waves of the dangerous ocean of this world. (Spiritual knowledge alone protects a person from the challenges of life).
19. That which has no existence before, nor will remain to exist afterwards (such as all created and perishable things in the world); must be understood to be inexistent in the interim also, as our night dreams and fleeting thoughts that are never in being, and so is this world and whatever is seen in it.
19. Anything that didn't exist before and won't exist afterward (like all created and temporary things in the world) should be understood as not existing in the meantime as well, just like our nighttime dreams and passing thoughts that never truly exist, so too is this world and everything seen in it.
20. All things are born of our ignorance, as the bubbles are swollen by the air; they glisten and move about for a moment, and then melt into the sea of our knowledge.
20. Everything arises from our ignorance, like bubbles swelling with air; they shine and float for a brief moment, then dissolve into the ocean of our understanding.
21. Find out the stream of the cooling waters of your consciousness, and plunge yourself deep into it; and drive out all external things from you, as they shut out the warm and harmful sun-beams from their houses.
21. Discover the flow of the soothing waters of your mind, and immerse yourself in it; remove all external distractions from your life, just like they block out the warm and harmful sunlight from their homes.
22. The one ocean of ignorance surrounds and over floods the world, as the single salt sea girds and washes the whole island; and the distinctions of ego and tu etc., are the waves of this salt sea of our erroneousness.
22. The vast ocean of ignorance envelops and overwhelms the world, just like the single salt sea surrounds and washes over the entire island; and the differences of "I" and "you," etc., are the waves of this salty sea of our mistakes.
23. The emotions of the mind, and its various feelings and passions, are the multiform billows of this sea of ignorance; our egoism or selfishness is the great whirlpool, in which the self willed man is hurled of his own accord.
23. The emotions of the mind, along with its different feelings and passions, are the countless waves of this sea of ignorance; our egoism or selfishness is the massive whirlpool that pulls the stubborn person in by their own choice.
24. His love and hatred are the two sharks, that lay hold of him in their jaws; and drag him at last into the depth (or to his death), which no body can prevent.
24. His love and hate are like two sharks that grip him in their jaws and pull him down into the depths (or to his death), which nobody can stop.
25. Go and plunge yourself in the calm and cooling sea of your solitude, and wash your soul in the nectareous waters of your ambrosial solity; dive and dive deep in the depth of unity, and fly from the salt sea of duality, and the brackish waves of diversities.
25. Go and immerse yourself in the peaceful and refreshing sea of your solitude, and cleanse your soul in the sweet waters of your heavenly solitude; dive and dive deep into the depths of unity, and escape from the salty sea of duality, and the murky waves of differences.
26. Who is lasting in this world, and who is passing from it, who is related to anyone, and what does one derive from another; why are you drowned in your delusion, rise and be wakeful (to your spiritual concerns).
26. Who lasts in this world, and who is leaving it? Who is connected to whom, and what do we gain from one another? Why are you lost in your confusion? Wake up and pay attention to your spiritual needs.
27. Know thyself as that one and very soul, which is said to be diffused all over the world; say what other thing is there except that and beside thee, that you should regret or lament for (since the one soul is all and that is thyself, thou hast all in thee, and there is nothing for thee to regret that thou hast not or dost require to have).
27. Understand yourself as the unique soul that is said to be spread throughout the world; what else is there besides you that you should regret or mourn for (since the one soul is everything and that is you, you have everything within you, and there is nothing to regret for what you don't have or don't need to have).
28. Brahma appears to the ignorant boys, to be diffused through all the worlds; but the learned always rely on the undiffused felicitous soul of God.
28. To ignorant boys, Brahma seems to be everywhere in the world; but those who are wise always trust in the unique, blissful essence of God.
29. It is the case of unreasonable men, to grieve as well as to be pleased on a sudden and without cause; but the learned are always joyous, and it is a sad thing to find them in error.
29. Unreasonable people can get upset or happy out of nowhere, but knowledgeable people are always cheerful, and it's unfortunate to see them make mistakes.
30. The truth of the nice subtility of the divine soul, is hid from eyes of the ignorant; and they are as doubtful about its nature, as men are suspicious of land and water where they are not. (Water appears as ground in dark, and sand seems as water in the barren desert).
30. The truth of the refined nature of the divine soul is hidden from the eyes of the ignorant; they are just as uncertain about its essence as people are wary of land and water in unfamiliar places. (Water looks like solid ground in the dark, and sand can appear as water in a barren desert).
31. See the great bodies of the earth, air, water and sky, which are composed of atomic particles, to be so durable as to last for ever; why then mourn at the loss of anything in the world (which is never lost at all).
31. Look at the vast bodies of the earth, air, water, and sky, which are made up of atomic particles and are strong enough to last forever; so why grieve over the loss of anything in the world (since nothing is truly lost at all)?
32. From nothing comes nothing, and something cannot become nothing; it is only the appearance of the form, which takes place in the substance of things.
32. From nothing comes nothing, and something can't become nothing; it's just the way the form appears within the essence of things.
33. But it is by virtue of the prior acts in the former births of men, that they are reborn in different shapes to enjoy or suffer the results of those acts; adore therefore the lord God and[Pg 684] author of the worlds, who is always bountiful and bestower of all blessings.
33. But it’s because of the actions from their past lives that people are reborn into different forms to experience the consequences of those actions; so worship the Lord God and[Pg 684] the creator of the worlds, who is always generous and the giver of all blessings.
34. The worship of this God destroys all our sins, and cuts off the knots of snares of this world.
34. The worship of this God wipes away all our sins and frees us from the traps of this world.
35. You may worship Him in some form or other, until your mind is cleared and your nature is purified; and then you can resort to the transcendent spirit of the formless Deity.
35. You can worship Him in one way or another until your mind is clear and your soul is purified; and then you can connect with the transcendent spirit of the formless Deity.
36. Having overcome the impervious gloom of ignorance, by force of the purity of thy nature; you may pursue the course of the yoga, with the contrition of your inner soul, and belief in the sástras (and in the dictates of your spiritual guide).
36. Having pushed through the stubborn darkness of ignorance, thanks to the purity of your nature, you can follow the path of yoga with a sincere heart and faith in the scriptures (and in the guidance of your spiritual teacher).
37. Then sit a moment in your fixed meditation (samádhi), and behold the transcendent spirit in thy own spirit; in this state the dark night of your former ignorance, will break forth into open and bright daylight.
37. Then sit quietly for a moment in your focused meditation (samádhi), and see the divine spirit within your own spirit; in this state, the dark night of your previous ignorance will give way to bright daylight.
38. It must be by one's manly exertion or by virtue of the meritorious acts of former births only, as also by grace of the great God, that men may obtain the obtainable one. (The unknown God is said to be knowable and obtainable by yoga only).
38. One can only achieve the attainable through one's own hard work or the good deeds from past lives, as well as by the grace of the great God. (The unknown God is said to be known and attained only through yoga).
39. It is neither the birth nor character, nor the good manners nor valour of a man, that ensures him his success in any undertaking, except it be by the merit of his acts in former births.
39. It's not a person's birth, personality, good manners, or bravery that guarantees success in any endeavor, unless it's earned by the merit of their actions in previous lives.
40. Why sit you so sad to think of the events of inscrutable and unavoidable fate, since there is no power nor that of God himself to efface what has been already written destined in the forehead (or luck) of anybody. (Fate overrules even Jove himself).
40. Why do you sit there so sadly, thinking about the events of mysterious and unavoidable fate, since neither you nor even God has the power to change what’s already been written in anyone’s destiny? (Fate even overrules Jove himself).
41. Where is the expounder of intellectual science, and where is the pupil that can comprehend it fully; what is this creeping plant of ignorance, and what is this inscrutable destiny, that joins two things together, are questions too difficult to be solved.
41. Where is the teacher of intellectual science, and where is the student who can fully understand it? What is this creeping plant of ignorance, and what is this mysterious destiny that connects two things together? These are questions that are too difficult to answer.
42. O Bharadwája! Let your reason assist you to overcome your illusion, and then you will no doubt gain an uncommon share of wisdom.
42. O Bharadwája! Let your mind help you break free from your illusions, and then you will surely gain a unique level of wisdom.
43. See how a high mettled hero overpowers on all his imminent dangers, and stretches his conquest far and wide; and behold on the other hand, how a mean spirited man is tried and grieves at the ordinary casualties of life.
43. Check out how a bold hero rises above all his looming dangers and expands his victories far and wide; and on the flip side, see how a cowardly person struggles and suffers over the everyday challenges of life.
44. A good understanding is the result of, and attendant upon the meritorious deeds of many lives; as it appears in the acts of wise men, and in the lives of all living liberated persons.
44. A good understanding comes from, and is related to, the commendable actions of many lifetimes; it's shown in the actions of wise people and in the lives of all those who have achieved liberation.
45. Know my son, that the same action is fraught both with your freedom as well as bondage, accordingly as it proves favourable or adverse to you. (As true faith is attended with salvation, but false faith or hypocrisy with damnation).
45. Understand, my son, that the same action can lead to both your freedom and your bondage, depending on whether it turns out to be beneficial or harmful for you. (Just as true faith brings salvation, while false faith or hypocrisy leads to damnation).
46. The righteous acts of virtuous men, serve to destroy the sins of their past lives; as the showers of rain water, extinguish the flame of a conflagration in the forest.
46. The good deeds of righteous people help to erase the sins of their past lives, just like rain puts out a raging fire in the forest.
47. But my friend, I would advise you rather to avoid your religious acts, and attach your mind to the meditation of Brahma, if you want to avoid your falling into the deep eddy of this world. (Because all actions bind a man to the world over and over again).
47. But my friend, I would suggest that you skip the religious rituals and focus your thoughts on meditating on Brahma if you want to steer clear of getting stuck in the endless cycle of this world. (Because all actions keep a person tied to the world repeatedly).
48. So long as one is attached to the outer world, being led to it by his insatiable desires, or so long as one is led by the insatiable desires of his mind, to attach himself to the outer world; he is exposed to the contrary wind and waves of the sea, and has only to find his rest in the calm water of his loneliness.
48. As long as someone is fixated on the outside world, driven by their endless desires, or as long as their unquenchable cravings lead them to cling to the outside world; they are vulnerable to the opposing winds and waves of life and can only find solace in the peaceful waters of their solitude.
49. Why do you lean so much upon your sorrow only to blind your understanding, rather support yourself on the strong staff of your good understanding, and it will never break under you.
49. Why do you rely so heavily on your sadness, only to cloud your judgment? Instead, lean on the solid support of your good judgment, and it will never let you down.
50. Those who are reckoned in the number of the great men, never allow themselves to be altered and moved by their joy or grief; and to be carried away like straws by the current of the river.
50. Those who are considered among the great never let their joy or sadness change them; they don't get swept away like leaves by the flow of the river.
51. Why do you sorrow, friend, for these people, who are swinging in the cradle of the circumstance of life in the dark night of this world, and playing their several parts with giddy amusement.
51. Why do you feel sad, friend, for these people who are caught up in the ups and downs of life in the dark night of this world, playing their roles with carefree joy?
52. Look at the gamesome time, that sports joyously in this world, with the slaughter and production of endless beings by turns.
52. Look at the playful times that cheerfully exist in this world, with the constant killing and creation of countless beings back and forth.
53. There is no body of any age or sex for his game in particular, he chases all in general like the all devouring dragon.
53. There's no specific age or gender for his game; he pursues everyone like an all-consuming dragon.
54. Why talk of mortal men and other animals, that live to die in a moment; even the whole body of gods (said to be immortals), are under the clutches of the remorseless and relentless death.
54. Why discuss mortal humans and other creatures, who live only to die in an instant? Even the entire group of gods (who are said to be immortals) are in the grip of unyielding and relentless death.
55. Why do you dance and make yourself merry in your amusement, when you are in danger of losing by degrees the powers of your body and limbs; sit but silently for a while, and see the drama of the course of this world (combining its comedy and tragedy together).
55. Why do you dance and have fun when you're gradually losing the strength of your body and limbs? Just sit quietly for a bit and watch the drama of this world unfold, mixing both its comedy and tragedy together.
56. Seeing the ever varying scenes of this changeful theatre of the world, the wise spectator, O good Bharadwája, never shrinks nor shudders for a moment (knowing such to be its nature).
56. Watching the constantly changing scenes of this unpredictable world, the wise observer, O good Bharadwája, never flinches or recoils for even a moment (understanding that this is its nature).
57. Shun your unwelcomed sorrow, and seek for the favourable amidst all that is unfavourable; nor sadden the clear and cheerful countenance of your soul, which is of the nature of the perfectly blissful intellect of God.
57. Avoid your unwanted sadness, and look for the good in everything that seems bad; don’t let the bright and happy side of your soul become dim, which reflects the perfectly joyful mind of God.
58. Bear always your reverence towards the gods, Bráhmans and your superiors; and be a friend even to irrational animals; in order to meet with the grace of God, according to the dicta of the vedas (that the grace is the leader to the light of truth, and thereby to the way of liberation).
58. Always show respect to the gods, priests, and those in authority; and be friendly even to animals; so you can receive God's grace, as the Vedas teach (that grace leads to the light of truth, and from there to liberation).
59. Bharadwája rejoined:—I have known by your kindness all these and much more of such truths, and come to find that, there is not a greater friend to us than our indifference to the world, nor a greater enemy than this world itself to us.
59. Bharadwája responded:—Thanks to your kindness, I've learned all this and more. I've come to realize that there's no greater friend to us than our indifference to the world, and no greater enemy than the world itself.
60. I want to learn at present the substance of all the knowledge, which was imparted by the sage Vasishtha, in many works of great verbosity.
60. I want to currently understand everything that the wise Vasishtha shared in his many lengthy writings.
61. Válmíki answered:—Hear now, Bharadwája, of the highest knowledge (which is taught by that sage) for the salvation[Pg 687] of mankind; and the hearing of which will save you from your drowning in the iniquities of the world.
61. Válmíki replied:—Listen now, Bharadwája, to the ultimate knowledge (taught by that sage) for the salvation[Pg 687] of humanity; and hearing it will rescue you from drowning in the world's wrongdoings.
62. First bow down to that supreme being, who is of the nature of the sole entity combined with intellect and felicity; (all which are his forms in the abstract), and who is ever existent with his attributes of creation, sustentation and destruction: (which are said to be so many states of himself).
62. First, bow down to that supreme being, who is the ultimate entity filled with wisdom and joy; (all of which are his abstract forms), and who always exists with his qualities of creation, sustenance, and destruction: (which are considered various states of himself).
63. I will tell you in short, and upon the authority of the sruti; how you may come to the knowledge of the first principle, and the manner in which it exhibits itself in the acts of creation, preservation and destruction of the universe.
63. I'll briefly explain, based on the authority of the sruti, how you can gain knowledge of the first principle and how it reveals itself through the processes of creation, preservation, and destruction of the universe.
64. But tell me first, how you have lost your remembrance of what I have told you on this subject; since it is possible by your reconsideration of all that from first to last, to know every thing from your own memory, as they have a survey of the earth from a small globe in their hand.
64. But first, tell me how you've forgotten what I told you about this topic; because by reflecting on everything from start to finish, you can recall everything from your own memory, just like they can see an overview of the earth from a small globe in their hand.
65. Now consider all this in your own mind, and you will get the truth which will prevent all your sorrows; associate moreover with the learned and study the best books, which with the help of your reasoning and resignation, may lead you to endless felicity.
65. Now think about all of this for yourself, and you'll find the truth that will spare you from your troubles; also, spend time with knowledgeable people and read the best books, which, with your reasoning and acceptance, can guide you to everlasting happiness.
CHAPTER CXXVIII.
Resuscitation of Ráma.
Bringing Ráma back to life.
Argument.—Bharadwája's Enlightenment and the duties of the Enlightened.
Argument.—Bharadwaja's Enlightenment and the responsibilities of the Enlightened.
VÁLMIKI continued:—The yogi should be peaceful and tranquil, and exempt from all forbidden acts and those proceeding from a desire of fruition; he must avoid all sensual gratifications, and have his belief in God and his holy religion of the vedas.
VÁLMIKI continued:—The yogi should be calm and peaceful, free from all prohibited actions and those driven by a desire for rewards; they must steer clear of all sexual pleasures and maintain their faith in God and their sacred beliefs from the Vedas.
2. He must rest quiet in his seat, and have his mind and members of the body under his control; and continue to repeat the syllable Om, until his mind is cleared (from all its doubts).
2. He should sit still and keep his mind and body in check; and continue to chant the syllable Om until his mind is free of all doubts.
3. He must then restrain his respiration, for the purification of his inner organs (the heart and mind); and then restrict his senses by degrees, from their respective outward objects.
3. He must then hold his breath to cleanse his inner organs (the heart and mind); and then gradually limit his senses from their external objects.
4. He must think on the natures and causes of its body and its organs of sense, of his mind and its understanding, as also of his soul and its consciousness; and repeat the srutis or the holy texts which relate to these subjects.
4. He should reflect on the nature and causes of his body and its senses, his mind and its understanding, as well as his soul and its awareness; and recite the sacred texts that relate to these topics.
5. Let him sit reclined in the meditation of Virát, the God of visible nature at first, and then in the internal soul of nature; next to this he must meditate on the formless spirit, as a part and abstracted from all; and at last fix his mind in the supreme cause alone. (Rising from the concrete to the discrete deity).
5. Let him sit back and meditate on Virát, the God of visible nature at first, and then on the inner spirit of nature; next, he should focus on the formless essence, as a part that is separate from everything else; and finally, he should concentrate his mind solely on the supreme cause. (Rising from the tangible to the abstract deity).
6. Let him cast off in his mind, the earthly substance of his flesh and bones to the earth; and commit the liquid part of his blood to the water, and the heat of his body to fire.
6. Let him in his mind release the physical substance of his flesh and bones to the earth; and surrender the liquid part of his blood to the water, and the heat of his body to fire.
7. He is then to consign the airy and vacuous parts of his body to air and vacuum, and after having thus made over his elemental parts to the five elements; he shall deliver the organs of his sense to the particular divinities from whom they are derived.
7. He is then to give the light and empty parts of his body back to air and vacuum, and after he has assigned his basic elements to the five elements, he shall hand over the organs of his senses to the specific deities from whom they come.
8. The ears and other organs, which are for the reception of their respective from all sides, being cast aside on all sides, he[Pg 689] is to give the skin of his body to electricity (which imparts to it the sensations of heat and cold by the electric shock).
8. The ears and other organs that are meant to receive their signals from all directions are ignored all around, and he[Pg 689] is supposed to let electricity flow through his skin (which gives him the feelings of heat and cold through the electric shock).
9. Let him then resign his eye sight to the solar disc, and his tongue to water, he must next give up his breath to air, his voice to fire, and his palms to the god Indra (water and fire mean Varuna and Agni—the regent gods of these elements).
9. Let him then give his eyesight to the sun, and his tongue to water. Next, he must surrender his breath to air, his voice to fire, and his hands to the god Indra (water and fire symbolize Varuna and Agni—the ruling gods of these elements).
10. He must then offer his feet to the god Vishnu, and his anus to Mithra; and after giving up his penis to Kasyapa, he should dedicate his mind to the moon.
10. He must then offer his feet to the god Vishnu, and his anus to Mithra; and after giving up his penis to Kasyapa, he should dedicate his mind to the moon.
11. He must afterwards lay down his understanding to Brahmá, and the other inward faculties to special divinities, and at last abdicate his outer senses also to their presiding duties.
11. He must then submit his understanding to Brahmá, and the other inner faculties to specific divinities, and finally relinquish his outer senses to their governing duties.
12. Having thus resigned his whole body to the gods, he should think himself as the all comprehending Viráta; and this he must do in pursuance to the dictates of the veda, and not of his own will or fabrication.
12. Having fully dedicated his entire being to the gods, he should consider himself as the all-encompassing Viráta; and he must do this according to the guidance of the veda, not by his own desires or creations.
13. The lord that embodies the whole universe in himself, in his androgynous form of half-male and half-female, is said to be the source and support of all sorts of beings.
13. The lord who encompasses the entire universe within himself, in his androgynous form of half-male and half-female, is said to be the origin and foundation of all kinds of beings.
14. He was born in the form of creation, and it is he that is settled in everything in the universe; and caused this earth to appear from the bipartite mundane egg, as also the water which is twice as much as the land.
14. He was born into creation, and he's present in everything in the universe; he brought this earth into existence from the dual cosmic egg, as well as the water, which is twice as abundant as the land.
15. He produced the heat twice as much as the water, and the air also which is double in its volume to that of heat, and lastly the vacuum which is twice more in its extent than the air which it contains. Each latter one lying next above the former. (So the sruti:—each succeeding one is above its preceding element).
15. He generated heat that was twice as much as the water, and the air, which has double the volume of heat, and finally the vacuum, which is twice the extent of the air it contains. Each subsequent element sits above the one before it. (So the sruti:—each following one is above its preceding element).
16. These form the world whether they are divided or undivided from their succeeding and surrounding ones; the earth being girt by the sea, and the same by submarine fire.
16. These make up the world, whether they are separate or together with those that come after and surround them; the earth is surrounded by the sea, and that is surrounded by underwater fire.
17. Thus the yogi by contracting his thought of the former one under the latter, will engross his thought of heat under that of air, and this again under his idea of vacuum, which last is swallowed up by his thought of the great cause of all.
17. So, the yogi, by narrowing his focus from the first concept to the second, will immerse his thoughts about heat into his thoughts about air, and then that into his idea of a vacuum, which ultimately is absorbed by his contemplation of the great cause of everything.
18. In this manner must the yogi remain for a moment in his spiritual form only, by contraction of his corporeal body (composed of the elemental particles, his desires and prior acts and his primeval ignorance—avidyá), under the same (because the material part is contained under the spiritual, and not the latter under the former as it is erroneously supposed by materialist).
18. In this way, the yogi must stay for a moment in his spiritual form only, by shrinking his physical body (made up of elemental particles, his desires and past actions, and his basic ignorance—avidyá), since the material part is included within the spiritual, not the other way around as materialists mistakenly believe.
19. The spiritual body is represented by the wise, to be composed of the ten senses of perception and conception, the mind or memory and the understanding faculties; which is above and outside the corporeal half of the mundane egg. The yogi must think himself to be this supermundane spiritual being. (This form is styled Hiranyagarbha).
19. The spiritual body is seen as consisting of the ten senses of perception and thought, along with the mind or memory and understanding abilities; it exists above and beyond the physical part of the world. The yogi should consider themselves to be this transcendent spiritual being. (This form is referred to as Hiranyagarbha).
20. The former or intramundane half, which is composed of the quadruple subtile elements, is represented by the figure of the four faced Brahmá; and differs from the former by its being an evolution of unevolved spirit.
20. The previous or earthly half, which consists of the four subtle elements, is symbolized by the image of the four-faced Brahmá; and it differs from the latter by being a development of the undeveloped spirit.
21. That nameless and formless being in which the world subsists, is called Prakriti or matter by some, and Máyá or delusion by others, and also as atoms by atomic philosophers.
21. That nameless and formless entity that supports the world is referred to as Prakriti or matter by some, as Máyá or illusion by others, and also as atoms by those who study atomic theory.
22. The same is said to be ignorance—avidyá, by agnostics, whose minds are confused by false reasoning; and it is after all that hidden and unknowable something, in which all things are dissolved at the ultimate dissolution of the world.
22. This is also referred to as ignorance—avidyá, by those who don't know, whose minds are clouded by misleading reasoning; and it is ultimately that hidden and unknowable something, where everything comes together at the final end of the world.
23. Again everything which is quite unrelated with the divine spirit and intellect (i.e. material substance); comes to existence at the recreation of the world; and retains and remains in its primary form to the end of the world.
23. Again, everything that is completely unrelated to the divine spirit and intellect (i.e. material substance) comes into existence during the recreation of the world and retains its original form until the end of the world.
24. Think of creation in the direct method, and of its destruction in the reversed order; and then betake yourself to the fourth stage of turíya, after you have passed over the three preceding steps. (The direct method of creation is the procedure from vacuity to air, and thence to heat, water and earth; or the meditation of the creative power under the three hypostasis or substantiality of Hiranyagarbha, Brahmá and Prakriti; and the reversed order is the annihilation of these in the quiet state of the unpredicable Deity).
24. Think of creation in a straightforward way and of its destruction in reverse; then move on to the fourth stage of turíya after you've gone through the first three steps. (The straightforward process of creation goes from emptiness to air, then to heat, water, and earth; or the contemplation of the creative power represented by the three forms or aspects of Hiranyagarbha, Brahmá, and Prakriti; and the reverse process is the ending of these in the calm state of the indescribable Deity).
25. And in order to that state of blissfulness, you must enter into the supreme spirit by removing from your mind all its impressions (lingas), of matter and sense, mind and understanding and all desires and acts; that lie unexpanded and hidden in it.
25. To reach that state of bliss, you need to connect with the supreme spirit by clearing your mind of all its impressions—those related to matter, senses, thoughts, understanding, and all your desires and actions that remain unexpressed and hidden within.
26. Bharadwája responded:—I am now quite released from the fetters of my impressions, as my intellectual part has found its entrance into the sea of turíya or transcendent blissfulness.
26. Bharadwája responded:—I am now completely free from the constraints of my past experiences, as my mind has entered the realm of turíya or transcendent bliss.
27. The indistinct nature of my soul from the supreme spirit, makes me identic to it; and I find myself to be devoid of all attributes, and only an intellectual power like the same (the human soul being as intelligent a principle as the divine).
27. The unclear nature of my soul compared to the supreme spirit makes me identical to it; I realize that I lack any defined attributes and possess only an intellectual power similar to it (with the human soul being just as intelligent a principle as the divine).
28. As the vacuity contained in the hollow of a pot, becomes one with the universal and all pervading vacuum after the pitcher is broken; so the human soul vanishes into the supreme spirit, after it flies from the confines of the body after its destruction.
28. Just like the emptiness inside a pot merges with the universal and all-encompassing void after the pitcher is shattered; the human soul disappears into the ultimate spirit after it escapes the limits of the body when it is destroyed.
29. As a fire brand being cast into the burning furnace, becomes the one and same fire with it; so the kind mixing with its kind, becomes indistinctly known under common name, one: (Here we have the axiom, the even being added to the even, whole is even).
29. Just like a firebrand thrown into a blazing furnace becomes the same fire as the furnace, things of a similar nature blend together and are commonly recognized by a shared name: one. (Here we have the principle that when you add even numbers together, the result is also even).
30. Again as straws swimming in the salt sea, are transformed to the sea salt; so all animal souls and the inanimate even mixing with the divine soul, become animated also. (Here is opposite dogma of unequals being equal; because the greater includes the less under it).
30. Just like straws floating in the salty sea become sea salt, all living souls and even the inanimate mix with the divine soul, and become animated too. (This is the opposite belief of unequal things being considered equal; because the greater encompasses the lesser beneath it).
31. As saltpetre being thrown into the sea, looses its name and nature and becomes the sea salt; so everything is swallowed in the universal soul and assimilated to it.
31. Just like saltpeter thrown into the sea loses its name and nature to become sea salt, everything is absorbed into the universal soul and becomes part of it.
32. As water mixing with water, salt with salt, and butter with butter; lose their distinctions and not their substances; so my self and all other substances mixing with the divine spirit, lose our distinct appellations without losing our substantialities.
32. Just like water mixes with water, salt with salt, and butter with butter; they lose their distinct identities but not their essence; so I and all other beings, when we merge with the divine spirit, lose our individual names without losing our true nature.
33. All bodies being absorbed in the all-knowing and ever blissful intellect of the great creator of all; become equally all pervading and tranquil and everlasting and blessed for ever.
33. All beings are absorbed in the all-knowing and ever-blissful intellect of the great creator of everything; they become equally all-pervasive, calm, eternal, and blessed forever.
34. So I think myself as that eminently transcendent being, which is without any part or partner, without action or passion, without the organs of sense, and neither loving nor hating any one.
34. So I see myself as that highly superior being, who has no parts or partner, who neither acts nor feels, who has no senses, and who doesn’t love or hate anyone.
35. I think myself as that sole entity, which is of the form of truth and immutable in its nature and desires, which is devoid of virtue and vice, perfectly pure and the supreme cause of all worlds.
35. I see myself as that single entity, which is based on truth and unchanging in its essence and desires, free from good and evil, completely pure and the ultimate cause of all worlds.
36. I am that blissful Brahma, who is without a second and without decay, and of the form of pure light; who is expressed by these negative properties, and is beyond the three degrees of quality; as the satva, rajas and tamas—the positive, comparative, and superlative, which do not relate to him as they do to others.
36. I am that blissful Brahma, who is unique and eternal, in the form of pure light; described by these negative qualities, and beyond the three degrees of quality: satva, rajas, and tamas—the positive, comparative, and superlative, which don’t apply to Him in the same way they do to others.
37. Thus should one meditate himself as Brahma, even when he is employed in discharging the duties destined to his station in life: and his continued practice of this kind of meditation, will gradually wear out all other impressions from his mind.
37. In this way, one should think of oneself as Brahma, even while doing the tasks expected of one's role in life: and by consistently practicing this kind of meditation, all other thoughts will eventually fade away from the mind.
38. The mind being thus set down, the soul will then appear of itself within the man; and the appearance of the inward spirit, serves to destroy all his internal grief, and fill its place with his heart felt joy.
38. Once the mind is settled, the soul will naturally reveal itself within the person; and the emergence of the inner spirit helps to eliminate all his inner pain and replaces it with true joy.
39. He also perceives the height of the truth shining in himself, that there is no other blissful God beside his own intellect; and this is what he calls his ego and the supreme Brahma likewise.
39. He also sees the brilliance of the truth within himself, realizing that there is no other joyful God besides his own intellect; and this is what he refers to as his ego and the ultimate Brahma as well.
40. Válmíki said:—Friend, give up your observance of religious acts; and be devoted yourself to the meditation of Brahma, if you want to stop the revolution of the wheel of this world upon you.
40. Válmíki said:—Friend, stop following religious rituals; instead, focus on meditating on Brahma if you want to break free from the cycle of this world.
41. Bharadwája replied:—I have well understood the drift of the knowledge, you have imparted to me; I have acquired clearness of my understanding, and I have no more any reliance in the world.
41. Bharadwája replied:—I completely understand the meaning of the knowledge you've shared with me; I have gained clarity in my understanding, and I no longer depend on the world.
42. I am now desirous of knowing about the duties of those, who have gained the spiritual knowledge of God; as to[Pg 693] whether they are subject to or freed from the performance of meritorious acts (i.e. whether their knowledge is sufficient to to save them or requires their acts also).
42. I’m now eager to learn about the responsibilities of those who have acquired spiritual knowledge of God; specifically, whether they are required to perform good deeds (i.e. whether their knowledge alone is enough for salvation or if they need to take action, too).
43. Válmíki said:—The seekers of liberation are not liberated from the doing of those duties, whose avoidance entails the guilt of the omission of duty upon them; but he must refrain from doing the acts of his desire (of fruition), and those which he is prohibited to do.
43. Válmíki said:—People seeking liberation are not free from the responsibilities they have; avoiding these duties brings guilt for not fulfilling them. However, they should avoid pursuing their desires and any actions that are forbidden.
44. When the living soul comes to feel the spiritual bliss in itself, and to find his sensuous appetites disappear from his mind; as also when he perceives his organs of sense lying quite calm and quiet under him; he may then consider himself as one with the all pervading spirit of the lord (and therefore freed from the bonds of action and all earthly duties).
44. When a person starts to experience spiritual bliss within themselves, and notices their physical desires fading away from their mind; also when they feel their senses relaxed and at peace, they can see themselves as one with the universal spirit of the Lord (and thus free from the constraints of action and all earthly responsibilities).
45. When the sentient soul conceives in itself, the sense of its conversion to the essence of God (as conveyed by the formula Soham He ego, I am He); and beyond the bounds of his body and its senses, and the reach of his mind and understanding; it is then freed from its obligation of worldly duties.
45. When the conscious soul realizes its connection to the essence of God (as expressed by the phrase Soham He ego, I am He); and transcends the limits of its body, senses, and the grasp of its mind and understanding; it is then liberated from its responsibilities in the world.
46. When the soul is free from all its action and passions, and remains aloof from all titles and attributes; when it gets rid of the feelings of pain and pleasure, he is then exonerated from the burthen of his duties.
46. When the soul is free from all its actions and emotions, and stays detached from all titles and labels; when it sheds the feelings of pain and pleasure, it is then released from the burden of its responsibilities.
47. When one sees the supreme soul to pervade over all beings, and beholds all creation to exist in the universal spirit; and when he finds no difference between the mundane soul and the supreme spirit, he is then released from the bonds of his action.
47. When someone sees the supreme soul present in all beings and realizes that all creation exists within the universal spirit; and when they no longer see a difference between the individual soul and the supreme spirit, they are then freed from the constraints of their actions.
48. When the living soul has passed over the three states, of waking, dreaming, and sound sleep; and enters into the fourth or turya state of perfect bliss, he is then freed from the binding of his earthly duties.
48. When the living soul has gone through the three states of waking, dreaming, and deep sleep, and enters into the fourth state of perfect bliss, known as turya, they are then released from the constraints of their earthly responsibilities.
49. The fourth state of turíya, which consists in the residence of the living soul, in the lap of the universal soul of God, is the state of the soul's liberation from its condition of sleep or hypnotism, and is full of its spiritual blissfulness.
49. The fourth state of turíya, which is where the living soul resides in the embrace of the universal soul of God, represents the soul's freedom from its state of sleep or hypnotism, and is filled with spiritual bliss.
50. This turya state or the consciousness of one's felicity, derived from the fixedness of the soul in the supreme; is the great end of yoga meditation.
50. This turya state, or the awareness of one's happiness, comes from the soul being stable in the supreme; it is the ultimate goal of yoga meditation.
51. After the mental operations of a man have ceased in a man, he perceives nothing within himself except the turya state; which is a calm quiescence of the soul, in the sea of the ambrosial waters of one sole unity.
51. When a person’s thoughts have come to a stop, they experience nothing within themselves except for the turya state; this is a peaceful stillness of the soul, in the sea of the divine waters of a single unity.
52. Why are you plunging yourself, under the waves of the briny waters of the sea of duality; fly to the Lord of worlds and adore the great God, who is abundant of all blessings.
52. Why are you diving underwater into the salty sea of duality? Soar up to the Lord of worlds and worship the great God, who is full of blessings.
53. I have thus related to you my son, all the doctrines of Vasishtha, as the best means to the way of your knowledge and practice of yoga meditation.
53. I have shared with you, my son, all the teachings of Vasishtha, as the best way to enhance your understanding and practice of yoga meditation.
54. You will verily be able, O wise Bharadwája, to learn everything from these, by means of your digesting the substance of this sástra, and reconsidering the purport of the precepts of this great preceptor.
54. You will definitely be able, wise Bharadwája, to learn everything from this by truly understanding the essence of this text and reflecting on the meaning of the teachings from this great teacher.
55. It is by continued practice, that we attain to the perfection of any thing, according to the dictum of the vedas; therefore must you avoid to attend to all things besides, and concentrate your mind to the object of your practice.
55. It's through consistent practice that we achieve perfection in anything, as stated in the Vedas; therefore, you should avoid distractions and focus your mind on your practice.
56. Bharadwája rejoined:—Tell me O sage, the course of conduct which Ráma followed, after he had received his knowledge of yoga or uniting his soul with the supreme spirit.
56. Bharadwaja replied, "Please tell me, wise sage, what path Rama took after he gained his understanding of yoga and united his soul with the supreme spirit."
57. By knowing this I will also try to practice upon the same model, that I may succeed to attain to the same state of spiritual elevation and rapture like him.
57. Knowing this, I will also try to follow the same approach, so that I can achieve the same level of spiritual growth and joy as he did.
58. Válmíki said:—When the virtuous and high minded Ráma, was absorbed and sat entranced in the divine essence, it was then that Viswámitra addressed the venerable Vasishta and said.
58. Válmíki said:—When the virtuous and noble Ráma was deeply absorbed and lost in the divine essence, that was when Viswámitra spoke to the respected Vasishta and said.
59. Viswámitra said:—O highly endowed son of Brahmá—wise Vasishtha, you have even now shown the efficacy of your preceptorship, by hypnotising and laying dormant the powers of Ráma.
59. Viswámitra said:—O highly gifted son of Brahmá—wise Vasishtha, you have once again demonstrated the effectiveness of your teaching by hypnotizing and putting Ráma's powers to sleep.
60. He is verily the best to yoga, who mesmerises the body of his pupil, by his kind look, touch and sound; and causes his inspiration by the infusion of the holy spirit of Siva in him.
60. He is truly the best at yoga, who captivates his pupil's body with his kind look, touch, and voice; and inspires them by infusing the holy spirit of Siva within them.
61. So it was with Ráma, whose pure soul was dispassionate by its own nature; and whose earnest desire of hebetude led him to that happy state, by means of his conversation with his guru or spiritual guide.
61. So it was with Ráma, whose pure soul was naturally indifferent; and whose strong wish for tranquility led him to that happy state, through his conversations with his guru or spiritual guide.
62. It is the intelligence of the student which is the cause of his understanding, by means of the guidance of his spiritual preceptor; but when these three roots or principles are imperfect, how can the understanding arrive to its perfection.
62. It’s the student’s intelligence that leads to understanding, with the help of their spiritual teacher; but when these three foundations or principles are lacking, how can understanding reach its full potential?
63. It is evident, that knowledge is in need of both the pupil and preceptor for its communication; where both of them are competent and worthy of one another; it is certain that the result will be so likewise (as in Ráma's case). (The commentary adds the good sástras, as the third means of gaining knowledge).
63. It's clear that both the student and teacher are needed for knowledge to be shared; when both are capable and deserving of each other, the outcome will be successful as well (like in Ráma's case). (The commentary also mentions the good scriptures as a third way to gain knowledge).
64. Now be pleased to rouse Ráma from his torpor, which you alone can do, by your beatification in the apathy; whilst we being employed in worldly affairs, are too far from it.
64. Now please bring Ráma out of his stupor, which only you can do, through your ability to inspire in the midst of indifference; while we, caught up in our worldly matters, are too distant from it.
65. Please sir, remember the cause that calls us hither, and the business to which we are invited at earnest request of king Dasaratha himself (for the performance of a certain sacrifice).
65. Please, sir, remember why we are here and the task for which we have been earnestly summoned by King Dasaratha himself (to carry out a specific sacrifice).
66. Therefore O sage, do not frustrate that object of ours, by the purity of thy mind; we have a service to perform to the Gods, and which is the cause of Ráma's incarnation on earth.
66. So, wise one, please don't hinder our goal with your pure mind; we have a duty to fulfill for the gods, and that's the reason for Ráma's incarnation on earth.
67. Ráma is to be conducted by me to the abode of the siddhas, and then shall he be called to the destruction of the Rákshasas; after which he will be led to the salvation of Ahalyá and to his marriage with Sitá.
67. I will take Ráma to the home of the siddhas, and then he will be called to destroy the Rákshasas; after that, he will be guided to save Ahalyá and marry Sitá.
68. He will break the great bow of Siva in a chivalrous feat at that marriage, and then he shall encounter the furious Parusha-Ráma, and restrain his way to heaven.
68. He will break the great bow of Siva in a brave act at that wedding, and then he will face the furious Parusha-Rama, and block his path to heaven.
69. The fearless Ráma will then forsake his uncared for paternal and ancestral realms, and under pretext of his banishment, betake himself to the Dandaka woods of foresters.
69. The fearless Ráma will then leave behind his neglected family and ancestral lands, and under the guise of his exile, head to the Dandaka forest.
70. He will restore the sanctity of many places of pilgrimage, and will thereby save the lives and souls of beings from sin and its wages of death. He will show to the world the sorrows of men at the loss of their wives, from his own example of the loss of accompanying Sitá by Rávana.
70. He will bring back the holiness of many pilgrimage sites, and in doing so, will save the lives and souls of people from sin and its consequences. He will demonstrate to the world the grief of men mourning their wives, through his own experience of losing Sitá to Rávana.
71. He will set the lesson of the husband's duty of recovering the wives from the hands of their ravishers, by his recovery of Sitá by slaughter of Rávana, and by his assembling the ape-savages of the forest in his favour.
71. He will teach the husband’s responsibility to rescue his wife from her abductor by saving Sitá after defeating Rávana, and by gathering the monkey warriors of the forest to support him.
72. He will prove the purity of Sitá to please his plea, and will be employed in the observance of all religious acts, with his entire liberation in this world, and want of the desire of fruition in the next.
72. He will demonstrate Sitá's purity to support his case, and will engage in all religious rituals, achieving complete freedom in this world and letting go of the desire for rewards in the next.
73. But in order to secure the future welfare of men, he will encourage the practice both of spiritual devotion and ritual acts, according to the instruction of those best acquainted with those subjects.
73. But to ensure the future well-being of people, he will promote the practice of both spiritual devotion and rituals, following the guidance of those most knowledgeable in those areas.
74. He will liberally bestow his liberation to every living being of every kind. These and many others are the duties of Ráma to this world and to myself also. (Viswámitra means a friend to the world, and the good services of Ráma done to it were reckoned by the sage as done to the sage himself).
74. He will generously grant his freedom to every living being of every kind. These and many others are Rama's responsibilities to this world and to me as well. (Viswamitra means a friend to the world, and the good deeds Rama has done for it were considered by the sage as done for himself).
75. Such are the acts that are to be performed by Ráma, wherefore he is to be thanked by every one here for all his conquests which no one else can make. So fare you well.
75. These are the deeds that Ráma is expected to accomplish, and for all his victories that no one else can achieve, everyone here should be grateful to him. Goodbye.
76. Válmíki resumed:—After these words of the sage, were listened to by the princes in the court and by the assembled siddhas and great yogis as Vasishtha and others; they thanked the hero, and remained to think of his lotus-like feet with respect and esteem.
76. Válmíki continued:—After the sage's words were heard by the princes in the court and by the gathered siddhas and great yogis like Vasishtha and others, they expressed their gratitude to the hero and took a moment to reflect on his lotus-like feet with admiration and respect.
77. But the sages Vasishtha and others, were not to be satisfied until they could hear further about the lord of Sitá; whose virtues they all eagerly expected to hear those fully and recite in their carols.
77. But the wise ones, like Vasishtha and others, wouldn’t be satisfied until they could learn more about the lord of Sitá; whose qualities they all eagerly anticipated hearing about and wanted to sing in their songs.
78. Vasishtha then said to Viswámitra:—Tell me sir, who was this lotus-eyed Ráma in his past life, whether he had been a god or sage or an ordinary man.
78. Vasishtha then asked Viswámitra: "Please tell me, sir, who was this lotus-eyed Rama in his past life? Was he a god, a sage, or an ordinary man?"
79. Viswámitra replied:—Believe what I say, that this Ráma is that primary Male, who had churned the sea for the good of the world, and is known only by the deepest learning of the vedas.
79. Viswámitra replied:—Trust me when I say that this Ráma is that fundamental Being who stirred the ocean for the benefit of the world, and is recognized only through the highest knowledge of the vedas.
80. He is full of spiritual joy, meek and gentle, and has the mark of the auspicious calf (lamb) upon his person; he is bountiful to all living beings, and is soon appeased by all (that rely in him).
80. He is filled with spiritual joy, humble and kind, and has the mark of the blessed calf (lamb) on him; he is generous to all living beings and quickly calms those who depend on him.
81. He destroys every one in his rage, and abandons all the frail trifles of this world; he is the first male and creator of all, and is the supporter and nourisher and kind friend of all.
81. He wipes everyone out in his anger and leaves behind all the fragile things of this world; he is the first man and the creator of everything, and he is the supporter, nurturer, and kind friend to all.
82. He has passed over the unsubstantial and illusory things of this world; he is the sea of felicity, and is dived in by the dispassionate.
82. He has moved beyond the trivial and deceptive things of this world; he is a sea of happiness, and the uninterested dive into him.
83. He is some times known as a liberated soul, and relying in himself; at others he is seen to be settled in his turya state of hypnotism, and sometimes as a male or female agent of creation.
83. He is sometimes referred to as a liberated soul, self-reliant; at other times, he appears to be in his turya state of deep meditation, and sometimes as a male or female creative force.
84. He is the God of the triple veda, and beyond the reach of the three qualities of things; he is the soul of the veda and the wondrous male (Virát), that is displayed in the six branches of veda.
84. He is the God of the three Vedas, and beyond the influence of the three qualities of things; he is the essence of the Veda and the magnificent being (Virát) that is shown in the six branches of the Veda.
85. He is the four armed and four-faced Brahmá—the creator of the world, he is also the great Mahádeva with his three eyes, who is the destroyer of the world.
85. He is the four-armed and four-faced Brahmá—the creator of the world; he is also the great Mahádeva with his three eyes, who is the destroyer of the world.
86. He is the uncreated creator, that is born by his yoga or union with the power of delusion (máyá). He is the ever wakeful and the ever great spirit of God, which though it is formless doth yet form and support this frame of this universe, by transforming himself to the form of a man-lion.
86. He is the uncreated creator, born from his yoga or connection with the power of illusion (máyá). He is the ever-watchful and eternally great spirit of God, which, although formless, still shapes and sustains this universe by taking the form of a man-lion.
87. As victory is borne upon the wings of valour, and as light is borne upon the flame of fire; and as learning bears and conveys the fruit of good understanding, so is this god-like Ráma borne upon the wings of the bird of heaven (i.e. as Garuda bears Vishnu upon his back).
87. Just as victory rides on the wings of bravery, and light comes from the flame of fire, and knowledge brings the fruit of wisdom, so this god-like Ráma is carried on the wings of the heavenly bird (i.e. as Garuda carries Vishnu on his back).
88. Blessed in this king Dasaratha, who has the supreme prime male for his son, and fortunate is the ten headed Rávana, for his finding a place in the mind of Ráma (as his enemy). (The enemies of the gods are not less fortunate than the godly; because their fall under the blessed hands of gods, secures to them the blissful seats of heaven and not of hell).
88. Blessed is King Dasaratha, who has the greatest son, and lucky is the ten-headed Rávana, for making a place in Ráma's mind (as his enemy). (The enemies of the gods are not less fortunate than the divine; because their downfall at the hands of the gods grants them blissful seats in heaven instead of hell).
89. Oh! how lamentable is the state of heaven by the absence of Ráma from it; and how pitiable is the infernal region[Pg 698] from its loss of Lakshmana who is present here. Happy is this midland of Oudh at present, from the presence of the two gods from those two regions in this place.
89. Oh! how sorrowful is heaven's state without Ráma; and how sad is the underworld[Pg 698] for missing Lakshmana, who is here. Blessed is this land of Oudh right now, with the two divine figures from those regions present in this place.
90. This Ráma is an incarnation of the god Vishnu, who sleeps in the midst of the sea; he is the incarnate and undecaying supreme soul, and is a consolidation of the divine intellect and felicity in his person.
90. This Ráma is an incarnation of the god Vishnu, who sleeps in the middle of the sea; he is the eternal and unchanging supreme soul, embodying divine intelligence and happiness within himself.
91. The yogis of subdued organs discern Ráma in spirit, but we of ordinary understanding can see him only in his outward figure.
91. The yogis with controlled senses perceive Ráma in spirit, but those of us with regular understanding can only see him in his physical form.
92. We hear that he has come down to blot out the iniquities of the race of Raghu, and hope that the venerable Vasishtha will kindly guide him to the affairs of the world.
92. We hear that he has come to erase the sins of the Raghu lineage and we hope that the respected Vasishtha will kindly guide him in worldly matters.
93. Válmíki said:—Saying so far, the great sage Viswámitra held his silence, when the vehement Vasishtha oped his mouth and addressed Ráma saying:—
93. Válmíki said:—After saying this, the great sage Viswámitra fell silent, and the passionate Vasishtha spoke up and addressed Ráma, saying:—
94. Vasishtha said:—O great armed Ráma! O highly intellectual prince! it is not the time for you thus to slumber in yoga, rise and rejoice the hearts of your people.
94. Vasishtha said:—O mighty-armed Ráma! O wise prince! Now is not the time for you to be lazy in meditation; get up and bring joy to the hearts of your people.
95. Until you satisfy the wants of men and their expectations of you, you are not filled to attain the acme of your pure samádhi meditation.
95. Until you meet the needs of others and their expectations of you, you haven't reached the peak of your pure samádhi meditation.
96. Therefore attend to the temporal affairs of your state for some time, and discharge the onus of your duties to the gods; and then betake yourself to the state of your entrancement, and be happy forever.
96. So, take care of the everyday matters of your state for a while, and fulfill your responsibilities to the gods; then immerse yourself in the state of your bliss, and be happy forever.
97. Notwithstanding Ráma was addressed in this manner, yet as he remained transfixed in his trance and uttered not a word in reply; then the spirit of Vasishtha entered into the heart of Ráma, through dormitory passage of susumná.
97. Even though Ráma was spoken to this way, he stayed frozen in his trance and didn’t say a word in response; then the spirit of Vasishtha entered Ráma's heart through the dormitory passage of susumná.
98. It infused its force to the respiratory beings, mental faculties, organs and to the vital spirit of Ráma, it ran through the veins and arteries and inflated the organs of sense; then Ráma slowly oped his eyelids, and saw before him the sage Vasishtha with the learned men about him. He remained gazing upon all without any wish or effort of his own; and without considering aught of his duties, or what he was to avoid.
98. It filled the breathing beings, their minds, organs, and the vital spirit of Ráma, flowing through his veins and arteries, energizing his senses. Then Ráma slowly opened his eyes and saw the sage Vasishtha with the scholars around him. He looked at everyone without any desire or effort from himself, and without thinking about his duties or what he should avoid.
99. He heard the voice, which his preceptor Vasishtha had uttered to him; and in reply respectfully answered him saying:—
99. He heard the voice that his teacher Vasishtha had spoken to him; and in response, he respectfully answered him, saying:—
100. Ráma said:—By your kindness sir, I am taught to have no concern with aught of the injunctions or prohibitions[Pg 699] of the law; yet it is my duty to abide by all, what my preceptor bids me to do.
100. Ráma said:—Thanks to your kindness, sir, I've learned not to worry about the commands or restrictions of the law; however, it's my responsibility to follow everything my teacher tells me to do.[Pg 699]
101. I ween, O great sage! that of all the sayings of the vedas, Ágamas, Puránas, and smritis, it is the word of the preceptor, is the highest law, his bidding is commandment and its opposite a positive prohibition.
101. I believe, O great sage! that of all the teachings in the Vedas, Agamas, Puranas, and Smritis, the word of the teacher is the highest law; his instructions are commandments, and the opposite is a clear prohibition.
102. So saying, the virtuous Ráma bowed down his head at the feet of the venerable Vasishtha, and then bespoke of his indifference to the world, to all present in the assembly.
102. With that, the virtuous Rama lowered his head at the feet of the respected Vasishtha and spoke about his indifference to the world to everyone in the assembly.
103. Ráma said:—May ye all prosper, and know the most certain truth to which I have arrived; that there is nothing better than the knowledge of the self, and none superior to the preceptor from whom it is derived.
103. Ráma said:—Wishing you all success, and understand the absolute truth I've discovered; that there's nothing greater than knowing yourself, and no one better than the teacher from whom you gain that knowledge.
104. The siddhas and others responded saying:—Such is the impression of Ráma, in our minds also; and it is by your favour and conversions also, that this belief is ratified in us.
104. The siddhas and others replied, saying:—This is also the impression of Ráma in our minds; and it is thanks to your kindness and persuasion that this belief is confirmed in us.
105. We thank you, Ráma Chandra, and wish all happiness to attend on our great prince; and beg leave of the sage Vasishtha for our departure as we are called here (to attend to his lecture).
105. We thank you, Ráma Chandra, and wish all happiness to accompany our great prince; and we ask the sage Vasishtha for permission to leave as we are summoned here (to attend to his lecture).
106. Válmíki said:—so saying they rose with giving praises to Ráma, and blessing him with showers of flowers falling upon his head from their hands.
106. Válmíki said:—saying this, they got up, praising Ráma and showering him with flowers from their hands that fell on his head.
107. Thus have I related to you the whole narrative of Ráma, do you now, O Bharadwája, follow the same course of yoga, and be happy forever.
107. I've shared the entire story of Ráma with you, so now, O Bharadwája, practice the same form of yoga and be happy forever.
108. Now this relation of mine of the consummation to which Ráma had arrived, together with my rehearsal of the varied sayings of the sage which are as so many strings of gems to be worn on the breasts of yogis and poets, will serve by the grace of the sage, to give you liberation (from the troubles of the world).
108. Now, the account I have of the conclusion Ráma reached, along with my recounting of the diverse teachings of the sage, which are like strings of jewels for yogis and poets to wear, will, with the sage's blessing, provide you with freedom from the struggles of the world.
109. Whoever hears and attends to these discourses of Ráma and Vasishtha, is sure to be relieved in every state of life; to be united with Brahma after his release.
109. Anyone who listens to and engages with the teachings of Ráma and Vasishtha is guaranteed to find relief in every stage of life and to be united with Brahma after their release.
110. End of the Mahá Rámáyana of the sage Vasishtha and spoken by Válmíki, relating the boyhood of Ráma and consisting of thirty-two thousand sloka stanzas.
110. End of the Mahá Rámáyana by the sage Vasishtha, told by Válmíki, focusing on Ráma's childhood and made up of thirty-two thousand sloka stanzas.
END OF THE THIRD VOLUME.
END OF VOLUME THREE.
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Note. Nirvána or ultimate annihilation of the living or animal soul, being the aim and end of Buddhism, it is doubtful whether Vasishtha had derived his doctrine from the Buddhists or they from him.
[1] Note. Nirvana, or the ultimate extinction of the living or animal soul, which is the goal and purpose of Buddhism, raises questions about whether Vasishtha got his teachings from the Buddhists or if they adopted ideas from him.
[2] In this verse there is the continuation of the world shaking understood through the intermediate steps. Thus the noise startled the chiefs, which shook their bodies, and these shook their heads, which caused their helmets to shake: these again shook the garlands of flowers upon them, and at last shed their dust on the ground. This kind of figure is called Krama mála corresponding with Metalepsis gradation; as we have in the following instance of Dido's exclamation in Virgil. "Happy, Oh truly happy had I been; if Trojan ships these coasts had never seen." Here the first seeing is that of the ships and then of the Trojans in them, and afterwards of Æneas as one among them, and then of her seeing him, and his seeing her, and lastly of her passion at his sight.
[2] In this verse, we continue to perceive the world shaking through a series of intermediary steps. The noise startled the leaders, causing their bodies to tremble, which made their heads shake, leading to their helmets shaking as well. This, in turn, shook the flower garlands they wore, ultimately scattering dust on the ground. This type of figure is called Krama mála, which corresponds to Metalepsis gradation. We see a similar example in Dido's exclamation in Virgil: "Happy, oh truly happy I would have been; if Trojan ships had never reached these shores." Here, the initial sighting is of the ships, then of the Trojans aboard them, followed by noticing Aeneas among them, then her seeing him, his seeing her, and finally her feelings at the sight of him.
[3] On the Simultaneousness of thought and Breath.
[3] On the Simultaneousness of Thought and Breath.
Swedenborg saw the intimate connection between thought and vital life. He says:—Thought commences with respiration. The reader has before attended to the presence of heaving over the body; now let him feel his thoughts, and he will see that they too heave with the mass. When he entertains a long thought, he draws a long breath, when he thinks quickly, his breath vibrates with rapid alternations; when the tempest of anger shakes his mind, his breath is tumultuous; when his soul is deep and tranquil, so is his respiration; when success inflates him, his lungs are as timid as his concepts. Let him make trial of the accuracy, let him endeavour to think in long stretches, at the same time that he breathes in fits, and he will find that it is impossible; that in this case the chopping will needs mince his thoughts. Now this mind dwells in the brains, and it is the brain, therefore, which spares the varying fortunes of the breathing. It is strange that this correspondence between the states of the brain or mind and the lungs has not been admitted in science, for it holds in every case, at every moment. "He says moreover—Inward thoughts have inward breaths, and purer spiritual thoughts have spiritual breaths hardly mixed with material."
Swedenborg recognized the close connection between thought and life force. He states:—Thought begins with breathing. The reader has previously noticed the rising and falling of the body; now let him tune into his thoughts, and he will realize that they rise and fall with the body as well. When he engages in a lengthy thought, he takes a deep breath; when he thinks quickly, his breathing becomes rapid; when a storm of anger overwhelms his mind, his breath becomes erratic; when his soul is calm and deep, so is his breathing; when success excites him, his lungs are as hesitant as his ideas. Let him test this accuracy; let him attempt to think in long stretches while breathing in short gasps, and he will discover that it is impossible; in this case, the choppy breathing will disrupt his thoughts. Now, this mind resides in the brain, and it is the brain that manages the fluctuating rhythm of breathing. It is surprising that science has not recognized this connection between the states of the brain or mind and the lungs, as it occurs in every instance, at every moment. "He also states—Inner thoughts have inner breaths, and purer spiritual thoughts have spiritual breaths that are hardly mixed with the material."
See Col. Olcott's Yoga Philosophy Page 283.
See Col. Olcott's Yoga Philosophy Page 283.
[4] By a figure of speech light and knowledge are synonymous terms, and so are their sources the sun and soul interchangeable to one another. And as the Divine spirit is the creator of all things, so is the sun producer and grower of everything in the visible world. Hence has risen the mistake of taking the sun—the savitar or producer for the Divine soul the creator among the sun worshippers, who believe the sun to be the soul of the universe. (Súrya atmájagatah in the sruti). Hence has grown the popular error of address in the Gáyatrí hymn to the sun, which was used as an invocation of the supreme soul, and is still understood as such by theists.
[4] In a figurative sense, light and knowledge are essentially the same, much like their sources—the sun and the soul—can be seen as interchangeable. Just as the Divine spirit creates everything, the sun is responsible for producing and nurturing all that exists in the visible world. This has led to the misconception among sun worshippers who see the sun, the savitar or producer, as the Divine soul, the creator, believing the sun to be the soul of the universe (Súrya atmájagatah in the sruti). Consequently, the common misunderstanding has developed around the Gáyatrí hymn, which was originally used to invoke the supreme soul and is still interpreted as such by believers.
[5] Should you think it a nullity by the Sruti which says neti-neti it is naught, you deny the creatorship of God, who has created it as something substantial and tangible.
[5] If you believe that it's meaningless based on the Sruti that says neti-neti, you're denying God's role as the creator, who made it something real and concrete.
Again on the other hand, if you consider it as a hypostatic reality, you introduce in that case positive duality, beside the reality of one unity alone. So every other position being liable to objection, you must think it as neither the one nor the other, but as something incomprehensible, or reflexion of the Divine Mind.
Again on the other hand, if you think of it as a fundamental reality, you introduce a positive duality alongside the reality of a single unity. Since every other position is subject to criticism, you have to view it as neither one nor the other, but as something beyond comprehension, or a reflection of the Divine Mind.
Transcriber's Notes
Transcriber's Notes
Variations in spelling, punctuation and hyphenation have been retained except in obvious cases of typographical errors. The somewhat erratic use of brackets has been corrected where possible.
Variations in spelling, punctuation, and hyphenation have been kept except in clear cases of typos. The inconsistent use of brackets has been fixed where possible.
Chapter LXII has been wrongly headed as LXI in the original text. The heading and sub-heading have been corrected.
Chapter LXII has been incorrectly labeled as LXI in the original text. The heading and sub-heading have been fixed.
Decent has been changed to descent in para 14, chapter XIV.
Decent has been changed to descent in paragraph 14, chapter XIV.
In chapter XXXIX, para 8, "the eight forms of as we see" has been changed to "the eight forms of [God] as we see"
In chapter XXXIX, para 8, "the eight forms of as we see" has been changed to "the eight forms of [God] as we see"
In chapter LI para 12, "remain still and motionless; if they were buried" has been changed to "remain still and motionless; [as] if they were buried"
In chapter LI para 12, "remain still and motionless; if they were buried" has been changed to "remain still and motionless; [as] if they were buried"
In chapter LIII, para 43, "one who sees every in one and same light" has been changed to "one who sees every[one] in one and [the] same light"
In chapter LIII, para 43, "one who sees every in one and same light" has been changed to "one who sees everyone in the same light"
In chapter LXI, para 15. "In whatever manner we look object," has been changed to "In whatever manner we look [at the] object,"
In chapter LXI, para 15. "In whatever manner we look object," has been changed to "In whatever manner we look [at the] object,"
Two paragraphs of text duplicated in the table of contents have been removed.
Two duplicated paragraphs from the table of contents have been removed.
The sanskrit is frequently unclear, and in some places illegible (represented by ?).
The Sanskrit is often unclear, and in some spots unreadable (marked by ?).
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!